S MISSOURI THE i TRANSACTIONS THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XXVII. Ù LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER -ROW. aM M.DCCC.LXX". E BOTANICAL. CONTENTS. PART 1.—1869. | I. Sertum Angolense, sive Stirpium quarundam novarum vel minus cognitarum in itinere ÁS per Angolam et Benguelam observatarum Descriptio, Iconibus illustrata. Tentavit PEEGCERICUS WELWITSOH — 9040 DON, ee dad uo page 1 m PART II.—1870. IL. On Three New Genera of the Verbenaceæ from Chile and its adjacent regions. By Joux Miers, F.R.S. 7 L.S., Dignit. v Commend. Ord. z Bras. Rose, G0. SO. . v zr a UND III. On the Genus Boswellia, with Dis and Figures of th three new Species. By GEORGE BIRDWOOD, M.D. pee Communicated 7: DANIEL HANBURY, Esq., 4 PRBS. BBS seit: in ME _ IV. On some Species of the Genus Agaricus pe Ceylon. by the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, Zsq., FLS. . . : : 149 V. On the Similarity between the Genus Draparnaldia and the rl Filaments of Mosses. By J. Braxton Hicks, M.D., FERS., PLS. c.. . . . . . 158 VI. Votes on the Lichens of the Island of Saint Helena. By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, B.A., FLOS, FBS. Pam.. n |. + » UM VII. On Spheeria tartaricola, Nyl., a new British "h Fungus By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, B.A., F.E.S., FBS. Edin. . . . . e IE — VIII. The Lichens of Ceylon collected by E H. A awaits, e PhD, FRS. ill F.L.S., Director of Royal Botanic Garden, Peradeniya, Ceylon. Examined and determined by the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, B.A., F.L.S., FBS. Edin.. . . 161 IX. On the Genera Geetzia and Espadea. By Jon MIERS, ais ERGS,P DS, eee $ Commend. Ord. Imp. Bras. Ee... 187 X. A Monograph of the Genus Polymorphina. By Henry B. Brapy, FP.L.S., W. K. PARKER, EES., and T. RUPERT JONES, F.G.S. . . . . . 197 | — XI. On the Anatomy, Physiology, and Distribution of the Firolidæ. n. pee c 3 RATTRAY, M.D. Es } ecd R.N. Communicated by GEORGE Busk, Esq., Sec. L. Soe.. : uc. m SS iv CONTENTS. XII. Notes on the Thysanura.—Part IV. By Sir Joux LUBBOCK, Bart., F.R.S., V.P. Em. S00, ye. i : . . page 277 XIII. On the Anatomy of the Genus a with the pom ofa new Form. By EbwarD L. Moss, M.D., Assistant- ee R.N., H.M.S. Simoom. Commu- nicated by Professor HUXLEY, F.L.S. UO ; 2. 0 m PART III.—1871. XIV. Observations on the Lichens collected by Dr. RoBERT Brown, M.A., F.R.G.S., in West Greenland in 1867. XE W. Lauper Linpsay, M.D., F.R.S.E., BER, a: vo 1 NN XV. On the Vertebrate Skeleton. By ST. GEORGE MIVART, F.R.S., PDS. . . 369 XVI. Descriptions of some British Spiders new to science ; with a Notice of others, of which some are now for the first time recorded as British species. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE. Communicated by JAMES SALTER, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. . 393 PART IV.—1871. XVIT. Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca, and Crustacea obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘Nassau’ in the years 1866-69. By RoBERT O. Cun- NINGHAM, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., v dc m Natural June us Queen's Col- lege, Belfast . .: .. . 465 XVIIL Revision of the genus Cassia. By GEORGE BENTHAM, P FRS, PDS: 508 XIX. Contributions to the Natural History of the Passifloraceæ. M. T. Masters, MD) ERNs LaS GO o he SINN POE wart, ONE THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETE OF LON DON. VOLUME XXVII. PART THE FIRSE, MISSOUR BOTANICAL Y GARDEN. e LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER- ROW. M.DCCC.LXIX. * CONTENTS. PART I.—1869. Sertum Angolense, sive Stirpium quarundam novarum vel minus cognitarum in itinere per Angolam et Benguelam observatarum Descriptio Iconibus illustrata. Tentavit Farberacus WELWPIÉNOH — p =n aro No X o c e NEN S SERTUM ANGOLENSE, SIVE STIRPIUM QUARUNDAM NOVARUM VEL MINUS COGNITARUM IN ITINERE PER ANGOLAM ET BENGUELLAM OBSERVATARUM DESCRIPTIO ICONIBUS ILLUSTRATA. TENTAVIT FRIDERICUS WELWITSCH. VOL. XXVII. 7» lw tas A CDIEIDRN nip A E LET T spa M CLE s le N Te nn ET Sapo PRAEFATIO. INTER cunctos orbis terrestris tractus quos circuli sequinoctiales includunt, illi Continentis Africanæ omnium longius scienti: occulti remanserunt, ac nonnisi nostris temporibus, et quidem non sine perplurimorum peregrinatorum animi fortitudine et audacia prompta pariter ac doctrina et genio insignium sacrificio, scientiæ paullatim paullatimque innotuerunt. Ingentes tamen ejusdem Continentis plage centrales, intra zonam «equinoctialem cis et trans æquatorem extensæ, ad hodiernum usque diem adhue penitus ignotæ permanent, in mappis imo recentissimis solum latis spatiis vacuis delineatæ, in scientia, inprimis historiam naturalem spectante, hiatibus profundis indigitatæ. Attamen jam hodie Africæ æquinoctialis terre litorales plures, nec non penetralia quaedam ipsis propiora, tam in orientali quam occidentali vasti continentis plaga sita, scientie naturalis scrutinio quodammodo aperta prostant, id quod respectu plage orien- talis precipue laboribus curisque celebratorum peregrinatorum Kirk, Speke, et Grant et inprimis Prof. Guilh. Peters debetur, qui Floram atque Faunam terre Mossambicensis et descriptionibus et iconibus numerosis iisque elegantissimis illustravit. Terras æquinoctiales in plaga occidentali sitas quod attinet, Guineæ superioris Flora tam explorationibus clar. Chr. Smith, Palisot, Thonning, aliorumque, quam, præcipue tempore ulteriore, conamine et industria nunquam satis laudanda clar. peregrinatorum E. Vogel, Barter, et inprimis G. Mann, saltem pro majore parte, jamjam cognita patet. Flore Guineæ inferioris fragmenta quzdam colligere mihi tandem licitum fuit, dum Gubernii Lusitani jussu honoratus ejusdemque auxiliis munitus, annis 1854 usque ad 1860. Regni Congo partem, dein Angolam et denique Benguellam perlustravi. Iter hoc meum sat longum fuit ac summopere arduum; sæpius atque sæpius morbis in istis terris ende- micis nec non Nigritarum invadentium bellis interruptum, aliis locis imo ipsarum terra- rum ob perdurantem nimiam siccitatem desolatione perturbatum, nihilominus, Deo favente, feliciter peractum, non tamen sine gravi valetudinis mez detrimento absolutum. Varia hujusce explorationis eventa, inprimis que ad Floram Angolensem spectant, . jam curis benevolis celeber. Jos. D. Hooker, G. Bentham, Alph. de Candolle, Dan. Oliver, Œ. Reichenbach, fil., aliorumque rei herbariæ peritissimorum virorum in lucem edita prostant, et siquidem hee uti et illa, in posterum edenda, quidquam ad Africæ sequinoctialis historiam naturalem elucidandam contribuunt, hoe omnino Augustissimo Regi Populoque Lusitano debetur, quorum auxilium admodum validum, durante omni itinere mihi præstitum, hic publice et gratissimo animo letus agnosco. Inter stirpes novas vel parum cognitas quas ex terris Angolensibus reportavi, non paucæ prostant, quee vel ob florum habitusve totius elegantiam aut singularitatem, vel ob qualitatum suarum in autochthonum colonorumque vita quotidiana et sanandis morbis praestantiam, vel denique respectu earum distributionis geographicæ præ ceteris notabiles, illustratione iconographica satis digne videbantur. Pr ee B2 4 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Hunc in finem proinde earum plurium icones analyticas delineandas curavi et descri- ptiones uberiores elaboravi, quas hodie sub Serti Angolensis titulo Flore Africanæ fauto- ribus offero, seriptuli mei imperfectionum nequaquam immemor, simulque magnopere deplorans, ejusdem absolutionem et crebris valetudinis mez vicissitudinibus aliisque vitæ eventis omnino inopinatis longius retardatam fuisse. Priusquam autem ad ipsarum stirpium descriptionem progredior, pauca qusedam, sed non levioris momenti, premonenda habeo, quee inprimis cirea Regni Angolensis situm, extensionem et divisionem, ejusdemque territorii in variis latitudinis gradibus variam supra mare elevationem versantur, quibus denique notulas breves, precipue de montium fluviorumque directione et indole, nec non de temporum imbriumque introitu et decursu agentes, addere liceat, ut quee infra de specierum singularum stationibus vel habitationibus narranda sunt, melius intelligantur. Nomine * Provincia Angola" sensu generali sumpto, Lusitani omnem illum immen- sum terrarum tractum, ab ipsis olim detectum eorumque nune dominio subjectum com- prehendunt, qui in Africæ tropicæ transæquatorialis plaga occidentali inter 5° 12' et 18° lat. austr.* sese extendit, et penetralia dieti continentis nunc ad 200, nunc fere ad 350 mil. geogr. petit, limitibus tamen his orientem versus necdum ubique rite constitutis. Vastissimum hocce territorium juxta Oceani Atlantici oram orientalem per tredecim fere latitudinis gradus extensum, quatuor illa antiqua Nigritarum regna, Loango, Congo, Angola et Benguella dicta amplectitur, quee cuneta olim unita regique potentissimo * Mani-Congo " appellato subjecta, nomine communi “ Congo” designabantur +. Postea autem, et quidem jam a seculo XV.{ ad hodiernum diem usque hic idem terrarum tractus apud geographos et in mappis plurimis nomine “ Guinea inferior,” et apud histo- riographos Lusitanos “ Guiné Portuguez,” i.e. Guinea Lusitana, designatus invenitur, nominibus tamen antiquis pro singulis regnis nihilominus conservatis. Antiqui regni “ Loango” Lusitani hodierni solummodo partem meridionalem inter flumina **Cacondo"' et “Zaire” sitam, in mappa supra citata sub denominatione ** Dis- tricto de Cabinda” indicatam, sibi vindicant, quam, cum illam perlustrare non mihi lieuit, hoc loco obiter commemoratam prætermitto. Regnum Congo, sensu hodierno sumptum, ad septentrionem flumine Zaire, ad austrum flumine Loge, a quibusdam geographis perperam **Ambriz" nuncupato, limitatur. _ Angola proprie sic dicta inter flumina Loge et Cuanza comprehenditur, dum Benguella a sinistris ripis ejusdem fluminis Cuanza ad flumen Cunene et quidquam ultra sese extendit, territorium Benguellense, sensu strictiore sic denominatum, simulque ad meridiem zerras Mossamedenses, continentis interiora orientem versus late longeque pervagantes, includens. Secundum fluviorum indicatorum variam inter se quoad eorum ostia distantiam, etiam eujusvis adductorum regnorum extensionem litoralem variare obvium est, sicque territorii * Conf. Mappam nitide delineatam nuper Olissipone editam sub titulo: * Angola, mappa coordenado pelo Visconde de Sá de Bandeira, Tenente general, Ministro da Guerra, e por Fernando da Costa Leal, Tenente Coronel, Governador de Mossamedes. Lisboa 1864. Fol. sing. max. + Conf. Cavazzi ap. Labat (T. 1. pag. 21), & Demanet, Nouvelle histoire de l'Afrique etc. Paris, 1767, vol. i. pag. 13. i Inter Lusitaniæ reges qui primus titulum ** Senhor de Guiné” id est, Guineæ dominus, assumpsit, fuit Dom Joao II. ; Conf. De Barros en 1. Lib. III. = 3, nec non Lopes de Lima, Ensaios sobre a statistica, ete., : Lib. III. pag. v. NERO E TA PAE CS TID Zn ORO Le N Shee A O AS UH Y à à FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 5 Congo litus circiter a 6° 10’ ad 7° 50’, illud Angolæ a 7° 50' ad 9° 20”, Benguellæ demum ab hoc ultimo ad 18” lat. austr. usque sese extendit. Præter flumina supra notata, non pauca alia, in longinquis penetralium terris na- scentia, Oceanum Atlanticum petunt, inter quee in Congo flumina Lilundo et Ambrige, in Angola, Lifune, Dande ét Bengo, in Benguella denique Cuvo, Cutumbella et Bero notabi- liora sunt, permultis aliis minoribus rivisque innumeris hie preetermissis, quee, etiamsi durante pluviarum. periodo non raro sat profunda ac dilatata, hiberno tamen tempore (i. e. imbribus omnino carente) vix aquis suis oceanum attingunt, sed versus eorum ostia, arenis ardentibus absorbta sensim sensimque disparent, vel ad stagna hine inde in lacus extensa ab oceano vicino arena accumulata separata restringuntur. Totius hujus territorii limites occidentales sive oceanici vel planitiebus formantur nune angustioribus arenosis suaviter undulatis, nune latius versus terras internas extensis, hine inde limosis aut paludosis, vel rarius collibus rupestribus clivisve abruptis, ad 100—300 ped. elevatis, quorum cacumina seepius horizontaliter truncata, presertim juxta litora Benguelle australioris frequenter obvia, et jam a primis navigatoribus Lusitanis apte cum mensis comparata, illis litoribus aspectum admodum peculiarem impertiunt, . simulque vegetatione peculiari, sparsa quidem sed admodum distincta, arborum pygmæa- rum ornantur, inter quas Vitis macropus et. Bainesü, Pachypodium Lealii, Sesamothamnus Benguellensis et Welwitschia mirabilis maxime notabiles. Orientem versus omne territorium ab ora maritima per gradus ad terras internas modo suavius modo abruptius ascendit, montium catenis nempe pluribus, a Lusitanis “ Serras” sive “ Morros” nuncupatis, interiora versus gradatim altioribus percurritur, quarum summa juga in Angolæ penetralibus ad 4000, in Benguellz interioribus ad circiter 6000 ped. elevantur. In universum he montium series a septentrione austrum versus decurrunt, latere suo orientali sensim ad radices catene sequentis ascendentes, dum contra latere occidentali, oceanum spectante, plerumque abruptius descendunt, unde facile perspicitur quamobrem rivi plurimi et flumina fere omnia nonnisi cataractis pluries repetitis præcipitata, ex terris interioribus in regiones inferiores profluunt. Attamen harum catenarum decursus nequaquam semper continuus, neque ubique directionem supra indicatam sequitur, sed in variis locis illarum una alterave vel omnes magis versus orientem retrocedunt, uti prope urbem “ Loanda,’ dum aliis locis litori propiores emergunt, uti hoc pone urbem “ Benguella" observatur; hine etiam catenarum singula- rum inter se distantia, montiumque quibus componuntur amplitudo magnopere variant, etiamsi generaliter et catenæ ipse et montes singuli versus territorii interiora sensim ampliores. Catenæ singulæ rarius insigniter deprimuntur, sed frequentius montibus dis- junctis varie altitudinis interceptæ vel aliis locis jugorum transversorum ope cum proxima interiore serie conjunctæ sunt vel etiam vallibus angustis plus minusve pro- fundis, tempore pluviarum totidem torrentium alveis, persulcatæ. Seriei interioris juga excelsiora, quæ in Benguella jam ad 80-100 mil. geog. a litore distantiam eminent, in Angola autem nonnisi 150-180 mil. intervallo ab oceano divisa surgere incipiunt, plu- ribus in locis in planities undulatas deplanata inveniuntur, ex quibus dein iterum vel monticuli disjuncti, obtuse aut acutius conici, non raro ad summum usque cacumen silvis fruticetisve ornati, prominent, uti e.g. in Districtu Huilla, vel rupes ingentes, 6 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. parietibus fere perpendiculariter erectis, nunc vegetatione denudatis nunc fruticulorum variorum viriditate vestitis, columnarum angulatarum ad instar repentius surgunt, quem- admodum hoc in Districtu Pungo-Andongo observare licet, ubi petre gigantes undique præruptæ, a colonis nomine “ Pedras negras” dictæ, nec non aliæ, circiter 15 mil. geog. orientem versus ab his distantes “ Pedras de Guinga” nuncupatæ, et quoad aspectum non minus singulares, vallem fluminis Cuanza ad septentrionem super- eminent, in eorum cacuminum rimis faucibusque numerosam herbarum aromaticarum catervam nutrientes, dum juxta basim hinc pascuis latissimis, illinc silvis semperviren- tibus cinguntur. In Benguelle maxime australis (i.e. Districtus Mossamedes) interioribus, montium catenæ, inter quos illa ** Serra de Xella” (sive Chella) dicta, inprimis notabilis, non solummodo latere occidentali sed simul etiam austrum versus, hoc autem latere suavius sensimque descendunt, qua ratione planitiei Huillensis rivi omnes et imo fluvius * Cacolovar”” qui cunctos pedetentim absorbet, directionem australem sequuntur, fluvio ipso Caeolovar demum prope pagum munitum “ Humbe” in flumen Cunene sese effundente. Lacus [Lusitanis ** Lagoas” ] minoris majorisve extensionis in nulla fere territorii parte . desunt, sed in universum in Angola paullo quam in Congo et Benguella frequentiores, omnesque, paucissimis exceptis, in fluminum rivorumque vicinitate siti inveniuntur, eorumque plurimi plantarum aquaticarum, inprimis Nymphearum et Pistiarum uber- rima copia superbientes, Cyperorum, prsesertim Papyri denso agmine marginati, simul Crocodilorum et, si profundiores, Hippopotamorum deliciæ, ast accolarum Europensium sanitatis, pro dolor! inimici. Plerique, et majorum omnes, fluviis ipsis vel rivis quibus proximis originem suam et, si persistentes, etiam eorum durationem debent, quapropter una cum illis Jove pluvio ampliores, tempore sicco vero valde angustati vel omnino exsic- cati, sicque estate piscatoribus, hyeme contra agricultoribus magnum proventum suppe- ditantes. Margines enim fere omnium, post aquarum recessum successivum limo relicto lætificati, opimas fructuum agrestium, inprimis Zee Mayidis, Phaseolorum, Cucurbi- tarum nec non Arachis hypogææ messes largiuntur. Etiamsi territorii Angolensis lacus, imo eorum amplissimi, nequaquam cum illis im- mensis lacubus comparari possunt, qui in ejusdem continentis plaga orientali cis et trans æquatorem jure celebrantur, ipsis tamen quoad stirpium aquaticarum, quibus ornantur, numerum et varietatem vix inferiores sunt. Inter illos, quos plantis natantibus presertim abundantes vel fere omnino obtectos reperi, Lagoa de Quizembo in Congo, Lagoas de Bombo, de Libongo, de Foto, de Qui- lundo et de Quibinda in Angola, nec non Lagoa de Giraúl prope Mossamedes et demum Lagoa Ivantalla [sive Yavantalla] in Districtu Huilla sita, primum locum tenent, omnes non solummodo plantis aquaticis sed simul et aliis, quee eorum ripas palustres vel limo . humido tectas inhabitant, ditissimi, et ob stirpium cultarum messes amplas, in eorum areis exsiccatis quolibet anno obtentas, incolis utilissimi. Prxter supra indicatos per- multi alii lacus, tam in plaga litorali quam in Provinciæ penetralibus siti, nigritis ac colonis ejusdam fere utilitatis sunt, inter quos ii, qui juxta ripas fluminis Cuanza, intra oppi- es ENE NET EST E A T A a aa TRES nn a A ne FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 7 dulum ** Massangano ” et dicti fluminis faucem se extendunt, et numero et amplitudine seque insignes. Supra commemorata vasti territorii per gradus elevatio, quacum, uti facile intelligitur, etiam imbrium copia increscit earumque duratio protrahitur, dum contra aéris pressio ac soli temperatura sensim diminuuntur, similem quoque vegetationis, qua diverse elevationis terre vestiuntur, graduationem sive modificationem provocat, quse omni peregrinatori e regione inferiore in altiorem penetranti, prompte sub oculis cadet, nam non solummodo, herbarum singularum fruticumque atque arborum, que tum appa- rent, ab iis regionis inferioris diversitate indicatur, sed simul etiam agrorum silvarumque diversa indole et vigore, fontium et rivorum numero et frigore aucto, totius demum terrarum ipsorumque habitantium charactere physiognomico mutato interpretatur. Notabilis hee nature scenarum mutatio, viatori ab ora maritima ad terras internas elatiores progredienti primum ad earum circiter 1000 pedum supra mare elevationem sese manifestat, ubi loco pratorum languescentium virgultorumque sæpius spinosorum nonnisi rarius silvulis claris interruptarum regionis inferioris modo relictæ propemodum | repente prata intensius virentia, herbæ elatiores, fruticeta robustiora et silvee extensæ arboribus altioribus densiusque sociatis ac frequenter scandentium agmine multiformi ornatis composite apparent, nec non rivuli et fontes nunc muscorum amcena viriditate marginati alteram diversam vegetationis regionem annunciant, que ad peregrinatorem esurientem, terre relictæ ardore cruciatum potu refrigerante silvarumque prime varum gratissima umbra benefaciat, et phytologum repentina presentia complurium stirpium prius non observatarum oblectet. Arbores nune vastissimæ ac formosissimæ, partim solitariæ partim in sylvas densissimas congestæ apparent, inprimis ex ordinibus Mimo- searum, Meliacearum, Myrtacearum, Myristicacearum et Rubiacearum, et Palme plures, precipue Elais guineensis et Raphie species, formosas suas comas ubique ostentant. Hæc autem totius fere terrarum circumjacentium indolis immutatio ipsaque silvarum primitivarum magnificentia vix altius quam ad 2500-3000 pedum altitudinem supra oceanum ascendunt; tum enim viator iterum aliam Floræ regionem attingit, non minus generali vestitus vegetabilis sui aspectu quam generum et specierum ibidem occurren- tium ab iis preecedentis regionis diversitate indigitatam. Silv: enim nunc minus dense et humiliores, pratorum herbe graciliores arctiusque gregatee, pascua extensiora et ssepius, modo Labiatis vel Acanthaceis pygmæis, modo Orchidearum terrestrium, Lili- acearum Iridiarumve floribus fulgidis variegata sese repræsentant, et una cum rivorum fontiumque numero aucto, fruticum quoque atque arborum species mire multiplicantur, ita quidem ut in dato quodam cireuitu hujus regionis facile duplus vel hine inde imo triplus specierum diversarum numerus quam in æquali ambitu regionum inferiorum reperitur. Ast non solum specierum et generum Floram constituentium numerus his locis insigniter auctus invenitur, sed etiam plures plantarum ordines, in terris inferioribus rarissime vel nullibi visi, uti Santalacee, Daphnoideæ, Proteacee, Selaginee, Cyrtan- dree, et Ericaceæ, ceteris stirpibus associate obveniunt, sicque alteram tertiam vegeta- tionis regionem, stirpium habitu, numero et indole definitam pronuneiant. Accidit quidem nonnunquam ut species singule quedam, terris altioribus pecu- liares, vel ibidem frequentes, juxta fluminum aut rivorum ripas in regiones inferiores vel 8 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. imo ad fluminum ostia usque descendant, sed hoc rarius obvenit, tumque stirpes tali modo migrantes in his locis potius ceu hospites adventicii quam incolæ stabiles conside- randæ, et plerumque etiam habitus sui quadam mutatione originem suam denunciant. Sie exempli gratia Phoenix spinosa Thon., riparum fluminis Cuanza in Districtu Pungo Andongo decus formosissimum, hinc inde fere ad limites internos territorii litoralis de- Scendit, sed ibidem, etiamsi fructifera, nana seepiusque fere acaulis, vel solummodo trunco brevi 1-4-pedali munita permanet. Pari modo etiam Umbelliferarum arbor (Alvardie spec.) quee in Districtus Golungo Alto silvis primævis trunco ad 25 ped. alto et semi- pedem crasso vel erassiore occurrit, in territorii litoralis collibus quos hinc inde invadit, solummodo frutieulum vix bipedalem, trunculo fere herbaceo, ægre digitum crasso donatum representat. Hae stirpium diversarum per tres diversos terrarum elevationis gradus inter limites definitos distributione inductus, etiam tres Flore Angolensis Regiones phytogeogra- phicas statui posse opinor *, quarum prima regio litoralis est +, quee ab ora maritima ad terras internas circiter 1000 pedes elevatas, nune longius nune brevius sese extendit ; secunda dein sive intermedia, “ montoso-sylvatica”” denominanda, terras inter 1000 et 2500 circiter pedum altitudinis sitas comprehendens, inprimis silvarum primævarum late extensarum presentia distincta i, et denique regio superior sive alto-plana, quee omnes illas terras internas amplectitur quarum elevatio supra oceanum 2500 pedes excedit $. Harum regionum indolis expositionem fusiorem jam olim in commentatione Anna- libus maritimis Olissipone editis inserta||, exhibere tentavi, eodemque loco etiam ordinum singulorum fere omnium Floram Angolensem constituentium inter dietas tres regiones distributionem indicare studui, simulque plantarum ab autochthonibus vel colonis in qualibet regione cultarum enumerationem cuivis ordini adducto adnexi, persuasus quod tam totius territorii quam regionum singularum qualitates ac relationes climatologicæ, ex plantarum in una alterave vel in omnibus tribus regionibus majore vel minore abun- dantia cultarum indice melius tutiusque pateant, quam si istæ solummodo secundum observationes thermometricas, ombrometricas ete. alioquin durante itinere vix sat exacte instituendas interpretentur. Imbres primi, post hibernum mensibus Junio, Julio, e& Augusto regnantem, pluviisque omnino carentem, versus medium vel finem Septembris, veris initium, advenire solent, plerumque, ne dicam semper, inter fulgura et tonitrua summ: vehementi; de ccelo * Conf. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. 1858, vol. iii. pag. 150 seq., et Diar. ejusdem, 1861, pag. 189 seq. T Conf. respectu hujus regionis indolis, * Observations on the Origin and the Geographical Distribution of the Gum Copal in Angola," by Fred. Welwitsch, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. ix. pp.287-302. Necnon: Sertum Benguellense, — &e. Bearbeitet von Med. Dr. H. Wawra und T. Peyritsch. Wien, 1860. t Quoad arbores notabiliores silvas istas constituentes conf. * Synopse explicativa das amostras de madeiras e drogas medicinaes, &c., collegidas na Provincia de Angola, enviadas a exposicaó internacional de Londres em 1862, por Frederico Welwitsch.’ Lisboa, 1862. § Conf. * Lettre du Dr. Welwitsch à M. Alph. de Candolle, sur la végétation du plateau de Huilla, et observations vae ru à ce sujet," in Bibliothéque Universelle [Archives des Sciences Physiques et N: 'aturelles], Lien Juillet 1861 || Apontamentos phytogeographicos sobre a Flora da Provincia de Angola, ete., por Fred. Welwitsch. [Annaes do Conselho ultramarino, 1858, n. 55.] FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 9 cadentes. Sunt autem hee pluviæ vernales, etiamsi non raro et inprimis in terris inte- rioribus ad Novembris finem vel Decembris medium repetite, nec tam continue nec tam copiosee quam autumnales, quee mensibus Martio et Aprili adveniunt, quapropter hæ a colonis pluvie magne [chuvas grandes] et ille pluvie parce [chuvas pequenas] nominantur. Quibusdam vero annis pluviæ vernales per longius tempus, etiamsi nequaquam quotidie cadentes, continuantur, simulque autumnales preecocius cadunt, ita ut ab Octobris initio ad Aprilis finem, pluvia paucis tantum hebdomadibus interrupta perdurat, et tum plantarum omnium, ae totius nature vegetabilis ubique luxuria summa, sed, pro dolor! etiam inundationes, arva et segetes, pascua et silvas nec non raro domicilia pagosque integros repentino impetu devastantes, presertim in regio- nibus inferioribus timendæ. Hoc autem rarius accidit, et in universum cunctæ totius Provincie Angolensis terre, precipue vero australiores et oceano propiores, magis siccitate quam humiditatis excessu laborant. Perpensa hac imbrium tam in totius terri- torii ambitu quam in ejus districtibus singulis vicissitudine facile colligitur quod de pluviarum quantitate annua generatim vix aliquid certi ac definiti statui possit. Idem fere de aéris temperatura valet, quee in diversis terrarum elevationibus, et in ejusdem elevationis locis nunc ventis magis expositis nunc in vallibus profundioribus reclusis, uti facile expectandum, admodum variat. Generaliter tamen temperatura anni media in regione superiore altoplana, et quidem non ob calorem diurnum, qui ibidem, jugis excelsis exceptis, fere idem, sed ob noctes insigniter frigidiores, ab illa regi- onum inferiorum 15-20 grad. thermom. F. recedit; in regione superiore secundum observationes plures in Pungo Andongo et Huilla institutis temperatura anni media inter 55° et 60” F., in regionibus vero inferiorioribus inter 77^ et 80° F. vacillare videtur, excepto tamen districtu litorali de Mossamedes, qui ob ventorum refrigerantium, ssepius ex austro vel austro-occidente flantium accessum liberum, nec non minus ob oceani aquarum ex austri regionibus frigidis affluentium et juxta hzc litora maximo impetu septentrionem versus decurrentium vim moderantem, climate multo frigidiore gaudet, quam hoc in terri- torio circulum «quinoctialem tangente vel imo pro parte ab ipso incluso, esset exspectan- dum. Hac eadem ex ratione etiam Flora Mossamedensis vix indolem reapse tropicam representat, sed potius subtropicam vel fere Capensem, uti hoc presentia specierum plu- rium ex generibus Juncus, Triglochin, Ceratogonum, Cressa, Euclea, Mesembryanthemum, etc., et ipsius Vogelie Africane aliarumque stirpium Capensium frequentia indigitatur, et simul cerealium Europæorum atque Vitis vinifere cultura prospera illustratur. Generalibus hisce de Provinciæ Angolæ constitutione physica et vetegabilium in ejus- dem territorio distributione præmissis, pauca quædam adhuc de mensuris et numeri signis adhibitis, nec non respectu nominum locorum natalium specierum describendarum hie adjungere liceat. Mensuræ hinc inde in specierum descriptione usitate, uti et ille que ad terrarum supra mare elevationem spectant, pedem Anglicum, in 12 pollices et pollicem in 12 lineas divisum, indicant. Terrarum altitudines methodo thermometrica a cl. Princep * indicata determinare studui, observationibus hune in finem institutis in eodem loco pluries et non * Conf. Table for ascertaining the Heights of Mountains from the Boiling-point of Water. By James Princep. London, 1841. VOL. XXVII. C 10 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. raro etiam ad diversas diei horas repetitis demumque inter se comparatis; valores hacce methodo partos non omnino exactos esse, omnibus notum est, sed ad stirpis cujus- cumque loci natalis altitudinem statuendam satis habere veritatis videntur. Nomina locorum natalium specierum descriptionibus appensa secundum orthographiam Lusitanicam scripsi; sunt autem hzc nomina nunc linguæ Nigritarum illis terris auto- chthonum omnino propria, nunc Lusitanica, id est a colonis Lusitanicis ibidem introducta, nonnumquam etiam ex ambabus his linguis hybrida, sed jam longo usu vindicata simulque indigenis bene cognita et proinde peregrinatoribus futuris quam nomina scriptis quibusdam vel mappis antiquioribus exarata, duces fideliores. Nomina vernacula, quibus stirpes quædam vulgariores vel frequentius obvenientes in locis suis natalibus a Nigritis vel colonis designantur, non nisi rarius et caute speciebus singulis adnexi, quoniam ex istorum perplurium, primum sedule collectorum et dein inter se et una cum stirpibus quibus addicta fuerunt comparatorum studio cognovi, eorum plurima nonnisi ambigui valoris, vel solummodo paucis incolis cujusdam loci cognita esse, vel non raro, et imo in uno eodemque loco, stirpibus inter se valde diversis, vel vix habitu aliquantulum similibus attribui. His missis restat ut viris illustribus qui in conficienda hac commentatione mihi opem tulerunt, gratias meas maximas atque sincerissimas agam, quos inter clarissimi Dr. Jos. D. Hooker, Horti Museique botanici Kewensis omnium amplissimi ac ditissimi Director, nec non Prof. Dan. Oliver, ejusdem Musei custos et bibliothecarius, primo loco preedicandi: viri generosi, eruditione et humanitate æque insignes, quorum benevolo consilio auxilioque efficacissimo, si quid meriti huic scriptulo inhæret, omnimodo et juste tribuendum. Pariter clarissimis viris Joh. J. Bennett, herbarii Musei Britannici preefecto, et Guilh. Carruthers, ejusdem herbarii curatori, pro singulari et semper prompta urbanitate, qua illius herbarii locupletissimi usum mihi faciliorem reddiderunt, me summopere gratum confiteor ; lectoris autem benigne indulgentiæ harum paginarum imperfectiones iterum atque iterum commendo. : DESCRIPTIONES. Ordo ANONACE EX. Trib. III. MrrgEPHORE zx, Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. p. 21. MONODORA ANGOLENSIS, Welw. n. sp.* (Tab. I.) Glaberrima, foliis membranaceis vel demum plus minusve coriaceis, obovato- vel elliptico-oblongis, breviter acuminatis cuspidatisve, basi cuneatis, herbaceo viridibus, floribus pendulis, sepius in ramulis brevibus lateralibus foliiferis solitariis oppositifoliis ; sepalis e basi latiuscula lance- olatis crispatis, petalis exterioribus amplis ovatis acuminatis ineurvis, lateribus utrin- que reflexis, interioribus unguinculatis conniventibus laminis transversim ellipticis * Primam tam hujus speciei nove quam Monodore Myristicæ, Dun., olim perperam Flore American: vindicatz, in Angola certe indigenæ notitiam jam olim clar. W. W. Saunders in litteris (Loandæ, Sept. 1857) communicavi, denique anno sequente, ambas species in “ Apontamentos phytogeographicos sobre a Flora de Angola, p. 587,” commemoravi. Ss Vale. er ey P IST ; NA E REESE T A Aie TNNT RE TAE EAS S HV SR E ye FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 11 abrupte cuspidatis basi exauriculatis; fructu ovato-ellipsoideo longitudinaliter sulcis levibus latiusculis percurso. Habitat in silvis primævis editioribus Distr. Golungo Alto et paullo frequentius in silvaticis rupestribus Distr. Pungo-Andongo ad 2500-3500 ped. altit. A Novembr. usque Januarium florens, Maio- Julio fructificans. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. n. 774 et 776. Arbor 20-30-pedalis, coma densiuscula ovoidea, trunco recto ad basim 1-14 ped. diametri, cortice obiter rimoso aspero nigrescente; rami primarii erecto-patentes, secundarii et ramuli paten- tissimi cylindracei, juniores et floriferi purpurascentes, subdistiche foliati. Folia alterna, petiolo brevi 2 lin. longo canaliculato suffulta, obovato- vel elliptico-oblonga, nune ovato-lanceolata, 453 poll. longa, 2 poll. lata, basi cuneato-angustata, apice abrupte acuminata vel breviter cuspidata, margine integro, penninervia, supra intense viridia nitidula, subtus absque nitore pallide virentia, secun- dum expositionem arboris nunc membranacea et decidua, nunc plus minusve coriacea et persistentia. Flores speciosi, totius ordinis facile elegantissimi, multicolores, suaviter odori, in ramulorum extre- morum ramellis abbreviatis solitarii, longius pedunculati, nutantes, demum penduli, peduneulo oppo- sitifolio, gracili, circiter 2 poll. longo, medio bractea ampla, membranacea, herbaceo-viridi, late ovata, vel cordato-ovata acuminata, longitudinaliter plurinervia, semiamplectente, demum decidua munito. Sepala a lata basi lanceolata, petalis multoties breviora, herbaceo-viridia, undulato-crispa, a basi supra pedunculum reflexa, longe persistentia. Petala (basi semper inter se coalita mox post fecundationem a calyce annulatim soluta et junctim secedentia) tenuiter carnosa, exteriora elongato-ovata sensim acuminata, obtusiuscula, 2-21 poll. longa, utraque superficie reticulatim scrobiculata, a basi patula arcuatim incurva, lateribus undulato-crispis recurvis, primum e viridi purpurascentia basi nivea, demum maculis circularibus rubris, aurantiacis et flavicantibus undique variegata, interiora exterio- ribus multoties breviora et duplo angustiora, erecto-conniventia, omnino albida vel albido-rosea, levia, margine plano, spathulata, unguibus latiusculis fere laminæ æquilongis, lamina nune transverse elliptica, nunc obcuneata abrupte cuspidata, cuspide obtusiuscula barbulata. Stamina et gynecium generis; antheræ badio-albidæ, loculis contiguis; pollen albidum. Ovarium bene efformatum, mox post fecundationem verticaliter pluristriatum ; stigma nunc integrum peltatum, nunc obscure pluri- lobulatum vel solummodo obiter radiato-striatum. Fructus in pedunculo nune lignose indurato et incrassato pendulus, suberoso-lignosus, glabriusculus, ovato- vel oblongo-ellipsoideus, 6 poll. circiter longus, 33-33 poll. diametro, basi obtusus, vertice breviter apiculatus, secundum longitudinem sulcis pluribus latis sed parum profundis costisque obiter prominentibus percursus, unilocularis, pulpa farinosa fuscescente semina involvente farctus, indehiscens, vel rima longitudinali apertus. Semina numerosa, oblongo-obovoidea, 5-7 lin. longa, ad hilum oblique truncata, mutua pressione non raro varie gibba vel angulata ; testa tenuiter coriacea, tenax, levigata, fusco-badia, nitida ; albuminis cera- ceo-carnosi gratissime et fortiter fragrantis lamellæ numerose, planiusculæ, æquali fere inter se crassitudine, respectu peripheriæ seminis verticaliter seriate. Embryo minutus, hilo proximus. Observatio.—Semina Monodore Angolensis, uti illa Monodore Myristice ab autochtho- nibus ob nuclei aroma gratissimum, illud Myristice moschate æmulans, nec non ob virtutem egregie stimulantem et restaurantem magni æstimata, hinc inde etiam in condiendis cibis usitata multoque commercio circumyvecta, in omnibus mercatoriis Ango- lensibus prostant et sub nomine “ Xipepe " vel *Gipepe" venduntur. Arbores ipsæ amba- rum specierum in Angola plerumque “ N-pepe, in Insula Sti. Thome autem” “ Jobo” nuncupantur. Nomen vero “ Yipepe" vix idiomati Bundico proprium, sed spurium, et ni fallor, a vocabulo “ pepper" (Piper) olim a mercatoribus Anglicis ibidem introducto, derivatum et a Nigritis, commercii gratia, genio linguæ Bundicæ accommodatum. c3. 12 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Trib. IV. XvroPrEx, Benth. et Hook. f. l. c. p. 27. XYLOPIA ODORATISSIMA, Welw. n.sp. Arbor parva ramosissima, ramulis pubescentibus, foliis petiolatis coriaceis, ellipticis vel oblongo-ellipticis, obtusis, basi rotundatis, supra glabrescentibus, subtus precipue in costa piloso-pubescentibus ; floribus axil- laribus subsessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis solitariis vel 2-3 fasciculatis; calyce trifido lobis ovato-deltoideis ; petalis exterioribus elongatis, interioribus seepius paullo brevioribus lineari-subulatis; antheris connectivo truncato leviter dilatato, disco staminifero denique deciduo ; ovariis circa 10, pilosis, stylo subulato andrecium superante, ovulis 4-6; carpellis maturis obliquis, breviter stipitatis, mono- oligo- spermis, longitudinaliter nervosis glabris. Habitat frequens in montosis silvaticis editioribus ad plagam australem de Morro de Lopollo Distr. Huilla, inter 5000 et 5500 ped. altit., Decemb.-Febr. florens, Apr. et Maio fructificans. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 757. Arbuscula in silvis densioribus circiter 10-15 pedes alta, comæ tunc laxioris forma sat variabili, ramis valde insequilongis fere horizontaliter patentibus, ramulis extimis vario modo curvis inter arborum vicinarum ramificationes subscandentibus; in declivibus vero apricis petrosisque plerumque frutex 4—6-pedalis, jam paullo supra basim ramosus, ramis erectiusculis, eylindricis, glabratis, crebre et patentim ramulosis comulas dense foliosas efformantibus ; ramuli juniores et floriferi plus minusve | sericeo-pubescentes. Folia persistentia, in vivo molliter coriacea, supra halitu glaucescente lætius, subtus pallide viridia, exsiccatione utrinque multo pallidiora et rigidiora, petiolo 2 lin. longo, leviter canaliculato cum ramulo articulato suffulta ; lamina 14-2 poll. longa, 1-13 poll. lata, apice obtusa vel rarius subacuminata, basi rotundata vel hine inde subcordata, subtus inprimis ad petiolum et costam molliter pubescens. Flores creberrimi, suavissime fragrantes, ad axillas foliorum solitarii vel — — plerumque 2-3 fasciculati, brevissime pedicellati, carnosuli, rigiduli, fragiles, extus undique sericeo- 1 tomentelli, primum albidi, demum flavescentes. Calycis profunde 3-partiti lobi deltoidei, circiter lineam longi, apice apiculati. Petala exteriora 3-3 poll. longa, obtuse carinata, a basi ovata concava abrupte linearia obtusiuscula; interiora angustiora, paullo breviora et apicem versus subulata, sub anthesi erecto-patula, prompte decidua. Andræcium et ovaria descripta. Carpella matura 4-8, E omnino glabra, nitidulo-rubra, stipite recto 2-3 lin. longo, crassiusculo, subangulato suffulta, nunc monosperma, obovoidea, pisi majoris mole, nune 2-4-sperma, oblique obovoidea vel claviformia polli- — caria, omnia juxta apicem appendice alæformi rostrata. 1 Observatio.—Stirps ob florum miram copiam eorumque odorem gratisstnat quem | late spargunt, inter affines insignis, nec non propter corticem aromatico-amaricantem pharmacographis de futura Africæ tropicæ materia medica scripturis commendanda. Autochthonum illius regionis medici circumforanei (guibanda dicti), non semper omnino imperiti, e florum vix apertorum infusione tepida potum parant stimulantem simulque subnarcoticum, de cujus tamen applicatione speciali non edoctus fui. 3 Ordo VIOLARIEA. Trib. III. ArsopEIE:, Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. p. 118. ATAODBIA (CERANTHERA) ILICIFOLIA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. IL) Fruticosa vel subarbo- . reseens, glabra; foliis coriaceis, ovali-oblongis, elongatis, acutis, argute et grosse — spinuloso-serratis; floribus flavis, brevissime pedicellatis, recurvis, in paniculas - | — terminales folio breviores fasciculatim dispositis; sepalis ovato-ellipticis, — FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 13 obtusis; petalis obtusis (sepalis subbrevioribus*); tubo stamineo brevi, extus haud producto, antheris connectivo dorsali ovato obtuso, appendicem anteriorem ovalem integram vel emarginatam superante; capsula coriacea, ruguloso-aspera. Habitat sporadica in rupium convallibus umbrosis Distr. Pungo Andongo, ubi prope Presidium ipsum, loco dieto “ Barrancos de Catete," Febr. c. alabastris et fructu submaturo, Maio denique iterum cum alabastris legi, ad altit. circiter 3500 ped. supra mare. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 889. Frutex validus, sive arbuscula, 8-12-pedalis, Zlicis aquifolie habitum quodammodo simulans, rigidi- tate omnium partium insignis, sempervirens. Trunculus rectus cortice cinereo-virescente parum aspero, ligno albido compacto, ssepius jam ad 3 vel 4 pedes altitudinis supra basim ramosus; rami erecto-patuli, laxe ramulosi, cylindrici, adultiores levigati et nitenti-virides ; ramuli novelli plus minusve angulati, erectiusculi, firmi et tenaces. Folia alterna, breviter petiolata, rigidicoriacea, glaberrima, supra intense viridia, subtus ex albido virentia et prominule venulosa, nunc ovali-ob- longa, elongata et acuminata, nune breviora et late elliptica, penninervia, nervo mediano valido subtus valde prominente, in petiolo firmo erecto-patula; petioli in uno eodemque ramo longitudine variantes, nunc vix semipollicem, nunc plus quam sesquipollicem longi, semiteretes, canaliculati, ad insertionem laminæ dorso gibbi ; lamina 7-9 poll. longa, 2-24 poll. lata, basi breviter angustata vel ob- tusiuseula, apice acuta vel acuminata, margine argute serrata, serraturis sinu lato obtusissimo sejunctis apice rigido-spinulosis, spinulis 1-13 lin. longis, subulatis. Panicule terminales, erectæ, angustæ, 5-7 pollices longæ, aphylle ; pedunculi communis angulati, sub lente tenuiter velutino-pubescentis rami basi bracteis brevibus crassiusculis ovatis muniti, inferiores 1-2 poll. longi, parce ramulosi, ere- ctiusculi, superiores sensim breviores, summi brevissimi. Flores (nonnisi in alabastris observati) flavi, ceraceo-carnosuli, pedicellati, juxta ramulos pedunculi per fasciculos pauciflores 3— pollicis inter se distantes dispositi, ex pedicello ipsis sepius dimidio breviore basi bibracteolato, crassiusculo, angulato, arcuatim recurvato nutantes vel fere penduli, vix tres lineas longi. Sepala a basi lata ovato-elliptica, erecto-imbricata, concava, obtusissima, margine ciliolata, crassiuscula, rigida, dorso tenuiter pube- scentia et sulcato-striata, petalis latiora, in fructu persistentia. Petala juvenilia ejusdem fere figure ac sepala, sed iis angustiora et breviora. Stamina descripta. Ovarium glabriusculum ; placente pauci- (uni- ?)ovulatæ ; stylus terminalis, rectus, pro more floris crassiusculus, cylindricus, medio quidquam incrassatus, apice obtusiusculo stigmatosus, staminibus paullo brevior. Capsula ovoidea, coriacea, calyce indurato stipata, extus rubro-purpurea, undique rugulis papillisque aspera, elastice dehiscens, 3-valvata, 3-sperma, vel placentz unius abortu disperma, valvis cymbimorphis sublignosis, medio placentiferis. Semina (vix bene matura) subglobosa vel sublenticulari-compressa, diametro longiore circiter 5 lineas longa, pone umbilicum excavatum obtuse rostrata, testa crustacea, levigata, nitidula badio-flavescente. Embryo in albumine copioso axilis excentricus, umbilico approximatus ; cotyle- dones obovato-ellipticze, planiuseulze, vaginatim conferruminatæ, radicula hilo proxima. Ordo BIXACEA. Trib. II. ONco2Ez, Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 125. OxcoBA WeLwrrscHr1, Oliv. Flora of Trop. Afr. MS. (Tab. 111.) Arborescens, inermis, glabra; foliis membranaceis, longe petiolatis, ovatis, acuminatis, basi late rotun- datis; floribus pedunculatis, ad ramulos annotinos vel vetustiores nascentibus 3-5 fasciculatis; sepalis 3 late ellipticis; petalis circiter 10 obovatis longiuscule unguicula- tis, sepalis plus quam duplo longioribus ; antheris linearibus quam filamenta capillaria multo brevioribus; ovario papilloso-setoso, placentis 5-6; stylo gracili longiusculo A * Floresin nostris sp ib lum bene evoluti et solummodo in alabastris anthesi proximis examinati ; relatio pride tr sepala e petala pe cas Steed 14 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. apice in lobos 5-6 breves patentes diviso, stigmatibus truncatis; capsula ovoidea, dense echinata, 5—6-valvata, valvis intus nudis medio placentiferis post dehiscentiam recurvis ; seminibus dense verruculosis. Habitat sporadica in silvis primævis Distr. Golungo Alto prope Bungo Aquitamba, ad 2300 ped. altit., neenon sub forma fruticis in silvis secundariis circa Sange. Floret Novemb. usque Febr., Martio usque Jul. fruct. maturat. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 537. Arbuscula 12-15-pedalis, hinc frutex vix 8 pedes altus. Truncus in forma arborescente rectus, diametro semipedali, raro crassior, cortice niinute rimuloso badio-cinerascente, ligno albido denso, sepius jam ad altitudinem 4-5 pedum supra basim ramosus, ramis robustis elongatis ascendentibus, infra longe denudatis, apicem versus parce ramulosis; ramuli graciles, patentes, tenuiter sulcati, lenticellis ellipticis obsiti, novelli levigati apice densius foliosi. Folia alterna, longe petiolata, ampla, ovata, longe acuminata, supra leete viridia, verniceo-nitidula, subtus pallide virentia, glabra; petioli 3-43 pollices longi, graciles, patuli, basi obiter canaliculati, ad insertionem laminæ quidquam incras- sati et curvati; lamina (in foliis adultis ex apice petioli fere pendula) 6-10 poll. longa, 3-5 poll. lata, margine integro vel obscure repando, basi rotundato-obtusa, apice nunc sensim, rarius abrupte in acumen 1 poll. circiter longum attenuata; stipulæ laterales geminæ, foliaceæ, lineari-subulatz, semipollicem circiter longs, erectze, deciduæ. Flores polygami, ex speciosissimis inter congeneres, diametro 4-pollicares, quondam in eodem ramo multo minoribus mixti, ad ramulos vetustiores vel imo ad truncum ipsum nascentes, plerumque 3 vel 4 fasciculati, pedunculis 1-14 poll. longis colo- ratis basi minute bracteolatis suffulti, evolutione successiva aperti. Alabastra globosa, apiculata, paullo ante anthesim vesiculose turgescentia. Calyx tenuiter coriaceus, triphyllus, sepalis æstiva- tione late imbricatis, concavis, obtuse carinatis, pollicem longis, semipollice latioribus, extus pube minutissima caduca subvelutinis, fusco-rubentibus, demum deciduis. Petala 9-12, plerumque 10 vel ll, alba vel albido-rosea, obovato-spathulata, patentia, membranacea; lamina obovata 1-14 poll. longa, venulis sursum divergentibus percursa, margine integro obiter undulata, sensim in unguem 3-1 poll. longum compresso-planum 1 lineam latum attenuata, una cum staminibus decidua. Sta- mina numerosissima ; filamenta filiformia, ascendentia, albida, pollicem longa; antheræ terminales, intense flavæ, oblongo-lineares, basi subcordatæ, quam filamenta multoties breviora, biloculares, longitudinaliter dehiscentes; pollinis granula globoso-ellipsoidea, levia. Ovarium ovoideum, papillis acutiusculis undique echinulatum ; ovula juxta placentas parietales 5 vel 6 perplurima; stylus rectus, cylindricus, fere pollicem longus, apice radiato 5—6-lobus, demum indurescens, in fructu persistens. Capsula matura globosa vel sepius ovoidea, undique aculeis rigidulis 1 pollicem longis leete aureo-flavis echinata, tarde dehiscens, 5- vel 6-valvata, valvis crassis, lignoso-duris, demum arcuato-recurvis, intus nudiusculis, medio placentiferis. Semina permulta in pulpa nidulantia, par- vula, duabus lineis vix longiora, ovoidea, fuscula, crebre verruculosa, vertice truncato areola in centro umbonata instructa ; testa crustacea ; embryo rectus ; cotyledones planz, ovatz ; radicula crassiuscula cotyledonum fere longitudine, hilo proxima. Ordo POLYGALEZ. PoLYGALA GOMESIANA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. IV.) Perennis, herbacea; caule erecto 2-5-pedali ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis linearibusve, utrinque sepius angustatis, gla- bris vel sparse pilosulis; racemis terminalibus amplis multifloris, bracteis bracteo- lisque membranaceo-scariosis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis persistentibus, pedicellis patentissimis pilosis ; sepalis anterioribus liberis, alis suborbicularibus diametro semipollicaribus, coloratis; capsulis obcordatis, alis dimidio brevioribus anguste FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 15 Habitat in pratis humidis altius herbidis juxta rivulos Distr. Huilla, frequens circa Lopollo, ad 5000 ped. altit. A Decembr. usque Apr. florens et fructificans. Æwsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1032. Herba elata, radice lignescente oblique descendente, oligocephala, perennans. ^ Caules e radicis collo 1-3 erecti, virgati, tri- vel quatuor- rarius quinquepedales, simplices vel apicem versus parce ramosi, cylindrici, obiter sulcato-angulati, pilis raris mox deciduis glabrentes, a basi ad medium densius, supraremotefoliati. Folia alterna, erecto-patula, subsessilia, plerumque omnino glabra, late herbaceo- viridia; inferiora et media approximata, lineari-lanceolata, 1—3 poll. longa, semipollice vix latiora, utrinque sensim angustata, subacuta vel apice obtusiusculo breviter apiculata, margine integro, nervo inprimis subtus ad basim prominulo flavescente percursa; superiora magis distantia, sensimque angustiora, breviora et acutiora, sepius linearia; floralia sub anthesi plerumque decidua. Racemi in caule et ramulis terminales, erecti, stricti, ampli, ¿-1-pedales, multiflori, juveniles bracteis apice densius congestis breviter comosi. Flores ex majoribus et speciosissimis totius generis, in pedun- culo communi pilis brevibus patulis vestito densiuscule gregati, una eum bracteis, bracteolis pedicel- lisque amoenissime rosei vel roseo-purpurascentes, subnutantes. Bractee tenuiter membranaceo- scariose, 3-4 lin. longe, ovato-lanceolatæ, longe acuminatæ, patulæ, una cum bracteolis itidem patulis paullo brevioribus obtusioribusque persistentes. Pedicelli graciles, 4-3 poll. longi, albido-pilosi, sub anthesi horizontaliter patentes, demum arcuato-deflexi, fructiferi cernui. Sepala 5, omnia libera; tria exteriora inter se subæqualia, parva, 11-2 lin. longa, obovato-elliptica, obtusiuscula, extus sparse pilosa; interiora (ale) multo majora, etinnisile roseo-purpurea, oblique lato-obovata vel fere orbicu- laria, diametro circiter semipollicaria, ima basi abrupte attenuata, glabra, tenuiter venulosa, obiter convexa, petala occultantia. Petala tria, basi inter se et cum staminum vagina concreta; inferius (carina) concavo-galeatum, dorso crista latiuscula intense purpurea profunde bifida auctum, ad verticem leviter emarginatum, ad marginem prope basim utrinque plus minusve profunde sinuatum et pilosum; lateralia quam carina breviora, ovato-oblonga, margine superiore inflexa laxe crispata, ad faciem internam laminz partis cum vagina staminali connatæ piloso-pubescentia, ad ejusdem partem liberam glabra, verticaliter sursum curvata, apice obtusa vel subtruncata. Staminum vagina basi juxta margines piloso-ciliolata; antheræ oblongo-ovoideæ, obiter compressæ, subtiliter puberulæ vel sepius omnino glabræ, apice oblique truncato biporosæ (septulo parum efformato vel deliquescente ?) uniloculares. Pollinis granula (in una eademque anthera) nunc spheeroidea nunc breviter-ellipsoidea, longitudinaliter costato-striata, sensu directioni costularum contrario et non raro jam intra antheras needum apertas tubificantia. Ovarium obovatum, vertice circa styli insertionem pilosum ; stylus compressus latiusculus, medio dilatatus, paullo supra medium arcuatus, ad apicem plus minusve oblique truncatus vel obscure angulatus, anguste stigmatosus. Capsula obcordata, rigidulo-membranacea, 22-3 lineis vix longior, compressa, anguste marginata, ad apicem nunc pilis raris obsita nunc omnino glabra, disco utrinque bigibba. Semina oblongo-obovoidea, circiter 14 lin. longa, pilosa, vertice areola depressa notata, caruncula pro seminis mole parva; albumen parcum. Observatio.—Nomine specifico hujusce stirpis elegantissimæ ac culture dignissimee virum saluto, doctrina et urbanitate pariter insignem, clar. Bernard. Ant. Gomes, Med. Doctorem, horti scholæ medico-chirurgici Olissiponensis fundatorem, Floræ fossilis Lusi- taniæ scrutatorem um nec non medicum SERE, skadiorumque ax meorum fautorem. Ordo DIPTEROCARPEA. VATICA AFRICANA, Welw. n.sp. (Tab. V.) Frutex vel arbor parva; ramulis novellis tomentoso-pubescentibus, raro glabris ; foliis coriaceis, oblongo-ellipticis, obtusis, basi vel obtusis vel anguste rotundatis, nune subcordatis, supra glabrescentibus, subtus ferrugineo vel albo tomentosis ; , eymis racemiformibus axillaribus folio brevigeibne vel 16 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. floribus apices ramulorum versus fasciculatis ; sepalis subliberis ovatis obtusis, petalis oblongo-lanceolatis sepalis triplo longioribus; staminibus indefinitis bi- (vel pluri-) seriatis, filamentis filiformibus, antheris ellipticis ovatisve, connectivo breviter apieu- latis; fructu globoso subapiculato, calycis fructiferi lobis inter se subæqualibus pa- tentibus oblanceolatis vel oblongo-obovatis, obtusis acutisve, nervis anastomosantibus prominulis grosse reticulatis. Habitat in silvis et dumetis arenosis Distr. Huilla, inter 4000 et 5500 ped. altit., inprimis frequens ad basim de * Morro de Lopollo." Floret Octobr. usque ad Januar., Apr. et Maio fructificat. Stirpis hujusce polymorphe precipue due in Angola mihi obvenerunt forme, inter se habitu et magis adhue foliorum indumento diverse, junctimque vix commode descri- bendæ, quapropter eas hic seorsim tractandas et characteribus utrique peculiaribus limi- tandas esse existimavi, ut sequitur. e. denudans. (Tab.V.fig.1.) Forma plerumque fruticosa, foliis subtus laxe ferrugineo- tomentosis pubescentibusve vel glabratis. Frutex humanæ altitudinis resinosus, paullo supra basim ramosus, rarius arbuscula vix 8-pedalis, habitu Grewie speciem «emulans; rami cylindrici, inferiores et superiores breves, medii elongati, patentes, glabrentes, ramulis novellis et florigeris gracilibus subangulatis tomento laxiusculo pubescentibus vel hinc inde furfuraceo tomentellis. Folia alterna, petiolata, chartaceo-coriacea, quoad figuram sat varia, plerumque oblongo-elliptica, ad basim et apicem rotundato-obtusa, nune ad basim angustato- rotundata vel subcordata, ad apicem emarginata, rarius utrinque subangustata fere lanceolata, supra gla- brescentia, halitu flavescente virentia, nervis impressis oblique striata, prope basim paullo supra petioli insertionem glandula concava rubra orbiculari vel subelliptica notata, subtus basi ferrugineo-tomentosa vel villoso-pubescentia, aut fere deglabrata æneo-viridia, nervo medio et lateralibus valde prominen- tibus elevatim costata, inter nervos prominule reticulato-venulosa* ; petioli 3-6 lin. longi, cum ramu- lis articulati, cylindrici, villoso-pubescentes, nunc adultiores glabrentes vel tenuiter verruculosi; lamina 1-24 poll. longa, 1-13 poll. lata, ast plerumque pollice angustior. Stipule petiolares geminæ, lineari- lanceolatæ acuminatæ, sub folii evolutione caducæ. Inflorescentia cymoso-racemosa, axillaris vel spurie terminalis, pedunculo communi tunc ex penultimi folii axilla infra gemmam apicalem evoluto. Pedunculus, pedicelli, bracteolz et calyx villoso-pubescentes. Sepala basi breviter coalita, in alabastro — linea vix longiora, evidenter imbricata, ovata, obtusa, erecto-subpatula, persistentia, post anthesim sen- sim aucta. Petala oblongo-lanceolata, sepalis duplo subtriplove longiora, sub anthesi patentia, extus tenuissime velutino-tomentella albida, intus flavicantia glabra, solum medio basin versus pilosula, prompte decidua. Stamina perplura, ultra 50, circa ovarium annulatim seriata, patula ; filamenta gra- cilia, compressiuscula, plerumque biserialia, albida ; antheræ flavæ, connectivo nune magis producto et robustiore ovate, nunc illo breviore subellipticæ, loculis inter se fere semper magnitudine inzqualibus, introrsum dehiscentibus. Ovarium ovoideum, pilosum, tri-, rarissime biloculare, loculis biovulatis ; : stylus firmulus, rectus, cylindricus, apicem versus parum attenuatus, stigmate breviter tri-, rarissime bilobo, lobulis teretibus patulis apice subtilissime fimbriatis. Fructus calycis nunc valde aucti fundo - insidens, globosus vel ovoideo-globosus, pisi magni mole vel imo paullo major, plus minus pubescens — | vel subtomentosus, durus, styli basi indurata apiculatus, vis dehiscens, uni-, rarissime bilocularis, mono-, rarissime dispermus ; calycis fructiferi sepala basi breviter coant in alas Yum foliiformes * Bani. inform. fali. ama nuda pecta, tomentosa quidem apparet, etin quibusdam f t totenui undique obducta est; sed lente fortiore examinata plerumque solum nervi et venularam acies pilis crispulis plus ne — — ur — _— e venularum anastomosi ortz solummodo pilis raris adspersæ vel plerumque - centro omnino glabras : id quod in varietate B. hypoleuca nunquam observare mihi licuit. FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 17 scariose-rigidulas, oblanceolatas, apice obtusiusculo apiculatas, leete rubentes, obiter pubescentes, 13 poll. longas, 6-8 lin. latas, utrinque elevatim reticulato-venosas expansa. Semina perfecta non visa. Crescit hzc varietas satis frequens in collinis apricis arenosis inter pagum Lopollo et Morro de Lopollo, ad 5000 circiter pedum elevationem ; Decembr.-Januar. florentem, Maio demum 1860 fructificantem legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1035. Observatio.—Stirps, ut videtur, late per Africam austro-tropicam diffusa, a clar. Dre. Kirk (fide spec. herb. Kew.) etiam in Zambesiæ editioribus (Highlands of Batoca-country, Jul.-Octobr. 1860) lecta. B. hypoleuca. (Tab. V. fig. 12.) Forma arborea, foliis subtus dense albo-tomentosis. Arbor parva, 12-pedalis et altior, habitu Cratego Arie Linn. non dissimilis, trunco recto, 4-1 ped. prope basin crasso, coma laxissima, depresso-dilatata; rami patenti-divaricati, crassi, varie curvi, ramulis abbreviatis robustis, apice ad ultimorum foliorum axillas florigeris. Folia quoad figuram iis varietatis precedentis subsimilia, etiam ad petioli insertionem glandulifera, sed omni sensu triplo majora et crassiora, petiolis 1-1 poll. longis, lamina 24-53 poll. longa, 13-14 poll. lata, apice obtuso sepius emarginata, basi non raro subcordata; juniora utrinque tomentosa, adultiora supra læte viridia et tenuiter pubescentia, subtus tomento denso albido obtecta. Flores majores, petala villoso-tomentosa. Fructus non observatus. Crescit sporadica et rarior in silvis subumbrosis maxime e Leguminosis constantibus ad altit. 4000—4500 ped., inter Mumpulla et Nene, ubi Octobr. 1859 c. alabastris et Decembri cum flore legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1036 [Vatica hypoleuca]. Observatio.—NV arietas admodum conspicua, extra Angolæ limites hucusque nondum observata, forsan species propria, sed fructu nondum cognito vix bene limitanda. Ceterum monendum habeo, stirpes perennes generatim, et inprimis arborescentes Flore Huillensis aliorumque districtuum Angole et Benguelle interiorum, ob silvarum incendia a pastori- bus ibidem vagantibus per secula quolibet anno repetita, quoad habitum et variarum partium indumentum maximopere variare, id quod precipue in variis Syzygü, Parinarii, Anone et Fici speciebus observare licet, quee in silvis nullo adhue incendio mutilatis qua arbores proceræ superbiunt, dum eædem species in pascuis proximis post combustionem silvarum enatis (a nobis nomine “dumeta secundaria" indicatis) nonnisi sub formis pygmæis, ceu frutieuli humiles sepius vix palmares sive pedales, ast densis ceespitibus crescentes, et nihilominus hocce in statu leete florentes atque fructificantes occurrunt. Ordo STERCULIACER. Trib. 1. STERCULIER, Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. i. p. 217. OcroLoBUs, Welw. gen. n. Flores unisexuales. Calyx campanulatus, tubo subcylindrico limbo octofido ; lobi coriacei marginibus late membranaceis induplicatis undulato-crispulis. Petala nulla. Staminum columna brevis, cylindrica, androphoro elongato-conico tomentoso imposita; antheræ perplurimæ in discum orbicularem vertice depressum connate. Ovarii carpella perplurima, multiseriata, in eapitulum globosum gynophoro . brevi impositum conferta, capitulo basi verticillo staminum imperfectorum cincto; carpella turgida, libera, elongato-ovoidea, dense tomentosa, unilocularia ; stylus subnullus ; stigma sessile obiter bilo- bum; ovula plurima biseriata. Carpella matura 8-10 distincte stipitata, turgida, obovoidea vel VOL. XXVII. D 18 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. clavata, gibba, rostro obliquo terminata, tarde dehiscentia, 1-3-sperma. Semina subglobosa, hilo lato sessilia, testa levigata, subcoriacea; albumen nullum. Embryo subglobosus; cotyledones crassæ, hemisphzericze; radicula brevissima, inclusa; plumula pilosa.—Arbor Africæ tropicæ austro-occiden- talis, laxe comosa, ramulis robustis. Folia alterna, indivisa, longiuscule petiolata, petiolis apice incrassatis, obovato-lanceolata, obtuse acuminata, obscure sinuata, coriacea, glaberrima. Stipule geminz laterales caduce. Flores magni ad ramulos sessiles, subsolitarii, fulvo-villosi. Genus 1 antheris uniseriatim annulatis, albuminis defectu et ovarii loculis pluriovulatis Cole, Schott, proxi- mum et affine, sed calyce constanter 8-fido, coriaceo, carpellorumque numero indefinito sine negotio E distinguendum. Species unica. | | OCTOLOBUS SPECTABILIS, Welw. sp. n. (Tab. VI.) Habitat sporadica in silvaticis rupestribus Distr. Pungo Andongo, præsertim prope Præsidium loco dicto * Barranco da Pedra Songue" Jan. 1857 cum flore, Apr. c. fr. legi. Exsic. It. Angol. no. 1202. Arbor 15-20-pedalis, rarius altior, trunco recto, gracili, basi 1-2 ped. circumferentiæ, cortice albido- griseo leviter rugoso, coma laxa sursum dilatata vertice depressa. Rami vagi, elongati, erecto- patentes, longe denudati, albicantes, apicem versus parce ramulosi, ramulis patulis, cylindricis, pennæ anserinæ vel hine olorinæ crassitudine, novellis et junioribus angulato-sulcatis villoque fulvescente mollissimo demum deciduo vestitis, adultis glabris, longitudinaliter rugulosis, albescentibus. Folia alterna, versus apicem ramulorum congesta, integra, petiolata, obovato-lanceolata, coriacea, supra leete, subtus pallide viridia, juventute bistipulata; petiolus 2—22-pollicaris, angulatus, junior laxe villosus demum glabratus, basi tumescens, subcanaliculatus, apice abrupte calloso-incrassatus, callo subcylindrico 2-3 lin. longo transverse ruguloso, subviscido, modice arcuato ad basim laminæ termi- nante; lamina utrinque glaberrima, 5-9 pollices longa, 1-22 poll. lata, plerumque obovato-lanceolata, nunc, przsertim in ramulorum extremis, lanceolata, basi sensim attenuata, ad insertionem subtrun- cata, apice obliquo obtusiuscule acuminata, margine integro vel hinc inde obscure sinuato, penni- nervia, nervo medio basi valido ad apicem usque producto, lateralibus multo tenuioribus in utraque pagina sed subtus argutius prominentibus, versus marginem evanescentibus. Stipule geminæ, juxta basin petiolorum laterales, liberæ, anguste lineari-lanceolatæ, subulato-acuminate, erectæ, rigidulæ, 2-3 lineas longæ, ad ramulorum novellorum apices comoso-gregatæ, caducissimæ. Flores unisexu- ales, monoici, apetali, sat magni, imo totius tribus maximi, ad ramulos infra foliorum comam apica- lem sessiles vel breviter pedunculati, solitarii, vel rarissime 2-3 gregati, bracteis pluribus brevibus, scariosis, late ovatis, extus tomentellis, intus nudis, spud em decidus; quodammodo calyculati. Alabastra globosa vel obovoidea. Calyx turbinato llicem longus, carnoso-cori- aceus, extus undique villoso-tomentosus, villo favorin omp, son "Pccundatatibn: deciduus; tubus cylindricus sursum quidquam dilatatus, diametro semipollicari, intus plurisulcatus et papillis minimis cinnamomeo-aurantiacis plus minus dense obsitus; limbi octofidi, æstivatione induplicato-valvati ; laciniæ lanceolate, ? pollic. longæ, erecto-patule, margine circumcirca membrana latiuscula, tenuiter carnosa, fragili, induplicata, undulato-crispula cinctæ, facie interna papillis tenuibus brevissimis cinna- momeis densissime gregatis velutino-tomentosæ. Androphorum anguste conicum, dense tomentel- lum, una cum staminum columna brevi glaberrima et antherarum disco circiter calycis tubo «equilon- gum; antherz numerose (25 et plures), rectze, biloculares, arcte inter se in discum vertice truncatum connatz, singule fere lineam longz, cinnamomez. Gynecii cireumscriptione obovoidei carpella per- plurima (60-80) pluriseriatim dense congesta, ascendentia, inter se libera, oblique elongato-ovoidea, dense canescentia, unilocularia, biseriatim pluriovulata, ovulis horizontalibus; stigma ad carpel- ... lorum apicem oblique sessile, turgidum, obtusum, plus minusve evidenter bilobum, atropurpureum, E dense papillosum. | Sfaminum imperfectorum basim gynophori annuli ad instar cingentium antheræ d libere, oves minusve arcuatæ, dorso connectivo crasso sursum curvato adnate, illis androphori — plerumque. breviores, vel varie defiguratæ, omnino steriles. Carpella matura 6-10, rarius plura FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 19 distincta, stipite 2—4 lin. longo, cylindrico vel subcompresso villoso suffulta, magnitudine et figura inter se inæqualia, obovoidea vel clavata, lateribus subcompressa, ceteroquin turgida, 11—13 poll. longa, coriacea, oblique vel recurvato-rostrata, extus tomentosa e viridi flavicantia, interna facie plicato-rugulosa denseque resinoso-punctata, unilocularia, 2- rarius 3-4-sperma, tarde dehiscentia. Semina subglobosa vel obovoidea pisi maximi mole et majora, hilo latissimo orbiculato vel ellipsoideo sessilia; testa subcoriacea, lævigata, atra vel atropurpurea, nitida, strato interiori tenaci reticulatim fibroso. Embryo exalbuminosus, semini conformis, rectus ; cotyledones crasse, hemisphæricæ, radi- culam brevissimam obtuse conicam, plumula pilosa superatam, arcte includentes. Observatio.—Gynecii structura et configuratio generis presentis notabilem cum illa quarumdam Anonacearum offert similitudinem, etiamsi vera affinitas has inter et Ster- culiaceas, in systemate sub cohorte longius distante militantes, vix, ac ne vix quidem invenienda. Ordo ZYGOPHYLLEE. ZYGOPHYLLUM. Sectio A. FABAGO. Subsectio a. Simplicifolia. ZYGOPHYLLUM ORBICULATUM, Welw. n. sp. Glabrum, glaucum, frutieulosum, cauli- bus obliquis vel ascendentibus vix sesquipedalibus, crassis, succulentis, rigidis, cylin- dricis, subflexuosis, ramis patulis, articulatis, ad nodos leviter incrassatis, foliis plànis crassissimis, flabellato-orbiculatis vel summis obovato-spathulatis, bene adultis 2-21 pollices latis, glaucis, glaberrimis, margine rotundato integris, basi in petiolum brevem cuneato-angustatis, internodiis longioribus, stipulis carnosis ovatis obtusis 3-4 lin. longis, pedunculis geminis (vel ternis!) 3-5 lin. longis, fructiferis pollicaribus, floribus pentameris, calycis tarde decidui carnosuli laciniis obtusis, petalis albis longe unguieulatis, calyce duplo longioribus, stamina superantibus, squamis quam filamenta paullo brevioribus, subliberis, albido-membranaceis, apice fimbriatis ; ovario clavato, obtuse 5-gono, stylo staminum longitudine; fructu majusculo late penta- ptero, depresse obovoideo, vertice parum emarginato stylo apiculato (axi 9- diametro 7-8-lineari, alis semiobovatis elevatim reticulatis), loculicide 5-valvi, loculis endo- carpio solubili 1-2-spermis, seminibus dense foveolatis, raphe ex parte libera. Habitat frequentissimum in sabulosis et petrosis maritimis Distr. Mossamedes, ex Giraul usque Cabo | negro, sepius in Zygophylli simplicis, Sesuviorum et Vogelie Africane consortio. Maio-Julio flor., mox et usque ad Sept. fructificat. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1637. Fruticulus dumosus, rigidissimus, 1-2-pedalis, succulentus, quibusdam Scevole vel Crassule speciebus habitu non absimilis, plage maritime sabulosæ vel rupestris decus triste. Caules penne olorinæ vel hine inde digiti minimi crassitudine, plerumque tortuosi, lignescentes epidermide tenui flavo- fuscescente facile secedente tecti, nunc opposite nunc dichotome ramosi. Internodia circiter pollicaria. Folia simplicia (anne ceu phyllodia consideranda ?), inferiora et adultiora, petiolo brevi cuneato excepto, fere orbiculata, diametro non raro bipollicari et majore (lamina À poll. crassa, succoso-carnosa, in viva planta, more phyllodiorum Acaciarum verticaliter sita), ea ramulorum novellorum flabellato- spathulata, nervis 3-5, solum in folio exsiccato prominentibus percursa et minus glauca; pedunculi 2 vel 3 (rarius sed quondam certe plures ad 5) ex eadem stipularum axilla erecti, fructiferi elongati et patentes. Calycis herbaceo-viridis lacinise carnoso-tumidulæ, obovato-oblongæ, obtusæ, concayi- uscule, post anthesin reflexæ. Petala flabellata, ungue longo, lateribus integra, apice rotundato D 2 20 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. denticulata, nervis purpurascentibus flabellatim partitis percursa, una cum ungue 33-4 lin. longa. Squame circiter 2 longitudinis filamentorum, filamenta quasi vaginantes. Ovarium in disco leviter concavo sessile 5-loculare, ovula in loculis 4 vel 5. Fructus plene maturus scariosus, plerumque calyce reflexo suffultus, cireumscriptione obovoideus, basi truncatus, vertice quidquam depresso sive emarginato styloque indurato 1-13 lin. longo superatus, ad axim usque pentapterus ; ale compress, nervo hine inde evanescente marginatz, demum ab axi centrali solubiles; loculorum endocarpium solubile, tenuiter pergameum, nitidulum. Semina in loculis 1 vel 2, obovato-subreniformia, lenticu- lari-compressa, marginata, 2-22 lin. longa, testa brunnea foveolis alveoliformibus dense obsita. Ordo BURSERACEE. Trib. I. Burserez, Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. v. i. p. 321. PAIVAEUSA, Welw. gen. nov. Flores unisexuales, axillares, apetali ; masculi subsessiles, plures in capitula involucrata breve pedunculata dense congesti; feminei solitarii vel foliorum abortu subfasciculati, breviter pedunculati. FLonzs MascuLr. Calyz subobliquus, profunde 6-8-fidus, laciniis obtusis, erectis, sepius inzequalibus, æsti- vatione imbricatis. Stamina 6-8 fundo calycis cirea discum crenatum inserta, exserta; filamenta filiformia glabra; antheræ breves, erectæ, biloculares, loculis basi subliberis lateraliter dehiscentibus. Ovarii rudimentum obsoletum. From. rem. Calyx maris, sed amplior et basi ad latus externum tribracteolatus. Ovarium ovoideum in stylum attenuatum, basi squamulis 6-7 brevibus minutis ciliatis non raro in discum confluentibus cinctum, biloculare; stylus brevis; stigmata duo reniformia ; ovula in loculis gemina prope apicem loculi septo inserta, pendula. Fructus (immaturus) pedunculo elongato tribracteolato et calyce persistente stipatus, ovoideus, longitudinaliter bicostulatus, stigmatibus persistentibus terminatus, tomentosus ; epicarpium coriaceum bivalve; putamen chartaceum incomplete biloculare, pyrenibus 1-2 in quoque loculo; pyrenes ossei, compressi, membrana carnosulo-mucosa obducti, ex apice columellæ centralis funiculo crasso penduli, liberi, monospermi. Semen loculo conforme, inversum, compressiusculum, testa membranacea, endopleura solubili. Albumen 0. Cotyledones rectæ, planæ, late obcordatæ, ad radi- cule insertionem emarginatæ, tenuiter membranacez, virides; radicula brevis, recta, cylindrico- conoidea, obtusiuscula, supera. Arbor parva Africæ austro-tropicalis, coma laxa ramulis crassis tuberculato-cicatrisatis, cinerascentibus, gemmis novellis rufo-tomentosis. Folia ad apices ramulorum patentia, longe petiolata, digitato 5-folio- lata, foliolis subsessilibus lanceolato- vel obovato-oblongis obtusiusculis integerrimis cum petiolo arti- . culatis, coriaceis, subtus tomentosis. Flores parvi, inconspicui ; feminei subsolitarii, masculi numerosi . eymoso-fasciculati, cymis in capitula densa bracteis involucrata contractis. Genus insigne sed valde anomalum, Burseraceis quidem absque fere dubio adnume- randum, ast nulli ex generibus cognitis arcte affine, imo ab omnibus hucusque descriptis floribus apetalis, cotyledonibus omnino planis foliisque digitatim 5-foliolatis longius distans, et probabiliter novæ inter tribum Burseracearum sectionis typus. Calyx 6-8- fidus una cum staminibus 6-8 prope marginem disci insertis et insequalibus necnon pyrenes liberi aliquam cum genere Protium affinitatem indigitant; petalorum defectus forsitan ex cymularum perplurium arcta condensatione florumque singulorum mutua ~ pressione explicandus. . Dicatum est genus hocce clarissimo domino Baráo do Castello de Paiva, botanices in — Academia verno es. Faunæ malacologicæ Maderensis etc. een EZ y NÓ Pu ee ee ale oos RARE A c A O P RAN VeRO EO E QR O RO e TU NEU D NA av FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 21 Species unica :— PAIVAEUSA DACTYLOPHYLLA, Welw. (Tab. VIT.) Habitat in silvis parum densis siccioribus Districtus Huilla, ad 5000 ped. circiter altitud., inprimis inter pagum Lopollo et flumen Monino, ubi specimina c. flore et alia cum fructu immaturo legi Februario 1860. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 452. Arbuscula 8-15-pedalis, aspectu Viticis speciem quodammodo referens, trunco recto 4-4 ped. diametri, cortice aspero late rimoso, cinerascente vel fere nigrescente, coma laxiuscula sursum dilatata; rami patuli arcuato-ascendentes, crassi, rigidissimi, fere cinerei, undique foliorum delapsorum cicatricibus in tubercula aspera elevatis obsiti, sæpius varie curvi vel tortuosi, parce ramellosi, ramellis crassius- culis abbreviatis, novellis fulvo-sericeis vel rufo-tomentosis, apicem versus foliiferis. Folia patentia, alterna, longe petiolata digitato-5- rarius 3- rarissime 7-foliolata, paullo ante florescentiæ periodum deci- dua; petioli 2-3 pollices longi, rigidi, subteretes, molliter sericeo-tomen tosi, basi tumescente cum ramulo articulati, apice subcompresso-dilatati; foliola penninervia, obovato-oblonga, nunc fere lanceolata vel lineari-oblonga, apice obtusa vel rarius breviter acuminata, basi sensim angustata, subsessilia vel breve petiolulata, cum petiolo communi articulata, supra, inprimis juniora, pube tenui adspersa pallidevirentia, juxta costam mediam densius pubescentia, adulta fere glabra et nitidula, subtus nervo mediano crasso pinnatim venuloso percursa, dense molliter tomentosa, tomento primum ex albido cinereo, demum flavo-fuscescente ; foliola 3 superiora inter se subæqualia, 24-5 poll. longa, 1-12 poll. lata, intermedium longius petiolulatum, infima duo reliquis duplo triplove breviora angustioraque et plerumque sessilia vel brevissime petiolulata. Flores dioiei, versus apicem ramulorum axillares, nunc foliorum sum- morum lapsu vel abortu spurie terminales, utriusque sexus apetali. Masculi plures 30—oo minuti ad pedunculi communis perbrevis crassiusculi cylindrici apicem carnoso-incrassatum [quasi antho- dium fingentem] sessiles vel uno alterove brevissime pedicellato, subeymuloso-fasienlati, densissime in capitulum involucratum congesti; involucrum obliquum 6-8-lobum, lobis ovato-oblongis vel sub- orbicularibus, florum capitulo fere dimidio brevioribus ipsoque adpressis. Calyz viridescens, sæpius obliquus, plus minusve profunde 6-8-fidus, laciniis erectis, æstivatione imbricatis, lineari-oblongis vel spathulatis, inzequilongis, etiam latitudine inter se non raro variantibus, dorso, inprimis apicem versus, barbulatis, margine ciliolatis, intus nudis. Stamina 6-8 circa basim disci crenulati parum elevati, ob mutuam florum pressionem sat polymorphi inserta, calycis laciniis longiora; filamenta filiformia, compressiuscula, glabra, albida; antheræ erectæ, filamentis multo breviores, paullo supra basim insertæ, flavæ, loculis turgidis, minute glanduloso-punctatis basi subliberis, latere dehiscentibus. Ovarii rudimentum rarissime minimum, plerumque nullum. Flores feminei quam masculi multo ampliores, nunc solitarii, rarius folii unius alteriusve abortu 2-3 fasciculati, subsessiles vel breve pedunculati, rigidi. Calyx maris sed ipso multoties major et crassior, minus profunde et plerumque 6-partitus, dense rüfo-tomentosus, intus glaber, basi tribracteolatus, bracteolis calycis laciniis simi- libus, pariter rufo-tomentosis sed iis multo brevioribus. Squamule ovarii basim cingentes sæpius in annulum disciformem confluentes, minutæ, tenuiter ciliate. Ovarium ovoideum, «que rufo-tomen- tosum, calycis limbum erecto-patulum parum superans; stigmata turgida fusco-purpurea. Cetera ex charactere generis. Ordo MELIACE JE. Trib. MELIES, Hook. et Benth. gen. pl. i. 330. NAREGAMIA ALATA, Wight et Arn. ß Africana, Welw. Forma vel, si mavis, varietas, a specie typica in Wight Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. i. tab. 90 depicta, et in ejusdem au- ctoris Prodr. Floræ Penins. Ind. Orient. i. 116, descripta, caulibus et foliis calyci- busque hirtulo-pubescentibus nec non calycis lobis latioribus fere deltoideo-ovatis acutiusculis discrepans. 22 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. > Habitat in arenoso-humosis subumbrosis juxta margines silvarum pro maxima parte e Macrolobii et Pterocarpi speciebus consistentium Distr. Pungo-Andongo, ad 3100 ped. circiter altit. supra mare, inprimis ad sinistram rivi Lutete. Ineunte Octobr. cum fl. lecta. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1301. Suffrutee humilis, subceespitose crescens, totius Meliacearum Ordinis stirps minima, ast floribus pro more permagnis ornata, habitu quodammodo Turree speciem pygmæam referens; rhizoma repens vel oblique dependens, pennæ corvinæ vel rarius anserinæ crassitudine, dure lignosum, tortuosum, fibris lateralibus tenacibus stipatum, collo pluricipite. Cauliculi 2-3 vel interdum plures, 1-3 pol- lices alti, teretes, subsimplices, basi nudiusculi, superne pubescentes, foliis alternis paucis (5-8), supe- rioribus in eorum axillis flores gerentibus vestiti. Foliorum trifoliolatorum petioli 3-6 lin. longi, anguste alati pubescentes ; foliola subsessilia obovata, apice rotundato integra vel obiter emarginata, rarius ovato-acuminata, omnia facie utraque pubescentia et margine dense ciliata. Pedunculi axil- lares petiolis subæquilongi, erecto-patuli, puberuli, sæpius bi- triflori, pedicellis bracteolatis inæqui- longis, lateralibus abbreviatis plerumque flores abortientes gerentibus, intermedio longiore, calycem versus quidquam dilatato et flore perfecto terminato. Calyz vix lineam longus, pubescens hirtulusve ; corolla 1-14 poll. longa, splendide alba, parum sed suaviter odora; petala anguste spathulata longe unguiculata apice obtuso concaviuscula, sub prima anthesi conniventia, demum apice patula. An- there quidem sepius 5, ast hinc inde etiam 6, et in uno flore imo 7 observavi, earumque appendi- culæ fere semper latiores et obtusiores quam in speciminibus Indicis herbarii Kewensis, ab ipso clar. Wight collectis. Ceteroquin stirps Angolensis quoad characteres essentiales et habitum omnino cum specie Indica convenit, novumque Floræ Indie Orientalis cum Tropicali-Africana nexus argu- mentum sistit. Ordo HAMAMELIDEJ. ' MYROTHAMNUS, Welw. gen. nov. Flores dioici spicati; spicæ amentiformes squamis unifloris. Fros masc. Perianthium nullum. Stamina 4-8, ssepius 5; filamenta brevissima in stipitem brevem basi squamæ insertum concreta; antheræ magnæ, basifixæ, oblongo-quadratze, loculis adnatis, rimis lateralibus dehiscentibus, connectivo in rostrum subulatum breviter producto. Ovarii rudimenta nulla. ue Fros remin. Perianthium nullum. Staminum rudimenta nulla. Ovarium sessile, squama longius, oblongo-ovoideum, obtuse trigonum, tricarpellare, triloculare, apice trilobum, carpellis apice in stylos breves recurvos subspathulatos intus late stigmatosos productis; ovula numerosa, angulo interiori loculorum biseriatim inserta. Capsula coriacea, ovario similis, sed pauco turgidior, carpellorum apice divaricato intus dehiscente, polysperma. Semina minuta, ovoidea, oblique pendula, funiculo brevi, hilo vix conspicuo, testa tenuiter coriacea, raphe tenui; albumen copiosum carnosum. Em- bryo minutus, albumini immersus, oblongus, cotyledonibus brevissimis, radicula brevi crassa.—Fruti- culus 1-3-pedalis, rarius frutex 6-7-pedalis, Africe australis tropicæ et subtropicæ, balsameo-resi- nosus, rigidus, virgatus, glaberrimus, a basi ramosus, ramis ramulisque strictis oppositis, petiolis stipulisque persistentibus subspinulosis. Folia opposita brevissime petiolata, cum petiolo articulata, coriacea, flabellato-cuneiformia, subacuta, apice crenato-dentata, longitudinaliter plicato-nervosa, in 4 ~ petiolum brevem latiusculum subvaginantem angustata; stipule parvæ, subulatæ, in apice vagin® 4 on petioli site. Spice strictæ, cylindraceæ, erectæ, ramulos breves crebros terminantes. 4 .. Myrothamnus flabellifolia, Welw. Apont. phytogeogr. Angol. p. 578, nota 8 (1858). Cliffortia? flabellifolia, Sond. in Harvey et Sond. Fl. Cap. ii. 597 (1862). FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 23 Planta exogena anomala, &c., Thomson in Append. ad Speke, * Journ. of the Discovery of the Source of the Nile, p. 468 (1863). [Clar. Dr. Thomson solum pl. masc. vidit.] Genus summopere curiosum ast quoad ordinem, cui subscribendum, quidquam dubium, secundum acutissimi Hook. fil. sententiam Hamamelideas inter et Saxifragaceas ambi- guans. Hamamelideis tamen affinius videtur. Habitu hine Tetracarpeam Tasmanicam Hook. fil. (Saxifragacea) illinc quasdam Myrice vel Cliffortie species simulat, a quibus tamen florum, inprimis femineorum, et fructus forma longius distat. A Saxifrageis, cum quibus genus nostrum notis non paucis, et precipue gynecii structura trimera, ovulorum numero et situ nec non albumine copioso congruit, tamen floribus strictim dioicis, absentia omnis perianthii et disci, staminibus denique basi in stipitem concretis nec liberis et, quod forsan non omnino prætervidendum, succo balsameo-resinoso omnium partium differre videtur. A Rosaceis, quas inter planta nostra Spirearum tribui gynæcii fabrica aliquantulum accedit, nihilominus ob flores dioicos, calycis et corolle defectum, staminum numero diminuto et albuminis copiosi presentiam excludenda erit. Juxta systematis Endlicheriani principia genus Myrothammus prope Salicineas collo- candum esse videtur, quocum ordine floribus unisexualibus, absque ullo perianthio, in amentis ramulos terminantibus dispositis, staminum numero variante et filamentis inferne coalitis, carpellorum stigmatumque dilatatorum structura, eorumque ovulis numerosis, succo denique balsameo, in quibusdam Populi speciebus pariter obvio, et quodammodo etiam habitu et vitee tenacitate convenit, etiamsi imo hac in vicinitate ob ovarium tri- merum, albumen copiosum et folia opposita anomalum genus remanet. Species unica. MYROTHAMNUS FLABELLIFOLIA, Welw. J. c. t. viii. Habitat in dumetosis rupestribus editioribus Distr. Pungo Andongo, inprimis in Serra de “ Pedras de Guinga” inter 3000 et 4000 ped. altit., nec non in Distr. Huilla ad 5000-5500 ped. altit. loco “Morro de Lopollo” dicto. Decembr. Jan. floret; Apr. Maio fructificat. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1278 et 1279. : Stirps singularis fruticulum sistit plerumque 1-3-pedalem, sed in editis Distr. Huilla etiam humilem vidi et prostratum, Salicum alpestrium more Lichenum Muscorumque cæspitibus incumbentem ; e con- trario, expositione et solo magis faventibus semper erectus crescit et altitudinem multo majorem attingit; sic in Distr. Pungo Andongo, ubi in rupibus giganteis “ Pedras de Guinga ” dictis circa earum summa juga ultimam et fere unicam vegetationem fruticosam offert, frequens ceu frutex 5-7- pedalis occurrit, trunco interdum prope basim circumferentia 3-5-pollicari. Cortez cinerascens, lon- gitudinaliter late lamellosus, lamellis tenuibus facile secedentibus. Lignum album, densum, durum, grate aromaticum. Rami inferiores pauci, distantes, medium caulis versus frequentiores et densi- ores ramulisque crebre ramellosis decussatim oppositis, strictis, virgatis, novellis quadrangulis leete purpurascentibus, adultioribus cylindricis et cinereis, ¿-1 pollicem inter se distantibus, ad apicem - usque foliosis. Folia 5-7 lineas longa, 3-4 lin. lata, quoad figuram descripta apice plus minusve profunde dentata [dentibus 3-10, sæpius 6, obtusis vel acutiusculis, apice glandula terminatis], tempore humido erecto-patula, flabellatim expansa, utrinque glauco-viridia, durante autem hieme sicco arcte plicata et convoluta, brunneo-nigrescentia, et ramulis strictim adpressa; petioli semi- amplectentes, longe decurrentes, superiore parte carinati, apice excepto adnati et internodium vagi- nantes, adultiorum foliorum lamina delapsa, a ramulis subsoluti et una cum stipulis induratis per 24 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. longius tempus persistunt, demum per lamellas secedunt ramulosque denudant. Spice utriusque sexus amentiformes, in ramellis lateralibus crebris abbreviatis foliosis terminales, strictiusculæ, graciles, 2-1 pollicem longs, ad 13-2 lin. late, cylindraceæ, obtusiuscule, mascule fere semper omnino SEHE femine: virescentes. Squame florigeræ lato-ovatæ, obtusiuscule, basi subcordatæ, rachin semiamplectentes, per paria oppositæ, concavæ, dorso obiter carinatæ, herbaceo-virides vel leviter rubentes, margine subscariosæ, quoad substantiam subcoriacex et rigidulæ, ille florum masculorum staminibus fere æquilongæ, dum quee flores femineos stipant, ovario multo breviores. Stamina 4-8, ssepius 5, basi squamæ inserta, sub anthesi ob squamam patulam exserta ; filamenta per- brevia, supra libera, basi in stipitem brevem coalita; antheræ ex aurantiaco rubentes, loculis valde turgidis, post dehiscentiam late hiantibus exsiccato-induratis; pollen intense flavum. Ovarium her- baceo viride; stigmata atropurpurea, dense papillosa. Ovula in quoque carpello 12-16, quorum tamen perpauca plenam maturitatem attingunt, nam sæpius solummodo 2-5 semina in capsula de- hiscente inveniuntur. Capsula 14 lin. longa, lineam lata, stylis induratis persistentibus tricornis, trivalvis, valvis (carpellis) apice hiantibus, interne juxta suturas omnino — unilocularis, pleio- sperma. Semina etc. descripta. Observatio.—Stirps in vivo admodum elegans et ob aroma gratissimum quod spargit, apud Nigritas Angolenses nomine * Cachinde candange" ceu tonicum validum celebrata, per Africam austro-tropicam, ut videtur, late diffusa, a celeb. peregrinatoribus Speke et Grant etiam ex Africa centrali [6° lat. austr.], sed solum floribus masculis adlata, a clar. Zeyher quoque trans Cancrum, in interioribus territorii Capensis [ Magalisberg |, ast solum modo sterilis, lecta. Vis vitalis fruticis hujus ingens est; per anni dimidium enim, nempe a Maio ad Oc- tobrem, imbribus tum omnino deficientibus solis ardore adustus, in statu quasi exsiccato perdurat, foliis nune arcte convolutis, induratis, ramulo strictim adpressis, nigrescentibus siccisque, imo digitorum tritu facile pulverizandis, fere emortuus adparet, patrie sux ardentis tristis imago; ast statim primas post pluvias vernales omnimodo reviviscit, foliorum nune de novo viridium flabella expandit, sicque leeto virore ornatus flores fru- ctusque progignit. Ordo COMBRETACE X. Subordo I. COMBRETEZ. Cacoucia, Aubl. nec Walp.* [Schousboa, Willd. nec Schum. | CACOUCIA PLATYPTERA, Welw. n. sp. C. fruticosa, scandens, hine arbuscula stans, ramis patentibus, elongatis, arcuatis, ramulisque rigidis cylindricis juventute puben- tibus; foliis oppositis v. rarius alternis, coriaceis, glabris, lucidis, breviter petiolatis, ' oblongis, ovatis v. ovato-lanceolatis, integerrimis apice sensim v. abrupte in cacu- men obtusum productis, basi breviter attenuatis, rotundatisve v. subcordatis ; race- mis ad ramulos laterales et apices caulis terminalibus, amplis, elongatis, subdensis, _ undique sericeo-tomentosis, strictis; bracteis flore evoluto plus quam dimidio bre- .* Cacoucia cordifolia, Walp. Rep. ii. p. 68, certe non est Combretacea, sed Euphorbiacea, et probabiliter Alchorneæ species, a Schum. Descr. of Guin. Plant. ii. p. 223 [edit. separ.] sub nomine “ Schousbea cordifolia” descripta. Beat. Dee oem LA e expressis verbis affirmat Schousbeam suam a genere homonymo Willdenovii diversam esse, et ab. i 6 Fang Willdenovii Schousbea, lege prioritatis, generi “ Cacousia," pe ceu eee sub- FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 25 vioribus; tubo calycino obtuse pentagono, limbo intus ad basin disco carnoso cupu- liformi margine libero 5-plicato fasciculatimque piloso vestito ; fructu membranaceo late 5-alato, circumscriptione, alis inclusis, nme, diametro sesqui- pollicari, alis æqualibus, semiorbicularibus, levigatis, chartaceo-rigidulis, transverse striolatis, singulis medio 8-9 lin. latis, margine obscure denticulato- vel crenulato- ciliatis, nucleo lineari-oblongo, medio tumidulo verticaliter impositis. Habitat in Districtus Golungo Alto dumetosis altioribus juxta margines silvarum primitivarum, inprimis in Serra de Alto Queta, ad 2000-2300 ped. alt. Floret Aprili, Maio; fructificat Aug., Sept. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1752. Caulis primarius rectus, cylindricus, cortice e viridi cinerascente sublevigato, ad altitudinem 3-5 ped. nudus, mox inordinate elongato-ramosus, ramis plerumque sursum arcuatis, vetustioribus glabratis e viridi purpurascentibus, ramulis oppositis, novellis pube albido-sericea obtectis. Folia majora una cum petiolo 4-2-pollicari basi plerumque plus minusve curvato 5 pollices longa, 2-21 poll. lata,. perennantia, utraque facie et inprimis supra valde nitentia, intensissime viridia, rigidula, subtus paullo pallidiora, costa valida elevatim semicylindrica percursa, penninervia, reticulatim venosa, non raro in eodem specimine opposita vel alterna, rarius ternatim verticillata. Racemi spicæformes, validi, substricti, elongati, robustiores pedales vel etiam sesquipedales, nunc simplices nunc basi patentim ramosi, subdensi, undique, id est inclusis bracteis, calycibus et dorso petalorum, tomento sericeo, in vivo albido, exsiccatione demum ferrugineo vel fuscescente obducti. Bractee florum infe- riorum perfecte evolutorum calycis medium vix attingentes, lanceolatæ, acutatæ, demum deciduæ. Flores speciosi, demtis staminibus longe exsertis pollicares vel paullo longiores, amcenissime roseo-coccinei, breve pedicellati sub plena anthesi plus minusve patentes, subcarnoso-rigiduli, in racemos ambitu cylindrico-conicos apicem versus densiores dispositi. "Tubus calycinus, ovarium : obducens, obtuse pentagonus, vix 2 lin. longus, lineam latus, medio tumidulus, supra ovarium abrupte in limbum (demum caducum) tubuloso-campanulatum, modice arcuatum, intus pilosulum dilatatus, ore 5-fido, lobis deltoideis erecto-subpatulis; discus fundum limbi calycini ovario insi- dentem vestiens, carnosus, cupuliformis, adnatus, ore libero 5-crenato, crenis pliezeformibus obtusis, leete flavis, glandulas fingentibus, apice fasciculatim barbatis. Petala ovata vel ovato-lanceolata, brevissime unguiculata, calycis lobis parum longiora, abrupte acuminata, intense coccinea, carnosula, dorso pube albida, in vivo vix sine lente perceptibili, demum rufescente vestita, planiuscula et recta. Stamina 10, calycis limbo prope medium inserta, longe adnatim decurrentia, alterna altius adnata, omnia longe exserta; filamenta filiformia juxta tubi calycini directionem curva, æstivatione inflexa; antheræ cordato-ovoideæ, dorso ad emarginaturam fixæ, intense flavæ. Ovula plerumque 4, ex apice pendula. Stylus filiformis, staminibus vix brevior, stigmate subtruncato vel rarius tenu- issime lobulato. Fructus adolescentes primum lineari-oblongi, dein oblongo-ellipsoidei, una cum alis, illo tempore adhuc brevibus, flaccidis et margine subundulatis carnosuli et ex albido virentes, solummodo versus ulteriorem maturationis periodum formam in diagnosi notatam coloremque roseum et rigiditatem chartaceam acquirunt. Fructus maturi corpus, demtis alis, elongato-ellipsoideum, obtuse pentagonum, utrinque æqualiter attenuatum, membranaceo-fibrosum et subspongiosum. Semen, a me nonnisi in speciminibus siccis examinatum, fructus cavitati pentagonæ conforme, aliquantulum compressum, circiter 9-10 lin. longum, testa membranacea laxiuscula fusca. Embry- onis recti cotyledones crassiusculæ, carnosæ, convexo-plane vel subsemicylindricæ, anguste oblonga, obtuse, dorso convexo longitudinaliter paucisulcate, interna facie plana levigatæ, apicem versus quidpiam concavæ ibidemque marginibus breviter inflexis semivaginatim conjunctæ. Radicula _perbrevis obtuse conica. Stirps perbella, sempervirens, ob fructus pro more amplos et colore roseo insignitos in statu fructifero non minus quam in florifero decora, inter Combretaceas Angolæ et forsan Africæ totius facile VOL. XXVII. E 26 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. formosissima, quodammodo florum Alois arborescentis spicas fulgidas frutici lucide frondoso im- positas exhibens; nune ad arbores vicinas altius scandens, nunc sub forma arbusculæ 6-8-pedalis laxe comosæ in dumetis silvas densas cingentibus hinc una cum Bandeirea speciosa et Dal- housiea bracteata superbiens, illinc in Camoénsie maxime et Eureiandre formose societate fruticeta adornans et una cum socialibus indicatis Adonistis admodum commendanda. Observatio.—Species typica hujus generis Tropico-Americana, Cacoucia coccinea, Aubl. Plant. Guian. i. p. 450, t. 159, habitu cum nostrate Africana fere omnino convenit, sed preter alias notas inprimis fructu coriaceo pentagono exalato facile a nostrate distin- guenda. Subordo II. GYrocArPEAZ (Benth. & H. f. Gen. Pl. i. p. 689). | ILLIGERA PENTAPHYLLA, Welw. n. sp. I. caule basi lignescente, obiter angulato, sparse hirtulo, late scandente, ramis patentibus elongatis, junioribus cano tomentellis ; foliis sparsis longe petiolatis, digitatim quinquefoliolatis, foliolis breve petiolulatis, ovatis, oblongo-ellipticis vel ovato-lanceolatis obtuse acuminatis, basi rotundata sub- emarginatis, margine integerrimis, utrinque glabris, juvenilibus crebre pellucido- punctatis, adultis coriaceis, intense viridibus, subtus pallidis, inter nervos pilis ad- spersos venis atropurpureis elevatim reticulatis, sub lente dense punctulatis ; floribus laxe cymosis, in paniculas axillares et terminales foliis longiores dispositis, pedunculo, cymarum ramulis bracteolisque et calycis tubo dense cano tomentellis ; petalis calycis lobos herbaceos subæquantibus sed iis angustioribus et flavescentibus, sub anthesi stellatim patentibus; fructu rigide chartaceo, corpore elongato-ovoideo sub- compresso-4-gono, utrinque attenuato, late verticaliter bialato, alis circiter 15 lin. altis et sesquipollicem latis, rotundato-obtusis, planis et dense transversim paralleli- venosis. Habitat in Districtus Golongo Alto editioribus de “Serra do Alto Queta” juxta oras silv. primitivarum, sed sporadica. Nov.-Decbr. florens, Martio-Maio fructificans. Exsic. Welw. It. Angol. no. 1753. Frutex parum alte lignescens, sempervirens, habitu et crescendi modo varias Cissi vel Vitis species eximie æmulans. Caulis primarius cylindraceus, mox ad 2 vel 4 ped. altitudinis in ramos 6-15 pedes longos divisus. Rami paullo supra foliorum axillas oriundi, late patentes, parum angulati, tenuiter dense sulcati, etiam adultiores hine inde pilis raris adspersi, petiolorum reflexorum ope vel ipsorum tor- sione spirali per arborum vicinarum coronas scandentes vel ex iis penduli; ramuli novelli et inflore- scentia tota, calycis limbo petalisque exceptis, tomento plus minusve denso, canescente, exsiccatione demum rufescente obducta. Petioli circiter 2 pollices longi, rigiduli, basi gibboso-incrassati, initio” recti, horizontaliter patentes, demum deorsum flexi, medio non raro bis terve spiraliter intorti, apice paullo incrassato in petiolulos quinque circiter 3-5 lineas longos, canaliculatos, juxta excavationem hirtulos, cum petiolo articulatos, fere umbellatim dispositos divisi. Foliola quoad lamine figuram inter se æqualia (terminale tamen ceteris majus, paullo longius petiolulatum, circiter 3 poll. . longum, medio 2 poll. latum), penninervia (nervo — costisque utrinque binis tribusve arcuatis inferne prominentibus, apicem versus sensim ibus), supra intensi lucido-viridia, subtus multo pallidiora, juxta nervos pilis raris rectis rigidulis ltd margine integerrimo obiter reflexo. - Panicule laxw, pyramidatim thyrsoidez, terminales, non raro sesquipedales, axillares breviores. . Pedunculus communis obtuse angulatus, aphyllus, ramis fere horizontaliter patentibus, ad insertionem | tumidis, inferne longius nudis, a medio ad apicem usque ramulis cymuligeris, pluries dichotome ! | partitis, extremis. basi bractea elongato-ovali munitis, vestitus. Pedicelli brevissimi cum flore articu- FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 27 lati ibidemque bracteolis tribus ovato-lanceolatis, tubum calycis longitudine vix superantibus, patulis vel recurvatis instructi. Florum sub plena anthesi diameter transversalis circiter semipollicaris vel saltem 5-linearis. Calycis tubus oblongus, rectus, linea una vix longior, obtuse tetragonus, dense canescens, supra ovarium abrupte in limbum subcampanulatum, carnosulum, glabrescentem, herba-: ceo-viridem, 23-3 lin. longum, fere ad basin 5-fidum (in alabastro late ovoideum) dilatatus, laciniis sub anthesi stellatim patentibus. Petala calycis laciniis æquilonga sed iis angustiora, acutiora, tenuiora et pallide flavescentia, basi pilosula. Staminodia ad externam cujusvis filamenti basim gemina, in alabastro late ovata, obtusa, filamentis paulo breviora, in flore expanso angustiora, subspathulata, dorso obiter excavata, filamentis multoties breviora, turgidula, albida. Filamenta filiformia, firma, pubescentia; antheræ ample, adnatæ, oblongo-clavatæ ; loculi oppositi connectivo crassiusculo lete purpureo apice obtuso separati, valvulis modice convexis, flavis, rigidulis, oblique extrorsum [nec uti in Laurineis sursum] flexis dehiscentes; pollinis granula intense flava, pro more sat magna, sphæroïdea et undique tenuissime echinulata. Disci pilosi glandulæ in pluribus floribus obliteratæ, vel saltem mihi non conspicuæ. Ovarium generis. Stylus staminibus vix longior, inferne cylindricus puberulus, apicem versus infundibuliformis, hinc latere fissus, limbo reniformi-dilatato margine incrassato undulatoque stigmatoso. Fructus plene maturus, inclusis alis transversim 31 poll. latus, 13 poll. altus, subsiccus, rigidus, fusco-badius, corpore [drupa] spongioso-coriaceo, elongato- ovoideo, compresse tetragono, angulis facierum brevissime vel vix alatis, lateralibus vero in alas amplas supra descriptas extensis. Semen e cylindrico subcompressum, circiter semipollicem vel 7 lineas longum, testa membranacea. Cotyledones recte, crasse, amygdaloideo-carnose, fere semi- cylindricæ, 5 lin. longæ, interna facie concaviuscule, evidenter petiolate, radiculam superam, retra- ctam, acutiuscule conicam, plumula sat conspicua coronatam amplectentes. Observatio.—Omnes sex Illigere species hucusque descriptz aut indicate [De C. Prod. xvi. p. 250] vel Indiæ orientalis peninsulam, vel insulas Java, Sumatra et Timor inhabi- tant, omnesque a specie supra proposita Tropico-Africana foliis Zri- nec quinquefoliolatis sine negotio distinguendæ. In eodem territorio distr. Golungo Alto, sed locis humidio- ribus magisque umbrosis varietas obvenit, a forma supra descripta foliolis duplo longiori- bus nec tamen latioribus sed basi evidentius emarginatis discrepans, ceteris autem characteribus omnibus optime cum forma typica MEUM ee gea Ord. PASSIFLOREZ. I. BASANANTHE (Peyr. in Schlecht. Bot. Zeit. 1859, p. 101, et in Wawra und Peyr. Sert. Benguel. p. 29.) CHARACT. REFORMATUS.—Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx profunde 5-partitus, tubo brevi explanato, limbi laciniis lineari-oblongis, obtusiusculis, campanulatim conniventibus vel patulis. Petala 5, linearia, calycis laciniis subzequilonga, iisque angustiora. Corona membranacea simplex, filamentosa. Gyno- phorum cupulare, breviter stipitatum, stipite simplici vel annulo carnoso cincto. Stamina 5, basi ovarii inserta, filamentis hypogynis filiformibus; antheræ lineari-oblonge, sagittatæ, apice obtuse, connectivo non producto. Ovarium ovoideum, sessile, basi attenuatum ; stylus gracilis, mox trifidus, cruribus filiformibus, stigmatibus capitellatis. Ovula 3 placentis totidem inserta. Capsula ovoidea, subcoriacea vel crustacea, 3-valvis, 3-sperma. Semina oblongo-subreniformia, compressa, testa scro- biculata, uno latere tenuiter marginata, arillo nullo, funiculo crasso elongato arcuato. Herbæ perennes vel suffrutices graciles, in regni Benguellæ littore nec non interioribus editis hucusque observatæ, a basi ramosæ, caulibus ascendentibus vel decumbentibus, undique glaberrimæ. Folia alterna, petiolata, cordata vel lanceolata, serrata. Stipule subulatz vel filiformes. Cirrhi proprii E 2 28 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. nulli, nisi pedunculorum in caulis parte inferiore frequenter abortientium cruribus, apice obtuso glan- duliferis, bracteolisque setiformibus induratis et varie incurvis instructis, representati. Flores axil- lares pedunculati, in pedunculo bifurco gemini vel rarius solitarii, albidi, suberecti vel nutantes, pedicellis 3-bracteolatis. Fructus penduli. Genus floribus hermaphroditis et corona filamentosa Eu-Passifloreis, placentis autem pauciovulatis et habitu, quodammodo Tryphostemati, Harv., simili, Modeccarum Tribui accedens, inter ambos, uti optime monuit clar. generis auctor, intermedium. Duæ hucusque mihi cognitæ species: typica nempe, ob characteris specifici expositionem huc inserenda, et altera nova, mox infra exponenda. 1. BASANANTHE LITORALIS, Peyr. Sert. Beng. p. 80. Suffruticosa, 1-2-pedalis, a basi ramosa, ramis virgatis arcuato lentibus, simplicibus vel medio patenti-ramulosis, foliis membranaceis, petiolatis, lanceolatis, E in petiolo utrinque papillis elongatis fimbriato decurrentibus, apice mucronatis, margine acute serratis; pedunculis bi-, rarius unifloris, erecto-patulis; pedicellorum bracteolis verticillatis, calycis laciniis petalisque sub anthesi stellatim expansis. Descript. uberior apud Peyr. Z. c. Habitat in arenosis maritimis breve dumetosis inter urbem Benguella et flumen Catumbella, præcipue ad dextram rivi Maribondo, ubi Junio 1860 floriferam et fructiferam legi. In eodem fere loco a cl. Wawra mense Januario c. flore et fr. lecta fuit. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 872. Observatio.—Specimen typicum hujus speciei examinare non mihi licuit, ast mea spe- cimina cum descriptione auctoris optime congruunt, notis solummodo minoris momenti, ex. gr. petiolorum fimbriis ete. discrepantia. 2. BASANANTHE NUMMULARIA, Welw. n.sp. (Tab. IX.) Herbacea, basi suffruticulosa, vix palmaris, caulibus cespitosis decumbentibus crebre ramulosis, ramulis ascenden- tibus foliosis, foliis chartaceo-rigidulis, breve petiolatis, cordato-suborbiculatis, basi in petiolo canaliculato breviter decurrentibus, apice rotundatis vel emarginatis, margine undique dentato-serratis, pedunculis arcuatim deflexis uni-, rarius bifloris, bracteolis pedicellorum subalternis, calycibus petalisque sub änthesi ame E conniventibus. : ; Habitat in pascuis breve herbidis, subarenosis District. Huilla, non procul a Lopollo, inter 5000 et 5500 ped- A alt,; mensibus Januar. et Febr. c. flore et fructu legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 871. 1 Herba perennis cæspitosa, vix palmaris, glaberrima, e glauco virescens. Radix carnoso-fibrosa, digi- - ; tum fere crassa, cylindrica vel subfusiformis, multiceps, plerumque oblique descendens, infra in fibras - ‘ paucas elongatas, terram profunde penetrantes partita. Caules numerosi, basi nudiusculi, angulati, decumbentes, mox in ramos graciles 3-5 pollices longos, ascendentes vel erectos, subflexuosos, obiter angulatos, dense foliosos divisi, cæspites non raro semipedalis diametri et latiores forman- P tes. Folia alterna, approximata, petiolis 14-24 lin. longis suffulta, utrinque glaucescentia, carno- sula, rigidescentia, cordato-orbicularia vel subreniformia ; lamina semipollice paullo latior, apice pls - minus emarginata vel rotundata, basi in petiolo canaliculato breviter decurrens, circumcirca - inæqualiter dentato-serrata, dentibus nunc acutis nunc obtusioribus, omnibus mucronulatis, nervo medio et lateralibus divergentibus subtus magis prominulis. Stipulæ geminæ, filiformes, gracillimæ, petiolo æquilongæ vel ipso paulo breviores, erecto-patulæ, longius persistentes. Pedunculi axillares 24 lin. s plerumque bifurci, inferiores fere semper abortientes, cruribus tunc in apice truncato | is glandulifero ulfero bracteolis subuliformibus varie flexis coronatis ; superiores, crure uno sepius abortiente, | 3 pler ique uni-, biflori, i, nutantes, pedicellis basi articulatis et tribracteolatis, bracteolis subulatis FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 29 alternis vel sæpius approximatis, patulis. Calycis herbaceo-viridis tubus brevissimus ima basi gibbe- rosus; lacini: lanceolato-oblongæ, obtusæ, sub anthesi campanulatim conniventes, 2-21 lin. longæ, dorso nervis tenuibus parallelis percursæ, intus e viridi flavescentes. Petala lineari-oblonga, calycis laciniis paulo breviora iisque dimidio angustiora, albida, tenerrima, una cum calyce (in fructu) mar- cescenti-persistentia. Corone tenuiter membranaceæ tubus filis biserialibus, iis seriei interne basi deorsum appendiculatis, dimidio brevior. Gynophori cupularis stipes brevissimus, crassiusculus et simplex. Stamina petalis subbreviora; anthere lineari-oblongæ, basi sagittatæ, lobis obtusis, in filamentis subulatis erectæ, apice obtuse vel leviter emarginatæ. Ovarium basi attenuata subsessile. Ovula 8, e funiculis longiusculis, medio placentarum trium insertis, demum ascendentibus pendula. Stylus staminibus altior, profunde trifidus, cruribus æquilongis erecto-patulis, apice capitellatim stigmatosis. Capsula ellipsoidea, basi calyce emarcido cincta, pendula, 34-43 lin. longa, crustacea, levigata, e badio flavescens, 3-2-sperma. Semina pro more capsule et totius plantee sat magna, oblongo-subreniformia, compressa, funiculo crasso arcuato suspensa, testa fusca seriatim scrobiculata, latere convexiore membranaceo-marginata. Observatio.— Basananthe litoralis habitu Sauvagesiam erectam simulat, dum Basan- anthe nummularia. habitum Viole æmulat, adeoque genus hoc affinitatem inter Passi- Jloreas et Violarieas, ab Endlichero aliisque auctoribus, inprimis ex fructus structura indieatam, etiam habitu ambarum specierum indigitat. II. Macnapoa, Welw. gen. nov. Flores hermaphroditi. Calycis tubus infundifuliformi-campanulatus, limbi 5-lobi lobis coriaceis obtusis, patentibus, imbricatis. Petala 5, basi calycis inserta et eo inclusa, ligulata, apice dentata. Stamina 5, hypogyna, filamentis filiformi-subulatis, basi breviter connatis, processibus totidem alterna; an- there lineares, connectivo subulato breviter producto. Ovarium breviter stipitatum, oblongum ; stylus brevis, integer, stigmate capitato, trilobo ; ovula œ placentis tribus biseriatim inserta. Capsula longius stipitata, e calyce erecto pendula, obovoideo-oblonga, obscure trisuleata, polysperma. Semina ovoideo-oblonga, compressa, testa scrobiculata ; embryo non visus. Herba glaberrima, radice crassa fusiformi, caule tereti, erecto, brevi, parce ramoso. Folia anguste lineari- lanceolata, utrinque angustata, integerrima. Stipule parve, subulate, petiolo adnate. Cirrhi .nulh. Flores inter minores, in racemos breves axillares pauciflores dispositi, pedunculis bracteatis, bracteis subulatis, pedicellis articulatis. Genus Modecce absque dubio affine, attamen ab ipsa inprimis floribus hermaphro- ditis, styli indivisi stigmate capitato, glandularum demum coronæ vices gerentium absentia et habitu alieno differt. Dicatum est memoriæ beati Joach. Januarii de Sal- danha Machado, de horticultura inter Olisiponenses optime meriti. Species unica :— MacHADOA HuinnENsIS, Welw. (Tab. X.) Habitat in collinis breve dumetosis atque petrosis subsiccis territorii de Huilla, ad 5000 ped. circiter alti- tudinis, non procul a Lopollo, ubi socialem cum variis Daphnoideis et Irideis Decbr. 1859, e. - flore et fructu necdum bene maturo legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 865. Herba perennis, erecta, omnino glabra. Radix crasse fusiformis, intus dense farcta, sublignosa, inferne fibris paucis simplicibus elongatis stipata, perpendiculariter terram penetrans. Caules e colo radicis pauci, 1-3, recti, palmares vel pedales, penna corvina paulo crassiores, obiter sulcati, e livido virescentes, vix ramosi, juniores jam a basi, fructiferi solummodo apicem versus foliati. Folia alterna, remotiuscula, tenuiter carnosa, rigidula, e livido glaucescentia, integerrima, elongato-lineari- lanceolata, 4—5 pollices longa, medio ad duas lineas lata, apice longe acutata, basim versus in petio- 30 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. lum brevem angustata, secundum nervum medium parum prominentem longitudinaliter plicata, subtus inter nervum et marginem transverse venulosa, patula, hinc subfalcata. Stipule breves subulatæ, petiolo utrinque adnate. Flores axillares, in racemo breviusculo depauperato erecti, 33 ERO aiin. lin. longi, breviter pedunculati, pedunculis cum pedicellis vix lineam longis, artieulatis. Calycis extus e flavo rubescentis modice carnosi et subcoriacei lobi oblongi, obtusi, margine membra- naceo cincti, duo interiores magis concavi et margine crispuli, sub anthesi erecto-patuli. Corone sive glandularum in fundo calycis vestigium nullum. Petala ligulata, apice denticulata, albida, tenerrima, calycis lobis alterna iisque multo breviora. Stamina petalis paulo breviora; filamenta erecta, subulata, basi in annulum brevissimum connata, cum denticulis singulis, quam filamenta ipsa dimidio brevioribus, alternantia. Anthere lineares, basi obiter cordate, sinu fixe et erecte, apice connectivo subuliformi superate. Ovarium et stylus generis. Capsula e calyce erecto get marcescenti-permanente pendula, pro more plante sat magna, obovato-ellipsoidea, ultra pollicem longa et plus quam semipollicem lata, coriacea, flavicans, levigata, trisulcata, sulcis cum costis tribus parum prominulis alternantibus, apice obtuso styli residuo apiculata, polysperma. Semina ovoideo- oblonga, modice compressa, uno latere marginata, testa fuscescente, seriatim scrobiculata, perfecte matura non visa. Observatio.—Habitum omnino erectum plante nostre, inter Passifloreas rarius ob- vium, quod attinet, hoc loco observare liceat quod, saltem in Africa tropica, plures | plantarum ordines, qui in regionum inferiorum silvis umbrosis humidisque e speciebus … fere semper scandentibus componuntur, in regionibus elevatis et in apricis solo macro, arenoso-petroso donatis, speciebus vel harum varietatibus habitu erecto insignibus repr@- | sentantur. Sic, exempli gratia, Ampelideæ, quarum species numerose in silvis primitivis 1 Districtus Golungo Alto et vicinis omnes scandentes sunt, in regione Huillensi, ad 6000 fere ped. supra mare elevata, plures species caule omnino erecto vix unquam scandente offerunt. Idem inter Cucurbitaceas de generibus Heterosicyos et Acanthosicyos, mox infra describendis valet, nec non de Gloriosa abyssinica, quee, in editioribus Districtuum Pungo Andongo et Huilla non rara, tantum non Gloriose superbe, Linn., formam vel, si | mavis, varietatem erectam sistit; Clematides etiam, que in regionibus inferioribus et 1 silvaticis humidis omnes scandunt, in Districtibus elevatis speciebus erectis represen- tantur, et pariter Dilleniacearum genus Tetracera in Angole inferioris silvaticis species sat late scandentes, in regione autem elevata interiore, speciem humilem, caule erecto vel ascendente insignem offert. Ord. CUCURBITACE E. Subordo CUCU RBITE X. I. AcaANTHOSICYOS, Welw. gen. nov. Flores dioici? Masculi solitarii vel fasciculati. Calycis tubus turbinatus, limbi quinquefidi lobi breves, crasse coriacei, sepe inæquales, late ovati vel suborbiculares, apice cornei vel ungue corneo termi- nati. Petala quinque, coriacea, sulcata, obtusiuscula, ima basi cohærentia. Stamina tria, calycis fauci inserta; filamenta brevia, libera; antheræ exsertæ, unica unilocularis, ceteræ biloculares, con nectivo dilatato, sinuato, loculis sigmoideo-flexuosis. Ovarii rudimentum nullum. Flores feminei. ignoti. Fructus globosus, corticatus, polyspermus. Semina breviter oblonga, tumida, testa crustacea- evi. Frutex Africæ tropicæ et subtropicæ occidentalis, erectus vel ascendens, rigidus, a basi ramo- — sissimus, folis ad squamas reductis aphyllus, Ulicem vel Salsolam quodammodo referens, ramis. ee divaricatis, suleatis, spinis geminis (? stipulis in spinas abortientibus) horridus. Fiore Tt Ra i A ONE IUE FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. | 31 tomentosi, in axillis foliorum squamiformium inter spinas subglomerati, mediocres, inexpansi tan- tum visi. Fructus diametri Aurantii vel majores, edules. Species unica :— ACANTHOSICYOs HORRIDA, Welw. n. sp. Tab. XI. A et B. Habitat in desertis sabulosis maxime aridis ad austrum territorii Mossamedensis prope Cabo negro (16° L. a.) ubi, inter “ Porto Pinda” et Pagum Nigritarum “ Caroca ” dictum, ad 10-15 mill. distantiam ab oceano, Septembre 1859 frequentem ast parce florentem vidi. Similibus locis hæc eadem stirps in terris Numacensibus (Namaqua Land) et in interioribus de Whalfish Bay a cel. peregrinatoribus Anderson, Baines, et Chapman, observata fuit. Exsic. Iter Angol. no. 806. Plante juvenilis, nune in horto Kewensi cultæ, cauliculus palmaris est, simplex et rectus, sed jam hac setate spinularum paribus, squamula parva suffultis, pollicem circiter inter se distantibus obsitus, dum basi adhuc foliis cotyledonariis spathulatis, crassiusculis, margine integerrimo leviter revolutis, pollice paulo longioribus onustus. Planta adulta, qualis in loco natali a me observata, plerumque 2-3-pedalis, caule erecto vel ascendente, sed hinc inde etiam 5-pedalis et altior evadit; dum nempe individua plura agmine densiore crescentia, ventorum vehementia arena volatili obte- guntur, nihilominus vegetationem continuant, ramulis extimis suis stratum sabulosum perforant, statimque ramificant et cæspites plus minus densos et extensos efformant, qui demum, arenæ accu- mulatione sæpius repetita monticulos arenosos sistunt, 5-7 ped. altitudinis et 15-30 ped. circum- ferentis, undique ramulis spinosis matricis sepultæ horridos. Sed hoc de vivendi modo plante singularis dictum sit. Caulis patentim ramosissimus, tenacissimus, cylindricus, pennæ olorinz cras- situdine, profunde plurisuleatus, ceteroquin levigatus, pallide virescens, hine inde flexuosus, succo viscido resinoso scatens, qui circa ramorum basin exsudans ibidemque inspissatus, gummi elastici speciem æmulat, colore tamen intense aurantiaco insignis. Rami et ramuli alterni, subvirgati, extimi pubescentes. Folia squamiformia, cauli adpressa, crustacea, ovata, vix lineam longa, apice cornea, plerumque cito decidua, in eorum axilla ramos emittunt, ad basim utrinque spina recta, subu- lata, sulcata, apice cornea, semipollicem longa, rigida et patente (stipularum vel cirrhorum vices gerente?) suffultos. Ramuli floriferi 2-5 pollices longi, erecto-patuli, tomento laxo undique obducti. Flores in axillis foliorum sepe abortientium inter spinas geminas subsessiles, singuli vel plerumque glomerato-fasciculati, extus cano tomentosi, nobis solummodo in alabastris visi, quoad magnitudinem pro more ordinis mediocres. Calycis crasso-coriacei tomentosi lobi ssepius insequales, duo vel tres eorum ovati, ceteris vel suborbiculatis apice obtuso cartilagineo-marginatis, vel obcordatis cum unguiculo corneo emarginaturz inserto; rarius omnes 5 inter se inæquales, et tum a lata basi ovato- acuminati, vel apice obtuso corneo-unguiculati. Corolle lutescentis petala basi (in alabastro saltem) subcoalita, late ovata, obtusiuscula, extus tomentella, intus levigata et obscure striata. Staminum filamenta carnosa, flabelliformia, ad basim internam pilis tenuibus hyalinis articulatis barbulata ; antheræ descriptæ. Fructus* (pepo) globosus, aurantiacus, quoad magnitudinem secundum soli et expositionis diversitatem inter pomi Aurantiæ et ovi Struthionis molem varians, vertice depressiusculo calycis rudimentis apiculatus, cortice crustaceo 1 lineam circiter crasso, levigato sed verrucis dis- tantibus hemisphæricis, in centro aculeo recto breviter conico acutiusculo armatis obsito, demum irregulariter rumpente, pulpa aurantiaca grate acidula, semina numerosa involvente, farctus. Semina latiuscule oblonga vel subellipsoidea, 6—7 lineas longa, 4—5 lineas lata, ex albido pallide flavescentia, faciebus turgida, circiter 24-3 lin. crassa, basi suboblique truncata, margine obtuso, solum basim versus magis prominulo cincta ; testa levigata, suberose crustacea ; endopleura tenuissima, albescens, + Tab. XI. B. Fructus maturus exsiccatus, una cum seminibus et pulps fragmentis nuper ab ill. peregrinatore Alfred B. Wollaston ex Namaqua Land adlatus fuit, et a clar. Frid. Currey, F.R.S., Seer. Linn. Soc., mecum bene- : vole communicatus. | d 92 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. diaphana, demum a testa solubilis. Cotyledones mii conformes, oleoso-pingues, facie externa tumidulæ levigatæ, interna subplanæ ast suleis 3-5 latiusculis obtusis longitudinaliter percursæ ; plumula parum conspicua; radicula brevis, late conica, quidpiam compressa, apice suo hilum attingens. Observatio.—Stirps omni respectu memorabilis et habitu suo ab omnibus hucusque cognitis Cucurbitacearum speciebus omnimodo discrepans, a Nigritis per ista deserta errantibus Nara, M-nara sive Naras dicitur, et ab ipsis ob fructus satis ampli pulpam succoso-carnosam grate acidulam nec non propter semina edulia summo jure magni æstimatur. Ob vivendi modum in arenosis, vitæque ipsius tenacitatem, qua climatis ardentissimi efficientis fortiter resistit, stirpis hujusce cultura etiam colonis Europæis Africæ tropicalis maximopere commendanda, nam planta ipsa, e seminibus sat facile educanda, ad solidandas arenas volatiles inprimis idonea videtur, dum ejus fructus hominibus sub cælo fervente degentibus jusculum grate refrigerans simulque pluribus : animalibus pabulum jucundum præbent. Monendum tamen est pulpam hujusce peponis, majore copia ingestam, nauseam causare nec non dolores prurientes faucium excitare, quod quidem ego non expertus sum, sed hic juxta relationem peregrinatorum supra laudatorum refero. II. CORALLOCARPUS, Welw. gen. nov. Flores monoici, masculi ad apicem pedunculi elongati aggregati, feminei sessiles vel breviter pedicellati, solitarii vel aggregati. | Masc. Calycis tubus late campanulatus; lobi 5, breves. Corolla 5-partita, segmentis ovato-oblongis. Stamina 3, tubo calycis inserta, filamentis brevissimis; antheræ glabræ, integre vel 2-partitee, unica unilocularis, ceterz biloculares, loculis rectis, connectivo simplici vel denticulato, ultra loculos pro- ducto. Ovarii rudimentum nullum vel minutum. Femin. Calyx et corolla maris. Staminum rudimenta nulla vel minuta. | Ovarium ovoideum, rostratum, 1-3-loculare ; stylus rectus, disco basi nullo, stigmate 3-, rarius 2-4-lobato. Ovula in loculis pauca, horizontalia. Bacca carnosa, ovoidea vel ellipsoidea, obtusa vel rostrata, basi operculatim dehiscens, | parte inferiore coriaceo-carnosa, oligosperma. Semina obovoidea, tumida basi plus minus truncata. Herbe Africæ et Asiæ tropic, scandentes vel prostrate, subscabrule v. subtomentose. Folia rotundata vel cordata, lobata vel palmata. Cirrhi simplices. Flores minuti. Genus, quoad florum structuram et habitum, Rhynchocarpe absque dubio affine, sed fructus dehiscentia valde distinctum, . duas species Africanas et tres Asiæ tropice includit, hic infra post speciem typicam breviter enu- ; merandas. a CoRALLOCARPUS WELWITSCHII, Hook. fil. MS. Tab. XII. Rhynchocarpa Welwitschii, Naud., Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 4, xviii. p. 198, t. 10 (planta culta). 4 Habitat non infrequens in dumetis arenosis maritimis Districtus Loanda, cirea urbem Loanda et prope 3 Cacuaco, ad varios frutices scandens, per totum fere annum, maxime mensibus Januar. et Febr. A florens et fructificans. q Herba glaucescens, radice juvenili fibrosa, mox circa ejus colum et caulis basim infimam fusiformi- vel napiformi-incrassata perennans. Caulis gracilis, succulentus, glaberrimus, 5-8-pedalis, in- ferne subangulatus, simplex, demum parce et distanter ramosus, late scandens, ramis carnosulis, rigidiusculis, fragilibus, subteretibus ramulisque flagelliformibus ad nodos geniculatis, glaucissi- mis, fructiferis non raro aphyllis et dependentibus. Folia petiolo 1-2-pollicari suffulta, lamina 22% WM longa, 1-3 = lata, quoad figuram et indumentum nec non respectu coloris sæpe in FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 33 uno eodemque individuo mirum in modum ludentia; nunc fere simplicia cordato-ovata, basi subin- æqualia, margine repando-dentata vel breviter lobata, apice acuminata vel obtusiuscula ; nunc palmato- 3-5-loba, lobis lateralibus divaricatis, obtuse bilobulatis, medio magis producto et latiore breviter acuminato, vel obtuso et cuspidato; hine inde in aliis individuis profunde quinquepartita lobis elon- gatis, lineari-lanceolatis, repando-dentatis, apice cuspidatis; nervo in facie superiore laminæ parum, subtus vero magis prominulo et pilis brevibus rigidis aspero; indumentum denique foliorum secundum plantee expositionem et ætatem nunc pilis densis rigidulis scabram m papuloso-asperum et cinera- scens, nunc (præsertim in umbrosioribus) velutino-pubescens et color tis; in ramulis demum extimis, hyeme sicca fructiferis, folia fere omnia abortiunt, ramulique ipsi Se solum fructibus coralliformibus onusti, solito crassiores fiunt et fragiliores, nec non ad nodos evidentius geniculati et eximie glaucescentes. Cirrhi simplices, elongati, demum arcte spiraliter torti. Flores crebri, in ordine ex minutissimis, e viridi pallide flavescentes, masculi et feminei coaxillares. FI. masculi in pedunculo circiter pollicari crassiusculo, erecto-patuli, apice 3-6 cymulatim gregati, brevissime pedi- cellati ; calycis campanulati lobi ovato-lanceolati, patuli; corolla segmenta late ovata, obtusiuscula, margine tenuissime ciliata, erecto-patula, calycis lobis latiora et longiora; antheræ subsessiles, una connectivo simpliciter apiculato unilocularis, ceteræ connectivo apice denticulato biloculares, loculis rectis, turgentibus. Rudimentum germinis vix ullum. FI. feminei nunc solitarii et subsessiles, nunc 2-3 gregati, uno alterove tunc quidpiam longius pedicellato, pedicello crassiusculo, firmo et erecto; calyx et corolla maris sed paullo majores. Ovarium oblongo-ovoideum 2-, rarius 3-, rarissime 1-locu- lare, loculis pauciovulatis. Stylus firmulus, sursum modice incrassatus, stigmati 2-3 vel imo obscure 5-lobulato, lobulis patulis obtusis, ciliolatis, intus stigmatosis. Bacce elliptico-ovoidez, ¿4 poll. longæ, intense rubræ vel coccineæ, molliter carnosæ, apice obtuso calycis et coroll: limbo exsiccato coronatæ, paullo supra basim a pedunculo nunc incrassato-dilatato operculatim secedentes. Semina in pulpa viscidula subhyalina nidulantia, obovoidea, tumida, fuscula, margine tenui, versus basim truncatam incrassato cincta, faciebus minute et seriatim transverse squamulata. Observatio.— Corallocarpi generi denique ceu species subscribende sunt :—1, Æch- mandra epigæa Arn.; 2, Æchmandra conocarpa Dalzell; 3, Æchmandra velutina Dalz., et probabiliter etiam planta Africæ australis subtropice herbarii Burchellii no. 2031, in herb. Kewensi deposita et foliis lanceolatis basi sagittato-lobatis insignis. III. Hererosicyos, Welw. gen. nov. Flores dioici. FLORES MASCULI solitarii, bini e racemosi. Calycis tubus cylindricus, dentibus quinque minutis. Corolla rotata, profunde ita, segmentis oblongo- vel lineari-lanceolatis papillosis, tubum calycis sub- duisi Gba: Stata me tubo calycis inserta, filamentis liberis; antherz inclusæ, lineari-elongatæ, leviter cohzrentes, unica unilocularis, ceteræ biloculares, loculis longitudinaliter conduplicatis, con- nectivo apice villoso vel papilloso. Ovarii rudimentum globosum vel conicum. ; FLORES FEMINEI solitarii. Calyx et corolla maris. Staminum rudimenta setiformia. Ovarium ovoideum, apice productum ; stylus columnaris, apice clavatus, stigmatibus tribus subulatis incurvis; ovula œ, horizontalia. Fructus ovoideus, oblongus vel subglobosus, oligospermus. Semina oblonga vel obovoideo-pyriformia, lineis duabus exsculptis circumdata ; testa ossea. Herbe Tropico-Africanæ, parvulæ, erectæ, puberulæ, radice tubera napiformia emittente, collo bi- pluricipiti, caulibus flexuosis sulcatis. Folia breviter petiolata vel subsessilia, integra, lobata vel 3-partita. Cirrhi nulli. Flores inter minores, breviter pedunculati, penduli vel cernui. Genus quoad florum structuram Trichomerie Hook. fil. (Benth. et Hook. f. Genera Pl.) arcte affine, ast præter alias notas inprimis habitu omnino erecto nec non cirrhorum absentia diversum. | VOL. XXVII. F 94 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 1. HgTEROsICYOS POLYMORPHA, Welw. n. sp. Caule erecto subramoso flexuoso; foliis breviter petiolatis 3—7-nerviis polymorphis, lanceolatis, ovato-lanceolatis vel late ovatis aut obeuneatis, basi breviter attenuatis vel subcordatis, apice integris acutis vel plus minus profunde 3-, rarius 5-lobis, lobis sursum spectantibus, intermedio reli- quis latiore et longiore; corollæ limbo fusco-purpureo; bacca obovoidea vel subglo- bosa, levigata, 2-8-sperma. Habitat nequaquam frequens in collinis breve herbidis petrosis apricis, Districtus Huilla circa Lopollo, socialis cum Daphnoideis, Thesiis atque Trideis pusillis; mensibus Novembri et Decembr. 1859 c. flore et fr. legi. Exsic. It. Angol. no. 804. Herba Y, pumila, in vivo obscure viridis. Radix tuberosa, globosa vel napiformis, dense farcta, fibris paucis elongatis subsimplicibus stipata, tubere non raro ad medium usque epigæo. Caules ex collo radicis crasso sublignoso plures, 3-6 pollices alti, erecti, pennæ corvinz vix crassiores, inter angulos obtusos sulcati, simplices vel ramo uno alterove patulo muniti, ad nodos j-1 pollicem inter se distantes angulis obtusis flexuosi, juniores pubescentes, demum glabrati, mox supra basim foliis vestiti. Folia petiolo brevi, lineam circiter longo, latiusculo, obiter canaliculato suffulta, undique sed precipue subtus et ad nervos pilis brevibus rigidulis adpressis pubescenti-scabrule, quoad figuram et cireumscriptionem laminz in speciminibus utriusque sexus, imo non raro in uno eodemque caule admodum polymorpha, nec minus quoad magnitudinem variantia; nunc integra, lanceolata, ovato- lanceolata vel imo cordato-ovata, apice plus minus acuminata et mucronulata, nunc late ovata, obcuneata, vel fere lyrata, basi abrupte attenuata vel subcordata, apice 3- vel rarius 5-loba, lobis sursum spectantibus, lateralibus non raro inter se inzequalibus, hinc dentiformibus, intermedio semper longiore latioreque, plerumque ovato-triangulari, omnibus acutiusculis herbaceo-mucronulatis ; lamina angustiorum 3 pollices longa, semipollicem lata, latiorum 21 poll. longa et sesquipollicem lata; in quibusdam individuis omnia folia integra lanceolata, in aliis omnia apice 3—5-loba, vel inferiora lobata, superiora integra et angustiora occurrunt. Cirrhorum vel stipularum vestigium nullum. Inflorescentia axillaris, tota puberula. Flores dioici; masculi cernui, in racemulos depauperatos 2-6 floros, basi non- numquam bractea foluformi, anguste lineari-lanceolata, elongata, quasi stipulam mentiente, munitos collecti, vel solitarii, pedunculo gracili foliis multo breviore, pedicellis vix lineam longis bracteolatis, bracteolis caducis. Calycis tubus 2-24 lineas longus, sursum parum dilatatus. Corolla fusco-purpu- rascens, limbi segmentis oblongo-lanceolatis 11-2 lin. longis, horizontaliter patentibus, intus dense tenuiter papillosis. Flores feminei masculis similes, primum erecto-patuli, post fecundationem nutantes, tubo calycino magis elongato, supra ovarium constricto. Stamina et ovarium generis. Bacca obovoidea, late clavata vel subglobosa, e viridi flavicans, nune nucis avellanæ majoris mole, — nunc multo minor, levigata, non raro ex seminibus maturitate valde turgescentibus inæqualiter pluri- gibbosa, septis pro parte resolutis unilocularis, pulpa viscida parca farcta, 2-7-, rarius monosperma, indehiscens. Semina pro more plante sat magna, obovoideo-pyriformia, recentia albida, mox badio- fuscula, basi obtuse conica subrostellata, circumcirca profunde bisulcata, testa dura leviuscula. 2. HETEROSICYOS STENOLOBA, Welw. n. sp. Caule erecto, subramoso, flexuoso, dense pube- scente; foliis subsessilibus, isomorphis, omnibus profundissime tripartitis, segmentis elongatis, anguste linearibus, uninerviis, apice abrupte acutatis, intermedio laterali- bus parum latiore sed multo longiore; floribus masculis nutantibus, solitariis vel rarius depauperato-racemulosis, corollæ limbo stramineo-flavescente. | Habitat i in collinis parce dumetosis Distr. Huilla prope Lopollo, socialis cum priore specie, ast ea multo | rarior. Cum florib. masc. Decembr. 1859 legi. | Herba gracilis, pallide virescens, radice napiformi perennans. Caules ex collo radicis duo vel plures, - FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 35 erecti, flexuosi, 5-8 pollices alti, plurisulcati, dense pubescentes, pennæ corvinz crassitudine vel imo tenuiores. Folia brevissime petiolata, nunc fere sessilia, utrinque pubescentia, ad basin usque tripar- tita, segmentis elongatis, divaricatis, anguste linearibus, 4-1 lineam latis, 2-4 pollices longis, apice breviter acutatis, per totam longitudinem nervo unico subtus latiore et magis prominulo densiusque pubescente et asperulo percursis, margine pilis brevibus spinuliformibus patulis, ciliatis. Flores masculi axillares nutantes, plerumque solitarii, rarius racemulosi, pedicellis bracteolatis, quoad structuram et formam iis speciei preecedentis sat similes, sed corolle stramineo-flavescentis limbi laciniis angustioribus acutioribusque. Flores feminei et fructus non visi. Observatio.—Species habitu multo graciliore et praesertim foliorum isomorphorum figura ab antecedente (H. polymorpha) absque difficultate distinguenda, sed in paucis solummodo speciminibus masculinis a me lecta, proinde ulteriori peregrinatorum obser- vationi commendanda. Ordo CACTACEE. Trib. OPUNTIEA, Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. i. 846. RHIPSALIS Cassyta, Gärtn. Sem. i. 137 (Pfeif. Enum. p. 133). Habitat omnino indigena in Angolæ interioris silvis primævis et rupestribus editis Distr. Golungo Alto et Pungo Andongo, inter 2400 et 3500 ped. altit., ex arborum ramis vel rupium fissuris longe pen- dula. Novembr.-Jan. floret, Febr.-Mart. fructus maturat. Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. n. 876 et 878. Rhipsalis, spec., Welw. Apontam. p. 555! Caules 4-9 ped. longi, cylindrici, glauco-virides, in juventute fasciculis setularum rubrarum obsiti, adulti glaberrimi, di-, trichotome vel fasciculatim ramosi, internodiis a pollicari ad pedis usque longitudinem variantibus, hinc inde radicantibus. Flores crebri, laterales, horizontaliter patentes, una cum calyce 3 lin. longi, 2 circiter lin. diametri, albi vel pallidissime flavescentes. Stigma fere semper 4-fidum, lobulis oblongis obtusiusculis. Bacca plene matura albida, pisi minoris mole, ceraceo-nitens, sub- pellucida, pulpa aquoso-viscosa farcta. Semina minuta, 12-20, oblique obovata vel plerumque sub- reniformia, testa atra nitidula, sub lente fortiore dense striolata.—Specimina Angolensia cum stirpe Americana, ex insula Jamaica Ind. occid. oriunda, in horto Kewensi Apr. 1866 leete florente et fructifera accuratius comparavi, nullamque inter plantam Americanam et Angolensem discrepantiam notabilem observare mihi licuit.—Plantæ juveniles, e seminibus enatæ, quales ad Cole acuminate et Adansonie ramos muscosos in silvis primitivis Distr. Golungo Alto mihi sepius obviæ, a planta adulta quoad aspectum magnopere differunt; rami nempe atque ramuli stirpis junioris solito crassi- ores, apice clavati et undique setulis rubris 2-3 lin. longis, fasciculatim gregatis, ad apicem ramulo- rum novellorum in comam congestis horriduli. Observatio.— Cactearum in Africæ continente presentia indigena inter phytogeogra- phos acriter disputata, imo a R. Brown, Endlicher* et Lindley t prorsus negata fuit. Hsec nostra quidem, Rhipsalis Cassyta nempe, etiamsi simul Americæ incola, certissime etiam Africæ calidioris indigena, in Caffrorum terris quoque a Drege aliisque peregrinatoribus reperta. Nec hoc unicum Flore Africans cum Americana homogeneitatis exemplum, nam plures species Americans generum Symphonia, Cacoucia, etc. etc., et ipsa Cyrtopera * «Que a peregrinatoribus de Cactis in Arabia, Madagascaria etc. crescentibus legimus, fabulis adnumeranda sunt. Cacteæ omnes in America nascuntur.”—Endl. Enchir. p. 497. + “America is the exclusive station of the Order [ Cactaceæ], no species appearing to be native of any other part of the world.”—Lindl. Veg. K. p. 747. ^ F 20 ^ | FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. longifolia Reichb. f. (Orchidea !) in eodem loco cum Rhipsalide Cassyta sociales a me repertæ fuerunt, et genera non pauca, typice Americana, speciebus sat affinibus in Angola interiore aliisque Africæ tropicalis territoriis repræsentata inveniuntur. Quod autem hoc respectu mihi multo majoris momenti, et omni phytogeographorum attentione dignum esse videtur, est quod major numerus illarum specierum, in Africa tropicali et America simul obvenientium, non in ora maritima continentem Americanam spectante, nec in regionis litoralis silvaticis, sed in regione interiore elevata, silvisque primitivis, longe ab ora maritima remotis occurrit. Ipsa Brasenia peltata Pursh, nune etiam Flore Africæ tropicalis vindicata, nullibi in tot et tantis regionis litoralis lacubus a me observata, sed solummodo in lacu “ Ivantalla” Distr. Huilla, circiter 5000 ped. supra mare elevato et plus quam 120 millia geograph. ab oceani Atlantici litore distante reperta fuit. Trib. GARDENIER, Endl. G. Pl. 557. MussanDa (Sect. Belilla), De C. Prod. iv. 370. MUSSANDA SPLENDIDA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XIIL) Fruticosa, scandens, tota molliter pubescensvel villosa ; foliis modice petiolatis, ovatis acuminatis, penninerviis ; stipulis subfoliaceis, ovatis, bifidis, recurvis, intus glabris; cymis subbreviter pedunculatis, densifloris, trichotome ramosis, dense puniceo villosis; bracteis ad axillas patentibus subfoliaceis 3-5-fidis ; floribus breviter pedicellatis; calycis tubo oblongo-cylindrico, lobis nunc omnibus æqualibus, nune quatuor æqualibus lanceolatis, quinto maximo, late ovato molliter piloso puniceo; corollæ tubo calycis lobis 2-3-plo longiore, limbo horizontali leviter obtuse 5-lobo, fauce hirsuta, extus patentim villoso; bacca ellip- soideo-oblonga, villosa, calycis limbo coronata. Habitat freq. in montosis dumetosis humidiusculis, inprimis juxta silvarum primevarum oras Distric- tuum Golungo Alto et Pungo Andongo, inter 2500 et 3500 ped. altit., a Januario usque ad Maium florens, Junio ad Augustum fructificans. Exsic. Welw. It. Angol. no. 1116. Caules e radice lignosa plerumque plures, 5-10 pedes longi, basi ascendentes, vetustiores obtuse angulati, glabrati et purpurascentes, juniores et rami vario modo curvi vel flexuosi, late scandentes, virides, teretiusculi, pilis mollibus rubescentibus patulis plus minus dense obsiti. Folia petiolata, membra- nacea, late ovata vel elliptico-ovata, 3-6 poll. longa, 1-3 poll. lata, basi nunc subcordata nunc rotun- data, rarius breve attenuata, apice acuminata, margine integro ciliata, penninervia, in utraque pagina, sed subtus densius, pilis adpressis molliter pubescentia, supra leete viridia, subtus multo pallidiora, ibique nervo et costis magis prominulis venulisque crebris purpurascentibus picta; petioli 3-2 pollices — longi, iis foliorum superiorum sensim brevioribus, obiter canaliculati, patentim rubro-villosi ; stipulæ e lata basi ovatæ, 4-4 pollicem longæ, plus minus profunde bifidæ, rarius subintegræ vel trifide, -recurvo-patentes, pilis longiusculis rubris ciliate, intus glabre et atropurpureæ, longius persistentes. Inflorescentia cymoso-paniculata, cymis densifloris, initio breviter, mox yu den pun pedunculatis, tricho- : tomo-ramosis, undique patentim puniceo-villosis ; bracteze quoad , colorem et longitudinem stipulis subsimiles, sed 3-5-fidæ, laciniis angustioribus acutioribusque, post anthesim deciduæ. Flores in cymas densas congesti, alii subsessiles, alii breviter pedicellati, steriles (masculi) | cum fertilibus in eadem cyma obvii. Calycis puniceo-villosi tubus florum centralium, sæpius steri- : « - lium, breviter obovoideus, limbi lobis omnibus inter se zequalibus; is florum exteriorum plerumque. : ie ‚fertilium: oblongo-cylindricus, limbi lobis nune omnibus æqualibus, lanceolatis, erecto-patulis, nunc - (plerumq es > unius floris in re cyma) quatuor æqualibus lanceolatis, quinto in folium ur * PUOI TER ae FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 37 bracteiforme, petiolatum, late ovatum, nervis 5-7 percursum, molliter pilosum, intense puniceum, horizontaliter patens producto. Corolle extus undique villo patente puniceo vestitæ tubus eylindri- cus, sursum modice ampliatus, calycis lobis duplo triplove longior, eo florum sterilium graciliore, limbi transversim vix j-pollicaris lobis obtusissimis, brevissime apiculatis, intus subglabris, pallide aurantiacis, fauce pilis paleseformibus rigidulis, dense congestis, erectiusculis, sulphureis obsita. Anthere generis. Ovarium constanter biloculare ; discus modice elevatus, glaber; stylus corollæ tubo æquilongus, pariter glaber, stigmate incrassato obiter bilobo vix exserto. Bacca elliptico-oblonga, 3-3 poll. longa, tenuiter coriacea, parum succosa, bilocularis, calycis limbo indurato superata, dense et patentim puniceo-villosa. Semina numerosissima, valde minuta, in pulpa viscida nidulantia, atra, lenticularia, testa subtiliter scrobiculata. Observatio.—Species inter congeneres facile ornatissima, Mussende erythrophylle Schum. et Thon. (Bescriv. p. 136) affinis videtur, que tamen, secündum clar. auct. descriptionem a nostrate foliis subtus albo-tomentosis, stipulis angustis, calycis lobo phyllomorpho pariter tomentoso corollæque laciniis acutis recedit. Ordo RUBIACEE. Trib. CINCHONEA, Subtr. EUCINCHONEZ. CORYNANTHE, Welw. gen. nov. Calycis tubus ovoideus vel subglobosus, limbi 5-fidi lobis lanceolatis, apice subulatis, erectis, persistenti- bus. Corolle infundibuliformis tubus rectus, teres, sursum ampliatus; limbi explanati 5-lobi lobis late ovatis subacutis, dorso infra apicem appendice elongato-clavata, patula, corollæ fere longitudine, instructis. Stamina 5, corollæ fauci inserta, exserta, patentia. Anthere sessiles, lineari-oblongæ, basi profunde bilobæ. | Ovarium biloculare, ovula in loculis oo, ascendentia. Stylus filiformis, rectus, stigmate clavato. Capsula coriacea, lineari-oblonga, parum compressa, bisulca, calycis limbo indurato apiculata, bilocularis, loculicide bivalvis, polysperma. Semina compressa, ascendentim imbricata, nucleo minutissimo, ala lata membranacea, elongata, lineari-oblonga, basi attenuata profunde bifida cincto. | Arbor, excepto calyce hirtulo, glaberrima, in Angolæ interioribus editioribus inter 1200 et 2200 ped. elev. hinc inde silvas constituens, trunco stricto, coma ovato-pyramidata. Folia oblongo-lanceolata, nunc fere elliptica, modice coriacea, perennantia. Stipule solitariæ, elongate, caducæ. Flores parvi, albidi, in paniculam multifloram trichotome ramosam dispositi, ramis inferioribus verticillatis. Observatio.—Genus “ Hymenodyction" Wall. nostro hic proposito certe proximum, inflorescentia tamen racemosa bracteisque petiolatis suffulta a Corynanthe facili negotio discernitur. Genera ** Nauclea et Uncaria," etiam quodammodo affinia, floribus capitatis, supra receptaculum globosum aggregatis fructusque fabrica a nostro genere recedunt, quod insuper ab omnibus Eucinchonearum generibus hucusque descriptis * appendicibus elongato-clavatis, corollæ loborum dorso insidentibus” facile distinguitur. Species unica :— CORYNANTHE PANICULATA, Welw.n.sp. (Tab. XIV.) Habitat in Angolæ interioris Distrietibus elevatis, inprimis “ Golungo Alto, Cazengo et Dembos," ubi in montium declivibus borealibus non raro silvas densissimas atque umbrosissimas, ab incolis Lusitanis nomine “Matas de Mangue" jure celebratas efformat. Floret a Januario usque ad Maium, et a Martio usque ad Julium fructificat. Arbor ipsa a Lusitanis et nunc etiam a Nigritis Angolensibus “ Mangue 38 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. branco” vel * Mangue do Monte" et hinc inde etiam “ Paco de Golungo Alto" vocatur. Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. n. 1508. Arbor 25—40-pedalis, raro altior, corona ovato-pyramidata, dense frondosa, sempervirente, trunco recto, imo plerumque strictissimo, basi 2-5 ped. circumferentiæ ; cortex pro more arboris sat tenuis, parum rimosus, griseo-fuscus, in juventute arboris et in adultæ ramis junioribus albidus, trunco tenaciter adhzrens, saporis amaricantis. Rami vagi vel superiores oppositi, erecto-patuli, crebre ramulosi, ramulis obtusangulis ad nodos compresso-dilatatis, novellis atropurpureis. Folia petiolo circiter semipollicari canaliculato suffulta, 4 ad 14 pollicem in ramulis distantia, oblongo- vel ovato-lanceo- lata, obtuse acuminata, basi breviter in petiolum attenuata, margine integerrima, tenuiter coriacea, supra lucido-viridia, subtus pallidiora, pinnatinervia, nervo medio valido, lateralibus sursum arcuatis laminz marginem vix attingentibus, omnibus atropurpureis. Stipule intrafoliaceæ, solitariæ, e lata basi ovato-lanceolatz, obtusiusculæ, cito caducæ. Inflorescentia terminalis. Flores paniculati ; singuli nempe pedicellis brevissimis in cymulas sive umbellas spurias capituliformes 5-20-radiatas collecti, his demum in pedunculi communis (basi verticillatim, superne trichotome ramosi) ramulis gracilibus varie congestis, paniculam multifloram, densam, obtusiusculam efformantibus. Calyx ovoi- deus vel fere globosus, sub lente undique hirtulus, e viridi albidus; limbi 5-fidi lobi erecti, rigiduli, lanceolati, extus convexi, apice subulati, tubo ipso æquilongi, corollæ tubum longe exsertum laxe ambientes, indurescendo persistentes. Corolla infundibuliformis (tenuiter carnosa, alba), tubo recto, cylindrico, apicem versus quidpiam dilatato, raro semilinea longiore; limbi 5-fidi laciniæ late ovatæ, concaviuscule, apice breviter acuto cucullatæ, dorso infra apicem appendice claviformi, i ipsa lacinia duplo longiore, patente, auctze, intus juxta lineam mediam pilis tennuissimis crispulis adspersæ, in alabastro induplicato-valvatæ, sub anthesi patentes. Stamina, anthere et ovarium descripta; stylus firmus, cylindricus, crassiusculus, totam tubi corollini cavitatem explens; stigma oblongo-clavatum, ex antherarum in alabastro pressione longitudinaliter plurisulcatum, exsertum. Capsula rigide — coriacea, in maturitate fusco-purpurea, 3 lineas longa et linea vix latior, bisulcata, in pedicello lineam longo erecta, bilocularis, ab apice hiante loculicide bivalvis, valvis demum juxta sulcum biparti- bilibus; loculi 12-16-spermi. Semina descripta. Qualitates et Usus.—Lignum nitido-albidum, densissimum, durum et sat durabile, in construendis domi- ciliis nee non in utensilium agrariorum fabrica tam inter colonos Lusitanos quam inter Nigritas mul- tiplicis usus. Cortex arboris pulchræ amaricans et subadstringens est, et ob summam generis cum E reliquis Eucinchoneis affininitatem, medicis in Angola artem suam nobilem exercentibus, inter Cin- - chone succedanea tentanda commendandus. : Ordo JASMINACEE. Subordo OLEACE X. SCHREBERA, Roxb.* E Genus “ Schrebera” primum a Roxburghio ad arborem Indic orientalis conditum, fere 4 per semiseculum in plantarum enumerationibus aut specierum catalogis monotypieum, - et quidem inter Bignoniacearum gregem militans, remansit, donec Endlicher (Gen. PL M p. 714) illud inter Bignoniaceas dubias collocavit, qua forsan ratione ductus, Lindley in Veg. Kingd. Schreberam Roxburghii penitus negligens, genus hoc ne nomine quidem © ® Schrebera Roxburgh, Plant. Corom. ii. p. 1, tab. 101, nec al auct. Schrebera Retz. est Eleodendron glaucum | Perm. Schrebera Thunb. Nov. Act. Upsal. postea ab ipso auctore in Dissert. Nov. Pl. Gen. et in ejus Flora Cap. tam- haee cercasi Dei Schrebera Linn., seeundum De C. Prodr. viii. p. 675, est Cuscutæ ee FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 39 in Bignoniacearum enumeratione commemorat. Sed paullo post cl. Fenzl*, genera quidam Bignoniacearum dubia novo examini subjiciens, Roxburghii genus Jasmineis subscribendum esse, preeclare docuit, quam opinionem etiam Endlicher in Gen. Pl. Suppl. ii. p. 54, nec non cl. Alph. De C. Prodr. viii. p. 674, secuti sunt. Postea vero cl. Wight (Illustr. ii. p. 185) Schreberam iterum, et quidem tamquam Subordinem, Bignoniaceis adnumeravit, simulque aliquam generis cum Acanthaceis affinitatem suspectans. Du- rante hoc inter celeberrimos botanicos de generis loco in systemate certamine, altera species Schrebere a cl. Schimper in Abyssinie montibus detecta fuit, que a cl. Hoch- stettert ceu novum Oleacearum genus sub nomine * Nathusia alata" descripta et in herbariis Schimperianis distributa, etiam in Endlicherii Gen. Pl. Suppl. ii. p. 55, et in De C. Prodr. viii. p. 281 recensita invenitur, et quidem ab Endlicherio Jasmineis, a cl. Alph. De C. autem Oleaceis associata. Nuper demum hxc ipsa Nathusia alata Hochst. quoque in Africæ australis extratropicalis ditione Natalensi a cl. Gerrard aliisque pere- grinatoribus variis in locis reperta, mox ab acutissimo Harveyo tamquam vera Schrebere Species recognita et ab ipso sub nomine Schrebera Saundersiæ descripta et depicta fuiti. Eadem hzc species, etiam mihi in Angolæ et Benguellæ interioribus montosis seepius obvia, latissime per Africam calidiorem distributa videtur, ast prseter illam in Angola australiore duæ alteræ species ejusdem generis, ambæ foliis simplicibus integris (nec pinnatis) inter congeneres valde insignes, ceteroquin omnibus notis genericis Schreberæ sat congruæ occurrunt, modo hic infra latius exponenda. Collocationem Schrebere in systemate naturali quod attinet, genus hoc Jasmineas inter et Oleaceas fluctuat, vel potius ambos hos ordines arcte conjungit. Florum struc- tura, imprimis limbi in 5-8 lobos divisio, staminum insertio, antherarum connectivum amplum, embryo demum exalbuminosus, peridermio spongioso-tumido exceptus, nee non cotyledones plano-convexe et carnosee Jasminearum characteri respondent, dum ovula pendula, capsule dehiscentia loculicida, semina alata et radicula supera, habitus deinde, saltem in duabus speciebus eximie fraxineus, evidentem cum Oleaceis affinitatem indigi- tant, sieque genus, characteribus omnibus simul consideratis, amborum ordinum indica- torum limites obruit, eosque iterum, sensu Jussiæi, in unum contrahendos esse suadet. Additis duabus speciebus novis Angolensibus, jam 1858 in Apontam. pp. 549 et 579 a me commemoratis, genus Schrebera nunc quatuor species bene inter se distinctas am- plectitur, quæ commode sequente schemate disponuntur :— ( 1. Glaberrima, ealyeis subhemispherici ee truncato vel breve denticulato, capsula verrucis orbie 2) El —SCHREBERA Goto A. Folia simplicia ....< 9 esca vel hirta, calycis campanulati limbo nd | tato, dentibus obtusis ciliatis, capsula le SCHREBERA, Roxb. ....< —SCHREBERA TRICHOCLADA. 3. Folia 1-3-juga, petiolo al — — sessilibus, n eee B. Folia pinnata ...... (Nat zs ‘alata Hochst.). 4. Folia 2—4-juga, petiolo RR zung» ie =SCHREBEBA SWIETENIOIDES Roxb. * Fenzl, Denkschr. Bot. Gesellschaft Regensb. iii. p. 246. + Hochstetter (Chr. Fr.), Nova Genera Plantarum Africe tum australis tum tropicæ borealis, p. 15; Schimper, Plant. exsiccatee Abyss. Sect. I. Adoenses, no. 245. + Harvey (Dr. W. H.), Thesaurus Capensis, vol. ii. p. 40, tab. 163, 40 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Schrebere omnes hucusque cognite arboree sunt, etiamsi hine inde, precipue in silvis secundariis, post silvas primitivas igne destructas enascentibus, sub forma fruticosa occur- runt; omnium denique flores suavissime et fortiter fragrantes, inprimis nocturno tempore aroma amoenissimum, illud Caryophyllorum æmulans, per lata spatia spargunt. 1. SCHREBERA GOLUNGENSIS, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XV.) Sch. glaberrima, foliis simpli- cibus oblongis, nune ovato- vel lanceolato-oblongis, abrupte acuminatis, basi obtusis vel breviter in petiolum angustatis, supra nitenti-viridibus, subtus subglauco-vire- scentibus; calycibus levigatis, subhemispheericis, ore truncatis vel minute repando- denticulatis; stylo incluso; capsula obtusa, bisulea, verrucoso-scabra. Habitat in silvis primævis densioribus Distr. Golungo Alto, præcipue in montibus schisto-micaceis de Serra de Alto Queta, ad 2500 ped. alt. Floret Decembr.-Jan., fructific. Maio-Jul. Essie. Welw. Iter Angol. n. 933. Arbor 20-30-pedalis et altior; truncus rectus, basi 2-3 ped. circumferentiæ, cortice albido-griseo rimis minutis crebris aspero, coma elongato-ovoidea lucide denseque frondosa. Rami patentes, elongati, inferiores fere horizontales et tarde dejecti; ramuli oppositi, graciles, angulati, glabri, ad nodos dila- tato-compressi, novelli et florigeri gracillimi, purpurascentes et lenticellis albicantibus variegati, his- que asperuli. Folia opposita, petiolata, simplicia, penninervia, respectu circumscriptionis sat vari- antia, plerumque oblonga, non raro ovato-oblonga vel fere elliptica, nunc late lanceolata, ea ad basim ramulorum novellorum superioribus semper duplo triplove minora, omnia constanter glaberrima, supra intense viridia et valde nitentia, subtus pallide virescentia, halitu glaucescente suffusa, costa prominente lzte flava percursa, inter venas dense reticulato-venulosa ; petioli 3—4 lin. longi, canali- culati, cum ramo articulati; foliorum majorum lamina 4-43 poll. longa, 14-12 poll. lata, basi seepius obtusa vel breviter attenuata, margine integra, apice plus minus oblique et abruptim acuminata, substantia tenuiter coriacea vel chartaceo-rigida. Inflorescentia terminalis, omnino glabra, cymuloso- paniculata, paniculæ depauperatæ ramis di-, trichotomis pedicellisque basi articulata minute bibracteo- latis, cymulis sæpius trifloris. Flores circiter pollicares, omnium specierum mihi cognitarum fragran- tissimi; calyx obhemisphzricus, fere cupuliformis, circiter 14 lin. longus et latus, ore inæqualiter repando 5-6- vel rarius 7-denticulatus, nune omnino edentulus, truncatus, corollee basim laxe exci- piens ; corolla carnosula, primum viridi-flavescens, mox tota cinamomeo-fusca, limbi plerumque 6-fidi lobis ad internam faciem papillis minutis fusco-rubris dense gregatis velutino-puberulis, æstivatione quincunciali-imbricatis sed vix contortis; tubus intus ad basim pilis raris adspersus, ceterum nudus. Stamina 2 paullo infra faucem inserta, inclusa; filamenta brevissima, compressa; antherze lineari- oblong, medio dorso fixæ, biloculares, loculis connectivum crassum marginantibus, eoque paullo brevioribus, longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovarium ovoideum, biloculare ; ovula in quoque loculo 4; stylus filiformis, rectus, inclusus, apice sensim in stigma breviter bilobum incrassatus. Capsula lignosa, pyriformis, 1$ poll. longa, pollicem lata, basi teretiuscula calyce persistente arcte adpresso (vix uti in ceteris speciebus varie fisso) excepta, apice obiter convexo styli basi indurata apiculata, longitudinaliter obtuse bisulcata, fusco-badia, undique verrucis orbicularibus magnitudine variis plus minus gregatis asperulis adspersa, bilocularis, ex apice loculicide bivalvis, valvis crassis navicularibus, medio septum fere sesquilineam crassum gerentibus, intus infra verticem gibbis. Semina in quoque . loculo 4, ex apice septi pendula, compressa, deorsum (i.e. in directione radicule opposita) in alam scariosam oblique lato-lanceolatam obtusiusculam faciebus subtrinervem prolongata, una cum ala 2 lin. latus; cotyledones elongato-ovatæ, obtusæ, basi emarginatæ, carnosulæ, extus leviter convexæ, s : facie interna plana applicatze qnem plicatæ !) ; radicula supera, FR init obtusissima, nz M E 1-13 poll. longa, endopleura suberoso-spongiosa. Albumen nullum! Embryo rectus, 4-41 lin. longus, FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 41 Observatio.—Semina in loculis quidem constanter quatuor inveniuntur, sed sæpius so- lummodo eorum duo embryone evoluto feecunda, reliqua duo vero plerumque in laminam subduram, oblongo-lanceolatam, intus suberoso-spongiosam et embryone omnino caren- tem, extus ad unam faciem acute carinatam, inter se concreta, vel saltem arcte congluti- nata. Vid. tab. nostr. fig. 11. 2. SCHREBERA. TRICHOCLADA, Welw. n. sp. Sch. ramulis novellis et florigeris petiolisque pubescentibus; foliis simplicibus, late ellipticis, elliptico-ovatis vel rarius obovatis, apice obtusiusculis vel breviter acutatis, basi abruptim attenuatis, supra glabratis, subtus juxta costam venasque pubescentibus ; calycibus campanulatis puberulis, sub pube sulcato-striatis, ore lobato-dentatis, dentibus conspicuis, insequalibus, deltoideo- ovatis oblongisve, margine dense ciliatis; stylo plus minusve exserto; capsula elon- . gato-pyriformi, obtuse quadrangula, quadrisulca et levigata. Habitat in silvaticis rupestribus Distr. Ambaca et Pungo Andongo, inter 3000 et 3500 ped. altit. Ab Oc- tobr. usque ad Decembr. floret ; fructiferam Junio 1857 legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 936 et 934. Arbor circiter 15-pedalis, patentim ramosa, coma laxa, rarius frutex 6—8-pedalis, ramis virgato-elongatis, obscure angulatis, cortice cinerascente vel fere albido; ramuli novelli et florigeri constanter plus minusve cano-pubescentes, etiam fructiferi pubem conservantes, vel patulo-villosi aut hirtuli. Folia circumscriptione non minus quam in specie antecedente variant, sed plerumque elliptica vel obovato- oblonga, membranacea, herbaceo-viridia absque nitore, subtus secus costam et venas prominentes pubescentes ; petioli 4—7 lin. longi cum ramulis articulati, constanter, et quidem etiam in foliis adultis, ceteroquin excepta costa omnino glabratis, pubescentes. Panicule depauperatæ 5-10-, rarissime 14-florz, in ramulis terminales; pedunculi, rami et pedicelli pubescentes, basi articulati, bibracteo- lati, bracteolis puberulis vel dense villoso-barbulatis. Calyx tubuloso-campanulatus, quam in Schreb. Golungensi duplo major, fere 3 lin. longus, dense pubescens, sub pube obscure sulcato-striatus vel omnino deglabratus et tunc evidentius plurisulcatus, ore grosse dentato, dentibus nunc deltoi- deo-ovatis nunc lobuliformibus oblongis, juxta margines et precipue apice semper ciliato-barbulatis. Corolla ejusdem magnitudinis et structure ac in specie antecedente, primum albida, limbi 5-7-fidi lobis pilis clavatis crispulis roseo-purpureis, circa faucem densioribus, demum una cum tota corolla cinnamomeis, obsitis. Antherarum loculi connectivo crasso subcompresso æquilongi. Ovarium conico-ovoideum ; stylus modice exsertus. Capsula fere bipollicaris, badio-flavicans, levigata (nec verrucoso-aspera), obtusissime quadrangula, inter angulos apicem versus magis salientes late sulcata, sulcis in vertice obtuso, obiter apiculato, cruciatim confluentibus. Semina quam in Schreb. Golungensi quidpiam longiora, perfecte matura vero mihi non obvia. Cetera generis. Observatio.—Species, priori omni respectu sat affinis, sed certe distincta, et. ramulis petiolisque et nervo mediano subtus constanter pubescentibus, nec non calycis late dentati capsuleque levis configuratione ab illa absque difficultate distinguenda, ceteroquin ut videtur latissime per Africam austro-tropicam distributa, a clar. Kirk etiam (secundum specimen in herb. Kewensi, Zambesi Exped. 1863 Morumballa) e ditione Mossambicensi reportata. 9. SCHREBERA ALATA. Nathusia alata, Hochst. Nov. Gen. Pl. Afr. p. 15, et in Schimper, Iter Abyss. Plant. Adoénses, no. 245 ; Endl. Gen. Pl. Suppl. ii. p. 55; DC. Prodr. viii. p. 281; A. Rich. Tent. Abyss. ii. p. 29; Welw. Apontam. p. 379. Schrebera Saundersie, Harv. Thes. Cap. i ii. p. 40, tab, 163. 20 VOL. XXVIL G 42 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Habitat arborea in silvis primitivis Distr. Pungo Andongo ad 3000 ped. circiter altit., nec non in silvis secundariis densioribus Distr. Huilla inter 4000 et 5000 ped. alt., hic sæpius tamquam frutex 8-pe- dalis. Decembr. c. fl., Maio c. fr. necdum maturo lecta. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 938. Distrib. geogr.—Abyssinia, Angola, Port Natal. Observatio.—Specimina Angolensia cum Abyssinicis a cl. Hochst. descriptis, et simul cum Icone Harveyana supra laudata optime conveniunt, calyces in stirpe Angolensi quidpiam puberulos (nec omnino glabros) si excipias. Ceterum nec mirandum, stirpem per Africam tropicam cis- et transæquatorialem divulgatam, et imo ditionem Natalensem invadentem maximopere variare. In silvis primævis convallibusque solo humoso donatis arborea crescit, 15-30-pedalis, habitu fere omnino Fraxini, in silvaticis autem macriori- bus solummodo frutex remanet, 5-8-pedalis, ramis elongatis tortuosis, hine inde sub- scandentibus, et tune Jasmini speciem non male fingens. Folia 3-5- vel, etsi rarius, 7-foliolata interdum in uno eodemque ramo obveniunt; petioli nunc latius nunc angus- tius alati; foliola magis minusve acuminata; calyces nunc ore truncati nunc evidenter dentati, stamina inclusa vel subexserta etc. non raro in speciminibus unius ejusdemque | arboris invenienda; maxime autem species hæc respectu indumenti ramulorum, foliorum atque calycis florigeri variat, que organa nunc fere penitus glabra, nunc obiter puberula vel pubescentia, nunc undique sericeo-tomentella inveniuntur. Hane ulteriorem formam, | in editissimis petrosis Distr. Huilla mihi obviam, et aspectu sat singularem, hic propo- nere liceat tamquam B. tomentella. Ramulis, foliis calycibusque dense sericeo-pubescentibus vel albo-tomentellis. Habitat in Distr. Huilla montibus editis petrosis breve dumetosis inter 5000 et 5600 ped. alt. socialis cum Protea, Xylopee, Dombeye et Tarchonanthi speciebus, precipue in summis jugis de “ Morro de Lopollo. Martio 1860 c. flore et fruct. immat. lecta. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 939. Frutex 5-pedalis, arbusculiformis, coma densius ramosa, preter indumentum sericeum forme typice omnino fidelis. Etiam hac in varietate, primum facile pro specie distincta habenda, ramuli fructiferi et folia adulta indumentum pro parte dejiciunt, et calyces dee vw fructus denique jam juveniles levigati sunt, quemadmodum in specie typica. Ceteroquin folia pinnata hane speciem strictim a duabus antecedentibus separant, : petioli alati demum et foliola sessilia illam primo jam intuitu ab affini Schrebera Swiete- — nioide Roxb., totius generis prototypo, distinguunt. Ordo APOCYNACEZÆ. Trib. Ecurrex, DC. Prodr. viii. p. 412. PACHYPODIUM, Lindl. Pachypodii genus, jam olim ab acutissimo R. Br. ob Echitis specierum Thunbergianarum ab Americanis notabilem discrepantiam, obiter indigitatum, demum a cl. Lindley in Bot. Reg. [1830] tab. 1321 institutum, nuper a cl. A. DC. (Prodr. viii. p. 423) locupletatum, - ne dicam reformatum fuit, characteri nempe generico “ glandulas 5 hypogynas” addente, - in Pachypodio | Echite Thbg.] succulento ab eo observatas, quas cl. Lindley in generis | sui definitione expressis verbis “absentes sive nullas" declarat*. Tres sunt species | x Glandulæ sive squamulæ quinque hypogynæ Echitis succulente Thunb. jam in icone hujus speciei, a cl. Jacquin in Bis ep tab. SO pro illo tempore perfectissima, sat clare depicte inveniuntur. FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 43 generis hujusce, hoc modo ampliati, in Prodr. J. c. descriptæ, quibus quarta addenda venit, quee a clar. Harvey in Thes. Fl. Cap. tab. 117 depicta et sub nomine “Adenium Namaquanum”’ descripta, omnibus characteribus ibi, etiamsi nimis fragmentarie, exhi- bitis, bene eum Pachypodii genere convenit, et ob antherarum structuram, glandularum- que hypogynarum preesentiam certe a genere “Adenium” excludenda. Omnes he quatuor species, preter essentiales notas genericas, simul etiam indumento variarum partium plus minusve pubescente vel tomentoso, nec non corollæ lobis æquilateris et planiusculis inter se congruunt atque Pachypodii Sectionem primam Eupachypodium constituentes considerari posunt, dum quinta, hic infra a me proponenda, species nova, et quidem sat formosa, ** glandulis in discum cupuliformem concretis, limbi corollæ lobis valde inæqui- lateris crispatisque, nec non stirpis totius glabritie" insignis, alterius ejusdem generis Sectionis typum offert, nomine “Adeniopsis” salutande. Erunt itaque Pachypodii Sec- tiones duæ sequente modo limitandee : Li A. Eupachypodium : corollae lobi planiusculi, equilateri; glandule hypogyne 5 [vel inconspicuæ ?] ; stirpes indumento variarum partium pubescente vel tomentoso. Cotyledones (ex A. De C.) radicula breviores. B. Adeniopsis: corollæ lobi inequilateri, hinc crispati; discus cupuliformis 5-crenatus; stirps glabri- uscula. Cotyledones radicula duplo longiores ! PACHgYPODIUM | ADENIOPSIS| LEALIT, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XVI.) P. trunco succulento, erecto, elongato-conico, crebre aculeato, apice 2-3-chotome ramoso, ramis glaberri- mis ; aculeis validis ; pedunculis firmis, terminalibus, multifloris ; calycis dentibus bre- vibus, triangulari-ovatis, acutis, glabris; corollæ ample glaberrimz lobis late oblique ovatis, apicibus obtusiusculis retortis, latere altero plano continuo, altero convexiore undulato-crispato; disco annulari obtuse quinquelobo. Habitat non infrequens in montosis petrosis aridis Distr. Bumbo (territorii Mossamedensis interioris) precipue inter Quitibe et Bumbo, ad 1500 ped. altit. supra mare. Octobr. 1859 et iterum Junio 1860 c. fl. et fr. matur. legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1510. , Arbuscula cactiformis, 10-15-pedalis, succo aquoso-resinoso viscido scatens, tota aculeis rigidis geminatim proximatis, fere pollicem longis, rectis, patulis, satis pungentibus horrida, ast floribus admodum speciosis grateque fragrantibus et per totum fere annum obviis inter congeneres valde insignis. Truncus succulentus strictus, prope basim non raro 2-3 ped. circumferentiæ, epidermide levi, tenui, plumbeo-grisea, facile secedente et corticem herbaceo-viridem denudante vestitus, inferne simplicis- simus, a medio apicem versus parce patentimque dichotome ramosus; rami juniores et ramuli flori- feri, uti etiam aculei, letissime sanguineo-purpurei et nitido-levigati. Folia sparsa, minima, vix lineam longa, rare et nonnisi ad ramulorum novellorum apices hine inde obvia, oblongo-lanceolata, basi articulato-sessilia, membranacea, nervo crasso in acumen subulatum excurrente percursa, quasi aculeum bialatum fingentia, caducissima, juxta basim utrinque aculeis rectis, stipularum lateralium vices gerentibus (?), post folium delapsum persistentibus munita. Aculei recti, in trunco et ramis ramu- lisque per paria sparsi, tuberculis oblongis verniceo-nitidulis insidentes, acutissime subulati, basi sub lente puberuli, majores sesquipollicem longi, juniores erecto-patuli, vetustiores late patentes, in cujusve paris axilla aut aculeo altero breviore aut gemmula e setis pluribus composita aucti, simulque inter eorum basim fossula circulari vel oblonga, folii delapsi cicatrice, instructi. Inflorescentia cymosa, in ramulis extimis terminalis, tota glaberrima; cymæ multiflore, inordinate composite, ample, bene evolutæ non raro 6-7 pollic. diametri, pedunculo communi crasso, recto, longitudine vario, e 2 A4 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. basi aculeolis gregatis circumcirca stipato, subsimplici vel parcius dichotome ramoso, herbaceo-viridi ; pedicelli crassi, longitudine inter } et 4 lin. in eadem cyma variantes, superne incrassati, basi brac- teolis squamiformibus, deltoideis, plus minusve acutis, caducissimis, cicatricem transversam relin- quentibus semiamplexi. Calycis brevis, intus eglandulosi lobi subæquales, deltoideo-ovati, breviter subulato-acuminati, rigiduli, erecti. Corolle tubus purpurascens, 13-13 poll. longus, rectus, medio circa stamina ampliatus, faucem versus angustatus, intus infra stamina pilis adspersus, superne nudiusculus, fauce omnino nuda; limbi horizontaliter patentis 24-3 poll. diametri transversalis lobi 14 poll. longi, ¿ poll. lati, in æstivatione sinistrorsum. contorti, externe rosei, interne splendido-albi, insequilateri, latere in alabastro occultato convexiore denseque undulato-crispato. Stamina medio tubi inserta, inclusa; filamenta brevissima, basi interna pilosula; antheræ sagittatæ, sinu fixæ, 41-5 lin. longæ, rigidæ, in appendicem lanceolatam polline destitutam acuminatæ, circa stigma inclusum pyramidatim conniventes, leete flavæ. Discus elevatus, urceolaris, ceraceo-carnosulus, obiter 5-lobus, lobis æqualibus obtusissimis. Ovaria duo, oblongo-ovoidea, glabra, disco longiora ; ovula oo; stylus filiformis, stigmate oblongo-cylindraceo, vertice obtuso obscure bilobo, basi annulo prominente subcrenulato antheris adherente cincto. Folliculi juniores erecto-patuli, maturi angulo recto divergentes, 3-5 poll. longi, compresso-cylindracei, medio modice ventricosi, superficie glabri purpurascentes, ventre dehiscentes, intus nitidulo-albidi. Semina numerosa, pendula, obovoidea, com- pressa, dense imbricata, ad umbilicum cómosa, coma duplo triplove breviora; testa fusco-badia, membranacea, scabrula; albumen parcum ; cotyledones late ovate vel suborbiculares, basi cordate, planiuscule, leves, margine integerrimæ ; radicula oblonga apice conoidea, cotyledonibus fere duplo brevior, ad hilum spectans. Speciem hane, inter congeneres longe ornatissimam, dicatam velim viro clarissimo, — Fernando da Costa Leal, in exercitu Lusitano legionis prefecto strenuo, Districtus Mos- samedensis et inprimis Colonize Huillensis defensori intrepido, nee non Mappæ geogra- phice Angole nuper in lucem editæ pro magna parte auctori. Observatio.—Genera ** Pachypodium Lindl.” et “Adenium R. & Sch.," etiamsi in DC. Prodr. loc. supra cit. sub diversis 4pocynacearum tribubus militant, arcta affinitate jun- guntur, simulque omnium fere specierum habitu isomorpho, eademque vivendi ratione confirmata. Principalis tamen eorum differentia ex antherarum seminumque structura : pendere videtur, dum reliquæ note genericæ, a diversis auctoribus indicatæ, in utroque genere sat variantes sive vacillantes sese denotant. In 4denio stamina exserta vel saltem — fauci approximata, antherarum apices longe appendiculati et plus minusve spiraliter — torti; semina demum subcylindrica vel cylindrico-subangulata et utraque extremitate comosa dicuntur et talia tam in icone Adenii multiflori Klotsch. [Peters, Reise, Bot. i. tab. 44] quoad antheras, quam in icone eximia sed necdum edita Adenii speciosi Fenzl, ab amicissimo auctore benevole mecum communicata, quoad antheras et seminum comas, depicta sunt. In Pachypodio stamina inclusa, antherarum apices sensim in acumen sub- cartilagineum, rigidulum, strictum angustati, semina dein com} , obovata et solummodo ad umbilieum comosa. Discus denique in Adeniis veris brevissimus, annularis, conti- nuus et ore nudo truncatus adesse dicitur, dum Pachypodii species vel glandulas 5 inter se separatas, vel in discum cupuliformem ore 5-lobatum coalitas offerunt. Squamule faucem corollæ coronantes in Pachypodiis vix obviæ, in nostrate hic descripto certe absentes, levioris momenti videntur, nam in Adeniis nunc manifeste obviæ [4d. multi- - e. Kl. 1. ii nune omnino deficientes, v. g. in 4d. specioso Fenzl. s perpensis species.amborum generum hucusque. cognitae forsan: sequente FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 45 modo commode exponendæ, simulque ob antherarum et seminum structuram sedule observandam peregrinatoribus futuris commendandæ :— ApzNIUM, R. & Sch. 1. A. obesum, R. & Sch. [ Ad. Honghel, Lindl.]. 2. A. Honghel, Alph. DC. [nec Lindl.]. 3. 4. multiflorum, Klotsch. 4. A. speciosum, Fenzl. PACHYPODIUM, Lindl. 1. P. tuberosum, Lindl. 2. P. succulentum, Alph. DO. 3. P. bispinosum, Alph. DC. 4. P. Namaquanum. Adenium Namaquanum, Wyley in Harv. Thes. Cap. ii. tab. 117. < 5. P. Lealii, Welw. Speciebus utriusque generis in posterum exactius cognitis, et quoad antherarum semi- numque structuram accuratius investigatis, ambo genera fortasse in unum conjungenda et tum Pachypodium atque Adeniopsis generi Adenio antiquiori ceu Sectiones subscribenda erunt, vix unquam vero, imo si reapse inter se diversa statuuntur, in diversas ordinis sui tribus divellenda. Ordo GENTIANACEE. Trib. I. GENTIANEZ. Subtr. 2. Cmronzz, DC. Prodr. ix. p. 49. Faroa, Welw. gen. nov.* Calyx subcampanulatus, ad medium quadrifidus, lobis erectis, obtuse carinatis. Corolla subhypocrateri- morpha, marcescenti-persistens, tubo sensim ampliato infra faucem obiter constricto, limbi quadrifidi lobis patentibus; faux squamulis quatuor, staminibus oppositis, semilunaribus, margine tenuissime fimbriatis clausa. Stamina quatuor, ad sinus loborum inserta, longe exserta, filamentis suberectis filiformibus; antheræ breves, late oblongæ, basi cordatæ, dorso ad sinum fixæ, demum incumbentes, immutate. Ovarium obovoideum, basi in stipitem brevem angustatum, carpellorum marginibus introflexis subbiloculare, ovulis juxta suturas biserialibus. Stylus rectus, elongatus, filiformis, stig- mate parvulo simplici, tenuissime papilloso vel brevissime bilobo. Capsula parva, oblonga, perianthio marcescente inclusa, bivalvis, septicida, semibilocularis, placentis juxta valvularum margines insertis. Semina numerosa, subglobsa, testa undique foveolata. Herba parva, annua, glabra, radice pluricipite; caulibus erectis simplicibus vel apices versus trichotome ramosis, tetragonis. Flores parvi, gracile pedicellati, in cymas densas corymbiformes folis 2 vel pluribus involucratas dispositi, violaceo-cærulei. Genus ni fallor prope Hippion Spgl. [Enicostema Blum.| collocandum, cui ob flores * Dicatum ‘est clarissimo Doctori T. C. P. Lapa e Faro, Medico mossamedensi experientissimo, mearumque in Districtu Mossamedes institutarum peregrinationum fautori humanissimo. 46 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. in foliorum axillis pseudo-verticillatim gregatos, corollæ faucem squamigeram, capsule structuram et semina foveolata aliquantulum affine videtur. A Sebea generibusque huie vicinis tum habitu peculiari quum corollæ capsulæque fabrica interna longius distat. Species unica : FAROA SALUTARIS, Welw. n.sp. (Tab. XVII.) Habitat frequentissima in pascuis humidiusculis arenoso-argillaceis totius fere Distr. Huilla, inter 4000 et 5500 ped. altit., præcipue circa Mumpulla et Lopollo. Ab Octobre usque ad Januarium floret et fructificat. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1523. Herba elegantula habitu Globulariam vel, si mavis, Jasionem fingens, pascua editiora et dumeta brevius herbida tempore vernali in Jridearum, Commelynearum et Indigoferarum consortio mira individuorum copia eximie decorans. Radix annua [vel plurennis ?] *, cylindracea, firmula, in speciminibus vetusti- oribus sat longa, perpendicularis, fibris lateralibus subsimplicibus elongatis stipata, ad collum incras- satum multiceps, foliorumque primordialium rosula, in planta florente non raro jam emarcida, coro- nata. Caules ex eadem radice 3-5 usque 20, erecti, vel laterales basi ascendentes, 2—4 poll. alti, quadranguli, nunc simplices, nunc a medio bis terve trichotome ramosi, foliorum paribus 3-6, semi- pollicem ad pollicem usque inter se distantibus vestiti, e viridi purpurascentes vel intensius purpurei, apice vel simul ad superiorum foliorum axillas capitulis florigeris ornati. Folia radicalia gregata, oblongo-lanceolata vel elongato-spathulata, trinervia, 11-3 poll. longa, 3-4 lin. lata, obtusiuscula, basi sensim attenuata, caulina angustiora, lineari-lanceolata vel linearia, lata basi semiamplexicauli inter se connata, apice subobtusa, 3-1 poll. longa, rarius linea latiora, nervis lateralibus evanescentibus subtrinervia, patula, intense viridia, carnosula, summa florum capitula involucrantia. Flores modice pedicellati, constanter tetrameri, in foliorum axillis superioribus et summis cymoso-fasciculati, cymis multifloris, foliorum internodiis versus apices caulium ramorumque valde abbreviatis in corymbos densissimos capituliformes congestis, capitulis 6-10 lin. diametri, nunc solitariis nunc (in specimini- bus robustioribus) pluribus 2-4 in eodem caule superpositis. Pedicelli strictiusculi, fere setiformes, floribus (circiter duas lineas longis) paullo longiores, una cum calyce et corolla violaceo-cærulei vel roseo-violacei, rarius violaceo-albidi, exsiccatione mox pallide albescentes. Calycis tubus subqua- drangulus; lobi ovati, inferne membranaceo-marginati, dorso obtuse carinati, apice carina excurrente obtuse apiculati, corollz tubo paullo breviores. Corolle tubus sub prima anthesi a basi faucem versus sensim sed parum ampliatus, ovario demum increscente, inter hoc et faucem squamigeram plus minusve constrictus ; limbi patentis lobi ovati, concaviusculi, obtusi, rarius subacuti, tubum longitu- dine subzequantes. Sguamule faucis versus ejus centrum conniventes. Filamenta compresso-filifor- ' mia, violaceo-albida, una cum antheris intense purpureo-violaceis, exsiccatione albidis, longe persis- tentia. Stylus gracilis, stamina æquans vel iisdem paullo longior, stigmate exiguo nunc simplici, dense tenuiterque papilloso, nunc brevissime bilobo terminatus. Cetera generis. Qualitates et Usus.—Inter plures Gentianaceas in Distr. Huilla a me observatas et ob principium amari- canti-tonicum, quo pollent, sub forma decocti caulium et radicis ceu remedium roborans, digestionis post febres intermittentes perturbatz vigorem restaurans, adhibitas, hanc presentem speciem #gro- * Plurima loco citato a me collecta specimina habitu suo plantam quidem annuam indicant, iie simul alia robusti- ora: adsunt, quorum radix circa collum valde inerassata et fere lignosa vitam plurennem vel saltem biennem indigitat. Plures enim in eadem regione Huillensi plantarum tum Monocotyledonearum quum Dicotyledonearum species obser- vavi, que habitu pusillo, gracili et radice tenuiter fibrillosa plantam annuam simulant, dum reapse perennantibus vel saltem per plures annos viventibus adnumerandæ sunt. Sic ex in : í EE A PE paure Á - gr. varie species Droseræ, in spongiosis editis Distr. obviæ, omnino habitum plantarum annuarum fingunt, sed tamen gemmula, in radicis collo intra auum | rosulam emarcidam abscondita et quolibet anno sequente in plantam novam evoluta, vitam peren- po FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 47 tantibus præ ceteris salutarem expertus sum, qua ratione ductus plantam nomine specifico * salutaris" designavi. Observatio.—Sebea involucrata Klotsch, in Peters, Reis. Mossamb. i. p. 271, quantum e descriptione J. c. data concludere licet, forsan alteram Faroe speciem sistit, a nostra tamen folis involucrantibus magnis cordato-lanceolatis scariosis et precipue calycis laciniis obovato-spathulatis statim dignoscendam, cujus autem specimina nondum videre licuit. BELMONTIA, E. M. BELMONTIA GRACILIS, Welw. n. sp. B. caule erecto, 4-gono, filiformi, simplici vel parce ramoso ; foliis anguste lineari-lanceolatis linearibusve, internodiis brevioribus, cana- lieulatis, basi semiamplexicaulibus ; calycis profunde 5-partiti segmentis lato-lanceo- latis, longe acuminatis, margine late membranaceis, dorso alato-carinatis ; corollæ tubo gracili, sursum ampliato, limbi 5-fidi lobis ovatis apiculatis patulis; antheris quam filamenta brevioribus, glandula elongato-claviformi superatis; stigmate oblongo-clavato, stylo recto vix breviore, apice subbilobo. Habitat in. pratis spongiosis Districtus Huilla, ad 5000 ped. altit. socialis cum variis Utriculariis, Xyrideis et Eriocauloneis, inprimis inter Lopollo et Monino, ubi mense Aprili 1860 c. fl. et fr. legi. Exsie. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1524. Stirps annua, reliquis generis speciebus multo gracilior. Radix brevis, tenuiter fibrillosa. Cauliculus filiformis, 3—5 pollices altus, erectus, nunc simplicissimus uniflorus, nunc ramulo uno alterove late- rali bi- vel triflorus, foliorum paribus 3 vel 4, pollicem vel sesquipollicem inter se distantibus vestitus. Folia ima superioribus duplo breviora et angustiora, illa in medio caulis sita 5-6 lin. longa, } vel - 3 lin. lata, patula, herbaceo-viridia. Flores parvi, longe pedunculati, lutei, subnutantes ; pedunculi nudi, in speciminibus unifloris 2-3 pollices longi, erecti, cauliculum terminantes, iis ramulorum late- ralium vix pollicaribus et erecto-patulis. Calycis segmenta a basi ad medium usque late membra- naceo-marginata, demum subulatim acuminata, dorso carinato breviter alata, corolle tubo paullo breviora. Corolla omnino Belmontie cordate var. micranthe, quacum etiam glandularum minuta- rum glomerulis inter calycem et corollam obviis convenit. Anthere in tubi parte superiore dilatata inclusæ, filamentis breviores, glandula gracili cylindrico-clavata, erecta, ceraceo-aurantiaca terminate. Ovarium oblongo-ovoideum, bisulcatum, biloculare, placentis latiusculis septulo contiguis. Stylus rectus, firmulus; stigma pro more floris sat magnum, elongato-clavatum, apice nunc obiter bilobum nune integrum, fere styli longitudine, stamina vix superans. Capsula ovoidea, corolla marcescente vestita, bivalvis, bilocularis, placentis demum liberis induratis. Semina numerosissima, placentis immersa, quadrangulo-prismatica, testa tenuissime dense papillosa. ExocHÆNIUM, Griseb. 1. ExocHANIUM PRIMULAFLORUM, Welw. n. sp. Z. annuum, pumilum, erectum ; caule a basi trichotome ramoso, quadrangulo, ramis fastigiatis foliosis ; foliis erectis lanceo- latis vel lineari-lanceolatis linearibusve, acuminatis, trinerviis, basi semiamplexicau- libus ; pedunculis axillaribus rectis inæquilongis, inferioribus elongatis, superioribus sensim brevioribus; calycis lobis anguste alato-carinatis, acuminatis, corollze tubo sursum ampliato brevioribus ; corollæ flavæ lobis ovatis, basi angustatis, apice apicu- latis ; stylo filiformi, recto, glanduloso-puberulo, stigmate cylindrico-clavato, simplici vel subbilobo. 48 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. B. nanum. Cauliculis abbreviatis 3—1-pollicaribus, cespitulosis vel fere nullis, pedunculis tunc e foliorum radicalium rosula emergentibus, floribus non raro totius cespituli altitudine longioribus, limbi corollæ lobis rotundatis, mucronato-apiculatis. Habitat in spongiosis editioribus Distr. Huilla, inter 5000 et 5500 ped. altit., socialis cum Droseris, Xyrideis et Cyperaceis pusillis, inprimis in alta planitie inter Lopollo et Humpata. Martio floret et fructif. Var. B in ejusdem Districtus declivibus uliginosis hyeme exsiccantibus juxta viam versus Gambos c. fl. Apr. 1860. Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1513 et 1514. Pulchra planta, e longinquo in pratis breve herbidis visa quasi Primule acaulis corymbos aureos mentiens, hine inde cæspites 25-30-floros obferens. Radix e fibris tenuibus abbreviatis dense fasciculata. Caulis paullo supra basim in ramos plures 3-chotomos, fastigiatos, subpatulo-erectos divisus, non raro cæspites multifloros 3-6 poll. diametri, sed solummodo 2 ad 5 pollices altos exhibens. Folia radicalia caulinis breviora et obtusiora, cito marcescentia, caulina 1-13 poll. longa, 1-2 lin. lata, in aliis speci- minibus angustissima vix lineam mediam lata, sensim longe acuminata. Pedunculi axillares vel in ramorum ramulorumque dichotomiis solitarii, erecti, basi subalato-quadranguli, inferiores 1—2 polli- ces longi, superiores sensim breviores, supremi brevissimi, vix lineam longi. Flores sulphureo-flavi … vel non raro splendide aurantiaci, erecti, incluso calyce ad ¿ poll. longi; limbi 9 lin. diametri, 5-fidi (rarissime 4-fidi), tubo sursum dilatato dimidio brevioris, lobis late ovatis, nunc brevius nunc longius apiculatis. Stamina in parte inferiore tubi inclusa; antherarum glandula apicalis cylindraceo- clavulata, fere loculis æquilonga, eæ ad basim antherarum sitæ minutæ, subglobosæ, loculis toties breviores. Stylus plerumque staminum longitudine, sed etiam iis brevior vel paullo longior, una cum stigmate clavulato-incrassato apice vix bilobo puberulus. Capsula ventricoso-ovoidea, corolla marce- scente vestita, styli residuis apiculata, bivalvis, bilocularis; placenta centralis, spongioso-carnosula, quadripartibilis, demum libera. Semina placentæ immersa, minutissima, subquadrangulari-prismatica. Observatio.—Characteribus genericis bene cum Exochenio convenit; ab Exochenio grandi Griseb. radice autonoma nec parasitica, caule a basi fastigiatim ramoso, floribus erectis nec horizontaliter nutantibus, alis calycis basim versus evanescentibus nec dila- tatis, tubo corollæ calycem longius superante etc. nec non habitu discernitur. 2. EXOCHJENIUM DEBILE, Welw. n. sp. E. annuum (?), nanum, flaccidulum, rhizomate À subcarnoso, crassiusculo, albido, repente, fibrillis fragilibus stipato ; cauliculis erectis, debilibus, quadrangulis, simplicibus vel parce tri- dichotome fastigiato-ramosis ; foliis internodiis subbrevioribus, oblongo- vel ovato-lanceolatis plerumque acutis, summis hine inde linearibus; pedunculis axillaribus vel terminalibus, brevibus, fructiferis subelongatis ; corollæ albæ tubo calyce longiore, sursum ampliato, limbi laciniis tubo subtriplo brevioribus, obovato-oblongis, apice rotundato vix apieulatis; stigmate elongato-clavato, glanduloso-pubescente, quam stylus longiore, apiee obtusiusculo bilobo. Habitat sparsim in limosis humidis breve herbidis Distr. Pungo Andongo, ad margines lacus magni dicti — “Lagoa de Quibinda,” ad dextram fluminis Cuije. Cum fl. et fr. Martio 1857. Ezsic. Welw. It. - Angol. no. 1511. Herbula perparva, forsitan parasitica, habitu Sebee pusille (Lagenias pus. E. M.) non absimilis, 1-2 pol- lices alta. Rhizoma carnosulum, oblique descendens, fibrillis admodum fragilibus elongatis limum . humidum perrepens, e collo caules paucos debiles vix bipollicares, simplices vel fastigiatim ramosos . emittens. Folia in uno eodemque specimine varia, plerumque lanceolata et acuminata, rarius ovata ~ €t obtusiuscula, summa hinc inde anguste lanceolata vel linearia. Cymule fastigiatæ, paucifloræ, hic — bi- none. Flores una cum calyce 6-7 lin. longi, erecti. Calycis ale breves, ejusdem FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGÓLENSE. 49 segmenta basi late membranaceo-marginata, apice subulata et divergentia. Corolla alba, tenera, tubo calycem constanter superante, faucem versus modice ampliato; limbi 5-fidi lobi campanulatim patuli, tubo duplo subtriplove breviores, apice rotundato-obtusi, absque ullo mucrone vel apiculo. Stamina, antherarum fabrica et stigma nec non capsula et semina fere omnino speciei antecedentis, a qua tamen presens rhizomatis natura, corolla alba duplo minore, tubo corollino elongato et limbi lobis rotundato-obtusis inapiculatis sine difficultate distinguitur. Observatio.—Quoad herbulæ durationem incertus permaneo; habitus quidem et cauli- culorum tenuitas plantam annuam indigitant, ast rhizoma crassiusculum et subcarnosum forsitan stirpem biennem vel imo per plures annos durantem sustentat. Conf. Observ. ad calcem Faroe salutaris pag. 46. 3. ExOCHJUENIUM GRANDE, Griseb. DC. Prodr. ix. p. 55. Habitat freq. in spongiosis pratisque silvaticis uliginosis dense herbidis totius Distr. Huilla, ad 4500- 5000 ped. alt., plerumque cum Droseris, Strigis et Scleriis etc. socialis, inter rhizomata aliarum plantarum, inprimis Cyperacearum, parasiticum. A Decembri usque ad Febr. flor. et fructif. Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1516. Observatio.—Stirps in DC. Prodr. l. c. a clar. Grisebach cum signo ? ceu annua enume- rata certe annua est et quidem absque dubio parasitica, radicis pro more parvulæ fibrillis carnosulis, albidis, subsimplicibus, tortuosis, rigidulis et fragillimis aliarum plantarum, inprimis Cyperacearum rhizomatibus adnascens. Flores plerumque horizontaliter nu- tantes. Corolle limbus subbilabiatus. Staminum et styli longitudo reciproca maximo- pere variat; in quibusdam floribus stylus antheris multo brevior et filamenta antheris longiora inveniuntur, in aliis stylus elongatus stamina longe superans simul cum fila- mentis abbreviatis, antheris subæquilongis, adest. Antherarum loculos in pluribus a me examinatis speciminibus inter se liberos nec pariete interno concretos, et quidem rimis lateraliter nec extrorsum dehiscentes inveni. Stylum in plerisque floribus simplicem nec bicrurem vidi et stigma elongato-clavatum sive oblongo-spathulatum, compressiusculum, glanduloso-pubescens, stylo ipso duplo longius. Ex hic allatis controversise resolvuntur, quee in plante descriptione apud auctores occurrunt, neque mirandum cur cl. E. Meyer (Commentar. p. 183) stylum antheris breviorem dicit, dum cl. Griseb. l. c. ipsum elon- gatum, corolle tubum subexcedentem describit. Ceterum genera Lagenias, Belmontia et Exochenium nimis affinia vixque notis validis inter se differe videntur, et, ni fallor, potius ceu totidem unius ejusdemque generis sec- tiones consideranda, a genere Sebea, uti hodierno die constitutum, nonnisi staminibus inclusis et antherarum glanduliferarum fabrica tute distinguenda. Ordo BIGNONIACE E. Subordo SEsAME x, Endl. G. Pl. 709. SESAMOTHAMNUS, Welw. gen. nov. Calyz parvus, ME — pnm. Corolla temor tubus a: Medi curvus, basi in ¢ ductus ; limbus p quinquefidus, Isbin rotundatis, tribus quam ituri ese bius nuda. „Kleine 4, subdidynama, VOL. XXVII. H 50 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. infra faucem corollae inserta, rudimento 5* nullo; antheræ subsessiles, lineari-oblongæ, apiculatæ, basi cordatæ, loculis rimis lateralibus dehiscentibus. Ovarium cylindricum, oblique sessile, basi gibboso- incrassatum, quadriloculare ; stylus elongatus filiformis, stigmatibus duobus obovato-ellipticis ; ovula juxta loculorum angulum centralem plurima, uniseriata, horizontalia. Capsula ampla, lignosa, plano- compressa, obovato-oblonga, transversim septicide bivalvis, valvis planis, septis ab axi placentifera solutis incomplete quadrilocularis, loculis polyspermis. Semina in loculis numerosa, compressa, uniseriata, horizontalia, valvis parallela, transverse oblonga, late alata, nucleo obovoideo, alis mem- branaceis, planis. Æmbryo exalbuminosus, nucleo conformis. Cotyledones plans, obovate, vertice cordato-emarginatz, oleoso-carnosulæ ; radicula recta, conica, acutiuscula, ad hilum spectans; plu- mula inconspicua. Frutex Africæ trop. occidentalis, glabrescens, glaucescens, trunco brevi difformi, e basi tumida ramosissi- mus, ramis erectis, virgatis, spinosis. Folia decidua, parva, in axillis spinarum fasciculata, obovato- spathulata, petiolis basi articulatis. Flores in racemos breves axillares dispositi, magni, pedicellis brevibus crassis suffulti, ex albido rosei. Observatio.—Genus Sesamo proximum et affine, attamen corollæ tubo gracili elongato, basi longe calcarato, ovario basi gibboso, nec non caule lignoso, spinis firmis horrido ab omnibus Sesameis hucusque descriptis egregie distinctum, simulque Africæ calidæ Nano- dendra admodum singularia, et usque huc jam ex Apocynearum, Asclepiadearum, Gne- tacearum, Ampelidearumque familiis cognita, novo nunc socio e nobili Bignoniacearum ordine illustrans. Species unica : SESAMOTHAMNUS BENGUELLENSIS, Welw. (Tab. XVIII.) Habitat sporadica in montosis rupestribus parce dumetosis Districtus Mossamedes (Subdistr. Bumbo) A inter Cazimba et Quitibe ad 1000 ped. circiter altitud. supra mare. Octobr. 1859 c. floribus vix bene apertis, Junio 1860 cum fructu maturo legi ^ Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1509. Stirps secundum etatem habitu admodum varians; juvenilis frutex gracilis, strictus, caule ad basim - digiti crassitudine, 4—5-pedali, subsimplici vel parce ramoso, juxta totam longitudinem spinis alteris - armato, apicem versus florifero, per majorem anni partem aphyllo; progrediente ætate vero caulis, ; basi sensim circuitu increscens, truncum efformat non raro 4-6 pedum circumferentiæ sed humilem, | modo supra basim in ramos breves, brachii crassitudine, erectos vel obliquos divisum, ex quibus - demum ramuli crebres, erecti, virgati, hinc inde breve ramulosi, spinulis horridi, 4-6 pedes alti, ortum ducunt; truncus basalis ramique primordiales tunc spinis omnibus dejectis, cortice albido- - cinereo vel pallide fuscescente, transversim erebre et minute rugoloso sed parum aspero vestiuntur | (vid. Tab. XVIII. fig.1). Spine a basi lata, longe decurrente, anguste conicæ, 3-4 pollicem longæ, apice - truncatæ (!), juniores erecto-patulæ, vetustiores horizontaliter patentes vel imo quidpiam declinate. Folia in spinarum axillis fasciculata, nonnisi post flores evoluta, integra, membranacea, rigidula, pro … magnitudine stirpis parvula, majora vix pollicem longa, 4-6 lin. lata, glaucescentia, obovato-spathu- | lata, penninervia, margine integerrima, in petiolum basi articulatum sensim angustata, jam paullo ` ante fructus maturitatem decidua; petiolorum autem bases infimz post folia delapsa persistentes, sensim in tubercula parva ovato-conica apice truncata increscunt, demumque indurescunt et lanugine albida intertexta, acervulos capituliformes, axillis spinarum insidentes, efformant, in omnibus ramis ramulisque plante, excepto trunco basali, obvios; nec tamen omnia hzc in quolibet acervulo axillari Ü | modo hie indicato congesta tubercula (i. e. petiolorum bases transformatæ) semper eodem in statu. = es sed eorum adultiora, circa acervulorum basim sita, progrediente ramuli setate, sensim. . prolong oss vet pariter in spinulas secre, quarum non raro 2-4 in ipsis spinarum axillis, acer- FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 51 vulos istos quasi stipantes, inveniuntur*. Flores pulchri, carnosulo-rigiduli, infra ramulorum apices in racemos abbreviatos 3-7-flores, erecto-patulos, e spinarum axillis oriundos, collecti; pedunculus communis crassus, subsucculentus, cylindricus, e viridi violascens, basi cicatricibus foliorum delapso- rum stipatus, hinc inde squamulis auctus, demum lignescens; pedicelli ejusdem fere ac pedunculus ipse, crassitudinis, 2-4 rarius 5 lin. longi, apice incrassati, medio opposite yum sons der ag anguste ovatis sive lanceolatis, vix lineam longis, strictim erectis, in axilla sua g foventibus, in fructu una cum gemmula abortiva persistentibus. Calycis ads ovato-deltoides, breviter acute, 4 anteriores inter se subæquales, postica reliquis paullo brevior et angustior. Corolla subhypocraterimorpha, calyci oblique insidens, quasi equitans ; tubo 21—21 pollices longo, medio 13-2 lin. crasso, albido-roseo, sursum arcuato, cylindrico, infra faucem dilatato, basi quidpiam ampliato et calcari elongato-conico, obtusiusculo, 1-14 poll. longo, horizontaliter protenso, cavo munito; limbi planiusculi, fere 21 poll. diametr., ex albido rosei, intus nivei nitiduli, lobi subbilabiatim dispositif, late ovato-suborbiculares, 3-2 poll. lati, duo (labium superius fingentes) reliquis paullo angustiores brevioresque, omnes obiter vel vix concavi, margine integerrimi. Stamina 4, infra faucem corollæ inserta, vix apicibus exserta, subdidynama; duo, labio inferiori respondentia, ceteris paullo longiora eorumque filamenta brevissima, superiorum duorum antheræ sessiles; filamentis tamen omnium quatuor longe in tubo, hic pilis minimis adsperso, adnato-decurrentibus. Anthere turgidæ, 3 lin. circiter longæ, dorso ad emarginature sinum fixæ, loculis appositis rima laterali dehiscentibus, con- nectivo ultra loculos in apiculum subuliformem producto. Ovarium subcompresso-cylindricum, gibbere basali calear versus spectante, calycis fundo oblique insidens; discus vix ullus, saltem in alabastris a me examinatis inconspicuus. Stylus gracilis, longe exsertus; stigmatis lobi hiantes. Capsula rigida, nitidulo-fusca, compressa, elongato-obovata vel obovato-oblonga, uno latere plerumque paullo ventricosa, apice obtusiusculo styli basi indurata apiculata, 3-32 poll. longa, 1-17 poll. lata, juxta facierum medium et margine circumcirca obtuse sulcata, nervis elevatis venulas laterales dichotomas emittentibus longitudinaliter percursa, transversim septicide bivalvis, elastice dehiscens, ob septa, valvis parallela, nunc ab axi centrali placentifera soluta et apice abortiva, inferne imperfecte quadri- superne bilocularis. Semina una cum alis $, majora imo ¿ poll. diam. transver- sali, quoad directionem in loculis horizontalia, ast quoad faciem nuclei et alæ verticaliter, i. e. valvis septisque parallele seriata, dense imbricata; ale plane, tenuiter membranaceæ, pallide fuscescentes sive badiæ, pellucidæ, rigidulæ, levigatæ, margine integerrimæ; nucleus turgidulus, 3-33 lin. longus, eus. Cetera ex charactere generis. : SESAMUM (EUSESAMUM) ANGOLENSE, Welw. Apont. p. 5881. $. caule erecto, firmo, 3-5- pedali, glabriusculo, superne parce ramoso, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis vel oblongo- linearibus lingulatisve, breve petiolatis vel subsessilibus, inferioribus oppositis, supe- rioribus et floralibus alternis, basi in petiolum angustatis, apice rotundato-obtusis vel emarginatis, margine repando undulatis, supra intense viridibus, glabriusculis, reticulato-rugulosis, subtus, nervis purpureis exceptis, albo-tomentosis; floribus brevissime pedicellatis, speciosis, violaceo-purpureis, nutantibus, 2-23-pollicaribus, fauce bilabiatim campanulata diametri ultrapollicaris ; capsula lineari-oblonga, in * Ex supra dictis colligere licet, spinas ipsas primordiales plant t uam pro ramulis abortivis habendas, sed potius ceu petiolorum transformationes considerandas esse; cui EEG uti observationes repetit in loco natali institute me edocuerunt, etiam spine (et recta et uncinata) variarum specierum scandentium ex generibus Cle- rodendron, Combretum etc. ete. originem suam debent. f Limbi dispositio bilabiata minus in flore expanso sed evidentius in alabastri æstivatione observanda, ubi lobi tres majores interiores, infimo intimo, et duo minores extimi inveniuntur, uti in Labiatis. + Nomen et habitus plante atque locus natalis. : : 42 52 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. rostrum breve demum bifidum acuminata, undique pilis raris albis adspersa ; semi- nibus planiusculis, rugulosis, suleo utrinque acute marginato cinctis. Habitat in dumetosis silvaticis arenosis Distr. Pungo Andongo, juxta ripas rivorum Lutete et Luxillo, nec non prope Lombe, inter 3000 et 3500 ped. altit. Ab Octobr. ad Decembr. florentem et partim fructif. vidi. Loca humidiuscula amat. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1645. Caulis strictim erectus, penna olorina crassior, in solo pinguiore hinc inde usque 6-pedalis, obtuse qua- drangulus, inter angulos sulcatus, junior pubescens, demum glabratus, plerumque obscure purpu- rascens, a basi foliosus, apicem versus in ramos paucos j-l-pedales, erectos, oppositos vel sæpius alternos divisus; internodia inferiora 2-pollicaria, superiora circiter pollicaria. Folia quoad indu- mentum sat constantia, subtus semper tomento laxiusculo albido, demum exsiccatione griseo obducta, t nervo mediano latiusculo venisque saturate purpureis obiter pubescentibus percursa, inferiora 4-3 M poll. longa, 14-1 poll. lata, superiora sensim minora, præcipue angustiora, floralia sepius 13-1-polli- | 3 caria, lingulato-spathulata et apice obtuso vel emarginato mucronata. Flores inter congeneres maximi, secundi, in racemos laxos elongatos, caulem et ramos terminantes, dispositi, magnitudine in eadem stirpe versus racemi apicem sensim decrescentes, majores 22 vel imo 3 pollices longi ; bracteis inferioribus foliis caulinis homomorphis, iis florum superiorum fere linearibus et apice longius mucro- nato-recurvis; calyx brevis, persistens, laciniis ovato-acuminatis, piloso-pubescentibus, 3 lin. longis, inter se suhequalibus; corolla letissime violaceo-purpurea, tubo basi curvato, in alabastro densius, sub anthesi tenuiter pubescens, limbi bilabiati latissime hiantis lobis obtusis, ciliatis, intermedio labii inferioris magis producto. Ovarium dense piloso-hispidum. Capsule quoad magnitudinem, configu- rationem et rostri longitudinem iis Sesami indici satis similes, sed maturitate fere glabratæ vel pilis albis distantibus obsite. Semina nigricantia, breviter obovata, 1 lin. longa, plano-compressa, utraque - facie rugulosa, totoque ambitu sulco latiusculo pariter ruguloso et utrinque acute marginato 3 notata. 4 Species florum amplitudine nec non foliis subtus albo-tomentosis ab omnibus hucusque : descriptis sat distincta, simulque planta pulcherrima, Digitalem luxuriantem æmulans, | cultura in hortis dignissima. Observatio.—Species altera, ut videtur etiam indescripta, quam nomine Sesam? calycini in herb. Angol. designavi, huie supra descriptee proxima et habitu valde affinis, sed omni - respectu duplo vel imo triplo minor, 2-23-pedalis, foliis angustioribus, apice subacuti vel acutatis, corollis roseis 10-15 lin. longis (nec 2-3-pollicaribus) ete. discrepans, preeci pue autem foliis subtus non incano-tomentosis, sed glabriusculis, lepidoto-glaucescentibus et calycis laciniis lanceolato-linearibus, longe acuminatis, 4 lin. longis glandulisque « petiolaribus evidenter stipitatis differt. Crescit hæc species in arenosis parce et breve ^| dumosis inter Presidium ee et Sansamanda, mense Januarii 1859 c. fl. et fr. lecta. Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1644. Caules fere teretes, atque etiam fructiferi undique pilis albis adspersi. Folia quam in Ses. Angolensi duplo breviora et angustiora, floralia acuminata, omnia supra glabrescentia, intense viridia, subtus nervo : mediano venisque atque venulis transverse anastomosantibus elevatim prominulis et intense purpureis a, ceteroquin lepidibus argenteis dense gregatis glaucescentia. Lepides hæ iis que in caulibus, 3 s foliis atque floribus variarum specierum Pedalinearum occurrunt, exacte similes itidemque, sed minus ure Spo D. Conf. Linariopsidem prostratam, hic infra descriptam. FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 53 Subordo PEDALINE.E. PTERODISCUS AURANTIACUS, Welw. n. sp. Pt. subsucculentus, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis vel obovato-spathulatis, obtusis, margine repando-sinuatis dentatisve, in petiolum longiusculum, circiter pollicarem, basi utrinque glandula ampla auctum angustatis, supra glabriusculis, subtus lépidoto-glaucescentibus; corollis vix pollicem longis, aurantiacis, tubo cylindrico, limbi subbilabiatim patentis lobo infimo majore, omni- bus intus pilis crispulis adspersis, extus, uti tubus, lepidotis; fructus compresse tetragono-ovoidei alis semiorbiculatis, transverse plicato-radiatis, basi rotundata liberis, apice inter se confluentibus. Habitat rarior in sabulosis maritimis Distr. Mossamedes, ad ripas fluminis Bero, ubi Julio 1859 c. fl. et fr.legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1658. Herba radice crassa fusiformi perennans, tota carnosula. Caulis decumbens, sesquipedalis, inferne gla- ber, epidermide crassiuscula albida, facile secedente, obtectus, superne et ad ramos oppositos vel rarissime alternos dense sed minute albido-lepidotus. Folia opposita, patula, fragilia, majora, petiolo 1-13 poll. longo excepto, 2-23 pollicaria, 3 vel 1 poll. lata, margine obiter repanda vel remote dentata aut inæqualiter crenulata, apicem caulis ramorumque versus sensim minora; glandulæ* ad petiolorum basim pro more magne, depresso-globosz, atropurpureæ, e nucleo compactiore et excipulo crenato arcte adpresso, sive squamulis in excipulum connatis consistentes. Pedicelli circiter 3 lin. longi, densissime lepidoti. Flores una cum calyce profunde 5-partito 10-14 lin. longi, rigiduli, intense aurantiaci, extus undique lepidibus minutis argenteis (iis que ad folia et ramos, novellos occurrunt, similibus sed rarioribus) obsiti ; tubus circiter 2-pollicaris, faucem versus parum ampliatus, mox in limbum subbilabiatim 2-lobum, patentem abiens, lobis rotundatis 3—4 lin. longis, intus crispulo- pilosis, tribus (labium inferius fingentibus) paullo longioribus, eorumque medio lateralibus ampliore. Filamenta basi compresso-dilatata; antheræ circumscriptione late cordiformes, connectivo apiculatæ, loculis subreniformibus, connectivo infra apiculum insertis, inferne liberis, rimula dorsali apertis. Stigma bilobum, lobis ovatis (nec subulatis !), superiore erecto, parce vel vix stigmatoso, inferiore reflexo et ad totam superficiem internam dense stigmatoso. Fructus, qui obiter aspectus Combreta- .cearum quarumdam fructos alatos valde simulat, in pedicello parum accreto nutans, siccus, lignose durus, badio-fuscus, compresse ovoideus, obscure quadrangulus, late quadrialatus, faciebus elevatim laxe reticulatis, alis scariosis, semiorbicularibus vel reniformibus, 5 lin. latis, basi protracta liberis, apice cruciatim connatis. Cetera generis. Species a Pterodisco specioso Hook. et Pt. Gayi Decne.t (unicis hueusque descriptis) foliis longe petiolatis et floribus aurantiacis, quam in Pt. specioso triplo minoribus, vix pollicaribus facili negotio distinguenda, in territorio Mossamedensi admodum rara, sed — probabiliter in terris ad austrum confinibus frequentius invenienda. z p x Ps Linariopsis, Welw. gen. nov. e Calyz quinquepartitus, lacinia superiore reliquis inter se æqualibus breviorc et angustiore. Corolla tubu- losa, tubo vix vel parum incurvo, intus ad staminum insertionzum annulo piloso vestito, sensim in faucem subcampanulatam ampliato, limbi bilabiatim "quim lobis rotundatis, infimo protracto. * Glandulæ, lente fortiore scrutatæ, e nucleo dense So, vertice non raro areola notato, ambitu squamulis plu- ribus SEES obtusis, inter s se o connatis vel arcte a constant, et absque fere dubio flores abortivos o des Pó i ¿e Se. Nat. 3"* Série, Botanique, t. iii. p. 321. A 54 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Stamina quatuor, didynama, fertilia; rudimentum quinti vix ullum; antheræ oblongæ, basi cordatæ, dorso supra sinum fixæ, introrsæ, longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Ovarium conico-ovoideum, in disco parum concavo sessile; stylus filiformis, stigmate parvo bifido, lobis angustis subacutis. Fructus calyce persistente parum aucto, laxe patulo stipatus, nucamentaceus, siccus, indehiscens vel tarde apice hians, oblongus vel subobovoideus, quadricostatus, inter costas seriatim tuberculosus, apice obtuso breviter alato-rostratus, absque omni spina, unilocularis, dispermus. Semina erecta, obovata, compressiuscula, a medio ad basim truncatam usque alato-marginata, testa membranacea, laxiuscula, | levigata, endopleura tenui; embryo semini conformis; cotyledones planoconvexz, obovatz, apice emarginatæ, carnosz. Herba montium Benguelle interioris juga altiora incolens, mucilagine copiosa scatens, radice crassa perennans, caulibus prostratis, a basi ramosis, villoso-pubescentibus ; foliis oppositis breve petiolatis, ovatis, subtus glauco-pruinosis et dense lepidotis ; floribus axillaribus solitariis, breve pedicellatis, pedi- cellis bibracteolatis glanduliferis; calyce laxo, pilosulo ; corolla violacea intus purpureo-striata, extus pubescente; fructu parvulo, erecto, tuberculis longitudinaliter seriatis depressis obsito, ceteroquin omnino inermi. Genus Pedalio quidpiam affine, sed fructu uniloculari et seminibus erectis ab ipso et simul ab omnibus Pedalinearum generibus hucusque descriptis satis distinctum. Species unica : LINARIOPSIS PROSTRATA, Welw. n. sp. Habitat in collinis arenoso-humosis, breve herbidis, juxta rivos Distr. Huilla, presertim inter Mumpulla et Humpata, ad 4000-5000 ped. altit. Octobr. 1859 cum fl. et fr. legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1659. E Herba socialis, habitu quibusdam Linarie speciebus e sectione Elatinoides non absimilis, undique plus | minusve pubescens vel villosa, ast nequaquam succulenta. Radix fere digitum crassa, cylindracea vel fusiformis, fibroso-carnosa, pluriceps. Caules prostrati, circiter semipedales, teretiusculi vel obscure quadranguli ramisque oppositis elongatis parce ramellosis dense pubescenti-canescentes vel breviter patentim pilosi, apice adscendentes, undique distiche foliosi, internodiis 3-5 lin. inter se distantibus. Folia omnia opposita, penninervia, majora 5-7 lin. longa, 3-4 lin. lata, inferiora breve 7 petiolata, ovata, basi rotundata, apice obtusiuscula, margine eiliato repanda vel remote dentata; supe- riora subsessilia, angustiora magisque approximata; omnia supra pallide viridia, pilis raris, lepidibus intermixtis aspersa, tactu asperula, subtus lepidibus densissime gregatis argenteis* glauco-pruinosa sive albicantia, plus minusve, precipue juxta nervos venasque pubescentia. Flores semipollicares, folis floralibus, caulinis homomorphis, vix vel parum longiores; pedicelli circiter lineam longi, in. fructu incrassati, infra medium bibracteolati, bracteolis minimis, subfiliformibus, in axilla glandulam breve stipitatam gerentibus. Calycis profunde 5-partiti laciniæ lineari-lanceolatæ, obtusiusculæ, 13 lin. long, pilosulze, ciliatee, subpatulæ, in fructu demum paullo auctæ eumque laxe involucrantes. Corolla vix semipollicaris, in alabastro dense cano-pubescens, demum puberula et lepidibus raris ad- h spersa, sordide violacea, intus, excepto annulo piloso staminum basim ambiente, glabra, purpurascens, striis longitudinalibus intensius purpureis et circa faucis os punctis atropurpureis picta. Fila- menta basi dilatata, purpureo-punctata ; antherarum loculi glanduloso-punctati, basi liberi. Discus ovarii basim cingens concaviusculos, luteus, margine tumidulo, in fructu persistens. Stylus stamini- | bus "a incurvus, inclusus, deciduus, + pro more parvulum, lobis brevibus angustis. * Lepides ho, dent fortiore PA e frustula. dot b quadrangula, e 4 vesieulis argenteo micantibus, FS — 7 ees quibusdam Sesami speciebus (v. g. in Ses. calci! ne is uS Ea) n SE EEUU TEES FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 55 23-8 lin. longa, 13 lin. diametri transversalis, oblongo-subcylindrica vel obovoidea, glabriuscula, dura et tenax, eostulis quatuor cruciatim oppositis hine inde interruptis percursa, inter costulas tuber- culis depressis, magnitudine et circumferentia insequalibus, plerumque longitudinaliter seriatis obsita, apice obtuso costulis duabus oppositis magis prominulis et confluentibus breviter alato-rostrata, car- . pellorum marginibus introflexis, solummodo basi prominentibus, unilocularis. Semina duo, e fundo loculi erecta, 12 vel vix 2 lin. longa, vertice rotundato-obtusa, basi latiuscule truncata, ibidemque ala brevi, sursum versus evanescente, marginata. Testa badia, omnino levigata, embryonem laxe vestiens. Radicula cotyledonibus multo brevior, crassiuscula, obtuse conica. Cetera generis. Qualitates et Usus.— Herba omnibus in partibus mucilagine limpidissima simulque insipida dives, et (etiam per annos jam exsiccata et conservata) aque frigide vel tepidæ immersa, hane mucilaginosam reddit limpidamque conservat, qua ratione herbæ hujusce infusum, aut simplex aut succo Cifri mixtum vel Saccharo dulcificatum, in Tussi, Gonorrhea, Dysenteria etc. potum admodum salubrem, nunc leni- entem vel emollientem, nunc refrigerantem ægrotantibus præbet, sepius decocto Malve vel Althee et similium præferendum. Ordo LABIATA. Trib. OcrMEEX, Subtr. PLECTRANTHEZ. ALVESIA, Welw. gen. nov. Calyx per anthesim brevissimus, subcupularis, bilabiatus, labiis rotundatis, inferiore latiore emarginato ; tubus post anthesim valde auctus, membranaceus, ovoideus, inflatus, ore clauso. Corolla tubo brevi cylindrico, incluso, abrupte in faucem oblique subcampanulatam, sensu verticali compressiusculam ampliato ; limbi bilabiati labio superiore trilobo, lobo superiore reflexo, lateralibus brevissimis, latiori- bus, rotundato-obtusissimis, antrorsum spectantibus vel breviter reflexis, labio inferiore porrecto, con- cavo, obtuso, integerrimo. Stamina 4, exserta, declinata, filamentis apice adscendentibus; antheræ biloculares, loculis divaricatis. Ovarium gynophoro subbrevi cylindrico pm quadrilobum ; stylus filiformis, declinatus, stigmate minuto bidentato. Nucule perfect ise, lato-obovoideæ, granulatæ, basi calycis vesiculoso-ampliati absconditæ. Suffrutex 3-5-pedalis, Rosmarini facie, pubescenti-tomentosus, caule ramisque obtuse 4-gonis, sulcatis, ramulis strictis foliosis. Folia parva, oblongo-lanceolata, acuta, integerrima, supra glabriuscula, subtus tomentosa, penninervia. Verticillastri in racemos densos ramosos dispositi, laxe tomentosi, pedicellis brevibus. Flores rosei. Calyces fructiferi in pedicellis apice deflexis penduli. Genus ob corollæ labii superioris configurationem et calycem fructiferum admodum ampliatum, vesiculoso-inflatum, inter Plectrantheas valde distinctum, dicatum velim cla- rissimo Bento Antonio Alves, viro humanissimo, inter horticultores Lusitanos eminenti, etiam Flore Lusitanæ studioso, mihique olim in variis per agrum Olissiponensem peregri- j nationibus botanicis amcenissimo socio, amico constanti et fidelissimo. | Species unica : ALVESIA ROSMARINIFOLIA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XIX.) E Habitat in collinis dumetosis silvisque parum densis aren so-humosis Distr. Huilla, inter 4000 et 5000 ped. altit., prope Mumpulla et Lopollo, fere semper in Protearum, Daphnoidearum atque Thesiorum consortio. Febr.-Apr. florentem; À unio adhuc parce fructificantem legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1636. Suffrutex pulcher, hinc id solo et expositione faventibus, frutescens, caule eodem per plures annos er a AUC 56 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. virente et florente. Caules plerumque plures ex eadem radice, basi lignosi, erecti, 3-4-, rarius 5-pedales, obtusanguli, obscure rubentes, pube brevi densa tomentelli, jam a basi ramulis creberrimis abbreviatis, dense foliosis, strictiusculis, sterilibus obsiti, superne parcius ramosi; rami oppositi elon- gati, æque ac caules inferne ramulis brevibus foliosis abortientibus onusti et apice florigeri. Folia opposita, pro magnitudine stirpis parvula, majora 1-13 poll. longa, 2-3 lin. lata, lanceolata vel oblongo- lanceolata, rarius hinc inde fere linearia, breviter acuta, margine reflexo integerrima, supra læte ' viridia nitidula, subtus canescenti-tomentosa, penninervia, nervo medio et secundariis angulo acutis- simo ab ipso egredientibus subparallelis, supra impressis, subtus prominulis. Verticillastri seepius 6-flori, bracteis ovatis, obtusiusculis, quam pedicelli subbrevioribus, deciduis stipati, in racemos densos, ovato-pyramidatos, demum elongato-eylindricos, plerumque ramosos dispositi. Inflorescentie partes omnes plus minusve dense tomentose et rubore am«enissime roseo suffusæ. Pedicelli florigeri 2-3 | lin. longi, fructiferi parum longiores, apice deflexi. Calyx sub anthesi 2 vel vix 3 lin. longus, externe ' dense tomentosus, interne nudus, labiis margine densissime ciliato-fimbriatis. Corolla 9-11 lin. | longa, extus, tubo incluso excepto, laxe tomentosa vel lanuginosa, intus nuda. Filamenta juxta 1 basim adnatam tenuiter pilosa, ceterum, uti antheræ, ovarium et stylus totus, glabra. Calycis . fructiferi tubus admodum ampliatus, vesiculoso-inflatus, 14 pollicem longus vel paullo longior, . diametro pollicari, elliptico-ovoideus, deglabratus vel tenuiter puberulus, e viridi purpurascens | | | venulisque obscurioribus laxe reticulatis percursus, labiis parum vel vix auctis sed nune arcte clausis - obtuse apiculatus. Nucule perfecte, reliquarum abortu solitariæ, rarissime dus, late obovate vel | omnino globosæ, undique glandulis minutis punctiformibus, parum prominentibus obsitæ, in gyno- « phoro parum vel vix aucto, fundo calycis insidente, sessiles, Cetera generis, 3 Qualitates.—Stirps quidem fere inodora, sed ob frondem gracilem discolorem florumque racemos amplos | colore leete roseo superbientes Adonistis, imprimis Europe australioris, ubi probabiliter sub divo - prosperabit, magnopere commendanda. : Trib. SrAcHYDE, Subtr. BALLOTE X. ACHYROSPERMUM ÆTHIOPICUM, Welw. n. sp. 4. caule herbaceo, erecto, elato, 4-6-pedali, obtuse tetrogono, pubescente, parce ramoso ; foliis petiolatis, late ovatis vel ovato-elli- ptieis, basi cuneata et apice longe acuminato integris, margine grosse dentato-serrati: utrinque glabriusculis vel preecipue juxta nervos venulasque hirtulo-pubescentibus; - verticillastris sub 6-floris, in spicam densam subtet gono-cylindricam, 2—4 pollices. longam approximatis ; bracteis late ovatis, abrupte acuminatis, ciliatis, calyce subbre- … vioribus; calycis tubulosi pubescentis fauce intus puberula, dentibus 2 inferioribus reliquis paullo brevioribus; corollæ albæ, excepto limbo extus pubescente glaberrimæ, labio superiore emarginato-subbilobo, inferioris lobo medio lateralibus duplo latiore, == rotundato-obtuso, concavo; styli breviter bilobi lobis zequalibus acutiusculis; nucu — larum paleis anguste spathulatis, apice obtuso ciliato-barbulatis. — — Habitat in silvaticis cis umbrosis humidis Distr. Pungo Andongo ad 3200 ped. circiter altit., præ ceteris circa. p cataractas loco dieto Calundo, ubi Maio 1857 c. fl. et fructu necdum bene maturo legi. Ezsic. Welw Der ww Iter . in ol. no. 1633. ~ k iem luxuriantem simulans, plerumque 4-5-pedalis, hinc inde imo 7- olorina crassior, obtuse 4-gonus, puberulus, superne teretiusculus ra FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 57 ibidemque integra, margine dentibus deltoideis acutatis sursum spectantibus serrata, apice longe acuminata, acumine ipso edentulo, in utraque facie, exceptis nervis venisque puberulis, glabriuscula vel, inprimis superiora et summa ad petiolum nervosque et venas pilis rigidulis crebrioribus, nunc adpressis nunc patulis, adspersa. Verticillastri circiter 6-flori, dense spicati; spice im caulis ramulo- rumque apice terminales, solitariæ, juveniles obtuse 4-goni, florigeræ cylindraceæ, bene evolutæ ad 3—4 pollices long, apicem versus quidpiam attenuatæ, obtusiuscule. Folia flgralia bracteæformia, subscarioso-membranacea, sessilia, late vel hine inde fere orbiculato-ovata, apice abrupte acuminata vel cuspidata, extus puberula, margine ciliata, versus apicem spicæ angustiora et sensim acuminata, quam calyces paullo breviora, vel ipsos æquantes. Flores cujusvis verticillastri plerique sessiles, vel eorum unus aut duo brevissime pedicellati ; pedicelli inæquilongi, basi bracteolis ovatis vel lanceolatis - longe ciliatis stipati. Caly membranaceus (albidus !) tubulosus pubescens, intus pube rara adsper- sus, limbum versus modice ampliatus, subbilabiatim ¿-dentatus, dentibus ovatis, acutis, ciliatis, patulis, inferioribus duobus quam superiores paullo brevioribus. Corolle albz tubus vix incurvus, inclusus, glaber; limbi extus pubescentis labium superius obcordato-emarginatum vel obiter bilobum, inferius 3-lobum, lobis lateralibus brevibus rotundatis, intermedio iis duplo majore, rotundato-obtuso et con- cavo. Stamina ascendentia, exserta; filamenta medio tubi inserta sed ad faucem usque adnata, nuda, ima basi in appendiculas membranaceas, tenuissime barbulatas, squamulas mentientes producta ; anthere loculis confluentibus uniloculares. Stylus staminibus fere æquilongus, apice paullo dilatato ` breviter bilobus, lobis æqualibus, patulis, acutiuseulis. Gynophorum subquadridentatum. Nucule (solum immaturæ visæ) dorso et vertice paleis membranaceis crebris, imbricatim congestis, spathulatis, apice rotundato ciliato-barbatis, ipsis nuculis sesqui- vel duplo longioribus, comose. Aroma plante vix ullum. Observatio.—Generis ob nuculas paleis sat conspicuis coronatas in ordine valde sin- gularis, tres species hucusque descriptas invenio, silvas humidas insularum Java, Luzon et Madagascaria incolentes; nostra hæc, silvarum primævarum Africæ sequinoctialis civis, ab Achyrospermo densifloro BL, cui ex descriptione cl. auctoris (Bijdrag. 840) affinis videtur, eaule elato 3-6-pedali (nec 6-8-pollicari), spicis cylindraceis 2—4-pollicaribus (nec ovatis sesquipollicaribus), calycis fauce intus pubente (nec nuda) aliisque notis distingui- tur; ab Ach. phlomoide, Bl. cui spica laxa et bracteæ uniflore adscribuntur, nec non ab Ach. fruticoso Benth., foliis obtusis crenatis et spica laxa insigni, longius distat. Trib. SCUTELLARINEE. TINNEA, Kotschy et Peyr. in Kotschy, Plant. Tin. p. 25*. Generis distinctissimi character, a clar. auctoribus J. c. egregie quidem sed secundum unicam speciem iis cognitam expositus, nunc, speciebus pluribus ex itinere Angolensi reportatis et cum typica comparatis, commode notis sequentibus ampliandus vel modifi- candus erit : = Calyx tubuloso-campanulatus vel globosus, bilabiatus, labiis integris, fructifer inflato-ampliatus, ventri- coso-ovoideus, labiis ad basim usque fissis bivalvis, valvis singulis scaphiformibus. Corolle bilabiatæ transversim modice compressæ labium superius inferiore duplo brevius, subintegrum vel sinu acuto bilobum, lobis obtusis, rectiusculis vel parum recurvis. Ovarium subsessile vel breviter stipitatum, plus minusve profunde quadrilobum. Stylus inter ovarii lobos centralis, stamina subæquans, apice subbilobus, lobo superiore brevissimo sterili vel obsoleto, infériore majore acutiusculo dense stigma- * Kotschy (Dr. Theod.), Plantæ Tinneanæ, Vindob. 1865, apud Gerold, fil. gr. Fol. pp. 54 cum tabb. xxv. VOL. XXVII. I * f = = Herbs perennis, radice lignescente multicipite. Caules gregarii, 5-15 ex eadem radice, stricti, plerumque. “u d iat. | the four seeds are proteeted by an enveloping calyx, and feathered white in a beau- 58 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. toso. Nucule clavato-obovoideæ, stipitatæ, basi intus areola oblonga concaviuscula notatæ, facie interna levigata gibbæ, dorso ala lata, elliptica vel orbiculari, e spinulis aridis radiantibus, pilorum arachnoideorum ope inter se dense contextis formata, scutellatæ. Cetera omnia conformia. Herbæ elatæ vel suffrutices, Africam æquinoctialem cis et trans æquatorem incolentes, caulibus erectis, parce vel densius ramosis, pubescentibus vel incanis ; foliis breve visione j oppositis vel ternis, vel non raro alternis in eadem stirpe simul obviis, ovalibus, integ , glanduloso-punctatis ; bracteis latiusculis, herbaceis vel coloratis ; floribus axillaribus dile, in pedunculis bibracteolatis- subsecundis, juxta caulis ramorumque extremitates nunc laxiuscule dispositis vel dense approximatis, E AES fusco- vel violaceo-purpureis, grate fragrantibus. . Genus ab auctoribus in opere citato Verbenaceis adscriptum, sed ob calycem fructi- . ferum (in una specie imo jam sub anthesi) ad basim partitum, omnino bivalvem, ovarium evidenter et, saltem in speciebus Angolensibus, sat profunde quadrilobum, nec non propter nueulas sat longe stipitatas dorsoque alato-scutellatas, inter calycem inflatum perfecte liberas et iis generis Perilomia H. B. K. omnimode analogas, ne dicam similes, potius inter Labiatas collocandum, quibus:etiam a cl Dr° Thomson* et nuper a cl. Dr Hookert associatum fuit. Unam insuper specierum Angolensium jam anno 1862 | loco infra citato inter Zabiatas Scutellarineas enumeravi, simulque herbæ floriferæ et — fructiferæ manipulum in Expositione internationali Londinensi una cum aliis plantis medicinalibus Angole exhibui. Tribui Scutellarinearum genus hoc subscribendum esse mihi videtur, quoniam calyx bilabiatus labiis integris demum ad basim fissis, simul cum nuculis dorso alatis nonnisi hac in Labiatarum tribu occurrit. Species tres: una (Tinnea ethiopica Kotschy et Peyr. l. c.) Africam cisæquatorialem incolens; et du: nove Angolenses, nunc exponenda. SACER WE 1. TINNEA ANTISCORBUTICA, Welw. n. sp. T. caulibus herbaceis 3—5-pedalibus, strictim erectis, obtuse tetragonis, inter angulos sulcatis, dense pubescentibus, apicem versus ramosis, a basi foliosis ; foliis oppositis aut ternatis vel rarius alternis ; bracteis dense - imbricatis, late ovatis, apiculatis, roseo-purpureis, calyces florigeros tubuloso-cam panulatos sericeo-puberulos excedentibus; calycis fructiferi glabriusculi vel sparse pubescentis valvis antice alato-marginatis. Catete bulla [nomen vernaculum Nigrit.]. “Planta herbacea vivaz da familia das Labiadas, do grupo das E Scutellarineas etc.," Welw. Synopse explicat. 1862, p. 28. | Habitat non infrequens in silvarum primævarum subumbrosis editioribus Districtuum Golungo Alto et Pungo Andongo, inter 2000 et 3000 ped. altitud., inprimis copiose in declivibus de Serra de Alto Queta - prope Sange, ubi ab autochthonibus, qui foliorum pulverem vel infusum tamquam remedium antiscor- - buticum adhibent, “Catete bulla” nuncupatur. A Novemb. ad Maium flor., Febr. ad Jun. fructificat. - Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1632. - 4-5-pedales, evidenter quadranguli et inter angulos obtusos late sulcati, basi simplices, apice m ramos ces spen cese floriferos divisi, plus minusve cano-pubescentes, yer totam longitudi- ok grassy banks of Madi, 3° 15° N. Frequent in forests, No. 705.” (Dr. Thomson in Appendix ırnal ehe we of the Source of the Nile, en 1863, p. 645.) FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 59 Se AGE TORIS nem foliis, superioribus sensim minoribus, vestiti. Internodia inferiora circiter bi-, superiora 1-pollicaria, ea axis florigeri valde contracta. Folia opposita vel ternata, vel rarius et inprimis in superiore caulis parte alterna, petiolo brevi vix 22 lin. longo suffulta, majora, demto petiolo, 2-22 poll. longa, 1-12 poll. lata, penninervia, latiuscule ovata, basi rotundato-obtusa, vel breviter in petio- lum canalieulatum angustata, apice obtusiusculo abruptim in apiculam acutata, margine integro : ciliolata, superne obscure viridia, glabriuscula vel rugulis minutis asperula, subtus paullo pallidiora, secus nervos venasque pubescentia, inter venas dense glanduloso-punctata, versus apicem caulis sensim minora, brevissime petiolata, obtusiora longiusque apiculata. Bractee membranaceæ, roseo- purpurez, foliis multo tenuiores, sub anthesi dense imbricatze, subsessiles, late ovatze vel suborbicu- lares, 6-8 lin. longæ, 4-7 lin. latæ, basi subtruncato-rotundatæ, apice obtuso apiculate, utrinque mollissime pubescentes, margine dense ciliatz, calyces ipsis breviores oceultantes. Pedunculi patentes, vix lineam longi, pubescentes, bracteolis duabus oppositis filiformibus pilosulis stipati. Calyx sub anthesi tubuloso-campanulatus, transversim compressus, 4-5 lin. longus, extus dense pubescens, intus tenuiter puberulus, utrinque roseo-purpurascens. Corolla 10-12 lin. longa, obscure purpurea, in alabastro pilis albidis adspersa, demum glabrata, resinoso-punctata, fauce et limbo transversim - subcompressa, labio superiore obtuse bilobo quam inferius trilobum duplo breviore. Stamina labio superiore parum longiora, antheris solis exsertis; filamenta compressa, basi et ad latus internum albido-pilosa, sursum versus sensim dilatata, apice carnoso-incrassato obtuso recurva, lætissime flava ; antheræ biloculares, loculis ovoideo-globosis subdisjunctis, polline albido turgidis, longitudinaliter apertis. Ovarium in gynophoro turgido obscure crenato substipitatum, fere ad medium usque qua- drilobum, lobis clavatis, erectis, levibus. Stylus staminibus paullo brevior, medio quidpiam dilatatus, apice brevissime bilobus, lobo uno minuto perbrevi, altero crassiore, longiore, intus stigmatoso. Calyz fructifer valde auctus, scariosus, ventricoso-inflatus, ovoideo-oblongus, nutans vel pendulus, 8 lin. circiter longus, 5 lin. latus, extus pube tenui hinc evanescente vestitus, intus glabriusculus, et longitudinaliter nervis pluribus crebre venulosis et prominulis percursus, valvis singulis antice in marginem semilunarem, lineam latum, planiusculum, mox leviter revolutum extensis. Nucule (Schizo- carpia Kotschy, /. c.) abortu sæpius tres, scutellis dorsalibus oblongo-suborbicularibus, albidis, quoad structuram supra descriptis, 3—4 lin. longis, juxta margines laxe inter se cohærentibus abscondita, quoad fabricam internam iis speciei sequentis omnino similes, et descriptioni atque iconi speciei typicæ conformes. 2. TINNEA ERIOCALYX, Welw. n. sp. 7. caulibus suffruticosis, 1-2-pedalibus, erectius- culis, teretibus, inferne cano-puberulis, superne albido-tomentellis, simplicibus vel parce ramosis, a basi foliosis; foliis oppositis vel alternis, rarius subverticillatim ternis; bracteis laxe imbricatis vel remotiusculis, cordato-ovatis vel sæpius cordato- suborbieularibus, apiculatis, suberassis, rigidis, herbaceo-viridibus, calyces florigeros globosos, densissime lanuginosos vel albo-tomentosos æquantibus; calycis fructiferi ovoideo-globosi et dense lanuginosi valvis antice retusis, brevissime vel vix alato- marginatis. Habitat in collinis breve dumosis, siccioribus et petrosis, juxta silvarum margines Distr. Huilla, frequens circa Lopollo ad 5000 ped. altit. Jan. 1860 c. flore, Martio c. fr. lecta. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1635. Suffrutex, basi ad altitudinem 3-4 poll. lignescens. Caules ex eadem radice plures, sæpius sesquipedales, erecti vel basi ascendentes, teretes vel rarius obscure angulati, absque omni sulco, molliter cano- pubescentes, apicem versus nunc albo-tomentosi nunc lanugine nivea obtecti, simplices vel parcius ramosi, ramis suboppositis vel sæpius alternis erecto-patulis. Folia internodiis 3-13-pollicaribus dissita, alterna semper magis approximata, petiolo 1-2-lineari suffulta, majora 13 poll. longa, 6-11 12 60 OXYGONUM ACETOSELLA, Welw. n.sp. O. ipie elabrum, glaucissimum, carnosulum ; > alatis, alis margine obiter repando-denticulatis vel subintegris. Habitat frequens in collinis arenosis maritimis ex Mossamedes versus Cabo negro, inprimis loco di e. Ang. no. 1757. - semine dimidio brevior sed parum angustior; cotyledones obovate, carnosulæ, leviter convexæ, appli- FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. lin. lata, ovata, basi rotundata vel breviter cuneata in petiolum angustata, margine integra, apice obtusiusculo vel obtuso apiculata, vel rarius sensim in apiculam brevem acutata, utrinque glanduloso- punctata, supra leete viridia levigata vel minutissime rugulosa aut pube rara adspersa, subtus flavo- virentia, puberula, vel densius pubescentia, nunc, inprimis locis siccioribus, cano-tomentosa, nervo costisque supra parum, subtus evidentius prominulis, superiora brevius petiolata et obtusiora, sensim in bracteas abeuntia. Bractee brevissime petiolate, basi plus minusve emarginate vel cordate, apice rotundato apiculatæ, herbaceo-virides, utrinque laxe vel densius tomentosæ, circiter 6 lin. longæ, 5-6 lin. latæ, quam folia quidpiam crassiores et rigidiores, in fructu persistentes. Flores subsecundi. Pedicelli circiter lineam longi, villosi, infra medium bracteolis 2 oppositis, ipsis duplo longioribus, line- ari-lanceolatis, laxe villosis stipati, in fructu vix accreti. Calyces, in alabastro perfecte globosi, dense floccoso-tomentosi, sub anthesi ad. 5 lin. longi, labiis truncatis transversim hiantes, jam hac periodo ad basim usque bipartibiles. Corolla violaceo-purpurea, ejusdem ac in specie antecedente magnitu- dinis, limbi labio superiore æque ac in illa, obtuse bilobo. Ovarium fere ad medium usque quadri- lobum, glabrum ; styli lobulus superior hac in specie non raro obsoletus. Calyæ fructifer duplo sub- triplove auctus, inflatus, clausus, nutans vel pendulus, ovoideo- vel ellipsoideo-globosus, extus dense lanuginoso-tomentosus, ad basim usque bivalvis; valvæ subcoriaceo-rigidæ, subæquales, intus gla- 4 berrimæ, nervis pluribus prominentibus percursæ, inter nervos elevatim venulosæ, superior primum decidua. Nucule abortu non raro tres, elongato-clavate, 3—4 lin. longæ, interna facie gibbæ et levi- gatee, nonnisi stipitum basi excavata inter se laxe cohærentes, dorso ala arachnoidea, albicante, elliptica, 4-5 lin. longa, 3-4 lin. lata scutellatz, bilocellatæ, locello altero minore vacuo. Semen obovatum, compressum, locelli angulo paullo infra apicem appensum ; testa membranacea, badio-flavescens, laxa, infra radiculam in filum tenue, spiraliter tortum, stipitem penetrans, prolongata. Embryo rectus, cate; radicula infra, brevis, obtuse conica. Ordo POLYGONACEE. Subordo I. POLYGONEZÆ. Trib. PrERYGOCARPE A, Meisn., DC. Prodr. xiv. p. 3. caule a basi ramoso, ramis d } tibus, inferne parce ramulosis, semi- cylindricis vel subcompresso-angulatis ; Foliis TER vel lanceolato-oblongis, abrupte acuminatis, basi in petiolum longiusculum alatum sensim angustatis, mar- gine repando- vel sinuato-dentatis; ochreis tenuiter membranaceis, truncatis, ore integerrimis vel minute remoteque denticulatis ; racemis terminalibus, virgato-elon- gatis, gracilibus, interruptis; pedicellis fasciculatis glabriusculis, fructiferis bracteam superantibus; acheniis oblongis, trigonis, juxta angulos subacutos membranaceo- “Praia da Amelia.” Junio 1859 cum flore, insequente Julio e. fructu legi. Exsic. Welw. ıculosa. Ochree in vivo solidni i virentes, in sicco 2 i DE rarius. riens tenuibus remotis obsitæ,. sait FRIDERICI .WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 61 setoso-ciliate. Racemi terminales, vel tardius ob rami prolongationem axillares, rectiusculi, semi- pedales usque pedales, rarius paullo longiores, rachi triquetra. Bractee 3-5-floræ (floribus pluribus - masculis, paucis vel unico hermaphroditis) in racemis novellis continuæ, imbricatæ, demum ad 3 vel 3 pollicis inter se distantes, ore nudæ vel sparsim et minute denticulatæ. Calycis limbus tenuiter mem- branaceus, lacteus, profunde 5-fidus, segmentis patulis obovatis, rotundato-obtusis, concaviusculis, marcescenti- longe persistentibus. Stamina 8; filamenta subulata; antheræ didym:e pallide cyanez. Stylus profunde trifidus; stigmata capitellata. Achenium (solummodo submaturum a me visum) vix 4 lin. longum, anguste ovoideum, triquetrum, angulorum alis inter se æqualibus, in vivo ex albido virentibus, margine subintegris vel tenuiter remote crenulatis sive repando-denticulatis, faciebus inter angulos longitudinaliter trinerviis. Qualitates et Usus.—Stirpis omnes partes, sed præcipue folia tenuiter succulenta, sapore grate acidulo predite sunt, et a colonis Mossamedensibus hine inde foliis Rumicis acetose substituuntur, quapro- pter planta ipsa ab illis “Azedas bravas” i. e. “ Rumex acetosa sylvestris" nuncupatur. Species Oxygono Dregei Meisn., DC. Prodr. xiv. p. 38, affinis videtur, que tamen a - nostrate inprimis foliis integerrimis et ochreis ore setoso-ciliatis distinguenda. Subordo II. BRUNNICHIER, DC. Prodr. J. c. p. 183. i PN AFRICANA, Welw. n. sp. Br. caule frutescente, late scandente, patentim ramoso, ramis elongatis angulatis, inter angulos plurisulcatis, ramulisque horizonta- libus virgatis glanduloso-pubescentibus, remote foliatis; foliis membranaceis, breve petiolatis, oblongo-ovatis vel ovato-ellipticis, basi cuneatim attenuatis rariusve sub- rotundatis, apice oblique acuminatis vel cuspidatis, margine integerrimis, utrinque glabris; ochreis manifestis, brevibus, truncatis, ore scarioso-membranaceis, tenuiter crispatis, demum laxiusculis; cirrhis apice bifidis, cruribus uncinatis vel demum spiraliter intortis; racemis ad ramulos laterales et apicales terminalibus, aphyllis, interruptis, bracteis 2-5-floris ; pedicellis plano-compressis, fructiferis accretis, subse- cundis, nutantibus, calyce nune semipollicari 5-7tuplo longioribus, seeundum totam articuli superioris longitudinem utrinque ala membranacea, sesquilineam lata, ex apice tubi calycini decurrente, sanguineo-purpurea, in articulo inferiore sensim angustata marginatis. Habitat in Distr. Golungo Alto editioribus (2000-2400 ped. alt.) ad oras silvarum primitivarum, precipue juxta cataractam “de Capopa” prope “ Sange,” ubi stirpem, in statu fructifero ob fructos pendulos leete sanguineos sat ornatum, una cum Leea sambucina, Bombace Buonopozensi et specie indescripta generis tropico-americani ** Trymatococcus” sociatam re 1835 c. fl. et fr. legi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1754. Frutex gracilis, caule 10-15 pedes longo, remote ramoso, ramulis patentissimis, debilibus, cirrhorum ope sese firmantibus, late, sed vix alte scandens. Petioli 3-6 lin. longi, canaliculati, basi plerumque decurvi eadem ac caulis et rami pubescentia, e papulis cylindraceis, brevibus, patulis, rubentibus, subviscosis, dense gregatis constante, obducti. Foliorum adultorum lamina 11-2 poll. lata, 22-33 poll. longa, supra læte viridis et lucidula, subtus pallide virescens, exsiccatione nitenti-rufescens et, excepto nervo mediano subtus modice prominente puberulo, utrinque glabra. Cirrhi graciles, supraaxillares [pedunculi abortientes?], foliis duplo triplove longiores, cruribus arcuato-divaricatis, excepta basi puberula levigati. Racemi floriferi 3-6 Lon longi, fructiferi pedales et longiores, rectiusculi vel ascendentes, rachi compressa, minutim gland te. Florum fasciculi circiter semipollicem ` inter se distantes, bracteis ovato-acuminatis, ee membranaceo-marginatis, plerumque 3-floris. 62 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Calyx sub anthesi obfusiformis, herbaceo-viridis, lobis crassiusculis, rigidulis, interna facie amoene roseis, tribus externis quam duo interiores latioribus, omnibus æquilongis et acute acuminatis, erecto- - patulis. Calyx fructifer trigono-ovoideus, inter angulos longitudinaliter pluricostulatus, fusco-pur- pureus, inclusis lobis nunc induratis et erectis semipollicem longus, coriaceus, achenium maturum arcte includens, demum una cum pedicelli articulo superiore tunc fere 3 pollices longo et modo supra indicato ala splendide sanguinea alato deciduus. Stamina, ovarium etc. generis. Observatio.—Unica Brunnichie species hucusque descripta, et proinde generis typus, est Brunnichia cirrhosa Banks (DC. Prodr. l. c. p. 185), Americam borealem incolens, a qua stirps presens Africana pubescentia glandulosa, in ramis, petiolis et racemorum rachi manifesta et constante, folis demum basi cuneatis vel rotundatis (nwnquam cordatis) et non minus pedicellis fructiferis calyce 5-7tuplo (nec duplo) longioribus aliisque notis distinguenda. Ordo PROTEACEA. Trib. PROTEEZ. FAUREA, Harvey. Generi “Faurea” a beato Harvey jam 1847 in memoriam G. Faure, botanophili Capen- sis instituto, nuper a clar. Meisner in DC. Prodr. xxiv. p. 344 quidpiam locupletato, sed ad unicam tune solum cognitam speciem circumscripto, nunc, specie altera vel duabus aucto, notulæ sequentes commode addendæ erunt : Anthere nunc sessiles, nunc, imo in ipsa specie typica, filamentis brevissimis, compressis, latiusculis, apice — plus minus manifeste biauriculatis inserte, glandula parvula obtuse conica apiculate, vix unquam . omnino mutice. Squamule hypogyne non semper acute, sed non raro rotundato-obtusæ, vel trun- cate aut emarginate vel demum apice breviter bilobæ. Ovulum prope loculi medium suture affixum. — Locum Fauree systematicum inter'Proteacearum tribus quod attinet, genus hoe contra cl. Endlicheri et — Meisneri opinionem, qui illud Persooniearum tribui subscribunt, potius Proteeis associandum et — quidem pone Proteam ipsam collocandum esse videtur. A Persoonieis calyce labiatim fisso nec 4-sepalo, antheris calycis lacimiis concavis nec sepalorum medio vel basi insertis, stigmate verticali demum et ovario constanter uniloculari discrepat, dum omnibus hisce notis optime cum Proteeis concordat et ipso generi Protea adeo affine invenitur, ut ab eo, si inflorescentiam spicatam excipias, non nisi calyce unilabiatim reflexo nec bilabiatim fisso discerni queat. ` Habitu suo Fauree quasdam Helicie species in Asia tropica occurrentes, etsi ob florum structuram et fructum follicularem ad tribum longe diversam spectantes, non male fingunt. Ceteroquin Faurea inter Proteaceas Africanas facile genus unicum reapse tropicum habendum ; nam genera Protea et Leucospermum, quz itidem singulis speciebus laudati continentis circulos tropicos, et quidem ad Abyssiniam usque invadunt, in ditione Capensi magno specierum numero predominant, dum aurea, in Africa austro-tropica tam occidentali quam orientali pluribus speciebus earumque formis sive varietatibus numerosis representata, in territorio Capensi, proprie sic dicendo, deest ; nam ie Flora terre Natalensis, ubi species Fauree typica (F. saligna) primum detecta fuit, pro magna parte ee charactere omnino tropico eminet, et ipsa hzc Faurea saligna intra circulos tropicos ab Angola ad xe Zambesiam usque late diffusa reperitur. | Inter generis quoad foliorum figuram et inprimis eorum indumentum sat polymorphi as varias, ud el australis atque rare interioris Rue, ultra 4000 } I + FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 63 propositee, quibus dein Faurea saligna Harv., in eodem territorio cum antecedentibus non infrequenter obvia, charactere specifico quidpiam ampliato vel modificato, compara- tionis gratia addere liceat. 1. FAUREA SPECIOSA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XX.) F. ramulis floriferis villoso-tomentosis ; folis molliter coriaceis breve petiolatis, oblongis vel ovato-oblongis, basi breviter attenuatis, apice obtusis rariusve acutiusculis, margine integerrimo planis, utrinque, nec non rhachi et bracteis plus minusve dense villoso- vel lanuginoso-tomentosis vel supra demum subglabratis; spicis robustis, foliis longioribus vel saltem «equilongis ; calycis 9-12 lin. longi dense tomentosi lobis dorso vix sulcatis; squamulis hypogynis late abbreviato-ovalibus, apice rotundato-obtusis truncatisve vel subdenticulatis ; ovario undique pilis elongatis, sericeis, penicillatim dispositis, dense barbato. Habitat in Districtus Huilla silvestribus petrosis vel arenosis editioribus, inter 4000 et 5000 ped. alt., inprimis circa Lopollo et Humpata. Ab Aprili usque Junium florens, Maio ad Julium fructificat. Species uti videtur per Africam austro-tropicam late diffusa, etiam a cl. Kirk et Meller in Distr. Mossambicensis interioribus, inter 2000 et 3000 ped. elevatis, reperta ibidemque (secundum specimina - in herb. Kewensi) non minus quam in territorio Huillensi quoad foliorum indumentum varians, propter eorum circumscriptionem vero nec non ob spicas robustas florumque magnitudinem etc. absque dubio presenti speciei subscribenda. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1622 et 16222. Frutex firmus, 6-8-pedalis, nunc arbor parva 10-15-pedalis; trunco ad basim 1-3 ped. diametro, cortice profunde rimuloso, aspero, e fusco cinerascente tecto, laxe ramoso, ramis vagis, erecto-patulis, arcuatis, ramulis curvatis vel varie tortis, rigidis, pro more robustis, foliorum delapsorum cicatricibus latis, pro- tuberantibus exasperatis, primum tomento laxo, villis longioribus patulis intermixto obtectis, demum villo sensim delabente, plus minusve pubescentibus. Folia bene evoluta una cum petiolo 2-3 lin. longo 4-6 poll. longa, 2-3 poll. lata, plerumque ad utramque faciem tomento plus minusve denso, e villis longiusculis ruditer contexto, in facie superiore demum rarescente, sed saltem juxta nervos remanente obtecta, utrinque pallide viridia, pinnatim nervosa, nervo mediano subtus valde promi- nente, lateralibus crebris, obliquis, tenuibus, mox paullo supra ortum bifurcatione repetita in venulas anastomosantes sed marginem laminz nunquam attingentes divisis. Spice florigere ad ramulorum apices in axillis foliorum summorum singulæ, vel internodiis ultimis valde abbreviatis binze, rarius plures, simplices, strictiusculæ, 5-9 pollices longæ, cylindraceæ, sub plena anthesi transversim sesqui- pollicem crass, obtusiuscule. Rhachis sulcata, firma, circiter 13 lin. crassa, villoso-tomentosa, infra flores ad altitudinem semipollicis usque squamis scariosis ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, sursum versus sensim remotioribus et angustioribus vestita. Flores e flavo aurantiaci, dense congesti, sub anthesi horizontaliter patentes, singuli bractea squamiformi ex ovato acuminata, concava, subpatula, extus . dense villosa, apice pilorum fasciculo superata, tarde decidua suffulti. Calyx fere pollicem longus, rectiusculus vel modice sursum arcuatus, dense cano-tomentosus, tubo cylindraceo medium versus parum angustato, intus nudo, lætius aurantiaco et ob filamenta adnatim decurrentia pluristriato, lobis cochleariformibus 2-21 lin. longis in alabastro clavatim cohærentibus, crassiusculis, rigidis, demum una cum tubo, styli erumpentis ope longitudinaliter fisso atque reflexo, deciduis. Anthera oblongæ, sessiles vel subsessiles, calycis lobis paullo breviores iisque impress, basi obiter bilobe, apice manifeste apiculate. Sguamule hypogyne e lata basi abbreviatim ovales, vel imo semiorbicu- lares, apice obtuso nunc integra, nune subtruncatz aut emarginatz vel uno alterove denticulo munitz et non raro in eodem flore inter se heteromorph:e, in vivo flavæ, carnosulæ, exsiccantes sub- induratz et longius persistentes, Ovarium ovoideum, sessile, undique pilis elongatis, rigidulis, albidis, ; sericeo-nitentibus, primum in comam rectiusculam collectis, mox penicillatim dispositis dense obsi- - 64 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. tum. Stylus filiformis, calyce vix brevior, in alabastro juxta medium curvatus, post anthesim leviter ' sursum arcuatus, rigidescens; stigma subcylindrico-prismaticum, obsolete 4-suleulatum, ad 2 lin. longum, stylo paullo crassior, a medio apicem versus modice clavulato-incrassatum, basi obiter stru- mulosum, apice obtusiusculum. Nu subglobosa, omnino sessilis, pisi minoris magnitudine, undique | | pilis sericeis ipsa multo longioribus, et inter pilos tomento brevi fulvo obtecta, ad plenam fere matu- - ritatem stylo, tunc delabente, caudata, pericarpio crassiusculo tenuiter suberoso intus levigato. Semen . subglobosum, seminum Cannabis sative circiter magnitudine, plane maturum tamen non mihi obvium. — Observatio.—Species hie proposita ad numerosam speciminum seriem in diversis locis | lectorum examinata, quoad spicarum magnitudinem et formam, nec non respectu floris « partium inter se proportiones sat constans videtur, quoad foliorum indumentum vero | admodum ludit, ita ut varietates, notis constantioribus satis distincts, vix et ne vix | quidem statui possint. Ast ipsum hoc foliorum indumentum magis quantitate quam qualitate variat, nam semper e villis longiusculis crispatis, plus minusve rigidulis, nune - laxius nunc densius intertextis constat, et in ipsis foliis, quee primo aspectu penitus glabra vel imo in facie superiore nitidula apparent, accuratiore examine saltem juxta nervum | medianum vel ad costarum axillas invenitur. Colorem foliorum fere constanter pallide | viridem vidi, nisi in stirpibus in locis valde umbrosis obviis, quorum folia, uti hoc in pari. ; casu generatim occurrit, virore magis saturato tinguntur, simulque magis glabra circumscriptione vero etiam hac in varietate semper ad formam ovalem tendunt. 2. FAUREA DISCOLOR, Welw. n. sp. F. ramulis floriferis cano-pubescentibus ; foliis tenui- | ter coriaceis, breve petiolatis, lanceolatis vel lanceolato-oblongis, basi sensim attenu- atis, apice acuminatis vel rarius obtusiusculis, margine recurvis, supra primum prui- noso-canescentibus, mox deglabratis, lucenti-viridibus, subtus per omnem ætatem | dense cano-tomentellis ; spicis folia superantibus ; rhachi bracteisque et calyce 5-7 lin. M longo sericeo-canescentibus, hujusce lobis dorso obiter sulcatis ; squamulis hypogynis | deltoideis vel ———— ; ovario undique et dense pilis sericeis ipso triplo a longioribus barbato. Habitat in Distr. Huilla silvis claris mixtis ad 4500-5000 ped. altit. una cum Acaciis, Proteis, Parinariis variisque Combretaceis socialis sed parcius obvia. Aprili et Maio florentem vidi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1594 et 1595. Frutex plerumque human altitudinis, rarius arbuscula dope. laxe comosa. Ramuli juniores et flori- feri dense cano-pubescentes, adultiores glabri, longitudinaliter rugulosi. Folia adulta discoloria, supra nempe, pubescentia juvenili nunc diabetes lucidulo-viridia, subtus autem ob tomentum breve sed densum, subvelutinum et persistens incana, 23-33 poll. longa, 3-1 poll. lata, margine integra et obiter recurva, breviter calloso-apiculata. Spice in ramulis extimis terminales, circiter 4-44 poll. longe, lis speciei antecedentis graciliores et angustiores. Rhachis (pedunculus) infra flores squamis paucis distantibus vel szepe nullis obsita. Bractee abbreviate, a basi dilatata breviter acuminate, patule- Calycis 4-5 lin. longi modice arcuati plus minusve canescentis lobi 14 lin. longi, dorsi sulcis pube- scentia nune copiosiore nunc sparsiore obtectis, ast saltem in calyce deflorato semper observandis. Anthere apiculate. ere hypogyne in individuis acutifoliis deltoideæ apice indivisæ, in speci- $0 : minibus foliis obtusiusculis donatis autem breviores, subsemiorbiculares. Ovarii barba ipso triplo v 1 m nt i; rarius quadruplo longior, EEE strictiuscula. Stylus pro more generis calycis longitu- : barbam. longe superans, juxta medium arcuatus, tarde deciduus, stigmate tenuiter clavulato, M ES 0, ai basi 1 nunc pm nunc evidentius strumulato. Fructus non FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 65 Species, vel saltem varietas insignis, quoad spiearum formam et partium floris inter se proportiones antecedenti, quoad foliorum figuram autem sequenti magis affinis, ab utraque tamen foliis ad faciem inferiorem constanter pube brevi, densa, ex albo-cinerascente cano-tomentellis* distinguenda, nihilominus posteriori peregrinatorum observationi denuo commendanda. 3. FAUREA SALIGNA, Harvey, in Hook. Lond. Journ. 1847, p. 373, tab. xv. F. ramulis floriferis glabriusculis ; foliis lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, in petiolum alatum sensim attenuatis, utraque facie glabris, supra nitidulis; rhachi, bracteis et calyce 4-5 lin. longo sericeo-pubescentibus vel rarius deglabratis ; lobis calycinis profunde bisulcatis ; squamulis hypogynis lanceolatis, acuminatis vel apice obiter bilobis; ovario pilis sericeis longiusculis, in fructu rarescentibus barbato. Habitat in Distr. Huilla silvaticis ad 5000 ped. alt., inprimis inter Lopollo et Menino juxta rivorum ripas, vel hine inde in ipsis torrentium alveis una cum Salicibus socialis. Novembri usque ad Januarium et iterum Aprili florentem vidi, Maio c. fr. legi. Primum a cl. Sanderson et Burke in territorii Nata- lensis interioribus lecta, demum ex iisdem terris a cl. Zeyher et Drege in eorum herbariis divulgata, nuper etiam a cl. D" Kirk e territorio Mossambicensi (fid. herb. Kew.) reportata. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1592 et 1593. Frutex elongato-ramosus 5-8-pedalis, hine inde arbor gracilis 12-20-pedalis, trunco vix unquam diame- tro 4 poll. excedente, inferne tum longe ramis denudato, his atque ramulis erecto-patulis, plus minusve intense purpurascentibus. Folia 3-5, rarius 6 vel 7 pollices longa, plerumque 6-9 lin. lata, vix unquam sesquipollice latiora, recta vel obiter falcata, callo parvulo vel fere lineam longo, atro- rubente apiculata, margine integro plana vel obsolete repanda, laxeve undulata, jam prima setate, excluso petiolo hinc inde sparsim puberulo, ad utramque faciem omnino glabra, levigata, lzte viridia et utrinque vel saltem supra lucidula. Inflorescentia omnis quoad pubescentiæ densitatem valde varians, sed non nisi rarius penitus deglabrata. Spice graciles, 3-44 poll. long, rectiusculæ, foliis summis fere semper paullo breviores, ad ramulorum apices singulæ vel internodiis contractis in eodem ramulo 2 pluresve gregatæ. Rhachis infra flores squamis paucis, remotiusculis, acuminatis, erecto- patulis, non raro jam sub anthesi deciduis munita. Bractee rigidule, patulæ, concavæ, ese florum inferiorum late ovate, abrupte acuminate, superiorum abbreviate, apice obtuso cuspidatz vel fere - truncate. Calyx (saltem in speciminibus Angolensibus) circiter 4 lineas longus, vix unquam lineis 5 longior, lobis lineam longis, dorso longitudinaliter sulcis duobus latiusculis, pro more profundis sed obtusis percursis. Squamule hypogyne quam in speciebus antecedentibus angustiores magisque acutatæ, longiores quam late, quondam in uno eodemque flore heteromorphæ, una vel duabus apice acuto integris, reliquis tenuiter bilobis. -Anthere rarius omnino sessiles sed plerumque filamentis brevissimis sed distinctis insertz et manifeste apiculate. Nur ovoidea, 2 lin. longa, 13 lin. prope medium lata, obtusa, barbz pilis nune sparsioribus et plerumque rufescentibus hirta, stylo indurato- rigescente prope medium arcuato, ad plenam fere fructus maturationem persistente caudata,. vel demum ejusdem basi remanente apiculata, epicarpio crassiusculo suberoso. Semen ad cavitatis latus prope medium fixum, obovoideum, testa membranacea subscariosa brunnea, laxissima vel pro parte omnino soluta. : Ceterum etiam hæc species, quemadmodum duæ precedentes, nunc foliis longius * «The existence or absence of pubescence in the adult leaves cannot always be depended upon in distinguishing species; but the short tomentum, especially of their under surface, is of greater consequence than the spreading hairs.”—R. Br., “On Proteaceæ”? etc. in Transact. of the Linn. Soc. vol. x. p. 25. VOL. XXVII. K 66 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. (4-7 lin.) petiolatis simulque angustioribus [qualis forma typica] nunc breviter vel brevissime petiolatis (petiolis vix 1-13 lin. longis) et tum latioribus variat, que ulterior forma presertim in individuis arborescentibus solo sicciore enatis observatur. ‘ Ordo RAFFLESIACEA. Subordo I. HYDNOREZ. HYDNORA AFRICANA, var. longicollis, Welw. (Tab. XXI.) H. perigonii tubo ultra ova- rium longe producto, limbi tri- rarius quadrifidi laciniis tubo brevioribus, ramentis heteromorphis, extimis densa serie approximatis, elongatis, liberis, compresso-planis, - apice longe acuminatis bi- trilobisve, reliquis absque ordine sparsis, discum versus sensim brevioribus, semiadnatis, apice libero subulatis vel omnino papillæformibus ; disci pulvinulis ovato-oblongis, obtusiusculis, basi dilatata subemarginatis, pulvere griseo farinaceo, mox in mueum deliquescente, obductis; annuli staminigeri medio tubi adnati lobis ovoideis erectis, ad utramque faciem antheris elongatis, varie cur- . vatis, inæquilongis, arcte adnatis dense obtectis. | Habitat in District. Mossamedes sabulosis maritimis, ex Giraûl usque ad Cabo Negro, ad radices Euphor- biarum frutescentium nec non Zygophylli orbiculati (supra descripti) parasitica. Per totum fere ' annum, inprimis autem mensibus Martii ad Julium usque floret et fructificat. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. n. 530. | Caulis succulentus, perennis vel saltem per plures annos durans, plerumque omnino aut pro majore parte — in arena volatili, basim trunci matricis ambiente, sepultus, vetustior circiter pedalis, inferne ad ? poll. : crassus, decumbens vel ascendens, sparse remoteque ramosus, extus obscure fusco-rubens, intus carne 1 densa pallide latericia farctus, 5-7-angulatus, secundum omnes angulos tuberculis uniseriatis, plus M minusve approximatis, subglobosis, apice obtuso minus magisve evidenter concentrice rimulosis | obsitus, quorum nonnulla sensim intumescentia simulque elongata formam obconicam induunt et - demum in perigonia sese evolvunt, dum reliqua per totam caulis durationem fere immutata perma- y nent, vel parum elongata in ramenta subcompressa, rigida, obtusiuscula collabuntur. Perigonium 3 carnosum, rigidum, non raro ad limbum usque in arena absconditum, longitudine varium, 3-7-, imo i 8-pollicare, basi rotundato-angustata vel paullo constricta, sessile vel brevissime pedunculatum, extus y undique leproso-asperulum, cinnamomeo-brunneum, rugis transversalibus, ad tubi partem cum ovario : connatam crassioribus, dense approximatis, notatum. Tubus circiter 2 poll. diametro, infra annuli [ staminigeri insertionem modice attenuatus, intus levigatus vel obiter striis longitudinalibus parallelis — | percursus et plus minusve læte rubescens. Limbi laciniæ (plerumque tres, sed hine inde quatuor, | vid. tab. fig. 3) tubo semper et plerumque multo breviores, crasso-triquetræ, arcuate, apicibus brevis- d sime et obtuse acuminatis convergenti-patulæ, intus ex aurantiaco rubræ, et juxta marginis late induplicati faciem totam ramentis supra descriptis, omnibus introrsum directis, echinulatz, earum discus glaber, sed pro majore parte pulvinulo jam supra notato obtectus, cujus superficies initio - | albido-pulverulenta mox post anthesim in mucum viscidulum, odore vehementer stercorario ingratum, 4 strato mucoso Phallorum sporidia involventi adeo similem, deliquescit. Annulus staminiger tubo ad | semipollicis vel imo pollicis distantiam supra stigma insertus. Anthere lætissime flavæ et admodum | | san ejure bilocnlatets mne i in vivo sordide albidum, in flore 3-fido tri-, in 4-fido quadrilobum, E iformibus, rotundato-obtusis, tenuissime ed striolatis, striis “mune obliquis; + nune, se in stigmate qmadrilohò pers loborum peripheri Jlelis, concen- - trie pium | ; diametro circiter binilin dure conical a extus undiq EEEN t is, parum distantib itum, interna —— EEE oO LA à ^ tou ud FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. | 67 nuibus verticalibus, æqualiter distantibus, plus minus manifestis [placentarum in prima juyentute forsan parietalium, uti vidisse contendit cl. Endlicher*, vestigiis ?], notatum. Semina numerosissima, ad placentas deliquescentes densissime gregata, globosa sive obovoidea, seminum Papaveris somniferi magnitudine vel recentiora ipsis majora, epidermide crassiuscula, carnoso-pulposa, minutim scrobicu- lata, demum collabente involuta, testa brunnea tenuiter membranacea, albumini duro arcte adherente, primum in pulpa viscidula semitransparente, pericarpii cavitatem ommino replente, nidulantia, post pulpæ exsiecationem quoad volumen diminuta, in globum subcompactum, cavitate paullo minorem, undique liberum inter se conglutinata. Observatio. —VFormam hic descriptam primum ab Hydnora capensi Thunb. specifice diversam credidi, maxime quoniam apud varios auctores plante Capensis tubus limbo multo brevior et parum supra ovarium protractus simulque annulus staminiger stigmati valde approximatus dicuntur vel sic picti exhibentur; postea tamen, speciminibus pluri- bus in diversis locis lectis inter se comparatis, proportiones allatas plus minusve varia- biles et probabiliter ex majore vel minore soli, in quo plantæ crescunt, profunditate ac densitate derivandas agnovi et plantam Angolensem Hydnore capensi qua varietatem subjungere malui. Qualitates et Usus.—Omnes plantz partes, sed inprimis caules [ab aliis * rhizomata ” dicti] succo rubente, admodum adstringente scatent, qua ratione a Nigritis et colonis Mossamedensibus ad retia pisca- toria variasque telas tingendas adhibentur. Ceterum Hydnore qualitates eminenter stypticæ, in sanandis ulceribus nec non in corrigendis membrane mucose affectionibus morbosis probabiliter satis proficientes, medicorum Angolensium future experientiæ atque observationi admodum com- mendandæ. Subordo II. APODANTHEA. PILOSTYLES £THIOPICA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XXII.) LP. floribus in involucri erumpentis primum globosi demum irregulariter rupti fundo sessilibus, singulis vel binis, basi decussatim paucibracteatis; sepalis petalisque 5—6-meris, obovato-oblongis vel sub- orbieularibus, margine eroso-denticulatis; petalis sub disco crasso 5-6-angulato in- sertis, basi tuberculato-callosis, puberulis; stylo late conico, basi disco cincto, stigmate hemispheerico, minutim ruguloso-striolato, integro vel brevissime 2-3-lobo. Habitat parasitica ad ramulos Berlinie paniculate Benth.+, arboris e Cesalpiniearum tribu, in Districtus Huilla montosis editis de Morro de Monino, intra 5000 et 5500 ped. altit., Aprili-Maio florens. Flores masculi frequentius quam feminei occurrunt, sed nunquam in eadem arbore simul cum femineis a me visi. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 529 (masc.) et 5295 (fem.). Arboris ramuli bi- vel triennes, quibus planta nostra innascitur, primum paullo intumescunt simulque circumcirca rimulis longitudinalibus, sæpius interruptis, in fundo materia latericia, tenuissime granu- losa repletis, exasperantur. Ex his rimulis paullo post tubercula plus minusve gregata vel plerumque seriata, initio hemispheerica, mox globosa, 2-24 lin. diametri, dure corticata, undique sulcis minutis concentricis vel squamulis tenerrimis pallide latericiis asperula, intus cava et levigata prorumpunt, que demum, jove pluvio stimulata, e vertice dimidiatim vel irregulariter dehiscentia, florem unum [vel rarius duos] in eorum cujusque fundo sessilem et quidem jamjam omnino evolutum denudantt. * Conf. Endl. Gen. Plant. p. 75, Observ. T Transact. Linn. Soc. vol. xxv. p. 311. + Tubercula hæc, que florum cunabula sive involucra sistunt, et utero Angiogasterum, simulque spathe Balano- phorearum analoga videntur, post eorum dehiscentiam nunc bilabiatim hiantia, nune, parietis lateribus dejectis, sub forma patellæ, in centro suo florem vel fructum gerentis, persistunt, et ramulo matricali imo post florem vel fructum K 2 68 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Flores dioici, roseo-sanguinei, carnosuli, excepta nimia exiguitate, Rafflesias habitu omnino «emu- lantes, primum globosi 13-2 lin. diametro, sub plena anthesi parum latiores et vertice depressi, ope. - calli brevissimi carnosi intus albidi centro fundi involucri rupti affixi, e perigonii verticillis duobus biseriatim arcte imbricatis columnam stamineam vel pistillum ambientibus et basi bracteis paucis amplexis constantes. Bractee 3-5, orbiculatæ vel late obovatæ, basi quidpiam incrassata, sessiles, decussatim imbricatee, concave, margine toto eroso-denticulatz, perigonii verticillo inferiore arcte adpresse eoque breviores et eodem ac flos ipse colore sanguineo ornatæ, in fructu persistentes. Masc. Sepala [vel si mavis bractez superiores, reapse juxta spiram ascendentem inserte, sed ob hujus axim adeo abbreviatum in verticillum, calycem simulantem, approximate] petalis semper isomera, plerumque 6, sed non raro, et quidem in floribus eundem ramum obsidentibus, 5, rarissime 4, e lata basi obovato- oblonga vel suborbicularia, margine pariter ac bracteæ tenuiter denticulata, petalis æquilonga vel iis paullo breviora, bracteas superantia. Petala sub disco crassiusculo angulato inserta, sepalis alterna, hisque quoad circumscriptionem et marginis dentieulos similia, sed basim versus magis angustata et intus paullo supra basim callo tuberculiformi subspongioso, tenuissime puberulo [pulvinulis in disco laciniarum Hydnore obviis analogo?] obsita, ceterum ut flos omnis glaberrima, sub anthesi erecto-patula, pressione quidem facile secedentia, sed plerumque non nisi cum flore toto decidua. Discus, coronam faucis æmulans, carnosus, latiusculus, viscosus, angulis obtuse triquetris, prominenti-subascendentibus, petalis isomeris et cum iis alternis, sinibus petala recipien- tibus rotundato-obtusis. Columna staminea inclusa, cylindracea, ima basi disco cincta, sub apice quidpiam dilatata, composita est e stylo centrali [abortivo] firmo, carnoso-farcto, centro pervio, apice, stigmatis loco, pileo fungiformi, depresse hemisphærico, margine fimbriato, et e tubo stami- nigero, stylum totum, excluso pileo, arcte vaginante sed ab eo libero, juxta faucem truncatam pileo proximam antheras ferente, infra antheras ad discum usque longitudinaliter et minute costulato- sulcato. Anthere numerose, circa tubi oram simplici serie adnate, contiguæ, uniloculares, poro apicali mox extrorsum versus dilatato dehiscentes, effoete demum et collapsæ tubi oram sub forma membran: annularis breviter reflexæ cingunt. Pollen globosum, glabrum, albidum, levissimum et admodum viscosum, imo post antheras effætas harum plagis externis et adhuc majore copia fimbrüs —' pilei, tubum antheriferum supereminentis, adhærens atque hocce modo obiter aspicienti alterum, t. €. — | secundum antherarum verticillum sive annulum fingens. Ovarii vestigium vix ullum, styli axis vero | non raro perforatus. E Fem. Calyx et corolla maris, flos totus tamen sub anthesi quidpiam magis elongatus. Ovarium infe- 2 | m, uniloculare, placentis parietalibus quatuor, multiovulatis, nonnunquam fere omnino inter se À confluentibus ; ovula oblongo-ovoidea, funiculo brevi, latiusculo, laterali, placentis affixo. Stylus - amplus, brevis, late conicus, basi disco obtusangulo cinctus (intus tenuissime lamellosus?); stigma . | hemisphzricum, lata basi styli truncati apici insidens, ab ipso etiam colore obscuriore distinctum, - : undique rugulis striisve minutis notatum, plerumque simplex, rarius bi- vel trilobulatum, lobulis tum - : erectis mamillæformibus. Fructus baccatus, globosus, perigonii phyllis nune subscariosis arctiusque 4 : imbricatis omnino obtectus. Pericarpium carnosum, crassiusculum, uniloculare, indehiscens. Semina — plurima, minima, sphzroidea vel subovoidea, in pulpa mucosa viscida transparente laxe nidulantia; testa tenuiter crustacea, reticulata, pallide rubra; nucleo cellulis minimis subglobosis (homogeneis) | letius rubentibus dense repleto. Flores et fructus recentes sub pressione fortiore succum roseo- sanguineum, chartam eodem colore sat persistente tingentem exsudant. ! Observatio.—Uti ex supra expositis patet, character genericus Pilostylis in posterum. irii matricis sius matricis cortice, sed pro majore julie, nisi omnino, e | x d I ramulum sub ch perme ny gor u ad instar, obducente de durante FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 69 valde modificandus et ampliandus erit, quod autem non nisi specierum omnium a variis auctoribus hucusque propositarum reiterato examine fieri potest. Omnes species cognite, (forsitan solummodo paucarum vel imo unius ejusdemque speciei varietates ?) in Leguma- nosarum ramulis parasitantur, omnesque crescendi modo, habitu, florum magnitudine et colore plus minusve rubescente aliisque notis satis inter se congruunt, dum characteres specifici, ab auctoribus indicati, et inprimis a stigmatis figura desumti, parum constantes videntur. Discus (sive corona faucis) in utroque sexu speciei nostree pari modo mani- festus, sed in reliquarum specierum descriptione non indicatus, neque in generis charactere commemoratus, forsitan in omnibus speciebus accuratius examinatis inveni- endus. Genus “Sarna” Karst. (Linnæa, xxviii. 725. 1) absque dubio Apodantheis nec Balanophoreis adsociandum, et ab ipsa Pilostyle nullo charactere differre videtur. Generis * Apodanthes”” Poit. dignitas et a Pilostyle differentia fere solum ex pericarpii cavitate tetragona, charactere forsitan non satis constante, pendent, et insuper ob flores masculos necdum cognitos dubios: remanent. Ordo MORE. Morus ExcELsA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XXIII.) M. dioica, trunco robusto elato, ramis patentibus, ramulis petiolis nervisque foliorum subtus glabris puberulisve ; foliis sub- longe petiolatis, oblongis vel ovato-ellipticis, acuminatis apiculatisve, basi rotundatis, margine subundulatis integerrimis vel obiter repandis et apicem versus obscure dentatis, glabris, subtus pallidioribus, subtilissime pubentibus glabratisve (iis arboris juvenilis basi subcordatis, margine toto serrato-dentatis, supra setuloso-asperis, subtus laxe velutino-tomentosis) nervis utrinque costæ ad 15; stipulis lanceolatis subulato- acuminatis puberulis; amentis pedunculatis cylindricis, masculis 5-8 poll. longis, femineis 1-2-pollicaribus; perianthio maseulo turbinato-campanulato, sericeo, qua- dridentato vel quadrilobo; perigonii feminei foliolis lineari-oblongis pubescentibus, apice rotundato cucullato-inflexo barbulatis; stylo excentrico, filiformi, simplici, undique supra medium stigmatoso. Habitat frequens in silvis primævis elatioribus minus densis Distr. Golungo Alto, Dembos, Cazengo etc. ad 1300-2800 ped. altit., praesertim in declivibus humidioribus de Serra de Alto Queta circa Sange. Octobr.-Nov. floret, Dec.—Februar. fruct. maturat. A Nigritis dicitur “ Mucamba-camba." Exsic. Welw. It. Angol. no. 1559. Mucamba-camba, especie de Morus, Welw. Synopse, p. 8. Arbor speciosa, excelsa, copiose lactescens, inter silvarum primævarum Angolæ gigantes laudanda, bene adulta 100—1 20-, imo hinc inde 130-pedalis et altior. Truncus rectus, cylindrieus, cireumferentiam 20-30-pedalem attingens, cortice pro amplitudine arboris haud profunde rimoso, griseo, in individuis vetustioribus ad 40-60 ped. ejus altitudinis ramis denudatus, apice coma late extensa, depresso-hemi- sphærica coronatus. Rami vagi, horizontaliter expansi, aliquanto tortuosi, griseo-fuscescentes ; ramuli varie curvi, glabrati, stipularum cicatricibus semicircularibus exasperati, novelli purpurascentes, lenti- cellis elongatulis albidis obsiti et plus minusve ; pubera vel hinc densius pubescentes. Folia annua, sed tarde decidua, penninervia, quoad ci tionem semper integra (i. e. nunquam lobata), respectu indumenti vero secundum arboris ætatem SES varia; ea stirpis juvenilis quam in adulta multo majora quidem, et inprimis longiora sed brevius petiolata, petiolis circiter semipollicaribus, villoso- pue: lamina 6-7 Lol longa, 8-5 ” lata, basi obiter vel profundius cordata, margine 70 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. circumcirca dense serrato-dentata, apice abrupte in acumen fere semipollicare terminata, supra setulis sparsis aspera, subtus plus minusve dense velutino-tomentosa: in arbore adulta florigera foliorum petioli 1-1} poll. longi, glabriusculi; lamina 4-5 poll. longa, 2-3 poll. lata, basi rotundata, apice brevius acuminata vel cuspidata, margine obiter repando solum a medio apicem versus breve denticu- lata, supra intense viridis et glaberrima, subtus pallide virens, omnino glabra vel, inprimis juxta nervos, tenuiter puberula, rarius pube densiore, non nisi sub lente fortiore conspicua, subvelutina; gon EE EU Lu costa sive nervus medius supra vix, subtus valide et obtuse prominens; nervi laterales utrinque 13 usque 17, seepissime 15, alterni, sub angulo acuto divergentes, recti, inter se strictim paralleli, quam costa multo tenuiores, simplices, paullo ante marginem in venulas soluti, una eum costa nunc flavi- cantes, nunc e flavo purpurascentes. Stipule circiter 8-10 lin. longæ, caducissimæ. Flores, a me quidem semper dioici observati, non nisi in arboribus vetustioribus (saltem 15-20 annorum) obvii, ad ramulorum novellorum basin prorumpentes. .4menta mascula et feminea cylindrica atque pendula; ei Mo ST ICH mascula graciliora, elongata, non raro ad 7 vel 8 pollices longa, densiflora, 3-4 lin. diametro, pedun- culo 3-5 lin. longo, cylindrico et pubescente; perigonium flaccide membranaceum, albidum, campa- | nulatim patulum, nunc 4-dentatum dentibus deltoideo-ovatis, nunc profundius 4-lobum, lobis ovatis — obtusiusculis ; filamenta longe exserta, una cum antheris alba; rudimentum ovarii constanter obvium, squamuliforme, oblongum, compressum, e centro floris erectum. Amenta feminea, non nisi in statu maturescente (syncarpia) observata, masculinis 3-4-plo breviora, sed iis crassiora, 7-8 lin. diametro, densa, carnoso-turgidula sed parum succosa, e viridi flavicantia, stylis longius exsertis nunc jam exsic- catis rigidulis undique horridula; perigonii, basi pilorum circulo stipati, foliola carnoso-tumida, vix inter se cohærentia, apice obtuso, incrassato pilisque brevibus barbato, cucullatim inflexa ; achenium breve stipitatum, compresso-obovoideum ; stylus lateralis, achenio saltem 3-plo longior, filiformis, subflexuosus, a medio ad apicem breviter acutatum stigmatosus. Semen obovato-oblongum, linea 1 parum longius, lenticulari-compressum, umbilico prope verticem laterali, testa badia, crustacea, fragili; embryo generi conformis ; albumen respectu embryonis voluminis parcum. Qualitates et Usus.—Lignum recens albidum vel ex albido leviter flavescens, demum badio-fuscescens, venis latiusculis varie curvatis et undulatis obscurioribus variegatum, ob tenacitatem longamque i durationem inter Angolæ autochthones et colonos Lusitanos multiplicis usus. Syncarpia numerosos passerum greges lauto pabulo sustentant; amenta mascula exsiccando chartam colore læte pe tingunt. DorsTENIA (KosanrA) VIVIPARA, Welw. n. sp. D. radice globoso-tuberosa, carnoso- farcta ; caule simplici, spithameo, gracili, erectiusculo vel ascendente, cylindrico, obiter pubescente, ad nodos inferiores viviparo; foliis longiuscule petiolatis, ovatis, margine ciliolatis, basi breviter angustata integris, a medio ad apicem obtusiusculum usque obtuse dentatis, glabriusculis vel sæpius, inprimis subtus juxta nervos, puberulis ; re ceptaculis in foliorum superiorum axillis solitariis, longe et gracillime pedunculatis, 6-9-radiatis, radiis patulis, rectis, lanceolatis, margine ciliatis. Habitat gregaria sed paucis locis in umbrosis humosis juxta rivulorum ripas Distr. Pungo Andongo, fre- quens juxta rivum Candange-camatuta, ad 3200-3500 ped. alt. supra mare. A Decembr. um ad Febr. floret et fructificat. Exsic. Welw. It. Angol. no. 1565. Herba tenera, debilis, flaccidula, pallide virens. Tuber globosum, pisi majoris vel nucis avellanze minoris Bes zu. — pe end omnis planta, copiose lactescens, quolibet anno perit, stirps ande ope cilli fi sese evolventium demumque radicantium perennat. | carnosulus, fragilis, subflexuosus, primum erectiusculus, mox decumbens vel ascendens, ad nodo! iferiore s tuberculiferos radicans. Folia penninervia, tenuiter membranacea, ovato-acuminata, b angustata, dempto news gracili tes 132 poll. longa, 3-1 i lata; dentes FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 71 utrumque lamine latus pauci, distantes et obtusi, sed constanter obvii. Stipule obsolete. Pedun- culi patentes, gracillimi, leviter pubescentes, florigeri petiolis breviores, fructiferi iis semper longiores. Receptacula parva, parum succulenta, deorsum convexa, fere campaniformia, in juventute pube- scentia, fructifera glabrata, herbaceo-viridia, demptis radiis 3 vel vix 4 lin. diametro, radiis singulis ad 2 vel 3 lin. longis, puberulis vel glabratis, margine semper breviter ciliatis, a lata basi sensim acuminatis, sinibus obtusis et integris separatis. Semina globoso-triquetra (vix ac ne vix quidem unci- nata), testa tenuiter crustacea albida, papillis minimis undique exasperata. Species, ut videtur, distinctissima, nulli cognitarum arctius affinis, inter Africanas etiam caule viviparo et totius plante teneritate insignis. DorsTENIA (KosAnrA) BENGUELLENSIS, Welw.n.sp. D. radicis tubere depresse globoso vel placentiformi; caule centrali, firmulo, erecto, simplici, spithameo sive pedali, cylindrico, succulento, dense pubescente, inferne aphyllo ; foliis a medio caulis apicem versus sparsis, sensim majoribus magisque approximatis, subsessilibus vel brevissime petiolatis, penninerviis, lanceolatis, oblongo-lanceolatis ellipticisve, basi parum an- gustatis, margine toto dentatis, apice obtusiusculis, utrinque pubescenti-hirtulis scabrulisve ; stipulis lineari-lanceolatis, brevibus, fugacibus ; receptaculis in foliorum superiorum axillis solitariis, breve pedunculatis, erectis, concaviusculis, deorsum con- vexis, sordide flavicantibus, subglabris, ore orbiculato truncato 7-11-radiatis, radiis patentibus, lineari-spathulatis, apice puberulo obtusis. Habitat rarior et sporadica in pascuis parce dumetosis, arenoso-humosis, breve herbidis Distr. Huilla circa Lopollo, inter 4500 et 5200 ped. altit. Legi Decbr. 1859 c. fl. et fr. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1566. Tuber plerumque placentiforme, 1-14 poll. diametri, carnoso-farctum, copiose lactescens, basi circumcirca fibris elongatis, tenuibus, breve fibrillosis stipatum. Caulis (plerumque unicus, raro duo) e tuberis .centro erectus, 1-l-pedalis, pennæ anserinæ circ. crassitudine, succulentus (exsiccatione valde con- tractus), cylindraceus, e viridi purpurascens vel omnino purpureus, undique dense pubescens, ad j ejus altitudinem aphyllus vel squamulis paucis distantibus obsitus. Folia medii caulis 3-1-pollicem inter se distantia, summa latiora et fere fasciculatim approximata, subcarnosa et rigidula, erecto- patula; petioli 4-1 lin. longi compressi; lamina foliorum majorum 10-14 lin. longa, 3-5 lin. lata. Receptacula pauca (1-4 in quoque caule), pedunculis 2-3 lineas longis, crassiusculis, firmis suffulta, ore, demptis radiis 3-4 lin. diametro; radii singuli 3 lin. longi, medio vix semilineam lati, denticulo uno alterove interjecto separati, fere liguleformes, apicem versus modice dilatati, rotundato-obtusi et puberuli, stellatim expansi, ceterum, uti receptaculum, sordide flavicantes et carnosuli. Pericarpia apice breviter bivalvia, post seminis ejaculationem valvulas arcte claudunt, parietum succulentorum incremento adhuc per aliquot tempus continuante crassiora fiunt et elongantur demumque flosculo- rum masculorum planum perforant et longe super illud, stylis suis adhuc apiculata, eminent. Semina lis speciei antecedentis omni sub respectu valde similia. Observatio.—Caulis in omnibus speciminibus loco citato a me lectis simplex est, sed in eorum paucis folia medii caulis foliorum parvulorum fasciculum in axillis gerunt, qui . forsitan tardius in ramulum evoluturus. DORSTENIA (SYcHInIUm) Psrzurus, Welw. n. sp. D. rhizomate cylindraceo, repente, nodoso, carnoso-farcto, ad nodos fibris longis gracilibus et hinc inde tuberculis clavatis + 1 4 o do wt stipato; caule erecto, simplici, 1-23-pedali, teretiusculo, glabri usculo et laxius, apicem versus densius foliato et pubescente ; foliis longiuseule petio- 12 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. latis, membranaceis, penninerviis, glabriusculis vel precipue subtus juxta nervos hir- tulis, in petiolum attenuatis, sæpius in eodem specimine polymorphis, basi semper cuneatis, integris, nune ovato-ellipti cis, ti margine dentatis, nunc obovatis vel obcuneatis, apicem versus plus minus profunde inciso-dentatis vel 3- plurilobatis, lobis inæqualibus, erectis vel patulis, elongato-triangularibus, acuminatis; petiolis angustis, inferioribus elongatis stipulisque parvis lineari-lanceolatis pubescentibus; recepta- culis axillaribus, subsolitariis, longe graciliterque pedunculatis, verticalibus, lineari- lanceolatis, brieruribus, crure uno breviore deflexo, abrupte appendiculato, altero erecto longiore, apice simplici vel rarius bifurco, sensim in appendicem ipso crure duplo triplove longiorem, subulatam, rectam prolongato. Habitat in convallibus umbrosis ad rupium latera Distr. Pungo Andongo ad 3200 ped. circiter altitudinis, præcipue in silva primæva dicta “Mata de Pungo” prope vieum Pungo Andongo. Floret Nov.- . Jan., Decbr. ad Mart. fructificat. Easic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1564. | Rhizoma horizontaliter repens vel oblique descendens, circiter pennæ anserinæ crassitudine, quidpiam ' flexuosum et hine inde nodoso-tumidum, ad nodos preter fibras longas tenues unum vel pluria tuber- | cula elongato-claviformia, duriuscula sed succulenta, 1-2-pollices longa, deorsum emittens. Caules e — rhizomatis collo, plerumque solitarii, rarius 2-3, erecti, teretes, parum succulenti, basi glabriusculi, — a medio apicem versus sensim densius pubescentes, pube pilis brevibus patulis hyalinis intermixta, | subviscida. Folia inferiora 2-3 pollices a se invicem distantia, petiolis bipollicaribus, canaliculatis, - pubescentibus, versus caulis apicem sensim brevioribus, summis vix lineam longis, patulis suffulta, - 3 tenuiter membranacea, demto petiolo 4-6 pollices longa, 2-3 poll. lata, supra leete viridia, glabrius- - cula vel pilis brevibus raris adspersa, subtus juxta nervos hirtula multoque pallidiora, quoad figuram — in eodem specimine maxime variantia, plerumque obovato-acuminata vel obcuneata, basim versus in petiolum attenuata ibidemque integra, a medio laminæ versus apicem dentata, incisa vel lobata, dentibus lobisve terminalibus tum erectis, quam laterales divergentes longioribus, omnibus plus | minusve acuminatis vel acutatis sæpiusque apiculo parvo obtuso terminatis; non raro simul cum | hisce formis in eodem caule etiam folia elliptico-lanceolata vel ovato-elliptica, margine remote grosse dentata, apice in acumen longiusculum elongato-triangulare producta inveniuntur. Stipule anguste lanceolate vel lineares, longe acuminate, petiolis multoties breviores, dense pubescentes, hinc margine ciliate. Pedunculi erecti, graciles, eorum longiores bipollicares ; receptacula herbaceo- | viridia, parum carnosa, in pedunculo verticalia, una cum appendice terminali 3-5 poll. longa, sub- semicylindrica, sub prima anthesi latere quidpiam compressa, formam lanceolato-linearem fingentia, fructifera demum [ob ovaria turgida] longitudinaliter torulosa. Flores masculi semper monandri a me — ; perigonii tenuissimi limbus vee et — 3-4-dentatus vel fere obsoletus; filamentum | e dta tubi erectum, liberum, lati ; anthera exserta, didyma, rubro-purpureä. Ovaria quam flores masculi multo "—— ad een ats costæ receptaculi stipiti brevi seriatim | inserta, stylis solis supra florum masculorum planum breviter porrectis; stylus plerumque bieruris, | cruribus tum intus stigmatosis, rarius indivisus et apice subdilatato fimbriato-papillosus. Pericarpia — globosa, in receptaculi contextu arachnoideo-celluloso nidulantia, etiam maturitate vix supra planum antheriferum eminentia, Embryonis uncinati radicula abbreviato-conica, quam cotyledones obovatæ, punto rence, inæquales, in stipitem angustatæ, multoties brevior. | PER ar ea EX ERES ME OT À ada lc waa rci a dl e A E ee eee le Ta a exsiecata aroma per plures annos fere immutatum conservant. Stirps proinde verisimiliter : e. E puse Dorstenie Brasilienses virtute hoc. et roborante, vel forsan adhuc efficaciore gun T FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 18 Ordo GNETACE E. GNETUM AFRICANUM, Welw. n. sp. G. fruticosum, dioicum ; caule cylindraceo, gracili, volubili, alte lateque scandente, remote ramoso, ramis ramulisque patentissimis vel retroflexis pendulisve, herbaceo-viridibus, levigatis, valde tenacibus, ad nodos parum incrassatis; foliis breve petiolatis, chartaceo-rigidulis, penninerviis, ovali- vel elliptico-oblongis, rarius lanceolatis, basi sensim vel abruptius attenuatis, nune sub- rotundatis, apice abruptim sensimve in acumen 3-5 lin. longum, lanceolatum vel lineare, plerumque obtusum, hine inde acutiusculum protractis, margine integris vel remote suberenatis, utrinque levigatis, sub lente fortiore dense pellucido-punc- tatis, supra leete viridibus nitidulis, subtus pallide virentibus ; amentis masculis ad ramulos abbreviatos laterales et apicales terminalibus, solitariis, longius peduncu- latis, simplicibus, rhachide compressiuscula, apice conico-subulata, verticillis remotis, globoso-capitatis, involucris cupuliformibus ore truncato subnudis ; amentis femineis drupisque non visis. Gnetum, spec. Welw., Apontam. (1858), p. 545, cum observ. Habitat in Districtus “ Golungo Alto” editioribus (2200-2400 ped.) umbrosis silvarum primitivarum de Serra do Alto Queta, ubi Januar. et Martio florentem vidi, sed stirpem femineam observare non licuit. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1224 € 1225. Trunculus in speciminibus a me observatis circiter digitum crassus, cylindraceus, subflexuosus, inferne cortice tenui cinerascente hine inde rimulis angustissimis distantibus notato, tectus, mox ad duos vel tres pedes supra basim trichotome divisus, ramis lateralibus oppositis et intermedio caulem pro- longante iterum repetito-trichotomis. Internodia inferiora vix bipollicaria, demum sursum versus sensim longiora, in caulis parte superiore ad 6-8 pollices longa, ad nodos modice tumida. Rami inferiores cireiter pennæ corvinæ crassitudine, superiores et ramuli vix fili emporitici crassitudine, omnes angulo recto patentes vel retrofracti, hinc inde volubiles, extimi flagelliformes, sicque stirpem inter arborum vicinarum frondes late scandentem suspendentes vel ex altiorum arborum coronis longe penduli, pallide herbaceo-virides, rigiduli et tenacissimi, ad imam basim non raro corniculis duobus oppositis, brevibus, rigidis, patentibus, stipulas aculeiformes fingentibus sed reapse ex petio- lorum basi remanente et indurata foliorum delapsorum oriundis, muniti. Folia perennia, sicque eorum vetustiora non raro ad faciem superiorem variorum Lichenum epiphyllorum orbiculis varie coloratis ornata, etiamsi vix coriacea; petioli 3-4, rarius 5lin. longi, canaliculati, plus minusve acute carinati, basi vaginante carnosulo-tumidi, hine exsiccatione plerumque transversim rugulosi, post laminæ lapsum in cornicula supra notata indurati, longe persistentes, et una cum eorum vagina caulis ramorumque nodos stipantes; lamina foliorum plene evolutorum 4-5 poll. longa, 2 poll. lata, nervis supra vix, sed mediano subtus ad laminæ medium usque manifeste pi sons utrinque 5 vel 6, arcuato-patentibus, sursum et marginem versus sensim evanidis, in vivo e viridi flavescentibus. Amenta mascula terminalia, solitaria, gracilia, rectiuscula vel obiter arcuata, pedun- culo subcompresso circiter semipollicem longo, ima basi pilorum rufescentiam circulo, supra medium bracteis 2 oppositis, ovalibus, acutis, erectis, basi vaginantibus munito, suffulta, excluso pedun- culo 2-22 pollices longa, verticillis 8-10, rarissime pluribus, singulis inter se 1 lin. distantibus, densifloris onusta; involucra breviter cyathiformia, ore truncato plerumque omnino nuda vel hinc inde tenuiter crispula, staminibus pro more sat longe exsertis coronata. Filamenta simplicia, involucella longe superantia, antheris biporosis flavicantibus terminata. Rhachis amenti ultra verticillum summum in acumen elongato-conicum, plus minusve acute subulatum, 14-2 lin. longum strictumque protracta. Cetera generis. VOL. XXVII. L 74 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Observatio.—Stirps ab autochthonibus passim “ N-Coco” nuncupatur et rami ob eorum longitudinem et tenacitatem chordarum ad instar utuntur ; folia recentiora autem cocta atque oleo palmarum condita sapidum ipsis cibum offerunt, etiam mihi in istis solitudinibus non raro graviter esurienti nequaquam ingratum. Fructus maturi, qui ex Nigritarum descriptione oblongo-ovoidei et leete rubentes, nucleum pro more sat amplum includunt, ob avium simiarumque voracitatem non nisi rarius inveniendi. Ordo CYPERACEE. Trib. HyPoLYyTREA, Nees, Endl. Gen. Pl. 216*. ASCOLEPIS, Nees. Genus reformatum et ampliatum : Spicule numerosissimæ in capitula densa hemisphærica vel subglobosa, longe bracteato-involucrata, dispo- : site, receptaculo depresse globoso vel hemisphærico, distincte alveolato, inserte, bisquamosæ. - Squama exterior plana, angusta, acuminata, vacua, floriferam stipans eaque brevior; squama inte- À rior spongioso-turgida, basi interna in rimula hiante florifera, hermaphrodita, sursum in appendicem subulatam vel compresse subprismaticam, longitudine variam angustata. Stamina 3 vel 2, rarius 1; filamentis filiformibus, antheris linearibus obtusis. Sete hypogyne nulle; discus nullus vel rudimentarius. Ovarium anguste ovoideum, obtuse vel acutius trigonum ; stylus brevis, basi æqualis, stigmatibus 3, rarius 2, filiformibus, obtusiusculis. Caryopsis libera, anguste latiusve obovoidea, plus — minus evidenter trigona vel tricostata, glabra+, vertice nuda vel brevissime apiculata aut truncata, 1 lateribus subtilissime impresso-punctulata, quam squama fructifera multoties brevior. Herbæ elegantulæ, perennes, erectæ, in Africa tropica cis- et transæquatoriali observatæ, ceespitose, — glabra, basi foliose. Folia filiformia vel anguste linearia. Culmi stricti, graciles, obscure angu- lati, rarius firmiores et sulculati, basi succulento-tumescentes, foliis laxe vaginantibus vestiti, superne longe nudi, monocephali, infra capitula modice incrassati. Capitula globosa, discoidea vel pseudo- radiata, involucro polyphyllo, e foliolis insequilongis basi dilatata membranaceo-marginatis compo- sito, suffulta, nune Kyllingiarum vel Eriocaulonearum, nunc quarundam Compositarum capitula radiata mire emulantia. Spicule basi arcte imbricatæ, apice liberæ, erectæ vel patentes, colorate, niveæ, lacteæ, flavæ vel aureze, nunquam omnino viridescentes, collapse demum varie costulatæ vel angulate ac plus minus rigidescentes. Ascolepis, Nees in Plant. Schimp. Abyss. sect. iii. no. 1664. Kyllingie spec., Steud. in Flora [B. Z.], 1842, p. 597. Isolepidis spec., A. Rich. Tent. Flor. Abyss. ii. p. 501. Antrolepis, Welw. Apont. p. 578. Antrolepis, Thomson in Speke's * Journ. of the Disc. of the Source of the Nile,’ p. 654. Genus Platylepidi Kunth affine et proximum, sed, ni fallor, bene distinctum, hueusque monotypicum, ab acutissimo Neesio ad specimina a cl. Schimper in Abyssinia lecta recognitum, ne dicam divinatum, sed vix ullibi verbis definitum. Differt autem .4sc6- | * Tribus Hypolytrearum a C. Neesio olim introducta, nec tamen bene limitata, postea ab Endlicherio l. c. quid- piam reformata, nunc generis præsentis speciebus pluribus quodammodo illustrata, in posterum, characteribus / — lepidis additis, accuratius circumseribenda. + Caryopsis plene matura sepius membranula tenuissima, hyalina, arcte adglutinata, sub tritu - secedente, sed in ovario sub anthesi vix perceptibili obducta invenitur, sicque, obiter aspecta, grisea et omnino gata, vix punctulata, apparet. - A m ! | | FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 75 lepis a Platylepide receptaculo hemisphærico (nec elongato-conico), squamis floriferis subcylindraceo-turgidis (nec plano-compressis), genitalibus in eorum rima basali sitis et liberis (nec intra squamæ utriculum inelusis), stylo typice trifido (nec constanter bifido), caryopsi demum trigona libera (nec biconvexa et in ipso squamæ fructiferæ utriculoinclusa. A Kyllingia, quacum species typica [i. e. Ascolepis eriocauloides Nees] a cl. Steudel in plantis Schimperianis Abyss. Sect. IT. no. 1195 et postea in Flora (Bot. Zeit.) loco supra citato conjungitur, nec non ab Isolepide, cui eadem species ab A. Rich. in Flor. Abyss. subscripta fuit, 4scolepis non solummodo genere, sed imo, uti ex supra allatis patet, tribu differt; non enim Scirpeis neque Cypereis, sed tribui Hypolytrearum prope Platy- lepidem adjungenda. -© Vegetationis modum quod attinet, species omnes densius laxiusve cæspitosæ crescunt, earumque individua, eximie socialia, capitulis innumeris hine vere et «estate prata paludosa, illinc autumnali tempore pascua montana humidiora denso agmine decorant, hocque modo, dum vix non semper cum Xyrideis, Eriocauloneis, Commelynaceis atque Irideis pumilis, colore et elegantia seque insignibus sociatæ, pascuis illis characterem peculiarem admodum variegatum imprimunt. Species singulæ autem vix unquam in eodem loco promiscue inter se crescentes observantur, et simul etiam rhizomatis indole atque perennandi modo inter se diverse, unde commode in duas sectiones divelluntur. Species nempe tenuiores rhizoma offerunt e culmorum basi carnoso-incrassata et bulbulis gemmæformibus, intra bulbi matricalis vaginas exteriores nascentibus fibrisque crebris gracilibus stipitatis laxe conflatum, dum contra species robustiores rhizomate gaudent lignescente, horizontali vel oblique descendente, ex quo culmi floriferi, basi itidem car- noso-tumidi, seriatim vel fasciculatim gregati assurgunt. Species rhizomate bulbulifero donate plerumque preecociores. sunt, sed individuorum vegetatio, etiamsi jam ineunte vere incipiens, ob bulbulorum in culmos florentes evolutionem successivam, pluviarum copia vel parcitate moderatam, in variis locis non raro ad æstatis finem usque exten- ditur, sicque crebris temperature et humiditatis vicissitudinibus exposita, unde, saltem pro parte, facies polymorpha capitulorum speciei maxime vulgaris, in diversis soli eleva- tionibus «que frequenter occurrentis (Ascolep. protee nostre) explicatur; species robustiores autem, rhizomate repente vel nodoso simulque profundius penetrante peren- nantes, tardius sese evolvunt, non nisi versus æstatis finem vel ineunte autumno flore- scere solent, sicque imbribus copiosioribus et longius persistentibus irrigatæ, nec non temperature vicissitudini minus subjecte, etiam quoad capitulorum magnitudinem spieularumque formam et colorem magis constantes inveniuntur. $ 1. Rhizoma tenuiter fibrosum, bulbuliferum ; caryopsis 4-3 lin. longa, vertice dilatato rotundato-obtusa *. l. ASCOLEPIS PROTEA, Welw. Culmis (floriferis) 3-10 poll. altis; foliis basilaribus [i. e. e bulbulis non nisi sequente anno culmiferis enatis] fasciculatis, angustissime linea- * Huic sectioni etiam species typica, nempe Ascolepis eriocauloides Nees, 1. c. (Isolepis Ascolepis A. Rich. 1. c.), in Abyssinie montosis primum a cl. Schimper, demum a C. Quartin Dillon lecta, inserenda. Speeimina sicca hujus speciei Schimperiana, quee in Herb. Kew. et in Museo Brit. prostant, sat bene cum descriptione Richardii conveniunt, excepta spieularum squama dorsali vacua, a Richardio prætervisa, sed certe obvia. Quoad habitum et capitulorum molem hxc species formis microcephalis Ascolepidis proteæ ß bellidifloræ nostrse satis similis, sed floribus L 2 76 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. ribus vel fere capillaribus, erectis, culmo duplo triplove brevioribus, caulinis duobus — vel sepius solitario, culmi basim laxe alteque vaginante, quam basilaria duplo - latiore et plerumque arcuatim patulo ; capitulis nune globosis 23-4 lin. crassis, nune - plus minusve hemisphæricis, transversim 3-8 lin. latis; spiculis albis vel flavis; valibus, lanceolatis vel lineari-lanceolatis, a medio apicem versus obtusis vel acutiusculis, singulis e capituli ius 2, stylo tri- vel squamis floriferis o subulatis vel compresso-cylindricis, centro peripheriam versus sensim longioribus ; staminibus 3 vel rar bifido; caryopsi minima, ¿+ lin. longa, obovoidea vel pyriformi, obscure trigona, vertice rotundato-obtuso vix apiculata, ad basim conico-attenuatam oblique truncata. s breve herbidis subspongiosis a 3200 ad 5000 ped. Habitat in Distr. Pungo Andongo et Huilla montosi in editioribus a Januario usque ad Maium altit., in demissioribus locis a Novembri ad Martii initium, florens. Etiam in Africa centrali observata. Stirps quoad capitulorum figuram et magnitudinem squamarumque florigerarum configurationem et - colorem maxime polymorpha, formis numerosis, primo aspectu inter se, uti dicere solent, toto celo diversis ludens, quee tamen accuratius examinate et comparatæ sensim atque sensim inter se con- fluunt, ita ut imo varietates, characteribus aliquomodo constantioribus circumscript, non nisi diffi- | ciliter et vix bene limitatæ statui queant. Sunt tamen forme distinctiores sequentes : u. kyllingioides: capitula virescenti-albida vel sordide lactea, sphærica vel depresse 3 | globosa, 2-33 lin. crassa; squamæ floriferæ abbreviatæ, ovales vel lato-lanceolatæ, M compressiuscule (in sicco subplanæ), apice obtusæ vel parum acutatæ ; stamina et | stigmata 3; caryopsis vix unquam 4 lin. longior, angulo uno alterove magis pro. minente. | Habitat in decliviis brevissime herbidis sed humidiusculis inter rupes editiores [3400 ped.] ipsius Presidi Pungo Andongo loco dicto Tunda Quilombo, nec alibi in omni Angola a me observata. Floret Nov. Decbr. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1667. Forma omnium precocior, capitulis plus minusve globosis, compactis, sordide albentibus, Kyllingias microcephalas æmulans. Squame floriferæ quidem, uti in omnibus sequentibus, turgidz, sed lati- ores et breviores simulque quidpiam compressæ, in sicco demum fere planæ apparent et extus 1-3-nerves. | : Hue forsan : Isolepis Kyllingioides Rich. Tent. Abyss. ii. 502 trahenda?, sed auctor cary- opsim apice acutam dicit, qualem in nulla Ascolepidis proteæ varietate observavi. | B. bellidiflora: capitula splendide nivea vel lactea; depresse hemisphærica, tran versim 5-8, rarius 3— lin. lata, centro plerumque excavata, Bellidem perennem flore pleno mire fingentia. Squamæ floriferæ graciles, elongatulæ, lanceolatæ vel lineari-lanceolatæ, apicem versus subulatæ vel compresso-cylindricæ, in sicco demum. angulatæ, plerumque laxius quam in « et y imbricatæ. Caryopsis in speciminibus : robustioribus + lin. longa, omnino sessilis. | Habitat in Distr. Pungo Andongo ad 3000 ped. alt., J anuario et Febr. florens, nec non in Distr. Hui la pascuis editis ad 5000 ped. alt., ibidemque a Febr. usque ad Maium floret. In Africa centrali dura? : — monsndris et squamis floriferis a basi latiore apicem versus longissime acuminato-subulatis differt. PP s es Inn Mesas mises pauca, et quidem non nisi e culmis singulis a cespite solutis constantia, necdum fructil = ~ examinare licuit. O am afg % FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 77 expeditione Spekeana (fid. Herb. Kew.) a cl. Capt. T. A. Grant in 5° 26’ lat. austr. ad 3900 ped. altit. lecta. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1668 & 1672 (formæ platycephalæ), dein 1671 & 1667 6 (formae microcephalæ). Antrolepis leucantha, Welw. Apont. p. 578 (nomen cum observ.). Antrolepis, sp. n., Thomson, 7. c. p. 654%. Capitulorum magnitudo hujus varietatis admodum variat, sed eorum figura (etiam in formis microce- phalis, locis macrioribus enatis, et iis varietatis æ vix majoribus) semper plus minusve depresse hemisphærica, disco ad centrum subexcavato. Squame floriferæ in formis microcephalis acutius subulatæ, rectiusculæ, in platycephalis obtusiores et frequenter sursum arcuate. Stamina in hac varietate non raro 2; stylus nunc elongatulus 3- vel 2-fidus, nunc brevissimus vel fere nullus; i. e. stigmata 3 vel 2, ovarii apici insidentia, elongata. santolinoides: capitula sulphurea aut lutea vel intense aurea, ea Santolinarum vel Anacycli aurei quodammodo simulantia, plerumque quam in varietate precedente robustiora et magnitudine minus variantia. Squame florifere paullo turgidiores et obtusiores, excepta forma maxime serotina (exsic. no. 1673) in qua sensim longe acuminate occurrunt. Caryopsis circiter + lin. longa. = Habitat in Distr. Pungo Andongo socialis cum var. 8, paullo serius florens, et in Distr. Huilla spongiosis de Morro de Lopollo, ad 5200 ped. una cum Drosere, Utricularie, et Dise speciebus. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1664, 1666, et 1673. Antrolepis sulphurea et A. Santolina, Welw. Apont. l. c. (nomina c. notula). Observ.—Ceespites omnium varietatum laxiusculi. Culmi in « et B tenuiores et breviores, sed in omnibus varietatibus quoad longitudinem valde variantes, vix unquam tamen quam 10 vel 12 poll. longiores, basi constanter bulboso-tumidi, disco parvulo, carnoso, fibrillifero suffulti, vaginis emarcidis, basi bul- bulum 1 vel plures foventibus, vestiti; bulbuli minuti, Cannabis seminibus vix majores, durante anthesi culmi matricalis folium unum vel plura fasciculata emittunt, que cæspitis folia basilaria sistunt, caulinis et involucralibus semper angustiora, sed longiora. Involuerum capituli basim arcte amplectens, 7-10-phyllum ; foliola a basi latissima, extus profunde plurisuicata, sensim vel abruptius in laminam lineari-lanceolatam acuminata, exteriora 2-4 reflexa, infimo longiore 1-2-pollicari ; interiora sensim breviora, squamzeformia, spiculis adpressa, iisque «equilonga vel paullo breviora. Spicularum longitudo secundum capitulorum diametrum varians, in formis microcephalis lineam vel sesquilineam, in platycephalis, inprimis exteriores, ad 22-3 lineas longs; squamae vacuæ tenues, lineari-lanceolatz, plane, basi hyalino-membranaceæ, floriferis breviores et multo angus- tiores, earumque dorso arcte adpressz vel fere adglutinate, sicque, precipue in exsiccatis, facile prze- tervise. Caryopsis cinereo-fuscescens vel nigricans, angulis, inprimis vertice et prope basim, non raro obscuris vel omnino evanidis. 2. ASCOLEPIS ANTHEMIFLORA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 9-13.) 4. culmis 1-13- pedalibus, gracillimis; foliis basilaribus anguste linearibus, culmo multo brevioribus, abrupte acutatis, caulinis paucis parum latioribus, erectiusculis; capitulis depresse hemispheericis, radiatis, transversim (inclusis radiis) 3-14 poll. latis; spiculis aureo- flavis; squamis floriferis centralibus (discum formantibus) abbreviatis, densissime congestis, erectiusculis, Punctum ; periphericis elongatis, ligulæformibus, stellatim * * Four to nine inches high ; g like white daisies, in ratl ist pl Alt. 3900 ft., 5° 26' S. Uncommon.” (Capt. Grant, apud Speke, l. c.) a o et ego formam hanc elegantissimam jam 1858 in Apont. l. c. cum Bellide perenni comparavi. 78 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. patentibus, compressis, subtus obtuse carinatis, supra secundum medium elevatim costatis, illas disci duplo triplove excedentibus, omnibus nitidulis apiceque obtusi- usculis vel abrupte subulatis; staminibus 3; stylo trifido; caryopsi j lin. longa, elongato-obovoidea vel claviformi, obtuse trigona, minutim apiculata, basi, angulis evanidis, in stipitem brevissimum cylindricum attenuata. Habitat in Distr. Pungo Andongo interioribus pratis palustribus juxta ripas fluminis Cuije, inter Quibinda et Quitage, una cum Strige, Sclerie, atque Commelynearum speciebus socialis; ad fin. Martii c. fl. et fr. lecta. Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1669. Antrolepis anthemiflora, Welw. l. c. Cæspites angusti, laxe coherentes. Culmi pro ipsorum longitudine admodum graciles, obsolete angulati, tenuissime striati, infra capitulum parum vel vix incrassati, sat debiles sed constanter erecti. Folia basilaria fere capillaria, 4-7 poll. longa, sed in planta florente non raro jam emarcida ; caulina paullo supra basim culmi 2-8, inferiora brevivaginata, superius culmum ad 2-24 poll. altitudinem laxiuscule vaginans, vagina striato-sulcata, sensim in laminam linearem angustata. Involueri foliola circiter 10; exteriora basi dilatata, margine lato-membranaceo undulata, laminis inferiorum 2 vel 3 sub plena anthesi reflexis, anguste lineari-lanceolatis, apice obtusiusculis; infimo 2-3 poll. longo. Capitula constanter aureo-flava, disco valde depresso, circumcirca longe denseque radiata, Anthemidum quarundam calathia eximie simulantia. Sguame floriferæ centrales 1-2 lin. longæ, densissime in discum leviter convexum vel subtruncatum congestæ ; periphericæ, i. e. capituli discum circumcur- rentes, 4-6 lin. longz, horizontaliter expansæ, rigidulæ, turgidulæ sed compressæ, semilineam late, mox post anthesin (ob carinam et costam nunc magis prominentes) tetragono-prismaticæ, fructiferæ fuscescentes ; squamæ vacuæ lineari-lanceolate vel lineares, sensim longe acuminatze, floriferis tamen semper breviores. Caryopsis quam in Ascol. protea parum crassior sed longior, angulis apicem et basim versus evanidis vel obscuris, ima basi cylindricao-attenuata transverse truncata, quasi sub- stipitata. Species, primo aspectu, capitulorum figura admodum singularis nec non caryopsis con- figuratione ab Ascolepide protea discrepans, ceteris autem characteribus hujusce varietati y satis affinis et forsan non nisi ejusdem forma serotina, in solo ditiore et humidiore — exorta. Anne Ascolepidi proteæ qua varietas ò. anthemiflora subscribenda ? $ 2. Rhizoma repens, indurescens ; caryopsis 3-1 lineam longa, vertice angustato truncata. 3. ASCOLEPIS SPECIOSA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XXIV. fig. 1-8.) 4. culmis subpedalibus, firmis, lineam crassis, basi elongato-conicis, vaginis foliorum emortuorum dense vestitis; foliis ad basim culmi pluribus, erecto- vel arcuato-patulis, linearibus, culmo vix angustioribus, apice planis, obtusiusculis, minutim denticulatis, rigidulis ; capi- tulis depresse globosis, densissimis, transversim 3-1 poll. latis; spiculis intense sul- phureis, verniceo-nitentibus ; squamis floriferis lanceolatis, a medio apicem versus cylindraceis vel subulato-attenuatis, obtusis rariusve acutiusculis, singulis a capituli peripheria centrum versus sensim brevioribus; staminibus 3; stylo trifido; caryopsi lineam longa, Bebkagrohürgiiee, manifeste trigona, vertice angustato transversim ; 2 truncata. | Habitat in Distr. Huilla pascuis breve herbidis humidiusculis prope als ad 5000 ped. altit., in Ly |... thracearum, Daphnoidearum humilium et Cyperi plurium specierum fideli societate. A fine Januarii que = a florens mox demum fructificat. Ezsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 1674. | T = E a A Et SR FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 79 Cæspites lati, densissimi. Culmi sub plena anthesi plerumque pedales vel paullo altiores, basi succu- lenta conico-tumida vaginis foliorum tam vigentium quam emarcidorum et externe insuper squamis elongatis, profunde plurisulcatis, fusco-purpurascentibus vestiti, arcte inter se cohærentes, fibris tenacibus stipati, rhizomati oblique descendenti demum indurescenti fasciculatim insidentes, quam in ceteris speciebus multo crassiores et rigidiores, evidenter plurisulcati, infra capitula parum vel vix incrassati. Folia culmorum sterilium fertiliumque plura, 3-7, gregata, insequilonga, e viridi glauce- scentia, fere carnosula, juniora erecta, adultiora modice arcuato-patula; vagin; parum supra terram exsertæ, ad oram membranaceam plus minusve undulatæ, longitudinaliter sulcatæ, sensim in laminam linearem culmo vix angustiorem sed plicatam, obtuse carinatam, obiter striatam, superne explanatam, margine et (inprimis prope apicem obtusiusculum vel abrupte acutatum) anguste hyalinam et remote spinuloso-denticulatam abientes. Involucri foliola 12-15, foliis vix latiora sed acutiora, longitudine inter se admodum varia, exteriora 4—7 reflexa, infimum ad 2-3 poll. longum; interiora sensim breviora et basi angustiora vel omnino ad vaginam reducta, squamiformia. Capitula pro more generis sat ampla, bene evoluta pollice paullo latiora et fere semipollicem alta, primum omnino leete sulphurea, demum ob spiculas exteriores præcocius fructificantes tumque fulvescentes bicoloria, centro nempe nunc dilutius flava, margine lato aureo-fulvo cincta, pro stirpe Cyperacea reapse speciosa. Sguame vacuæ lineares vel lineari-lanceolatæ, nervo crassiusculo, dorso obiter prominente, percursæ, inferne hyalino-membranaceæ, apicem versus longe acuminatæ vel subulatæ, ibidemque coloratæ, fertilibus fere dimidio breviores; squamæ florifere verniceo-nitidule, circumscriptione lanceolate, exteriores 4-44 lin. longe, fere usque ad medium rimula hiante apertæ, dorso, inprimis prope basim, nervis pluribus tenuibus percursæ, supra rimulam in appendicem cylindraceam obtusam vel acutius subulatam protractæ. Ovarii quam squama florigera multo brevioris anguli superne acutiores ; stylus basi zequalis, longitudine varians; stigmata obtusa. Caryopsis fusco-atra, circiter 1 lin. longa, angulis omnibus a basi ad apicem usque manifestis, subcostatis, vertice horizontaliter, basi attenuata oblique truncata, lateribus densissime seriatim foveolata. Species omnium cognitarum robustissima, in Cyperacearum cohorte facile elegantis- sima, habitu quasi Armeriam capitulis sulphureis ornatam repræsentans, sicque una cum precedente futura Adonistarum attentione non omnino indigna, a reliquis speciebus prster notas allatas simul majore rigiditate partium omnium discrepans, territorio Huillensi peculiaris videtur, nec ibidem infra 5000 ped. altit. a me visa. 4. ASCOLEPIS ELATA, Welw. n. sp. A. culmis subbipedalibus, vix ł lin. erassis, basi parum tumida vaginis crebris foliorum emarcidorum laxe vestitis ; foliis propriis et iis turionum fasciculatis, circa caulium basim congestis, erectis, 6-9 poll. longis, subfilifor- mibus, culmo duplo triplove angustioribus, apice planiusculo subacutis tenuiterque denticulatis, supremo patulo ceteris latiore ; capitulis hemisphæricis, subdensis, trans- versim 8-10 lin. latis; spiculis sordide albidis, vix nitidulis; squamis floriferis lan- ceolatis, a medio apicem versus longe sensimque attenuatis, compresse tetragonis, longitudine, centralibus exceptis, inter se subæqualibus, acutiusculis; staminibus 3; stylo trifido; caryopsi $ lin. longa, elongato-obovoidea, manifeste trigona, vertice parum angustato truncata. Habitat in Distr. Pungo Andongo pratis paludosis juxta dextram ripam fluminis Cuanza, inter Condo et Quisonde ad 3600 ped. circiter altit., in Xyridearum, Drosere indice et Eriospermi specierum con- sortio. Ad finem Martii c. fl. et fr. lecta, sed rarius obvia. Antrolepis elata, Welw. l. c. Rhizoma omnino antecedentis speciei; culmi autem fere duplo altiores, nec non angustiores, obtusanguli, 80 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. tenuiter sulcati, basi vix succulenti, sed vaginis emarcidis numerosis, profunde sulcatis, exterioribus in fbras setiformes solutis, vestiti. Folia pallide viridia, culmo multo tenuiora, angustissime linearia, concava vel plicata, dorso sulculata sed vix carinata, apicem versus plana, hyalino-marginata et denti- culata. Involueri foliola foliis saltem duplo latiora, reflexorum infimum ad 3 poll. longum. Capitula quam in ceteris speciebus evidenter laxiora; spiculæ quoad longitudinem inter se parum variantes, 3-4 lin. longæ, maxime centrales tamen semper breviores. Squame fertiles ad rimulæ florigere alti- tudinem usque biconvexæ, supra rimulam plus minusve evidenter tetragonæ, angulis lateralibus acuti- oribus, omnibus in squama fructifera vel collapsa magis prominentibus; squamæ vacuz uninerves, nervo excurrente acute subulatæ. Caryopsis griseo-fuscescens, lateribus sub lente forti densissime foveolata. Species foliis filiformibus capitulorumque figura et colore ad Ascolepidem proteam f. bellidifloram accedens, rhizomatis indole autem nec non caryopsis configuratione Ase. speciosæ magis affinis sed a me non nisi in paucis speciminibus iisque jam fere defloratis observata et proinde in posterum secundum specimina numerosiora in diversis habita- tionibus et evolutionis periodis lecta accuratius definienda. 4 Species inquirende vel recognoscende. 1. KYLLINGIA MIOROCEPHALA, Steud. in Plant. Schimp. Exsicc. Abyss. ii. no. 650 (nec Liebm.), sive Isolepis Kyllingioides, A. Rich. Tent. Abyss. i. pag. 502. Secundum cl. Rich. 1. c. Ascolepidi eriocauloidi affinis, ast cel. auctor squamas floriferas planas, stamina tria, caryopsim apice acutam et folia culmum æquantia vel superantia de- scribit. Anne Ascolepidis species distincta vel forsitan Ascolepidis protec supra 1 descriptæ varietas ? E 2. ISOLEPIS POLYPHYLLA, A. Rich. Z. c. p. 503. Species una cum priore in Abyssinie provincia Chiré lecta, a cl. auctore non nisi in statu fructifero visa et breviter descripta et quidem Ascolepidi eriocauloidi proxima habita, sed ex diagnosi nimis brevi vix rite eruenda. Etiam hujus speciei squamam fertilem planam et caryopsim obovatam, non angulatam sed acuminatam dicit cl. auctor. | Ambarum stirpium specimina sicca videre nondum licuit. Ordo GRAMINEA. Trib. IV. SrrPACEZ, Kunth, Gram. 57. 1. ARISTIDA PRODIGIOSA, Welw. n. sp. (Tab. XXV.) Cæspitosa, plurennis, gracilis; eulmo glabro 1-3-pedali, nodis coloratis imberbibus; foliis radicalibus angustissimis, sub-4-pollicaribus, glaucis, sub lente scabrido-puberulis, ligulis brevissimis ciliatis; panicula lineari-oblonga, multiflora, 3-1-pedali, ramis 2-5 fascieulatis fere a basi floriferis, spiculas plures, sub 3, lineares, pedicellatas gerentibus; glume subeequales acute, hirsutee vel glabratæ, basi violaceo-coloratæ, ad infimam basim trinerves ; flos- culus, dempta arista, glumarum dimidium vix æquans, glaber; arista circumscisse decidua, stipite 13 lin. longo, vix torto, glabro, conico, intus cavo, setis lateralibus nudis, intermedia basi nuda, a medio ad apicem usque plumoso-pennata, laterales | duplo et ultra superante. | ~ Habitat frequens i i . . . frequens in collinis areno is Distr. M des, ex Giraúl usque ad Cabo negro, inprin | $ FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 81 locis sabulosis oceano proximis, v. gr. ad “ Praia da Amelia,” denso agmine crescens, per totum fere annum florens et fructificans (Junio, Julio et Septb. 1859 legi). Exsic. Welw. Iter Angol. no. 2000. Rhizoma abbreviatum, mox in fibras descendentes solutum; fibre perplures, elongatæ, cylindraceæ, simplices, pennæ corvinæ crassiores, villo albido, velutino, viscido undique obtectæ et subsuc- culentz. Cæspites pro soli et expositionis ratione nune angusti et depressi, pauciculmes, nunc ampliores et altiores, culmos 8-10 et plures emittentes. Folia radicalia dense congesta, in macri- oribus arcuato-ascendentia, 1—2-pollicaria, in robustioribus erectiuscula, 3-5 pollices longa, angustis- sima, arcte plicata sive convoluta, subulatim acuminata, rigidula, cinereo-glaucescentia, sub lente sulcato-striata et subtiliter scabrido-puberula, successive evoluta atque longe perennantia. Culmi simplices, a basi ascendenter erecti, inferne nodosi, nunc 1-13-pedales, gracillimi et debiles, nunc (in solo humidiusculo vel minus sterili) 2-3-pedales, pennæ corvinæ fere crassitudine et firmiores, parce foliosi ; nodi 2-4, constricti, glabri, fusco-purpurascentes, 1-3 pollices inter se distantes ; folia culmi radicalibus quoad figuram et indumentum similia, sed longe vaginata; vaginæ glaucescentes, tenuiter puberulæ, ad oram pilis albidis fasciculatis prompte deciduis barbulatæ, medio parum tumentes, infe- riores nodos denudantes, suprema longissima, lamina abbreviata, culmum non raro ad paniculæ basim usque vestiens. Panicula erecta, nunc vix 4-pollicaris, laxior et rariflora, sed plerumque elongata, 6-12-pollicaris, densior et multiflora, rachi compresso-angulata glabra, ramis 2-5 fasciculatis levigatis, erecto-patulis, parce ramulosis. Spicule graciles, absque arista 3-4 lin. longe, pedicellis gracillimis, ipsis æquilongis vel longioribus, apice incrassatis suffultæ. Glume fere zequales, concavze, carinate, constanter acute, basi semper, rarius omnino violaceæ, dorso undique vel solum juxta carinam hirsutz (nunc penitus glabratze), basi prominenter trinerves. Palea inferior coriacea, glaberrima, trinervis; aristz seta intermedia 1-12 poll. longa, a medio ad apicem pilis hyalinis, tenuissimis, eleganter plumosa, laterales ea dimidio saltem breviores, nudz, divergentes, tenuissime capillares; palea superior abbreviata, obtusa, membranacea; squamule integre, acutiuscule, in diversis ejusdem paniculæ flosculis diverse magnitudinis, quondam parum evolute. Ovarium oblongo-ovoideum, stipitatum, glabrum, stigmatibus intense flavis, pilis simplicibus hyalinis plumosis, muco copioso involutis. Caryopsis cylindracea, vertice obtuso stylorum rudimentis biapiculata, basin versus obconico-attenuata, longitudine lineam parum excedens, glaberrima, longitudinaliter unisulcata. Observatio.—Gramen elegans sed sat polymorphum, uti in stirpe sub variis solis et expositionis conditionibus vigente expectandum. Forme hyemales, i. e. a Junio ad Septembris initium florentes, uti et illæ in macrioribus et siccioribus obviæ, foliis angus- tioribus et brevioribus nec non varie curvis vel arcuatis, panicula laxiore glumisque basi intensius violaceis et dorso hirsutis gaudent, dum individua mensibus vernis vel in solo minus arido aut juxta rivorum ripas crescentia foliis longioribus, erectiusculis vel leviter arcuatis, paniculis densioribus ac glumis pallidioribus et non raro omnino glabris sese distinguunt; ast glumarum magnitudinem et figuram, earumque inter se et cum flosculo relationem nec non ariste fabricam, in omnibus et quidem numerosis a me examinatis speciminibus semper easdem et constantes observavi Proxima quidem et affinis hæc præsens species videtur Aristide ciliatæ Desf., a qua tamen ex auctoritate acutissimi Agrostologi clar. Guill Munro, cujus benevolum eonsilium in stabilienda et definienda hac specie secutus sum, inprimis glumis acutis differt ; ab Aristida plumosa Lin., etiam quodammodo affini, præcipue ariste basi conica intus cava distinguitur. Prodigiosam hane Aristide speciem vocavi, quoniam illa, etiamsi ob totius plante gracilitatem et foliorum culmorumque indumentum cinereo-glaucescens, solo arenoso quasi concolor, peregrinatoris oculis facile fugit, nihilo minus multitudini Zebrarum, VOL. XXVII. : ! M 82 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Antilopum atque Leporum, in istis desertis ab omni reliqua vegetatione fere penitus denu datis vagantium, et imo pecorum domesticorum gregibus, optimum lætumque, et quidem durante hyemis siccissimo tempore unicum pabulum offert, et: ita non minus ac Acan- thosicyos supra descripta desertorum Africæ calidæ prodigiis adnumerari meretur. EXPLICATIO TABULARUM. TABULA I. Monodora Angolensis. Fig. 1. Ramulus florifer; magn. nat. Fig. 5. Ovarium. 2. Flos, demtis petalis exterioribus; paullo 6. Idem transverse sectum ; auct. auct. 7. Fructus; magn. nat. . 8. Stamen a latere, et 8. Semen; magn. nat. 4. a fronte visum ; auct. . 9. Idem verticaliter sectum ;' paullo auctum. TABULA II. Alsodeia (Ceranthera) ilicifolia. Fig. 1. Ramulus florifer ; magn. nat. Fig. 9. Semina; magn. nat. 2. Flos; auct. 10. Semen testæ parte demta, albumen exhi- 3. Idem, demto calyce, a latere visus; auct. bens; auct. 4. Flos vi apertus a fronte visus; auct. 11. Albuminis pars, embryonem in situ ezhi- 5. Stamina duo a fronte, et bens; auct. 6. a dorso visa; auct. 12. Berker a fronte, et 7. Ovarii pars cum stylo; auct. 13. a latere visus; auct. 8. Ramulus fructifer; magn. nat. TaBULA III. Oncoba Welwitschii. Fig. 1. Ramus florifer; magn. nat. Fig. 5. Semina; magn. nat. 2. Pistillum; paul. auct. 6. Semen; auct. . 3. Ovarium transverse sectum ; auct. 7. Idem verticaliter annos embryonem es 4. Ramulus fructifer, magn. nat., fructum hibens ; auct. unum (inferiorem) ante, et alterum 8. Embryo, a latere visus; valde auct.. (superiorem) post dehiscentiam repræ- |: sentans. TABULA IV. Polygala Gomesiana. Caulis pars inferior et ejusdem apex florifer, magn. nat. Vig. 1. Flos c. bracteolis; auct. Fig. 7. Stamen; auct. . 2. Flos a fronte visus. TU 8. Pistillum ; auct. | . 9. Flos sepalis demptis; auct. t Capsula ; magn. nat. Idem se e et carina one, magis 0. Eadem; auct. | 4 i IL Semen maga mt Du. 18. Tdem a tro vimm; net x Fig.” Fig. Fig. FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 83 TABULA V. á Vatica africana. 1. Ramulus florifer; magn. nat. | Fig. 8. Ovarium transverse sectum ; magis auct. 2. Alabastrum; auct. 9. Idem verticaliter sectum ; auct. 3. Flos expansus; auct. 10. Calyx fructifer; magn. nat. 4. Stamen a fronte, et 11. Fructus verticaliter sectus; auct. 5. a dorso visum; auct. 12. Vatica africana B. hypoleuca, ramulus 6. Calyx cum pistillo; auct. florifer; magn. nat. 7. Pistillum dempto calyce; magis auct. TABULA VI. Octolobus spectabilis. Ramus florifer, magn. nat. 1. Flos masc. vi apertus; magn. nat. Fig. 9. Idem apertum. 2. Flos fem. vi apertus ; magn. nat. 10. Semen; magn. nat. 3. Gynæcium verticaliter sectum ; auct. 11. Idem vertical. sectum, cotyledones exhi- 4. Gynzcii stamen imperfectum, a latere, et bens. 9. a fronte visum ; auct. 12. Idem cotyledone una dempta, plumulam 6. Carpellum ; auct. exhibens. 7. Idem verticaliter sectum. 13. Plumula cum radicula; auct. 8. Carpellum maturum ; magn. nat. TABULA VII. Paivaeusa dactylophylla. Ramul. florib. masc.; magn. nat. Capitulum florum masc., et Idem verticaliter sectum ; auct. Flos masc. singulus; valde auct. Stamen ; auct. : Ramulus florib. fem.; magn. nat. Flos fem. ; auct. NOR Sn Fig. 8. Idem calyce demto. 9. Ovarium transverse sectum ; auct. 10. Ramus fructifer; magn. nat. 11. Fructus, necdum bene maturus, vertica- liter sectus; paullo auct. 12. Ejusdem pyrenæ, altera abortiente ; magis auct. TABULA VIII. Myrothamnus flabellifolia. Ramus florib. masc. ; magn. nat. et 3. Folia a facie et a dorso visa; auct. Flos. masc.; auct. Stamen; auct. Ramulus florib. fem.; magn. nat. 7. Flores femin. ; auct. 8. Ovarium transverse sectum ; auct. nr 9. Ramulus fructifer; magn. nat. 10. Capsula matura; auct. 11. Carpellum singulum seminiferum ; auct. 12. Semen; auct. 18. Semen verticaliter sectum, albumen et embryonem exhibens; valde auct. M2 84 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. TABULA IX. Basananthe nummularia. Folium ; paullo auct. Flos habitu naturali; auct. Idem arte expansus; auct. Idem verticaliter sectus; magis auctus. Coronæ pars, fila seriei interne super culata exhibens; auct. Eadem pars a facie externa visa. Fig. SEG oye im m TABULA X. Machadoa Huillensis. Planta integra c. flor. et fr., magn. nat. Flos; parum auct. Idem vi aperta ; magis auct. Idem dissectus et adhuc magis auct. Petalum; auct. Pars annuli deal cum stamine ; auct. Fig. =p p.m TABULA XI. Acanthosicyos horrida. Plantæ modum crescendi exhibens; dimin. Ramus sterilis, et Ram. florifer masc.; magn. nat. Flos masc.; auct. Idem apertus; auct. Calyx cum staminibus ab interna facie D ws pr visis; auct. "TABULA XI. A. Acanthosicyos horrida. 1. Ramus fructifer; magn. nat. 2. Corticis fructus fragmentum ; auct. 9. et 4. Semina; magn. nat. 5. Semen auctum, a facie, et 6. a latere visum. TABULA XII. Corallocarpus Welwitschii. Fig. 1. Ramus florifer et simul fructifer; magn. nat. 2. Flos masc.; auct. > 8. Idem expansus; auct. en a Idem arte apertus. Planta integra c. flore et fr., magn. nat. Fig. 7. Stamen a fronte, et 8. a dorso visum; auct. 9. Gynophorum cum pistillo; auct. 10. Capsula matura; modice auct. 11. Eadem verticaliter secta; auct. 19. Semen cum funiculo; pariter auct. Fig. 6. Stamen a dorso visum ; auct. 7. Pistillum ; auct. 8. Ovarium transverse sectum ; auct. 9. Semina a facie et a latere visa; magn. nat. 10. Semen; auct. 11. Idem transverse sectum. Fig. 7. Pars calycis verticaliter dissecti, staminis - insertionem illustrans ; auct. 8. Pilus singulus barbæ filamentorum ; valde auct. 9. Plantá juvenilis; magn. nat. Obs. Hæc ultima figura perperam no.8. designata. Fig. 7. Semen verticaliter dissectum ; auct. 8. Embryo a facie, et — 9. a latere visus; paullo auct. 10. Cotyledon a facie interna visa cum plu mula et radicula in situ; auct. : Fig. 7. Ovarium transv. sectum. 8. Fructus maturus; magn. nat. . 9. Idem transverse sectus ; eg auct 10. Semen; magn. nat. : 11. Idem ; auct. 12. Folium alterius speciminis dui ciei, lobis lineari- — E Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Figs. FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 85 TaABULA XIII. Mussenda splendida. Ramus florifer, magn. nat. l. Floris alabastrum ; auct. Fig. 4. Idem transverse sectum ; magis auct. 2. Corolla arte aperta; auct. 5. Fructus maturus; magn. nat. 3. Ovarium demptis calycis lobis; auct. TABULA XIV. Corynanthe paniculata. Ramus florifer, magn. nat. 1. Flos nondum apertus, et Fig. 7. Capsula matura dehiscens; auct. 2. Idem expansus ; auct. y 8. Ejusdem valvarum una, internam faciem 3. Anthera a facie, et seminumque situm exhibens; auct. 4. a dorso visa; auct. 9. Capsula paullo ante dehiscentiam trans- 5. Ovarium, et verse secta; auct. 6 6a. Pars panicule fructifere; magn. nat. AA AAA 9» w » ] 3. 4. 5. 11. Idem valde auctum. . Idem transverse sectum ; auct. | 10. Semen; magn. nat. | | ! - (N.B. Lit. a in icone omissa.) TABULA XV. Schrebera Golungensis. Ramus florifer, magn. nat. Alabastrum ; auct. Fig. 10. Semen perfectum ; magn. nat. Corolla arte aperta; auct. 11. Semen abortivum ; magn. nat. Stamen a latere, et —— 12. Seminis pars basilaris, tegmine dempto, a facie visum ; auct. embryonis situm exhibens; magn. Pistillum ; auct. nat. Ovarium verticaliter sectum ; mag. auct. 18. et 14. Embryo a facie et a latere visus; Idem transverse sectum. ; magn. nat. . Capsula matura dehiscens; magnit. nat. 15. Ejusdem pars basilaris cum radicula; Ejusdem valvularum una, seminum situm auct. exhibens; magn. nat. TABULA XVI. Pachypodium Lealii. . Stirpes duæ integre, speciei habitum Fig. 5. Stamen; auct. exhibentes; diminut. | 6. Calyx cum pistillo; auct. . Ramus florifer; magnit. nat. | 7. Ramuli fructif. apex, fructus juveniles et Pars rami junioris, superne folium inter maturos exhibens; magn. nat. spinas sessile, inferne ejusdem delapsi | 8. Semen; magnit. nat. cicatricem exhibens; parum auct. 9. Embryo a facie et a latere visus; parum Corollz tubus arte apertus; auct. | auct. TABULA XVII. Faroa salutaris.. . et 2. Plante integre florentes diverse Fig. 6. Ovarium transverse sectum ; anct. ætatis; magn. nat. 7. Ramus fructifer; magn. nat. Alabastr.; auct. ` en 8. Capsula matura dehiscens; auct. Flos expansus; auct. 9. Eadem transverse secta; auct. Idem arte apertus; magis auct. 4 10. Semen; valde auct. 86 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. TABULA XVIII. Sesamothamnus Benguellensis. Fig. 1. Imago diminuta speciminis vetustioris floriferi, fruticis habitum illustrans. 2. Apex ramuli foliiferi; magn. nat. 3. Ramulus florifer; magn. nat. 4. Corollæ pars arte aperta, staminum situm exhibens; auct. | Fig. 5. Anthera a latere et a facie visa; auct. 6. Calyx cum pistillo; auct. 7. Ovarium; auct. 8. Ramulus fructifer ; magn. nat. 9. Semen ; magn. nat. TABULA XIX. Alvesia rosmarinifolia. A. Caulis pars cum ramo laterali florifero; magn. nat. B. Ejusdem caulis apex florifer et fructifer; magn. nat. Fig. 1. Flos; auct. 2. Idem verticaliter sectus; magis auct. 3. Pars superior filamenti cum anthera; auct. 4. Calyx verticaliter sectus, gynophorum et pistillum exhibens. Fig. 5. Calyx fructifer, arte dimidiatus, nucu- lam perfectam et abortientes exhi- bens; magn. naturali. 6. Nucula singula; magis auct. TABULA XX. Faurea speciosa. Ramus floriger, spicam unam (ad dextram) florentem, alteram (ad sinistram) jam basi fructificantem exhibens; magn. nat. Fig. 1. Alabastrum et flos apertus; auct. | 2. Pistillum cum squamulis ; auct. | Fig. 3. Ovarium; magis auct. 4. Idem verticaliter sectum ; itidem auct. TABULA XXI. Hydnora longicollis. Fig. 1. Pars caulis subterranei cum alabastris di- anthio (hoc quidem limbo 4-fido) mu- verse ætatis et flore uno aperto; nitum; magn. nat. magn. nat. Fig. 4. Pericarpium maturum; parum auct. 2. Flos verticaliter sectus, ovarii et stami- 5. Idem transverse sectum, seminum con- num situm exhibens. glutinatorum globulum exhibens. 3. Pericarpium submaturum, adhue peri- TaABULA XXII. Pilostyles ethiopica. Fig. 1. Ramulus arboris e Cæsalpinearum tribu Fig. 4. Idem magis evolutus, et (Berlinia paniculata, Benth.) , que pa- 9. Idem plene evolutus; magis auct. rasitze matrix, floribus Pilostylis femi- 6. Flos bracteis sepalis petalisque demtis, neis onustus; magn. nat. ovarium exhibens; auct. 2. Sectio transversa ejusdem ramuli, para- 7. Ovarium verticaliter, et sitæ insertionem et evolutionem suc- 8. transverse sectum ; auct. cessivam illustrans ; auct. 9. Ovulum singulum ; magis auct. 3. Flos singulus [vel magis proprie specimen singulum] adhuc involucro hiante mu- FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 87 TABULA XXII. (continuatio). Fig. 10. Ramus alterius arboris ejusdem Berlinie Fig. 13. Flos masculus centro verticaliter sectus, paniculate, floribus Pilostylis masculis | sepalis petalisque demptis; valde auct. onustus ; magn. nat. 14. Columna staminea verticaliter secta; ad- 11. Flos masc. verticaliter sectus, columnam huc magis auct. stamineam exhibens ; auct. Obs. Petalorum etc. denticuli, nec non tubi sta- 12. Column: stamineæ apex floris juvenilis, minei costulæ a pictore prætervisa. antheris necdum effetis; auct. TABULA XXIII. Morus ezcelsa. Fig. 1. Pars ramuli amenta masc. gerentis; Fig. 5. Ovarium adolescens; auct. magn. nat. 6. Achenium c. stylo exsiccato ; auct. 2. Flos masc. singulus ; auct. 7. Idem apertum, semen exhibens; auct. 3. Ramus amenta feminea submatura ge- 8. Semen verticaliter sectum, embryonem et rens; magn. nat. albumen parcum illustrans ; auct. 4. Flos femin.; auct. 9. Embryo; magis auct. TABULA XXIV. Ascolepis speciosa. Fig. 1. Planta integra florens; magn. nat. Fig. 4. Squama florig. a fronte visa; auct. 2. Involucrum cum receptaculo spiculis de- 5. Pistillum et stamina; magis auct. nudato; quidpiam auct. 6. Caryopses; magn. nat. 3. Spicula squamam florigeram et vacuam 7. Caryopsis singula; valde auct. exhibens; auct. 8. Eadem transverse secta; mag. auct. Ascolepis anthemiflora. Fig. 9. Capitulum florig.; magn. nat. Fig. 12. Caryopses; magnit. nat. 10. Spicula singula peripheriæ ; auct. 13. Caryopsis singula ; valde auct. 11. Spicula singula disci; auct. TABULA XXV. Aristida prodigiosa. : Fig. 1. Plante pars inferior, et Fig. 6. Pistillum cum squamulis et palea supe- 2. Culmi pars florifera; magn. nat. riore; valde auct. 3. Spicula singula juvenilis; auct. 7. Squamula singula; v. auci. 4. Eadem evoluta; magis aucta. . 8. Palea superior; v. auct. 5. Eadem demptis glumis ; iterum auct. 9. Caryopsis matura; auct. 5a. [numerus in icone omissus] Pistillum stamina et squamulæ; valde auct. 88 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. INDEX SYSTEMATICUS. ANONACEÆ . N Monodora RER Welw. Xylopia odoratissima, Welw. ‘VIOLARIEZ . : Alsodeia ilicifolia, Welw. i BIxacEz . Oncoba Welwitschii, Oliv. PoLYGALEZ . Polygala AE Welw. : DIPTEROCARPEÆ Vatica africana, Weho. , a. denudans , B. hypoleuca . — STERCULIACEÆ . Octolobus os. Welw. ZYGOPHYLLEE ou : sus bide, Welw. . à BURSERACEE Paivaeusa dactglophrl Weho. MeLtacER . . i Naregamia alata, Wi ight sien T B. africana, Welw. HAMAMELIDEE . . Myrothamnus flabellifolia, Welw. . . -COMBRETACER Cacoucia RE Welw. Illigera pentaphylla, Welw. PASSIFLOREE . Basananthe litoralia, Pan ——— nummularia, Welw. Machadoa Huillensis, Welw. CUCURBITACEE . . : Acanthosieyos hordd, We elw. Corallocarpus Welwitschii, Hook. f. i r polymorpha, Wah o E Welw. Pag. 10 Tab. I. SEE (fig. 12.) VI. VII. VIII. IX. X XI. & XI. 4. M EE CACTACEÆ . Rhipsalis Cuerda Gürtn.- RUBIACEÆ . i Mussænda ie Welw. Corynanthe paniculata, Welw. JASMINACEZ . Schrebera cd We elw. trichoclada, Welw. alata, Welw. , B. tomentella . APOCYNACEE . . Pachypodium Lodi, Welw. GENTIANACEÆ VU Faroa salutaris, Welw. Belmontia gracilis, Welw. . Exochænium primulæflorum, Welw. , B. nanum . debile, Welw. . — diamo. Griseb. BIGNONIACER Sesamothamnus Bengali sis, Welw. . ‘ Sesamum coló. Weho. ‘ calycinum, Welw. Pterodiscus aurantiacus, Welw. Linariopsis prostrata, Welw. . LABIATA . Alvesia rome a. Welw. Achyrospermum AO Welw. Tinnea inti RE Weho. eriocalyx, Welw. . PoLYGONACER . " Oxygonum Actes, Weho. Brunnichia africana, Welw. PROTEACER . . ur Faurea speciosa, Welw. discolor, Welw. —— saligna, Harv.. . . . Tab. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. INDEX SYSTEMATICUS (contin.). Pag. RAFFLESIACEX . . 66 Hydnora E n Teta collis, Welw. . . . 66 Pilostyles sethiopica, mw Tm D Morex . u NC Morus hs. Welw. PINS ON Dorstenia vivipara, Welw. . 70 Benguellensis, Welw. . 71 psilurüs, Velo. . © . 71 GNETACER . hv Gnetum itla; Welw. y CYPERACEÆ . . $3 7. Wood Ascolepis fob, Welw. . . 75 , a. kyllingioides . 76 À: Acanthosicyos, Welw. horrida, Welw. ‘ Achyrospermum ethiopicum, Welw. —— densiflorum, Bl. —— frutescens, Benth. —— phlomoides, Bl. Adansonia, L. Adeniopsis, Welw. è Adenium, R. et Sch. . Honghel, Alph. DC. . oe —; Lind. . . i —— HAS ET Klotsch. . Namaquanum, Wyley speciosum, Fenzl. . . Æchmandra conocarpa, Dalz. ——— epigea, Am. . . QR qune velutina, Dalz. . Alchorneæ spec : Aloë ruens Min. r -Vok a _ Alsodeia ilicifolia, Welw. . . . . . Tab. XXI. XXII. XXIII. Pag. «80 Pag. CypPERACEA (continued). Ascolepis protea, f. bellidi- fora nn — , y. santolinoides . 77 — — anthemiflora, Welw.. . 77 speciosa, Welw. . . . 78 elata, Weho, « . "79 Ascolepidis, spec. ? (Kyllingia microcephala, Sfeud.) . . 80 —— spec.? (Isolepis poly- phyll; A. Rich.) . . . 80 GRAMINER, Aristida prodigiosa, Welw. . 80 INDEX ALPHABETICUS. Alsodeieæ . Alvardie spec. Alvesia, Welw. . "lxi rosmarinifolia, Welw. Ampelidee a ANONACEZÆ . Anone spec. . . Antrolepis en, Welw. ‘ elata, Welw. . . > i —— leucantha, Welw. — hov. spec., Thomson ——— santolina, Welw. . —— sulphurea, Welw. Apodanthee . ss Apodanthes, Poit. i APOCYNACEÆ . . Ww. Aristida ciliata, Desf. —— plumosa, L. . "y —— prodigiosa, Welw. o Arachis hypogea, L. . . +. ++ Ascolepis, Nees . . » + + + + 89 XXIV. (fig. 9-13.) XXIV. (fig. 1-8.) XXV. Obs.—Nomina stirpium descriptarum litteris romanis (ordinalia majoribus), synonyma et nomina stirpium in observationibus commemoratarum litteris — traduntur. 90 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. INDEX ALPHABETICUS (contin.). Pag. Ascolepis anthemiflora, Welw. 77 elata, Welw. XL, eriocauloides, Nees 75, 80 protea, Welw. . ‘ 75, 78 —— , % Kyllingioides . 20 — — ——, B. bellidiflora . 76, 80 —— , y. santolinoides 77 speciosa, Welw. 78 Azedas bravas 61 B. Balanophoree 69 Baloteæ 55 Bandeirea speciosa, Welw. 26 Basananthe, Peyr. 27 litoralis, Peyr. 28, 29 —— — nummularia, Welw. . 28, 29 Belmontia, E. M. 47, 49 gracilis, Welw. . . 47 Berlinia paniculata, Benth. au BIGNONIACEÆ . . 38, 39, 49 Bombaz REN, P. i B. > 8 Brasenia peltata, Pursh 36 Brunnichia africana, Welw. 61 — — cirrhosa, Banks 62 Brunnichieæ . 61 BURSERACER . 20 Bursereæ . 20 C. Cachinde candange . . 24 Cacoucia, Aubl. (nec Walp) . 24 coccinea, Aubl. . 26 ——— cordifolia, Walp. . 24 platyptera, Welw. 24 — — species . . 35 CACTACER . . QUO Vg 35 Camoënsia maxima, Welw. Bu NEN NNNM nn nn © Ceratogonum, Meisn. . . Ceranthera rag Welw. = (cont corrig) Chloreæ : Din. ` . ` : ... Clematidis spec o Cliffortia? Nebel jui uk. 2 a - Cola acuminata . . Pag. COMBRETACERS . . e a o v merma Combretess ahead & anco ch ero HERB Commelynacee Cow à 75,78 | Corallocarpus elw. "it «coii mi TUE —— Welwitschii, Hook. * x4 2 Corypanthe, Welw. . . „ec... oda panouus Maln. e . za e . 1 Owl. o ouo cn o EE CUCURBITACER 6,90 — Cucurbiteæ 30 Y CCR RD SLT 07 15. 3 CYPERACEA der . 48, 49,74 Cyperus Papyrus, L. 6. Mm Cyrtandree . . ¿A Cyrtopera longifolia, Reichb. f E CIC | 3 | D. 3 Dalhousiea bracteata, W all. . e | Daphnoidee 7,78 02 Dileniacee . M c i | ZWEI V. s. oo oci ce AG 1 Dombeyespec. . . . "E CS 1 Dorstenia Benguellensis, Welw. M Fame NE : à s... -.. . AM E vyipaa Fem. -c o s. s. 3 5B " Drosera indica, L. | Droser spec. E. Echiteæ Echites PME Thunb. Eleodendron glaucum, Pres. . Elais guineensis, L. . Enicostema, Bl. Ericacee Eriocaulonee . Eriospermi spec. . Eucinchoneæ . Euclea, L.. . Eupachypodium, Welw. Eupassifloreæ . Eureiandra formosa, Hook. t FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. Exochænium primulzflorum, Welw. , 8. nanum . F. Fabago (Sect. line Faroa, Welw. . . ; salutaris, Weho. Fici spec. Faurea, Harv. j discolor, Welw. saligna, Harv. . speciosa, Welw. GENTIANACEA Gentianex . Gipepe . Gloriosa ire, À Rich. superba, L.. GNETACEZ. . : Gnetum Met, Welw. GRAMINEÆ Gyrocarpeæ H. HAMAMELIDEA : Hartogia capensis, Thunb. ‚Heterosieyos, Welw. . . polymorpha, Welw, . stenoloba, Welw. . Hippion, Spgl. capensis [conf. corrig.] . Hydnoree . . Hymenodyction, Wall. I Hypolytreæ I. Illigera pentaphylla, Welw. liligere spec... .. . Iridearum spec. Isolepis Ascolepis, ^R Rich. —— Kyllingioides, A. Rich. . —— polyphylla, A. Rich. .. . Hydnora africana, Thunbg. on corrigenda) 67 ; B. longicollis, Welw. ; Pag. 47 48 INDEX ALPHABETICUS (contin.). J. J ASMINACEJE Jasmineæ . Jobo . Juncus, L. . MK. Kosaria, Hochst. Kyllingia seca Steud. Kyllingie spec. L. LABIATE ; Labiatarum spec. Lagenias E.M.. . . Leea sambucina, Willd. . Leucospermum, R. Br. . Liliacearum spec. Linariopsis, Welw. prostrata, Welw. . Lythracearum spec. . Machadoa, Welw. Huillensis, Welw. Macrolobii spec. . MELIACEE . Meliacearum spec. Melies - . ; Misdilörlontkemum, L Mimosearum spec. Mitrephoreæ . M-nara . Modecca, Lam. Modecceæ . Monodora ER Welw. yim Dun. MongE£ . . Morus indu. Welw. Mucamba-camba. . Mussenda (Sect. Belilla) . —— erythrophylia, Schum. ——— splendida, Welw. . Myrice spec. . . : Myristica moschata, ES Myristicacearum spec. . 91 Pag. N 2 92 FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. INDEX ALPHABETICUS (contin.). - Myrothiunnus, Wele:: “oo. a. e... Re flabellifoha, Welw. d o LOS ou f e nuno, N. Nathusia alata, Hochst. . . . . . . 39,41 Nara RCNH QE. à ruso Sow We Naras . . 32 Naregamia slats, W. el Vm ig B. EN Welw. 21 Nauclea, L. . . 37 EN I. hoy ob ce o Hei e r9 FAMEM (uec V oc Lalo wo à osos DM JAyMpleacearum Speo. + 6 6 . o qu 0 Ocimeæ. . ve e sr E cA ti 0 MD Octolobus, We TUS ER 4 amemus à. >; a a Weho: uo. ee . LAB Oleaceæ . Kx - Oncoba Welwitschii, Oliv. Line se x: $0 Oncobee . . . & dose: re AM * re ee Orchidee terrestres . . een... Oxygonum Acetosella, us. e NE C ACE E M Drega; MOSS ¿ea e uw 0 Pachypodium, Lindl. . 42, 44, 45 —— bispinosum, Lindl. . . . . . . . 45 ——— Lealii, Welw. . 5, 43, 45 Namaquanum, Welw. . . . . . . 45 + guccuientum, Alph. DC.. . . 2... . 45 TON, bndl .—. s ee Paivaeusa, Welw. . C4 wo, ri 1s nn Welw... ee Palme . . a ee, PAsSIFLOREÆ . an . 27, 28, 30 A en MI WON ee Periloma, H. B. K 58 Persooniee . . ^q 62 Phaseoli spec. 6 Phoniz spinosa, Schum 8 Pilostyles æthiopica, Welw : 67 Pistie spec. Platylepis, Kunth Plectrantheæ . . . . en... Polygala Gomesiana, Welw. eo ee 4 cce POLYGALEZ . St Se 2 1 1 M POLYGONAORAC ot 0l] 02 2179 3-527. 2 M FO MOR Do dl 2-1 12070. CMM Pre, ds 0 0:77 77. PROTEACEÆ (o2 Yee Protee "e io T INDEM te oe Lo o. Cutis: DM FUN Dum. - 2g LO qM Pterocarpi spec. . . . às. cte to ME Pterodiscus aurantiacus, Welw. £u oc 2: E GM DEL uL Lll... M > Menon, Hook... > > s 2:20:22 798 EÀWLESIACRER - - . 42015 RS, SE Raphie spec. ee yu Di Rhipsalis Cassyta, Gärtn. ee Rhynchocarpa, Schrad. . . . . . . . 82 Wehoilschii, Naud co: .52 048 EGRE ne e s v V Ve A BUMAOEN a. a. Vu. . 2 Rubacearum spec. . «ku... 42. 2 Salicinee 23 Salicis spec. 65 Santalacee 7 Sarna, Karst. 69 Sauvagesia erecta, L. 29 Saxifragacee . 23 Schousbea, Schum. . . . . Teon (gene cM cordifolia, Schum.. .. . . . . 9 38 38 38 41 42 , Willd Schrebera, L. . Bo. i , Schrebera, Roxb. Lo. à ee 27K 4 alata, Welw. . -ca nas , B. tomentella . , —— Golungensis, Welw. . .' 89,40 —— Saundersie, Harv. v cs dra, 80) 4E —— Swietenioides, Rowb. . . . . ! 89,42 | —— trichoclada, Welw. . 39,41 oo S Ub E RU EE A go eT get RE T e S s: > O CN FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM ANGOLENSE. 93 INDEX ALPHABETICUS (contin.). Pag. SCHHEDEFR, TRUONG. : 4 clo Sc. D REEL. s o os o9 2 x ad UU M ME DOROTHÉE A loo: Mov cO RN Scutellarineæ . . . . 57, 58 Sebæa, Soland. (R. Br.) ‘ 46, 49 savolucrata, Klotach. + u 2.4.2507 —— pusilla, Eckl. . . . . . . . . . 48 Selaginee . . VON CA CAL P UR TUA ULM Sesameæ . cy cur re, , "— Wei. ARROBA HOLD Benguellensis, Welw. . . . . . 5,50 Sesamum Angolense, Welw. . . . +. . . 51 calycinum, Welw. 52, 54 SEMOUN EDER: u 6 X. o se, 19 BENE (Qoo. IX Eoo V a oe NO a 270 0o X* 5 9 5» 4, 06 MEENUULERORM o 0. a die la HE BENED. . ca à su es AE BENE . 4. - $0. er xU EORNM ND. 0. aos s. v e NT OO CU, Deo. . S. 0. 4o S o +, JE SPOME ONE. st à 9 9 ^ A 17 MUTOH QUEE 0. 0... o9 ion c A T. Tarchondnthi spec. . . Lx wa s T Tetracarpea Tasmanica, Hook. n | 17. 4. ee IUE. Q4 7. à o. ,. Va. s. . D Tinnea, Kotschy et Peyr. . . . . . . . 07 ethiopica, Kotschy et Peyr. . . . . 58 —— antiscorbutica, Welw. . . . . . . 58 —— eriocalyx, Welw. ~ RO 59 SEMEN DL. 5 e 08 TIPO . . |. . ^ 4.9 Pag. APPRAIOCOCCS EDOD. ui x X o». MA Tryphostemma, Harv. . . . . . . . . 28 U. Uncaria, Bchzbb: -Tu 2 c4 use Utne pee. s o s. s s s. o T V. 'VATICA aDnosna, Wee. +... 2.2 v » AU E oe v . S T CAD ——, p. Arm a MF Viola, L. . s a: ad | M VIOLARIEÆ 4 12, 29 Vitis Bainesii, Hook. OPA ALRO + + D macrdous, WOW inh El. Lh o s. s. 0 UNDE ME iow. Ob. o , + 9 Vogelia africana, Làm. | ... . . . . 9,19 MW. Welwitschia mirabilis, Hook. f. . . . . . 5 $7 X. AE a eran aa 9 «r9 » * à) BE Xylopia odoratissima, Welw.. . ... . . 12 Xylopiæ spots 547 a c ER 4.7 s X" Xslopiem-5oues mop wA EU E S + e DB Xyridearum spec. 47,79 Z. Zu MNA TE e v. e oce 0 ZYGOPHYLLACEZ . . 4 v A Zygophyllum ET MA Wi d. 19, 66 simplex, L.. . ; Pow 4. A9 TN = E EUM Au 94. | FRIDERICI WELWITSCHII SERTUM .ANGOLENSE. ADDENDA VEL CORRIGENDA. Pag. 6, lin. 11, loco quos lege quas 8, 16, loco sylvatica lege silvatica 8, 30, loco hibernum lege hiemem 9, post lin. 33, adde: Quoad generalia de conformatione geognostica terrarum Angolensium conf. “ Voyage du Dr. Fr. Welwitsch dans les Royaumes d Angola et de Benguella. (Mol- lusques par A. Morelet.) Paris, 1868," pag. 5 et 6. 9; 34, loco vetegabilium lege vegetabilium 13, ultima, loco postero lege posterum 14, 10, loco infra lege inferne 14, 13, loco quidquam lege quidpiam 15, 4, loco t ri- lege tri- 20, 37, loco Burseracearum lege Burserearum 23, 3, loco quidquam lege quidpiam 23, 12, loco Spirearum lege Spiræearum 23, 23, loco 1. c. t. viii. lege Apontam. l. ce. (Tab. VIII.) 24, 40, loco Descr. lege Beskr. : 28, 5, loco Tryphostemati lege Tryphostemmati. 28, 6, loco Modeccarum lege Modeccearum. 31, 4, loco Tab. XI. A et B lege (Tab. XI. et XI. A.) 31, 44, loco Tab. XI. B. lege Tab. XI. A. 34, 8, loco Trideis lege Irideis 39, 24, loco peridermio lege spermodermio 42, 23, loco Xylopeæ lege Xylopiæ 63, 11, adde (T'richostachys speciosa, Welw. Synopse explic. pag. 19.) 67, 9, loco ab Hydnora capensi Thunb. lege a stirpe capensi (Hydnora africana Thunb.) 67, 15, loco capensi lege africanæ Tab. 2, loco Ceranthera ilicifolia lege Alsodeia (Ceranthera) ilicifolia 14, loco 6 (fig. paniculz fructifere adnexo) lege 6a . 21, loco Hydnora longicollis Welw. lege: Hydnora africana Thunb. (3. longicollis Welw. Observ. De generibus speciebusve paucis, nostris supra descriptis valde affinibus vel omnino synonymis, opusculo hocce jam prelo subjecto a variis phytographis in lucem editis, mox alio loco tracturus sum. E de | TRANS. ue V oc. Vor. XXVIL Tap] . H Fitch, del et kth. * Monodora Angdlensis. Helm: o | TRANS. Lin. Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tab 2. S" mus N P. |” e À LA LED 23 MA E NT N pt b ANN “ » j ge es gine E ka n : nos AN Pi nt 1 m N N A 4 f VL d | P dtl d ^. ye I. H. Fitch, del et ith, | .. Ceranthera ilitifolia, Wem Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tan 3. n NN; N JN Fitch amp. 3 E 5 E (D) 2 ca a i E : Cd 1 | WH Fitch, del et. hth. ‘Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVIL Tan. 4 "tra nn gt > 3 XN y AN E j NIT lySala. Gomesiana, Welw. | Pol W.H.Fitcb, del et. lith. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tap.5. Me de DE Ÿ SER! N Ta N FERN Al < is à UNS SA LY dà: ¡NS 1 Ay, Wy. Vatica africana, Welw. TRANS. LINN. SOC VoL XXVI Wes Um NITE NNI EI A A a eee TET 6. T y i EE A T E A ETT E AI : Octolobus spectabilis, Welw. * TRANS. LINN. Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tas 7 3 E B E g E Paivæ TRANS. Linn. Soc. Vor. XV. Tao NN , NU NU -H Fitch, del et kth. Myrothamnus flabelhfoha, Hedy, TRANS. Linn. Soc. Vor. XV "sg ies ar A A $ Va vi) S E Ju s CZ 4 > fias ananthe nummulana, Wem RESI S e bd Trans. Linn. Soc. Von. XXVII. TaB10. y Machadoa Huillensis, Welw, nn Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVI Tas ll. à E B O Y S P — Acanthosıc Acan thosicyos horrida (Fructus) //££w. TRANS. LINN. Soc. Vor. XXVI! Tis. | * a E | 3 S » - Coralloc i "ar [Pu Ü ^um Trans. Lis. Soc. Vor. XXVI Te 13. W TZ 1174 ur A = E ` y p ¿AM Pest LAS 7 == PA i “yy E RI 41 ra. \ 7, 7 L- 1 | \ UTA SAN VIA yt [] sas AZ ANMNAN NN W N 7 ER; K ES > ` ` k M IO à SNA NS N: s “1 SA RS M Es he AN À du SSS ic SS RA mE > y NN ^A 4 ny sagt Map ND DEN, — e A AI NP Zh AN + A rs > aia PS doa z Y EL — 7) S Je M. YE PARED A EP \ NS Poh \X\\\ IN ji N N NS NU AN il Ñ VI A ; NN A ES AA vw NY AR rm. Ir N INS MIN MAJA NC "n INN Y Y 4 ^. ANNI ASAS Nd Ay! N PASS PI Y SAW RN 7 5% E X Sen A iz NSURE A E E WP SSS SS SV ER uy Mussaenda splendida, Welw. wa : (3 Xd EET \ = L^ KA )» Zr NE " CENE M K RW Á QA í ) 7 y AA C x . Rt US 4 Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVII. TAp.]4 E Ne : "i ^ eani, S = FN a IN 9 EX r i FA 2 A oF tS P d (ot AM -— m | 7 H 4 : 7 ; a í i a à | 2 E b 47 | | | S S A d = O = q as © = E 3 O e | ra WH Bitch, dal et ith 1 ii di 3) Trans. Linn. Soc. Vou. XXVI TAB. 1 + Ew. H. Fitch, delet lith. Schrebera Golungensis, Helm. — > = Oc ARS PERS SESS —S —ÀÀ 4 xL uve p P c ca wr RE - Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tan 16. Pachypodium Leali, Welw W.H.Fitch delet lith. TRANSLINN. a * oc. Vor. XVI Tas 17 o SN S N N \ Sez 2 ei >, EA D OPEN RO eee T REUS D A ee eT Ss O Ce u EN W. H. Fitch, del et. lith. À SS a 3 dad) c E to R d o d E 1 TRANS LIN. Soc. Vor. XVII. Tap 18. | EY J.N Fihimp. | = iy Sesamothamnus Benguellensis, Welw. W.HPrhddetkh = —$— et gh OE PU ES Oe TE RT A Trans Lan. Soc. Vor. IVIL Tis. Da A | WH Fitch del et. th J.N.Fitch;mp. - 3 El E g R z Y B 2 n = p TRANS. LINN. Soc. Vor. XXVIL Tap 20. ern (nen A ) ke Faurea speciosa. Welw. . TRANS Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tas. 2l. Y ^ à e, [x STEAM S > NN rene o „et — Hydnora longicollis Wem - delet lith. W. H. Fitch TRANS LINN Soc VOL XXVIT Vincent. Brooks Day Son. Imp Pilostyles aethiopica. Welw. TRANS. LINN. Soc. Vor. XXVII. TAB. 23. i À M etre nn A Ten, 4 \ \ 1 H NE N / | ^ rum, ^ — \ mn A LE Ae A EI E e © ~~ à IN AS 7 5 O N Sl a en Laat AE TT PEU AH | mmu ae HIS VL IE, VO ENS ix CS aca e y > E ARIS us: > à, I LA Y DIE TR NS W.H Fitch del et kth. Mgrus excelsa. Welw Trans. Linn. Soc. Von. XXVI. Ta24 i h A AÑ n RANN À 1 NV Ada Ny N 1777 NN NZ SS er Se, ER [HE Hfi HE Fd A TB JN Fitch imp. Ascolepis speciosa, Wein. (£. 1-8. | Ascolepis anthemiflora, Wem. (f. eee ‘AIS WH Fitch, del et kth. Trans. Lonn. Soc. Vor. XXVI. Tap. 25, — E SR RD h Le SE rad = > SG ee << > < = gi 2 PE = = SEII c — = s i de: Be nn m = c = PR RSS " 43 Mm =>, —— 77 P a OA = EICHE nn quer -— — I m: ES HA a => > e — > SEE a E - a -— -— a: === - > C cuoc t, LI -- TS à ee Ra ^ = en EEE = = > p- = = — = — 3 ER a A x ÁS DEIN - "e > EN I u = A AL FeO N ÑOS = = —= = Ž = N = recs =< DANSE S RS S pm sc 2 S Se a u SIT bk an ES Se 5 S RS EN a 702222002090 = N > SE Neun PME IR A Y, WS ; EV SE DB NE OS qe FR an E — = 3 £ £x PA qoas = ZR >> p» 1 ms = ZZ = : MIENNE TE — ES Zonas = TEE —— LS E xx + = — — = = re a Te = Ce, A E = SES — Y N ie m SS SS = + Ag h 1 Ix E NS / - W.H.Fitch, del et kth. E + Aristida prodigiosa, Welw. THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. VOLUME XXVII. PART THE SECOND. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER- ROW. M.DCCC.LXX. CONTENTS. PART II.—1870. 11. On Three New Genera of the Verbenaceæ from Chile and its adjacent regions. By JOHN Miers, F.R.S. + L.S. Dignit. # Commend. Ord. qu Bras. Rose, Su qe... c . . -Po Bo II. On the Genus Boswellia, with Sen ids and Figures oft three new Species. By GEORGE Brrpwoop, M.D. Nec Communicated by DANIEL HANBURY, Esq., LRS TLS .. i Be IV. On some Species of the Genus jede don ae By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Brooms, sq. FDS. . . . (0.08. 4 A V. On the Similarity between the Genus Draparnaldia and the Conferooid Filaments of Mosses. By J. Braxton Hicks, MD., FRS,FLS.,&e....... 158 VI. Notes on the Lichens of the Island g5 Saint Helena. By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, B.A, BLS. EBA Zinn: / : (0.2 100 VII. On Sphæria tartaricola, Nyl., a new British à Pingus By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, BA, PELS; CBS. Edn > : 159 VIII. The Tichens of Ceylon collected M G H.E. ral B. : Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Director of Royal Botanic Garden, Peradeniya, Ceylon. Examined and determined by the Rev. W. A. Letcuton, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Edin. . 161 IX. On the Genera Gœtzia and Espadea. By JoHN MIERS, ND F.R.S., F.L.S., Me $ Commend. Ord. Imp. Bras. Rose . : 187 X. A Monograph of the Genus Polymorphina. By Henry B. Bnapy, F.L.S., W. K. PARKER, F.R.S., and T. RUPERT JoNEs, F.G.S. . 197 XL On the Anatomy, Physiology, and Distribution of the Firolide. By ALEXANDER RATTRAY, MD. (Edin.), MC A.N. Communicated a GEORGE BUSK, Esq., Sec. L. Soc. 255 XII. Notes on the Thysanura — Port IV. 2 Sir JOHN Fi Bart., F.R.S., V.-P. Linn. Soc., &e. 277 XIII. On the Anatomy of the Genus Arreola with the Derhel ? a new Form. By Evwarp L. Moss, M.D., Assistant-Surgeon R.N., H.M.S. Simoom. Commu- nicated by Professor HUXLEY, F.L.S. is 299 [ 95 ] Il. On Three New Genera of the Verbenaceæ from Chile and its adjacent regions. By Joux MIERS, F.R.S. $ L.S., Digmt. $ Commend. Ord. Imp. Bras. Rose, Se. $c. (Plates XXVI.-XXVIIIL.) Read May 6th, 1869. 1. RHAPHITHAMNUS. THE type of this genus was first described in 1841, and figured in the Botany of * Beechey’s Voyage,’ under the name of Citharexylon cyanocarpum, by Sir William Hooker, specimens having been previously brought from Chile by Bertero, under the manuscript name of Póppigia cyanocarpa. The accompanying drawing was made by me in 1822 from the living plant, which is mentioned in my ‘ Travels’ (1826) by the name of Duranta umbilicata. In its spinescent habit it approaches Citharexylon and Volkameria, but differs from those genera in many essential characters. Mr. Bentham (Ann. Nat. Hist. i, p. 488) considered it very distinct from Cithareaylon and more allied to Duranta, on account of its purple fleshy fruit: the name Póppigia has long ago been universally | adopted for a leguminous genus. The manner of its inflorescence is singularly different . from that of Oitharexylon ; in the latter genus it is always terminal, either in elongated racemose panicles, or in axillary leafless spikes, which spring from between the spines and petioles of the leaves: in Rhaphithamnus we see only two flowers oppositely pendent from the middle of each axillary leafless spine, or from three to five flowers as a very short raceme axillary in the young foliiferous branchlets, which spring from the spine and leaf of the main branch, and they are always pendulous. In Cithareaylon the corolla is either subeampanulate, or in a regular tube, with a border of five nearly equal segments ; in this genus it is funnel-shaped, gibbously ventricose on the anterior side above the middle, and contracted in the mouth, with a border of four segments,—one anterior, broader than two others, which are lateral; while the posterior segment is cleft more than halfway, into two linear parallel divisions. In Citharexylon the five stamens, some- times all fertile, are very short and inserted in the mouth of the tube or below it, with collateral adnate anthers slightly cordate at base; in Rhaphithamnus they are always didynamous, inserted below the middle of the tube, with long slender filaments, the lateral shorter pair being included within the tube, the anterior pair exserted beyond the mouth, the posterior filament being shorter and barren; the anther-lobes are oval, quite separated, and divaricately affixed upon a broad, very fleshy connective. The greatest difference is in the structure of the fruit: in Citharezylon it is obovate, covered by a somewhat dry pericarp, and seated on the much shorter cup-shaped coriaceous calyx; it encloses two bilocular osseous nuts, leaving a hollow space in the middle, occu- pied by the dried remains of the central columella; and near each anterior and posterior margin of each nut is seen a long cicatrical line, covering a foramen leading into each VOL. XXVIL 0 £s 96 MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACEÆ FROM cell, at a point where the seed is suspended a little below its apex. On the other hand, in Rhaphithamnus the fruit is a globular drupe of a fine deep blue colour, with a very thick pulpy pericarp, formed by the subsequent adhesion of the calyx to the ovary, its presence being now only perceptible by the five small teeth which form the margin of the umbilieated hollow in the apex of the drupe; it contains two suborbicular nuts, convex and smooth outside, flat on the adjoining faces, and rounded on the margins, separated by the fleshy axile columella; these are dark and of corneous consistence, 2-celled, and marked at the base, within each margin, by a deep hollow depression, whence, by means of a small perforation, a chord of nourishing vessels enters through the base of each cell, in communication with the laterally ascending raphe, so that the seeds here are quite anatropous, not semianatropous as in Citherexylon. The name of the genus is derived from padic (acus), 8áuvoc (frutex), from the long slender, needle-like, flower-bearing spines. RHAPHITHAMNUS, nob. Flores hermaphroditi. Calyx urceolatus, breviter 5-dentatus, augescens, demum accretus et pulposus. Corolla infundibuliformis, tubo supra _ medium antice subventricoso, fauce constricta, limbo expanso, parce piloso, 4-lobo, lobis patentibus, inæqualibus, posteriore ad medium 2-partito, lacinulis parallele linearibus, inferiore integro, rotundiore, 2 lateralibus hoc angustioribus, oblongis. Stamina didynama, infra medium tubi ex annulo barbato orta, 2 anteriora pau- lulo exserta, 2 posteriora inclusa, cum quinto ananthero intermedio; filamentis tenuibus; antheris 2-lobis, lobis sejunctis, imo divaricatis, dorso ad connectivum crassiusculum agglutinatis, utrinque rima longitudinali dehiscentibus. Ovarium subglobosum, e carpellis 2, singulis bilocularibus, cum columella centrali in intervallo paulo distincta, hine 4-loculare, loculis ovulo unico erecto instructis : stylus filiformis, vix exsertus : stigma subgibbum, breviter aut longius bilamellatum. Drupa globosa, apice umbilicata, succosa, ad calycem valde auctum demum crasse carnosum accreta, 2-pyrena; pyrenes semiorbiculares, plano-convexi, læves, cornei, fusci, 2-loculares, ad imum faciei interne plagis 2 rotundis impressi, et illic foramine parvo intra basin loculorum utrinque perforati. Semina in loculis solitaria; integumenta 2, tenuia, raphe laterali e basi ad chalazam apicalem adscendente notata: embryo exalbumi- nosus, cotyledonibus ovatis, crasso-carnosis, radicula brevi, conica, infera. - Arbusculæ et frutices Chilenses, frondosi; ramuli spinosi, sub-A-goni, pubescentes, spinis supra folios enatis; folia opposita vel terna, integra, rare serrata, ovata aut oblonga, lucidula, breviter petiolata ; flores oppositi ternive, e medio spinarum enati, aut pauci n racemulum avillarem dispositi, lilacini ; drupa globosa, lete cerulea. 1. RHAPHITHAMNUS CYANOCARPUS, nob. : Citharexylon eyanocarpum, Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 58, tab. 11; Sch. in DC. Prodr. xi. 609; Gay, Chile, v. 34: Duranta umbilicata, nob. olim in Trav. ii. 530: Pöppigia cyanocarpa, Bert. Bull. Sc. Nat. (1830) p. 109: ramulis subteretibus, ad nodos compressis, flavidis, crebriter adpresse hirsutulis, spinis gracilibus, aurantiacis, folio 2-3-plo longioribus; foliis infra spinas enatis, oppositis, orbiculari-ovatis, imo rotundatis, apice obtusis vel subacutis, apice - CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. 97 repente mucronatis, valde coriaceis, supra subnitidis, glabris, leete viridibus, in nervis venisque profunde sulcatis, marginibus revolutis, subtus paulo pallidioribus, nervis crassiusculis subimmersis, punctis sparsis impressis notatis, sparse pilosulis, demum glabris, petiolo brevi, pubescente; floribus solitariis, e medio spinarum opposite pendulis, vel ex axillis ramulorum 3-4, brevissime racemosis, breviter pedicellatis ; corolla lilacina; drupa globosa, succosa, ezrulea.—In Chile, provinc. centralibus : v. v. ad Concon, v. s. in hb. Hook. Valparaiso (Matthews, 236), ibidem (Cuming, 625), ibidem (Bridges, 123). | À beautiful evergreen tree, 15 to 20 feet high, much branched, conspicuous for its numerous bright green leaves, accompanied by golden spines and lilac flowers, inter- mixed with blue shining drupes. It is called by the natives Arrayan espinudo (Prickly Myrtle). The decussating axils are 3-1 inch apart, the horizontally spreading branchlets gradually diminishing upwards: the leaves are 8-10 lines long, 6-8 lines broad, on a petiole 1 line long; the spines are 10-18 lines long, and stand at a complete right angle. The flowers are in an opposite pair upon each spine, or in a 3-flowered extremely short pubescent raceme, in each opposite axil; the pedicels are 1 line long; the subpilose calyx is 2 lines long, with five equal short triangular teeth; the tube of the corolla is 6 lines long, the lobes of the border 13 line long and subpilose inside; the longer pair of filaments are 4 lines, the shorter pair 3 lines, the sterile one 2 lines long; the ovary, style, and stigma are 6 lines long: the drupe, when fully ripe, is 3 inch in diameter; the nueules are 3 lines long and broad, of very thick corneous consistence, and each 2-celled, two depressions are seen at the base of their internal face near the margin, where the perforation leading into the bottom of each cell is distinctly visible, communi- eating with the raphe of each seed, and which ascends along the external angle or each cell; the integuments are very thin and membranaceous; the embryo, destitute of albumen, has fleshy cotyledons with a much smaller inferior radicle. Var. pallida: foliis minoribus, rotundato-ovatis apice sæpe mucronulatis, convexiusculis, crasso-coriaceis, glabris, supra pallidissimis, subtus fere concoloribus, nervis immer- sis: spinis gracillimis, folio longioribus.—Circa Valparaiso, v.s. in hb. Hook. et nostr. (Bridges). i A much smaller plant, with axils 3-5 lines apart; leaves 5-6 lines long, 4-5 lines broad. 2. RHAPHITHAMNUS AMŒNUS, nob.: ramulis subteretibus, substriatis, rigide et adpresse hirsutulis ; spinis folio haud brevioribus ; foliis oppositis, ovatis aut oblongo-ovatis, imo obtusis aut subacutis, a medio sensim acuminatis, longe acutis et mucronatis, Supra nitidiusculis, pallidissimis, a nervis venisque impressis areolato-intequatis, costa suleata, subtus stramineo-glaucis, subplanis, nervis tenuissimis paulo promi- nulis, sparse et obsolete impresso-punctatis, minutissime (à ens ginibus paulo revolutis ; petiolo brevissimo, rigide hirsutulo: racemis en us, brevissimis, 3-floris, rachi pubescente, petiolum vix excedente ; calyce brevi, a enti- culato, dentibus 2 minimis; corolla infundibuliformi, tubo vix "Sce gn "ms lobis 98 MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACEÆ FROM 5 æquilongis, 2 anterioribus angustioribus, intus glabris; drupis carnosis.—In Chile : v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit. Quillota (Bertero, 1253). A species differing from the preceding in its larger, acuminated, very pale leaves, of much thinner texture, extremely pale beneath, with very fine nerves: the leaves are 10-17 lines long, 7-10 lines broad, on a petiole 1} line long; the pubescent rachis of the . raceme is 2 lines long; the calyx is 1 line long, 4 line in diameter, with two of its teeth very minute, 5-nerved, slightly pubescent outside, minutely pellucido-punctulate: the corolla is funnel-shaped, almost regular, the tube, with several parallel nerves, is 6 lines long, with a border of five ovate lobes, equally 13 line long, the two anterior narrower, one posterior broader, all glabrous inside, the tube below the insertion of the stamens is more densely pilose than in the preceding species; the two longer stamens are slightly exserted; style slender; stigma more distinctly 2-lamellated. 73. RHAPHITHAMNUS LONGIFLORUS, nob.: ramis ad nodos valde compressis, ramulisque | elongatis, sursum curvatim divergentibus, sub-4-gonis, adpresse hirsutulis; spinis raris, horizontalibus, folio brevioribus; foliis oppositis, obovato-oblongis vel oblongis, imo rotundiusculis vel subcordatis, a medio sensim lanceolato-acutis, acute mucro- natis, canalieulatim recurvatis, crasso-coriaceis, costa pilosula excepta utrinque glabris, supra nitidis, in nervis suleatis, subtus brunneo-glaucis, nervis pallentibus divaricatis arcuatim nexis et prominulis, reticulatis, crebriter profunde impresso- punctatis, marginibus subrevolutis; petiolo brevissimo, pilosulo: floribus circiter 3, in racemulum axillarem dispositis, lete purpureis; calyce tubuloso, crassiusculo, subpiloso, dentibus 5 acutis mucronato-apiculatis; corollae tubo longiusculo, sub- cylindraceo, superne paulo ampliato, lobis 4, intus pilosiuseulis, posteriore ad medium bifido; staminibus exsertis : drupis carnosis, purpureis, pisi mole.—In insula Juan Fernandez: v. s. in herb. nostr. loc. cit. (Miller); in hb. Hook. loc. cit. (Cuming, 1331); ibidem, Citharerylon elegans nominatus (Philipi, 1861); ibidem (Douglas, 56); ibidem (Bertero, 1498) ; ibidem (Mrs. Graham). : A species peculiar to the island of J uan Fernandez, differing from all the preceding in its more thickly coriaceous, more shining, longer leaves, canaliculately recurved from the base to the apex, and more thickly punctated beneath, and also in its very long tubular corolla of a rich purple colour. In Mrs. Graham's specimen the leaves are shorter, Cor- date at base, and somewhat obtuse at the summit. In the branches the axils are 1 inch, in the branchlets about 4 inch apart; the leaves are 1-12 in. long, 6-12 lines broad, on a petiole 1-2 lines long: the rachis of the raceme is 3 lines long, the pedicels 3 lines ; the calyx 2-23 lines long; the tube of the corolla 1i inch long, the lobes of the border 3 lines long, 2 lines broad; the anterior stamens are exserted as far as the lobes, the posterior pair extend a little beyond the mouth, the sterile filament being about hal their length: the drupes are 3-4 lines in diameter. 4. RHAPHITHAMNUS BUXIFOLIUS, nob.: ramulis sub-6-gonis, sulcatis, breviter rigide pile” sulis, axillis inferioribus sæpius ternatim spinigeris, superioribus inermibus, spinis supraaxillaribus, divergentibus, folio brevioribus vel sequantibus; foliis ternatım CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. 99 verticillatis, rarius oppositis, minoribus, late ovatis, utrinque paulo acutis, mucrone apiculatis, marginibus valde revolutis, coriaceis, supra profunde viridibus, nitidis, glabris, in nervis anguste sulcatis, subtus pallidioribus, opacis, crebre impresso- punctulatis, in costa nervisque paulo prominulis pilosulis; petiolo tereti, adpresse piloso, limbo 8-plo breviore: racemis ternatim vel opposite axillaribus, rachi brevis- sima, pilosa, sub-3-flora, apice in spinulam brevem terminata; floribus minoribus, breviter pedicellatis; calyce corollaque subbrevi subpuberulis.—In ins. Chiloé: v. s. in hb. nost. Chiloé (Capt. King); in hb. Hook. Chiloé (Lobb), ibidem (Capt. King), Valdivia et Chiloé (Cuming, 603). A distinct species, easily recognized by its much smaller ternate leaves and shorter spines, as well as by its aspect, more rigid pubescence, and smaller extremely pale flowers. The axils are 5 lines apart, each with three verticillate spines 3-5 lines long ; the leaves, also ternate, are 6—7 lines long, 5-6 lines broad, on a petiole nearly 1 line long: the rachis is 2 lines, the calyx 14 line long, acutely toothed, the tube of the corolla 4$ lines long, pubescent outside, thickly pilose inside below the insertion of the stamens, the five lobes of the border all equally 14 line long, pubescent inside, two posterior nar- rower, one anterior broader; stamens included, connective of anthers thick and fleshy : the drupe is 3 lines in diameter. 5. RHAPHITHAMNUS PARVIFOLIUS, nob.: Citharexylon cyanocarpum, Gay (pro parte), Fl. Chil. v. 34 (cum icone in vol. ornith. tab. 6, sub Zenaida Souleyetiana) : ramulis subteretibus, adpresse hirsutulis; foliis sæpius ternatis, ovato-oblongis, imo obtusis, a medio sensim acutis, mucromulatis, crassiusculis, supra opacis, profunde viridibus, in costa nervisque anguste sulcatis, subtus pallidis, crebre impresso-punctulatis, parce puberulis aut glabris, marginibus vix revolutis; petiolo pilosulo, brevi ; spinis raris, gracilibus, folio longioribus: racemis axillaribus, brevissimis, sub-9-floris ; corolla infundibuliformi; drupa pisi minoris mole.—In Chile australi et insulis adja- centibus: v. s. in herb. Hook. ins. Chiloë (Pöppig, 53); ins. Mocha (Eights, 11); Ariqué (Lechler, 520) ; So. Chile (Capt. King) ; Rio Negro, Valdivia ( Gay). a This species, which seems confined to the more southern regions of Chile, is distin- guished by its much smaller leaves, shorter branches, and apparently lower growth, being, according to Cuming, a small tree 10 to 15 feet high. The axils are 2-4 lines apart; the leaves are 4-6 lines long, 3 lines broad, on a petiole 4 line long: the calyx is 1} line long; the tube of the corolla 8-10 lines long, of a pale blue colour; the lobes of its border 13 line long: the drupe is scarcely 3 lines in diameter. 6. RHAPHITHAMNUS SERRATIFOLIUS, nob. : ramulis strictis, gracilibus, adpresse hirsutulis ; foliis oppositis, oblongis, utrinque acutis, imo ad medium = bine coe grosse serratis (dentibus mucronulatis utrinque 4), membranaceis, u € enit mis, supra leete viridibus, planis, subtus opacioribus, crebre — M : à: S, sin tenuissimis, paulo prominulis, reticulatis, minute. sees tip is; pe ue» tenui, hirsutulo, limbo 15-plo breviore ; spinis axillaribus, petiolo 2-plo longioribus. In ins. Juan Fernandez: v. s. in herb. Hook. loc. cit. (Bertero). 100 , MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACEÆ FROM A singular species, but the specimen wants flowers and fruit. The axils are 3-1 inch apart; the spines are 1-23 lines long; the leaves are $-14 inch long, -3 inch broad, patent, upon a petiole 1-14 line long. 2. PHELLODERMA. I have proposed this genus, having for its type the Priva levis, Juss., Castelia cuneato- ovata, Cav., which, though often described, has never been correctly investigated. This plant was collected by me in 1825, and then carefully examined. It is described by Gay, first as Priva levis (Fl. Chil. v. 7), and a second time under the name of Bouchea Copia- pensis (l. c. p. 26, where it is figured in pl. 55), from which it is evident that he was not aware of their identity. M. Bocquillon has followed the same mistake, no doubt upon Gay's authority. It differs from Priva :—in its calyx, which does not become globosely expanded in fruit; in the distinetly bilabiated border of the corolla; in the form of the anthers; in the presence of a fifth sterile stamen ; in the shape of the stigma; in its oval, apiculated, smooth, drupaceous fruit; in its nucules not separating spontaneously at maturity, in consequence of the somewhat suberose mesocarp which firmly holds them together; in the antical and postical position of the nucules; in the copious pithy ring which surrounds them; in the nucules being osseous (not testaceous), deeply furrowed at the back (not armed with long curved spines); and in having a distinct, though thin, albumen in the seeds. From Bouchea it differs in having the longer tooth of the calyx posterior (not anterior), in having a fifth sterile stamen, in the oval (not linear) form of the nuts, which are osseous, dorsally and deeply furrowed (not smooth and thinly testaceous), in not separating spontaneously, in being surrounded by a large pointed pith-like ring of double their length, by the presence of albumen in the seeds, and, finally, by the nucules - being 2-celled, not unilocular. The chief peculiarity of this genus consists in the remarkable structure of the fruit, which no one appears to have seen, except Cavanilles, who merely describes it as con- taining two bilocular nuts. As sufficient has been stated to show its differential features, I will proceed to give its generic characters: its proposed name is derived from peldoc (suber), Sépua (vestis), from the suberous covering in which the nuts are imbedded. PHELLODERMA, nob.: Priva, Juss.: Bouchea, Gay. Calyx cylindricus, 5-gone striatus, inæqualiter 5-dentatus, dentibus lineari-aeuminatis, erectis, posteriore breviore. Corolla tubulosa, tubo eylindrico, calyce dimidio longiore, curvato, antice paulo inflato, fauce obliqua, limbo subbilabiato, 5-lobo, lobis ovatis, inzequalibus, 2 poste- rioribus brevioribus et erectioribus, lobo antico longiore et latiore, 2 intermediisque subreflexis, his paulo minoribus, marginibus undulatis. Stamina 4, didynama, cum 5° ananthero inter breviora paulo inferiore; filamenta brevia, tenuia, pilosula, antheris paulo longiora, 2 superiora antica, sub faucem inserta, 2 inferiora postica, ad medium tubi inserta; anthere oblongæ, 2-lobæ, ad medium sagittatæ, lateraliter RIEN connectivo tenui ad sinum affixæ, rima longitudinali utrinque introrsum | e uscentes, superiores faucem attingentes : pollen globosum, reticulatum. Ovarium — a conico-oblongum, disco glanduloso insitum, 4-loculare, cum dissepimento ad axın — — CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. 101 inflorescentiæ directo et 2-lamellato, lamellis intervallo disjunctis; ovula 4, erecta ; stylus filiformis, apice gradatim dilatatus et compressus, faucem attingens; stigma majuseulum, subito uncinatim recurvum, mucronatum, bilamellatim compressum, intus papillosum. Drupa calyce distenso dentibus contortu-plicatis coronato inclusa, ovata, apiculata, lzevis, vix striata, indehiscens, in carcerulos 2 vi tantum parti- bilis; carceruli dorso mesocarpio subsuberoso tecti, ad margines, ad apicem cuneato- acuminatum et ad basin cavam medulla crassa extus indurata circumdati ; pyrenes 2, in earcerulis immersi, eis dimidio breviores, ovati, plano-convexi, extus profunde 9-suleati, valleeulis mesocarpio repletis, intus 3-sulcati, hic interspatio separati, ossei, singuli 2-loculares; loculi ad basin pro vasibus nutritoriis perforati; columella centralis, crasse membranacea, vacua, adnata, vasa ad semina proferens: semina in loculis solitaria, oblonga, subteretia, angulo externo-basali funiculo brevi affixa, erecta; éntegwmenta tenuissima, raphe laterali ad chalazam apicalem adscendente ; embryo in albumine parco inclusus, lineari-cylindricus, cotyledonibus radicula infera 2-plo longioribus. . Herba in Chile et prov. Argentinis vigens, perennis, opposite ramosa, axillis remotiusculis, radice fusiformi tubera e fibrillis emittente; folia opposita, subovata, imo in petiolum cuneata, dentata; spica terminalis; flores breviter pedicellati, bracteolati, lutescenti- rubicundi, odorati. 1. PHELLODERMA CUNEATO-OVATA, nob.: Castelia cuneato-ovata, Cav. Icon. vi. 61, tab. 583; Ann. Sc. Nat. iii. 134, tab. 30: Priva levis, Juss. Ann. Mus. vii. 70; DC. Prodr. ii. 533; Hook. Bot. Misc. i. 172; Gay, Fl. Chil. v. 7: Priva orchioides, Walp. Rep. iv. 36: Bouchea Copiapensis, Gay, l. c. 26, tab. 55; Bocq. Adans. iii. 236: Verbena tuberosa, Grah. Edin. Phil. Journ. xxix. 174: caule ramisque oppositis 4-gonis, inferne glabris, superne rigide pilosulis; foliis oppositis, deltoideo-ovatis aut oblongo-ovatis, obtusule acutis, imo truncato-cuneatis, in petiolum abeuntibus, irregulariter grosse mucronato-dentatis, nervis tenuibus immersis, eveniis, opacis, pallidis, subtus palli- dioribus, utrinque sepe rugulosis, glabris, in dentibus tantum scabrido-ciliatis ; petiolo latiusculo, compresso, margine breviter ciliato, limbo dimidio breviore : spicis terminalibus, longiusculis, brevissime pilosulis; floribus oppositis et pseudo-verticil- latis, verticellis cum floribus circiter 6 subremotis; pedicellis brevibus, bracteola brevi lanceolata instructis; calyce membranaceo, 5-gono, acutissime 5-dentato, dente breviore exteriore; corollæ subbilabiate tubo pubescente, intus pilosulo, albo, fauce obliqua lutescente, lobis rubicundis.—In Chile et prov. Argentinis: v. v. in Andibus Mendocinis, in desertis cirea Mendozam et ad Tres Cruces, prov. Oordove: v. 8. in herb. Hook. Coquimbo (Bridges, 1354) ; Quillota (Bridges, 453); Rio de la Plata in arenosis (Tweedie, 1105). w : Besides these localities, where I found this plant in 1826, Gay gives its habitat NUM in dry places in the province of Copiapo: Ney was the first who discovered it, in 1794, in _ the Pampas. It is about a foot and a half high, with a somewhat flexuous tap-root about . 8 in. long, its fibrils spreading and producing fleshy tubers about the size of a hazel-nut. The stem is fistulous, bearing leaves from the base, with axils 2 in. apart, and throwing 102 MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACEA FROM out two opposite branches about 9 in. from the ground; the leaves are 14-2 in. long, 2-12 in. broad at the truncated portion, and a little narrower where the leaf begins suddenly to diminish in a cuneate form towards the compressed petiole, which is 7 to 15 lines long: the terminal spike is about 4 in. long in flower, 6 in. long in fruit, bare at base for 1 or 2 inches; about six decussately opposite flowers are closely approximated in several sub- verticils, which are from 6 to 9 lines apart; and there are six or seven such clusters in each spike; the bract is 13 line long, the pedicel is 3 line, the calyx 3 lines long, inclu- ding the teeth, of which the longest is 4 line; the tube of the corolla is 43 lines long, li line broad, the two upper lobes 14 line, the three lower lobes 13 lin. long; the fila- ments are very short and patently puberous; the calyx, in fruit, is 5 lines long; the drupe is 3 lines long, 2 lines in diameter, with a structure already described. The tubers appear to have escaped the observation of those who collected the specimens existing in different herbaria, owing to the. plant growing mostly in stony ground: that they are known to the natives is evident from the name by which the plant is called, Papilla (literally a small potato). Dr. Graham, who raised the plant from seed in Edinburgh, was not aware that it belonged to this well-known species, describes its tubers as being of the size of a hazel-nut: they certainly escaped my observation, as well as that of Gillies, Gay, Ney, and others. Walpers, who describes the plant from cultivated speci- mens grown on the Continent, gave it the name of Priva orchioides, from its stoloniferous long creeping root. 9. DIOSTEA. This consists of a small group of plants from the cordillera of Chile and Mendoza, the type of which is the Verbena juncea, Hook., which I propose to separate as a distinct genus, under the name of Diostea. They have all a peculiar habit, mostly having subfis- tulose virgate branches, with distant axils, which are often aphyllous, with opposite, oblong and dentated, or linear and entire leaves, with very short petioles, and with spicated inflorescence: some of them become black in drying. The calyx is cylindrical, with five unequal subulate teeth; the corolla is tubular and incurved, twice or three times the length of the calyx, with a border of five small, oblong, entire or emarginated, patent lobes; the stamens are in superposed pairs, often with a sterile fifth, all included within the tube; the style, also included, is gradually dilated towards its obliquely trun- cated extremity, and furnished with a smaller subglobular papillose stigma; the ovary, in its early development from a single carpel, is like that of Casselia, being at first imperfectly unilocular, two short parallel semisepta advancing from the sulcated anterior side across the centre, where they are each reflected; while, in progress E growth, two other semisepta advance from the posterior wall, and uniting with the others, make the ovary 2-celled, with an erect ovule in each cell, the dissepiment remaining bilamellated in its entire length. The fruit is an oval drupe, enclosed in the swollen persistent calyx, consisting of a smooth, dry pericarp, enclosing two oval, hard, dark, corneous nuts, each 1-celled, convex outside, flat inside, within the margins rounded, having at the base, near the anterior side, a long, oval, white, placentiferous pateb, | covering a small foramen which leads into the base of the cell, continuous with a late- — CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. 103 rally ascending raphe the whole length of the seed, and terminating in a small apical chalaza; the seed is therefore quite anatropous ; the nuts are placed laterally in regard tothe axis. "This will be seen to be the structure of Dipyrena, with the essential differ- ence that its nucules are 1-locular. The Verbena scoparia, Hook. & Gill., figured in the Bot. Misc. pl. 47, belongs to this group. Schauer, in his Monograph of the family, places D. juncea in Lippia, and D. scoparia in Verbena, stating erroneously that its fruit is a 4-coccous capsule. From Verbena it is manifestly distinct, and it differs from Lippia in its pecular habit, its inflorescence, and in its corolla with a 5-lobed (not 4-lobed) border, and other particulars. Walpers, in his arrangement of the genus Verbena, places the species of this group in a separate division, Juncee, in which he includes 7: Ephedrioides, V. alata, and V. sagittata of Chamisso; but these belong to Verbena, having a fruit of four nucules; he also includes Y. glauca and Y. aphylla, Hook. € Gill., which do not possess the features of Diostea, their fruit being that of Verbena. The latter species appears to differ from Y. intermedia, Hook. & Gill., in little else besides the abortion of its leaves, the last-mentioned plant being an intermediate form between 7. aphylla and V. Bonariensis. The generic name of Diostea, after the example of Dipyrena, is derived from sic (duplex), ooréa (ossa, nuculæ). DrosTEA, nob. Calyx tubulosus, inæqualiter subulato-5-dentatus, persistens. Corolla tubulosa, tubo calyce 2-plo longiore, subeurvato, limbo subobliquo, 5-lobo, lobis ovatis vel oblongis, sepe subemarginatis, expansis. Stamina 4, didynama, sæpe cum quinto sterili multo breviore inter par posterius sito, inclusa; filamenta sub- brevia, filiformia, 2 superiora anteriora paulo supra, 2 inferiora posteriora paulo breviora sub medium tubi inserta, glabra, tubo intus antice pilis longis albis retrorsus hirsuto. Stylus inclusus, filiformis, compressus, apice gradatim dilatatus, suboblique truncatus, latere superiore inferioreve uncinato-recurvus; stigma globo- sum, papillosum. Ovarium oblongum, disco pulviniformi insitum, maturitate 2-lo- culare, loculis lateralibus, 1-ovulatis, dissepimento distincte 2-lamellato. Drupa ovata, calyce persistente tecta, pericarpio subsicco, nitente, 2-pyrena ; pyrenes plano- convexi, fusci, subcornei, duri, leeves, monospermi, facie interiore ad basin et latus posticum versus plaga alba ovali placentari notati, et hinc foramine basin loculi penetrante perforati: semen loculum implens, erectum, hilo basali sublaterali fora- mini nexum, raphe laterali, hine adscendente, chalazam apicalem attingente ; embryo exalbuminosus, cotyledonibus crasse carnosis, facie interna pyrenibus paral. lelis, radicula infera conica 3-plo longioribus. dern Suffrutices humiles Andium Chilensium ; rami e basi plurimi, virgati, ramosi ramis oppo- sitis vel 4-natim verticillatis iterumque ramulosis, ramulis erecte Wiecendóniione, teretibus, sæpius fistulosis et sicco nigrescentibus, axillis remotis, vetustioribus aphyllis, wore Ephedre constrictis ; folia opposita, parva, linearia, integra " sessilia, vel dente dentata et breviter petiolata ; inflorescentia terminalis, sublaxe spicata ; flores sessiles aut brevissime pedicellati, bractea parva suffulti. 1. Diosrea JUNCEA, nob.: Verbena juncea, Hook. et Gill. Bot. Misc. i. 162: Lippia VOL. XXVII. r 104 MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACE/E FROM juncea, Sch. in DC. Prodr. xi. 573; Gay, l. c. p. 30; Philippi, Linn. xxxiii. 196 : Dipy- rena dentata, Philippi, Linn. xxix. 22: suffruticosa, ramis elongatis, virgatis, teretibus, ramulisque oppositis, strictis, fistulosis, subadscendentibus, glabris, rarius in juniori- bus puberulis, axillis remotis, demum aphyllis; foliis in ramulis junioribus oppositis, parvis, lineari-oblongis vel obovatis, imo in petiolum brevem attenuatis, subcoriaceis, — imo integris, apice 3-dentatis vel grosse serratis, glabris vel rarius obsolete pube- rulis : spicis terminalibus; floribus laxis, sessilibus, bractea oblonga apice attenuata puberula suffultis; calyce tubuloso, bractea 2-plo longiore, inæqualiter subulato-5- dentato, utrinque pilosulo; corolla tubulosa, tubo subrecurvo, imo cylindraceo, superne ampliore, antice infra faucem subobliquam paulo ventricoso, parallele nervoso, glabro, limbo 5-lobo, lobis ovatis, integris, expansis; tubo intus antice retrorsus piloso; staminibus didynamis, cum quinto brevissimo (anthera effeta) inter anteriora paulo inferius sito; filamentis tenuibus, 2 posticis medio tubi affixis, 2 anticis altius positis; antheris ovatis, inclusis; stylo apice incrassato, recurvo; ovario oblongo: drupa parva, ovata, calyce inclusa, structura generis.—In Cordil- leris Mendozinis et Chilensibus, v. v. ad Villa Vicencio : v. s. in hb. nost. et Hook. Cordill. Chile (Bridges, 460), Cordill. Maule (Germain, sub nom. Priva dentata, Phil); i» hb. Hook. Quillota (Germain), Cord. Chile (Macrae), Guardia (Gillies), Cord. Chile (Cuming, 225). I collected this plant in 1825, both in flower and in fruit, in the Cordillera of Men- dosa, in which region Gillies found it about the same time. The plants on the eastern side of the Cordillera are always a little puberulous on the younger branchlets, while those on the Chile side are quite glabrous. It forms a low suffruticose shrub, about 3 or 4 feet high; the lower branches are lignescent, about the thickness of a quill; the upper branchlets are more slender, fistulous and subherbaceous ; the axils are 2 or 3 inches apart ; the leaves are from 4 to 11 lines long, 3 or 4 lines broad, on a slender petiole 15 line long, which is a little dilated at its insertion, where it is connected with a trans- verse line across the axil; the leaves on the floral branchlets are more linear, and about 3 lines long. The terminal spikes are from 2 to 3 inches long, with numerous somewhat divergent flowers about a line apart; the bract is about 14 line long; the calyx is 2 lines long; the tube of the corolla 3-33 lines long, the lobes of the border 4 line long: the presence of a fifth sterile antheriferous stamen distinguishes this species from the others, but it is sometimes wanting; the style rarely extends beyond the mouth. The drupe is 11-13 line long, ¿ line in diam., black and polished ; the nueules are dark-coloured, hard and corneous. The plant, though fuscous, does not always grow black in drying as in the following species; but its flowers become nigrescent. | 2. DIOSTEA SCOPARIA, nob.: Verbena scoparia, Hook. et Gill. Bot. Misc. i. 161, tab. 4T; Sch. in DO. Prodr. xi. 544; Gay, Chile, y. 20: suffruticosa, tota nigrescens, e basi multiramosa, ramis ramulisque oppositis vel 4-nis, erectis, strictis, teretibus, striato- sulcatis, basi breviter articulatis, in axillis remotis linea transversali constrictis, glabris, fistulosis; foliis minimis, lineari-oblongis aut subovatis, subdenticulatis, glabris, petiolo brevissimo, basi dilatato, cum opposito fere nexo: inflorescentia CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. 105 terminali, sublaxe spicata; floribus brevissime pedicellatis, odoratis, siccitate nigres- centibus, bractea acute ovata squamiformi munitis; calyce cylindrice 5-gono, brac- teaque rigide puberulis, dentibus 5, subulatis, inæqualibus, quorum posterior bre- vior; corolla extus glabra, tubo imo cylindrico, superne ampliore, recurvato, calyce 2-plo longiore, antiee sub faucem obliquam paulo ventricoso, parallele nervoso, intus antice retrorsum piloso, limbo 5-lobo, lobis oblongis, subemarginatis, antico paulo latiore, expansis; staminibus inclusis, cum 5” sterili ananthero tenuissime filiformi, antheris sagittatis, acuminatis; stylo vix exserto ; ovarii structura ea generis ; fructu ignoto.—In Andibus Mendozinis et Chilensibus, v. v. circa Villa Vicencio: v. s. in herb. nostr. et Hook. Chile (Cuming, 226), ibidem (Bridges, 459), Cordillera de San- tiago (Germain cum nom. Privæ sp.); in herb. Hook. Villa Vicencio (Gillies), Ojos de Agua (Oruckshanks, 97), Chile (Meyen), Valparaiso (Bridges). This plant was also collected by me, at a spot a few miles distant from where the pre- ceding species was gathered ; it was found by Dr. Gillies at the same place, and by others on the opposite side of the Andes. It has so much the habit of Ephedra ochreata, a native of the same region, that, except for its inflorescence, it might be mistaken for a kindred species of that genus. It darkens more than the preceding species (becomes altogether black) in drying. The axils are from 23 to 33 in. apart, and are articulated by a transverse line formed by the union of the opposite petioles of the decayed leaves; each branchlet has a short articulation above its base, 1 or 2 lines long, as in Ephedra. The leaves are seen only on the young branches, as they soon wither; they are about 14 line long, $ line broad, thick, black, subdenticulated, with a slender very short recurved petiole. The inflorescence is like that of the preceding species, 14-2 in. long, but the flowers are somewhat larger; the subovate bract is squamiform, scarcely 1 line long; the calyx is 3 lines long; the tube of the corolla is 4 lines long, curving sigmoidly outwards and more swollen above the middle than in Sir W. Hooker's drawing, the lobes are 1 line long ; inside upon the anterior side the tube is retrorsely pilose; the fifth sterile filament is very distinct, but from its tenuity might be overlooked; the style is dilated and curved at the apex and does not extend beyond the mouth: the construetion of the ovary is precisely like that of the typical species. The fruit does not appear to be known; Sehauer, who did not see it, assumed it to be a 4-coccous capsule—which must be a mistake, judging by the structure of the ovary. 3. DIOSTEA STENOPHYLLA, nob. : humilis, caule prostrato, inferne fruticosa, superne sub- herbacea, ramosa, ramis plurimis, erectis, ramulis oppositis, tenuiter teretibus, ulti- mis subulatis, striatis, flexuosis, subfistulosis, glabris, pallidis, interdum fuscescen- tibus; axillis constrictis, superioribus remotioribus ; foliis oppositis, spathulato- linearibus, fere sessilibus, marginibus integris late plicato-reflexis, supra rigide pilosulis vel scabridulis, subtus pubescentibus, pallidis, rigidis, superioribus minori- bus linearibus ; petiolo brevissimo, imo dilatato et persistente, cum opposito linea transversali nexo: spicis terminalibus, capitato-oblongis, pubescentibus ; floribus imbricatis; bracteis acute ovatis, puberulis, calyce dimidio brevioribus ; calyce eylindrico, puberulo, insequaliter dentato, dentibus longe subulatis ; weg tubo 106 MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACEX FROM imo cylindrico, superne ampliore, subincurvo, calyce 2-plo longiore, parallele ner- voso, extus puberulo, intus antice sub medium pilis albis longis retrorsis hirsuto; staminibus subbrevibus, didynamis cum 5^ brevissimo ananthero, inclusis; stylo antheras inferiores vix excedente; ovarii structura ea generis; fructu ignoto.—In Andibus Chilensibus : v. s. in herb. nostr. Chile (Bridges, 458) ; in herb. Mus. Brit. et Hook. Chile (Cuming, 282), Cordillera Chile (.Bridges, 1220). This plant does not grow higher than 2 feet, often only half that size; the main stems appear to run parallel with the ground, and to throw up vertical branches 13 line thick, with branchlets half that thickness, the lower axils are 3-1 inch apart, the upper inter- nodes being 13 inch long : the lower leaves are 1 inch long, when unfolded 13 line broad, on a slender petiole 13 line long, the upper leaves are almost sessile, 3 lines long; the margins of the leaves are folded back to such an extent that they almost meet. In my specimen the spikes are 10 lines long; the bracts are 2 lines long, 2 line broad; the calyx 3 lines long; the tube of the corolla 4 lines long, the lobes of the border 13 line long; both the calyx and corolla are of thinner texture than in the preceding species, and the structure of the ovary is exactly like that of all the foregoing plants. 4. DIOSTEA FILIFOLIA, nob.: suffruticosa, tota pallide glauca, e basi ramosa, ramis tere- tibus, striatis, lignosis, ramulisque oppositis, elongatis, tenuiter virgatis, recte adscendentibus, obsolete 4-gonis, striolatis, glabris, subfistulosis, internodiis inferio- ribus brevioribus, superioribus in ramulis multo longioribus ; foliis oppositis, anguste linearibus, imo in petiolum brevem subspathulatis, integris, marginibus revolutis, coriaceis, rigide pilosulis, petiolo dilatato cum opposito linea transversali nexo: spicis terminalibus, cylindraceis; floribus imbricatis, sessilibus, bractea oblonga mucronata calyce breviore instructis; ealyce cylindrico, pilosulo, membranaceo, dentibus 5, longis, subulatis, insequalibus, cum nervis totidem continuis, breviore postico; coroll: tubo subinfundibuliformi, parallele nervoso, tenuiter membranaceo, subineurvo, extus glabro, intus antice retrorsum hirsuto, lobis oblongis, subemar- ginatis, antico paulo latiore, expansis ; staminibus brevibus, inclusis, didynamis, cum quinto sterili seepius abortivo; ovarii stylique structura ea generis; fructu ignoto.— In Andibus Chilensibus: v. s. in herb. nostr. et Hook. Cordillera de Santiago (Germain). | Germain's specimens were distributed under the name of Verbena spathulata, Hook. & Gill which is a very different plant and a true Verbena. This appears to be a low very branching shrub; its many branches are lignescent, its upper branchlets hollow and filled with pith; the axils in the branches are 1-5 inch apart, and 14-2 inches apart in the numerous virgated floriferous branchlets, which are 10 inches long and barely 4 line thick; the spikes are about 10 lines long, the flowers very imbricated and sub- divergent; each bract is 2 lines long, 1 line broad, with a carinate nerve and a mucro- nate point, subeuneate at base; the calyx is 3 lines long; the tube of the corolla is 4 s EN with several parallel nerves, membranaceous, the lobes of the border being ne long. CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. _ 107 5. DıostEA VALDIVIANA, nob. : Dipyrena Valdiviana, Philippi, Linn. xxix. 31: arbuscula glaberrima, ramosa, ramis ramulisque oppositis, elongatis, virgatis, subfistulosis, striolatis, brunneis: foliis oppositis, lanceolato-oblongis, acutis, mucronatis, inte- gerrimis, aut apice obsolete dentatis et tunc dentibus utrinque 3, coriaceis, enerviis, utrinque brevissime scabrido-pilosulis; petiolo imo incrassato, intus pubescente, brevi : spicis terminalibus, brevissimis, rachi pubescente ; floribus circiter 20, azureis, fere sessilibus, e cupulis carnosis alternis ebracteatis crebre singulatim ortis et in verticillis interruptis subaggregatis ; calyce ovato-inflato, carnoso, subpilosulo, ore constricto, e nervis excurrentibus 5-denticulato, dentibus intus pilosis, persistente, demum aucto, glabro, submembranaceo, nitido; drupa calyce inclusa, carnosula, glabra, 2-pyrena, pyrenibus 1-locularibus.—In Chile, prov. Valdivia circa Osorno : v. 8. in hb. Hook. in fructu, prov. Valdivia ad Huiti (Lechler, 615). This is described as an arborescent shrub, about 20 feet high, woody at the base, throwing up numerous repeated ramifications, which are slender and virgated : the axils in the branches are about 2 inches, in the branchlets 1 inch apart; the flowering branch- lets are 3-10 inches long: the leaves are 3-9 lines long, 2-3 lines broad; the terminal spikes are 4 inch long: the style is scarcely exserted: the drupe is 14 line long, and its nucules are constructed as in the typical species. 6. DIOSTEA SCIRPEA, nob.: Lippia scirpea, Philippi, Linn. xxxiii. 196; Ann. Univ. Chil. (1862) ii. 402: fruticosa, subaphylla, glabra, ramosa ; ramulis elongatis, striatis ; foliis oppositis, minimis, oblongis: spicis terminalibus; floribus bifariis, laxis, bractea squamiformi instructis ; calyce longe tubuloso, glabro, dentibus insequalibus, subulatis; corolle albidæ tubo calyce duplo longiore, fauce pilosa ; fructu ignoto.— In Andibus Chilensibus, paso de los Piuquenes (Diaz). (Non vidi.) This plant, very closely allied. to Diostea scoparia, was found in the Portillo de los Piuquenes, the summit pass of the main ridge of the Cordillera, where it attains an elevation of 10,000 or 12,000 feet, and forms the head source of the river Maypo on one side, while to the eastward it leads into the valley of the Tupungato, and finally debouches upon the plains near Luxan, 5 leagues to the southward of Mendoza. It is evidently a small shrub with many lignescent branches rising from the base, and divided into numerous branchlets 1 foot long, 1} line thick, with axils 1-13 inch apart ; below they are aphyllous, but the younger and more slender branchlets have opposite, almost pat miform leaves 11 line long; the spikes are 1-2 inches long; the subulate bracts are 14 line long; the pedicels scarcely 1 line long; the calyx is 23 lines long ; the tube of the corolla is curved, 4 lines long, the border being 4 lines in diameter, its lobes are of a sulphur-colour when dry, with black veins. Doctor Philippi suggests that this plant may be identical with Dipyrena glaberrima, Hook.; but had he seen the latter, such an idea would never have occurred to him. 7. DiostEA INFUSCATA, nob. : Lippia juncea, Gay, in parte (non Sch.), Fl, Chil. y. 50: suffruticosa, ramosa, ramis teretibus, virgatis, fistulosis, striolatis, glaberrimis, sicci- 108 MR. JOHN MIERS ON VERBENACEÆ FROM tate nigrescentibus, in axillis linea transversali constrictis; foliis oppositis, lanceo- latis, utrinque acutis, mucronatis, integerrimis, crasso-coriaceis, enerviis; petiolo brevi, imo incrassato et cum opposito nexo, limbo delapso persistente et tune nodu- liformi: spicis terminalibus; floribus parvis, laxis, subpatentibus.—In prov, Val- divia : v. s$. in hb. Hook. ad Rio Negro (Gay). This plant has much the aspect of D. juncea, but the leaves are smaller, more lanceo- late, entire, and the flowers are only half the size; it is also very different from D. Valdiviana, its branches being more herbaceous, less branched, becoming black in drying; and its axils are more distant, being 14-2 inches apart: the leaves are 4-9 lines long, 14-2 lines broad. The terminal spike is 1 inch long: the 5-nerved calyx has five short excurrent teeth, it is smooth below, pubescent on both sides towards the top, and is 1 line long : the corolla is swollen below its mouth, retrorsely pilose inside, the tube being 24 lines long, its 4 rounded lobes 3 line long, the upper one being deeply bifid; there is a rudimentary fifth stamen, the longer pair not extending beyond the mouth. ` DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XXVI. Shows a portion of a plant of Raphithamnus cyanocarpus, in flower and in fruit: natural size. Fig. 1. A flower. Fig. 2. The calyx and style: both nat. size. Fig. 3. The pistil, with half of the calyx removed. Fig. 4. The corolla cut open to show the position of the stamens in regard to the lobes of the border: both magnified. Fig. 5. A stamen, seen in three different positions. Fig. 6. The style and stigma: both more magnified. Fig. 7. A longitudinal section of the ovary, in a line parallel with the floral axis. Fig. 8. A transverse section of the same, showing its four uniovular cells, separated in the direction of the floral axis by the space occupied by the hollow central columella: both magnified. Fig. 9. A fruit, with its umbilicated apex. . 10. The same, with half of its fleshy covering removed, showing its two contained nucules. Fig. 11. One of the nucules, seen on its external face. . 12. The same, seen on its inner flattened face, showing the two apertures leading into the base of the cells, for the passage of the cords of nourishing vessels from the columella. iE Fig. 13. A transverse section of the same, showing the position of the seeds and of their raphe: all nal. size. Fig. 14. One of the nucules, with its inner wall cut away, showing the position of the seeds and the aper- tures leading into the cells for the cords of nourishing vessels. Fig. 15. A cross longitudinal section of the same, through one of the cells, showing the basal apre the seed being removed. | Fig. 16. The seed removed, showing the raphe in continuation with the cord of nourishing vessels. Fig. 17. The Sr embryo extracted, showing its basal radicle and fleshy cotyledons : all mag- CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. 109 PLATE XXVII. A plant of PHELLODERMA CUNEATO-OVATA, of the natural size. Fig. 1. A flower, with its bract: magnified. Fig. 2. The bract, separately. Fig. 3. The calyx. Fig. 4. The corolla cut open, showing the position of the didynamous stamens with the fifth sterile fila- ment. Fig. 5. The pistil: all magnified on the same scale. Fig. 6. Two of the stamens, seen in front and sideway : more magnified. Fig. 7. A transverse section of the ovary at the maturity of the flower: magnified. Fig. 8. A fruit, invested by the persistent calyx. Fig. 9. The same, with the calyx removed : both nat. size. Fig. 10. The same: magnified. Fig. 11. A transverse section of the same, showing the two nucules, with the vacant space between them formed by the central columella. Fig. 12. A transverse section of one of the nucules. Fig. 13. A transverse section of the tubular membranaceous columella adhering to the nucules. Fig. 14. One of the nucules, seen on its ventral face, surrounded by its pith-like mesoderm. Fig. 15. A longitudinal section of the same, showing its two cells, with the basal channels leading into them. Fig. 16. A cross longitudinal section of the same, through one of the cells, showing the basal channel leading into it, for the passage of the cord of nourishing vessels proceeding from the central placentary columella. ic Fig. 17. A seed extracted, seen on its inner face, with its raphe and chalaza. Fig. 18. The same, seen on its inner edge, showing the ascending raphe in continuation with the cord of nourishing vessels. Fig. 19. The same deprived of its outer integument. Fig. 20. The embryo, seen on its face. Fig. 21. The same, seen on one side : all magnified on the same scale. Prate XXVIII. The upper portion of a plant of DrosrEA JUNCEA, of the natural size. Fig. 1. A flower: nat. size. Fig. 2. A bract: magnified. Fig. 3. The calyx and bract. Fig. 4. The calyx, separated. Fig. 5. The corolla, separated. Fig. 6. The same, cut open on the posterior side, to show the position of the stamens. Fig. 7. The pistil: all magnified on the same scale. Fig. 8. The stamens: more magnified. Fig. 9. A transverse section of the ovary, at an early stage. Fig. 10. The same, at the maturity of the flower: both magnified. Fig. 11. A fruit, enclosed in its persistent calyx: naf. size. Fig. 12. The same : magnified. Fig. 13. The same, with the calyx removed. . 14. ; 19. pi [er] . À longitudinal section of the same, in the contrary direction. . A side view of the seed removed from its cell, showing the ascending raphe terminating in the . The same, shown on its anterior edge. ON VERBENACEÆ FROM CHILE AND ITS ADJACENT REGIONS. A transverse section of the same, showing the two unilocular nucules, with the vacant space between them, and the position of the raphe next the axis of inflorescence. A nucule, seen on its ventral face, with the somewhat lateral placentary patch at its base, where it is attached to the central columella. . A longitudinal section of the same, showing the channel leading into the cell, for the passage of the funicular chord passing from the placentary patch, in communication with the ascending raphe of the seed. | * apical chalaza, and in connexion with the basal funicular cord. The embryo, seen on its face. . The same, seen on its edge : all equally magnified. Vati m) AUD RAM ATEN) CAD Mi ddr a m da er i | ; ; Trans. Linn. Soc. VoLXXVIL Tas. 26! x = id A T AAA Se opc oou" O SCRI SES TRANS. LINN. Soo. VoL XXVII. TAB. 28. in A X A , E 8 f 2 aS S i it (fie : Diostea juncta, Miers. | Trans LINN. Soc VoL. XXIL TAB. 27. [oec | III. O» the Genus Boswéllia, with Descriptions and Figures of three new Species. By GEORGE BIRDWOOD, M.D. Edinburgh. Communicated by DANIEL HANBURY, Esq., F.R.S. $ L.S. (Plates XXIX.-XXXII.) Read April 1st, 1869. I OFFER here the descriptions of three new species of Boswellia, natives of the Soumali country. The characters of one of them make it, I believe, necessary that the characters hitherto given of the genus Boswellia should be reconsidered ; and hence the first part of the title which I have, very reluctantly, given to this paper. Another of these plants, all of which yield frankincense, yields, I believe, the bulk of the olibanum of commerce. And I believe that the discovery of these plants settles at last the controversy which has gone on for ages concerning frankincense. The offering of incense on altars, and in cups and closed censers, is represented in painting and in sculpture on the monuments of Egypt and Assyria; but although incense, as a rule, implies frankincense, and these representations might with more or less plausi- bility be interpreted by the Jewish ritual, they merely record the contemporaneous use ofincense. We are expressly told by Herodotus that frankincense was excluded from the balsamic substances used in the preparation of the mummies of the Egyptians; but although this might perhaps have been because of its being sacred to the service of their gods, still the first undoubted record of the use of frankincense, and the first mention of it—as yet known—is in the - | > BrBLE.—- Stacte, and onycha, and galbanum, with pure frankincense” were the “ sweet spices ” of which the “ pure and holy perfume,” or “ confection,” of divine prescription was made “after the art of the apothecary," which was offered every morning and evening, on the “ Altar of Incense" or “ Golden Altar," set in the * Holy Place” between the “Golden Candlestick”? and “the Table of Shewbread,” before the “Holy of Holies"'. The priest took a censer, “ full of burning coals of fire," from off z the Altar of Burnt Offering ” or * Brazen Altar," and his “ hands full of the sweet incense beaten small," and entered “the Holy Place" from “the Court of the Tabernacle,” and emptied his censer upon the Golden Altar, and “ put the incense upon the fire before the Lord, that the cloud of incense may cover the mercy-seat”. It was death for the priests to make the sacred incense for themselves, even “to smell thereto”, or for any one but the priests, * the seed of Aaron,” to offer it^, or to burn “ strange incense " upon the Golden Altar”, ! Exod. xxx. 34-36. 2 Lev. xvi. 12, 13. 2 Exod. xxx. 37, 38. * Numb. iii. 10; xvi.; 2 Chron. xxvi. 16-24. : * Exod. xxx. 9; Lev. x. 1-7; Numb. iii. 4, xxvi. 61. VOL. XXVII. 112 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. Neither was it lawful to offer burnt sacrifice or meat-offering, or to pour drink-offering thereon'; but the blood of the sin-offering of atonements was once in every year sprinkled upon the horns thereof’. ‘ Pure frankincense ” was put on each of the two rows in which the twelve baked cakes of fine flour were set on the Table of Shewbread? ; it was also put upon the meat-offering‘, and was expressly prohibited to be put upon the sin-offering of fine flour, “for it is a sin-offering ””, or on “the offering of jealousy" of barley meal, “ for it is an offering . . . bringing iniquity to remembrance "*. And in the service of the sanctuary, certain Levites were appointed to oversee “the frankincense and the spices ””, which were laid in “a great chamber ” “of the house of God ’*. Frankincense is often named in the poetical books of the Old Testament :—“ Who is this that cometh out of the wilderness, like pillars of smoke, perfumed with myrrh and frankincense, with all powders of the merchant ?”%—an image which those only can fully appreciate who have themselves been “Where through the sand of pene land The camel bears the spice." A garden” inclosed is my sister, my spouse; a spring shut up, a fountain sealed. Thy plants are an orchard of pomegranates, with pleasant fruits; camphire [henna], with spikenard, spikenard and saffron ; calamus [Roosa of India] and cinnamon, with all trees of frankincense; myrrh and aloes [aloeswood], with all the chief spices. A fountain of gardens, a well of living waters, and streams from Lebanon ”””. “ I have not caused thee to serve with an offering, nor wearied thee with incense [frankincense]. Thou hast bought me no sweet cane [Roosa] with money ”". “The multitude of camels shall cover thee, the dromedaries of Midian and Ephah; all they from Sheba shall come ; they shall bring gold and incense ” [frankincense])”. *He that offereth an oblation is as if he offered swine's blood; he that burneth incense [frankincense], as if he blessed an idol "?. “To what purpose cometh there to me incense [frankincense] from Sheba, and the sweet cane [ Roosa] from a far country ?"^ ‘And they shall come from the cities . . - and from the plain, and from the mountains, and from the south [Arabia”], bringing : Exod. xxk. 9. 2 Exod. xxx. 10; Lev. iv. 7. * Lev. xxiv. 7. * Lev. ii. 1, 2, 15; 16 ; vi. 15. 5 Lov.v. 11: * Numb. v. 15. 7 1 Chron. ix. 29. * Nehemiah, xiii. 5-9. " Song of Songs, iii. 6. © Song of Songs, iv. 12-15, 11 Isaiah, xliii. 23, 24. ” Isaiah, lx. 6. * See a long race thy spacious eourts adorn ; See future sons and daughters yet unborn, In erowding ranks on every side arise, Demanding life, impatient for the skies ! See barbarous nations at thy gates attend, Walk in thy light, and in thy temple bend! t See thy bright altars throng’d with prostrate kings, And heap’d with products-of Sabæan springs ! For thee Idume’s spicy forests blow, il ee seeds of gold in Ophir’s mountains glow !” L lah, XVI. 9. Jeremiah, vi. 20. 5 Matt. xii. 42; compare Gen. xxv. 6, and Matt. i. ' DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 113 burnt-offerings, and sacrifices, and meat-offerings and incense [frankincense], and bringing sacrifices of praise, unto the house of the Lord ””. These passages emphatically derive frankincense from Sheba. The Hebrew words for incense are quite different from the Hebrew word for frankin- cense (Lebonah); but in most of the passages where they are found, frankincense may be understood as necessarily a constituent of the sacred incense of the Jewish ritual. Kitto says that these words for incense (miktar, hitter, and keturoth) all signify to raise an odour by burning, and are applied not only to the offering of incense, but of sacrifices, and he points out that the word which denotes the incense of sweet spices in Exod. xxx. 1, describes an incense of fat in Psalm lxvi. 15 : “I will offer unto thee burnt sacri- fices of fatlings, with the incense of rams; I will offer bullocks with goats." But the word may be used here to give poetic expression to the passage, as the thing itself was to give a sweet savour to the burnt sacrifices. In 1 Chron. vi. 49, the word for incense is also used, according to Calmet, for the fat of victims offered on, the altar of the burnt-offerings, but here, it may be supposed, without poetical licence. Gradually, as the spiritual discernment of the Jews developed, the offering of incense itself sublimed into prayer, as indicated in the figurative language of David, in Psalm exli. 2, “ Let my prayer be set forth before thee as incense, and the lifting up of my hands as the evening sacrifice.” And the same figure is used in the magnificent imagery of the Apocalypse: “ And the four-and-twenty elders . . . having every one of them harps, and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of the saints"? ‘And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. And the smoke of the incense, with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand ””. : The Jews buried their dead, the burning of the bodies of Saul and his sons” having been quite exceptional; but still they largely used unguents and spices, probably inclu- ding frankincense, in their sepulchral rites. The dead body was anointed with spike- nard*, and “they wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as the manner of the Jews is to bury "5, And of the burial of Asa it is written, “ And they buried him in his own sepulchre, which he had made for himself in the city of David, and laid him in the bed which was filled with sweet odours and divers kinds prepared by the apothecary's art: and they made a very great burning for him””. . The en in de aes of the ar of the dead body of Patroclus, would, by sub- stituting the presentation of cows to Brahmins for the sacrifice of horses at the pyre, and milk for wine to quench its embers, serve to describe the funeral rites of a wealthy high- caste Hindoo of Bombay, in which frankincense, with all manner of balsamic substances, and fragrant woods and oils, are largely used ; and we know that in the burning of their dead and in their sacrifices the Greeks, like the Romans, used frankincense extra- vagantly ; but yet frankincense is not anywhere named in the Iliad or Odyssey, and it * Jeremi ii : ¡A 3 Rev. viii. 3, 4. ‘ Toe s = xii. 7. * John, xix. 39, 40. 7 2 Chron. xvi. 14; Pet. Cunzus de Respub. Hebreorum. Leyden, 1631. : ; Q 114 | DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. is said that it was unknown to the Greeks at the time when they were written”. But from about B.c. 400 frankincense is commonly ànd unceasingly mentioned by classical writers. HERODOTUS (born B.c. 484) mentions it frequently”; and what he says about it is of course particularly valuable. He says, “ Arabia . . . is the only country which produces frankincense, myrrh, cassia, cinnamon, ladanum. The Arabians do not get any of these, except myrrh, without trouble. The frankincense they procure by means of the gum storax, which the Greeks obtain from the Pheenicians ; this they burn and thereby obtain the spice. For the trees which bear the frankincense are guarded by winged serpents, small in size and of varied colours, whereof vast numbers hang about every tree. They are of the same kind as the serpents which invade Egypt, and there is nothing but the smoke of the styrax which will drive them from the trees'?. “ As one proceeds beyond Heliopolis up the country, Egypt becomes narrow, the Arabian range of hills, which have a direction north to south, shutting it up on one side, and the Libyan range upon the other. The former ridge runs on without a break and stretches away to the sea called Erythræan : it contains the quarries whence the stone was cut for the pyramids of Memphis; and this is the point where it ceases its first direction, and bends away in the manner above indicated. In its greatest length from east to west it is, as I have been informed, a distance of two months' journey; towards its extreme east, its skirts produce frankincense ”*. “The Arabs brought every year a thousand talents of frankincense, in tribute to Darius”. “ It is also on the great altar [of gold] that the Chaldeans burn the frankincense, which is offered to the amount of one thousand talents weight, every year at the festival of the god "5 [Bel]. In describing “the mode of embalming amongst the Egyptians, according to the most perfect practice," he says * they fill the cavity [ofthe abdomen] with the purest bruised myrrh, with cassia, and every sort of spicery, except Jrankincense’””. And of the Scythians, ** Their women make a mixture of cypress, cedar, and frankincense wood, which they pound into a paste upon a rough piece of stone, adding a little water to it. With this substance, which is of a thick consistency, they paste their faces all over, and indeed their whole bodies. A sweet odour is thereby imparted to them; and when they take off the plaster on the day following, their skin is clean and glossy ” °. THEOPHRASTUS, who lived only a century later (B.c. 394-287), gives the fullest and most accurate account of frankincense of all ancient writers. I give a translation of what he says about it, in full, and especially as it has never before, I believe, been done into English (History of Plants, book ix. ch. 4). * Concerning frankincense and myrrh and balsam, and whatever else is like these, it * Crusius, Homeric Lexicon, trans. Smith, ed. Arnold. * Schweighæuser, Lexicon Herodoteum. '3 Book iii. Thalia, 107, Rawlinson's translation. * Book ii. Euterpe, 8, Rawlinson’s trans. — ê Book iii. Thalia, 97, Rawlinson’s trans. * Book i. Clio, 183, Rawlinson's trans. 7 Book ii. Euterpe, 86, Rawlinson's trans. * Book iv. Melpomene, 75, Rawlinson’s trans. * Oeóópasros. "Theophrasti Eresii opera que supersunt omnia. Greca recensuit, Latine interpretatus est, indices rerum et verborum absolutissimos adjecit Friderieus Wimmer, Doct. Philos. Parisiis, Didot, 1866, ow pp. 143-145. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 115 has [already ] been said, that they are produced by incision, and spontaneously. And we must [now] endeavour to tell what is the nature of the trees, and if they have any thing peeuliar as to their origin or collection, or other matters; and, in like manner, con- cerning the other sweet-smelling trees; for almost the whole of them grow in places towards the south and east. The franki -tree and myrrh and cassia and cinnamon grow in the Chersonese of the Arabians, about Saba and Adramyta, and Citibeena and . Mali But the trees of frankincense and myrrh grow, some of them on the mountain, . and others in private plantations, at the foot of the mountain; on which account, some of them are cultivated, and others are not: and they say that the mountain is lofty and thickly wooded, and covered with snow, and that rivers also flow down from it into the plains, and that the frankincense-tree is not large, being five cubits high, and covered with boughs, and that it has a leaf like that of the pear-tree, only much smaller, and is of a grassy colour, very like rue, and has altogether a smooth bark like the laurel; but that the myrrh-tree is still smaller in size and more shrub-like, and that it has a hard trunk, i and is twisted towards the ground, and is thicker than a man's leg, and has a smooth - bark, like purslane. But others, who say they have seen them, nearly all agree concern- ing their size, namely, that neither of the trees is large, the myrrh-tree being the smaller and lower [of the two]. And they state that the frankincense bears a resemblance to a laurel, and that it has a smooth bark, but that the myrrh is prickly and not smooth, and that it has a leaf like the elm, only crisp, and prickly at the top, like the ilex-tree. And these said that in a voyage which they were making from the Bay of Heroes, they disembarked to search for water on the mountain, and thus saw the trees and the mode of collecting [the frankincense]. And that the trunks and boughs of both were incised ; but that the former appeared to have been cut, as it were, by an axe, and the latter to have had more gentle incisions; and that the drops partly fell down and partly remained on the tree. And that in some places mats woven of palm-leaves were placed under- neath, while in others the ground underneath was hardened and kept clean; and that the frankincense on the mats was pure and transparent, but that on the ground less so; and that they scraped off what adhered to the trees with knives, so that the bark stuck to some of them. And they said that the whole mountain was divided among the Sabeans; for that they were the lords [of the place], and that they were just towards one another, on which account no one kept any guard [over his own property]; and that having themselves taken thence an abundance of frankincense and myrrh, which they placed in their ships, none of the inhabitants being present, they had sailed away. And these both told this, and said they heard that the myrrh and frankincense is gathered together on every side to the temple of the Sun ; and that this belongs to the Sabæans, being by far the most sacred thing in the country, and that certain armed Arabs have the , custody of it; and that when they bring it, each, heaping up his own frankincense, and the myrrh in a similar way, leaves them with the keepers, and places upon the heap " little tablet, stating the number of the measures, and the price at which each measure is to be sold; and that when the merchants come they inspect these tablets, and having measured . any heap that pleases them, they put the price of it in the place from which it is taken ; and that the priest then coming takes a third part of the price for the god, and there 116 i DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. leaves the remainder, which is kept safe for the owners until they come and take it. But certain others say that the frankincense-tree is like the lentisck, and its fruit to the berries of the same, and thát the leaf of it is reddish ; and that the frankincense from the young trees is whiter and less fragrant, while that from the older trees is yellowish and more fragrant; and that the myrrh-tree is like the terebinth, but rougher and more thorny, and the leaf a little rounder and, if chewed, resembling the terebinth in taste ; and that of these, also, the older are the more fragrant. And that both grow in the same place, and that the ground [there] is argillaceous and flaky, and that springs of water are rare. These things, however, are contradictory [to the statement | that it snows and is wet [in that locality], and that rivers issue from it. And others also say that the tree islike the terebinth, and others that it is the terebinth itself; for that specimens of the wood were brought to Antigonus by the Arabs who conveyed the frankincense, and that they differed in nothing from the terebinth. These, however, showed still greater ignorance ; for they thought that both the frankincense and the myrrh grew on the same tree. On which account, the report brought by those that sailed from the City of Heroes is more credible; since the frankincense-tree that grew above Sardis, in a certain temple, has a leaf like the laurel, if from this we may form a conclusion, and the frankineense produced from it, whether from the trunk or branches, is like the other frankincense in appearance, and in smell when it is burnt. And this tree alone grew without [any culture]. And some say that the frankincense grows more abundantly in Arabia, but more beautiful in the neighbouring islands, over which the Arabs have sway; for there they make figures upon the trees of whatever they like; which is not incredible, as they admit of any incision that persons may wish to make in them. Some of the grains also are very large, in bulk as much as a handful, and in weight more than the third part of a mina. All frankincense is brought to market in a rough state, similar in appearance to the bark of a tree; but of myrrh there are two kinds, the one in drops, and the other in moulds. The quality is judged of by the taste; and from this they choose what is of uniform colour. Concerning frankincense and myrrh, this is nearly as much as we have heard up to the present time." A fragment of AGATHARCIDES (B.C. 200) is said, for I have not seen the passage myself, to enumerate balm, cassia, frankincense, myrrh, and cinnamon as the productions of Saba. Droporus (about B.c. 50) writes! :— Next to these inhabit those Arabians called Carbi, and next to them the Sabæans, the most populous of any of the Arabians ; for they possess Arabia the Happy, exceeding rich in all those things which we esteem most precious ; and for breeding of cattle of all sorts, the most fertile country in the world ; ,for the whole country is naturally perfumed all over, almost every thing growing there sending forth continually most excellent odours. On the sea-coasts grow balsam, cassia, and another herb of a strange and peculiar property, which while it is fresh is delightful and strengthening to the eyes, but kept awhile, presently loses its virtue. Higher in the heart of the country, are shady woods and forests, graced and beautified with stately * Book v. Chap. iii. Booth’s Translation, Lond. 1814, vol. i. pp. 186-189. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 117 trees of frankincense and myrrh, palm-trees, calamus, and cinnamon, and such like odoriferous plants; for none can enumerate the several natures and properties of so great a multitude, or the excellency of those sweet odours that breathe out of every one ofthem. For their fragrancy is such, that it even ravishes the senses with delight, as a thing divine and unutterable ; it entertains them that sail along by the coast at a great distance with its pleasures and delights. For in spring-time the winds from off the land waft the air, perfumed with the sweet odours of myrrh and other odoriferous plants, to those parts of the sea that are next to them. And these spices have nothing of a faint and languishing.smell, as those that come to our hands, but a strong and vigorous odour, that strongly pierces all their senses to the utmost of their capacity ; for the wafts of air dispersing the perfumes of these odoriferous plants, abundance of pleasant, healthful, and strange variety of scents (proceeding from the richest spices) are conveyed to them that sail near unto the coast. For this sweet smell comes not from ' fruit bruised in a mortar (whose strength is in a great measure decayed) or from spices ` made up in divers sorts of vessels for transportation; but from the ripeness ofthe fruit as it grows, and from the pure and divine nature of the plant itself. So that they that have the advantage of these sweet odours, seem as if they were entertained with that feigned meat of the gods called ambrosia, since those excellent perfumes cannot have a name ascribed them transcending their worth and dignity. “Yet fortune has not imparted to men an entire and unmixed felicity in these things; but has joined some inconveniencies with these advantages, to correct them who (through a constant confluence of earthly blessings) have usually despised and slighted the gods. For these fragrant forests abound with red serpents of a span long, whose bite is deadly and incurable. They strike a man with a violent assault, leaping up in his very face, leaving him besmeared with his own blood. “The capital city of this nation is called Saba, and stands upon a high hill; they are governed by kings, who inherit the crown by descent; yet the honour allowed them by their subjects is such, as that they are in some respects, notwithstanding, in a sort of bondage and slavery; for though they seem to be privileged in this, that they have a sovereign and absolute power in making laws, and are not to give an account of any of their actions to their subjects; yet they are as unhappy in this, that they are never to stir out of their palace; for if they do, the people stone them to death, for so they are commanded by an ancient oracle. | . A * This nation not only excels all the neighbouring barbarians in wealih, but all other . people whatsoever for plenty of every thing that is accounted precious; for in their _ traffic, for a thing of a very small weight, they receive a greater sum of money than any 9ther merchants that sell goods for silver. : “ Being, therefore, that they never were conquered, by reason of the largeness of their country, they flow, as it were, in streams of gold and silver, especially at Saba, the seat- royal of their kings; their vessels, and all their cups are of gold and silver, and likewise their beds, chairs, and stools have their feet of silver ; and all other their household stuff is so sumptuous and magnificent, that it is incredible. The porticoes of their houses and temples are some of them overlaid with gold; and silver statues are placed upon . oo AE EE M c RE UI m M cM eM MC E Lu QE evi Werte DAC LE EL A o = er > : a > = SC aurum : E: + 2 T ead Áo vn SN RU D el a A RE CDs Lis dt x rau cS ENS eg en D NS LU ic am SE LUIS aes Come LS ine DEDE AU SEES a De e EET GE AS d ae See ie RE : ee 118 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. some of the chapiters of the temples. The doors and roofs of their inner rooms are — adorned with many golden bowls, set with precious stones, and other things of great value; for they have enjoyed a constant and uninterrupted peace for many ages and generations, being very far remote from those whose covetousness prompts them to advance their gain by the riches of others. “The sea there is of a very white colour, so that a man may as justly wonder at the strangeness of the thing, as be inquisitive what should be the cause. * Near hereunto are the Fortunate Islands, full of walled towns, where all the sheep and cattle are exceeding white, and none of the females bear any horns. The merchants from all parts resort to these islands, especially from Pontana, built by Alexander the Great, upon the banks of the river Indus, that there might be a commodious port-town for shipping upon these coasts; but of this country and its inhabitants, we have said enough." | And” :—* Having gone through the western and northern countries and the islands of the ocean, we shall now describe the southern islands, lying in the Arabian ocean, on the east part of Arabia, next to Gedrosia. This part of Arabia is a country full of villages and considerable towns, some of which are situated upon high hills, others upon rising grounds, or something higher than champaign fields. "Their greatest cities have stately royal palaces, and are very wealthy and populous; the country abounds with all sorts of cattle, and is of a very fruitful soil, affording plenty of rich pastures for the flocks and herds; many rivers run through it, watering the fields, to the great increase of the fruits of the earth. And, therefore, this part of Arabia, which excels the rest in richness of soil, is justly called Arabia the Happy. “Over against the utmost point of this country, near the ocean, lie many islands; but there are but three that are worth remark: the first is called the Holy Island, wherein it is unlawful to bury the dead; but not far from this, about seven furlongs distant, there is another, wherein they bury. The sacred isle produces frankincense, and in that abundance as suffices for the service and worship of the gods all the world over; it has likewise plenty of myrrh, with other odoriferous spices of several sorts, which breathe out a most fragrant smell. The nature of frankincense, and the manner of getting it, is thus: the tree is very small, like to the white Egyptian thorn, and bears a leaf like to the willow ; it puts forth a flower of a golden colour; from the bark of tids tree, by incision made, distils the frankincense in drops, like tears. “ The myrrh-tree is like to the mastic-tree, but bears a more slender leaf, and grows thicker on the branches. The myrrh flows forth by digging up the earth round about the roots. Those that grow in a rich soil, bear twice a year—that is, in the spring and summer: that in the spring-time is of a deep red colour, caused by the dew; the other, nearer winter, is white. “ There they got likewise the fruit of the paliurus tree, wholesome both in meat and à drink, and good against a dysentery. The land is divided amongst the inhabitants, of _ which the best part is allotted to the king, who has likewise the tenths of the fruits. * Book v. chap. iii. Booth’s Translation, Lond. 1814, vol. i. pp. 324-329. bns d DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 119 “They say the breadth of this island is about two hundred furlongs, inhabited by them they call Panchæans, who transport the myrrh and frankincense into foreign parts, and sell it to the Arabian merchants, from whom others buy these and such like mer- chandise, and convey them to Pheenicia, Cœlesyria, and Egypt; and from those places they are carried by the merchants over all parts of the world. “ Besides these, there is another large island, about thirty furlongs distance from this last mentioned, lying to the east, many furlongs in length. For they say, from a pro- montory thereof running out towards the east, may be seen India, like a cloud in the air, the distance is so great. “There are many things observable in Panchæa that deserve to be taken notice of. The natural inhabitants are those they call Panchei; the strangers that dwell among them are people of the western parts, together with Indians, Cretans, and Scythians. * In this island there is a famous city, called Panara, not inferior to any for wealth and grandeur. The citizens are called the suppliants of Jupiter Triphylius, and are the only people of Panchæa that are governed by a democracy without a monarch. They choose every year the presidents or governors, that have all matters under their cogni- zance; but what concerns life and death, and the most weighty matters, they refer to the college of their priests. The temple of Jupiter Triphylius is about sixty furlongs distant from the city, in a champaign plain. 1t is in great veneration, because of its antiquity and the stateliness of the structure, and the fertility of the soil. *' The fields round about the temple are planted with all sorts of trees, not only for fruit, but for pleasure and delight; for they abound with tall cypresses, plane trees, laurels, and myrtles, the place abounding with fountains of running water; for near the temple there is such a mighty spring of sweet water rushes out of the earth, as that it becomes a navigable river; thence it divides itself into several currents and streams, and waters all the fields thereabouts, and produces thick groves of tall and shady trees ; amongst which, in summer, abundance of people spend their time, and a multitude of all sorts of birds build their nests, which create great delight both by affecting the eye with the variety of their colours, and taking the ear with the sweetness of their notes. Here are many gardens, sweet and pleasant meadows, decked with all sorts of herbs and flowers, and so glorious in the prospect, that it seems to be a paradise worthy ofthe gods themselves. : * There are here likewise large and fruitful palms, and abundance of walnut-trees, which plentifully furnish the inhabitants with pleasant nuts. Besides all these, there ¿Area multitude of vines of all sorts, spiring up on high, and so curiously interwoven one | amongst another, that they are exceeding pleasant to the view, and greatly advance the delights of the place. “The temple was built of white marble, most artificially jointed and cemented, two hundred yards in length, and as many in breadth, supported by great and thick pillars, curiously adorned with carved work. In this temple are placed huge statues of the gods, of admirable workmanship, and amazing largeness. Round the temple are built apart- ments for the priests that attend the service of the gods, by whom every thing in that sacred place is performed. All along from the temple is an even course of ground, four VOL. XXVII. ? 120 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. furlongs in length, and a hundred yards in breadth; on either side of which are erected vast brazen statues, with four square pedestals; at the end of the course breaks forth the river, from the fountains before mentioned, from whence flows most clear and sweet water, the drinking of which conduces much to the health of the body. This river is called the water of the sun. “The whole fountain is lined on both sides, and flagged at the bottom with stone, at a vast expense, and runs out on both sides for the space of four furlongs. It is not lawful for any body but the priests to approach to the brink of the fountain. All the land about, for two hundred furlongs round, is consecrated to the gods, and the revenues bestowed in maintaining the publie sacrifices and service of the gods; beyond these consecrated lands is a high mountain, dedicated likewise to the gods, which they call the throne of Cœlus and Triphylius Olympus; for they report that Uranus, when he governed the whole world, pleasantly diverted himself in this place, and from the top of the mount observed the motions of the heavens and stars, and that he was called Triphy- lius Olympus, because the inhabitants were composed of three several nations, Pan- chæans, Oceanites, and Doians, who were afterwards expelled by Ammon ; for it is said that he not only rooted out this nation, but utterly destroyed all their cities, and laid Doia and Asterusia even with the ground. The priests every year solemnize a sacred festival in this mountain, with great devotion. “ Behind this mount, in other parts of Panchæa, they say there are abundance of wild beasts of all kinds, as elephants, lions, leopards, deer, and many other wonderful creatures, both for strength and proportion. In this island there are three chief cities, Hyracia, Dalis, and Oceanis. The whole country is very fertile, and especially in the produetion of all sorts of wine in great plenty. * The men are warlike, and use chariots in battle, after the ancient manner. The whole nation is divided into three parts: the first class is of the priests, with whom are joined the artificers ; the other tribe consists of the husbandmen ; and the third are the militia and the shepherds. “The priests govern all, and are the sole arbitrators in every matter; for they give judgment in all controversies, and have the power and authority in all public trans- actions of state. The husbandmen till the land ; but the fruit is brought into thé common treasury ; and who is judged the most skilful in husbandry, receives the largest share of the fruits for a reward in the first place; and so the second, and the rest in order to the tenth, as every one merits, less or more, receives his reward by the judgment of the priests. In the same manner the shepherds and herdsmen carefully bring into the publie stock the victims and other things, both by number and weight, as the nature of things are; for it is not lawful for any to appropriate any thing to themselves particu- larly, except a house and garden. For all the young breed of cattle and other things. and all the revenues, are received by the priests, and they justly distribute to every one as their necessity does require; only the priests have a double proportion. * They wear soft and fine garments; for the sheep's wool is much finer here than anywhere else. Both men and women likewise deck themselves with golden orna- ments; for they wear necklaces of gold, and bracelets about their arms, and, like the DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 121 Persians, have ear-rings hanging in their ears. "Their shoes are such as others wear, but richly beautified with divers sorts of colours. ‘Their soldiers, for ordinary pay, defend the country, fortifying themselves within camps and bulwarks; for there is a part of the island infested with most daring thieves and robbers, who often lurch and surprise the husbandmen. “To conclude, these priests, for delicacy, state, and purity of life, far excel all the rest of the inhabitants; their robes are of white linen, and sometimes of pure soft wool. They wear likewise mitres, embroidered with gold. Their shoes are sandals curiously wrought with exquisite workmanship; and in their ears hang golden ear-rings like to the women's. * They attend chiefly upon the service of the gods, singing melodious songs in their praises, setting forth their glorious acts and benefits bestowed upon men. The priests say they came originally from Crete, and were brought over into Panchæa by Jupiter when he was upon earth and governed all the world; and allege their language for a confirmation of this assertion, inasmuch as they retain many words of the Cretan speech among them : and further say that they derive from their ancestors that civility and kindness wherewith they entertain the Cretans, the fame and report of their ancient consanguinity descending continually in a perpetual succession to their posterity ; they show likewise a record written, as they say, by Jupiter's own hand, at the time when he was on earth and laid the foundation of the temple. , “There are in this island likewise mines of gold, silver, brass, and iron ; but it is not lawful for any to export them. Nay, it is not lawful for any of the priests to go out of the verge of the consecrated ground; and if any do, it is lawful for any man that finds them to kill them. They have under their charge innumerable vast vessels, and other consecrated things, both of gold and silver, which have been laid up there in honour of the gods for many ages. The gates of the temple are of admirable workmanship, beautified with gold, silver, ivory, and thyine wood * The bed of the god is six cubits long, and four broad, of massy gold, most curiously wrought in every part; near adjoining, stands the table, as large, and of the like mate- rials and workmanship with the other in every respect. * Tn the middle of the bed is placed a great golden pillar, whereon are letters inscribed, called by the Egyptians sacred writing, expressing the famous actions of Uranus, Jupiter, Diana, and Apollo, written, they say, by Mercury himself. But this may suffice concerning the islands lying in the ocean over against Arabia." gun qu. STRABO (B.c. 54—a.D. 24) says!, “ Frankincense is produced in Catabania and in the parts of Afriea opposite. Here the frankincense-tree grows along the banks of the Isis and Nilus. The country of the Sabæi produces not only frankincense, but balsam, sweet-smelling palms, calamus, and larimnum, a most fragrant perfume. By the trade in these aromatics both the Sabæans and the Gerrhæi have become the richest of all the tribes, and possess a great quantity of wrought articles in gold and silver, as couches, tripods, basins, drinking-vessels; to which we must add the costly mag- nificence of their houses; for the doors, walls, and roofs are variegated with inlaid 1 Book xvi. chap. iv. Falconer and Hamilton's Translation, Bohn’s Classical Lib. R2 122 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. ivory, gold, silver, and precious stones." The expedition sent by Augustus, under the command of Ælius Gallus, against the Arabians (B.c. 24—a.p. 1) (at the same time that Petronius was sent into /Ethiopia, and reduced Candace, queen of Meroe), was to explore the nature of these places and their inhabitants. It was very unfor- tunate. The expedition was fitted out as if for a great war; but the cities yielded one after another without a struggle, and, although the army suffered exceedingly from long marches over bad roads, and from want of food, and boils, only seven men fell in the expedition, which “contributed little in extending our knowledge of the country." “The aromatic country is divided into four parts. Of aromatics, the frankincense and myrrh are said to be the produce of trees, but cassia of bushes. Yet some writers say that the greater part of it [the cassia]is brought from India, and that the best frankin- cense is that of Persia.” “ The Nabatæans worship the sun, and construct the altar on the top of the house, pouring out libations, and burning frankincense on it every day." PLINY (A.D. 23-79) says!, “ There is no region in the whole world that bringeth forth frankincense but Arabia; and yet it is not to be found in all parts thereof, but in that quarter only of the Atramites. Now these Atramites inhabit the very heart of Arabia» and are a country of the Sabxi. The capitall city of the whole kingdom is called Sabota, seated upon a high mountain ; from whence into Saba, the only country that yields such plenty of the said incense, it is about eight daies journey. As for Saba (which in the Greek tongue signifieth, a secret mysterie) it regards the Sunne rising in summer, or the north-east, enclosed on every side with rocks inaccessible ; and on the right hand it is defended with high cliffes and crags that beare into the sea. The soile of this territorie, by report, is reddish, and inclining to white. The forrests that carry these incense-trees ly in length twenty schœnes, and beare in bredth half as much. Now that which we cal schenus, according to the calculation of Eratosthenes, contains forty stadia, that is to say, five miles; howsoever some have allowed but thirty-two stadia to every schcenus. The quarter wherein these trees grow is full of high hills ; howbeit, go down into the . plains and valley beneath, you shall have plenty of the same trees, which come up of their own accord, and were never planted. The earth is fat, and standeth much upon a strong clay, as all writers do agree. Few springs are there to be found, and those that be are full of nitre. "There is another tract by it selfe confronting this country, wherein the Minæans do inhabit; and through them there is a narrow passage, whereby the frankincense is transported into other parts. These were their first neighbours that did traffique with them. for their incense, and found a vent for it; and even so they doe still at this day, whereupon the frankincense itselfe is called of their name, Minæum. Setting these people of the Sabeans aside, there be no Arabians that see an incense tree from one end of the yere to another; neither are all these permitted to have a sight of those trees. For the common voice is, that there be not above 3000 families which can claime and challenge by right of succession that priviledge to gather incense. And therefore all the race of them is called sacred and holy ; for looke when they go about: either cutting and flitting the trees, or gathering the incense, they must not that day come neere a woman to know her carnally ; nay, they must not be at any funerals, nor * Book xii. chap. 14. Holland's Translation, Lond. 1635, fol. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. . 128 approach a dead corps, for being polluted. By which religion and ceremonious observa- tion the price is raised and the incense is the dearer. Some say, these people have equall liberty in common to go into these woods for their commodities when they will; but others affirme that they be divided into companies, and take their turns by yeares. As concerning the very tree, I could never know yet the perfect description of it. We have waged warres in Arabia, and our Roman armie have entered a great way into that country. C. Cæsar, the adopted son of Augustus, wan great honour and glory from thence; and yet verily, to my knowledge, there was never any Latine author that hath put down in writing the form and fashion of the tree that carrieth incense. As for the Greeke writers, their bookes doe vary and differ in that point. Some give out, that it hath leaves like to a peare tree, only they be somewhat lesse, and when they come forth they be of a grasse green colour. Others say that they resemble the lentiske tree, and are somewhat reddish. "There be again who write, that it is the very terebints and none else, that giveth the frankincense: of which opinion king Antigonus was, who had one of these shrubs brought unto him. King Juba in those books which he wrot and sent to C. Cæsar, son to the Emperor Augustus (who was inflamed with an ardent desire to make a voiage into Arabia, for the great fame that went thereof), saith, That the tree which beares frankincense hath a trunke or body writhen about, and putteth forth boughes and branches, like for all the world to the maple of Pontus. Item, that it yeeldeth a juice or liquor as doth the almond tree; and such are seene commonly in Car- mania; as also those in Egypt, which were planted by the careful industrie of the Ptolomees, kings there. However it be, this is received for certaine, that it hath the very barke of a bay tree; some also have said that the leaves be as like. And verily such kind of trees were they which were seen at Sardis; for the kings of Asia likewise were at the cost and labour to transplant them, and desirous to have them grow in Lydia. The embassadours who, in my time, came out of Arabia to Rome, have made all that was delivered as touching these trees, more doubtfull and uncertaine than before. A strange matter, and wonderfull indeed, considering that twigges and branches of the incense tree have passed betweene; by the view of which impes, we may judge what the mother is: namely, even and round in the body, without knot or knar, and from thence she putteth out shoots. j ; “ They used in old time to gather the incense but once a yere, as having little vent, and small returne, and lesse occasion to sell than now adaies ; but now, since every man calleth for it, they feeling the sweetnesse of the gaine, make a double vintage (as it were) of it in one yere. The first, and indeed the kindly season, falls about the hottest daies of the summer, at what time as the Dog daies begin ; for then they cut the tree where they see the bark to be fullest of liquor, and whereas they perceive it to be thinnest and strut out most. They make a gash or slit only to give more libertie; but nothing do they pare or cut cleane away. The wound or incision is no sooner made, but out there gusheth a fat fome or froth : this soon congeales and growes to be hard ; and where the place will give them leave, they receive it in a quilt or mat, made of date-tree twigs, plaited and wound one within another wicker-wise. For elsewhere, the floore all about is paved smooth, and rammed downe hard. The former way is the better to gather the purer and clearer 124 . DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. frankincense; but that which falleth upon the bare ground prooves the weightier. That which remaines behind, and stickes to the tree, is parted and scraped off with knives, or such like yron tooles, and therefore no marvell if it be full of the shavings of the bark. The whole wood or forrest is divided into certaine portions; and every man knowes his owne part : nay, there is not one of them that will offer wrong unto another, and encroch upon his neighbors. They need not to set any keepers to look unto those trees that be eut, for no man will rob from his fellow if he might, so just and true they be in Arabia. But, believe me, at Alexandria, where frankincense is tried, refined, and made for sale, men cannot look surely ynough to their shops and work-houses, but they will be robbed. The workeman that is emploied about it, is all naked, save that he hath a paire of trouses or breeches to cover his shame, and those are sowed up and sealed too, for fear of thrusting any into them. Hood-winked he is sure enough for seeing the way to and fro, and hath a thicke coife or maske about his head, for doubt that he should bestow any in mouth or eares. And when these workmen be let forth againe, they be stripped starke naked, as ever they were borne, and sent away. Whereby we may see, that the rigor of justice cannot strike so great feare into our theeves here, and make us so secure to keepe our owne, as among the Sabæans the bare reverence and religion of those woods. Butto returne again to our former cuts. "That incense which was let out in summer, they leave there under the tree until the autumne, and then they come and gather it. And this is most pure, cleane and white. ** A second vintage and gathering there is in the spring : against which time they cut the barks before in the winter, and suffer it to run out until the spring, This comes forth red, and is nothing comparable to the former. The better is called Carpheotum ; the worse, Dathiatum. Moreover, some say, that the gum which issueth out of the young trees is the whiter; but ihat which comes from the old, is more odoriferous. There be others also of opinion, that the better incense is in the islands. But King Juba doth avouch constantly, that there is none at all in the islands. That which is round, like unto a drop, and so hangeth, we call the male incense, whereas in other things lightly we name the male, but where there is a female. But folk have a religious ceremonie in it, not to use so much as the tearme of the other sexe in giving denomina- tion to frankincense. Howbeit, some say that it was called the male for a resemblance that it hath to cullions or stones. In very truth, that is held for the cheife and best simply, which is fashioned like to the nipples or teats that give milk, standing thick one by another: to wit, when the former drop that distilled, hath another presently followeth after, and so consequently more unto them, and they all seem to hang together like bigs. I read, that every one of these were wout to make a good handfull, namely, when men were not so hasty and eager to carry it away, but would give it time and leisure to drop softly. When it is gathered in this sort, the Greeks use to call it Stagonias and Atomus; but the lesser goblets they name Orobias. As for the small crums or fragments which fall off by shaking, we called manna (i.e. Thuris). And yet there be found at this day drops of incense that weigh the third part of a pound, that is to say, about thirty-nine Roman deniers’. It happened on a time, that King Alexander the Great being then but e ! Or rather thirty-three and a scruple. A A ee ee DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 125 a very little child, made no spare of incense, but cast still upon the altar without all measure when he offered sacrifice. Whereupon Leonides, his tutor and schoole- maister, by way of a light reproofe, said unto him thus, Sir, you should in that maner burne incense, when you have once conquered those nations where there growes incense. Which rebuke and checke of his tooke so deep a print in Alexander's heart, and so well he carried it in memorie, that after he had indeed made conquest of Arabia, he sent unto the said Leonides, his tutor, a ship ful fraught and charged with incense; willing him not to spare, but liberally to bestow upon the gods when hee sacrificed. To returne againe to our historie. When the incense is gathered (as is beforesaid) conveighed it is to Sabota, upon cammels' backs, and at one gate (set open for that purpose) is it brought into the citie. For by law forbidden it is on pain of death to take any other way. Which done, the priests there of the god whom they call Sabis, take the disme or tenth part of the incense, by measure, and not by weight, and set it apart for that god. Neither is it lawful for any man to buy or sell, before that duty be paied : which serves after- wards to support certaine publick expenses of the citie. For all strangers and travellers within the compasse of certain daies journey, if they come to the citie are courteously received, and liberally entertained at the cost and charge of the said god Sabis. Carried forth of the country it cannot be, but through the Gebanites; and therefore there is a eustome paid to their king. "The head citie of that kingdom, Thomna, is from Gaza (the next port-towne in Judæa toward our coast) seven-and-twentie miles fourscore times told: and this way is divided into sixty-two daies journey by camels. Moreover, besides tyth aforesaid, there be measures, bestowed upon the priests to their owne use and others likewise to the king's secretaries and scribes; and not only these have a share, but also the keepers, sextons, and wardens of the temple, the squires of the bodie, the guard and pensioners, the king's officers, the porters, groomes, and other servitors, pill and poll, and every one hath a snatch. Moreover, allthe way as they travell; in one place they pay for their water, in another for fodder and provender, or else for their lodging and stable-room, and every where for one thing or other they pay toll: so as the charge for every cammell from thence to the sea, upon our coast commeth to 688 deniers ; and yet we are not come to an end of paiements ; for our publicanes and customers also belonging to our empire must have a fleece for their parts. And therefore a pound of the best incense will cost sixteen deniers, of the second fifteen, and the third fourteen. With us it is mingled and sophisticated with parcels of a white kind of rosin, which is very like to it; but the fraud is soon found by the meanes above specified. The best incense is tried and knowne by these markes, viz. If it be white, large, brittle, and easie to take a flame when it comes neare a coale of fire; last of all, if it will not abide the dent of the tooth, but flie in pieces and crumble, sooner than suffer the teeth to enter into i e Pliny also says that the Sabæans cooked their food with the wood of the frankincense- tree’; and that, “in the Trojan times, there were no ointments, neither was supplication made with frankincense””. ARRIAN (about A.D. 90) writes”, “Beyond Kane [Makalla] the bay called Sakhalites * Book xiii. ch. 1, Celsius. 1 Book xii. ch. 17, Celsius. Oxford, 1809 0] ? » 3 Vincent's Translation of the Periplus and Voyage of Nearchus, | 126 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. [Makalla Bay.—G. B.] commences : it is of vast extent and of considerable depth, and. forms the coast of the frankincense country, a mountainous and impracticable tract, incommoded with fogs and a dark atmosphere in all the parts where the trees grow that produce the frankincense. The trees are neither large nor lofty; but the substance exudes from the bark, and becomes consistent, like the gum that weeps from several of our trees in Egypt. The incense is collected by the king’s slaves, condemned to the service as a punishment ; for the county is unhealthy in the extreme, pestilential even to those who navigate on the coast, and certain death to the wretched sufferers employed in the collection, who, if they escape death from the climate, are sure to perish by want and neglect. The coast which forms the border of this country terminates at the promontory called Suagros [ Ras Fartak], the largest cape in the world, and projecting towards the east. There is a garrison here for the protection of the country, and a harbour, on which are the storehouses for the frankincense collected here from the whole coast." . .. “ From Suagros the adjoining bay of Omana [Bay of Al Kammar ?—G. B.] takes a large sweep of considerable depth into the main, six hundred stadia in extent, and towards the termi- nation of this, the shore is high, rocky and steep too, for five hundred stadia more. At this boundary is the established port for the reception of the Sakhalitie incense, called Moskha [Morbat or Merbat ?—G.B.]; it is a place regularly frequented by the vessels from Kane [Makalla], whilst the fleets returning from Barugaza [ Broach] and Limurike [Canara and Malabar], if they happen to lose the season, are obliged to lie here and exchange part of their cargo, such as wheat, oil (of sesamum), or cottons, for frank- incense, which is supplied by the king's agents and factors. Throughout the whole tract, called Sakhalites, frankincense lies piled up in heaps, without watch or guard to secure it, as if it were committed to some divine power for protection. For without the king's permission it is impossible to convey it on ship-board, either openly or clandestinely ; even if a single grain were embarked it would be a marvellous chance if the vessel escaped seizure. From Moskha [Morbat or Merbat ?] the coast extends fifteen hundred stadia more to the distriet of Asikho [Hafek of El Edresi]; and at the termination of this tract lie the seven islands of Zenobius (Curia Muria] in succession." Again, of the country opposite, between Mount Elephant [Ras Fiel] and Fe [Gardafui], he writes, “In these parts, the best and greatest quantity of frankincense is procured””. Arrian mentions apóuara amongst the exports of Abaletes, and that the myrrh of the African coast was taken to the opposite coast of Arabia; and names frankincense amongst the exports of Malao (Zeyla ?), Moundus, Mosullon, or Mossylon (Berbera), and of the ports of Barbaria. The frankincense of these latter ports he calls ** Peratick," or * foreign.” But,” observes Vincent, “it cannot be admitted in that sense, as to the commodity itself, for it is noticed expressly as a native produce of the place. Still it will lead us to solve a difficulty already noticed in regard to these ports of Barbaria called Ta pera, which, by a slight correction of the text will signify the ports beyond the straits (Bab-el-Mandeb). The articles obtained here would naturally be styled Peratick .* Vincent's Translation of the Periplus and Voyage of Nearchus, Oxford, 1809. * Vincent's ‘Commerce and Navigation of the Ancients in the Indian Ocean, Lond. 1807, vol. i. p. 140. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 127 (from Pera, beyond), and would be known by this title in the invoices, and the market of Alexandria, in contradistinction to those obtained within the Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb. The author is writing to Alexandrians, and is consequently specifying the precise parts where those commodities were obtained which they knew by the name of Peratick.” Arrian names frankincense also as an export of Tobai, near Aromata, and of Kane (Makalla) in Arabia. He names it also as an import of Barbarike, at the mouth of the Indus, amongst the exports of which he names costus, bdellium, spikenard, indigo, all exports of Kurrachee at the present day. We have already seen that he names frankincense as exported to Barygaza (Broach) and Limurike from Moskha (Merbat). But when speaking of the exports of Ozene (Ougein in Central India, where the Bos- wellia thurifera of Colebrooke abounds) to Barygaza (Broach)—onyx stones, murrhine vases, and cotton, &e.—he does not specify frankincense. Ozene transmitted also spike- nard, costus, and bdellium from Upper India to Barygaza; and amongst the imports of Barygaza are named also lycium, storax, melilotus, myrrh, and other aromata and unguents. : $ ProrzwY! (about a.D. 150) places the Libanotophoros, or thuriferous region, between Makalla and Muscat, placing the Smyrnophoros to its west, behind Makalla. DroscoRIDEs?, who merely describes drugs, says that frankincense is produced in that part of Arabia called Libanotophoros, and that the best is called “ Stagonias,” that the Indian kind is darker, and mentions other varieties, “ Syagrian” de. The casual notices of frankincense by the Latin poets and historians are also very valuable in the present argument. It would be impossible to quote in this paper all the passages in which frankincense is named or its use implied by them; for they would simply double its bulk. The most pertinent of them are quoted by Stuckius in his “Sacrorum Sacrificiorumque Gentilium Descriptio,’ and in the “Hierobotanicon” of Celsius, from which two writers most of the information given in modern * Cabinets," “Treasuries,” and ** Cyclopzedias" concerning frankincense is taken without acknowledgment, and very often without intelligence; and as Celsius makes a determined effort to exhaust all the learning on the subject, he very well proves how impossible it is to be universally learned on even so infinitesimal a subject as frankincense. In the case of some of the Latin poets (Ovid, Horace, Virgil, Martial, and Statius) the word for frankincense is always catching the eye on the look out for it. It occurs frequently in Tibullus, Claudian*, and Apuleius ; once or twice in Plautus, Juvenal, and Lucretius; once in Persius; and nowhere, so far as I have searched, in Terence. The single quotation each from Ausonius* and Florus’, which name, the Lebanon as the habitat of the frankincense-tree, are quite hackneyed. It is continually occurring in Aurelius Prudentius Clemens‘, whom I have never found quoted on the subject. This mass of quotations is direct evidence of the universal use of frankincense throughout the ancient world in the worship of the Gods. sgh These passages, all taken together, prove the universal trade of the nations of antiquity ! Geographia Ptolemæi: Basiliæ, 1542. Orbis Antiqui tab. geograph. secundum puc: Amstelodami, 1730. * Atooxopidns. Interprete Marcello Vergilio: Colonix, 1529. Et Ex Nova interpretatione, J. E Sarraceni Lugdunæi, 1598, | * Miracula Christi. + Monosyll. 346. 5. Lib. iii. 5. 29. * Passio Eulalie. P.S. Vincentii Magorum munera. VOL. XXVII. 128 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. for centuries in frankincense. In the way of this trade, however much its monopolists may have desired to make a mystery about it, the country from which it was procured must have become known to thousands of persons; and therefore great weight is to be given to the common consent which these passages prove that frankincense was procured from “Arabia,” “the Arabians,” * Sabaa,” “the Sabzans," ** Panchaia" '. As, however, in ancient times, the whole commerce of the east and west was for centu- ries poured into and exchanged in the coast-cities of Arabia, a commerce so rich and rare, and which so struck the imaginations of men, that some of the sublimest allusions of the Hebrew prophets are derived from it, and its fame “vibrates in the memory” yet of all the countries of the Mediterranean and Arabian seas, many products of countries further east than Arabia may have been, and indeed were, received in the west or Medi- terranean countries as the products of Arabia; but, as to frankincense, it is only neces- sary to reply here that it is always mentioned as a foreign produetion in ancient Hindoo books, according to Heeren?, and that to this day the people in the bazars of Western India say that it comes from Arabia, and that not, I believe, because it is simply the fact, but of the great myth of the ancient commerce of the Sabæans, which still lingers in the east. The high honour in which the offering of frankincense was held, is shown by its being named as one of the three gifts of the “wise men from the east” *, the significance of which is well illustrated by the passages in Claudian and A. P. Clemens to which I have above alluded. In the Revelation, xviii. 11-13, we have another confirmation of the importance of the trade in it when that book was written :—* And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her [Babylon]; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more: the merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner of vessels of ivory, and all manner of vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble, and cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men; si vi I believe that the Arabian writers Avicenna, Serapion, Edresi, Abulfeda, and Ibn Batuta all agree that frankincense is produced in the Hadramaut, behind Merbat and Sheba?. Serapion and Avicenna, misleading themselves by Dioscorides, say that it is produced in India also’. Abulfeda says that frankincense is found nowhere else but in Yemen. IBx Barura would appear to have seen the tree at Hafek or Hasik. His words are :— * Leaving Zofar (Dofar, Lee; Sephar of Bible ?—G. B.), I proceeded to sea towards Amman, and on the second day put into the port of Hasik, where many Arab fishermen reside. 1 « I know where the IsLes or PERFUME are, Many a fathom down in the sea, To the south of sun-bright Arasy!” 2 I have it in my note-book that Heeren asserts this, but have failed to verify the note for the purpose of this paper: * Matt in ih. * Bocharti Geo. Sac. Traj. ad Rhenum, 1674; Lugd. Bat. 1692, lib. ii. c. 18. $ Bochart, loc. cit. ; Garcia ab Horto, Aromat. et Simpl. Hist. lib. i. c. 6, Ant. 1579. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 129 We have here the incense-tree. This tree has a thin leaf, which, when scarified, produces a fluid like milk: this turns into gum, and is then called loban or frankin- cense”. Marco Poro’ writes of the city of Escier or. Escher (Sheher, Saher, Sahar) :—** This district produces a large quantity of white frankincense of the best quality, which distils, drop by drop, from a certain small tree that resembles the fir. The people occasionally tap the tree or pare away the bark; and from the incision the frankincense gradually exudes, which afterwards becomes hard. Even when an incision is not made, an exuda- tion is perceived to take place, in consequence of the excessive heat of the climate.” “The frankincense is so cheap in the country as to be purchased by the governor at the rate of ten bezants the quintal, who sells it again to the merchants for forty bezants. This is done under the direction of the soldan of Aden, who monopolizes all that is produced in the district, and derives a large profit from the re-sale." Of Duflar (Dofar) he writes :—** Frankincense is likewise produced here, and purchased by the merchants." TuzvET says that frankincense is produced, with myrrh, in the country abont Pecher (Sheher ?) and Fartack, cities of the kingdom of Aden, that there are two sorts (one, which is gathered in the dog-days, whitish, pure, clean eut, and solid, and the other, collected in the spring, which is reddish), and that the tree resembles the resiniferous firs. But the figure which he gives of it is of an undoubted Boswellia, as figures go in these old books. In the background, it is important to observe, are clumps of firs. Garcia AB Horro* says most positively that no frankincense is produced in India, and that all that is used in India, or imported into Portugal, comes from Arabia (he wonders that Dioscorides, followed by Avicenna and Serapion, should say it grows in India), that the Arabs call the darker kinds of frankincense Indian, that there are two kinds of frankincense, one that is produced on the mountains and the best, and the other, which is inferior and dark, produced in the plains, and that the tree is like the mastick,—the figure given of it in this edition being a copy of Thevet's, without the background of firs. | GERARD, merely copies from Thevet. Cuusrus* merely notes on Garcia ab Horto’s account of frankincense the invention of the synonym olibanum for it by Gerard in his translation of Avicenna, published at Venice A.D. 1490 :—“ The Arabs call it Loban, unde Gerardus Carmonensis fecit suum Olibanum (cap. 525, lib. ii. Avisenæ), which is wonderful, when that chapter in the Arabie copy has not Loban but Conder.” But this is not the first use of the synonym olibanum for frankincense. It is used by Pope Benedict IX. in 1033*. Sruckrus’ says that frankincense comes from Arabia. * Travels, translated by Lee. * Travels, bk. iii. ch. 40, “On the Province of Aden,” * La Cosmographie Universelle: Paris, 1575. * The Herbal: London, 1597. * Exoticarum Lib. Dec. : 1605. . * Italia Sacra auct. Ferd. Ughello: Ven. 1717. G ium Manuale ad Scrip. Mediæ et Infims Latinitatis: Halle, 1778. * Sacrorum Sacrificiorumque Gentilium Descriptio: Tiguri, 1598. s 2 Bohn’s series. Also Bergeron's Collection. * Aromatum et Simplicium Hist., Ant. 1579, loc. supra cit. 130 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. ANTOINE CoLIN' merely translates the Latin epitomes of Garcia, adding an annota- tion which is an epitome of the statements of Thevetius, and illustrated by a copy of his figure of the frankincense-tree. In *Purchas, His Pilgrimes’ (London, 1627), NıcmoLAs DovEnTon, Captain of the “ Peppercorne,' writes, March 1612 :—** The eight and twentieth . . wee anchored in rough ground in seven fathome, a mile and a half westward from Mount Felix” (Mount Elephant of the ancients, Ras Fieluk of the Arabs). “The nine and twentieth in the morning... the countrie people brought downe to our men to sell, some store of sheep, small goats, with some small frailes of olibanum and gumme arabick, all which they had at reason- able rates." | And Captain Joux Saris, in his Voyages, under March 1, 1611, writes:—“In the evening we had ground, standing in along the land to find the bay of Feluke. . . . Here are gummes of several sorts, very sweet in burning, also fine mats, well requested at Aden, Mocha, and the Indies; for ordinarily the Indian ships touch here both inward and outward, to buy thereof, and of the gummes”?. HERBERT? writes of Arabia :—“* But in the old time these were distinguished into the Sabæi, whence Guilandinus says was the queen that came to hear Solomon's wisdom, and the three Magi who had the honour of presenting their offerings to Christ. And it is not without reason that this part of Arabia abutting upon the Persian Gulf from against the Island of Bahrein, mentioned by Eratosthenes, where the city of Calach was (now called Obollach), as far as Muscat, was the Sabæan land, which, from the abundance of gold there found, was reputed Ophyr, though, indeed, both Sabæa and Ophyr are near Ganges. From the plenty of frankincense and myrrh, it was called Thurifera Regio, most abounding near the hilly country of Merbat and Segar (Sheher), neighbouring the land of Hadramat or Atramit, as Pliny and Pomponius Mela (lib. iii. c. 18), thus:— * Sabei Arabie felicis tenent partem ostio maris Persici proximi Carmanie, ubi montes Asabi sunt :” albeit many contrarily suppose that Saba or Sheba (which Strabo, lib. xvi., calls Metroba) was in the western part of Arabia, near the Red Sea. I take leave to digress a little further. After the confusion of tongues, which was 120 years after the flood" &c. Of Benjamin, he writes :—“ Arabia has good, but Pegu and Siam better.” SALMASIUS says that the word olibanum is from the Greek 6 A:ßavoc, and sums up the statements of Theophrastus, Pliny, and the Arabs in favour of Arabia being the land of frankincense. BocHanr? says that frankincense is not obtained from India, or Africa, or Panchaia, or Mount Lebanon, but solely from Saba. Both sacred and profane writers testify to this. The thuriferous region lies between the Sachalitic Gulf and Syagrian promontory ; and Cana (Makalla) is the emporium of the trade. * Histoire des Drogues, Epiceries et Simples: Lyon, 1619. * This passage is referred to by Vincent, ‘Commerce and Navigation of the Ancients,’ Lond. 1807, vol. i. p. 90. * Travels: London, 1677. * Plinian® exercitationes et de Homonymis Hyles Iatrice : Traj. ad Rhenum, 1689. * Geographia sacra: Traj. ad Rhenum, 1674, and Lugd. Bat. 1692. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 131 OviNGTON! writes :—“ Arabia Felix . . . abounds with several kinds of drugs, with balsam and myrrh, incense, cassia, manna, dates, gold, frankincense, and pearl.” * Dofar . . produces only some olibanum, coco-nuts, and butter.” “Seer (Sheher) . . . is much frequented by ships from several ports, viz. Muscatt, Gombroon, Suratt, and Gella (Zeyla), and some other places on the Abasseen shore, from whence they bring butter, myrrh, and slaves; and those from Muscatt and Suratt trans- port with them olibanum, and aloes, and what the port affords." Aden: “they carry nothing from hence but coffee, aloes, olibanum, and myrrh; the last three of which are the products of the country.” Mocha exports * coffee, senna, and some aloes hepatica:" imports “from Casseen [Keshin, near Ras Fartak?] olibanum," “from Socotra aloes,” and“ from Gella [Zeyla] and other parts of Abasseen myrrh, and from Socachim [Suakin ?] elephants’ teeth and gold.” HAMILTON? writes :— Cassin [Keshin, near Ras Fartak] that lies under the meridian of Cape Guardafoy, and under the prodigious high mountains of Megiddo, on the coast of Arabia.” “The product of the country (besides common roots, and fruits, and animals) is myrrh and olibanum or frankincense, which they barter for coarse calicos from India; but they have no great commerce with strangers." ** Nor has Doffar any better trade." He mentions Mount Felix under the name of ** Baba-fileck," or “the Camel's Hump.” Pomet? is supposed to assert that frankincense is a product of Mount Lebanon; and he indeed says this of male frankincense; but in a separate chapter on Mocha frankin- cense he says that it is brought to Europe by the East-India Company, and so called Indian frankincense. CHARDIN‘ says “that the frankincense-tree, which resembles a large pear-tree, grows in Persia, partieularly in Caramania, on the mountains. You find also there the terebinth-tree, the almond, and the wild chestnut.” CeLsrus, in his famous * Hierobotanicon,' comes to the conclusion that Arabia is the native country of frankincense. He quotes from Fragosus :—“ It is most true that frank- incense does not grow in any part of India, since whatever frankineense is consumed in India, and whatever is conveyed thence to Portugal, is brought out of Arabia, where alone it grows, and is called Lovan. On which account, I believe that writers are mis- taken, who consider that it is called Libanum in Greek, and olibanum in commerce, from the fact of its growing in Mount Lebanon". Logar says that olibanum is not only a production of Arabia, Lebanon, but of Western Africa. LixN avs referred (I take this statement at second hand) frankincense to an unascer- tained juniper; and scientific botanists after him boldly specified Juniperus Lycia as the , India, and of Mount ! Voyage to Suratt (1689): London, 1698. 2 Account of the East Indies, 1688-1723, in Pinkerton's * Travels." * Histoire des Drogues: Paris, 1694; translation, London, 1737. * Voyage en Perse et l'Orient: Amsterdam, 1711. * Olavi Celsi Hierobotanicon, sive de Plantis Sacre 8 pp. 231-246. cripturæ Dissertationes breves: Amstelodami, 1748, * Nouvelle Relation d'Afrique: Paris, 1728. 132 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. tree; and, in fact, until a very few years ago (1832) Juniperus Lycia was generally held to be the frankincense-tree. x NIEBUHR is always cited as an authority in this controversy ; and the statement attri- buted to him is :—** We could learn nothing of the tree from which incense distils, and Mr. Forskal does not mention it." But this is not what Niebuhr says, but only Heron's (Edinburgh, 1792) very free and easy translation of what he says. But even Heron's translation continues, “I know that it is to be found in a part of Hadramaut, where it is called oliban. But the Arabians hold their own incense in no estimation, and make use only of that which comes from India. Probably Arabian incense was so called amongst the ancients, because the Arabians traded in it, and conveyed it from India to the ports of Egypt and Syria." Now, what Niebuhr says in the * Description de l'Arabie, Copenhagen, 1773, is, in epitome, this:—Anciently Arabia was not less celebrated for its incense than for its gold; but all the incense received from Arabia was not produced there. Arrian and others have shown that much was imported from Abyssinia and India, and from beyond it. Indeed it is chiefly eultivated in Arabia, about Merbat, Scháhr (Sheher), and the kind called Ziban by the Arabs, and frankincense by the English, which is the worst of all. The Arabs get other kinds from Abyssinia, Sumatra, Siam, Java, and amongst these what they call Bacher Java, and the English benzoin, and the poorest sort of which is esteemed better than the best frankincense. One may conclude from this, that many kinds passed in ancient times under the names of Arabian incense, although from countries far beyond it. In this way Arabian coffee is called, in Europe, Levant coffee. The Arabs do not set much on their olibanum; for they import the incense of India [* l’encens des Indes ” (benzoin ?)] and the mastic of Scio (p. 126). Moses, he testifies, in Genesis, names the cities of Yemen and Hadramaut, as if he had personally known them. Hadramaut is the Hatzarmaveth of Moses, which signifies, in Hebrew, the Court of Death, and, in Arabic, the Region of Death. In the Hadra- maut, Dafar, Merbat, and Hafeck export the best olibanum (pp. 245-255). BRUCE, in the Atlas to his Travels (Edinburgh, 1805), figures a plant which he says is called Angouah by the people about the Tacazze, and believed by the Abyssinians to yield true frankincense; and he adds, “in reality it produces a gum much resembling it.” It is undoubtedly the Boswellia papyrifera of Richard. But botanists seem never to have given Bruce the credit of the discovery of this plant. Stackhouse’ lays no stress on the plant, merely observing, “ Libanus vel Libanotos Theophrasti. This, according to Sprengel, is the Amyris Kataf of Linnæus [Forskäl?|. It is to be regretted that the description of Theophrastus is so incorrect as not to ascertain the point.” Royle’ merely remarks that the B. serrata of Roxburgh is not Bruce’s plant. Bruce observes that the frankincense land stretches from Abyssinia away to Cape Gardafui?. COLEBROOKE, in 1807‘, proved that an exudation allied to frankincense was yielded by the Boswellia serrata of Roxburgh, now known under the name of B. thurifera, Cole- brooke. As soon as Colebrooke’s discoveries became known, it was concluded that this ' Extracts from Bruce’s Travels: Bath, 1815. * Pharm. Journal, v. 541 : 1845. * Travels, vol. i. p. 356. * Asiatic Rescarches, vol. ix. Caleutta, 1807; Linn. Trans. vol. xv EX M LEE LC si; DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 138 was the olibanum of commerce, and it was even denied that Arabia yielded any olibanum. But I will not anticipate. Derice’, in 1820, described a plant called Kafal by the Arabs of Fazogl, Galgalaan by the negroes of the country, and Loban-adan-culán in Sennar, and named it Amyris papyrifera. In MILBURN'S admirable work on Oriental Commerce, published in 1825, it is stated that Jedda, Aden, and Massowah import benjamin, and Zeyla and Berbera export olibanum, and that olibanum is procurable in the Persian Gulf. Of Berbera he writes that '*a fair is held here from October until April, and the caravans arriving from the interior during that period bring large quantities of gum- arabic and myrrh. Olibanum is chiefly produced on the coast, between * Barbora,’ or * Burbureea,' and Cape Gardafui, and exported in Arab vessels from a small port near Cape Felix [Mount Elephant of the ancients; Ras Fieluk ; Cape Felix, or Felles, of the Portuguese; Jibbel Feel, Capt. Saris; Baba-fileck, Hamilton, suprà]. A small proportion of these articles reaches Bombay and Europe; the largest part goes up the Red Sea to Egypt." Amongst the articles to be obtained at Calcutta and Bombay olibanum is not men- tioned by him. ENDLICHER, in 1838, described and figured his Plósslea floribunda’, obtained from Fazogl, and which Royle was one of the first to recognize as a Boswellia, and which is the same plant as Bruce's “ Angouah” and Delile's Amyris papyrifera. WELLSTEAD?, in 1838, and Johnston‘, in 1842-43, both stated that large quantities of olibanum are exported from the Soumali coast. Wellstead says, “two kinds of frankin- cense are brought here for exportation to Hindostan, one called Luban, from Hadramaut, which is a powerful aromatic, used in the temples and houses for fumigation; the other Luban mati, less fragrant, but preferred for chewing." Again, *In the mountains behind Saher and Makallah are found dragon's-blood [ Bdellium?] and frankincense trees. I have often seen the former, but never the latter." Haines’ also did not find the frankincense-tree in his examination of the Arabian coast “commencing from the entrance of the Red Sea, and continuing so far as Messenaad, in latitude 15? 13' N. and longitude 53° 43' 25" E.,” and he says that the frankincense exported from Makalla is imported from Berbera. CRUTTENDENS, in 1837, saw the frankincense-tree of Arabia, on his journey from Merbat to Dyreez, the principal town of Dejar, and in 1843 the frankincense-tree of the Soumali country”. He is reporting on the Mijjertheyn tribe of Soumalis, and says E “During the hot season, the men and boys are daily employed in collecting gums, which process is carried on as follows : about the end of February, or beginning of March, the Bedouins visit all the trees in succession, and make a deep incision in each, peeling off a narrow strip of bark for about five inches below the wound. This is left for a month, a i à Méroë: Pari ii. 2 Iconographia, 119-120; Nov. Stirp. Dec. n. 47. "à E teen vidis dies * Rene Southern Abyssinia: Lond. 1842-43. * Transactions of the Bombay Geo. Soc. xi. * Trans. Bombay Geo. Soc. i. ' Trans. Bombay Geo. Soc. vii. 1846. 134 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. when a fresh incision is made in the same place, but deeper. A third month elapses, and the operation is again repeated, after which the gum is supposed to have attained a proper degree of consistency. The mountain-sides are immediately covered with parties of men and boys, who scrape off the large clear globules into a basket, whilst the inferior quantity that has run down the tree is packed separately. The gum when first taken from the tree is very soft, but hardens quickly. The flame is clear and brilliant ; and the traveller is frequently amused by seeing a miserable Bedowi family, cowering under a wretched hovel, eating their scanty meal by the light of half-a-dozen frankincense- torches!. Every fortnight the mountains are visited in this manner, the trees producing larger quantities as the season advances, until the middle of September, when the first shower of rain puts a close to the gathering of that year." . The export, he goes on to say, is in the hands of “ those never-failing speculators, the Banians of Porebunder (Kattiawar) and Bombay." At the close of the north-east monsoon they arrive at the coast, and settle at Feluk (Mount Elephant of the ancients, Cape Felix of the Portuguese, and Jibbel Feel of Capt. Saris), Bunder Marayah, and Bunder Khor, and other Bunders. “ The Bedowins from the interior immediately visit them; and as there is no one to compete with them, they manage to engross the greater part of the trade." He estimates that the quantity annually exported is:— tons. TS Dobay: 45512095:,03; deg aa ta ego wan eS Posed Ee: Use 2 9/030; paa gen Fre en 285 TO Abe ie iod ER ec rotar tobas 00228 TOI n a à OM * The trees that produce Laban or frankincense are of two kinds, Luban Meyti and Luban Bedowi. Of these the Meyti, which grows out of the naked rock, is the most valuable, and, when clean packed and of good quality, it is sold by the merchants on the coast for 14 dollar per frasila? of twenty pounds. The Luban Bedowi of the best quality is sold for 1 dollar per frasila; of both kinds the palest colour is preferred. The trees vary greatly in height ; but I never saw one above twenty feet, with a stem of nine inches in diameter. Their form is very graceful, and when springing from a mass of marble on the brink of a precipice, their appearance is especially picturesque.” He mentions also that myrrh is chiefly brought from Murrayhan in the interior, and sold at Bunder Murraayha, near where he also saw a few myrrh-trees. : In 1843, also, KEMPTHORNE and VAUGHAN made a short journey into the Soumali country, “ from Bunder Marayah, the chief town of the Mijjertheyn Soumalis, near Ras Feeluk” (Mount Elephant, ancients; Cape Felix, Portuguese ; and Jibbel Feel, Saris). Kempthorne’s description of the franki -tree, which he saw here on the limestone mountains, three miles inland from Bunder Marayah, I have copied after my botanı description of it below”. Royle says‘ that “ Bennet identified this plant (which is Crut- * Compare Pliny, supra. * Compare Purchas, loc. suprà cit. * See Trans. Bombay Geo. Soc. vi. and xiii.; Harris, Highlands of Æthiopia, vol. i. 417, 1844; Pharm. Journal, iv. 1844 * Pharm. Journal, v. 1845. ; DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 135 tenden's Zuban Meyti also) with Endlicher's Plósslea floribunda, but on an examination of the bark only." Kempthorne says, * During the south-west monsoon, the pastoral tribes in the neighbourhood of Ras Feluk collect large quantities of frankincense, which they barter to the Banians, of whom a few reside in the villages along the Abyssinian coast. Boats from Maculla come and fetch the gums, which are exchanged for a coarse kind of cotton cloth worn by the Soumalis." And again, ** I think that the localities from which the ancients obtained their principal supply of frankincense were situated on the almost inaccessible mountains of Adel, in Africa, facing the southern coast of Arabia ; for the trees, as we saw them, extended over such a vast tract of land that large quan- tities of the gum even now must be collected annually, as in the days of the Greeks and Romans. The plant grows at the height of between 2000 and 3000 feet above the sea.” He mentions that Cruttenden had before visited the country, but that Vaughan and he were the first Europeans who had ever visited the frankincense-forests of Adel. Vaughan states”, “ The Luban-tree is a native of the eastern coast of Africa, and flourishes on the highlands which intersect the whole of the Soumali country, where I had an opportu- nity of seeing it in 1843, not far from Cape Gardafui.”” And he gives the following as the different kinds of Luban found by him in the bazar of Aden :— Luban maitee, from Bunder Mait, collected chiefly by the Abardagahala Soumalis. Luban nankur or aungure, from Bunder Aungure and the country of Door Mahomed and the Abardagahala Soumalis. Zuban makur, from the ports of Ras Rurree, Khor Bunder, Alholu, and Bunder Maryah, and Bunder Khassoom, in the country of the Wursangali and Mijjerthén Soumalis, about Cape Gardafui. This drug is collected in March, April, and May, and chiefly finds its way to Bombay through the entrepôts of Maeulla and Shehr. Luban berbera or muslika, collected by the Aial Yunus and Aial Hamed Soumalis, and which is in agglomerated dark, vitreous tears, and largely used by the Arabs themselves; and Luban Marbat, or Saharee Luban, the frankincense of the libanotophorous region of Arabia, the highest-priced of all, and exported in enormous quantities to Bombay. RICHARD?, in 1845, described and figured his Boswellia papyrifera, identifying it with Delile's and Endlicher's plants, which are identical with Bruce's Angouah. The Abyssinian name he states, on the authority of Dillon and Schimper, to be Makker. “Tt grows on the mountains which encase the Tacazze.” : E In 1847, Carrer published? a figure and description of the frankincense-tree of Arabia, with remarks on the misplacement of the libanotophorous region in Ptolemy's geography , a paper which of course decided the vexed question whether Arabia produced frankin- cense or not, and for the first time accurately fixed the position of the Arabian thuri- ferous region, but which actually remained unnoticed, until I drew attention to it a few years ago, as will be presently told. He placed it under Colebrooke's eee and hence probably, in part, the reason why it was overlooked ; but it was a distinct technical species. * Pharm. Journ. vol. xii. 1853. i * Voyage en Abyssinie, pendant 1839-1843, par M. Théophile Lefebre, &e., vols. 4 & 5; Tentamen Flore Abyssi- hie, auctore Achille Richard, Atlas, tab. 33. : — * Journal of the Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, vol. ii. | | WOU, XIYI. T 136 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. ]t was desirable to find out where his original specimens were; and on my inquiry he wrote to me, on the 1st of November last, that “The original drawings of the Arabian frankincense-tree, I sent in to the Government of Bombay, for transmission to the Court of Directors, among seventeen original sketches, and eleven specimens of gums, my gatherings in the south-east coast of Arabia, with short descriptions of each, in April 1848 ; and, on the 28th of February 1851, I got the following reply through the Bombay Government, extracted from a dispatch of the Court of Directors :— Great credit is due to Assistant-surgeon Carter,’ Kc. “It was from the original sketch that I sent home to the Court that I éraced the lithograph of the same, which appears with my little memoir on it. But I sent home delicately coloured drawings also." I applied at the India House, to be shown these specimens and drawings, but was informed that they did not appear to be any longer there. | My next question of Carter was, if he had himself seen the Arabian frankincense-tree in situ, or if merely specimens had been collected for him by the Arabs. His reply, January 28th last [1869], was: ** On the 25th December, 1844, I made my first excursion in the south-east coast of Arabia. It was to see the frankincense-trees growing at the foot of the great limestone cliffs, near the village of Merbat. They were then leafless; but the odour of the gum-resin was convincing, even before they were touched. The same was the case with Boswellia serrata, which covers the sides of the Ajunta range, which I traversed with Bháu Daji. The whole air was redolent with their fragrance. On the 21st of April 1846, I found the frankincense-tree growing on the detritus of the great white limestone cliffs of Ras Fartak, within a few feet of the sea. It was then in full foliage, but without flowers. On the 22nd of May following, a little further to the north-east, I got a Bedoo to go up into the limestone mountains, close to the shore, and bring me some branches in flower. He brought them, with some rooted stems also, which I brought to Bombay, and from which the plant in the Old Gardens at Bombay was obtained. Having specimens of the branches and leaves, which I had myself gathered just a month before, from the trees under Ras Fartak, I compared all, and found all to belong to the same species, and forthwith made the drawings on board, of which you have the lithograph.” | Carter, after identifying his plants with Colebrooke’s—with a query, however, and a doubt still further expressed in a foot-note—observes, “In addition to India and that part of Arabia which I shall presently point out, the frankincense-tree is found in great abundance in Eastern Africa, on the limestone mountains which extend westward from Cape Gardafui through the country of the Soumalis. I have seen a living specimen in foliage brought from thence, and large quantities of the gum, which is imported at Makalla for re-exportation to India. Both the produce of the tree of Africa and Arabia appear to be the same." “Ibn Batuta calls the tree al Kundooroo. The gum is called by the Arabs Laban. The Maharas call the tree Maghrayt d'sheehaz, the gum sheehaz.” He then epitomizes the account given by Theophrastus of the frankincense hills and the tree and the manner of collecting its gum-resin, adding, ** But for the disappearance of the Sabæans and their towns, I could not offer a more accurate description." DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 137 “ The gum is procured by making longitudinal incisions through the bark, in the months of May and December . . . On its first appearance, the gum comes forth white as milk, and, according to its degree of fluidity, finds its way to the ground, or concretes on the branch, . . . from whence it is collected by men and boys employed to look after the trees by the different families who possess the land in which they grow." He found the Mogl or bdellium-tree growing with the frankincense, but not the myrrh-tree, as Theophrastus relates. * The insalubrity of that part of Arabia . . . is fabulous . . . It is most invigoratihg and healthy, the abode of the Bedouins, and the resort of the lowland people of the coast during the hot season.” Of the thuriferous district he writes :—'* Coming from the north-east, we first meet with the franki -tree on the Sabhan mountains, in latitude 17^ 30' north, and longitude 55° 23! east [near Merbat ?], where the desert ends, and the wooded moun- tainous region commences; and following the coast, which runs south-west, we find the frankincense exported from the different towns gradually diminishes, after the bay of Al Kammar, until we arrive at Makalla, from whence none is exported from the interior of Arabia, and but little used, except what is brought from the African coast, opposite that town. By the same inquiry we learn that the produce of the Arabian trees is exported in largest quantities from places on that part of the coast which intervene the longitude and latitude mentioned (viz. 17° 30' north, and 55° 23 east) and the town of Damkote, in the Bay of Al Kammar, 52° 47” east longitude [Ras Fartak °]. Between these two points the trees are congregated in two distinct localities—on the summits and sides of the highest range of mountains near the coast, and on the plain between them and the sea; the former is called Nedjee, or high land, and the latter Sahil, or plains on the coast. The Nedjee is about two days' journey from the shore ; it is the most elevated portion of the great limestone formation of this coast, which, from a height of 5000 feet here, descends in sudden and lofty steps upon the Arabian Sea. To get to it you first cross the Sahil, already mentioned, and then ascend a minor range, which is covered with long grass and trees, and, after passing a less fertile region called the Gäthän, at last arrive at the Nedjee, where there is no grass, and but few trees besides those which produce the frankincense. The soil is red and sub-argillaceous ; and in consequence of its scarcity, the trees are generally found growing out of the crevices of the limestone-rock. It is from this part that the frankincense is chiefly brought, ` and, as I have before said, that the largest quantities of it are exported from the different towns on the coast, between the longitudes of 52° 47! and 55? 23' east." “The libanophorous region therefore lies behind the towns 0n piis es of the coast, where Theophrastus places it, and not as Ptolemy places it, in Oman. I think this is hyper- critical on Ptolemy; but it is invaluable as accurately limiting the frankincense-region of Arabia and demonstrating the extreme accuracy of Theophrastus. That Haines did not find the frankincense-tree on the Arabian coast, between Aden and Makaila, confirms the accuracy of both Theophrastus and Carter. ne d When I was placed in charge of the Agri-Horticultural Society's ** Old Gardens in Bombay, in 1859, I found the tree which Carter had brought from pen growing 188 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. there, and labelled, by Stocks, Boswellia papyrifera; and in my catalogue of the Govern- ment Central Museum, published in 1862, I adopted Boswellia papyrifera, Richard, which Royle had called Boswellia floribunda, as the source of olibanum ; for I had ascertained that Boswellia thurifera, Colebrooke, produced none of the olibanum of commerce, but only an oleo-resinous exudation. But I had not seen Endlicher's and Richard's descriptions and figures, nor probably had Stocks; and I therefore asked Colonel (then Captain) Playfair, at Aden, whether he could procure me any cuttings of the African frankincense-tree. Colonel Playfair sent me a large collection of several varieties of dried leaves and of cuttings, accurately labelled with their native names, with samples of the kinds of frankincense which they respectively yielded. At my request, he subsequently sent duplicates of his dried specimens to Kew. On the cut- tings which were sent to me striking and leafing, I found that I had three kinds :— Yegaar, yielding Luban maitee, an undoubtedly new species, and Mohr Add and Mohr Madow, yielding Luban sheheri, the bulk of the olibanum exported from the Soumali country. Judging by the young leaves solely, I should have been inclined to consider Colebrooke's, Endlicher's, Richard's, and Carter's plants, and Roxburgh's Boswellia glabra all only more or less variations of one species, and Yegaar the only second species. Indeed, if I followed my own erring inclination, I should hold so now. | Amongst Playfair's dried specimens of Mohr Add and Mohr Madow, were the leaves of a variety of each, which he said yielded an inferior olibanum, called Luban bedowi. Carter's plant never flowered with me, nor until last year would Playfair's. But he had planted duplicates of the euttings he sent to me, in the romantie little gardens laid out by him near the celebrated tanks of Aden. They had not flowered before he left Aden for Zanzibar; but when passing Aden, in June 1867, he found that one of the plants had flowered, and he sent its flowers to Kew. When I saw these in J uly 1867, it was not known to which kind they belonged, as Playfair had not picked any leaves with them. I therefore, on my way back to Bombay, in November 1807, visited the gardens, and found from the gardener that it was Mohr Madow that had flowered the previous June. Seeing the plants were leafing too much, I left directions to water them less abundantly than they had been, and to send me any flowers that they produced. On reaching Bombay, I also stopped watering the plants in Victoria Gardens, the Agri-Hor- ticultural Soeiety's new Gardens in Bombay; and early in the monsoon of last year Mohr Add flowered. In September last, I was again at Aden, and theu found Yegaar in full bloom. It is from these materials that 1 have, with Dr. Thomson and Professor Oliver's kind assistance, prepared the descriptions, and Mr. Fitch has drawn the figures, of the three species which I have named :— Boswellia Carterii (Mohr Madow). Boswellia Bhau-Dajiana (Mohr Add). Boswellia Frereana (Yegaar). In rearranging the genus I have also included Roxburgh's B. glabra under Cole- brooke's B. thurifera. Mohr Madow Y have named as if Carter's plant; that is, as the specimens of his plant . have disappeared from the India House, I have described it from my specimens of Mohr — DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 139 Madow. IfI did not name Mohr Madow as Carter’s plant, certain as it is that it is the same species as his Arabian plant, on this being indisputably determined by the receipt of new specimens, it would become absorbed in Mohr Madow under its systematic name, and Carter's connexion with his own discovery would be lost sight of". Mohr Add is named after Dr. Bhau Daji, the distinguished Hindu physician of Bombay, well known in Europe also as an oriental scholar, and whose eminent services to his countrymen and city Sir Seymour Fitzgerald has most honourably recognized in making him sheriff of Bombay for the present year. Yegaar 1 have named after Mr. W. E. Frere. In 1867, Mr. Hanbury showed me a most interesting article on frankincense, in the “Schweizerische Wochenschrift für Pharmacie” of 13th of May 1864, by Dr. Flückiger of Bern, who quotes a large number of authorities, especially German, on this controversy. He had had Carter's plant brought to his notice by Hanbury ; and he concludes that it is the same plant as B. papyrifera of Abyssinia, and proposes in consequence to include both under the name of B. sacra. But Carter's plant is distinct from B. papyrifera ; and moreover it is now plain that more than one species of African olibanum yields the olibanum of commerce, whereas Dr. Flückiger prematurely includes them all under 7. papyrifera, a species not known to supply any of the olibanum of commerce. He had heard of the facts ascertained by Colonel Playfair and myself regarding the thuriferous Boswellias of the Soumali country, but only orally, through a mutual friend of his and Carter's, and hence, I believe, the error into which he is led. Conclusions. It will, I believe, be now agreed that Arabia produces frankincense, and in the very region generally indicated by the common opinion of the ancient world and so accurately limited by Theophrastus. Now that it has been demonstrated by Carter, that the liba- notophorous region lies along the coast of Hadramaut, the agreement between the state- ments of the Bible, Herodotus, Theophrastus, Diodorus Siculus, Strabo, Pliny, Arrian, . Ptolemy, the Arabs, Marco Polo, Bochart, and Celsius is very striking. It will, I believe, be agreed also, as implied in the more ancient references to Arabia, and expressly asserted by Diodorus, Strabo, Arrian, and others of the ancients, and demonstrated with such fulness by Cruttenden, Kempthorne, and Vaughan, and the overwhelming evidence of modern travellers (beginning with Bruce) generally, that the Soumali country also produces frankincense, and probably the bulk of the olibanum of commerce. The agreement as to the region about Mount Elephant (Ras Fieluk, Cape Felix, Jibbel Feel), between Arrian, Capt. Doventon, and Capt. Saris in Purchas, Milburn, Cruttenden, Kempthorne and Vaughan, is indeed quite startling. E It will be admitted also, I believe, that Boswellia Carteru (Mohr Madow), which with B. Bhau-Dajiana (Mohr Add), the source of the bulk of the olibanum of commerce exported from the Soumali country, is the same species as the plant (Maghrayt d'sheehaz) 's (the ja wered since this paper was read; and a figure of it, from the flowers kindly * sent eu iio rasa reper cee nee Didi of the Victoria Gardens, Bombay, is now added, after : that of the Soumali B. Carterii or Mohr Madow. - 140 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. which Carter found produced the frankincense of the Hadramaut—and also that Bos- wellia thurifera (including B. glabra) of India, and B. papyrifera of Abyssinia, whilst thuriferous species, are not known to yield any of the olibanum of commerce. It is very surprising that so great weight of evidence in favour of frankincense being produced in Arabia Felix and the Soumali country should ever have been set aside for the idle fancy that India was the source of the olibanum of commerce. Twenty years ago, it was clearly demonstrated that Arabia produced it, and one at least of the plants which produced it was fully described and figured. The error has proved as inveterate as the fiction that frankincense was yielded by Juniperus Lycia. Cole- brooke's discovery was in 1807. In volume i. of Woodville and Hooker's ‘ Medical Botany,' London, 1832, olibanum is still said to be derived from Juniperus Lycia; and it is added, “it is brought from Turkey and the East Indies, but that which comes from India is less esteemed.” But in vol. ii. B. serrata, Rox. (B. thurifera, Colebrooke), is adopted as its source, and it is added, in reference to the new view, that olibanum is obtained from India, * but it is also brought from the Levant in casks and chests." Fleming”, in 1810, wrote, “ That naturalists should have remained in ignorance and in errour, until almost the present day, respecting the tree which yields a substance so long known, and so universally used, must appear not a little surprising. Such, however, is the fact, and the merit of having discovered the true origin of this celebrated incense, is due to Mr. Colebrooke, who has ascertained and proved most satisfactorily, that the olibanum, or frankincense of the ancients, is not the gum-resin of the Juniperus Lycia, as was generally supposed, but the produce of our Boswellia thurifera.” In Waterson's * Cyclopædia of Commerce,’ in 1847, it is stated, ** Olibanum comes from India. An Arabian kind formerly imported from the Levant is now seldom met with, and its origin is a matter of doubt." . Pereira, in the editions of his * Materia Medica’ previous to 1857, says that “ olibanum is imported from India, in chests, and that African or Arabian olibanum is rarely met with in this country.” But in the edition of 1857, by Taylor and Rees, it is said, “ Strictly speaking, there does not seem to be any Indian variety [i. e. commercial ?] of this gum, but, like acacia and myrrh, it reaches Bombay from the Persian Gulf.” Royle, in all the editions of his ‘Manual of Materia Medica, even in the posthumous edition of 1868, edited by Headland, says that there are two kinds of olibanum :—“ Indian, which is the most esteemed," and “is imported in chests chiefly from Bombay ; and African, which is no doubt produced on the hills of the Soumali coast westward, from Cape Guardafui, and carried to the Arabian coast, chiefly by native boats from Moculla." In - Maunder's * Treasury of Botany,’ London, 1866, edited by Lindley and Moore, it is written, * B. thurifera furnishes the gum-resin known as olibanum, which is supposed to have been the frankincense of the ancients. African olibanum, a drug rarely met with in this country, has been conjectured with much probability to be the product of B. papy- rifera.” But the most surprising surrender to this false summons is that of the profes- sion of interpreters of the Bible. ‘Tristram, in his ‘ Natural History of the Bible,’ London, 1807, writes, * Frankincense, the fragrant gum of an Indian tree, procured through 1 Asiatic Researches, vol. xi. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 141 Arabia. . . . though brought from Sheba, in Arabia, at a very early date. . . . yet we have no reason to believe the frankincense-tree grew in Arabia; at least it cannot be traced there now : and, as in the case of cassia and other spices, the Arabian merchants were not likely to be communicative in the secrets of their monopoly [!]. To the present day the best frankincense used in Turkey is imported through Arabia, from the Eastern Archipelago. It is also largely imported into Europe from Bombay, for use in the Romish and Greek ceremonials, but of inferior quality." 1t is, I think, probable that other odoriferous gum-resins, oleo-resins, and balsams may have been confused with frankincense by ancient writers, as by modern ones. Niebuhr expressly confuses benjamin with frankincense, as does also Herbert before him; and this confusion, I believe, underlies the whole error of India being the source of the oliba- num of commerce. Milburn and others confuse it with the mastic, which is irregularly imported in very large quantities into Bombay. It has been popularly confused with balm :— * Let India boast her plants, nor envy we The weeping amber, or the balmy tree", [(Added Dec. 3.) So Mrs. Manning, in her ‘Ancient India,’ vol. ii. p. 348, says ** balm and myrrh may or may not have come from India."] And the predisposing cause of all this confusion has been the unfounded belief that Dioscorides says that frankincense comes from India. It is remarkable that the benzoin of Java is said not to be mentioned by any ancient writer; and yet it is inconceivable that such a fragrant balsam should not have been known to them, and I cannot help suspecting that benzoin at least was largely used as frankincense in ancient times. It is used throughout Japan, China, Burmah, Siam, India, and Arabia, at this day, with frankincense. Books say that frankincense is still the sweet perfume “of our catholic churches ;" but Stackhouse says that it is not now used, benjamin being substituted for it, an assertion which every inquiry of my own contradicts. In the Malayan language, the same word is used for frankincense and benzoin?. Dioscorides, also, as has been shown, distinguishes an Indian frankincense ; and so, when Colebrooke's discovery came, it was accepted as settling the controversy. But I question whether some variety of the African frankincense was not the Indian frankincense of Dioscorides. I have given a few extracts above, showing the change in the trade-routes between Europe and the East; and these changes also help to explain how it has come to be believed that India produces the olibanum of commerce. Errors from such changes are very common in connexion with commercial articles : calumba, East-Indian senna, and balsam of Peru are illustrative instances. The similarity between the Hebrew, Arabic, and Greek names for frankincense and Mount Lebanon probably led to the error of Ausonius, Florus, Pomet, and others, that Mount Lebanon produced frankincense. Celsius quotes an Orphie verse and passages from Euripides and Athenæus which also assert or imply that frankincense was a product of Syria. And the error seems to PEN DU. IU ad lacrymatas cortice myrrhas.”—Ovid. “ The Bee and the Orange-Tree," Fairy Tales, D'Aulnoy, trans. Planché : Lond. 1855. * Marsden's Dict. of the Malayan Language; Crawford's Grammar and Dict. of the Malay Language. 142 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. survive in the nations of the Mediterranean shores; for at the Universal Exhibition of Paris, in 1867, I saw several bottles of frankincense labelled “ olibanum, so called because it comes from Mount Lebanon." I also saw there aconite, labelled ** Aconitum Nepaul- lus, so named because its root is the famous poison of Nepaul." The * Oxford Encyclopædia’ says that olibanum is quasi Oleum Libani, being distilled from the bark of a tree growing on Mount Lebanon ! It would be presumption in me to enter into the etymology of the synonyms of frankincense. I have been unable even to discover when the English word frankincense came first to be used'. But I cannot help asking if thus and tus are really the same word—why the Italian for frankincense should be olibano, as if formed from the Greek or Arabic—if there be any connexion, and what its significance may be, between the Arabie words “ Cunder," * Al-Kundooroo," and Sanscrit “ Cunduru,” for frankincense, and the Greek yév8po0c—and why the Bay of Al Kammar is so named. Burton? mentions that “ Lubban” is the Soumali for milk, and a term of reproach. It will have been observed that the names of the different varieties of Soumali frankincense arc identical with the names of the Bunders from which they are exported. Have the Bunders given their names to the varieties of frankincense, or these to the Bunders ? Cruttenden says that the myrrh of the Soumalis comes from a place in the interior of their country called Murrayhan, and is exported from Bunder Murrayha—with which name no variety of frankincense corresponds. Does this indicate any etymological connexion with myrrh, the links of which the Soumalis themselves have lost? Also, what is the derivation of the name of the Soumali port of Berbera? The correspondence between some of the synonyms of frankincense and the words used in different languages for the slaying or burning of sacrificial victims is very interesting. But I have only to observe, in connexion with this, two things that have always struck me in Bombay, viz. that the burning of the dead, in the form of the pyre, and the manner in which the body is burned, very forcibly suggests that the practice is derived from human bloody sacrifice, and that the use of sweet odours, in religious rites generally, originated in sanitary pre- cautions. They do not merely mask bad smells, but correct them; and they wonderfully refresh the spirits from the depression which they fall into in crowded places like churches. They also drive out vermin. Nothing so quickly clears your bed in Bombay of mos- quitos as burning a little olibanum or myrrh in it. The Protestant churches there are * Minsheu, London, 1599, has “ frankincense—encensio.” Cotgrave, London, 1632, has “ frankincense—encens. F. in drops—oliban.” Steph. Skinner, M.D., Etymol. Ling. Angl., London, 1671, has “frankincense, thus, q. d. Incensum, i. e. Thus libere seu liberaliter, ut in sacris officiis par est, adolendum." Rob. Brady, M.D., < An Introduc- tion to the Old English History and Glossary, London, 1684, has no mention of frankincense. Gower, in his story of Leucothea, from Ovid's * Methamor,” turns her * into a flour was named golde” (Confessio Amantis, Pauli, ed. Lond. 1857, lib. x.). * “First Footsteps in East Africa, London, 1856. In the preface to this work, Burton says that an expe- dition into the Soumali land was first proposed by Sir Charles Malcolm in 1849, and that the command of it was offered to and accepted by Carter in 1851, but that after Sir Charles Maleolm's death the project was given Eo. and that when Burton proposed his expedition in 1854, Stocks was appointed to it as botanist, but died before it — started. The savans who went with the * Abyssinian Army" had no time for work, so swift was Lord Napier $ ji march to Magdala and back. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 143 infested by mosquitos, as by a plague; and I was often asked how to get rid of them, and always answered that the ugly and irreverent punkahs were of no use, and that the only remedy was the immemorial and most beautiful rite of burning frankincense. A pot of holy basil is placed before every Hindu home; and the mother of the house may be seen every morning, after having ground the corn for the day, and performed her simple toilet, walking round and round the four-horned altar, on which the pot of holy basil is set, invoking the blessings of heaven on the father of her children and on them. DESCRIPTIO. Genus BoswELLIA. Roxburgh, Pl. Corom. iii. p. 4, t. 207; Benth. & Hook. Gen. Plant. i. p. 322. [Libanus, Colebrooke in As. Res. ix. p. 377, t. 5. f. 1. Plüsslia, Endlicher, Nov. Stirp. Dec. 47 ; Iconog. t. 119, 120.) Calyx parvus, plerumque 5- interdum 6- non sspe 7-, rarissime 4- v. 10-dentatus, persistens. Petala tot quot calycis divisiones, basi angustata, patentissima, imbricata. Discus annularis, crenatus, campanulatus v. explanatus. Stamina sepalis duplo numerosiora, plerumque 10, brevia, basi disci inserta, alterna interdum breviora. Ovarium 3-, creberrime 4-, interdum 5-loculare; stylus brevis, stigmate 3-, 4- v. 5?-lobo; ovula in loculis 2, pendula. Drupa 3-, 4-, 5-gona, 3-, 4-, 5-valvis, valvis a pyrenis secedentibus ; pyrenis osseis, 1-spermis, ab axi persistente solutis. Semina compressa, pendula, margine membranaceo, testa membranacea; cotyledones contortuplicate, multifide ; radi- cula supera. Arbores cortice sæpe papyraceo, thuriferæ. Folia decidua, apices versus ramulorum conferta, patentia, alterna, imparipinnata, foliolis oppositis, serratis v. integerrimis. Racemi v. panicule axillares v. terminales, simplices v. compositi. Flores albi, v. rubicundi, v. virides, v. vix luteoli, v. cerei. Species 5, Nubiæ, Abyssiniæ, Berberæ, Arabis, Indiæque incolæ. Sectio I. Plante plus minus pubescentes, disco campanulato. Subsectio a. Racemi simplices. | 1. BoswELLIA CARTERI, Birdwood, n. sp. (Tab. XXIX. et XXX.) Diacnosts.—Ramuli terminales, pubescentes vel tomentosi ; foliola 7-10-juga, ovato-oblonga, undulata vel crenato-undulata, late rotundata vel basi truncata. Racemi simplices, fasciculati, foliis breviores. Fructus 1 ad 4 poll. longus, obovato-obtusus. Carter, Journ. Bombay Br. Roy. As. Soc. ii. 1847. B. thurifera, Colebrooke ? Habitat in montibus Soumali, * Mohr Madow” incolarum, Playfair ; et in montibus Hadramaut in Arabia, * Maghrayt d'sheehaz " apud Maharas, Carter. Descriptio.—Arbor parva; petiolus pubescens; foliola au lata. pubescentia, aut obscure serratula vel integerrima et glabra supra, et velutina interdum- que pallidiora infra, longa circa 14 poll. et lata circa 2 poll., foliolo terminali sepe gran- diore. Corolla patens, petala alba vel cerea, discus roseus, ovarium disco carnoso roseo arcte adpresso semiimmersum. Remarks.—The above description is taken from the specimens of leaves collected for Playfair from the * Mohr Madow " of the Soumalis, and the young plants growing in _ VOL. XXVII. : U t crenato-undulata et omnia 144. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. the Vietoria Gardens from cuttings of the same, and the flowers gathered by Playfair in June 1867 from the young plants growing in the Aden Garden from cuttings of the same, and sent by him to the Herbarium at Kew. The tree found by Carter growing in the limestone formation about Merbat and Ras Fartak, the * Maghrayt d'sheehaz" of the Maharas, is probably a smaller tree in habit. The plant which he brought from the Hadramaut to Bombay, is to this day growing there in the Victoria Gardens ; and whilst it is almost impossible to distinguish its leaves from those of the “ Mohr Madow ” of the Soumalis, except from their being smaller and more crumpled, it is not more than half the height of the plants of ** Mohr Madow " propagated in the Victoria Gardens from the cuttings sent to Bombay by Playfair, and which are already about 9 feet high. In * Maghrayt d'sheehaz," the leaves have some- times five pairs only of leaflets. Playfair's dried specimens of leaves of “Mohr Madow,” sent to Kew and Bombay, include two very distinct varieties,—one crenate, undulate, and pubescent on both sides; the other undulate and obscurely serrulate or almost entire, and velvety and paler below and glabrous above. The plants of “ Mohr Madow ” in the Victoria Gardens and in Playfair's Garden at Aden have as yet shown only the former variety of leaf, and the plant * Maghrayt d'sheehaz" in the Victoria Gardens never has shown any other; but from the analogy of B. thurifera and B. Bhau-Dajiana (“ Mohr Add ”) I am led to believe that the two kinds of leaves included in Playfair's dried specimens of ** Mohr Madow " are only varieties of leaf of one species, and not leaves of two distinct species of Boswellia. I have therefore included the description of both leaves in my description of B. Carterii, but not without uncertainty. 29 2. BoswELLIA BHAU-DAJIANA, Birdwood, n. sp. (Tab. XXXI.) Draewosis.— Ramuli terminales, modice puberuli vel glabri; foliola 7-10-juga, oblongo-lanceolata vel oblonga, late rotundata vel basi truncata, aut serrata et pubescentia, aut obscure serrulata et infra ` incana, supra glabra. Inflorescentia in simplicifasciculatis racemis. Fructus immaturus oblongo- contractus basi. Habitat in montibus Soumali, “ Mohr Add ” incolarum, Playfair. Descriptio.—Arbor parva; folia aut pubescentia, foliolis ER aut supra glabra et infra incana foliolis obscure serratulis vel integerrimis, longa 1 poll. ad 13 et 2 poll. et lata 3-3 poll.; 5 vel 6 racemi in quoque fasciculo, foliis paulo breviores; flores numero- sissimi, corolla vix patentissima, petala alba v. viridula; discus valde pubescens, virescens, ovarium disco concavo haud adpresso semiimmersum ; drupa subclavata. Remarks.—Playfair's dried specimens of leaves of ** Mohr Add," sent to Bombay, include two distinct varieties, the leaflets in one being serrulate and downy, in the other obscurely and remotely serrulate or entire, and hoary beneath, and glabrous above. The latter is the only variety of leaf sent by him to Kew. But in one of his dried specimens of ** Mohr Add ” sent to Bombay, both these varieties of leaf are seen in the same speci- men. The plants in the Victoria Gardens all showed the pubescent and serrate variety of leaf until last year, when one threw out both the varieties of leaf described, and a third variety also of intermediate character. The plant from which I gathered the flower - DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 145 represented in my plate of B. Bhau-Dajiana showed at that time only the serrate and pubescent variety of leaf; but I have figured beside it two other varieties of leaves which I subsequently found either on this same plant, or other plants of the same species growing near it. It would be more satisfactory if I were less uncertain on this point, especially as my ground for including the two kinds of * Mohr-Madow” leaves sent to me by Playfair under the species B. Carterii is the all but absolute certainty that analogous varieties of leaf are produced by B. Bhau-Dajiana or “Mohr Add." It must be distinctly borne in mind, therefore, that with the leaves no flowers have ever been seen of the variety, either of * Mohr Madow” or “Mohr Add,” in which the leaflets are more or less entire, and hoary below, and glabrous above, and that it may be an error to include them as varieties respectively of B. Carterii and B. Bhau-Dajiana. But analogous variations of leaf ar conclusively authenticated in the case of B. thurifera, infrà. 5 The serrate downy variety of leaflet in B. Bhau-Dajiana is very like the young leaflets of B. Carterii; but the leaflets in the latter, young and old, are always more or less undulate, whereas in the former they are always quite flat. In the former, also, the leaflets are narrow and more lanceolate, in the latter broad and more oval; and in the mass of foliage these differences make a distinction. B. Carterii [i. e. “Mohr Madow "] and B. Bhau-Dajiana |“ Mohr Add”) yield the bulk of the olibanum exported from the Soumali country under the name of “ Laban- Sheheri,” * possibly,” writes Playfair, “ because it is principally taken to Sheherr and Makalla markets.” Vaughan! says “ Luban Shaharee” is the term given to Arabian frankincense, which is also yielded by B. Carterii [i. e. “ Maghrayt d'sheehaz"]. Both the glabrous-above hoary-beneath variety (?) of B. Carterii | ?. e. “ Mohr Madow ”] and of B. Bhau-Dajiana [“ Mohr Add ”] yield, according to Playfair, the * Luban Bedowi ” of the Soumalis, which is also mentioned by Cruttenden, but nowhere by Vaughan. Subsectio 8. Racemi dios 3. BoswELLIA PAPYRIFERA, Richard, Tent. Flor. Abyss., Voyage en Abyssinie par Lefebre, &c., iv. p. 140, tab. 33. Diasnosıs.—Foliola 4-10-juga, pubescentia. Inflorescentia racemosa, racemis paniculatis. Amyris papyrifera, Delile, Cent. Plant. d'Afrique; Cailliaud, Voyage à Méroé, ii. p. 298. Plösslea floribunda, Endlicher, Nov. Stirp. Mus. Vind. Dec. no. 47, tab. 119, 120. Bruce, Travels, vii. p. 334, tab. 48, “ Angouah." Habitat in Senaar et Soudan, et Gondar, in convallibus fluviorum Taccaze et Mareb, “ Angouah ” incola- rum, Bruce; “Kafal ias ? et “Loban-adam-coulan,” Delile; “ Makker,"[Dillon et Schimper apud Richard. Descriptio.—Arbor magna; foliola lanceolata, poll.; calyx longe dentatus; corolla reflexa ; petala longa, C . M tree named * Angouah ” in Bruce's * Travels,’ he says, “The Abys- sinians believe it to be that which bears the true frankincense ; in reality it produces a acuta, dentata, longa 1 poll. ad 2 et 3 reflexa ; pistillus basi contra- à Pharm. Journ. xii. sup. cit. i v 2 146 DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. gum much resembling it." Richard says of B. papyrifera, “It distils a resin which, when burnt, gives the odour of the incense of India, which, indeed, as every one says, is produced by another species of the genus, named 2. serrata, Roxb.” 4. BoswELLIA THURIFERA, Colebrooke, Asiatic Researches, ix. p. 377, t. 5. Diaenosis.—Foliola 8-14-juga, dentata, serrata, vel plus minus obscure et remote serrulata, pubescentia v. glabra. Inflorescentia racemosa, racemis compactis, plerumque dense compositis, foliis multo bre- vioribus. Fructus late ellipticus, triquetrus, basi vel apice non contractus. B. serrata et B. glabra, Roxburgh, Flor. Ind. ii. p. 383, 384. B. glabra, Roxburgh, Cor. ii. t. 207. Var. «. Foliola ovato-oblonga, truncata vel late rotundata basi, serrata, infra pube- scentia. Var. 8. Foliola lineari-lanceolata, oblique contracta basi, nonnunquam obscurissime vel remote serrulata, propemodum glabra. Habitat in montibus Indiæ tropicæ, * Salai,” “Saleh” incolarum ; Oude et Rohilcund, Royle; Behar, Hooker ; Concan, Stocks ; Kattyawar, Khandeish, H. M. Birdwood. Descriptio.—Arbor parva ; petala patentia, infra pubescentia, valde rosacea, v. albida ; stamina alterna breviora; discus ruber, v. inconspicuus. Remarks.—The natives of India recognize the two varieties of this plant, of which Roxburgh made two species, and distinguish between their gum-resins. What I have seen ofit has been either stalactiform, like the runnings of a wax candle, or in small tears, and always so soft that, when kept in a bottle, in a short time it has run into an oleo- resinous mass, with the smell of frankincense, but more turpentiny. I often and perse- veringly tried to get regular tears of olibanum from this plant, but never succeeded in getting anything else than soft, oleo-resinous * runnings" from it, which, even after months' exposure on the trunk, still remained quite soft. In Khandeish the olibanum produced by this plant is sold under the name of ** Dup- Salai ” [%. e, incense of Salai] in the village bazars. But 1 have never myself seen it exposed for sale. I have had samples sent to me from all parts of India, and all soft and always melting at last into a mass. The most remarkable character of this plant is the way in which its leaves and flowers vary. Sometimes the inflorescence is in loose cymes, sometimes gathered into a knotty head or capitulum. Ina plant brought by my brother from Kattyawar, the petals were reduced to mere scales, the disk very fleshy, red, and prominent, and the stamens tending to abortion. Sectio II. Frutex glaber, glaucus, disco explanato. 5. BOSWELLIA FREREANA, Birdwood, n. sp. (Tab. XXXIT.) DiacNosrs.— Folia omnia glabra et glauca; foliola 3-6-juga, late ovata, elliptica, valde obtusa utrinque, undulata. Inflorescentia in racemis compositis, foliis multo longior. Fructus ovato-oblongus. Habitat in montibus calcareis Soumaliensis regionis prope “ Bunder Murayha," Cruttenden, Kempthorne, et Vaughan; “Yegaar” Soumaliensium, Playfair. DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. 147 Descriptio.—Arbor parva; folia et flores omnia citrum et terebinthum grate redo- lentia; corolla valde et rigide patens, stellata ; petala basi contracta, et acuta, smaragdina ; discus explanatus ; stamina circa marginem inserta, rigide erecta in floribus recentioribus, et super disco supine jacentia (velut radii rote) in deflorescentibus; antheræ rubre ; pistillus omnino liber et super discum conspicue elevatus, velut metula. Remarks.—This is a strongly marked species, the source of the “ Louban Maitee” of the Soumalis. It is unmistakably this plant which Kempthorne describes. It is evidently also Cruttenden's ** Luban Meyti." Kempthorne says, “ The tree is one of the most extraordinary plants I ever saw, quite a lusus nature of the vegetable world, for the trees actually grow out of the sides of the almost polished rocks. . . . . The trees were about 40 feet high, the stem was about 2 feet in circumference, rising straight up, with a bend outwards of 6 or 7 inches. "They are attached most firmly to the rocks by a thick oval mass of substance, about a foot or so in diameter, something resembling a mixture of lime and mortar. Branches spring out rather scantily at the top, and extend a few feet down the stem; the leaves are 5 inches or so long, and 13 broad, narrowing and rounding towards the point, but not serrated at the edges; the upper surface is of a rich dark shining green, while the lower is of a lighter hue; they are thin and smooth, and crimped like that beautiful species of seaweed so often found on the coast of England. The tree has four layers of bark, the outer being coarse and loose, like that of the beech, while the next two are as it were glued to the trunk and delicately fine, resembling oiled paper or gold-beater's skin, and of a bright amber-colour; this bark is perfectly transparent, and can be stripped off easily in large sheets; the natives use it for writing on; the inner bark of all is an inch or so in thickness, adhering closely to the stem; it is tough, not unlike leather, and striped red and white, and yields a strong aromatic perfume. The timber is white, soft, porous, and of little use, except as firewood. A deep incision into the bark causes the odoriferous gum to exude in large quantities, which is of a milky white, and of the con- sisteney of honey; but it soon hardens by exposure to the atmosphere. It is a remark- able fact that not a single frankincense-tree did I perceive growing upon any other rocks than those of almost pure limestone . . . . It is my opinion that the trees on the Adel coast are different from the species as described so ably by Dr. Carter" (Trans. Bombay Geo. Society, xiii. 1857). This description of Kempthorne's well shows how we should understand the descriptions of old writers. The present Governor-General of Mozam- bique informed me, quite in the style of Sir John Maundeville, “that copal grew in the earth just like potatoes." | Vaughan writes:—“ The hillranges on the eastern coast of Africa are composed entirely of white limestone, in some parts so compact as to resemble limestone. This appears to be the soil most genial to the tree, and in no instance did I find it growing in sand or loam. The tree is first met with at a few miles inland from the coast, and at an altitude of about 300 feet above the level of the sea. Its appearance is strikingly sin- gular, seeming at first sight to be destitute of roots and clinging to the hard uncreviced rock by masses of a rhomboidal and fantastically shaped wood with the most obstinate adherence. The stem is nearly at right angles with this substance, ascending almost uB — DR. G. BIRDWOOD ON THE GENUS BOSWELLIA. invariably in an upright direction, and attaining tlie height of from 12-15 feet. At the base the circumference is equal to that of a man’s thigh, gradually tapering towards the top, where it shoots off its branches and leaves” (Pharm. Journ. and Trans. xii. 1853). As I saw this plant in Playfair's garden at Aden in September last, in young leaf and covered with bloom, I was much struck by its elegant singularity. : The long racemes of green star-like flowers, tipped with the red anthers of the stamens (like aigrettes of little stars of emerald set with minute rubies), droop gracefully over the clusters of glossy glaucous leaves; and every part of the plant (bark, leaves, and flowers) gives out the most refreshing lemon-like fragrance. It gave me the most lively pleasure to find the flowers which I had been so long seek- ing of so charming an originality, and in such a romantic spot; for Playfair's garden is a mere angle! in the shadow of two pumice rocks, which tower hundreds of feet above it, guarding in their shadows? the store of water for the garrison and town; and green leaves, shade, and water make Paradise in the east. p nee TR M MEN EM et quod Angulus iste feret piper et thus ocius uva.” Hor. Epist. lib. L, xiv. 22-23. ? Herbert, Travels, Lond. 1677, describes Aden as “a town low in its situation and sulphureously shaded by the high and barren mountain Cabobarra, whose brazen front so scorches this miserable place." Tab. XXIX. Boswellia Carterii—* Mohr Madow.” XXX. B. Carterii—“ Maghrayt d'sheehaz.” XXXI. B. Bhau-Dajiana—* Mohr Add.” XXXII. B. Frereana—* Yegaar.” POSTSCRIPT. CARTER'S plant (** Maghrayt d'sheehaz ") was not before me when I was preparing this paper (see pp. 138, 139), and my description of B. Carterü was, and is, the description of * Mohr Madow. A flowering specimen of “ Maghrayt d'sheehaz ” was subsequently received from Mr. Gray, B.M., the present Director of the Victoria Gardens, Bombay, when it, was found that in it the stamens are inserted into the side of the disk, but it was _too late to add the character to the description of the species Boswellia Carterii and of the genus. This character therefore distinguishes the Arabian (Maghrayt d’sheeha:) from the Soumali (Mohr Madow) variety of B. Carterii. G. B. Trans. Lown. Soc. Vor. XXVII ‚Tas. 2 8. d eram ANUS BRS = Boswellia Carterii. Birdwood Mohr Madow, the Soumalis, Plays, Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor XXVIL Tas. 30. > , H x É : - 1 ME "n PAY Ut M. + ^ X WA \ RQ Q QQ —À N > Y A CX oxy E 254 fod LO A A ee fé XA SI Boswelia Carterü. Birdwood. Maghrayt d 'Shehaa, of the Maharas Carter Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVIL ,, Tas. 81. 929 as P ae GA CS LOZ Ke A ANS NER ; (E q CUP { i 74 RI Uo» NA a. |» N 2 as | ut Sf A APCE S SS d ES D NEU AA SL is ) t p CN. D | | À ^ WN at TN ud X. y À S N, EVA ? _ Boswelha Bhau Dajiana . Birdwood e - Mohr_Ada, of the Sounals.Playfair. Tas. 32. LU Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVII AL a E 7 > / AS is JAY Á [eee n Ü / A / j á Y Sa f ÈS A) y y LV: P LES TESIS AY Es / i A = \ \ / — / M d y y he, TE 7 Z E 4 j SA ns ; pe # f 5 | 1 : : : < | j i | ) A | LUN > E fi i ? : s LE j 1 e. y Le \ \ "+ t Y \ M 7 JN Bitch imp. WH Fitch, del et lith. Boswellia Frereana, Birdwood. Yogaar of the Soumatis... Playfair. Gan ea IV. On some spi the Genus Agaricus from Ceylon. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq., F.L.S. (Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.) Read November 19th, 1868. THANKS to the exertions of Mr. Thwaites, in addition to those of Konig in the last century, and of Dr. Gardner, Mr. Thwaites's predecessor in the direction of the Gardens at Peradeniya, no member of our British Colonies bids fair to be more thoroughly known, as regards its fungology, than Ceylon. The species collected by Kónig were pub- lished in the * Annals of Natural History, vol. x. 1842; while those of Dr. Gardner, together with some of Mr. Thwaites's earlier communications, have been described in Sir W. J. Hooker's * London Journal of Botany, 1847, p. 495, and the * Kew Garden Miscel- lany,” 1854, p. 229, &c., and we have 1200 packets of Fungi from Mr. Thwaites, on which we are now occupied. The last communication was accompanied by some very beautiful and correct drawings of some of the Hymenomycetous Fungi, two or three of which are so interesting, either from beauty or singularity, that we are induced to lay them before the Society, and at the same time to give characters of a few other species which are worthy of more immediate record, or because the drawings throw light on the character of species already described. It is remarkable that we cannot identify a single species, with the exception of one or two which are very widely distributed, with any of those of which Dr. Hooker made drawings in Sikkim and the contiguous districts. We have now in our possession a large number of more or less finished coloured sketches of Hy ycetous tropical or subtropical fungi; and we trust that the time is not far distant when it will be considered quite as necessary, in publishing floras of our colonies, to give complete lists of the eryptogamie as of the phenogamic plants. The - species which we have selected for description are the following :— 1. AGARICUS (AMANITA) HEMIBAPHUS, Berk. & Br. Pileo e campanulato expanso glabro obtusissime umbonato flavo, sursum coccineo, margine sulcato crenato; stipite farcto, (basi excepta attenuata) subæquali, pallide flavo, e volva crassa bilobata oriundo; annulo supero deflexo striato lato; lamellis albis segmentiformibus adnexis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, n. 700.) Hab. On the ground, July 1868, Peradeniya. - Pileus nearly 3 inches across, yellow, the upper half of à beautiful scarlet ; margin deeply suleate; stem 4 inches high, j an inch thick, attenuated as in Phallus and its allies at the very base, where it sinks into the strongly incrassated bilobed volva, which gives off a few short fibres. This belongs to the first section of the subgenus Amanita, in which it is remarkable for the great thickness of the volva and the attenuated base of the stem. 150 MESSRS. BERKELEY AND BROOME ON SOME 2. A. (LEPIOTA) DOLICHAULUS, Berk. & Br.: pileo carnoso expanso umbonato, centro glabro, alias punctato-squamuloso, margine lacerato appendiculato, carne alba immutabili; stipite elongato stricto, (basi excepta) subæquali, apice penetrante ; flocculoso-punctato cavo; annulo amplissimo deflexo lacerato; lamellis latis ventri- cosis remotissimis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 694.) Hab. On the ground amongst grass, July 1868, Peradeniya. Whole plant, with the exception of the pallid umbo and scales of the pileus, white. Pileus 4 inches across; flesh nearly 3 inch thick; stem 8 inches high, 3 thick, slightly bulbous at the base, where there are occasionally a few fragments of the ring. Gills 4 inch broad in the centre; spores :00057 inch long. Mycelium thread-like, white. Allied to Agaricus gracilentus, but differing in the appendiculate ragged margin, the very broad persistent ring, and the deep pit in which the apex of the stem is sunk, as in A. procerus. 3. A. (LEPIOTA) MANICATUS, Berk. € Br.: pileo convexo obtusissimo carnoso, toto floccoso-verrucoso, verrucis centro pyramidatis, in margine diffracto appendiculato angustioribus; carne alba; stipite subæquali stricto, subter annulum angustum superum floccoso-manicato, deorsum pubescente, hie illic leviter squamuloso, solido; lamellis lanceolatis pallide carneis approximatis acie crenulatis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 691.) : Hab. On the ground, July 1868, Peradeniya. Pileus 23 inches across; stem 2 inches high, 4 thick, yellowish-brown like the pileus ; gills + inch broad in the centre. Allied to Agaricus hispidus, from which it differs in the split appendiculate margin, the thicker flesh, and the curious muff on the stem just below the ring. According to the characters given by Fries in the * Epierisis, there should be an umbo in 4. hispidus ; but there is no trace of one in the drawing deposited in the Swedish Museum. 4. A. (LEPIOTA) THELOIDES, Berk. & Br.: pileo e campanulato expanso fortiter umbonato subcarnoso squamulis nigris notato, margine sulcato ; carne alba immutabili; stipite fistuloso tenui glabro candido, annulo angusto infero persistente; lamellis antice latioribus, postice attenuatis subremotis candidis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 688.) Hab. On the ground, July 1868, Peradeniya. : Pileus nearly 3 inches across; stem 3) inches high, 21 lines thick ; stem collecting à little soil at the base by means of the white mycelium ; margin of pileus slightly inflexed. Spores :0003--0004. Allied to Agaricus clypeolarius, but differing in the smooth stem, sulcate margin, and decidedly remote gills. 5. A. (LEPIOTA) PARDALOTUS, Berk. & Br.: pileo carnoso depresso squamis fuscis notato, centro pyramidatis, margine punctiformibus; stipite subvalido subæquali solido fibrilloso, basin versus fusco-punetato; annulo evanido; lamellis approximatis yen- trieosis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 693.) Hab. On the ground, Peradeniya, July 1868. Pileus 23 inches across, dark brown except occasionally in the interstices of the scales ; CEYLON SPECIES OF AGARICUS. 151 stem 2 inches high, 4 inch thick, white, sometimes slightly thickened below and subces- pitose; gills ventricose, + inch broad, white. A much stouter species than Agaricus cristatus, and much more fleshy, and, except that the gills are not sinuated behind, approaching Tricholoma. 6. A. (COLLYBIA) SPARSIBARBIS, Berk. & Br.: esculentus; pileo carnoso fortissime umbonato convexo virgato-striato marginem versus floccis liberis aspero, umbone glabro fusco, carne alba; stipite valido subradicante, preemorso, basi marginato- bulboso hie illie suleato; lamellis angustioribus postice rotundato-adnexis pallidis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 697.) Hab. On the ground, Peradeniya, July and August 1868. Pileus 53 inches across, deep brown in the centre, then paler; stem white, (including the bulb, half of which is buried in the soil) 4 inches high, $ inch thick halfway up. Gills + inch broad, rounded, behind free. | Evidently nearly allied to Agaricus eurhizus, Berk. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1847, p. 483 (Gardner, no. 43), but differing in the hairy margin of the pileus and the absence of the long root and ring. The Himalayan 4. napipes, Berk., with its long root, is also very nearly related. | 7. A. (VOLVARIA) DIPLASIUS, Berk. & Br.: pileo hemispherico subcarnoso obtusissimo sericeo-floccoso e volva brunnea bilobata oriundo, margine inflexo levi; stipite solido sursum attenuato, deorsum cum basi volvæ adnato; lamellis ventricosis pos- tice attenuatis remotissimis candidis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 689.) Hab. On wood and on soil about decayed roots, Peradeniya, July 1868. Pileus 3 inches or more across, delicately floccose, white; volva rising from a thick white-lobed mycelium; stem 3 inches high, nearly an inch thick a the base, + at the apex, round which there is a broad free space. Spores :0003 inch long. - This beautiful species is clearly allied to Agaricus bombycinus. Its nearest ally, perhaps, is a Jersey species, collected by Mr. Michael Angelo Taylor, the characters of which may be given as follows :— A. (VOLVARIA) TAYLORI, Berk. & Br.: pileo campanulato obtuso livido ab ipso apice - striato-rimoso tenui e volva spadicea bilobata oriundo; stipite solido pallido sub- sequali; lamellis sinuatis antice latis, postice valde attenuatis roseis. Pileus 12 inch high and broad ; stem 23 inches high, + thick. . 8. A. (VOLVARIA) TERASTIUS, Berk. € Br.: pileo ex hemispheerico late campanulato L expanso carnoso livido leviter virgato rimosove, margine fisso e volva crassa tessellata oriundo; stipite sursum attenuato albo solido ; lamellis pallide carneis ventricosis liberis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 689 bis.) Hab. On the ground, Peradeniya, July 1868. Pileus 4 inches across. Volva irregularly ruptured, extremely thick, connate, with the base of the stem brown, paler within, pointed at the base; the edge, when ruptured, broken so as to expose the white internal substance; the surface split into large sub- VOL. XXVII. X 152 ON SOME CEYLON SPECIES OF AGARICUS. hexagonal areæ, which are pale and striated at the margin, brown and verrucose in the centre, calling to mind the outer coat of some Lycoperdon; stem 3 inches high, 3-1 inch thiek at the base, 1-3 thick above. This is one of the most curious species in the multitudinous genus 4garicus; it is undoubtedly allied to 4. bombycinus, but, unfortunately, we have not been able to find any spores on the gills, which are, perhaps, in an imperfect condition. 9. A. (PHOLIOTA) MICROMERES, Berk. & Br.: cæspitosus; pileis subhemisphæricis depres- siusculis glabris, margine annulo crenato appendiculato, lamellis adnatis argillaceis acie candidis; stipitibus fistulosis flexuosis glabris. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 690.) Hab. On dead wood, Peradeniya, July 1868. Densely cespitose; pilei yellowish, slightly depressed in the centre, fringed with the ring, which separates entirely from the stem, 3-3 inch across; stems paler, 1 inch high, scarcely a line thick; spores yellow-brown, :00025 inch long. A minute species, apparently allied to Agaricus pudicus. 10. A. (PsALLIOTA) SPILOCEPHALUS, Berk. & Br.: pileo expanso carnoso umbonato, albido, centro squamulisque punetiformibus atro-purpureis, margine striato, carne alba; stipite pallido sursum attenuato striato, floccis intricatis araneosis farcto; annulo amplo supero; lamellis atro-purpureis liberis. (Thwaites, Ceylon, no. 698.) Hab. On the ground, Peradeniya, July and August 1868. Pileus 4 inches across; stem 3 inches high, $ thick in the middle, marked with dark streaks. Allied to 4. campestris. Apparently the same as Gardner's no. 65. Differing from all its allies, except 4. silvaticus, in the hollow stem, which, in this case, is curiously stuffed with delicate threads. Mr. Thwaites, amongst other matters of interest, has sent a very fine drawing (no. 688 bis) of Lentinus stenophyllus, Berk. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1847, p. 495, tabb. 17, 18. f. 1. It appears from the drawing and the accompanying specimens, that the pileus, when first developed, is covered with acute warts in the centre, while the margin has a single row of large floecose wart-like scales. The upper part of the stem, moreover, is pitted with minute black specks. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prare XXXIII. Figs. a. Agaricus hemibaphus. | Figs. b. A. manicatus. | Figs. c. A. diplasius. PLATE XXXIV. . Agaricus terastius. TRANS LINN Soc. VOL. XXVII. TAB.33. Re NER ym z pre APT IS ur . a Agaricus hemibaphis,B2Br b.Agaricus manicatusBABr — Dx : c.Agá-icus diplasius.B &Br. — — a E.M. Williams. lith. Trans LINN. Soc. VoL. XXVII. TAB.34 Vincent Brooks Day & Son, mp Agaricus terasuus, B.& Br [xy 168: +) V. On the Similarity between the Genus Drupal and the Confervoid Filaments of Mosses. By J. Braxton HicK$, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., fc. (Plate XXXV.) Read March 4th, 1869. IN the Transactions of this Society for 1862, I made some observations on the gonidia and confervoid filaments of the mosses. Amongst other matter, 1 alluded to the close resemblance there was between the branchings of some of these filaments, when grown in water, to some of the forms of the Draparnaldie, particularly instancing that known as D. tenuis. I there said, “The length of each cell of the filament varies extremely, according to external conditions. Under moisture and heat it is very much increased, so that it may be twenty or thirty times longer than wide; and sometimes the more ter- minal cells are elongated into delicate hairs, bearing a striking resemblance to the so-called cilia of the Draparnaldie.” Further on, “Some of the filaments, which I had grown in water, branched in a manner very similar to Draparnaldia tenuis (Stygeocloniwm tenue, Kützing); indeed, had it not been for its known origin, I should instantly have regarded it as such. . .. . it seems a point worthy of further research, whether or not that genus, or at any rate the above species, may not have its origin from moss in some one of its phases. Nor should this, in our present state of knowledge, be considered a wild specu- lation; for we know nothing of the agamic growth of Draparnaldia : we have nothing to militate against its being one mode of vegetative growth of a form altogether distinct ; and this is not more extravagant than the known fact that these confervoid filaments can produce and spring from Mosses. 1 again remark, we know so little of the whole possible life-history of these simpler plants, that our want of knowledge of a precedent cannot be quoted against it.” "These remarks were illustrated in the plates accompanying that paper (by Tab. 57. fig. 1 6, fig. 4, fig. 9). Inow bring forward some more facts, which tend to strengthen the opinion I then expressed. Whilst I was watching the growth of the gonidia of some moss (probably Neckera), their tendency to linear growth was very evident; but instead of continuing to elongate in one line, they formed branches in the manner represented at Tab. XXXV. figs. 1& 2. Later on the branching became still more marked, and the component cells narrower and more attenuated (fig. 3), so as to bear a close resemblance to the less vigorous branches of Draparnaldia tenuis, tapering remarkably to the end, in the cells of which the chlorophyll became almost invisible. It is noteworthy that while some of the gonidia took on this form, some proceeded to divide by both “ parietal ” and “ free-cell ” formation (fig. 4). Besides this, I had evidence of the formation of zoospores from these “ free-cell ” 154 SIMILARITY OF DRAPARNALDIA TO CONFERVOID FILAMENTS. growths. This is important (although not embraced in the subject of this communica- tion), because 1 had before noticed their formation only immediately from the contents of the filaments. In May 1868, a large mass of the radicles of a moss was sent to me, possessing all the appearance of a Draparnaldia—so much so that, when I first observed it, I named it such, thinking it had simply attached itself to the radicles of moss. However, on closer inspection, I found that it actually was a part of the radicle, which was readily distinguished also by the red-brown colour of the cell-wall. The mode of origin has been attempted to be shown at fig. 5a. Rapidly the cells became narrow and elongated, the cell-wall colourless, filled with chlorophyll, though towards the extremities the green was paler, till in the terminal cells it was nearly colour- less. The end of a branch I have drawn at fig. 6. It shows a tendency to symmetry in the branchings. In this specimen the excessive elongation of the terminal cells so as to form cilia was not marked; and this was probably owing to another interesting phe- nomenon: most of the lateral branches terminated by a short group of branches (fig. 7), each having its terminal cell enlarged, and more or less rounded. Most of these terminal cells ultimately burst, and. at the same time the water around these branches became crowded with small zoospores. These zoospores were of the same shade as the contents of the terminal cells. I am not able to say that they were seen actually to escape from these ruptured terminal cells ; but the inference seems rea- sonable that they come from within them—the more so because the tint of the chlorophyll in both was similar, there were only these kinds of zoospores in the water, and they were all of the same size. If it be a fact that these filaments did produce zoospores, it forms another link with the Draparnaldie, which have been already observed 2 Mr. Currey to produce zoospores. | | AAA 4 A W.A Leighton del. [WA Leighton del. pS ETE RR T ua. A a VES. r EN [RANS LINN Soa Vor. XX) ^^ we ¡ol A 3 VI. Notes on the Lichens of 6 Tand of Saint Helena. By the Rev. W. A. Lutenron, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Edin. (Plate XXXV.) Read January 21st, 1869. AMONGST the unarranged Lichens in the Hookerian Herbarium at Kew, is a small collection of Lichens from the Island of Saint Helena, gathered by Dr. W. Burchell in the year 1809, which I have been requested by Dr. Hooker to examine and name. Though not numerous, they are highly interesting and instructive, as well from their insular locality itself, as more especially from their approximate similarity to the * Lichenes Amazonici et Andini,” of Mr. Richard Spruce (see Linn. Trans. vol. xxv. p. 433 et seq.). I am informed that Dr. Burchell took great pains in their collection, from which I should conclude that he gathered every thing he saw, so as to render his collection as complete and comprehensive as circumstances permitted. From the condition of the specimens, they would appear to have been collected in haste within a circumscribed time; and many of them are not in a good state, sterile and broken. Subsequently Mr. J. C. Melliss, who has resided on the island for many years, forwarded to me for examination a collection which he had also made. "This contains many similar to those of Dr. Burchell's gatherings, and adds several others. I have indicated the collectors by initials, B. and J. C. M. We may conclude that we have now a fair knowledge of the lichen-flora of the island, though. no doubt the rocks, if well searched, would yield many additions; and this labour Mr. Melliss undertakes to accomplish on his return to St. Helena. The whole of both collections are deposited at Kew. E LEPTOGIUM TREMELLOIDES (Fr.). In fructification. B., J . C. M. CLADONIA PYXIDATA, Fr., forma fimbriata (denticulata). (K —,C —.) B. C. PYXIDATA, Fr., forma pu (decorticata). (K—,C—.) J.C.M. C. PYxIDara, Fr., forma chlorophea. (K—,C—.) J.C.M. Imperfect fragments of what appears to be C. AGGREGATA (Sw.), Eschw. (K—,C—.) B. ROCCELLA TINCTORIA, Ach. J.C. M. R. puycorsts, Ach. (K yellow, C red, but not soredia). Bid: C.M. VOL. XXVII. us Y 156 REV. W. A. LEJGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF ST. HELENA. ` USNEA BARBATA, Fr., forma florida, Fr. Sterile. B.,J. C. M. U. BARBATA, Fr., forma hirta, Fr. Small and sterile. B., J.C. M. U. BARBATA, Fr., forma ceratina, Scher. | Diminutive but fertile. B., J.C. M. U. zævis (Eschw.). Sterile. B. RAMALINA SCOPULORUM, Ach. Subulate form. J.C. M. R. ANGULOSA, Laur. (Kf+,C+.) Fertile. Longwood. B. R. ANGULOSA, Laur. (Kf+,C+.) Fertile. Forma gracilenta. B. R. ANGULOSA, Laur. (Kf+,C+.) Fertile. Forma humilis dilatata. On rocks close to the Round Tower on Ladder Hill, September 28th, 1809. B. R. POLLINARIA, Ach. Sterile. On gumwood trees in Longwood, September 1815. B. R. POLYMORPHA, Ach. Various states. J. C. M. R. CERUCHIS, D.N. Fertile. B. | STICTINA CROCATA (Ach.). Sterile. J.C. M. S. TOMENTOSA (Sw.). Fertile, diminutive specimens. B., J.C. M. S. TOMENTOSA (Sw.), Del. St. t. 6. f. 19. Fertile. B. STICTA AURATA, Ach. Sterile. B.,J. C. M. Broken fragments in fruit of probably RICASOLIA HERBACEA, D. N. B. - PARMELIA SAXATILIS, Ach. Broken fragments, amongst which Ærioderma unguigerum (Born.)is intermixed. B. P. saxaTILIS, Ach. Broken fragments, sterile. B. (Corticola), J. C. M. P. LEVIGATA, Ach. Sterile. B. P. PERLATA, Ach., and var. ciliata, D.C. J.C. M. PHYSCIA FLAVICANS, D.C. Sterile. B., J.C. M. P. LEUCOMELA, Mich. Fertile. B. Forma angustifolia (Mey. & Flt.) Sterile. J.C. M. P. speciosa, Fr. Fertile. B. Var. hypoleuca, Ach. Fertile. J.C. M. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF ST. HELENA. 157 P. prota (Sw.). Sterile. J.C. M. PANNARIA RUBIGINOSA, Del. B.,J.C. M. ERIODERMA UNGUIGERUM (Bor. Fée. B.,J.C. M. CORA PAVONTA (Web.) Sterile. B.,J.C. M. Two imperfect sorediate thalli, forming what were formerly termed Lepraria ochracea and flava. J. C. M. On a fragment of volcanic rock are :— Parmelia conspersa, Ach., forma Mougeotii, Schær. (sterile) ; another sterile Parmelia in scattered fragments, which may be possibly incurva, Fr.; Lecanora aurantiaca (Lightf.), forma erythrella (Ach.). B. The following species appear to be new and undescribed :— LECANORA PERSONATA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus crustaceus, albo-sulphureus, glebuloso- areolatus, glebulis confertis aut sepius dispersis, lobatis, subradiato-efliguratis, ambitu inciso-crenatis, plano-convexis, minute tuberculoso-furfuraceis; apothecia fusco-nigricantia, innata, plana, margine thallino integro demum excluso ; spore 8, incolores, oblongæ; paraphyses confertæ, distinctæ, breves, crassiuscula ; gelatina hymenea iodo pallide cerulescens at thecis fuscatis. Ad saxa volcanica. B. In general appearance like Z. frustulosa, Dicks, and L. argopholis (Whlnb.) ; but those have chemical reaction K +, C +, whilst personata has K yellow, C orange red. The surface of the thallus is minutely rimulose with flattened tubercles, which give it an amylaceous or chaffy, almost pulverulent, aspect ; but it is not really pulverulent. See Plate XXXV. fig. 6 a, section of thallus and apothecium ; 7 a, spores magn. 1200. LECIDEA APPROXIMANS, Leight., n. sp.: thallus crustaceus, tenuis, albidus vel pallide fuscescens, contigue rimosus, areolis subconvexis levigatis; apothecia parva, promi- nentia, sessilia, nigra, plana, marginata; hypothecium fuscum; spore 8, fusce, ellipsoidez vel oblongæ, 1-septatee; gelatina hymenea iodo intense cærulescens. Ad saxa volcanica. B. In general aspect similar to some states of L. disciformis, Fr., but differing in the nature of the hypothecium and the size of the spores, which approximate to those of Z. stellulata, Tayl., with which, however, it has no other affinity. The chemical reaction of the thallus is K orange, C reddish. See Plate XXXV. fig. 1a, thallus; 2 a, section of apothecium ; 3 a, spores magn. 1200. LzcrpEA LACTESCENS, Leight., n. sp.: thallus crustaceus, tenuior, albidus, lacteus, rimulo- sus, lzvis, areolis planis vix subconvexis; apothecia parva, prominentia, sessilia, nigro- fusca, plana, vix marginata, tandem convexa aut sphærica, subpedicellata, margine Y 2 158 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF ST. HELENA. obliterato; hypothecium incolor; sporæ 8, incolores, ellipsoideæ, utroque apice loculum.prebentes; gelatina hymenea iodo intense cærulescens. Ad saxa volcanica. B. Sometimes I have fancied that the polar nuclei of the spores are united by a minute tube similar to the nuclei of the spores of the tribe Placodei; but I have failed in perfect vision, so as to speak with full certainty on this peculiarity. The chemical reaction of the thallus is K +,C +. See Plate XXXV. fig. 4 a, section of apothecium ; 5 a, spores magn. 1200. VII. On Spheeria tartaricola, My. a new British Fungus. By the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Edin. (Plate XXXV.) Read January 21st, 1869. In August 1866 I observed on the perpendicular face of the wall bounding the turnpike- road and the grounds of Hengwrt, near Dolgelley, North Wales, a patch of lichen about 2 inches in diameter, which I at the time thought was Lichen candidus, E. Bot. 1138, to which it had a considerable general resemblance. Subsequent examination under the microscope proved this supposition to be incorrect, and that I had found a totally different thing. Regarding the thallus and the fructification as appertaining to each other, I could not refer my plant to any described lichen, and submitted it to Dr. W. Nylander. That learned lichenist replied that the thallus was that of Lecanora tartarea (Linn.), and that what appeared to be the fructification was in reality a Spheria growing parasitically on it, and which he believed to be a nova species, and requested me to figure and describe it under the name of Spheria tartaricola, Nyl. The Spheria grew in the interstices of the areolæ of the thallus (see Plate XXXV. fig. 1 4), and never on the surface. But on examining the latter with a lens, it was found to be overspread here and there with a dark filamentous radiating network, which, under the microscope, appeared as in fig. 2 b; but a higher power elicited that the filaments were composed of minute articulate irregularly oblongo-moniliform cells, each containing a small nucleus (see fig. 3 b), and were no doubt the mycelium of the Spheria. The peri- thecium was of an oblongo-conical shape, black in colour, in vertical section as fig. 4 5, and in structure as fig. 5 4. This contained a mass of slender paraphyses filled with minute granules and linear asci, containing eight spherical spores, at first colourless, and with iodine turning yellow (see fig. 65); but subsequently, in maturity, and when discharged from the ascus, of an oblong shape and a dark bright-brown colour, with a minute, paler, rounded nucleus in their interior (see fig. 7 b, magn. 1200). The only specimen observed was collected, and is deposited in the national herbarium at Kew. SPHÆRIA TARTARICOLA, Nyl. Parasitica; mycelio superficiali nigro-fusco radiante ramo- sissimo articulato, cellulis oblongo-moniliformibus nucleolatis; peritheciis oblongo- conicis nigris inter interstitia matricis conspicue protrudentibus, ascis linearibus ; sporidiis 8 simplicibus sphæricis vel oblongis, primo incoloribus tandem in maturi- tate fuscis, minute nucleolatis. Parasitic on thallus of Lecanora tartarea (Linn.), on a wall at Hengwrt, near Dolgelley, North Wales, August 6, 1866. y ur. iz T EAT IT HU 79 si älteren [361 ] VIII. The Lichens of Ceylon collected by G. H. K. Tawarrss, Esq., PhD., F..R.S., F.L.S., Director of Royal Botanic Garden, Peradeniya, Ceylon. Examined and determined by the Rev. W. A. LEIGHTON, B.A., F.L.S., F.B.S. Edin. (Plates XXXVI. & XXXVIL) Read January 21st, 1869. I HAVE the honour to lay before the Society the results of the examination of an extensive and important collection of lichens, made with singular skill and judgment by Dr. Thwaites, in the central province and southern portions of the island of Ceylon. The collection is apparently a fairly complete one, although, without doubt, many additions may still be reasonably expected to be made to some of the tribes and genera by future and further researches. As it is, it affords very many lichens hitherto undescribed and new to science. . With a very few exceptions, the lichens all grew on the barks of various trees. | Mr. Thwaites (in litt. Dec. 13, 1868) says, “ The localities here most favourable for lichens are open forests, or the margins of dense forests. Except the Thelotremata, most of which affect the bark of old tree-trunks, the greater number of our epiphytal species grow best upon healthy young trees, whose bark is sometimes quite covered with lichens, adding, I think, greatly to their beauty, and apparently not impairing their health. “The range of elevation in which most of our species of lichens occur, is from little above sea-level to 4000 feet; many ascend much higher, and even to 8000 feet ; but at the last-named elevation the number of species is comparatively small." The epiphyllous lichens, of which a large quantity has been forwarded to me, are as yet unexamined, and I hope to lay them before the Society in a future paper. The following Table will exhibit a synoptical view of those comprised in this paper :— SIN eri Pigi a. 1 Pasnara =, as viv ws iint 4 i A „une 5 Coccocarpia «civic... 2 Collemei .......... { DEDE vite 1 et isses un 2 Caliciei { BRübetins eee 1 ola ee vi 6 i : : d dde M THREE TS d : | Ureolena ,........... 1 Sphærophorei ...... Sphærophoron .......... 1 — € À Dirina serler ea nnn Beomyeel.......... A oo. ce A 1 PENES eR 9 Cladonia.. i... in: la oo a 3 Thelotrema ved V bd aod 2] tereocaulei ........ Stereocaulon............ 1 Be ,.,.... 7 Rolla six Boss Sy. 2:73 ee 1 mieu 103. 4A 1 Dena Pe eae ji E 3 Tu { œnogonium .......... 5 Romaka i.i. poss M NE : BNMNE OA Graphis a a is Each 11 : . Nephromum .........- raphis................ ¿ Peltigerei.......... picem ^ urea ee ue 1 | Helminthocarpon ........ 1 f Asteristion ............ 1 a ODDS rue 1 BB urere 9 Graphidei .... ...... < Platygrapha ........ e. Y BR cu IJOSMBE VU C eere 1 | Arthonia ...:.......... 4 POR ci es 7 Glyphis.......,........ 5 | Physeia.. 2o | Chiodecton ............ 4 Gyrophorei ........ Unmbilisatla “nc. «6 1 ica ZEE oes 17 B A PME 22... 2 -Pyrenocarpei ...... DO ¿si Trypethelium .......... 5 PNE re, 199 162 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. In the accompanying plates the spores have been all magnified alike, 600 linear. 1. PTERYGIUM ZEYLANENSE, Leight., n. sp. : thallus luridus seu pallido-castaneus, opacus, radiatus, centrifugus, laciniis angustis dichotomo-multifidis, adpressis, convexis, erosse longitudinaliter rugulosis, confertis, imbricatis, subtus pallidior, longitudi- naliter rugulosus, versus centrum rhizinis densis fusco-nigris conglomeratis; apo- thecia terminalia, subpedicellata, lecanorina, extus rugosa, disco subconcaviusculo pallide rufo, margine subincurvo minute granulato, tandem lacerato-difformi; para- physes graciles, distincte ; sporæ 8, ellipticæ, incolores ; hypothecium pallide fuscum. Ad saxa super ripas rivulorum, Ambagamowa, Ceylon. Duplo major quam P. centrifugum, Nyl. (Anzi, Lich. Langob. 311 !), atque thallo mem- branaceo fragili non cartilagineo et firmo. Facie externa Physcie cujusdam, at interna satis diversa. Cellulas paralleles longitudinales paucas exhibet, granulis gonimis unifor- miter diffusis pluribus moniliformi-concretis. Gelatina hymenea iodo violacee tincta. Plate XXXVI. fig. 1, sporze magn. 600. 2. LEPTOGIUM TREMELLOIDES, Fr. Central Province. 3. L. CALLITHAMNION, Nyl. Syn. i. 126. On trunks of palms, Peradeniya. 4. L. CYANESCENS, Nyl. Central Province. 5. L. SATURNINUM, Nyl. Habgalla, 6000 ft. alt. 6. L. PHYLLOCARPUM (Pers.), var. macrocarpum, N yl.,— Lindig, Lich. N. Gran. 87! & 126! Central Province, 5000 ft. alt. 1. COLLEMA NIGRESCENS, Ach. Central Province. 8. SPHINCTRINA MICROCEPHALA, Nyl. Peradeniya; rare. 9. TRACHYLIA LEUCAMPYX, Tuck.,— Wright's Lich. Cube, 21! Peradeniya. 10. SPHAROPHORON AUSTRALE, Laur. Central Province, 6000—8000 ft. alt. 11. BÆOMYCES RUFUS, Ach. Neuvara Eliza, 7000 AM REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 48 12. CLADONIA DELICATA, Fik., var. subsquamosa, Nyl. (K+,C—.) Central Province, 5000-8000 ft. alt. 13. C. pierrata, Hoffm., var. *macilenta, Hoffm: (K +, € —.) Central Province, 6000—8000 ft. alt. 14. C. FLORKEANA, Fr., var: *bacillaris, Ach. et Auct. (K —,C —.) Central Province, 6000-8000 ft. alt. 15. STEREOCAULON PASCHALE, Fr. Central Province, 5000-8000 ft. alt. 16. RoccELLA MoNTAGNEL Dél, On trees near sea-coast; exported occasionally. l7. USNEA BARBATA, Fr., varr. kirta, ceratina, et dasypoga (=Fellm. Lich. Lappon. Orient. 49). Central Province, 5000-8000 ft. alt. 18. RAMALINA SCOPULORUM, Ach, Central Province. 19. R. ANGULOSA, Laur. Damboul, 2000-3000 ft. alt. 20. NEPHROMIUM HELVETICUM, Ach. Ceylon (a very morsel only). 21. PELTIGERA SPURIA, DC. Central Province, 5000-7000 ft. alt, ASTERISTION, Leight. nov. gen. Thallus parum evolutus, solum apothecia recipiens et marginans, albus vel albidus, circa 6-stellato-divisus atque repandus, subtus sordidus, membranaceus, subceraceus, subtiliter pulveraceus ; apothecia rotun- data, sparsa aut confluentia, plana, depressa, adnata, cinnabarina, singula centro thalli stellato-divisi circumjacentis atque marginantis immersa, primum membrana thallina alba (tamen a thallo omnino discreta) tecta, dein disrumpente, irregulariter dilacerata persistente, erecta atque connivente ; spore 8, in ascis, fuscescentes, lineari-oblonge, 3-4- vel 5-septate; paraphyses distincte, conferte, iodo pallide lutescentes. 22. A. ERUMPENS, Leight.: species unica cognita notisque allatis dignota. Thallus erumpens e cortice arboris in quo crescit maxime simillimus Fungo cuidam (e. g. Æcidio grossulariz). Central Province. Affinitas cum Solorina et precipue Solorinella. Plate XXXVI. fig. 2, spore magn. 600. VOL. XXVII. 164 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 93. STICTINA ARGYRACEA, Dél., et var. intricata, Del. Habgalla. 24. S. FRAGILLIMA (Bab.), var. subpunctulata, Nyl., thallo impresso-punctulato. Central Province, very abundant. 25. S. FULIGINOSA (Ach.). Habgalla. 26. S. CROCATA (Linn.). Central Province. 27. S. TOMENTELLA, ? Habgalla. 28. S. QUERCIZANS (Mich.), var. peruviana, Dél. Habgalla, 5000 ft. alt. 29. S. BoscHIANaA (Mont.). Central Province. 30. S. cILIARIS (Mont. et v. d. B.). Central Province. 31. RICASOLIA HERBACEA, D. N. Central Province, common.. 39. PARMELIA PERLATA, Ach. (K +,C +.) Central Province. e 33. P. PERLATA, Ach., var. ciliata, DC. (K+,C +.) Central Province. 34. P. cRINITA, Ach. (K+,C-+.) On top branches of old tamarind-trees, Peradeniya. 35. P. REVOLUTA (Flk.. (K yellow, C red.) Central Province. 36. P. LEVIGATA, Ach. (K +.) Central Province. 37. P. pavieata, Ach., var. cervicornis, Tuck. Central Province. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 165 38. PARMELIA KAMTSCHADALIS, Eschw., var. Americana, Mont. Central Province, 6000-8000 feet alt. 39. PHYSCIA FLAVICANS, D.C., sterile. Central Province. | 40. P. LEUCOMELA, Mich. Central Province, on steep banks, 5000-7000 feet alt. 41. P. SPECIOSA, Fr. Central Province, very abundant. 49. P. sPECIOSA, Fr. var. hypoleuca, Ach. Central Province. 49. P. STELLARIS, Fr. Central Province. 44. P. PICTA (Sw.). Common in Ceylon. 45. P. BARBIFERA, Nyl. Central Province, 5000-8000 feet alt. 46. UMBILICARIA VELLEA (Linn.), sterile. Central Province. 47. PYXINE MEISNERII, Tuck. Habgalla, 5000 feet ; Peradeniya. Hypothecium fuscum crassum ; paraphyses distinctz iodo violacee tinctæ ; spore 8, fusce. Plate XXXVII. fig. 107. 48. P. COCCIFERA (Fée), sterile. On trunks of cocoa-nut-trees, Peradeniya. 49. PANNARIA LEIOSTROMA, Nyl. Central Province, abundant. Plate XXXVI. fig. 3, sporze magn. 600. 50. P. RUBIGINOSA, Dél. Ceylon. 51. P. NIGRO-CINCTA, Mont. Dolosbagey. 52. P. PHOLIDOTA, Mont. Central Province. 166 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 53. COCCOCARPIA PARMELIOIDES (Hook., Mont.). Central Province. 54. C. SMARAGDULA (Hook., Mont.). Habgalla, 5000 ft. alt. 55. ERIODERMA POLYCARPUM, Fée. Central Province, 5000-7000 ft. alt. 56. E. uNGUIGERUM, Dor. Ceylon. 57. LECANORA TARTAREA, Ach., corticola. Central Province. 58. L. sUBFUSCA, Ach., states (K + .) Central Province. 59. L. ANGULOSA, Ach., forma chlarona, Ach. (K +.) Central Province. 60. L. VARIA, Ach. (K +.) Central Province. 61. L. ATRA, Ach. Central Province. 62. L. PUNICEA, Ach. Central Province, not uncommon. 63. URCEOLARIA SCRUPOSA, Ach. Central Province. 64. DIRINA CERATONIA, Fr. Peradeniya. 65. PERTUSARIA CUCURBITULA, Mont. (K+,C+.) Central Province. 66. P. PAPILLULATA, Nyl. (K yellow, then orange-red.) Central Province. 67. P. verrucosa, Fée. (K +, C +.) Central Province. 68. P. aLBIDELLA, Nyl. (K — C —.) Peradeniya. | Sporæ 2, granulis sphæricis repletze. REV. W. À. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 16 69. P. LEIOPLACA, Scher. (K —,C — .) Central Province. Spore 3. 70. P. LEIOPLACELLA, Nyl. (K — , C —.) Central Province. Spore 8. 71. P. CRYPTOCARPA, Nyl. (K —,C —.) Ceylon. ; Spore 4. 72. P. vELATA, Turn. (K — , C red.) On cocoa-nut-trees, Peradeniya. Spora 1. 73. P. Quassız, Fée. (Disk of apothecium K yellow, then orange-red.) South of island. Spore 2. 74. THELOTREMA GLAUCESCENS, Nyl, — Wright's Lich. Cubee, 151 !, 152! Habgalla. Paraphyses distincte, iodo lutescentes; spore 8, fuscæ ; hypothecium nullum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 104. 75. T. LEPTOPORUM, Nyl., = Wright's Lich. Cube, 128! Paraphyses curtæ, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 103. 16. T. MICROPORUM, Mont. South of island. Paraphyses confertz, distincte, iodo lutescentes; spore 8, incolores, pallidum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 102. iodo cærulescentes ; hypothecium 77. T. SPHINCTRINELLUM, Nyl. N. Eliya, 7000 ft. alt. Paraphyses distinctz, iodo lutescentes ; Plate XXXVII. fig. 101. spore 8, incolores, iodo fuscescentes. 78. T. PLATYSTOMUM, Mont. South of island. . Paraphyses vix distincte, iodo lutescentes ; sporæ 8, Plate XXXVII. fig. 100. incolores, iodo violacee tinctæ. 168 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 79. T. CONCRETUM, Fée, —Lindig, Lich. Nov. Gran. 59! Habgalla. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes ; hypothecium pallidum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 99. 80. T. CALVESCENS, Fée. Habgalla. Paraphyses distinctæ, graciles, iodo lutescentes ; sporz 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes. Plate XX XVII. fig. 98. 81. T. OLIVACEUM, Mont. Central Province. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte; spore 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 97. 82. T. GLAUCOPALLENS, Nyl. Central Province. Paraphyses distinctee, iodo lutescentes; spore 8, incolores, iodo non tinctæ. Plate XXXVII. fig. 96. 83. T. COMPUNCTUM, Sm. Central Province; Habgalla. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores vel fuscescentes, iodo luteo-fuscescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 95. 84. T. AUBERIANUM, Mont. South of the island. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctee; spore 4, fuscescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 94. 85. T. PUNCTULATUM, Nyl. L. Exot. 222. Ceylon. Paraphyses distincte, iodo lutescentes; spore 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 93. 86 T. PHAOSPORUM, Nyl. Central Province. Paraphyses distinct, iodo non tinctz; spore 8, fusce. Plate XX XVII. fig. 92. — 87. T. MYRIOTREMA, Nyl. (Th. album, Fée, = Wright, Lich. Cubæ, 127 !). Central Province. | Paraphyses distinctz, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores, iodo czerulescentes ; hypothecium fuscum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 91. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 169 88. T. CAVATUM, Nyl., var. confertum, Nyl. South of the Island. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes; spore 8, incolores, iodo cærulee obscuratæ ; hypothecium nigrum carbonaceum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 90. 89. T. SUBCONCRETUM, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-glaucescens, cartilagineus, crassissi- mus, irregulariter effusus, levigatus, minute albido-g lato-innato-[ tatus ; apothecia sparsa, parum prominentia, immersa, ostiolo minuto perforato aperto, margine thallino erassiuseulo tumido, margine proprio integro crassiusculo tumido concreto ; diseus planus, fuscus ; spore 8, oblongæ, primo incolores, 1-septatæ, cellu- lis irregulariter nucleolatis, tandem nigro-fusce, septo cellulisque obscuratis, iodo non tinctæ. Central Province. Paraphyses distincte, iodo leviter lutescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 4. 90. T. PAPILLATUM, Leight., n. sp. : thallus pallide lutescens, leevigatus, tenuis, subniti- dus; apothecia minuta, parum fusco-papillata, ostiolo minutissimo punctiformi, aperto, margine thallino crassiusculo pallide-fusco integro, margine proprio albido- farinoso convergente; spore 8 ?, incolores, elongato-oblonge aut ellipsoideæ, 6-8-cel- lulosæ, mediocres, iodo violacee aut fusce tinctee. Central Province. Paraphyses confertæ, distinctæ, iodo non tincte. Plate XXXVI. fig. 5. 91. T. EXANTHISMOCARPUM, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-fuscescens, irregularis; apothecia prominentia, plano-depressa, albo-pulverulenta, maxime dilatato-aperta, margine thallino erecto crasso irregulariter granulato-lacerato furfuraceo vel pulverulento, margine proprio a thallino omnino libero atque discreto ceraceo connivente, radiato- lacerato aperto; discus planus aut subconcavus, albo-glauco-pruinosus ; spore 8, maxime, cylindrico-fusiformes, incolores, multi(27)-cellulosæ, iodo violacee tinctæ. Central Province. Species maxime singularis et nullis aliis speciebus cognitis confundenda. Perithecium thallinum iodo cærulescens at non proprium. Perithecium thallinum primo clausum, deinde stellatim lacero-dehi- scens persistens. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 6. 92. T. ELACHISTOTERON, Leight., n. sp.: thallus pallide lutescens, minute granulato-rugo- sus, subnitidus, margine nigricante irregulari limitatus; apothecia minutissima, pro- minentiis granularibus immersa, ostiolis minutissimis numerosis apertis, margine thallino crassiusculo elevato albido, margine proprio albido membranaceo promi- 170 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. nente; spore 2, pallide virescentes, magna, elongato-ellipticæ, apice altero subat- tenuatee, murali-divisæ, iodo non tinctæ, Central Province. Paraphyses distinctz, graciles, iodo non tincte. Plate XXXVI. fig. 7. 93. T. DISCIFORME, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-glaucescens, tenuis, lævigatus, subni- tidus; apothecia urceolato-scutelliformia, verrucis sparsis orbicularibus hæmi- sphæricis leevigatis, ostiolo magno dilatato-aperto, margine thallino crassiusculo elevato subceraceo pallide fulvescente integro, margine proprio tenui elevato albo erecto; discus planus, dilatatus, niger, albo-pruinosus; spore 2 aut 4, incolores aut pallide virescentes, cylindrico-ellipticæ, apice utroque attenuate, murali-divisæ (seriebus transversis 24 cellulis 3, 2, aut 1, in quavis serie) iodo non tinctæ. Central Province. Paraphyses distincte, iodo non tinctze. Plate XXXVI. fig. 8 94. T. ALBIDIFORME, Leight., n. sp.: thallus lutescens, tenuis, opacus, rugosus, verrucis sparsis orbicularibus turgescentibus subdepressis, ostiolo mediocri aperto, margine - thallino crassiusculo subceraceo subalbido-pruinoso, margine proprio discreto inte- gro albo-farinoso incurvato subpruinoso; spore 8, incolores, maximæ, Me pen fusiformes, multi(21)-cellulosæ, iodo cærulescentes. Central Province. Paraphyses distinctz, graciles, iodo lutescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 9. 95. ASCIDIUM DEPRESSUM, Nyl. Central Province. Paraphyses distincte, iodo non tinctæ; spore 1 vel 2, pallide virentes, iodo leviter cærulescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 87. 96. A. PERTUSARLEFORME, Leight., n. sp. : thallus sordide cinerascens, tartareus, crassus, rugulosus, sparsim granulosus, hinc inde rimoso-areolatus; apothecia in protube- rantiis thallinis majusculis inæqualibus discretis depresso-umbilicatis, margine crassissimo turgido granulato-inæquali, ostiolo minuto infundibuliformiter perfo- rato obsolete marginato; spore 1 vel 2, maximæ, incolores, e Dii apice utroque rotundatæ, 11-12-septatæ, iodo cærulescentes. Central Province. Facie externa generaliter simillima Pertusarie fallaci. Perithecium dimidiatum, fuscum, basi deficiens. Paraphyses graciles, distinctæ, iodo læviter lutescentes. Thallus hydrate,kalico ochracee tinctus. Plate XXXVI. fig. 10. 97. A. THELOTREMOIDES, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-glaucescens, concretus, effusus, —— ble pi opacus ; —— in protuberantiis thallinis leviter elevatis parvis n REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 171 depresso-umbilicatis discretis vel subconfluentibus immersa, margine crasso tumido levigato, ostiolo mediocri acute marginato; spore 8, incolores, oblongo-elliptiez, 8-9-cellulosæ, cellulis centralibus binucleolatis, iodo czrulescentes. Central Province. Facie externa generaliter simillima Thelotremati concreto. Perithecium dimidiatum, fuscum, basi defi- ciens. Paraphyses graciles, distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ. Thallus hydrate kalico ochracee tinctus. Plate XXXVI. fig. 11. 98. A. PUNCTULATUM, Leight., n. sp.: thallus sordide olivaceus, verrucoso-rugulosus, rimulosus, opacus, effusus; apothecia in protuberantiis thallinis parvis confertis valde depressis immersa, margine tumido lævigato, ostiolo magno aperto tenui vel obsolete marginato ; spore 8, mediocres, incolores, oblongæ, 6-cellulosæ, iodo cærulee fuscatæ. Central Province. Paraphyses distincte, iodo non tinct. Species insignis, non aliis facile confundenda, Plate XXXVI. fig. 12. 99. A. PACHYSTOMUM, Leight., n. sp.: thallus olivaceus, tenuis, minute verrucoso-granu- losus; apothecia in protuberantiis thallinis mediocribus sparsis depresso-hemisphe- ricis levigatis, ostiolo mediocri rotundato-perforato crasso atque valde prominente margine circumcincto ; spora 1, incolor, fusiformi-cylindracea, apicibus subattenuata, irregulariter et tenuiter subseptata, nebulosa, minutissimis murali-divisionibus, iodo cærulescens. Ad cortices, south of the island. — Perithecium dimidiatum, nigrum, basi deficiens, Paraphyses distinctæ, gracillimæ, longissimæ, iodo non tinctæ. Plate XXXVII. fig. 29. 100. A. GRANULOSUM, Leight., n. sp. : thallus sordide olivaceus, vix crassus, minute ver- rucoso-granulosus ; apothecia in protuberantiis thallinis minutis sparsis numerosis- simis conico-hemisphæricis lævigatis, ostiolo minuto perforato margine tenuissimo circumcincto; spora 1, incolor, maxima, oblongo-cylindracea, 17-septata, iodo ceru- lescens. Ad cortices, south of the island. Perithecium dimidiatum, fuscum, basi deficiens. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ. Plate XXXVII. fig. 30. 101. A. cHoNESTOMUM, Leight., n. sp. : thallus fusco-olivaceus, tenuis, rugulosus, minute verrucoso-granulosus; apothecia in protuberantiis thallinis mediocribus sparsis conico-hemisph:ericis subdepressis levigatis ; ostiolum magnum, infundibuliforme, . apertum, fundo nudans perithecii ostiolum nigrum minutum tenuiter marginatum ; sporæ 8, incolores, elongato-oblongæ 5-cellulosæ, iodo cærulescentes, Ad cortices, south of the island. Perithecium dimidiatum, infra deficiens, subcarbonaceum. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ, Plate XXXVII. fig. 31. VOL. XXVII. 2A 172 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 102. GYROSTOMUM SCYPHULIFERUM, Fée— Wright, Lich. Cube, 166 ! Peradeniya. Paraphyses distinct, iodo non tinctæ ; spore 8, incolores, iodo fuscescentes. Plate XXX VII. fig. 106. 103. CENOGONIUM IMPLEXUM, Nyl. Ceylon. 104. C. LEPRIEURII (Mont.) 105. C. RETISTRIATUM, Leight., n. sp. : filamentis thallinis breviarticulatis ramosis inter- plexis ; elementa obducentia retistriata ; sporæ 8, ellipsoideæ, incolores, 1-septatæ. Ceylon, ad truncos et ramulos arborum. 106. C. CORRUGATUM, Leight., n. sp.: filamentis thallinis gracilibus ramosis interplexis indistincte articulatis; elementa obducentia grosse corrugata ; apothecia non visa. Central Province, ad terram et saxa. 107. C. CANCELLATUM, Leight., n. sp.: filamentis thallinis crassiusculis brevibus, simpli- cibus vel sparsim ramosis, apicibus glomerato-globosis, articulationibus brevibus ; elementa obducentia minute cancellata; apothecia non visa. Nuwara Eliya, Central Province, ad truncos et ramulos arborum. The above three nove species all belong to the section of the genus *' thallo adnato, pannose expanso." 108. LECIDEA LUTEA, Schzr. Central Province. 109. L. PARVIFOLIA, Pers. Central Province, 5000-7000 ft. alt. 110. L. PARVIFOLIA, Pers., var. corallina, Tuck. Central Province. 111. L. PIPERIS, Spr. Habgalla, Central Province, 5000 ft. alt. 112. L. VERNALIS, Ach. _ Peradeniya. 118. L. ANOMALA, Fr. Central Province, abundant. 114. L. FUSCELLA, Fr. Habgalla, 5000 ft., Peradeniya. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 173 115. L. DOMINGENSIS (Pers.), Nyl.— Wright, Lich. Cube, 231! Habgalla, 5000 ft. Paraphyses distinctæ, graciles, iodo non tinctæ ; spore 2 vel 3, incolores, cellulis sæpe nucleolatis, iodo lutescentes ; asci iodo cærulescentes. Plate XXX VII. fig. 105. * 116. L. LEUCOXANTHA, Spr. Habgalla, Central Province, 5000 ft. alt. Paraphyses graciles, distinctee; thecæ iodo cærulescentes ; spora 1, incolor. Plate XXXVII. fig. 108. 117. L. DISCIFORMIS, Fr. Peradeniya, common. 118. L. MEGASPORA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-lutescens vel albido-virescens, rugu- losus, granulosus, leevigatus, nigro limitatus; apothecia maxima, sessilia; discus planus, dilatatus, rufus, margine crasso integro erecto nigro circumcinctus; hypo- thecium nigro-fuscum ; sporæ 2, maximæ, incolores, cylindraceo-oblongæ, 1-septatæ, subincurvatæ, cellulis repletis granulis hyalinis sphæricis ; paraphyses graciles, con- fertæ, granulis interspersis; gelatina hymenea iodo vinose fusca. Habgalla, 5000 ft. alt. Proxime affinis L. marginiflexæ, Tayl, at dignota apotheciorum colore, sporis duplo majoribus atque chemica reactione diversa; marginiflexa iodo violacee tincta. Plate XXXVI. fig. 13. 119. GRAPHIS ANGUILLIFORMIS, Tayl. South of the island. Paraphyses distinctæ, graciles, iodo non tinctæ; sporæ 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes; hypothecium inte- grum, nigrum, carbonaceum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 82. 120. G. GLYPHIZA, Nyl. South of the island. Paraphyses distinctz ; sporæ 8, incolores vel leviter fuscescentes, iodo non tincte; hypothecium integrum, nigro-fuscum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 83. 121. G. LEIOGRAMMA, Nyl. South of the island. Paraphyses distincte ; spore 8, incolores vel leviter fuscescentes, iodo lutescentes ; hypothecium vix ullum, tantum discoloratio pallido-fusca. Plate XXXVII. fig. 84. ; : 242 174 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 122. G. CONTEXTA, Pers. ‘Peradeniya. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte; spore 8, incolores, iodo fuscescentes ; hypothecium nullum aut tantum pallidissime fuscum, cartilagineum. Plate XXXVI. figg. 80 et 81. 123. G. eracus (Eschw.), Fée, Ess. t. 11. f. 5. Kandy. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ; spore incolores, iodo non tincte; hypothecium nullum. Plate XXXVI. fig. 79. 194. G. SCRIPTA, Ach., var. subvirginea, Nyl. Central Province. 125. G. SCRIPTA, Ach., Nyl. Scand. 252. Central Province. 126. G. SCRIPTA, Ach., var. pulverulenta (Pers.), Nyl. Scand. 252. Central Province. 197. G. SCRIPTA, Ach., var. serpentina (Ach.), Nyl. Scand. 252. Central Province. 198. G. NIGRO-GLAUCA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus pallido-lutescens, tenuis, suberustaceus, opacus, subpulverulentus, effusus ; lirellæ mediocres, emergentes, fere sessiles, plus minusve thallo lateraliter obtectæ aut potius albido-pruinosæ, simplices, rectæ, vix flexuosæ, utroque apice acute attenuate; proprio margine turgescente, suberecto; epithecio rimiformi clauso, deinde hiascente atque glauco-pruinoso; hypothecio car- bonaceo, integro; spore 8, incolores, mediocres, elongato-ellipticæ, 10-cellulosæ, iodo cerulee fuscæ. Central Province. ; Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte. Facie externa maxime affinis G. subvirginee, Nyl. (Leight., Lich. Amaz. Linn. Trans. xxv. p. 452), at notis allatis dignota, tamen dubitandum si non sit potius hujus varietas sporis latioribus varians. Plate XXXVI. fig. 14. 129. G. connata (Eschw.). Ceylon. 130. G. INTRIcATA, Eschw. (Fée, Ess. t. 9. f. 3). Central Province. Plate XXXVII. fig. 85. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 175 131. G. CONGLOMERATA, Fée (Ess. t. 13. f. 1). Central Province. Paraphyses distinctæ, granulosæ, iodo lutescentes ; spora 1, pallide virens, tandem fusca, iodo obscurate ceruleseens; hypothecium laterale, venue, Plate XXX VII. fig. 89. 132. G. HETEROCARPA, Fée. Central Province. Paraphyses confertæ, indistinctæ, minute granulosæ, iodo non tinctee; spora 1, aed virens, iodo fusca ; hypothecium crassum, laterale. Plate XXX VII. fig. 88 133. G. STRIATULA, Ach. Central Province. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte; spore 8, incolores, iodo cærulescentes. Plate XXX VII. fig. 86. ; 184. G. SUBSTRIATULA, Nyl. Central Province. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte ; spore 2-3-4-6, incolores, iodo cxrulescentes ; hypothecium late- rale. Plate XXXVI. fig. 78. 185. G. AFZELIT, Ach. Central Province and south of the island. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ; spore 8, incolores, 2—4- cellulose, iodo lutescentes ; hypothecium crassum, carbonaceum, laterale, basi deficiens. Plate XXXVII. figs. 76 & 77. 136. G. Porrzæt, Fee. Central Province, Peradeniya, and south of the island. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ; spora 1, incolor, iodo eserulescens; hypothecium tenue, laterale. Plate XXXVII. fig. 86*. 137. GŒ. 1iNTRICANS, Nyl.—Lindig, N. Gran. 53! Central Province. Paraphyses distincte, iodo lutescentes ; spore Plate XXXVII. fig. 75. 8, fuscescentes, 4-6-cellulosæ ; hypothecium laterale, tenue. 138. G. DIVIDENS, Nyl. Central Province. | Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores, iodo exrulescentes ; hypothecium laterale, in- curvatum, crassum. Plate XXXVII. fig. 74. 176 | REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 139. G. TRICOSA, Ach. Central Province. Paraphyses confertæ, indistinctæ, granulosz ; spore 8, leviter fuscescentes, iodo luteo-fuscescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 74 bis. : 140. G. Barsnisir, Fée. Central Province. Paraphyses confertæ, graciles, distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ; sporæ 8, pallide luteæ, iodo cærulee fuscæ. Plate XXXVII. fig. 73. 141. G. COLUBROSA, Nyl. Tropical, south of the island. Paraphyses confertæ, indistinctæ, granulis interspersis, iodo non tinctæ; sporæ 8, incolores, iodo cærule- scentes; hypothecium fuscum, laterale, basi deficiens. Plate XXXVI. fig. 72. 142. G. DIMORPHODES, Nyl. MS., n. sp.: thallus galactino-albidus, glaucescens, crustaceus, dilatatus, lævigatus vel rimoso-areolatus, nitidus, linea tenuissima nigro-fusca limi- tatus; lirellæ sessiles, concolores, margine thallino turgescente omnino obtectæ, maxime dendriticæ vel pluries radiato-divisæ, valde elongatæ, flexuosæ, undulatæ atque intricate, angustatæ, apicibus obtusis, intus incolores; epithecium primo rimiforme clausum, dein apertum planiusculum vel concaviusculum carneo-rufum ; hypothecium incolor, inconspicuum, basi pallide fuscis gonidiis; spore 8, incolores, parvee, ovales, 4-cellulose, cellulis aliquando binucleolatis iodo cærulescentes. Central Province. ; Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes. Ad stirpem Medusularum pertinens. Plate XXXVI. fig. 15. 143. Œ. CASIO-RADIANS, Leight., n. sp.: thallus sordide pallido-lutescens, tenuis, suberu- staceus, opacus, subpulverulentus, effusus; lirellæ emergentes, depresso-innatæ, thallo lateraliter obtectæ, albo-pruinosæ, stellato-radiate atque intricate, ramis rectis aut subundulatis, simplicibus aut bi- vel trifurcatis, apicibus acute attenuatis; margine thallino subtumido albo-pulverulento, erecto, ætate obliterato ; epithecio rimiformi, plus minusve aperto, deinde hiascente, cæsio-pruinoso, xtate maxime dilatato, cæsio- suffuso, plano, marginem thallinum obliterante ; hypothecium laterale basi deficiens ; sporæ 8, incolores, deinde fuscæ, oblongæ, 7-8-cellulosæ, cellulis binucleolatis iodo cærulee fuscæ. Central Province. Ad stirpem dendritice pertinens. Paraphyses distinct, iodo non tinctæ. Plate XXXVI. fig. 16. 144. G. NEMATOIDES, Leight., n. sp. : thallus fuscus, purpuraceus, tenuis, inzequalis, eva- nescens ; lirellæ albo-pulverulente, graciles, sessiles, longitudinaliter subparallelæ, lineares, apicibus attenuatæ, simplices aut subradiato-conglomeratæ, divaricato- REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 177 ramose vel tantum apicibus breviter furcatæ, flexuosæ, undulatæ ; epithecium clau- sum, rimiforme; perithecium integrum, nigrum carbonaceo-fuscum ; spore 8, inco- lores, elongato-oblongæ, 6-cellulosæ, iodo cærulescentes. Dolosbagey (subtropical) and south of the island (tropical). Paraphyses distinctz, confertæ, iodo non tinctæ vel tantum lutescentes. Ad stirpem frumentarie per- tinens. Plate XXXVII. fig. 32. 145. G. SIMULANS, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-glaucescens, levis, tenuis, subnitidus ; lirelle in massis mediocribus sparsis conferte, radiate, gyrate vel contortæ, subin- natz, breviter furcato-ramosæ, margine thallino albido erecto tenui circumcincte ; epithecium apertum, planum, rufum ; perithecium nullum; sporæ 8, incolores, parvæ, oblongæ, 5-cellulosæ, cellulis 2-3-nucleolatis, fere murali-cellulosæ, iodo cærule- scentes. Kandy. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ. Forma externa assimilans G. dividenti, Nyl., tamen notis allatis dignota. Ad stirpem Medusularum pertinens. Plate XXXVII. fig. 33. 146. G. SUBINUSTA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus sordide lutescens, tenuis, leevis, subnitidus ; lirellæ immersæ, late, nigro, difformi-stellato-conglomeratæ, margine thallino tenui acuto erecto circumcincte; epithecium nigrum opacum, latum, apertum, planum ; perithecium fusco-nigrum, lateribus tenue, basi erassum ; sporæ 8, incolores vel vix fuscescentes aut tandem fuscæ, cylindraceæ, apice uno attenuate, transversim 11- oblongo-cellulosæ, iodo non tincta. | Peradeniya. Paraphyses confertæ, vix distincte, granulis numerosissimis interspersis, iodo non tinctæ. Facie externa valde simillima G. inuste, Ach., tamen perithecio diverso atque sporis majoribus dignota. Ad stir- pem dendritice pertinens. Plate XXXVII. fig. 34. 147. G. SUBDIVIDENs, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-glaucescens aut lactescens, læviga- tus, subnitidus ; lirellæ fuscæ, flexuosæ, divaricato-ramosæ, innatæ, margine thallino albido tumido erecto circumcincte ; epithecio concavo, aperto, fusco; hypothecium nigro-fuscum, integrum ; spore 8, pallide fuscescentes, elongato-oblongæ, 6-cellu- losæ, iodo non tinctæ. Central Province. Ad stirpem Medusularum pertinens. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ. Plate XXX VI. fig. 7. 148. Œ. FISSO-FURCATA, Leight., n. sp. : thallus albido-glaucescens vel lactescens, leviga- tus, subnitidus; lirellæ fissurino-erumpentes, angustatee, e centro longe radiantes, ramis valde elongatis undulatis flexuosis bi- vel trifurcato-divisis, apice acutissimo plerumque furcato, margine thallino turgescente, margine proprio tenui erecto; 178 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. epithecium valde angustatum, rimiforme, fuscum; hypothecium laterale, fuscum, basi defieiens; sporæ 2 (una quam altera major), pallide lutescentes, oblongo-cylin- dricæ, 12-cellulosæ (fere septatæ), cellulis transversim 4-nucleolatis singulari vel duplici serie, iodo cærulescentes. Nuwarra Eliya, 6000 ft. alt. Ad stirpem Fissurinarum pertinens. Paraphyses distincte, iodo lutescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 18. 149. G. SUBMARCESCENS, Leight., n.sp. : thallus sordide olivaceus, tenuis, levigatus, subni- tidus, effusus, circa lirellas repandus et ibidem furfuraceo-substriatulus; lirellæ sim- plices vel divaricato-ramosæ, plus minusve subradiatee, erumpentes, margine thallino crassiusculo furfuraceo-substriatulo circumcinctæ, marcido-fulve, margine proprio tenuissimo ; epithecium rimiforme, subhiaseens; hypothecium laterale, paululum fuscum, vix conspicuum, basi deficiens; sporæ 8, fusce, parvæ, lineari-oblongæ, 3—4-septatæ, iodo non tincte. Central Province. Ad stirpem Fissurinarum pertinens. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tinctæ, Plate XXX VI, fig. 19. 150. HELMINTHOCARPON LEPREVOSTII, Fée (Suppl. t. 35. f. 11). Central Province. Paraphyses confertæ, indistinctze, minute granulosæ, iodo lutescentes; spore 8, pallide virentes, iodo cærulee fuscescentes ; hypothecium integrum, crassum, Plate XX XVI. fig. 71. 151. OPEGRAPHA SIDERELLA, Ach. Central Province. 152. PLATYGRAPHA INTERRUPTA, Fée. South of island (tropical). Paraphyses vix visibiles, iodo lutescentes, vix cærulee tinctæ, spore 8, incolores ; hypothecium crassum, nigro-fuscum. Plate XXXVI. fig. 70. 153. P. MEGISTOCARPA, Leight., n. sp. : thallus pallide fulvescens, tenuis, levigatus, sub- - nitidus; apothecia sessilia, nigra, rotundata vel oblonga vel elongato-oblonga, subree- tiuscula, plana vel subconvexiuscula, maxima, subpruinosa ; margine thallino tenui, mediocri, erecto, albido, integro vel flexuoso-crenulato ; sporz 8, incolores, dein fu- scescentes, oblongo-fusiformes, 6-8-cellulosæ ; paraphyses conferte, tamen distincte, moniliformes; hypothecium crassum, nigrum; gelatina hymenea iodo vinose fulve- scens aut lutescens. Ceylon. Plate XXXVI. fig. 20. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 179 Forma rotundata, Leight.: apothecia rotundata vel oblonga, margine thallino crassiore integro; sporæ 6-cellulosæ. Plate XXXVI. fig. 21. 154. P. GEMMATA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus flavido-virescens, opacus, granulosus vel sub- leprosus et rimosulus, effusus; apothecia sessilia, nigra, rotundata oblonga vel dif- formia, lobata simplicia vel divaricato-lobata, obtusa; margine thallino albo, crasso, tumido, crenato; spore 8, incolores, dactyloidez, 2-septatæ; paraphyses distincto, iodo cærulee obscuratæ; hypothecium nigro-fuscum. Peradeniya. Plate XXXVI. fig. 22. 155. P. AULAXERPETA, Leight., n. sp. : thallus albido-glaucescens, tenuis, lævigatus, niti- dus, linea fusco-nigra limitatus; apothecia nigra, innata, angustata, serpentinoidee flexuosa, valde elongata, apice attenuata, subeoncaviuseula, margine thallino crassi- usculo integro; sporze 8, incolores, elongato-oblongæ, 6-cellulosæ, iodo ccrulescentes ; paraphyses confertæ, distinctee; gelatina hymenea iodo lutescens ; hypothecium mar- ginibus supernis et basi paululum fuscum. Ceylon. Plate XXXVI. fig. 23. 156. P. DENDROIDES, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-glaucescens vel olivaceus, leevigatus, subrugulosus, tenuis; apothecia sessilia, dendritice radiata, ramis undulatis simplici- bus aut uni- vel bifurcato-divisis, apicibus attenuatis, plana vel subconcaviuscula, glauco-pruinosa, margine thallino tenui crassiusculo; spore 4-8, incolores, dein fu- scescentes, oblongæ, 5-6-cellulosæ, iodo fuscæ ; paraphyses confertæ, vix distinctæ ; gelatina hymenea iodo lutescens ; hypothecium nigro-fuscum, basi crassum, lateribus tenue. Ceylon (South). Plate XXXVI. fig. 24. 157. P. rracruosa, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albido-fulvescens, rugosus, tenuis, subnitidus ; apothecia nigra, elauco-pruinosa, subsessilia, subinnata, flexuosa, oblonga vel rotun- dato-oblonga, obtusa, confluentia, pseudo-radiatim aut dendritice disposita atque quasi seriatim fractuosa, margine thallino distincto integro crassiusculo; spore 8, fusce- scentes, elongato-oblongæ, 6-7-8-cellulosæ, iodo cærulescentes ; paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte; hypothecium vix conspicuum, tantum paululum fuscescens. Central Province. Plate XXXVI. fig. 25. 158. P. GALACTINA, Leight., n. sp. : thallus galactinus, lævissimus, crassiusculus, subtar- tareus, effusus; apothecia nigra, interruptim radiata, simplicia vel subdendritico- ramosa, immersa, apicibus obtusis ; epithecium concavum, fusco-nigrum, spurie mar- ginatum; hypothecium fuscum, lateraliter tantum decoloratum, basi crassum fuscum; VOL. XXVII. 2B 180 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. sporæ 8, incolores, tandem fuscæ, ellipsoideæ, parvæ, 4-cellulosæ, cellulis aliquando binucleolatis, iodo non tincte. Ad saxa in rivis. South of the island. Paraphyses distinctee, iodo non tinctæ. Plate XXXVII. fig. 35. 159. P. MELANOSTALAZANS, Leight., n. sp. : thallus lutescens vel olivaceus, crassiusculus, leevis, effusus, subnitidus ; apothecia immersa, valde dendritico-ramosa, gracilia, apici- bus magnopere obtusis; epithecium nigrum, tenuiter pruinosum, planum, apertum, thallo sursum elevato undulatim circumcinctum ; hypothecium crassum, nigrum, carbonaceum ; spore 8, incolores, elongato-oblongæ, 8-cellulosæ, iodo luteo-fusce- scentes. Ad cortices. South of the island. Paraphyses confertee, granulis interspersis, iodo luteo-fuscescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 36. 160. P.sTICTOIDES, Leight., n. sp. : thallus lutescens, tenuis, lævis aut minute granulosus, subnitidus ; apothecia erumpentia, rotundo-difformia vel radiato-confluentia ; epithe- cium planum, dilatatum, plumbeo-pruinosum, innatum, margine prominente crasso niveo pulverulento circumcinctum ; spore 8, incolores, parvæ, oblongæ, 3-septate, iodo fuscescentes ; hypothecium fuscum; paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes. Ad cortices. South of the island. Facie externa assimilans fungo vocato Sfictis radiata. Plate XXXVII. fig. 37. 161. ARTHONIA CINNABARINA, Wallr. Paradeniya. 162. A. SUBVENOSA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus albidus vel albus, tenuis, subleevigatus, vix farinosus, linea nigra limitatus, circa apothecia turgescens; apothecia fusca, in pro- minentiis depressis thallinis immersa, punctiformia, in seriebus linearibus mediocri- bus simplicibus vel divaricato-ramosis vel versiformibus consociata ; spore 8, max- imæ, incolores, obovatze, murali-divisæ vel cellulosæ, iodo cærulee virescentes ; gela- tina hymenea iodo vinose rubens. Ceylon. Plate XXXVI. fig. 26. 163. A. PELLEA, Leight., n. sp.: thallus sordide fulvescens, opacus, tenuis, lævigatus, rimulosus, margine fusco cinctus ; apothecia fusco-nigra, rotundo-difformia, plana, sparsa; sporz 8, maximæ, fuscæ, lineari-obovate, 7-medio-septatæ ( aliquando T tatæ), iodo vinose rubescentes. | Ceylon. Plate XXXVI. fig. 27. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 181 164. A. SUBILICINA, Leight., n. sp. ; thallus sordide vel albido-cinerascens, subnitidus, tenuis, lævigatus, linea fusca limitatus; apothecia nigra vel nigro-fusca, rotundata et rotundo- vel versiformi-difformia, depresso-convexiuscula, innata vel aliquando subsessilia, atque margine thallino tenuissimo farinaceo circumcincta, quasi a thallo laxata atque sursum curvans; spore 8, lineari-obovatæ, 7-medio-septatæ, incolores, cellulis murali-divisis, dein fuscze atque cellulis simplicibus non murali-divisis. Peradeniya. Plate XXXVI. fig. 28. 165. GLYPHIS HETEROCLITA, Mont. Peradeniya. ; Paraphyses confertæ, indistinctz ; spore 87, incolores vel leviter fuscescentes, iodo fusco-lutescentes ; hypothecium fuscum. Plate XXXVI. fig. 69. 166. G. LABYRINTHICA, Ach. Ceylon, from level of sea up to 2000 ft. ' Paraphyses conferte, indistincte, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores, 4-6-cellulos&, tandem leviter fu- scescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 68. 167. G. coNFLUENS, Mont. Central Province. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8 ?, incolores, iodo cærulescentes ; hypothecium fuscum. Plate XXX VI. fig. 67. 168. G. GYRIZANS, Leight., n. sp.: thallus sordide olivaceus, effusus, lævigatus, opacus ; stromata alba, rotundato-difformia, sparsa vel confluentia, depressa, albo-pruinosa ; apothecia linearia, angustata, conferta, innata, in gyratis vel contorto-reduplicatis massis, cæsio-pruinosa, intus nigra ; sporæ 8, incolores, leviter fuscescentes, lineari- oblonge aut obovatæ, 8-cellulosæ, cellulis bi- trinueleolatis, iodo fuscescentes ; paraphyses confertze, indistinctee, granulis interspersis. Peradeniya. Plate XXXVII. fig. 38. 169. Œ. SUBTRICOSA, Leight., n. sp. : thallus pallide olivaceus, tenuis, levigatus; stromata . alba, depressa, membranacea, rotundo- vel oblongo-versiformia ; apothecia medusuli- formia, primo erumpentia, dein plana vel subconcaviuscula, radiato- vel stellatim intricato-ramosa, fusca, cesio-pruinosa, intus nigro-fusca; spore 8, parvi, obovato- oblongæ, incolores, dein leviter fuscescentes, iodo lutescentes; paraphyses indi- stinctæ, iodo lutescentes. Peradeniya. Plate XXXVII. fig. 39. 252 182 REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 170. CHIODECTON HYPOCHNOIDES, Nyl. (K —.) =Lindig, N. Gran. 61. Peradeniya. Paraphyses distinctæ, iodo vinose fuscescentes, apicibus cærulescentes ; spore 8, incolores. Plate XXXVI. fig. 66 171. C. FARINACEUM, Fée. (K —.) South of the island. Paraphyses distinctz, iodo vinose fuscescentes; spore 8, incolores, iodo non tinctz. Plate XXXVI. fig. 65. 172. C. SPHARALE, Ach. (K —.) Peradeniya. Paraphyses indistinctæ ; spore 8, incolores, iodo leviter cærulescentes. Plate XXX VI. fig. 64. 173. C. Ferr, Meisn. (K. —.) Central Province. Paraphyses indistinctæ, iodo leviter lutescentes; spore 8, incolores aut ætate fusce, 4-8-cellulosæ. Plate XXXVI. fig. 63. 174. VERRUCARIA CEYLONENSIS, Mass. Ceylon. Perithecium crassissimum, carbonaceum, dimidiatum, basi incurvatum ; paraphyses graciles, iodo lute- scentes; spore 8, in ascis linearibus, incolores, similes sporis V. epidermidis, iodo lutescentes. Plate XXXVII. fig. 40. 175. V. TROPICA, Ach. Central Province, very abundant. Perithecium nigrum, integrum. Paraphys ses paucæ, distinctze, ep interspersis, iodo fuscescentes ; spore 8, pellucidæ, iodo fuscescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 62. 176. V. CATERVARIA, Fée. Central Province. Perithecium nigrum, tenue, integrum ; paraphyses distinctæ, granulis interspersis, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, pellucidze, iodo fuscescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 61. 177. V. MARGINATA, Hook. (complanata, Mont.). Central Province. Perithecium dimidiatum ; perse distinctæ, gracillimæ, iodo non tinctæ ; spore 8, fuscescentes. | Plate XXXVI. Quim REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 183 178. V. ASPISTEA, Ach. (non Fée),—forma V. nitide, Schrad., var. nitidelle, Flk., see Nyl. Pyrenoc. p. 46. Ceylon. Perithecium integrum, crassum ; paraphyses graciles, discretz, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores, an- guste ellipsoideæ, 4-loculares. . Plate XXXVI. fig. 59. 179. V. AGGREGATA, Fée. Central Province. Perithecium dimidiatum, tunica crassa nigra ; paraphyses distinctæ, deliquescentes, iodo non tinctæ ; sporæ 4 incolores, tandem fuscæ. Plate XXX VI. fig. 58. 180. V. PUNCTELLA, Nyl. Central Province. Perithecium integrum, nigrum ; paraphyses distinctæ, iodo vinose rubentes ; sporæ 8, fuscæ, Plate XXX VI. fig. 57. 181. V. sANTENSIS, Tuck. Central Province. Perithecium integrum, crassum ; paraphyses distincte, graciles, iodo lutescentes ; spore 8, incolores atque fuscescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 56. 182. V. DESQUAMESCENS (Fée). Central Province. Perithecium dimidiatum, pallido-fuscum, cartilagineum ; paraphyses distincte ; spore 8, incolores, 3-5-7- septatæ, iodo lutescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 55. 183. V. INNATA, Nyl. Central Province, Peradeniya. Perithecium dimidiatum, fuscum, tunica pallida; paraphyses distinctæ, iodo non tincte; sporæ 8, inco- lores, iodo lutescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 54. 184. V. VARIOLOSA, Pers. Central Province. Plate XXXVI. fig. 53, spora. 185. V. BORBONICA, Nyl. Central Province. ns; paraphyses distinctæ, graciles, iodo vinose rubentes; spore 8, primo Peritheeium integrum, nigrum, pate un... pallidæ globose nucleolatæ in 12 seriebus, postea fuseze indistincte 3-septatæ nucleolis vix visibilibus. Plate XXXVI. fig. 52. 184. REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. 186. V. nuPLICANS, Nyl.=Lindig, N. Gran. p. 40. Central Province. Perithecium integrum, nigrum, crassum, carbonaceum; paraphyses graciles, iodo vinose rubentes; sporz 2, fuscæ. Plate XXX VI. fig. 51. 187. V. ASPISTEA, Fée (non Ach.). Central Province. Perithecium integrum, nigrum; paraphyses paucæ, distinctæ, iodo vinose rubentes; spore 8, 7-septate, cellulis nucleolatis, fuscescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 49. 188. V. ASPISTEA, Fée (non Ach.), var. astroidea= Parmentaria astroidea, Fée. Central Province. Perithecium integrum, nigrum; paraphyses graciles, distinctz, iodo vinose rubentes; spore 8, inco aut tenuiter luteæ, nucleolatæ in 8-9 seriebus transversis. _ Plate XXXVI. fig. 50. 189. V.EMERGENS, Leight., n. sp.: thallus pallido-lutescens, leevigatus, subnitidus, effusus ; apothecia parva, omnino thallo obtecta, apice tantum emergente, fusco-nigra ; perithecio integro nigro, ostiolo minuto vix conspicuo; sporæ 8, mediocres, fusce- scentes, oblongo-ovatæ, 7-septatæ, cellulis 3-4 nucleolatis ; cs distinctæ, iodo vinose rubescentes. Peradeniya, elev. 1600 feet. Plate XXXVII. fig. 41. 190. V. Tawarrestt, Leight., n. sp. : thallus pallido-lutescens, lævigatus, nitidus, effusus ; apothecia maxima, nigra, conico-hemispheerica, basi thallo obtecta, perithecio nigro crassissimo integro cartilagineo, ostiolo magno depresso conspicuo ; spore 8, maxima, incolores, dein fuscescentes, elongato-oblongæ, 7-septatæ, cellulis nucleolis sphæricis hyalinis repletis ; paraphyses longissimæ, graciles, distinctæ, iodo vinose rubescentes. Ceylon. poer This, the first Ceylon lichen I ever examined, I dedicate to the learned Curator of the Royal Botanical Garden at Peradeniya, to whose kindness we owe this fine collection of tropical lichens. Plate XXXVII. fig. 42. 191. Expococcus GRAPHIDICOLUS, Leight., n. sp. : thallus alienus; perithecium minimum, globosum, integrum, nigrum, carbonaceum, nitidum; paraphyses nulle; spore 8, incolores, obovato-oblongæ, 1-2 septatæ, cellula anteriore majore, iodo fuscescentes. — Supra thallum Graphidis anguilliformis, Tayl. South of the island. Plate XXXVII. fig. 43. | 192. TRYPETHELIUM SCHIZOSTOMUM, Leight., n. sp.: thallus pallido-lutescens, levigatus, insequalis, subnitidus, effusus; apothecia in prominentiis thallinis irregularibus vd REV. W. A. LEIGHTON ON THE LICHENS OF CEYLON. : 185 confluentibus inclusa, ostiolo magno aperto, margine irregulari-fisso erecto crassi- usculo; sporz 8, parvee, incolores aut fuscescentes, late ovatæ, 4-cellulosæ, cellulis trinucleolatis, iodo non tincta. Central Province. Species insignis et dubitanda an ad hoc genus an ad Thelotrema potius referenda sit. Plate XXXVII. fig. 44. 193. T. UBERINUM, Fée. South of the island. Plate XXXVI. fig. 48. 194. T. MEGASPERMUM, Mont. South of the island. Paraphyses distincte, pauce, granulis interspersis, iodo non tincte ; spore 4, incolores, iodo non tinctæ ; asci iodo fuscescentes. Plate XXXVI. fig. 47. 195. T. PALLESCENS, Fée. South of the island. Plate XXXVI. fig. 46. 196. T. SPRENGELII, Ach. Peradeniya. Plate XXXVI. fig. 45. TRANS. LINN. Soc VoL XXVI Tas. 36. (X Jarman sc. WALeighton del. Trans. LINN. Soc. VoL XXVII Tan 37. pM eee *A. IX.— On the Genera Goetzia and Espadea. By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., FLS., Dignit. $ Commend. Ord. Imp. Bras. Rose. (Plate XXXVIIT.) Read June 17th, 1869. THE genus Getzia was first described by Wydler in 1830, when he gave a drawing of the typieal species, founded on a plant discovered by him in Puerto Rico in 1828, which he referred to Hbenacee (Linn. v. 423, tab. 8). Espadea was established and figured by : Richard in 1838 (Fl. Cub. ii. 147, tab. 65), the typical species having been brought from Cuba in 1835 by Ramon de la Sagra. Although classed by Richard in Verbenacee, it does not belong to that family, as shown by M. Bocquillon (Adans. iii. 262), who, however, - was unable to determine its true position. The plants of these genera have a common resemblance to Chrysophyllum, having bright, coriaceous, alternate leaves, with closely parallel nerves, as in that genus; their inflorescence is extraaxillary, either on solitary . pedicels or in short 2-3-flowered racemes. The calyx in Getzia is globosely tubular, with six lanceolate erect segments, and is fixed upon a broad torus; in Æspadea it is tubular, with four, five, or six short, erect teeth, with a valvate æstivation, the tube being par- tially adnate to a large pulvinate disk, above which it is free. The corolla in Getzia is somewhat hypocrateriform, narrow and hexagonal at its base, soon becoming gradually enlarged into a funnel shape, with a regular mouth, surmounted by a border of six equal, sublanceolate, suddenly reflected segments, valvate in «estivation; in Espadea it is much shorter, infundibuliform, curving outwardly, and swelling into an oblique mouth, with a border of four, five, or six short, erect, acute teeth, the posterior tooth being a trifle larger, their sestivation being also valvate. The stamens in Getzia are six in number, alternate with the lobes of the corolla; their long filaments are fixed near the base of the tube, equal in length, straight, erect, distinct, exserted as far as the extremity of the segments; in Espadea there are from four to six stamens, alternate with the segments, and fixed near the base of the tube, the filaments, somewhat unequal in length, all con- verge to, and press against, the posterior segment, thence curve over the centre, extending considerably beyond the segments. The hypogynous disk in Getzia, on which the ovary is seated, is flat, broadish, and hexagonal; in Æspadea it is tall, broad, pulvinate, and fleshy, partially adnate to the calyx, free above, slightly hollow in its summit, with its raised margin swollen into five or six rounded fleshy lobes, which are sometimes expanded into as many nectariferous, long, acuminate, connivent appendagesı The ovary in Getzia is a depressed cone, smaller than the disk on which it is seated, and thickly pilose ; it is two-celled, each cell with one or two appended (?) ovules, according to Wydler : in Espadea it is similar in form, tomentose, much smaller than the disk, in which it is partially imbedded ; it is two-celled, the cells being antical and postical, each containing two small globular collateral ovules fixed in the basal angle. VOL. XXVII. 2c 188 . JOHN MIERS ON GŒTZIA AND ESPADEA. The fruit in Ge. zia is a pear-shaped drupe, the size of a hazel-nut, 1-locular by abor- tion, containing a single oval seed, which Wydler describes as being suspended, and as having a laterally oblique embryo, half the length of the cartilaginous albumen in which it is enclosed ; but he expressed a doubt of the correctness of these facts, having probably examined an imperfect fruit, or mistaken a rudimentary for a true embryo, and the actual fleshy cotyledons for albumen, under the appearance to which I will presently allude. In Zspadea the fruit is a globular, fleshy drupe, about five-eighths of an inch in . diameter, slightly depressed and compressed, two-celled, with a membranaceous endocarp and dissepiment, each cell by abortion having only one seed, fixed by a small hilum in the basal angle of the cell; on the dissepiment is a short axial columella, rising from the base to the hilar point of attachment of the seeds, where it ceases; the testa is crusta- ceous, formed of fibrous transverse cells, which expand into several narrow wings with fimbriated margins, imbricately adpressed in a right and left direction from the front towards a prominent black dorsal ridge, which is probably a raphe; the inner integument is somewhat membranaceous and opaque; the embryo, which fills the space of the latter, is without albumen. In one instance examined, this embryo consisted of two large, very - fleshy cotyledons, united at their base by a short inferior radicle, and in the centre be- tween the cotyledons, leaving a corresponding impression upon their inner faces, was found a small free fleshy body, consisting of a central nucleus and four indistinct lobes, seeming like a radicle and four rudimentary cotyledons without any integument. When the seed was placed in hot water, in order to extract this body, the latter became soft and almost mucilaginous, but it hardened again on drying. That its shape had not been changed during its removal, is proved by the form of the impression left on the cotyledons where it was imbedded, which is a central hollow with four radiating arms tapering to a point, leading to the supposition that it is an accessory rudimental abortive embryo. The second seed examined had within similar integuments, a perfect embryo, consisting of four thick fleshy cotyledons, three of which were similar in size and trigonoid, the fourth being wedge-shaped and an eighth of their thickness, all united at their base by a short inferior radicle; here, again, a similar rudimentary embryo was found in the centre of the axis: it may be inferred from this repetition that it is a common occurrence in the seminal structure of the genus; and if so, it may account for what Wydler thought he observed in his examination of an imperfect seed of Gætzia. A pluricotyledonary embryo is a some- - what rare occurrence in exogenous plants; and its incidence here, coupled with the curious fibrous testa, increases the difficulty of reconciling Espadea with any known natural order. After this ample description of the relative structure of these genera, it is desirable to ascertain their position in the system; but I will preface the inquiry by noticing a memo- randum which Prof. De Candolle read before the Botanical Society of France in June 1856, concerning them. He states that when M. Wydler was curator of his herbarium he pointed out, in the collection brought from Cuba by M. Ramon de la Sagra in 1835, a plant allied to his Getzia elegans; it appears, however, that, because he could not then find in his herbarium a specimen of the latter species in the series of plants of Wydler's collection, M. De Candolle inferred that the materials which had served M. PRE in due MR. JOHN MIERS ON G(ETZIA AND ESPADEA. 189 deseription and drawing were, probably, incomplete. Recognizing the identity of Lemaire's Armeniastrum with the Espadea of Richard, he admitted that Getzia must be distinct from Espadea, unless there be grave errors in Wydler's details; and thus M. De Candolle rather implies than expresses his doubts concerning Gætzia. It appears to me, however, that Wydler's description is so clearly told, and the drawings so precise, that they seem to have been taken from a living specimen, and that they furnish strong evi- dence of truthfulness and general accuracy, considering also that they were published many years before Espadea was known; the only uncertain points in these details are those of the seed, which was probably examined in an immature state; and as he ex- pressly states that he placed little reliance on this head, we are bound to consider his descriptions in all other respects worthy of confidence. As the Getzia of Reichenbach (1828) is a synonym of Rothia, Pers., Wydler's genus of the same name (1830) is now valid. | Geizia has been referred to several natural orders. By Wydler it was thought to be allied to Ebenacee ; but it cannot belong to that order if we regard the structure of the flower or organization of the ovary, and especially that of the seed, which in the cognate genus Espadea has no albumen, a very different embryo, and an inferior radicle. Richard placed his Æspadea in Verbenacee ; but it has little in common with that family, except a tubular calyx and corolla, and a drupaceous fruit; it differs in its alter- nate, closely veined leaves and the simple structure of its ovary, with two complete cells, having two collateral ovules in each cell, and offering no approach to the peculiar organi- zation so conspicuous in the Verbenacee. Endlicher arranged Getzia in Styracee; but as he included the Symplocacee in that family, it is difficult to know which group he meant. With Styracee proper it accords in its general habit, its tomentose flowers, its tubular calyx, and a corolla with an æstiva- tion approaching to valvate, in its ovary partly imbedded in a large superior fleshy disk, in its simple style, compressed and widened at its summit, terminated by a papillose stigma; it differs, however, in the corolla being quite gamopetalous, in having long, free, filiform, exserted filaments, bearing versatile anthers, in a totally different kind of placen- tation, in its fleshy fruit, not nucumentaceous, its exalbuminous seeds, with two or four fleshy cotyledons, and a minute inferior radicle. If, on the other hand, Endlicher meant to compare Getzia with the Symplocacee, we find little to support such an affinity; it dif- fers from them in its tubular calyx and corolla, its few stamens, the structure of the ovary, and its superior fruit, which is not nucumentaceous and has only two cells, in its seeds, which are deficient of albumen, in its large fleshy cotyledons, and its inferior radicle. Lastly, Dr. Grisebach has.united together Getzia and Espadea under the former name*, placing it in Solanacee, without offering any reasons; he has given a diagnosis of the genus which is incorrect in several particulars. The Solanacee, notwithstanding their varied organization, differ from his Getzia in their habit and mode of inflorescence, in their ovary and disk, in their very frequent capsular fruit, with numerous seeds attached to a large placenta in the middle of the dissepiment, the seeds being small, heterotropous, or oops with a curved embryo imbedded in albumen, having a long terete radicle * Cat, Pl. Cub. 190, 202 190 MR. JOHN MIERS ON G(ETZIA AND ESPADEA. generally remote from the hilum. Even where the fruit is baccate, or where it is more rarely drupaceous, as in Brugmansia proper*, or in other cases, as in the Cestrinee, Metternicheæ, and Fabianee t, where the seeds are fewer, the nearly straight embryo, generally heterotropous, is always imbedded in albumen, with a long terete radicle pointing to the basal extremity. Finally, Espadea is irreconcilably discordant with the Solanacee, in having the cells of its ovary antieal and postical, not right and left of the axis of inflorescence. Among other monopetalous families, the Convolvulacec present a few points of resem- blance. Wilsonia, the only gamosepalous (and indeed a doubtful) genus of that family, agrees with Æspadea in its tubular 5-toothed calyx, its tubular corolla, its bilocular ovary, with two erect ovules in each cell; but it differs in its very dissimilar habit, in the total absence of a disk, and in its deeply bifid style: the fruit of Wilsonia is unknown. Espadea coincides with the tribe Argyrieæ (especially with Maripa) in its bilocular ovary, with two collateral ovules in each cell, in its style and stigma, and its drupa- ceous fruit; but it differs in its more erect habit, in its solitary extraaxillary ebrac- teated flowers, its gamosepalous calyx, its fleshy gibbous corolla, with valvate æstivation, in its exalbuminous seeds, with large fleshy cotyledons, and a minute radicle. With the other tribes of the Convolvulacee there exists a much smaller degree of analogy. Espa- dea differs also from that family, in the same manner as from Solanacee, in the position of its carpels. With the Zcacinaceæ these genera accord in their ovary partially imbedded in a large hypogynous disk, and in their collateral ovules; but these last are erect (not suspended); they differ, moreover, in the position of their carpels; in their calyx, corolla, fruit, and seeds, which are suberect, without any albumen, having large thick cotyledons and a minute inferior radicle. If we look to the Logamiacee, we find that Gertnera alone presents a few points of similar structure, especially in its bilocular drupaceous fruit, with a single erect seed in each cell; it differs, however, from the genera under consideration in its large vaginant stipules, its opposite leaves, its panicular or capitate inflorescence, its bracteolate calyx, its much shorter stamens, the want of a large hypogynous disk, its seeds having a much smaller embryo, with short cotyledons, imbedded in copious cartilaginous albumen. Tesserandra in Oleaceæ agrees in having a bilocular ovary, partly imbedded in a fleshy torus, each cell having two collateral ovules ; but it differs in its opposite leaves, its terminal panicular inflorescence, its corolla, its small extrorse stamens, its style, its nucumentaceous fruit, and its superior radicle. In Myoporacee we find some genera which agree tolerably. well with Espadea in habit, extraaxillary solitary flowers, a similarly shaped corolla, and a bilocular ovary with collateral ovules ; but they differ in their deeply partite calyx, their didynamous stamens, their peculiar anthers, the absence of a large disk, a different organization of their ovary, in their suspended ovules, their monopyrenous fruit, with two or more cells, their sus- pended seeds, with an embryo having a long terete radicle enclosed in albumen. There is some resemblance in the habit of these plants and in the peculiar venation * Ill. S. Am. pl. 56. : + Ibid. pls. 14, 15, 16, 17, 46-51, 59, 60. MR. JOHN MIERS ON G(ETZIA AND ESPADEA. : 191 of their leaves to some genera of the Apocynaceæ : but the latter differ in their branches yielding a lactescent juice, in their opposite leaves, in their subpaniculated inflorescence, in their sepals mostly glandular at base, having a quincuncially imbricated «estivation, in the contorsive imbrication of the segments of the corolla, in their nearly sessile peculiar anthers, in their numerous ovules, with a different placentation, in their annularly glan- dular stigma, coherent with the stamens, and in their seeds; in such as have a drupaceous fruit (Hancornia, for instance), the seeds are immersed in pulp, the embryo being imbedded in a corneous or fleshy albumen, with a terete radicle. .Ranwolfia, however, has a 2-celled ovary, with two ovules in each cell, as in Espadea, but in all other respects the objections above stated remain in full force. The alternate leaves of Getzia and Espadea present such a remarkable resemblance to those of Chrysophyllum, that a first glance at the plants might suggest an alliance with Sapotaceæ ; but in that family the stamens are opposite to the lobes of the corolla, the anthers are generally extrorse, the ovary is multilocular, with solitary ovules in each cell; the seeds appear nucumentaceous from the induration of the endocarp in which they are enclosed, and are marked by large lateral scars, they have foliaceous cotyledons imbedded in albumen, with a terete radicle. It may be urged that Bumelia and Bassia have exalbuminous seeds, with large fleshy cotyledons and a small inferior radicle ; but there, as in all Sapotacee, the fertile stamens are opposite to the lobes of the corolla, and alternate with as many other sterile or fertile stamens, the anthers being extrorse, they have small bracteated flowers in clusters, a different calyx and corolla, no large hypogy- nous disk, a very different ovary, and a nucumentaceous fruit. For equally obvious reasons we must reject the Hydroleacee and other monopetalous families, which it will be needless to mention. After this search through various natural orders for some near indication of affinity, we arrive at the conclusion that there is not one of them in which Getzia and -Espadea can obtain a fitting place, so that we are driven to the necessity, either of making a distinct family for them (Getziacee), or of placing them as a peculiar tribe _(Getziee), to be attached to some known Order; but I cannot suggest one with which they can be satisfactorily associated. Having already stated all the facts relative to the structure of these plants, I will leave it to others to determine upon either of the above alternatives, confessing at the same time my inclination to advocate the former course. I am aware of the objection of some botanists to the establishment of an order upon a few genera; but in similar cases it has been a more frequent rule with most authors to create for them a distinct position in the system, rather than to destroy the uniformity of the general characters of a family—a course which appears more conformable to reason ; and I might quote more than twenty instances where such — have aecord- ingly been based upon only one or two genera *. _ Wherever it may be determined to place this small group, its leading characters will be :—hermaphrodite flowers; a tubular calyx and corolla, each with a valvate æstivation ; exserted stamens, with versatile anthers, fixed near the base of the corolla, equal in * In the last volume of De Candolle's Prodromus, just published, embracing eight families, one half of these have only three or fewer genera, one of them being founded upon two, and two others upon only a single genus, 192 MR. JOHN MIERS ON G(ETZIA AND ESPADEA. number to, and alternate with its lobes ; a simple style and stigma; a superior 2-locular ovary, half imbedded in a large, partly free, fleshy, hypogynous disk having a lobed margin, the lobes sometimes enlarged into long, acute, mellifluous appendages ; two col- lateral ovules in each cell of the ovary, fixed at the base of the dissepiment ; a fleshy fruit, 2-celled, often by abortion 1-celled, with a single seed attached at the base of the ventral angle of each cell; seed with a testaceous testa, without albumen, containing an embryo, with two, or often four, large, fleshy cotyledons, united to a minute inferior radicle. I will now proceed to describe the two genera more particularly :— Garzia, Wydl. (non Reichenb. nec Griesb.). Calyx tubulosus, imo subglobosus, superne constrictus, ore 6-dentatus, dentibus lanceolatis, erectis, extus nervo prominulo notatis, margine ciliatis, intus reticulato-nervosis, persistens. Corolla infun- dibuliformi-tubulosa, tubo infra medium anguste cylindrico, 6-gono, superne sensim ampliato, fauce regulari, limbo 6-fido, laciniis subacutis, reflexis, «estivatione subvalvatis, crassiuscula, puberula. Stamina 6, laciniis corolle alterna, æqualia, longe exserta ; filamenta imo tubi inserta, libera, subu- lato-filiformia, erecta, glabra; anthere oblongæ, 2-lobz, imo sagittatæ, dorso versatiliter suspense, pilosiusculæ, utrinque rima longitudinali dehiscentes ; pollen album, globosum. Stylus tenuiter fili- formis, staminibus paulo brevior, glaber; stigma majusculum, clavato-2-lobum, utrinque sulcatum. Discus crassus, carnosus, superus, depressus, 6-gonus. Ovarium parvum, conicum, medio disci semi- immersum, pilosum, 2-loculare, loculis 1-2-ovulatis, ovulis ex apice pendulis ? (sec, Wydl.). Drupa pyriformi-ovata, calyce persistente suffulta, carnosa, disperma; seminis structura, immatura visa, hinc incerta, forsan ad eam Espadeæ accedens. Arbuscula Antillana, ramosissima : folia alterna, cuneatim oblonga, acuta vel emarginato-truncata, integra, supra nitentia, confertissime penninervia, subtus flavo-pubescentia, breviter petiolata ; inflorescentia axillaris, racemosa, 3-4-flora ; flores alterni, pedicellati ; corolla drupaque aurantiace. l. GŒTZIA ELEGANS, Wydl. Linn. v. 423, tab. 8: arborescens, ramulis sparsis; foliis oblongis, utrinque acute attenuatis, glaberrimis, supra nitentibus, crebre parallelim nervosis, nervis marginem versus anastomosantibus, subtus pallide ferrugineis, utrin- que sparse pilosis, petiolo ferrugineo-pubescente, limbo 10-plo breviore; racemis axillaribus vel terminalibus, folio brevioribus, 3-5-floris ; floribus pedicellatis, ebrac- teatis; calyce acute 6-dentato; corolla infundibuliformi, carnosa, puberula, fauce ampliata, limbo regulari, 6-fido, laciniis acutis, revolutis: staminibus 6, imo tubi insertis, filamentis subulato-filiformibus; antheris lineari-oblongis, imo cordatis, dorso pilosulis, exsertis: ovario depresse conico-piloso, disco tenui glabro cincto: drupa pyriformi, pericarpio exsucco aurantiaco, abortu monosperma. In ins. Puerto Rico (Wydler) : non vidi. The leaves are 21-23 inches long, 11-15 inch wide, on a petiole 3 lines long ; the raceme is 1-2 inches long, the pedicels 2 lines long; the persistent calyx 4 lines long ; the tube of the corolla 10 lines long; the lobes of the border 2 lines long; anthers exserted 2 lines beyond the mouth; the dependent drupe obovate, 6-8 lines long. No one appears to have seen this plant, except Dr. Wydler, from whose details the above description is made. MR. JOHN MIERS ON G(ETZIA AND ESPADEA. 193 | EsPADEA, Rich. Armeniastrum, Lem, Calyz turbinato-tubulosus, crassiusculus, 4—5-dentatus, æstivatione valvata, persistens. Corolla tubulosa, crassiuscula, tubo subincurvo, a basi sensim ampliore, antice subventricoso, fauce subobliqua, limbo 4-, 5-, 6-fido, laciniis subacutis, erectis, æstivatione valvata. Sfamina numero laciniarum et iis alterna, longe exserta ; filamenta imo tubi inserta, subulato-filiformia, versus laciniam posteriorem declinato- conniventia, dein sensim incurvata, apice breviter uncata, glabra; anthere sagittato-oblongæ, 2-lobze, versatiles, dorso suspense, glabræ, utrinque rima longitudinali dehiscentes. Stylus tenuiter fili- formis, staminibus æquilongus, apice incurvatus; stigma parvum, breviter 2-lamellatum. Discus semisuperus, imo ad calycem connatus, pro dimidia parte liber, apice concavus, margine lobis 5-6 crassis, interdum in appendices 5 longe subulatas mellifluas auctis munito. Ovarium conicum, valde depressum, medio disci semiimmersum, tomentosum, 2-loculare, loculis antice et postice positis, 2-ovulatis, ovulis minutis, subglobosis, medio ad dissepimentum pingue collateraliter affixis. Drupa subglobosa, calyce persistente suffulta, carnosa, 2-locularis, endocarpio dissepimentoque mem- branaceis, loculis ovatis, monospermis; semen loculum implens, imo ventrali affixum ; testa fusca, subplicata, crassiuscule celluloso-fibrosa ; integumentum internum opacum, submembranaceum ; embryo exalbuminosus, crassus, cotyledonibus ssepius 4, carnosis, radicula brevissima, infera. Arbusculæ Antillane, ramosissime ; folia. alterna, cuneatim oblonga, apice emarginato-truncata vel rotun- data, integra, supra nitentia, confertissime penninervia, subtus pubescentia, breviter petiolata: flores solitarii, extraaxillares, pedicellati, flavo-tomentosi ; drupa aurantiaca, 1. EsPADEA AMENA, Rich. in La Sagra, Fl. Cub. ii. 147, tab. 65; ibid. introd. 58; A.DC, in Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. iii. 348; Walp. Ann. v. 704; Bocq. Adans. iii, 262 : Getzia amena in parte, Griseb. Cat. Fl. Cub. 191: fruticosa, ramis subvirgatis, punctato-rugosis, glauco-opacis, junioribus ferrugineo-tomentosis; foliis obovatis, apice rotundato-truncatis, brevissime subito mucronatis, imo sensim cuneatis, in- tegris, marginibus undulatis, subrevolutis, coriaceis, supra nitentibus, glaberrimis, erebre et oblique penninerviis, nervis prominulis, alternatim arcuatim nexis, subtus pallidioribus, costa mediana rubella, prominente, pulverulenta, petiolo tenui, to- mentello, limbo 7-10-plo breviore: floribus extraaxillaribus, solitariis, subbreviter pedicellatis; calyce turbinato-tubuloso, breviter 4-, 5-, 6-dentato, ferrugineo-tomen- toso, crassiusculo; corollæ tubo subcurvato, a basi sursum infundibuliformi, superne anticeque subventricoso, fauce obliqua, crassiusculo, floride tomentoso, calyce 2-plo longiore, limbi lobis 4, 5 vel 6, crassis, acutis, erectis, æstivatione valvatis, tubo 5-plo brevioribus, 2 posticis paulo majoribus; staminibus 4, 5, 6, insequilongis, ultra lobos exsertis, paulo curvatis, postice sursum conniventibus; ovario 2-loculari, in diseum magnum 5-lobum semiimmerso, parvo, conico, puberulo, loculis collate- raliter 2-ovulatis; drupa subglobosa, 2-loculari, aut abortu 1-loculari, loculis mo- nospermis, embryone interdum 4-cotyledonari. In ins. Cuba (Za Sagra): v. s. in hb. nost. (Linden, 1801); in hb. Hook., in flore et fructu, Cuba (Wright, 3185). A small tree with very numerous spreading branches; the axils are -$ inch apart; the leaves are 14-24 inches long, 7-15 lines broad, on a petiole 2-3 lines long; the pedicel is 11-23 lines long, inserted on the contrary side to the axil somewhat laterally and sometimes 24 lines above it: the calyx is 2 lines long; the tube of the corolla is 33- 194 MR. JOHN MIERS ON G(ETZIA AND ESPADEA. 6 lines long; the lobes of the border are ¿ line long; the anthers extend 1 line above them: the superior ovary is a depressed cone seated in the hollow of a very broad raised fleshy disk, which has five rounded erect lobes alternate with the calycine teeth and stamens; the lower portion of the disk is adnate to the calyx. The fruit is covered with a dense yellowish ferruginous tomentum, is 7 lines in diameter, rounded at the summit ; it is very fleshy, and is either 1- or 2-celled, the cells being lined with a membranaceous endocarp: the seeds are already described. "There is a difference in the three plants above quoted: in La Sagra's plant, according to the drawing of Richard, the flowers are 4-merous and the leaves are only 13-13 inch long: in Wright's plant the flowers are 6-merous, and the leaves are of the same size as those in Richard's drawing; but in Linden's specimen the flowers are all 5-merous and the leaves are double the size, being 23-3 inches long; as, however, the leaves are similar in shape and appearance in the three specimens, I have regarded them as one species. 2. EsPADEA APICULATA, nob. Armeniastrum apiculatum, Lem. Jard. Fleur. vol. iv. misc. p. 78, cum tab. in p. 77; A. DC. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. iii. 948: fruticosa, ramis ramulisque gracilibus, divaricatissimis, junioribus tenuiter ferrugineo-puberulis ; foliis parvis, alternis, pyriformibus, apice rotundatis, minute mucronatis, imo acute cuneatis, coriaceis, crassiusculis, glaberrimis, crebre parallelim nervosis; petiolo tenui, ferrugineo-puberulo, limbo 4-plo breviore; floribus extraaxillaribus, soli- tariis, breviter pedicellatis, pedicello puberulo; calyce subgloboso, parce puberulo, minutissime et acute 5-dentato; corollæ tubo infundibuliformi, curvato, antice paulo ventricoso, fauce obliqua, limbo 5-lobo, lobis subacutis, reflexis; staminibus 5, gra- datim inæqualibus, imo tubi insertis, exsertis, postremo longiore; antheris 2-lobis, ' lobis collateraliter adnatis, in sinu affixis; stylo stamina excedente, sursum curvato; stigmate rotunde 2-lobulato; disco magno, carnoso, calyci adnato, margine appen- dicibus 5 erectis subulatis ovarium circumstantibus mellifluis instructo; ovario conico, brevi, 2-loculari, loculis 1- (vel 2-?) ovulatis; drupa subglobosa, longe api- culata, leete aurantiaca, carnosa, eduli, abortione sæpius 1-sperma : embryone basilari, exalbuminoso, cotyledonibus carnosis, radiculam inferam brevissimam clau- dentibus. Ex insula Cube, in hort. Belgic. culta (Lemaire) : non vidi. À species very distinct from either of the preceding, remarkable for its much smaller leaves and flowers. The axils are 2-4 lines apart; the leaves are 5-8 lines long, 33- 4$ lines broad, on a petiole 2 lines long; the calyx-is 14 line long and broad; the tube of the corolla 3 lines long, the lobes of the border 1 line long, the appendages 1 line long : the fruit is 6 lines in diameter, 9 lines long, including the apical point. MR. JOHN MIERS ON GŒTZIA AND ESPADEA. 195 DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXVIII. Showing a portion of EsPADEA AMENA: nat. size. Fig. l. A flower, nat. size. Fig. 2. A corolla, magnified. Fig. 3. The same cut open, to show the position and insertion of the stamens. Fig. 4. The pistil, with half of the calyx cut away, exposing the fleshy torus and disk: both magnified. Fig. 5. An anther, seen in three different positions, more magnified. Fig. 6. The stigma and part of the style. Fig. 7. A longitudinal section of the ovary, disk, and calyx. Fig. 8. A transverse section of the ovary below the summit, the calyx being cut away to show the disk. Fig. 9. A transverse section of the ovary through the middle, "ng its two cells, with two ovules in each cell : all magnified. Fig. 10. A fruit, natural size. Fig. 11. A longitudinal section of the same, with its two de having a membranaceous endocarp and dissepiment. Fig. 12. A longitudinal section in the contrary direction, showing the dissepiment, in the base of which is immersed the short columella. Fig. 13. A fruit, with half of its fleshy covering and endocarp removed, showing the two seeds. Fig. 14. The two seeds extracted, showing the hilar points of their attachment: all nat. size. Fig. 15. One of the seeds, magnified. Fig. 16. The same, with half of its thick testa removed, showing the embryo enclosed in its inner integument. Fig. 17. The integument and embryo removed. Fig. 18. An embryo, with four cotyledons united by a small inferior radicle. Fig. 19. Another embryo, with two cotyledons. Fig. 20. One of these cotyledons, seen on its inner face, with the hollow impression left by the small free nuclear body enclosed within the two cotyledons. Fig. 21. The nuclear body removed, showing its four radiating arms: all magnified. VOL. XXVII. 2D po iras cla TRANS Linn. Soc VoL. XXVII, TAB. 38 . a .. £spadea anurna, Miers. [ 197 y: X. A Monograph of the Genus Polymorphina. By Henry B. Bravy, F.L.S., W. K. PARKER, F.R.S., and T. RUPERT JONES, F.G.S. (Plates XXXIX.-XLII.) Read June 3rd, 1869. INTRODUCTORY. PERHAPS no genus of the Foraminifera, embracing individuals so widely different in conspicuous characters, presents at the same time so unbroken a series in the differentia- tion of its successive links as the group brought together by D’Orbigny under the name POLYMORPHINA. Whilst its interest is heightened rather than diminished by this fact, the difficulties in the way of satisfactory systematic arrangement and subdivision are considerably aug- mented; and as successive observers have pursued independent paths, with but little reference to what has gone before, the nomenclature of the genus has lapsed into almost inextricable confusion. This condition is obvious enough to any one who has attempted to name even a small collection of Polymorphine ; but in recent investigations for our « Monograph of the Foraminifera of the Crag," it was found to be a cause of constant embarrassment. The extraordinary predominance of specimens belonging to the genus in the later Tertiary beds of our Eastern Counties, and their wide range of variation, rendered it desirable, under these circumstances, to make a critical examination of all the *species" previously described, before attempting to assign trivial names to the forms which presented themselves from this particular source. The exhaustive survey of the group thus commenced has been a more considerable undertaking than was at first anticipated; and its results appear to be of sufficient importance for embodiment in a separate memoir ; and this it is that we now lay before the Society. An attempt has been made to arrange the various members of the genus in something like a natural sequence ; whether it has been successful in any thing more than in the reduction of a disorderly mass of ill-defined and chiefly needless “species” into manageable compass by the adoption of larger subdivisions than those previously recognized, it is for others to judge. The question of the importance to be attached to minute and very variable external characters is so much one of opinion, that the acceptance of any series of conclusions in respect to it cannot be urged on quite the same basis as that which may properly be claimed for results admitting of more direct proof. Observations on a very large number of specimens, drawn from a wide range of distribution both geographical and geological, and a comparison of their morphological characters with analogous variations in allied genera, form the groundwork of the views now advanced ; and we may at least claim fer them whatever consideration is due to careful study within these limits. It may be well to state at the outset the principles which have been held in view 2D2 198 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES in resetting the nomenclature of the group, inasmuch as some previous endeavours in the direction of simplification have been misunderstood by Continental Rhizopodists, and conclusions which appear to us quite inconsequent have been adduced from them *. To most naturalists the question, whether, if two specimens have the same zoological characters, they should be regarded as belonging to the same species, without reference to their age, appears open to but one answer, namely that, unless proof of a positive nature be forthcoming of distinct and separate origin, specific determination must rest on zoolo- gical characters. Such proof is, in the very nature of things, impossible, and we are compelled to mould our views of the past on what we know of the present. . There are many well-marked species of Foraminifera now living in our seas, which are to be found in every marine microzoic deposit of Posttertiary and Tertiary date formed at corresponding depths. A published table of the distribution of living and fossil Foraminifera in the Mediterranean areat will afford us several illustrations of this fact. Many of the columns in the table referred to are by no means complete, having been compiled from limited supplies of material, and they represent sea-bottoms, present or past, widely differing in depth. Notwithstanding some discrepancies attribu- table to these causes, the twenty-five lists contained in the table, embracing the results of the examination of eleven Mediterranean soundings, and Tertiary deposits of various ages from fourteen localities in Italy (including Sicily), Spain, Malta, and the neighbourhood of Vienna, yield the following faets respecting some of the commoner species of Forami- nifera. Globigerina bulloides, D'Orb., occurs in 11 recent soundings and 10 Tertiary deposits. Discorbina globularis, D'Orb. . . . . 6 5 —— rosacea, D'Orb. b =; $i 7 i re —— elegans, D'Orb. . . . . 8 tX e i, nod oe Planorbulina Haidingerii, D'Orb. a m 6 i AE Truncatulina lobatula, W. & J. . go. * 11 3 = Rotalia Beccarii, Linn. SiS = 11 = $$ orbicularis, D'Orb. T s 5 5 js res Polystomella crispa, Linn.. gus » 11 $x FE * This is scarcely the place to reply to a critique by our valued friend Dr. A. E. Reuss, of Vienna (see Verhand- lungen der k. k. geologischen Reichsanstalt, No. 7, 1808), which, though based upon a short paper by one of us, is chiefly directed against the views held by British naturalists in respeet to the subdivision of this group of Protozoa. We in no way undervalue the long and persevering labours of the learned German professor in the wide field of fossil Foraminifera; and though we cannot accept the principle which has led him to the use of a multitude of names for even the simplest types, we are equally far from expecting that he should now be inclined to adopt views which many others hold to be more consistent with natural laws, and more in accordance with the results of modern “ inquiry. It is unfortunately much easier to establish new “species ” to accommodate each little set of specimens having trifling morphological peculiarities, or derived from a different geological horizon, than to trace their connexion with better-defined forms already described; and this is precisely true of the Liassic specimens on the descriptions of which he animadverts. Nor can we agree with him that a few “ species " too many are less troublesome and mischievous than the bringing together of closely allied forms into one specific group which it may be found desirable subsequently for the convenience of classification to subdivide. | + See a paper “ On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Mediterranean, compared with that of the Italian and other Tertiary deposits, by T. Rupert Jones and W. K. Parker," Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 292: 1860. - E ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. | | 199 Considering that there is abundant evidence to show that the fossiliferous beds were generally deposited at a less considerable depth than that represented by the only series of Mediterranean soundings available for comparison, these figures require much stronger evidence than any that has yet been adduced against the theory of “continuity " to warrant the specific separation of recent and fossil specimens merely on the ground of age. The fauna of the Mediterranean area happens to be convenient for reference, because the data are already published ; but the same conclusions are arrived at on a comparison of Recent and Tertiary Foraminifera, whatever the source. In the lapse of time, owing to causes partly well understood, partly only conjectured, some forms have died out or have gradually lost their importance, some have been replaced by others, and relative size and frequency have varied with altered climatal conditions; but with these exceptions the fossil Rhizopod fauna of the Tertiary and Quaternary epochs is the living Rhizopod fauna of similar depths of the present sea-bottom. If these conclusions be accepted, the same must be held true of preceding geological times; for we find also in the microzoic rocks of the Secondary period a considerable proportion of the same “species” (i.e. forms having the same zoological characters) ; indeed, judging from recent researches on the deep-sea bed, it seems clear that we have at the present moment a Chalk area, with characteristic Rhizopoda, in process of forma- tion in some parts of the North Atlantic. In the comparison of the Mesozoie with the Recent, or even with the Tertiary fauna, a larger margin must be granted for different external conditions; and this allowance must be still further increased if the same question be discussed in respect to the animal life of the Paleeozoic era. We may trace back even in the strata of those very early times, certain types of Foraminifera that are living at the present day in our seas. Thus, notably, the Vodosarie and Textularie abound in certain parts of the Permian Limestone . of Germany and England. A Textularia, undistinguishable from T. sagittula, is found in the Carboniferous Limestone; and a very similar form, possibly a variety of the type, is not rare in some parts of the same formation ; and these occur together with the Planor- bulina-like shell known as Endothyra, which is often seen in sections of compact Moun- tain limestone. Indications of a still higher Foraminifer, possibly Nummulina, have been noticed in both English and Russian limestone of Carboniferous age. It is true that other forms are lost to us, so far as researches have yet extended; but even these tend rather to augment than diminish the cogency of our argument. Thus Fusulina, a genus which Dr. Carpenter has shown to be closely related to Nummulina, isa characteristic fossil of certain Paleeozoic limestones of Russia and North America ; and in the Devonian and Silurian rocks the massive Stromatopora appears with simple Foraminiferal structure. Other forms of Protozoa existed in these or even earlier ages, if we accept Professor Ehrenberg's conclusion that the green kernel.like grains occurring in the green Lower Silurian sand of St. Petersburg are casts of the cham- bers of Foraminifera. Lastly, structures essentially Foraminiferal (Lozoon) are traceable in the Lower Laurentian limestones, the lowest and oldest of the known geological series. : _ These few extinct types, the representatives probably of many, stand in the closest 200 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES relationship with surviving genera, and, so far from breaking the zoological continuity of the series, do but serve to fill up some of the links previously wanting to complete the chain. It is quite true that, for some reasons, of which we know nothing, certain “ genera ” and * species" have become prominent at one period, and lapsed into insignificance at another; but the number of types which, so far as our present knowledge goes, are abso- lutely lost is comparatively trifling. Nor is this surprising ; for it is seldom that we have evidence of sudden upheavals of the sea-bed extending over large areas; and even in such cases the displaced water would carry with it sufficient of its microzoa to stock a new area, should the fresh conditions be favourable to their development and increase ; but in the far commoner process of gradual deposit the Rhizopoda would naturally follow, as it receded, the area of depth most favourable to their habits. These considerations are merely brought forward to show that we have no evidence of want of “continuity” in respect to the forms of marine Microzoa recurring in successive strata, and that there is no valid reason for regarding morphological characters, wher- ever shown, in any other than a zoological light. It need not be assumed that there is absolute and direct descent in the trifling peculiarities which have been made the bases for so many *' specific” subdivisions ; indeed it is almost certain that the largest number of such modifications are brought about, gradually perhaps and within certain limits for each type, by external conditions. The arguments employed to uphold the renaming of the same varietal form on its reappearance in successive beds would be as applicable, if well grounded, to geographi- cal as to geological range, and must be held to be also true in case of the recurrence of the same variety in areas widely separated. It would be easy, for instance, to give a list of Foraminifera common on our own coast and equally at home at similar depths on the shores of North America; to trace direct relationship would be impos- sible; for we have the strongest negative evidence that the same varieties, or even the same types, do not occur in the abyssal depths that separate Europe from America; yet no naturalist would suggest the ** specific " separation of specimens found in the eastern from those found in the western habitat, or would hesitate to accept zoological characters alone as sufficient basis for identification. In one word, the following history of the genus is as purely zoological as we have been able to make it; and the subdivisions adopted are based solely on external physical characters. We can see no consistency in any other course; and the present aspect of the nomenclature of this little section of the animal kingdom shows sufficiently the practical contradictions which accrue from the admission of time as a primary element in systematic zoology. We have no hesitation in saying that, read in the light of the older definitions, the whole of the widely differing shells referable to the Polymorphine type must be regarded as a single species. From end to end of the long series it embraces there is no single break ; the successive modifications of the typical form, however well defined when judged by central and characteristic specimens, are seen, as the number of examples is multiplied, ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 201 to glide into each other by absolutely imperceptible gradations. This does not diminish the necessity for subdivision, but it alters the zoological significance of the constituent groups, which have no claim to rank as true species, although necessarily distinguished by trivial names. The headings under which the various modifications of the type have been arranged in the present memoir are based upon what we regard as the best repre- sentative specimens; and under one or other of these we have been able without much difficulty to place nearly all the forms described by the authors referred to. But when the most closely related individuals may differ in so many small particulars affecting their general appearance, and the successive links in the chain are so close, considerable lati- tude in minor points of variation may be properly allowed to each subgroup. Under such circumstances it is impossible entirely to avoid artificial distinctions; and the best that can be done is to accept only those that are really serviceable and do not interfere with natural sequence in general characters. Those who prefer an extended nomencla- ture based upon evervarying minute peculiarities, have ample field amongst the Poly- morphinæ for the exercise of their ingenuity ; indeed, if the subdivision be carried much further than the limits we have adopted, it can hardly stop short of naming every spe- eimen. There would be no difficulty in splitting up each of the groups which, with us, stand in the place of “ species” into half a dozen smaller sets; but if this were done, just as great necessity would appear again to subdivide, and so forth: and even such a pro- cess of multiplication of groups has found favour with some authors. The plan which we have adopted in reducing the nomenclature has been to go carefully over the whole of the published descriptions and figures to which we have had access, taking them as nearly as possible in the order of precedence, selecting in the process the varieties which afforded the best-defined characters, and only introducing new subtypes for specimens not referable to previously described forms. Upwards of a hundred me- moirs, dating from 1780 to the present time, have been worked over in this way; and no pains have been spared to place successive writers on a proper footing in respect to the forms they have described. In some instances scant justice may appear to have been done to the labours of an author in the non-adoption of trivial names founded on labori- ously worked-out diagnoses. Such omissions, alluded to more at length at a subsequent page, do not result from any lack of disposition to accept already published material ; and where names previously employed do not appear, it is due to the fact that we have failed to see any advantage likely to be gained by their retention. In almost every case we have adopted the name first given to a variety as its proper designation, on the simple ground of priority, making no distinction whether its original application was to a recent orto a fossil specimen ; butin one or two instances the descrip- tion and figures appended to the first mention of a “ species ” are ill defined or obscure, or in some way do not fairly represent the subgroup to which it belongs, whilst a later name given to a better representative may have been in general use and be already well under- stood. In these rare cases we have chosen the better type, or have merged the question of priority in that of practical convenience. The drawings of the different “species” have, as far as possible, been made from specimens; when copied, they have been carefully redrawn from the originally pub- 202 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES lished figures; and we wish to acknowledge the great attention and labour bestowed upon them by Mr. George West. BIBLIOGRAPHY. The following synopsis contains the titles of few memoirs beyond those which are, in one way or other, made use of in the present monograph. There are, doubtless, other papers with casual notices of the occurrence of Polymorphine which have eluded our search; but we believe the list represents almost exhaustively what has been written on the genus. In some few instances we have made use of the references in Professor Wil- liamson's * Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain.” | 1780. SoLpanı, AMBROGIO. Saggio orittografico ovvero osservazioni sopra le terre nautilitiche ed am- monitiche della Toscana. Sienna. ; | Pag 1784. WALKER, GEORGE. Testa minuta rariora nuperrimé detecta in arena littoris Sandvicensis. London. : : : 1789-1798. SoLDANI, AMBROGIO. Testaceographia ac Zoophytographia parva et microscopica. Sienna. 1798. Apams, GEoRGE (filius). A on the Microscope. Second edition, edited by Frederick Kan- macher, F.L.S. London. ; 1808. MowTacv, GEoRGE. Testacea Britannica, or Natural History of British Shells, Marine, Land, .. and Freshwater. London. 1807. Maton, WILLIAM GEORGE, and the iis? T. Racxetr. A Descriptive Catalogue of the British Testacea. (Trans. Linnean Soc. vol. viii. London. ; 1808-1810. De Moxrrorr, Denys. Conchyliologie systématique et classification méthodique de Co- quilles, &c. Paris. 1812. Pennant, Tomas. British Zoology. London. 1820-1822. Bowpıcm, T. Enwanp. Elements of Conchology; including the fossil genera and the animals. Paris. | n 1822. Fremine, JomN. Observations on some Species of the Genus Vermiculum of Montagu. (Me- moirs of the Wernerian Society, vol. iv.) Edinburgh. i | 1826. D’Orsieny, A. D. Modèles des Céphalopodes microscopiques, vivans et fossiles, &c. Paris. ——. ——,—-—- Tableau Méthodique de la classe des Céphalopodes. (Annales des Sciences Natu- relles, vol. vii.) Paris. 1827. Brown, Carrarn T. Illustrations of the Conchology of Great Britain and Ireland. Edinburgh. Second edition. London, 1839. 1828. FrEwiNG, Joun. A History of British Animals, &c. Edinburgh. 1829. Sanper-Rang. Manuel de l'Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques et de leurs Coquilles. Paris. 1830. Menke, Cart Turob. Synopsis Methodica Molluscorum generum omnium et specierum que in Museo Menkeano adservantur. Pyrmont. 1834. Zrorzewskt, A. Observations Microscopiques sur quelques fossiles rares de Podolie et Volisivid (Nouveaux Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou, vol. iii.). Moscow. 1838. Roemer, F. Ap. Die Cephalopoden des nord-deutschen tertiären Meersandes. (Leonhard und | Bronn's Neues Jahrbuch für Min. u. s. w. Jahrgang 1838.) Stuttgart.. 1839. D’Orsıeny, A. D. Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de l'Ile de Cuba, par "Ramon de la Sagra; Foraminiféres par M. D'Orbigny. Paris. — —. — —, — — Faune des Iles Canaries. (Histoire des Iles Canaries, par MM. Barker- Webb et Bertholet.) Paris. ——. > — —.. Faune dela Craie blanche de Paris, (Mémoires de la Société géologique de France, . vol. iv. Paris. uu. dot ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. | 203 D’OrsıcnY, Arce DessaLınes. Voyage dans l'Amérique Méridionale, vol. v. part 5. Paris. Roemer, F. A. Die Versteinerungen des norddeutschen Kreidegebirges. Part ii, Hanover. Morris, Joux. Catalogue of British Fossils. London. [Second edition, 1854. ] MacaeiLLIvRAY, Wittram A. A History of the Molluscous Animals of the Counties of Aberdeen, Kincardine, and Banff. London. Pnurmarrr R. A. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der Tertiärversteinerungen des nordwestlichen Deutsch- lands. Cassel. Reuss, A. E. . Geognostische Skizzen aus Böhmen. Prague. Tnonrr, CHanLEs. British Marine Conchology. London. 1845-46. Reuss, A. E. Die Versteinerungen der böhmischen Kreideformation. Stuttgart. 1846. D’Orsieny, ALc1DE DessaLines. Foraminifères fossiles du Bassin tertiaire de Vienne. Vienna. Reuss, A. E., in H. B. Gernrrz’s Grundriss der Versteinerungenskunde. Dresden and Leipsic. .. STRICKLAND, H. E. On two species of Microscopic Shells found in the Lias. (Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. ii.) London. Czszex, Jom. Barr. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fossilen Foraminiferen des Wiener Beckens. (Haidinger's naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, vol. i) Vienna, Reuss, A. E. Neue Foraminiferen aus den Schichten des. österreichischen Tertiárbeckens. (Denkschriften der math.-nat. Classe der kaiserl. Akad. der Wissenschaften, vol. i.) Vienna. Karsten. Verzeichn. d. Rostock. Verst. a. d. Sternberger Gestein. D’Orsieny, A. D. Prodrome de Paléontologie. Paris. Aru, A. Geognostisch-paläontologische Beschreibung der nächsten Umgebung von Lemberg. (Haidinger’s naturw. Abhandl. vol. iii.) Vienna. Revss, A. E. Die Foraminiferen und Entomostraceen des Kreidemergels von Lemberg. (Hai- dinger's naturw. Abhandl. vol. iv.) Vienna. ———, —. —. Ueber die fossilen Foraminiferen und Entomostraceen der Septarienthone der Umgegend von Berlin. (Zeitschrift der deutschen geolog. Gesellschaft, vol. iii.) Berlin. ; — —. Ein Beitrag zur Paläontologie der Tertiárschichten Oberschlesiens. (Zeitschrift deutsch. geolog. Gesells. vol. ii.) Berlin. D’Orsieny, A. D. Cours élémentaire de Paléontologie et de Géologie stratigraphiques. Paris. Jones, T. Rurerr, in J. PREsTWicH's Memoir on the Thanet Sands. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. vii.) London. Reuss, A. E. Fossilen Foraminiferen d. Kreide d. cstlich. Alpen. (Denkschrift. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. vii.) Vienna. Morais, Jon. Catalogue of British Fossils: 2nd edition. London. EnreNBERG, C. G. Mikrogeologie; Das Wirken des unsichtbaren kleinen Lebens auf der Erde. Leipzig. Reuss, A. E. Ein Beitrag zur genaueren Kenntniss der Kreidegebilde Mikieiburgs. (Zeitschrift der deutschen geolog. Gesell vol. vii.) Berlin. Bornemann, J. G. Die mikroskopische Fauna des Septarienthones von Hermsdorf bei Berlin. (Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. vii.) Berlin. Reuss, A. E. Beiträge zur Charakeristik der Tertiärschichten des nórdlichen und mittleren Deutschlands. (Sitzungsber. math.-nat. Cl. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii) Vienna. Parker, W. K., and T. R. Jones. Description of some Foraminifera from the coast of Norway. (Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xix. London. WiLLramson, W. C. Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. (Ray Society. London. Dawson, J. W. On the Newer Pliocene and Postpliocene Deposits of the vicinity of Montreal. (Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, vol. ii) Montreal. Esser, Josern Geore. Die Foraminiferen der Miocänschichten bei Ortenburg in Nieder- YOL XXVIL $_ 2 E P of 204. MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES Bayern. (Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie, und Petrefaktenkunde, vol vii.) Stuttgart. Enrenserc, C. G. Ueber andere massenhafte mikroskopische Lebensformen der ältesten silu- rischen Grauwacken-Thone bei Petersburg. (Monatsber. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, 1858.) Berlin. Terquem, O. Mémoire sur les Forsnitiiféiee du Lias du Département de la Moselle: (Mémoires de l'Académie Impériale de Metz, xxxix? Année.) Metz. Dawson, J. W. On the Postpliocene Deposits of the St. Lawrence Valley. (Canadian Nat. and . Geol. vol. iv.) Montreal. Parker and Jones. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, II. (Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. iv.) London. Jones and PARKER. On the Rhizopodal Fauna of the Mediterranean compared with that of the Italian and some other Tertiary Deposits. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi.) London. Parker and Jones. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, V. (Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. vi) London. BoRNEMANN, J. G. Bemerkungen über einige Foraminiferen aus den Tertiärbildungen der Um- gegend von Magdeburg. (Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. xii) Berlin. : Reuss, A. E. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der tertiáren Foraminiferen-Fauna. (Sitzungsber. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xlii. Vienna. ; Jones and PARKER. On some fossil Foraminifera from Chellaston, near Derby. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi.) London. Morris and Quekerr. Catalogue of the Hunterian Museum of the College of Surgeons, Bng- land. London. Reuss, A. E. Die Foraminiferen der westphälischen Kreideformation. (Sitzungsber. math.- natur. Cl. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xl.) Vienna. r | ; — —. Palüontologische Beiträge, (Sitzungsber. math.-natur. Cl. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv.) Vienna. ' Karrer, Fenix. Ueber das Auftreten der Foraminiferen in dem marinen Tegel des Wiener Beckens. (Sitzungsber. math. "natur. Cl. us Wissensch. vol. xliv.) Vienna. Reuss, A. E. Entwurf einer syst l tellung der Foraminiferen. (Sitzungsber. math.-natur. Cl. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv.) Vienna. ; — —. Die Foraminiferen des norddeutschen Hils und Gault. (Sitzungsberichte der math.-nat. Classe der k. Akad. der Wissenschaften, vol. xlvi.) Vienna. GvEMBEL, C. Die Streitberger Schwammlager und ihre Foraminiferen-Einschlüsse. (Jahreshefte des Vereins für vaterländische Naturkunde in Württemberg, xviii. Jahrg.) Würtiemburg. CARPENTER, W. B. Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera. (Ray Society.) London. Rzuss, A. E. Les Foraminiféres du Crag d'Anvers. (Bulletins de l'Acad. royale de Belgique, 2me ser. vol. xv. No. 1.) Brussels. Parker and Jones. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, IX. (Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol xi.) London. Karrer, Fezix. Ueber das Auftreten der Foraminiferen in dem brakischen Schichten (Tegel und Sand) des Wiener Beckens. (Sitzungsber. math.-nat. Cl. Akad. Wissensch. vol. en Vienna. Reuss, A. E. Beiträge zur Kenntniss der tertiären Te m. Die fonai feren des Septarienthones von Offenbach. (1bid.) Vienna. — —, —. —. Zur Fauna des deutschen Oberoligocáns. (Ibid. vol. 1.) Vienna. | Karger, Fezix. Weber das Auftreten der Foraminiferen in den Mergeln der marinen Vie dungen (Leythakalk) des Wiener Beckens, (Ibid.) Vienna. . ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 205 SCHWAGER, CONRAD, in A. von Dirrmar's Die Contorta-Zone. Munich. Jones and Parker. On the Foraminifera of the Crag. (Ann. Nat. Hist, 3rd ser. vol. xii) London. Bray, H. B. On the Rhizopodal Fauna of Shetland. (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiv.) London. . TERQUEM, O. Quatrième Mémoire sur les Foraminifères du Lias. Metz. Stacuz, G. Die Foraminiferen der tertiüren Mergel des Whaingaroa-Hafens, Provinz Auck- land. (Novara-Reise, vol. i) Vienna. Dawson, J. W. Notes on Postpliocene Deposits at Rivière-du-Loup and Tadoussac. (Canadian Naturalist, 2nd ser. vol. ii.) Montreal. Sars, Micnart. Om de i norge forekommende fossile Dyrelevninger fra Qvartærperioden. (Universitetsprogram for Fórste Halvaar, 1864.) Christiania. PARKER and Jones. On some Foraminifera from the North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans, in- cluding Davis Straits and Baffin’s Bay. (Phil. Trans. vol. clv.) London. Brapy, H. B. A Catalogue of the Recent Foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham. (Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. i) Newcastle. Arcock, T. On Natural-History specimens lately received from Connemara. (Proceedings of Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. iv.) Manchester. PARKER, Jones, and Bray. On the Nomenclature of the Foraminifera, XII. (Ann. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xvi) London. Reuss, A. E. Die Foraminiferen und Ostracoden der Kreide am Kanara-See bei Küstendsche. (Sitzungsber. math.-natur. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lii) Vienna. Karrer, FELIx. Ueber das Auftreten von Foraminiferen i in den älteren Schichten des Wiener Sandsteins. (Jbid.) Vienna. ScHWAGER, C. Fossile Foraminiferen von Kar Nikobar. (Novara-Reise, vol. ii.) Vienna. PARKER, Jones, and Bray. Monograph of the Foraminifera of the Crag, parti. (Palæonto- graphical Society.) London. ; Revss, A. E. Die Foraminiferen, Anthozoen und Bryozoen des deutschen Septarienthones. (Denkschrift der math.-nat. Cl. der k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xxv.) Vienna. Brany, H. B. In H. W. Crosskey and D. Rosertson’s Memoir on the Posttertiary fossili- ferous beds of Scotland. (Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. ii. part 3.) Glasgow. | , — —. Synopsis of the Foraminifera of the Upper and Middle Lias of Somersetshire. In C. Moonz's Memoir on the Upper and Middle Lias of the South-west of England. (Proc. Somersetshire Archæol. and Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. viii.) Taunton. Arcock, T. On Polymorphina tubulosa. (Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. FP Man- chester. Reuss, A. E. Die fossile Fauna der Steinsalzablagerung von Wieliezka in Galizien. (Sitzungs- ber. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lv.) Vienna. Karrer, Fezix. Zur Foraminiferen-Fauna in Oesterreich. (Ibid) Vienna. Brany, H. B. In CrosskeY and Roserrson’s Notes on the Posttertiary Geology of Norway. (Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow, vol. vi. Glasgow. Karrer, Fenix. Die miocáne Foraminiferen-Fauna von Kostej im Banat. (Sitzungsber. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii) Vienna. Sars, MicuaEL. Fortsatte Bemærkninger over det diis Livs Udbredning i Havets Dybder. (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandlinger for 1868.) Christiania. Guemsez, C. W. Beiträge zur Foraminiferenfauna der nordalpen Eocängebilde. (Abhandl. der k. bayer. Akad. Wissensch. Cl. 2. vol. x.) Munich. Karrer, Feux. Ueber die Tertiärbildungen in der Bucht von Berchtoldsdorf bei Wien. (Jahr- buch der k. k. geolog. Reichsanstalt, 1868.) Vienna. 252 206 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES 1869. Karrer, FELIX, and Taeonor Fucus. Geologische Studien in den Tertiärbildungen des Wiener Beckens. (Jahrbuch d. k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt, 1868, No. 4.) Vienna. $ 1869. BuwzEL, Emanuez. Die Fauna des marinen Tegels am Porzteich bei Voitelsbrunn unweit Nile burg. (Ibid. 1869.) Vienna. ——. GuEMBEL, W. C. Ueber Foraminiferen, &c., in dem St. Cassianer und Raibler Schichten. (Ibid.) Vienna. ——. Reuss, A. E. Zur fossilen Fauna der Oligocänschichten von Gaas. (Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wis- sensch. vol. lix.) Vienna. ——. Von Scuzicur, E. Die Foraminiferen des Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl. 4to. Berlin. (Dated 1870.) Genus PoLYMORPHINA, D'Orbigny. Synonyms :— Polymorphium, Soldani, 1780. Serpula, Walker and Jacob, 1784; Kanmacher, 1798. Vermiculum, Montagu, 1803; Fleming, 1823; Macgillivray, 1843. Arethusa, Montfort, 1808; Bowditch, 1822; Fleming, 1828; Thorpe, 1844. Misilus, Montfort, 1808. Cantharus, Montfort, 1808. Polymorphina, D’Orbigny, 1826; Sander-Rang, 1829; Menke, 1830; Ehrenberg, 1838; Roemer, 1838 ; Macgillivray, 1843 ; Morris & Searles Wood, 1843 ; Philippi, 1844; Reuss, 1845 ; Strickland, 1846; Alth, 1850; Jones, 1852; Morris, 1854; Parker & Jones, 1857 ; Egger, 1857; Wil- liamson, 1857; Terquem, 1858; Karrer, 1861; Carpenter, 1862; Gümbel, 1862 ; Brady, 1864; Stache, 1864; Dittmar, 1864; Sars, 1865: Schwager, 1866; Alcock, 1867; Bunzel, 1869; Von Schlicht, 1869. Globulina, D'Orbigny, 1826; Sander-Rang, 1829; Roemer, 1838 ; Reuss, 1845 ; Alth, 1850; Morris & Jones, 1854; Bornemann, 1855; Egger, 1857; Karrer, 1861; Schwager, 1864; Von Schlicht, 1869. Guttulina, D'Orbigny, 1826; Sander-Rang, 1829; Roemer, 1838; Reuss, 1845; Alth, 1850; Morris & Jones, 1854; Bornemann, 1855; Egger, 1857; Karrer, 1861; Stache, 1864; Von Schlicht, 1869. Pyrulina, D'Orbigny, 1826; Sander-Rang, 1829; Reuss, 1845 ; Morris & Jones, 1854; -Ehrenberg, 1854; Von Sehlicht, 1869. Renoidea (in part), Brown, 1827. Raphulina (in part), Zborzewski, 1834. Apiopterina (in part), Zborzewski, 1834. Proroporus (in part), Ehrenberg, 1844; Reuss, 1845. Aulostomella, Alth, 1850. Grammostomum (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. Strophoconus (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. Bigenerina (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. : Vaginulina (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. Pleurites (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. Sagrina (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. Spheroidina (in part), Ehrenberg, 1854. Rostrolina, V on Schlicht, 1869. Atractolina (in part), Von Schlicht, 1869. ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. ' 207 - General Characters.—Shell free, or (rarely) adherent; globular, ovate, oblong, cylin- drical, compressed, or complanate. Visible segments variable in number—two or many. Segments even-margined or ventricose; arranged in an obscure spiral or (less frequently) in two opposed alternating series (as in Textularia), more or less embracing, and par- tially investing the previous segments. Shell inequilateral, from unequal overlapping of the segments. Septal lines often depressed, obscure in thick-shelled specimens, but in hyaline individuals marked by whitish milky lines. Pseudopodial orifice at the ante- rior extremity of the ultimate segment; nearly central, and generally situated in a mamilliform protuberance; circular, oval, slit-like, or porous, and (normally) surrounded by a coronal of strongly defined radiating grooves. In rare cases the direction of the aperture is reversed, as in the Entosolenian Lagene. Texture hyaline and delicate in young specimens, opaque and coarse in older ones; never arenaceous. Foramina con- spieuous in hyaline shells, minute and tubular in those with thicker walls. Surface either smooth or presenting outgrowths in the form of sete, spines, tubercles, granular lines, striæ, or riblets. The natural position of the genus Polymorphina is in the suborder PERFORATA, Family LAGENIDA (Carpenter), between the genera Nodosarina and Uvigerina. Whilst there is little difficulty in distinguishing well-grown specimens pertaining to this group in any of the numerous modifications of form they are liable to assume, it must be borne in mind that there is scarcely a genus in the whole family of Lagenida which has not its isomorph amongst the Polymorphinæ. The minute globular forms, either smooth, as in the smaller examples of P. gibba, or with ornamented shell like P. myristiformis, have a strong resemblance to corresponding varieties of Lagena, especially if the septation be obscured, as it often is by a thickened shell-wall; and in these cases the inequilateral contour of the shell supplies the best indication of zoological affinity. In P. Soldanii we find an acervuline packing of the chambers; and when this occurs in tolerably regular series a striking analogy to the smooth Uvigerine is the result. In the Dimorphine va- rieties, which are sufficiently distinct to be roughly separated into a subgenus, the mode of growth simulates Nodosaria, Bigenerina, or Sagrina; and in addition to these the genus presents isomorphs of at least two other types—namely, of Textularia in many of the biserial varieties, and of Bulimina in one or two irregular forms described by D'Orbigny. But the chief difficulty in diagnosis arises not out of well-developed specimens, however much they mimie collateral types, but in modifications arising, on the one hand, out of an exaggerated condition of otherwise normal characters, or, on the other, out of the want of distinctive character resulting from external influences unfavourable to vigorous growth. Better examples of this latter *' starved ” condition could not be found than in the assemblage of few-chambered, ill-grown, elongate varieties upon which M. Terquem has founded his “ Fourth Memoir on the Foraminifera of the Lias." It is not necessary here to occupy space by criticism on a memoir so unsatisfactory; but we may in passing enter a protest against the establishment of a number of species on a set of poorly deve- loped and sometimes even monstrous individuals. Some of M. Terquem’s drawings do not represent Polymorphine at all, but specimens belonging to widely differing genera, as Lituola; others are just as likely to be weak and irregularly grown Nodosarine, whilst 208 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES the remainder would be sufficiently provided for by association with Polymorphina Thouini, P. fusiformis, and P. compressa. Whilst speaking of the literature of the genus, we may advert to the difficulty of iden- tifying the particular varieties figured by some of the earlier writers. The value of an otherwise excellent paper, like that by Herr Roemer on the North-German Tertiary Marine Sands, is much diminished, so far as the Foraminifera are concerned, by the minuteness and want of definition of the drawings; and the same fault appears in Prof. Reuss's earlier illustrations. The desire to express relative size, by observing a uniform scale for all the figures on a plate, has in the same way somewhat marred the usefulness of our own Monograph of the Crag Foraminifera; but in this case the deficiency is con- fined to the smaller species. . A treatise on any subject pertaining to fossil microzoa can hardly be regarded as com- plete without reference the * MIKROGEOLOGIE ” of Prof. Ehrenberg, although so far as the “ Polythalamia”” are concerned, the value of its magnificent plates is very small in proportion to the labour bestowed upon them. Their defects are chiefly due to the system adopted throughout the work of drawing from specimens mounted in Canada Balsam and viewed by transmitted light. The result is that only one aspect of the test is given, and in transparent individuals the external characters are confused beyond re- cognition by the prominence of the septal lines in the interior. The figures, almost without exception, represent the longitudinal or horizontal section of the shell, from which, alone, the shape of its transverse section or its general external aspect cannot be determined. Under these conditions the compressed and complanate forms are undis- tinguishable from the subglobular and pyriform varieties, and the only characters left for diagnosis are the comparative length and breadth of the specimens and the contour of their margins. Whilst therefore we have thought it necessary to examine minutely all the figures in the * Mikrogeologie’ showing any apparent connexion with this genus, and have, to the best of our judgment, distributed the references to them amongst the synonyms appended to the species to which they seem to belong, the result is offered with much hesitation, and the determination must be accepted with a certain amount of reservation. The difficulty attending this re-setting of Prof. Ehrenberg's subdivisions is further enhanced by his non-acceptance of previously established and well known spe- cific and even generic terms. We find undoubted Polymorphinæ under no less than ten generic headings, intermixed with Foraminifera belonging to several widely differing types; indeed the nomenclature of the * Mikrogeologie' leaves us no terms of dis- tinction between such genera as Polymorphina, Textularia, Uvigerina, and Bulimina, whilst the subgeneric names Guttulina, Bigenerina, and Dimorphina are applied to spe- cimens that have no divisional characters in common with those for which they are pans by other writers. It seems necessary to make a passing allusion to the last memoir on our bibliographie list, Herr von Schlicht's work on the * Foraminifera of the Septaria-clay of Pietzpuhl,' which eame into our hands whilst engaged in revising the present paper. The institu- tion of two new genera (Atractolina and Rostrolina) for sets of specimens very slightly, if at all, divergent from previously well understood forms is a course which will scarcely ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 209 commend itself to a second observer. The first name is used for a mixed lot consisting partly of eompact fusiform Polymorphine, the remainder of doubtful Nodosarine. His genus Rostrolina, on the other hand, consists entirely of Polymorphine ; and its diagnosis is based upon the characters of the last chamber, especially its produced extremity and arcuate or slit-like terminal orifice. We have not pretended to sort the whole of the figures of the Polymorphinæ contained in Herr von Schlicht's work, but have inserted references to the least doubtful of them in their proper places. In the subdivision of this truly polymorphie genus we are dependent on certain con- stantly varying characters, and the specific (or rather varietal) names we have adopted are those which have been given to forms which represent the best-defined lines of de- parture from a central type. We are well aware that many Continental observers, with their inclination towards minute and nominal distinctions, may regard some of the groups associated under a single varietal name as embracing too wide a range in minor cha- racters; and we can only offer in defence the fact that we have in no case ignored a published trivial name that we could make of the slightest service in defining any par- ticular assemblage of forms; and regarding the arrangement we have adopted as suffi- cient to embrace every modification of the type that has come under our notice, we could not have carried the process of subdivision further without naming almost every specimen. The characters most available for purposes of systematic description are those depend- ing on the shape, number, arrangement, and “ setting on ” of the chambers, and the con- dition of the surface of the shell in respect to ornamentation. In M. D'Orbigny's first scheme of classification of the Foraminifera *, whilst the type was still only known by its smooth varieties, the genus was divided into four subgenera, which are given with their characters as under:— | PoLYMORPHINA (proper), having a large number of chambers visible, alternating upon two sides almost equally. GurrULINA, having but few of the chambers visible, alternating upon three faces; cham- bers embracing. GLOBULINA, alternating on three faces, chambers embracing; three chambers only visible. PYRULINA, alternation irregular, or somewhat obscurely spiral, formed of half-em- bracing chambers. > These subgeneric names have been accepted with more or less reservation by subsequent continental writerst. But when a subdivision of this sort has confessedly no natural basis, it is fair to judge it on the simple issue of convenience as an artificial arrangement ; and it has been thought better to abandon the complication of terms it necessitates, as tending to confuse rather than to simplify a general scheme of the group. + “Tableau méthodique de la classe des Céphalopodes."— Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome 'T*"*, 1826 + Quite recently Herr Karrer has abandoned the subdivision into subgenera, as Prof. Reuss also appears in some measure to haye done. 210 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES There is, however, one set of forms, misunderstood by D'Orbigny, and correspondingly misplaced, which seems better entitled to the position of a subgenus or subtype, viz. those constituting his genus Dimorphina. All the biserial genera of Foraminifera have amongst their modifications some which show a tendency to a uniserial arrangement of a portion of their segments. In Textularia, for instance, there are a number of varieties, separated under the subgeneric name Bigenerina, differing in many of their characters, but alike in this—namely, that after the first few chambers have been formed on the normal alternating plan, the shell is completed by a uniserial line of segments. In the same way rare specimens of the Polymorphine type are found, in which the early seg- ments are triserial, or obscurely spiral, and the later ones assume a uniserial arrangement. Thus Dimorphina, the subgenus embracing these varieties, bears precisely the same rela- tion to Polymorphina that Bigenerina does to Textularia. These peculiar forms are in- teresting as supplying one of many evidences of the near relationship of the genus to the Nodosarinæ. In a large proportion of the specimens the later chambers are as com- ‘pletely Nodosarian in character as the earlier ones are Polymorphine ; indeed it is an open question regarding such forms as the Dimorphina obliqua of: D'Orbigny, which of the two genera they are best assigned to. The genus Uvigerina, which is normally triserial, supplies another such instance in its subgenus Sagrina; and the resemblance its uniserial specimens often bear to those of Dimorphina is so close that the produced phial-shaped neck and lip is almost the only character which determines their Uvigerine affinity. Herr Schwager, in his contribution to the geological part of the * Novara-Reise, figures a beautiful variety of this kind as Dimorphina striata, which we have reluctantly omitted, regarding it as a striate Sagrina, on the ground of its neatly formed Uvigerine neck. — . Accepting the shell first figured by Walker and Boys*, the smooth, hyaline, Globuline form named by them Serpula lactea, as the type of the genus, it is easy to divide the Polymorphine proper into two groups,—1st, those having smooth shells, and, 2ndly, those having tests more or less altered by outgrowths of shell-substance, constituting a sort of surface-ornamentation. But, broad and well defined as this division seems, it is by no means absolute; for perfectly smooth examples of Polymorphina Jrondiformis may frequently be met with, although it is necessarily placed amongst the “ornamented.” forms on account of the subcostate surface of the majority of specimens. _ lst. Of the smooth varieties little need be said in explanation of the order which has been adopted in the treatment of the species. Two somewhat anomalous forms, P. con- cava, Williamson, and P. Humboldti, Bornemann, whose plano-convex shape appears to be due to a parasitic habit of growth t, are placed at the end of the series; and another - interesting modification, P. elegantissima, Parker and Jones, is equally removed from the normal type by the reversed direction of its later segments. But beyond these excep- * * Testacea minuta rariora, &c., p. 2, pl. 1. fig. 5. t For P. Humboldtii this character is assumed from analogy, and we lay no stress upon it, never having seen spe- cimens exactly similar to those figured by Dr. Bornemann; but whether our supposition be correct or not, the en assigned to it is probably nearly its natural one, is vr E In ass i ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. . GEH tional cases the varietal distinctions are derived chiefly from such characters as the form of the chambers, their number, the degree in which they overlap, the amount of depression at the sutures, and the general contour of the shell, as determined by their fitting together. 2nd. Amongst the * ornamented ” varieties may be found almost every description of surface-marking known in the simple Foraminifera. The normal hyaline condition of the young shell is seldom preserved in the adult, but by degrees the delicate test is thickened and rendered opaque from the continued deposit of calcareous matter. This process usually takes place with uniformity over the whole surface; and as the pseudopodial per- forations continue open, their length is necessarily increased, and from being mere minute circular apertures they become tubes traversing the shell-wall. A portion of a thickened shell exhibiting this tubular structure is shown at Plate XL. fig. 12, f. But in another, large class of cases, the caleareous matter deposited by the sarcode issuing through the perforations of the originally thin and smooth chamber-wall, pro- duces, by uneven deposition, a series of very different results. The characters depending on exogenous growths so formed are sufficiently marked to yield varietal distinctions, and we have employed the trivial names which previous authors have given in regard to the more salient of them; but it must be understood that in whatever guise the shelly outgrowths appear—whether as mere rugosities, as bristles, spines, tubercles, granular lines, striæ, or ribs—they all, physiologically speaking, originate in the same way, and, as might be expected, pass into each other by insensible degrees. In so variable a genus there is perhaps less to be learnt from chance monstrous speci- mens than in those whose normal range of modification is narrower; indeed it becomes . difficult, with such a group, to say what constitutes a monstrosity. The only really anomalous specimens we recollect, setting aside the fistulous or cervicorn varieties, here treated of separately, are a few rare examples which are partially double and present two principal orifices instead of one. An individual of this sort is represented at Plate XXXIX. fig. 1, c. It is of no special interest, except from the analogy it bears to the double-growing Lagene and Cristellaria that are occasionally met with. Distribution.—The geographical area of the distribution of the genus Polymorphina is coextensive with a certain bathymetrical range throughout the world. Its “home” is in shallow seas, and it can scarcely be said to flourish at greater depth than 60 or 80 fathoms, though occasional specimens are still foúnd at 90 fathoms, and under favourable condi- tions it may occur in still deeper water*. In littoral sands, or those dredged in the Lami- narian, the Coralline, or the Coral zone, whatever the latitude, some variety of the type is sure to be found if Foraminifera are present at all. Arctic dredgings off Hunde Island and off the coasts of Greenland and Norway have yielded fine specimens. Proceeding southwards, the genus is of common occurrence in * At the time this paragraph was written we had not seen Dr. Sars's valüable paper, containing * Additional Observations on the Animal Life met with in the Depths of the Sea,” which mentions the occurrence of three varieties of Polymorphina, viz. P. lactea (typica), P. compressa, and P. tubulosa (=P. Orbignii of the present memoir), in soundings from 300 fathoms; but as this fact does not affect the general aceuracy of our statement, we have allowed it to remain as originally written. VOL. XXVII. 2 F 2123 . MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES the Shetland area, it is met with at every point on the shores of the British Islands, and again in the British Channel and the Bay of Biscay. Its occurrence in the Me- diterranean strikingly follows the variations of depth: the table before alluded to, which embodies the results of a large series of observations*, shows its entire absence at 170, 250, 306, 500, 1100, 1620, and 1700 fathoms, whilst at 90 fathoms (off Syra) the at- tenuated variety is noted as “rare;” and the common forms by degrees come in, in the shallower water of the Gulf of Spezzia, off Leghorn, and off Crete; and, again, specimens of the genus have been noticed by many observers in the lesser depths of the Levant. Polymorphine are found in the Red Sea, on the coast of China, amongst the Australian eoral-reefs, in the sea-harbours of Tasmania, on the eastern shores of the American con- tinent, in the West-Indian archipelago, and amongst the Canary Islands. In all dredgings taken from mid-ocean the absence of the genus is conspicuous ; in the deep Atlantic, whether in the northern, tropical, or southern portions, it is unknown; and there is no record of its occurrence at great depths in the Indian Ocean. The distribution of the genus in time, geologically speaking, is similarly extensive. If we aecept the aggregations of green sand-grains figured by Prof. Ehrenberg under the names Polymorphina avia and P. abavia as glauconite casts of the chambers of Foraminifera (and, notwithstanding some doubt that has been thrown upon their organic origin, we must admit the extreme resemblance his two figures bear to some specimens of Polymorphina compressa), the first appearance of the genus must be placed back as far as the Lower Silurian sands of the neighbourhood of St. Petersburg. It has not, how- ever, been noted in rocks of Palæozoic age by any other author. In the Secondary period, specimens of Polymorphina, usually of the few-chambered, weaker forms, become gradually more frequent. In the Upper Trias of Derbyshire (Jones and Parker), the Raibl beds of southern Germany (Gümbel), and in the various Liassie marls of England and continental Europe examples of the genus are found, though rarely. It again makes its appearance in the Oxford and Kimmeridge clays (Middle and Upper Jurassie respectively), in the Portland beds, in the Gault, and the Chalk; and during the Tertiary period it occurs in abundance wherever conditions of depth and sea- bottom have been favourable. "Though apparently wanting in the London Clay, speci- mens of the genus are to be found in some of the Lower Eocene beds of England ; but in the Lower Tertiaries of the Paris district, in the Miocene strata of Bordeaux, of the Vienna Basin, and of Lower Bavaria, it exists in wonderful variety. In the later Tertiary beds of the Mediterranean area there is a curious discrepancy to be observed: the Italian Pliocene marls contain a fair representation of the genus, whilst beds of corresponding age on the Spanish coast (Malaga) yield no Polymorphine whatever: and the same absenee is to be observed in a peculiar marl-bed of Miocene or late Eocene age at Baljik, on the Black Sea. In the Southern Hemisphere, such of the Tertiary clays as have been examined, e. y. those of New Zealand and South Australia, show a large number of specimens pertaining to the type. In one particular bed of the “Crag " of our own Eastern Counties (at Sutton, near Colchester) the size and abundance of the y Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xvi. p. 302. ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 218 Polymorphine constitute a remarkable and distinguishing feature, though elsewhere in that formation they are small and scattered. Lastly, in the Glacial beds of the west and north of Scotland, of Norway, and of Canada the type still abounds, and in the Posttertiary clays immediately underlying the peat in the fen districts of Lincolnshire and Northamp- tonshire numbers of minute specimens are found in a scarcely fossilized condition. POLYMORPHINA LACTEA, Walker and Jacob, sp. (Pl. XXXIX. figs. 1, a—c.) (Normal form ; transverse section nearly circular.) Serpula tenuis ovalis levis, Walker and J acob, 1784, Test. Min. p. 2, pl. 1. fig. 5. S. lactea, W. and J., fide Kanmacher, 1798, Adams's Essays, 2nd ed. p. 634, pl. 24. fig. 4. Vermiculum lacteum, Montagu, 1803, Test. Brit. p. 522. Serpula lactea, Maton and Raekett, 1807, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. viii. p. 246; Pennant, 1812, Brit. Zool. vol. iv. p. 363; Turton, 1819, Conch. Dict. p. 156. Vermiculum lacteum, Fleming, 1822, Wern. Mem. vol. iv. p. 566, pl. 15. fig. 6. ? Polymorphina (Globulina) ovata, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Se. Nat. vol. vii. p. 266; Soldani, Testaceo- graphia, vol. ii. pl. 112. figs. g, g’- ? Arethusa lactea, Fleming, 1828, Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 234. ? Globulina Caribea, D'Orbigny, 1836, Foram. Cuba, p. 180, pl. 2. figs. 7, 8. Guttulina Plancii, D'Orbigny, 1839, Voyage dans l’ Amér. Mérid. p. 60, pl. 1. fig. 5. Renoidea oblonga, Brown, 1839, Conch. Illust. p. 3, pl. 56. figs. 16, 17. Vermiculum lacteum, Macgillivray, 1843, Moll. Aberd. p. 37. Polymorphina lactea, id. 1843, ibid. p. 320. Arethusa lactea, Thorpe, 1844, Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 233. : Globulina lachryma, Reuss, 1845, Verstein. bóhm. Kreid. pt. 1, pp. 40, 110, pl. 13. fig. 83; Alth, 1849, Haidinger's Abhandl. vol. iii. p. 263, pl. 13. fig. 16; Reuss, 1850, ibid. vol. iv. p. 48, pl. 5. fig. 9. Polymorphina lactea, Jones, 1854, in Morris's Cat. Br. Foss. 2nd edit. p. 40. Pyrulina ovulum, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 31. figs. 35, 96. Strophoconus ovum (in part), id. ibid. pl. 20, $ 2, fig. 3, and pl. 26. fig. 21. S. spicula (in part), id. ibid. pl. 26. fig. 20. S. lazum, id. ibid. pl. 25. fig. 15, and pl. 31. fig. 26. Polymorphina Muensteri, Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissen. Wien, vol. xviii. p. 249, pl. 8. fig. 80. P. ovulum, id. ibid, p. 250, pl. 6. fig. 63. P. Roemeri, id. ibid. p. 245, pl. 6. fig. 64. P. deformata, id. ibid. p. 246, pl. 6. fig. 66. P. turgida, id. ibid. p. 246, pl. 6. fig. 67. P. lactea (typica, in part), Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 71, pl. 6. fig. 147. P. lactea, var. communis, id. ibid. p. 72, pl. 6. figs. 153-155. Guttulina diluta, Bornemann, 1860, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. xii. p. 160, pl. 6. fig. 11. Polymorphina lactea, Parker and Jones, 1859, Ann. N. H. Ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 336; 1860, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 454, pl. 20. fig. 44; iid. ibid. p. 302, table; iid. 1862, in Carpenter's Introd. Appendix, p. 311; Brady, 1864 (in part), Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xxiv. p. 473; Brady, 1865 (in part), Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. i. p. 99. P. lactea (typica), Alcock, 1865, Proc. Lit. € Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. iv. p. 206; Sars, 1865, Foss. . fra Qvarteerperiod. pp. 55, 62, 65, 68, 85, 91; Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. fig. 48; Brady, 1868, Trans. Geol. Soc, Glasgow, vol. ii p. 125, &c.; Sars, 1868, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandlinger for 1868, p. 248. 2F2 214 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES ? Rostrolina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, no. 416, pl. 25. figs. 17, 18. Guttulina, sp., id. ibid. No. 491, pl. 32. fig. 21. Polymorphina lactea, var. amygdaloides, Reuss. (Compressed varieties, Wood-cuts a, b, c, d.) Polymorphina (Globulina) minuta, Roemer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 386, pl. 3. . 95. P. (globulina) acuta, id. ibid. p. 386, pl. 3. fig. 36. Globulina minuta, Reuss, 1849, Denkschrift. d. mathem.-natur. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. i. p. 877 j pl. 48. fig. 8. G. inequalis, id. ibid. p. 377, pl. 48. fig. 9. G. guttula, Reuss, 1851, Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. p. 82, pl. 6. fig. 46. G. amygdaloides, id. ibid. p. 82, pl. 6. fig. 47. G. guttula, Bornemann, 1855, ibid. vol. vii. p. 344. G. amygdaloides, id. ibid. p. 344. Polymorphina deplanata, Reuss, 1855, —S k. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, vol. xviii. p. 246, pl. 6. fig. 67. t P. amygdaloides, id. ibid. p. 250, pl. fig. 84. P. subdilatata, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1857, p. 286, pl. 13. figs. 30-33. Guttulina elongata, Karrer, 1861, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv. p. 24, pl. 2. fig. 3. Polymorphina (Guttulina) sororia, Reuss, 1862, Bulletin Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 2™° ser. vol. xv. p. 121, pl. 2. figs. 25-29. P. sororia, Reuss, 1863, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv. p. 57, pl. 7. figs. 72-74; id. 1866, Denkschr. d. mathem.-naturw. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xxv. p. 152; id. 1867, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lv. p. 73. P. inequalis, id. ibid. p. 72. P. depauperata, id. ibid. p. 73, pl. 3. fig. 9; Karrer, 1868, ibid. vol. lviii. p. 173. Globulina guttula, Gümbel, 1868, Abhandl. d. ii. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. x. p. 645. ? G. subalpina, id. ibid. p. 646, pl. 2. figs. 80, a. b. Characters.—Shell (typical) ovate, gibbous, slightly unsymmetrical ; anterior extremity acute; posterior obtuse, rounded. Chambers few, oblong, oblique, somewhat inflated. ere depressed. Surface smooth. Aperture simple, ee or oval, radiate. Length #5 to 3y inch. The earliest figure of a specimen belonging to the genus Polymorphina happens to be a fair representation of the particular form that may be regarded as a type of the group. Walker’s drawing, which we have reproduced on a somewhat larger scale than the ori- ginal, Pl. XXXIX. fig. 1a, though small and, in some respects, not very definite, has obviously been taken from a specimen very similar to that which has served as a basis for one of Prof. Williamson's figures, copied in fig. 15. The shell of P. lactea has normally but four or five visible hate: sufficiently ven- tricose to disturb the regularity of the general outline, the sutural lines being marked by depression or excavation. In its typical form the transverse section is nearly circular ; but this is a character open to variation. These peculiarities are matters of degree only ; and a * species " founded on them repre- sents an indefinite portion of a series of which the successive sections cannot be abso- lutely distinguished by the existence or non-existence of any single character. Such a ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 215 series may be said to commence with P. gibba, a subglobular shell, with three or four visible chambers, the sutures marked only by lines. By degrees these characters are modified in successive specimens, till in P. lactea the shell is rather longer proportion- ally, the external chambers number four or five, and the sutures are slightly excavated. Again, P. communis, with about the same number of chambers, has the sutures more deeply set, and the shell consequently somewhat irregular, but showing better evidence of its triserial arrangement. Lastly, in P. problema the number of chambers is increased to five, six, eight, or more, the convexity of each is heightened, and their order can sometimes scarcely be traced. We have endeavoured to place the forms pertaining to this series, described by various writers, under one or other of these four subtypes, admitting the more or less compressed modifications of P. lactea and P. gibba to a sort of subvarietal distinction. Hence, under each, a considerable range of variation in minor and unimportant particulars is com- prehended. Globulina Caribea of D'Orbigny has a slightly irregular shell, the lower portion of which is rugose: P. Muensteri, Reuss, is a porous or punctate variety; and P. ovulum, in the same memoir, is inequilateral; P. Roemeri, P. deformata, and P. turgida seem to represent heavier, less elegant forms, with the segments irregularly combined. From the typical Polymorphina lactea, with its nearly circular transverse section, may be traced a series of modifications tending towards the complanate forms; and the refer- ences to the various authors who have alluded to these are placed together in the second division of the above synonymy. The subjoined outlines, taken from figures of four such subvarieties, about equidistant from each other in the chain of differentiation, will show how slight is the basis on which they have received distinctive names. Specimens inter- mediate again to these could, without difficulty, be found. Polymorphina lactea, var. amygdaloides, Reuss. je 9.9 Q0 6: P. minuta. P, guttula. P. depauperata. P. amygdaloides. P. sororia of Reuss is one of the most compact of the flattened varieties, elongate and almost pyruline in septation. P. minuta (a) scarcely differs from the type, except in its lateral compression. P. guttula (b) and P. depauperata (c) present the varietal peculiarity in increased degree. Lastly, in P. amygdaloides (d) we have a close approximation in contour to P. oblonga (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7) ; and it may even be a question whether this latter “ species” might not with propriety have been brought into the same series. P. inequalis and P. deplanata are less regular and less symmetrical modifications of the type, the latter somewhat resembling P. Burdigalensis. - Distribution.—The range of Polymorphina lactea is very wide, whether regarded as a question of time or of geographical area. We have specimens from the Kimmeridge 216 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES Clay (Kimmeridge) and from the, Upper Portland Limestone (Dorsetshire); and German observers figure the same form from the Cretaceous system of Bohemia. It is of fre- quent occurrence in the Lower and Middle Tertiaries of Northern and Central Germany and England, in the Subapennine Tertiaries (Pliocene) of Italy, in the Crag of our Eastern Counties and of Antwerp, and, lastly, in the Posttertiary (Glacial) elays of Scotland and Norway. In the recent condition it is eosmopolitan, preferring pe waters; indeed, except for the fact that it was one of the forms dredged by Prof. Sars in depths of 300 fathoms, it might have been set down as limited to an outside range of 80 or 90 fathoms. It is found on every portion of the shores of Great Britain, in the Arctic Sea, on the Nor- wegian coast, in the Mediterranean, in the West Indies, on the shores of Tasmania, and, indeed, in Foraminiferous sands from whatever latitude derived. PoLYMORPHINA GIBBA, D'Orbigny. (Plate XX XIX. figs. 2, a-d.) (Typical form ; subglobular, transverse section nearly circular, figs. 2, a and b.) Polymorphina (Globulina) gibba, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 266, no. 20; Modèle no. 63; Menke, 1830, Synopsis Molluscorum, p. 5; Roemer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 386, pl. 3. fig. 32; Morris, 1843, Cat. Brit. Foss. p. 62. Globulina gibba, Reuss, 1845, in Geinitz's Grundriss der Verstein. p. 669, pl. 24. fig. 84; D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Fos. Vienne, p. 227, pl. 13. figs. 13, 14. G. punctata, D'Orbigny, ibid. p. 229, pl. 13. figs. 17, 18. G. gibba, Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. p. 80. G. amplectens, id. ibid. p. 81, pl. 6. fig. 45; Bornemann, 1855, ibid. vol. vii. p. 344. G. gibba, Bornemann, ibid. p. 344. Polymorphina communis (in part), Parker and Jones, 1857, Ann. € Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xix. p. 283, pl. 11. fig. 32. Polymorphina (Globulina) gibba, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1857 :—var. a, vera, p. 288, pl. 13. figs. 1-4; var. 6, ovoidea, p. 289, pl. 13. figs. 5-7; var. y, subgibba, p. 289, pl. 13. figs. 8-10; var. à, pyrula, p. 290, pl. 13. figs. 11, 12. Globulina amplectens, Bornemann, 1860, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. xii. p. 160, pl. 6. fig. 12. Polymorphina lactea, Parker and Jones, 1864, Phil. Trans. vol. clv. p. 359, pl. 13. figs. 45, 46. P. gibba, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. figs. 49-51; Reuss, 1867, Sitz. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lv. p. 72. no. 1; Karrer, 1868, Sitzungs. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii. p. 172. P. gibba, var. orbicularis, Karrer, ibid. p. 54, pl. 4. fig. 8. P. punctata, id. ibid. p. 53. Globulina subgibba, Gümbel, 1868, Abhandl. d. ii. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. x. p. 645, pl. 2. fig. 79. Rostrolina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. von Pietzpuhl, no. 415, pl. 26. figs. 25-27. Globulina, sp., id. ibid. no. 425, pl. 26. figs. 31—34, no. 427, pl. 27. figs. 1-8, no. 428, pl. 27. figs. 4-6, no. 429, pl. 27. figs. 7-9, no. 431, pl. 27. figs. 10, 12. Polymorphina gibba, var. equalis, D'Orbigny. (More or less compressed varieties, Plate XXXIX. figs. 2, c and d.) Polymorphina (Globulina) globosa, von Münster, 1838 (fide Roemer), Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. e p- 386, pl. 3. fig. 33. Globulina globosa, Reuss, 1845, Verst. bóhm. Kreid. 1** Abtheil. p. 40, pl. 3. in 82; Reuss, 85, m Geinitz's Grundriss der Verstein. p. 669, pl. 24. fig. 85 ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 217 Globulina equalis, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Fos. Vien. p. 227, pl. 13. figs. 11, 12; Reuss. 1851, Zeitsch. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. p. 81. G. inflata, Reuss, ibid. p. 81, pl. 6. fig. 45; Bornemann, 1855, ibid. vol. vii. p. 344. G. equalis, Bornemann, ibid. p. 344. G. globosa, Reuss, 1861, Sitzungs. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv. p. 318, pl. 3. fig 3. - Polymorphina globosa, Karrer, 1865, Sitzungs. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lii. p. 497, pl. 1. fig. 12. -P. equalis, Reuss, 1867, ibid. vol. lv. p. 72, no. 2; Karrer, 1868, ibid. vol. lviii. p. 172; Bunzel, 1869, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt für 1859, p. 208. Characters—Shell (typical) subspherical or oval, somewhat produced at the apex, broad and rounded at the base. Chambers few, compact, and overlapping. Sutures marked by lines er neither excavated nor depressed externally. Surface smooth. Long diameter about 4; inch. Polymorphina E is, perhaps, as definite in its typical characters and as apt for technical description as any member of the group; still some latitude must be allowed in the terms employed for its diagnosis. D’Orbigny’s * Modèle” represents a nearly globular shell, and may be taken as representing the normal form. Our first list of synonyms refers to specimens deviating in no striking particular from this standard. Perhaps the commonest modification is to be found in the compressed varieties, of which the best-known and most generally recognized is the Globulina equalis of the same author (Plate XXXIX. figs. 2, c, d) ; and the second portion of the above synonymy comprises (together with G7. equalis) a number of subvarieties differing from the type and from each other chiefly in the amount of lateral compression. Dr. Karrer's Polymorphina gibba, var. orbicularis, on the other hand, instead of being compressed laterally, is shortened in the direction of its axis, and, whilst preserving a cireular transverse section, is elliptical in its lateral aspect, the longer diameter being the horizontal one. Specimens like Dr. Egger's subvarieties 8, y, and à are often to be met with, and represent individuals in which the segments are unequally gibbous and not very regularly - combined, rather than groups sufficiently stable in their characters for separation, even under varietal names, from the type. Globulina punctata, D'Orb., we can regard only as representing a thin-walled condition in a shell of the common type. The extent to which the minute foramina in the chamber-walls are visible depends in great measure on the thickness and age of the shell. - Old and opaque specimens seldom exhibit the perforations, which, notwithstanding, are still present, as may be seen under favourable circumstances, like the fractured edge - shown at Plate XL. fig. 12,f. Just the same appearance may be observed in many other clear-shelled forms besides P. gibba. The shape of the anterior portion of the shell differs a good deal in different indi. viduals. In some it is acuminate, and the orifice is situate in a mamillate protuber- ance; in others it is truncate, and the general aperture is “flush ” with the body of the shell. In rare examples the orifice is turned inwards, like that of an entosolenian Such trifling divergences from a normal type cannot be looked upon as safe ground 218 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES for the subdivision of an otherwise compact group. We are conscious that the principle we have adopted in endeavouring to simplify the nomenclature of the genus might be carried legitimately much further, and that the compromise arrived at has been in a measure influenced by motives of convenience; but the primary consideration of natural relationship has been steadily kept in view. Distribution.—The range of Polymorphina gibba, geological and geographical, is very extended. It appears as a cretaceous fossil in Bohemia, and we have specimens from the Kimmeridge Clay of the South of England. It is found in the Septaria clays of Northern and Central Germany, in the Miocene of the Vienna Basin (Baden and Nussdorf beds) and Lower Bavaria, in Pliocene clays near Sienna (Coroncina), at Turin, and Palermo, in the Crag of our Eastern Counties, and in other Tertiary deposits. It is equally common in the recent state. We have note of its occurrence off almost every portion of the shores of Europe, though never in very deep water. POLYMORPHINA GUTTA, D'Orbigny. (Pl XXXIX. figs. 3, a,b.) Polymorphium pyriformium, Soldani, 1789, Testac. ac Zoophytograph. vol. ii. p. 117, pl. 122. fig. gg. Polymorphina (Pyrulina) gutta, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 267, no. 28, pl. 12. figs. 5, 6; Modèle no. 30. ? P. (Globulina) clavata, Roemer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 386, pl. 3. fig. 38. Pyrulina obtusa, Reuss, 1862, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xlvi. p. 79, pl. 9. fig. 9. Polymorphina gutta, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. figs. 46, 47. Rostrolina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, p. 72, nos. 408, 409, and 411, pl. 26. figs. 1-6, 10-12. Pyrulina, sp., id. ibid. nos. 423, 424, pl. 25. figs. 55, 56, pl. 27. figs. 13-15. Characters.—Shell ovate-elongate, symmetrical, pyriform ; anterior portion tapering, acuminate; posterior obtuse, rounded; margin entire, septal lines not depressed. fparmbers elongate, epee embracing, arranged triserially. Surface smooth. Length 5 inch. sch explained in the introduction (vide ante, p. 209), the earlier writers were accus- tomed to divide the Polymorphine into several genera or subgenera, and the present species was made the type of one of the groups, under the name of Pyrulina gutta. As this subdivision of the genus is being gradually abandoned, even by those who have been its upholders, it is unnecessary to make further allusion to it. P. guita, in good specimens, presents tolerably definite characters, its triserial ar- . rangement, closely-embracing chambers, and circular transverse section being sufficient for ordinary diagnosis. Its long, tapering upper extremity and numerous chambers dis- tinguish it from P. gibba, and the rounded base and compact spiral build from its near ally P. acuminata. Pyrulina obtusa, Reuss, is more regularly elliptical than the generally accepted type, but may fairly be associated with it. The number of individuals that agree in every point with D'Orbigny's model is very limited, and we are obliged, as in every other group, to make some allowance for variation amongst the specimens associated under one specific name. ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 219 Distribution.—Although Polymorphina gutta has been noticed in the Hils Clay of Ger- many, a deposit of Neocomian age, it is best known as a Tertiary fossil. It is found in the various Tertiary clays of North Italy and Germany, in the Barton Beds (Isle of Wight), and is not uncommon in the Crag of Suffolk. We have no note of its occurrence except as a fossil. POLYMORPHINA ACUMINATA, D’Orbigny, sp. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 4, a, b.) Pyrulina acuminata, D'Orbigny, 1840, Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr. vol. iv. p. 43, pl. 4. figs. 18, 19; Reuss, 1845, in Geinitz's Grundriss der Verstein. p. 670, pl. 24, fig. 64; Jones, 1854, in Morris's Cat. Br. Fossils, 2nd ed. p. 40. Strophoconus stiliger, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 26. fig. 22. S. acanthopus, id. ibid. pl. 26. fig. 23. Atractolina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, p. 70, no. 397, pl. 25. figs. 9, 10. Pyrulina, sp., id. ibid. no. 422, pl. 25. fig. 53. Characters.—Shell ovate-elongate, symmetrical, triserial; both anterior and posterior extremities acuminate; margin entire, septal lines not depressed, often indistinet. Ear- ler chambers small, and forming a short inverted cone; the two or three last-formed segments large, embracing, and erect. Surface smooth. Length 35 inch. The claims of this pretty little form to specific distinction are of similar value to those of P. gutta. Both have compact triserial shells, with no constriction along the septallines; both are circular in transverse section; and in both the upper portion of the shell tapers gently to a point: but whilst P. gutta has an obtuse, rounded base, the earlier chambers of P. acuminata are arranged in a short spire, resembling an inverted cone, the point of which forms the lower extremity of the shell. In some of its characters P. acuminata bears a resemblance to P. fusiformis ; but the latter has fewer chambers, they are more even in size and scarcely overlap; it is also a much larger shell, and not so compactly built. We have already stated our views on Herr von Schlicht’s genus Atractolina, two of the figures of which seem to pertain to the present species. His Pyrulina, numbered 422, is not quite pointed, but may, from its general accordance with the characters above laid down, be looked upon as belonging to P. acuminata. Distribution.—D'Orbigny's specimens were obtained from the Chalk of Meudon, in France; and a few examples have been found in the Chalk-marl of Kent (Charing). The Tertiary clays of Northern Germany have also afforded specimens; still, although it is probable that P. acuminata might be found wherever P. gutta occurs, it is, so far as our present knowledge goes, a rare species, and, like its close ally, unknown in a recent condition. PoLYMORPHINA FUSIFORMIS, Roemer. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 5, a,b,c; and Woodcut e.) Polymorphina (Globulina) fusiformis, Roemer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 386, pl. 3. fig. 37. P. liassica, Strickland, 1845, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. ii. p. 30, fig. b. Globulina Leopolitana, Reuss, 1850, Haidinger's Abhandl. vol. iv. p. 44, pl. 5. fig. 11. VOL. XXVII. 26 220 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesel. vol. iii. p. 83, pl. 6. fig. 50. Grammostomum turio, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 26. fig. 19. Globulina minima, Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesel. vol. vii. p. 344, pl. 17. fig. 3. Guttulina ovalis, id. ibid. p. 345, pl. 17. fig. 7. G. vitrea, id. 1bid. p. 346, pl. 17. fig. 8. G. cylindrica, id. ibid. p. 347, pl. 18. figs. 4-6. Polymorphina lanceolata, 1d. ibid. p. 347. Globulina acuta, Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 51, pl. 6. fig. 62. Polymorphina (Globulina) angusta, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min. 1857, p. 290, pl. 13. figs. 13-15. ? Polymorphina prelonga, id. ibid. p. 287, pl. 13. figs. 25-27. Globulina porrecta, Reuss, 1859, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xl. p. 86, pl. 12. fig. 4. i Polymorphina subteres, Reuss, 1861, ibid. vol. xlii. p. 361, pl. 2. fig. 14; id. 1861, Bulletins de l'Acad. Roy. Belg. 2nd ser. vol. xv. p. 122, no. 41. P. proteiformis (in part), id. ibid. p. 121, pl. 2. figs. 30-36; pl. 3. figs. 37-40. Guttulina jurassica, Gümbel, 1861, Württemb. naturwiss. Jahreshefte, J ahrg. xviii. p. 228, pl. 4; figs. 15, a,b. “Y Polymorphina rudis, Reuss, 1861, Sitzungsb.k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv. p. 319, pl. 3. figs. 5-8. : Globulina prisca, Reuss, 1862, ibid. vol. xlvi. p. 79, pl. 9. fig. 8. Polymorphina (Guttulina) lanceolata, Reuss, 1863, ibid. vol. xlviii. p. 58, pl. 7. figs. 75-84. P. cylindrica, id. ibid. p. 58. Globulina nuda, Schwager, 1864, in Dittmar’s ** Contorta-Zone," p. 201, pl. 3. fig. 14. Polymorphina bilocularis (in part), Terquem, 1864, 4m: Mém, edi Lias, p. 293, pl. 11. figs. 10, 11, 12, &c. | P. ovula (in part), id. ibid. p. 294, pl. 11. fig. 33, &c. P. Breoni (in part) id. ibid. p. 295, pl. 12. fig. 4, &e. P. triloba (in part), id. ibid. p. 300, pl. 13. fig. 19, &c. ? P. avena (in part), id. ibid. p. 304, pl. 13. fig. 45, &c. ? P. metensis (in part), id. ibid. p. 301, pl. 13. fig. 38, &e. P. lactea, Brady, 1867, Proc. Somersetshire Archæol. Soc. vol. viii. p. 114, pl. 3. fig. 49. Guttulina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl. no. 485, pl. 92. figs. 13-16, no. 487, pl. 32. figs. 5-8. Characters.—Shell elongate, subcylindrical, tapering at both extremities. Chambers few (often only three), oblique, somewhat convex. Septal lines but little depressed. Surface smooth. Length 135 to jl inch. Roemer's name appears to be the earliest for the feeble, few-chambered, fusiform members of the genus, forming a long series downwards (if we may be allowed the expression) from P. lactea (typica). The shell originally figured as Globulina Jusiformis differs from Polymorphina lactea only in being slightly narrower and having its base somewhat drawn out to a point; and from this form we are led by imperceptible gra- dations to specimens with the elongate fusiform contour of Globulina porrecta, Reuss, or, it may be, to some of even slenderer proportions. Roemer's figure, as nearly as can be made out, coincides in general features with P. liassica, Strickland (Woodeut €), Globulina minima, Guttulina ovalis, and G. vitrea, Bornemann, Gl. prisca, Reuss, and ña Gl. nuda, Schwager,—an interesting series, as it Pon peehenda SOME, Polymorpliina kanis, TER I genus, geologically speaking. Strickland. . ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 221 In his figures of Gutt. lanceolata Prof. Reuss gives a series of forms extending not only from the longer to the shorter extremes above described, but embracing a number of irregular specimens which connect the series with such varieties as G7. Leopolitana and P. rudis. Polymorphina lanceolata and P. Bio have tests more compactly built, and tend towards Bornemann's Guti. cylindrica (vide Plate XXXIX. fig. 5, b). Two of Dr. Egger’s * species," Globulina angusta and Polymorphina prelonga, seem to be transition-forms between the present group and P. compressa: both of them are proportionally very long; but they are rounded at the ends, and otherwise depart somewhat from the charac- ters set down to P. fusiformis. Dr. Gümbel's Guttulina jurassica is possibly an imma- ture shell: the figure given is small and too indefinite for positive diagnosis; but we should for many reasons be inclined to place it in company with the kindred early forms of Strickland and Schwager, above named. M. Terquem's figures and our references to them must be taken for what they are worth. Plate XX XIX. fig. 5, a, represents the elongate few-chambered form of P. fusiformis, copied from Prof. Reuss's figure of G4. porrecta; figs. 5, b and c, show the more compact and regular variety copied from the best of Dr. Bornemann's many figures of Guttulina cylindrica; the woodcut e represents the stouter section of the group, and is reproduced from the late Mr. Strickland's drawing of P. liassica. In one of his recent papers, Dr. Reuss has placed Gutt. cylindrica as a synonym of G. rotundata; and there is much to be said for such an arrangement; but a review of the entire series of figures given by Dr. Bornemann leads to the conviction that they find their closest allies amongst the feebler specimens constituting the present group, and the figures show much the same sort of range of variation in general form as that just alluded to. Distribution.—The references already made indicate what is known of the geological distribution of Polymorphina fusiformis. It is found in the Lower Lias of England, France, and Germany ; in the Chalk; in the Hils Clay of Hanover; in the Septaria-clay of Hermsdorf, Offenbach, Pietzpuhl, &e., and in various other Tertiary beds of Germany. It has also been recognized among the Tertiary Foraminifera of New Zealand. It does not appear to exist as a living species; at any rate we find no figures of recent specimens that conform precisely to the characters laid down. POLYMORPHINA CYLINDROIDES, Roemer. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 6, a, b, c.) Polymorphina cylindroides, Roemer 1838, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 26; Philippi, 1844, Beiträge zur Kenntniss d. Tertiárverst. d. nord-west. Deutsch. p. 41. Proroporus cylindroides, Reuss, 1845, in Geinitz's Grundriss d. Verstein. p. 678, pl. 24. fig. 80. Polymorphina cylindroides, Karsten, 1849, Verzeichn. d. Rostock. Verst. a. d. Sternberger Gestein, p. 8; Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 249, pl. 8. fig. 78. Polymorphina lactea, var. acuminata, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 71, pl. 6. fig. 148. P. compressa (in part), Parker & Jones, 1864, Phil. Trans. vol. clv. p. 361, pl. 13. figs. 48 a,b. Guttulina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, no. 471, pl. 31. figs. 5, 6. Characters.—Shell elongate, fusiform, more or less compressed. Anterior extremity 262 222 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES acuminate, posterior acuminate or slightly rounded. Chambers elongate, arranged in two parallel series. Margins entire, scarcely depressed at the sutures. Aperture large, radiate. Surface smooth. Length 4; to 75 inch. As we have elsewhere observed, the figures given with Herr Roemer's paper on the North-German Tertiary Sands are often obscure, owing to their small size and poor execution. We have endeavoured (Plate XXXIX. figs. 6, a, b) to reproduce his drawing of P. eylindroides on a larger scale, as it seems to represent a useful subtype and is referred to constantly by German authors. Professor Williamson's P. lactea, var. acu- minata (Plate X XXIX. fig. 6, c) manifestly belongs to the same species. Reference to the two figures, placed side by side, will show that in all main features they are identical, the acuminate lower extremity of the latter being the only appreciable difference. Prof. Reuss, in his paper on the Tertiary Foraminifera of Northern and Central Germany, figures the shell with both ends somewhat rounded and a nearly circular transverse section, but other authorities agree in the more or less compressed contour indicated in Plate XXXIX. fig. 6,0. Dr. Gümbel describes, under the name of Guttulina strumosa, a shell somewhat akin to this species from the Streitberger sponge-bed (Jahreshefte des Vereins fur vaterländische Naturkunde in Württemberg, p. 227, pl. iv. figs. 13 «-14 b), but too ill- defined for absolute diagnosis. Its age (Jurassic) would, in the absence of distinctive characters, suggest relationship with the poorly grown Liassic forms, of which P. fusifor- mis is the best example. Distribution.—Fossil, in the North-German Tertiary sands and Septaria-clay. Recent, in Mr. Barlee's dredgings from Skye and some other more northern localities. PoLYMORPHINA OBLONGA, Williamson. (Plate XX XIX. figs. 7, a, b.) Polymorphina lactea, var. oblonga, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gr. Br. p. 71, pl. 6. figs. 149, 149a; Alcock, 1865, Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. iv. p. 206. Characters.—Shell oblong, ovate, symmetrical, tapering but little, rounded at both extremities, compressed ; consisting of numerous, erect, narrow, oblong segments extend- ing nearly to the upper extremity of the shell, and scarcely overlapping at all laterally, so that the earlier segments are left partly uncovered. Septal plane narrow, oblong, convex. Septal lines scarcely depressed, but distinct. Orifice surrounded by a conspicuous corona of radiating grooves. Surface smooth. Length 35 inch. The present species must not be confounded with the Polymorphina oblonga of D'Or- bigny (* Vienna Basin,’ pl. xii. figs. 29-31), which is an elongate many-chambered Uvige- rine form, closely related to, if not identical with, P. Soldanü. Again, the Polymorphina (Globulina) oblonga of Roemer (Neues Jahrbuch, 1838, pl. iii. fig. 34) belongs rather to the well-known P. communis. Neither of these varieties has been recognized as a leading form by subsequent rhizopodists ; hence there will be no inconvenience in retaining Prof. Williamson's name for the well-marked variety to which it was applied by him. We have little to add to the description above given, which is quoted, in the main, from Professor Williamson's notes. It represents one of the most symmetrical varieties of the genus; and its long erect chambers, strongly marked terminal orifice, and generally su translucent shell are sufficiently distinctive characters for its recognition. ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. | 223 Distribution.—The geographical range of P. oblonga seems to be limited; it is most abundant on the Devonshire and Cornwall coast, and may be found sparingly distributed at intervals all round the British Islands. We are not aware of its occurrence in the seas of warmer latitudes or in a fossil condition. POLYMORPHINA ANCEPS, Philippi. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 8, a-c.) Polymorphina anceps, Philippi, 1844, Beitráge zur Kenntniss d. Tertiürverstein. d. nordwest. Deutsch. pp. 41, 70, pl. 1. fig. 34. P. compressa, id. ibid. p. 69, pl. 1. fig. 35. Guttulina dilatata, Reuss, 1849, Denkschr. mathem.-natur. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. i. p. 378, pl. 48. fig. 11. ` Polymorphina dilatata, Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. p. 83, pl. 6. figs. 49, a, 5. ? Strophoconus Hemprichii, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 24. fig. 32. Polymorphina dilatata, Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. vii. p. 347. P. anceps, Reuss, 1855, Sitzungs. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 246, pl. 6. fig. 68, pl. 7. fig. 69 ; id. 1864, ibid. vol. 1. p. 38, pl. 4. figs. 2, 3; id. 1866, Denkschr. math.-natur. Cl. Akad. Wiss. vol. xxv. p. 155, pl. 4. figs. 9-11. P; perneformis, Stache, 1865, Novara-Reise, vol i. 2** Abtheil. Paläont. von Neu-Seeland, p. 256, pl. 24. ? P. cognata, id. ibid. p. 257, pl. 24. fig. 3. ? P. contorta, id. ibid. p. 257, pl. 24. fig. 4. Characters.—Shell oblong, ovate, compressed, symmetrical, broad and rounded at the base, tapering towards the apex; periphery usually sharp-edged, sometimes slightly rounded. Chambers long, oblique, regular, springing from the base of the shell or near it. Septa marked externally by lines, or by slight depressions over the sutures. Surface smooth. Length +; inch. | The large biconvex or sometimes complanate Polymorphine, with broad, rounded base and oblique or nearly erect segments, constitute an assemblage which arrange themselves conveniently around the P. anceps of Philippi. As even the limited number of subdivisions which we have recognized for the purposes of nomenclature have no claim to be regarded in the light of true species, in the older acceptation of the word, the fact that such a series inosculates with kindred groups is of little consequence. It has therefore been thought preferable to retain both P. anceps and P. regularis as types of subdivisions, although they have recently been stated by Prof. Reuss to represent only extreme examples of the same species. Polymorphina dilatata, Reuss, represents an outspread variety with inflated chambers, rather than the regular biconvex form; and Ehrenberg's Strophoconus Hemprichii shows similar divergence from the type. Dr. Stache's three species (P. perneformis, P. cog- nata, and P. contorta) are intermediates that tend to establish the connexion alluded to between P. anceps and P. regularis. Distribution.—This is an essentially Tertiary Foraminifer; and, except Dr. Stache's .somewhat doubtful forms, which were derived from the New-Zealand beds, notices of its occurrence are almost entirely confined to the Tertiaries of Germany. 224 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES POLYMORPHINA BURDIGALENSIS, D'Orbigny. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 9, a, b.) Polymorphina Burdigalensis, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 265, no. 2; Modèle no. 29. Characters.—Shell oblong, unsymmetrical ; flattened, or even slightly concave on one side, irregularly convex on the other; anterior extremity acute, posterior rounded. Septal lines slightly excavated. Aperture excentric, situate near the flattened side of the terminal segment. Surface smooth. The mere name of a species in a synopsis, with reference to a plaster digne is far from being a satisfactory basis on which to lay down its normal peculiarities ; yet this is all we have as authority for Polymorphina Burdigalensis. D'Orbigny's * Modèle,” which we assume to be a fair representation (Ann. N. H. 1865, ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 181, pl. 2. fig. 48), exhibits a compact shell, somewhat resembling P. Humboldtii in its septation, flattened on one side and having rounded edges. The chambers are numerous and obscurely tri- serial in their arrangement, and the septa are marked by lines rather than depressions. We may just remark that the Guttulina semiplana of Reuss (Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. p. 82, pl. vi. figs. 48, a—c) resembles P. Burdigalensis in the contour of its transverse section; but as its general characters are much more those of P. communis, we have preferred to associate it with the latter. Distribution.—The only habitat appended to the species in the * Tableau Méthodique is, ** Fossil, near Bordeaux," from which we suppose it to be a Middle-Tertiary form. POLYMORPHINA COMMUNIS, D'Orbigny. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 10, a, b.) Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sc. Nat. vol. vii. p. 226, no. 15, pl. 12. figs. 1-4; Modèle no. 62. ? Guttulina vitrea, D’Orbigny, 1836, Foram. Cuba, p. 128, pl. 2. figs. 1-3. Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis, Roemer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. für Min., J ahrg. 1838, p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 29. P. (Globulina) oblonga, id. ibid. p. 386, pl. 3. fig. 84. ? P. glomerata, Roemer, 1841, Verstein. nordeutsch. Kreid. pt. 2, p. 19, pl. 15. fig. 19. P. communis, Morris, 1843, Cat. Br. Foss. 1st ed. p. 62. ? P. glomerata, Reuss, 1845, Verstein. bóhm. Kreid. pt. 1, p. 40, pl. 12. fig. 32; Reuss, 1845, im Geinitz's Grundriss der Verstein. p. 668, pl. 25. fig. 19. Guttulina communis, Reuss, ibid. p. 669, pl. 24. fig. 82; D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien., p. 224, pl. 13. figs. 6-8. G. irregularis, D'Orb. ibid. p. 226, pl. 10. figs. 9, 10. Globulina discreta, Reuss, 1849, Denkschr. mathem.-natur. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. i. P. 378, pl. 48. fig. 10. Guttulina cretacea, Alth, 1849, Haidinger's Abhandl. vol. iii. p. 262, pl. 13. fig. 14; Reuss, 1850, ib. vol. iv. p. 44, pl. 5. fig. 10. G. semiplana, Reuss, 1851, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. iii. p- 82, pl. 6. fig. 48. Polymorphina communis, Jones, 1854, in Morris's Cat. Br. Foss. 2nd ed. p. 40. Spheroidina Parisiensis, Ehrenberg, 1854, pl. 27. figs. 23, 24. Guttulina robusta, Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 246, pl. 6. fig. 65. G. semiplana, Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. vii. p. 344. ; Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., epo 1857, p. 288, pl. 13. figs. 16-18. ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. | 225 Polymorphina (Guttulina) lata, Egger, ibid. p. 288, pl. 13. figs. 22-24. P. communis, Morris & Quekett, 1860, Cat. Hunt. Mus. Coll. Surg. Eng. p. 88, 4 5. ? Globulina bulloides, Reuss, 1861, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xliv. p. 318, pl. 3. fig. 4. Guttulina communis, Karrer, 1863, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissench. vol. xlviii. (Table). G. fissurata, Stache, 1865, Novara-Reise, vol. i. 2** Abtheil. Paläont. Neu-Seeland, p. 263, pl. 24. fig. 10. G. obliquata, id. ibid. p. 264, pl. 24. fig. 11. Polymorphina problema, vax. deltoidea, Reuss, 1866, Denkschr. d. mathem.-natur. Classe d. k. Akad. Wissen. vol. xxv. p. 154, pl. 4. fig. 8. P. communis, Brady, 1868, in Crosskey and Robertson, 'Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iii. p. 118. P. irregularis, Karrer, 1868, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii. p. 172. Guttulina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, no. 435, pl. 27. figs. 22-25. Polymorphina, sp., id. ibid. no. 493, pl. 32. figs. 17-20. Characters.—Shell ovate, gibbous, more or less compressed at three sides; anterior ex- tremity acute; posterior obtuse and rounded. Chambers few, u, inflated. Sutures depressed. Surface smooth. Aperture circular, coronate. Length 35 to ys inch. In the section referring to Polymorphina lactea (page 215) the relations of P. com- munis with that species on the one hand and P. problema on the other are described; and but little need be added to what is there stated. A glance at the figures of the three forms (Plate XXXIX. figs. 1, 10, & 11) will explain better than words whatever may have been left obscure. Prof. Reuss, in his memoir on the Fossil Fauna of Wieliezka, has placed P. communis and P. Austriaca in the same group as P. problema,—a course to which we only object on the ground of convenience, as may be gathered from our pre- vious remarks. Some difficulty has been experienced in determining the place of P. glomerata of Roemer and Reuss. The figures given by both authors are too small to be of much service; but they appear to represent a short, wide, few-chambered variety, such as would find its nearest allies amongst specimens of P. communis ; and possibly GI. bulloides may also be included in the group for similar reasons. D’Orbigny’s Gutt. irregularis is a thinner, outspread form, partaking of the same characters; and Egger's Gutt. lata is almost circular in its lateral aspect, notwithstanding a somewhat irregular septation. Gutt. semiplana has a plano-convex transverse section, and may be a transition variety between’ the present species and P. Burdigalensis. The remaining references in our list answer to the characters of the subtype as laid down above. Distribution.—In distribution P. communis has much the same range as P. lactea. It appears in the Chalk of Northern Germany and Bohemia and in the Lower Tertiaries of Central Europe, in the Miocene of the Vienna Basin and Lower Bavaria, and in the Crag of Suffolk. The New-Zealand Tertiary formations also yield specimens referable to this species. It occurs too in the Glacial (Posttertiary) clays of Seotland and Norway. . Recent specimens are found in sea-sands from the littoral, laminarian, coralline, and coral zones in every latitude. POLYMORPHINA PROBLEMA, D'Orbigny. (Plate XXXIX. figs. 11. a, b.) Polymorphina (Guttulina) problema, d'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sc. Nat. vol. vii. p. 266, No. 14; Modèle no, 61. 226 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES Polymorphina (Guttulina) crassatina, Von Münster, 1838 (Fide Roemer), Neues Jahrb. für Min., J ahrg. 1838, p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 30. P. (G.) spiceformis, Roemer, 1838, ibid. p. 386, pl. 3. fig. 31. Guttulina problema, Reuss, 1845. In Geinitz's Grundriss der Verstein. p. 669, pl. 24. fig. 83. G. austriaca, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 223, pl. 12. figs. 23-25. G. problema, id. ibid. p. 224, pl. 12. figs. 26-28. Polymorphina uvula, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 26. fig. 28. Strophoconus polymorphus (in part) , id. 1bid. pl. 27. figs. 23-28. S. auricula, id. ibid. pl. 20. $ 2. fig. 2. S. africanus, id. ibid. pl. 21. fig. 88. Polymorphina problema, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1857, p. 287, pl. 10. figs. 23-25. P. uvula, id. ibid. p. 293, pl. 10. figs. 26-29. Guttulina rotundata, Reuss, 1864, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissensch. vol. 1. p. 469, pl. 3. fig. 4. G. problema, id. ibid. p. 470, pl. 5. fig. 4. G. pusilla, Stache, 1865, Novara-Reise, vol. i. 2** Abtheil., Paläont. von Neu-Secland, p. 265, pl. 24. fig. 12. Polymorphina problema, Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1865, Ann. Nat. Hist. Ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 187, pl. 2. fig. 50; iid. 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. fig. 64; Reuss, 1867, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lv. p. 73; Karrer, 1868, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii. p. 172. Characters.—Shell oblong, ovate, irregular. Chambers numerous, much inflated, and separated by deep sutures; sometimes arranged triserially, but more ern crowded together irregularly; orifice round, radiate ; surface smooth. Length 7; to yọ inch. D'Orbigny's Model, represented in fig. 11, a, is a convenient subtype embracing a large group of Polymorphine having in common a somewhat acervuline mode of growth and but little adhesion or overlap amongst the segments. His later figures of the same species are by no means so characteristic, and are scarcely separable from .P. communis. This circumstance has led Prof. Reuss in a recent memoir to place together P. pro- blema, P. communis, and P. Austriaca—a conclusion in which we should entirely agree were the figures in the “ Vienna Basin" monograph our only guide. That the typical P. lactea inosculates with P. communis, and this again with P. problema, does not admit of doubt; but they none the less represent types round which a large number and variety of individuals may be conveniently arranged; and this is all that can be said for any single “species” of the genus. We have therefore preferred to accept the Modeles no. 61 and no. 62 as a basis of subdivision ; and our synonomy has been arranged ac- cordingly. The specimen described by Egger under the name P. wvula may be regarded as an irregularly grown example of this species; and Prof. Reuss's Guttulina rotundata, figured in his memoir “Zur Fauna des deutschen Oberoligocáns,” appears to be more nearly related to P. problema than to Bornemann's form. Guttulina Austriaca is somewhat longer proportionally than the type; and in | Polyb phina oblonga, D'Orb., and P. uvæformis, Reuss, we have varieties apparently interme- diate to P. problema and P. Soldanii (more nearly approaching the latter)—that is to say, somewhat Uvigerine in their general contour. | Distribution.—Tt is as a Tertiary fossil that Polymorphina problema is best known; indeed our notes of its occurrence in a living condition are not sufficient to enable us to ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 221 lay down its geographical range. In the earlier Tertiaries of North Germany, in the Miocene of the Vienna Basin, of Lower Bavaria, and of Kostej in the Banat, in the Pliocene clays of Northern Italy, and the Crag formation of the east of England it is constantly found; and the presence of a similar, if not identical, variety in the Tertiaries of New Zealand is recorded by Herr Stache. POLYMORPHINA COMPRESSA, D'Orbigny. (Plate XL. figs. 12, a-f.) Polymorphina tuberosa, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 265; Polymorphium, Soldani, Tes- taceographia, vol. ii. p. 99, pl. 107. fig. kk. Guttulina elliptica, Reuss, 1845, Verst. norddeutsch. Kreid. 2** Abtheil. p. 110, pl. 24. fig. 55; Alth, 1850, Haidinger's Abhand. vol. iii. p. 75, pl. 13. fig. 15. Polymorphina compressa, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 243, pl. 12. figs. 32-34. P. acuta, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 244, pl. 14. figs. 5-7, and pl. 13. figs. 4, 5 P. ovata, id. ibid. p. 233, pl. 13. figs. 1-3. P. acanthophora, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 31. fig. 30. P. obtusa, id. ibid. pl. 31. fig. 31. ? P. Gizensis, id. ibid. pl. 23. fig. 26. P. prisca, id. ibid. pl. 24. fig. 34. Grammostomum lingua, id. ibid. pl. 27. fig. 15. G. myoglossum. id. ibid. pl. 27. fig. 18. G. gracile, id. ibid. pl. 27. fig. 25. G. polytrema, id. ibid. pl. 28. figs. 15, 16. G. thebaicum, id. ibid. pl. 23. fig. 19, & pl. 31. fig. 25. E ? G. attenuatum, id. ibid. pl. 23. fig. 20. Strophoconus leptoderma, id. ibid. pl. 24. figs. 28, 30. S. ovum, id. ibid. (in part), pl. 22. fig. 81, pl. 24. fig. 29, & pl. 27. fig. 27. S. spicula, id. ibid. (in part), pl. 24. fig. 31, pl. 27. fig. 24. S. gibbus, id. ibid. pl. 20. $ 51. fig. 4. S. teretiusculus, id. ibid. pl. 23. fig. 24. S. efflorescens, id. ibid. pl. 26. fig. 24. Bigenerina apiculata, id. ibid. pl. 28. fig. 23. B. libnotica, id. ibid. pl. 25. figs. 25, 26, pl. 26. fig. 25. Pleurites calciparus, id. ibid. pl. 30. fig. 19. Pl. turgens, id. ibid. pl. 31. fig. 37. Pl. obtusus, id. ibid. pl. 32. fig. 24. PI. americanus, id. ibid. pl. 33. fig. 20. Polymorphina insignis, Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 248, pl. 7. figs. 74, 75 P. communis, Parker & Jones (in part), 1857, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 9nd ser. vol. xix. p. 283, pl. 11. fig. 32- P. incerta, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1857, p. 286, pl. 13. figs. 19-21. P. media, ibid. p. 287, pl. 13. figs. 28, 29. P. lactea, Williamson (in part), 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 70, pl. 6. fig. 145. ? P. abavia, Ehrenberg, 1858, Monatsb. d. Akad. Wissensch. June, 1858, p. 337, pl. 1. fig. 4. ? P. avia, id. ibid. pl. 1. fig. 5. Globulina discreta, Reuss. 1864, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. 1. p. 468, pl. 3. fig. 3. Guttulina robusta, id. ibid. p. 470, pl. 3. figs. 5-7. Polymorphina lactea, var. compressa, Parker & Jones, 1862, in Carpenter's Introd., Appendix., p. 311; iid. (in part), 1864, Phil. Trans. vol. clv. p. 361, pl. 13. figs. 47, 49, 5% VOL. XXVII. 2H 998 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES ? Polymorphina ovula, Terquem (in part), 1864, 4"* Mém. Foram. Lias,, p. 294, pl. 11. figs. 35 Se. P. angustata, id. ibid. p. 296, pl. 12. figs. 33, 34. P} sinuata; id. ibid. p. 298, pl. 12. fig, 48. compressa, Brady, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xxiv. p. 473; Brady, 1865, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland & Durham, vol. i. p. 99. sacculus, Stache, 1865, Novara-Reise, vol. i. 2% Abtheil., Paläont. Neu-Seeland, p. 259, pl. 24. fig. 6. incavata, id. ibid. p. 260, pl. 24. fig. 7. compressa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monog. Crag Foram. pl. 1. figs. 54, 65, 7 7—80. Zeuchneri, Reuss, 1867, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lv. p. 74, pl. 4. fig. 1. ovata, id. ibid. p. 75. compressa, Brady, 1867, Proc. Somerset. Arch. Soc. vol. viii. p. 114, pl. 3. fig. 50; Sars, 1868, Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandlinger for 1868, p. 248; Karrer, 1868, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii. p. 174. P. acuta, Karrer. ibid. p. 174. P. compressa, Brady, 1868, in Crosskey & Robertson's Memoir, Trans .Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iii. ps. 118. Polymorphina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpulil, nos. 495. & 496, pl. 32. figs. 29-32 E 35-38. Characters.—Shell oblong, inequilateral, compressed, more or less fusiform. Chambers numerous, arranged in two unequal series, somewhat. inflated. Septal lines depressed. Surface smooth. Aperture variable, MT simple, cireular, and. coronate, sometimes labyrinthic or porous. Length 3 to yo inch. The three figures of the exterior aspect of Pojiksi compressa (Plate XL. figs. 12, a, b, c), although they indicate a considerable range of variation, from the wide out- spread examples like those found in the Crag to the tapering specimens separated by D'Orbigny under the name P. acuta, fall far within what may fairly be regarded as the limits of the present group; for, on the one hand, its modifications may be said to lose themselves amongst the less regular examples of P. complanata, whilst, on the other, they are scarcely separable from the feebler forms typified by P: fusiformis and. P. cylindroides. A somewhat indefinite biserial arrangement, in which the segments appear irregularly opposed to each other rather than in alternation, together with the rounded margins and constricted septa, are characters sufficient’ for general diagnosis. The difficulty in dis- tinguishing attenuated specimens from those of P. cylindroides is confessedly great ; but the less compressed contour of the latter, its few chambers, and their erect position will usually serve the purposes of the systematist. - So far as it is in our power to determine, from the information supplied by the respec- tive authors, the representatives of all the reputed species comprised in the foregoing ex- tended synonymy answer to the characters assigned to this subtype. We reserve our judgment in respect to those taken from the works of Prof. Ehrenberg and M. Terquem, for reasons already given. Distribution.—In Polymorphina compressa we have one of the commonest and one of the most widely spread members of the genus.. Setting aside the Silurian casts figured by Prof. Ehrenberg as somewhat doubtfully pertaining to this subtypieal form, we may regard as the earliest specimens those of the Lower and: Middle Lias of the north-east of France and of the Middle and Upper Lias of Somersetshire. lt appears E eo a ln NOM 'ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 229 again in the Lower Oolite of Somerset, in the Upper Oxford Clay (Oxford), in the Kim- meridge Clay ( Kimmeridge), and in the Cretaceous system of North Germany. Since the Secondary period it has been even more generally distributed, being common in the Sep- taria-clays and Miocene deposits of Central Europe, and occurring in the Tertiary beds of New Zealand. Itis present in the Lower Crag of Suffolk, in the Upper Crag of Nor- folk, and in the Postpliocene (Glacial) clays of Norway and the west of Scotland. - In the living state it is cosmopolitan, especially common in the seas of temperate lati- tudes, but extending even into the Arctic regions. Although affecting shallow water, it is one of the three species of Polymorphina dredged by Prof. Sars in 300 fathoms; but this depth must be regarded as an exceptional range. POLYMORPHINA REGULARIS, von Münster. (Plate XL. figs. 13, «-e.) Polymorphina regularis, von Münster, 1838, fide Roemer, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 21; Philippi, 1844, Beiträge zur Kenntniss d. Tertiärverst. nord-west. Deutsch. pp. 41, 70; Karsten, 1849, Verzeichn. d. Rostock. Verst. a. d. Sternberger Gestein, p. 8; Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 247, pl. 7. figs. 70-73; id. ibid. vol. 1. p. 38, pl. 3. figs. 11, 12, pl. 4. fig. 1. P. regularis, var. Nysti, Reuss, 1863, Bullet. de Acad. roy. de Belgique, vol. xv. p. 162, pl. 3. fig. 42. P. lingulata, Stache, 1865, Novara-Reise, vol. i. 2' Abtheil., Palüont. von Neu-Seeland, p. 255, pl. 24. fig. 1. ; TP. ERIS id. ibid. p. 258, pl. 24. fig. 5. P. dispar, id. ibid. p. 261, pl. 24. fig. 8. P. gigantea, id. ibid. p. 262, pl. 24. fig. 9. .. Oharacters.—Shell oblong, irregularly biconvex, broadest in the upper half, tapering towards both base and apex; periphery thin and produced but not carinate. Septal lines marked by slight constriction. Chambers numerous, long, oblique. Surface smooth. Length j inch. _ Notwithstanding certain differences that at first sight appear formidable, there can be little doubt that Polymorphina regularis is very closely allied to P. anceps. Prof. Reuss, in his later papers, has placed the two under the same heading, giving P. anceps pre- cedence, and describing them as the extreme modifications of the same series. The relationship i is not very manifest; but the careful study of such a set of figures as that given by Dr. Stache (op. cit. pl. xxiv. figs. 1-5, 8, 9) is sufficient to show that there is no real boundary-line between the two, and, further, that, on the side of P. regularis, there are still more aberrant specimens, like P. marsupium, tache, which must be taken into the same group. It is, however, consistent with the plan adopted in the pre- sent paper, and it is certainly more convenient, to recognize both as subtypes for separate congeries of specimens having average characters very distinct from each other. The same reasons that have led Prof. Reuss to merge these two varieties must, if uniformly pursued, result in the entire disuse of subdivisions in most of ¡the generic or typical groups of Foraminifera. In the case of the genus Polymorphina there is, as we have already stated, no single reputed “species” that does not inosculate with one or more other groups of similar zoological value; but whilst this fact must be borne in mind, it does not affect the necessity for recognizing g the more important and characteristic modi- | 212 230 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES fications as they occur. Many of them may be associated with external conditions, such as climate, depth of water, and the like; and some of the peculiar forms, the result of gradual alteration, afford evidence of a certain value in respect to geological age. Distribution.—The range of Polymorphina regularis is nearly identical with that of P. anceps. The Middle and Lower Tertiaries of Germany, and the Crag of Antwerp, are the only localities in which its occurrence is noted. POLYMORPHINA COMPLANATA, D'Orbigny. (Plate XL. figs. 14, a, b; Woodcuts Fj.) ? Polymorphina lingua, Roemer, 1838, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., Jahrg. 1838, p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 25. ? P. obscura, id. ibid. p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 23. ? P. campanulata, id. ibid. p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 22. ? P. teretiuscula, id. ibid. p. 385, pl. 3. fig. 24. lingua, Philippi, 1844, Beitráge zur Kenntniss d. restes, nord-west. Deutsch. pp. 41, 69; Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xviii. p. 248, pl. 7. fig. 77. complanata, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 234, pl. 13. figs. 25-30. Philippii, Reuss, Sitzs. Ak. Wissen. vol. xviii. p. 248, pl. 7. fig. 76. subrhombica, Reuss, 1861, ibid. vol. xliv. p. 239, pl. 7. fig. 3. obscura, Reuss, 1864, ibid. vol. 1. p. 471, pl. 7. figs. 8-10. complanata, Karrer, 1864, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. 1. p. 716 (table) ; Jones, Parker, end Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. figs. 52, 53, 60. T VTT Characters.—Shell much compressed, elongate or subrhomboidal. Chambers elongate, oblique, arranged in two regularly alternating series. Septal lines but slightly excavated. Surface smooth. Aperture radiate. Length jj inch or more. The figures given by M. D'Orbigny in the * Vienna-Basin ” monograph, to represent his Polymorphina complanata, indicate very wide and thin specimens, with an almost angular or rhomboidal lateral aspect. Such specimens may be regarded as the extreme examples of a considerable series which have as a common character the regular alter- nating or Textularian arrangement of their chambers. They vary amongst themselves in certain particulars—to a certain extent in the degree of compression of the shell, but far more in its relative length and width. The Tdh outlines are copied from some of the figures included in the list of synonyms. f j P. lingua, P. complanata, F. DOrbigns P. subrhombica, after Reuss. from the Crag. after D'Orbign after Reuss. We see no reason why the Proroporus Schultzei of Prof. Reuss should not be regarded as the extreme form of the series, at the opposite end to the short outspread variety which originally received the name now adopted for the whole. Its shell is thin and flat, and the arrangement of its segments distinctly Textularian ; its anomalous length alone dis- ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 281 tinguishes it from the commoner modifications. Setting this aside, we have in the Poly- morphina lingua (Woodcut f) and P. obscura of Roemer * two of the lanceolate varieties, having a transverse diameter equal to about one-third of the length, and showing the characteristic arrangement of the chambers. Our own specimens from the Crag yield many intermediates, two of which are represented in Woodcuts g and 4, whilst D'Orbigny's figure (+) exhibits the extreme form. P. subrhombica (j) appears to be only a few- chambered and somewhat stouter modification, possessing otherwise the same general features. Polymorphina complanata is very closely connected with P. compressa and P. regularis ; but the thickened centre and obscures eptation of the one, and the unequal and irre- gular disposition of the segments of the other, and its depressed sutures, will in general prevent their being confused with the more regularly built specimens of the form -under consideration. Distribution. — Well-marked Textularian Polymorphine seem only to be known as Tertiary fossils. The Miocene beds of the Vienna Basin were the source of D'Orbigny's specimens; and the various Tertiary formations of North and North-western Germany, and the Crag of the east of England, have supplied those of later observers. POLYMORPHINA ELEGANTISSIMA, Parker and Jones. (Plate XL. figs. 15, a-c.) Polymorphina elegantissima, Parker and Jones, 1864, Phil. Trans. vol. clv. Table x. p. 438. Characters.—Shell oblong or oval, thin, complanate, composed of a number of long, areuate, erect chambers, arranged in two unequal series. The final segment of each series large, and embracing those previously formed, the arrangement being reversed on the two sides of the shell. Chambers but slightly convex, occasionally having an ill- defined border or blunt carina. Surface smooth. Length ys inch. This beautiful variety received bare mention in the Appendix to the Memoir on North- Atlantic and Arctic Foraminifera above referred to, and is now first described and figured. It differs from other modifications of the type in the peculiar obliquity of its segments, which are arranged in two alternating series, but in such a way that on each face of the shell one of the series is completely invested by the overlap of its large terminal chamber. The series of segments which is exposed on one face of the shell is covered on the other, and vice versé. Thus from whichever side it is viewed, it presents four or five arcuate or semicircular chambers, with their ends embraced by the outspread terminal segment of the opposite series. Distribution.—We have specimens of Polymorphina elegantissima from shell-sand col- lected near Melbourne, Australia, and from soundings in Storm Bay, Tasmania, the latter forwarded to us by the late Dr. Greville, of Edinburgh. Though it has not been met with * Herr Roemer's drawings are, unfortunately, too small and indistinct to be of much service—a i tance the more to be regretted as they were amongst the earliest illustrations of Tertiary Foraminifera. In many cases the want of definite character in the figures has precluded the adoption of names that might otherwise have taken precedence of those in use. Prof. Reuss, in subsequent papers relating to geological formations of similar age, has reproduced some of the drawings on a larger scale, thereby restoring their value. Our remarks on P. T and P. obscura are founded - on the later figures rather than on those of the original plate. 232 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES in any other locality, we can scarcely suppose that its distribution is confined to the Australasian seas. POLYMORPHINA TRIGONULA, Reuss, sp. (Plate XL. figs. 16, a, 5.) Guttulina trigonula, Reuss, 1845, Verstein. bóhm. Kreid. 1 Abtheil. pp. 40, 110, pl. 13. fig. 84. Characters.—Shell oblong transversely, truncate at the base. Anterior extremity ob- tuse, pointed. Chambers numerous, turgid. Orifice radiate. Surface smooth. Long diameter (at the base) 3; inch. Professor Reuss, in his work on the Cretaceous System of Bohemia, describes and figures a curious and somewhat anomalous Polymorphina under the name Guttulina tri- gonula. We are unable to associate any specimens, recent or fossil, that have come under our notice with his description of the species, and are therefore content to copy his figure on a somewhat larger scale than the original, and adapt our description to it. Tt appears to represent a variety allied to P. communis, and differing chiefly in its truncate, some- what three-sided base. "Were a good specimen of this latter species cut across in its widest part, we should have a near approach to the characters indicated in the drawing. Another squat variety mentioned in the same work, P. glomerata, may possibly pertain to the same subtypical division; but the insufficiency of the figures has left us in so much doubt, that we have preferred to place it provisionally under P. communis, p. 224. Distribution.—The geological stage and locality given by Reuss are the Plánermergel of Luschitz in Bohemia. PoLYMORPHINA THOUINI, D'Orbigny. (Plate XL. fig. 17.) Polymorphina Thouini, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sc. Nat. vol. vii. p. 265, no. 8; Modèle no. 23. P. asparagus, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 27. fig. 14. P. turio, id. ibid. pl. 28. fig. 27. Bigenerina Crete, id. ibid. pl. 28. fig. 21. B. acanthopora, id. ibid. pl. 28. fig. 22. ‘Proroporus Crete, id. ibid. pl. 27. fig. 29, and pl. 28. fig. 20. P. Siculus, id. ibid. pl. 26. fig. 18. Sagrina longirostris, id. ibid. pl. 32. fig. 23. Vaginulina obscura, id. ibid. pl. 26. fig. 27. Polymorphina Thouini, Parker and Jones, 1860, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 302. (Table). P. pupiformis (in part), Terquem, 1864, 4»* Mém. sur les Foram. du Lias, p. 524, pl. 13. figs. 23, 26, 29, &c. | P. Thouini, Parker, Jones, and Brady, 1865, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd Ser. vol. xvi. p. 22, E 2. fig. 49; Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. fig. 59. -Guttulina, sp., von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, p. 467, pl. 25. figs. 14, 15. Characters.—Shell attenuate, subeylindrical, slightly constricted at the septal lines. Anterior extremity acute; posterior rounded. Chambers elongate, ham ces erect. slightly “ventricose. Orifice round, central. Surface smooth. “Length jy to 5 inch. . Of the very long, many-chambered Polymorphinæ, perhaps P. Thouini is the best- defined ie yet it does not appear to have been generally adopted. t represents a ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. : 233 longer, more cylindrical subtype than. P. fusiformis, with a larger number of chambers and less oblique setting on; indeed it resembles more a much. outdrawn specimen of P.. problema than any other variety. We have given references to a number of Ehrenberg’s figures, which may, we think, properly be placed under this species. Proroporus Crete and Pr. Siculus. are somewhat shorter than our figure ; and Bigenerina acanthopora is armed with a terminal muero; but we cannot regard these as variations of sufficient importance to merit specific separation. Some of M. Terquem's Liassic Polymorphine seem also to belong to P. Thouini.. His P. pupiformis represents a very mixed set of specimens, mostly ranging between P. Thouini and P. nodosaria, with some others that we should hesitate to place in the same genus. Distribution.— Accepting M. Terquem’s figures representing Liassic specimens as belonging, in part at least, to this species, it is one of the earliest in its appearance. We have notes of its occurrence in the Eocene beds of the Paris Basin, in various Pliocene clays of North Italy, and in the Crag of our Eastern Counties. In the living state it is a rare shell. A sample of Lévant dredgings, obtained by Capt. Spratt at a depth of 90 fathoms, off Syra, contained a few specimens, the only recent ones on record. : POLYMORPHINA NODOSARIA, Reuss... (Plate XL. figs. 18, a, b.) ? Vaginulina paradoza, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 26. fig. 26. Polymorphina subnodosa, Reuss, 1860; Sitzungs. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xlii. p. 362, pl. 2. fig. 15. P. nodosaria, Reuss, 1863, Sitzungs. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xlviii. p. 58, pl. 7. fig. 85. P. quadrata (in part), Terquem, 1864, 4"* Mém. Foram.. Lias, p. 296, pl. 12. figs. 27 &e. Dimorphina nodosaria, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. 1. figs. 55-58. Polymorphina nodosaria, Reuss, 1866, Denkschr. mathem.-natur. Cl. k, Akad. Wissensch. vol. xxv. p. 155. Characters.—Shell elongate, cylindrical, somewhat tapering, irregular, composed of from 4 to 8 chambers. Chambers oblique, inflated, alternating. Sutures constricted. Orifice central, radiate.. Surface smooth. Length 35 to ys inch. It may be questioned whether the uniserial Polymorphine typified by P. nodosaria belong more properly to the principal division of the group or to the subgenus Dimor- phina. On the whole, it seems most convenient to confine the term Dimorphina to those varieties which begin growth on a biserial or triserial plan, and, after a certain number of segments have been formed, lapse into a single rank. In the present species, the mode of growth is uniserial from the commencement, or very nearly so; and its chief departure from the characters of the simpler type it otherwise resembles is in the alternating obliquity of the septal lines. Thus, while the genus Vodosaria has horizontal ‘sutures connecting the chambers, and Dentalina has oblique septa, all slanting in one direction, Polymorphina nodosaria has oblique septa the direction of which is reversed with each succeeding segment. "The general outline of the shell is somewhat irregular, from the different convexity of the segments; but its central axis is straight. | © The Polymorphina subnodosa of Prof. Reuss does not represent so good a type as that more recently described under the name which we have adopted; and Ehrenberg's figure: is unreliable, for reasons already explained. lg 234 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES Dr. Karrer, in his paper on the Miocene Foraminifera of Kostej, figures an anomalous shell as Cristellaria pleurostomelloides. There is, doubtless, some good reason for placing it under the genus Cristellaria ; but, judging from the figures, we should have inclined to regard it as much more closely related to the group under consideration. ; Distribution.—Setting aside the references to Ehrenberg and Terquem as unsatisfactory in the highest degree, we have no record of Polymorphina nodosaria except as a Tertiary fossil. The Middle Tertiaries of Central Germany, the Crag of Antwerp, and the Crag of the East of England are the only localities for the species, so far as our present knowledge extends. PoLYMORPHINA ROTUNDATA, Bornemann, sp. (Plate XL. figs. 19, a-e. Woodcuts 4, l, m.) ? Polymorphina Rochefortiana, D'Orbigny, 1840, Foram. Cuba, p. 131, pl. 2- figs. 9-11: ? Polymorphina nucleus, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 30. fig. 18. Guttulina rotundata, Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. vii. p. 346, pl. 18. fig. 3. G. incurva, id. ibid. p. 345, pl. 17. fig. 6. G. fracta, id. ibid. p. 344, pl. 17. fig. 4. G. dimorpha, id. ibid. p. 345, pl. 17. fig. 5. G. globosa, id. ibid. p. 346, pl. 18. fig. 1. G. obtusa, id. ibid. p. 346, pl. 18. fig. 2. P. rotundata, Reuss, 1866, Denkschr. mathem.-naturw. CI. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xxv. p. 153. P. obtusa, id. ibid. p. 153. P. tenera, Karrer, 1868, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii. p. 174, pl. 4. fig. 9. Rostrolina, sp., Von Schlicht, 1869, Foram. Septar. Pietzpuhl, no. 412, pl. 26. figs. 13-15. Guttulina, sp., id. ibid. no. 442, pl. 28. figs. 6-25. Characters.—Shell oblong, ovoid, subeylindrical, gibbous, rounded at the base, more or less produced at the apex. Chambers numerous, broad. Septa marked by lines only, neither constricted nor excavated. Orifice simple, round, oval, or radiate. Surface smooth. Length 35 to 55 inch. Out of a large number of figures of compact, oval, Guttuline Polymorphine accompany- ing Dr. Bornemann's paper on the Microzoa of the Septaria-clay of Hermsdorf, those of Guttulina rotundata, from which the subjoined Woodcuts are copied, appear to represent Guttulina rotundata, after Bornemann. the best-developed specimens; and as the range of variation in the whole series is not more than is often found within the limits of a single variety, we have placed a number of them together under this head. ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 235 Guttulina incurva (Plate XL. figs. 19, a, b) has the same general characters, but is somewhat longer in proportion and less symmetrical, one side being straight or even slightly concave, the other convex. In G. fracta (Pl. XL. figs. 19, c, d, e) this peculiarity is present to an exaggerated extent, whilst in G. globosa and G. obtusa the whole setting- on of the segments is anomalous and irregular. Guttulina dimorpha, but for its obvious connexion with the others of the group, might have been placed amongst the Dimorphine ; but it is probably only a feeble example of P. rotundata, with two of its chambers uniserial Karrer’s Polymorphina tenera closely resembles the figures of the “incurved” varieties. The curious recent specimen figured in D'Orbigny's ‘ Cuba” monograph, under the name P. Rochefortiana, is possibly as nearly related to the present group as any; but no form exactly similar to it has been observed by subsequent writers. Of Herr von Schlicht’s Rostroline we have already spoken. Distribution.—W e are dependent on the German authors above quoted for our know- ledge of the distribution of Polymorphina rotundata. It appears to be a predominant form in the Septaria-clays both of Hermsdorf, near Berlin, and Pietzpuhl, near Magde- burg. The locality of Herr Karrer's specimens alluded to is the Miocene clay of Kostej in the Banat. PoLYMORPHINA Sozpantt, D'Orbigny. (Plate XL. fig. 20.) ? Arethusa corymbosa, De Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. Systém. vol. i. p. 302, 76* genre. Polymorphina Soldanii, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 265. no. 12; Soldani, 1789, Testa- ceographia, vol. ii. p. 99, pl. 107. fig. nn. Polymorphina oblonga, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 233, pl. 12. figs. 29-31. P. uveformis, Reuss, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. vii. p. 289, pl. 11. fig. 5. | Characters.—Shell elongate, subeylindrical. Chambers numerous, convex, arranged in a compaet indefinite spire, the visible portions of the external segments somewhat tri- angular. Orifice circular, or radiate. Surface smooth. Length zp inch or more. The drawing in the * Testaceographia, to which D'Orbigny gave the name Polymor- phina Soldanii, seems to represent a tolerably distinct varietal form—a compact, sub- cylindrical, spirally arranged shell, which might be mistaken for one of the smooth Uvi- gerine. De Montfort's figure is so rough and ill-drawn that it is recognized with diffi- culty as belonging to the same, notwithstanding evidence of its having been copied from Soldani's plate. Polymorphina oblonga, D'Orbigny, and P. uvæformis, Reuss, are almost identical in general characters with P. Soldanii; but both of them are figured with a central, erect aperture, whilst that of the orignal drawing is somewhat eccentric and oblique—a difference of slight importance; both have also slightly longer and more fusiform chambers. Distribution.—The Chalk of Mecklenburg and the Nussdorf beds of the Vienna Basin (Miocene) are the localities given by Reuss and D'Orbigny respectively for the specimens above alluded to. Soldani’s figure is from a recent specimen found in the rich shore-sand of the Adriatic, near Rimini. VOL. XXVII. 2 1 236 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES POLYMORPHINA HuMBOLDTIL, Bornemann. (Plate XL. figs. 21, a, b.) Polymorphina Humboldtii, Bornemann, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vol. vii. p. 347, pl. 18. figs. 7, 8; Reuss, 1866, Denkschr. d. math.-natur. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. xxv. p. 155; Gümbel, 1868, Abhandl. d. ii. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. x. p. 647. Characters.—Shell oval or oblong, inequilateral, compressed; one side flat, or some- times slightly concave, the other surface convex. Anterior extremity acute; posterior rounded. Margins thin, often spreading into an obtuse carina. Chambers long, narrow, oblique, curved, slightly inflated ; arranged with some € in two set ex series. Orifice pouting, radiate. Surface smooth. Length ¿5 to yẹ inch. In the absence of specimens from which to form an independent judgment, we are Qui ready to accept Polymorphina Humboldtii, represented in Dr. Bornemann's figures, as a good subtype. The drawings indicate a compressed, carinate, Textulariform test, bearing near relationship in the arrangement of its chambers to P. complanata, but rounder and more elegant in its lines and unequal in its two sides. Distribution. —P. Humboldtii was first described from specimens obtained in the Sep- taria-clay (Lower Tertiary) of Hermsdorf, near Berlin ; and though this formation has been thoroughly examined in many localities widely separated, it has not been noticed at any other portion of it. Dr. Gümbel's note refers to specimens of somewhat earlier age, the Eocene of the Northern Alps. POLYMORPHINA CONCAVA, Williamson. (Plate XL. figs. 22, a, b.) | Polymorphina lactea, var. concava, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 72, pl. 6. figs. 151, 152. Characters.—Shell irregular, oval or oblong, eoncavo-convex; at some period of its growth parasitic. Central portion consisting of a small hyaline shell of the typical form, round which the last segment is extended as a thin, arched, marginal expansion. On the under or concave surface the earlier segments are scarcely visible. Margin very thin, rounded, sinuous. Surface smooth. Professor Williamson's figures, from which our own are copied, are the only previous record we find of unmistakably parasitic Polymorphine, and they agree with specimens which have come under our own notice. In the present memoir we describe a second attached variety (see p. 246), in which cervicorn shelly growths serve to root the animal to a foreign body. We propose, notwithstanding certain points of similarity between the two, to limit Prof. Williamson's name to the more | regularly formed variety which he describes. It is not easy to read the physiological significance of the oubeprind ultimate ell which characterizes Polymorphina concava. It has no visible orifice, and is, in fact, only a wide inequilateral ring round the long periphery of the shell; and in well-pre- served specimens the orifice of the penultimate chamber remains large and conspicuous. It may be that the supplementary closed-in segment bears a direct analogy to the closed tubular eae often observable in P. Orbignii.. ion.—P. concava is extremely rare, and probably ies not been noticed Be ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. . 237 on our own coast. Prof. Williamson gives Brixham as the locality whence his specimens were obtained. | POLYMORPHINA RUGOSA, D'Orbigny. (Plate XL. figs. 23, a-d.) ? Polymorphina rugosa, D'Orbigny, 1840, Foram. Cuba, p. 132, pl. 2. figs. 14, 15. Globulina rugosa, id. ibid. 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 229, pl. 13. figs. 23, 24. P. leprosa, Reuss, 1867, Sitzunsgsb. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lv. p. 73, pl. 4. fig. 3. P. foveolata, id. ibid. p. 74, pl. 4. fig. 2. P. leprosa, Karrer, 1868, ibid. vol. lviii. p. 173. P. foveolata, id. ibid. p. 173, Globulina asperula, Gümbel, 1868, Abhandl. d. ii. Cl. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol. x. p. 646, pl. 2. fig. 81, a, b. Characters.—Shell subglobular, oval, or oblong. Chambers few, variously combined. Surface rough, either from minute granular outgrowths, or slight elongate pitted depres- sions, or both. Length 3; inch. As has been stated in the Introduction, almost every variety of ‘ surface” within cer- tain limits may be found amongst the Polymorphine. When fully developed exostoses (like spines, bristles, or tubercles) occur, they are easily understood, and it only remains to the observer to determine the amount of importance to be assigned to them ; but when the altered condition of the shell amounts to little more than mere rugosity of the ex- terior, the questions arising from it are more difficult to answer. D'Orbigny's Globulina rugosa owes its roughness chiefly to minute "TH pitted de- pressions, whilst his Polymorphina rugosa has in addition granular outgrowths of shell- substance. P. foveolata, Reuss, appears to resemble the former, and P. leprosa, Reuss, follows the latter variety in these particulars. Such modifications of the typically smooth shell commence in Globulina punctata, D'Orb., which shows a somewhat irregular surface from abnormally developed foramina. In P. rugosa specimens are to be found porous or pitted or granular, sometimes both pitted and granular; and it is scarcely needful to attempt to separate into two or three subspecies so interwoven a series. The figure given in the “ Vienna Basin,” copied in Plate XL. fig. 23, a, 5, is excel- lently supplemented by those of Prof. Reuss above referred to. D’Orbigny’s Cuban spe- cimen (Plate XL. fig. 23, c, d) represents an altogether anomalous shell, with an irrregular, embracing, terminal chamber, monstrously developed, which almost obscures its Poly- morphine characters. He admits that such specimens are very rare; and much impor- tance can hardly be assigned to an exceptional example of this sort. Distribution.—Fossil in various Tertiary deposits. Recent in littoral sand from Cuba and Martinique. POLYMORPHINA VARIATA, Jones, Parker, and Brady. (Plate XL. fig. 24.) Polpsorihina variata, Jones, Parker, and Brady, Monogr. Crag Foram., App. I. & 11. (foot-notes), pl. 1. figs. 67, 68. Characters. — Shell oblong, compressed, unsymmetrical, few-chambered. Margin rounded, somewhat constricted over the septal lines. Chambers slightly inflated. Sur- face uneven, studded with irregular angular depressions imparting a mottled appearance to the whole exterior. Orifice variable, simple or labyrinthic. Length j; > I 238 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES Some of the fine large Polymorphine from the Crag show a peculiar form of surface- ornamentation that has not hitherto been described; nor have we observed any thing pre- cisely similar in specimens from other localities. It consists of unequal and irregular depressions of angular shape, sometimes bordered by a slightly raised line. In these spe- cimens the shell-wall is coarse and thick, and the terminal orifice sometimes differs from the normal circular aperture and becomes labyrinthie, or even divided into two or three distinct perforations. ! Distribution.—W e have only found P. variata in Mr. Searles Wood's gatherings from the Crag of Sutton, near Colchester; and even in these it is by no means of common oc- currence. PoLYMORPHINA DIGITALIS, D'Orbigny. (Plate XLI. figs. 25, a, b.) Polymorphina digitalis, D’Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 235, pl. 14. figs. 1-4. Grammostomum costulatum, Ehrenberg, 1854, Mikrogeologie, pl. 25. fig. 21. Polymorphina digitalis, Karrer, 1868, Sitzungs. Akad. Wissen. Wien, vol. lviii. p. 174; Bunzel, 1869, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reichsanstalt, vol. for 1869, p. 203. Characters.—Shell elongate, subequilateral, compressed, composed of many segments. Chambers oblique, narrow, convex. Aperture oval. Surface rugose, the rugosities dis- tributed in longitudinal lines. Length 345 inch. | | The shell figured by M. D'Orbigny, loc. cit. is a good representative of a section of the Polymorphine which, in the arrangement of their chambers, simulate the Textularie ; indeed, in this particular instance, the general resemblance is so strong that the true affinity of the species is only betrayed by the central terminal orifice and its radiate corona. Closely allied in form to the elongate modifications of P. complanata, it differs from them in its peculiar surface-ornamentation, consisting of granular lines. Distribution—We have never met with specimens corresponding exactly with the figures given by D'Orbigny, and can add nothing in respect to distribution to the loca- lities noted by the observers quoted above, viz. the Nussdorf beds of the Vienna Basin, and a Tertiary deposit at Kostej in the Banat, both of Miocene age. POLYMORPHINA GRANULOSA, Egger. (Plate XLI. figs. 26, a, b.) Polymorphina (Globulina) granulosa, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1857, p. 290, pl. 14. figs. 1, 2. Characters —Shell oblong or oval, regular, subcompressed, rounded at the anterior and posterior extremities. Surface marked by en set, delicate, parallel, lo stria. Septal lines scarcely perceptible. Length 35 inch. It would probably be impossible to draw a rigid line between the varieties of Poly- pae granulosa and those of some other striate or substriate forms, such as for example P. myristiformis, but for the compact ellipsoidal contour of the shell and the granular texture of the striæ ; these are distinctive characters, and cannot tone be mistaken in fully grown or average specimens. | . Distribution.—Found by Dr. Egger in the Miocene beds of Stansbach, Bavaria. + : ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 239 PoLYMORPHINA AUSTRALIS, D'Orbigny, sp. (Plate XLI. figs. 27, a, b.) Globulina australis, D'Orbigny, 1839, Voyage dans Y Amér. Mérid. p. 60, pl. 1. figs. 1-4. Characters.—Shell ovate, inequilateral, somewhat compressed, slightly constricted at the septal lines. Anterior portion acuminate, smooth ; posterior rounded, striate longitu- dinally. Orifice circular, radiate. Length 7; inch. Judging from D'Orbigny's description and drawings, the minute, feebly developed, partially striate shell to which he has given the name Polymorphina australis may without inconsisteney be admitted under a distinct name. The surface-ornamentation is similar to that of P. pulchella and P. irregularis, but is confined to the earlier chambers. In the form and arrangement of the segments it differs considerably from either of the last-named varieties. Distribution.—We have never met with P. australis, and can only note the locality appended to the original description, viz. * littoral sand from the Bay of San Blas, Patagonia." POLYMORPHINA PULCHELLA, D'Orbigny, sp. (Pl XLI. figs. 28, a, b.) Guttulina pulchella, D'Orbigny, 1840, Foram. Cuba, p. 129, pl. 2. figs. 4—6. Characters.—Shell elongate, fusiform, somewhat compressed. Anterior end acute; pos- terior obtuse. Margin even; septal lines slightly excavated. Surface having an orna- mentation of numerous, regular, well defined, longitudinal striæ. Chambers few, much elongated, erect, thin, and overlapping. Length 7; inch. D'Orbigny's figures, from which our own are copied, represent a modification of the Polymorphine type exceedingly interesting in eonnexion with the morphology of the group. In general form Polymorphina pulchella most resembles P. Thouini; that is to say, it has long chambers, combined so as to form a narrow, fusiform, subeylindrical test, but possesses a distinctive mark in the parallel longitudinal strise which cover the shell. Both this species and the next in order, P. irregularis, owing to the peculiar setting-on of the chambers have a strong resemblance at first sight to some forms of the genus Bulimina. : Distribution.—The specimens described by D'Orbigny were found in shore-sand from the islands of Cuba and Martinique. As we have never met with the species, we can add nothing in respect to its distribution. POLYMORPHINA IRREGULARIS, D'Orbigny. (Plate XLL figs. 29 a, b.) Polymorphina irregularis, D'Orbigny, 1840, Foram. Cuba, p. 131, pl. 2. figs. 12, 13. Characters.—Shell oblong, inequilateral, compressed, excavated at the septal lines. Anterior portion subaeuminate; posterior obtuse and rounded. Surface traversed longi- tudinally by well marked parallel furrows. Chambers unequal, irregular, inflated. Aper- ture round, pouting. Length 35 inch. The irregular, almost uniserial, setting-on of the chambers, and the sulcate surface of 240 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES the whole test, may be regarded as the principal distinctive characters of this me West-Indian species. Such specimens as those figured remind us of the close affinity of the Poly to the Nodosarie. A very slight inequality in the development of the chambers of Nodosaria scalaris, for instance, might produce a shell undistinguishable from these, especially in the absence of a radiate aperture. Nevertheless they probably find their right place amongst the Polymorphine, and they sort well with some other anomalous varieties, like P. australis and P. pulchella. Distribution. — Our knowledge of the distribution of the variety is confined to the information supplied by M. D'Orbigny, who gives “the shores of Cuba, Jamaica, and Martinique " as = localities whence his specimens were derived,—in each case from littoral sand. POLYMORPHINA MYRISTIFORMIS, Williamson. (Plate XLI. figs. 30, a—c.) Polymorphina myristiformis, Wiliamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 73, pl. 6. figs. 156, 157; Brady, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiv. p. 473; Alcock, 1865, Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. iv. p. 206. Characters.—Shell subspherical, consisting of few (two to four) visible segments. Septal lines obscure, scarcely depressed. Surface marked by numerous longitudinal, interrupted, translucent costs. Orifice surrounded by a corona of raised ais Shell finely foraminated. Length 2; inch. Polymorphina myristiformis is a well-known recent species, being found at all points on our own coast where the water is deep enough.. It is very rare in shallow water, but in forty fathoms or upwards becomes comparatively common. It is a pretty, bright little shell, not to be mistaken for any of its natural allies, but liable, at first sight, to be confused with the fine large specimens of Lagena sulcata found at similar depths. When the septation is obscured, as it often is by the thickening of the shell, the best diagnosis is afforded by the slightly gibbous and unsymmetrical contour of the test, and the radiate orifice. Our figure (Plate XLI, fig. 30, a), copied from Prof. Williamson’s, fairly repre- sents the species as usually found. Mr. Robertson, of Glasgow, has forwarded to us speci- mens, from deep water off Eddystone, in which the costæ are much more strongly. deve- loped (figs. 30, 5, c), but not otherwise differing from the normal form. Although the costz are usually interrupted, as shown in the figures, examples are oocasionaliy met with in which they are nearly continuous and regular. | Distribution. —P. myristiformis has probably a very wide distribution as a recent Fo- raminifer. It is much more limited in its range as a fossil; our "ds fossil ae are from the Barton beds (Lower Tertiary), Isle of Wight. POLYMORPHINA COSTATA, Egger. (Plate XLI. figs. 31, a, b). Polymorphina (Globulina) costata, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., Jahrg. 1857, p- 291, ie 14. P. (Globulina) striata, 1d. ibid. p. 292, pl. 14. figs. 3, 4. P. nn 1868, Sitzungs. Akad. Wissen. an vol. lviii. p 173; Bunzel, 1869, Jahrb. k. k. geol. R nstalt, vol. for 1869, p. 203. # ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 241 Characters.—Shell ovate, globuline, more or less unsymmetrical. Septa obscure. Surface-ornamentation consisting of parallel longitudinal coste, often irregular and varying in thickness, but always strong and conspicuous. Orifice circular, coronate, sometimes stellate and jagged. Length 3 to 3}; inch. We have placed under one name the two costate varieties of Polymorphina figured by Dr. Egger, as we do not see how any distinction sufficient for separate definition can be drawn between them. We can only speak from analogy based on the information sup- plied in Dr. Egger's memoir; but, judging from the habit of allied forms, we cannot think that it would be difficult, if a sufficient number of specimens were obtained, to find examples in every degree intermediate to the two which he has figured, in such variable characters as the contour of the shell and the thickness of the ribs. Distribution.— Polymorphina costata is only known as a Miocene fossil In the memoir referred to, the localities given are Mairhof, Buchleiten, Hausbach, and Habühl, all in Lower Bavaria. Herr Karrer more recently has noted its occurrence in beds of similar age at Kostej, in the Banat (Austria), POLYMORPHINA REGINA, spec. nov. (Plate XLI. figs. 32, a, à.) Characters.—Shell ovate, irregular, obscurely triserial. Anterior extremity acuminate, posterior obtuse and rounded. Chambers erect, distinct, inflated, separated by deep depressions at the sutures. Orifice circular, pouting. Surface marked by equidistant, longitudinal coste. Length 3) inch. There is but little danger of confounding Polymorphina regina with any other member of the genus, It may be regarded morphologically as P. problema with an ornamenta- tion of longitudinal ribs. It differs from P. costata chiefly in general contour, the latter having its smooth-shelled analogue in P. gibba, but also to some extent in its more regular and definite external markings. Distribution.—W e have but three or four specimens of this striking and beautiful lonis They were picked out of soundings from Storm "n Tasmania, forwarded to us by the late Dr. Greville, of pei | | POLYMORPHINA FRONDIFORMIS, Searles Wood. (Plate XLI. figs. 38, a a-c.) Polymorphina frondiformis, Searles Wood, 1843, in Morris’s Catalogue of British Fossils, p. 62; Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram., App. I. & 1I. (foot-notes), pl. 1. figs. 62, 63, & 69; pl. 4. figs. 11-14. Characters.—Shell elongate, compressed or complanate, unsymmetrical. Chambers long, fusiform, irregular. Surface depressed over portions of the septal lines; sometimes smooth, but more frequently marked by exogenous shelly growths, either in the form of circular beads or short, interrupted coste. Length 35 to $ inch. Polymorphina frondiformis has perhaps the largest dimensions of any variety of the genus hitherto described. It was discovered by Mr. Searles Wood in the Polyzoan débris of some of the Suffolk Crag-beds; and a detailed account of it, with figures of several 242 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES of the more striking specimens will be found in our *Monograph of the Crag Fora- minifera.' , Both the form and arrangement of the chambers are very variable; and from this cir- cumstance it is difficult to assign characters to the species. with any amount of precision. The shell is sometimes flat and Textularian; and then the chambers are regular and biserial as in Plate XLI. fig. 33,0. A chance specimen of this sort, without surface- markings, could scarcely be distinguished from P. complanata, except on the ground of difference in size. But more frequently the chambers are irregular both in form and combination, and the lines of septation are only marked by slight unequal depressions on the surface of the test. Examples in this condition often resemble Pcompressa ; but the superficial ornament, usually present to a greater or less extent, will generally serve asa means of diagnosis. Distribution.—Mr. Searles Wood's gatherings from the Crag at Sutton, near Colchester, represent all we know of either the geological or geographical range of the species. PoLYMORPHINA ORNATA, Karrer. (Plate XLI. figs. 34, a, b.) Polymorphina ornata, Karrer, 1868, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wissensch. vol, lvii. p. 175, pl. 4. fig. 10. Characters.—Shell oval or subspherical, having about five visible chambers ; septal lines slightly depressed. Surface having an ornamentation consisting of slightly raised warts or tubercles in more or less regular lines parallel to the long axis of the shell. Orifice stellate. Length 3; inch. We adopt this pretty little variety from our friend Herr Karrer’s recently published memoir on the ** Miocene Foraminifera of Kostej in the Banat.” The nature of the orna- mentation (elongated clear beads of exogenous shell-substance) is obviously similar to that of some of our specimens of P. frondiformis, though more regular in point of arrangement. The shell, too, is much smaller than our Crag form and is Globuline in its general contour. It bears also many points of resemblance to the fine subcostate speci- mens of P. myristiformis obtained by Mr. Robertson on the Devonshire coast, as will be seen by a comparison of the figures. The “beads” in the one case might be regarded as coste broken up at regular intervals, whilst in the other the interruption is irregular and less frequent. Distribution —The author gives no particulars as to its ; distribution: we infer, how- ever, that it occurs in the Miocene beds of Kostej, in the Banat, Austria. PoLYMORPHINA TUBERCULATA, D'Orbigny, sp. (Plate XLI. fig. 35, a-d.) - Globulina tuberculata, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 230, pl. 18, figs. 21, 22. Polymorphina (Globulina) tuberculata, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. für Min., J ahrg. eii p. 292, pl. xiv. 7,8 fq Ad Reuss, 1862, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. xlvi. p. 79. Polymorphina tuberculata, Karrer, 1868, ibid. vol. lviii, p. 173. — Characters.—Shell ovate or subspherical. Anterior dota more or less acute, pos- terior rounded. Surface beset with tubercles of unequal size and inte ere fermi dun ‘Aperture radiate, - Length ¿5 to 5 inch. . ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 243 Notwithstanding the great difference that appears at first sight between Dr. Egger's specimens of Polymorphina tuberculata and those originally figured by D'Orbigny under the same name, there need be little difficulty in accepting them as representing the same species. A slight doubt may exist as to whether the former may not be as nearly related to P. spinosa ; but the two varieties probably inosculate in their extreme specimens, so that this is a circumstance of minor importance. In Pl. XLI. figs. 35, «-d, we have copied the drawings of both authors: & and b are from D'Orbigny ; c and d are after Egger. We have remarked that in some other Polymorphine the Bavarian specimens are larger and more stoutly grown, as a rule, than those of similar geological age from the Vienna Basin ; and in the case of the “ornamented” forms (e.g. P. spinosa) the former show a stronger development of the distinctive markings. The term “ tuberculata ” would scarcely sug- gest itself as applicable to the external condition of figs. c and d, viewed by itself; but if we suppose the exostoses to originate in tubercular shelly growths, increased in size until their margins have become merged into irregular ridges, it no longer conveys an anomaly. Intermediate specimens would probably demonstrate the correctness of this view; but we are altogether dependent on the authors above quoted for our knowledge of the species. Distribution.—Baden beds, Vienna Basin (D'Orbigny) ; Mairhof and Hausbach, Orten- burg, Lower Bavaria (Egger), and Kostej in the Banat (Karrer), all these being of Mio- cene age. Dr. Reuss notes its occurrence in the *' Minimus-Thon" (Gault) of North Germany and in the Crag of Antwerp. POLYMORPHINA SPINOSA, D'Orbigny, sp. (Plate XLII. figs. 36, a, b.) Globulina spinosa, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 203, pl. 13. figs. 23, 24. Polymorphina (Globulina) spinosa, Egger, 1857, Neues Jahrb. fir Min., Jahrg. 1857, p. 292, pl. 14. figs. 9, 10. P. spinosa, Karrer, 1868, Sitz. Akad. Wissensch. vol. lviii. p. 173. Characters.—Shell oblong, ovate, or subspherical. Anterior extremity acute or rounded ; posterior obtuse. Surface studded with more or less closely set, stout, pointed spines. Aperture radiate. Length 35 to ys inch. . The Bavarian specimens of this species, figured by Dr. Egger, although of nearly the same geological age, are larger than those originally described by D'Orbigny, and have the characteristic superficial spiny processes developed to a much more striking extent. Our figures are copied from Dr. Egger’s illustrations of Bavarian Foraminifera. Polymorphina spinosa may be easily distinguished from allied forms, except in the rare cases in which the spines simulate the shorter outgrowths of P. tuberculata. Distribution.—1t is only known as a Miocene fossil—D'Orbigny's locality being the Nussdorf beds of the Vienna Basin; Egger's, Hausbach in Lower Bavaria; and Karrer's, Kostej in the Banat. PoLYMORPHINA HIRSUTA, spec. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 37.) Characters.—Shell subspherical, gibbous, oval, or slightly compressed. Septa obscure. Surface beset with short, stout bristles. Length 4; inch. Amongst the simpler Foraminifera, the tendency to form superficial outgrowths of shell- VOL. XXVII. . 2E 244. MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES substance shows itself under many different phases; and in several genera itis not un- common to meet with varieties having the test beset with needle-shaped points instead of | the stouter exostoses such as the tubereles and spines more frequently seen. Thus there are aculeate varieties of Lagena, Nodosaria, and Dentalina; and even in Uvigerina and Bulimina a disposition is manifested to assume the prickly condition, though in the latter genera it affects only certain portions of the test. From the close connexion of these types with Polymorphina, it is a matter of some surprise that no specimens of the genus (in a normal form) have hitherto been described with this peculiarity of surface, a circumstance probably due in part to the delicacy and perishable nature of the aculei and their liability to be worn down or otherwise obscured. Herr E. von Sehlicht, in his work on the Foraminifera of the Septaria-clay of Pietzpuhl (pl. xxxiv. figs. 1-3), has figured a single specimen of this acerose variety, but it is in the eervicorn or tubulose condition. Distribution.—The figure last alluded to seems to warrant the assumption that Poly- morphina hirsuta dates as far back as the early Tertiary period. Our fossil specimens were obtained from the Crag of Sutton, near Colchester; and we have a single recent example, which was found adhering to a clam-shell from the West Indies. POLYMORPHINA ORBIGNIT, Zborzewski, sp. (Plate XLII. figs. 38, a—o.) Polymorpha corcula spinosa, Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia ac Zoophytographia, vol. i. part 2, pls. 109-111. ? Misilus aquatifer, de Montfort, 1808, Conchyl. Systématique, vol. i. p. 294, 74° genre. Raphinulina Humboldtii, Zborzewski, 1834, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. iii. p. 311, pl. 28. fig. 1, a. Apiopterina D’Orbigni, id. ibid. p. 311, pl. 28. fig. 2, 6. Guttulina damecornis, Reuss, 1845, Verst. bóhm. Kreid. 1* Abtheil. p. 40, pl. 13. fig. 85. Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1846, ibid. 2* Abtheil. p. 110, pl. 43. fig. 14. GI. tubulosa, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 228, pl. 13. figs. 15, 16. Aulostomella pediculus, Alth, 1849, Haidinger's Naturw. Abhandl. vol. iii. p. 264, pl. 13. fig. 17. A. horrida, id. ibid. p. 264. Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1850, Haidinger's Naturw. Abhandl. vol. iv. p. 43, pl. iv. fig. 8. Polymorphina communis (in part), Parker and Jones, 1857, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 283, pl. 11. fig. 34. P. fistulosa, Williamson, 1858, Rec. For. Gt. Br. p. 72, pl. 6. fig. 150. ? Globulina tubulifera, Bornemann, 1860, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. vol. xii. p. 16, pL 6. fig. 10. Polymorphina lactea, var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones, 1860, Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. p. 302 (table) ; Parker and Jones, 1862, in Carpenter's Introd., Appendix, p. 311. P. tubulosa, Brady, 1864, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xxiv. p. 473; Brady, 1865, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. i. p. 99. P. lactea, var. tubulosa, Parker and J ones, 1865, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. clv. p. 362, pl. 13. fig. 52, a-d ; M. Sars, 1865, Forekommende fossile Dyreleminger, Qvartærperioden, p. 62. P. tubulosa, Alcock, 1867, Proc. Manchester Phil. Soc. vol. vi. p. 85; M. Sars, 1868, Vidensk.-Selsk- Forhandlinger for 1868, p. 248; Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram. pl. I- figs. 70-76. . fers.—Shell free or adherent. General form variable; ou oblong, or com- ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 245 pressed. "Terminal segments developing numerous irregular expansions and tubular out growths. No variety of Polymorphina has been made the subject of so much discussion as that comprising the fistulose modifications of the type; and to none pertains the same amount of zoological interest. As early as 1791 cervicorn specimens had attracted the attention of the Abbé Soldani, and three entire folio plates of the “ Testaceographia ” are devoted to their elucidation. De Montfort, in 1808, gave what we suppose to be a rough copy of one of Soldani's figures; but if it be so, it must have been drawn in entire ignorance of the characters of the genus to which it belonged, and therefore much importance cannot be attached to either his figure or description. The first figures we find serviceable for purposes of nomenclature are those appended to Zborzewski's * Observations Microsco- piques sur quelques fossiles rares de Podolie et de Volhynie," drawn from two specimens found in the Tertiary beds of the districts indieated. Although the author has so far mis- understood the nature of their peculiarities as to constitute two new genera for them, there seems no reason why one of his specific names should not take the precedence which, in point of time, is due to it. Of the two we prefer * D’ Orbigni "*—the other, “Humboldtii,” having been since used for a distinct variety of Polymorphina. Somewhat later other modifications were discovered by Professor Reuss in the Chalk formation of Bohemia; and M. D'Orbigny followed with specimens from the Miocene of the Vienna Basin, representing the simplest type of the genus (Polymorphina gibba), with four or five radiating tubular projections at the anterior extremity of the shell, surround- ing or overgrowing the orifice. Shortly afterwards Dr. Alois Alth f, continuing Prof. -Reuss's observations on specimens from the same geological habitat, came to the conclu- sion that the physiological differences indicated by the irregular shelly outgrowths were of generic importance; and he accordingly separated the tubulose forms from the rest of the Polymorphine, under the new generic term Aulostomella. No subsequent writer has participated in this view; and more recent investigation has shown clearly that the wild- growing forms possess no character sufficiently uniform or constant to render even specific definition desirable, except on the plea of convenience. It is quite open to question whether, after all, the association of examples, having as their only common character the production of a terminal chamber of a certain sort, is the best method of recognizing a physiological peculiarity. Every separate variety of the genus has, or may have, its “fistulose ” condition, and Continental Rhizopodists have been satisfied to give a new name to each of these as it was discovered,—a system open to great objection. One alternative is to place them together under a single head; another, to distribute them as subvarieties under the names of the symmetrical types in which they have their origin. The former of these two courses has certain advantages for * n P. tubulosa, D'Orb., sp. P. trigonula FS 5 = P. damæcornis, Reuss, sp. P. compressa 5 2 = P. fistulosa, Williamson. P. regina 5 5 i like the Crag variety figured Pl. XLII. fig. 38, m. P. fusiformis $5 5 > the long tubulose variety found in the Chalk. P. hirsuta $ » > the prickly fistulose form fi- ` gured by Herr von Schlicht, op. cit., pl. xxiv. figs. 1-3. and so forth. Reference to the plates will confirm and extend this analogy. The lobed and tubular extensions of the shell, which constitute the common character of the series, are never alike in two specimens, but vary in extent and shape, from minute excrescences resembling papille on the terminal chamber, to irregular expansions com- pletely investing the test. The condition most commonly found in free-growing recent specimens is that of tubular passages commencing at the orifice and running in the direction of the base of the shell. These passages are at intervals prolonged outwards, and form smaller tubes, which again branch and constitute what have been described as * stag's-horn processes” or “cauliflower excrescences.” The ends of the smaller tubuli are usually found open; and it is likely that they take the place, in part at least, of the normal terminal orifice, which is often overgrown to such an extent as to preclude the passage of pseudopodia. We can scarcely coincide with Dr. Carpenter’s view, that * such wild-growing specimens are probably always parasitic." In our experience, adherent examples are very rare; almost the only instances we recollect are those represented in the two figures, Pl. XLII. figs. 38 i, j, one recent, the other from the Crag. On the other hand, the most abundant gathering of fistulose specimens we have met with was from sand recently dredged in Berwick Bay, from which hundreds of examples might have been selected, not one of which bore any trace of attachment to a foreign body ; indeed the soft, granular nature of the material in which they lived, would of itself indicate no ground for this supposition. Again, those found in the Chalk appear to have been quite independent in their manner of growth. At the same time the specimens cited are sufficient evidence that the animal has the power, under favourable circumstances, of fixing or rooting itself by the tubular prolongations of the shell-wall. 'The ends of the tubuli are by no means invariably open, but are often found sealed in - ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 247 by the continuatiou of the shelly investment; and the question has been raised, whether this may not be their normal condition. Further observations on living specimens are much needed; without them it can scarcely be admitted that the open ends are due to the breakage or erosion of the caleareous investment. It is not uncommon to meet with Polymorphine having irregular perforations of considerable size in the shell-wall. The same peculiarity may be and is observed from time to time in other genera; but in none does it exist to the same extent as a habit of growth, and in the particular varieties at present under notice it is a distinguishing feature. Soldani, as early as 1791, makes those frequent, large, irregular or rounded orifices very prominent in some of his figures, and appears to have suspected that they were indications of importance; and they have : not been passed over by subsequent writers. Dr. Aleock, however, in some interesting observations on Polymorphina tubulosa*, draws from them an ingenious argument in favour of the view that Foraminifera have the power of absorbing and re-precipitating por- tions of the carbonate of lime of which the shell-wall is formed, and supports the theory by collateral evidence. Thus, in specimens having the supplementary fistulose chamber, we find that the primary shell has the thickened homogeneous wall usual amongst fully erown Foraminifera of the same class, whilst the wild-growing portion of the test is of much more delieate texture. Individuals in which the irregular growths have been broken away (Pl. XLII. figs. 38, y, k, 7) commonly exhibit a’ number of the perforations alluded to, in the region of the primary shell which formed the floor of the fistulose chamber. It might be supposed that the irregular segment was the result of the cover- ing in of a lobe of sarcode issuing from those large perforations—in other words, that the perforations were the cause rather than the effect of the aberrant chamber; but this sup- position is inconsistent with the well-observed fact, that the shell-wall is uniformly dimi- nished in thickness over those portions which are so covered in. In old and worn specimens in which the fistulose chamber, from the tenuity of its wall, has been quite lost, its exact extent may commonly be traced by observing the outline of the area on the pri- mary shell so thinned away. 1t would scarcely be necessary to insist on this, were it not that the Protozoa are seldom accredited with the power of performing any but the most simple vital processes. In some of the Mollusca the habit of thinning the interior por- tions of the calcareous spire as its growth advances is well ascertained; and a section of one of these shells presents some curious resemblances to our drawing, Pl. XL. fig. 12, e, taken from an accidentally broken specimen of a common thick-walled variety. It has been noticed, also, that, not unfrequently, the stolon-passages between the older chambers of large individuals are very free and patulous, whilst the terminal orifice of the last seg- ment consists only of constricted radiate slits. It is fair to assume that this difference is due to resorption of calcareous material. The shelly investment of the cervicorn chamber differs much in appearance and texture * Proc. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester, vol. vi. p. 85. See also note on Polymorphina lactea in a memoir by W. K. Parker and T. R: Jones, on “ Some Foraminifera from the North Atlantic and Arctic Oceans,” Phil. Trans. vol. clv. p- 361, in which the opening of foraminal communication by absorption had previously been suggested as a possible explanation of the rows of orifices sometimes met with on the side of the antepenultimate, and even of the earlier chambers in these free-growing varieties. 248 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES from that of the earlier and regular segments. The latter are usually smooth, solid, and almost structureless; the former are delicately thin, and beset with minute, pointed rugo- sities, which have a glassy, suberystalline appearance under a high magnifying-power. The difference is probably due to increased or diminished rapidity of deposition under the altered relations of the terminal sarcode lobe. | The nature of the irregular chambers is best explained by its analogy to conditions occa- sionally presented by other types. In luxuriant specimens of many genera, Textularia for instance, it is not uncommon to find a chamber abnormally large and unsegmented completing the shell—that is to say, sarcode enough for two or three segments of the normal size closed in, in bulk as it were, without subdivision. This is no evidence of enfeebled vital power as has been suggested *, probably the contrary; for in the localities where the tubulose varieties most abound, the Polymorphine, in common with other Foraminifera, are remarkable for their fine proportions and apparently vigorous growth. Distribution.— Polymorphina Orbignii is widely distributed both geologically and geo- graphically. In one or other of its various modifications it has been noticed in the Chalk of Bohemia and the South of England, and the Chalk-marl of Kent and Central Europe, in the Tertiaries of the South-west of Russia, the Septaria-clays of Northern and Central Germany, the Miocene deposits of the Vienna Basin, the Plioeene clays of North Italy, and the Crag of our Eastern Counties. In the living state it is found wherever other members of the genus are abundant. We have record of its occurrence in the English Channel (55-60 fathoms), in the Mediterranean, on the shores of Norway, in the Arctie Sea, and at almost every part of our own coast. It is one of the three Polymorphine which were obtained by Dr. Sars from a depth of 300 fathoms in the North Atlantic. Subgenus DIMORPHINA, D'Orbigny. Orthoceratium (in part), Soldani, 1780. ; Dimorphina, D’Orbigny, 1826; Sander-Rang, 1829; Menke, 1830; Reuss, 1845; Parker, Jones, and Brady, 1865; Schwager, 1866; Karrer, 1868; Von Schlicht, 1869. General Characters.—Shell free, inequilateral; commencing growth in alternating (obscurely triserial) segments, as in the typical Polymorphine, but becoming uniserial after a certain number of chambers are formed. Orifice, at the summit of the terminal chamber. In the subgenus Dimorphina have been included those few members of the group which commence growth regularly on the Polymorphine plan, but subsequently take on a Nodosarian arrangement of the chambers. As previously set forth, their separation cannot be regarded as absolute or very well-defined, but still sufficiently so to serve a practically useful purpose. We have, however, retained in the typical division of the group those specimens (like Polymorphina nodosaria, Reuss) whose chambers are oblique and alternating, and whose uniserial condition depends on an attenuated habit of growth, — à or denis d nte ihe usual overlap of the pense. These ee FRA * Dr. Alcock, op. «it. D ; x ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 249: as extreme examples of the normal arrangement, inasmuch as they do not exhibit any real differenee of plan between the earlier- and later-formed portions of the shell. The phenomenon of change in the typical plan of growth is by no means uncommon amongst the Foraminifera. A triserial genus may have biserial varieties; for instance, Bulimina, which in all its more perfect forms has three or more segments to each turn of its'spire, presents in the feebler varieties which constitute the subgenus Boli- vina, an alternation of but two sets of chambers, and in this condition is scarcely distinguishable from Textularia ; whilst Textularia itself, though typically biserial, has a uniserial group (Bigenerina) precisely analogous to the Polymorphine subgenus Dimorphina. The closely allied genus Uvigerina has also a uniserial section, described: by D'Orbigny under the generic name Sagrina; and it would be very difficult to assign any characters that would serve in every case to distinguish it from Dimorphina. The Uvigerine parentage generally, however, betrays itself either in a long phial-shaped neck or by an ornamentation of raised lines and minute spines at some portion of the surface of the test. ! Distribution.—1t is to its morphological peculiarities, and to the assistance they yield in elucidating the relationship of several parallel genera, that Dimorphina owes its interest and importance; for in point of distribution the subgenus yields little ground for comment. Itis very rare both in a recent and fossil state, too rare to be of service in the estimation of any external physical conditions. Its occurrence seems to be limited to a few particular deposits of the Tertiary epoch and to occasional living specimens from the seas of warm latitudes. DIMORPHINA TUBEROSA, D'Orbigny *. (Plate XLII. figs. 39, a, b.) Orthoceratium tuberosum, Soldani, 1780, Testac. ac Zooph. vol. ii. p. 99, pl. 106. fig. gg. Dimorphina tuberosa, D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 264, No. 1; “ Modele,” No. 60. D. nodosaria, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Fos. Vien. p. 221, pl. 12. figs. 21, 22. D. tuberosa, Parker, Jones, & Brady, 1865, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3 ser. vol. xvi. p. 14, pl. 2. fig. 53. D. nodosaria (in part), lid. 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram., App. I. & 11. pl. 1. fig. 61; Karrer, 1868, Sitzungs. k. Akad. Wissenschaft, vol. lviii. p. 177. Characters.—Shell elongate, subcylindrical, straight, or nearly so. Anterior portion acuminate; posterior obtuse, and rounded. Early (alternating) chambers varying greatly in their proportion to the whole shell. Later (uniserial) chambers two to six in number, more or less inflated. Surface smooth. Length 3 to #5 inch. | The differences indicated by M. D'Orbigny between Dimorphina tuberosa and D. no- dosaria are such as will scarcely bear examination ; and we are compelled to regard them as the same variety, reserving the latter trivial name for a distinct unciae to the Polymorphine proper, described by Professor Reuss. M. D'Orbigny's figures of the * It is the custom to ignore the names given by pre-Linnwan observers, and those who wrote before the Linnean method of nomenclature was generally adopted, in quoting the authority for specific or generic terms; else to Soldani, rather than D’Orbigny, should the present species be attributed; the latter only adopted the designation previously given by TS TOME SE. | fatig 1. m a dins di Tot 250 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES two forms he separates specifically, correspond very nearly ; but .D. tuberosa is said to be recent, and to have its alternating segments more largely developed than D. nodosaria, which he regarded as essentially a ‚fossil species. The relative development of the two portions of the shell, in point of fact, varies with each individual specimen ; and the mere question of time, we repeat, cannot rightly be admitted as an element affecting zoological characters. Distribution.—Dimorphina tuberosa is rare. It occurs as a fossil in the Tertiary deposits of Italy and Spain, of the Vienna Basin, and the East of England. Mediterra- nean soundings from depths not exceeding one hundred fathoms occasionally bring to light living specimens. | DIMORPHINA OBLIQUA, D'Orbigny. (Plate XLII. figs. 40, a—c.) Dimorphina obliqua, D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vien. p. 220, pl. 12. figs. 18-20. Characters.—Shell elongate, arcuate. Anterior and posterior extremities acuminate. Chambers oblique, convex. Aperture excentric. Surface smooth. Length + inch. The uniserial chambers of D. obliqua, as described by D'Orbigny, are in a curved line, and oblique in their setting-on, simulating the characters of Dentalina rather than those of the straight Nodosarine. The primary alternating segments are few, small, and incon- spicuous. We have never met with specimens having precisely the aspect shown in the “ Vienna ” plates, the nearest approach being the elongate Polymorphine with two, or sometimes even three, oblique chambers, succeeding each other in one line, occasionally to be met with in shallow-water dredgings ; and in these examples the uniserial segments are not developed with the regularity which marks M. D'Orbigny's figures. Judging from analogy, the existence of such a form might be anticipated; and if the biserial (or spiral) chambers are habitually as small and inconspicuous as they are represented in the drawing, it is not surprising that they have been overlooked by other observers. It is more than possible that two specimens figured by M. Terquem as Bigenerina dentalini- Sormis (Sixième Mémoire sur les Foraminifères du Lias, pl. 22. figs. 29, 30) are Dimor- phine ; and if so, they differ from D. obliqua chiefly in their extreme length and tenuity ; but the drawing is too obscure to permit exact diagnosis. Our figures are copied from the original ones (For. Foss. Vien. pl. xii.), and somewhat enlarged for the sake of greater distinctness. Distribution.—The sole habitat given by D'Orbigny is ** Baden res Vienna), not common,” his specimens being, of course, Miocene fossils. DIMORPHINA COMPACTA, spec. nov. (Plate XLII. fig. 41.) Dimorphina tuberosa (in part), Jones, Parker, & Brady, 1866, Monogr. Crag Foram., App. I. & II. pl. 1. fig. 66. ; Characters. —Shell elongate, subcylindrical, arcuate, compactly built; anterior extremity obtuse or truncate; posterior rounded. Margin even; septa marked only by faint lines. Later segments set on obliquely. Length #5 inch. This variety furnishes another instance of the close parallelism that exists between the ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 251 allied genera Polymorphina and Nodosarina. As amongst the Nodosarine (whether curved or straight) varieties are found having the chambers so combined that no constric- tion marks the course of the septal lines, so in Dimorphina compacta we have an even : margin and obscure septation arising from the same habit of growth. The peculiarity of contour depending upon the relation of the chambers has been deemed sufficient for * specific ” definition in the case of such modifications of Nodosaria, Dentalina, and Vagi- nulina; and itis only consistent to distinguish similar Dimorphine by a trivial name. For this reason, although the present variety was associated with some of its congeners in our partially finished ** Monograph of the Foraminifera of the Crag," under the general term Dimorphina tuberosa, we have since regarded it as meeting better the exigencies of a scheme of subdivision to distinguish it from the more common form having ventricose chambers. Distribution.—Dimorphina compacta is of rare occurrence. We know it only as a Tertiary fossil, from specimens obtained by Mr. Searles Wood in the rich Cràg deposit at Sutton, which has furnished so many rarities. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. General Note.—The great difference in the size of the various species has rendered it impracticable to make the drawings on a uniform scale. The idea of relative size is con- veyed by the small vertical line placed near each figure, which represents five times the length of the longer diameter of the shell. The actual measurement of average speci- mens is given with the descriptions of species. e The numbers, 1 to 41, represent “ species ;” the small letters refer to different aspects of the same shell, or different specimens of the same “ species.” PLATE XXXIX. Fig. 1. Polymorphina lactea, Walker and Jacob, sp.: a, copy of Walker and Jacob's original figure slightly enlarged ; 5, typical form, after Williamson; c, monstrous double specimen. [For sketches of the compressed variety, P. lactea, var. amygdaloides, Reuss, see Woodcuts a to d, p. 215.] Fig. 2. P. gibba, D'Orbigny : 4 and 5, typi D'Orbigny. .3. P. gutta, D'Orbigny. Copied from D'Orbigny's figures. .4. P. acuminata, D'Orbigny. Copied from D'Orbigny's fig a, after Reuss (* Globulina porrecta ^) ; cal form ; c and d, compressed variety, P. gibba, var. equalis, Fig ure of a Chalk specimen. Fig. 5. P. fusiformis, Roemer: b and c, after Bornemann (** Guttulina cylindrica cd di VOL. XXVII. 252 MESSRS. BRADY, PARKER, AND JONES [A figure of the stouter fusiform variety (“ Polymorphina liassica,” Strickland) is given at p. 220, Woodeut e.] Fig. 6. P. cylindroides, Roemer: a and 5, copied from Roemer’s figures (Tertiary) ; c, after Williamson (* P. lactea, var. acuminata ?) recent. oblonga, Williamson. From Williamson's figures of a recent specimen. anceps, Philippi: a and 5, exterior aspects of the shell; c, diagram showing dms AM after Reuss. Fig. 9. P. Burdigalensis, D'Orbigny : drawn from D'Orbigny's “ Modèle no. 29.” Fig. 10. P. communis, D'Orbigny. Copied from the original figures in the “ Tableau Méthodique." Fig. 11. P. problema, D’Orbigny: a, drawn from D'Orbigny's * Modèle no. 61;" b, specimen from the Crag. E CS PLATE XL. Fig. 12. Polymorphina compressa, D'Orbigny: a, recent specimen, after Williamson (* P. lactea”); b, specimen from the Crag ; c and d, Miocene specimens, after D'Orbigny ; e, broken example from the Crag, showing the mode of septation and anomalous labyrinthic aperture; f, portion of thickened shell-wall, in which the pores have become lengthened into tubes; g, porous aperture of a specimen from the Crag. Fig. 18. P. regularis, Von Münster. Copied from Prof. Reuss's figures. Fig. 14. P. complanata, D'Orbigny. Copied from D'Orbigny's figures (Vienna Basin). [Figures of a range of varietal forms are given at p. 280, Woodcuts f to J.] Fig. 15. P. elegantissima, Parker and Jones. Recent specimens: a, from Melbourne, Australia; 6 and c from Storm Bay, Tasmania. | Fig. 16. P. trigonula, Reuss, sp.: enlarged from Prof. Reuss’s figures. Fig. 17. P. Thouini, D'Orbigny: drawn from D'Orbigny's ** Modéle no. 23." Fig. 18. P. nodosaria, Reuss: after Reuss. : Fig. 19. P. rotundata, Bornemann, sp. (the typical form is shown at p. 234, Woodcuts 5 l, m) : a and b, variety figured by Bornemann as “ Guttulina incurva; c, d, and e, variety figured by Borne- mann as “ Guttulina fracta." Fig. 20. P. Soldanii, D'Orbigny. Copied from Soldani. Fig. 21. P. Humboldtii, Bornemann. After Bornemann. Fig. 22. P. concava, Williamson. After Williamson. Fig. 23. P. rugosa, D'Orbigny: a and b, “ Globulina rugosa," D'Orbigny (Miocene) ; c and d, “ Poly- morphina rugosa," D'Orbigny (recent, Cuba). Fig. 24. P. variata, Jones, Parker, and Brady. Drawn from a Crag specimen. PLATE XLI. Fig. 25. Polymorphina digitalis, D'Orbigny. After D'Orbigny (Miocene). Fig. 26. P. granulosa, Egger. After Egger (Miocene). Fig. 27. P. australis, D'Orbigny. After D'Orbigny (recent, Patagonia). Fig. 28. P. pulchella, D'Orbigny. After D'Orbigny (recent, Cuba). Fig. 29. P. irregularis, D'Orbigny. After D'Orbigny (recent, West Indies). Fig. 30. P. myristiformis, Wiliamson: a, specimen with delicate markings, after Williamson (recent); 5 and c, specimens from Eddystone, with stronger interrupted cost. Fig. 31. P. costata, Egger. After Egger (Miocene). Fig. 32. P. regina, n. s. Recent specimen from Storm Bay, Tasmania. Fig. 33. P. frondiformis, Searles Wood. From Crag specimens. Fig. 34. . P. tuberculata, D'Orbigny, sp.: a and 4, after D'Orbigny (Miocene) ; c and d, after Egger ON THE GENUS POLYMORPHINA. 253 P. ornata, Karrer. From Karrer's drawings (Miocene). (Miocene). PLATE XLII. . Polymorphina spinosa, D'Orbigny. After D'Orbigny (Miocene). . 97. . 38. P. hirsuta, n. s. Drawn from a Crag specimen. P. Orbignii, Zborzewski: a represents “ Globulina horrida," Reuss (Cretaceous); à represents € G. tubulosa,” D'Orbigny (Miocene) ; c, Crag specimen; d represents “ Polymorphina fistu- losa,” Williamson (recent) ; e, recent compressed form; f and y, Crag specimens ; h represents “ Guttulina damecornis,” Reuss (Cretaceous), enlarged from Prof. Reuss's figure; à represents the parasitic variety adherent to a broken mollusk-shell, recent, from the English Channel (there is a little adherent specimen of Polytrema (r) on the same shell); j, parasitic specimen from the Crag; k and / represent a portion of the shell-wall uncovered by the breaking off of the cervicorn growths, showing large perforations; m represents a striato-fistulose specimen from the Crag. DIMORPHINA. Fig. 39. Dimorphina tuberosa, D'Orbigny: a, from D'Orbigny's * Modèle no. 60;” b, a less regular | specimen, from the Crag. Fig. 40. D. obliqua, D'Orbigny. After D'Orbigny (Miocene specimen). Fig. 41. D. compacta, Jones, Parker, and Brady. From a Crag specimen. POSTSCRIPT. We have not, perhaps, stated with sufficient clearness how close we regard the rela- tionship between POLYMORPHINA and UvicERINA. Although we have not felt justified, under the limitations of our present knowledge, in uniting these two groups, we could adduce very strong arguments in favour of such a course. We accep these genera as a provisional and convenient arran t the separation of gement rather than as a fixed decision founded on definite or strongly marked characters. Trans. Linn Soc Vor. XXVII Tag 39 HB Brady del. Geo West lith oe w.Soc Vor. XXVII. Tas Trans. Lrun Soc Vor XXVII. Tan. 4] H.B. Brady del Geo West lith. Trans. Linx Soc Vor XXVII Tas. 42. HB Brady del. Geo West lith. i CW West imp. ( 255 ] Xl. On the Anatomy, Physiology, and Distribution of the Firolide. By ALEXANDER RATTRAY, M.D. ( Edin.), Surgeon R.N. Communicated by GEORGE Busk, Esq., Sec. L. Soc. | (Plates XLIII. & XLIV.) Read February 18th, 1869. WHILE modern research has entirely revolutionized the previously formed and prin- cipally theoretical views as to the laws which govern the distribution of animal life in the deeper parts of the ocean, and has proved directly that it can and does exist at far greater depths than formerly deemed possible, and indirectly that there are probably few spots where it is entirely absent, the fact still holds good that it becomes progressively more abundant as we near the surface and approach the vivifying atmosphere. In short, it is a region near where the sea and air meet that forms, in both, the principal theatre for the development of animal, as it is of vegetable life. Nevertheless, of these two great life-sustaining media the former is unquestionably most prolific in animal organi- zation, especially in what may be termed microscopie life, with which its surface waters in all accessible latitudes, and particularly in tropical regions, literally teem; and the towing-net, most successful in calm weather, especially after dark, when the sun's glare and heat have declined, readily demonstrates that the beautifully clear and apparently uninhabited waters of mid-ocean furnish a habitat for minute beings in such countless profusion and variety as to throw its better-known, because more easily noticed, bulkier inhabitants completely into the shade. Minute crustaceans are seldom absent from the towing-net, and are often met with in myriads. Next to them are the Hydrozoa, especially the many and varied forms of Salpa. Then come the pelagic mollusca, and among them the shell-less nucleobranchs we are now about to consider; but these, in the Pacific at least, are comparatively few in num. ber, so that it is only now and again that, in a crowd of jelly-like Salpe, invisible save by the tiny currents or jets produced by their peculiar jerking mode of progression, we come across a solitary, or at most a few almost equally imperceptible Firolide. But the former, though highly interesting in many points of view, unquestionably yield in importance to the latter and the Heteropoda as a class, inasmuch as these possess a more highly developed nervous system, organs of special sense, and general anatomical struc- ture, all indicating a higher place in the scale of creation. So pellucid are many of the oceanie mollusca, even those not, strictly speaking, micro- scopie, and so delicate their structure, that even the intensely coloured forms cause little diminution in the transparency of the deep or change in its hue, except when in shoals. The presence of Firoloides, Firola, or Carinaria can be detected with difficulty, except in large npocimens, when the eyes become -r as two dark 2. and at either end VOL. xxvi. SM. —— 256 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, the semiopaque yellowish buccal and visceral masses; and it is only by removal from the water, which renders their tissues semiopaque, that their form is evident, and that the intestinal canal, cephalic and pedal ganglia, and other organs, can be traced by holding the animal between the eye and the light. But though this renders investigation comparatively easy, observers have a serious obstacle to overcome in the difficulty of procuring the fresh specimens, and, if possible, living animals, necessary for research, which can only be obtained at sea. In spirit and other preservatives the delicate frame- work soon becomes shrunk, and the tissues indistinct and scarcely recognizable under the microscope. Hence it is that information is still needed on some points, especially on the anatomy of the circulatory, reproductive, digestive, and glandular apparatus, which under more favourable cireumstances would not be long wanting. And on these subjects, therefore, any addition to our knowledge, however trifling, is not without value. The following observations, which formed part of the writer's service-journal of H.M.S. * Topaze’ in 1861, were made principally on one variety of Firola and one of Firoloides ; but, though specially deseriptive, they may be considered generally applicable to the Firolidee as a class. | Firoloid (Plate XLIV. fig. 19, & XLIII. fig. 1) possesses all the characteristics of the family, and very much resembles that sketched in Mrs. Gray's * Molluscous Animals' as Firola de Kerandrew (Voy. de la Bonite). Firola (Plate XLIV. fig. 17, & XLIII. figs. 3, 4) differs from it chiefly in possessing a pointed tail, which does not receive a coat from the external hyaline envelope, and in the male generative organs being some distance in front of the branchial nucleus, and an the right side. Coats of the Firolide. These are two in number—an outer transparent Zunic, and an inner semiopaque mus- cular envelope. The outer hyaloid coat (Plate XLIII. figs. 1-5, A), commencing opposite to the buccal nucleus, extends backwards, covers the ventral fin, gradually thickening to about the middle of the body, where it again diminishes, and finally blends with the muscular coat at the root of the tail. In Firoloides (figs. 4 & 5) it commences at the oral orifice, and entirely covers the truncate posterior end. It varies considerably in thickness, and sometimes bulges so much centrally as to double the animal’s diameter, making its otherwise vermiform shape resemble an elongated cylinder (fig. 1) tapering towards either .end ; while in others it is very thin, and sometimes scarcely perceptible. It likewise covers the fin, at the free edge of which it is usually well seen even when with difficulty detected elsewhere. It also gives a thin coat to the eyes (fig. 8, ay), and forms the entire substance of the tentacles (fig. 8, ah), which contain no muscular fibres, and are therefore non-retractile, unlike those of the Gasteropods generally. Posteriorly it ends without giving a cover either to the genital organs or tail (fig. 1). Under the microscope no special strueture can be detected even by a high power, except nerve filaments (Plate XLIII. fig. 1, w) traceable from the underlying muscular coat. Its surface is equally hyaline ; but in many varieties, both of Firoloides, Firola, and Cari- naria, we may observe small round or oval semitransparent cellules; while in others, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. 257 especially in Carinaria, the outer tunie is rough and raised into pointed papille or tubercles, the interspaces being often covered with the above-mentioned cellular patches (Plate XLIV. figs. 14, 15,). The nature of these we can only conjecture, and suppose that the cellules are glands for secreting a slimy fluid like that which covers many Gasteropods, both shelled and shell-less, e. g. Helix and Limar; while the papillæ may mark minute orifices opening into the aquiferous canals (to be presently spoken of), and thus correspond to the membranous tubes and disk-pores of Asterias and Echinus. Similar tubercles, said to be of this nature, are frequently found in Salpa. The inner or muscular coat is a stronger and more complete investment, which aids more than the above in preserving the shape of the animal. It extends from one ex- tremity to the other, enclosing the buccal and branchial nuclei, alimentary canal, nervous system, aorta, venous sinuses of the return circulation, and other organs, and consists of two layers. a. The longitudinal or outer is exceedingly thin, and often incomplete along the median line both of the back and belly (Plate XLIV. figs. 9, 10), especially the latter, where a narrow transparent raphe exists, only sparingly supplied with muscular fibres, most evident between the eyes and tail (figs. 9 & 10, c)—and least marked between the eyes and mouth (fig. 9,0), where the fibres, both longitudinal and transverse, are more pronounced than in any other part of the animal. On either side of the median line, both above and below, this layer is thickened and strengthened so as to form a band (figs. 9 & 10, b), most obvious on the dorsal surface between the eyes and tail (fig. 9, b). A few decussating fibres occasionally cross the raphe. As a whole, the longitudinal are more numerous, better defined, and, as a layer, stronger than the transverse or inner fibres. b. The circular, transverse, or inner stratum (Plate XLITI. figs. 9, 10) surrounds the body in its entire length, and is most strongly developed between the eyes and mouth (figs. 9 & 10, e) ; but behind those it is often interrupted by the raphe, which only a limited number cross. A considerable part of the animal along the median line is thus free from muscular fibres, the tunie forming the only covering. Between the eyes the transverse fibres are thicker and more highly developed than elsewhere (figs. 9 & 10, f), and form strong bands connecting the two eyes, and so well defined, especially on the ventral sur- face (fig. 10, f), as to resemble distinct interocular muscles ; while in the same locality both longitudinal and transverse fibres, interrupted by the orbital orifice, sweep round the base of both eyes and become so thickened as to be somewhat like an imperfect orbicular muscle (fig. 9,7). This peculiar arrangement and increased muscular development in the neighbourhood of the eyes unquestionably serves a double purpose—first, that of protect- ing them and the optic nerves, cephalic ganglion, and other delicately organized structures in this vicinity, and, second, that of altering the direction of the eyes and the axis of vision. The transverse fibres are also well marked around and for some distance behind the oral orifice; and from the posterior edge of this on the ventral aspect another well- defined patch (fig. 10,9) runs back, gradually narrowing, till it blends with the inter- ocular muscle. Here the longitudinal muscular fibres are also well developed, and run back to amalgamate with those along either side of the raphe _ ms wide 258 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, anterior part of this triangular muscular pateh embraces one-third or half of the oral orifice (Plate XLIIT. fig. 10,9; Plate XLIV. fig. 11, g), and probably serves to elongate, retract, and curve the proboscis, perhaps to aid in opening the mouth and assist in de- -glutition, the bolus of food, first seized by the tongue, being forced into the cesophagus by successive contractions of these fibres from before backwards. The arrangement and great development of the muscular coat in the anterior part of the Firolidæ accounts for the mobility of the proboscis and eyes. The ventral fin is flat, and principally composed of muscular fibres enveloped by a thin layer of the transparent outer tunic; and to their arrangement is due its peculiar fan- or fishtail-like action. There are usually three layers, an inner and two outer, —the former consisting of strong fibrillæ running upwards and backwards in parallel lines from the attached to the free edge; while the latter, which are finer, run upward and forward, aggregated into bundles in the narrow neck of the fin, but widening out towards its free edge (Plate X LIII. fig. 1,5). The fins of Carinaroides (Plate XLIV. figs. 14, 16) have a similar structure (figs. 3,4). In the latter, however, the external layers are pro- longed at intervals, and in small bundles, towards the free edge of the enveloping tunic, subdividing several times, and finally joining corresponding fibrille from the muscular layer of the opposite side. | The arrangement of the muscular fibres of the tail, absent in Firoloides, varies in dif- ferent species of the Firolidæ ; but in all cases it is apparently connected with its function as a steering- and swimming-apparatus. It sometimes receives a coat from the external tunie, but often does not, as in Firola (Plate XLIII. fig. 4. In the latter, besides possessing the longitudinal and transverse muscular coat common to the whole body, it has an additional set that form small bands, of which one, elongated and fusiform (fig. 4, 2), runs towards the tip a little distance below the muscular tunic, and joins a larger and better-marked fusiform strip (fig. 4, y), which lies deeper, and then runs onward nearly to the tip of the tail. These bands are connected along their posterior half by cross fibres. A third, more slender (2), runs from the tip forward, divides and diverges so as to embrace the branchial nucleus. Besides aiding the fin-like motions of the tail, this may also serve as a basis of attachment for the intestinal canal, to assist its antero-posterior vermiform movement during the processes of deglutition, diges- tion, and defecation. Progression is effected principally by the ventral fin, which moves actively ; while the tail is chiefly employed as a steering-apparatus. Thus the arrange- ment of the muscular element in both varies much. Each variety appears to have its own, probably characteristic, by which alone it might doubtless be distinguished ; but though useful as an additional diagnostie mark, being a microscopic one it is disadvan- tageous, and therefore not so practically useful or likely to be so frequently followed as others, e. g. the presence or absence of a shell, branchiæ, a caudal appendage, the position of the visceral nucleus, &c. The sucker (Plate XLIII. fig. 1,c), oval from above downward, and situated at the upper posterior free edge of the ventral fin, is small, rudimentary, and probably seldom, if ever, used, being principally developed in the outer tunie, and having little apparent con- nexion with the muscular tissue below. It is present, but only in a rudimentary form, | AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. 259 in all the hereafter enumerated varieties of Pacific Firolidz, including specimens of Firoloides, Firola, Carinaroides, and Carinaria; and the foot is probably exclusively a fin both in form and function. These muscular envelopes resemble those of Helix, Limax, and other typical Gastero- pods, and enable the animal to elongate, contract, turn, progress, and otherwise alter its shape at will. The proboscis seems specially endowed with the power of motion. Under the microscope the longitudinal and transverse layers have more the appearance of fibrous than muscular tissue (Plate XLIII. fig. 11), and consist of parallel strips, some- times slightly interlaced ; but a higher power would doubtless demonstrate the existence of the transverse striæ characteristic of voluntary muscle, as it readily does in a lower form of life, the Salpa, where the muscular element does not form a continuous coat, as here, but exists merely in occasional bands; for animals like the Firolidæ, whose nervous system and organs of special sense are so highly developed, must possess the power of wandering about at will, and performing voluntary motions; nor can we suppose that all their evolutions are purely involuntary, instinctive, or both. A system of aquiferous canals has been said to exist between the external and in- ternal tunies, in connexion with the venous system; others say, independent of it. Their presence is still an open question, and one difficult to verify either way. Certainly different specimens even of the same animal show a variable degree of relative distention or collapse, which may be readily accounted for by the presence of such an apparatus and the admission or expulsion of water at will, more especially as this mutable size is principally referable to the outer tunic, in which these canals are believed to lie. One use is probably that of a somewhat similar system in the .Echini and Asteride, and still more nearly that of the ramifying aqueous canals of Holothuria, viz. to assist aération of the blood, especially in those varieties in which a branchial apparatus is wanting, ru- dimentary, or insufficient for the requirements of the animal, by bringing it and the aérating medium more closely into contact, and, in fact, separated only by the thin mus- eular coat. But they, perhaps, serve another purpose; for, admitting the probable presence of a system of aquiferous lacunæ or canals either in the external envelope or between it and the muscular coat, and remembering the trifling connexion that exists between these two, the former being nowhere bound down to the latter, except at or near the oral orifice, rudimentary sucker, and vicinity of the branchial nucleus and tail, it is easy to conceive how these may be emptied or filled at need, and how, by contract- ing the general coat, the canals will necessarily have their calibre increased and filled ; whereas, by the converse process of relaxation of the muscular coat and consequent en- largement of the true body of the animal, they will be pressed on, diminished in size, and emptied of their contents. The function of this system, therefore, doubtless cor- responds also to that of the swimming-bladder of the fish and, still more, the subcuta- neous air-cells so prominently developed in some birds (e. y. the Gannet, Pelican, &e.), and, beside aiding the aöration of the blood, further serves to enable the animal to alter its specific gravity at will. By infiltration of the skin of the one with air, and the hyaline coat of the other with water, the weight of the bird or Hirota is reduced and equalized with that of the gaseous or aqueous medium in which it floats ; and thus the 260 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, animal is enabled to rise at will, or.by expulsion to sink into denser strata,—a beautiful adaptation in both of means to ends. Such an arrangement almost necessitates the pre- sence of some opening or apparatus more under the control of the animal than the superficial tubercles already described possibly can be, inasmuch as no muscular fibres or contractile tissue can be noticed, to aid in opening or shutting their orifices, and thus | regulate the entrance or exit of the surrounding fluid. And this appears more likely to be found in or near the buccal cavity or cesophagus, where the muscular coat is most developed and complete, or perhaps, as with the corresponding aquiferous system in the Holothuriæ, near the orifice of the vent, than in any other part of the animal. Maedonald * has described a small oval opening in the right side of the visceral mass of Firoloides and immediately in front of the rectum, which is surrounded by a little sphincter muscle intersected by numerous radiating fibres, by which frequent rhythmical contrac- tions and dilatations are produced. Probably this may be an opening of the above- indicated nature—a supposition supported by the fact that it is in the Firoloides, in which the branchiæ are absent, that this is most needed, to effect a rapid change in the blood- oxygenating medium. A communication, however, between these and the proper blood- vessels within the muscular coat, and the constant or frequent admixture of the blood with salt water, appears, on calm reflection, a very unphysiological and untenable sup- position. Nervous System. This, like the entire animal, is symmetrical, and consists of certain ganglionie centres, all bilobed, indicating their double nature, arranged along the median line, and united by well-developed nerves of intercommunication. The symmetrical character of the Firolidæ is even better seen in the arrangement of their nervous system than in their external configuration ; and, with the exception of the long interspace which separates the ganglia, a great similarity is apparent between it and the nervous system of certain classes of the Articulata, e. g. the Insecta—a resemblance further strengthened by the com- paratively high development of the organs of special sense, especially vision. In short, though a mollusk and non-articulate, the nervous system is more allied to that of the Homogangliata than to the Heterogangliata. There are four ganglionic masses, viz. the buccal, cephalic, pedal, and branchial, all of which lie, with their intercommunicating nerve-cords, close to, and sometimes even embrace the alimentary canal (Plate XLIII. figs. 1-5), which runs, generally speaking, along the median axis. | 1st. The buccal ganglion (Plate XLIII. fig. 5, a) is the smallest, and lies above the esophagus, close behind the buccal mass, of which it forms part. It is nearly round ; but a slight antero-posterior constrietion marks its double character. Anteriorly it sends off two chords (fig. 5, a’), doubtless principally motor, which run forward, sub- divide, and enter the buecal mass to end in the tongue, front of the cesophagus, and muscular tissue near the mouth; while posteriorly other two (fig. 5, b,c) run upward, then backward, to embrace the cesophagus and join two larger, one on either side, from the cephalic ganglion, to form the long so-called “ œsophageal collar" (Owen). From this interganglionic cord twigs are given off (fig. 5, d) to supply the muscular envelope A * Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxiii. part 1. RR AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. 261 and tunic, the majority running from behind forward, and doubtless derived principally from the cephalic ganglion. i . 2nd. The cephalic ganglion (Plate XLIII. figs. 1 & 8, f), situated between the eyes about the anterior third or fourth of the body, is the most distinctly bilobed, each half (fig. 8) being oval, prolonged, and pointed anteriorly, at least thrice the size of the entire buccal ganglion, and united with its fellow by a thick commissure. The cords given off are symmetrical, and distributed in three ways, viz :— €. Nerves for the organs of special sense, the eye, auditory vesicle, tongue, and tentacles. - : 6. Intercommunicating cords, which unite the ganglion with the buccal in front, and the pedal behind. c. Ordinary nerves, for the cesophagus, muscular envelope, tunic, &c. The optic nerves (fig. 8,7) are short but thick, and originate in the outer and pos- terior part of each lobe by a broad base, which soon tapers into a cylindrical cord that runs outward, swells, and forms a cup-shaped cavity (fig. 8, Æ), which embraces, before entering, the eye posteriorly, to expand into the retina. Well-marked constrictions separate these protuberances (from which the optic nerves arise, fig. 8, A) from the prin- cipal mass of the ganglion; and we may regard them as distinct “optic lobes," both on aecount of their size and their containing nerve-cells like those seen in the main mass, of which they are in fact mere prolongations or appendages. The auditory, like the optic nerves, are large in comparison with the organs to which they are sent, and arise on either side (Plate XLIII. fig. 8, m) from the posterior part of the optie lobe by a single cord, which runs outward and backward to enter and become expanded on the capsule of the auditory vesicle (fig. 8, a k) ; but the mode of its ultimate distribution requires elucidation. It occasionally gives twigs to surrounding tissues (fig. 8). The minute structure of the optic and auditory nerves shows merely the usual hyaline interior, enveloped in a cylindrical sheath ; and in neither can any peculiarity be observed to mark their special character, or distinguish them from the ordinary motor Or sensory nerves of the body. | A. smaller nerve (Plate XLITI. fig. 5, e) usually arises on either side from the front of the cerebral lobes and inside the cerebro-buccal cords, runs a distinct course along the esophagus without communicating, and is lost apparently in the salivary glands, but possibly ends in the tongue as the nerve of taste. The specially endowed tactile organs, or tentacles, are each supplied with a comparatively large branching nerve (Plate XLIII. figs. 1 & 8, ah) from the outer and anterior aspect of the cephalic ganglion, which sends off lateral filaments and finally ends near the tip. The lobes of the cephalie are united to the buccal ganglion in front, and to the pedal behind, by large nerves, viz. :— ic : . a. The cephalo-buccal (Plate XLIII. fig. 5,7) arise on either side from. the anterior prolonged part of the cephalie lobe as a single cord (fig. 8, b) which runs along the ali- mentary canal, giving off side branches to it and adjacent tissues of the muscular and external coats, till near the buccal mass, where they bend upward to embrace the ceso- phagus, and then divide close to the ganglion into two, the larger of which, as already 262 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, described, joins the buccal ganglion, while the smaller runs onward, subdivides, and is lost in the tissues of and near the mouth. b. The cephalo-pedal (Plate XLITI. figs. 1 & 8, y), which exceed the former in size, and, next to the optic nerves, are the largest in the body, arise posteriorly from the cephalie ganglion internal to the optic, run back towards the pedal ganglion on either side and above the cesophagus, but often widely apart, giving off branches to the mus- cular coat, tunic, &c. Besides the purely sensory nerves and those of intercommunication, the cephalic gives smaller twigs to the tissues in its vicinity, e. y. the cesophagus, aorta, muscular and outer tunics, sclerotic, &c. (Plate XLIII. fig. 8), which form a kind of plexus round the ganglion. 9rd. The pedal ganglion (Plate XLIII. fig. 1, 4), next in size to the cephalic, is found, as its name implies, near the base of the ventral fin, the representative, according to Huxley, of the anterior division of the foot or propodium of the typical gasteropods, and consists of two oval lobes, prolonged anteriorly and united centrally by a thick com- missure. As a whole it is more globular than the cephalic, like which its internal structure consists of nucleated cells in a general envelope prolonged as nerve-sheaths (Plate XLIII. fig. 7). It sends off intercommunicating branches to the ganglia above and below, and also supplies the neighbouring tissues. The important cephalo-pedal nerves have already been described. The pedo-branchial cords (Plate XLIII. figs. 1 & 4, o), also large, spring from the right and left lobes, run backward, above and on either side of the alimentary canal, pursue a wavy course, giving off filaments as they pass to the lower part of the cesophagus, stomach, &e., till, in front of the branchial nucleus, they suddenly bend (fig. ) nearly at right angles, to embrace the intestinal canal and join the branchial ganglion. | Smaller nerves are distributed, first, to the foot, the external coat, and predominant muscular tissue, all of which are well supplied; second, to the muscular and hyaloid coats; and, third, to the stomach, cesophagus, and male generative organs (fig. 4). 4th. The branchial ganglion (Plate XLIII. fig. 4, P), smaller than either of the former, and more like the buceal in size, lies below the posterior end of the intestinal canal, in front of the visceral nucleus and heart. Tt is joined in front by the two pedo-branchial eords (figs. 1 & 4, o), and gives off the following. One long filament (q) runs along the upper aspect of the intestinal canal to be distributed on the cesophagus and stomachic dilatation, besides giving off twigs to the male generative organs when present here. Two others (7) run upwards, embrace the lower part of the intestinal canal, and join a plexus (x) to be presently described. Arising from one or both of these a long thread (7^) runs along the abdomen close to the muscular coat, to join with others sent: from the pedal ganglion. Posteriorly it supplies the muscular and transparent coats and the organs constituting the branchial nucleus (£)—namely, the stomach, rectum, liver, heart, branchial apparatus, male and female generative organs. What may be termed the “caudal plexus,” just alluded to (u), lies above the branchial nucleus near the dorsal surface. More or less quadrilateral, it is joined at either corner in front by a cord from each lobe of the branchial ganglion (»), and one from the pedo-branchial nerves of inter- AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDÆ. 263 communication (s); while from its sides and posteriorly it gives filaments (v) to the tunic and muscular coat of and near the tail, and large twigs to the caudal muscles. The minute structure of the nervous system is very simple, and consists of two ele- ments, ganglionic cells and nerve matter, enclosed in a sheath, and readily distinguished by their faint yellow tinge. The sheaths, which originate in the fibrous envelope of the ganglia (Plate XLIII. figs. 7, 8), are from one-fourth to one-fifth or one-sixth of the diameter of the nerve, and contain the nerve proper, transparent and structureless. Their ultimate ramifications and mode of termination in the tissues are not easily demon- strated. Nor is it possible to distinguish between the sensory and motor element on the one hand and the excito-motor on the other, the difference between the two, if appre- ciable at all, being still little understood, while the nervous system of such minute animals is too delicate to enable us to determine the relative supply to and exact distri- bution of either in the various organs. On the other hand the ganglia consist of a mass of rounded nucleated cells, comparable to the cortical part of the human brain, the whole enveloped in a stout fibrous coat which preserves their form. Their cellular nature is most readily demonstrated in the cerebral and pedal, which are both largest and most easily brought into view. This cellular element is sometimes prolonged into the at first funnel-shaped sheath of the larger nerves (Plate XLIII. figs. 7, 8). The function of these ganglia doubtless differs. Thus it is probable that the special senses, viz. sight, hearing, and taste, are directly supplied from the cephalie, which also furnishes a large portion, if not the whole, of the nerves of ordinary sensation, either directly, or indirectly through the intercommunicating cords and other nerve-centres; indeed, from the pro- minent place which it occupies in the nervous system of the Firolidæ and Heteropoda generally, and the nature of the organs it endows, this ganglion may fairly be regarded as the equivalent of the anterior or cephalic pair of the Articulata, and representative of the sentient brain of the higher animals; while the other three are probably the principal, if not sole source, of motor nerves for the different parts near which they re- spectively lie,—the pedal being the largest, in correspondence with the development and activity of the swimming-fin; and the branchial or posterior terminal, which supplies the tail, as well as the alimentary and reproductive organs, appears to bear a marked relation to the size of the steering-apparatus. Organs of Special Sense. Besides taste and touch, both present in the true Gasteropods and doubtless existing in fair development, as they do, though perhaps in a rudimentary state, in more elemen- tary forms of life, we find two other senses in the Firola, with well-defined appropriate _ organs, viz. hearing and seeing. Olfactory nerves cannot be detected, and the perception of smell is doubtful. Bug xo nee ^ The eyes (Plate XLIII. figs. 1, 8), very perfect of their kind, indicating a corresponding development of the sense of sight, are placed about the anterior third or fourth of the dorsal surface, and a little behind and nearer the median line than the ten- tacles. Though non-pediculated and fixed, they jut slightly outward and forward (fig. 8) with a certain projection which evidently corresponds to the eye-pedicles of the pulmo- VOL. XXVII. 2 N 264 i DR. A. RATTRAY, ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, niferous Gasteropods. Like minute black specks to the unaided eye (Plate XLIV. figs. 13 &c.), they are hour-glass-shaped under the microscope, and readily distinguished by the crimson hue of the retina, which is only equalled in brilliancy by the eyes of some oceanie Myriopoda occasionally found in the towing-net. The component parts are seven in number, viz. :— a. The optie nerve (Plate XLIII. fig. 8, 2), which has already been described. b. The sclerotic (fig. 8, ab) is cup-shaped, its cavity looking outward and forward, moderately thick, becoming thinner and narrowing in calibre in front, and constricted about one-third from its anterior orifice, where a sharp ridge (a d) projects into its cavity, and divides it into a small anterior and a larger posterior chamber; and in front joined by the thin posterior edge (« e) of the external eye-cover or cornea that likewise con- tributes slightly to form the anterior chamber occupied by the vitreous humour. c. The retina (ac). The interior of both chambers, semigranular and bright crimson, is lined by the expansion of the optic nerve, which penetrates the thick posterior part of the sclerotic ; but the manner in which this is effected, and the minute structure of the retina, need further inquiry. The colour may be the natural tint of the retina ; but as the nervous system generally, both ganglia and cords, and the optic nerve itself, close to where it enters the eye, have only the usual pale yellow tinge previously spoken of, we may consider it due to the presence of the following or d. Pigmentary layer; but whether this exists beneath the retina, as in the human subject, or overlies it, as in the Cephalopoda (Owen), it is not easy to determine. e. The vitreous humour. The contents of the sclerotic cavity, which correspond to the vitreous humour of the human eye, are hyaline, and apparently structureless. f. The crystalline lens (a f), globular, pellucid, and highly refractive, is situated in front of the vitreous humour, about two-thirds of its anterior being covered by the cornea ; while its posterior third adjoins the vitreous humour, and makes a segmental projection into the sclerotic. When subjected to pressure after immersion in spirit, the lens splits towards . its centre, like those of higher animals. 9. The cornea (ag) is merely a prolongation of the general outer envelope, like which it is perfectly transparent and structureless. Thick in front, it gradually thins as it bends back to embrace the crystalline lens and join the anterior edge of the sclerotic. This pellucid concavo-convex eye-cover, with the globular crystalline body that _ closely fits into it, and the vitreous humour behind all, constitute an admirable complex and powerful lens, doubtless well adapted for the requirements of sight. The constriction by which the cavity of the sclerotic and the contained vitreous humour are divided into two (ad), evidently performs the function of a rudimentary pupil, perhaps quite fixed, but possibly acted on in some measure by those muscular fibres so peculiarly : arranged around the eyes, apparently in connexion with vision. Posteriorly, and on the sides, the eyes are surrounded by the general tissues, and are not contained in any space like the orbital cavity of the Vertebrata, and have no special muscles, like the iris in the interior of, or the recti and oblique around the human organ. But the structure now alluded to suggests that, by the single or conjoint action of the longitudinal and trans- verse fibres, the direction of the axis of each eye may be materially altered at will, so as AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. 265 to increase the lateral range of vision; while by those which curve round and form a kind of orbicular, the eyeball may be pressed on, so as to change the arrangement, relative position, and curve of the lenses, and hence alter the focus of the eye and give a more- extensive antero-posterior range, which enables the animal to perceive objects at greater or shorter distances. An organ so complex, and with a large special nerve-supply and a well-pronounced nervous system, all indicate an equal development of the sense of sight, and furnish presumptive evidence that this function is not confined to the appre- ciation of light and darkness, but probably extends to the discrimination at least of form, colour, and distance. "When swimming, the head and body, as far back as the tentacles, are often bent nearly at right angles, as well seen in Plate XLIV. fip. 13. By this arrange- ment the tentacles (which possess no muscular fibres and are therefore immobile in themselves) and the eyes become more prominent; the former enjoy free play, and the latter a far wider range of vision; so that sight, touch, and taste, the senses most employed in the search for food, are materially aided. To the frequent contraction and dilatation of the orbicular fibres, and the rapid alteration of the focus of the ocular lenses in vision, are doubtless due the appearance of winking sometimes observed. The auditory apparatus consists of the two nerves already described, which run out- ward and backward to the auditory vesicles (PlateX LIIL fig.8, a, %) behind the optic nerves, usually about their middle or outer third. The nerve appears their only attachment to surrounding tissues. The vesicles are globular, pellucid, and probably ciliated internally, two-thirds of their cavity being filled by a smooth, round, opaque otolith. The minute structure of this apparatus and, especially, the mode of distribution of the nerve still require observation. Its rudimentary nature, however, proves that the sense of hearing must be imperfect, and probably does not extend beyond a limited appreciation of sound. Olfactory apparatus.—Neither this nor a special nerve of smell can be detected. Both are supposed to be wanting in the mollusca generally; but they have been discovered by Owen in their highest form, the Cephalopoda, and may possibly exist in the Firola and other Heteropods, which rank next in the animal scale, in a rudimentary condition and combined with the sense of taste, their nerves being united. The sense of touch doubtless exists in Firola and the Firolide generally. Minute filaments from the ganglia on their intercommunicating cords, doubtless purely sensory, and perhaps derived originally from the cephalic ganglion, are frequently seen penetrating the muscular coat to end in the outer tunic. The non-retractile tapering tentacula, which correspond to the inferior or anterior tentacles of the Helix, appear more highly endowed as special organs of sensation, and are each supplied with a large branching nerve from the cephalic ganglion (Plate XLIII. figs. 1, 8). Plate XLIV. fig. 13 shows the animal applying these organs to the vessel in which it was kept, as if to ascertain its nature. In some of the Firolidæ they are absent. Circulatory System. Our knowledge of the anatomy of the circulatory organs and breathing-apparatus of the Heteropoda, and the connexion which necessarily exists between them, is by no means so complete as could be desired. 2:2 | er 266 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, A heart (Plate XLIII. figs. 4, 6, x), consisting of an auricle and ventricle, is distinctly visible in Firola, in front of the branchial nucleus, and usually in close proximity to the ciliated breathing-apparatus when present. The ventricle (fig. 6, 1) is oval. From its upper end springs the aorta ; and below, it communicates with the auricle. Its walls consist of a thin but clearly defined mem- brane, strengthened by a mesh of striated muscular fibres, first pointed out by Huxley, by the contraction and expansion of which the blood receives an onward impulse through the aorta. The auricle (fig. 6, x), situated below and separated from the ventricle by a slight constriction, is much less perfect, and consists in front of a museular network like that of the ventricle, only less complete, connected below with the ciliated branchial tube, and above with the ventricle, the muscular fibres of the two occasionally intermingling. The cavity, of which this forms the anterior wall, is large and has more the character of a sinus than a well-defined auricle. The contraction of this muscular web necessarily propels a certain portion of the contained blood into the ventricle, and, at the same time, draws an equivalent of non-oxygenated fluid from the periintestinal cavity or venous system, part of which comes into contact with, and is aerated by the ciliated branchial apparatus or branchise when present. The circulation thus kept up is languid ; and the function of the singular heart is doubtless not so much to keep the blood in a continuous circuit as in perpetual slow motion and constantly changing, so as to present a fresh supply to the aerating medium, whether that consists of a branchial apparatus, a subspiral band, or merely the venous sinuses of the body generally, one or all combined. A more rapid current is not required. No complete double circu- lation is needed for the aeration of the blood, nor has all of that fluid to pass quickly and repeatedly through the oxidating medium for renewal, as the heart supplies enough motive power to keep the blood moving sufficiently fast for all physiological requirements. _ The aorta (Plate XLIII. figs. 1 & 4, D), somewhat dilated at its origin, springs from the upper part of the ventricle, gives a branch backward to the viscera, and, without diminish- ing much, if at all, in its course, runs up the centre of the body near to the cesophagus, but lying, like it, close to the ganglia and their intercommunicating cords. Near the pedal ganglion it sends a vessel to the swimming-fin (fig, 1, D), then courses on towards the buccal mass, where it becomes lost, and doubtless ends, like the pedal artery, in the return circulation. With the above exception, the aorta gives off no branches in its entire length; but, from its exceeding thinness and transparency, it is apt to be overlooked. It has usually a constricted or beaded appearance (fig. 4), from irregular contractions of its coat, which seems to consist of a simple membrane, in which no special structure or muscular fibres can be detected. According to Huxley there are no special veins in the return circulation, and the blood returns to the heart through the periintestinal cavity ; and certainly strong evidence in support of this lies in the fact that no tissue can be detected between the muscular coat and contained viscera, which appear to float free in the blood of this rudimentary venous system—and among them, curiously enough, the vessels of the efferent circulation, viz. the aorta, pedal and branchial arteries, blood-vessels bathed on both sides in blood, which thus convey the aerated fluid direct and unmixed from the breathing-apparatus to the active organs which most require it, e. g. the liver, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. | 267 fin, and buccal mass, the other viscera and tissues being sufficiently nourished and oxidized by contact with the less highly vitalized fluid of the afferent current. Respiratory Apparatus. This consists, in this form of Firola, of an elongated cylindrical tube (Plate XLIII. fig. 4, F L) attached to the under surface of the ventricular sac, its long axis directed antero-posteriorly ; its anterior end truncated, and its posterior extremity opening exter- nally near the anal orifice. Its centre is occupied by a tube which runs nearly its entire length, and is about one-third the diameter of the larger cylinder. The exterior of the central tube and interior of the outer one are thickly covered with very active cilia, by which a constant renewal of the water-supply is effected through the open pos- terior end, the current having the double purpose of changing the oxygenating me- dium, and of carrying away feecal accumulations from the adjacent anus. The whole is attached to the under surface of the auricular sinus; and the blood is possibly aérated, partly, at least, through the membrane which separates them, and partly in the cavity of the respiratory organ itself. Simple juxtaposition cannot be the only connexion be- tween the heart and breathing-organ ; and some communication must exist between the two to permit the passage of blood to be oxygenated in the interior. The entire subject still requires study. Where no branchial apparatus or localized and special breathing- organ exists, as in Firoloides, (Plate XLIII. fig. 1), or is found only in a very rudimentary form, the vitalizing process is doubtless carried on during its passage through the venous sinuses or periintestinal cavity, especially those next the surface. Although the breath- ing-apparatus varies much in different families and even genera of the Heteropoda, each species, doubtless, possesses its own peculiarity ; nor is its presence or absence a matter of such uncertainty as some suppose. Digestive System. In Firola and Firoloides this consists of :—first, the parts which form the buccal nucleus, viz. the oral orifice, buccal cavity, tongue, upper part of esophagus, &e.; second, the stomach and intestinal canal; and, third, the secretory organs which aid digestion, viz. the salivary glands and liver. The oral orifice is terminal, circular, non-labiate, comparatively large, and capable of considerable dilatation and contraction from the presence of circular fibres, which form a kind of oral muscle. Behind it lies the ** buccal nucleus” (Plate XLIII. figs. 1, 2, 3, £), so termed, except during the protrusion of the tongue, when the whole is pushed for- ward (Plate XLIV. fig. 12), partly by the cesophagus, but chiefly by the muscular coat. The buccal cavity is round or oval antero-posteriorly, and principally occupied by the tongue. The latter, or glottideum, is so armed with teeth as to form a rasping-organ, the root of which is large, cartilaginous, and chiefly composed of oval transparent cells (Plate XLIII. fig. 2, y), on which rests the lingual ribbon (Plate XLII. figs. 2, 3; Plate XLIV. fig. 11), which doubles beneath the lingual mass, but unfolds while feeding, and protrudes as in Plate XLIV. fig. 12, with its point more or less curved, and the teeth on the tip and dorsum erect and prominent. The lingualribbon (Plate XLIV. fig. 11, y) is 268 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, elongated, tapering anteriorly, and widening posteriorly ; while its central part, or rachis, widens on the other hand from behind forward. The rows of teeth, from twenty-seven to thirty in number, are comparatively soft, though perfectly adapted for disintegrating the soft tissues of the Pteropods.and other animals on which they doubtless feed. Behind the buccal nucleus the cesophagus commences by a funnel-shaped dilatation (Plate XLIII. fig. 2, K) where the muscular fibres are stronger than elsewhere. This soon narrows into a tube-like intestinal canal, which runs along the central axis from one end of the animal to the other, almost in a straight line (Plate XLIII. fig. 1,1), varying in diameter, when quiescent, from one-sixth to one-fifteenth of the width of the body. Its coats, and those of the stomach and rectum, have a longitudinal and trans- verse layer of involuntary muscular fibres (Plate XLIII. fig. 4, m) lined by an inner (mucous ?) coat, the rugz of which are apparent while the wavy peristaltic action of the canal is going on from above downward during the passage of food. About the. posterior third of Firola (Plate XLIII. fig. 4, s), and behind the ventral fin, there exists a fusiform dilatation to about three times the diameter above and below; at the anterior orifice of which (s' the canal presented an evident constriction, obvi- ously meant to prevent return of food. At the lower or posterior end a second fold (s”) projected into the canal, which might be supposed to represent the pylorie, as the other did the cardiac valves of the human stomach. The bolus of food (not figured here, to make anatomical details clearer) contained in this cavity appeared to move about, not with a regular circulatory motion, as in the human subject, but to and fro from end to end, as if by peristaltic action alone, which impulse is thus propa- gated uninterruptedly along the whole length of the intestinal canal. A corresponding dilatation existed well in front in Firoloides (Plate XLIV. fig. 13). In other varieties (e. g. Firoloides, Plate XLIII. fig. 4) only one exists, viz. where the alimentary tube curves down and enters the visceral (pallial) division of the body, above and in front of the liver. This is probably the true stomach, and the enlargement observed in the above- . mentioned instances only accidental and caused by the passage of food—an opinion confirmed by the circumstance that it is into the posterior wall of the latter that the biliary duct yields its secretion. Behind the stomach a short intestine runs downward and backward to terminate in the vent (Plate XLIII. figs. 1, 4). The peristaltic action appears to be the only independent movement the stomach possesses; nor, from the nature of the food, which consists of animals with soft tissues identical with or very like their own, is any other needed, as little trituration is necessary, the solvent action of the salivary, gastric, and hepatic secretions being alone sufficient to prepare them for absorption. Two sets of glands appear subservient to digestion, viz. the salivary and liver. The former (Plate XLITI. figs. 2,8, 5, N), two in number, and comparatively large, lie under the buccal mass, curving downwards and backwards on either side of the cesophagus, and form elongated tubes, narrowing posteriorly, each having a central duct of large calibre, joined obliquely on each side by certain short and wide unbranched sacculi—a very simple glandular arrangement, the main duct of which opens into the buccal cavity well in front and beneath the tongue. As already described, these glands and the sense AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. 269 of taste appear to receive their nerve-supply from the cephalic, and not from the buccal ganglion. The branchial nucleus is largely composed of a dark-red or brown rounded liver, which lies behind the stomach and rectum, bulging well into the former, and striated as if lobulated (Plate XLIIL fig.4, 1). Its minute anatomy requires further study ; but from its position near the posterior end of the intestinal canal, and not far from where the food makes its exit from the body, the secretion probably partakes more of the nature of an excretion than of one necessary to digestion. Absorption of the products of digestion is doubtless effected, as in the Mollusca gene- rally, by the venous lacune or sinuses which surround the œsophagus and fill up the periintestinal cavity, and doubtless totally distinct from the aquiferous ‘canals outside the muscular coat. Surrounded and bathed by the blood, the intestinal tube and sto- mach deliver the nutriment their lining membrane absorbs directly into that fluid, to be elaborated and applied to the purposes of assimilation. Generative System. The anatomy and physiology of the generative system, and especially the development of the ova and young, still require observation. Like the order generally, they are bi- sexual. A male organ is seen in many, consisting of a well-developed penis having a central canal, a terminal bulbous glans-like swelling, and two testicular-looking bodies posteriorly, each showing a central tube or excretory canal, which joins that of the penis. In Firoloides (Plate XLIII. fig. 1) this lies at or near the lower and anterior part of the branchial nucleus—but in Firola (Plate XLIII. fig. 4, ») some distance in front, and supplied with nerves both from the pedal and branchial ganglia, as in Plate XLIII. fig. 4, p. In Carinaroides pedunculata (Plate XLIV. fig. 16) and Carinaroides, Plate XLIV. fig. 14, it also occupied the right side, and is large and apparently sheathed and retractile. Its position probably varies, even in different species. A large ovary is said by some to form part of the visceral nucleus, lying behind and filling a concavity in the liver. A peculiar ‘appendage often projects from the terminal extremity of Firoloides, with a pediele sometimes short and thick (Plate XLIV. fig. 7), in others long (Plate XLIV. figs. 8, 9, 10), but with no swelling, perhaps from its having broken Of (Plate XL. fig. 1). Plate XLIV. figs. 5 & 6 are enlarged views of one variety with eight distinet segments, gradually increasing in size toward the free end, and each attached to its fellow above and below by an annulated constriction, as if they ultimately broke off and became detached. The largest compartment was empty, and could be flattened by pressure, appearing semiopaque under the microscope. The wall, thick towards its attached end, became gradually thinner towards its outer extremity, while the centre appears hollow and tube-like. No other peculiarity could be observed in their structure; and they were present in one form or another in nine out of twenty-threc Firole and Firoloides, and could be readily observed by the unaided vision. In spirit they shrivel slightly. 270 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, Distribution and Varieties. Said to be ** amongst the most abundant of the Pelagic Mollusca, and float in myriads on the surface of the Mediterranean and Atlantic” (Owen); the Firolidæ are not so numerous in the Pacific, at least its eastern or American half. Thus, during several voyages across the equator, between Vancouver Island, in 484° N. latitude, and Valparaiso, in 33° S. latitude, extending over 170 days, during which the towing-net was kept con- stantly going when practicable, they were met with only eleven times, six bringing single specimens, and eight the highest number procured at one haul Carinaria and Cardiapoda are by no means common ; those obtained were chiefly Firola and Firoloides, particularly the latter, sixteen of the twenty-five being Firoloides. The Atlantidæ are more numerous than either. The subjoined Table will show the different varieties thus ob- tained, the locality, number, &c. Although most abundant near the equator, where high temperature favours the development of aquatic life, the Table shows that their range of distribution in the Pacific is wide, as with the Heteropoda generally. In this instance it spread over 77° of latitude (viz. from 40° N. to 31? S.) on the one hand, and on the other from mid-ocean to within sixty miles of the American shore; and further obser- vations will doubtless widen the area. | TABLE. : ud Locality. Sea. When obtained. Name. SN Reference. z 8| lat. Long. |Temp.| Sp. gr. ae 3 °F. Plate fig. Feb. 11, 1860... ... a. . (Carinaria, or Carinaroides(muti-| 1 |Equator 115 W.| 76 |1026 | XLIV. 15. lated, visceral nucleus absent). i ( |Carinaroides pedune 254 | Cardiapoda pedunculata (D' Orb. oy. + July 8, 1861 ...... id Cardiapoda carinata (D'Orb. 4 | 31°$8. 73 W.| 55 [10974 XLIV. 16. oy. | [Firola caudina (Rang) ...... J May 4, 1861 .. } { Carinaroidos., ¿Dio Fy 1 | 18°N. |115 W.| 81 |1025 XLIV. 14 May 14,1861.. | **| Ÿ | [Carinaroides................ 2 |Equator| 1193 W. | 79 |10251 } is Sept. 7, 1801 ...... a Seen 1 | OS N. [187 W.| 71 11028 | XLIV. 32 Feb. 7, 1860 se: TOMAR oe rs ee 1j 45.414110 Wit 22. 11026, 11 Feb. 11, 18602 .: 55. IFisolddes- co. u 0e 2 |Equator| 115 W.| 76 |1026 | >XLIV. 18. April 22, 1861. (HINC vs su 1 | 40° N. | 1272 W. | 562 | 1029 ) ( Firola Keraudrenii 2 Feb. 14,1860.. .... aq | Tirola Desmarestia `... 3| 2N.|120 W.| 78 |1025 | irola Keraudrenii ...... 5 May 14, 1861... ¿ | Mies Dee oe 8 |Equator| 1194W. | 79 | 10254 pue 19 : Firola Keraudrenii ...... May 16,1861. ..... 4 { Pole Dae o 1| 58. 1200W.| 79 |10953 |) March 11, 1864....| y |Firoloides or Anops (South In- | 1 | 3508, 73 E. | 69 |1027 | XLIV. 20. dian Ocean). : ; Many interesting problems remain to be solved with regard to these animals, e. g. whether they are arctic and subarctic, as well as temperate and tropical forms ; and if so, AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. E VA what is the range of each. Certain of them, e. g. Carinaria mediterranea, found chiefly in the sea after which it is named, have a fixed and limited home, out of which they are prevented from straying into materially colder or warmer waters by surrounding land, except when accidentally borne into the Atlantic by the efferent Gibraltar current. But it is not so with the majority of this group, which have not an inland and almost land- locked sea like this in which to swim, but great oceans, whose waters are being con- stantly changed by those mighty currents that form so marked a feature in their physical geography; and it is a question of some interest how arctic, temperate, and tropical varieties comport themselves in other zones,—whether or not they are drifted about involuntarily and helplessly, and kept continually circling round the globe, subjected in the many and rapid changes of latitude to equally sudden and great Yaribeions in the temperature and specifie gravity of the fluid in which they float, and if, for example, tropical forms can exist in arctic seas, which are known not to have the same low tem- perature as the air overhead, or, on the other hand, arctic forms in tropical waters. To this our still restricted knowledge does not appear sufficient to warrant more than a limited and indefinite answer; but it is likely that, as with land and the largest forms of aquatic animals, each has its own special region where it is found in the greatest abund- VOL. XXVII. 20 272 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, ance and in the highest activity, and its own range,—a wide one, it is true, as the Table shows, and wider, perhaps, than with the majority of terrestrial or marine animals, because the range of aqueous is not so great as that of aerial climate, but still well defined, which they cannot pass with impunity, and pass only at the cost of impaired vitality and per- haps loss of life. Notwithstanding the unquestionable existence of ocean climates, and zones of animal and vegetable life characteristic of and peculiar to each, and the probability that the Firolidæ are not universally scattered, but systematically distributed according to meteo- rological laws, different families having their own peculiar range, out of which they are seldom found, the great extent of this in the present instance is instructive and goes far to show that the marine fauna, and especially the minute and less-developed forms endowed with limited locomotive powers like those under consideration, and therefore apt to be involuntarily carried hither and thither and from high to low latitudes, or vice versé, by winds, tides, and ocean-currents, and thus drifted out of those waters for which their anatomical and physiological structure best adapts them, must possess higher adaptability to great and sudden physical and climatie changes, especially in the temperature and density of the water in which they float, than land animals, which, for obvious reasons, are less subject to this casualty. That the Firolidæ possess this power of accommodation in a marked degree is evident from the fact that the specific gravity of the Pacific, where the above were found, ranged from 10231 near the equator to 1029 in the higher latitudes, and its heat from 504° to 83°—a range of no less than 51 of specific gravity and 327 of Fahrenheit *. : The tropics, which Maury has so felicitously termed the “womb” of the sea, is undoubtedly the birthplace of perhaps all the above-tabulated forms ; for, though sometimes met with in temperate latitudes, it is there we find them most abundant (map); and though they are drifted to many parts of the Pacific, and often carried into the colder latitudes of either hemisphere by the irresistible ocean currents against which their limited natatory powers are unable to contend, we may fairly presume that they are not cosmopolite, and cannot exist in every ocean, and in the waters of so many different temperatures and densities as that would necessitate; and perhaps we should not far err were we to believe that while warm tropical seas are their native home, and this the zone in which the most vigorous part of their doubtless brief career is spent, it is in the colder regions that those fortunate enough to escape being preyed on end their existence. Carried thither, their life of slender tenure gradually ebbs away as their originally warm native element cools on reaching high latitudes and enters the chilly seas, which possess a very different heat and weight, in which they finally die. The life of the Firola or Firoloides may, indeed, be taken as a type of the existence of many of the minute and microscopic organisms which have the ever-changing surface waters of the ocean as their habitat, whether fitted for warm or cold waters. Conveyed from one ocean to another, as the waters of the globe, like its winds, perform their “circuit,” their limited life is ultimately ended by static and thermometrie changes in the fluid in which they * These were the highest and lowest observed during three voyages between Vancouver Island and Valparaiso, those in the Table being for the places indicated. AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDA. | | 248 float, and derive both the food which nourishes and the oxygen which vivifies them, if these changes are much beyond those limits which they are fitted to endure. "Those circulatory currents which exist in the Pacific and, indeed, all the great oceans probably serve, as a rule, to keep particular varieties in their native seas ; but when accidentally carried by branch streams into colder waters unsuited for their organization, then they doubtless die—a sequel which, as with animals of higher organization, perhaps most frequently results from external agencies; and with all that escape a violent end from predatory enemies, this is perhaps the usual cause and mode of death. We are equally ignorant of their distribution in depth; but the anatomical and physiological structure of all the known varieties shows that they are surface animals, and probably seldom extend more than a few yards below the sea-level, where the water is most highly oxygenated. Like most of the soft gelatinous animals caught by the towing-net, they avoid the heat and glare of the sun, and are generally entrapped at night, when they come to the surface to breathe and feed, this being doubtless their time of greatest activity, and day the period of repose, when they sink a moderate distance into a calmer, darker, and less sultry medium. In Plate XLIV. are outlines of the different varieties of Firolidæ caught by the writer in the Pacific during 1860 and 1861, in the regions indicated in the Table (p. 270) and Map. Fig. 20, Plate XLIV. was obtained in the South Indian Ocean during a subsequent voyage to Australia in 1864, and is evidently allied to and doubtless one of the Firoloid family, in which, however, no eyes, tentacles, tail, or very evident visceral nucleus could be seen; but which had a well-marked and large swimming-fin minus a sucker, a double envelope, consisting of an external hyaline coat, covering the entire body, and an internal muscular one, showing distinct transverse and longitudinal fibrillæ, similar to those described. Very active when caught, it was certainly not a mutilated Firola, as has been suggested with regard to Anops Peronii (D'Orb.); and we doubt if this least-developed group of the Firolidæ (Anops) is not one of real existence, though perhaps not so abun- dant as the others; for this is the only specimen met with, after long and systematic use of the towing-net, in the Atlantie, South-Indian, but especially the Pacific Ocean. These figures, sketched from life, are of the natural size. At least five of them, viz. figs. 14, 15, 17, 18, 20, appear to be new. Carinaroides (Plate XLIV. fig. 16) is evidently identical with C. pedunculata, D'Orb. Voy., and Firoloides (Plate XLIV. fig. 19) with F. Keraudrenii, as indicated in the Table. The Map and Table show the | part of the Pacific where they are severally caught. Firoloides (Plate XLIV. figs. 13 and 18), whose aetive and singular form renders it readily distinguishable, was met with thrice, and enjoys a wide range. Carinaroides (fig. 14) is easily known by its short deeply-keeled tail. In none of the Pacific varieties, except Carinaria (fig. 15), does the caudal appendage appear so lengthy and highly developed as in the Atlantic and . Mediterranean Firolidæ. Were observers to carefully keep their specimens (easily preserved in weak spirit), it would greatly facilitate correct classification, and obviate much error. des | O 274 DR. A. RATTRAY ON THE ANATOMY, PHYSIOLOGY, Classification. | The literature of the Heteropoda, especially its lower forms, is trammelled with that unfortunate tendency to excessive multiplication of names, and indefiniteness in classifi- cation, so common in many departments of natural history—as if zoologists, in meeting with, to them, new or like varieties, were undecided in what family or class to place their specimens, and, unimpressed with the importance of correct and systematie tabu- lation, got out of the difficulty by sketching and giving a new synonym fto an animal perhaps already known and in the enjoyment of several titles. Hence greater accuracy in defining species and varieties, a lucid and not too minute arrangement, and a simple easily understood nomenclature, at all times a desideratum in scientific research, are well worth attempting with the Heteropods, and fortunately is comparatively easy, as a careful survey of all that are known will show that they may be severally ranged in different groups, each possessing distinctive characters. Even on limited observation, nothing can be more evident than how readily the diver- sities in their structure may be turned to account in determining varieties when external configuration alone makes discrimination difficult. Such minute and careful microscopic examination as that of the lingual dentition is too troublesome to be generally available; and we naturally seek for some easier means by which we may at once, and, if not by the naked eye, at least by a low magnifying-power, fix the position of specimens as we meet with them. This may be readily accomplished by attending, first, to the presence or absence of a shell; second, to the character of the visceral nucleus, whether pedunculated or forming part of the soma; third, its position with regard to the tail proper; and, fourth, the presence or absence of a breathing-apparatus and its nature. A very Cursory glance at the order will show that its different varieties may be conveniently separated into two primary divisions. lst. The Atlantidæ, including Atlanta and Oxygyrus, whose bodies are curved and capable of being wholly retracted into a spiral shell; and, 2nd. The Firolidæ, including the Carinaria, Carinaroides, Firola, and Firoloides, whose form is straight and elongated, and either wholly naked or furnished with a very small shell, covering the appendicular visceral nucleus. The difference between these is so marked that it is easy to refer specimens to either. But it is with the members of the second that the chief difficulty appears to lie; and we , find them variously divided and profusely named by terms often apparently indis- criminately used—so much so that there is some trouble in ascertaining what is or which is an Anops, a Pterotrachea, Firola, Firoloides, Carinaria, Cardiapoda, Cerophera, or Carinaroides, and in wading our way to safe conclusions amidst a confused multitude of soubriquets and the application of double and even triple names to the same variety. The presence or absence of the rudimentary shell and the character of the branchial nucleus, however, enable us to further safely and easily subdivide the Firolidze into :— _ Ast. The Carinaria, with a vitreous shell, and the Carinaroides or Cardiapoda, with a cartilaginous or horny one, protecting the visceral nucleus, which is pedunculated ; and, 2nd. Firola and Firoloides, which are destitute of a shell, and have a sessile visceral nucleus. AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE FIROLIDÆ. 275 The position of the visceral nucleus and character of the branchial apparatus further permit us to distinguish between the two latter thus :— Firola. Body terminated by a tapering tail, visceral muscles situated in front of the latter ; respiratory organ consisting of well-developed branchiæ or a ciliated subspiral band. : Firoloides. Body abruptly truncate posteriorly ; visceral nucleus terminal; respiratory apparatus consisting of a very rudimentary ciliated organ, or altogether absent. This distinction between Firola and Firoloides, first pointed out by Lesueur, is unques- tionably the easiest and the best, and too little attended to by observers. In following it, however, they must avoid confounding the tail proper (metapodium) with the singular annulated filiform appendage often present when the former is wanting, as in some varieties of Firoloides. The presence or absence of the tentacles and the position of the fin, on which stress has been laid by some, do not appear characteristic or distinctive of species, or available for the purpose of classification. The subjoined Table shows the distinguishing zoological marks of the Heteropoda IE to this arrangement. Atlanta. —Shell calcareous, spiral ; opereulum val, nucleus median. 4 Attantoides (Oxygyrus).—Shell corneous, in- | volute ; operculum trigonal; nucleus la- L erg ( Visceral nucleus only, pro- Carinaria.—Shell vitreous, spiral. | tected by a shell, pedun- | Carinaroides Mii, pe —Shell corneous, ATLANTIDÆ.— Body curved and re- tractile into spiral shell .... ....................... culated, situated at pos- involute, or absen terior third or fourth. Heteropoda. ¿A Frrozrnæ. — Body elongated and \ s Firola.—Body terminated by a tapering tail ; naked, or nearly so visceral nucleus situated i in front of this ; Visceral nucleus shell-less< respiratory apparatus consisting of true | and sessile, | ucleus terminal ; Bis ione apparatus consisting of a rudimentary ciliated organ, or entirely Kong ES m h43 3 SocVor INN 4 Trans. | Trans. Liny. Soc. Vor XXVI Tab 44 SONS M DO NO " i ; | 277 ] XII. Notes on the Thysanura.— Part 1%: By Sir Joux. LuBBocKk, Bart., F.R.S., V.-P. Linn. Soc., fe. (Plates XLV. & XLVI.) Read June 3rd, 1869. SINCE my last paper on the Thysanura, which was read before the Linnean Society in 1867, I have met with six more British species, three of which have been already recorded as occurring on the Continent, while the others appear to have been hitherto overlooked. The first three are Lepidocyrtus curvicollis Bourlet, Degeeria domestica Nicolet, and Lipura maritima Guérin; the fourth is a species allied to D. domestica, the fifth an Isotoma, which I propose to name Jsotoma grisea; and the sixth forms the type of a new genus. In placing on record the existence of Nicolet’s Degeeria domestica as a British species, I must add that I have never found it myself, but have received . specimens from. Mr. M‘Intire, and that, for reasons given below, I cannot regard it as belonging to the genus Degeeria, but rather as constituting the type of a separate genus of much interest as being in some respects intermediate between Templetonia, Lepido- cyrtus, and Degeeria. It has the hairs and scales of Lepidocyrtus and Templetonia, and | the general form of Templetonia and Degeeria, from the former of which, however, it differs in its antenne. I also add descriptions of the only three British species of Lepismidæ with which I am acquainted. LEPIDOCYRTUS CURVICOLLIS Bourlet. : | Lepidocyrtus curvicollis Bourlet, Mém. Soc. R. Lille, 1839 ; Mém. Soc. Douai, 1842. Cyphodeirus capucinus Nicolet, Mém. Soc. Helv. 1842. Lepidocyrtus curvicollis Gervais, Hist. Ins. Aptères. capucinus Gervais, Hist. Ins. Aptères. . Bourlet's description of this species is as follows :— “ Thorace gibboso, capite deflexo, corpore toto squamis plumbeis. “2 millim. 3. Mémes caractères que ci-dessus. Sous les pierres et le bois pourri, en tout temps, excepté l'hiver ". I have found a few specimens belonging apparently to this species, and have also received some from Mr. M‘Intire. In its ordinary position the head is completely hidden by the projecting bars of the thorax. It seems to me to be identical with the Cyphodei- rus capucinus of Nicolet, whose description 1 subjoin. : : “ Entièrement d'un jaune orangé, sauf les antennes, dont les deux p articles sont d'un jaune plus pále, et les deux derniers d'un gris assez foncé. "cam cylindrique, luisant, peu velu, à poils très-courts. Premier segment tres-allongé antérieurement, triangulaire, creux en dessous et recouvrant la téte de maniere à n'en laisser voir 278 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. que le bord antérieur quand on la regarde en dessus (fig. 14). Deuxième segment, du double plus long que le suivant. Le sixième plus long que les trois précédents pris ensemble, et recouvert sur les cótés latéraux par un prolongement angulaire du cinquième: Yeux noirs. Filets de la queue blancs et finement striés transversale- ment. : * Cet insecte offre un léger reflet métallique produit par quelques écailles ; longueur environ 2 millimètres. Se trouve dans les jardins, sur la terre; trés-rare: vit soli- taire.” Nicolet must, I think, have had before him immature or injured specimens. "When full-grown, and unrubbed, this species is very beautiful, and reflects the most gorgeous metallic tints. Its general appearance is most singular; the depressed position of the head, and the gait, give it a ludicrous resemblance to a Hippopotamus; and at the same time the body does not look as if it belonged to the head and legs, but rather as if it were some foreign body being carried on the back. . The head is scarcely seen from above. The fringe of scales on the front of the thorax is turned down; and there are a certain number of long hairs, some of them bent. The eggs are laid in heaps, and are spherical, with a diameter of about 73> of an inch. They are at first smooth, but after a few days are covered with filaments. ISOTOMA GRISEA, n. sp. Dark grey, with a leaden tinge. Eyes on a black spot. Legs and antennz of the same colour as the body. Second and third segments of antennæ equal in length. The whole body covered with very short, close, white hairs; the posterior part of the abdomen with a few longer ones. "Terminal segment of spring straight, or turned slightly outwards. Feet without tenent hairs; the large claw has a single tooth on the inner side. Length 7}; of an inch. Under boards, on a hotbed. Common. September to March. Ilong thought this was the young of some larger species; but having watched them in their native haunts, and kept them for some time in confinement, I am satisfied that it is an independent species. My specimens do not exactly coincide with any of those described by Nicolet. The forms of the antennæ and of the spring distinguish it from the species forming his first section of the genus; nor is there any one in the second which it much resembles. LIPURA MARITIMA Guérin. Achorutes maritimus Guér. Icon. du Régne Anim. Ex. Ins. p. 11; Suites à Buffon, Aptéres, vol. iii. p. 439 Dark purple. Eyes five in number, two in front and three behind. Length $ of an inch. This species was found by M. Guérin at Treport, in Normandy. He described it as an Achorutes; but he expressly says it could not jump, and there can be little doubt that, as M. Gervais has already suggested, his specimens really belonged to the genus Lipura. | SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. . 979 I have myself found Lipura maritima abundant among the rocks, and on pools, at low water, near St. Andrews; and Dr. Allman has kindly sent me specimens from Kinsale. BECKIA, n. g. Body scaly. Antenne 4-jointed. Eyes wanting. Thorax not projecting overhead. Abdominal segments unequal. + This is a particularly interesting genus, and forms a link between Lepidocyrtus and Degeeria. In many respects it resembles Degeeria, but differs in the absence of eyes and the presence of scales. It is even more closely allied to Lepidocyrtus, from which the principal difference consists in the absence of eyes. Templetonia differs from Beckia in having the terminal segment of the antennæ ringed, and in the presence of a dark eye- patch, with a single lens. 1 have dedicated the genus to Mr. Beck. BECKIA ARGENTEA, n. Sp. Silvery, with bright metallic reflections. No eyes. Third segment of the antennz rather = shorter than the second or fourth. A thick fringe of hairs in front of the thorax. Filaments of the tail scarcely reaching to the ventral tube. Length +); of an inch. I have also a second species of Beckia, somewhat broader than B. argentea. This.is, perhaps, the C. albinos of Nicolet. Considering the absence of eyes, the activity of these species is truly remarkable. They make, however, great use of their antennz in feeling the ground before them. | SEIRA, n. g. Body scaly. Antenne 4-jointed; terminal segment not ringed. Eyes on a dark patch. Thorax not projectiug over the head. Abdominal segments unequal. I have proposed this genus for the scaled species which were placed by Nicolet among the Degeeriæ, because it seems to me manifestly unnatural to unite in the same genus species with and without scales. Like the preceding genus, Seira* forms a very inter- esting link between several genera—a fact which I have endeavoured to indicate in the name. Indeed some of the species approach very closely to Lepidocyrtus ; and as regards S. Buskii, I was long in doubt whether to regard it as a Seira or a Lepidocyrtus. The form of the thorax, which is the characteristic on which that genus was founded, admits of every gradation, and therefore is not of very easy application. SEIRA DOMESTICA. Degeeria domestica Nicolet. Nicolet's description of this species is as follows :— * Mémes antennes que le précédent, mais blanches, ainsi que le dessous du corps, les pattes et la queue. Dessus du corps écailleux, d'un blanc sale trés-luisant, avec * From cepa, a chain. VOL. XXVII. : 2P 280 . SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. quatre bandes transversales et plusieurs taches d'un gris foncé un peu rougeätre. Téte blanche. Yeux noirs. Poils gris et longs. Sixiéme sega comme dans l’espèce précédente. * Longueur: 11-3 millimètres. Cette espèce se trouve dans les maisons, où elle vit solitaire ; rare.” Mr. M°Intire has found this species occasionally in Millbank and Brixton prisons. It is, however, as Nicolet says, “rare.” I have never met with it. The antennæ are long and slender. SEIRA BUSKII, n. s. Dark violet, with metallie reflections. Head, legs, and base of antennæ yellowish. Eyes on a black patch, and connected by a black band. Spines yellowish at base, colourless towards the extremity. Length +; of an inch. The basal segment is rather shorter than the second or third, which, again, are, though very little, shorter than the apical. The hind legs are longest. The feet are all alike. There is one tenent hair, not much swollen at the end. The small claw is without teeth. The large one has three teeth on the inner, and one on the outer margin. I have only found this species in greenhouses and hothouses; perhaps, therefore, it is. not an indigenous British species. [24th May, Thun.—Since the above paper was sent in to the Society, I have paid a visit to Switzerland for the purpose of collecting Nicolet's species, and comparing them with those of England. The Thysa- nura would probably have been much more frequent during the autumn months; still I succeeded in finding a good many species, on some of which it may be worth while to say a few words*.] TEMPLETONIA NITIDA. I had already come to the conclusion that Podura nitida of Templeton, one of our commonest as well as prettiest English species, was identical with the Degeeria marga- ritacea of Nicolet, as well as with the Heterotoma crystallina (= 4theocerus crystallinus) of Bourlet. In this view I was confirmed by finding it common in Switzerland. ORCHESELLA MELANOCEPHALA. Like Nicolet, I found Orchesella melanocephala very common in the woods of Chau- mont above Neuchatel. The longitudinal lines, however, in the great majority of speci- mens were so much more distinct and striking than in Nicolet's figure, as to give the inseet a very different aspect. I should not have called the fourth segment of the antennæ “violet” in any of the specimens I found. Lastly, the terminal segment of the antennæ was, like the preceding, pale at the base. SMYNTHURUS AUREUS, mihi. I found this species sparingly. * Pauropus I found repeatedly at Grindelwald; and as it has also been discovered in Sweden, there can no longer be any doubt that it is an indigenous European species. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 281 \ S. LUTEUS, mihi. This species also was abundant. Yet it seems to have been overlooked by Nicolet. Perhaps he took it for the young form of S. viridis. : I also met with a very pretty little species of Smynthurus, which differs from any of Nicolet's species. It is white, with two broad transverse purple bands, one occu- pying the whole of the front part of the body, the other occupying the middle of the abdomen; the antennæ are yellow, and connected at the base by a line of yellow passing into purple; the eyes are on a black patch, and behind each is a purplish band ; underneath, the body is altogether white, with two opaque round spots on each side of the spring. This pretty species cannot be confounded with any other; the dorsal surface is divided into five subequal parts—the first, third, and fifth being white, the second and fourth purple, or to the naked eye black. I hesitate, however, to describe it as a distinct species, because in the form of the antennee, the feet, and the spring it so very closely resembles S. luteus, from which, on the contrary, it differs so much in colouring. PAPIRIUS. I found three species of this genus namely, P. cursor mihi, P. Saundersii mihi, and P. nigromaculatus. As far as colouring goes, these three species agree very closely with the three species named respectively by Nicolet Smynthurus fuscus, Smynthurus ornatus, and Smynthurus Coulonii. In all these cases, however, he distinctly figures the antennæ as having the characters of Smynthurus. It would therefore be very desirable to ascertain whether there are really any species of the true genus Smynthurus answering to Nicolet's description, or whether perhaps he omitted to notice the difference in the antenna. MACHILIS POLYPODA. Lepisma polypoda Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. 1012; Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 62. Machilis brevicornis Latr. Nouv. Ann. Mus. 1. 79. Forbicina polypoda 'Temp. 'Trans. Ent. Soc. vol. i. p. 92. Machilis polypoda Gervais, Hist. Nat. Ins. Apt. vol. iii. p. 448; Nicolet, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1847, p. 345 Brown, with metallic reflexions. Length 3 an inch, Woods and dry places. I have only met with one specimen of this species. In Ireland, according to Temple- ton, it is very common. The head is small; the thorax is not distinct from the abdomen; the prothorax cylindrical; the mesothorax is enlarged and elevated; the metathorax is less raised, short and broad. The abdomen is 10-jointed and tapers gradually backwards. - The eyes are large, compound, black, and meet in the middle line. The antennæ are shorter than the body, but in my specimen were imperfect at the ends; they differed, however, considerably from Templeton's figure 1c. The terminal 2P2 282 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. whip-like portion is divided into much more numerous subsegments, which towards the end become moniliform, have each a whorl of hairs, and fall into groups of seven, each group separated by a well-marked division. The larger palpi are six-jointed, the three basal segments point forwards, the third being smaller than the other two; the three terminal ones are recurved, and about as long as the two basal. In Templeton's figure only the first two segments point forwards ; and they are succeeded by a recurved many-jointed “ whip." This does not at all agree with my specimen. The lesser palpi are three-jointed ; the basal segment is shorter than the other two, which are nearly equal in length, the terminal one being somewhat swollen, though not so much so as in Templeton's fig. 1 d. Geoffroy describes the corresponding organs of his Forbicina teres saltatrix as two- jointed, another point in which it differs from M. polypoda. The feet are biunguiculate. | I do not find it observed by previous writers that each of the four posterior legs bears an appendage on the basal segment, closely resembling the eight anterior ventral appen- dages. Their presence appears greatly to strengthen the argument of those who regard these appendages as rudimentary legs. It is moreover peculiarly interesting, if we remember that the peculiar genus Scolopendrella has a very similar pair of appendages attached between each pair of legs except the first. In M. polypoda the anterior abdominal segment appears to want these appendages. In the following eight segments they are attached near the posterior margin, and are about equal in size, except the last, which is considerably larger than the rest. Between this last pair is a strong, straight, stiff appendage, which gradually tapers from the base, ending, however, abruptly. It is divided into about thirty subsegments, each with a whorl of stiff, short hairs. LEPISMA SACCHARINA Linn. Lepisma saccharina, Fauna Suec. ed. 2, No. 1925 ; Guérin, Icon. Ins. plate ii. fig. 2. Forbicina plana Geoff. Ins. Lepisma saccharina Gervais, Ins. Apt. iii. p. 451. Lepisma saccharina Temp. Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 92. Silvery white, with a yellowish tinge about the antennz and legs. Length 3 of an inch. Head free. Mesothorax and metathorax somewhat wider, but shorter, than the pro- thorax. Abdomen gradually tapering. Eyes black, remote. Antennæ long, tapering ; basal segment short, others numerous and still shorter; at some little distance from the base they become rather longer, and gradually divide into two subsegments. They are about two-thirds as long as the body, but are generally imperfect. The longer palpi are five-jointed. At the base are several stiff spines, bifurcate at the extremity. The mandibles consist of three parts :—1st, a fleshy rounded lobe ; 2nd, a pointed process, horny at the extremity; and, 3rd, the main part, provided with four strong teeth and a molar surface. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 283 The smaller are three-jointed, much expanded at the apex. The lower lip is four- lobed; but the lobes are rounded, not pointed as in Treviranus's figure *. The legs are five-jointed, and the feet biunguiculate. The two basal segments bear a number of stiff spines with bifurcate extremities, like those on the larger palpi (in addi- tion to ordinary hairs). On the underside of each thoracic segment is a sort of flap, beautifully covered with scales. That of the prothorax is very large; the other two are smaller, particularly the one belonging to the metathorax. The abdominal appendages are confined to the two posterior segments. They are represented, however, on the anterior ones by a group of stiff yellow sete. There is moreover a second, similar group nearer to the median line, which appears to represent a second process, formed by a prolongation of the ventral margin of the penultimate segment. . Gervais + considers that these appendages should be compared to the branchial appen- dages in Neuroptera rather than to true legs; he observes, * Cette manière de voir, que nous avons proposée peu de temps aprés, rend également compte de l'absence de trachées déja constatée par plusieurs observateurs chez les véritables Thysanoures, c'est à dire, chez la famille des Lépismes." The branchial appendages of Neuroptera, however, are dorsal, while those of the Lepismidæ are ventral; moreover, in opposition to the above assertion, the Lepismidæ undoubtedly have tracheæ, although the system may not be very largely developed. 1t seems to me curious that there should be any difference of opinion on this point, because, from the transparency of the creature, the tracheæ in the legs are visible without dissection. It is true that Treviranus } was unable to satisfy himself as to the presence of tracheæ ; but I can only account for this on the hypothesis that he did not examine freshly killed specimens. The egg-tubes and the formation of the ovum resemble those of Petrobius, as described by me in the * Philosophical Transactions ’*. The posterior dorsal plate has a squarish termination. REPRODUCTION OF LOST PARTS. M. l'Abbé Bourlet, who was unfortunately ignorant of Mr. Templeton's memoir, gave as a character of his genus Heterotoma (a name which he subsequently changed for Ætheocerus), and which is composed of the species forming Templeton's genus Orchesella, that the segments of the antennæ varied from 2 to 5, those even of the same individual > being often dissimilar in the number of their segments. He was aware that M. Mac- quart regarded these differences either as abnormal or accidental; but he rejected this explanation because :—1°. Dans le cas où les antennes sont inégales, le dernier article de la plus eourte, quel que soit son rang numérique, n'est jamais conforme à l'article cor- respondant de l'autre antenne; 9. il affecte constamment une forme analogue à celle de l'article terminal, ou le cinquième ; 3°, il en est de méme pour les antennes égales, mais ayant moins de cinq articles; dans ce cas, le dernier est toujours plus gros et plus + Suites à Buffon. Insectes Aptéres, vol. iii. p. 446. * Vermischte Schriften, Tab. ii. fig. 4. $ Phil. Trans. 1861, p. 619. t Vermischte Schriften, vol. i. p. 16. 284 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. long que le terminal de l'antenne normale, quoique ayant une forme analogue et la méme couleur;. 4”. on n’aperçoit à l'extrémité de l'article aucune trace de fracture 5:41 plusieurs jeunes Podurides et un. grand nombre d'adultes ont été trouvées ainsi con- formées; le nombre de celles-ci était, à l'egard des Ztheocerus à antennes de cinq articles, comme cinq est à huit ; 6”. cette conformation des antennes ne se rencontre que rarement dans les autres Podurides; 7°. toutes les fois que dans les autres genres on trouve des Podurides dont les.antennes ont été brisées, la cicatrice est toujours visible et la forme des articles n'a pas varié ; 8°. j'ai renfermé dans des vases une certaine quan- tité d’ Atheocerus dont les antennes offraient les différentes conformations observées par moi; j'y ajoutai plusieurs congénéres qui avaient ces organes brisés au moment oü elles furent trouvées, ou à qui je les avais moi-méme mutilés; au bout de trois mois elles furent retrouvées toutes exactement dans le méme état." cuba Two years later he repeated this argument in the same words in the Transactions of the Soc. d’Agrieult. du Départem. du Nord, at Douai, 1841-2. Yet it is, I think, certain that the antennæ of the species forming his genus Æ{heocerus (or Heterotoma) are normally six-jointed, although they are very frequently mutilated. It is true that in antennæ possessing less than six segments, the terminal one does to a certain extent resemble the terminal segment of an unmutilated antenna; but this is the case, as I have satisfied myself by repeated experiments in artificially mutilated specimens. It is also quite true that the antennæ which are composed of less than six segments show no trace of fracture; but it is equally certain that this is also the case in mutilated specimens after a change of skin. If one removes part of the antenna of an Orchesella, the injury is very apparent until the creature moults, after which the end of the antenna becomes more or less regular, according to the time which has elapsed between the wound and the moult. M. Bourlet states that this condition of the antennæ occurs only among the Heterotome; this, however, is by no means the case. Most of the other genera, indeed, having shorter antennee, are less liable to injury ; and mutilated specimens are therefore much less frequent among them than in the genus Orchesella. Choreutes, however (Macrotoma Bourlet), also has long antennæ ; and here the mutila- tions are so frequent that Bourlet actually describes the genus as having three-jointed antenne, four being the right number. 1 myself, though 1 have found hundreds of specimens, have never found a full-grown Choreutes plumbea with perfect antennæ. This almost invariable mutilation is an extremely curious fact. : | M. Bourlet affirms that really mutilated specimens always show the “cicatrice.” The term is scarcely correct; and, as I have already observed, the mark only remains until the next moult. Lastly, M. Bourlet states that, having mutilated the antenns of several specimens, and placed them with others in which the antennæ were unsymme- trical, he found them at the end of three months exactly in the same condition. This statement is quite contrary to my invariable experience, and, unless he tried it in very cold weather, he must, I think, have made a mistake. In summer the moults always _ follow one another at comparatively short intervals; and at the first moult after mutila- tion I have always found a considerable tendency to reparation, which becomes still more manifest after two or three changes of skin. oom : SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 285 The explanation of M. Bourlet's mistake, however, is to be found in the fact that an antenna once seriously mutilated never regains its normal number of segments. Such, at least, has been my experience. It is possible that very young specimens may have more complete powers of reparation. I doubt very much, however, whether it is so, because I have observed in Chloéon (Ephemera) that the terminal segments of the antenna, if once removed, are never replaced (although the antenna continues to grow), so that not one specimen in twenty of those which I examined had perfect antennæ when the insects were half-grown. As illustrating the partial recovery which takes place, I will take the following cases from my note-book | . On the 11th of April, I removed the terminal portion of the right antenna of a pale Orchesella cincta, at the middle of the second segment, as shown in Pl, XLV. fig. 1. On the following day the animal moulted, and the mutilated antenna was as in fig. 2, the second segment being a little elongated, but not much altered, probably on account of the short time which intervened between the mutilation and the moult. On the 19th of April the antenna was as in fig. 3, and consisted of three segments. The second and third were quite unlike those of normal specimens, the second being unusually large, and the third, which is normally quite short, being elongated and somewhat club-shaped. Subsequently both these segments, and especially the third, elongated somewhat (fig. 4), but they made no further approximation towards the nornial form. Again, on the 5th June, 1 treated another specimen in the same manner, leaving the antenna in the state shown in Pl. XLV. fig. 5. On the 17th June it had moulted, and was as in fig. 6. Here, the mutilation having taken place near the extremity of the segment and some days before the moult, it will be seen that more change has taken place than in the preceding case. The antenna is three-jointed, the two apical segments presenting the same peculiarities as in the preceding specimen. Subsequently the ter- minal segment elongated as in fig. 7 ; but no further change took place. . I made a few more similar experiments with similar results, but was reluctant to multiply them too much, being unwilling to cause unnecessary pain, and seeing no reason to expect any materially different results. It is remarkable that in all these cases the terminal segment acquires a length even greater than that which it possesses in normal specimens. This is vell shown also in Choreutes. In this genus I have satisfied myself, both by direct experiment, and also by watching specimens which I had met with accidentally, that if the terminal seg- ment is removed it is never replaced, though the third segment acquires an unusual length. I have even seen specimens, under these circumstances, in whieh the third segment acquired a length almost equal to that of the third and fourth segments of a normal antenna. 286 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. ANATOMY. Intestinal Canal. According to Nicolet (l. c. p. 46), the digestive organs of the Thysanura consist of six parts—namely, l'ésophage, le jabot, le ventricule chylifére, les vaisseaux hépatiques, l'in- testine gréle, et le cecum.” By the “ cæcum” he evidently means the rectum. Nicolet gives his description of these parts as applicable to the order generally, and does not mention which genus or genera he particularly examined. In those which I have dis- sected, and particularly in Tomocerus, Orchesella, and Smynthurus, the digestive organs pass straight through the body without any circumvolutions from the head to the tail, and fall into three divisions, the cesophagus, the stomach, and the rectum. I think there are no Malpighian vessels. Von Olfers, the only naturalist who has, since my paper in the * Linnean Trans- actions" (which, however, he does not appear to have seen), occupied himself with the anatomy of the Thysanura, also describes and figures the intestinal canal, at least in Orchesella, as a straight tube passing directly from one end of the body to the other, and falling into three divisions, the cesophagus, the ventriculus, and the rectum. The cesophagus is rather long, narrow, and composed of an inner chitinous membrane, thrown more or less into folds, and a cellular envelope, outside which, again, is a loose and very delicate membrane. Nicolet describes a crop as existing between the cesophagus and the intestine stomach; but he admits that it is only *une simple dilatation de l'ésophage, dont le diamétre varie selon que l'insecte a plus ou moins mangé." Von Olfers was, I believe, the first to observe that from one side of this swelling, which is somewhat thickened, rises an elongated membranous tube. This he regards as the salivary gland ; and he considers that it really rises immediately behind the mouth, passing backwards along the cesophagus, to which, however, it is so firmly attached that * ne vi quidem separari possint" (they can hardly be separated even by force). In fact, if the “ salivary gland " and the stomach be pulled in opposite directions, as far as my experience goes, the former gives way. The stomach is capacious, and extends in a straight line from the posterior end of the esophagus to the commencement of the intestine. It is of even width throughout. Externally it is provided with both longitudinal and transverse muscles, which give it a pretty reticulated appearance (Plate XLV. fig. 13). The transverse series is the most numerous, the spaces between the muscles being something less than twice the width of the muscles themselves. In some places, as in Plate XLVI. fig. 15, they anastomose frequently. This appeared to me to be more the case in some specimens than in others. The distances between the transverse muscles are much larger. The stomach contains, besides the food, a large number of clear round cells containing smaller cells or vacuoles. It is, moreover, often occupied by a number of Gregarinas. According to Nicolet, the Malpighian vessels are probably six in number. He says, * Les vaisseaux hépatiques, dont je n'ai pu au juste reconnaitre le nombre, mais que je crois être de six, sont tubuleux et filiformes ou du méme diamètre dans toute leur SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 287 longueur; ils sont insérés immédiatement au-dessus du rétrécissement pylorique; leur longueur égale à peine la moitié de celle du ventricule chylifére; du reste, leur extrême ténuité et leur peu de consistance ne m'ont pas permis de les étudier en détail" *. Von Olfers also describes them as “ filiformia, tenerrima ;" but he only saw four. When the Malpighian vessels are very numerous, it is naturally difficult to count them; but as they are in this group so few, Nicolet can certainly not have seen them very distinctly when he remained in doubt as to the number. | For my own part I have examined Orchesella fastuosa, the species in which they are figured by Von Olfers, as well as Tomocerus plumbeus, Smynthurus, and other species, but have never been able to satisfy myself that any such organs really exist. | The intestine has, in Tomocerus, a length of about $; of an inch. It is straight, and of even diameter. It is strongly muscular, being provided throughout its whole length with transverse muscles, which lie close together, and are about 1350 of an inch in diameter. Respiratory Organs. (Plate XLV. figs. 7, 8.) The condition of the respiratory system of the Thysanura is a question of much interest. Nicolet describes a series of spiracles situated at the sides of the superior arches of the abdomen. The tracheæ extend, according to him, in an undulating line from the head to the tail, each undulation corresponding to a segment, and sending out on the one side a short branch to the corresponding spiracle, and on the other a number of branches which ramify over the different organs of the body. There are also on each side six pneumatie sacs which lie longitudinally, communicate by a short duct with the main tube, and give out from the posterior end two branches, one of which goes to the side of the body, passing under the principal trache a. He figures the tracheæ arranged in this manner in A. fimetarius, and, though not expressly saying so, appears to regard the description as applicable to all the Podwrelles (Thysanura). | In my first memoir in the * Linnean Transactions” (vol. xxiii. p. 429), on the contrary, I have described the tracheæ of Smynthurus as opening by two spiracles in the head, opposite the insertion of the antennz—that is to say, on the lower side of the head, if it is placed with the antennæ and eyes upwards, or on the back part when it is in its natural perpendicular position. As regards Achorutes and the allied genera, Von Olfers repeats the statements of Nicolet. His own observations were made on Smynthurus oblongus, Tomocerus plumbeus, and Orchesella fastuosa. In these he found the respiratory system formed on one plan. They have two spiracles only; and these are situated on the inferior side of the thorax, close to the first pair of legs. From each spiracle start three principal trunks, one of which goes forwards, one upwards, and one backwards. The first two are immediately divided into a great number of branches, which are extremely narrow. The other passes to the middle line, lies close to the corresponding trachea of the other side, without, how- ever apparently uniting with it, and then also breaks up into a number of fine branchlets. I have again examined Smynthurus, and can only confirm my previous statements. Von Olfers, without being acquainted with my memoir, agrees with me, as we have * L. c. p. 47. VOL. XXVII. 2Q 288 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. seen, that there is only one pair of spiracles. He considers, however, that they are situated in the thorax, close to the place of insertion of the anterior legs, while I think they are in the head. I will not be so bold as to say that there certainly is no spiracle in the place indicated by Von Olfers; the animal is so small and so inconvenient for dissection, that I will not venture to make a positive assertion in opposition to one who has evidently worked with much care and skill. Nevertheless I think he has been misled by the fact that at this part the tracheze are held in place by the rather large branch given off to the anterior leg. I think I have traced all the tracheæ up into the head, and that the only spiracles possessed by Smynthurus are situated in the head, at the place where it is attached to the body. As regards the other species, I differ still more from M. Nicolet and Von Olfers. I have examined Tomocerus plumbeus, as well as species of Achorutes, Lepidocyrtus, Iso- toma, Lipura, and am satisfied that they do not possess any tracheal system answering to the descriptions either of Nicolet or of Von Olfers. | THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. I have already described the generative organs of the Smynthuride in my first paper. Those of Tomocerus, which may be taken as representing the Poduride, are very simple, and in both sexes consist of two tubes, commencing near the anterior end of the abdomen. They widen gradually as they pass back, and open on the ventral side of the posterior segment behind the base of the spring. NERVOUS SYSTEM. Tomocerus. In the head are two ganglions, the supra- and infracesophageal, which are connected by two short commissures, between which the œsophagus passes as usual. The remainder of the nervous system consists of three ganglia, lying in the thorax and first abdominal segments. The posterior ganglion is much the largest and is double, The hinder portion is somewhat square-shaped, and sends off several strong nerves backwards. Smynthurus. Nicolet was unable to discover the nervous system in the linear Thysanura while that of the globular species appeared to me much more difficult to make out. As described by him, Smynthurus has, like Tomocerus, two ganglia in the head, and three in the thorax. The supracesophageal ganglion is large, and gives off the nerves for the eyes and the antennee. : MUSCULAR SYSTEM. Smynthurus. Muscles of the Caudal Appendage. (Plate XLV. figs. 9-11)—So far as I am aware, no naturalist has hitherto given any account of the muscular system in the Thysanura. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. | 289 With patience and spirits of wine, however, 1 have been able to make out the principal muscles pretty clearly. Muscles of the Spring.—These muscles (Plate XLV. figs. 9-11) are nine in number on each side of the body. The stoutest of all (Plate XLV. fig. 10, ab) rises on the ventral side of the body, close to the middle line, and immediately in front of the reversible base of the saltatory apparatus. It passes upwards, expanding gradually, and is inserted by two heads on the side-wall of the body (Plate XLV. fig. 10, à). The second muscle, which is much smaller (c d), rises behind the first, and somewhat further from the middle line, being separated from the corresponding one on the other side by the central thickened part of the reversible base of the spring. It passes straight upwards, without altering in diameter, and is attached to the skin at d, behind but on the same line as the preceding muscle. The third muscle (ef) rises close to the preceding, but a little outside it, and, passing upwards and forwards, is attached close to the posterior branch of the first muscle, by which, therefore, in Plate XLV. fig. 10, it is necessarily concealed. The fourth (gh) lies parallel to, and rather behind the second; it is, however, rather shorter, and consequently does not reach so far up towards the back. The fifth (ij) rises close behind the last three. It is shorter and broader, and passes straight backwards to the posterior wall of the body, where it is inserted between the spring and the small terminal abdominal segment. The other four muscles belong to a different group altogether. The first of them (Plate XLV. fig. 10, 41) rises rather behind and outside the ventral attachment of the muscle a ð. It then passes upwards and forwards and is inserted on the lateral wall of the body immediately above the ventral tube, and about halfway between it and the central line of the back. The sixth muscle (mn) rises close to the preceding, between it and the first, and has the same general direction, but is inserted higher up. The seventh (op) rises close to c, and consequently further back than either of the preceding, nor does it pass quite so far forward. It is attached not very far from £, but behind it. The last of this group (gr) rises close to n, and is inserted below o. Plate XLV. fig. 10, st. This is a small muscle which moves the second segment of the spring. There are also several other small muscles in the posterior part of the abdomen, and belonging either to the terminal abdominal segment or to the rectum. If a Smynthurus be examined after death, the tail will almost invariably be found extended as in Plate XLV. fig. 11. If, moreover, we consider the mode in which the muscles just described act on the spring, we shall see that the most powerful of them tend to draw it forward, and not to extend it. When, indeed, we see a Smynthurus leap, one is apt to be surprised at the muscular force which it must possess. It would appear, however, that its power of jumping arises from the elasticity of the spring, and not from direct muscular action. I presume that this is a more economical arrangement of force. It certainly may require less strength to pull the spring gradually forwards into position than it es y strike it Q 290 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. against the ground with force enough to throw the Smynthurus so high up into the air. We see the difference very well in a crossbow; the muscular effort required to set the bow is much less than that which would be necessary to project the arrow as far if applied directly. One might suppose that though the force required to pull the spring forward might be much less than that necessary to move it backwards, still, as the spring is habitually carried with the points forward, there would be a constant strain in the one case, and only an occasional effort wanted in the other. When, however, the spring points straight forwards, there is perhaps little strain on it; moreover there is a little catch (Plate XLV. figs. 10 & 11), which is an organ homo- logous with the spring itself, but situated on one of the anterior segments; this passes between the twe arms of the spring, and keeps them in place. It answers in fact to the catch in a erossbow, and as soon as it is drawn forwards, the muscle pulls the spring downwards, and its own elasticity does the rest. A priori it might have been supposed that a position of rest was one of relaxation, in which the muscles were, so to say, at ease, but ready to spring up to attention in a moment if necessary. On the contrary, however, we find very often that a position of . rest is a state of opposite tensions. Take, for instance, our own case. The upright position which seems so easy and natural to man, is, says Prof. Huxley, in his excellent lessons in elementary physiology, * the result of the contraction of a multitude of muscles which oppose and balance one another. Thus, the foot affording the surface of support, the muscles of the calf must contract, or the legs and body would fall forward. But this action tends to bend the leg; and, to neutralize this and keep the leg straight, the great muscles in front of the thigh must come into play. But these, by the same action, tend to bend the body forward on the legs; and if the body is to be kept straight, they must be neutralized by the action of the muscles of the buttocks and of the back." I will take one more illustration from a very different part of the organized kingdom. In most of the Orchids, as Mr. Darwin has shown us in his excellent work on that order of plants, the pollen from one flower is carried by insects to another; and if this is not done, the flower is not fertilized and the seed is not developed. Now, in our own small Orchids, when an insect lights on the flower the sticky end of the pollinium adheres to the insect, and is thus carried away ; in some of the large tropical Orchids, however, the part of the flower which insects visit is so far from the pollen-masses that a different arrangement is necessary. In Catasetum, for instance, there is a long sensi- tive process, or antenna, which hangs over the part on which insects alight, in such a manner that they can scarcely fail to touch it. Directly they do so, the flower throws its pollen-masses in the direction of the insect, and with such force that they will fly two or three feet. I have myself seen a flower, when its antenna was touched, throw the pollen-masses for about two feet, across a small table and to a window,on which they stuck. This is not effected by muscular action ; but the stalk on which the pollen-masses stand is bent round a protuberance, and held in position by a delicate membrane. When the sensitive antenna is touched, this membrane gives way, and the sess of the pol stalk throws it forwards with much force, as just described. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 291 Ventral Tube. (Plate XLV. figs. 10, 11, 12.)—I have already described the arrange- ment of the muscles belonging to this curious organ in my previous paper; but I refer to it again because I think the figures now given will make the mechanism more clear. As I have there pointed out, it is evident that the protrusion of the two filaments could not be effected by muscular influence, excepting, indeed, by the indirect effect of those muscles which contract the cavity of the body, and thus, intensifying the general pressure, squeeze out as it were the two filaments. For retraction, however, there are two muscles, a’ b and č d. The first is attached to the extreme end of the filament (which in Plate XLV. fig. 12, is represented as par- tially retracted); it passes all along the filament, and then close to the walls of the body, between them and four lateral muscles, which tend to keep it in place, and is then attached to the back, not far from m, and near the median line. The other muscle (c' d^) is attached to the middle of the filament; it runs parallel to the preceding, also passes between the four lateral muscles and the skin, and divides into two ends, which terminate near one another, and still close to the central line of the body. One of the filaments, in a state of almost complete extension, is represented in Plate XLV. fig. 11. In Plate XLV. fig. 10 are seen the same parts during retraction: e'is the filament, turned, of course, inside out; and the muscles are lettered as before. The presence of two muscles instead of one is necessary, owing to the length of the organ. It is evident that by itself the muscle a b would be able only partially to with- draw the filament, the length of the latter being greater than the distance from the insertion of the muscle to the end of the ventral tube, e”; the terminal portion of the . filament would therefore still be left outside, if it were not for the muscle c' d. More- over, when the organ is about to be protruded, it is probable that the muscle c' d relaxes first, and thus the filament passes out regularly, whilst, if there were only one muscle, it might from its length, get into a knot. Muscular System of Tomocerus. I will now pass to the abdominal muscles of Tomocerus, and will more particularly describe those of the 3rd and 4th abdominal segments, as these are specially concerned in the mechanism of the spring. Fourth Abdominal Segment. (Plate XLVI. figs. 18, 19, 20.) —If we commence the description of the abdominal muscular system from the dorsal line, the first muscle we shall meet with is a straight wide muscle (1), which lies on each side of the dorsal vessel, rises at the front margin of the segment, and passing directly backwards, through the segment and over the intersegmental membrane, is attached to the anterior margin of the following segment. In several cases I have found it continuous with the corres- ndin scle of the preceding segment. . e rt lies en Seiser and therefore, in Plate XLV. fig. 7, is under and hidden by it. In some specimens it is straight, in others, as in the one figured, it lies a little diagonally. - 8 crosses under, or rather outside, no. 2. anterior margin of the segment, and passes to that of the Like the two preceding, it rises at the penultimate one. 292 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 4. This muscle is one of those that move the tail. It rises close to, but at the side of the preceding, and passes diagonally backwards and downwards, curling round no. 5, which will be described next, and eventually reaching its posterior attachment at the dorsal side of the root of the tail. 5. This muscle rises with a double head immediately below the preceding, and, passing backwards, twists as it were round it, and is also attached to the posterior margin of the following segment. 6, 7. Thisisa transverse muscle. Its upper end is double, and is attached not far from, but rather in front of, the middle of the segment. It passes straight down, and is inserted into the central ventral piece. 8 is inserted close to the anterior end of no. 5, and passes diagonally backwards and downwards, outside no. 6, and is attached to the lower side of the penultimate segment. 9 lies immediately outside no. 4, but is somewhat straighter, as it is not affected by Bo... «bs 10 rises nearly in the centre of the side-wall, opposite the middle part of no. 6, and, passing backwards, is attached close to the posterior end of no. 4. 11 lies just outside no. 10, and has the same direction and attachments. In some specimens these two muscles seemed to form one only. 12. This powerful muscle is the principal extensor of the tail, and passes forwards along the ventral surface, through the antepenultimate segment, and is attached at the anterior end of the third abdominal segment. Third Abdominal Segment.—1. This muscle corresponds to the muscle, no. 1, of the fourth segment, immediately in front of which it lies, and with which, in some speci- mens, as already mentioned, it even forms one continuous muscle. It generally, how- ever, commences near the middle line of the back, on the side of the dorsal vessel, and directly in front of the anterior end of the corresponding muscle of the following seg- ment, and, passing straight forwards, is attached to the anterior margin of the segment. 2. This muscle, as in the fourth segment, is smaller than, and lies under, or rather. outside of, the preceding. 3 rises at the anterior end of the segment, partly under and partly at the side of no. 1, and passes rather diagonally backwards under no. 2. 4 runs at the side of, and parallel to, no. 3. 5 rises at the side of no. 1, and passes forward parallel to it, but, instead of being attached at the anterior end of the segment, passes forward, completely through it, to the anterior edge of the second, where it is inserted, partly below, and partly at the side of, the muscle no. 1 of that segment. 6, 7. These two muscles correspond to those which I have indicated by the same numbers in the fourth abdominal segment. They rise, side by side, at the lateral edge of no. 5, and not very far from the anterior margin of the segment. They are largest at their dorsal extremity, and pass straight downwards. ; 8. This powerful muscle rises at the anterior margin of the antepenultimate segment, at the side of no. 5, and passes downwards and forwards, dividing into two branches, which, at their lower and anterior extremity, are intimately connected with the neigh- SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 293 bouring portions of nos. 6 and 7, as well as of the muscle no. 16, which has not yet been described. The lower branch terminates in the third segment before arriving at its anterior margin; but the upper branch is longer, and penetrates into the next segment. 9 rises below, and close to, no. 8. It has the same general course, but diverges somewhat, and ends at about the middle of the segment. It will be seen, from my drawing, that the end lies under the muscle marked no. 16, and over that marked no. 15. It cannot, therefore, be directly attached to the skin in this position, because the muscle no. 15 comes directly in the way. The true attachment of this end of the muscle, like that of nos. 6 and 7, and the posterior branch of no. 8, with all of which it is closely con- nected, is not easy to make out. I believe, however, that a delicate membrane passes from its lower extremity, both backwards and forwards, over no. 15, and that, by thus acting on the centre of that membrane, the same effect is produced as if the muscle were actually attached to the skin at the point where it terminates. 10 rises under the posterior terminations of nos. 5 and 8, and passes forwards with a slight inclination downwards. It passes on the outer side of nos. 6 and 7, and is attached, in the ordinary way, to the anterior margin of the segment. 11 lies outside the preceding. Some of the upper fibres did not, in the specimens I examined, reach so far as the margin of the segment. 19. No. 12, which belongs partly to this segment and partly to the antepenultimate, has already been described. | 13. This powerful muscle rises by a double head. One portion lies under no. 12, which is eut away at that part in Plate XLVI. fig. 19, in order to show no. 13; the other and larger portion is attached by a broad base to the gently eurved arch, which ` here runs along the segment. Both branches soon unite, and pass straight forward completely through this segment, to the anterior margin of the second. 14. This and the following are short, but powerful, transverse muscles. The present one rises under no. 13, but extends somewhat in front of it, and passes downwards and a little forwards to the ventral part of the segment. 15. This muscle is attached, like the preceding, which it crosses, to the gently curved arch already mentioned. It is attached above, in front, and below behind the preceding muscle, outside of which it runs. These two muscles are fan-shaped ; and though their ventral ends are of moderate size, their dorsal extremities are so wide that between them they extend over the whole length of the segment. 16 also rises by two heads, and lies outside no. the thorax, and is attached close behind the head. Second Abdominal Segment.—In this segment the dorsal museles are much weaker than inthe preceding. In several cases I even found nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 entirely deficient. No. 5, on the contrary, seems to be always present. There are, indeed, two muscles marked thus. The one rises in the third abdominal segment, as I have already men- ards, dividing into two heads, which are attached to the anterior margin of this segment. The other, which corresponds with it, rises at the posterior end of this segment, at the edge of the muscle just described, and, passing through the present segment, is attached to the anterior margin of the first abdominal segment. 15; it passes forward, straight into tioned, and passes forw 294 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE THYSANURA. Linneus placed his genera Lepisma and Podura immediately after the Diptera, and at the head of the Aptera, followed by Termes, Pediculus, Pulex, Acarus, Phalangium, Aranea, Scorpio, Cancer, Monoculus, Oniscus, Scolopendra, and Julus, in the above order. The system adopted by Geoffroy was very similar. He classed Podura and Lepisma, however, between Pediculus and Acarus. Fabricius, on the contrary, on account of the structure of their mouths, united them with the Neuroptera in his order Synistata; and in this view he was followed by Blainville. The order Thysanura was established in 1796 by Latreille, who placed it between Pulex and the Parasita. In the * Considérations Générales' (1810), he arranged it with the Myriopoda, and Parasita among the Arachnida. Lamarck, in his * Animaux sans Vertébres, adopted the group Thysanura, which he united with the Myriopods to form his Arachnides Crustacéennes, constituting the first section of his Arachnides antennées-trachéales. He even regarded the Thysanura as more nearly allied to the Crustacea than to the Insecta; they are, he said, ‘assurément point des Crustacés et encore moins des Insectes." In separating them thus widely from the other Hexapods, he seems to have been mainly influenced by the absence of metamorphoses. Cuvier, on the contrary, regarded them as true insects, and arranged them as the second order, preceded by the Myriopoda, and followed by the Parasita. Burmeister, in his * Handbuch der Entomologie, treats the Thysanura as a separate tribus, which he places between the Mallophaga and Orthoptera. According to Bourlet, the Thysanura follow the Myriopods, and constitute the first order of insects. Lucas adopts Laporte's name of ** Monomorphes ” for the rigido and places them between the Myriopods and the Anoplura. M. Gervais, in the * Histoire Naturelle des Insectes Aptéres, points out the great diversity which exists between the Lepismide and the Poduride. Referring to the classification of Fabrieius and Blainville, who placed the Thysanura amongst the Neu- roptera, he says, ** Les Thysanoures ainsi envisagées sont done des Névroptéres frappés d'un arrét de développement. C'est ce que nous admettons parfaitement pour les Lépismes et genres voisins, mais il nous parait impossible d'en dire autant, ou du moins dans le méme sens, pour les Podures. Le petit nombre des anneaux du corps des Podurelles les rapproche des Insectes épizoiques, et le reste de leur organisation diffère complètement de celle des Lépismes. Il serait donc plus convenable de créer à leur intention un ordre particulier parmi les Insectes hexapodes, dont le corps n'a pas le nombre normal d'anneaux. Nous laisserons à cet ordre des Podures et des Smynthures le nom de Podurelles, c'est à dire qui saute avec sa queue, puisque c'est là nu de leurs caractères les plus génér: ax” *. Gerstácker, in the * Handbuch der Zoologie, places the Thysanura amongst the Orthoptera, on account of the absence of metamorphoses, and the mandibulated SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. 295 mouth. Although, however, the Poduridæ and Smynthuridæ certainly do possess mandibles, still their mouth differs very greatly from that of all other mandibulate insects. . The points which we have principally to consider in relation to the classification and position of the Thysanura are :—the absence of metamorphoses; the absence of wings; the presence or absence of trachew; the structure of the mouth; the saltatory caudal appendage; and the ventral tube. The last-mentioned organ, though observed by most of the preceding writers, has not, I think, attracted the attention it deserves. It is, in fact, the true characteristic of the group. The absence of wings and of metamorphoses is not peculiar to the Thysanura; in fact the presence of metamorphoses is closely connected with that of wings. To the tracheæ we must not attach too much importance; for though absent in the great majority of the group, they occur in Smynthurus. The peculiar mouth-parts of the man- dibulate genera are entirely absent in Anura; and the caudal appendage is wanting in the Lipuride. | Thus, then, the ventral tube is characteristic as being general to the true Thysanura, and still more so as being peculiar to them ; for I know of no similar organ in any other group of Articulata. The presence of tracheæ, the structure of the mouth, and the abdo- minal appendage, all indicate a wide distinction between the Lepismidæ and the Podu- ridæ, and, when considered in conjunction with the fact that the ventral tube is absent among the former, force us to the conclusion that the two groups are much less closely allied than has hitherto been supposed. We must, indeed, in my opinion, separate them entirely from one another; and 1 would venture to propose for the group comprised in the old genus Podura the term Collembola as indicating the existence of a projection or mammilla enabling the creature to attach or glue itself to the body on which it stands. We now come to consider whether it should be classed among the Insecta, or whether Lamarck was right in separating it from that great class. Taking each of the character- istic points separately, we begin with the absence of metamorphoses. To this we must not attribute too much importance. There are species of Orthoptera and of Neuroptera which are almost in a similar position. So, again, as regards the absence of wings, the same argument holds good : in all orders of insects there are wingless species. Moreover, although it may seem paradoxical to say so, the character of an organ is of greater classifi- catory value than the absence of it. Thus, for instance, we have cattle and deer without horns, but no cows have deers’ horns or vice versá. So the presence of four wings is absolutely peculiar to the Insecta; but some insects have only two wings, and in all the large orders there are'species without any wings at all. The absence of wings is there- fore no conclusive evidence against classing the Collembola amongst the Insecta. The absence of trachese is more significant. That of wings involves only inability to fly but that of trachee implies that respiration is carried on in a different manner. The importance, however, of the difference is reduced to a minimum, because L. c. vol. iii. p. 378. YOL. XXVII. 2R 296 SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. there are no other special organs for respiration, and the process seems to be carried on through the skin. Moreover, while Papirius, like most of its allies, has no trachez, Smynthurus has a well-developed system. I know hardly any other case of species, so closely resembling one another in other respects, differing so entirely as to one of the most important parts of their internal anatomy. The structure of the mouth, as far as it goes, is unfavourable to the view of those who regard the Collembola as true insects. 1 quite agree with Dr. Meinert that the mouth differs essentially from both the principal types found among insects, without, however, making any near approach to that of the M yriopoda or the Arachnida *. The presence of a saltatory caudal appendage must be taken for what it is worth. It is very remarkable that no similar apparatus is possessed by any one of the almost iunu- merable insects, many of which, however, possess the power of leaping in a high degree. Nor, on the other hand, do any of the Collembola jump like Gryllus, Haltica, or Pulex, by means of their hind legs. The true value of such a character as this, however, is as difficult to estimate as it it is easy to apply. à The same observations apply to the gastric tube, which, as I have already observed, is even more characteristic of the Collembola than the caudal appendage. As the upshot of allthis, then, while the Collembola are clearly more nearly allied to the Insecta than to the Crustacea or Arachnida, we cannot, I think, regard them as Orthoptera or Neuroptera, or even as true insects. That is to say, the Coleoptera, Or- thoptera, Neuroptera, Lepidoptera, &c. are, in my opinion, more nearly allied to one another than they are to the Poduride or Smynthuride. On the other hand we certainly cannot regard the Collembola as a group equivalent in value to the Insecta. | If, then, we attempt to map out the Articulata, we must, 1 think, regard the Crustacea and Insecta as continents, the Myriopoda and Collembola as islands—of less importance, but still detached. Or if we represent the divisions of the Articulata like the branching of a tree, we faust picture the Collembola as a separate branch, though a small one, and much more closely connected with the Insecta than with the Crustacea or the Arachnida. The Collembola fall into five well-marked families. "Two of these (the ada and Poduride) have long been recognized. The former, however, must certainly be divided into two, the Smynthuride and Papiriidee, characterized respectively by the pre- sence and absence of tracheæ. It is true that the former family wil contain only two genera, the latter only one; but if our classification is to have any scientific value, it is impossible to place in one family species which differ so much in their internal anatomy. The Poduridæ must be divided into three families—the Poduridæ proper, the Lipuridæ, and the Anuride. The two former have mandibulated mouths, the latter suctorial; the former is saltatorial the two latter do not possess the characteristic spring. The * Isay any “near ” approach, because as Mr. Humbert has pointed out to me, the mouth parts of Scolopendrella in some points approach those of the Collembola. This genus, indeed, appears to be more interesting and peculiar than either Gervais or Newport supposed. For instance, it has on the underside of each segment a pair of appen- dages closely resembling those of the Lepismidæ—a fact which ae doubts whether the subabdominal appendages of that en. represent the legs of Myriopoda. SIR JOHN LUBBOCK ON THYSANURA. | 297 Lipuridæ and Anuridæ contain at present only a single genus each. The Poduridæ, on the contrary, contain nine genera, which may be distinguished from one ARE, as in the following table :— | Without A A sites Ser D OT Papirius. Body globular. . With trachee ...... Antenne 4-jointed o-se cess ss caste san nevis nr scentess ees Smynthurus. Antennas BJ ,., o vcs ete ANN eee edo M OPE ET TS AC T a. Antennas 6-Jointed sssr ss a ana mie me whe eae ee A Orchesella. Terminal sog- - en Eyes 7 in| Choreutes (or ment of an age each group Tomocerus). ét me tennæ ringed din J ‘a Eyes absent.. Tritomurus. 2 , | With scales Third segment simple ...... Templetoniá. ; |n und en — [vii No eyes .. .. Beckia. Saltatorial - 5-jointed . . tennæ simple "Head ex o iouis Seira. . ead moro or] oF Fi concealed Que ge iro rl idocyrtus, Body elon- "Without scales Abdominal seg- ntu] bo vee bea’ seu à - T ments ...... subequal .......... Isotoma | Saltatory appendage short... $ Foot with one dm Lee nee fodere : Mouth nine. E ARRET eee NE are Lipura. Non-saltatorial .... | Mouth > A ares hae : ; Anura. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XLV. Fig. 1. Outline of a mutilated antenna of Orchesella cincta, April 11, x 60. Fig. 2. The same, April 12, x 60. Fig. 3. The same, April 19, x 60. Fig. 4. The same, May 8, x 60. Fig. 5. Outline of another mutilated antenna of the same species, June 5, x 60. Fig. 6. The same, June 17, x 60. Fig. 7. The same, June 24, x 60. Fig. 8. Part of head of Smynthurus, from below, to show the orifice of the tracheæ. Fig. 9. Part of respiratory system of Smynthurus, x 30. Fig. 10. Smynthurus, side view, with the spring retracted, x 125. Fig. 11. Smynthurus, side view, with the spring extended, x 125. Fig. 12. Ventral tube, partially extended, with its muscles. x 125. Fig. 13. Muscles of stomach of Choreutes, x 125. Prare XLVI. Fig. 14. Muscles of stomach of Choreutes, x 125. Fig. 15. Underside of posterior end of abdomen of Choreutes, x 125. Fig. 16. Muscles of stomach of Choreutes, x 125. Fig. 17. Portion of skin of Choreutes, x 125. Fig. 18. Side view of abdomen of Choreutes, to show the muscles (inner layer), x 125. Fig. 19. Side view of abdomen of Choreutes, to show the muscles (outer layer), x 125. Fig. 20. Arrangement of muscles on the ventral surface of the posterior abdominal segments of Choreutes. 222 d inet cmn Esp. „a a UMASYAT YO R He JOBSUSM A (uU Sie LE TIT $ — adi: woot edi > FN qu r Trans. LINN. Soc Vo. XXII TAB 45. E LS VAS SI DIES ten 793 q N TAB 76. > TRANS. LINN Soc Vor. XXVII ——— a i ze [ 299 ] XIII. On the Anatomy of the Genus Appendicularia, with the Description of a new Form, By Epwarp L. Moss, M.D., Assistant-Surgeon, R.N., H.M.S. Simoom. | Communi- cated by Professor HUXLEY, F.L.S. | (Plate XLVII.) Read December 3rd, 1868, THE structure and habits of Appendicularia have for some time attracted the attention of biologists both at home and abroad ; but few new facts bearing upon its anatomy have been added to English science since the observations of Professor Huxley, in the Philo- sophical Transactions of 1851. My attention was first directed to these interesting little animals by the capture of a single specimen between Gibraltar and Malta; and the paper just alluded to was found of the greatest assistance in deciphering the particulars of its anatomy. As many specimens have since been from time to time obtained, some fresh points worthy of notice have pre- sented themselves. The disjointed character of the following remarks must be accounted for by the peculiar difficulties of study at sea, the minute size and transparency of the Appendicularice, their extreme activity while alive, and the almost instantaneous disor- ganization of their delicate tissues in the moment of death.. An average specimen care- fully removed from a glass of sea-water, by the aid of a pipette, and placed in a cell a quarter of an inch wide and a line deep, will live about ten minutes. The rapid vertical undulations of its appendix, only intermitting for an instant, until the shrivelling of ¡ts external tunic, and occasionally the exfoliation of a layer of the same tunic from the body, immediately precede dissolution. _ The forms of Appendicularia which have come under my notice may be conveniently divided into the short- and the long-bodied, which seem respectively to represent the Branchial and Intestinal groups of compound Tunicaries. The former presents an ellip- tieally shaped body, especially when surrounded by an unshrunken external tunic, and an appendix formed on the plan common to all Appendicularie, but slightly varying in out- line in different specimens, attached hæmally with its plane horizontal to that of the body. "is Atlantic and Mediterranean members of this group, which includes the .4. copho- cerca and A. cerulescens of Gegenbaur, as well as the new form described below, vary in length from the thirtieth to the third of an inch, and are therefore rather smaller than those described by Professor Huxley in the paper before referred to. The external tunic is always conspicuously developed; in some specimens it presents two tubular processes projecting from the body in the neighbourhood of the ciliated respiratory openings. When such processes exist, they, together with a delicate layer of the tunic, are invariably - ghed before the death of the animal. The posterior lip of the branchial orifice is occasion- © ally furnished with minute tentacula; and imbedded in the substance of the lip, a short 300 DR. E. L. MOSS ON THE ANATOMY OF distance below the orifice, two clear circular cells lie symmetrically on either side of the endostyle (figs. 3 and 4, n). The heart lies between the stomach and the base of the appendix, and, contracting vermicularly, propels the blood at the rate of about 250 pul- sations a minute, in a broad stream over the surface of the testis, and in a still pulsating current through the appendix, down one side and up the other, in canals lyins on: either side of the muscular plane (figs. 1, 2, 3, and 5, A). | The nervous systems of both groups of Appendiculariæ present such similarities of structure and development, that a single description will suffice for both. The ganglion (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, 1) is imbedded in a depression in the anterior paries of the branchial sac; a horseshoe-shaped are springs from its upper part, and gives origin to a pair of branches which encircle the orifice and supply its sphineter. Right and left, branches pass from: the lower extremity of the ganglion obliquely round the branchial chamber to the ciliated respiratory openings. The main trunk descends anterior to the pharynx, curves round between the lobes of the stomach, and divides into two delicate nerves, which passalong the appendix on either side of the central axis inside the muscular bands, and. exhibit alternate dilatations, increasing in size, at intervals which lessen, as they approach: the: tip (figs. 1, 2, 3, and 5, c). The muscular tissue supplied by these nerves is very finely and distinctly striated, with minute lacunæ between. its fibres, its general appearance being not unlike the muscular structure of the human heart.. In the second group of Appendicularie, the length of the body is increased by the sepa- ration of the branchial chamber from the viscera. by a stalk of considerable length. At the oral extremity a jug-like dilatation of the internal tunie contains the branchial. sac, with its two: postero-lateral ciliated respiratory openings, a minute and. shortened endostyle between and above these openings, and in the anterior wall a ganglion, with an. otolithe attached to its left side. The inhalant orifice possesses a broad sphincter, and is guarded. by six active tentacula. with bulbous bases. | A. closely ciliated pharyngeal tube forms the greater part of the stalk, and leads from the lower part of the branchial sac to the stomach. A second dilatation of the inner tunic, occupying the centre of the body, contains the heart and intestinal apparatus. The rectum terminates posteriorly and rather on the right side, close above the point of attachment of the appendix.. This organ projects from the centre of the body at a con- siderable angle, and is shaped like a cordate leaf, a peduncle and midrib being represented by the central axis, surrounded by muscular fibres spread out on either side in flat longi- tudinal bands. The lower half of the body is occupied by a globular mass of compressed yellow cells, and below them by a tapering ovary containing, in some specimens, upwards of 400 ova about z4; inch in diameter. In addition to the otolithe and oral tentacula, all the varieties of Appendicularia possess. an organ of sense analogous to that of Salpa and Doliolwm, in the form. of a pear-shaped ciliated sae (figs. 1, 2, 3, 7) lying to the right of and attached to the ganglion in nearly the position in which Gegenbaur has figured the unsymmetrical ciliated opening in his A. furcata. | | | : : da d I have lately captured a new short-bodied form in the warm surface-water of the 2 THE GENUS APPENDICULARIA. | 301 Atlantic, near the Line, and occasionally as far north as off the coast of Portugal. It can be distinguished at first glance from any of its Appendiculate brethren by the peculiar ‘seroll-like manner in which its slender lanceolate flabellum is rolled upon itself when the animal is at rest. When examined under a magnifying-power of about 100 diameters, the internal eco- nomy of this form is seen to differ widely, as regards its respiratory arrangements, from any of the known species. The oval half of the globular body contains a large branchial sac, with a ganglion and otolithe in the usual positions in its anterior paries, but with its posterior lining-membrane folded into a gill-like structure (fig. 5, v), wide in the centre and tapering to either end, extending from the posterior lip of the branchial orifice to a point close to the insertion of the appendix, and presenting a double series of narrow trausverse slits, which give the whole structure a general resemblance to the respiratory diaphragm of Doliolum, though on a lengthened and much more minute scale. "The last eurve of the intestine lies transversely across the centre of the body, above a globular ovary, and terminates on the right side in a papilla, through which the rectum opens. . The main nervous trunk, descending from the ganglion, curving round the stomach, and entering the appendix, presents no distinctive peculiarities. In many specimens of Appendicularia, pear-shaped organisms have been found, attached by slender stems to various parts of the outer tunic, so like the pallio-vascular stolons of Compound Tunicaries as to suggest the existence of an ascidarium at some developmental stage, and that possibly the ** enigmatical * Haus’ of Mertens " might be in some way con- nected with such an ascidarium ; but further observation has convinced me that these pseudo-stolons, as well as an irregularly papillated condition of the outer coat sometimes - met with, are merely parasitic growths, and that the ** Haus” is an exfoliation of the tunics connected with a yet unknown vital process. Both groups of Appendiculariæ possess the power of forming the “ Haus ;” but that evolved by the long-bodied is small and so extremely delicate as only to be seen under the most favourable conditions. The fol- lowing notes have therefore been principally gleaned from observations of the behaviour of members of the short-bodied group. When the animal is about to form a‘ Haus,” its rapid jerking movements cease, and after about a minute’s rest, a transparent membrane is seen to project beyond the outline of the tunic over the upper part of the body ; it soon after flexes its appendix until the tip touches the newly evolved structure, then, slowly extending it, draws the gossamer- like membranes completely over both body and appendix. If, however, the animal is disturbed during the process of evolution, it at once shakes itself free, and the structural details of the immature formation thus obtained are more distinct and compact than when fully extended; the annexed illustration (fig. 7) has therefore been sketched from a ** Haus ” thrown off when the tenant had just commenced to incurve its appendix. The general shape of the fully formed ** Haus ” may perhaps be described by comparing it to a thick-winged butterfly, the little Tunicate swimming, branchial orifice upwards, between the viscid alæ, and slowly propelling the whole mass by the undulations of its iridescent - flabellum, which projects backwards between the wings. Even in a large aquarium the - little animal seldom remains more than an hour in the “ Haus;" a second one, as Mer- 902 . DR. E. L. MOSS ON THE ANATOMY OF tens observed, is sometimes formed, but is invariably more transparent and delicate than its predecessor. When the Appendicularia has remained long in the structure, its upper part generally contains a few oval excrementitious masses, adhering to its viscid mem- brane; and as such masses are less frequently met with in the * Haus ” formed under observation than in that found floating tenantless in the ocean, it is probable that the animal in its natural state makes a more lengthened residence in it than might otherwise be supposed. When microscopically examined, the * Haus" is found to be a sae of extreme tenuity, with a deep longitudinal groove ending above, where the animal was attached, in a torn fissure, and pierced below in the middle line by two small openings with projecting funnel-shaped lips. On either side the sac opens into a short tube of considerable diameter, marked with parallel longitudinal ridges. The membranes of the sides of the above-mentioned fissure are the most readily seen parts of the structure; in them two sets of parallel bars cross each other at right angles, and thus form a reticulation of great beauty and regularity—so regular, indeed, as closely to resemble the markings on a micrometer (fig. 7, c). In a large * Haus" in which this structure was first observed, the areolations measured :0018 by -0037 of an inch. During the process of evolution the terminations of the more finely marked bars are attached to the lips of the branchial orifice. The netted membranes are folded upon themselves in such a way as to look like a pair of lateral sacs, except when seen from above, when they present the fan-like appearance shown in the * Haus" figured by Professor Allman in the *Journal of Microscopical Science for 1859.’ - Some interest may perhaps attach to the chemical constitution of the “Haus.” It gives no nitrogenous smell when burnt, and is insoluble in water, alcohol, ether, solution of potash, or the dilute mineral acids; in a word, it possesses the negative characters of Tunicin. The geographical range of the Appendicularie is at least as extended as that of any of their pelagic brethren. Their discoverers found the first specimens in Behring’s Straits and in the South Pacific; and those which gave materials for this paper were captured in the Mediterranean and the Gulf of Mexico, as wellas over a large Atlantic area extend- ing from the southern Tropics to the cold green waters of the Labrador current. THE GENUS APPENDICULARIA. 308 Fig. 6. The “Haus,” magnified three times. Fig. 7. Ag S S S : e. *« SS Eod SÓN NW. N Me Immature ** Haus," magnified about 60 diameters. A, median groove; B, small fannel-shaped opening ; C, lateral reticulations; D, fissure where the Appendicularia was attached ; E, lateral tubular openings. VOL. XXVII. 28 304. DR. E. L. MOSS ON THE ANATOMY OF THE GENUS APPENDICULARIA. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII. Fig. l. Appendicularia furcata, front view. Fig. 2. Appendicularia acrocerca, side view. Fig. 3. Common short-bodied Appendicularia, Hot view. Fig. 4. Side-view of fig. 3. ; Fig. 5. New form, oblique view—the ganglion and otolithe (K) being in the middle line of the body anteriorly, the gill (U) and attachment of appendix posteriorly. Significations of the letters the same in all. A, vascular canal of the appendix. B, muscular bands of the appendix. C, nervous cords of the appendix. N, ciliated branchial openings. D, central axis of the appendix. O, ciliated pharynx. E, oral tentacula of lateral lips. P, he F, oral tentacula of posterior lip. L, ganglion. M, principal nervous trunk. Q, rectum. G, branchial orifice. R, stomach. H, endostyle and neighbouring symmetrical cells. S, ovary. S', doubtful, in common short-bodied I, nervous branches surrounding the branchial Appendicularie. orifice. T, testis. J, ciliated sac. U, gill-like structure in the new form of Appen- K, otolithe and its sac. dicularia. . VI XVI. Tae Soc Vor LINN TRANS eR UELLE Bc e THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY LONDON. VOLUME XXVII. PART THE THIRD. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN. LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW. M.DCCC.LXXI. EV, AV. XV 4. CONTENTS. PART III.—1871. Observations on the Lichens collected by Dr. RoBERT Brown, M.A., F.R.G.S., in West Greenland in 1867. By W. Lauper Linpsay, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. page 305 On the Vertebrate Skeleton. By St. GEORGE MIVART, F.R.S., F.L.S.. . . 369 Descriptions of some British Spiders new to science; with a Notice of others, of which some are now for the first time recorded as British species. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE. Communicated by JAMES SALTER, Esq., F.R.S., PLS. . 393 Errata in Prof. Wırıamson’s Memoir on Zamia Gigas, Lindl. $ Hutt., published in Linn, Soc. Trans. vol. xxvi. pp. 663-674. From an accidental oversight on the part of Mr. Carruthers, a num- ber of errors have found their way into the text of this memoir in re- ferring to the plates. The references in the Explanation of the Plates are correct. The following corrections require to be made :— Page 665, line 2, for fig. 6 read fig. 5 , 006, ,. 1%. Fig 8 mer » » 5 9 » figs 5&7 > figs 3&6 » 667, » Esa fig. 5 ” 7 wa y S EFT » figs. 3 &6 » » ” 11, » fig. 7 » fig. 6 os = 10,tmiee, for tig. 7 » ig » » » 24, for Fig. 8 » Fig. 5 ” » » 28, » Fig. 7 » Fig. 6 , 668, , 8, » fig. 5 » g.8 jy p » 3, p fig. 7 » fig. 6 » » n 19&20 figs.7,8, and 9 , figs. 6,7, and 8 » » » "b » fig. 9 » fig. 6 » » » 30, » fig. 10 » fig 7 ” ” , 34, ” fig. 7 3) fig 6 » s s 0. fig. 10 » aT COM). $9 mb „ Tab. LII. fig. 7 » » » Ih + fig. 5 Tab. LII. fig 7 Nr, > 16 MM Ii IE y S LES »n » » 25, y pyramidal 2 pyriform ” ” » 9 » fig. 7 ” fig )| UU, IH. 9 » fig. 8 : 85, , 15 , ip iB „ figs. 12, 13 [ 305 | XIV. Observations on the Lichens collected by Dr. Rone Brows, M.A., F.R.G.S., in West Greenland in 1867. By W. LAUDER LiNpsaY, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S. (Plates XLVIII.-LIT.) Read February 4th, 1869. I. Introduction. THE lichens on which the following ** Observations " were made were collected between June and September, 1867, by my friend Dr. Robert Brown, F.R.G.S.* They were gathered mostly in the following localities, on, or in the neighbourhood of, Disco Island, between 67? and 70? N. lat., in an area of country not differing much in its different parts as respects its cryptogamic vegetation :— 1. Jakobshavn (in English, Jacob's Harbour or Haven), lat. 67 13° 11" N., long. 50° 56 30" W.+; period June to August. This was the chief centre and locality of collection. Most of the muscicolous lichens, and of the common species (e. g.) of Cladonia, Stereocaulon, and Collema, from Jakobs- havn, were specially labelled “ shady places, north end of harbour near Mr. Fleischer's house;" July. 2. Egedesminde (English, Egede's Memory), lat. 68” 42 39" N., long. 52° 43' 48” W.; June. 3. Godhavn f, the * Lievely " of British whalers (English, Good Harbour), on Disco Island, lat. 69 14/ 58” N., long. 53” 24' 40" W.; perhaps the best-known botanical locality in Greenland. : | 4. Illartlek ; entrance to inlet, head of inlet, and at the glacier. About 69° 27 N. lat. . July. 5. Ounartok, lat. 70° 30” N., long. 52° W.; August. 6. Kudlesæt, lat. 70° 5’ N., long. 52° 32’ 35" W. (approx.) ; August. 7. Lyngemarken, on Disco, opposite Godhavn ; September. 8. Atanakerdluk § (English, ‘ the Rocky Promontory ”), on Waigatz Strait (= Waj- * [We have been requested to state that the collection of lichens described in this paper is the property of Mr. ‘Edward Whymper, and that the plants were collected by Dr. Robert Brown during a visit to Greenland, undertaken at the expense of Mr. Whymper, in 1867.—Szcs. L. 8.] 4 » T “The longitudes and some of the latitudes which I have given for Greenland places, are only approximate (says Mr. Brown, in writing me), “ as I have. not fully wrought out my astronomical observations for positions." Those cited are from Mr. Brown's * Florula Discóana," Trans. Botan. Society of Edinb., vol. ix. p. 435, where full descriptions of all the localities are given. m: , + Not to be confounded with Godthaab, a very different locality—a Danish “‘ Colonie ” in lat. 64° 8’ N., and long. 51° 37’ W. : $ ing the spelling of Greenland names of places, vide author's paper on the ** Lichen-Flora of Greenland." Trans. Botan. Soc. Edinb., vol. x. p. 292. YOL. XXVII. 2T 306 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. gattet) lat. 70° 2 30” N., long. 52 W. (approx.); the chief site of the fossil (Miocene) plant-beds. The principal rocks on which the sawicolous lichens occur are granite, gneiss, and trap; while terricolous forms affect a soil consisting of the débris of these rocks. Cor- ticolous species were found mostly on twigs or stems of birch bushes * ; while muscico- lous forms chiefly frequent Rhacomitrium lanuginosum t, a moss that appears to be abun- dant in all northern countries 1. In the examination of the present collection of Greenland lichens, I have made use of the chemical tests recommended of late years by Nylander and Leighton as a means of determining lichen-species. All the positive results—all instances of reaction of a marked kind—are hereinafter recorded. In the majority of cases, however, there was no reaction, or none of a kind meriting record; while in species in which a decided reac- tion was sometimes exhibited, at other times it was obscure or absent. In other words, reaction was, in these exceptional cases, capricious or inconstant. Hence the result of the present comparatively limited series of testings only confirms that of the more comprehensive series of experiments described in a former memoir to this Society $. The present collection contains only one strictly arctic lichen, Dactylina arctica. But it contains several lichens that are apparently new, inasmuch as I cannot refer them to any of the species or varieties described in Th. M. Fries's * Lichenes Arctoi Eu- rope Groenlandiseque,’ in his *Lichenes Spitsbergenses, in Nylander's ‘ Lichenes Scandinavie,’ in the various monographs on arctic lichens scattered through botanical serials to which I have had access; or to the specimens contained in the various public or private herbaria I have examined ||. These new forms are mostly referable to the genus Lecidea, viz. :—L. Grenlandica, L. Campsteriana, L. Friesiana, L. Egedeana, L. Discóensis, L. Vahliana. But they represent also several other genera or pseudo-genera, viz. :— Pertusaria paradoxa, Ver- rucaria tartaricola, V. Campsteriana. There are, moreover, various parasites—micro-fungi or micro-lichens, or their isolated pycnidia or spermogonia—to which I have not thought it proper at present to assign distinctive names. The main interest of the collection attaches, however, not to the character or number of the apparently novel forms it contributes to science, but to the illustrations which it offers of the following, among other, characteristies or peculiarities of extreme north- ern, aretie, or alpine lichens, viz. the frequency of occurrence of :— 1, Parasitic Micro-Fungi or Micro-Lichens, or their separate pycnidia or spermo- gonia, affecting either the thallus or apothecia of the host, or both. * Betula nana, L. + Or a moss closely resembling it. + Thus I have pointed out its abundance in Iceland and Norway: *Flora of Ieeland,' p. 23, Edinb. New Philos. Journal, July 1861; ‘ Lichen-flora of Northern Europe, p. 406, Journal of Linn. Society, Botany, vol. ix. $ ‘On Chemical Reaction as a Specific Character in Lichens, Journal of Linn. Society, Botany, vol. xi. p. 36. Vide also Trans. Botan. Soc. Edinb., vol. x. p. 82. | There were (in 1858) few Greenland lichens in the Kew Herbarium ; and none in the Herbaria of Linnzus in the Linnean Society, nor in that of the University of Edinburgh. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 307 Such parasites are more or less common * in species of the following genera :— Cla- donia, Ramalina, Cetraria, Thamnolia, Solorina, Peltigera, Stereocaulon, Parmelia, Physcia, Umbilicaria, Squamaria, Placodium, Lecanora, Lecidea, Endocarpon, Ver- rucaria. | 2. More than one form, in the same lichen-species, of apothecia, spermogonia or pyc- nidia, or of their contained reproductive corpuscles—sporidia, spermatia, or stylo- spores. lllustrations are to be found in Lecanora subfusca, L. tartarea, L. varia, Squa- maria chrysoleuca, Dactylia arctica, and Thammolia vermicularis. And I have entered more fully on the subject in my paper on “ Polymorphism in the Fructification of Lichens" +. 3. Sterility.—Mere absence of apothecia, spermogonia, or pycnidia }; or their occur- rence in an abortive or degenerate form. Among the more marked illustrations are the following :—Spherophoron coralloides, Thamnolia vermicularis, Usnea melaxantha, Parmelia saxatilis and olivacea, Physcia pulverulenta and stellaris, Cetraria islandica, cucullata, and nivalis, and Nephroma arcticum. 4. Deformities of (1.) the reproductive and (IL) the vegetative organs, the various results of :— | (a) Hypertrophy or atrophy. (6) Degeneration or abortion. (c) Homologous or heterologous growths. These deformities include, in regard to the (L) Reproductive system :—various monstrosities of the apothecia, spermogonia, or pycnidia, which are illustrated e. y. by the genus Lecanora. (IL) Vegetative system :— (a) Disproportionate development, e. y. of the horizontal, foliaceous, or squamulose thallus in Cladonia, the podetia being absent or dwarfed. (b) Clothing of podetia with warts, granules, squamules, or folioles, e. y. in Cladonia and Stereocaulon. (c) Isidioid and Spherophoroid growths, the former represented by the pseudo- genus Isidium, the latter by the var. spherophoroidea of Parmelia saxatilis, The development of Jsidia is illustrated by Lecanora glaucoma, tartarea, and parella; by L. spodophea, Whinb., a Finmark and Nordland lichen ; and by L. aipospila, Whlnb., a Spitsbergen one,—the two latter being figured in our ovn ‘English Botany’ (t. 2083). The isidioid states of these Lecanore constitute pseudo-species of the pseudo-genus Isidium, especially I. corallinum and I. coc- codes. Mudd is wrong in referring all British forms of Isidium (save oculatum) to species of Pertusaria. Isidium cannot be referred to that genus in Green- * Vide * Enumeration of Miero-Lichens Parasitic on other Lichens," Quart. Journal of Microscopical Science, January, April, and October, 1869. . : : 3 t * Report of British Association, 1867, p. 89 ; and * Quart. Journal of Microscopical Science, January, 1868. _ + This includes rudimentary conditions, e. y. those constituting the pseudo-genus Lepraria. 272 308 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. land, where none of its species have yet been found, save a parasite which I assign to it doubtfully *. The truth is, that Isidiwm is a condition of. several saxicolous species, both of Pertusaria and Lecanora, and probably also of Lecidea t. : (d) Growth of warts or tumours, sometimes spherical, and ultimately detached or detachable, e. y. in Lecanora ventosa and L. tartarea. (e) Excessive development of the gonidic element in the form of soredia, consti- tuting the pseudo-genus Variolaria. (f) Dwarf states, especially where the thallus is fruticulose, e. y. in Stereocaulon and Cladonia. 5. Abnormalities of colour, e. y. the colour-mottlings of the podetia of Cladonia. 6. Unusual habitats. (a) Other, generally higher, lichens, especially when old, decayed, and bleached by the weather, e. g. :— (L) Parmelia saxatilis on the scyphi of Cladonia pyxidata, nid on the thallus of Umbilicaria vellea. (11.) Physcia pulverulenta and stellaris on the thallus of the same Umbilicaria. (ILL.) Lecanora sophodes on Umbilicarie and Cladonie. (IV.) Lecidea myriocarpa on Umbilicarie. (5) On dried excrement of animals, e. y. Lecanora polytropa on that of birds. (c) On the bleached bones of dead animals, e. y. Squamaria saxicola on the vertebræ of Whales. 7. Athalline conditions: the apothecia constituting the entire plant, and growing | parasitically or not, e. y. Lecidea parasema, vernalis, and myriocarpa. 8. Variation in the character of the sporidia in the same species, e. y. Lecidea pa- rasema, vernalis, petrea, atro-alba, geographica, alpicola, sanguineo-atra, Friesiana, insignis. 9. Absence of any fixed or constant anatomical distinction between spermogonia and pycnidia, spermatia and stylospores, sterigmata and basidia, e. y. in Peltigera canina, Nephroma arcticum, Lecidea cladoniaria, Lecanora subfusca. The organs known as thece and spores in Lichens being exactly what are called asci and sporidia in Fungi, it does not appear desirable to maintain different designations for the same organs in two groups so closely allied as Fungi and Lichens{. I have * Vide Pertusaria paradoxa, described under Lecanora oculata. + Vide authors * History of British Lichens, pp. 326 & 341; and paper on “ Parasitic Micro-Lichens,” formerly quoted (p. 307). t Some Ascomycetes (says Berkeley in the * Treasury of Botany") approach Lichens so closely as to be searcely distinguishable, e. y. in their spermogonia and pyenidia. Fungi and Lichens are “so closely allied that it is often difficult to tell to which division some given species may belong." Hence he includes both under the common desig- nation * Fungals.” I have pointed out in various papers (e.g. * New-Zealand Lichens and Fungi," Trans. Royal Society of Edinb., vol. xxiv. p. 434) that there is a large group, provisionally termed “ Fungo-Lichens,” which have the characters equally of T" and Lichens, and which it is at present impossible to assign preferentially or exclu- sively to either family. — . DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 309 therefore, in the present memoir, adopted Berkeley's suggestion thatthe terms asci and spo- ridia should be substituted for thecæ and spores. In his * Outlines of British Fungology ’ (1860), he defines an ascus to be “a delicate sac containing sporidia," and sporidia as ‘reproductive cells produced within asci or sporangia from a transformation of their endochrome;" while spores are “ reproductive cells borne freely on the sporophores” *. In the ‘Treasury of Botany’ (1866), he describes thece as a now obsolete and unneces- sary term. Whether or not it is unnecessary, it cannot be considered obsolete so long as it is used by so voluminous and original a lichenographer as Nylander. Kórber and Th. Fries employ the term “asci,” but not **sporidia," agreeing with Nylander in preferring the term ““spores.” There is thus considerable difference in the nomen- clature by different authors of the same organs in lichens; and hence a confusion arises, which can only be remedied by the substitution of a uniform nomenclature, one appli- cable to the same organs in both fungi and lichens. I have here also followed the German school of lichenologists in describing simple sporidia as monoblastic or unilocular, and compound ones as 2-, 3-, or poly-blastic or mul- tilocular. Mudd has adopted this nomenclature in his ‘British Lichens” (1861); but Nylander prefers to designate compound sporidia as septate spores. It does not appear to me that the one nomenclature has any marked superiority over the other. But it is most desirable here, as in the case of “asci” and “ sporidia,” that there should be uniformity of nomenclature for the same organs, not only among lichenologists, but common to fungologists and lichenologists. II. Enumeration of Lichens collected, with special Commentary thereupon. Genus 1. EPHEBE. Sp. 1. E. pubescens, L. Egedesminde. Genus 2. COLLEMA. 1. C. melenum, Ach.— Associated with Cladonia cervicornis, Jakobshavn. In Europe the thallus is sometimes the seat of a parasitic Spheria t. 2. C. flaccidum, Ach.—Jakobshavn. Agrees in characters with the English plant (E. Bot., t. 2197). I do not think the mere character of the sporidia sufficient to sepa- parate Synechoblastus as a genus from Collema. The foregoing Collemata occur in Brown's collection as mere scraps, and not in fruit. Genus 3. CALICIUM. 1. €. furfuraceum, L.—On loose soil about the Illartlek glacier. Apothecia young, still green : contain no sporidia. Has the usual citrine-yellow thallus and other characters of the European plant (E. Bot., t. 1910 ¢, and Scherer’s Exs. 14). Apparently the only representative in Greenland of the large European family Calicia. It grows also in * Glossary, pp. 411 & 414. + Vide author's “ Memoir on Spermogones and Pycnides,” Trans. Royal Society of Edinb., vol. xxii. p. 272. + The references to the plates of the ‘English Botany’ apply to the second edition (1843). 310 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. Spitzbergen *. My herbarium contains a specimen similar to the Greenland plant, on moss from Branksdale, Yorkshire (Mudd); but in Britain it is more common on rotten tree-roots and trunks. There is considerable variation in the size and colour of the sporidia in specimens from different localities. Thus in the type in Scherer’s Exs. 14, they are colourless, spherical, with a diameter of 00013". In var. fulva, L., Scher. Exs. 296, they are pale brown, spherical, with a diameter of :000083". In var. sulphurella, Fr., Scheer. Exs. 639, they are pale brown, simple, spherical, very abundant, with a diameter of :00010" to 00018". In another specimen, in Nylander’s Exs., they are pale brownish-yellow, sometimes granular, simple, spherical, with diameter of :000083". The spermogonia would appear to be rare; and, so far as I am aware, they have not been described or observed by other authors. I met with them in Scherer's Exs. no. 14, and Hepp's Exs. 154 (—var. sulphuretia), as very minute, brown specks, scattered in great abundance, like grains of the finest dust, over the white pulverulent thallus. The envelope was of a deep brown, the spermatia atomic, and the sterigmata apparently very short and simple. There appears to be insufficient ground for separating Coniocybe, as a genus, from Calicium. Genus 4. SPHJEROPHORON. 1. S. coralloides, Ach.—Mlartlek glacier; Egedesminde. Several forms occur, none of them in fruit, but some of them spermogoniferous. Spermogonia exist, in the typical form of the plant, only in one fragment, as deep-brown papillæ or ring-like warts, crowning the under surface ofthe pale nodding tips of the branchlets. The thallus in these forms is always glossy ; its surface frequently deformed by expansion and wart-growth ; the colour black, or black-mottled, or rusty-red—or mottled rusty-red, brown, or lilac. The tips of the ramuscles are conspicuously white, contrasting well with the buff or reddish-brown colour of other portions of the plant. Transition-forms between coralloides and compressum are common, possessing two distinct surfaces :—the one convex and deeply coloured; its opposite pale or white, and flattened, sometimes lacunose or fossulate. Spermogonia are more common on those forms which belong to compressum of authors. As they occur in this so-called species in other countries, they are figured in my * Memoir on Spermogones’# (plate v. figs. 44 & 48, 49 & 52). Spermogonia, in the larger, laxer, more ramose forms of coralloides, occur on the nodding apices, just as in passage-forms to compressum. There are various dwarf states of coralloides in Greenland, one of which forms a flat, isidioid, but tessellated surface, and might appropriately be designated form isidioidea, were we to follow the example of systematists and give names to such mere stages of growth. Here the branches are short, simple, and compactly arranged, sometimes assuming a Pyenothelioid character, sometimes resembling forms of Lecanora tartarea or L. oculata. In other cases, they become broadened and subfoliaceous, resembling certain states of some of the foliaceous Cladonie, e.g. cervicornis. Sometimes these subfolia- * Th. Fries, Lich. Spitsb., p. 47. t The terms Spermogones and Spermogonia are synonymous, the former being simply the English representative of the Latin or Latinized word. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 311 ceous states are associated with similar, very deformed, dwarf, ventricose or Pycno- thelioid conditions of Cladonia amaurocrea. A specimen in the Kew Herbarium from Disco (Lyall, 1852), labelled fragile by Ny- lander, is simply a short, ceespitose, sterile form of coralloides. With iodine the white medullary tissue of passage-forms into compressum give, even in the same specimen, either no reaction, a pale violet, or a distinct blue. I have tried the effect of a diluted tincture of iodine on many specimens of $. coralloides, fragile, and compressum, from different parts of the world, collected at different times, and I am satisfied of its uselessness as a specific test. The reaction is both slow and difficult to ob- tain—where it occurs at all; for it is sometimes absent. It is quite capricious, therefore, being only sometimes violet or blue. With bleaching solution the medullary tissue of coralloides gives a brownish or blood-red colour like that of Lecanora tartarea under the same reagent; or this reaction is faint; or no reaction occurs; or colour is exhibited only in the dwarf, dense, subisidioid forms. For the development of reaction at all, the cortical layer must be bruised, and the medullary tissue exposed, by rubbing or break- ing up the former, when moistened, with the stirrer. Genus 5. CLADONIA. 1. C. alcicornis, Flk.—Jakobshayn, intermixed with various mosses ; occurs sparingly. Under surface very white, with incurved margins. As in cervicornis, the folioles are sometimes very densely tufted, forming spherical masses. The podetia are very short, deformed, and inconspicuous, seated barrelwise on the folioles. The same black, puncti- form parasite that infests cervicornis grows on the podetia, and sometimes on the under surface of the folioles, of alcicornis. I regard alcicornis, as I do also cervicornis, as non-autonomous, but as mere condi- tions of Cladonie in which the horizontal foliaceous thallus is developed disproportionately to the podetia, Aleicornis passes, on the one hand, into cervicornis, and on the other into endiviæfolia *, these three so-called species differing only in the size of the thalline divi- sions. According to the latest (chemical) classification of Leighton and Nylander, cervi- cornis holds, however, position as a separate species t ; while it has been hitherto generally assigned to verticillata as a variety. Coemans has shown that, even by so distinguished a lichenographer as Acharius, alcicornis was confounded not only with cervicornis, but with pungens, degenerans, and pyxidata. Some of its forms (e. y. in the Menziesian Her- barium +) I have been enabled to refer to pysidata. In Leighton's Exs. no. 15, I found parasitic pycnidia on alcicornis—as described in my ‘Mem. Spermog.’ (p. 161). 2. Q. cervicornis, Ach.—Jakobshavn, terricolous. Podetia and underside of folioles studded over with a black punctiform parasite. Upper surface of folioles becomes bright lemon-yellow with Liquor potasse, while underside exhibits no reaction. The * Coemans makes endiviæfolia a var. of — while other lichenologists have done just the reverse, regarding alcicornis as a var. of endiviæfolia ! T A position also assigned by them to Cl. cornuta, L., degenerans, Flk., fimbriata, Hffm., crispata, Ach., and ecmo- cyna, Ach., all of which I hold to be mere conditions or forms of other species. + Contained in the Herbarium Hall of the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh. 312 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. folioles are frequently very thick—and when moist, semi-cartilaginous—when dry, brittle. They are densely arranged, and form flat tufts. These brown microphylline states resemble the thallus of Lecidea (Psora) ostreata, Hffm. The lobes are fringed with dark brown or blackish-brown tubercles, resembling spermogonia in site and shape; sometimes these tubercles are seated on the surface of small digitate prolongations of the lobes. They are seen only under moisture, and even then with diffieulty, by reason of their minuteness. Their envelope is of such tenuity that it nearly loses co- hesion under pressure of the microscope glass: it is composed of brown irregular cells, normally spherical. The contents are myriads of corpuscles, resembling the stylospores of Peltigera, but pale green, and shaded, not distinctly granular, mostly spherical, varying little in size and form, with a diameter of -00015” to :00020", sometimes adhering in twos and having then a resemblance to figure-8-shaped sporidia. In the Kew Herbarium, certain specimens, labelled cervicornis, are really referable, I think, to pyridata, degenerans, gracilis, and verticillata *, while I refer no. 754 Mougeot and Nestler's Exs. to pyaidata. 3. C. squamosa, Hffm.—Jakobshavn. Various forms; sometimes corticolous (on birch). Its spermogonia are those typical of the genus, terminal, deep brown, barrel-shaped ; the ostiole spherical and distinct under the lens. Spermatia straight, in myriads, on digitate sterigmata. \ | Various forms of squamosa and gracilis are confounded with each other in the Kew Herbarium. | 4. C. gracilis, L.—Jakobshavn ; Illartlek glacier. Various states, mostly deformed. Colour varies from white or pale, through brown, to deep ash-grey or black. Bases of podetia, which are immersed in moss (apparently Rhacomitrium lamuginosum), are often or constantly quite black. Sometimes the podetia are black from base to apex, or the upper portion is dark brown. These dark forms are covered sparingly with white or very pale green, irregular, tumid phyllocladia, which are very conspicuous on the dark podetia. Deformed scyphi sometimes give off secondary podetia. ` The phyllo- cladia of the podetia (in some forms only) give the beautiful lemon-yellow of cervicornis with potash. A pale, white and green-spotted form, growing in the shade of Cetraria cucullata, shows no reaction. Sometimes the most deformed conditions are the most elegant. Podetia are sometimes studded over, about their tips, with a very minute, black, punctiform parasite, which has the structure of a Torula +, consisting of chains of oblong, brown, spore-like cellules. The parasite is seen with difficulty even under the lens; itis to be found equally on fertile and sterile podetia. On one of the podetia I also met with a brown, 2-locular sporidium, having the characters of the sporidia of Buellia or Rinodina; obviously it was a wanderer, and could have no relation to the Cladonia or its parasite. I have repeatedly met with such errant sporidia in different lichens $. Occasionally their presence may, to the student, be the source of consider- able confusion. ; |. * Coemans regards cervicornis as a macrophylline var. of C. verticillata, Fr. + The same Torula apparently, which is probably T. lichenicola, Linds., occurs also on Lecanora tartarea and L. oculata (q. v.). t Vide Lecidea petræa, n. 5. - DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 913 Forms of gracilis are, in the Kew Herbarium, confounded with squamosa, amauro- crea, uncialis, pyridata, and furcata*. 5. C. furcata, Schreb.—Godhayn. In fruit. Some of its forms have been confounded with states of gracilis t, uncialis, and rangiferinat, in the Kew Herbarium. 6. C. rangiferina, L.—Egedesminde. Gives no reaction with potash. Rare and sterile in Spitzbergen, according to Th. Fries; but it would appear to be abundant in some parts, at least, of Greenland, where it ascends to 200 feet above the sea. CZ. syl- vatica is commoner than the type in Spitzbergen, but nowhere plentiful, and always sterile (Th. Fries). The extent to which C. rangiferina, in some of its forms, grows in Greenland is of interest in connexion with the question of the food of the Reindeer in that country. Crantz, in his‘ History of Greenland *$ (1820, vol. i. p. 61), describes what is evidently C. rangiferina as **the food of the reindeer in winter; and might, in case of necessity, preserve the life of a hungry man." He assigns to this lichen, as well as to Cetraria Islandica, an unpleasant taste at first; ** but when chewed and swallowed, they have ” (he says) “a sweet flavour like rye." Hares also are said by Crantz (p. 66) to live partly on “White Moss " (C. rangiferina). There can be no doubt of the occurrence of the reindeer in Greenland; but it does not follow that there is a profusion of ** Reindeer Moss,” as it is well known that that animal can and does subsist on a considerable variety of other foods. Dr. Brown informs me that “The reindeer food does not consist to any great extent of Cladonias in Greenland, as they are rather scarce; but of other lichens, all species of grass, shoots of Betula, Vaccinium, Empetrum, &c." | He adds, *the reindeer of Greenland is, in my opinion . . . . only a climatie variety of the Scandinavian species, and may be characterized as Rangifer tarandus, var. Græn- landicus, Kerr (Linn. 1792). It is certainly a fact that C. rangiferina occurs very sparingly in the present collection, and equally rarely in the Greenland collections of liehens I have examined in Kew or other public herbaria. In the Kew Herbarium forms of rangiferina are confounded with states of uncialis and furcata. Even Acharius confounded rangiferina with furcata (Coemans). But these errors, if errors they be, are quite excusable, and indeed are unavoidable ; for rangiferina passes into furcata through pungens and rangiformis. No. 754 Mougeot and Nestler’s Exs. is partly referable to furcata (=Lichen pungens, Ach., in fruit). The little value of the present unnecessarily elaborate classification of the forms of rangiferina— * E.g.in var. surrecta, Flk., according to Coemans, who points out that even Acharius confounded it with eris- pata, amaurocrea, &c. t Especially var. corymbosa, Ach. (Coemans). i Especially certain brown states thereof; the resemblance is sometimes so close that the two groups are con- founded in the Kew Herbarium and all large herbaria. $ English translation from the German. | In a paper “On the Mammalian Fauna of Greenland” (Proceed. of Zoolog. Soc. London, 1868, pp. 352 and 355, and Petermann’s Geographische Mittheilungen, 1869, pp. 464 and 465), Dr. Brown Doin out Hist there has been a gradual decrease in the number of reindeer in Greenland, in consequence of their indiscriminate slaughter for the sake of the skin alone, of which the yearly production was at one time ated 20,000. “I can hardly think” (says he) “that . . . reindeer-moss . . . forms any great portion of its subsistence, as that lichen is nowhere found in Greenland in such quantity as to afford food for any animal." inpar certain remarks in my paper, “ The Lichen-flora of Greenland,” pp. 53-56, Trans. Botanical Society of Edinburgh, fon x. 1869, | U VOL. XXVII. 314 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. the non-necessity for the present redundancy of names, may be illustrated by the fact that the latest monographer of the genus Cladonia (Coemans) regards (and, I think, cor- rectly) gigantea merely as the sterile, and cymosa as the spermogoniferous condition ofthe type. He also, quite as properly, merges pumila and alpestris [the latter not being necessarily an Alpine form] in the var. sylvatica, which, according to chemical testing, should stand as a separate species *. 7. C. uncialis, L., form.—Godhavn; Egedesminde. Deformed. Passes apparently into 8. C. amaurocrea, Flk.—Godhavn; Egedesminde. A monstrous form, exhibiting the most singular deformities, which defy all efforts at description, as do also similar condi- tions of C. deformis, cervicornis, gracilis, pyxidata, and cornucopioides. Very frequently there are bulgings of the podetia as in Pyncothelia, such deformities being confined to, or commonest in, dwarf conditions of the plant. Cl. uncialis, var. adunca, in my herba- rium, from the top of Ben Mae Dhui, so named by Mudd, is deformed like Greenland states of C. amaurocrea; and it is moreover undistinguishable from what Mudd calls, in my herb., C. amawrocrea t, var. dierea, from the same Scottish locality. Coemans thinks adunca undeserving separate nomenclature ; but he assigns it to uncialis. 9. C. deformis, L.—Jakobshavn. The eccentricities of this so-called species are endless; and it is useless attempting any further description than a general one of its leading variation-forms. It occurs with or without podetia. In the former case there are sometimes carious, sterile scyphi, $" to 1” in diameter. Sometimes the scyphi are margined by secondary podetia, crowned by the ordinary scarlet fringe. Sections of the podetia are sometimes gamboge-yellow, and exude a glutinous juice. The reaction with potash is bright lemon-yellow, or none. Podetia are frequently very granular, one of many characteristics of the northern Cladonie. At other times they are covered more or less copiously with squamules or folioles, their aspect being then completely altered. This change in character is assisted by occasional ramosity. "These foliose or ramose states are sometimes brown, as in furcata. Sometimes the whole squamulose podetium is studded over with minute red warts. It is impossible to assign these warts to either abortive apothecia or spermogonia, inasmuch as they exhibit no normal reproductive structure. They are probably—as in other positions, in this and other Cladonie, in which they occur—sometimes the one, sometimes the other organ in an undeveloped state. Occasionally the podetium is expanded into a single, irregular, thick, subcarious foliole, very granular, like the ordinary podetia. Sometimes the plant consists entirely of phyllocladia, ordinary podetia being absent. These folioles are tumid, irregular, densely arranged, forming a psoroid ceespitose thallus, as in similar forms of cervicornis. The colour is changed from the ordinary beautiful light green to a lurid brown. These folioles are frequently studded over with apothecia of a Lecidine charac- ter, flat, brown, irregular in form, though generally oblong-oval or elongate, girt with à thin exciple. They are seated directly on the thallus, or they constitute the termina- tions of very short, inconspicuous, terete, abortive podetia or stipes. They have the aspect of young, or degenerate, Lecidioid apothecia; but their structure is that of * It does so stand in the recently published ‘ Lichenes Britannici? of Crombie (1870). t C. stellata and amaurocrea of Mudd's * British Cladoniæ? do not appear to me to differ in any essential respect. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 315 Torula, their contents consisting of myriads of spherical brown spores about :00010" in diameter. These apothecia or pseudo-apothecia sometimes resemble the apothecia of Lecidea cornea, Sm., but they never show the structure of a normal lichen-apothecium (the hymenial elements). The folioles of the Cladonia are also studded over or fringed with what appear to be various forms of spermogonia, barrel-shaped, like those typical in the genus, or verrucæ- form. There are two series of Greenland forms of deformis—one with scarlet fruit-warts, which I refer to the cornucopioides type, the other with brown fruit-warts, referable to py«i- data. Y do not, however, admit the distinction between erythrocarpous and phæocarpous Cladoniæ to be other than one of convenience. I have elsewhere pointed out that, both naturally and artificially, the scarlet apothecia in Cladonia became brown*; and I have to add that, where this colour-distinction is abolished, there is no other good distinction between (e. g.) pyxidata and cornucopioides and their respective forms and allies. In the Kew Herbarium I found deformis confounded with carneola and fimbriata. Its apothecia are described by Nylander and other authors as scarlet; but they are also occasionally of a brown colour. And accordingly as these apothecia or pseudo-apothecia, with their spermogonia, whether normal, abortive, or degenerate, are red or brown, the plant is, I think, referable, as a mere state, to the cornucopioides t group on the one hand, or the pyxidata series on the other. The phyllocladia of deformis, as well as of gracilis and pyxidata, especially in certain sterile, degenerate conditions, are the common site in Greenland, as in other northern or Alpine countries, of black, punctiform, para- sitic Micro-fungi, referable apparently to different species and genera. Thus in Schæ- rer's Exs., No. 49, I met with parasitic pycnidia, which have been described in my Mem. Spermog. (p. 164). 10. C. dellidiflora, Ach. —Egedesminde : a peculiar dwarf form, resembling a Beomyces. Apothecia very large and deformed, seated amidst the horizontal folioles. Podetia very carious, and so short and deformed as to appear absent. The plant agrees in general aspect, save as to the phæocarpous apothecia, with C. cespititia and syncephala of Mudd's Cla- doniæ, (Exs.) Nos. 29 and 44. The Greenland plant may equally appropriately be referred to cornucopioides, as I believe the latter and Jellidiflora are merely different forms of the same type. In the Kew Herbarium I met with specimens having brown* apothecia, the colour having probably altered by desiccation, the plant in this case being undistin- guishable from pyxidata. In the Menziesian Herbarium some specimens, labelled cornucopioides (or coccifera), are also referable to the protean pyæidata. In the Kew Herbarium bellidiflora and cornucopioides are frequently confounded,—a circumstance that merely shows their close * Vide the author's * British Lichens’ (1856, p. 268).—The earlier lichenologists state that the red apothecia of Cladoniæ become naturally brown in moist situations, or with age; while the same change may be artificially induced by steeping in water, or exposure to ammonia. In nature the colour appears to vary with locality or conditions of growth and decay,—e. y. shade and moisture, age or desiccation producing the same effect as chemical ts reagents, + Most of the forms I saw in the Kew Herbarium were referable to the fimbriate conditions of bellidiflora. 2v2 316 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. relationship. If they are to be separated, even as varieties or forms, it is convenient to refer all the major states of growth to bellidiflora, and the minor to cornucopioides. Sometimes the podetia of bellidiflora are as copiously squamulose as in deformis. ll. C. pyxidata, L.—Jakobshavn; Illartlek glacier.—Scyphiferous, but sterile. To this species I refer degenerans and fimbriata, with all their forms. In the Kew Herba- rium, I met with several forms identical with states of bellidiflora and cornucopioides, save as to the colour of the apothecia—a character which is inconstant in the Cladonie, as it is in many other Lichen-genera, e. g. Lecidea. In the same Herbarium, some forms of pyxidata (e. g. tubæformis) are confounded with wncialis. Coemans also points out that pyzidata is confounded with carneola, Fr., by var. carneo-pallida; as well as with cenotea, macilenta, cariosa, and deformis. 12. C. degenerans, Flk.—Godhavn ; Jakobshavn. Podetia blackish-brown, having a dirty or sooty aspect. No apothecia occur; but spermogonia abound, as deep-brown little barrel-shaped bodies, distinct under the lens, fringing the closed scyphi, or studded irregularly over the surface of their diaphragm, or of the podetia. Ostiole large and patent. In the Kew Herbarium degenerans is confounded with uncialis, and is partly referable to furcata and squamosa, as well as to pyzidata. Coemans shows that Acharius confounded it with pungens [by var. nivea, Ach.]—and with turgida, cenotea and glauca, Flk., as well as with pyzidata, furcata, and squamosa. In truth it must be regarded, like not a few other so-called species in the genus Cladonia, as a mere condition of other types. 13. C. coralloidea, Ach.—Jakobshavn. To this may be referred some specimens de- stitute of podetia, in which the horizontal thallus consists of densely aggregated phyllo- cladia, with tumid margins, brown and psoroid, like the thallus of Lecidea lurida. It is not, however, an easy matter to refer every specimen in the genus Cladonia to a particular * species." The variation-forms are so extreme, the deformities so remarkable, abortive and degenerate as well as sterile conditions so frequent, passage-forms so puzzling and numerous, that all that can be properly attempted in most cases is to select the types of form and growth, and classify them in a general way. To “ determine,” in the sense of naming, every specimen met with is as absurd as it is unnecessary and impossible! It is sheer waste of effort on the part of the student. Certain forms ofthe . psoroid (horizontal) thallus of coralloidea appeared referable to cervicornis; while, on the other hand, one form of what seems to be pyxidata, has a parmelioid (horizontal) thallus only; that is, it consists of rounded, large-lobed folioles, either sterile or studded over with subsessile or sessile apothecia or spermogonia—variously degenerate—none fertile. According to Coemans, coralloidea is partly referable to degenerans, partly to crispata and decorticata. 14. C. fimbriata, Hffm.—Jakobshavn. The podetia are studded over with irregular, black papille, which are pyenidia. Their envelope is very deep brown; the cavity is occupied by myriads of stylospores, spherical, oval, or pyriform, about :00009” in dia- meter, pale olive, generally granular, seated on short, thick, simple basidia. The same parasite apparently occurs also on C. deformis and other species—on the scyphi, podetia and squamules alike. The specimens of fimbriata in the Kew Herbarium are referable mostly to pyaidata, DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS, 317 but also to gracilis, cornucopioides, and deformis. Coemans regards it as a var. of pyxi- data, including as subvarieties or subforms, glauca, Flk., ochrochlora, Flk., and other pseudo-species. He describes fimbriata as passing into pityrea and cespititia (other varieties of pyxidata). The varieties or forms chlorophea and simplex of pyxidata in Mudd's Cladoniæ (Exsicc.) are referable to fimbriata. In the Kew Herbarium I found specimens labelled fimbriata, though generally with brown, sometimes with scarlet, fruit- warts*. The plant is therefore partly referable to the erythrocarpoust group, of which the type is cornucopioides ; and it would appear that it is to be properly regarded, like degenerans, as a mere condition of several different species ! As a group the Greenland Cladonie exhibit the following peculiarities—many of which are common, not only to the lichens of Greenland in general, but to those of Arctic and Alpine countries or districts—viz., the frequency of:— (a) Sterility—both as to apothecia and spermogonia. (b) Monstrosity, or deformity, abortion or degeneration, equally of the vegetative and reproductive organs. (c) Growth of parasitic Micro-fungi. (d) Discoloration or mottling (black or other), especially of podetia. (e) Absence of podetia, and increased development of the horizontal foliose thallus, which acquires a psoroid or parmelioid character. (f) Clothing of podetia with granulosities, warts, squamules, or folioles. The podetia are frequently very black, e.g. in degenerans and gracilis. The pulviniform warts or squamules, which are scattered over their whole length, are often chestnut- coloured, becoming olive-green under moisture, The foliose condition, without podetia, of the character of alcicornis and cervicornis, is common; sometimes microphylline, the folioles densely imbricated; sometimes broad and parmelioid, the folioles less numerous and more laxly arranged; generally of a brown tinge above, sometimes very white below. Occasionally the Cladonie occur in a rudimentary or Leprarioid state. At least, from Godhavn, there are masses of a green Lepraria overspreading ,large areas of decayed vegetation, granular, mealy, and sterile, which resemble what in this country is referred to a Leprarioid condition of Cladonie, and especially of C. pyzidata $. The nature of the pseudo-genus Lepraria has not, 1 think, been satisfactorily determined. If it is, as lichenologists assert, a mere rudimentary condition of various Cladoniæ, Par- meliæ, and other lichens, it ought to be easy artificially to develope a Lepraria into the genus or species to which it properly belongs. But I am not aware of the existence on record ofany experiments to this effect. Nor do I know that the natural development has been observed and its various steps or phases recorded. ; * I use this term to denote those most irregular warts which sometimes fringe the scyphi, sometimes are studded over the podetia or squamules, in Cladonia, which show no normal reproductive structure under the microscope, and which may be either abortive or degenerate apothecia or spermogonia. + The earlier lichenologists speak of its purple apothecia; whence it would appear that they too recognized some of the erythrocarpous Cladonie under the name fimbriata. t Vide Lepraria (or Lepra) in the author's ‘ British Lichens ' (1856, pp. 266, 327, and 341). 918 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. The reaction of potash with the Greenland Cladonie is most capricious. Frequently it was lemon-yellow. Equally frequently no reaction was exhibited. Never was it of any significance, and still less of any use, in classification. As the result of his examination of the Cladonic in the Acharian and Florkean Herbaria, Coemans points out *, as I have elsewhere done t, how useless, and mischievous to science, is excessive elaboration in the nomenclature of varieties and forms. Acharius himself admits the impropriety of attaching names to trivial forms, when he says (*Synopsis, p. 258), * vix sub nominibus singularibus denotari merentur." Coemans therefore proposes, as I have done, the abolition of a large number of names of varieties or forms—names that indicate only trivial and inconstant conditions of growth ! Of the Greenland Cladonie, the following are the only types that have good claims to the position of species :—1. C. rangiferina, 2. C. uncialis, 3. C. furcata, 4. C. gracilis, 5. C. squamosa, 6. C. pyzidata, 7. C. cornucopioides. All the others are to be regarded as mere varieties, forms, or conditions, more or less of inconstant character, not unfre- quently referable to two or more species or types. To this category belong also the pseudo-species cespititia, cornuta, digitata, polydactyla, and many others. The genus Cladonia may be regarded as the equivalent or representative among lichens of the phænogamous genera Rubus, Hieracium, and Salie—with no very clearly isolated types, but with hosts of erosses or intermediates, having characters so change- able as to defy definition! Gen. 6. STEREOCAULON. 1. S. tomentosum, Fr.—Egedesminde; Jakobshavn. Never in fruit. Frequently occurs in a subisidioid condition, muscicolous, or growing among moss, apparently young or rudimentary, as well as sterile, no podetia being developed. The thallus is very white, very irregularly granular or tuberculate, apt to be confounded with states of various Lecanore, e.g. tartarea and oculata. The pulvinuli forming this white isidioid crust are frequently large and sparsely scattered. Were a name necessary for such a mere condition of development, coralloidea would be most appropriate. With potash, the terminal white phyllocladia, or the young, rudimentary, coralloid thallus, give a greenish (lemon) yellow reaction, which may be vivid or very faint; or there is no reaction. There is great confusion in herbaria, as well as in systematic works, between tomentosum, alpinum, denudatum, and other so-called species. "Thus a specimen of alpinum from the Pyrenees, Nylander refers (in Kew Herbarium) to denudatum. It is unnecessary and a waste of time to endeavour to reconcile these differences in opinion between systematists, seeing that there appears no better ground for dividing the genus Stereocaulon into a number of species than what can be found to support similarly elaborate classification among the Cladonie. S. alpinum, in Spitzbergen, is the seat of the parasitic Biatorina stereocaulorum, Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 188), which occurs on its phyllocladia also on the Alps of Eastern * « Cladoniæ Achariane :” Bulletin de l'Académie Royale de Belgique, ser. 2, t. xix; or translated by Leighton, in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xviii. 1866, p. 313 et seg. eee + “The Arctic Cladoniæ,” Trans. Botanical Society of Edinb. vol. ix. 1867, p. 175. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 319 Finmark,—as well as of a parasitic Spheria, which may appropriately bear the provisional name, S. stereocaulorum, Th. Fries (L. Spits. p. 30). The Biatorina occurs also in Spitz- bergen on S. denudatum, Flk. Gen. 7. THAMNOLIA. - 1. T. vermicularis, Sw.—Jakobshavn. Erect forms : terminate frequently in a curling horn. Podetia also marked by various horn-like offshoots, especially towards their tips, which are sometimes ramose. Warts are also numerous, but show no special structure ; . they appear to be merely rudimentary offshoots. There are numerous short, thick, or broad deformed conditions, comparable with Hepp's Exs. no. 298. All are hollow and very white, much whiter than any Cladonia, resembling somewhat macaroni, With potash, the thallus gives a lemon-yellow reaction. Some specimens show distinctly circumscribed, discoloured patches, which are copiously studded over with very minute, black, im- mersed, sporidiiferous perithecia. The asci, when isolated, are very beautiful microscopic objects; 8-spored, :0024" long and :0006" broad, giving no blue with iodine. Para- physes filiform, wavy, very delicate, tips not knobbed nor coloured, but as in Verrucaria. Sporidia, when mature, are brown or olive, bilocular and soleaform : :00045” to :00060” long and :00020” broad. In the young state they are ellipsoid, olive, and simple ; some- times, while in the asci, they are 1-septate (or 2-locular) and colourless. They are usually associated with much oily matter, in the form of globules. The perithecia in question appear to be parasitic. They agree with what I have already elsewhere described and : figured as Microthelia vermicularia*. Seattered on some of the podetia, but not on special portions of the cortical layer, are similar black punctiform perithecia, considerably larger than those of the Microthelia. They are spermogonia, probably, like the microthelia, parasitic, and perhaps referable to it. Their envelope is composed of dark brown, cellular tissue ; and they contain hosts of straight, rod-shaped spermatia, :00015” long. They do not correspond in characters either with the spermogonia formerly described by myself as occurring in 7. vermicula- ris t, or with those described by Nylander i. There is the utmost difference of opinion as to the true character and affinities of the genus Thamnolia, and as to the relation to it of the sporidiiferous and spermatiferous perithecia which oceur on its surface. Th. Fries (L. Arct.) classes T. vermicularis with Dufourea arctica as a Cladonia of which, he says, the apothecia have not yet been ' discovered. Some authors separate Lichen tauricus, Wulf, as a species. It is said to have been found fertile by Floderus, in Œland, in 1853, the apothecia having been terminal and those of a Cladonia (teste Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 161). The apothecia of ver- micularis itself, however, are described by Massalongo in the * Flora ' (1866) as belonging to the Cladonia group; and Kórber also describes them in his * Parerga ' (p. 14), appa- * Memoir on Spermogones, p. 528, pl. v. figs. 19, 24; and “Otago Lichens and Fungi,” Trans. Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxiv. p. 441. \ + Mem. Spermog. p. 143, pl. v. figs. 20-23. Compare the spermogonia of Beomyces, ‘ Mem. spermog. pp. | 143-145. + Th. Fries describes its spermogonia in his * Lich. Spitsberg.’ p. 31. 320 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. rently following Massalongo. Taurica passes into Cladonia gracilis, var. macroceras, in (Eland, says Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 162), and is therefore not autonomous, according to him, but a monstrosity of that Cladonia. Mudd includes vermicularis in Cladonia, in his ‘British Cladoniæ,’ though not in his ‘Manual.’ He refers the spermogonia, described by Nylander (in his ‘Lich. Scand.’ p. 68), to Endocarpon Crombii, Mudd (Brit. Clad,, p. 36), evidently another to be added to the several parasites that infest this puzzling lichen. My Microthelia vermicularia is apparently what Th. Fries refers to as a parasitic Buellia ; it is given in Rabenhorst's Exsiccati, No. 253, and was mentioned by the late Robert Brown (feste Th. Fries. L. Arct. p. 161). Gen. 8. ALECTORIA. 1. A. jubata, L., var. chalybeiformis, L.— Jakobshavn. Chalybeiformis does not deserve a separate name; it is a mere saxicolous form, sometimes as long as corticolous . states, though generally blacker and more glossy. Sometimes pruinose or white, largish, sorediiferous warts, mostly oblong-ellipsoid, are seated at the angles of the filaments. Through dicolor*, it appears to pass into ochroleuca (rigida and nigricans) and thulensis. 2. A. ochroleuca, Ehrh.—Godhavn; Jakobshavn ; Illartlek Glacier. Varies consider- ably in colour, height, degree of ramosity, and size of its divisions. Its normal colour is beautiful lemon-yellow. In this condition it gives no reaction with potash. But it is also variously buff-coloured, grey, white, brown, or black ; or it exhibits various combi- nations of these colours; or the thallus is variously mottled. The grey forms give a lemon-yellow reaction with potash. The black forms t, which are abundant about God- havn, do not differ in other respects from the typical plant. There seems to be a series of forms connecting ochroleuca, through thulensis and divergens, with Cetraria aculeata. Ochroleuca, in Greenland, is sometimes short and cæspitose; or long and simple, corre- sponding to some of the simple states of Usnea barbata. Var. rigida, Vill. (Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 27), with black apices, is common, but is undeserving separate nomenclature. 3. A. thulensis, Th. Fr., does not appear to me to be autonomous. In his ‘L. Arctoi,’ Fries makes a separate subspecies of it, arranging it under 4. ochroleuca ; while in his * L. Spitsbergenses,’ he makes it a synonym of 4. nigricans. | 4. A. divergens, Ach., is sometimes, at least, confounded with, and probably belongs to, Cetraria aculeatat. It bears white sorediiferous warts, which are minute, compared with those in chalybeiformis. : * In specimens of var. bicolor in the Edinburgh University Herbarium, from Scotland, Switzerland, and the Arctic regions, the plant does not differ much from var. nigricans of A. ochroleuca. It is a mere condition or form, refer- able partly to jubata and partly to ochroleuca. ; t In specimens of var. nigricans, determined by Leighton, from Great Bear Lake, in the Edinburgh University Herbarium, the thallus is black only at the tips of the ramuscles; and the plant deserves no separate name, even as a form. f i In the Edinburgh University Herbarium I found specimens from Great Bear Lake, Richardson, 1826, deter- mined by Leighton; Newfoundland, Despréaux, 1833, and Lenormand, 1830; * Arctic Regions, Parry's Second Voyage, Edwards, and * Overland Canadian Expedition of 1823, Richardson; in which the plant might be referred in its various forms, partly to C. aculeata, and partly to A. jubata and A. ochroleuca (nigricans). DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 321 Gen. 9. CETRARIA. 1. C. aculeata, Ehrh.—Jakobshavn. Always sterile. Sometimes corticolous ; on bark of birch (as are also Lecanora tartarea, var. Srigida, and Cetraria Islandica, var. leuco- meloides). Not mentioned by Th. Fries as a Greenland lichen at all. In the present col- lection, however, I met with various forms, which I cannot but refer to this type. Some states, exasperate with bristles, agree with French specimens (in Nylander's Exs.) of var. acanthella. Aculeata is not very rare in Spitzbergen, though only found sterile, says Th. Fries (L. Spitsb., p. 10); and it would be singular if it were not to occur also in Greenland. Fries has probably referred its puzzling Greenland forms to Alectoria divergens (= Thulensis, p. 29) or ochroleuca (e.g. var. nigricans), with which it is fre- quently associated and intermixed, and from which it scarcely differs sometimes save in colour. With forms of these Alectoria it is very apt, in certain conditions of growth, to be confounded. This being the case, it is a very artificial and arbitrary classification that separates aculeata from ochroleuca, placing it in a different genus. The old genus Cornicularia was much more natural and convenient than its modern substitutes: and anomalous as some of its species were, they were not more so than are those of many genera of the present day ; while it was better for the student's purposes to find them grouped together than scattered, as they now are, through various genera such as Par- melia (e. g. stygia, tristis, and lanata). Equally artificial is the separation of Platysma from Cetraria. Glauca is a Parmelioid form, and stands appropriately enough in a separate section (not genus); but cucullata and nivalis are too closely allied to Islandica to permit of such severation. 2. C. Islandica, L.—Godhavn, Egedesminde, Lyngemarken, Jakobshavn, Illartlek Glacier. Various forms occur, always sterile; including crispa, and several states interme- diate between it and C. Délisei, C. nigricans, and C. odontella, as well as those so-called * species " themselves. It is generally terricolous ; but one form, with margins as fibril- lose as Physcia leucomela, and otherwise resembling that plant, occurs on twigs (pro- bably of birch) near Jakobshavn. This state, with laciniæ as long and flexuous as in P. leucomela, might appropriately bear the name (if name is required) of form or variety leucomeloides. The form from Lyngemarken is decayed, and as white as P. leucomela, with a black, Verrucarioid parasite, very conspicuous on these whitened laciniæ, resem- bling externally that which occurs on the young thallus or prothallus of Lecanora tar- tarea, var. frigida. The thallus of Islandica is sometimes of a beautiful vermilion colour, or is red-mot- tled, about the base (e. y. in Egedesminde specimens). None of its forms give any reac- tion with potash. Fibrillosity of the margin of the laciniæ is sometimes a very marked character. The fibrille are sometimes very long, and are split at their ends into tufts of secondary fibrillulæ. The crispa forms are sometimes also very denticulate, with narrow laciniæ, closely tufted, and of a very deep glossy brown colour. = Some forms closely resemble, save in colour, C. cucullata. The laciniæ are broader, much curled *; the margins smooth, destitute of fibrillæ, cilia, or spermogonia ; the * In the Edinb. University Herb. what is called ©. Grenlandica by Despréaux, collected in Labrador in 1005, is this form of C. Islandica, with the thallus as much curled as in C. VOL. XXVII. 2x 322 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. extremities of the laciniæ rounded; the whole plant more foliaceous and membranous ; the colour more of a uniform dark olive or chestnut, becoming greener under moisture. The plant grows in dense, cæspitose, dwarf masses, exactly like cucullata. This is pro- bably the C. Délisei, Bory *, which, regarded as a separate species by Th. Fries (Arct. p. 11), is by other lichenologists referred as a mere “variety” to Islandica. It has, however, an equal title to belong to cucullata, and is, in truth, a passage-form: between it and Islandica. It is significant, in regard to its non-use as food or fodder, in medicine or the domestie arts, in Greenland, that Crantz, in mentioning Islandica, speaks of it as a lichen which, in Iceland, where it is the “ Fjallagras," is “eaten instead of bread, or boiled with milk, like oatmeal ”+. 3. What appears from Fries’s description to be C. odontella, Ach. (Th. Fr. Arct. p. 35) oceurs in the present collection as mere fragments, associated with eucullata from Jakobshavn and about Egedesminde. Its colour is pale chestnut; the laciniæ bristle with spermogonia. It agrees with French specimens (in Nylander's Exs.j). Just as Délisei appears to connect Islandica with cucullata, odontella seems to associate it with aculeata. 4. C. cucullata, Bell.—Jakobshavn, Egedesminde, Illartlek Glacier. Apparently very abundant, but always sterile as to apothecia; sometimes, however, beautifully spermo- goniferous (e. y. about the base of the Illartlek Glacier). Generally dwarf and ceespi- tose; never so tall and beautiful as in Norway. The fine purple mottling of the base, so common in Norway, occurs also here. In Swiss forms, the base is tinged of the same deep purple, which is found to penetrate and pervade both cortical and medullary tissues (in Schærer’s Exs.). Thallus in Greenland plants gives no reaction with potash. Passage-forms into nivalis abound and are frequently very puzzling. 5. C. nivalis, L.—Jakobshavn. Intermixed with cucullata, from which it is generally difficult to distinguish it, by reason of the abundance of puzzling passage-forms. In the present collection it occurs very sparingly, and never in fruit, though some- times spermogoniferous. But it would appear to occur fertile, and in quantity in some parts of Greenland. Thus Professor Dickie, of Aberdeen, sent to me (in Decem. 1859) a specimen in fruit$ ; and he remarks, in reference to it and its collector (the Surgeon to an Aberdeen whaler), **Covering square acres or rather miles . . . in Greenland; he only got about a dozen in fruit. I doubt, however, whether the Surgeon in question was right in supposing that the plant referred to was nivalis and not cucullata? In some forms of nivalis in Greenland, the spermogonia are of the usual (marginal) or typical kind (as described and figured in my * Mem. Spermog.' p. 302, pl. ix. figs. 42—5), e. g. about the Illartlek Glacier, where the thallus is beautifully black-denticulate with spermogonia. But sometimes they are black, barrel-shaped, or rod-shaped columns, seated on the surface, as well as on the edges, of the laciniæ. These elongated and large * Nylander's C. nigricans may perhaps with propriety be referred to Délisei. t Vide reference to Crantz, under head of C. rangiferina. ^o Th. Fries, however, gives it only as a Central-Lapland plant. $ In the Kew Herb. I found a specimen of nivalis, from Davis Straits (Lyall, 1852), but sterile. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 323 forms resemble the spermogonia in some states of Islandica; and this is an additional reason for not dissociating nivalis and cucullata from Islandica in a separate genus. Potash develops no reaction on the cortical, nor iodine on the white medullary, tissue. The natural colour of nivalis, as in cucullata, is a beautiful lemon-yellow ; but it is seldom so brilliant or pure as in the handsomer Norwegian plant. Passage-forms into cucullata lose their lacunosity ; while the tips of the laciniæ become rounded. Wher- ever both liehens occur in the same district or country, they are generally intermixed, and are apt to be confounded. Hence, in the Kew Herbarium (e. y. some Swiss speci- mens) and all large herbaria, forms of the one are commonly mistaken for conditions of the other. Genus 10. DACTYLINA. l. D. arctica, Br.—On a dry mossy slope, near the Illartlek Glacier, in considerable abundance. I did not see the specimens in this collection, which Brown says (Trans. Botan. Society of Edinb., vol. ix. 1868, p. 453) were “ accidentally packed in the Fungi parcels." Specimens in my herbarium from the Kikerton Islands * (Taylor) sent me by Prof. Dickie have the characters partly of Dufourea madreporiformis (Scher. Exs. 85) :—of Dactylina arctica, var. madreporiformis, Ach.; of Thamnolia vermicularis, var. subulifor- mis (Scheer. Exs. 86); and of Dactylina ramulosa, Hook., a plant of Arctic America, the Rocky Mountains, and Behring's Straits. Dufourea muricata, Laur., which I have not seen, is probably a transition-form between arctica and madreporiformis. Ihave no hesi- tation in referring arctica, madreporiformis, and ramulosa to one genus, and, indeed, to a single species, discarding the genus Dufourea as unnecessary. What Dickie labels Dufourea madreporiformis is Dactylina arctica, sterile, but quite agreeing with speci- mons of arctica in my Herbarium from Arctic America (Great Bear Lake, Richardson). The Kikerton form of arctica bears both apothecia + and spermogonia in abundance. The thallus is quite as ramose as madreporiformis, whose branches, however, are nar- rower in general. It is very different from that of the usual sterile forms of arctica in my herbarium, from Arctic America and Cape Adair, which exhibit simple, ventricose, finger-and-thumb-like offshoots from a general, horizontal, hollow, podetium-like thallus, frequently 1" long and nearly 1" broad. In the latter case, hollowness is visible by reason of the greater size or dilatation of the podetia and their offsets. Madreporifor- mis of equal size would be equally hollow. In the latter species (if a species) the podetia are sometimes hollow, though generally filled with a spongy, white medulla, which gives no reaction with iodine. Nor does the cortical layer show any colour-change * Tn Arctic plant-collections, I find three places of similar name, that are apt to be confounded, if they .are different localities, viz. :— l. Kikerton, or Kikkerton Islands, which Mr. Brown tells me are in Cumberland Sound, near Frobisher's Straits, and are therefore unconnected with Greenland. 2. Kikertait (=“ The place of Islands”) mentioned by Hayes, in his ‘Open Polar Sea’ (London, 1867, p. 68). 3. Kikertak, in Greenland (teste Th. Fries, * L. Arctoi”). t It is noteworthy that, though apparently abundant in Greenland, D. arctica is always there sterile —according to Fries (Arct. p. 160). 2x2 324 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. under potash. In Kikerton arctica, potash and iodine develop no colour-reaction on either cortical or medullary tissues. A few octahedral erystals of oxalate of lime were met with in the thallus. In the Kikerton plant, the sporidia are simple, spherical, colourless, about 00015" in diameter, with double contour, or granular, or marked with a central nuclear point. Asci blue with iodine. The spermogonia are distinct under the lens, scattered sparingly about the angles of the podetia, as in madreporiformis. Spermatia straight rods on delicate arthro-sterigmata, resembling those of many Parmelie * (e. g. P. perlata, physodes, and encausta), the sterigmata being associated with hypertrophied, sterile filaments, similar to those that also occur in the genus Parmelia* (e. g. P. tiliacea, acetabulum, and perforata). Basal cellular tissue brown. Nylander says that the spermogonia of arctica have not yet been seen (Synopsis, p. 286) ; and Tuckerman t also describes them as ** unknown." Nevertheless I figured and described them in my * Memoir on Spermogonia ’} published in 1859, the date of Tuckerman's paper being 1862, and of Nylander’s ‘Synopsis’ (vol. i.) 1858-1860. What I figure differ, however, from those since figured by Leighton$. It does not follow that the plants examined in this case by Leighton and myself were different species or genera; for not only may the same object appear under different aspects to different observers, but I have already pointed out that the same species of lichens not unfrequently possess two or more forms of spermogonia, spermatia, and sterigmata |. The spermogonial contents would appear to be equally variable in madre- poriformis; for the sterigmata and spermatia figured by Nylander (Synopsis pl. viii. fig. 23) are very different from those figured by myself (Mem. Spermog. pl. vi. fig. 22). Dufourea madreporiformis, in Scheerer's Exs. 85, bears spermogonia only. They are more frequently irregular, and confluent or deformed, than those of arctica; otherwise they are alike. Tuckerman admits the “ obvious affinity " of D. madreporiformis and Dactylina arctica, though he also refers to their **equally obvious differences " (p. 397). He regards the two as * mediated " by Dactylina ramulosa, Hook., which is evidently quite our Kikerton plant. He refers madreporiformis (and properly, I think) to the genus Dactylina (p. 398). The Kikerton Dactylina and Schærer’s Dufourea (Exs. 85) appear to me to be the same plant. Genus 11. NEPHROMA. l. N. arcticum, L.—Godhavn. Abundant; in large masses, but without apothecia. In West Greenland, where it ascends to 300 feet above the sea, Vahl says it is always sterile. Thallus not tomentose; frequently white below, especially peripherally. At one * Vide the Author's * Mem. Spermog.' pp: 291-3, plates xi. & xii. and Explanations thereof. T “Observations on North-American Lichens,” Proceed. of American Academy of Arts and Sciences for April 22, ‘1862, p. 396. + Page 133, plate vi. fig. 23. $ “On the Lichens collected by Sir John Richardson in Arctic America,” Journal of Linnean Society, vol. ix. Botany, p. 192, plate ii. figs. 16, 17. || “On Polymorphism in the Fructification of Lichens,” Quart. Journal of Microscopical Science, Jan. 1868 ; or Report of the British Association, 1867, p. 89. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 325 point, in one of the Godhavn specimens, spermogonia occur. They have the aspect of young apothecia, with the colour of the disk of Lecanora tartarea. They are evident under the lens only when the thallus is moistened. They then appear as marginal, irre- gular, buff-coloured tubercles, isolated or grouped, becoming subgelatinous under moist- ture. Sometimes they are confluent, in large compound, irregular masses, having quite an apothecioid character. In all their forms the spermatia are the same—simple, spherical atomic, in myriads, about 00015" to :00020” long and :00060" to 00075" broad. The sterigmata are indistinct. N. arcticum is sometimes confounded with forms of certain of the Peltideæ : e. g. in the Kew Herbarium, one of two specimens labelled P. horizontalis, from Canada (Shepherd), is this Nephroma. The distinction of Nephroma and Nephromium as separate genera appears to me a most artificial and unnecessary one. Gen. 12. PELTIGERA *. . l. P. apthosa, Ach.—Egedesminde. Sterile, as it generally is. In Herb. Kew. it occurs from Disco (Lyall, 1854). 2. P. canina, Hffm.—Lyngemarken. In fruit and pycnidiferous. The thallus is that of canina; but the sporidia exhibit greater variety of form and size than is common in that or any other species of the genus; the upper surface of the thallus is sometimes lurid-grey (dark lead-colour), becoming darker when moistened, and covered with a sparing white pruina; the under surface is very fibrillose-rhizinose, of the usual whitish colour, with buff or cream-coloured veinlets and rootlets. The upper surface is occasionally the site of a black, papilleeform, very minute, semiimmersed parasite, which shows, however, no specific structure. ; The sporidia of the Peltigera are (apparently) normally 4-locular : but in the young state they are simple, or 2-locular, in the former case frequently granular. They are usually fusiform or broadly ellipsoid, but sometimes pyriform, oval, or even linear-oblong. Though generally straight, they are sometimes curved. Their character varies greatly, even in the same section of one apothecium, under the field of the microscope, at the same moment—the variations relating equally to form, size, and structure. They are invariably colourless; usually about :0009" to 0012" long and :0003” broad, associated with large numbers of oil globules of all sizes. Sometimes, instead of distinct loculi, they contain one or more large cellular nuclei. Hymenial gelatine pale blue with iodine. Tips of paraphyses pale brown. . Pyenidia occur as marginal brown buttons or warts, filled with myriads of stylospores, all very delicately muco-granular or shaded, very variable in size, the average about 00027” to -00030" long and 00009” to 00015” broad ; their diameter, when subspherical, :00022". Their form is oblong-oval, pyriform, or irregularly angular, many of them resembling pus or tubercle corpuscles; their outline is rendered more distinct by iodine, - * The old Acharian genus Peltidea is now generally known (for what reason I am not aware) as Peltigera. In a letter to me, of date February 1866, Nylander speaks of the “ genre Peltidea qui diffère par ses gonidies (qui rendent leur thalle à l'état humide d'un beau vert) des Peltigera (dont le thalle à l'état humide devient foncé"). To Peltidea he refers venosa, Ach. 326 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. which gives them a yellow colour and a corrugated, bolder margin. In some cases the basidia remain attached. These basidia are very indistinct, and the connexion between them and the stylospores cannot be well made out with the powers of my microscope (which magnifies from 90 up to 600 diameters linear). But they appear to be thick- walled arthro-sterigmata somewhat like those of Endocarpon and Umbilicaria; and if they are so, the secondary reproductive organs of this Peltigera may be regarded either as spermogonia or pycnidia, having the sterigmata of the former, and the stylospores of the latter, forming, in truth, a link of connexion between these two great groups of com- plementary reproductive organs*. The present instance is the first in which I have succeeded in detecting fertile pyenidia in Peltigera, though I have searched for them carefully in numberless specimens, a cireumstance that illustrates the undue proportion that negative bear to positive results in spermogonological research. In Britain, Illo- sporium corneum, Fr., occurs as a parasite on P. canina (Berk. * Brit. Fungology,' p. 341), as does also Scutula Wallrothii, Tul. 9. P. scabrosa, Th. Fries, does not occur in the present collection, but is apparently a Greenland lichen. Specimens in my herbarium from the Kikerton Islands—collected by Taylor, named and given me by Prof. Dickie—appear to be merely an arctic form of what would, in more southern countries, probably be referred to horizontalis. The genus Peltigera is very much in the position of Usnea, Ramalina, Cladonia, and many others, as to the diffieulty of dividing the many puzzling forms composing it into scien- tific “ species.” I see no difficulty in regarding all the British Peltidee as referable to a single type—canina. That which stands out most distinctly from the rest is venosa +. In the Kikerton scabrosa, the asci are blue with iodine, ‘0024 long and :00040” broad, 8-spored. The filaments of the paryphyses are thick and simple; the tips conglutinate and pale brown. The sporidia are very narrowly (or linear) fusiform, multilocular, 0012" to :0018" long and :00009" broad, straight or curved, so delicate, long, and narrow as to be apt to be confounded with the paraphyses. Gen. 13. SOLORINA. 1. S. crocea, L. On loose soil about the Illartlek glacier; apothecia abundant.—Lynge- marken. Central portions of the thallus in some specimens have lost colour and become whitish or ashy grey; and these decolorized patehes are plentifully studded over with a black, punetiform or papillæform parasite, which is eonspieuous by reason of the con- : trast of colour. "The hymenial gelatine and the constituent parts or tissues of the hymenium give no blue with iodine. Paraphyses are very delicate and not knobbed at _ tips, their characters being those of Verrucaria and Endocarpon. Asci in tufts, 8-spored, '0015" long and :00045” broad. Sporidia 4-locular, fusiform, colourless, -0006” long and *00015" broad. * Compare the contrasted characters of Spermogonia and Pyenidia, given in my Papers on “ Polymorphism in the Fructification of Lichens," before quoted ; also the description of the spermogonia, or pycnidia, of Peltigera and their contents, in my * Mem. Spermog.' pp. 173-4, and in Tulasne's « Mémoire" in the Ann. des Sciences Nat. Ser. iii. - Botanique, vol. xvii. 1852, pl. ix. figs. 7-17. : t Vide footnote on preceding page. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 327 This parasite does not correspond in charaeter with any of the following parasitic Lichens, which affect species of Solorina or Peltigera, viz. :— 1. Ehagadostoma corrugatum, Korb. (* Parerga,’ p. 472), which is parasitic on S. erocea. Sporidia 2 to 4, large, hyaline, simple or 2-locular, clavate. 2. Scutula Krempelhuberi, Körb. (* Parerga, p. 455), which is parasitic on S. saccata. Sporidia 8, minute, ellipsoid, simple or 2-locular, hyaline. 3. Xenospheria Engeliana, Saut. (Körb. * Parerga,’ pp. 466 & 307; and ‘Systema,’ p. 376), also parasitic on S. saccata. Sporidia 6 to 8, arcuate-ellipsoid, 4-locular, brown. 4. Biatorina tuberculosa, Th. Fries. (L. Arctoi, p. 188), a parasite on Peltigera. Sporidia fusiform-oblong, 2-locular, colourless *. Nor is the parasite on the Greenland plant what I have described as infesting Irish specimens f of S. crocea, where it consists of mere pycnidia ; while it does not agree with the Spheria urceolata of Solorina saccata t, which has brown sporidia. In sterile specimens of S. crocea, in Herb. Kew., from Lachen, Sikkim-Himalaya, alt. 12,000 feet, collected by Dr. Hooker, the thallus, especially about its periphery, is studded over with a parasite in the form of crowded, black papillæ or points, sometimes semi- immersed. It contains deep brown, soleæform (2-locular) sporidia :0010”. long and 00025” broad. This, again, differs in character from all the other parasites above men- tioned on Solorina or Peltigera. On S. crocea, which I collected on the top of Ben Lawers, in June 1856, a black papillæ- form parasite occurs, occupying cushion-like elevations of the thallus, closely studded over these pulvinuli, rendering them very rugged and black-warted. These cushion-like deformities are usually seated at the division-angles of the lobes. The individual con- ceptacles are semiimmersed in the thallus. No distinet structure can be detected: no blue reaction is developed with iodine; no asci were seen; but a large number of oil- globules of all sizes covered the field of the mieroscope. Externally the parasite differs from that on S. saccata, assigned to Spheria urceolata, in the crowding or agglomeration of the perithecia into warts. The Ben-Lawers parasite has the same external characters as that from Brandon Mountain, Kerry (Carroll), in which the stylospores are oblong or oblong-ellipsoid, colourless, simple, or 2-locular, muco-granular in the young state; 00133” to 00166” long and 00033" broad. But the want of structure in the Ben-Lawers plant leaves us at a loss as to the species or genus, lichen or fungus, to which it is to be assigned. Possibly the parasitic pyenidia of the Irish plant are referable to some of the sporidiiferous lichens or fungi already mentioned as affecting S. crocea or S. saccata. Gen. 14. Srrcra. 1. S. pulmonaria, L. Not in the present collection, and not given at all by Th. Fries as- a Greenland lichen. But in the Kew Herb. I saw specimens of the ordinary form labelled “ Davis Straits." The labels, however, unfortunately did not inform us on which coast * lhave no means of judging whether any of the parasites I have met with on S. erocea, in Greenland or other specimens, bear any relation to Bertia lichenicola, De Not., a parasitic fungus, according to Rabenhorst (‘ Fungi Europ. Exs. Cent. x.), that affects its thallus. t Mem. Spermog. p. 175. t lbid. p. 175, and pl. ix. fig. 35. 328 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. the plant was collected, east or west—nor whether it was corticolous or saxicolous *. The corticolous form occurs in Lapland, Nordland, and the Samoyede country, on Betula, Populus, and Salix caprea—rarely fertile, but bearing sometimes the parasitic Celidium Stictarum, Tul., which is regarded as a fungus by Th. Fries (Arct. p. 50) +. The saxi- colous forms, which are frequently dissociated as S. linita, Ach. (e.g. in Th. Fries's ‘Arct.’ p. 50), from corticolous states, occur in various parts of North America, and may also be met with on the Greenland side of Davis's Straits. Neither is this form or pseudo- species, however, recorded by Th. Fries as a Greenland lichen, while he describes it as very rare in Northern Scandinavia, Gen. 15. PARMELIA. 1. P. saxatilis, L.—Jakobshavn, on granitic rocks, close to the sea; Egedesminde ; Illartlek glacier.—“ Very common everywhere" in the districts visited by Dr. Brown. Many and frequently puzzling forms occur, always sterile, often deformed, and occasion- ally the seat of parasitic Micro-lichens or Micro-fungi. All the ordinary European varieties occur (leucochroa, Wallr.; omphalodes, L.; and panniformis, Ach.), with innumerable passage-forms or intermediates. But that form which is both the commonest and the most remarkable, is what may be appropriately distinguished as Spherophoroidea—in which the greater portion of the thallus (the periphery being gene- rally excepted) is covered and concealed by a dense compound-isidioid growth, which re- sembles a series, densely aggregated, of specimens of Spherophoron coralloides in miniature, These anamorphoses of the thallus—these Sphzrophoroid growths—convert a foliaceous thallus into the semblance of a crustaceous or fruticulose one. While generally constitut- ing a surface which is nearly level or uniform, these growths are sometimes also developed as subspherical masses, y detached and quite comparable with the concentric and erratic forms of P. sinuosa 1, and with the spherical warts of Lecanora tartarea and L. ventosa, though they are on a smaller scale than the former, and on a larger scale than the latter, tumour-like deformities. Every gradation exists between the simply isidioid and the compound isidioid or sphxrophoroid conditions, the colour of the central deformed por- tions of the thallus being usually deep bronze. The sphzrophoroid forms of saxatilis have apparently certain characters in common with Parmelia isidiocera, Nyl. (Syn., p. 382), collected at Cape Krusenstern, W. Arctic America, lat. 67”, by Beechey. Its thallus has the facies of levigata, is smooth peri- pherally, white within; the apothecial exciple and isidia yellow within; the latter mostly ramulose. The plant is fertile, and is allied to P. aurulenta, Tuck. $, a North American species. I have not seen a specimen of P. isidiocera. But I doubt its being a good . * Compare remarks in paper on the “ Greenland Lichen Flora,” formerly quoted, (p. 305). + Vide Papers on “ Arthonia melaspermella,” Journal of Linnean Society, Botany, vol. ix. p. 278; and * Otago pue and Fungi,’ p. 449. i Vide the author's * Monograph of Abrothallus,” Quart. Journal of Miseria Science, vol. v. 1857 (sub nom. P ee ; or Mudd's * British Lichens’ (p. 96, sub P. sinuosa). $ Compare also P. rd Ach. (Tuckerman, * Synopsis of North-American Lichens, 1848, p. 25). x DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 329 species, as I regard what is apparently its distinctive character (the clothing with sphæ- rophoroid isidia) as a mere condition common to, or in, various Parmelie and other folia- ceous lichens in Arctic or northern countries. Similar states of omphalodes occur in the present collection, mostly in microphylline forms, the isidia compound or ramulose, aggregated sometimes in spherical detachable masses, as in the type. The same sphæro- phoroid conditions of P. saxatilis and other species occur in the present collection from the Vancouver-Island area of N. W. America. Greenland varieties of saxatilis occasionally exhibit other forms of abnormal growths on the thallus, e. y. granulations, warts, squamules, or minute secondary laciniæ. All forms of the plant, including those which are most spheerophoroid, and all parts of the thallus, including the smooth peripheral laciniæ, as well as all colours of the thallus, including the whitish leucochroa forms, exhibit the same reactions, or their absence, with chemical tests, the reaction-colour being most vivid (where developed at all) in forms with the palest thallus. Bleaching-solution gives no reaction. Potash gives a lemon-yellow, generally very vivid and beautiful— developed at once—sometimes quickly passing into a rich orange-red. Omphalodes, and the passage-forms into the type, give the same reaction with potash as saxatilis, that is, a vivid green or lemon- yellow. Lemon-yellow however, is, sometimes equally produced by the application of water; and in no case has the reaction any significance or value. The thallus of sazatilis has, in the natural state, sometimes as distinctly a saffron colour as Solorina crocea. Its surface is occasionally smooth, free from the usual retieulations or fossulations, approaching perlata. In the same forms, which are usually macrophylline, the colour is frequently glaucous or bluish. These characteristics of colour and smoothness are always more visible on the peripheral laciniz, which are simpler in all respects than those which are more central. There are various passage-forms between the type and omphalodes, the only differ- ence being one affecting colour. The normal thallus of saxatilis is sometimes peripher- ally olive. Microphylline forms of omphalodes sometimes bear, to a slighter extent, the same subspherical, but more minute, sphærophoroid growths that occur in the type— the isidia being very narrow or slender, branching considerably, closely aggregated, sometimes constituting (when isolated) small balls. Some forms (mostly microphylline) of omphalodes closely resemble certain conditions of P. olivacea, P. fahlunensis, and P. arctica. It passes into panniformis, which is sometimes jet-black and glossy. Some- times a single specimen exhibits the characters, in different parts, of saxatilis, omphalodes, and panniformis, with a normally smooth, or an isidioid, thallus. Another abnormal or unusual condition of sazatilis (about Jakobshavn) resembles the vittata var. of P. physodes. All the Greenland forms of sazatilis examined by me were sterile as to apot but in some cases the peripheral lacinie were copiously black-punctate with spermo- gonia*. The thallus, moreover, was frequently the site of various parasitic growths. > i ia of P. saxatilis and their contents are figured and described in my * Monograph of Prud en 3, 4; and ‘Mem. Spermog.’ p. 226, and pl. xii. figs. 17-19. They may ee trasted with the pycnidia on var. sulcata, Tayl., from Connemara (Moore), which contain stylospores "00016" long and :00012” broad (Mem. Spermog. p. 228, and pl. xii, figs. 20, 21). $e VOL. XXVII. hecia ; 330 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. dothideoid mottling was sometimes so copious as to give the appearance of panniformis or vittata. This mottling is probably attributable to Dothidea homostegia, Nyl., which generally occurs in a sterile, abortive, or degenerate condition, as is too frequently the case with lichenieolous Micro-fungi in general*. In this sterile condition, I have very often met with this fungus on P. saxatilis, affecting generally the peripheral, and smooth or normal, laciniæ. In its fertile state I have found it only in one or two instances, e. g. on P. saxatilis from Barmouth, North Wales, collected by Mr. Leighton in June 1856. The parasite here occurs on the microphylline thallus, as black, sublecideoid glomeruli, surrounded by a black discoloration or shading of the thallus of the Parmelia. This shading often connects two or more groups of glomeruli, forming large, black, irregular mottlings of the thallus. The individual fruit-elusters or perithecia vary in size accord- ingly as they are young and comparatively simple, or old and compound or confluent; in the former case being verrucarioid papille, in the latter, convex, apothecioid, superficial bodies, like the apothecia of a Lecidea (e. g. parasema). Regarding this parasite, my friend M. C. Cooke wrote me in 1866 as follows :—** On it” (the Parmelia saxatilis) “are two or three clumps of Spheria, in fruit, almost the only truly mature one which I have found amongst your Spherie on Lichens. This is cer- tainly a Dothidea, with 3-septate spores, and agrees with specimens sent me from Ger- many, under the name of Spheria homostegia, Nyl. (Prodr. p. 56). I call it therefore Dothidea homostegia, and hope you will find it again, as it is a good Dothidea.” On some degenerate conditions of the thallus of P. saxatilis, what appears to be a Torula studs the surface, as numerous, minute, irregular, black papille. This structure, however, is indistinct; and the parasite may therefore really be some of the other licheni- colous Micro-fungi, which infest the thallus of many of the Umbilicarie, Cladome, Lecanore, and other genera. But the most important parasite on Greenland forms of P. saxatilis is what I propose to distinguish by the name of the pioneer of Greenland colonization (Hans Egede) as Lecidea Egedeana. It occurs plentifully on some forms, on the central portions of the thallus, on old cracked laciniæ. The apothecia have the colour and appearance of those of L. cornea, Sm., than which they are smaller; they are flat, margined, crowded, with difficulty seen even under the lens. Fertile asei are very delicate; 8-spored. Hymenial gelatine very faint lilac or blue with iodine. Paraphyses with pale brown, agglutinated tips. Sporidia brown, 2-locular, broadly ellipsoid ; :0006” to :0009” long, and :0003” to :00045” broad. Their general appearance is that of the sporidia of Physcia stellaris and its allies, rather than those of Lecanora sophodes or Lecidea disciformis. As is frequently the case in alpine, arctic, and even old, specimens or species of lichens, degenerate asci are common, having the aspect of brown, ribbon-like masses. i . Some of the Greenland forms of P. saxatilis examined by me occupied unusual posi- tions: thus, I met with it on some large scyphi of Cladonia pyxidata, and on the lower surface of the old thallus of Umbilicaria vellea, just as I have found Physcia pulverulenta * What is probably this parasite is figured in my ‘Mem. Spermog. pl. xii. fig. 2, on P. physodes. It also occurs on the thallus of saxicolous forms of P. Borreri, Ach., in Bolivia (Nyl. Lich. Exot. p. 215). DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. | 331 and P. stellaris on the old thallus of various Umbilicarie. The forms of saratilis growing on U. vellea are microphylline, sterile, but dotted over with a black papillæform para- site, which exhibits no distinct (or normal) structure. Curiously, I met with no traces of Abrothallus* in Greenland. But the sphaerophoroid deformities ( before-mentioned) of sawatilis frequently resemble, in their globularity, the anamorphoses of thallus associated. with the growth of that peculiar pseudo-genus. 2. P. arctica, Nyl.—Jakobshavn. On granitic or gneissóse rocks; sterile. When moistened, the thallus assumes an olive colour, like that of olivacea, some of whose forms the plant otherwise closely resembles. It has the character, so far, of a Norwegian speci- men of arctica, collected by me on the top of Sneehätten, Norway, in August, 1857, and determined by Nylander. But the Norwegian plant is blacker, especially centrally. In both the Greenland and Norwegian plant there are, especially centrally, erosions of the superficial or cortical layer of the thallus, exposing the white medullary tissue. I have seen no fertile specimen of Nylander's arctica (Synopsis, p. 394); but I doubt the propriety of its classification as a distinct species. It certainly does not belong to encausta, or alpicola t Th. Fries (Arct. p. 57), but probably to some of the puzzling broad-lobed or macrophylline forms of olivacea or fahlunensis. 3. P. olivacea, L. All its forms are sterile. Sometimes there is a tendency to an isi- dioid condition of the centre of the thallus and margins of the laciniæ, its character then approaching exasperata. But the isidia are generally large and discrete warts. Some- times the thallus is curled up into spherical masses, resembling the similar anamorphoses of P. saxatilis and P. sinuosa. Some of its macrophylline forms resemble certain condi- tions of P. saxatilis and its var. omphalodes. The laciniæ, in such states of the plant, are fossulate, with subretuse ends; the colour is light olive, rendered much greener by mois- ture; the surface smooth and glossy. Microphylline forms, on the other hand, resemble Jahlunensis. 4. P. fahlunensis, L. Like olivacea, saxatilis, arctica, and the majority at least of the Greenland Parmelie, I found it only sterile, occurring in various puzzling forms, differ- ing in colour and in the size and flatness of the laciniæ. Some of these forms resemble conditions, or possess certain characters, of saxatilis, omphalodes, and olivacea. Thus the plant is sometimes macrophylline, of lighter colour than usual, becoming greener when moistened ; the surface dull or glossy; the laciniæ terminating retusely, as in sazatilis, and similarly fossulate. There are several sterile Greenland Parmelie, which I am puzzled to refer either to omphalodes, olivacea, arctica, or fuhlunensis, combining, as they do, some of the characters of all these species or varieties. All the species or pseudo-species referred to frequently form very handsome, round, dark, conspicuous patches on. quartz- ose, granitic, or gneissose rocks and stones. Macrophylline and microphylline conditions of the same species are sometimes curiously associated. 5. P. stygia, L.—Jakobshavn, in fruit; Illartlek Glacier. Thallus becomes deep olive- * A. Smithii occurs in Europe, both on P. sazatilis and var. omphalodes; and A. a on the type (Mono- graph of Abrothallus, pp. 35-38). + The name P. arctiea, Th. Fries, in my * Lichen-Flora of Northern Europe" (Journal of Linnean Society, Botany, vol. ix. p. 409) is an error, as I find no such Parmelia in his * Lich. Arctoi.’ ae E 332 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. green under moisture. Some of its forms apparently pass into Jahlunensis. In the hymenium a blue colour is indistinctly elicited under iodine. Sporidia simple, colour- less, oval or oval-oblong, 0006" long, and 00025" to 0003" broad. 6. P. lanata, L.—Jakobshavn, on granite, sterile; Illartlek Glacier, in fruit. Thallus sometimes as brown as that of olivacea—or paler, a fine chestnut colour,—a variation in character that is important in connexion with the close interresemblances already referred to of forms of omphalodes, olivacea, arctica, Jahlunensis, and stygia. 7. P. encausta, Sm.—Jakobshavn. Colour of thallus sometimes green, especially when moistened, or buff or brown. Young and pale (etiolated) states occur on the under, shaded and moist surfaces of rocks. These states give a greenish-yellow reaction with potash. In the specimens examined by me, the thallus is mostly white and decayed. It is studded over with a parasite in the form of minute, subspherical or very convex, crowded, black apothecia or perithecia, resembling the apothecia of Abrothallus Smithü. They exhibit, however, no structure. Gen. 14. Puyscra. 1. P. pulverulenta, Schreb.—Jakobshavn. A few fragments only occur, sterile, of olive-green colour, some terricolous, others growing on the underside of Umbilicaria vellea. Th. Fries does not give pulverulenta as a Greenland lichen, though he describes muscigena, Ach., as fruiting and as common throughout the area of his * Lichenes Arctoi' (p. 63). In the Kew Herbarium I saw the ordinary form (the type) in fruit, with the thalline edges or periphery much eroded, labelled as from the * North Pole" (Parry*) ; and in that her- barium it appeared to be a very Arctic species. It passes into, and is apt to be con- founded with obscura and stellaris. Var. pityrea, Nyl., is just a white-pruinose form, in which the pruinosity is so abundant as to cover the whole thallus. Th. Fries (L. Spitsberg. p. 13) mentions another form with the thallus densely white-pruinose, giving it the facies of stellaris or cesia. In Europe Karschia pulverulenta, Anzi (Körb. Parerga, p. 460), is sometimes parasitie on the upper surface of the thallus. 2. P. cesia, Hffm.—Kudlesæt: sterile, with a dark lead-coloured thallus. Jakobshavn, on granite and gneiss; microphylline, with both apothecia and spermogonia. The apothecia are wholly black and lecideoid, exciple and disk alike; flat and regularly - round in outline. The spermogonia are very minute black papillæ, conspicuous under the lens when the thallus is moistened. The laciniæ are sorediiferous, and of the usual lead-grey colour. Some macrophylline forms approach stellaris. In Scandinavia, the thallus of cæsia is the site of the parasitic Buellia convexa, Th. Fries (Arct. p. 234). 3. P. stellaris, L.—Jakobshavn. Associated with Placodium elegans; a fragment merely, but bearing both apothecia and spermogonia. Disk of apothecia cesio-pruinose. Sporidia 2-locular, ellipsoid, brown or olive, straight or slightly curved, 00040” to 00060” long, and 00020” broad. The spermogonia are black papille; the sterigmata 0006" long, sometimes comparatively simple, or composed of few articulations. Spermatia straight rods 00015” long. Various microphylline, sterile forms of the plant sid both on the under and upper surfaces of the thallus of Umbilicaria vellea. . * Vide author's “ Lichen-Flora of Greenland,” Trans. Botan. Society of Edinburgh, vol. x. pp. 52 & 33. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 339 Gen. 15. UMBILICARIA. 1. U. cylindrica, L.—Jakobshavn, fruit abundant; Egedesminde, on granite and gneiss, without apothecia, but spermogoniferous. "Thallus sometimes very thick and coriaceous, dwarf and complicate; colour of upper surface sometimes ashy grey, be- coming olive-green on moisture, sometimes very white, these white or grey conditions apparently being accompaniments of age. "The white forms are sometimes also sparingly white-pruinose. Under surface sometimes beautifully peach, pink or buff-coloured. The cortical or medullary tissues give no reaction either with bleaching-solution or potash. Marginal fibrille of thallus seldom very prominent or long. Sometimes, however, they are long, tufted, and as pale as the under surface of the thallus. This under surface is sometimes very fibrillose or densely rhizinose, at other times almost nude. Apothecia frequently deformed or degenerate, most irregular or angu- lose; sometimes in forni resembling those of anthracina, save as to gyri; compound from the opening up of these gyri; sometimes, when degenerate, white in all their parts, like the thallus; frequently stipitate (in age) to various degrees. Sporidia of same size and form as in arctica. Spermogonia frequently, or generally, only peri- pheral; sometimes large and verrucarioid, conspicuous on the ash-grey thallus; more generally punctiform, frequently immersed and inconspicuous compared with those of arctica; become more prominent and brown under moisture; vary in size; frequently clustered. Spermatia in myriads; oblong corpuscles, atomic in size, shorter and broader than those of arctica. 2. U. arctica, Ach.—Jakobshavn, on granitie stones; fruit abundant, with characters of the Scotch plant. Passes into proboscidea on the one hand, and hyperborea on the other, if the latter is not to be associated with arctica under a single type. The thallus gives no reaction either with bleaching-solution or potash. In Greenland specimens in the Kew Herbarium, the thallus is sometimes complieate; and these forms are generally the most plentifully spermogoniferous. Spermogonia occur as conspicuous, minute, black papillæ, perched on the rugosities of the thallus, chiefly about the periphery, semiimmersed. Spermatia rod-shaped, in myriads. Sporidia simple, oval, colourless ; 00040" long, and 00022" broad. Some specimens of arctica are copiously studded over with a minute, - black, papillæform parasite, which may be confounded externally with the spermogonia. Unfortunately it exhibits no structure, so that it is impossible to refer it to Dothidea lichenum, Smrf. (Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 165), or Tichothecium grossum, Körb. (Parerga, pp. 40 & 469), which have been described as parasites on arctica, the one as a fungus, the otlier as a lichen. 3. U. hyperborea, Ach.—Jakobshavn, in fruit; Illartlek Glacier, about its base, also in fruit; Egedesminde, a few sterile fragments. Thallus only once gave a faint red colour with bleaching-solution. In the British-Museum ‘Herbarium I found a large patch of hyperborea from Greenland. In that of Kew, in a specimen of the same species, from Walden Island, the sporidia are simple, oval-oblong, and :00050” long by :00020” broad. It seems to me to be a very arbitrary and unphilosophical classification which separates hyperborea and arctica. In truth, among the European Umbilicarie there are very few types that stand clearly forth by easily distinguishable characters, while not a 334 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. few of the so-called “ species ” are to be regarded as mere conditions, e. g. erosa, cylindrica, and proboscidea. 4. U. vellea, L.—Egedesminde, sterile. The natural grey of the thallus is changed into deep olive-green by potash,—a reaction which, however, is equally produced by bleaching- solution and by water—one which is common in the foliaceous lichen-thallus, and one that has no significance or value. Various forms of Parmelia sawatilis and Physcia stel- laris grow on its old thallus, sometimes on its upper grey cracked surface, sometimes on the lower, copiously fibrillose, black or brown one. In the Kew Herbarium, apothecia are rare in this so-called * species," while Greenland specimens are sterile. My herbarium contains two specimens apparently of vellea, collected by the late Henry Paul, of Edinburgh, in or before 1851, the one labelled * Norway," the other “ Dunoon ” (Argyleshire). I examined both in 1852, and found them to possess 2-locular sporidia, a condition apparently not previously observed, or recorded as occurring, in the genus Umbi- licaria, none of the British species, as then described, having sporidia of other character than simple. I found, however, that in several European species of Umbilicaria there is a tendeney, not only to bilocularity of the sporidia, but to muriform division, as well as to the acquisition of colour (e. g. spodochroa). These conditions of the sporidia have been, long subsequent to my observations, found by other authors in various foreign Umbili- carie (e.g. flavovirescens and haplocarpa). In the Dunoon vellea the sporidia are large and distinct, generally 2-locular, sometimes simple; loculi pale yellow or colourless, gra- nular or not, according to age; generally broadly oval, frequently pyriform, variable in size and form, having sometimes a projection at one end, indicating the commencement of germination. Asci sometimes 1-spored ; that is (as is common in the genus), only one sporidium reaches maturity. In other cases there are 4 to 8 sporidia in each ascus. Possibly there may have been some transposition of the labels in Paul's *Dunoon' plant, both suites of his specimens being really Norwegian. But not necessarily; for Mudd (Brit. Lichens, p. 120) gives vellea as a British species, he having seen specimens from Lancashire. My own Dovrefjeldt specimens, collected in 1857, are sterile. U. flavo-virescens, Leight. (Journal of Linn. Soc. vol. x. Botany, p. 33), a South-African species (if it is an Umbilicaria at all), has 2-locular, brown sporidia, as has also U. haplo- carpa, Nyl., a Peruvian species, in which there are 6 sporidia in each ascus. Such irre: gularities in the number of sporidia in each ascus would now appear to be common. The spermatia and sterigmata of U. flavo-virescens, as figured by Leighton (Pl. iv.), are not those usual in Umbilicaria, while the — are flat, simple and lecidine, a condition, how- ever, less unusual. Paul's Norwegian specimens bear a white parasite— possibly a neun grows on and about the apothecia. It possesses, however, the structure of the apothecia already deseribed in the Dunoon plant; and though Mr. Leighton, who kindly examined the specimens, refers the 2-locular sporidia “indubitably ” to the said fangus, 1 believe they really belong to the normal apothecia of the Umbilicaria. The asci give a pale blue with iodine, a circumstance which is at least suspicious in any reference of them to a parasitic fungus. The paraphyses cohere at the apices, which are brown; their filaments are very delicate. The asci are large, 8-spored; one or more DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 335 sporidia sometimes become abortive. The mature sporidia are 2-loeular, the loculi pale yellow, oval, sometimes pyriform, ellipsoid or figure-8-shaped. The young sporidia are colourless and simple; their contents muco-granular; their shape within the asci more or less spherical. I can make out no good distinction between U. vellea, U. spodochroa, U. hirsuta, and U. murina. All of them, with the exception of spodochroa, are sterile or nearly so in my herbarium. The under surface of the thallus in all may be naked or hirsute, pale or black. U. vellea of Hepp's Exs. No. 117 is what Nylander calls, in my herbarium, both spodochroa and vellea. Scheerer’s Exs. No. 137-140 (= U. depressa, var. hirsuta, in fruit) are also what Nylander calls spodochroa; while Schærer’s Exs. Nos, 141-142 (= U. depressa, var. spodochroa) represent what he designates, in my Norwegian specimens U. vellea! 5. U. spodochroa, Hoffm.—Norwegian specimens, collected by myself in 1857, bear a few, mostly degenerate, apothecia. In those which are degenerate, all the elements of the hymenium are fused into an obseure, brown, striated mass, giving no reaction with iodine. The asci and sporidia are undistinguishable. This degenerate condition of the apothecia and their contents is common to all the Arctic or Northern Umbilicarie. When the apothecia are normal in spodochroa, the asci give a pale blue with iodine, as does the whole hymenium. Asci 2-4-spored. Sporidia, in the normal and mature state, oval, simple, colourless, finely granular or not, :0006” to :0009” long and :00045” to :0006” broad. In age they are occasionally deep brown, and muriform as in Urceolaria scruposa, 0009” long and :0006” broad. 6. U. anthracina, Wulf. In 1857 I collected two distinct suites of specimens on Sneehätten (Dovrefjeldt mountains, Norway), which Nylander refers to this species (or atro-pruinosa, Schær.). Both forms have simple lecidine apothecia. The larger form has a thallus somewhat like that of arctica. Its upper surface is grey, whitish, or mouse- coloured; the under pale and rhizinose-fibrillose. There is none of the tessellated cha- racter to be found in the smaller black form. In the grey, larger forms, the apothecia are larger, flatter, rounder, more scattered over the surface, and more sessile than in the other. The hymenium becomes beautifully blue with iodine. Sporidia simple, oblong- oval, with generally a thick margin or double contour, 0003” long and ‘000227 broad. This major form is perhaps U. stipitata, Nyl. (L. Scand. p. 289), a species that is not mentioned by Th. Fries as a Greenland or Spitzbergen lichen (either in his ‘L, Arctoi ' or'L. Spitsberg.). In my list of Northern Lichens U. vellea and U. anthracina have probably been confounded, as they are occasionally in all herbaria. In the smaller form with black tessellated thallus, the apothecia are angular, stipitate, and subperipheral; the normal sporidia ellipsoid-oblong, simple, generally slightly curved; :00040” to "00050" long and :00010” to 00015” broad. Hymenium becomes deep blue with iodine. In the same hymenium the sporidià are sometimes only (exceptionally) normal, the majority being old or degenerate, both within and without the asci deep brown, longer than the normal ones, and sometimes obseurely 2-locular. 7. U. Pennsylvanica, Hffm., represents, in Greenland and Arctic regions generally, the very common U. pustulata of Scandinavia. A specimen of Pennsylvanica in the Kew Herb., collected during Franklin's first journey in the Arctic Regions, has lecideine, large, 396 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. flat apothecia, somewhat like those of pustulata, but larger and flatter. Thereis a distinct black border (exciple), lighter in colour than the deep-black, sooty, or subpulverulent disk. Genus 16. PANNARIA. 1. P.brunnea, Sw.—Jakobshavn; Illartlek glacier, abundant; Lyngemarken, abundant; Ounartok ; Godhavn. One of the most abundant (muscicolous) lichens in the area ex- amined by Brown. Several forms occur, exhibiting some of the characters of Pannaria hypnorum, Vahl. (E. Bot. t. 2119, or Th. Fries's L. Arct. p. 78) ; and of var. coronata, Hffm., of P. brunnea (= Biatora coronata, Fr., Leight. Exs. No. 235; Lecidea coronata, E. Bot. t. 2110). The plant is, I believe, one of those species or types which may be made properly to include several of the so-called * species” of authors. Sometimes it is athalline, only its large apothecia being scattered over the surface of decaying or dead mosses (e. y. about Jakobshavn). In age, the apothecia sometimes become very large, and black, or black-mottled, the disk expanding and becoming flattened, the margin thin and cracked, and the whole outline variously irregular or deformed. The plant has then quite the character of the British Squamaria isidioides, Borr. (E. Bot. t. 2130). The para- physes are agglutinated at their tips, which are very pale brown. The asci, and hymenial gelatine generally, usually become blue under iodine. Sometimes, however, there is no reaction in either. The asci are 8-spored ; the sporidia are arranged in single or double series, the shape and size of the asci varying accordingly. Asci usually :0021” to 0024” long, '0006" to :0009” broad. The sporidia vary considerably in size, shape, and con- tents. They are always simple, and generally colourless, their contained nuclei being sometimes lemon-yellow. Their shape varies from narrowly ellipsoid to oval cr sub- spherical, exhibiting occasionally various irregularities in outline (e. y. becoming subpyri- form). Their size is usually about :0006” long and 00022” to 00040” broad. Within the asci, as well as when mature and free, they are frequently granular. Sometimes, appa- rently in the young state, they contain one, two, or more large, prominent, spherical, button-like nuclei, conspicuous even within the asci. These nuclei become more distinct under iodine. In the old state the sporidia frequently show double contour. In var. coronata (Leight. Exs. no. 235) the paraphyses and asci are shortish, the latter faint blue with iodine. The sporidia are colourless or very faint yellow, broadly ellipsoid and simple. Var. coronata Auct., and Pannaria nebulosa of Nylander's Exs., do not deserve rank even as separately named varieties. In the present collection I met with a few sterile fragments of what appears to be P. muscorum, Ach. (=Massalongia carnosa, Dicks.), according to Schærer’s Exs. No. 482, and Nylander's description (Scand. p. 128). But it is not mentioned in the * L. Arctoi' as a Greenland lichen, though common in Scandinavia. Nylander objects to the name carnosa, and Fries to that of muscorum (Arct. p. 80) ! Genus 17. SQUAMARIA. 1. S. chrysoleuca, Sm.—Kudlesæt. The thallus varies in colour; uoi straw-yellow or greenish, with black-mottled margins. Medullary tissue white. The colour and mottling resemble those of Usnea melaxantha. Apothecia abundant and crowded; disk black. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 337 Tips of paraphyses deep brown and granular, their outline irregular. Asci and hymenial gelatine deep blue with iodine. Asci 8-spored, 0018" long and :0006” broad. Sporidia simple, oblong-ellipsoid (as in Lecanora subfusca), 0003" long and :00022" broad. Several forms of the plant occur, including opaca, Ach., and feracissima, Th. Fries. The Placodium ehrysoleucum of Dickie, from Davis Straits, east side, collected by Taylor, is quite the Greenland S. chrysoleuca, growing apparently in larger and compound patches. The spermogonia of chrysoleuca have already been described and figured in my “Mem. Spermog.' (pp. 259, 260, plate xv. figs. 15-17). In S. chrysoleuca and its var. opaca (= Parmelia rubina, vars. chrysoleuca and opaca) of Schærer, Exs. nos. 345, 346, the sporidia are the same as in the Greenland plant, ellipsoid, simple, colourless, 00033" to :0004.1” long and :00016” to :00020” broad. The asci are 8-spored, :00013" to :00016" long, and -0005" to :0006” broad. The paraphyses are discrete, their tips yellow or brownish-green. . In var. peltata, Fr.* (Nyl. Scand. p. 131, and Exs.), the sporidia are simple, ellipsoid to oval, colourless, 00033" long and :00020" broad. Asci blue with iodine, :0013” to *0016" long and 0005" broad. The epithecium is black-mottled with Phacopsis clemens, Tul.+ ; while the thallus is the site of other black, punctiform or papillæform verrucarioid parasites, associated with and externally resembling the spermogonia of chrysoleuca. These parasites include the Spheria described by Nylander (Scand. p. 133) as parasitic on the thallus of S. saxicola, which consists of minute, black, punctiform, immersed con- eeptacles containing fusiform colourless sporidia, associated with spermogonia, also black and punctiform, containing minute, straight spermatia. The thallus of chrysoleuca appears also to be the site of a parasitic Celidium (Tul. Mém. p. 125), by which it is rendered black-maculate. - 9. S. saxicola, Poll. Jakobshavn; Godhavn. Some of its forms (e. y. on Disco Island) are athalline, or nearly so, and are undistinguishable from Lecanora polytropa. The apo- thecia, asci, and sporidia are the same in the Squamaria and Lecanora. The apothecia are frequently very large, from being compound or confluent, irregular in outline and surface, immarginate, generally more or less convex and pulvinate. The sporidia, asci, and para- pliyses are also identical with those of S. chrysoleuca. The normal apothecia are small, crowded, with a thalline, thin exciple. A variety in the Kew Herbarium, from Cape York (Lyall, 1852), oceurs on the old weathered vertebræ of whales. The apothecia of Norwegian specimens collected by myself about Jerkin (Dovrefjeld, 4600 feet, in August 1857) are the sité of a parasite, which unfortunately exhibits no structure. In the young state the disk is mottled over with very minute, round, blackish-brown spots. These gradually increase in size, coalesce, and cover the whole disk. The margin also becomes involved; and finally the whole apothecium (disk and exciple) become black and granular, resembling the black degenerate apothecium of some Lecidee (e. g. L. parasema). The parasite destroys at length not only the exciple but the disk, and thereby the whole general form of the apothecium; the disk becomes * This and certain other forms, Nylander appears (Scand. p. 131) to refer to S. melanophthalma, Ram.,—probably one of the many instances that abound in Nylander's works of excessive and unnecessary elaboration ! + Referred to the genus Arthonia by Th. Fries (L. Spitsberg. p. 46); and to Conida by Körber (Parerga, p. 458). VOL. XXVII. 22 398 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. convex instead of flat; and ultimately a black, irregular, verruezform, shapeless mass is the result. Various parasites, mostly hitherto considered Lichens*, have been described as occur- ring either on the apothecia or the thallus of S. saxicola, or on both, e. g. :— (1.) Conida clemens, Tul. (Kórb. Parerga, p. 458). On the apothecia. Sporidia 8, small, unequally oblong, 2-locular, hyaline. ` (2.) Cercidospora Ulothii, Korb. (Par. p. 466). On thallus. Sporidia 4, fusiform or cymbiform, equally 2-locular, hyaline. | | (3.) Thelidium epipolytropum, Mudd (Brit. Lich. p. 298). On thallus. Sporidia 4-8, oblong or subfusiform, 2-locular, hyaline. | (4.) Lecidea episema, Nyl. (Prodr. p. 125). On thallus. Sporidia ellipsoid or oblong, and simple; or oblong, cylindrical, and 2-4-locular. (5.) Spheria Squamarie (Nyl. Scand. p. 133), already described under S. chrysoleuca. On thallus. I have given it the provisional specific name Squamarie, as it is desirable, if not necessary, for convenience in reference, that it should bear some short distinctive appellation. 3. S.elegans, Link. J akobshavn, in fruit. Many forms or conditions oceur—some of them passing into PAyscia parietina, or undistinguishable from certain of its states. The colour of the thallus varies greatly with locality—from the brilliant vermilion of the type to the dull green of certain forms of parietina. It isa pale dirty green (e. g.) in shady places, on portions of the thallus shaded by stones, or on revoluted portions of the thallus. Sometimes the thallus is covered with sorediiferous spots, which become quite green under moisture. The cortical layer is frequently eroded in patches, as in P. parietina, exposing the white medullary tissue, and thus producing white-mottling of the thallus. This erosion sometimes involves large patches of the thallus. Potash struck a deep vermilion- red only in one specimen, while in many cases there was no reaction: thus there was none where the thallus was pale-green ; but in other cases there was every gradation of | colour-development between none and a distinct reaction. The apothecia exhibit similar changes of colour to those of the thallus. The disk, however, is sometimes deep vermilion where the thallus is very pale. Sometimes on a white (eroded) thallus the disk of the apothecia is black, the exciple thick and involute. The disk is also occasionally, in part or in whole, eroded similarly to the thallus, the hymenium being more or less destroyed.. The paraphyses are very beautiful and distinct microscopic objects, discrete, hyaline, with thick filaments, resembling the medullary tubes of many lichens. Hence S. elegans is one of the best lichens in which to study the structure of their paraphyses and their eonnexion with the tubular tissue constituting the medullary layer. They are distinetly articulated, the last two or three terminal cells being subspherical, frequently granular, or containing prominent nuclei. The terminal cells, or joints, which consti- tute the tips of the paraphyses, are much larger than the others; the seat of greenish * A detailed list of the Parasitic Micro-lichens, that affect species which occur in Greenland in common with other ` countries, will be found in my “ Enumeration of Micro-Lichens parasitic on other Lichens:" Quart. Journal of Microscopical Science, January, April, and October, 1869. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 339 colouring-matter ; generally subovate or subpyriform. They are more granular, and more frequently contain nuclei than the other articulations. Henee, when detached, they have the aspect of many sporidia or stylospores. Their colouring-matter is sometimes distinctly limited, e. y. to the terminal cellule, or to a portion only thereof*. The sporidia are very variable in size and form, hyaline, very delicate, generally oval, sometimes slightly curved, sometimes simple; or polari-bilocular and physcioid; or equally 2-locular, with a median. septum, and with (or without) a central constriction, giving a figure-8 character ; about :00040^ long and :00020” broad. The thallus, as well as the apothecia (disk and exciple alike) are the seat of a parasite, which occurs in the form of scattered or crowded, sometimes confluent, black papillæ, containing sporidia, that are about :00020" long and :00009" broad, oblong-ellipsoid, 2-locular, brown in maturity, olive in the young state. These sporidia are very different from those of the Squamaria, and cannot be confounded therewith. Nor can the parasite be mistaken for the spermogonia of S. elegans, which are described and figured in my * Mem. Spermog.’ (p. 300, plate xv. figs. 27-29). The Greenland parasite has the cha- racters of some species of the genus Ticothecium, Fw., emend., as they are described by Körber (in his * Parerga,' p. 467). But none of the said species are represented as in- festing the apothecia of the Lichens on which they occur. In the Kew Herbarium several specimens of $. elegans occur from Greenland and dif- ferent parts of the Arctic regions (e.g. Igloolik, Sir Edward Parry), all of them saxi- colous, and in fruit. In Spitzbergen, they sometimes occupy unusual habitats, e. y. the old weathered horns of Reindeer (Th. Fries, * L. Spitsberg.’ p. 14). In some districts of Greenland, S. elegans would appear to occur in such abundance as to give a character to the rock-scenery. Thus Hayes, speaking of Port Foulke, says that the rocks are almost everywhere covered with a lichen of an orange-red colour, growing in “immense patches,” imparting “ a cheerful hue to the rocks ;” while “ Tripe de roche,” which was still more plentiful, gave them, on the other hand, “a mournful look” (‘Open Polar Sea,’ p. 398) +. I see no good ground for separating Placodium and Squamaria as genera. On the con- trary, it would be much more convenient, and quite as scientific, to arrange in a single group all the Lichens, having a subfoliaceous thallus intermediate between Parmelia or Physcia and Lecanora, with sections founded perhaps on the character of the thallus, on the one hand, or of the sporidia, on the other. The character of the sporidia, however, is unsafe even for the establishment of sections, inasmuch as there are (e. g. among the Lecanore and Lecideæ) many Lichens whose sporidia are, at different stages or in different states of growth, both simple and compound. This difficulty meets the student in connexion with the numerous subgenera into which Continental lichenolo- gists have divided the heterogeneous genera Lecanora, Lecidea, and Verrucaria. Genus 18. LECANORA. A The subdivision of this great genus into the numerous genera quoted by Th. Fries (e. g. * This limitation is even more distinct in Lecidea Grenlandica (q. v.). 1 t Compare remarks on the physiognomy of the Greenland Lichen-flora in my paper on “the Lichen-Flora of Greenland" (pp. 36-39 & 65). 29 Z 340 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. in his * L. Arctoi”) and other Continental authors, such as Kórber, Stizenberger, and Massalongo, appears to me to be unscientifie, inasmuch as their characters are not con- stant—and unnecessary, inasmuch as it is sufficient for the purposes of classification to give them place (if separate place they ought to have) as sections only. The following subgenera, however, made use of by Th. Fries, in his * L. Arctoi,’ being those only that are represented in Greenland, suffice to illustrate their very arbitrary definitions :— (1.) Caloplaca, Th. Fries. Sporidia ellipsoid, colourless, polari-bilocular. (2.) Dimerospora, Th. Fries. Sporidia oblong, 2-locular, colourless. (3.) Rinodina, Mass. Sporidia 2-locular, brown. (4.) Dimelena, Norm., emend. Sporidia 8, 2-locular, biscoctiform, brown. (5.) Hematomma, Mass. Sporidia acicular, 5- to poly-loeular, hyaline. (6.) Gyalecta, Ach., emend. Sporidia ovoid-oblong, or fusiform, 4- or multi-locular, colourless. | (7) Aspicilia, Mass. Sporidia simple, colourless, ellipsoid. | (8.) Acarospora, Mass. Sporidia myriad, very minute, simple, hyaline. His true genus (9.) Lecanora, includes species referable to the following genera or subgenera :— Ochrolechia, Cryptolechia, and Lecanidium of Massalongo ; Polyzosia and Zeora of Kórber. 1. L. tartarea, L.—Jakobshavn ; Godhavn, fruit abundant; Lyngemarken, apothecia compound; Illartlek Glacier, in fruit. One of the most abundant lichens in the area examined by Brown. Especially common in its muscicolous forms, which include frigida, Sw.; gonatodes, Ach.; grandinosa, Ach.*; and thelephoroides, Th. Fries (L. Spitsberg. p. 21). Though frequently fertile as to apothecia, it is more generally sterile, the thallus occurring in an abortive or degenerate condition. This sterile thallus is very common, covering large patches of dry, decayed vegetation, mostly mosses. In its earliest stage of development, the thallus appears as a thin, very white, effuse, smooth coating. Next, wartlets gradually become developed here and there; these gradually multiply and coalesce into a tartareous thallus; and lastly the spicula (which are typical in gonatodes) are exhibited. Sometimes the thallus forms large loose erusts on mosses, having little hold, and being therefore easily detachable in patches, which have the appearance of rough plaster moulds of the subjacent decayed vegetation. Frequently the sterile thallus is sorediiferous, less often isidioid. Though generally white, especially in the young state, the colour varies to tawny yellow. These cream- or buff-coloured forms are more frequently uniformly granular than verrucæform, and are very different from the ordinary verrucose thallus of the type. They give, however, the same beautiful blood-red reaction with bleaching-solution, and are so frequently and intimately asso- ciated with the more usual conditions of tartarea, that they too appear to be referable to it. Sorediiferous forms have frequently a greenish tint, probably from growing in the shade. Occasionally there is apparently no filmy or rudimentary stage, or prothallus— the earliest form of thallus consisting of a series of smooth subspherical warts, scattered irregularly over the surface of herbage, varying greatly in size, frequently agglomerated - * Not mentioned as a Greenland form by Th. Fries in his * L. Arct? p. 100. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 341 into groups, often also becoming on their surface very irregular, sorediiferous, or granu- lar. Sometimes the thallus is inconspicuous, or appears to be altogether absent, the apo- thecia being scattered directly over the surface of various mosses, especially Racomitrium lanuginosum. In other cases the moss is coated only with an obscure thin white film ; or there are only a few isolated verrucæ. The spicula, which are the characteristic feature of the forms known as gonatodes and its allies, are thus developed :—The leaves of mosses become first covered with the thin, white crust of the lichen. In course of growth, this crust assumes the form of nodules or warts on the surface, spicula being protruded at its margins. The ends of the primary spicula are frequently the seat of ‘minuter, secondary, divergent ones. Occasionally the spicula are so long and vermi- form, that the states of thallus bearing them might appropriately claim the designation vermicularia, resembling, as they do, moreover, certain conditions of Thamnolia vermi- cularis. | With potash, the young white smoothish thallus gives a beautiful lemon-yellow, becoming orange. With bleaching-solution, the same condition of thallus gives " bright blood-red reaction; as a general rule, all forms of thallus, including the muscicolous ones, developed a beautiful blood-red, or more brilliant crimson, or vermilion colour, slight attrition being required. The colour was most easily developed, and proved richest, on the denser, verrucseform states of thallus. In other cases, however, there was either no reaction, or it was very faint. Thus there was none with the young apothecia scattered, without thallus, over Racomitrium lanuginosum. With gonatodes, it was fre- quently very feeble, though at other times very brilliant ; while with the verrucæform sterile young thallus, there was sometimes no reaction, either with potash or bleaching- solution. Greenland forms of the type and of its varieties frigida and gonatodes yielded at once, under ammoniacal maceration, a port-wine-red colour—a result which I obtained also in Icelandie, Norwegian, and Faroese forms*. The apothecia are frequently very large, irregular in outline, and as if composed of a series of confluent individuals. They are also variously deformed by erosions or other- wise. I measured one old apothecium, which was nearly $" across. Sometimes new and smaller apothecia are developed on the surface of the old ones. Occasionally eroded portions of the hymenium are replaced by new tissue. Sometimes there is central erosion through all the tissues, or to various degrees, as in the apothecia of Parmelia perforata, the edges being generally very irregular, becoming thickened, and assuming the pale colour and characters of the thalline exciple. Where the hymenium disappears, the excipular subjacent tissue, which is of a whitish or cream-colour, becomes exposed. Where only part of the hymenium decays, the brownish red of the remainder contrasts euriously with the paler colour of the denuded exciple. The central parts of the disk, where not eroded, are frequently much areolate or fissured. The thalline margin (exciple) is sometimes very thin and inconspicuous, or it disappears, or is concealed by the swelling subconvex disk; in other cases it becomes greatly swollen and involute on the hymenium. Apothecia, both old and young, normal and deformed, occur some- times, apparently or really, by themselves, the thallus being either obseure or absent. * « Northern Lichen-flora,” Journal of Linnean Society, vol. ix. Botany, p. 415. 342 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. In corticolous forms, occurring on Betula- and willow-stems, the asci are 8-spored, the . sporidia oval, colourless, simple, granular; sometimes, in the young state, :0009" to 0012" long, and :0006" broad. On various forms of tartarea, 1 met with a black verrucarioid parasite, possessing both sporidiiferous perithecia and spermogonia. It occurred (e. y.) on the verrucæform thallus of the Lecanora, about Godhavn, seated, like 4brothallus, apparently on special growths of, or from, the said thallus. The parasite is punctiform or papillzform, the perithecia being seated on the irregularities of the thalline warts. When occurring as large papillæ, these perithecia resemble in external character the smaller apothecia of Adrothallus Smithü. The asci are 1- to 4-, never 8-spored, their size about :0024” long, and :0004" broad. 'The sporidia vary considerably, equally in length and breadth; their length ranges from :0006" to ‘0009" ; their breadth from :00015" to *00030". In form they are oval, sometimes fusiform, generally straight, sometimes slightly curved. In maturity they ane 3- to 8-locular, the number of septa varying considerably, 2 or 3 being com- mon, while there are sometimes 4 or upwards. "The epispore frequently bulges in matu- rity opposite the loculi of the endospore. In the young state, within the asci, the sporidia are sometimes simple and very granular, or they exhibit only rudimentary divisions into loculi. Their colour, according to age, varies from hyaline or pale olive (within the asci) to deep or blackish brown. The sporidia are frequently abortive or degenerate, and are then of a deep brown colour. Even in this condition they are also sometimes simple, or show only traces of division, Sometimes only one sporidium is developed in an aseus, acquiring in that position a brown colour, though the remain- ing protoplasm of the ascus is hyaline. Occasionally chains of 4 sporidia occur, the wall of the ascus having disappeared; or 2 sporidia adhere, and carry as a sort of caudal appendage the degenerate protoplasm, or the pedicle of the ascus. In young asci, the protoplasm (as it generally is in lichen-asci) is granular, usually colourless, sometimes becoming pale olive. | This parasite has not, so far as I can discover, been previously detected or described. As an apparently new form, therefore, I give it the appropriate name VERRUCARIA TARTARICOLA. What appear to be its spermogonia occur on similar, but separate, thalline warts, studding more copiously their verrucosities, much more numerous, minute, and crowded than the sporidiiferous perithecia. | Parasitic perithecia, externally resembling those of Verrucaria tartaricola, occur on the thallus of var. gonatodes, which, about the Illartlek glacier, coats grass, leaves, stems, twigs, and mosses. Here the black parasite is very conspicuous on the beautiful white, thin, papery thallus, being dotted copiously over its periphery. But the internal structure differs from that of Y. tartaricola in the asci being always 8-spored, and the sporidia colourless. The paraphyses are filiform and very delicate, hyaline throughout, flexuous and interwoven, sometimes indistinct. The asci are sub- saccate and subarthonioid, with a very short, inconspicuous pedicle. They occur in tufts amidst the web of the paraphyses. They exhibit a brownish-red reaction under iodine, DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 343 which developes a blue colour in the hymenial gelatine. The sporidia are fusiform or ellipsoid, varying considerably in all dimensions; usually about -0006” long, and 00015" . broad, 3- to 6-locular. Within the asci the loculi of the sporidia sometimes resemble rows of button-like nuclei, subspherical or transversely oblong. According to prevalent rules or customs as to botanical nomenclature and classification, this parasite appears to require a separate place or name, at least provisionally. I therefore distinguish it from V. tartaricola as VERRUCARIA CAMPSTERIANA *, On some Greenland forms of var. frigida occurs still another parasite, as very minute, black, punctiform, erowded perithecia, full of round, brown or olive, simple, usually gra- nular spores, varying from :00009" to :00022” in diameter, partly cohering in large irre- gular masses, partly having the appearance of Torula spores. 2. L. parella, L. Kudlesæt, on willow- and Betula-stems and leaves, decayed and dry; also muscicolous. Some of its forms have the characters of upsaliensis, others of | var. frigida of L. tartarea. It is obvious that the one variety passes into the other, just as do the typest. 1 have long been of opinion that tartarea and parella belong properly to a single type, and cannot be specifically separated. I have met with innumerable passage-forms from very different parts of the world, but especially from alpine and aretie regions. In many cases I have found it impossible to refer individual specimens to the one plant or variety rather than to the other. But such difficulties are obviated by uniting tartarea and parella and abolishing separate names for varieties, which are mere inconstant states of growth, depending on the nature of the habitat (e. g. whether rock or stone, wood, leaves, or moss). Upsaliensis gives no reaction with bleaching-solu- tion. But after all I have elsewhere said} of the capriciousness of this reaction in lichens, and particularly in Z. tartarea, it would be obviously absurd to make its pre- sence or absence a character for separating or establishing species. 3. L. oculata, Dicks. Illartlek glacier, terricolous, with quite the characters of the British Isidium oculatum, Dicks. (E. Bot. t. 2267). It also occurs corticolous on birch- bark, associated with L. tartarea. The young thallus is exactly like that of L. tartarea, coating leaves and mosses with a very vividly white crust, The mature state exhibits a series of beautiful tall, white, thick pillars, resembling greatly magnified isidia, digitately branching below their tips, which are subdiscoid. These pseudo-disks have a darker shade of colour than their thalline margin, An intermediate condition between these two states of thallus, the typical young and the typical old ones, resembles the dwarf, compact form of Spherophoron coralloides, with which it is apt at first sight to be con- founded. Here the podetia-like columns are very short and stunted, closely arranged, producing a subtartareous thallus. But the columns are always very fragile and spongy, occupied by a light, soft, cottony tissue; whereas the branchlets of Spherophoron are always comparatively tough. The plant appears to be generally sterile in Greenland, as it is also * Vide Lecidea Campsteriana for origin of the specific name. t In Hepp's Exs. No. 673, L. pallescens, var. vpsaliensis is quite the frigida var. of tartarea, except as to the colour of the disk. + “On Chemical Reaction as a Specific Character in Lichens," Journal of Linnean Society, vol. xi. Botany, p. 36; and Trans. Botanical Society of Edinburgh, vol. x. p. 82. 344 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. in Spitzbergen, and generally throughout the arctic lands and islands. The asci and .sporidia are those of a Pertusaria, or Pertusarioid Lecanora, such as L. bryontha. The hymenium gives a blue reaction with iodine. The thallus, especially when young, gives a lemon-yellow with potash. No reaction occurs with bleaching-solution. Water has the same effect as potash, in a minor degree—a circumstance that renders this greenish- yellow coloration under potash.of little or no significance in the lichens in which it occurs. I met with two or three different Parasites on Greenland forms of L. oculata. Of these the following is of an unusual character. It occupies small wartlets of the horizontal thallus of the Lecanora, clustered at the base of the columns. These wartlets are crowned with an irregular, stellate-fissured, ostiolar disk of the same obscure brownish-green colour as the apothecia of the Lecanora. The disk expands under moisture. The wartlets in question might be supposed at first sight to be the spermogonia of the Lecanora. But they contain hymenial tissue and sporidia, not sterigmata and spermatia. The hymenium . gives a yellow (no trace of a blue) colour with iodine. The asci are 8-spored, sublinear, :0012" to 0015” long, and :00022” broad. The young protoplasm is, as usual, granular. Neither the paraphyses, which are very delicate and indistinct, as in Verrucaria, nor the hypothecial tissue is coloured as is usual in the higher lichens. The sporidia are arranged in a single series in each ascus, about :00015” to :00020” in diameter, being spherical, like those of Lecidea lugubris*, than which they are smaller. This parasite has the external aspect of a verrucæform or papillar Pertusaria, and I therefore assign to it the name Pertusaria paradoxat. Its sporidia are very different from those of Pertusaria ; but I know of no better pro- visional position than in that somewhat heterogeneous genus. The colour of the disk and hymenium, and their occupation of the ordinary wartlets of the thallus of the host, are also striking peculiarities. While examining the lichens of the Kew Herbarium in 1858, I met with a plant having very similar characters to Pertusaria paradoxa. The specimen was labelled by Borrer, 1805, was apparently referred to Lecidea luteola, Ach., and was no doubt English, though no locality was given. The apothecia or perithecia were precisely of the character of those of P. paradoxa, being subconical warts, with a radiate disk having a very torn, irregular margin. The sporidia were simple, colourless, oval, resembling those of Lecanora subfusca, but much smaller. Both this lichen and Pertusaria paradoxa are apparently closely allied to Lecanora protuberans, Sinrf. (Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 102). * Vide author's paper on L. lugubris, Quart. Journal of Microscop. Science, vol. v. 1857, pl. xi. The sporidia of the Lecidea are more regularly spherical, and usually exhibit a distinct double contour. Somewhat similar; also, are the | sporidia of Lecidea fuscescens, Smrf., in Nylander's Exs. No. 135, which I found spherical, not ellipsoid, as described by Th. Fries (L. Arct, p. 197). | T A somewhat similar lichen Th. Fries has apparently described as var. pertusarioides of L. tartarea (L. Arct. p.100) But, unless we admit L. oculata to have two forms of apothecia on the same thallus, the pertusarioid ‘apothecia in >ır Greenland plant must be considered pee DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 345 Both the columns, and horizontal, verrucose thallus of the Greenland L. oculata are studded over with a very minute, black, punctiform parasite, which is partly of the nature of pycnidia, containing myriads of stylospores, resembling those of similar pycnidia in Cladonia fimbriata; brown or olive, spherical to pyriform; when spherical, about *00015" in diameter; sometimes oblong and cohering in chains, like the spores of Torula; then deep brown, :0003" long and :00022" broad. The envelope is deep brown and cellular. The constituent tissues give no reaction with iodine. It is extremely unlikely that these pycnidia are referable, as a secondary form of fructification, either to the Lecanora or Pertusaria. It is possible, however, that the perithecia, which contain the deep-brown, concatenate, oblong spores are referable to a different parasite from that, which contains the much smaller, more delicate, isolated or free stylospores. In this case, the first-mentioned group of perithecia may belong to Torula lichenicola*: On a specimen of L. oculata (sub nom. Lichen dactyliferus, Whlnb.) in the Kew Herb., I find a parasite of a very different kind from any of those which occur on the Greenland plant. Seated on and partially immersed in some of the thalline warts are apothecia, black, flat, rough on the surface, slightly urceolate sometimes, which appear to be deve- loped in, and ultimately to burst through, though they do not project above, the thalline warts. The asci and sporidia resemble those of certain Calicia, the sporidia being brown, 2-locular, oval, or figure-8-shaped (having a constriction at, or opposite to, the central septum), :00050" to :00066" long and :00025" broad. 4. L. bryontha, Ach.—Mlartlek. A most interesting lichen, having certain characters both of Lecanora and Pertusaria, and forming a connecting link between these genera. The apothecia are those of Lecanora. There is an open, convex disk, concealing the thalline exciple. The sporidia and asci are those of Pertusaria. The sporidia are very large, 0060" long and :0024" broad, simple, oblong-oval; double contour distinct; pro- toplasmic contents finely granular or muco-granular, intermixed with much oil-globules, ‘as is common in Pertusaria. The asci are also very large, :0075” long and -0024” broad, l-spored, blue with iodine; none of them seen in their entire length on the field of the microscope. Both asci and sporidia resemble those of Pertusaria communis. The Greenland plant is quite the Pertusaria macrospora, Næg., of Hepp's Exs. No. 424, and of Mudd's * Brit. Lichens,’ p. 277, with certain trivial modifications. The disk has the same dull greenish-brown colour as in Hepp's Swiss specimens; but the apothe- cial verrucæ in the Greenland plant are more elongated, more like the columns of Z. oculata, more isidioid or stipitate ; while the disk is so convex and tumid as to conceal the usual thalline margin. It would be equally proper to class this lichen as a Zecanora or a Pertusaria. Inasmuch as the external (morphological) characters should always, if possible, take precedence of internal (structural) ones, I prefer arranging it, on account of its apothecia, as a Leca- nora, beside L. oculata. Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 117) gets over the difficulty of the Pertu- sarioid sporidia by creating specially for this single lichen a separate (sub-)genus, Pionospora, characterized by large single sporidia, and which he conveniently considers * A new species described in * Observations on new Lichenicolous Miero-Fungi," Trans. Royal Society of Edin- burgh, vol. xxv. pp. 515 & 530; and Proceedings, vol. vi. p. 534. VOL. XXVII. 9 A 346 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. intermediate between the true Lecanore and the Pertusarie. Whatever its position in classification, the plant illustrates the close affinity between these two great genera. 5. L. ventosa, Ach.—On granitic rocks about Jakobshavn; not common. Apothecia and spermogonia abundant, as well as the parasitie Spheria ventosaria, Linds.* The thallus is of an unusually vivid green, a character, however, which is common to all northern or arctic lichens with a greenish thallus. The spermogonia and the Spheria are externally alike, the perithecia of both consisting of black, irregular warts ; but their contents at once distinguish them. The Greenland Spheria has polysporous asci, 0015" long and :00045" broad, the sporidia being ellipsoid, olive or brown, 2-locular, sometimes figure-8-shaped, and very minute, :00022" long and :00009" broad. In specimens of L. ventosa, collected in the Braemar Highlands, in August 1856, I very frequently met with the Spheria, but rarely with the spermogonia, which are usually externally undistinguishable from the parasite. The spermogonia, however, were abun- dant in a specimen from Morchone, as irregular, flattish, longish, conspicuous, elevated warts, seated on individual areole of the thallus, their surface black, or bluish-black, pierced by several irregular blacker openings or ostioles. The spermatia were numerous, as straight rods, about 00025" long, arising from the apices of delicate, linear, irregularly digitate, and sometimes bulging sterigmata, subsimple or consisting of only a few articu- lations. Interspersed with these spermogonia were a number of black, papillæform perithecia, much more like ordinary spermogonia, but which really belonged to the parasitie S. ventosaria. On another specimen, bearing normal apothecia (from the summit of Lochnagar), I found spermogonia abundant, external to the region of the thallus occupied by the apothecia. Here, again, they occurred as large, irregular, prominent warts, of a darker green than the thalline verrucæ upon which they were seated, their apices covered with irregular, black, or bluish-black ostioles, indicating compound perithecia. These ostioles are the only external distinguishing feature, as they are never seen in the Spheria. 6. L. subfusca, L.—Jakobshavn, on twigs of birch; a form with very’ small apothecia, - very sparingly distributed. Muscicolous forms (= epibrya, Ach.) are more common. In Britain, L. subfusca is very frequently the seat of various parasitic Fungi or Lichenst. Of these by far the most common I have met with is, especially in Irish specimens, Torula lichenicola, Linds., which occurs both on its apothecia and thallus. 7. L. frustulosa, Dicks.—Jakobshavn. Its white, tartareous thallus, of pulviniform areolæ, gives a beautiful lemon-yellow reaction with potash, a reaction that is common, however, on white, tartareous thalli, both in Zecanora and Lecidea. Hymenial gela- tine beautiful pale blue with iodine. Tips of paraphyses agglutinate and pale brown. Sporidia simple, oval, or broadly ellipsoid, about ‘0006 long and :00022" broad ; some- times with granular or muco-granular contents; frequently exhibiting 1, 2, or 3 large, prominent nuclei. | | * Described in the author's * New Zealand Lichens and Fungi" Trans. Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xxiv. p. 439. t £.9,:—1, Spheria apotheciorum, Mass. ; 2. S. epicymatia, Wallr. ; 3. Arthonia varians, Dav. ; 4. Pharcidia con- gesta, Kórb.; 5. Lecidea parasitica, Flk. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 347 8. L. badia, Ach. —Jakobshavn; Ounartok. On gneiss; copiously in fruit and spermo- goniferous. The young apothecia are sometimes suburceolate, while the old ones become convex and pulviniform, the disk sometimes covering the exciple; frequently crowded, and then variously deformed from external pressure. The central ones are largest and most crowded, but they never coalesce into compound apothecia. Sporidia simple, colourless, ellipsoid, :0003” long and :00015” broad. In the Ounartok specimens the apothecia are large and scattered, many of them with the disk partly or wholly eroded, similar to the condition that is commoner in Z. tartarea. This is a beautiful form of the species. The spermogonia on the Jakobshavn (ordinary) form of the plant are scattered over the irregularities of the thalline areolæ, which are convex or pulviniform, and mostly discrete. They are to be met with on the peripheral areolæ, as minute brown points of irregular size and form, several being dotted over each areola. 9. L. polytropa, Ehrh.—Jakobshavn; Godhavn; Ounartok; Egedesminde. Most usually it has crowded and confluent or compound, deformed and livid apothecia, and a very verrucose thallus. Some forms occur on the same rocks and in the same localities with Squamaria saxicola, and appear to me to pass into that lichen (e. y. in Disco-Island spe- cimens). On the one hand polytropa sometimes acquires a rudimentary, subfoliaceous thallus; and on the other, as already shown, S. saxicola is frequently athalline, with erowded apothecia of the same colour and external charaeter, and with the same contents as polytropa, though generally there is less tendency in saxicola to coalescence and de- formity of apothecia. In the ordinary forms of polytropa in Greenland, the hymenial gela- tine gives a beautiful blue with iodine. The sporidia are simple, ellipsoid to oval, showing double contour or not; granular or muco-granular in the young state: about *0003" long and :00015" broad. In Nylander's Exs. I found the sporidia of polytropa pale yellow, about 00033" long and :00013" broad, simple, and narrowly ellipsoid. Sometimes poly- tropa occupies, like Squamaria elegans and sawicola, unusual habitats; e.g., it occurs on the old exerement of birds (probably the Lagopus alpinus) in Spitzbergen (Th. Fries, L. Spitsberg. p. 22). 10. L. cervina, Ach.—Lyngemarken, on m twigs, very sparingly. ll. L. smaragdula, Whlnb. Only in the young state and sparingly, on granite and gneiss. Thallus and apothecia of light colour, approaching the characters of var. cinereo- rufescens, Ach. Smaragdula has quite as good a position in the genus Endocarpon as in Lecanora. Th. Fries's description of the range of his Aspicilia cinereo-rufescens and var. diamarta, Whlnb. renders it doubtful whether he includes it in the Greenland lichen- flora *. 12. L.sophodes, Ach. Several forms oceur—forms that systematists would probably refer to several different so-called species, e. g. turfacea, mmiarea t, and atro-cinerea. They are mostly corticolous—on bireh bark or on whitened (bleached) twigs; or musci- colous, corresponding to the epibrya forms of L. subfusca, associated with sterile (vari- * He says (L. Aret. p. 134) “Per totam regionem Flore nostre frequens;" and as his * Flora" refers to the ‘Lichenes Arctoi Europe Gronlandieque, it is to be inferred that all lichens so described, though not specially mentioned as Greenland plants, are nevertheless common in that country. t Turfacea and mniarea appear to me to constitute a single species. a : A 348 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. olarioid or sorediiferous) states of L. tartarea. They also grow occasionally on old Umbi- licarie, or the rudimentary horizontal squamules of Cladonia. The apothecia are some, times very large, at other times very small; their disk very black, or as brown as in sub- fusca, convex or flat. The larger apothecia have sometimes a squamulose or crenulate, or irregularly wavy, exciple, like that of Pannaria brunnea. The exciple is sometimes very white, and then conspicuous, or very dark, and then apt to be confounded with the disk. The whole apothecium, especially when small, may then be mistaken for that of a Lecidea—the more so that the Lecanora is frequently associated with various forms of Lecidea parasema. The examination of the sporidia, however, at once distinguishes the. two very different plants. In the Lecanora they are normally deep brown and 2-locular, ellipsoid or oval, with or without a central constriction opposite the septum (becoming in the former case figure-8-shaped), varying considerably in size, from :0006” to 0009" long and 00030" to 00045" broad. In the young state they are sometimes simple and olive; or the contents show a tendency to, or distinct, bilocularity, the loculi having bold out- lines, surrounded by a broad hyaline envelope so delicate as to resemble mucus. Occa- sionally the young sporidia are slightly curved as in Physcia and Ramalina. There is con- siderable variety in structure, resembling, in this respect also, some of the Physcie (e. g. stellaris or pulverulenta). Sometimes there are three large prominent nuclei. Occasion- ally there is a protrusion of the epispore at each end—apparently the first effort at ger- mination. Sometimes the loculi assume a bipolar character—isolated, or connected, as in certain Physcie, both of the stellaris and parietina groups. In the young state, the - sporidia are more frequently pale-olive than colourless. Sometimes the loculi are granular, or exhibit both nuclei and granules as in Abrothallus Smithii and many other lichens, which have brown 2-locular sporidia. The hymenial gelatine assumes a beautiful blue colour with iodine, as do also the asci; and the latter when full of young sporidia, whose loculi are nuclear and 2-polar, pale olive, prominent, button-like bodies, are fine objects under the microscope. The asci are 8-spored, about 0024" long and :00075" broad. The paraphyses are agglutinated at the tips and indistinct throughout their length. 18. L. cinerea, L.—Jakobshavn ; Kudlesæt ; in both cases on trap. Occurs in various * forms," some of them having the aspect of different ** species." 'The young thallus some- times consists of a series of dull lead-grey, pulvinate areolæ, resembling those of some forms of Lecidea atro-alba. The mature thallus is frequently uniformly white-granulose or farinose; and in this condition it generally gives a deep greenish-yellow reaction with potash. Other forms of the white mealy thallus, however, give a beautiful lemon-yellow, while some exhibit no reaction. The apothecia are sometimes lecanorine, with a distinct thalline margin, or lecideine and immarginate; very convex, flat, or urceolate. Some- times the disk is slightly white-pruinose as in Lecidea abietina. The urceolate forms are seated on or sunk in an areolate thallus—frequently of a leaden hue. Sometimes the apothecia are very minute in the young state and crowded, but always conspicuous. The lecideoid apothecia are sometimes as subspherical and prominent as in L. calcarea, into which cinerea undoubtedly passes by a series of gradations. In an intermediate stage between the lecanorine and lecideine apothecia, the disk is flat sometimes with a = thin, black, wavy margin. Between the forms bearing concave (urceolate) and convex | DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 349 (lecideoid) apothecia there is the widest difference ; and it is perhaps not surprising that systematists should have variously referred the very numerous and puzzling forms of this most variable of all the Lecanore to the genera Lecanora, Urceolaria, and Aspicilia, and to a considerable number of supposed species of these genera ! In Kudlesæt specimens especially, crystals of hornblende, which protrude through the thallus, are apt to be mistaken for apothecia. When fresh these crystals are black and glistening, and under the lens their crystalline structure is at once apparent. When weathered they become brown and assume more of a biatorine aspect than the apothecia of cinerea usually present. In all cases their outline and surface are irregular and linear or angular, as contrasted with the smoothish surface and rounded outlines of the lichen-apothecia. The difference can therefore be easily detected on careful examination under the lens. In all the Greenland forms of cinerea the asci and hymenial gelatine assume a very deep blue under iodine. The paraphyses are generally indistinct; in all cases short, and compactly arranged. The sporidia vary considerably in size, form, and structure. Their length varies from :00015” to 00020" in mierosporous, and to :0006” in macrosporous conditions; while their breadth in the former states is 00009" to *00015", in the latter 0003" to -00045". Their shape varies from ellipsoid, through oval, to sub- spherical. They are always simple and colourless, sometimes possessing double contour, occasionally finely granular or muco-granular; or they exhibit one or more (generally central) largish, prominent nuclei. What was given to me while in Norway in 1857 by the late Professor Blytt as L. Myreni is apparently only one of the many forms of cinerea*. Here the apothecia are sometimes lecanorine, resembling those of atra, having a prominent raised thalline margin. But in other parts of the same thallus they are lecideine and immarginate, sub- convex sometimes, even substipitate, or at least prominently seated on thalline eleva- tions. In the latter case the thallus is generally old, having become subgranular and thin, worn away by weathering—a circumstance that is further shown by the relatively greater size and prominence of the protruding hornblende crystals. The old apothecia are sometimes deformed—a condition that is common to those of all Lecanore and Lecidea in arctic and alpine countries. L. cinerea is one of the many crustaceous lichens (abundant in most parts of the world) the forms of which exhibit a diversity as great as is the variety of conditions regulating growth. ‘Few of these forms or conditions deserve separate rank or nomen- clature, by reason of the inconstancy of their characters. Yet systematists manufacture out of them both genera and species, and are constantly altering the names and rank of these subdivisions—e. g., “ species” being reduced to the position of “ varieties," while the latter are elevated to the rank of species +. l4. L. calcarea, Ach.—Jakobshavn and Kudleset, on the same trap rocks as Z. cinerea, to which, indeed, I refer it as a mere form. Thallus frequently very white or cream-coloured, and farinose, or irregular and tartareous, giving at once with potash a » * The assignation of L. Myreni in my ‘ Northern Lichen-flora (p. 385) to Lecidea amylacea, Ach. and Whlnb,, is therefore an error. + Vide my ‘Northern Lichen-Flora,’ p. 382. 350 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. beautiful lemon-yellow. Like cinerea, it occurs in several forms; but it is far from being so variable. In one form (Kudleset) the apothecia are slightly white-pruinose, black, irregular in outline and surface, sessile, flat or more or less convex. The sporidia are simple, colourless, oval, :0003” long and :00022" broad. In what appears to be simply another condition from the same locality, the sporidia are smaller, oblong, or ellipsoid; the apothecia flat, regular in outline, with a distinct exciple. The appearance of these two forms is very different—nearly as much so as it is different from the asso- ciated urceolate forms of cinerea. All the forms described here, under both cinerea and calcarea, appear to me to be properly referable to a single type. In Central Europe Le- ciographa parasitica, Mass. (Korb. * Parerga, p. 463), is sometimes parasitic on the thallus of calcarea. 15. L. leucorea, Ach. About the Illartlek glacier, both terricolous and muscicolous ; Jakobshavn. This plant seems to me referable to Z. ferruginea, which is more pro- perly to be regarded as a Lecidea than as a Lecanora—the exciple, where it exists, having, usually at least, the same colour as the disk. | Genus 19. LECIDEA. Even to a greater extent than Lecanora does, the genus Lecidea illustrates the ten- deney of the modern or Continental school of lichenologists to split up the generally excellent genera of the Acharian era into subgenera, founded on the too frequently variable characters of the sporidia. Differences in the character of the sporidia, when constant, and especially the degree to which their contents are divided into loculi by septa or interspaces, may be and are useful, in large genera like Lecidea and Lecanora, in subdividing them into sections or groups. But it is not, I think, desirable to give these sections generic importance or rank. This elaboration, which appears to me (as I have elsewhere explained) unscientific and unnecessary, is sufficiently exhibited in Th. Fries's * L. Arctoi,’ who classes the arctic Lecidee under the following separate genera * :— (1.) Lecidea. Apothecia black. Sporidia 8, simple, ellipsoid, colourless. (2.) Thalloidima. Apoth. Lecideine. Sporid. 2-locular, ellipsoid, colourless. (3.) Buellia. Apoth. Lecideine. Sporid. oblong, 2- to 4- or multilocular, brown. (4.) Rhizocarpon. Apoth. Lecideine. Sporid. oblong, 4-locular to muriform, brown. (5.) Arthroraphis. Apoth. Lecideine. Sporid. acicular, multilocular, colourless. (6.) Rhexophiale. Apoth. Lecideine. Sporid. fusiform, 4-locular, colourless. (7.) Biatorina. Apoth. variously coloured, not black t. Sporid. 2-locular, colourless. (8.) Biatora. Apoth. Biatorine. Sporid. ellipsoid, simple, hyaline. . (9.) Psora. Apoth. Biatorine. Sporid. linear, 4- to multilocular, colourless. (10.) Bilimbia. Apoth. Biatorine. Sporid. oblong, 4-locular, colourless. (11.) Blastenia. Apoth. Biatorine. Sporid. polari-2-locular, ovoid, colourless. * Restricting these illustrations—as in the case of the genus Lecanora—to sub-genera represented in Greenland. _ + The distinction between brownish or reddish, and black, apothecia in Lecidea is far from being constant or satis- factory. Illustrations of the inconstaney of this character may be found in the Greenland forms of L. parasema, L. sanguineo-atra and L. Friesiana. There is therefore no good (scientific) ground for separating Biatora and Lecidea as genera. * DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 351 (12.) Bacidia. Apoth. Biatorine. Sporid. acicular, multilocular, colourless. (13.) Lopadium. Apoth. Biatorine. Sporid. oblong, muriform, coloured. The genus Lecidea is in some respects the most important Lichen-genus in Greenland. The individuals constituting its species are most abundant—especially on rocks and stones—though occurring largely also on stems and twigs of bushes, on decayed mosses, and on the soil. Its species are generally extremely variable, and afford ample scope for the ingenuity of systematists in the manufacture of varieties and the devising of names! It contains, moreover, a greater number of unusual or novel forms than any other Greenland genus. 1. L. grenlandica, n. sp. Kudleset: associated with a form of Parmelia saxatilis approaching omphalodes, and with Lecanora tartarea, and its var. frigida; generally terri- colous, sometimes also muscicolous, or growing on the decayed fibres of twigs, dic. Apo- thecia sometimes athalline, and parasitic on the crust of the Lecanora, on which they are conspicuous by contrast of colour. Only a few fragments exist of what is, in many respects, a peculiar and most interesting lichen. The thallus is subfoliaceous, micro- phylline—sometimes resembling that of Lecidea squalida (e. g. of Nylander's Exs.), or that of Umbilicaria arctica. It is smoothish or irregularly papillæform or verrucose- granular ; the colour variously grey, buff, or lurid (brown or blackish-brown). These lurid forms resemble Z. lugubris both as to the thallus and apothecia. _ The apothecia are wholly black (margin and disk alike), generally flat; the exciple is usually distinct and regular, sometimes tumid, at others (in age) thin and wavy. Apothecia generally scattered centrally ; sometimes crowded and becoming deformed from mutual pressure; frequently degenerate, and then usually irregular in outline. The hymenial gelatine gives no reaction with iodine, or yellow (the colour of the reagent itself); while the asci give sometimes no reaction, sometimes one which is permanently red or violet, or a temporary red or violet, passing slowly into a faint, or more distinct, blue. In the young state the protoplasm of the asci is granular, sometimes partly oily, and colourless. Gradually a single sporidium is developed, granular and simple in the young state, but gradually exhibiting loculi and septa as it approaches maturity. Asci very large and delicate, varying in shape and size with age, ‘0030” long and 0008” broad in the young state, 0045" long and -0009” to *0012" broad in maturity. The paraphyses are among the most peculiar and beautiful I have met with in lichens. They are discrete and distinct throughout their length, with a thickish filament 00015” broad or upwards, which is sometimes obscurely granular. Total length of the para- physes about 0024". In the young state the tip is simply thickened, or bulging and rounded, and of a pale-brown colour. There is no distinct articulation ; but as maturity is approached, a septum is developed, and there is a distinctly articulated terminal cell of very various shape, from lanceolate to spherical. The colour, deep brown, is frequently limited distinctly to a mere segment (often the upper half) of the interior of this ter- minal cell, rarely occupying its whole cavity. These terminal cells are easily detached from their filaments (e. g- by gentle friction of the glass covering the object on the mi- C -slide); and frequently, especially in old apothecia, they are found in masses away from their filaments, and then resemble the irregular cellules of the tissues of Co- 352 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. niothecium* or other parasitic lichenicolous fungi, or the spores of Torula lichenicola. They are frequently, in this isolated form, 0003" to 0006" long and :0003" broad. The colour of the paraphyses is generally limited to the terminal cell or a portion thereof; and this limitation is a peculiarity among lichens, the colour in paraphyses generally extending some way down the filaments and gradually disappearing. There is great irregularity in the form and size of the terminal articulation. Frequently it is obpyri- form or rhomboid. Invariably it is of greater breadth than the filament, into which it sometimes tapers, e.g. in the young state. But more usually there is a constriction at the articulation, and the terminal cell, from its size and shape, appears altogether a body of a different kind from the filament. The very large sporidia are associated with much oil-globules, as usual of varying size. The sporidia themselves are generally oblong, with rounded ends—about 8-locular at first—the loeuli transverse, but breaking up gradually in a longitudinal direction into smaller loculi and assuming a muriform character. Their size varies considerably with age—from :0009" to :0030" long and :0004” to *0015" broad. In all cases and in all stages of growth they are colourless—a circumstance that separates them from the similarly shaped sporidia of Rhizocarpon, Lopadium, Umbilicaria, and Stenographa. In the old state they break up into the subcubical or subspherical cellules of which they are composed, which cellules have, when isolated, a nuclear appearance. In the young state the sporidia are simply granular like the protoplasm of the asci. No spermogonia nor pyenidia were observed. 2. L. geminata, Flot. I have seen no Greenland specimens. But in specimens col. lected by myself in Romsdal, Norway, in August 1857, and determined by Nylander, the asci though generally 2-spored, are sometimes l-spored, about :0036" to :0045" long and 0006" to -0009" broad. The protoplasm of the asci frequently becomes dege- nerate—then assuming the appearance of irregular, linear or ribbon-like masses, brown and granular. The hymenium becomes beautifully blue under iodine; and its section forms, in this condition, a fine object under the microscope. The large sporidia are generally oblong,' with rounded ends, sometimes oval or subspherical, muriform, with sometimes a central constriction of the general mass of loculi within the broad hyaline sac which envelopes them. Sometimes, in the old state, these loculi occur as an irre- gular agglomeration of subspherical corpuscles of nearly equal size. The colour of the loculi in question is brown or olive, according to age. The size of the sporidia varies from :0015” to :0018" long and -0008" to 0010” broad. They resemble the muriform sporidia of some species of Spheromphale (Mudd, Brit. Lich. p. 281). Tips of para- physes and hypothecial tissue deep brown. Externally this lichen has frequently the characters of L. petrea and L. atro-alba, from which its sporidia, however, distinguish it. But even as respects the sporidia there is a gradual transition from atro-alba to geminata ; and the group includes several other lichens which have a most doubtful elaim to the position of separate species. 3. L. petrea, Wulf—Jakobshavn, on gneiss and trap; associated frequently with Lecanora cinerea. Apparently comparatively common in the area examined by Brown. * Described in Paper on * New Lichenicolons Miero-Fungi" formerly quoted, pp. 518 & 534. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 353 Thalline areole frequently pulviniform, unaffected by potash. Most variable in its sporidia, which are frequently simple in the young state, and muriform in the old, their outline and size varying correspondingly. The young sporidia are sometimes colourless or pale olive; oval or ellipsoid, straight or suberescentie; granular, or contain- ing a single, large, eccentric nucleus or endospore; or their contents resemble those of the sporidia of many Lecanore (e. g. the tartarea group) in consisting of a mass of nuclei- form oil-globules and granular matter (sometimes they maintain this condition to maturity, but are then to be considered abortive); gradually acquiring the deeper olive or brown colour ofthe normal sporidia. As the normal sporidium is developed, its protoplasm becomes divided transversely into a varying number of loculi. The septa or division- spaces are either straight across, in which case the loculi are equal in size or nearly so; or they are variously oblique, giving rise to great irregularities in the size and form of the loculi. At first 3 transverse septa, equivalent to 4 loculi, were common in one form of the plant; while in another there were, at a later stage, the colour being dark brown, 7 to 10 such septa. Longitudinal division of the loculi sooner or later occurs as a general rule. At first it affects only one or a few loculi, and is subcentral ; that is, there is a subcen- tral division longitudinally of the transverse loculi. But as age advances, this longitudi- nal division becomes much more general, and it goes on till a muriform structure results— that is, till the loculi are converted into a series of subcubical or subspherical cellules or corpuscles, as in the sporidia of L. grenlandica and .L. geminata. In the old state the sporidium becomes broken up, as in grenlandica, into irregular masses of these sub- cubical corpuscles, which are of a dark brown colour. This brown colour of the mature and old sporidia is sometimes so deep as to obscure the contained loculi and their subdi- visions. In the middle stages of development, when the transverse septa are distinct, the sporidia are frequently broadly ellipsoid or oblong-oval, straight, slightly curved, or . plano-convex. Sometimes there is a bulging of the epispore opposite to each loeule. In the old state (the muriform condition) the form is much more irregular and variable, resembling in this respect the sporidia of Urceolaria scruposa. Thus they are obovate, pyriform, or oblong, with irregular bulgings of the epispore. Linear-oblong forms, with 7—10 transverse septa, sometimes resemble, save as to colour, the sporidia of Graphis. With such a variety of shape, there must be corresponding differences in size. These differences, as well as other variable characters of the plant, are illustrated by the follow- ing chief forms, under which it occurs in Greenland :— (1.) Growing on the under or shady side of stones. Areolæ, as usual, lead-coloured, or ash-grey, sometimes slightly white-pruinose, and as flat and brown as in L. fusco-atra, with which it is apt to be confounded. The sporidia, however, at once distinguish. it. Apo- thecia flat and simple, though frequently or generally convex or subspherical, often deformed in age. Sporidia sometimes girt with a broad, hyaline margin, as Hog nata ; oval or oblong-oval and simple, or oblong, with a central constriction, and muriform; ‘0009’ long and :00045” broad. Colour from deep olive-green to dark brown, in oldish or mature apothecia. ig (2.) Thallus consisting of the ordinary lead-grey, discrete areole. Sporidia very large, VOL. XXVII. 3B 394 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 0024" long and :0009” broad ; muriform, consisting of a close aggregation of irregular cellules. Colour very deep brown. Apothecia flat. (3.) Sporidia irregularly oblong, pyriform or ellipsoid, with about 7 transverse septa, having longitudinal central subdivisions; deep olive or bottle-green ; :0012” long and :00045” broad. In the older, muriform condition, there is sometimes a central constric- tion of epispore, the sporidia showing at this point a great tendency to split. Halt- sporidia, split in this way, occur, intermixed with fully formed ones. In the old, muri- form state, the colour is so dark that the contained or constituent cellules are undistin- guishable. The younger sporidia exhibit no longitudinal subdivision, or only through one of the central or polar loculi. The contained cellules in the muriform state are sometimes few and discrete (sometimes only two or three in a row) as in Urceolaria scruposa. In other cases they are usually more minute, numerous, and crowded. (4.) Sporidia linear-oblong, 0009" to :0012” long and :00045” broad. At first exhibit- ing only about 7 to 10 transverse septa, which, by division longitudinally, gradually become muriform, the colour in the early stages being deep olive, in the older brown. (5.) On the thallus of different Lecidec (e.g. on forms of L. parasema), I found spo- ridia apparently referable to Z. petrea; old, very dark brown, and very irregular in out- line resembling those of U. scruposa; about -0009" long and :00045” broad. I have occasionally, in like manner, met with stray individual or single sporidia of very different genera or species on the thallus of many lichens, mostly crustaceous*. In all the Green- land forms of the variable petrea, the hymenial gelatine and the asci give a very deep beautiful Prussian-blue colour with iodine. gran In Scherer’s Exs. No. 177 (= L. confervoides, DC., f. concreta, Sch.), the sporidia are colourless, 9-locular, becoming muriform ; pyriform : :0010" to -0012" long and ‘0005 broad. In its colourless sporidia this form of petræa resembles L. grenlandica. 4. L. atro-alba, Ach.—Jakobshayn; Egedesminde; Atanakerdluk. In various forms, differing in their thallus, apothecia, and sporidia. The thalline areolæ are sometimes discrete and pulviniform, convex or even subspherical; or the young peripheral ones alone are so. "Though whitish or grey in the dry state, they become green when moistened. Sometimes the thallus is rather tartareous, thick, verrucose, without distinct areolæ, buff or cream-coloured. In other cases the areole are very black, glossy, convex, confluent, and deformed. "This condition is sometimes common in large patches, e.g. on granite about Egedesminde. Occasionally the areolæ are flattish and thin. The apothecia are sometimes flat, especially when young, with thin exeiple, which is sometimes wavy. In age they occasionally become convex and subspherical (the disk concealing the exciple), and variously deformed. They differ considerably also in size, being largish or small. Sometimes they are compound; or several young ones cover the surface of a decayed or degenerate old one, producing various irregularities of surface and outline. Frequently also, in age, the disk becomes convex and rough on the surface, with irregularity of outline. The asci are small generally, about :0015" long and 700045" broad; 8-spored. The sporidia are never large, as described by Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 230), but vary in size from about :00045" to 00060” long and :00022” to : * Vide Cladonia gracilis, and Lecidea parasema, No. 3. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 355 :00030" broad. In some forms of the plant they appear to be nearly double their size in others. Normally, in maturity, they are 2-locular, and olive-green of various shades. But sometimes, in the young state, they are simple, slowly (and occa- sionally only obscurely) developing a septum. Sometimes, in age, they become elon- gated, multilocular and muriform, in which case they assume the characters of the sporidia of petræa. In the young state, and especially in the asci, they are frequently granular; their form is usually oval, less frequently oval-oblong or ellipsoid, occasion- ally figure-8-shaped or soleseform from constriction at the septum; straight generally, but sometimes slightly curved. The colour of the young sporidia is sometimes very pale— and of the old or mature, sometimes brown. | In Schærer’s Exs. No. 44 (— L. confervoides, DO., var. atro-alba), the asci are 1-spored; the tips of the paraphyses a deep purplish-brown, their filaments indistinct. The sporidia are colourless when young, but acquire a dark bottle-green or brownish-green colour with age. In the young state they are sometimes 4-locular, but in maturity they are muriform. Their shape varies from oval to ellipsoid; their size is about *0020" to 0023" long and :0010" broad. In Sehzrer's Exs. No. 178 (=L. confervoides, var. fusco-atra, Hoffm.), the asci are about -0040" long and :0011” broad; the paraphyses :0050" long, closely agglomerated, their tips deep brown; the sporidia 2-locular, deep brown, :0010” long and -0005" broad. 5. L. badio-atra, Flk.—which is placed by Nylander (Scand. p. 233) between L. atro- alba and L. petrea, and which is sometimes referred to the one, sometimes to the other species by different lichenologists—has, in Schærer’s Exs. No. 179, the characters rather of L. geminata. The asci are :0050” long and 00133" broad; variously 1- 2- or 4-spored, frequently only one sporidium attaining maturity, as (e. g.) in. Umbilicaria pustulata. The tips of the paraphyses are brown. The sporidia are colourless when young, bottle-green in maturity, muriform, :0018" to :0016" long and :00065" to 00100" broad. The specimen in Nylander's Exs. has apothecia externally resembling those of Zecanora intumescens, Rebent., with large, deep-brown, 2-locular sporidia, 0010" long and :0005” broad. This and many of the other Lecideæ above described (under the species, or so-called species, geminata, petræa, and atro-alba) show that a close connexion exists between these species by means of numerous passage-forms of the most variable character. | 6. L. insignis, Nág.—About the base of the Illartlek glacier. Ona white thallus, re- sembling that of the muscicolous forms of Lecanora tartarea, coating mosses. Asci and paraphyses delicate ; the former beautifully blue with iodine. Sporidia normally 2-locu- lar, olive or brown, straight or slightly curved, ellipsoid or oval, sometimes figure-8- shaped, the central constriction more or less marked. Size 0009" to “0012” long and :0003” broad, but size and form equally variable, some of the more elongated, narrow, ellipsoid being nearly twice as long as the short, broad, oval ones. Sometimes they ex- hibit four loculi from subdivision of the two primary ones. Occasionally there is no di- stinct septum, the sporidia being then simple, their contents consisting only of granules or larger nuclei, variable in size and position. In age the sporidia frequently present bulgings at the ends, the beginnings of germination. Sometimes, also, in pied split | 9 B 356 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. into two, giving exit to the contained granules or nuclei. The sporidia, in all their stages of growth, bear a general resemblance to those of Physcia stellaris. | Insignis appears to me to pass into disciformis, just as the latter graduates into myriocarpa. All three may very properly be referred to a single aggregate species or type, the varying size of the apothecia and sporidia being altogether a subordinate ** character,” just as it is in the petrea group. 7. L. myriocarpa, DC.—Egedesminde; Illartlek glacier; Jakobshavn, on birch-bark, associated with minor forms of Lecanora subfusca. Several states occur, athalline as well as thalline, including forms having the characters of L. punctata and L. pinicola of authors. The following were the chief forms met with :— (1.) Saxicolous, Egedesminde. On a very irregular, whitish, verrucose (tartareous) thallus, associated with a state of Lecanora polytropa. Apothecia subspherical, black, small, erowded. Hymenial gelatine beautifully blue with iodine. Hypothecial tissue and tips of paraphyses deepish brown. Sporidia 2-locular, oval or ellipsoid, brown, 00080" to “00045” long and :00015" to ‘00022 broad. (2.) On dead twigs, Illartlek glacier. Apothecia minute and subspherical, black, main- taining their black hue under moisture. Hymenial gelatine blue with iodine. Tips of paraphyses very deep brown; filaments very deep blue with iodine. Asci pale blue with iodine, :0015” long and :0006" broad; 8-spored. Sporidia 2-locular, brown or olive, ellipsoid, straight or slightly curved, sometimes figure-8-shaped. In young state frequently simple, sometimes containing nuclei instead of loculi. Size about -0005” to "0006" long and :0002” to :0003” broad. (3.) Athalline; parasitic on the white (bleached) decayed thallus of various Umbilicarie. Apothecia small, black, crowded, subspherical, nearly superficial, the base only being slightly sunk in the alien thallus. Hymenial gelatine blue with iodine. Asci 8-spored, 00150” long and :00045” broad. Sporidia variable in size and shape, 2-locular, ellipsoid or oval, sometimes figure-8-shaped*, olive, :00045” long and *00015" broad. I believe, on the one hand, that systematists of the modern Continental school of lichenology would make a separate species of the last-named “ form ” or condition of myrio- carpa, simply because it is athalline, and occurs in an unusual habitat in a foreign country; and, on the other, that many so-called athalline parasitic * species” of Lecidea are mere conditions of commonly spread types (e. g. parasema and disciformis). 8. L. discoénsis, n. sp.t Thallus subfoliaceous or parmelioid, microphylline, whitish or grey, resembling that of some forms of Physcia stellaris. Apothecia (only one mature) those of a Lecidea, both the flat disk and inconspieuous exciple being black. Sporidia resembling those of the stellaris group of Physciæ in size, colour, and form, being 2-locular, - oval or ellipsoid, straight or somewhat curved, deep olive, 0006” to "0009" long, 00030" to 00045" broad. Asci 8-spored, :0030" long, 0009" broad. The plant bears certain resemblances to ZL. grenlandica, which differs in the colour of its thallus and the structure of its sporidia. It has also certain points of resemblance to Physcia obscura, * Figure-S-shaped sporidia differ from those that are soleæform by the equality of the halves of which they consist. The upper half of the soleæform sporidium is broader, longer, or otherwise larger than the lower. t The specific name discoénsis is borrowed from the island of Disco. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 357 var. adglutinata, and to Lecidea adglutinata of Nylander's Exs. The.latter, however, has simple sporidia, while the colour of the thallus is also very different. 9. L. alpicola, Sch.—Jakobshavn. On gneiss, associated with L. geographica, L., both in fruit. The former has paler areolæ, generally also subconvex or pulviniform. The apothecia also are more convex and more frequently seated on, as well as between, the areolæ. The sporidia of alpicola are here regularly 2-locular, olive or brown, oblong or oval, sometimes figure-8-shaped or soleæform, or assuming various irregularities of out- line and size. Size about :0006” to :0009” long and :0003" to :0004” broad. In the young state, occasionally simple and granular, or full of nucleiform corpuscles. In age, the sporidia frequently split at the septum, the halves occurring on the field of the mieroscope intermixed with full-sized sporidia. Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 236) considers alpicola a variety of geographica; and in one sense he does so correctly, inasmuch as the 2-locular sporidia become in some cases muri- form ; that is, their characteristic form in alpicola passes into that supposed to be peculiar to geographica. But in the Greenland plant the sporidia are constantly 2-locular. Ina specimen of geographica on basalt, collected by myself on the hills above Balthayock, near Perth, in April 1858, besides sporidia of the ordinary (muriform) character, are others, apparently young ones, which are colourless, broadly ellipsoid, and 2-locular. If alpicola is to be associated with geographica, the same principle would require the association of atro-alba with petræa, and myriocarpa with disciformis. Such a procedure would reduce to a very large extent the present enormous number of Lecideæ, by enlar- ging, or adding to, the comprehensiveness of the definitions of * species," and degrading from the rank of species many Lecidee which at present hold this separate position in classification. Of the general principle involved in such a procedure, and of the consequent practice, I most thoroughly approve. But there are great difficulties in carrying the principle out in praetice, sometimes from the extreme variability of organs, sometimes from the unequal values in different genera of the same organs as specific characters. 10. L. galbula, Ram. A sterile thallus (only), which Iassign to this species, occurs in the present collection. It is of a much more brilliant green than that of L. geogra- phica, and has more convex or pulviniform areole, Only sometimes does this species, so called, exhibit the beautiful citrine yellow of Lecidea citrinella, L. lucida, Coniocybe Jurfuracea, or Evernia vulpina. The plant is not mentioned as a Greenland lichen by Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 176, where it is described as Catolechia pulchella, Schrad. ). It seems to me referable to the section Buellia, and undeserving a separate generic name. ll. L. fusco-atra, L.—Jakobshavn. On gneiss; apothecia abundant; associated and apt to be confounded with L. atro-alba, requiring microscopical examination for its di- stinction. The thalline areolæ are sometimes small, subconvex, and pale, resembling those of atro-alba. In the young state they are sometimes sparsely scattered, and their convexity is such that they have the character externally of certain immarginate apo- thecia. The disk of the apothecium is sometimes white-pruinose, as in L. abietina. In Europe, the thallus of fusco-atra is occasionally the seat of certain parasites, e. g. Fer- rurcaria gemmifera, Tayl. 358 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 12. L. atro-brunnea, Ram. I have seen no Greenland specimens ; but in Nylander's Exs. the paraphyses are :0023” long, their tips indigo-blue; the sporidia irregular in form and size, simple, :00025” long and :00013” broad. us 13. L. Fahliana, n. sp. Thallus with the characters of that of fusco-atra and atro- brunnea; and its sporidia are also simple, but their colour is constantly olive or brown. The hymenial gelatine gives a beautiful blue with iodine. The tips of the paraphyses are agglutinated and pale brown. The sporidia vary considerably in size, generally :00030” long and :00022" broad; their form generally oval or oval-oblong ; frequently granular in the young state; generally with double contour in maturity. They are very numerous and distinct, in which characters they contrast with the sporidia either of Jusco-atra or atro-brunnea. I name this lichen after the distinguished Danish botanist, J. Vahl, by whom the greater part of the Greenland lichens described in Fries’s ‘L. Arc- toi” were collected. 14. L. Campsteriana, n. sp.—Atanakerdluk. Thallus resembling that of L. geogra- phica as to colour. It is, however, thicker, and more tartareous, its areole more pulviniform. The apothecia are black, convex, becoming sometimes subspherical ; immar- ginate, or having sometimes a spurious thalline border. They thus resemble the apo- thecia of Lecanora sulphurea, in being sometimes sublecanorine, though more properly or usually they are lecideine. Polytropa is another Lecanora, which, like sulphurea, has a better title to rank as a Lecidea, its apothecia being much more frequently immar- ginate and lecideine than possessing a conspicuous thalline exciple. The sporidia of Campsteriana are small, ellipsoid, simple, and colourless. Campsteriana possesses some of the characters of the following Lecidee, with which I have carefully compared it. But it differs sufficiently to induce me to give it separate rank, until at least it is fully examined in different conditions and stages of growth. (1.) Lecidea sulphurella, Th. Fries (L. Arct. p. 221), if i£ deserves specific rank. Campsteriana appears to agree more closely with this than with the species that follow ; but I have seen no specimen of Fries's plant. | (2.) Lecanora calcarea, Kudlesæt. Sporidia and apothecia the same ; but the colour and farinosity of the thallus constitute points of difference. (3.) Lecidea elata, Scher., Hepp's Exs. No. 250. Thallus not so green as that of Campsteriana; while the apothecia are generally flatter, and more frequently haveno exciple. (4.) L. viridi-atra, Mudd (Brit. Lich. p.205; E. Bot. t. 2030), not at all Hepp's No. 255. Thallus and apothecia as in Z. elata. (5.) L. Kochiana, Sch., Hepp's Exs. No. 239; and Lecanora sulphurea, Ach. The coincidence in name between the enterprising explorer of Vancouver Island and the collector of the Lichens described in the present memoir, on the one hand, and the late distinguished Director of the Botanical Department of the British Museum, on the other, forbids my attaching the name of Robert Brown to any of the new species now described, as not being a sufficiently distinctive designation*. Desirous, nevertheless, of * The more especially seeing that various arctic lichen-collections were named by the late Robert Brown, F.R.S., e.g. those made during the discovery-voyages of Sir John Ross, Sir Edward Parry, and Dr. Scoresby. [ Vide my Paper on the “ Greenland Lichén-flora,” pp. 35 and 47.] to eT NES DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 359 marking my opinion of the value of the explorations and botanical collections of the present or first-named Robert Brown(J unior or Secundus), I have borrowed a specific name from the . ancestral acres in Caithness, which were at one time, I believe, in his possession, or in that of his family, viz. the small estate of Campster (also his birth-place) ; and I have attached its name to the most beautiful of the Lecideæ which occur in his Greenland collection of 1867.* 15. L. parasema, Ach.—Illartlek glacier; Godhavn. Corticolous, muscicolous, and athalline. Occurs in various forms, of which the following were the chief met with :— (1. Associated with corticolous forms of Lecanora sophodes; athalline, on bleached, whitened twigs; or with a thin white thallus, coating the bark of birch; or seated on the thallus of the Lecanora. Apothecia very minute, black, flat, margined, becoming convex and immarginate, resembling in size and other external characters those of L. pinicola, Auct., or some forms of Abrothallus Smithii. Hypothecial tissue brown. Tips of paraphyses agglutinated, irregular and brown; filaments indistinct throughout their length. Asci 8-spored, very pale blue with iodine; sublinear or ribbon-like; in tufts; frequently bulging from the pressure of the contained sporidia, which are generally arranged in single series. The sporidia are most variable in form, less so in size. In this respect, as well as frequently in their granular or nucleiform contents, they resemble gonidia on the one hand, and stylospores on the other. Their size is usually "00045" long and :00030" broad. In maturity, and especially while still within the asci, they are frequently spherical as much so as those of Lecidea lugubris, Pertusaria paradora, or Spherophoron coralloides, than which, however, they are much larger. Frequently also they are oval or oblong-oval, becoming variously pyriform or otherwise irregular in out- line. They are always simple and colourless. Generally, especially in the young state, they are finely granular or muco-granular, the degree of granularity being in proportion to their immaturity. At other times they exhibit one large, spherical, central nucleus, or two or more prominent, subcentral nuclei, differing in size. Sometimes they possess double contour. | (2.) On birch-bark, associated with Lecanora sophodes. Accompanies the same Lecanora also on moss, grass-stems, twigs, and other forms of decayed and generally bleached vege- tation. cones zag PM subspherical, immarginate; black when dry and young. After being ] d, in mass or only on section, they assume a port-wine-red colour—a colour thats is sometimes also obscurely exhibited in the natural state in old or degenerate apothecia. This character constitutes a link of connexion with L. sanguineo- atra, into which parasema in Greenland seems to pass. So intimate is this connexion, that it is frequently difficult to determine to which species to assign certain specimens with reddish-black apothecia and simple sporidia. Both apothecia and sporidia are gene- rally longer than in form No. 1 (above described). But there is here also great variabi- lity of size and form. The largest sporidia occur in the old, subspherical, reddish apo- thecia. Their size is sometimes nearly :0006" long and 00040" broad, the shape being oval or ellipsoid. More frequently they are spherical, and then are often about :00045” in diameter. In this case, as in form No. 1, they are apt to be confounded with gonidia, which they resemble, save as to colour. They are always simple, seldom granular, pro- * The same name has also been conferred upon a Verrucaria, described under Lecanora tartarea. 360 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. bably because here they are mostly either old or mature; but frequently they contain one or more large spherical nuclei, which become lemon-yellow and distinct under iodine. (3.) Muscicolous; associated with Lecanora tartarea and L. oculata. | Apothecia black, convex, and immarginate. Sporidia oval or ellipsoid, simple, colourless : :0006" long and :00022" broad; very granular in the young state, the granules being large, uniform in size, and nucleiform ; with double contour in maturity; sometimes tapering at one end into a filament or tubule, as the first step towards germination. Hymenium deep blue with iodine. The apothecia are the seat of a minute, black, papillæform parasite, containing olive or brown spores, frequently associated in ramose chains. Intermixed with the sporidia of parasema on, or in, some apothecia, I have met with stray sporidia of L. petræa*. (4.) Also associated with Lecanora tartarea, about the Illartlek glacier. Hymenium giving a more vivid blue with iodine than the other Greenland forms of parasema; while the sporidia are larger, more numerous and distinct. They are broadly ovate, with double contour, full of large nucleiform granules, :0006” long and :0005” broad. (5.) Godhavn; associated with Squamaria saxicola, on stones and rocks. Sporidia differing from those in the other forms by their inferior size and breadth, being simple, narrowly ellipsoid, or ellipsoid-oblong, :0003" long and :00009" broad. 16. L. sanguineo-atra, Ach. ; associated with Lecanora tartarea and Parmelia saxatilis, | var. panniformis ; on decayed mosses, foliaceous lichens, and other vegetation. Thallus a grey or white, thin crust, sometimes verrucose and very irregular, resembling that of some forms of L.íartarea. Apothecia convex, adnate, immarginate, minute, crowded, apparently black when dry. Under moisture they become semitranslucent and port- wine-red. Hymenium pale violet, or pale or deep blue, with iodine. Hypothecial tissue and tips of paraphyses brown.. Sporidia very variable in size and form ; always colour- less and simple ; oval, broadly or narrowly ellipsoid, or subspherical; with double con- tour; margin varying in breadth and distinctness, being sometimes as broad as in Pan- naria brunnea; sometimes granular or muco-granular when young. Size :0004" to 0009" long, :0003" to -0004" broad. Spermogonia apparently occur as very minute, scattered, brown, punctiform conceptacles; but they exhibit no structure. The plant has much of the character of Biatora tornoénsis, Nyl. (Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 196) ; and it may be compared also with Biatora uliginosa, Lecidea sabuletorum, and L. turgidula, as defined in the * L. Arctoi In Nylander's Exs. No. 72, the sporidia of sanguwineo-atra are very much smaller and narrower than is common in the Greenland plant. L. sangui- neo-atra has many close allies, such as fusco-rubens, Nyl., atro-rufa and uliginosa, Ach. Many of these so-called species would be more properly arranged as mere forms of one variable type ! 17. L. Friesiana, n. sp. On moss; associated with Lecanora tartarea, L. sophodes, and Pannaria brunnea, about the Illartlek glacier. The apothecia vary in size, thickness, eolour and form. Their normal condition appears to be flat, round, marginate, very thin sometimes, and of a beautiful port-wine-red colour. More frequently, however, they are variously convex, confluent, very compound, large and deformed, sometimes verrucæform. * Vide L. petrea, No. 5, p. 354. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 361 Occasionally they resemble minute saucers made of red-coloured gelatine, or they are opaque, as if from intermixture of their colouring-matter with a whitish pruina. The translucency is in all cases assisted by moisture. Sometimes the disk is covered with a peach-coloured or whitish bloom, pruinosity being less common in the convex, deformed apothecia. The colour of the disk is sometimes that of light sherry or of flesh, or it as- sumes various dusky shades of buff- or reddish brown ; in some cases it becomes black. The brown and black hues are usually the results of age. The exciple, where it exists, is very thin. The outline and surface of the whole apothecium become, when flattish, some- times wavy or flexuous. Very seldom there is slight concavity of the disk. In all forms of apothecium the hymenium and its contents are the same. The hymenium gives, occa- sionally only, a very pale blue with iodine. The paraphyses and asci are indistinct. The sporidia vary considerably in structure. In all cases they are colourless. "Their shape is generally fusiform or narrowly ellipsoid, and straight, sometimes slightly curved or cres- centic. Their size varies from :0006" to *0009" long and :00020" to 00025" broad. In the young state, they are usually simple—sometimes granular or muco-granular—occa- sionally with faint double contour. In maturity and age they are from 2- to 4-locular, the septa frequently being obscurely marked. Those sporidia which are 2-locular, some- times split in age at the central septum ; whence it happens that half-sporidia occur with the entire forms on the microscope-field. Both in the young and the old state, instead of distinct loculi and septa, they exhibit sometimes two or more large os nuclei, usu- ally central, sometimes bipolar, with irregular outline in age. The plant has many of the characters of Biatora castanea, Hepp (Exs. No. 270, and Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 195), and of Biatora Berengeriana, Mass., as I collected it in Norway in 1857, and as it is described (sub nom. B. miscella) in L. Arct. p. 194*. In certain respects, however (e. g. the sporidia), it differs from both. I dedicate this beautiful Greenland Lecidea to the distinguished author of the * Lichenes Arctoi’ and * Lichenes Spitsbergenses’ as an acknowledgment of the value of his many Contributions to the Lichen-Flora of Scandinavia and the Arctic regions. 18. L. vernalis, L. (according to the restricted definition of Th. Fries, L. Arct. p. 191, who places it in Biatora, which has simple sporidia). Muscicolous, about the Illartlek . glacier; associated with Lecanora sophodes and Peltigera canina, Lyngemarken ; on de- cayed stems of herbaceous plants, Jakobshavn. The colour of the apothecia is very vari- able, and to a less extent their size, convexity, number, and degree of crowding. They are always convex and immarginate. They sometimes exhibit externally the varying cha- racters of those of Lecanora cerina, ulmicola, and leucoræa, and of Lecidea luteola; from all which, however, the sporidia distinguish vernalis. In all the Greenland forms the spo- ridia are simple, but they vary considerably in size and shape. Most usually they are fusi- form or narrowly ellipsoid, with or without a faint double contour. Sometimes they are granular in the young state. Their size is about “00045” to :00090" long and *00015" broad. In one form (from Lyngemarken) they are oval, like the larger sporidia of parasema, and ‘00050 to :00060" long by :00025" broad. In this form the asci are 8-spored and bulge * The reader may also compare certain North-American corticolous Biatora, e. g. B. porphyritis, Tuckerman (Syn- opsis, p. 61) and its allies, VOL. XXVII. 3c 362 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. from the pressure of the contained sporidia; they are 0018" long and :0006" broad. The hymenial gelatine always gives a blue with iodine, varying, however, in tint, pale in Illartlek forms—dark Prussian blue in those from Lyngemarken. In the latter forms, paraphyses, asci, and sporidia are all indistinct. In other forms, the constituents of the hymenium are also indistinct. In some cases the tips of the paraphyses are very deep brown: more generally they are pale brown and agglutinated. The section of the hy- menium under the action of iodine is sometimes a beautiful microscopic object, e. y. in the Lyngemarken forms. The sporidia of vernalis, as defined by N ylander (Scand. p. 201), are simple or 2-locular * ; and I have frequently met with British lichens, referable, I think, to vernalis, whose sporidia are variable in their structure. But the present rigid system of classification, according to the character of the sporidia, places those forms with simple sporidia in Biatora, and those having 2-locular ones in Biatorina! This is only one of many illus- trations that may be cited to show the awkwardness and arbitrary character of the too elaborate generic distinctions of modern systematists! Th. Fries himself remarks upon the multiplicity of forms included under vernalis, and the repulsive confusion of its nomen- clature or synonymy. Genus 20. NORMANDINA. 1. N. viridis, Ach. —Lyngemarken. Sterile as usual. Thallus covered with a ver- milion-red, roe-like powder or granular matter, having the characters of soredia, and con- taining gonidia of the normal type. Both genus and species occupy a position in relation to Cladonia as provisional and anomalous as that of Thamnolia vermicularis. The apo- thecia of the Normandina are unknown. Fries, father and son, are disposed to refer it to Cladonia; but its thallus is much more delicate than the phyllocladia of that genus usually are, while it differs also in its concentric striation or banding. By other authors it is associated with N. Jungermannie, which has endocarpoid apothecia. Pseudo-genus 21. PYRENOTHEA. 1. P. grenlandica, n. sp. Consists only of spermogonia, which therefore cannot be referred to the species to which they must belong. The thallus is olive-coloured and verrucæform. The spermogonia are perched on the apices of the thalline verrucæ ; they are always black and conspicuous, but they vary considerably in size and form. They are mostly small and papillar, but sometimes large and discoid, having quite the aspect of some lecideoid apothecia. The outline of these flattish, large, discoid forms is generally more or less irregular. The spermatia are apparently straight rods seated on sterigmata, which consist of only two or three linear simple articulations. The plant has various of the characters of the British P. corrugata (as regards its perithecia), of P. sulphurea and P. lithina (as respects its thallus). The two latter are probably referable to Verrucaria chlorotica, Ach. (=trachona, Ach.), which, however, does * Thus they are both simple and 2-locular in an athalline form which grows on the decayed thallus of various Peltidee. DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 363 not appear to occur in Greenland. Possibly P. grenlandica may belong to Verrucaria clopima, Whlnb., which does occur in Greenland, according to Th. Fries. Closely resembling P. grenlandica is a saxicolous lichen sent me in 1858 by Mr. Carroll as an unknown Lecidea, collected by Miss Hutchins, and doubtless Irish; but no locality was given. The perithecia, supposed to be apothecia, are spermogonia, containing rod-shaped spermatia about ‘00014! long and :00005" broad—borne on simple, linear, filiform sterigmata—branching simply (generally bifurcating) at their base : about :0005" long with spermatia attached. The thallus (on which the spermogonia are scattered, unassociated with apothecia of any kind) is deep olive-green, crustaceous, verrucose- rugose, frequently becoming subpulverulent. "They are seated on the wart-like elevations of the thallus, at first partly immersed, their apex always protruding, latterly quite emer- gent. Intheiryoung, semiimmersed state they are verrucarioid, with regular or irregular ostioles. As they become older they gradually expand and become flattened out, so as to assume a lecideoid character. There is then a sort of disk with a thin margin, which is flexuous but entire. In this condition the perithecia frequently resemble in size and ap- pearance the apothecia of Lecidea chalybeia, Borr., or the spermogonia of Lecanora Ehrhar- tiana, Ach. *, which constitute Cliostomum corrugatum, Fr. The spermogonal walls consist of a deep blackish-brown cellular tissue. The spermogonia of the Irish Pyrenothea are probably what Leighton describes and figures as P. lithinat. By some lichenologists P. lithina is assigned to Verrucaria chlorotica, Ach., by others to Y. umbrina, Whinb. } as their spermogonia. The thallus is quite that of some saxicolous Verrucarie, but it is also that of certain saxicolous Lecidee, to which it is equally likely it may belong. V. chlorotica is represented as possessing both pycnidia and spermogonia. Possessing certain characters common to both P. grenlandica and P. lithina are :— (1.) P. sulphurea, Leight. (Ang. Lich. p. 69, pl. 29. fig. 5), which is referred by some lichenologists to 7. chlorotica as spermogonia ; and (2.) P. mollis, Leight. (Ang. Lich. p. 67, pl. 29. fig. 2.), which is a Verrucaria, accord- ing to Taylor, but is undoubtedly, like the other Pyrenotheæ above-mentioned, the sper- mogonia of some lichen, if I may judge from a specimen in my herbarium—on rock from the top of Carig mountain, co. Kerry. * Mudd, * Brit. Lichens, p. 177. t * Angiocarpous Lichens,’ p. 68, pl. 29. fig. 3. + =Endocarpon lithinum, Leight., Mudd, ‘ Brit. Lichens, p. 281. 364 DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS, DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. Prate XLVIII. Figs. 1-5. Calicium furfuraceum, L. 1. Scherer’s Exs. 14: a, sporidia; 5, ste- rigmata and spermatia. .2 Var. fulva, L. Scher. Exs. 296: spo- ridia. 3-5. Var. sulphurella, Fr. 3. Schær. Exs. 639: sporidia. 4. Nylander, Exs. : sporidia. 5. Hepp, Exs. 154: sections of spermo- gone, showing sterigmata and sper- matia. : Fig. 6. Cladonia alcicornis, Flk., Leighton, Exs. 15: stylospores of parasitic pycnidia. Fig. 7. C. cervicornis, Ach., Jakobshavn : a, por- tion of thallus, showing the pseudo- spermogonia; 5, cellular tissue of one of their perithecia; c, spores. Fig. 8. C. gracilis, L., Jakobshavn: a, spore- chains of parasite; b, alien sporidium (Buellioid). Fig. 9. C. bellidiflora, Ach., Ireland : a, portion of thallus, showing the parasitic Leci- dea Cladoniaria, Nyl.; b, section, show- ing its apothecia and pycnidia. Fig. 10. C. deformis, L., Jakobshavn : a, portion of thallus, showing the pseudo-apo- thecia; 5, one of these stipitate pseudo- apothecia isolated ; c, spore-chains. Fig. 11. C. degenerans, Flk., Godhavn : a, b, por- tions of thallus, showing. the mar- ginal spermogonia; isolated. Fig. 12. C. fimbriata, Hffm., Jakobshavn : a, por- tion of a podetium covered with the pa- rasitic pycnidia; 5, c, sections of one ofthe latter; d, isolated stylospores ; e, isolated stylospores with basidia still attached. C, spermogonia e: 13. C. deformis, L., Schær. Exs. 49: stylo- spores of parasitic pycnidia Fig- 14. Lecidea cladoniaria, Nyl., on Cladonia uncialis, L., Birnam Hill: stylospores and basidia of pycnidia. Fig. 15. Thamnolia vermicularis, Sw., Jakobshavn: a, cornute condition ; b-g, Microthelia vermicularia, Linds.: 6, perithecia; c, spermogonia; d, asci; e, sporidia ; f, spermatia; g, oil-globules. Fig. 16. Cetraria islandica, Ach., Norway, bear- ing the parasitic Lecidea cetraricola, Linds.: a, portion of thallus, showing the deformed apothecia of the Lecidea, and the cyphelle of the Cetraria; b, sections of the said apothecia; c, section of hymenium in Braemar forms, showing an ascus (under iodine), and sporidia. Fig. 17. C. nivalis, L., Jakobshavn: portions of thallus showing the marginal spermo- gonia. Fig. 18. Dactylina arctica, Br., Kikerton Islands : a, portion of thallus, showing spermo- gonia; 6, section of a spermogone, showing sterigmata and spermatia; €, Sporidia.. Fig. 19. Nephroma arcticum, L., Godhavn : a, por- tion of thallus, showing marginal sper- mogonia; 5, free spermatia. Fig. 20. Peltigera canina, Hfim., Lyngemarken : a, portion of thallus showing an apo- thecium and marginal pycnidia; 5, sty- lospores and basidia of pycnidia; c, sporidia; d, oil-globules. Fig. 21. P. canina, on tufts of Bolax, Falkland Islands, Dr. Hooker, in Herb. — sporidium. Fig. 22. P. canina, Schær. Exs.: a, ascus and its protoplasm under the action of iodine ; 6, sporidia. Fig. 23. P. canina, Scotland : a, section of hy- DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. 365 menium, showing ascus and para- physes; à, sporidia, one under iodine. Fig. 24. Lecidea Egedeana, Linds., on Parmelia saxatilis, Ach., Jakobshavn: a, sec- tion of hymenium under iodine; © b, sporidia. Fig. 25. Peltigera scabrosa, Th. Fr., Kikerton Is- lands: a, ascus; b, sporidia. . Fig. 26. Physcia stellaris, L., Jakobshavn : a, spo- ridia; 5, spermatia and sterigmata. Fig. 97. Parmelia stygia, L., Jakobshavn: spo- ridia. ` Fig. 28. Cladosporium lichenicolum, Liùds., on Peltigera canina, Braemar. Fig. 29. Parmelia saxatilis, Barmouth, bearing the parasitic Dothidea homostegia, Nyl. : a, sections of parasitic perithecia. Fig. 30. Dothidea otagensis, Linds. : sporidia [after Cooke *]. Fig. 31. D. homostegia, Nyl. : a, séction of a com- pound perithecium ; 5, sporidia [both after Cooke *]. Fig. 32. Lecanora frustulosa, Ach., Jakobshavn. . sporidia. Fig. 33. L. badia, Ach., Jakobshayn : sporidia. Fig. 34. L. badia, G. Don, 1805, in Herb. Kew: sporidia. Fig. 35. Lecidea badio-atra, Flk., Nyl. Exs.: spo- ridium. Fig. 36. L. atro-brunnea, Ram., Scheer. Exs. 444 : sporidia. Fig. 37. L. atro-brunnea, Nyl. Exs.: sporidia. Fig. 38. L. galbula, Ram., Pyrenees, Spruce & Babington, in Herb. Kew : sporidia. PLATE XLIX. Fig. 1. Parasite on Solorina crocea, L., Ben Lawers: a, sections of its perithecia. Fig. 2. Parasite on S. crocea, Kerry: a, stylo- spores. Fig. 3. Parasite on S. crocea, Lyngemarken : a, free sporidia; 5, section of hyme- nium. Fig. 4. Parasite on S. crocea, Himalayas: spo- ridia. Fig. 5. Umbilicaria cylindrica, L., Jakobshavn: a, apothecia ; 4, sporidia. Fig. 6. U. cylindrica, Nyl. Exs.: sporidia. Fig. 7. U. cylindrica, Scotland : sporidium. Fig. 8. U. arctica, Ach., Jakobshavn: sporidium. Fig. 9. U. anthracina, Wulf., Norway: a, section of hymenium under iodine; 4, c, two forms of sporidia. Fig. 10. U. spodochroa, Hffm., Norway: a, ascus with rudimentary sporidia; . 5, free sporidia. Fig. 11. Parasite on U. velles, L., Dunoon and Norway: a, section of hymenium,show- ing asci (one under iodine) and rudi- mentary sporidia; 5, free sporidia. Figs. 12, 13. Pannaria brunnea, Sw., Jakobshavn and Illartlek: a, sections of hyme- nium, showing asci with young spo- ridia, and paraphyses ; 5, free sporidia. Fig. 14. Squamaria chrysoleuca, Sm., Kudlesæt : a, section of hymenium under iodine ; b, free sporidia. Fig. 15. S. chrysoleuca, Scher. Exs. 345 : a, b,two forms of sterigmata and spermatia. Fig. 16. S. chrysoleuca, Nyl. Exs.: sporidia. Fig. 17. S. elegans, Link., Jakobshavn: a, tips of paraphyses ; 4, isolated articulations of paraphyses; c, sporidia; d, sporidia of parasite. i Figs. 18, 19. Lecanora calcarea, Ach.; Jakobshavn and Kudlesæt : sporidia. Fig. 20. L. calcarea, Ach.: a, Northumberland, W. Robinson, 1812; b, Switzerland ; c, Pyrenees, Spruce and Babington ; d, var. concreta = Schær. Exs. 476: all in Herb. Kew ; sporidia. Fig. 21. L. subsophodes, Nyl, Arctic America, Franklin's first land journey; in Herb. Kew: sporidium. Fig. 22. Lecidea petrea, Wulf., Scher. Exs. 178: sporidium. Fig. 23. Lecanora sophodes, Ach., Scher. Exs. 569: sporidium. * In letter of date 1867. 366 “DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. PLATE L. Fig. 1. Lecanora tartarea, L., and its parasite Verrucaria tartaricola, Linds., God- havn: a, perforate apothecium of the Lecanora, and section thereof; b, spo- ridia; c, d, warts bearing the parasitic perithecia (c) and spermogonia (d); e, section of said perithecia; f, asci, with young sporidia; g, free sporidia. Fig. 2. Parasite (Verrucaria Campsteriana, Linds.) on var. gonatodes, Ach., Dlartlek gla- cier: a, sections of perithecia; 5, sec- tion of hymenium under iodine ; c, free sporidia. Fig. 3. Parasite on L. tartarea, Braemar: a, sec- tion of thalline warts, and the parasitic perithecia. Fig. 4. Parasite on var. frigida, Sw., Lyngemar- ken: spores. Fig. 5. L.oculata, Ach., and its parasites, Illartlek : a, punetiform parasite, with its Torula spores (b) and stylospores (c); d, Per- tusaria paradoxa, Linds.; e, section of one of its perithecia; f, section of hymenium; g, free sporidia. . oculata (sub Isidium, Ach.), named by Acharius himself, in Herb. Kew: sporidium, Fig. 7. Lecidea fuscescens, Smrf., Nyl. Exs., 135. i í a, section of hymenium (one ascus under iodine) ;.d, free sporidia. Fig. 8. Lecanora bryontha, Ach., Illartlek : one- | spored asci (one under iodine); a, oil- globules. Fig. 9. L. ventosa, Ach., with its parasite, Loch- nagar: a, section of hymenium; 5, sec- tions of perithecia ; c, spores. Fig. 10. L. ventosa, Lochnagar, bearing the para- _sitic Spheria ventosaria, Linds. Fig. 11. L. ventosa, Spittal of Glenshee: a, sec- tions of apothecium of the Lecanora, and of the parasitic perithecia (Sphe- ria). : = Eoad da D - Fig. 12. Sporidia of Spheria ventosaria, Linds. : Glenshee. Fig. 13. Lecanora ventosa, Schær. Exs. 320: ste- rigmata and spermatia. Fig. 14. Sporidia of Spheria ventosaria, Jakobs- havn. Fig. 15. Spermogonium on an apothecium of Le- canora subfusca, L., Corramulzie. Fig. 16. Two parasites on apothecia of L. albella, . Pers., Morchone : sporidia. Fig. 17. Pycnidia on L. subfusca, Kinnoull Hill : basidia and stylospores. . Pyenidia of L. albella, Pers., Hepp 187 : section showing stylospores and ba- sidia. . Fig. 19. Spermogonia on L. subfusca, Dunglass : sterigmata and spermatia. Fig. 20. Pycnidia on L. subfusca, Scotland : sty- lospores. Fig. 21. Spermogonia on, or accompanying, L. subfusca, Carrigaloe: sterigmata and spermatia. : Fig. 22. L. polytropa, Ehrh., Egedesminde : spo- | ridia. Fig. 23. Thelidium epipolytropum, Mudd, para- sitic on L. polytropa, Ben Lawers: a, asci of the Thelidium (one ascus under iodine), containing sometimes 4, sometimes 8 sporidia; 5, free sporidia (one under iodine) ; c, ascus of L. po- lytropa; d, sporidia of L. polytropa. . L. polytropa, var., Scotland, Carmichael; referred by Nylander to L. alpicola !, by other annotators to L. frustulosa ; in Herb. Kew: sporidia. Fig. 25. L. polytropa, Nyl. Exs.: sporidia. Fig. 26. Thelidium epipolytropum, Mudd, Brae- mar: ascus and sporidium. Figs. 97, 28. Lecanora sophodes, Ach., Jakobs- havn and Egedesminde: sporidia. Fig. 29. L. sophodes (form) Illartlek: a, apo- thecium and section; 5, sporidia. A UR pd 00 EH me ge ris) i DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS: D Lar 44 PLATE LI. Fig. 1. Lecanora sophodes, Lyngemarken : a, sec- tion of hymenium under iodine; 5, free sporidia. Figs. 2, 3. L. cinerea, L., Jakobshavn, Ounartok, Atanakerdluk, and Kudlesæt, different forms : sporidia. Fig. 4. Endococcus erraticus, Mass., parasitic on L. cinerea, Scuir-na-Gillean: a, ascus with young sporidia, hymenial gela- tine under iodine ; b, mature free spo- ridia. Fig. 5. Lecanora leucoræa, Ach. ; Scher. Exs. 215: sporidia. Fig. 6. Alien sporidia on L. leucorea, Hepp, 200. Fig. 7. Lecidea grenlandica, Linds., Kudlesæt : a, portion of psoroid thallus with apothecia; 5b, sections of apothecia and thallus; c, section of hymenium, showing asci with young sporidia and paraphyses ; d, tips of paraphyses and isolated terminal articulations ; e, free sporidia and oil-globules. Fig. 8. L. geminata, Flot., Norway: a, asci; b, free sporidia. Fig. 9. L. geminata, Schær. Exs. 443: ascus and sporidium. Fig. 10. L. petrea, Wulf, Egedesminde: spo- ridium. Fig. 11. L. petrea, Jakobshavn : sporidia. Fig. 12. Lecidea petrea, Godhavn : sporidia. Fig. 13. L. petrea, Martlek: sporidium. Fig. 14. L. petrea, Schær. Exs. 183: sporidia. Fig. 15. L. petrea, Leight. Exs. 93: sporidia. Fig. 16. L. petrea, Leight. Exs. 159: sporidia. Fig. 17. L. petrea, Leight. Exs. 184: a, sper- mogonia and section; 6, sterigmata and spermatia. Fig. 18. Verrucaria rimosicola, Leight., parasitic on L. petrea, Scher. Exs. 183: ascus and sporidia. Fig. 19. L. petrea, Ounartok : sporidia. Fig. 20. L. atro-alba, Ach.: Atanakerdluk: a, section of hymenium; 6, free spo- ridia. Figs. 21, 22, 23. L. atro-alba, Ach., different forms, Jakobshavn, Egedesminde, Godhavn: sporidia. Fig. 24. L. atro-alba, [sub L. ocellata, FIk. * Gryphiz"] in Herb. Kew : sporidia. Fig. 25. L. atro-alba, Kerry: sporidium. Fig. 26. L. myriocarpa, DC., Illartlek: a, sec- tion of hymenium under iodine; 6, free sporidia. Fig. 27. L. myriocarpa, Jakobshavn : sporidia. Fig. 28. L. myriocarpa, Hepp 159: sporidia. Fig. 29. L. myriocarpa, form terrestris, Nyl. Exs.: sporidia. Fig. 30. L. myriocarpa, Anglesea: sporidia. PLATE LII. Fig. 1. Lecidea insignis, Neg., lllartlek: spo- ridia. Fig. 2. L. myriocarpa, Egedesminde: a, section of hymenium, under iodine; 5, free sporidia. Fig. 3. Lecidea discoénsis, Linds., Godhavn: spo- ridia. Fig. 4. L. alpicola, Sch., Jakobshavn: sporidia. Fig. 5. L. alpicola, Himalayas, 13,000 ft, in Herb. Kew: sporidia. Fig. 6. L. alpicola, Schær. Exs. 173: sporidia. Fig. 7. Endococcus erraticus, Mass., parasitic on L. geographica, L., f. conglomerata, Scher. Exs. 577: a, perithecium ; 5, asci, young and mature; c, sporidia ; d, sporidium of L. geographica. Fig. 8. Lecidea geographica, f. atro-virens, Scheer. Exs. 623: sporidia. Fig. 9. L. geographica, f. pulverulenta, Scher. Exs. 624: sporidia. Fig.10. Sporidia on the apothecia of L. geogra- phica, Leight. Exs. 93. Fig. 11. Sporidia of Endococcus erraticus on L. geographica, Scher. Exs. 322. Fig. 12. Ticothecium stigma, Korb., parasitic on L. geographica, Hepp, 153: a, asci with young sporidia, under iodine ; b, portion of thallus showing the 368 Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 19. - LI DR. LINDSAY ON WEST-GREENLAND LICHENS. perithecia; c, sterigmata and sper- matia. Lecidea geographica, f. alpicola, Leight. Exs. 129: sporidia. L. Vahliana, Linds., Illartlek : sporidia. L. Campsteriana, Linds., Atanakerdluk : a, portions of thallus, showing the apo- thecia; 5, sections of apothecia; c, sporidia. . L. parasema, Ach., muscicolous form, Illartlek : sporidia. . L. parasema, Ach., Godhavn: sporidia. . L. parasema, Ach., Jakobshavn: a, spo- ridia; 5, spores of a parasite. L. parasema, Ach., Egedesminde: spo- ridia. . L. parasema, Ach., Ounartok: a, sec- tion of hymenium ; 4, sporidia. . L. parasema, Ach., microsporous form, Farringdon, Berkshire: sporidia. . L. parasema, Ach., f. eleochroma, Ach., Nyl. Exs. 140: sporidia. . sanguineo-atra, Ach., Illartlek: a, portion of thallus with apothecia; 5, sections of apothecia; c, sporidia. . L. sanguineo-atra, Jakobshavn: spo- ridia. + L. sanguineo-atra, Nyl. Exs. 92: spo- ridia. . L. Friesiana, Linds., Illarilek : spo- ridia. L. vernalis, L., Lyngemarken: a, sec- tion of hymenium, under iodine; 5 sporidia. Fig. 28. Lecidea vernalis, Illartlek : sporidia. Fig. 29. L. vernalis, Jakobshavn: sporidium. Fig. 30. Pyrenothea grenlandica, Lindsi, Ja- kobshavn: a, portion of thallus with spermogonia ; 4, sections of thallus and spermogonia; c, sterigmata and sper- ] matia. Fig. 31. P. lithina, Leight., Ireland: a, portion of thallus with spermogonia; 5, iso- lated spermogonia ; c, sections of thal- lus and spermogonia; d, sterigmata and spermatia. Fig. 32. Endocarpon lithinum, Leight. Exs. 98: sterigmata and spermatia. Fig. 33. Pycnidia on or accompanying Verrucaria umbrina, Whlnb., Leight. Exs. 101: basidia and stylospores. Fig. 34. L. fossarum, Duf.: a, perithecia on or associated with Lecidea luteola, Ach., Borrer, 1805; b, sporidia: Thornhill, 1806; both in Herb. Kew. Figs. 35, 36. L. elata, Scher. Exs. 229 (= L. amylacea, Ach., Nyl.) : ascus and spo- 3 ridia. Fig. 37. Diplotomma calcareum, Weiss, England : a, portion of thallus,showing apothecia and pycnidia; 5, sections of apothecia and pycnidia ; c, sporidia of the Diplo- tomma ; d, stylospores and basidia of the pycnidia. IRANS.LiNN.Soc.,Vor.. XXVII, Tas. 48. y m, tage ie py "f o Q u Tas 49. ! TRANS. Linn. Soc, VoL. XXVII. TIU ^ NN | ) | Vor. XXVII. Tas. 50. Trans. Linn. Soc. ———— = te — \ n n I Ya in E > sd \ = ~ \ ~ A A ons N N vr I. TAB. ol. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vor. XXVI Trans Linn Soc. Vor. XXVII. Tas 52 A. [ 369 ] XV. On the Vertebrate Skeleton. By Sv. GEORGE MIVART, F.R.S. (Plate LIIL.) Read April 21st, 1870. THE paper which I have now the honour of submitting to the Linnean Society, is an endeavour to throw, if possible, a little additional light on relations believed to exist be- tween certain subordinate portions of the vertebrate skeleton. In order to attain this object I am compelled to make certain general observations on the skeleton as a whole, and upon the different ways in which its component parts may be regarded. ; i The term! “skeleton,” in its broadest sense, may be considered to denote that system of structures which invests and supports the whole frame; but it is generally and con- veniently taken to mean such parts of that system as assume (at least occasionally and in some animals) a cartilaginous or osseous condition. The skeleton, so restricted, is generally considered to be divisible into two categories, namely :—one external, comprising dermal and epidermal structures—the exoskeleton ; the other internal, and thence termed the endoskeleton. 'The endoskeleton consists of a greater or less number of temporarily and permanently distinct parts; and these parts may be distinguished, grouped, and classified in as many distinct ways as there are distinct modes of regarding them. Thus they may be re- garded :— : 1. Teleologically, or according to the use, object, or application of parts, or groups of parts—as when we say “a wing-bone ” or a “ brain-protecting part.” 2. According to shape and outline of parts—as when we say “a long bone,” as in speaking of the tibia. 3. Histologically, or according to structure—as when we speak of “ cartilaginous parts of the skeleton,” or, again, of bones ossified from membrane (like the frontal), or from cartilage (like the basioccipital). 4. Developmentally, or according to the way parts arise—as when we speak of “ skeletal structures developed in the dorsal plates of the embryo.” 3 5. Specially, or according to the relation parts in one animal bear to parts in another animal—as when we speak of the alisphenoid of a bird and of a reptile. 6. Genetically, or accordingly as the resemblance between similar parts in different animals is due to inheritance from a common ancestor, or has arisen independently through similarity of conditions. E 7. Serially, or according to the relation parts of an animal bear to other parts, in front of or behind them, in the same animal—as when we speak of “the last rib but one.” VOL. XXVII. 3 D 370 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 8. According to relations of bilateral symmetry—as when we speak of “ the right clavicle.” 9. According to relations of vertical symmetry—as when we speak of “ the upper and lower arches of the tail of a flat fish,” e. g. of a sole. 10. According to radial symmetry—as when we speak of “the processes diverging in various directions from a single vertebral centrum.” 11. Generally, or according to the place or rank occupied by a part, or series of parts, in an abstract ideal vertebrate skeleton—as when we speak of **a centrum," or “a neural arch." Such an abstract ideal, to be a suitable typical conception, should be the “ simplest possible generalized expression of observed facts’’*. Now it is to a certain extent of special, but more of serial and general relations that I have to speak; and these have been so well defined and described by Professor Owen t ‘under the happily chosen terms special homology, serial homology, and general homo- logy, that little more, I think, need here be said with regard to them. In investigating the special homology of skeletal parts, the test employed must be the connexions or contiguity existing, at first or ultimately, between the parts in question and other struetures in the two or more animals compared. In investigating serial homology the test employed must be the resemblance at first or ultimately existing between a certain skeletal part of some animal and other parts, in the same animal, in front of or behind that certain part. No other test than that of parts being or not being “ in series” is, I believe, possible in questions of serial homology. In investigating general homology, both the foregoing tests must be employed, and applied to the several parts of all the more divergent vertebrate animal forms. The endo-skeleton is, at least conveniently, divisible into, 1, the axial skeleton, and, 2, the appendicular skeleton. Such a division I believe to be not only convenient but also natural. THE AXIAL SKELETON. The parts which together make up the axial skeleton are not yet all satisfactorily grouped and classified, as regards their general homology; and this remark especially - applies to some of the inferior arches. Before, however, the general homology of these arches can be investigated with any chance of success, it is necessary to determine rela- tions of special and serial homology. The uncertainties which hang over these inferior arches have been forcibly brought home to my mind in studying the skeleton as it exists in tailed Batrachians—animals presenting such interesting resemblances to Fishes on the one hand, and to Reptiles and Mammals on the other. To endeavour, if possible, to contribute towards the removal of some of these uncer- tainties, I have been led to review the labours of previous writers, and to reexamine and reconsider observations of my own. The results I venture now to present, in the hope * Prof. wu Croonian Lecture, 1858. 7 t Bruns e and Homologies of the yati ibiti. pp. 1 & 72. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. | 371 that, if they cannot be deemed to supply what has been felt as a desideratum, they may yet provoke such investigation and criticism as by their refutation to elicit truth, and thus occasion, indirectly, what they may fail directly to accomplish. In studying these tailed Batrachians I have been especially perplexed as to how it may be best to regard the hyobranchial apparatus on the one hand, and the subcaudal arches and processes on the other. | This perplexity has resulted in an endeavour to obtain, if possible, satisfactory answers to the following questions. 1. What is the best way to seek à priori a general view of the axial skeleton, or in what way may the axial skeleton as a whole be most reasonably regarded à priori ? 2. What is the essential nature of ribs, transverse processes, and sternum ? 3. What is the essential nature of branchial arches, and in what relation do they stand to ribs ? 4. What is the essential nature, as compared with branchial arches, of the hyoidean arch, mandible, and more anterior structures? 5. What relation exists between “chevron bones"* and other parts of the vertebrate skeleton ? 1. As to the best way in which the axial skeleton, as a whole, may be regarded à priori. osecuted, the more it becomes plain and evident that trust- worthy views cannot possibly be arrived at without the study of development. Of late years this truth has been more or less recognized and acted on by almost all who have investigated the nature of the vertebrate skeleton. The most reasonable way, then, to endeavour to understand the skeleton is to recur to its earliest embryonic condition. Dr. Cleland, in his interesting papert on ribs and transverse processes (read at the Meet- ing of the British Association at Cambridge, in October 1862), differs from most of his predecessors in declining to regard the skeletal structures which envelope the cerebro- spinal centres as primary elements corresponding to those which embrace the trunk below, but rather as secondary offshoots from the latter. He says, “But the lamine of the vertebrz are at right angles to the main direction of the dorsal plates and the layers of the embryo; and even as the elevations of blastema in which they are developed are processes from the middle layer of the embryo, so do the lamine diverge from the main circle of the skeleton ; and in that respect they are to be compared with the various pro- cesses directed outwards to the skin in fishes, and with the epicostal bones in birds" 1. Although I think many of the ideas put forth by Dr. Cleland in the paper quoted exceedingly valuable, nevertheless I cannot follow him in this view as to the subordinate timating the nature and im- and secondary character of the neural arch ; for though in es i in portance of structures as parts of a system we must carefully study their mode of origin, yet we must nevertheless consider fairly the outeome and the result of that process, in order to get the most complete general conception of that system as à whole. Now though “the cylinder which the cerebro-spinal axis forms ” may be “ the product of only ossicles so often found beneath the caudal vertebræ of The more morphology is pr * By “chevron bones” I mean those detached Y-shaped animals above the class of Fishes. plc t Nat. Hist. Review, 1863, vol. iii. p. 116. + Loc. cit. p. 125. kai 372 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. a small portion of the external layer of the embryo," while the inferior cylinder is “composed of “the whole internal layer of the embryo," yet in all vertebrate animals, when developed, the importance of the contents of the former is not inferior to that of the latter. The neural laminæ come to be of primary consequence, even if of secondary origin—just as the spinal nerves and their roots in the myelon come to be single and continuous structures in spite of the contrast presented by their several modes of development. The nervous system, indeed, can hardly be considered as ranking below any other in the body. The special homologies of the cranial bones are best determined by taking the places of exit of the cranial nerves as fixed points; and it is certainly probable that the + relations of the skeleton generally closely resemble those existing between different parts of the nervous system. | The mode of regarding the embryo which has been adopted by Professor Huxley seems to me to be the most simple and natural. According to that the embryo is developed from three pairs of antero-posteriorly extending laminz, which radiate from the chorda dorsalis. i The first pair of laminæ, the dorsal plates, ascend and form the enclosure of the cere- bro-spinal centres. The ventral plates descend; and each bifurcates, the space formed by the bifurcation constituting the pleuro-peritoneal cavity. The outer walls of this cavity (formed by the outer bifurcation of each ventral plate) constitute the second pair of laminæ, or external ventral plates. | The parts within the internal wall of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity (except the lining membrane of the alimentary canal, which is formed by the mucous layer of the embryo) are formed by the third pair of laminæ, or internal ventral plates. Now * such being the case, we might expect à priori, that a branch from each nerve- root would ascend into the dorsal lamina, that another would pass directly outwards, and two others would follow the laminæ formed by the bifurcation of the ventral plates—one passing along the body-wall (or external ventral plate) the other going down the mesen- tery to the alimentary canal (the internal ventral plate) ; and this is what we find to be really the case”*., E For the so-called sympathetic appears to be no separate system distinct from the spinal nerves, but merely to consist of those branches of the latter which descend into the third pair of laminæ (or internal ventral plates) together with commissural fibres. ; This striking and original suggestion was made by Professor Huxley in the twelfth lec- ture of his last Hunterian course. Such being the conditions of the embryonic laminæ, and the spinal nerves being each arranged in this, at the least, triradiate manner on each side, we might expect à priori some parallelism as to arrangement to exist in the skeleton. In endeavouring to obtain a good general idea of the vertebrate skeleton, it seems rea- sonable, then, to look, in the most completely developed skeleton, for three longitudinal series of parts in addition to, and on each side of the common axis. I say “in the most completely developed skeletons," because we may expect in many forms a certain coales- os * British Medical Journal, for May 15th, 1869, No. 437, p. 445. E MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 319 cence and indeterminateness of skeletal parts—just as nervous structures run together or fail to be differentiated. These series of parts may be expected, then, to be :— I. Parts related to the first pair of laminæ (that is, in the ascending or dorsal plates of the embryo), which may be spoken of as ** dorsal ”’ or eparial parts (Plate LIII. fig. 2, x). = ll. Parts related to the second pair of laminæ (that is, in the external ventral plates), which may be spoken of as the “ outer ventral" or parazial parts (fig. 2, P). III. Parts related to the third pair of lamin (that is in the internal ventral plates), which may be spoken of as the “inner ventral" or hypaxial parts (fig. 2, A, B, C). Epaxial parts will be parts embracing the cerebro-spinal axis, or parts serially homolo- gous with parts which embrace that axis. Paraxial parts will more or less embrace externally the pleuro-peritoneal cavity (or at least lie without it), or be serially homologous with parts which do so in the trunk, These parts may be also expected to include skeletal elements tending to pass directly out- wards, just as certain of the nerves pass directly outwards. Hypaxial parts will be parts situated between the skeletal axis and some part of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity, or serially homologous with parts so situated. Now between the skeletal axis and the pleuro-peritoneal cavity we find in the trunk :— l. The great dorsal aorta. 2. 'The alimentary tract. 9. The heart with the great vessels springing from it. It is conceivable then that we might have in a skeleton developed to the most complete possible degree, three kinds of hypaxial parts (Plate LIII. fig. 2, A, B, c) :— A. Some embracing, or tending to embrace the dorsal vessels (fig. 2, A). B. Some embracing, or tending to embrace the alimentary canal (fig. 2, »). C. Some embracing or tending to embrace the heart and the great vessels springing from it (fig. 2, c). These hypaxial skeletal structures might be defined, à priori, as skeletal parts either, on the one hand, intervening between the skeletal axis and the pleuro-peritoneal cavity together with any prolongations of it (if such there be), or else skeletal parts serially homologous with others which do so intervene,—or, on the other hand, as skeletal struc- tures placed within the inner wall of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity together with any prolongations of it, or else skeletal parts serially homologous with others which are so placed. Putting aside, then, all exoskeletal parts, with which we have, in this paper, nothing to do, and also putting aside the appendicular skeleton, the rest of the endo-skeleton (that is to say, the axial skeleton) may, from the. mode of development of the émbryo, and from that of the nervous system, be expected to appear (in its most developed condition) asa longitudinal axis whence three longitudinal series of more or less developed parts diverge on each side for a greater or less extent, namely :—1, epaxial; 2, paraxial; and 3, hyp- axial parts. But a certain coalescence or connation of these parts may also be expected to occur more or less frequently, especially in lower forms. : vus So much for the à priori view; it remains to test its value by-and-by by à posteriori considerations. 374 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 9. What is the essential nature of ribs, transverse processes, and sternum ? Dr. Cleland, in the paper before referred to, has, I think, thrown much light upon this question; and with many of his arguments and determinations I fully agree. I do so especially as to the subordinate importance, in questions of serial or general homology, of the mode of ossification of parts or of their points of attachment to the vertebral column. With him, I believe that “ribs” are parts of the skeleton the primary office of which is to support the outer wall of the trunk, and I think the degree of segmenta- tion of such structures is of very little consequence morphologically. As to the significance, however, which is to be attached to the fact of parts being or not being “in series” I cannot at all agree with him; for I am at a loss to know what better or other guide we have in matters of serial homology. All will admit that that part of the rib which intervenes between its head and tubercle in one animal is the general homologue of the part which so intervenes in another ani- mal; and yet the researches of Rathke and Professor Huxley seem to show that some- times it isa primary part of the rib, sometimes a mere outgrowth. Again, all will admit that the rudimentary neural arches of the tail of the dog are the serial homologues of the fully developed ones of the trunk; yet, as Dr. Cleland himself tells us*, the former are merely exogenous structures. "These, and many other instances it would be easy to bring forward, show that diversity as to mode of development is no bar to the legitimacy of serial or general homologies. Just as little can relations of functions claim a preference as a mode of determining such homologies. Otherwise the neural rudiments of the os coccygis could not claim to be serial representatives of those of the trunk, or caudal transverse processes to represent parts of the viscera-encircling girdles in front of them. Thus the fact of parts being “in series" is most important in determining serial homologies, and, when carefully used and checked by comparing results obtained in many different forms, is the best available guide. I believe that all transverse processes, ribs, and sternal structures are elements of one system of parts, the primary office of which is to surround the visceral cavity (fig. 2, P, t, tr, tr’, e, er’, vr, sr, & s), that they are essentially parts belonging to the external lamina of the ventral plate of the embryo, and that their serial relationships, as whole arches and as component parts of such arches, are revealed by the fact of serial position in such arches or parts of arches. As to the conditions presented by the hard parts forming these arches, we find com- monly in the highest animals a rib with a head and tubercle, the latter articulating with a transverse process. : In many of the Amphibia we find a rib bifurcating proximally and more or less distally also, and articulating, by the branches of its proximal bifurcation, with two superimposed transverse processes (Plate LIII. figs. 14 & 15, £, c). In many fishes we find two series of ribs, one placed above the other; and sometimes these are attached to two more or less distinct, superimposed, transverse processes (Plate — = * Loc. cit. p. 120. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 375 LIII. fig. 9, é, c). There are also in many fishes additional bony rays (as notably in the Herring), generally admitted to be of quite subordinate importance, and which, as far as I know, are not represented, at least by hard structures, in any higher class. In all the higher Vertebrata the ribs, and in fishes the lower series of ribs, lie, in the trunk, in close proximity to the outer wall of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity. "These then are hard parts developed in the layer of a membrane enclosing that cavity. Another layer of membrane extends from the skeletal axis outwards, above the former; and in this layer (in fishes, at all events, if not also in higher vertebrates) hard parts are also sometimes developed. It occurs forcibly to the mind, then, that the paraxial system of each side may be of an essentially duplex nature; and I venture to suggest for inquiry whether the faets of comparative anatomy, as regards these parts, may not be well and conveniently grouped together by some such conception as the following. That there are really two series of paraxial elements on each side of the body :— l. An upper series, which, leaving the central axis, tends outwards towards the skin (corresponding with the nerves passing directly outwards), and which may be termed upper paraxial or (making use of a name employed by Professor Owen) diapophysial elements (fig. 2, t, tr, tr’); 2. A lower series, which, leaving the central axis, tends downwards (corresponding with the abdominal nerves) to embrace the visceral cavity, or is serially homologous with other parts which do so, and may be called lower paraxial or (again after Professor Owen) parapophysial elements (fig. 2, c, cr, vr, sr, & s). And :— That these two series of parts frequently coalesce (before or after solidification) for à longer or shorter distance, and by so doing give rise to double (superimposed) trans- verse processes with ribs bifurcating at each end (Plate LIII. figs. 14 & 15), or to ribs with the proximal bifurcation modified into “head” and “tubercle,” and with the distal bifurcation disguised by having only one limb of such bifurcation ossified, the other remaining membranous, or, finally, to bifurcating transverse processes simply (figs. 12 & 13). : : According to this conception, the root of each upper paraxial element (when a solid structure) is the cartilage or bone (however ossified or wherever situated) connected with the tubercle of the rib of higher vertebrates; and it may be termed the upper transverse process, or the tubercular process, or the diapophysis * (fig. 2, 4, & fig. 14). ; This is continued outwards, in many fishes, by an upper series of ribs (fig. 9, $ fr )— in other vertebrates by entering for a certain extent into the composition of the ribs, and thence onwards by a bifurcation of the rib, in Amphibiat (figs. 14 € 15), or, in the highest vertebrates, possibly by membranes passing upwards from the ribs external to the erector spine, or outwards from the ends of the caudal transverse processes. The root of each lower paraxial element (when a solid structure) is the cartilage or bone (however ossified and wherever situate) which is connected with the head of the * Professor Owen originally instituted this term to denote a process essentially exogenous. See * Archetype and Homologies,’ p. 82. Le t Are the costal processes of Birds and Crocodiles similar? 376 MESE GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. ribs in certain vertebrates ; and it may be termed the lower transverse process, or the capitular process, or the parapophysis (fig. 2, c, & fig. 14) *. This (according of course to the same conception) is continued outwards by the ribs, and is often completed inferiorly by skeletal structures which, when ossified or chondrified, are termed sternal, i.e. sternal ribs and sternum proper (fig. 2, sr & s). Thus we may have complete coalescence proximally of the upper and lower paraxial elements, and then we have a simple transverse process; or we may have a simple trans- verse process essentially diapophysial, because in series with the tubercular processes of vertebree in front, as in Delphinus; or we may have an apparently quite similar trans- verse process essentially parapophysial in nature, because in series with the heads of the ribs of vertebræ in front, as in Physeter. These distinctions, as they exist in the Cefacea, were pointed out by Professor Flower in his recent Hunterian Course. Very often, as in so many fishes, the parapophyses and ribs of the trunk are repre- sented in the tail by a single continuous ossification which answers to both. Thus the ribs of most vertebrates, according to this view, would be of essentially complex nature, and consist of an ossification which has taken place in the line where the upper and lower paraxial elements have coalesced. Amongst fishes, the Carp appears to have a single series of ribs into which both elements enter. It must be recollected that this conception is thrown out only as a suggestion. It might be objected that the parts here treated as more or less distinct are often merely outgrowths one from the other. But this is no objection to the view that the form described is the one that the skeleton tends to assume, and actually does assume more or less completely. However solidification be attained, the tendency to solidify m these particular lines must preexist in the soft tissues. From the frequent point of origin of the diapophysis it is manifest that we often have coalescence or connation between paraxial and epaxial parts, ¿. e. between the transverse process and neural arch’ yet they are accounted distinct. The “chevron bones” and caudal hemapophyses of Probes Owen belong, I believe. to an altogether different skeletal category. 3. What is the essential nature of branchial arches, and in what relation do they stand to ribs ? These arches have been regarded by Carus and Professor Owen as forming part of the splanchno-skeleton, and therefore as altogether distinct in nature from the vertebral and sternal ribs, and, indeed, constituting no part of the true endo-skeleton. Professors Goodsirf and Huxleyt, on the other hand, take them to be the serial homologues of the thoracic or abdominal ribs, and therefore consider them what I call * Though Professor Owen originally employed this term to denote a process essentially autogenous, now, how- ever, he regards it as normally exogenous. See‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. i. p. 28. T See * Edinburgh New Phil. Journal, vol. y. New Series, p. 131. + “ Hunterian Lecture ” for 1869, see ‘ Brit. Med. Journal, No. 443, June 26, 1869, p. 589. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 377 paraxial elements—that is, parts which embrace externally the pleuro-peritoneal cavity, or serially homologous with other parts which so embrace it. I venture to assert, on the other hand, that they are rather hypaxial elements; con- sequently I agree with Carus and Professor Owen in considering that they belong to a different category altogether from that-to which ribs and hæmal arches belong; while at ‘the same time I differ from these authors, and agree with Professors Goodsir and Huxley, in taking them to be certainly portions of the true endo-skeleton. My reason for so considering them—for counting these hard parts as belonging to the internal laminæ of the ventral plates, or as belonging to those parts (of the undifferentiated ventral plates) which correspond to the internal laminæ of those portions of the ventral plates which are differentiated into internal and external laminæ—is the relation which they (4.e. the branchial arches) bear to the root-vessels of the arterial system (Plate LIII. figs. 3 & 20, v). The pericardium, with its serous lining (derivations from the primitive pleuro-peritoneal sack), is continued for some distance along the great vessels which leave the heart. These continuations probably indicate the primitively greater extent of the pleuro-peritoneal . cavity, and that parts embraced by such pleuro-peritoneal extension belong to the internal laminæ of the embryonic ventral plates. Moreover the parts which spring from and are directly continuous with the parts so embraced may fairly be reckoned (in the absence of any proof to the contrary) as belonging to the same category. I mean that if the roots, so embraced, of the great vessels belong to the inner portion of the ventral plates, then the parts of such vessels, just beyond the point to which such investment can be traced, also belong probably to the same portion of the ventral plates. This is the more probable as the pericardium is continued on to the large blood-vessels so as to “form tubular prolongations, which become gradually lost upon their external coats ***, | Now in osseous fishes the heart and aortie arches lie outside and extend along the external margins of these branchial arches (Plate LIII. fig. 20, v); and consequently : these arches must belong to the inner portion of the ventral plates, and therefore cannot correspond to ribs or other hard parts which embrace the pleuro-peritoneal cavity on its outer side. ^ ex Professor Goodsirt long ago called attention to the fact that “in Fish and Amphibia the heart and the branchial artery and its branches are situated below and external to the skeleton of the branchial apparatus." He further expresses his wonder “ that those who refer the branchial and pharyngeal arches to a splanchno-skeleton, have not adduced the external position of the hæmal axis to these arches as an argument in support of their opinion ;” but he rejects the argument himself as involving consequences (concerning the mandible &e.—points which will be considered further on) which he regards as fatal, but Which are not at all so in my eyes. edis I have been much strengthened in my confidence as to the correctness of this view by finding that my friend Mr. W. K. Parker has independently arrived at a similar resült, at least as far as regards the non-correspondence between branchial arches and ribs. * Quain and Sharpey's * Elements of Anatomy,’ 5th edit., 1848, vol. ii. p. 1101. T Loc. cit. p. 129. VOL. XXVII. | 9E 378 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. The branchial arches of osseous fishes and of Amphibia appear, then, to me to be most probably hypaxial elements belonging to the category B—hypaxial elements because they are hard parts either placed within the inner wall of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity or serially homologous with parts so placed, and belonging to the category B because they embrace or tend to embrace a portion of the alimentary tube. "They are thus considerably different in nature from the parts (chevron bones, hypapophyses, &e.) which constitute the category A of hypaxial parts. The latter are essentially in close connexion with the skeletal axis. "The hypaxial parts of category B, on the other hand, are essentially related to the alimentary tube and its prolongations. Thus, when these latter hypaxial parts exist ' without corresponding solidifications of the category A, it is evident, à priori, that they may be quite detached from the skeletal axis, may arise* independently, and may have not only primitively but even ultimately, no solid connexion with it. If this reading is correct, the nerves which descend beside these branchial arches (Plate LIII. fig. 20, 2) cannot answer to the abdominal branches of the spinal nerves, but are rather hypertrophied representatives of the sympathetic. Now the branches of the vagus which descend in the posterior mediastinum should also be considered sympathetic, as that space is the upper portion of the internal laminæ, 4. e. within the pleuro-peritoneal cavity. Moreover Professor Huxley in his last Hunterian course supported the view of the essentially sympathetie nature of the vagus; and, as regards the branches supplying the branchial arches, he said “it is probable that these are distinct nerves, the true origins of which have become quite inconspieuous, while their antero-posterior commissural fibres have become exceedingly developed ”+. It remains to notice the branchial arches of the Elasmobranchs and of the Lamprey. In the Elasmobranchs (Plate LIII. fig. 3) it is manifestly the internal cartilages (within the arterial branches) which correspond to the branchial arches of osseous fishes. To what, then, do the external cartilages correspond? I should suggest that they are paraxial parts, and really do correspond to the ribs and hæmal arches of posterior seg- ments of the trunk (fig. 3, P). In the Lamprey, on the other hand (Plate LIII. fig. 4), the vessels are internal, and therefore the cartilaginous basket cannot at all answer to the branchial arches of osseous fishes; it answers only to the external branchial cartilages of the Elasmobranchs, and so is probably also paraxial in its nature (fig. 4, P). This view is confirmed by its line of suspension, which runs along the side and outer wall of the skeletal axis. The branchial arches, on the other hand, are suspended, as manifestly in certain Elasmobranchs, tc the under surface of the spinal column (Plate LIII. fig. 5). The cartilaginous protection of the heart of the Lamprey is thus no part of the hypaxial * If the resemblance to Vertebrates lately discovered in larval Ascidians be a resemblance due to genetie affinity, and not, as is quite possible, to some similarity of conditions, then this part of the hypaxial system may turn out to have originally arisen in a different mode from the rest of it. But the generalized expression of facts here adopted will none the less apply to the skeleton as it exists in the five vertebrate classes; as was before said, the outcome and result of development must have its weight as well as the mode by which that result is attained. t Loc. cit. May 22, 1869, p. 466. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 379 system, but is a median inferior portion of the paraxial system, and is thus a representative (and, as far as I know, the only true representative in Fishes) of the sternum. 4. What is the essential nature, as compared with branchial arches, of the hyoidean arch, mandible, and more anterior structures ? The hyoid arch and mandible have both been considered by Professor Owen to belong to the true endo-skeleton, and therefore to differ radically in their nature from the branchial arches, the latter, as has been said, appertaining to the splanchno-skeleton according to the same Professor. Carus has taken the same view of the hyoidean arch, but not of the mandible. Professors Goodsir and Huxley concur in thinking that the mandible and hyoidean arches are both endo-skeletal structures, and similar in essential nature to the branchial arches behind them. I agree in these opinions with the distinguished Professors last named; but, as they (as before mentioned) have considered the branchial arches essentially similar to ribs, while I do not do so, there is, of course, a similar divergence in our estimation of the hyoidean arch and mandible. As to structures in front of the mouth, Professors Owen and Goodsir both believe that there is a maxillary hzemal arch serially homologous with the mandible; while Professor Goodsir counts the palatine arch as a separate hæmal segment. | Professor Huxley, in his last Hunterian course, threw out a very original and striking idea as to the pree-stomal serial homologues of the mandible. He said*, “ May not the maxillo-palatine processes and the trabecule cranii be the most anterior members of the same lateral series ? ” I am inclined to fully accept this view as regards the trabecule; and I am again strengthened, in so doing, by the valuable opinion of my friend Mr. Parker, who has described to me the primitive downward-tending position of the trabecule cranii of the Frog. By an elaborate description of the arrangements of the vascular and nervous systems, Professor Huxley supported his conjecture as to the pree-stomal arches, and by the very same considerations he seems to me to have conclusively and unanswerably demonstrated the essentially similar nature of the hyo-mandibular and branchial arches. He showed how the serial homologues of the branchial arteries were represented, or their — indicated, by the pseudobranchiæ of Heptanchus and Lepidosiren, and by the * so-called carotid gland of the Frog. He stated that the external carotids were the continuations forwards of the ventral aortic roots, and that the internal carotids were the representatives of the most anterior part of the dorsal aorta. 3t He also showed that as the branches of the vagus (Plate LIII. fig. 2,7) skirted the branchial arches, so the ninth nerve, or glossopharyngeal, divided and then skirted the adjacent sides of the hyoidean and first branchial arches—that similarly the seventh nerve divided to go to the adjacent sides of the hyoidean arch and mandible respectively— that, in the same way, the fifth nerve supplied the adjacent sides of the mandible and * See * British Medical Journal' for June 26, 1869, p. 590. iu E 350 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. palato-quadrate arches, while, finally, the ophthalmie division of the fifth skirted the adjacent sides of the palato-quadrate arch and the trabecula cranii of the same side. Thus, then, if I am right in believing the branchial arches to be hypaxial skeletal elements, it follows that the mandible and hyoidean arches, and most probably the trabeculæ cranii are hypaxial also. Are there, then, any solid parts belonging to the paraxial kien e. answering to the external branchial cartilages of the Elasmobranchs, and to the cartilaginous branchial skeleton of the Lamprey (figs. 3 & 4, P)? On this point I am not prepared to absolutely affirm any thing; but 1 am inclined to believe that the labial cartilages of Sharks (the nature of which has been so much disputed) will be found to belong to the paraxial and costal category. Some of the complex labial eartilages of the Marsipobranchii may possibly also be of the same nature essentially; and it does not seem to be impossible that even some of the cartilages of the nose may be modified representatives of the true hæmal arches of the anterior extremity of the axial endo-skeleton. 5. What relation exists between the ** chevron bones” and other parts of the vertebrate axial skeleton ? By “chevron bones" I mean those subcaudal arches which exist in many Mammals and are so largely developed in the Cetacea, and the serial homologues of these arches, supposing such homologues to exist. To inquire, therefore, into the relation of these bones or processes to other parts of the axial skeleton as it exists in all five classes of the vertebrate subkingdom implies the asking of two important questions. 1. What is the nature of the mammalian “ chevron bones” ? 2, What is the nature of the analogous subcaudal arches of Fishes ? Professor Owen* regards the distinct bony arches beneath the tail of Cetaceans and other Mammals, and of Crocodiles and other Reptiles, as the serial homologues of the hæmal arches embracing the trunk, while the small arches beneath the cervical vertebræ of the Pelican belong, according to him, to another category altogether— namely, to that to which the inferior median processes of Serpents and Lizards belong, together with the processes to which the chevron bones are sometimes attached, as in Myrmecophaga t. In this view of the chevron bone as a hæmal arch removed from its normal costal attachment and articulating with the centrum, Professor Owen has not been followed by many ; and it is an interpretation I can by no means accept, believing as I do that the distinction between autogenous and exogenous parts is of quite subordinate importance?. * * Archetype and Homologies,' and Part I. of Memoir on the Megatherium, Phil. Trans. for 1851. * See Memoir on the Megatherium, plate liii. fig. 60, Ay. + Dr. Cleland is of a similar opinion, which he thus supports in a passage before referred to :—“ There are caudal vertebre in many mammals, the Dog for example, entirely ossified from the centra, which send upwards very small pairs of processes forming the rudiments of neuralarches, and outwards small transverse processes. Whatever we may think of the latter, we cannot fail to see that there is a greater amount of correspondence between the former and neural arches than can be counterbalanced by the fact of their being productions of the centrum and not auto- genous.” “So also the anterior part of the upper jaw in man indubitably corresponds to the intermaxillary bone in any other mammal, although, except in cases of cleft palate, it is ossified, as M. Em. Rousseau has shown, from the MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 381 The learned Professor himself has modified the views he first put forward on the subject, as he himself states; for at first he was disposed to regard even the subcervical canal of the Pelican as the homologue of the thoracic hzemal arch*. This change of opinion is so far an approximation to the view which I venture to be- lieve is correct —namely, that neither the subcervical nor the subcaudal arches are homo- logous with hæmal ones, but are hypaxial and not paraxial parts. Professor Goodsirt differs from Professor Owen, and, while he deems it probable that the chevron bones are similar in nature to such parts as the subcervical canal of the Pelican, at the same time considers the hæmal arches (vertebral and sternal ribs) quite distinct from either. The true representatives in the tail of these hæmal arches of the trunk he takes to be the transverse processes with the aponeuroses extending down from them. In a note he says :—** In dissecting lately a large Crocodile, I found that an aponeurotic membrane extended outwards, and curved downwards on each side from the extremities of the caudal transverse processes. These aponeuroses met one another in the mesialline below the tail, and were there joined by a mesial aponeurosis which extended down from between the chevron bones. A layer of fat one-third of an inch in thickness lay on the outside of the lateral aponeuroses; and imbedded in it the hæmal divisions of the spinal nerves extended outwards, downwards, and backwards, like a series of intercostal nerves. The lateral muscular mass of the tail, arranged in myo- tomes with metamyotomie fibrous laminæ nearly as distinct as in the fish, lay on the outside of the layer of fat. Each of the lateral aponeurotie cavities was occupied by the *fémoro-péronéo-eoccygien' muscle of Cuvieri, which arose from the under surfaces of the transverse processes, the sides of the chevron bones, and mesial aponeurosis, and passed out of the cavity through a space left in its outer wall behind the ischium to be inserted into the thigh bone. The mesial membrane divided above, its two laminæ cor- responding to the limbs of the chevron bones, and passing in front into the walls of the pelvis.” He adds, “This arrangement appeared to me to indicate that the transverse pro- cesses and the lateral aponeuroses and the hæmal divisions of the spinal nerves, were in the position of the proper hæmal arches of the tail—that the two aponeurotie chambers constituted in fact, together, the abdominal or visceral cavity, divided by the mesial lamina, and occupied by a pair of muscles referable to that group of muscles which in the trunk lie on the inner surface of the visceral chamber—and that therefore the chevron-bones are not real hzemal arches, but subcentral developments." Dr. Cleland appears to take a similar view. He says$, “ In Saurians the inferior caudal arches are only in series with structures projecting into the interior of the visceral cavity à those in the anterior part of the tail so project; and further forwards, in series with maxillary, August Müller also demonstrates the small importance of the division or non-division of the costal ele- ment into. ‘rib, and ‘ transverse process.’ ” Professor Huxley in his Hunterian Lectures has brought forward numerous instances of diverse modes of ossi- fication of similar parts; and Professor Flower has done the same in his recent and first course of the same lectures. .* Geol. Trans, vol. v. 2nd Series, p. 519, pl. 44. figs. 2 & 3. + Loc. cit. p. 128. + My femoro-caudal in Iguana, Menopoma, and Menobranchus, Proc. Zool, Soc. June 27, 1867, and April 22 and June 24, 1869. $ Loc. cit, p. 130. 382 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. them, there are, in certain species, imperforate processes projecting in the middle line, and not even forking to enclose the great vessels." | Professor Huxley, speaking of the chevron bones of the Amphibia, says, in his last course of Hunterian lectures *, “These processes certainly, however, do not answer to ribs, as they coexist with transverse processes to the extremities of which moveable ribs are articulated." This is well seen in Menobranchus. Now, reverting to the condition of the embryo, and the bifurcation of the ventral plates into the external and internal laminee, I think it is most probable that median azygos processes beneath the centra of the trunk vertebree belong to the common root of the internal laminæ. Such processes are, e. g., those in the lumbar and last dorsal vertebre of the Hare, the last cervical vertebre of the Great Auk and Penguin (Plate LIII. fig. 11, Hy.), the trunk vertebræ of the Rattle-snake or Cobra, &c. &c. Often, e. y. in the Penguin, median azygos.and quite single processes are in series with others which begin to bifurcate, and these again with others in which the bifurca- ting limbs reunite inferiorly so as to form a subcentral bony ring. Such parts in the trunk evidently, if they do not actually belong to the internal laminæ, are clearly related to them, and belong to that part of the undifferentiated mass from which those laminx elsewhere proceed; they are therefore what I propose to call hypaxial parts. : : Now as, in the series of hypaxial parts forming the hyo-branchial apparatus and jaws, the branchial arches (if any) in front of the bifurcation of the ventral plates into exter- nal and internal laminæ are most probably similar in nature to those behind (and therefore within) such bifurcation, so the processes, ridges, or arches in parts of the body where there may be no distinct differentiation into external and internal laminæ must be held similar in nature to the serially homologous ridges, processes, and arches developed in parts of the body where there is such a differentiation. Again, just as the aortic arches may be taken as indicating the potential line of such. differentiation beyond its actual limit, so the continuation backwards of the dorsal aorta may similarly be taken as a potential (if not actual) division—the parts immediately em- bracing it in the tail being evidently serially homologous with the parts embracing it in : the trunk. Now the dorsal aorta in the trunk belongs surely to the system of the internal laminæ and their common root, the external lamine lying altogether without and sur- rounding the visceral cavity. "Therefore any hard parts immediately embracing the caudal continuation of the dorsal aorta must belong to the same system (i. e. to the internal laminz), unless, by the atrophy of the visceral cavity, parts serially homologous with ribs are brought into immediate contact with the eaudal vessel, and coalesce or are connate with or replace and simulate absent hypaxial parts. The coexistence, however, in the tail, of the transverse processes of both kinds (tubercular and capitular) with chevron bones, as in Menobranchns, proves that the latter bones cannot be the homologues of the paraxial hard parts of the trunk (as has already been said); while the fact of their being embraced externally, in the Crocodile, by the lining membrane of the continued visceral cavity (as observed by Professor iin * Loc. cit. p. 279. | MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 383 Goodsir) proves them, in my opinion, to belong to the system of the internal lamin:e, - and to be true hypaxial parts. Tf, then, my view be correct that the mode of ossification and the degree of segmen- tation of skeletal elements is of secondary importance, it seems to me that the subcer- vical rings or processes, and the azygos or bifold subthoracie plates of Birds, together with their homologues in other Sauropsidans and in Mammals (in fact, all parts in these groups which are termed hypapophyses by Professor Owen), are serially homologous with the ** chevron bones" of the same animals, and that they all belong to my category A of hypaxial parts. At the same time it must always be borne in mind that the hypaxial and paraxial parts have a common starting-point, that it is probable à priori that they will sometimes coalesce, and that this coalescence may take place before solidi- fication, and that thus we may have a skeletal part which is neither completely par- axial nor hypaxial, but partakes of the nature of both, and may theretore be called parhypaxial. The second question about chevron bones has now to be answered, namely, What is the nature of the analogous subcaudal arches of Fishes? Professor Owen * regards these arches as formed by bent-down paraphyses, i. e. by essentially paraxial elements. 1 have not as yet ascertained what precise view Professor Goodsir held as to the homology of these piscine arches with parts of the mammalian or sauropsidan skeleton. J. Müller + considers them to answer to the chevron bones, and the piscine and mammalian ribs to be homologous. $ A. Müller t thinks the ribs of fishes peculiar, and different from those of mammals ; and it seems to follow from his views that “chevron bones" are the homologues of the former, the mass of muscles below the lateral intermuscular septum being considered by him to answer to the subvertebral muscles placed within the ribs in higher animals. - Dr. Cleland $ combats (I think, very successfully) August Müller's view, saying, “ In the saurian tail the lateral intermuscular septum is found as in fishes. The muscles superior to it are, as August Müller rightly observes, continued into the muscles of the back; but the muscles below that line cannot be justly described as continued into the interior of the visceral cavity. The superficial ones are attached to the pelvis ; and conti- nuous with them, in front of the pelvis, are those muscles of the abdomen which lie superficial to the ribs, among others the rectus, which can easily be distinguished in some fishes. When the fore part of the tail is laid open, we find, indeed, two masses ol muscle continued into the abdominal cavity, and which, as has been shown by Professor - Goodsir, are enclosed in the continuation backwards of the lining membrane of the abdomen; but that that membrane corresponds not to the lateral intermuscular septum of the first, but to the lining membrane of the fish's abdomen, is proved by the co-exist- ence of the lateral intermuscular septum, which finds its way to the skin in fishes. For- ward in the trunk there are both infracostal and transversi abdominis muscles internal | * Anatomy of Vertebrates, vol. i. p. 40. . + Vergleichende Anatomie der MINA, p. 100. t “ Beobachtungen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelsäule,” Miller's Archiv, 1853, p. 260 &e. § Loc. cit. p. 127. p .984 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. to the eostal arches; but the main trunks of nerve are outside these, not on their abdo- minal aspects, as they would have been were August Müller's theory correct.” Dr. Cleland regards the costal arches of fishes as homologous with those of the higher vertebrata; but I do not find a distinct affirmation of any general relationship between the subeaudal arches of fishes and chevron bones or other parts of higher animals. But he does not appear to coincide with my view, as he denies the homology between what I believe to be the same parts in Menobranchus and Naseus fronticornis * and asserts that the subcentral arches of the trunk-vertebre of the Sole are of essentially the same nature as transverse processes. Professor Huxley has not, so far as I know, given forth any decided view as to the real nature of the subcaudal piscine arches. For myself, I believe that the facts will not warrant us in saying that they belong altogether to any one category, but that their na- ture is more or less different in different cases. A priori we might expect that in these lower vertebrata “ differentiation ” in some parts of the skeleton would be less complete than in higher classes; and such I believe to be the case as regards the hypaxial and paraxial elements. In the embryo before the bifurcation of the laminæ of the ventral fold is complete, it can only be approximately determined to which category portions of tissue belong which are situated in the as yet undifferentiated part. And if, by arrest of development, the bifurcation never extended further, hard parts so situated could only be so determined during the whole of life. But as the alimentary tube (except of course its mucous lining) is undoubtedly formed from the internal laminæ, the parts lying directly above it and . beneath the vertebral column may well be taken to belong to the same category, lying, as they do, at least in the roots of such laminæ and above their points of suspension. Such skeletal elements in the trunk, when they coexist with distinct paraxial elements surrounding externally the visceral cavity, being deemed hypaxial, the nature of the subcaudal arches must be determined by examining whether they are serially related to one or the other set of elements. That they should partake of the nature of both systems and be parhypaxial, or that distinct paraxial ribs should start from undifferentiated parhypaxial root-processes, would only harmonize with what we might expect « priori to find in some cases, espe- cially in members of the lowest class. We have seen that in some vertebrates, upon an hypothesis suggested a little back, coalescence or connation takes place between parts which are distinct in other forms (i. e. the coalescence between diapophysial and para- pophysial elements); it is therefore not improbable that we may find a similar want of differentiation (coalescence or connation) with regard to such skeletal elements as the . paraxial and hypaxial ones. Again, the internal and external laminæ of each ventral plate merge one into Pei other superiorly; and we might expect sometimes to find solid skeletal parts in certain situa- tions, the true and essential nature of which is onlv be determined by following it serially in the same individual, or by carefully comparing it with other forms. From the piscine skeletons I have as yet examined, I believe that in the great Mons * Loc. cit. p. 131. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 385 of fishes this undifferentiated condition of the paraxial and hypaxial parts obtains. Nevertheless, sometimes both elements coexist in full perfection, as is well shown by Dr. Cleland himself, whose instructive woodcut of Naseus fronticornis I have had copied (Plate LITI. fig. 9). In this fish we have on each side a diapophysis (or tubercular pro- cess) with an upper rib (fig. 9, £, tr), and a parapophysis (or capitular process) from which an aponeurosis (fig. 9, dotted line), in the position of a lower rib, runs down to embrace the visceral cavity while the hypaxial arch plainly and manifestly dips into that cavity (like the caudal chevron bone of a crocodile) in the line of suspension of the primitive embryonie internal laminæ. Dr. Cleland declines to recognize a relation of homology between this arch of Naseus fronticornis and the chevron bone of Menobranchus, because in the latter animal the visceral cavity “lies entirely below the inferior caudal spine, whose top only reaches its upper margin." But this objection, if valid, would destroy the homology between the chevron bones of Menobranchus and those of the crocodile, as deseribed by Professor Goodsir, at least of such of them as are quite posterior to the cau- dal leg-muscles; and it seems to me to imply no more than that the area of the internal lamine has become narrowed for a certain space, certainly not any essential difference in the nature of the parts—nothing being more common than the application of serially homologous parts to diverse uses. In Murena Helena we have a good example (Plate LIII. figs. 16, 17, 18 & 19) of a rudi- mentary and undifferentiated condition of these parts. In the vertebrz immediately behind the head (fig. 16) we have a transverse process on each side, and a single median inferior process. This latter process, as it lies directly in the line suspending the viscera, must be regarded as hypaxial (fig. 16 x). Further backward it divides and approximates toward the transverse process, with which it gradually coalesces (fig. 17, PH). This single process is now the serial homologue of both the hypaxial and paraxial parts of the more anterior vertebræ, i. e. itis parhypaxial. It is short and does not extend beyond the walls of the groove for the aorta, which groove is formed into a canal by membrane extending trans- versely beneath it. From the ends of these parhypaxial processes the membrane extends which bounds the pleuro-peritoneal cavity externally, and in which there are no hard parts; but if hard parts did exist there, they would be ribs. Further backward the parhypaxial process becomes again differentiated into its elements (fig. 18); and still fur- ther back the hypaxial ones, meeting below, form inferior arches (fig. 19) which are the general homologues of the Mammalian and Reptilian chevron bones, and the serial homologues of the inner parts of the single more anterior processes. Did the trans- versely extending subaortic membrane of the trunk ossify, then such median ossification would be plainly hypaxial, and would connect together (if it extended completely across) the two parhypaxial processes. Of such an essentially complex nature are the subcaudal arches of most fishes. These arches are in general evidently the bent-down serial homologues of the paraxial elements of the trunk; but they are often also the serial homologues of the margins of a subcentral abdominal aortic groove, and so far are hypaxial, as also are the trans- verse bars of bone sometimes extending beneath the caudal vessels. In certain cases, however, we have (as in Murena Helena) a more complete differenti- VOL. XXVII. 3 F 386 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. ation; and thus it is that in the Sole (Plate LIII. fig. 7) the subcaudal arches are hyp- axial in nature, while in the Flounder (Plate LIII. fig. 6) they are certainly in part paraxial, being, in the latter case (as pointed out by Dr. Cleland), to a certain extent in series with the transverse processes of the trunk, but in the former case with the aortic investment, as they are in Lophius piscatorius (Plate LILI. fig. 8), where they are also, to all appearance, simply hypaxial parts. ! That the subeaudal arches of the Sole should be reckoned as belonging to a more or less different category from the subcaudal arches of the Flounder, may by some be deemed paradoxical. It is, nevertheless, simply a short statement of facts—namely, that they succeed serially in a certain different manner in one case from what they do in another. We have already met with a parallel instance in the caudal transverse processes of certain Cetaceans; and the instances are numerous, indeed, in which skeletal parts in one : animal closely resemble, in external appearance and ‘function, skeletal parts in another animal, which parts nevertheless have a different origin. "Thus the different ways in whieh the cranial walls are formed in different animals, now by an enlargement of a lateral part, e. g. the alisphenoid, now by the greater extension downward of an upper part, e. y. the parietal, will supply an example of functional resemblance and genetic . divergence. We have now reviewed, in connexion with the questions proposed, the more important modifications of the axial skeleton as it exists in its fullest development in the five ver- tebrate classes. And it seems to me that the view thence derivable à posteriori, appears to coincide tolerably well with the à priori view derived from a consideration of the mode of development of the vertebrate embryo with its three pairs of laminæ ; for we have found, beside the neural arches (or epaxial parts), a series of more or less seg- mented hard parts embracing externally the pleuro-peritoneal cavity (paraxial parts) and also a series of hard parts (hypaxial parts) either situated within the pleuro-peritoneal cavity and its prolongation, e. g. the branchial arches, or else placed within the paraxial elements, and related to the dorsal vessels, e. g. chevron bones and hypapophyses. Moreover, as the laminse start from a common longitudinal axis, so we have found that coalescence or connation sometimes takes place between adjacent series, whether between paraxial parts and epaxial parts, on the one hand, or between paraxial parts and hyp- axial parts on the other. Adopting then the view before mentioned as to the nature of the trabeculæ cranii, the axial skeleton of vertebrates may be shortly described as follows (Plate LIII. fig. 1):— 1. A central axis, terminating anteriorly behind the sella turcica, and posteriorly at the end of the spine itself, and segmented antero-posteriorly or not, but generally so, the segments having a numerical relation to the spinal nerves. 2. A superior cylinder, enlarged (except in Amphioxus) at its anterior end to embrace the brain. The cylinder is generally segmented, the segments (except at the anterior end) generally corresponding in number to those of the axis, though sometimes much more numerous— Epaxial parts. 3. An inferior cylinder external to the pleuro-peritoneal cavity (or continuous vith | . . Hunterian course. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 987 parts which are so), in which two longitudinal series of hard parts (having a numerical relation to the epaxial hard parts) may be developed, and may coalesce more or less completely together after or before solidification— Paraxial parts. They are subdivisible into (A) diapophyses and upper ribs, and (B) parapophyses, lower ribs and sternum. 4. An inferior cylinder internal to the pleuro-peritoneal cavity (or continuous with - parts which are so), in which hard parts may be developed (having generally a numerical relation to the other, axial hard parts) —Hypaxial parts. These may be of two very different kinds. They may be (A) in close relation with the dorsal vessels— Hypapophyses, including “chevron bones; ” or (B) they may bound ex- teriorly the anterior part of the alimentary canal, or be in series with parts so bounding it—Visceral arches. By “ visceral arches" I mean the branchial arches, the hyoidean arch, the mandible, and the trabeculæ cranii. On the authority of Mr. Parker, I do not count the palatine structure as a distinct arch, as he informs me it is but a secondary growth. Hypaxial parts, then, are skeletal structures either, on the one hand, intervening be- tween the axis and the pleuro-peritoneal cavity together with its prolongations, or else parts serially homologous with others which do so intervene; or, on the other hand, parts placed within the inner wall of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity, together with its pro- longations, or else parts serially homologous with others which are so placed. Finally, a greater or less degree of coalescence, before or after solidification, may take place between epaxial parts and paraxial parts, or between paraxial parts and hypaxial parts. In vertebrates generally (Plate LIII. fig. 1) we have, at the anterior end of the axial skeleton, hypertrophied epaxial and hypaxial parts, i. e. the brain-case and visceral arches. Further back we have hypertrophied paraxial parts with much diminished hypaxial ones. Finally, towards the hinder end of the body (except in tailless forms) we have, in vertebrates above fishes, a reappearance of hypaxial elements, generally accom- panied by coexisting but distinct paraxial parts. In Fishes, in the same region, we have generally paraxial parts in union with more or less of the hypaxial element, or we have paraxial parts only, or, much more rarely, only hypaxial parts. In this way the much discussed theory of the essentially vertebrate nature of the skull reappears, but in diminished proportions. As suggested by Professor Huxley, we have no vertebral body beyond the sella turcica—the region of the trabeculæ belonging to the system of inferior arches, not of neural ones or of bodies. The anterior end of the neural canal (in an ossified condition) seems to present us with three segments, suggesting three vertebral elements, viz. :—1, the occipital segment ; 2, the alisphenoids and parietals; 3, the orbito-sphenoids and frontals. A sense-capsule is at the anterior part of each of these three segments. All the ossifications of the acoustic capsule belong to a different category. Only two distinct vertebral centres (the basi-oceipital and part of the basi-sphenoid), however, cor- respond now to these three pairs of neural arches ; but many others may have at one time existed and since disappeared. Professor Huxley suggested this as possible in his last 3r2 388 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. With regard to the descending arches, it may be that more than one pair belongs to each vertebral element, just as in some fishes there are two neurapophyses on each side to a single centrum. But as they are hypaxial and not paraxial in nature, there is no embarrassment in assigning some of them, in fishes, to vertebræ provided with true costal elements. Such are the results which seem to me to follow from the study of the vertebrate axial skeleton, in the light afforded by the works and labours of the authors before referred to; and if these results are not themselves correct, 1 trust they may neverthe- less contribute (as I before said), by provoking further examination and criticism, to the elucidation of truth on this somewhat puzzling question. THE APPENDICULAR SKELETON. That this part of the skeleton is an independent, separate part, and no mere modifi- cation of any of the before described axial elements, has, I think, been satisfactorily demonstrated by previous writers. The serial homology between the parts of the anterior and posterior limbs of the same side* has also been pretty satisfactorily determined. The femur answers to the humerus, the tibia to the radius, the hallux to the pollex, &c. (Plate LIII. fig. 1). But can the limb-skeleton have a yet simpler expression than a mere statement of their average development in the higher classes ? can we reduce it to a form in which it shall eorrespond to piscine structures also, and reveal genetic relationships ? Professor Gegenbaur, i in a recent paper}, has given an affirmative answer to this ques- tion. From a consideration of the limb-bones of Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, Amphibia and Elasmobranchs, he comes to the conclusion that a common form may be arrived at, a type at once of both fin and limb, according to the figure which I have had copied (fig. 4). He conceives that the increasing number of parts as we proceed distad from the root of the limb, is owing to the limb having originally consisted of a fin with a marginal chain of ossicles (H, R, 7, c', m, &c.) and with a secondary longitudinal series of ossicles attached to the distal end of each marginal ossicle, all the series ending at about the same level transversely. "Thus the root marginal ossicle, H, (the future humerus or femur) would have attached to one side of its distal end a chain of ossicles (U, w, €, m’, &e.), the future ulna, cuneiforme, part of unciforme, fifth metacarpal, and phalanges of fifth digit. "The second marginal ossicle (the future radius) would have attached to one side of its distal end a chain of ossicles (3, c, e*, m', &c.), the future lunare, first part of os centrale, other part of unciforme, fourth metacarpal, and phalanges of fourth digit. The third marginal ossicle, r (the future scaphoid), would have attached to one side of its distal end a chain of ossicles (c, e”, m’, &c.), the future second part of os centrale, * That special relationship between the ilium and scapula, with the attached muscles, which I had the honour of suggesting in a paper published in the Linnean Society's Transactions (vol. xxv. p. 395) has been accepted, con- firmed, and reinforced by Professor Flower in his recent course of Hunterian Lectures. + Ueber das Gliedmaassenskelet der Enaliosaurier. Von C. Gegenbaur, Jenaischen Zeitschrift, Bd. v. Heft. 3. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 389 the magnum, the third metacarpal, and phalanges of the third digit. The fourth margi- nal ossicle, c” (the future trapezium) would have attached to one side of its distal end a chain of ossicles (c, m’, &e.), the future trapezoides, the second metacarpal, and the i Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 1. A AL Fig. 1. Limb-bones of Ichthyosaurus. Fig. 3. Ideal fore limb of Amphibian. Fig. 2. Limb-bones of Plesiosaurus. Fig. 4. Ideal typical limb developing from a fin. H. Humerus. R. Radius. U. Ulna. r. Scaphoides. i. Lunare. w. Cuneiforme. c. Os centrale (represented as divided). c'. Trapezium. c^. Trapezoides. c". Os magnum. ce‘. One part of unciforme. c’. Other part of unci- forme. m'-*, Metacarpal bones. p^. A sixth chain of ossicles, of which the pisiforme is supposed to be the last phalanges of the second digit,—the fifth marginal ossicle (the future first metacarpal) having attached to it other marginal ossicles, the future phalanges of the pollex in the ` manus, or of the hallux in the pes. This view is applied to the limb-bones as they exist in Ichthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus, and to an ideal amphibian, as the woodcuts sufficiently explain. The hypothesis is very ingenious and tempting; still, much as one is naturally dis- posed to accept it, there are yet certain difficulties which it will not do to ignore. In the first place, the exact nature of some of the ossicles of Ichthyosaurus, together with the division of the os centrale, seems yet open to dispute. And again, though the pisiforme is accounted for by reckoning it as the rudiment of a sixth digit, yet there is no way of accounting for the presence of the corresponding ossicle on the radial side; it cannot be similarly explained, because it is on the outer side, and would be external to the series of original marginal ossicles; nevertheless this radial ossicle is very often present even in Primates*, and in the Mole it becomes enormous. Moreover, as I have been re- minded by Professor Huxley, some specimens of Ichthyosaurus not only have extra ossi- cles along the ulnar side of the limb, but along the radial side also, and extending far up its radial border. A fine specimen showing this has been pointed out to me at the British Museum by Mr. Davis. . * Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 319. 390 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. Thus at present, I think, we are hardly in a position to generalize the expression of the vertebrate limb more than to take it, in our typical form, as a pentadactyle member differentiated as in vertebrates generally, and approximating to what we find in certain amphibians. Of course, we may be confident à priori that the typical differentiation of the higher : classes has been evolved from some antecedent quasi-piscine condition. But that con- dition does not seem to me yet to have been made out; and, whatever may be in future determined by further investigations into known forms, or by the discovery of others as yet unknown, I hardly think that the view propounded by Professor Gegenbaur is the one destined eventually to prevail. Summing up what has been stated, then, the divisions of the vertebrate skeleton may, according to the views here advocated, be conveniently represented as follows :— [ AU AI uL LO { en : ( Epaxial (neural arches and spines). ( Superior (diapophyses and ribs Skeleton .... wi dar Paraxial ....< Inferior pem np « (parapophyses, ribs, and ster- ( num). Endoskeleton 4 Superior Hypaxial (hypapophyses). Inferior L \ Appendicular. (visceral arches). The most generalized and simplest expression of observed facts may also, I think, be _ diagrammatically represented as it is in Plate LIII. fig. 1. I will conclude in the words of Professor Jeffries Wyman* :—* Such a conception as an archetype involves is necessary in our attempts to study the creative idea which un- derlies all animal structures, apart from their adaptation to the modes of existence in each species; and just in proportion as such conception is based upon a more and more complete knowledge of the plan of structure and of development, anatomy will, in the same degree, become philosophical.” * “On Symmetry and Homology in Limbs,” Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xi. June 5th, 1867. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. 391 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE. PLATE LIII. Fig. 1. Ideal generalized expression of the vertebrate skeleton. Descending from the cranium (or ex- panded, anterior part of the epaxial system) are the enlarged anterior parts of the hypaxial system :—1, the trabeculz cranii; 2, the mandible; 3, the hyoidean arch; 4, the first branchial arch. The paraxial parts are made to show their generally double origin (tubercular and capi- tular), and a certain tendency to distal bifurcation. "These parts diminish in the caudal region concomitantly with the increase in the hypaxial system. The skull, or expanded anterior end of the epaxial system, is represented as consisting of three segments (I., II., TIL), with a sense- capsule (nasal, ocular, auditory) at the anterior aspect of each segment. "The limbs are sup- posed to be simplified according to the view before expressed by me in the Transactions of the Linnean Society—namely, a correspondence between the greater tuberosity and the lesser trochanter, and between the lesser tuberosity and the great trochanter. Fig. 2. Diagram of a transverse section of the most developed skeletal segment according to the ideal here expressed. From above the centrum the epaxial parts, E (neural arches and neural spine), ascend. From each side of the centrum the paraxial system proceeds outwards and downwards to coalesce in the sternum below. i, tubercular process; tr, tubercular part of the rib; tr, its continuation outwards towards the sur- face of the body; c, capitular process; cr, capitular part of the rib; vr, vertebral rib; sr, sternal rib; s, sternum. From beneath the centrum the hypaxial system descends. A, The part of the hypaxial system which is related to the great vessels; B, part related to the alimentary system ; C, part related to the heart. Fig. 3. Diagram of the conditions existing in sharks. N, neural canal; B, alimentary tract, surrounded by solid hypaxial parts, H (the branchial arches). V, the aortic vessels, extending up outside the branchial arches and inside the paraxial system (P), here represented by certain external branchial cartilages. Fig. 4. Diagram of the conditions existing in the Lamprey. N, neural canal; B, alimentary tract, only bounded by H, a membranous representation of the hypaxial system. V, the ascending vessels ; P, the paraxial system or branchial basket. Fig. 5. Branchial arches, H, of the Monk fish (Squatina), attached to the under surface of the spine ; P, ridge representing the root of the paraxial system. Drawn, by permission, from the specimen No. 442 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Fig. 6. Part of the vertebral column of a Flounder, showing the caudal arches, HP, apparently formed by the bending down of the paraxial parts of the trunk. Fig. 7. Part of the vertebral column of a Sole, showing the caudal arches formed by the simple elongation of the hypaxial elements of the trunk—the paraxial elements, P, retaining their independence till they disappear. Fig. 8. Under surface of part of the vertebral column of Lophius, showing the caudal arches, H, formed by the production of the margins of the subcentral aortic groove of the trunk. Fig. 9. Vertebra of Naseus fronticornis (copied from Dr. Cleland's article in the Natural-History Review, vol. iii. p. 129). H, hypaxial elements; P, paraxial elements, consisting of :—ż, tubercular pro- cess; tr, the rib from it, continuing outward toward the body-wall; c, capitular process, which is continued on by membrane only. Fig. 10. Part of the vertebral column of a fish, showing the suspension of hypaxial elements, H, to the paraxial parts, P, of the first caudal vertebrze. 392 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE VERTEBRATE SKELETON. Fig. 11. Side view of four vertebre of the Great Auk (Alca impennis). Hy, hypaxial elements of category A, i. e. hypapophyses.. From the specimen No. 1151 in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. Fig. 12. Under view of four ophidian vertebræ, showing the coexistence of hypaxial elements (hypapo- physes) with bifurcated paraxial parts. Specimen, No. 634 A, in the same Museum, Fig. 13. Side view of four vertebre of a Python. Specimen, No, 630, in the same Museum, showing the bifurcating paraxial elements. Fig. 14. Vertebra and rib of the Axolotl, showing the bifurcation of the rib both at its proximal end, where it is attached to the superimposed tubercular and capitular processes, and also at its dis- tal end. : Fig. 15. Rib of a Salamander, similarly bifurcating at each end. Figs. 16, 17, 18 & 19. Four vertebre of Murena Helena, seen from behind. Specimen, No. 36, in the same Museum. P, paraxial element; H, hypaxial element; PH, parhypaxial process. Fig. 20. Lateral view of the aortic arches and descending nerves (external to them) of Lepidosiren para- doxa. Copied from Professor Hyrtl’s Memoir, tab. iv. fig. 2. ch, the spine or chorda dorsalis ; O, part of the esophagus ; V, aortic root, whence diverge the aortic arteries, ascending outside the branchial arches; b, b, b, b, the gill-apertures between the branchial arches; /, the exit of the nervus vagus—the nerves descending outside the arches, and to the outer wall of the œsophagus. 95 Tar, XXVII Soc. Vor TRANS. LINN. D © 02e co 25 ER Se i WING 14 wt ad E y ME aH ba, OA COGOR IMA CK : [^85 =] XVI. Descriptions of some British Spiders new to science; with a Notice of others, of which some are now for the first time recorded as British species. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE. Communicated by JAMES SALTER, Esq., F.R.S. (Plates LIV-LVIT.) Read January 20th, 1870. THE materials of the present paper are a portion of those which have been accumu- lating since the publication by the Ray Society, in 1864, of Mr. Blackwall's work on British and Irish Spiders, with the intention of forming a supplementary volume to that work; none of these materials have been yet made public, the author having delayed any record of the numerous undescribed species contained in them, on the supposition that the supplementary volume alluded to would have long since been published. As, however, its publication appears to be indefinitely delayed, it has been thought advisable not to postpone longer some notice of the occurrence of so many new and interesting species. Towards this end the Ray Society have kindly permitted the use of a portion of the beautiful and accurate drawings made by Mr. T. H. Hollick for the above-mentioned supplement, which the Society contemplates publishing at some future time; the present descriptions will therefore be accompanied by illustrations of interesting structural features, taken from Mr. Hollick's drawings, as well as from the author's own sketches. In the arrangement of the species now recorded, the system adopted by Mr. Blackwall has been adopted, for obvious reasons; not, however, to mix up with the descriptions of species considered to be new to science mere notices of others, or records of first occur- rence as British, these latter follow the former at the end of each genus respectively ; the relative position, therefore, within the genus, of those species here noticed and re- eorded is not to be understood as specifying a linear arrangement on any scientific grounds. Order ARANEIDEA. Family LYCOSIDES. Genus Lycosa. Lycosa CONGENER, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 1.) | Female adult, length + of an inch, or 3 lines; male adult rather shorter; some females, when the abdomen is distended with eggs, are a little longer. - Cephalothoraz of the adult male long, rather narrow, profile line of upper part slightly hollow behind the caput; hind slope rather abrupt, sides somewhat depressed towards the margins. Caput projects considerably beyond the insertion of the falees; ocular ie region deep brown, approaching black. = "The colour of the rest of the cephalothoraz is dark brown, with a central and two lateral 394 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. longitudinal bands of yellow ; these bands are broadish, and irregular on their edges; the lateral ones are a little above the margins of the cephalothorax, and comprise the elypeus, where they run together. The central band is strongly constricted near its ex- tremity at the thoracic junction, the constriction in some examples representing a spot of dark brown encroaching on the yellow band from the brown one on either side. The central band has also a short longitudinal median line of dark brown near the commence- ment of the hind slope; it is furnished sparingly with whitish hairs and some prominent black bristles on the caput. In some specimens the breadth of the yellow bands exceeds that of the dark ones between them; generally they are nearly, if not quite, equal to them in breadth. Eyes. The two central ones of the front row, which is on a rather prominent portion of the facial space, are larger than the laterals, and the length of this row is less than the space occupied by the two large eyes above it; these two eyes are the largest of the eight, and are about equal in distance one from the other to the distance between either of them, and that of the third row on its side. Legs long, strong; colour yellow; femora slightly marked and blotched with brown on the uppersides, and furnished with spines, of which some are of considerable length ; in specimens which have not long attained maturity some longish, slender, erect ‘hairs are visible, principally on the tibiæ of the first and second pairs. Palpi similar in colour to the legs. Falces moderate in length and strength, greatly inclined to the sternum; colour a clear yellow, immaeulate, though in some specimens rather darker than in others. Maxille and labium. These present no deviation from the por type; their colour is generally brownish yellow. Sternum furnished with hairs ; colour dark brown, with a central longitudinal, pointed, oval patch or band of yellow. Abdomen oval, slightly broadest behind in some specimens, Smile with yellow, whitish, and blackish hairs; the fore half of the upperside presents the characteristic spear-head marking, which is yellowish brown, with a black-brown margin, on which there is a somewhat angular point two-thirds towards its hind extremity on either side: on each side, slightly removed from the spear-head marking, is a longitudinal, narrowish band of dark brown; these bands converge towards the spinners, and for two thirds of their length are strongly angulated or dentate, the outer angles being clothed with pale hairs, and forming on either side a row of spots; from the outer angular point several oblique lines, more or less perfect, of brown spots traverse the sides of the abdomen. The sides of the abdomen (as also the space between the converging brown angulated bands) are of a brownish yellow colour; posterior to the extremity of the spear-head marking the central portion is often spanned at intervals with several angular lines or chevrons; the underpart is of a brownish yellow colour, more or less clear, sometimes with a longitudinal streak of dark brown on either side; the markings on the abdomen are visible enough on young specimens, and also on the female before the deposition of . eggs; in males the abdomen is much darker, and the markings are more or less obscured by many greyish hairs, = the general pattern is preserved. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 395 The palpi of the male have the radial and digital joints densely furnished with strong black hairs; the digital joint is large, round-oval behind and sharp-pointed at the ex- tremity ; the palpal organs are well developed and rather complicated, consisting of several corneous processes ; a strong corneous sharpish-pointed projection issues from near their base, and stretches obliquely over them, its point terminating near the outer side of their extremity; they are also embraced transversely by one or two black filiform spines, which issue from their inner side. This species is very active, and is abundant on heaths and moors in Dorsetshire, where it is adult in June and July. It was supposed by Mr. Blackwall to be his Lycosa exigua, from which, however, it is clearly distinct, and may be distinguished at once by the lon- gitudinal yellow bands on the cephalothorax; in the Lycosa exigua these are narrow, especially the central one, which, narrow throughout, fines off to a sharp point at its fore extremity. The sternum also in exigua is of a uniform dark blackish brown, whereas in Lycosa congener it has a broad central band or patch of yellowish colour. A close examination, also, with a magnifying glass will show the structure of the palpal organs to be quite different. The legs also in exigua are much more distinctly and regularly marked with dark brown. It is nearly allied also to Lycosa herbigrada (Bl), which occurs more locally in the same localities; the latter is, however, adult, generally speak- ing, much earlier (in May), and its hoary ground-colour and black markings cannot fail to distinguish it at a glance from the present species, even if the structure of the palpal organs be not examined. LYCOSA FARRENIL n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 2.) Male adult, length 23 lines. In general form and appearance this species nearly resembles several other small Lycos® indigenous to Britain (Lycosa exigua &e.), but it may at once be distinguished by the strong, tumid radial joint of the palpi, as well as by specific marks in colouring &c. The cephalothorax is of a dark yellow-brown, with a broad longitudinal deep-brown band on either side of the median line, and another narrow one just above the lateral margins; the central yellow-brown longitudinal space between the lateral bands is not, as in exigua, clearly and evenly defined on its margins; the line is somewhat irregular, and broken into by the convergence of lateral lines, which follow the direction of the normal grooves and furrows of the thorax; the fore part of the space occupied by the eyes is strongly suffused with black; and each of the falces, which are yellow brown in colour, has a broadish deep-brown longitudinal band in front; the eyes of the lower row are of about equal size, but the two centrals are further from each other than each is from the lateral one on its side. The maxillæ are strong, straight, obliquely truncate at their extremity on the outer side, and of a pale yellow-brown colour; labium oblong, of a deep brown tipped with yellowish. Sternum heart-shaped, and of a deep rich brown colour. Legs moderately long and strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, the difference between 1, 2, and 8 being very slight; they are generally of a yellow-brown colour, the femoral and general joints being deeply suffused with dark brown, and the tarsi rime mus are G 396 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. pale yellowish ; all are moderately furnished with hairs and spines. The palpi are mo- derate in length, and of a deep yellow-brown colour, deepest on the digital and radial _ joints; the latter joint is furnished moderately with hairs and bristles, and is longer and stronger than the cubital joint, and of a roundish or tumid form, particularly in front. The digital joint is long, equal in length to that-of the radial and cubital together; its extremity is narrow and elongate, resembling the digital joints of the genus Tegenaria; its broadest portion is but little, if at all, broader than the radial joint. The palpal organs are simple, of a deep rich brown colour, and have a somewhat prominent though short, black, corneous, spiny projection near their outer extremity. The abdomen is hairy, and of a dull yellow-brown colour both above and below, and is marked above by two longitu- dinal, irregularly dentated, narrowish, black, converging bands on each side of the median line. From the outer angles of these bands oblique black broken lateral lines run back- wards. The space between the longitudinal bands comprises the usual characteristic marking forwards; this marking has a prominent point on either side, and is bifid at its. hinder extremity ; following this, towards the spinners, are several obtusely angular lines, the angles directed forwards. Within the apex of each of these angular lines, as well as at the prominent points, and at the angles of the bifid extremity of the above marking, and also within each outer angle of the dentated longitudinal band is a tuft of nearly white hairs; in fact, these all together form roughly three longitudinal rows of whitish - conspieuous spots or markings on the upperside of the abdomen, which is also laterally marked with irregular oblique lines of white hairs, especially forwards; on the underside of the abdomen the hairs are thickly mingled with some short black papillæform ones, giving it a closely speckled appearance, especially in the median line; the underside has also some short white hairs mixed with the rest, giving it a hoary look. In some speci- mens of the female and of the immature male, the legs were yellowish, distinctly banded with deep brown; the female resembled the male in size, colour, and markings. Adults and immature specimens of both sexes were contained in a valuable collection of spiders made in February 1869, in Wicken Fen, near Cambridge, and kindly forwarded to me for examination by Mr. W. Farren, of Cambridge, after whom I have named this very interesting and distinct new species. Lycosa DE GREYIL, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 3.) Male adult, length 41 lines. Cephalothoraz oval, caput slightly produced and truncate before; colour brownish yellow, with two broad dark yellow-brown longitudinal bands, one on. either side of the median line; the inner margins of these bands approach each other towards their hinder extremities, and their fore extremities unite at the eyes; the three spaces left by these bands are thus :—first a central longitudinal one, broader before than behind, and with some angular points emanating from it on either side near the middle; this space com- prises forwards a broad and somewhat spear-headed marking of dark yellow-brown, the point deep black-brown, directed backwards, and formed by the normal longitudinal cen- tral indentation ; beside this central space there is a marginal lateral one on either side, thickly clothed with bright rie hairs, which give it a conspicuous appearance; —— REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 397 the fore and upper part of the cephalothorax is furnished with fine, longish, prominent hairs. | Eyes in normal position; the four hinder ones form a square whose hinder side is broader than its fore side; the other four form a transverse line below and in front of the rest; the two central eyes of this line are larger than the laterals, and are further from each other than each is from the lateral eye on its side. . Legs moderately long, strong; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3; they are furnished tolerably thickly with longish slender prominent hairs, and some longish but not very strong black spines; the colour of the legs is brownish yellow, the tibiæ and metatarsi of the first two pairs (especially of the first) being strongly suffused with deep brown tinged with reddish. Palpi moderately long, strong, hairy, similar in colour to the legs; the radial joint is considerably longer than the cubital, and curved; the digital joint is long and strong, of a pointed oval form, equal in length to the radial and cubital together; its colour is deep blackish brown tinged with red; the palpal organs occupy little more than half of the cavity of the lower side; they are well developed but simple in structure, of a deep reddish brown colour, and have one or two small black curved projecting corneous points at their fore extremity. | Falces long, strong, vertical, prominent near their base in front, of a deep brown colour tinged with red, and furnished with prominent hairs. Mazille yellow brown, paler at their inner extremities, strong, straight, considerably enlarged at the extremities, where they are rounded on their outer, and obliquely trun- cate on their ¿nner sides. Labium oblong, rounded at the apex ; its colour is dark yellow brown, the apex being paler. ; Sternum somewhat heart-shaped ; the transverse section of the fore extremity is some- ^ what hollow, and its breadth there less than in the middle; its colour is dark yellow- brown, with a faint longitudinal central line on its fore half. Abdomen oval, roundly truncate before, and bluffish behind, where it is broader than in front; it is clothed with prominent fine hairs; its colour is dark yellow-brown mottled obscurely with yellowish. The fore part of the upperside has the normal fusiform band, which is not very large, but of a clear brownish yellow colour, very slightly enlarged late- rally about its middle, and pointed at its hinder extremity, nearly parallel with which on either side is a conspicuous bright bluish-silvery dot, followed by several others at inter- vals towards the spinners, forming two parallel rows ; of these dots four are more conspi- diately succeeding the fusiform band ; cuous than the rest, and form nearly a square imme rm. bi between this square and the spinners are some obscure transverse curved yellowish lines : the sides of the abdomen are more or less clothed with bluish-silvery bright hairs, which, concentrating forwards, form a conspicuous short white band on either side of the fore extremity. An adult male of this fine and handsome species (which appears to be new to science) was forwarded to me by the Hon. Thomas de Grey (of Merton n. near "Thetford, Norfolk), by whom it was captured in that neighbourhood, in June 1869, and in compliment to whom I have conferred upon it its specific name. It is allied to L. pis- 398 REV. Ó. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. catoria and LL. piratica, but is much larger, and easily distinguished by the conspicuous broad white margins of the cephalothorax and the white sides of the abdomen. LycosA MONTICOLA. Araneus monticolus, Clerck, Svenska Spindlar, p. 91, pl. 4. tab. 5. fig. 1. Lycosa monticola, Westr. Ar. Suecicæ, p. 487; Thorell, Rec. Crit. p. 50. Adults and immature examples of both sexes of this spider were captured by myself in 1859, at Southport, Lancashire, and more recently near Ben Nevis, in Scotland, and (but very rarely) at Bloxworth, Dorsetshire. It is not easy to distinguish it from Zycosa exigua (Bl.), except by the structure of the palpal organs; there are, however, differences in colour and markings, which become very tangible after the examination of numerous specimens. LYCOSA MINIATA. Lycosa miniata, Koch, Die Arachn. Band xiv. p. 196, pl. 503. figs. 1406, 1407, 1408. Lycosa nivalis, Camb. Zoologist, 1860, p. 6895. Abundant on the sand hills at Southport, Lancashire, where it was first found by myself in 1859; lately I have received it from the immediate neighbourhood of Liver- pool, from the Rev. H. H. Higgins. Although nearly allied to L. nivalis (Koch), it is quite a distinct species. LYCOSA BARBIPES. Lycosa barbipes, Sundevall, A. o. 1832, p. 184. 11, 14. -— armillata, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 317. —— clavipes, Koch, Die Arachn. Band xiv. p. 190, pl. 502. "ER 1403, 1404. —— armillata, Camb., Zool. for 1861, p. 7555. An adult male was captured by myself on the Hursley Downs, near Winchester, in June 1860. It is easily distinguished from all other species known to me, by the gouty tibial joints of the first pair of legs in the adult male. It appears to be a widely dispersed European species, but, so far as I am aware, nowhere common ; I have received it from Central Germany, and have captured it at Baveno, on the Lago Maggiore, in Italy. LYCOSA FABRILIS. Lycosa fabrilis, Koch, Die Arachn. Band xiv. p. 168, pl. 498. figs. 1389-1392; Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 306, No. 14. An adult male of this fine spider was captured by myself on Bloxworth Heath, in October 1868. It may be at once distinguished from all other recorded British Lycose by the velvety black underside of the abdomen; in other respects it much resembles 2. andrenivora (Bl.), and it frequents similar situations, but is much larger, and more con- spieuously and distinctly marked. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. _ 399 Family SALTICIDES. Genus SALTICUS. SALTICUS AFFINITATUS, n. Sp. Male adult, length 3 of an inch. This spider is closely allied to Salticus histrionicus (Koch), but is much smaller. The cephalothorax is much more abrupt in the hind slope; it is black, the upper part eovered with short shining white hairs, the sides with yellowish brown ones, and the margins are broadly white. Abdomen short, oval, and very convex compared with that of histrionicus; the upper part is black, with a curved band at the extremity forwards, and three short oblique ones on either side of the hinder half of a dull yellowish colour; all these, however, are nearly obseured (except when in spirit) by the sides being clothed with numerous short, white, shining hairs; the upper part is likewise so clothed, but more sparingly; the underside is yellow-brown, sparingly clothed with short white hairs, and with a paler yellow lon- gitudinal band on either side. Legs pale yellow, with some indistinct brownish bands and macule. Palpi of the same colour as the legs; radial joint but one-half the length of the cubital, and having a longish projection on the outer side, nearly straight but not so stout, and rather more pointed than in Salticus scenicus, but less so than in S. histrionicus. Palpal organs much like those of scenicus, and simple in structure; they have a large, promi- nent, semitransparent lobe running rather on one side, from the base to the end of the digital joint. This lobe is most prominent near the base. From the parts of the mouth numerous long bristly blackish and grey hairs issue, and project even beyond the extre- mity of the falces, which in this species are developed similarly to those of S. scenicus and S. histrionicus. Though very nearly allied to S. histrionicus, it may easily be dis- tinguished, not only by size, but by the lateral stripes being less oblique, and confined to the sides, and by the whole spider being more or less clothed with short shining white hairs, as well as by the form of the radial joints of the palpi, and by the structure of the palpal organs. An adult male was captured by myself among heath at Bloxworth in the summer of 1860. M. Eugéne Simon* supposes, though doubtfully, that the specimen here described may be the male of Callietherus zebraneus, Koch ; this sex, however, of that species has not yet been described, and the typical females, according to M. Koch's figures and deseription, differ from S. affinitatus not only in size but in markings; I have therefore thought it less likely to lead to confusion to describe the latter as a new species than to include it, somewhat at random, among the synonyms of C. zebraneus. SALTICUS ÆQUIPES, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 4.) Salticus equipes, Cambr. MS. : : Attus equalipes, Monographie des Attides d'Europe, par M. Eug. Simon, p. 145. . Male adult, length +; of an inch. ; Cephalothorax large; the caput slopes forwards, projects considerably, and is of a black * Monographie des esp. europ. de la Famille des Attides, par Eug. Simon, p. 186, note 1. Paris 1869. 400 . REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. colour, furnished with pale yellowish and some blackish bristly hairs; the hinder part of the cephalothorax is slightly elevated, and then slopes rather abruptly to the abdomen; its colour is reddish yellow-brown, margins black, and it is divided longitudinally by a dark blackish brown band, broadest near the abdomen and bifid at the caput; an irregular zigzag blackish longitudinal band of dusky black occupies the sides, commencing at the hinder part, but not reaching as far as the caput; the clypeus slopes considerably back- wards. Eyes in the form of a square occupying nearly the whole area of the caput; the middle ones of the anterior row are far the largest of the eight, those of the second row smallest, and situated midway on either side in a line between the laterals of the anterior row and the eyes of the third row. Legs. Relative length 4, 3, 1, 2, but little difference between them; they are mode- rately long, stout, and hairy, especially the tibiæ of the first pair ; and a few (4?) fine semi- sessile spines are on the undersides of the tibise and metatarsi. Colour pale yellow ; femora rather darker; they are distinctly banded with brown-black, except those of the first pair, the femora of which are deeply clouded with black, and are, as also the next three joints, jet-black throughout on the inner sides. The spines on the undersides of the tibiæ and metatarsi are, I think, confined to the first, third, and fourth pairs of legs ; but this is not certain, as the spider from which the description was made had been gummed on card, and thus the armature of the legs was not as visible as it would otherwise have been. Palpi short, strong, pale yellow ; digital joint large, oval; palpal organs dark yellowish- brown, highly developed and prominent, but simple; they have a small black corneous point halfway up on the inner side, and a shortish, stout, curved corneous process on their outer side, curving over them towards their extremity, and an excessively minute spiral spine quite at their extremity; there is a small pointed projection at the extremities of the radial joints, which are also fringed on their uppersides with some longish hairs. Falces moderate in length and strength; greatly inclined towards the maxille, and consequently quite hidden when the spider is looked at from above; they are of the same colour as the cephalothorax. Sternum yellowish, broadly edged with dusky, especially towards the hinder part. Maxille moderately long, very broad and massive, squarish at their extremities, and nearly meeting over the labium, which is short, semicircular, and, with the maxille, of a pale yellowish colour. | Abdomen moderate in size; underside yellowish, with a broad, somewhat curved trans- verse band tinged with reddish near the spinners. Spiracular plates well defined, and of a clearer colour than the rest; the upperside is blackish brown tinged with yellow, from numerous yellowish hairs; on each side of the median line of the fore half are two elon- gate yellow spots, of which the hinder ones are the longest, and obliquely directed out- wards; these are succeeded by a more slender angulated bar or chevron, with its angle directed forwards, of the same colour, and dilated at the extremity into a sort of spot or patch; this is followed by one or two other, shorter, angular lines similar in colour, but with the angles rounded off, forming in fact curved lines; at the fore extremity are some - ‘stiff black hairs springing from below, and curving upwards and backwards. An adult | REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 401 male and an immature female of this species were forwarded to me by Mr. Morris Young, of Paisley, by whom they were captured near that town, in the early part of 1866. The female was very young, but appeared to resemble the male in all points of colour and markings; the nearly equal length of the legs, and their distinct banding with black, as well as the pattern on the cephalothorax and abdomen, are very characteristic. The species is allied to Salticus reticulatus (Blackw.). SALTICUS EXPERS, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 5.) Genus Heliophanus, Koch. Heliophanus expers, Monogr. des Attides d'Europe, par Eugène Simon, p. 232. Length 24 lines. Cephalothorax large and black, sparingly furnished with short greenish-yellow hairs; a white spot is formed by white hairs behind each eye of the third row; a few bristly black hairs on the upperside, directed forward. Legs deep brown, approaching black. Tarsi whitish yellow, metatarsi of fore pairs also light-coloured ; relative length 1, 4, 3, 2; furnished with hairs and a few fine black spines on the metatarsi of the hinder pairs, and a few curved estas hairs in a row on the uppersides of the femora. Palpi of the same colour as the legs; upperside furnished with white scale-like hairs ; the humeral joint has a strong projection underneath, nearly perpendicular, curving a little inwards towards its extremity, where it is crescent-formed or bifid, the two limbs being nearly parallel, and not differing greatly in length; the hinder one is the least strong, and rather the shortest; the radial joint has a small, sharp, curved, spiñy process on its outer side, and is very slightly produced on its underside. The palpal organs are not very complicated ; they are well developed, and project in an irregular form back- ward beneath the radial joint, as well as in a straight pointed form backward on the inner side. The abdomen is black, sparingly furnished with short greenish golden-yellow hairs. A curved band of white hairs surrounds the fore extremity, and there is a broken, ragged, longitudinal band of white hairs on either side of the median line forward, each followed by another short one near the spinners; there is a white spot also on either side below, near the spinners. An adult male of this spider was found among specimens of Heliophanus cupreus (BL) captured at Bloxworth. From that species, however, it differs notably in the bifid ex- tremity of the projection beneath the humeral joint; of the male palpus in cupreus it is one-pointed ; it differs also from others (having likewise a bifid extremity to this projec- tion) in the relative length, strength, and direction of the /imbs of the bifid portion, as well as in the size and direction of the projection itself. SALTICUS SALTATOR. (Pl. 54. no. 6.) Salticus floricola, Blackw. Brit. and Ir. Spiders, pt.i. p. 55, pl.iii. fig. 30; Camb. Zool. for 1862, p. 7945. Attus saltator, Monographie des Attides d'Europe, par M. Eugène Simon, p. 145. Since the description of this spider appeared in Mr. Blackwall's work (loc. cit. supra) VOL. XXVII. 3H 402 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. I have had opportunities of comparing it with specimens of Salticus floricola (Koch) froi the fine collection of Dr. L. Koch, of Nuremberg; the result is, that the present species proves to be entirely distinct from S. floricola, with which Mr. Blackwall sup- posed it to be identical. It is much smaller, and differs also in the structure of the palpi and palpal organs. The description given by Mr. Blackwall of the adult male leaves nothing to be desired in that respect; but the figure given (pl. iii. fig. 30) affords little assistance to the collector or student. The female differs little from the male, except in being less distinctly and brightly marked. There are several varieties of this species; in the more common variety the abdomen has the pale, angular, transverse lines or chevrons more distinet. The large size and brightness of the two white spots or, rather, patches on the hinder part, contrasted with the darker portion, makes this little spider a very conspicuous object to the colleetor's eye. Its activity has been noticed (Zool. 1862, p. 7945) : its jumps are like those of a flea ora grasshopper; and the only way to capture it, without great risk of injury, is to place a hoop-net, held in one hand, on one side of it, and then to guide or drive it in, as it were, with the other hand. From the net it is safely and easily either bottled or boxed. In fact this is the best way to capture all active spiders, especially those of this large family (Salticides), whose colours and markings, chiefly depending on hairs and hairy pubescence, are very liable to injury if touched with the fingers. Excepting the single speeimen from which Mr. Blackwall's description was made, and which was captured by myself in Lancashire, it has only been taken on Bloxworth heath, where it is not at all rare in some parts. It is as yet unknown on the Continent. SALTICUS SCENICUS. Calliethera scenica, Koch, Die Arachn. Band xiii. p. 37, pl. 439. figs. 1106, 1107. Salticus scenicus, Zoologist for 1863, p. 8597. Altus scenicus, Westring’s Aran. Suecicæ, p. 546. Callietherus scenicus, Monogr. des Attides d'Europe, par M. Eugène Simon, p. 181. (Expunge his reference, however, to Blackwall.) ; This species is found occasionally on walls, but generally on posts and palings. The species described and figured in * Brit. and Ir. Spiders,’ by Mr Blackwall, is the Calliethera histrionica of Koch, * Die Arachn.' Band xiii. p. 42, pl. 439. figs. 1110, 1111. Indepen- dently of differences in colour and markings, the palpus of the male presents well-marked differences of structure. I have found it at Oxford not unfrequently ; at Bloxworth it is equally common with S. histrionicus; and it seems to be generally dispersed over the south of England. SALTICUS HISTRIONICUS. Calliethera histrionica, Koch, Die Arach. Band xiii. p. 42, pl. 439. figs. 1110, 1111. Attus histrionicus, Westr. Ar. Suecicæ, p. 545. Salticus scenicus, Bl. Brit. and Ir. Spiders, part i. p. 47, pl. iii. fig. 24; Cambridge, Zool. for 1859, Callietherus histrionicus, Monographie des Attides d'Europe, par Eugène Simon, p. 184. The note upon Salticus scenicus, above, will explain this notice of S. histrionicus. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 408 SALTICUS PRATINCOLA. Enophrys pratincola, Koch, die Arachn. Bd. xiv. p. 32, tab. 473. fig. 1299. Saltus terebratus, Camb. Zoologist for 1863, p. 8597. sparsus, Bl. Brit. and Ir. Spiders, part i. p. 49, pl. iii. fig. 25; Camb. Zool. for 1861, p. 7556. Attus pratincola, Monographie des Attides d'Europe, par Eugéne Simon, p. 78. (N.B. Note 1 to p. 80 of M. Simon’s Monographie should follow his description of A. pratincola, to which species, not to Att. terebratus, it is applicable.) I have found this species in abundance on the walls of a house in the parish of Hursley, near Winchester, as well as occasionally in other localities. On first meeting with it at Southampton, in 1862, it was supposed to be 5. terebratus (Koch); but having received examples both of Zerebratus and pratincola from Dr. Koch, I find it belongs to the latter Species. I am inclined to think that it is identical with the Salticus sparsus of Blackwall: examples of this latter were received from Mr. Blackwall himself, and are certainly only very dark varieties of S. pratincola in which nearly all of the markings have become obliterated; no difference could be discovered in the structure of the male palpi. SALTICUS FLAVIPES. Heliophanus flavipes, Koch, die Arachn. Bd xiv. p. 64, tab. 477. figs. 1320, 1321. * anglicus,” Monographie des Attides d'Europe, par Eugène Simon, pp. 215, 216. This species is not unfrequent in early summer at Bloxworth, where 1 first captured it in 1860. It may be seen actively moving about on pathways, and on grass and low herbage in woods in bright sunshine; nearly allied to S. cupreus (BL), it may easily be distinguished by its unicolorous legs as well as by the bifid projection upon the humeral joints of the male palpi; its colours and markings are also less bright and varied than in S. cupreus. From Salticus expers (suprà, p. 401) it may be known by the absence of white spots and markings, as well as by its smaller size and the form of the bifid pro- jection above mentioned. Mr. Blackwall has sent me this species from North Wales. Fam. THOMISIDES. Genus THOMISUS. Taomisus Wesrwooput, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 7.) Male, length two lines, or $ of an inch. Cephalothorax broad, short, round-oval, very slightly compressed laterally at the caput, except at the immediate locality of the eyes; arched over pretty regularly, though rather flatly, from margin to margin; hind slope rounded and not very abrupt; it is furnished sparingly with black bristly hairs, principally some strong curved prominent ones on the sides and fore part of the caput. Colour yellow-brown ; the margins have a broad stripe of deep rich red-brown, a broad longitudinal band of which also runs from behind each hind lateral eye to the hinder part of the thorax, leaving a broad central 3H 2 404. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. band of yellow-brown, which contains the normal spade-shaped marking; this marking is red-brown and defined (narrowly forwards, and broadly at the hinder extremity) with whitish-yellow, the red-brown portion is gradually prolonged quite through the yellow part into a sharp point; this red-brown portion is sometimes divided longitudinally by a darker brown line, and marked occasionally with yellow ; there is a transverse patch of yellow between the fore and hind central eyes; and the longitudinal band (between the marginal band and the red-brown one above it) has generally a broken, ill-defined series of slight yellow markings. Eyes eight, in two parallel curved rows on the fore part of the caput, the front row is the shortest. In size and relative position the eyes are similar to those of Thomisus audax (Koch) and T. lanio (Koch), and similarly situated on yellowish tubercles, of which those supporting the lateral eyes are the strongest; those of the hinder row are equi- distant from each other; the two central eyes of the front row are rather further from each other than each is from the lateral one on its side; and the space between them is equal to that between each and the hind central one on its side. Legs, relative length 1, 2, 4, 3, the first and second long, fourth and third short, the third slightly the shortest. Femora and genua of the first and second pairs of a deep rich red-brown colour, the rest of their joints yellowish. The two hinder pairs are yellowish, with a very few spots of red-brown and a slight marking here and there of whitish. They are furnished with hairs and spines, the latter similarly disposed to those of Thomisus lanio (Koch); the tarsi end with two strong curved pectinated claws. Palpi short, strong,; humeral joint reddish-brown; cubital and radial yellowish- brown; digital rather paler than these two; a single strong prominent black bristle at the upper extremity of the humeral joint, two or three on the upperside of the cubital, several on the upperside of the radial joints, and two or three shorter ones on the digital. The radial joint has two en from its extremity; one on the outer side is short, blunt-pointed, and applied closely to the base of the digital joint; the other beneath is very large, prominent, and rather rounded at its extremity. The digital joint has a slight curved prominence on its outer margin, near the base of which the extremity of the lateral projection of the radial joint applies. Palpal organs well developed, but less complicated than in Thomisus lanio. Near their centre are two short prominent curved corneous projections, one of which is obtuse and slightly enlarged at its extremity, the other sharp-pointed ; palpal organs. surrounded, just within the margin of the digital joint, by a strong corneous spine, which commences near the base, on the inner side, terminating in a sharp filiform point in contact with the prominence above named on the outer margin of the digital joint. Falces strong, moderately long, subconical, of a red-brown colour, with a broad trans- verse band of whitish-yellow about their middle, which is edged behind with darker red- brown. . Maxillæ, labium, and sternum. These do not differ in structure from those of Thomisus lanio; their colour is reddish yellow-brown ; the labium is the darkest, and the sternum is freckled with dark red-brown. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 405 Abdomen oval, about equal in length to the cephalothorax, depressed, roundly truncate in front, where it projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax; itis sparingly furnished with short bristly hairs; the upperside is of a deep rich red chocolate-brown colour approaching maroon ; it is bordered all round with a clear well-defined stripe of eream-white, and a broad longitudinal band of the same colour occupies the central line ; this band is strongly dentated from the middle to the spinners; the two principal of the hinder dentations, however, may more correctly be described as transverse slightly curved stripes of cream-white; these stripes generally terminate just short of the white border above mentioned, and are more or less perfectly connected with the central band; the five normal depressions are difficult to be seen readily; the cream-white central band has a double longitudinal row of dark red-brown spots, and is more or less suffused with yellow-brown. The sides (including the cream-white border of the upperside) are longi- tudinally wrinkled, and the wrinkles are spotted with dark spots or depressed points ; the underside is pale, freckled with light chocolate-brown and white. An adult male of this fine and distinctly marked spider was captured by myself in Bagley Wood, near Oxford, in May, 1866 *. and two examples of it have been met with near Bradford, Yorkshire, by R. H. Meade, Esq., who kindly submitted them to my inspection. I have since received specimens of it from Dr. Koch, of Nuremberg, under the name of Thomisus (Xysticus) audax, from which, however, it is remarkably distinct. I have given it the specific name of Westwoodii, to testify my appreciation of the great courtesy and assistance I have received from Professor Westwood in the prosecution of my arachnological studies at various times in the “ Hope” Department of the University Museum at Oxford +. THOMISUS SANCTUARIUS, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 8.) Male adult, length 1 to 14 lines. This species is allied both to T. trux (Bl.) and T. versutus (Bl.), but may at once be distinguished by its much smaller size and more sombre hue; more nearly allied to 7. claveatus (Walck.), it is also smaller than that species, but differs from it in colour, and from it and all other species known to me in the structure of the palpi, though nearly resembling those above mentioned in general structure and form. Its cephalothorax is of a brownish-black colour, obscurely mottled with yellowish, and narrowly margined with white. A broadish longitudinal yellow band occupies the median line, commencing behind the eyes, where it is somewhat bifid or notched, o and running backwards to the hind slope, which is of the same colour; this band is bisected longitudinally by a dark brown-black line, and has a darkish marking at its fore extremity corresponding with I have received an immature male of this species from Mr. W. Farren, of Cam- | the female from Mr. R. H. Meade, by whom they were captured at on the cephalothorax and abdomen, these are strikingly like being very considerably broader than the fore extremity, * Since the above was written, bridge, found in Wicken Fen; also examples of Newport Purcell, near Bicester (Oxfordshire). In pattern, the male; and by the hinder extremity of the abdomen be easily distinguish ed from Thomisus cristatus. => I have also am lately received this species from Sweden, from Dr. T. Thorell (of Upsala), who labelled them as the Thomisus (Xysticus) ulmi of Hahn, of which, however, the female only has been described by that author. 406 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. the normal spade-shaped marking. The cephalothorax has on its upperside (mostly in front) some short strong hairs, rather enlarged, or clubbed, at their extremities, though not so strongly clavate as those of 7. claveatus. The external eyes of the foremost row are far the largest of the eight. Legs moderately long and strong; the first two pairs are armed with strong spines of different lengths; they are of a dull brownish-yellow colour; the femora brown-black, those of the two first pairs being the darkest. | Palpi not very long, of a yellow-brown colour, suffused with blackish, the radial and digital joints being the darkest; the former of these is the shorter, but stouter, of the two, and has two projections at its anterior extremity—one on the outer side, broad, strong, bluff, and rounded at its extremity, the other beneath (on the under- side) less strong, curved, and prominent. The palpal organs are well developed, not complex, and have a strong pointed filiform spine curved round their outer sides in a circular form. Abdomen short, oval in form, rather narrower before (where it is truncate) than behind ; its colour on the upperside is dark yellow-brown, obseurely mottled with a deeper hue; it has the five normal circular depressed spots, also the longitudinal central fusiform band on its anterior half more or less clearly defined by a deep brownish-black line; and there are faint indications of some whitish-yellow transverse curved bars, or lines, be- tween the hinder extremity of this band and the spinners. The margins and sides of the abdomen are marked and spotted with white; and it has a few short slightly elavate hairs scattered over its upper surface; the underside is of a dull brownish-yellow colour. Three adult males of this species were taken by myself on the new stone-work of the chancel of Bloxworth Church (while being rebuilt) about the middle of September, 1869. THOMISUS CAMBRIDGII. (Pl. 54. no. 9, a, e, f, g.) Thomisus Cambridgii, Bl. Brit. and Ir. Spiders, part i. p. 81, pl. iv. fig. 47 (9). Male adult, length 3 lines, breadth of cephalothorax behind 13 line. : Cephalothorax broad and round in the thoracic region, compressed towards the caput, which is short, and has the cephalie suture but slightly defined. In general respects the cephalothorax is similar to those of the typical Thomisi; it slopes gradually from the highest point of the thorax (where the hind slope ends) to the eyes. It is glossy, and its colour is red-brown, irregularly marked and streaked on the sides with yellow ; there are two patches of deeper red-brown, one on either side of the commencement of the hind slope, and a broad longitudinal band of yellow down the centre; this band includes the four central eyes and the characteristic Thomisal spade-shaped marking, which is well defined and Sharp-pointed behind, where its margins are not straight, but hollow, swelling out towards the middle, and gathering in again a little near the eyes. This marking is of a red-brown colour, defined on the sides by yellow lines, and enlarged behind longitudinally by a broad border of yellowish-white, preserving the same form as the spade-marking itself; this marking is divided longitudinally by a line which is yellow behind, and becomes deep red-brown and bifid forwards, and ends between the - à two central posterior eyes. Length of the clypeus not much more than half the REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 407 distance between the central eyes; the cephalothorax is very sparingly furnished with short hairs and some short black bristles, on the clypeus and sides of the caput directed forwards. Eyes eight, in normal position. They are in two curved rows on the fore part of the caput, the curves directed forwards, forming a crescent; the four central ones describe nearly a square, whose transverse diameter is rather less than the longitudinal, which is exactly equal to the distance between each hind central eye and the lateral one on its side. The four eyes of the hinder row and the central ones of the front row are equal in size ; the laterals of the front row are considerably larger, and are all seated on tubercles, though those of the four central eyes are very slight. Legs long and strong; relative length 2—1, 3=4, but little difference in length between 2 & 1 and 3 & 4; femoral and genual joints deep red-brown, obscurely mottled with yel- lowish; the latter have a more or less perfect longitudinal yellowish-white streak on the outer side; this streak is continued down the tibi», which, with the metatarsi and tarsi, are of a paler yellowish red-brown. There are four longitudinal rows of semisessile dark black-brown spines on the tibiæ, two on the under part and one on either side near the upper part, and a single row on the upperside of all the femora, except those of the first pair, where there are several rows towards the outer extremity; the metatarsi have two rows of longer and paler-coloured spines underneath ; the tarsi are furnished with hairs, and two terminal curved and pectinated claws. Palpi short and strong; eubitaljoint enlarged and oblique at the extremity; radial joint shorter than the cubital, and produced on the outer side into a tapering projection, which adheres closely to the side of the digital joint, and is thus not so easily perceived ; the extremity of this projection is blunt, and furnished with a short pointed spine. Near the underside of the radial joint is a second projection, perpendicular, as long as, or longer than, the joint itself, strong, somewhat irregular in form, and with the ex- tremity enlarged and sharply hollow on the side facing the lateral projection ; these joints are furnished with black bristly hairs. Digital joint broad, oval, pointed at the extremity, convex, furnished with hairs on the upperside, and with a prominent semitransparent pointed projection near the extremity of the lateral projection of the radial joint ; palpal organs prominent, but not very com- plicated; a long black spine, commencing on the inner side near the base, runs round nearly the entire outer margin; and from the centre issue two strong black spines slightly eurved, projecting perpendicularly, and with their points in opposition to each other, like the blades of a pair of scissors; at the base of these spines is a short, strong, corneous projection. The colour of the palpi is red-brown, the radial and digital joints being much the darkest. Falces moderate in length, strong, conical, and perpendicular; their colour is red- brown mottled with yellow. Maaille long, and very slightly inclined towards the labium. Sternum long-oval, pointed behind, of a dark red-brown colour, mottled obscurely with yellowish. Abdomen oval, projecting greatly over the base of the cephalothorax, truncate before, 408 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. enlarged laterally near the middle, and blunt-pointed behind. The upperside is of a deep rich red-brown colour, very sparingly furnished with short bristly hairs, and irre- gularly bordered with yellow, most conspicuously so near the fore part. An obscure streak of paler red-brown (yellowish near the fore margin) divides the abdomen longi- tudinally, ending with two confluent short yellow streaks near the spinners, where it also joins with the marginal yellow border; the hinder half of the abdomen has (besides the above) four transverse yellow streaks, or dashes, two and two, issuing from either side of the longitudinal division, but not reaching quite to the margins. Probably some varia- tion exists in different specimens in the colour and continuity of these abdominal mark- ings. The underside is more thickly furnished with short bristly hairs than the upper- side; the specimen described from was wrinkled and less deep in colour beneath than on the upperside. The five characteristic depressed spots on the upperside are visible, but not so conspicuous as in T. cristatus. This species is very closely allied to Thomisus bifasciatus, from which the male differs in being darker and more richly coloured, and in the structure of the palpi and palpal organs. For the purpose of comparison, figures are given (Pl. 54. no. 9, figs. e, f, y) of the palpi and palpal organs of Thomisus bifasciatus. One female and one male only have yet been obtained, though the locality in which these were found has been closely searched, off and on, for some years. The female was captured in September 1857, on - Bloxworth Heath, and is figured and described by Mr. Blackwall in Part I., * Brit. and Irish Spiders, pl. iv. fig. 47, p. 81. The male from which the above description has been made was captured near the same spot as the female, in the month of May 1854, and was for several years mistaken for Thomisus bifasciatus. The figures given will show at once the differences in palpal structure between 7. Cambridgii and T. bifasciatus. THOMISUS PALLIDUS. (Pl. 54. no. 10.) Thomisus pallidus, Blackw. Brit. and Ir. Spid. p. 82, pl. iv. fig. 48 (2); Cambridge, Zool. for 1861, p. 7557. The female only of this rare and distinet Thomisus has hitherto been described. The male (of which but two examples, both adult, have come under my notice during a space of 15 years) is sufficiently like the female to require no lengthened description. Its general colour is yellow, of a more or less deep tinge, overlaid and mixed with whitish, and, like the female, the abdomen is marked, though not very thickly, with some black spots on the upperside. The palpi, which form the specially distinctive character of the species, are short and strong; the radial joint is broader, but shorter, than the cubital, and has several projections from its extremity; one in front towards the outer side is broad, but blunt-pointed, and has its extremity in close proximity to the base of the digital joint; another of about equal length with the first, and obtusely pointed at its extremity (which is nearly black, and appears like a corneous addition), is very pro- minent, and situated on the outer side of the radial joint; beneath these two, towards the underside is the third, of larger size and of a crescent-shape, the hinder limb (next to the digital joint, and closely adhering to it) being the largest, and the other limb of a REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 409 curved form ; this last projection might almost be deseribed as two, or the first-mentioned projection might be described as crescent-shaped, or, with equal propriety, there might be said to be ¿hree projections besides the dark-tipped one. The radial joint has also two prominent bristly spines on the inner side; digital joint large, oval, and pointed at its extremity; the palpal organs are well developed but not very complex; two semi- transparent prominences occupy a position near their centre, and two contiguous filiform tortuous spines issue from near the fore extremity and run backwards, forming a pro- minent and somewhat S-shaped coil over the surface of the palpal organs. The specimen above described was captured by myself on Bloxworth Heath in September 1860, at the roots of heather; one of its palpi was in course of reproduction after deprivation caused by some accident, and presented a remarkable stage of development. Another specimen was sent me for examination in 1861 by Mr. Wintle, of Gloucester, by whom it was captured near that city. It is nearly allied to Thomisus versutus (Bl); but, inde- pendently of its paler colouring, the structure of the palpi and palpal organs distinguishes it readily. The length of the adult male is one eighth of an inch. THOMISUS HORRIDUS. Aranea horrida, Fabr. Entom. Syst. p. 411. no. 16. Thomisus truncatus, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. 1. p. 515. Thomisus horridus, Koch, Die Arach. Bd. iv. p. 49, tab. 123. fig. 280, Two adult females of this species were forwarded to me in 1864 by the late Mr. Richard Beck, of 31, Cornhill, London, by whom they were captured during the pre- ceding year in the neighbourhood (I believe) of London. Genus PHILODROMUS. PHILODROMUS PRÆDATUS, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 11.) Male adult. In size, form, colour, and general appearance this species closely resembles P. cespiti- colus and P. aureolus; but it may readily be distinguished from both by the structure of the radial joints of the palpi. The markings also of the present species are less distinct (when seen in spirit of wine), and the pattern on the cephalothorax is also slightly different from that of those two species, the form of the abdomen is also more robust. The figures given will explain these differences more readily than any lengthened de- scription. Perhaps when more specimens of P. predatus have been obtained some other special characters in colour and markings may be obtained. In order to examine the palpi of these species satisfactorily it is absolutely necessary to remove them from the Spider and gum them carefully on a slip of card, with the palpal organs, i. e. the under- side uppermost; tlie form of the projections at the extremity of thé underside of the radial joint will then be easily seen with an ordinarily strong magnifying glass. A single adult male of Philodromus predatus was captured by myself, in July 1866, at Bloxworth. : VOL. XXVII. 3 1 410 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Fam. DRASSIDES. Genus DRASSUS. DRASSUS ANGLICUS. (Pl. 54. no. 12.) Drassus lucifugus, female, Blackw. Brit. & Ir. Spiders, p. 105, pl. vi. fig. 62. Male adult, length 23 lines. Cephalothorax oval, rather broad and somewhat truncate behind, slightly compressed at the caput, whose fore margin is a little curved ; the hind slope is rather abrupt; the surface of the caput in the median line inclines slightly forward near the eyes; colour dark brown, narrowly margined with black, and thinly furnished with fine dark hairs; some fine bristles project forwards from the front of thecaput. The junction of the caput and thorax is not very distinct, except at its hinder extremity above, where it is marked by two converging black lines forming a V-shaped marking, the apex of the V directed backward; the angle of the V is divided longitudinally by a slight groove, to which the lateral grooves of the thorax converge; these lateral grooves are almost obsolete. Eyes eight, in two rows on the fore part of the caput; the hinder row is rather the longest, and curves away slightly from the front row, which is nearly straight; thus the space between the lateral eyes is greater than that between the fore central eyes and the corresponding ones of the hinder row. The hind central eyes are oval, obliquely placed, and nearer to each other than each is to the hind lateral on its side. Legs moderately long and strong ; their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax; the tibiæ, tarsi, and metatarsi are rather the darkest and furnished with blackish hairs, some few of which are rather more bristly than the rest and longer, and rise perpen- dicularly from the upper surface of all the joints; these are longest on the femora of the fourth pair; the third and fourth pairs have their tibiæ and metatarsi furnished with longish spines, the tibiæ only on the underside, but on the metatarsi they form three irregular rings; short prominent hairs are thickly grouped on the lower surface of the tarsi and metatarsi, especially on the tarsi of the first and second pairs. Palpi of moderate length and strength; cubital joint short and nodiform; radial broader, but about equal in length to the cubital; it has a long, strong, straight-pointed, tapering projection from its outer extremity; this projection reaches to about one third of the length of the digital joint, which is very large and of a long oval shape; the palpi are similar to the legs in colour, the radial and digital joints much the darkest, and the projection on the former approaches a deep black-brown ; the palpal organs are well developed, and consist of several strong corneous lobes and processes. They are of a deep red-brown colour towards their hinder extremity, and nearly white about their centre. Falces moderately long and strong, perpendicular, subeonical, slightly prominent near the base in front, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. Maxille. These reach to the extremity of the falces, they are strongly compressed inwardly, and curved over the labium, almost meeting at their extremities. : Labium elongate oval, somewhat pointed at the apex, and truncate at the junction with the sternum. It and the maxill are similar to the falces in colour, and furnished REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 411 thinly with hairs, as is also the sternum, which is heart-shaped, and with slight depres- sions near the articulations of the legs. Abdomen oval, tolerably arched above, projects slightly over the base of the "uds thorax; it is thickly dotted with hairs, and of a sooty-black satiny appearance; it is also thinly furnished with erect black hairs, evenly distributed, and giving the Spider a speckled look in spirit of wine. From beneath the fore part a tuft of numerous long black bristly hairs curve upwards and slightly back over the upper fore margin; the branchial opercula are large and of a dull yellow colour, the space between them dark- brown; on the upperside of the abdomen are two divergent curved rows of slight dark depressions, three in each row ; the inferior spinners are long, prominent, and cylindrical, and their colour is dark-brown. In the female (which otherwise resembles the male), the extremity of the inferior spinners has several small prominent nipples, or silk-tubes ; these were not observable in the above-described male. The female is considerably larger than the male, though there is some variation in the size of different individuals of both sexes. An adult female of this species, captured by myself on Bloxworth Heath in 1853, is described and figured in Brit. & Ir. Spiders, p. 105, pl. vi. fig. 62, as D. lucifugus, Walck., D. melanogaster, Latr., Pythonissa lucifuga, Koch. The figure, however, is chiefly taken from Koch, Die Arachn. pl. 194. fig. 469. Whether.or not this species is the one alluded to by Dr. Leach is not certain; I think that it probably is. A comparison, however, of it, as well as others, both males and females, of the same species, since captured in the same locality, with typical specimens of Pythonissa lucifuga, C. Koch, has proved it to be very distinct from that species, which is a much larger, richer-coloured one, and differs remarkably in the palpi and palpal organs of the male, though nearly resembling it in the disposition of the eyes. The D. melanogaster, Latr. (D. lucifugus of Walck.), seems to be the same species as the Pythonissa lucifuga of C. Koch. Dr. Ludwig Koch, who has examined the specimen above described, considers it to be a species new to science, and has requested to be allowed to include it in a work he has now in the press, on the family Drassides, under the name Pythonissa anglica. The group Pythonissa, O. Koch (to which, by the disposition of its eyes and the ex- tremely curved and compressed form of the maxillæ, this species belongs), is a very well- marked group; but whether their structural peculiarities warrant the formation of a genus distinct from Drassus may be questioned. Previously to having made any researches in Egypt and Syria I inclined to the opinion that the distinctions between Drassus and Pythonissa were only of subgeneric value; but in Egypt and Syria I have discovered a great number of new species of this group; and a careful comparison of them with those hitherto known convinces me that “ Pythonissa ” wil stand as a good and well-charac- terized genus, of which Drassus anglicus is. the only as yet certainly known British Species. 'The group seems to have its head quarters in Palestine and Syria, becoming rarer towards the west and north. I have received several species also from Bombay. Dr. Koch will include in his work on the Drassides all the numerous new species of this family discovered by myself in Egypt and Syria, as well as others from Bombay (received from Captain Julian Hobson), and from Sydney, Australia (sent me by Mr. H. H. B. 312 412 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Bradley). Several males and females of D. anglicus have been discovered by myself under stones, bits of dry cow-dung, and among moss, on Bloxworth Heath ; and immature specimens are occasionally seen crossing bare places among the heath in sunshine. DRASSUS SCINTILLANS, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 12 a.) Male adult, length 2 lines. Cephalothorax oblong, rather prolonged at the caput, truncate at the fore margin, somewhat depressed longitudinally on the sides above the margins; normal furrows fairly marked; the fore part of caput slopes a little forward, following the even and slightly rounded rim of the thoracic profile; the height of the clypeus is about equal to the space between the outer eyes of the front row, and greater than the space between the fore central and hind central pairs of eyes. Colour dark-brown, tinged with yellow, and re- flecting metallie tints; some white sessile scaly hairs show plainly the direction of the thoracic grooves; and there are a few blackish bristly hairs directed forwards in the region of the eyes. Eyes eight, on black spots; small, but unequal in size, in two concentric curved rows, the curves directed backwards. The front row is rather shorter and a little less curved than the hinder row; the outer eyes of the front row are the largest of the eight; next in size | are the outer ones of the hinder row, then the fore centrals, and the hind centrals are the smallest; the space between the hind centrals is greater than that between the fore centrals, which is slightly less than that between each of these and the hind central on its side ; the space between the two outer eyes on either side of both rows is very hearly equal. Legs long and, except the femora, rather slender; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; those of the first two pairs are of a yellowish white colour, except the femora, which are black- brown; the two hinder pairs are brown with a yellow tinge, the femora being the darkest; all are furnished with hairs, of which some (especially on the tibiæ and metatarsi of the first two pairs) are long, slender, and nearly erect; others, of a scaly kind, reflect green, golden, and violet tints; there are a few spines on the tibise and metatarsi of the two hind pairs, and two small spines at the extremity of the tibiæ (on the underside) of the first two pairs; all the tarsi are thickly clothed with short hairs on the underside, those of the two hinder pairs being papillæform. Falces long, powerful, vertical, prominent near the base in front, similar to the cepha- lothorax in colour, and furnished with some long, bristly, dark, prominent hairs in front. Maxille long and strong, broad and gibbous near the base, and depressed near the middle, hollow in their outer margins, round-pointed at their extremities, and slightly in- clined to the labium, which is of an oblong form, rounded at the apex: these parts are of a yellowish brown colour, furnished with bristly hairs, the labium being darkest in colour. Sternum large, heart-shaped, dark brown in colour, clothed with white sessile hairs. Abdomen narrow, oblong, constricted transversely above near the middle, of a blackish colour, furnished with scaly hairs reflecting metallic tints of green, golden, and violet; the transverse constriction is conspicuously marked with white hairs; the spinners are rather long and prominent, of a black colour, tipped with white hairs. Palpi rather long and strong, blackish-brown in colour, furnished with hairs; cubital REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. : 413 and radial joints equal in length, the former curved and clavate; the latter has a rather prominent, nearly straight, shortish and bluntish-pointed projection at the extremity on the outer side. The digital joint is long-pointed, oval, and equal in length to the radial joint; palpal organs simple and well-developed, consisting chiefly of one large and rather prominent oval pale-coloured lobe, with a red-brown band-like marking running from the middle of the outer side round its base, and a very minute sharp-pointed corneous pro- minence near its extremity. An adult male and some immature males and females of this brilliant Spider were captured by myself beneath stones at Portland in July 1860, and are, Mr. Blackwall thinks, D. fulgens of Walck. ; the structure, however, of the palpal organs does not agree with those parts of D. fulgens as figured and described by Dr. L. Koch, in * Arachniden- Familie der Drassiden, zweites Heft, tab. iv. figs. 52-54. And this last author is of opinion that it is an undescribed species. DRASSUS ELECTUS. Melanophora electa, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. vi. p. 83, tab. 200. fig. 490. Drassus pumilus, Bl. Brit. & Ir. Spiders, part i. p. 108, pl. vi. fig. 65; Camb. Zool. for 1860, p. 6896. ' Having examined specimens of both Melanophora pumila and M. electa, received from Dr. Koch, and compared them with examples of the species described by Mr. Blackwall and recorded by myself, there seems no doubt that these latter are the Melanophora electa of C. Koch (Die Arachn. Bd. vi. p. 83). DRASSUS PALLIARDII. i Leiocranum palliardii, L. Koch. Agelena gracilipés, Bl. Brit. & Ir. Spiders, p. 162, pl. x. fig. 104. An immature female of this species was captured by myself on Bloxworth Heath in the summer of 1866, and is identical with the two species mentioned above as synonymous ; it is very nearly allied to Drassus prelongipes, Camb. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., but may easily be distinguished by the absence of the characteristic pattern on the abdomen of that species. Though included here in the genus Drassus, it is rightly, I think, sepa- rated from it by Dr. L. Koch. à Genus CLUBIONA. CLUBIONA PALLENS. Clubiona pallens, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. vi. p. 19, pl. 185. figs. 443, 444. diversa, Camb. Zoologist for 1862, p. 7959. This species was supposed to be undescribed when I described it under the specific name “diversa.” A comparison of it, however, with examples of C. pallens, received from Dr. L. Koch, of Nürnberg, proves it to be identical with this latter species. Adults © of both sexes have been obtained at Bloxworth, though very rarely; and I received an adult male of it in 1866 from Mr. Morris Young, by whom it was captured near Paisley, Scotland. 414 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. CLUBIONA SUBTILIS. Clubiona subtilis, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Fam. der Drassiden, p. 351, pl. xiv. figs. 229-231. —— pallens, Bl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xiv. p. 30; Brit. & Ir. Spiders, p. 130, fig. 82. The Clubiona pallens of Blackwall proving to be a different species from C. pallens of Koch, and it having been since described by Dr. L. Koch under the specific name of “ subtilis," I have here recorded it under that name. It seems to be a very common Spider in marshy ground in the Fens of Cambridgeshire, whence I received great numbers of both sexes of it from Mr. W. Farren last spring; and I have also found it abundantly in similar situations in this neighbourhood. CLUBIONA LUTESCENS. Clubiona lutescens, Westr. Aran. Suecicz, p. 394. — assimilata, Camb. Zool. for 1862, p. 7953. —— lutescens, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Fam. der Drassiden, p. 336, pl. xiii. figs. 217-219. This species having been previously described by Mr. Westring under the name “ lute- scens," I here record it under that specific appellation. In addition to the examples men- tioned in Zool. (loc. cit. sup.), I have since received it from various parts of England. CLUBIONA PHRAGMITIS. Clubiona phragmitis, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. x. p. 134, tab. 360. figs. 846, 847. —— deinognatha, Camb. Zool. for 1862, p. 7957. phragmitis, L. Koch, Die Arachn. Fam. der Drassiden, p. 315, pl. xiii. figs. 202-204. Having examined and carefully compared with my own specimens of C. deinognatha (Camb.) examples of C. phragmitis (Koch), I am convinced that the two species are identical; and therefore the latter name has the priority. | Fam. CINIFLONIDA. Gen. Ereatis. ERGATIS UNCINATA. Dictyna uncinata, Westr. Aran. Suecicæ, p. 385. Ergatis arborea, Camb. Zool. for 1862, p. 7960. Not having at that time seen Mr. Westring's works, I was unaware of his having already described, under the specific name of uncinata, my Ergatis arborea. | have, since the notice of it in the * Zoologist,’ received it from various parts of England. ERGATIS VARIABILIS. ~ Dictyna variabilis, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. iii. p. 29, pl. 83. fig. 187. I am indebted to Mr. Parfitt, of Exeter, for the opportunity of recording this addition to our list of British Spiders. Adults of both sexes were contained in a collection made by that gentleman in the neighbourhood of Exeter in the summer of 1869. Ihavea suspicion that eventually the Ærgatis pallens of Blackw. (Brit. & Ir. Spid. p. 148, pl. x- REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 415 fig. 94) will prove to be only a variety of Ergatis variabilis, which is an exceedingly variable species in its colour and markings. Genus ULOBORUS, Dugès. Veleda, Blackw. ULOBORUS WALCKENAERIUS. Uloborus walckenaerius, Dugés, Régne Animal de Cuvier, pl. 10. fig. 41; Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. ii. p. 228, pl. 20. fig. 1; Hahn, Die Arachn. Bd. i. p. 122, pl. 35. fig. 62; Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. vol. i. pp. 109, 110; Guérin, Dict. Class. d’ Hist. Nat. 5, t. xvi. p. 458. Veleda lineata, Bl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. iii. p. 96; Brit. & Irish Spiders, part i. p. 150, pl. x. fig. 96. i lam unable to discover any distinction between examples of Uloborus walckenaerius received from Dr. Koch, of Nürnberg, examples of the same species captured by myself in Palestine, and the typical specimens upon which Mr. Blackwall founded his genus and species Veleda lineata. Mr. Blackwall admits that these specimens possess many characteristics in common with spiders of the genus Uloborus, but separates them from that genus on account of their possessing a fourth pair of spinners and calamistra, infer- ring that, as Uloborus was stated to construct a snare on the same plan as spiders of the family Epeirides, therefore it did not possess these peculiarities. The examples, however, that I found in Palestine were in such snares as above mentioned, and certainly do possess calamistra and a fourth pair of spinners; this is also the case with the examples forwarded to me from Germany by Dr. Koch. It appears to me, therefore, that these facts cast great doubt not only upon the scientific propriety of including Uloborus in the family Ciniflonides, but also upon the tenability of that family, which is based upon the possession of a fourth pair of spinners and cala- mistra. These peculiarities of structure seem to me to have at most generic importance, and perhaps are only of specific value, though this last remains to be proved. The whole question of family relationship among Spiders is a very difficult one, and, paradoxical as it may sound, it is far easier to establish a family than to characterize it; i.e. it is easier to form a natural group of genera than to define shortly and succinctly the characters by which the different genera are united. Fam. AGELENIDES. Genus AGELENA. AGELENA PROXIMA, n. sp. (Pl. 54. no. 13.) Male adult, length 3 of an inch; female rather larger. This species bears a close resemblance to the Agelena brunnea of Blackwall ; mm many specimens of it submitted to Mr. B. for examination several years ago were pronounced by him to be of that species. Subsequent and close examination of its palpi (which differ in structure from those of Agelena brunnea) has convinced me that it is a distinct, though closely allied, species. It may always be recognized from A. brunnea by its constantly - 416 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. . smaller size, and in general by the greater distinctness of the abdominal pattern, which has also in many specimens a longitudinal central pale line on the fore half of its upper side, not existing, as far as I have observed, in 4. brunnea. The projection at the outer extremity of the radial joints of the palpi is also shorter, stouter, and straighter than in A. brunnea ; and the palpal organs also differ in their structure from those of that species. The present species is abundant at heath-roots and among grass and rubbish in hedges dc. at Bloxworth, while Agelena brunnea is very rare. Egg cocoons, resembling in form that figured in * British and Irish Spiders, parti. pl. xii. fig. 102, are also common in the same localities. I find them attached to the stems of grass and rushes, sometimes beautifully white and clean, but generally covered with a crust of mud. I have hatched young spiders from some of these cocoons, but have never succeeded in rearing them to a sufficiently mature state to be able to decide their species, though sufficiently so to see that their genus is the same as that of the species now in question. Dr. Koch, of Nuremberg, to whom I have submitted adult specimens of 4. proxima, agrees with me as to its distinctness from 4. brunnea (Agreca linotina, Koch), and says he has found the female lately near that city. The figures given will explain better than any lengthened description the differences above mentioned between the two species. Dr. Koch includes both these species in his genus Agræca of the family Drassides, in which I am inclined to agree; certainly they should be separated from the genus Agelena. x | Genus TEGENARIA. TEGENARIA INTRICATA. Tegenaria intricata, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. viii. p. 29, pl. 261. figs. 610, 611. —— domestica, Blackw. Brit. € Ir. Spiders, p. 163, pl. xi. fig. 105. Upon a careful examination I am inclined to agree with Dr. L. Koch that the Tege- naria domestica, Koch, is the true T. domestica, Latr. Undoubtedly the British species known as T. domestica is the T. intricata of Koch (loc. cit. sup.), which latter name should therefore replace the specific name by which we have hitherto known it. Genus THERIDION. THERIDION INSTABILE, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 14.) Male adult, length 4; of an inch. Cephalothorax brightish yellow, with a broad longitudinal band of a blackish colour extending from the eyes to the hinder margin, towards which it narrows gradually. In some specimens it is slightly constricted at the junction of the caput and thorax. Caput well defined, rather elevated, projecting forwards, and with a few longish bristly hairs on its upperside directed forwards. The height of the clypeus exceeds the space between the central pairs of eyes of the front and hinder rows, and projects beyond the perpen- dicular line of the caput. Eyes eight, nearly equal in size, the foremost ones of the side pairs slightly the — smallest; the space between those of the central pair of the hinder row very little greater — than between each of these and the hinder eye of the lateral pair on its side; those of — REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. : 417 the lateral pairs are contiguous and seated obliquely on a small tubercle ; the four central eyes nearly form a square, the distance from front to back being slightly less than from side to side, and the front side very slightly shorter than the hinder one; those of the fore central pair are dark-coloured; all the other six have a bright pearly lustre. Legs long and moderately strong, the first pair much the longest; the second and fourth pairs are nearly equal, the fourth slightly the longest (?), and the third pair is the shortest; relative length 1, 4, 2,3. They are well furnished with hairs, and in place of spines the tibial and genual joints have a few erect hairs or bristles; ; general colour the same as that of the cephalothorax, though slightly deeper in some specimens. Palpi moderately long and strong, of the same colour as the legs; cubital and radial joints short; the latter is produced at its extremity on the outer side, where it is fur- nished with six, or more, black longish bristly hairs in a row round the margin; one, or more, longish bristly hairs also spring from the upperside of the cubital joint; digital joint hairy, oval, and of moderate size; palpal organs prominent and not very com- plicated ; they have several irregular corneous projections at their extremity. Falces long, greatly divergent, especially at their extremities, towards which there is a strong bluntish tooth-like process on the inner side of each falx ; the fangs are very long and strong. Maxille long, strong, nearly straight, considerably inclining over the labium, and obliquely truncated laterally on their outer extremities. Labium triangular, rounded at the apex. Sternum broad, heart-shaped, and, with the falces, maxillæ, and labium, rather paler- coloured than the legs, and sparingly furnished with a few blackish hairs. Abdomen oval, moderately convex, and projecting over the base of the cephalothorax ; very thinly elothed with longish hairs, and of a pale yellowish colour, thickly freckled - with small white spots, or blotches, on the upperside; on each side of the median line is à row of black spots, or blotches, often diffused and confluent, and then forming an irre- gularly dentated central band between them, narrower at each end than in the middle; the sides have a few black spots, or irregular blotches; these are sometimes a mere longi- tudinal suffusion of colour, and sometimes entirely obsolete; similarly the underside has a large squarish black blotch towards the spinners, round which are also a few black spots, sometimes confluent and sometimes obsolete. The female resembles the male, except in the caput not being quite so elevated, in the ab- domen being of a globular form, and in the first pair of legs being proportionally shorter. The spots on the sides of the abdomen in some female specimens form two or three oblique lines, and the falces in that sex are also straight and shorter than in the male. This species is nearly allied to Theridion lineatum, but is very much smaller, and is apparently never coloured with bright carmine on the abdomen as is the case occasionally in that species; the legs are also proportionally longer and stronger; and whereas the falces in the male of Th. lineatum vary very considerably in their length in different specimens, those of the present species vary, if at all, very slightly. The pattern on the abdomen is liable to considerable variation by the confluence or suffusion of the black spots, or by their being sometimes more or less obsolete. Both sexes were discovered by myself in VOL. XXVIL. —— 9 K 418 REV. O; P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. ` tolerable abundance at the base of rough sedgy grass and rushes in a swamp at Blox- worth in May 1863, among the stems of which it spins an irregular web. THERIDION FAMILIARE, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 15.) Male adult, length 4; of an inch (of which the ee is about half). Rela- tive length of the legs 1, 2, 4,3. Cephalothorax broader behind than before; slightly prominent at the eyes; a strong longitudinal indentation in the median line of the hinder part, and some small furrows on the sides, converging towards the centre. Colour, dull orange-yellow ; just behind the eyes is à broad spade-shaped patch of dusky brown, the point directed backwards; the lateral furrows and margins are also dusky-coloured. Eyes eight, in two rows, curving from each other, the four central ones forming a square; the two foremost eyes of the square are very slightly further from each other than those of the hinder pair; those of the side pairs are contiguous to each other; all are seated on tubereles; those of the fore central pair are black, and the largest of the eight; the rest are pearly white, with black edges. Legs of the same colour as the cephalothorax, and banded more or less distinctly with dusky red-brown in the males; those of the first pair are much the longest and rather the stoutest, then the second pair, and the third pair the shortest: they are sparingly clothed with hairs and a few slender spines. Palpi moderately long and strong, of the same colour as the cephalothorax ; cubital and radial joints short, and with several bristly hairs on the upperside directed forwards. The radial joint is the shortest, it is considerably produced at its extremity on the outer side, and is furnished on the margins with some long, strong, curved bristly hairs ; digital joint oval, comprising the palpal organs, which are prominent, not complex, and with one or two small corneous reddish processes at their extremity. Falces straight, neither very long nor powerful; profile outline hollow. Maxille long, strong, obliquely truncated at the extremity on the outer side, strongly inclined towards the labium, which is broad at the base and bluntly triangular at the apex. These parts, with the falces, are of the same colour as the palpi. Sternum broad and convex, of a yellowish colour, suffused with dusky. Abdomen short, oval, convex, projecting slightly over the base of the cephalothorax. Colour dusky yellowish-drab, more or less spotted with small white blotehes; a broad longitudinal band edged more or less broadly and irregularly with black, occupies the median line, tapering gradually from the fore part to the spinners ; this band is dentated on the sides, slightly at first, but more frequently and strongly towards the hinder part; it is generally of a lighter colour, and more suffused with white blotehes than the rest of the abdomen; the sides have a broad longitudinal pateh of blackish brown, broadest forwards, and from one to three rows of black spots running from the dentations of the median band obliquely downwards. The underside is black, and very prominent and convex near the spiracular plates. The spinners are encircled with blackish. The female is rather larger than the male, and her abdomen is more convex and projects more over the base of the ee REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. - 419 but in colour and markings there is but little difference; in some males the markings of the abdomen are almost obliterated by a general dusky smoky suffusion. This species, which is very closely allied to Theridion denticulatum, differs from it con- stantly in colour and markings, and is also smaller; it also seems to be entirely a house spider. I have found it abundantly for several years in unused rooms, where it spins irregular webs in corners and angles, but have never yet met with it out of doors, whereas Th. denticulatum is common out of doors in the same locality, and is seldom met with in any other locality. THERIDION BLACKWALLII, n. sp.. (Pl. 55. no. 16.) Male adult, length y% of an inch. Cephalothorax short, narrower in front than behind, where it is almost circular; it is moderately convex above, prominent at the eyes, and with a strong indentation at the junction of the caput and thoracic segment. Colour bright yellow-brown; the margins and upper part of caput (occiput especially) and the region of the front row of eyes are nearly black. Some strong, bristly, prominent black hairs among the eyes and on the clypeus, which is slightly impressed directly below the eyes, and a little prominent directly above the insertion of the falces; the clypeus exceeds in height the space between the fore and hind central pairs of eyes. Eyes eight; four, in two pairs, forming almost a square in the centre, and two on each side contiguous to each other, and placed obliquely on a tubercle; those of the hind central pair are smaller and rather nearer together than those of the fore central pair, which are black, the rest being pearly white. Legs rather short and moderately strong. Relative length 1, 4, 2, 3; but the absolute difference is not very great between 1 and 4; they are sparingly furnished with hairs, and their colour is yellow, banded faintly, but broadly, with orange-brown. Palpi moderately long; the bulb formed by the digital joint and palpal organs is of great size, exceeding the humeral joint in length; the cubital joint is bent and somewhat clavate at its fore extremity, which is furnished with a long, prominent bristle; the radial joint is short, but produced on its outer extremity, which is furnished with some bristly hairs. The palpal organs, which are directed outwards, are well developed and pro- minent, but not very complex; a slender filiform red-brown spine issues from their outer extremity, and, curving completely round, rests on their surface, having in contact with it a strong fillet of some diaphanous whitish membranous substance ; and at their inner extremity is a small black-pointed corneous projection. In colour the palpi are yellow- brown, the digital joint being much the darkest. Falces rather long, perpendicular, about equal in length to the facial space, slender, but a little prominent near their base in front. They are similar in colour to the cephalo- thorax, and, as far as could be observed, destitute of teeth on their inner surface. Masxille moderately long, strong, of an oblong form, and inclined towards the labium, which is short, broad, and semicircular; these parts are a little darker in colour than the falces. l - Sternum broad, heart-shaped, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. ME K 420 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Abdomen oval, very convex above, and projecting a little over the base of the cephalo- thorax; it is very sparingly furnished with hairs; its upperside is nearly black, and separated from the sides by a pale band more or less suffused with white cretaceous spots; this pale band surrounds about two thirds of the upperside forward, and then continues backward as a single median dentated band to the spinners, just above Which is a conspicuous white spot; there are also two other large whitish spots at the fore extremity, one on either side near together; the sides are pale, with a short lateral black band forward; the underside is strongly suffused with dull black. Spinners pale dull yellow; a leading character in the abdomen is the upper surface being covered pretty thickly with very small shining yellow-brown tubercles. An adult male of this species was received from Mr. William Farren (who captured it in Wicken Fen, near Cambridge, in February 1869. It is allied to Theridion inornatum in general structure, but differs in size, colour, and markings. The tubercles on the ab- domen, as well as the great size of the palpal bulb and the structure of the palpal organs, will serve to distinguish the present from all others known to me. In naming it after Mr. Blackwall, I wish to offer a small tribute of respect to one who has ever with the readiest kindness placed all his extensive knowledge on arachnology, as well as his col- lections, at my service. THERIDION STICTUM. (Pl. 55. no. 17.) Theridion stictum, Camb. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. vii. p. 432; e.” Brit. € Ir. Spiders, part ii. p. 196, pl. xiv. fig. 126 (female). Male adult, length 14 line. Cephalothorax short, oval, rather longer than broad, tolerably convex above; ocular region of the caput elevated and prominent; clypeus of considerable height, margin prominent and rounded; an indentation near the commencement of the hind slope at the upper junction of the caput and thoracic segments; the whole surface of the cephalo- thorax finely rugulose and covered pretty thickly with depressed punctuations, from each of which issues a very short strong black spine or pointed granulation. These are dis- posed in lines, which form a regular pattern, defining the form of the caput and the course of the thoracic segments, and mostly converge to the median indentation ; a very few short dark hairs are disposed on the surface of the cephalothorax. Colour rich mahogany- red; caput rather the darkest. Eyes eight, in two transverse rows on the summit and sides of the prominence of the caput; they are large and subequal ; those of the side pairs are the smallest and the central anteriors slightly the largest of the eight; the first row is rather the shortest, and curved ; the hinder row is straight. The four central eyes form nearly a square, of which the fore side is slightly longer than the hinder side, amd the sides are rather the shortest. Each eye is placed on a tubercle; those of the lateral pairs are contiguous to each other, and obliquely seated on a strong tubercle. The four eyes of the hinder row are equi- distant from each other, as also are those of the front row. Legs moderately long and strong; relative length 1, 4, 2 (?),3, the second and fourth pairs differ very N in ee their colour is bright orange-yellow tinged with red, — REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 421 and they are furnished with hairs, some of which are erect and others sessile ; of each kind there is a conspicuous row on the uppersides of the femora of the first two pairs; beneath the femora (chiefly of the two first pairs) are some deep red-brown granulations similar to those on the cephalothorax. Palpi long and strong. Colour yellow tinged with sooty; digital joint darkest; they are very sparingly furnished with hairs, mostly so on the digital joint; humeral joint curved and gradually enlarging towards the extremity; cubital curved, prominent above and strongly clavate at the extremity; radial shorter than the cubital, spreading out at the extremity, and fringed near the margin with longish hairs; digital joint large, rounded . behind, long, pointed at the extremity, on the inner side of which is a prominent and conspicuous projection giving it a bifid appearance; palpal organs well developed, pro- minent and complicated, consisting of several conspicuous corneous projections and spines of irregular form. Falces considerably shorter than the clypeus and not very strong, perpendicular, but rather retiring beneath the clypeus; similar in colour and granulous punctures to the cephalothorax. Mazille moderately long and strong, obliquely truncate at their extremity on the outer side, much inclined towards and nearly meeting over the labium, which is short and semicircular; these parts are similar in colour to the falces, the labium being rather darker. Sternum large, heart-shaped, moderately convex, similar in colour to the cephalo- thorax, and thiekly studded with similar granulous punctures, and a few shortish hairs. Abdomen short, oval, convex, nearly globular and glossy; it does not project much over the base of the cephalothorax, and is furnished sparingly with short dark hairs. Its colour is pale brownish-yellow ; a long irregular patch on the sides, and two large blotches on either side of the fore extremity, a space beneath the fore extremity of the upper part, and the extremity towards the spinners are of a dark blackish-mahogany colour; the upperside is divided longitudinally by a pale band, and irregularly marked with whitish markings, some spots of which are also visible on other portions of the upperside, espe- cially between and outside the dark blotches at the fore extremity, and in a line beneath the lateral dark patches. Four conspicuous round depressions of a dark yellow-brown colour, form nearly a square occupying the centre of the upperside; the two hinder de- pressions are larger and rather further apart than the two fore ones; spiracular plates large, convex, shining; underside dark black-mahogany-coloured; a transverse yellow bar, above which are two oblique ones, forming an open angle directed forwards, mark the position of the sexual organs. Spinners very short, and of a pale dull yellow colour: they are situated on a pale patch surrounded by a margin of deep mahogany-colour. Adult females of this rare and pretty spider have been taken at intervals on Bloxworth Heath, at the roots of grass and heath, from the year 1860; but the closest search has failed to produce more than the single male above described. It is allied elosely both to Theridion guttatum (Walck.) and Theridion quadripunctatum (Walck.), but is easily di- stinguished from both by size, colour, and the peculiar granulated punctures on the cephalo- thorax &e., and also by the structure of the palpi and palpal organs. 422 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. THERIDION VENUSTUM. Theridion venustum, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. ii. p. 316, no. 23. A very young specimen (female) of a Theridion, which I feel little doubt belongs to the above species, was forwarded to me by Mr. Parfitt, of Exeter, by whom it was captured near that city in April 1869. This is its first record as a British species. THERIDION MELANOGASTER. | Atea melanogaster, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. xi. p. 143, pl. 392. figs. 941, 942. Theridion congener, Camb. Zoologist for 1863, p. 8576. i In describing this as a Theridion in 1863, I was unaware that it had been previously described as an Atea (fam. Epeirides) by Koch (loc. cif. sup.) Although in several respects a rather anomalous species of Theridion, its wide separation from the family Epeirides is very marked both in its structure and habits. THERIDION CORACINUM. Theridion coracinum, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. viii. p. 84, pl. 276. fig. 655. An adult male of this species (new to Britain) was captured by myself among heath near Bloxworth in May 1863. It must not be confounded with a very similar species (lately recorded in Wales by Mr. Blackwall), Theridion triste (Koch), from which it is easily distinguished by the tarsal and metatarsal joints of the legs: excepting these, the whole of 7. coracinum is jet-black; these joints were, in the example recorded, white. Koch describes them as ochre-yellow ; but his example was that of the female, mine was of the male. | LINYPHIA IMPIGRA, n. sp. (PL 55. no. 18.) Male adult, length + of an inch (2 lines). Relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3. | Cephalothoraz oval, rather shorter than the abdomen, neither raised nor prominent in the ocular region, nor abruptly sloping at the hinder part; clypeus prominent, à con- siderable indentation in the median line of the hinder part, marked by a longitudinal blackish line slightly dilated in the middle. Sides marked with furrows converging to this indentation, and slightly suffused with dusky colour. Colour dark orange-yellow; 2 few hairs in the ocular region. | Eyes eight, in four pairs, moderate in size; all on tubercular black spots. Those of the hinder pair widest apart and largest of the eight, those of the front pair almost touching, those of the side pairs touch each other, and the hinder one is the smallest of the eight. Legs long, tolerably stout, sparingly elothed with short hairs and a few short semi- erect black spines. In two individuals the relative lengths of the legs were 1, 4, 2, 3; the first, second, and fourth pairs differ but very little in length. Colour clear bright orange-yellow. : — Palpi short and not very strong, of the same colour as the legs; tibial joint brownish and furnished with hairs; it is a little longer, and much stronger, than the cubital, and REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 428 rather gibbous on the inner side forwards; digital joint dark-coloured, hairy, and rather large, comprising the palpal organs; these are prominent, complicated, and have a long black spine, which, issuing out of a corneous process, emerges from their extremity, and curves back with a large, bold sweep round their outer side to the hinder part near the radial joint. Falces long, strong, divergent at their extremity, slightly prominent towards the base, strongly inclined towards the maxillee, and of a dark yellowish-brown colour. Masille moderate in length, strong and straight. Labium broad, short, rather rounded at the apex. Sternum heart-shaped, and, with the labium and maxillæ, of a dark-brown colour. Abdomen long-oval, tolerably convex above, and projecting considerably over the base of the cephalothorax; it is very sparingly furnished with hairs; and its colour is glossy black, with two dull white spots on each side of the median line near the forward ex- tremity, and two bright white spots similarly placed just above the spinners. In spirit of wine a faint trace of a longitudinal, tapering, slender band commencing near the cephalo- thorax and with a longitudinal row of largish spots on each side, all of a darker hue than the rest of the abdomen, could be seen. | Two adult males of this very distinct and conspicuous species were captured by myself among sedgy grass in a swamp at Bloxworth in May 1863. It is allied to L. pratensis and L. fuliginea, but is easily distinguished from both. LINYPHIA CIRCUMCINCTA, n. Sp. Female adult, length 2 lines (4 of an inch). Relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3. Cephalothorax short, broad, oval; cephalic region well defined, but not elevated or prominent; clypeus slightly prominent, a strong indentation in the median line of the hinder part is denoted by a black line dilated at the middle of the depression and run- ning into the cephalic region, where it divides into two; the sides are marked with convergent dusky furrows. Colour, palish dull-yellow. Eyes eight, in four pairs, all on black spots slightly tuberculated ; those of the hinder pair widest apart and largest of the eight ; those of the side pairs touch each other ; those of the front pair are close together but not touching, and are the smallest of the eight. Legs longish, moderately robust, rather paler and clearer-coloured than the cephalo- thorax, very sparingly furnished with hairs, and a few fine semierect spines. Palpi short, slender, of the same colour as the legs, and furnished with hairs and fine spines. Falces of the same colour as the legs, moderate in length and strength, rather pro- minent towards the base on the front, very slightly divergent at the extremity, where their colour is rather deeper. Maxille long, strong, straight, and of a dark-brown colour. Labium coloured like the maxillæ ; moderate in length, rounded and prominent at the apex. Sternum broad heart-shaped, of a dark-brown colour, margined with black, and fur- nished with some long fine hairs. 424 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Abdomen oval, projecting over the base of the cephalothorax, very convex, and much elevated forwards. Upperside white with a central tapering brown band, commencing near the cephalothorax and continued more or less distinctly to the spinners, just above which it is at times enlarged into spots; the latter part of the band is sometimes a mere line ending with a conspieuous dark spot; on each side of this band is a longitudinal row of brown spots varying in size and conspicuity in different examples, in some almost en- tirely wanting, in others more marked towards the spinners than forwards; these spots are generally joined to the median band by fine oblique dark lines; below these rows on each side is a broad band of brown running backwards towards the spinners, strongest and best-defined forwards, and becoming more diffuse and less defined as it runs back; the under margin, however, is generally clear and well defined, and makes the white below form a very distinct white band, dividing the upper from the lower side of the abdomen. Underside dark brown, more or less regularly mottled and mixed with white ; the best-defined of the white markings is a circular line of spots in front of each spiraeular plate, and seven or eight well-defined spots forming a horseshoe round the spinners (the open part of the shoe being on the underside). In one specimen the upper margin of the underside towards the spinners was marked with some oblique bars of a darker brown, encroaching upon the white of the upperside. Sexual organs hairy, pro- minent, but simple in form, with no very conspicuous opening or epigyne. Adult and immature females of this species were captured by myself among sedgy grass in a swamp at Bloxworth in May, 1863. I could not succeed in discovering the male. It is something like Z. trilineata in colour and markings, but differs exceedingly in size and also in the relative position of the eyes. It is also allied to Linyphia albula (Camb.). LINYPHIA APPROXIMATA, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 19.) Male adult, length $ of an inch. Relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 3. Cephalothorax oval, flattish ; cephalic region but little higher than the rest; i is in- dented in the median line of the hinder part, and has converging furrows on the sides ; it is of a yellowish colour, slightly clouded with dusky; and the furrows and lateral mar- gins in some specimens are indicated by indistinct sooty lines. Eyes eight, in four pairs, or two transverse rows; they are on black spots; those of each side pair are seated on a tubercle close together, but not touching; those of the front pair are the smallest of the eight and are much nearer together than those of the hinder pair, which are rather the largest of the eight; the front row is nearly straight; the hinder row slightly curved from the front. The clypeus projects beyond the eyes, and is higher than the distance between the front and hinder pairs of eyes. Legs dingy yellow, rather brighter in colour than the cephalothorax ; those of the first pair are slightly longer than those of the second, which last are but little longer than those of the fourth; they are sparingly furnished with hairs, and a few fine semierect spines. - Palpi short and of the same colour as the legs; radial joint rather longer and much a stronger than the cubital, slightly elongated in front and, with the digital joint, f A REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 425 with bristly hairs; digital joint irregular in form and (comprising the palpal organs) very large, nearly equalling in length the whole of the rest of the palpus ; palpal organs reddish-brown, very prominent, complicated, with a short slender spine at their extre- mity, curved in a circular form and in contact with a small mass of membranous matter. Falces moderately long and strong, rather gibbous in front near their insertion, and diverging laterally at their extremities ; similar to the cephalothorax in colour. Maxille long, strong, broad and rounded at their extremity, slightly inclined to the labium, similar in colour to the falces. ; Labium short, rounded at the apex, similar in colour to the sternum, which is broad, heartshaped, sparingly furnished with hairs, and of a yellow-brown colour, strongly suffused with dusky black. ; Abdomen oval, about equal in length to the cephalothorax ; its colour is nearly black ; the sides and upper extremity forwards are sometimes paler; a series of five, six, or seven strong angular markings, with the vertices directed forwards, and of a pale whitish colour, occupies the median line of the upperside; these markings diminish in size as they approach the spinners ; the first of them is often indistinct and sometimes obsolete, merging into a general paleness of the upperside near the front extremity: in some specimens these angular marks are interrupted at the angles. The female differs from the male only in being rather larger and in the usual structure of the palpi; her sexual organs are slightly prominent, but present no marked peculiarity in form. This species is closely allied both to Linyphia pulla (BL) and L. meadii (Bl.) and also to L. pullata (Camb.); it may easily be distinguished from Z. pulla by the much larger size of the digital joints of the palpi and palpal organs, and by the structure of the latter, as well as by the pattern on the upperside of the abdomen. From Z. meadii (the adult male of which I have never seen) the female may readily be distinguished by the absence of the large prominent process connected with the sexual organs, which is very characteristic of the female of L.meadii. L. approximata is larger than L. pullata, but resembles it in the general form of the digital joint of the palpi and palpal organs, which last, however, in L. pullata want the slender circularly curved spine at their extremity. Linyphia approximata was found abundantly at the end of May, 1863, among grass and sedge in a marshy spot at Bloxworth, low down among the stems of which it spins an irregular web. | LINYPHIA FURTIVA, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 20.) Male adult, length 4 of an inch (or 2 lines). Relative length of legs 1, 4, 2, 3. Cephalothoraz longish-oval, squared at the eyes; rises gradually from the hinder part to the eyes, where it slightly projects over the clypeus, which is of considerable extent. A small longitudinal indentation occupies the median line of the hinder part; and some slight furrows on the sides converge to this indentation. Colour dark-brown with a yellowish tinge ; ocular space furnished with some bristly hairs. Eyes eight, in four pairs ; those of the hinder pair are considerably wider apart than those of the front pair, and the largest of the eight; those of the side pairs are contiguous, and, as well as the front pair, placed upon tubercles; all are seated on black spots. VOL. XXVII. 31 426 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Legs long, moderately robust; relative length 1, 4, 2, 3; those of the first pair are very little longer than those of the fourth ; they are sparingly furnished with hairs, and a few short fine erect and semierect spines. Colour clear yellow-brown, with a darker longi- tudinal suffusion on the femoral joints of some specimens. Palpi moderately long ; cubital joints short and far less strong than the radials, which are furnished with many strong bristly black hairs, especially towards the outer sides; digital joints very large and hairy ; they comprise the palpal organs, which are very pro- minent and complex, with corneous lobes and processes; they are of a red-brown colour, the digital joint brownish-black, and the other joints greenish-brown. Falces straight, not very strong, about equal in length to the facial space, and strongly inclined to the maxillæ ; they are of the same colour as the cephalothorax. Maxille short, strong, slightly curved towards the labium, which is short, semicircular, and with the maxillæ of the same colour as the legs. Sternum of a dark-brown colour, and furnished with longish hairs. Abdomen oblong, depressed or constricted across the middle, very sparingly clothed with hair. Colour black; underside divided from the upper by a row of irregular spots or patehes of white, which run completely round the upper margin; the two foremost spots occupy either side of the median line towards the upper end, and are in some spe- cimens very conspieuous. The upperside has a broad patch of yellowish-brown (mottled with minute spots of white) towards its foremost end; this patch is succeeded by and united to two or three broad curvi-angular lines (the vertices of the angles directed for- wards) of the same colour, also mottled with white ; Or, if this be taken as the ground- colour of the upperside, the eurvi-angular lines must be described as black with the ex- tremities enlarged, so as in some specimens to form the conspicuous rows of longitudinal black blotehes ; in some specimens the brownish-yellow colour occupies the larger part of the upperside of the abdomen, and has the appearance of a large patch strongly den- tated on the sides; and the alternate indentations form a row of black irregular spots on each side. The female is similar in colour and marking to the male; her abdomen, however, is larger and more convex; the digital, radial, and cubital joints of the palpi in this sex are furnished with long black spiny hairs; and the sexual organs are large, pro- minent, and with a large kidney-shaped opening deeply indented on the sides. I have captured this species frequently under the projecting heathy and rooty edges of gravel-pits at Bloxworth, Dorset, where it forms a horizontal sheet of web, in which it waits for its prey in an inverted position. It is very closely allied to Neriene mar- ginata, both in size, colours, and habits, but may easily be distinguished by the much larger digital joint and palpal organs of the male, and by the far less regularly angulated pattern on the abdomen. The female also may be distinguished from the female of N. marginata by the greater size and prominence of the sexual organs, and the larger and less-circular opening into them. | LINYPHIA FINITIMA, n. sp. Male adult, length 75 of an inch. | Cephalothoras short, oval, slightly compressed laterally before, and not particularly REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 427 convex above ; the normal grooves and furrows are not very strongly marked, except the - indentation on the hind slope, which is broad and deep; the centre of the caput is slightly gibbous and rounded, sloping a little both fore and aft; clypeus low, its height not ex- ceeding the diameter of one of the fore central eyes. Colour pale dull yellow ; margins black, and a blackish angular or arrow-head marking with its point directed backwards at the occiput, showing the junction of the caput and thorax. Eyes on slightly tubercular black spots, in four pairs, and not greatly differing from each other in size ; those of the front central pair are the smallest and darkest of the eight, and are near together, but not touching; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely and touch each other; the space between the hind centrals is equal to that between each of them and the lateral one on its side of the front row ; each of the hind centrals, in fact, forms with the two of the front row nearest to it an equilateral triangle. -Legs long, rather slender; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, furnished sparingly with hairs, and afew fine spines on their uppersides. Colour pale yellow ; palpi short, similar to the legs in colour, except the digital joint, which has a brown tinge, and the palpal organs, which are red-brown. The cubital and radial joints are both short and about equal in length; the former has on its upperside forward a single long, strong, curved, promi- nent tapering bristle; the radial has a few inconspicuous hairs on its upperside, and spreads out slightly at its extremity, principally on the inner side. Digital joint large, of a somewhat irregular form, broader before than behind, being produced into a sort of lobe on either side forward, and with a small conical protuberance at its base on the upperside near the radial joint; palpal organs well developed, prominent, complicated, consisting of various lobes and corneous spiny projections. Falces moderately long, not very powerful, vertical, divergent, armed with several longish teeth on the inner side at the extremity ; similar in colour to the cephalothorax. Maxille strong, not very long, slightly inclined towards the labium; the outer margin rounds gradually from near the base to the inner extremity. Labium short, semicircular, and, with the maxillæ, of the same colour as the falces. Sternum broad, heart-shaped, furnished with hairs, similar in colour to the labium dc. _ Abdomen narrow, oval, moderately convex above, furnished sparingly with short hairs ; it is of a dull whitish yellow, mottled on the upperside with white cretaceous-looking spots, or small blotches, principally in the median line, where they form a sort of pattern. Near the fore margin is a conspicuous subtriangular black patch pointing for- ward, its sides, which are longer than its base, are hollow ; there are faint traces on the hind portion and on the sides of other black lines and spots, but no pattern discernible ; perhaps other specimens would show some variety in this respect. This species, of which only a single specimen has come under my notice, was forwarded to me by the late Mr. Richard Beck, of Cornhill, London, among many other interesting spiders captured in the neighbourhood of London, and appears to me to be undescribed. It is allied to L. longidens, but easily distinguished by having the specific characters which denote that species much less strongly marked; it is also much smaller in size. LINYPHIA conrusa*, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 21, a, b, c, d, f, 9.) | | * See note on this species at the conclusion of this paper. Mas 428 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. This species so exactly resembles Z. minuta, Bl. Brit. & Irish Spiders, part ii. p. 218, in size, form, general appearance, markings, and habitat, that the description given by Mr. Blackwall of the latter applies equally closely to the one under consideration, except in two or three respects. First, the dark annulation of the legs generally present in L. minuta is seldom strongly marked in Z. confusa, and most commonly absent alto- gether. Secondly, the palpi in the male differ slightly in the form of the digital joint and structure of the palpal organs, as shown in the figures of those parts of each species, and remarkably in the form and armature of the cubital joint of the palpi. In L. minuta (PL 55. no. 21 e) this joint has a small tubercular prominence near the fore extremity of its upperside, whence springs a slightly sinuous strong spiny bristle of equal strength throughout its length and obtuse at the end, or rather suddenly ending in a point. In L. confusa the cubital joint has no prominence on the upperside; but a fine-pointed tapering bristle, sometimes nearly straight, sometimes slightly sinuous, replaces the strong spiny one in L. minuta ; this difference is observable at a glance, and is very characteristic of the species. It is difficult to distinguish the females of the two species; buta slight difference exists in the structure of their respective external sexual organs (epigyne). A variety of the male of both species is not unfrequent, in which the abdomen almost entirely wants the dark markings. | L. confusa is abundant in the south of England inside old buildings, in their outer sheltered corners, among lichens, ivy, and in the interstices of the bark of trees, while L minuta is very rare, but found in similar localities in the north of England and in North Wales. Z.minuta appears to be the common species, and L. confusa the rare one, and consequently it was overlooked by Mr. Blackwall. It was, however, contained among specimens of L. minuta forwarded by Mr. Blackwall to the artist to be figured in his work on British and Irish Spiders, part ii, plate xv. LINYPHIA CINGULIPES, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 22.) Female adult, length 2 lines (4 of an inch). Cephalothoraz oval, not very convex above, of a dull greenish yellow-brown colour, marked with converging lines of a deeper hue following the normal grooves and inden- tations; ocular region very slightly prominent; clypeus prominent below, and slightly exceeding in height the length of space occupied by the four central eyes. Eyes in four pairs, or two transverse curved rows, of which the hinder one is rather the least curved; they are seated on black spots; those of each lateral pair are contiguous to each other and placed on a small tubercle ; those of the fore central pair are rather the largest of the eight, and the space between them is less than that between those of the hind central pair, though the transverse space occupied by each of these pairs is nearly equal; the spaces between those of the hind central pair and between each of those of the fore central pair and the fore lateral on its side are about equal, and an equal "n separates each fore central eye from the hind central on its side. -= Palpi moderately long, furnished with hairs, beetles, and afew spines. Colour dull : pe | REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 429 Legs moderately long and strong. Relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, furnished with hairs and a few fine longish black spines. Colour pale yellow with a greenish tinge, broadly and distinctly banded (except the tarsi) with brownish-black. Falces long, strong, vertical, slightly divergent at the extremities, and a little pro- minent near their base in front. Similar in colour to the cephalothorax. Maaille strong, straight, parallel, and rounded at the extremities; rather paler in colour than the falces, and yellowish at the extremities. Labium short, semicircular, similar in colour to the cephalothorax. Sternum heart-shaped, and of a deep blackish-brown colour. Abdomen oval, very convex above, especially in front, and projects over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a dull greenish yellow-white, clothed sparingly with dark hairs; a broadish longitudinal black band runs backwards to the spinners from near the fore extre- mity, and contains two somewhat triangular whitish markings forwards, each divided longi- tudinally by a black line ; in continuance of the same longitudinal line towards the spin- ners are several more or less angular whitish lines, the angles directed forward; the sides are irregularly marked with blackish, and the underside is completely black. The sexual aperture is furnished with a strong prominent epigyne, furnished on the exterior side with coarse longish hairs; its extremity is of a dark red-brown colour; and inside it has a short curved process or ovipositor. A. single adult female of this species (which appears to me to be undescribed) was contained in a collection of Spiders made by Mr. William Farren, of Cambridge, in Wicken Fen, near that town, in February 1869. LINYPHIA EXPERTA, n.sp. (PL 55. no. 23.) Male adult, length + of an inch (or 14 line). Cephalothorax broad, oval, slightly compressed laterally in front, where it is somewhat roundly truncated; the sides of the thoracic region are a little depressed and sloping slightly forward at the eyes; caput rather rounded; the normal indentations are well marked, especially that on the hinder slope, which is gradual; margins black; clypeus perpendicular, its height is greater than the space from the front to the hind central pairs of eyes, inclusive of the eyes themselves, and about equal to the space between the fore lateral eyes; the surface of the cephalothorax is glossy, of a yellow-brown colour, and has a very few vertical dark hairs upon the caput. Eyes on slightly tuberculate black spots, in four pairs, or two transverse rows; those of the lower row are in a straight line, and the hinder row is slightly curved ; those of the fore central pair are the smallest of the eight and almost touch each other; each is distant from the lateral one of the same row nearest to it by rather more than its own diameter ; the same distance separates each from the hind central eye opposite to it; those of the hind row are equidistant from each other, the space between them being equal to that between each corresponding fore and hind central eye; those of the lateral pairs are placed obliquely and very nearly touch each other; these last are of a pearly-white colour; the hind centrals are tinged with bluish grey, the fore centrals — 430 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Legs long and slender, of a yellowish brown colour, sparingly furnished with hairs and a very few short fine bristly spines; the tibiæ and metatarsi of the first and second pairs are slightly darker in colour than the rest; and the tibise of the first, second, and fourth pairs are equal in length to their respective femora; each tarsus ends with three curved claws. . Palpi short, similar in colour to the legs; the radial and cubital joints are about equal in length and clavate; the radial is slightly prominent behind, and somewhat obtusely produced in front at its extremity ; both of these joints have a single, long, strong, taper- ing bristle projecting from near the extremity of their uppersides respectively ; besides : these the palpi are furnished with a few ordinary and less conspicuous hairs. Digital joint oval, not very large, about equal in length to the radial and cubital together; it has a lobe or prominence about the middle of the outer margin; palpal organs well developed, prominent, and rather complex, consisting of corneous spiny processes, from one of which, situate near their base on the inner side, extending and projecting pro- minently backwards and outwards is a conspieuous and slender process, nearly straight, semitransparent, and tipped with a sort of tuft of black bristles. Falces long, strong, vertical, slightly exceeding the facial space in length, darker in colour than the cephalothorax, furnished with a few bristly hairs in front, and having several strong teeth on the inner surfaces at their extremities. Maxille rather paler in colour than the falces, moderately long, strong, nearly straight, but rounded on the outer margins. Labium rather darker in colour than the maxillæ, short, somewhat broader at the base than at the apex, which is flattened, though in a rounding form. Sternum heart-shaped, of a dark blackish-brown colour, and hairy. Abdomen longish oval and glossy; it projects a little over the base of the cephalo- thorax, is sparingly furnished with short hairs, and is of a dull black colour, showing (but only when in spirit of wine) a few obscure pale spots and transverse lines. The spinners and spiracular plates are of a pale luteous colour. This species, resembling many of the genus Ærigone in size, colour, and general appearance, may yet be easily distinguished from any other recorded species by the trans- parent process, tipped with black bristles, issuing outwards from the inner base of the palpal organs, as well as by other minor differences. It was captured by myself one night in December 1867, in the village schoolroom at Bloxworth, into which it may very probably have been brought with the turf and sticks ordinarily used for fuel. LINYPHIA LONGIPES, n. sp. (Pl. 55. no. 24.) Male adult, length 35 of an inch (or 1 line). Cephalothorax broad, oval, compressed on the sides forward; colour dark brown. Normal indentations and furrows well marked, and, together with the margins, of a dusky black colour. The elypeus is impressed near the eyes, but rather prominent on its lower margin, and is equal in height to the space between the outer eyes of the front row ; the hind junction of the caput and thorax is slightly depressed. | | -Eyes in four pairs, on black spots; those of the fore central pair are the smallest of REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 431 the eight, and near together; those of the hind central pair are a little wider apart than each is from the lateral of the same row on its side, the distance between them being equal to that between each and the one opposite to it of the front central pair; the hind row is curved, the front row straight; the eyes of each lateral pair are seated obliquely on a slight tubercle. Legs long, slender, furnished with hairs and a few fine spines; colour dark yellow- brown; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi not very long ; radial and cubital joints of equal length; the former is rather gibbous or nodiform, it is furnished with a few bristly hairs above, and is slightly pro- - duced towards its inner side; the digital joint has a prominent lobe on its outer side for- ward; the palpal organs are prominent and complex, consisting of corneous processes, of which one, of a curved form, is rather prominent at their base on the outer side, and a slender black spine coils round their extremity. Falces moderately long and strong, slightly inclined to the maxillæ, and a little hol- lowed on the outer margins; they are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, and are furnished with bristly hairs. Maxille moderately long, broad at the base, obliquely rounding to the inner extremi- ties; they are slightly inclined to the Zabium, which is short, broad, and somewhat flatly rounded at the apex. These parts are similar in colour to the falces, the labium, how- ever, being rather darker. i Sternum heart-shaped, furnished with hairs, and of a blackish hue. Abdomen oviform, black, and furnished with short hairs; when in spirit of wine, a few pale lines and. spots, arranged somewhat symmetrically, are visible; spinners and spira- cular plates pale greenish black. The female is rather larger than the male, and resembles it in colour and general cha- racters; but her legs are shorter. Specimens of this species were captured by myself among dwarf plants and herbage in the sand hills, near Southport, in Lancashire, in 1859, but were overlooked, until more recently I found it abundantly at Bloxworth, spinning an irregular web among stems of grass and rubbish. It is closely allied in the structure of its palpi to L. circumspecta (Blackw.), but it is easily distinguished by being rather larger, and never having any trace of the characteristic pattern on the abdomen, which is always, as far as I have observed, visible in that species. It may easily be distinguished from Veriene (Erigone) rurestris (Westr.) (the Neriene gracilis of Blackwall), to which it bears some resemblance, by the spines on the legs as well as by its rather larger size, the greater length but rather less strength of the falces, and its generally duller hue. Possibly it may be identical with Linyphia parvula (Westr.), to which it is, at all events, very nearly allied, but from which I am inclined to believe it is distinct. LINYPHIA INCONSPICUA, n. sp. Male adult, length 41; of an inch. - This spider is very nearly allied to Z. ericæa (Bl.), but is, I think, distinct from that species 432 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. The cephalothorax (which has a narrow blackish margin), legs, falces, and maxillæ are of a pale yellow colour, the sternum slightly suffused with blackish, and the abdomen, which projects a little over the base of the cephalothorax, is of a pale whitish brown colour above, reticulated with a darker hue, forming a sort of central longitudinal pale narrow band, pointed at its hinder part, reaching nearly to the spinners, and sending forth lateral pale lines; the underside is suffused with black, and the spiracular plates are pale yellow. ; The cephalothorax is similar in form to that of L. ericæa and L. circumspecta ; the eyes are on large and almost confluent black spots. They are rather large in comparison with the size of the spider; those of the hind central pair are further from each other than each is from the end one of the hind row on its side; those of each lateral pair are contiguous, and placed slightly obliquely on a small tubercle; those of the fore central pair are close together, and smaller and darker than the rest; each of these is within half of its diameter of the lateral of the same row on its side, and is distant about once and a half its diameter, or less, from the hind central eye opposite to it. Legs long and slender; relative length 1, 2, 4, 3, and furnished with ordinary hairs and longish slender spines. Palpi short; the radial joint is much stronger than the cubital, being produced or spread out a little in front at its extremity; it has a few longish dark bristly hairs, of which one on its upperside forward is most conspicuous. Digital joint moderate in size, with a small lobe on its outer side; palpal organs rather complex, with a curved cor- neous process near their base on the outer side, having a short fine spiny black point, almost touching the outer extremity of the radial joint. "These organs are tinged in parts with red brown. Maxille short, strong, curved, and almost meeting over the labium, which is short and round at the apex. The female is larger and darker than the male; her abdomen projects greatly over the cephalothorax ; and the relative length of the legs appears to differ in that sex, the fourth pair being equal to, if not slightly longer than, the first, and certainly longer than the second; her external sexual organs are prominent, and project backwards, but have no very perceptible epigyne (or ovipositor) connected with them, in this respect differing from ZL. ericea (Bl), and more resembling L. circumspecta, from which, however, the male is easily recognized by the absence of any black filiform spine coiled round the extremity of the palpal organs. An adult male and females of this spider were captured by myself among herbage in a wood at Bloxworth, Dorset, in April 1867. LINYPHIA OBLITA, n. sp. Male adult, length 1 line (5 of an inch). This obscure species, of which it is very difficult to give any easily recognizable specific difference from Neriene pallipes (Camb.), described p. 437, post, is yet, I think, certainly distinct from it. It is larger and darker in colour, and its cephalothorax has a kind of —— angular dark patch at the junction of the caput and thorax ; its falces are rather longer, d REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 433 and are a little divergent at their extremity ; and the eyes of the hind row are equidistant from each other; the maxillee also appear to be less inclined towards the labium than in N. pallipes. The palpal organs have a strong curved corneous process at their base on the outer side, closely adhering to them ; and the abdomen is rather more perceptibly clothed with fine hairs than that of N. pallipes. An adult male was beaten from a furze- bush at Bloxworth in the summer of 1863. LINYPHIA ? OBLONGA, n. sp. Female adult, length 25 of an inch. In general form this spider is of a flattened oblong, the abdomen being rather broader behind than in front; and in its mode of running the whole body is kept very closely adhering to the surface upon which it runs. The cephalothorax is of a pale yellowish brown colour and semitransparent. The normal grooves and indentations are visible, but not strongly marked ; and there is a very slight depression at the junction of the caput and thorax; the height of the clypeus is greater than the space occupied by the four central eyes. Eyes very small, not differing much in size; they are seated on small black spots, and are all of a pearly-white colour; the two central ones of the hinder row are nearer together than each is to the end one of the same row on its side; the fore centrals are close together, and those of each lateral pair are very obliquely placed on a small tubercle; the space between the hind centrals is about equal to that between each and the fore central opposite to it. Legs rather long, slender; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; they are furnished with hairs and a few slender spines, and are of the same colour as the cephalothorax, the tibiæ and metatarsi being sometimes suffused with yellow-brown. Palpi moderately long, similar in colour and armature to the legs. Falces moderately long, powerful, inclined to the maxillz, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax ; no teeth could be discerned on their inner surface. Maaille strong, rather inclined to the labium, which is short and semicircular; these parts, as well as the sternum, are also similar in colour to the cephalothorax. Abdomen oblong, longer than the cephalothorax, over which it projects a little, flattish above, rather broader behind than in front, of a dull greenish yellow suffused with black brown, marked somewhat regularly with pale lines and spots, similar to those in many species of Neriene (Bl.), but, like them, these markings are chiefly visible when in spirit of wine; itis glossy, and very slightly clothed with a few fine hairs; the underside is less suffused with black brown than the upperside. The sexual organs are not very prominent, but conspicuous by being marked, and their apertures margined, . deep red brown; the aperture is small, and nearly round in form. Adult females of this spider (considered to be a Linyphia by Dr. Koch) are not infre- quent in May and June upon iron railings at Bloxworth, Dorset ; it may easily be dis- tinguished from most other species by its oblong flattened form, as well as by the minuteness of its eyes, and (which is also unusual) the fore central eyes being of a pearly- White colour like the rest, I have not yet succeeded in detecting the male, which, when VOD. ZEV — su 434. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. found, would, I imagine, certainly furnish some peculiar specific characters. Notwith- standing the fine spines on the legs, it seems to me that this species, from its form, rela- tive length of legs, and form of maxillæ, should be placed among the species of the genus Veriene. LINYPHIA MICROPHTHALMA, n. sp. (Pl. 56. no. 25.) Male adult, length 1 line. Cephalothorax oval, moderately convex above, glossy and smooth. Caput not con- stricted laterally; normal furrows defining the junction of the caput with the thorax and thoracic segments shallow and slight; hind slope long and gradual. There are some prominent hairs on the clypeus, the lower margin of which is rounded and projecting ; the height of the clypeus is slightly greater than the length of the space oceupied by the four central eyes; the caput slopes in a rounding form just behind the eyes to the sum- mit, which is on a line even with the thorax. Colour brownish yellow. Eyes eight, in two transverse rows on the upper fore margin of the caput, curving from each other, very small, subequal; the fore centrals are the smallest, very near together, but not touching each other; all have slight rims of black ; the hind centrals are very little nearer together than each is to the lateral on its side, but further apart than each is from the fore central on its side; the laterals are contiguous, and placed obliquely on a very slight tubercle; the distance between each fore central eye and the lateral of the same row on its side is equal to that between it and the hind central on its side. Legs rather long, tolerably stout ; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; those of the fourth pair are only a little longer than those of the first. Colour yellow; furnished with hairs and a few longish slender spines. Falces long, moderately strong, and slightly divergent; their profile, lobed from the front, is sinuous, or at first slightly prominent, and then hollowed out near the middle; they are very slightly inclined towards the sternum, and each falx is furnished with three teeth towards its extremity on the inner side; of these teeth the two nearest the extre- mity are considerably longer and more prominent than the other; in colour the falces are similar to the cephalothorax. Palpi slender, not very long, except the digital joint, which is large and strong; they are similar to the legs in colour; humeral joint curved; cubital joint short, slight, and curved; radial joint equal in length to the cubital, but much stouter, enlarged towards the margin, though with no special projections. These last two joints are furnished with a few bristly hairs on their outer sides. Digital joint equal in length to the humeral, and with a prominence near the base on the outer margin rather darker-coloured than the rest of the palpus, and furnished with bristly hairs on the upperside. Palpal organs prominent and complex; a large curved corneous piece, with a notch near its extremity, projects from their base on the outer side (similar to that in many others of the Liny- .. phie), and a short duplicated black spine in a coil at their extremity. . Marille moderately long, stout, slightly inclined toward the labium, which is short and semicircular; these parts, as well as the sternum, which is large and aite are rather mies in colour than the cephalothorax. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 435 Abdomen longish oval, not very convex above, slightly projecting over the base of the cephalothorax; colour yellowish, suffused slightly with sooty brown, and furnished sparingly with pale yellowish hairs. An adult male was received from the late Mr. Richard Beck, by whom it was captured in the neighbourhood of London in 1864. It is closely allied to Linyphia decens, n. sp. (described p. 436, post), but differs in colour and other respects, resembling it chiefly in the smallness of the eyes. LiNYPHIA PALLIDA, n. sp. (Pl. 56. no. 26.) Male adult; length - of an inch (or 1 line). Cephalothoraz. Caput well defined by a strongish constriction at its junction with the thorax; it is not raised above the thorax except in a gradually rising line from the hinder part of the cephalothorax to the eyes; the surface is very minutely punc- tured with fine impressed dots. The thorax is indented on the sides, and has a broad shallow depression in the hinder part; colour dusky yellow, with an orange tinge; clypeus prominent, and its height equal to the space occupied by the two central pairs of eyes. Eyes eight, in two transverse rows on the fore part of caput; front row shortest, and nearly straight. Space between the eyes of the central pair in the hinder row rather greater than that between each and the end one of the row on its side; those of the side pairs are contiguous, and on a tubercle; those of the central pair in the front row are also on tubercles, contiguous, and rather the smallest of the eight; the central eyes of the hinder row are about equal in size to the lateral eyes of the front row; all are edged with black. | Legs long, rather slender; relative length (male) 4, 1, 2, 3, (female) 1, 2, 4, 3, but little difference between those of the first, third, and fourth pairs; they are furnished with hairs and spines, and a few spine-like bristles on the uppersides of the femoral joints; in colour the same as the cephalothorax. Palpi short, not very strong; cubital and radial joints about equal in length; the radial is the stoutest, and has some long, strong, bristly hairs on the upperside ; a strong bristle on the upperside of the cubital joint; digital joint, and the palpal organs, large; the latter highly developed and complicated, with corneous pieces and projections, the two most prominent of which are one on the outer side, the other close behind, underneath the extremity of the radial joint, against which its upper end abuts. The figure will give a better idea of these pieces than it is possible to give by any descrip- tion. The palpi are furnished with hairs, and are of the same colour as the legs; palpal organs yellow-brown, mixed with a deeper colour. | Falces moderately strong, straight, prominent at the base on the upperside ; looked at from the front, slightly hollowed (in external profile) toward the fangs. Maxille strong, much inclined toward the labium, which is short, semicircular, and flattened at the top. These last three parts are of the same colour as the cephalo- thorax. - Sternum broad, heart-shaped, constricted at the hinder end, smooth, and shining, furnished with a very few erect hairs; colour yellowish, thickly mottled with dusky. 3M 2 436 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Abdomen. Colour light-yellowish drab, very thinly clothed with hairs ; in one specimen some dusky transverse slightly angular lines were visible on the hinder half; a few of these near the spinners and on the underside were more conspicuous than the rest. On the underside, before each spiracular plate, is a patch of a yellow-brown colour. The female resembles the male in colour; but the relative length of legs is different, as noticed above; the abdomen also is much larger and more arched on the upperside, and the falces are more divergent; a large, strong, prominent, perpendicular and rather complex process is connected with the sexual organs, by which it may easily be distin- guished from the greater number of allied species. | Two adults of each sex were captured, at heath-roots, at Bloxworth, in March 1867. Its general similarity in colouring and form &c. to some others (among which to L. decens, n. sp., next described), makes it difficult to give a very distinctive description of this species; but from most others the eyes at once distinguish it, as well as the pecu- liar form of the corneous pieces connected with the palpal organs. LINYPHIA DECENS, n.sp. (Pl. 56. no. 27.) Male adult, length 7}; of an inch (1 line). Cephalothorax oval; the caput is not raised above the rest of the surface; looked at from the front it forms a segment of a circle, and in profile it slopes slightly forwards at the eyes. Divisional line of caput and thorax very indistinctly marked. Clypeus projects considerably ; its height is more than equal to double the distance between the two central pairs of eyes of the upper and lower rows. The cephalothorax is finely, completely, and thickly punetured on its surface ; the lateral grooves are slight, as also the longitudinal indentation on the hinder slope. A very few fine bristly hairs are on * the caput just behind the eyes, some longer converging ones on the clypeus, and several very short ones on the hinder slope. Colour of cephalothorax yellow-brown. — Eyes eight, in four pairs, forming two rows, which extend quite across the caput; all have more or less complete black rims; those of the central pair of the front row seated on a slight tubercle, are very minute, much the smallest of the eight; the remaining six are small, but not very unequal in size; . those of each side pair are contiguous, and placed obliquely on a slight tubercle; the fore ones are slightly larger than the hinder ones; the space between those of the central pair in the hinder row is double of that between each and the hinder eye of the lateral pair on its side, and equal to the space between the central pairs of each row. > Legs long, moderately robust, femora of the fourth pair the strongest; they are paler and clearer-coloured than the cephalothorax; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; sparingly fur- nished with hairs and a very few slender spines, viz. one on the upperside of the fore extremity of each of the genual joints, and two on the upperside of each of the tibial joints; those on the hinder pairs are the longest and strongest, those on the fore pairs are but little more than fine bristly hairs. | | | Palpi short and of the same colour as the legs; the radial and cubital joints are about the same length, the former stout and slightly protuberant or produced at the extremity in front, round which it has a single row of bristly hairs projecting over the base of the — REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 497 digital joints, and two longer and stronger curved bristles on the outer sides; digital joint large, sparingly furnished with longish bristly hairs; a large lobe, ending in a blunt projection towards its base, on the outer side. Palpal organs prominent and complicated; a strong curved corneous process projects outwards at their base (this process has a slight notch on the inner margin near its extremity), and two curved spines at their extremity, rather on the inner side; one of these spines lies within the other, and is far the slenderer of the two; there is also a small conically pointed projec- tion at the extremity of these organs. Falces long, strong, very slightly divergent, slightly hollowed on the outer margin, and of the same colour as the cephalothorax; their articulation is plainly seen beneath the clypeus, which gives it the appearance at first sight of a vandyked junction between the falces and clypeus. Maxille strong, almost meeting over the labium, which is short and semicircular. Sternum heart-shaped, sparingly furnished with a few blackish hairs, and (together with the labium and maxillæ) of the same colour as the legs. Abdomen long oval, about the same length as the cephalothorax, over which it projects slightly ; it is of a pale drab-yellow colour, sparingly but regularly and conspicuously clothed with blackish-brown hairs. Found at the roots of heath at Bloxworth in the spring of 1862. LINYPHIA DECOLOR?. (Pl. 56. no. 28.) Linyphia decolor, Westr. Aran. Suecicæ, p. 131 ? Adults of both sexes of a Linyphia, considered by Dr. L. Koch to be the L. decolor of Westr., were captured by myself among moss and dead leaves in a wood at Bloxworth in April and May 1861. ; Genus NERIENE. NERIENE PALLIPES, n. Sp. ; Male adult, length „4 of an inch. Cephalothorax oval; caput confluent with the thorax, the division only visible by the normal furrows, which are scarcely visibly marked; profile of the clypeus confluent in an even curving line with the upper part of the caput, whence the former is very pro- minent at its lower margin ; the caput has some bristly prominent hairs upon it; colour yellowish brown, finely punctuose when seen under a lens; margin bordered with a blackish line. The height of the clypeus is equal to the space occupied by the fore and hind central pair of eyes. Eyes eight, small, not differing much in size; in four pairs or two rows, and seated on small black spots; the upper row is the most curved, and longest, those of the hind central pair are rather nearer together than each is to the lateral one on its side; those of the fore central pair are close together and dark-coloured; each of these is equally distant from the lateral one of the same row on its side, and from that of the hind central pair opposite to itself; those of each lateral pair are contiguous, and placed slightly obliquely on a small tubercle. 438 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Legs moderately long and strong ; relative length 4, 1, 2, 8; colour pale dull yellowish, furnished with hairs and slender spines. Palpi small, similar in colour to the legs; the cubital joint has a few short fine bristly hairs on its upperside forwards; the radial has a good many longer and strong ones, especially on its outer side forwards; this joint is. about equal in length to the cubital, but is much stronger, and produced slightly in an obtuse form in front; the digital joint is not very large; it is hairy, and with a prominent lobe on its outer side ; palpal organs prominent and complicated, with corneous spiny processes. These in the specimen described from, were forced out of natural position by the inflation (from the action of the spirit of wine) of some membranous substance connected with them. Falces moderate in length and strength, slightly inclined to the maxillze; these latter are strong, somewhat curvilinear on their outer sides, and inclined to the labium, which is short and semicircular; these parts, together with the sternum, are of the same colour as the cephalothorax. Abdomen oval, glossy, very thinly furnished with short hairs, and of a dull black colour, spinners pale whitish brown. Dr. L. Koch considers this to be a Linyphia, owing to the spines on the legs; but a careful examination of the numerous species of the genera Linyphia and Neriene (Eri- gone, Westr. ad partem) shows that it is impossible to hold to the armature of the legs merely as an unvarying and valid generic character. | The specimens above described were captured by myself upon low bushes in a wood at Bloxworth, Dorset, in July 1860. Its small size will distinguish it from numerous others of the genus; it is very closely allied to Linyphia oblita (described p. 432, ante) in general form, size, and also in appearance, but differs in the structure of the palpal organs as well as in the length of the falces and in the much darker colour of the cephalothorax, which also differs in profile. "The female is rather larger, but resembles the male in colour and general characters. NERIENE DECORA, n. sp. Male adult, length 1 line (or „5 of an inch). This species is very closely allied to Veriene subtilis (Camb. Zool. 1863, p. 8584) and N. innotabilis (Camb. Zool. 1863, p. 8582), both in size, general structure, and appearance. From N. subtilis it may be distinguished by the conical enlargement on the outer side of the digital joint of the palpi being far less prominent, as also by the legs wanting the black-brown tinge usually visible on the tibiæ and metatarsi, and also on the cephalo- thorax of subtilis ; in decora the cephalothorax and legs (except the genual joints, which are paler) are of a uniform reddish yellow-brown, and the abdomen is glossy and of à black-brown colour, with pale lines and markings visible in spirit of wine; these mark- ings in both species form a regular pattern, consisting of a longitudinal narrow band, from the outer sides of which pale, lateral, oblique, and slightly curved lines issue. From N. innotabilis it differs in the eyes being smaller, and those of the hind central pair being further removed from the hind lateral on its side; in innotabilis these are almost close - 2 together—in fact, but little further from each other than are those of the lateral pairs; - en. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 439 in decora the eyes of the hind row are equidistant. The digital joints of the palpi also in decora are in a pointed form, prominent at their base, the prominence in each palpus being almost in contact with the inner extremity of the radial joint (a similar promi- nence exists in JN. subtilis); the palpal organs of all three species (although their com- plex structure defies accurate description) are yet visibly different in structure upon a close examination with a lens. Two specimens of N. decora were captured by myself at the roots of grass and low plants at Formby Hall, near Liverpool, in the summer of 1859. NERIENE MOLLIS, n. Sp. Male adult, length 7; of an inch. The only specimen of this minute and obscure species that has come under my notice had evidently not long. undergone its final moult, and hence its colours were far paler than they would have been at a later period. Still it appears to be distinct from any species I am acquainted with, although presenting no very marked distinctive specific characters. In the specimen alluded to, the cephalothorax is of a pale yellow, margined finely with blackish ; the legs are nearly white, furnished with hairs and a few very fine - spines, and the abdomen pale dull yellowish brown, slightly suffused with dull black on the underside. The cephalothorax has its fore part very slightly compressed on its sides forwards; and the height of the clypeus is equal to the length of the space occupied by the fore and hind central pairs of eyes; the junction of the caput and thorax is slightly depressed, and the ordinary furrows and indentations are well marked. Eyes eight, on black spots, rather closely grouped in two equally divergent curved rows, forming an oval space; those of the hind central pair are slightly the largest, those of the fore central pair slightly the smallest of the eight; those of each lateral pair are, in the slightest possible degree, obliquely placed on a small tubercle; the distance between each of the fore central pair and that of the hind central pair opposite to it is greater than that between the two hind central eyes; the spaces between the several eyes of the hinder row scarcely differ in length. | Palpi short; the radial joint is stronger than the cubital, rounded at the extremity on the upper margin; a single dark bristle issues from the front of the latter, and several bristly hairs from the front of the former; digital joint roundish oval. Palpal organs rather complex, consisting of corneous spiny processes fitting pretty compactly together. Falces rather long, vertical, straight, moderately strong. The small size of this spider will, perhaps, sufficiently distinguish it from most other species; but from Neriene gracilis (Bl.), to which it seems very nearly allied, it may be distinguished by the greater length, and less strength at the base, of the falces, and by the form of the radial and digital joints of the palpi. The above specimen was contained in a small collection of spiders sent me by the late Mr. Richard Beck, and was, I believe, captured in the neighbourhood of London. 440 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. NERIENE EXCISA, n. sp. (Pl. 56. no. 29.) Length +; of an inch. Cephalothorax broad, oval; caput gibbous behind the eyes, leaving the eyes on a sort of shelf or platform in front of the gibbosity, which forms a low broad eminence some- what pointed forwards, and nearly flat at the top; this eminence melts away, without any strong line of demarcation, into the sides and hinder part of the caput, and so into the thorax. "The normal grooves on the sides and hinder part of the cephalothorax are visible, but not very strongly marked. The clypeus is about equal in height to the distance from the middle anterior to the posterior eyes, including the diameter of the eyes themselves; it is perpendicular, but slightly impressed just above the falces; a few short hairs at the fore part of the eminence are directed forwards; colour dark brown, shining, but, seen in a strong light and with a lens, minutely punctuose. Eyes eight, in two nearly straight rows, the front row very slightly curved forwards; they are nearly equal in size; the fore ones of the side pairs are, if any thing, slightly the largest; the centre ones of the hinder row are rather nearer together than each is to the end one on its side; those of the front pair are nearly contiguous, and distant from the hind pair about a diameter; those of the lateral pairs are close together on a black tubercle, and placed obliquely. ; Legs moderately long and strong, of a pale yellowish colour, sparingly furnished with fine sessile hairs, among which are a very few stronger and more erect ones. Palpi similar in colour to the legs, moderate in length and strength ; humeral joint curved towards the falces; cubital slightly larger at the extremity than at the base; radial joint shorter than the cubital, and considerably broader at the extremity than at the base, and with two projections from its extremity ; one beneath it is short and bluntish- pointed, and the other, on the upperside, is long, prominent, ending in a sharpish point, to which it tapers gradually; its extremity is slightly curved outwards and upwards; this latter projection is pale-coloured and semidiaphanous; the extremity of the radial joint has some longish fine bristly hairs, some of which form a row towards the outer side of the fore margin; the digital joint is hairy; the palpal bulb is not very large, the palpal organs are moderately prominent and complicated, with two or more black spines at their extremity, one of which (stronger than the rest, and curved) projects con- spieuously. Falces long, not very powerful, slightly divergent, armed with long, strongish, sharp teeth on the inner margin, and there are some bristly hairs towards the extremity on the front and sides ; the colour of the falces is the same as that of the cephalothorax. Maxille long, strong, nearly touching over the labium ; in colour like the legs. Labium shortish, semicircular. Sternum very broad, strong, and heart-shaped, similar to the cephalothorax in colour. Abdomen short, broad, oval, hairy, and of a sooty black colour. An adult male of this very distinet species was forwarded to me, among others, in 1866, by Mr. Morris Young, of Paisley, by whom it was captured near that town. It may easily be distinguished from all others allied to it by occipital eminences (such as N | apicata (BL), N. elevata (Camb.), N. gibbosa (BL), N. tuberosa (BL), and others described m REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 441 in Westring's ‘Araneæ Suecicz'), by the peculiar form and character of that portion of its. cephalothorax; the radial joints of the palpi also furnish a very distinguishing character. NERIENE ARUNDINETI, n. sp. Neriene arundineti, L. Koch in MSS. Female adult, length +, of an inch. In form and colour this spider closely resembles N. livida, BL, but may easily be distinguished by its much smaller size, and by its abdomen being blacker, wanting the pale markings and red-brown impressed dots on its upperside, as well as by its abdomen being more perceptibly clothed with long prominent pale hairs. From its size it might at first sight be thought to be the female of N. neglecta (Camb.) described post, which it also resembles in colouring ; but a careful examination shows that the relative position of the eyes of the hind row is different in that species; the two central ones of that row are further from each other than each is from the end one of the same row on its side, while in the present species the four eyes of that row are equidistant from each other. The falces also of the present species have not the depression at their upper extremities or on the inner side which exists in N. livida and also, though in a more circumscribed form, in N. neglecta. The external sexual organs were rather obscured by some foreign substance adhering to them; but they did not appear to present any thing remarkable in size or form, though probably, if free from obscuration, they would be found to be speci- fieally characteristic. The only specimen that has come under my notice was captured by myself at Blox- worth, in a marshy place, in 1866 ; and Dr. L. Koch says it is identical with a species he finds near Nürnberg, and to which he has in his MS. notes given the specific name “ arundineti,” which T have therefore adopted. NERIENE CLARKII, n. sp. (Pl. 56. no. 30.) Male adult, length 7, of an inch. Cephalothorax short, broad-oval, smooth ; colour yellowish brown; the furrows defining the caput and thoracic segments tolerably defined and dusky, as also is the normal longitudinal depression of the hinder part. The profile forms a slightly sinuous line, arching a little from the eyes to the occiput, then dipping a very little in a hollow line to the abdomen. Clypeus higher than the length of the space occupied by the four central eyes; it is nearly perpendicular, and very slightly, if at all, prominent. Eyes eight, in two transverse rows just above and below the fore margin of the caput ; hind row straight, front row very slightly curved, the curve directed forward; they are nearly equal in size, the middle anteriors being rather the smallest; those of the hinder row are equidistant from each other, and the middle ones of the front row are rather nearer together than each is to the end one on its side. Those of the lateral pairs are nearly contiguous, and are seated on a common black tubercle; the middle posteriors are edged VOL. XXVII. 3 N 442 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. with black; all are of a pearly-white colour except the middle anteriors, which are dusky; the middle anteriors and posteriors are very near to each other, the distance between them being about equal to that between the two former. Legs not very long, moderately stout, rather lighter-coloured than the cephalothorax ; they are sparingly furnished with hairs; but the armature of the legs had suffered by the spider having been gummed on card, though it did not appear to present any remarkable difference from the ordinary types of the genus. Relative length 1, 4, 3, 2. Palpi moderately long, slender, not more than half the thickness of the femora of the first pair of legs; humeral joints slightly sinuous, curved towards the falces, and furnished on the outer sides with several fine bristly hairs along the entire length; cubital joint short, very little larger at the extremity than near the humeral joint ; it is a little curved and very slightly gibbous on the upperside near the extremity. The radial joint is very short, not nearly so long as the cubital, but dilated on each side, the outer dilatation much the largest and longest, and ending in a bluntish point; both dilatations are furnished with long hairs, especially at the extremities, and in a row round their outer margins. Digital joint very large; the palpal bulb (5. e. the digital joint and palpal organs together) forms a large, broad, stout, oval mass, its length equal to that of the humeral joint, or more than double that of the cubital and radial together; the great size of this joint, combined with the comparative weakness of the rest of the palpus, is very striking and characteristic. The palpal organs are highly developed, prominent, and complicated, showing several spines and corneous processes difficult to be described, the most tangible apparently being a long, slender, filiform, black spine, issuing from beneath the digital joint about the middle of the outer side, embracing and curving over the palpal organs toward their extremity, and another similar spine issuing from nearer the extremity of the digital joint, and curving over the palpal organs in a parallel direction to the other spine. The colour of the palpi is the same as that of the cephalothorax ; that of the palpal organs is mixed with rich red brown. Falces moderately strong, double as long as the height of the clypeus, straight, outer margin very slightly hollow, impressed in front towards the extremities, as if pinched in, slightly toothed at the extremities, which are nearly square; but this part was partially obscured by the gum with which the spider had been fixed on card. Their colour is rather deeper than that of the cephalothorax. Maaille strong, long, curved, and slightly leaning towards the labium, which is broad, short, and roundish-pointed at the apex. Sternum broad, heart-shaped, and, with the maxillæ and labium, similar incolour to the cephalothorax. Abdomen strongly convex above, and equal in length to the cephalothorax, over which it projects considerably; it is broader behind than in front, very sparingly furnished with dark hairs; colour dull blackish, freckled with numerous pale spots, especially on the sides, where they form lines converging towards the middle of the upperside; on each side of the median line forward are three largish impressed dots of a brighter yellow; these dots and spots (sufficiently apparent in spirit of wine) would probably be REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 443 indistinct in the living specimen; the plates of the spiracles are large, and of the same colour as the legs. An adult male of this spider (which is allied to JV. livida, Bl., but easily distinguished by the unusually large proportions of the palpal bulb) was forwarded to me in 1864 by my lamented friend the late Rev. Hamlet Clark, by whom it was captured near Dover, and after whom I have specifically named it. An adult example of the same species has also been (in 1866) sent me by Mr. Morris Young, who captured it near Paisley, Scotland. | NERIENE NEGLECTA, n.sp. (Pl. 56. no. 31, a, b, c, d, e.) Male adult, length +; of an inch. Cephalothorax flattish, scarcely compressed on the sides forwards; caput very slightly sloping from the occiput to the eyes; normal furrows and hind indentation well defined ; very smooth and glossy ; indentation defining the caput strong on either side below the occiput; clypeus nearly vertical, and visibly less in height than the length of the space oceupied by the four central eyes ; colour yellow-brown ; a few bristly hairs in the median line, directed forwards. Eyes eight, in two rows slightly curved from each other, forming a regular oval patch on the fore part of the caput; all are seated on slightly tuberculate black spots, and are nearly equal in size; the middle anteriors are slightly the smallest; and the middle pos- teriors are a little further from each other than each is from the end one on its side ; the middle anteriors are nearer together than each is to its end one, but are not contiguous; those of each lateral pair are contiguous and rather obliquely placed, thus making the front row shorter than the hinder one; the distance between one of the middle posterior, and its opposite anterior is no more than a diameter of the former; all are pearly white, except the middle anteriors, which are dark. Legs moderately long, tolerably strong, fairly furnished with longish fine hairs; colour pale yellowish ; relative length 1, 4, 3, 2. Palpi moderate in length and strength; of the same colour as the legs, except the radial and digital joints, which are rather darker ; humeral joint curved towards the falces ; the cubital and radial joints do not differ much in length ; both are clavate and strongly bent forward; the radialis more clavate than the cubital, and has the outer side con- siderably, broadly, and obtusely produced, and furnished with a few long bristly hairs, which extend to the extremity of the palpal organs; the inner side is also slightly pro- duced, and furnished with shorter hairs; the digital is strongly convex near the base, rather pointed-oval in form, and hairy. Palpal organs well developed, not very complicated, consisting of several corneous and spiny processes, of which one projects perpendicularly from near their middle, and is nearly straight, acute, and of a pale diaphanous appearance, and another, more obtuse and cylindrical, projects horizontally from the extremity; the convex sides of the digitals are turned toward each other. Falces long, strong, straight, perpendicular, rather gibbous near the base, compressed 9N2 444. REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. or pinched in near their extremities, slightly rugulose in front below the point at which they are gibbous. 1 could not observe any teeth on the inner surface. Maxille long, strong, and straight, inclined towards the labium, which is blunt, short, and semicircular. These parts, as well as the falces, are of the same colour as the cepha- lothorax. Abdomen blackish brown, freckled with obscure spots of pale yellowish, of which four, larger than the rest and impressed, form a square near the middle of the upperside. They are probably not visible except in spirit of wine; the abdomen is furnished with a few coarsish hairs. : The specimen described was captured at Bloxworth among moss, in 1863. It is closely allied to N. livida, Bl.*, but differs in being one-half less in size, and in colour, besides differing considerably in the structure of the palpal organs. Its general appearance, however, is that of a dwarf pale specimen of N. livida. Another specimen, rather smaller than the one described, but, I think, specifically identical, was received, among others, from Mr. M. Young, of Paisley, by whom it was captured near that town in 1866. NERIENE LATEBRICOLA, n. sp. (Pl. 56. no. 32.) Male adult, length - of an inch. | Cephalothorax broad-oval and glossy; lateral margins forward scarcely at all com- pressed; caput arched, and sloping slightly from the summit forward and backward. A longitudinal row of several fine bristles, directed forward, springs from the median line of the caput. Colour light yellowish brown. The division of the caput from the thorax, the lateral furrows, and normal median depression of the hinder part are indistinct, but visible; the clypeus is equal in height to the length of the space between the middle anterior and posterior pairs of eyes. | Eyes eight, on very slight tubercles, and with narrow black rims; they are disposed in two slightly curved rows, occupying a narrow transverse oval space just above and below the fore margin of the caput, and are nearly equal in size; the laterals of the front row are perhaps slightly the largest, and those of the hinder row are about equidistant from each other; the middle anteriors are contiguous to each other ; those of each lateral pair are nearly so, being divided by a black line only, and are placed obliquely; the middle anteriors are dark-coloured, the rest pearly white. Legs not very long, moderately strong, furnished with a few hairs, and here and there an erect (or nearly so) fine bristle. The colour of the legs is of a deeper hue than the cephalothorax, and tinged with red-brown, though paler at the articulations of the joints. Relative length 4,1, 2, 3, the actual difference in length being but little. Palpi of moderate length and strength, and of the same colour as the legs ; the cubital and radial joints are about equal m length, the latter is the strongest, and projects from its upperside, near to the cubital joint, a long, strong, slightly sinuous, bluntish- pointed projection ; the length of this projection is nearly equal to the united lengths of both cubital and radial joints; it rises perpendicularly at first, and then curves forward, and is of a deep red-brown colour. Digital joint large and hairy, about equal in length * Figs. f, 9, h, no. 31, Pl. 56. are of Neriene livida (BL), REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 445 to the humeral joint; itis of an oval shape. Palpal organs well developed, not very complex, a dark red-brown curved process curving over their hinder portion. Under- neath they appear to be divided longitudinally, the outer division being much the largest, and ending with a slightly curved, prominent, sharp, dark red-brown spine, the inner division ending with a small pale pointed process. Falces strong, moderately long, profile curved outward ; they have some short bristles in front, and apparently a small dark tubercle or blunt tooth just on the inner side for- ward; but the mazille, labium, and sternum did not present any notable divergence from the generic type. Abdomen dusky brown, with a greenish-yellow tinge, much arched, projecting greatly over the cephalothorax, and sparingly furnished with short hairs. When seen through spirit of wine, numerous pale lines and regularly disposed spots on the sides, formed a series of long narrow angles or points, in a sort of vandyked pattern, the points coming up over the upperside. Spinners paler-coloured than the rest of the abdomen. The adult female differed from the male in the cephalothorax being smaller in comparison with the abdomen, which is far more globular, and the pattern above mentioned more distinct. Spiracular plates dusky black; sexual organs rather prominent, and of a dark red-brown colour; the radial joint of the palpus in the female is much longer than the cubital, whereas in the male it is about equal. Adults of both sexes of this spider were sent me by Mr. Morris Young, of Paisley, by whom they were captured near that city in the spring of 1866 ; and shortly afterwards I discovered it abundantly among moss in a wood at Bloxworth. It is allied to Veriene parva, Bl.; but the form of the radial joints of the palpi readily distinguishes the male fromany other species yet known to me. NERIENE FUGAX, n. sp. (Pl. 56. no. 33.) Male adult, length 75 of an inch. ; Cephalothorax rather narrow, oval, slightly compressed on the sides forward, and not very convex above; two small, but well-marked longitudinal indentations run back- ward from each lateral eye of the hinder row. The clypeus projects a little at the lower margin, and is equal in height to the space between the lateral eyes of the front row, or the space occupied by the fore and hind central pairs; the profile line of caput and fore part of thorax is nearly straight, and the hind slope is gradual; the fore part of the eaput slopes very slightly forward; it is glossy, but under a lens minutely impressed with small punctures; the normal furrows and indentations are visible, but not strongly marked ; colour deep rich brown. er Eyes eight, in two curved rows on the fore slope of the caput; the hinder row is the longest and most eurved ; those of the fore central pair are rather the smallest ; the rest do not differ much in size; the space between the fore and hind central pairs is greater than that between those of the hind central pair; all four of the front row are equidistant from each other, and very near together; those of the hind central pair are rather further from each other than each is from the lateral of the same row on its side; those of each lateral pair are placed obliquely on a slight tubercle, and touch each other. The legs are 446 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. not very long, but strong, especially the femoral joints, which are gibbous near their base on the upperside, and thence lessen gradually to their extremity. They are fur- nished with hairs and a few slender bristles. Relative length 4,1, 2, 3. Colour bright yellowish red-brown, except the femoral joints, which are pale yellow. Palpi short; cubital joints curved, clavate, and longer than the radials, which are very short and have three projections from their extremities—one beneath another on the outer side, the third in front; this is the longest, and terminates in a red-brown, shining, straight, corneous point, pointing outward over the base of the digital joint. Digital joint large, roundish, oval, rather protuberant near its base on the outer side; palpal organs highly developed and complicated, with numerous spines and processes, one of a curved form lies just beneath the projection on the outer side of the radial joint; on their outer side, near the extremity, is a curved black spine, whose base is enlarged in a somewhat globular form ; it is in contact with a corneous process, and projects promi- nently beneath their extremity on the outer side; the colour of the palpi is yellowish, that of the digital joints brown, and that of the palpal organs is mixed with red-brown. Falces strong, not very long, about equal in length to the height of the facial space; they are straight, but slightly divergent, and are obliquely and rather roundly truncated on their inner extremities, near which are a few fine teeth ; the falces are rather paler in colour than the cephalothorax. JMaaille moderate in length and strength, and inclined to the labium, which is semi- circular. These parts are similar to the falces in colour. Sternum elongate, heart-shaped, furnished with hairs, and of a dark yellow-brown colour. Abdomen. elongate-oval and rather flattened ; it projects slightly over the base of the cephalothorax, and is glossy, and sparingly clothed with fine pale hairs; its colour is greenish black, obscurely freckled and marked with yellowish spots and pale lines, of which last several on the hinder half are somewhat curved and transverse ; four depressed dots, forming a quadrangle near the middle of the upperside, have a red-brown tinge. The underside has two widely separated parallel longitudinal broken lines, running backward from each spiracular plate. All these markings are scarcely visible except in spirit of wine. | Spinners short; yellow, tinged with red-brown, and furrowed by a yellowish patch, of which the portion beneath them has a red tinge; the spiracular plates also yellowish, tinged with red behind. A single adult female was rather smaller in size, but similar in other respects; her sexual organs were peculiar in form, and had two roundish dark red-brown patches con- nected with them on their forward side. An adult example of each sex of this species (which in colour and markings is allied to N. livida) were discovered by myself in April 1867, among moss in a wood at Blox- worth, Dorset. The species is peculiar from its rather flattened and elongate form, as well as by the structure of its palpi. The relative position of the front row of eyes is also unprecedented, as far as I am aware, in this group, being all equally close together. - REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 447 NERIENE INCISA, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 34.) Female adult, length + of an inch. The entire fore part of this spider is of an orange-yellow colour. The eyes are rather closely grouped on the fore part of the caput ; but in respect to generic characters there is no departure from the usual type. The cephalothorax is small; and a remarkable structural peculiarity in it distinguishes it at once from any other species known to me— that is, the strong notch or depression at the junction of the caput and thorax. This is especially observable when looked at in profile, and leaves the caput in appearance much elevated, which in reality is not the case, it being only on a level with the thorax un the commencement of the hind slope. The falces are small, prominent in front near their base, and slightly projecting for- ward; they have a few fine bristles on their inner surface forward; the legs are mode- rately long and strong, and are furnished rather plentifully with longish fine hairs, and one or two slender erect bristles on their uppersides. Palpi furnished with rather stronger hairs, and a prominent bristle at the extremity of the upperside of the cubital joint. Abdomen large, oviform, convex above, and projecting a little over the base of the cephalothorax. It is glossy, and of a dull black colour, elothed sparingly with hairs; spinners rather prominent, and (together with the spiracular plates) of a pale luteous colour. Sexual organs rather tumid, and with a short semicircular corneous-edged epigyne projecting backward from them. An adult female of this species was captured by myself under a stone at Hendre House, Llanrwst, N. Wales, in April 1860. Hoping to meet with the male, I have hitherto left it undescribed. I have since received an example of it (also a female) from the neighbourhood of Paris, kindly sent me among many other interesting species by M. Eugène Simon, an enthusiastic araneologist. It bears great resemblance in size, colour, and general appearance to the female of N. rubripes, a species I also captured at the same time and in the same situations. NERIENE FORMIDABILIS, n. Sp. Male adult, length very nearly ith of an inch. This species, which is the largest of the genus that has yet come under my notice, is evidently nearly allied to N. Huthwaitii (Camb.), of whieh the female is at present undescribed. The position of the eyes and form of the falces, however, lead me to think it is not the female of that species. The present species has the cephalothorax of a dark yellow-brown colour; it is of a long oval form, a little compressed laterally forward, where, however, it is still broad and massive; the profile shows no depression at the junetion of the caput and thorax, but follows a rather convex curved line from the eyes to the hind slope, which is long and gradual, with a broad shallow indentation; the other normal grooves and furrows are well defined ; the height of the clypeus (whieh is perpendieular) equals the length of the space occupied by the fore and hind central pairs of eyes. The space between these eyes is equal to that between each hind central eye and the external one of the front row on its side, and also equal to that between eaeh 448 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. fore central eye and the lateral one of the same row on its side; those of the hind central pair are nearer together than each is to the lateral of the same row on its side. The eyes do not differ greatly in size; those of the front central pair are slightly the smallest and darkest, and near together, but not touching; those of each lateral pair are placed a little obliquely on a small tubercle. Legs and. palpi bright brownish yellow, rather strong and moderately long. Relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, the former sparingly furnished with hairs only, the latter also with spines, especially on the radial and digital joints; the form of the genual joints is the same as in N. livida. The falces are powerful and moderately long, prominent near the base in front, and rather so on the outer sides; they are a little impressed near the extremity on the inner side, having their surface toward the outer side a little rough in appearance, eaused by some rows of very short but rather strong bristles, each of which appears to proceed from a very minute tubercle or granulation ; they are straight, but inclined a very little inward to the maxillæ, and are armed with a row of strong sharp teeth on their inner sides at the extremities. Colour dark yellow-brown, tinged with red. | Maxille rather long, and a little darker in colour than the cephalothorax ; they are strong, straight, rounded at the extremities on the outer sides, and inclined to the labium, which is short, semicircular, and of a deep bistre-brown colour, pale at the apex. Sternum of the same colour as the cephalothorax, but tinged with darker brown, and furnished with a few long erect hairs. Abdomen large, oval, broader behind than before; moderately convex above, and pro- jecting a good deal over the base of the cephalothorax. It is of a deep black-brown colour, clothed pretty thickly with prominent but fine hairs; and its hinder part for a short space has the appearance of being spanned by numerous transverse, slightly curved, parallel pale lines; but whether this was caused by the cuticle of the abdomen having become shrunken into wrinkles, or not, could not be satisfactorily ascertained. Spiraeular plates large and of a yellowish colour; the external sexual organs are simple, their orifice small, edged with deep red-brown, and of a transverse oval form. This species, which may readily be known from most others of the genus by its size, was captured at Bloxworth, and, until lately, overlooked among specimens of N. livida, from which, however, its falces at once distinguish it, these being (in the present species) but very slightly excavated or, rather, indented near the extremities on the inner side, while in N. livida they are extensively so. In N. Huthwaitii the falces are rather longer, and divergent at their extremities. The clypeus also in that species is higher, and the eyes of the hind row are more nearly equidistant from each other. NERIENE ASPERA, n. sp. Female adult, length 2, of an inch. This species resembles N. oblonga in form and general appearance, but it is larger — | darker in colour, the fore part of the cephalothorax, the falces, maxille, and labium ue being strongly tinged with reddish yellow-brown; the eyes also are larger and more — closely grouped together, though those of the hinder row are relatively in a similar posi — REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 449 tion; but those of the front row are equidistant from each other (the two central eyes of this row being nearly as far apart as the centrals of the hinder row), and dark- coloured; the two rows are near together; the clypeus is less in height than that of N. oblonga, not exceeding the length of the space occupied by the fore central eyes; the legs are stouter, and destitute of spines, and the terminal tarsal claws are rather conspicuous; the abdomen is furnished, but not very thickly, with rather strong, pro- minent dark hairs, giving it a bristly appearance; the sexual organs are externally of a red-brown colour, the aperture small and of a transverse oval form. A single specimen only of this species has yet come before me; it was captured in a similar situation and at the same time of the year as N. oblonga, from which, however, it may easily be dis- tinguished by the characters above given. NERIENE HISPIDA, n. Sp. Female adult, length + of an inch. . This species, in general colour, resembles very closely Neriene livida ; it is, however, smaller and stouter in appearance, but may at once be distinguished by the rugulose appearance of the front of the falces, which are powerful, straight, and vertical. This rugulosity occupies nearly the whole front surface, excepting a patch at their base and another at their extremity, where there is no flattish excavation as in JN. livida. The abdomen also is blacker and rougher, with short, strong, prominent hairs, and has not the spots and markings (which are characteristic of that species) so visible in spirit of wine ; it also projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax ; the two central eyes of the hind row are nearer together than each is to the lateral on its side; and the four central eyes form very nearly a square, its fore side a little the shortest, those of the fore central pair being wider apart than is usual in this genus. These last are rather the smallest and darkest of the eight. The height of the clypeus is equal to the length of the space occupied by the four central eyes. The genual joints of the legs are slightly prominent behind, and rather on their inner sides, in a somewhat angular form; and from each prominence proceeds a spine-like bristle; besides this, the legs have numerous hairs upon them, differing, however, in length, strength, and direction, but none approaching so nearly to a spine as that above mentioned. In this form of the genual joints it also resembles N. livida. Its cephalo- thorax has a few short bristles on the eaput, and is glossy, and of a dark yellowish-brown colour, deepest in front, where it resembles that of the falees, maxillze, and labium; and the sternum is still darker. The legs are strong, moderately long, and their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3; in colour they are similar to the cephalothorax, the femora being rather paler. : Adult females of this species were captured by myself under stones at Portland, in Oetober 1860, and have been since then named and described in MS. ; but the publication has been delayed hitherto in hopes of first getting the male. Dr. L. Koch thinks it is the Erigone robusta of Westring. The description, however, of that species in M. Westring's work omits any mention of the rugulosity of the falces, VOL. XXvin (7 30 450 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. which so close an observer as he was would hardly have overlooked. I am therefore inclined to think it distinct, though closely allied. NERIENE APERTA, n. Sp. Female adult, length + of an inch. | The cephalothorax, legs, falces, maxillæ, labium, and sternum of this species are of a yellow-brown colour, slightly tinged with red, the sternum being rather the darkest. The abdomen is of a dull black, tinged with yellowish, and furnished sparingly with hairs; there are some obscure pale lines and markings on the upperside; and two longi- tudinal parallel lines on the inner side are visible in spirit of wine. The eyes do not differ much in size; those of the hinder row (which is more curved than the front row) are equidistant from each other; the fore centrals are contiguous to each other, and each is separated from the fore lateral one on its side by no more than half its own dia- meter; the fore centrals are of a yellowish colour, the laterals being pearly white, and the hind centrals bluish gray. | Cephalothorax but slightly compressed laterally in front. Caput rather rounded above, and alittle higher behind the eyes than it is in the ocular region itself; but no depres- sion existed at the junction of the caput with the thorax; the clypeus is fully equal in height to the length of the space occupied by the fore and hind central pairs of eyes. The maxille and labium do not differ in structure from the usual generic types. The legs are rather long, and not very strong ; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, and they are furnished with hairs above of different lengths and strength. The leading character which distinguishes it from every other one resembling it in size, general colour, and structure that I have as yet observed, is the large somewhat circular orifice to the sexual organs. These organs are externally rather tumid, and of a red-brown colour. The specimen above described was captured by myself among moss at Bloxworth, in April 1866; it belongs evidently to the “ livida ” group, but may easily be distinguished | by its small size and by the size and form of its sexual aperture. NERIENE SUNDEVALLII. | Erigone Sundevallii, Westr. Araneæ Suecicæ, p. 290. I have met with this remarkable spider among moss and herbage in woods and damp places at Bloxworth on various occasions in the months of April, May, and June, during several years past. It may be distinguished from all its congeners by a double row of strong eurved spines beneath the legs of the first two pairs. This is its first record as à British species. Genus WALCKENAËRA. WALCKENAÉRA MEADIL, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 36.) Male adult, length 11 lines. : Cephalothorax small, oval, narrowest and very slightly compressed laterally at the caput; this portion is but very slightly elevated, its upper part is round, and thence it runs by an even slope to near the abdomen; the ordinary grooves and indentations are E REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 491 well defined. In colour the cephalothorax is of a glossy black brown. The clypeus is somewhat protuberant and prominent; and its height exceeds the length of the space occupied by the fore and hind central pairs of eyes, about equalling that between the fore eyes of each lateral pair. A longish narrow longitudinal indentation runs backwards from each hind lateral eye. Eyes in four pairs, on the front and summit of the caput; they do not differ much in size; those of each lateral pair are seated rather obliquely on a tubercle; those of the fore central pair are the smallest of the eight, and near together, but not contiguous; those of the hind central pair are rather further apart than those of the fore central pair ; and the space between these two pairs is about equal to that occupied by the eyes of the fore central one, and rather greater than that between each of the four central eyes and the fore lateral on its side. The four pairs thus occupy a longish transverse oval space. Legs moderately long; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; strong, of a bright orange-yellow eolour, furnished sparingly with hairs. Palpi rather short; cubital joint rather largest at its fore extremity, which is a little produced in front; radial joint very short, but strong, and spreading out on all sides ; mostly so rather on the outer side in front, where it is furnished with a tuft of bristly hairs; digital joint short, broad at the base, and blunt-pointed at the extremity. Palpal organs fairly developed, prominent, but not very complex; they have a strong black spine, eurved in a circular form, on their outer extremity ; and from within its curvature- there projects downward a strongish yellow red-brown, black-tipped, sharp-pointed corneous process. Amongst and in connexion with these is some whitish semitrans- parent membranous substance. In colour the palpi resemble the legs, except the radial and digital joints, which are strongly suffused with dull black. Falces strong, conical, vertical, and prominent near the base in front; their fangs are long and curved; and there are some longish sharp teeth near their inner extremity. Maxille long, strong, roundly and obliquely truncate on the outer extremity, and inclined towards the labium, which is short and semicircular. These parts, with the falces, are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, the maxille, however, being tinged with yellowish towards their extremities. Sternum broad, heart-shaped, black and glossy, and furnished sparingly with some erect hairs. Abdomen rather large, oval, flattened-convex above, and projecting over the base of the cephalothorax; it is of a glossy black, furnished sparingly with very short hairs. Four impressed red-brown dots or punctures occupy the centre of the upperside; these dots form a square whose anterior side is rather the shortest. On the underside two longitudinal rows of pale dots run backwards from the plates of the spiracles (which are yellowish in colour) and converge to the spinners; near the centre of the space included by these lines are four other impressed red-brown dots, rather smaller than those on the upperside, and forming a smaller though similarly shaped figure. The spinners are brownish, with a yellow tinge. An immature female resembled the male in colours and markings. An adult male, and immature examples of both sexes, were contained in a collection of pos made by o 452 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Mr. William Farren, of Cambridge, in Wicken Fen, near that place, in February 1869; and I have great pleasure in naming it after my earliest instructor in araneology, R. H. Meade, Esq., of Bradford, Yorkshire. This species comes very near to some species of Mr Blackwall's genus Veriene, and would group along with W. depressa and others closely allied. WALCKENAERA FORTUITA, n. Sp. (Pl. 57. no. 37.) Male adult, length 2 of a line (or 45 of an inch). | This species seems to be nearly allied to W. bicolor (Bl.); but in the absence of any examples of that species, or of any figures of its structural peculiarities, I am inclined to think it is distinct. The caput, scarcely elevated above the rest of the cephalothorax, has . its upper part rounded; the clypeus (which a little exceeds in height the length of the space occupied by the two central pairs of eyes) is a little prominent; and a narrow longi- tudinal indentation runs backward from each lateral pair of eyes. The eyes are rather closely grouped together on the fore part of the caput, where they form two transverse rows, the lower one the shortest and straight, the upper one curved, the curve directed baekwards; they do not differ greatly in size; those of the front central pair are slightly the smallest; those of each lateral pair are seated a little obliquely on a small tubercle; the space between those of the hind central pair is a little greater than that between each and the lateral eye of the same row on its side. The falces are strong, vertical, conical and a little divergent; they are armed with a few minute teeth near their inner extremities. The maxille and labium present no devia- tion from the ordinary generic type. All these parts, together with the sternum, are of a dark brown colour tinged with yellowish. | The legs are rather slender and not very long; they are a little lighter-coloured than the cephalothorax, and are furnished with hairs; among these are a very few slender erect ones, of a bristly nature and of different lengths, on their uppersides; the legs do not differ much in their length, which is relatively 1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, moderately strong and hairy, similar in colour to the legs; the radial and cubital joints are of equal length; but the cubital is much the strongest, being enlarged at its extremity (chiefly in front and behind); the upper margin of the extremity is uneven or irregular, but presents no marked prominenees or projections; the digital joint is rather darker than the rest, moderate in size, of oval form, and slightly protu- berant near.the base on the inner side. The palpal organs are well developed, rather ‘complex, and have apparently a slender filiform convoluted spine enveloped in mem- brane connected with their surface. | Abdomen oval, moderately convex above, slightly clothed with hairs of a blackish colour, shining, with some obscure pale markings, and on the hinder part of the upper- side some transverse curved lines of the same nature. : In colour and general character an adult female differed in no respect from the adult male, except that in the former sex the clypeus was rather less in height. O | Three males and one female were taken by myself among grass and other herbage near — — the Basingstoke Railway Station, Hants, in June 1869. | : REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 453 WALCKENAËRA SCABROSA, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 38.) Male adult, length +; of an inch. Cephalothorax short, broad, smooth and shining, apparently without punctures ; caput convexly elevated, but to no great extent, the highest elevation being behind the eyes; divisional line between eaput and thorax strong, containing a deepish indentation on each side towards the hinder part; lateral grooves distinct ; colour dark yellow-brown, margins black; posterior indentation strong. Height of clypeus once and a half the length of the space between the two central pairs of eyes; it is furnished with very short bristly hairs on the lower margin, and projects but very slightly, if at all, beyond the perpendicular of the front row of eyes; but no part of it recedes, as in the Zinyphie: in fact it is, if any thing, slightly prominent a little below the eyes. Eyes eight, in four pairs or two transverse rows; they are small, those of the central pair in the hinder row being slightly the largest, the rest nearly of the same size; those of the side pairs are seated on a slight tubercle and contiguous to each other; those of the central pair (in the front row) are nearly contiguous; those of the two central pairs form a square with the fore side shortest ; the space between those of the central pair in the hinder row is the same as that between each and the hinder one of the lateral pair on its side, and also the same as that between each of the central front pair and the fore one of the lateral pair on its side. Legs strong, moderate in length ; relative length 4,1, 2,3; furnished with short strong hairs; genual joints rather tumid on the upperside. Colour the same as that of the cephalothorax. Palpi short, moderately strong, rather paler than the legs; ; humeral joints much curved towards the falces; cubital joint short, but rather longer and stronger than the radial, which is slightly produced in front, and terminates with two small pointed pro- jections, the larger of which is rather on the inner side; digital joint very large, with a strong lobe on the outer side about the middle; in length it is equal to, if not exceeding, all the rest of the palpus. Palpal organs very prominent, highly developed, and compli- cated. A circularly curved strong corneous process lies at their hinder extremity close to the extremity of the radial joint; and another strong corneous black spine commences about the middle of the outer side, and, coiling round the palpal organs, terminates with another coil at their extremity. The digital joint is much darker-coloured than the rest; and the palpal organs are of a dark red-brown. Falces small, straight, and much inclined towards the maxille. The maxille are short, strong, and inclined towards the labium. Labium very short, semicircular. These last two parts, together with the sternum, which is broad, heart-shaped, and without punctures, are rather paler in colour than the legs, and are sparingly clothed with hairs. Abdomen broad, nearly round, convexly flattened, considerabl ting over the base of the cephalothorax; it is black, coriaceous, minutely and thickly dented with small punctures, and sparingly clothed with short hairs. After immersion in spirit of wine, the cuticle on the upperside assumes a shield-like appearance. . This species, which is closely allied to W. depressa (BL), may easily be distinguished 454 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. by the much larger digital joint and longer and stronger coiled spine connected with the palpal organs. A single specimen was found by myself among heath at Bloxworth, in May 1863. It is also closely allied to Erigone brevipes, Westr., of which the male has not been described. Since the above description was made, I have found several exam- ples of W. scabrosa (male) among moss (in April 1869) at Bloxworth Rectory. WALCKENAERA DICEROS, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 39.) Male adult, length 35 of an inch. Cephalothoraz broad, almost circular, rather narrower in front than behind, about half the length of the whole spider; very slightly elevated in the ocular region, but no frontal eminence properly so called; the lateral furrows are but slightly defined; a broadish longitudinal indentation occupies the median line of the hinder part; and a deep one commences behind each lateral pair of eyes, and, running obliquely back, dilates and terminates towards the hinder part of the occiput, which is divided from the thorax by a deepish groove. Eyes in four pairs ; unequal in size; those of the front pair are the smallest; those of the hinder pair are margined with black and considerably the widest apart; those of the front and lateral pairs are respectively near together, but do not touch each other, and are seated on black tubercles ; in the middle of the forehead, immediately in front of each eye of the hinder pair is a small tubercle, from which rises a conspicuous blackish hornlike projection directed forwards and slightly outwards, and a little enlarged at its extremity, where it is deflected and divided; under a powerful lens these horns appear to be com- posed of several contiguous spiny bristles; the front pair of eyes have some strong hairs, or bristles, springing up about them and directed forwards. | Legs moderate in length and strength, furnished with hairs and a very few minute, erect, fine black bristles. Colour brown, with a reddish hue; genual joints paler and semidiaphanous. de o m Palpi not very long, paler-coloured than the legs; cubital joints longer but less strong than the radials, which haye a small projection on their underside, are protuberant on their outer sides, and much elongated rather on their inner sides in front; the projection or elongation is rather prominent, deepens in colour, and is slightly dilated towards the extremity, which is rather obliquely truncated ; it is furnished with some short strong hairs, and extends to about three fourths of the length of the digital joint; this joint is oval, with a large lobe on the outer side, and clothed with hairs; palpal organs highly developed, complicated, and with a strong black spine curved in a circular form round their extremity. | Falces moderately strong, rather inclined towards the maxillse, and slightly divergent at their extremities. ; d Maxille strong, inclined towards the labium, which is short, broad, and nearly semi- 4 circular. : 53 Sternum broad, heart-shaped, and convex. All these parts are similar to the cephalo- thorax in colour. | pr. Abdomen small, short oval; very convex above, and projecting greatly over the base of REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 455 the cepbalothorax; it is thinly clothed with hairs, and is of a blackish colour tinged with olive-green ; when in spirit of wine some paler spots and lines, both transverse, oblique, and longitudinal, are visible. : The adult female differed from the male only in wanting the hornlike projections on the forehead, in being slightly larger, and in the fore part of the cephalothorax being less convex. Sexual organs well developed and of a red-brown colour. Their external form is given in the accompanying drawing (Pl. 57. no. 39. fig. f). An adult male and female of this (the smallest Spider, I believe, yet known to science) were captured by myself among moss in a wood near Bloxworth, Dorset, at the end of March, 1868. Subsequently (in March 1866) another adult example of each sex was found, after many days' close search, in a similar situation and at no great distance from the spot where the former examples were obtained. It thus seems to be a rare as well as very remarkable little Spider; and the male is recognizable from all other species known to me by the two horn-like tufts of bristles between the eyes. WALCKENAÉRA PERMIXTA, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 40.) Male adult, length 45; of an inch; relative length of legs 4, 1, 2, 3. Cephalothorax very glossy, flattish at the hinder part, rising gradually to the ocular region, the hind slope of which is but very little more abrupt than the rest. Ocular region very prominent and elongated: its extremity is divided into two segments by a deep transverse cleft, the hinder segment being much the smallest; the apex of each segment is rounded off and furnished with short, bristly, pale-coloured hairs, directed towards, and partially meeting over, the cleft; there is a small indentation in the median line of the hinder part. Colour shining dark rich brown. Eyes eight, in four pairs, not very unequal in size—one pair on the summit of the hinder segment of the ocular region a little below the upper margin and rather towards the back, a pair just below each end of the cleft which divides the two segments, and the remaining pair in front of the foremost segment; all on black spots, those on which the side pairs are seated slightly tuberculate; the eyes of the hinder pair widest apart, those of the side pairs nearest together, those of the front pair rather close to each other, but not quite touching. Legs moderately long and strong, clothed with hairs and a very few fine erect bristly hairs, or very fine spines?; those of the first and fourth pairs are about equal in length, those of the third pair shortest. Colour red-brown. Palpi moderately long and strong; cubital joint long, subconical or clavate, and notched at its extremity ; radial joint short, but with a long stout elongation stretching from its extremity obliquely inwards over the base of the digital joint; from the end of this projection issue two or three short black reflex spines ; digital joint oval, comprising the palpal organs, which are prominent and complicated, with spiny processes, and closely encircled by a strong black spine issuing from the inner side and curving upwards round their extremity. The colour of these organs is red-brown; the digital and radial joints are rather paler and hairy; the remaining portions of the palpi are coloured like the legs. 456 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Falces strong, moderately long, straight, much inclined towards the maxillæ. Maxille moderately long, strong, inclined towards the labium, which is short and semicircular. Sternum broad, convex, heart-shaped, slightly hairy, and, with the labium, of a dark brown; the colour of the falces and maxillæ is like that of the legs. Abdomen oval, convex, projecting over the base of the cephalothorax, clothed with hairs, and of a shining brownish-black colour. | The female differs from the male in being rather larger but not longer, and in wanting the extreme cephalie elongation; her cephalic region is gibbous at the hinder part, and is succeeded backwards by a strong depression; her sexual organs are not very pro- minent; they are of a red-brown colour, and surrounded with a pallid line; the spinners are of the same colour as the legs in both sexes. | I captured adult males and females of this Spider under decayed rubbish in a swamp at Bloxworth, in May 1863. It is closely allied to 77. cristata, but differs from that species in the position of the eyes and in the hind slope of the cephalic region (caput) being less abrupt; the segments of the caput also are less pointed and less conspicuously furnished with hairs; and the two species also differ in the form and structure of their respective palpi and palpal organs. W. permixta is also generally of a less deep colour than W. cristata. WALCKENAÉRA IMPLANA, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 41.) Male adult, length 7 of an inch. : Cephalothorax oval, rounded, and slightly narrowest in front ; normal grooves defined, but not strongly; caput elevated, sloping from the upper pair of eyes to the middle of the elypeus, which is prominent and almost circular in profile. The summit of the ele- vation slopes slightly backward; and the occiput is rounded; the hinder part of the ele- vation rises abruptly from the thorax; the height of the clypeus is greater than the length of the space occupied by the upper and lower central pairs of eyes: looked at from the front, the elevation is greater in breadth at its upper part than in the line of lower central pair of eyes; from each hind lateral eye a deep longitudinal excavation runs to the hinder part of the elevation comprising the area of the upper and lower central pairs of eyes; this portion is thickly furnished with short hairs, of which there are a few also behind the upper eyes on the frontal summit of the elevation. The colour of the cephalothorax is dark black-brown, its surface shining, although, except the elevation of the caput, minutely punctuose. j Eyes eight, in four pairs, small, one pair over the fore margin of the summit of the caput wide apart, separated by a space equal to at least two of the same eye’s diameters; another pair lower down, near together, on a common tubercle, but not contiguous, leaving the greatest length of the facial space below; the lateral pairs are a little below the line of the eyes of the lower central pair, and are placed obliquely ; all the eyes are on black spots; the space between each fore lateral eye and the eye of the upper pair on its side is less than that between the fore laterals themselves, by the distance between each fore lateral eye and that of the lower middle pair on its side. E SE REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. . 457 Legs moderately long, not very strong; colour pale yellow, furnished sparingly with hairs, among which are a few more erect on the uppersides of the genual, tibial, and metatarsal joints; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi similar to the legs in colour, not very long nor stout ; digital joints suffused with brown; cubital joints short, curved, enlarged at their extremities; radials shorter than the eubitals, and furnished in front towards the outer side with some strong black bristly hairs, giving the appearance of a kind of tuft in some positions; the fore extremity of each radial is produced into along narrowish projection, directed obliquely outwards, imperfectly bifid at its extremity, and with a sharp-pointed, curved, black, spiny projection issuing outwards from beneath, near the bifid portion. Palpal organs well developed, prominent, and complicated, with a doubled-coiled black spine beneath and slightly be- yond their extremity, and in connexion with some semitransparent whitish membrane. Maxille strong, moderate in length, obliquely truncate, and slightly rounded on the outer sides towards their extremities, and inclined towards the /abiwm, which is short and semicircular. "These parts are of a yellowish brown colour, tinged with olive. Falces similar in colour to the cephalothorax, straight, strong, moderately long, much inclined to the sternum, which is heart-shaped and strongly suffused with blackish. _ Abdomen elongate-oval, rather longer than the cephalothorax, glossy, black, sparingly clothed with short hairs. An adult male of this spider was captured among low plants in underwood at Bloxworth in July 1863. It is allied to W. borealis (Camb.), W. picina (BL) and W. hiemalis (BL), but may be distinguished, not only by the form of the cephalothorax, but specially by the structure of the palpi and palpal organs. WALCKENAERA IGNOBILIS, n. sp. (P. 57. no. 42.) Male adult, length „5 of an inch. : Cephalothorax large, broad-oval, pointed in front on the lower fore margin, broadest behind, normal grooves slight, but apparent. Caput very slightly elevated in the occi- pital region, the surface of which is rounded, and slopes off into the surrounding surface imperceptibly, and over in a rounding form to the lower margin of the clypeus, at the middle of which this portion is prominent in a somewhat pointed subtubercular form ; sides depressed longitudinally towards the junction of the caput and thorax. Colour dark rich brown ; the sides under a lens appear finely rugulose; the upper and fore parts of the eaput are very polished and glossy, and apparently neither punctuose nor rugulose ; some very short strong prominent hairs near and about the eyes; the height of the clypeus is less than the distance between the upper and lower pairs of eyes. Eyes eight, in four pairs, small, on black spots, those of one pair are seated on the fore margin of the occipital elevation, and are distant from each other rather more than one eye's diameter; these eyes divide equally the upper surface of the caput looked at from above; another pair (the eyes of which are close to each other) are seated below on a slight common tubercle; on either side of these, a very little below their straight line, is a lateral pair, the eyes of each of which pairs are contiguous, and placed obliquely on a common tubercle. The area occupied by the eyes is a transverse parallelogram occupying nearly the whole width of the fore part of the caput, the space between the fore lateral VOL. XXVII. 3P 458 . REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. eyes being much greater than that between each of these and that of the upper pair on its "side; the space between these last is very nearly equal to that between the fore lateral eye and that of the lower pair on its side. | Legs moderately long and strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; colour red-brown, femora darkest. They are furnished with hairs, among which are some longish, very slender, erect ones, on the uppersides of the genual, tibial, and metatarsal joints. Palpi not long, nor strong, paler-coloured than the legs, except the digital joints, which are dark brown. Cubitals curved, strongest at extremities, radials shorter, but much stronger; they are much and broadly produced on the uppersides in front, extending half- way over the length of the digital joints; the outer edge of the part produced is slightly hollowed ; the inner extremity of the production narrows into a long spiny point, curving sharply outwards and round the extremity of the produced part. Digital joints oval, not very large, and, as well as the radials, furnished with hairs. Palpal organs well developed, but not very complicated, consisting of corneous lobes and processes, with a small pointed black spine issuing from their extremities. Falces moderately long, strong, straight, inclined towards the sternum, and similar in colour to the cephalothorax. Maxille similar in colour to the falces, strong, greatly enlarged laterally at the inser- tion of the palpi, obliquely truncate at the extremity on the outer side, and inclined towards the /abiwm, which is very short and semicircular, and of the same colour as the sternum. Sternum large, broad, heart-shaped, convex, and granulous (or roughened), with im- pressed punctures, and furnished with short erect hairs; colour very dark rich black- brown. Abdomen short-oval, very convex above, and projecting considerably over the base of the cephalothorax; colour sooty-black, shining, thinly clothed with short hairs; spinners and spiracular plates dull yellowish brown. An adult male of this minute spider was captured among moss and dead leaves at Bloxworth, in May 1863*. It is allied to W. latifrons, W. hiemalis, and W. aggeris, but differs not only in size, but specially in the form of the cephalothorax, position of - the eyes, and structure of the palpi and palpal organs. WALCKENAÉRA CIRRIFRONS, n. sp. (Pl. 57. no. 43.) Male adult, length 5}; of an inch, or 2 of a line. Cephalothorax oval, rounded, and slightly narrower at the fore extremity than behind ; glossy and of a rich dark brown colour, except the upper part of the caput which is much paler (but query whether this is constant); under a lens it is thickly covered with minute punctures, except the upper part and the front of the caput. Caput massive and elevated, but not greatly; the elevation is rounded at the top —— slopes a little more behind than before, and its height shown by a deep longitudinal — indentation, which runs back immediately from behind each lateral pair of eyes, and ue of dis specied ew usb boi ns ibd y Wade tdi De L. Koch, m — El ; UN ES Í vH AUDIE IECOULLY A | by whom they were ee, REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. - 459 divides it from the lower part of the caput. There is a shining white spot at the bottom of the fore end of this indentation; the elevation is slightly retreating, i. e. situated” rather more on the hinder than on the fore part of the caput, thus leaving the lower portion of this latter (including the clypeus) rounded and prominent. The height of the clypeus is equal to the space between the fore and hind pairs of eyes (not including the diameters of the eyes themselves); the division of caput and thorax is marked behind by strong grooves; the lateral grooves of the thorax are almost obsolete ; the profile outline of the caput and thorax, from the hinder part of the latter to the summit of the former, is nearly straight, and gradually ascending, the occipital depression being slight ; there is a large, round, shallow, dish-shaped depression on either side of the caput, immediately below and connected with the groove which marks the lower side of the elevation ; on either side of the fore part of the elevation is a thin tuft of longish, strong, bristly, black hairs, directed forwards and outwards, and three or four other single hairs between the two tufts behind the posterior pair of eyes. A narrow space connecting the fore and hind pairs of eyes is covered with very short hairs; the elevation of the caput is divided at the fore part by a very slight longitudinal indentation. Eyes in four pairs on the front of the caput, and seated on black spots ; those of the hinder (or upper) pair, in the front of the elevation, are less than an eye's diameter dis- tant from each other; those of the lower pair are contiguous to each other, and seated on a common black spot; these are rather the smallest of the eight, and darkest in colour; those of the lateral pairs are contiguous to each other, and placed obliquely, above the straight line of the lower pair; the space between each of the lateral pairs and the lower pair is slightly greater than the diameter of a fore lateral eye; the two lateral pairs and the lower pair may be described as forming a transverse curved row (the curve directed ` downward) aeross the middle of the caput 3 and the lower pair equally divides the length of the facial space. Legs tolerably strong and long. Relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; colour yellow, femora and tibiæ slightly tinged with reddish orange; they are slightly furnished with yellowish hairs, among which are a very few (on the uppersides of the tibial, genual, and meta- tarsal joints) erect and darker-coloured. Palpi not very long, nor strong; colour yellow; the fore extremity of the radial joint is tinged with reddish; cubital joint longer than the radial, curved, and slightly enlarged at its fore extremity; radial joint enlarged at its extremity, produced in front, mostly towards the inner side, into a subangular point, with an irregular margin, forming two or three short points. Digital joint short-oval, and not very large. Palpal organs well developed and rather complicated; they have two short, stout, black, eorneous spines at their extremity, one of which is slightly tortuous, or corkscrew-shaped. Falces strong, subconical, retreating beneath the lower margin of the clypeus; length rather greater than the height of the clypeus, inclined towards the sternum, and in colour the same as the cephalothorax. | Macille much enlarged laterally at the base, moderately long, obliquely truncate, and rounded: on the outer sides towards the extremities ; they are inclined towards the labium, which is short and semicircular ; these parts are similar in colour to the gs 3P 460 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Sternum broad, slightly convex, heart-shaped, colour dark-brown suffused with black- ish, punctuose like the cephalothorax, and furnished with a very few pale erect hairs. Abdomen equal in length to the cephalothorax, over the hind slope of which it projects considerably; it is moderately convex above, and in colour black, sparingly furnished with pale hairs; surface glossy, sides slightly rugulose in a longitudinal line; spiracular plates dull yellow, with reddish margins ; spinners short, and of a dull yellow colour. In spirit of wine the abdomen shows specklings and transverse angular lines of a pale colour. This is observable in many species of Neriene and Walckenaëra when in spirit of wine. An adult male of this spider was captured, in company with W. aggeris (Camb.), at Southport, Lancashire, at the roots of grass &c., in June 1859. WALCKENAERA BECKII, n.sp. (P. 57. no. 44.) Male adult, length 4!; of an inch, or 2 of a line. Cephalothorax short, broad-oval, a little shorter than the abdomen, and rather broadest behind; lateral margins of the caput without any constriction ; lower fore margin rounded ; . Colour deep brown, with a yellow tinge, glossy, but finely punctured under a lens; caput slightly elevated; fore and hind slope of elevation rather abrupt, and its upper surface broad and plane; a very slight depression towards the fore upper margin is visible when looked at from the point. Clypeus perpendicular, and its height equal to the space between the fore central and hind central pairs of eyes. Immediately above and behind each lateral pair of eyes is a long, strong indentation, running backwards in a direction parallel to the surface line of the elevation of the caput. At the bottom of this indentation, close behind the hind lateral eye, is a small shiny transparent spot; the normal furrows of the thorax are scarcely defined, while a strong depression marks the junction of the caput and thorax; the hind slope is long, gradual, and in a very slightly convex line; the cephalothorax entirely without hairs, perhaps accidentally rubbed or broken off (?). Eyes in four pairs, very small, those of the lateral pairs rather the largest, and the fore central pair the smallest of the eight ; one pair (removed from each other by about an eye's diameter only) is situated on the upper surface of the elevation of the caput, rather nearer to the fore than to the hinder margin; these are much sunken, and look upwards, and are difficult to be seen clearly, unless looked at from above; those of another pair are seated below these, very near together, but not touching each other, and not far removed on either side; and nearly in the same line are the lateral pairs, the eyes of each of which are placed obliquely on a slight tubercle; the four lowest eyes form a slightly curved row; all have black rims; and the fore centrals are seated on a largish black tubercle ; the space between the lateral pairs is equal to that between each and the eye of the pair on the summit of the caput on its side. Legs moderately long and strong, colour yellow, sparingly furnished with pale hairs; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3. | Falces strong, very slightly inclined towards the sternum, equal in length to the height of the facial space, very slightly divergent, and with a few fine teeth towards the extremity. on the inner surface; their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax. . cel danh REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 461 Palpi moderately long, slender; radial joint rather shorter, but much stronger than the cubital; its extremity is strongly emarginate, forming three short pointed projections, two above and one underneath; that on the outer side above is rather stouter than that on the inner side; the digital joint is small, oval; the palpal organs are prominent, and not very complex; they have a small, slender, curved, black spine at their extremity, near which is a prominent semitransparent mass of a membranous substance. Maxille long, strong, almost meeting at the extremities, over the labiwm, which is short and semicircular; these parts are similar in colour to the falces. Sternum broad, heart-shaped, glossy, convex, and punctuose, like the cephalothorax, to which it is also similar in colour. Abdomen longish-oval, moderately convex above, projecting a little over the base of the cephalothorax. Colour pale sooty brown-black, shining and sparingly furnished with hairs. An adult male of this spider was received from the late Mr. Richard Beck, by whom it was captured in the neighbourhood of London in 1864. It is most nearly allied to JW. borealis (Camb.); but the elevation of the caput is not so great, and the form of the palpi and palpal organs is strikingly dissimilar. In naming it after its discoverer, I have paid a slight tribute to the memory of a kind friend, and one zealous in the study of araneology, which he had followed out in some of its details, microscopically, with great diligence for some little time previous to his lamented death. WALCKENAÉRA NUDIPALPIS. Walckenaéra nudipalpis, Westr. Ar. Suecicæ, p. 201. Adult examples of both sexes were forwarded to me in 1866 by Mr. Morris Young, of Paisley, Scotland, by whom they were captured near that city. Its occurrence as a British spider is now recorded for the first time. WALCKENAÉRA CUCULLATA. | Micryphantes cucullatus, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. iv. p. 45, pl. 89. figs. 200, 201. An adult male of this remarkable and fine species was given me by the late Mr. Richard Beck, by whom it was taken in Caen Wood, near London, in April 1863. It is now recorded for the first time as a British spider. Fam. EPEÍRIDES. Genus EPEÍRA. Errira YOUNGII, n. sp. Male, immature, length + of an inch. Cephalothorax broad behind; caput narrow and rather elongate; the colour of the thorax is red chestnut-brown, that of the caput yellowish; both are tolerably thickly clothed with hoary grey hairs; the height of the clypeus is equal to the space between the middle anterior and posterior eyes. The eyes are all in the normal position; the anteriors, and the largest of the eight. Legs not very long, moderately strong ; the middle posteriors are much larger than they are of a yellowish colour, the femora of 462 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. the first and second pairs being strongly suffused towards their extremities with red- brown; they are hairy, and the femora of the first pair have each two strong pale spines on their inner sides, and the femoral and tibial joints have each a few dark ones. : Palpi short; digital joint very large and tumid, one more moult, apparently, being required to bring the spider to the adult state. Falces strong, moderately long, and of a red-brown dies Maxille, labium, and sternum are all of normal structure, the latter being of a dark red-brown colour, the two former paler. Abdomen large, subtriangular, and projecting considerably over the base of the cepha- lothorax; the fore part is very much broader than the hinder part; it is entirely covered with sparse hoary-grey hairs, which tone down the pattern, but do not entirely obscure it; on either side of the fore part (the shoulders) it is of a rich deep red-brown colour, going off into à paler hue towards the underside. A little way from the outer corners of these red-brown patches are two broad irregularly interrupted bands of the same eolour, which converge towards the spinners; the sides, as well as the upperside, are of a pale clear red-brown, thickly freckled with yellowish-white spots. Some of these spots form a tolerably well defined line outside and next to the converging red-brown bands, as well as a large well-defined triangle within the shoulder-patches (which is succeeded by a broader, more obtuse, and less well defined one just above the commencement of the converging bands), and some oblique stripes on the sides; the underside is of a dark red-brown colour, with a broad, paler, curved, longitudinal stripe on either side of the median line. ‘An immature male of this species, which had apparently another moult to undergo before becoming adult, was sent me in September 1866 by Mr. Morris Young, of Paisley, by whom several specimens (all immature) were captured among heather in Perthshire in the month of August preceding. It is allied to Epeira solers; but even in the immature state it presents differences of colour and pattern, which appear to justify its description as a distinct and new species. I have conferred upon it the specific name ** Youngii,” in compliment to the discoverer, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of making it known to science, as well as for several other new and rare species. EPEÍRA PROMINENS. Singa prominens, Westr. Araneæ Suecicæ, p. 63; Westr. Enum. Ar. p. 35. Epeira bella, Meade, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. vii. p. 20; Blackw. Brit. & Ir. Spiders, 343, pl. xxv. fig. 248; Camb. Zoologist, 1862, p. 7950. This species (which had been described under the name Singa prominens by M. West- ring before its description by Mr. Meade, loc. cit. sup.) 1 have found, though not in any Mino. both at Drayton Beauchamp, Buckinghamshire, and at Bloxworth, among underwood and low herbage in woods in summer. P PS. gue to description of LINYPHIA CONFUSA (anteà, p. 429).—In a work by Dr. Tho — rell, ‘Remarks on Synonyms of European Spiders," published at Upsala in 1870, a d REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. 463 the difference between L. minuta (Bl) and L. confusa (Camb.) is noted, and the latter species is decided by Dr. Thorell to be identical with the Linyphia leprosa (Ohlert, Arachn. Stud. p.12, and Aran. d. Prov. Preuss. p. 47), with typical examples of which he has compared examples of L. confusa supplied to him by myself. Dr. T. points out (what 1 have also noted) that the legs are less distinctly annulated in L. confusa (L. le- prosa) than in L. minuta. List of Species, with references to page, plate, and figures. Lycosa congener, n.sp.: p. 393, Pl. 54. no. 1. Farrenii, n. sp.: p. 395, Pl. 54. no. 2. — de Greyii, n. sp.: p. 396, Pl. 54. no. 3. —— monticola, Clerck : p. 398. —— miniata, Koch: p. 398. ‚barbipes, Sund.: p. 398. fabrilis, Koch : p. 398. Salticus affinitatus, n. sp.: p. 399. equipes, n. sp.: p. 399, Pl. 54. no. 4. expers, n. Sp.: p. 401, Pl. 54. no. 5. saltator, Camb.: p. 401, Pl. 54. no. 6. scenicus, Koch: p. 402. histrionicus, Koch: p. 402. pratincola, Koch : p. 403. flavipes, Koch : p. 408. Thomisus Westwoodii, n. sp.: p. 408, Pl. 54. no. 7. sanctuarius, n. sp.: p. 405, Pl. 54. no. 8. Cambridgii, Blackw.: p. 406, Pl. 54. no. 9, a, b, c, d (no. 9. figs. e, f, y are of T. bifasci- atus, Bl.). pallidus, Bl.: p. 408, Pl. 54. no. 10. horridus, Fabr.: p. 409. Philodromus predatus, n. sp.: p. 409, Pl. 54. no. 11. Drassus anglicus, Camb. : p. 410, Pl. 54. no. 12. scintillans, n. sp. : p. 412, Pl. 54. no. 124. electus, Koch: p. 413. Palliardii, Koch: p. 413. Clubiona pallens, Koch: p. 413. subtilis, Koch : p. 414. lutescens, Westr.; p. 414. phragmitis, Koch: p. 414. Ergatis uncinata, Westr.: p. 414. variabilis, Koch : p. 414. Uloborus Walckenaérius, Dugés: p. 415. Agelena proxima, n. sp.: p. 415, PL 54. no. 13. Tegenaria intricata, Koch : p. 416. Theridion instabile, n. sp. : p. 416, Pl. 55. no. 14. familiare, n. sp. : p. 418, Pl. 55. no. 15. —— Blackwallii, n. sp.: p. 419, Pl. 55. no. 16.. ——— slictum, Camb. : p. 420, Pl. 55. no. 17. 464 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW BRITISH SPIDERS. Theridion venustum, Walck.: p. 422. —— melanogaster, Koch: p. 422. | coracinum, Koch : p. 422. Linyphia impigra, n. sp.: p. 422, Pl. 55. no. 18. circumcincta, n. sp.: p. 423. approximata, n. sp.: p. 424, Pl. 55. no. 19. furtiva, n. sp.: p. 425, Pl. 55. no. 20. finitima, n. sp. p. 427. confusa, n. sp.: p. 429, Pl. 55. no. 21, à, b, c, d, f, g (fig. e, no. 21, is of L. minuta, Bl.) —— cingulipes, n. sp.: p. 429, Pl. 55. no. 22. experta, n. sp.: p. 433, Pl. 55. no. 23. longipes, n. sp.: p. 431, Pl. 55. no. 24. inconspicua, n. sp.: p. 432. oblita, n. sp.: p. 433. — — microphthaima, n. sp. : p. 435, Pl. 56. no. 25. oblonga, n. sp. p. 434. pallida, n. sp.: p. 436, Pl. 56. no. 26. decens, n. sp.: p. 437, Pl. 56. no. 27. decolor, Westr.: p. 438, Pl. 56. no. 28. Neriene pallipes, n. sp. : p. 439. decora, n. sp.: p. 440. —— mollis, n. sp. : p. 440. excisa, n. sp.: p. 441. —— arundineti, n. sp.: p. 441. Clarkii, n. sp.: p. 441, Pl. 56. no. 30. neglecta, n. sp.: p. 443, Pl. 56. no. 31, a, b, c, d,e (no. 31, f, g, h, are of Neriene livida, Bl.). latebricola, n. sp. : p. 444, Pl. 56. no. 32. fugaz, n. sp. : p. 445, PL 56. no. 33. incisa, n. sp.: p. 447, Pl. 57. no. 34. —— formidabilis, n. sp.: p. 447. aspera, n. sp.: p. 448. —— hispida, n. sp.: p. 449. aperta, n. sp. : p. 450. Sundevallii (Westr.) : p. 450. Walckenaéra Meadii, n. sp.: p.450, Pl. 57. no. 36. fortuita, n. sp.: p. 452, Pl. 57. no. 37 *. scabrosa, n. sp.: p. 453, Pl. 57. no. 38. diceros, n. sp. :. p. 454, Pl. 57. no. 39. — — permixta, n. sp.: p. 455, Pl. 57. no. 40. * —— implana, n. sp.: p. 456, Pl. 57. no. 41. ignobilis, n. sp.: p. 457, Pl. 57. no. 42. — — cirrifrons, n. sp.: p. 458, Pl. 57. no. 43. Beckii, n. sp.: p. 460, Pl. 57. no. 44. —— nudipalpis (Westr.) : p. 461. —— cucullata (Koch) :. p. 461. Epiera Youngii, n. sp.: p. 461. — prominens (Westr.) : p. 462. pu . * Below fig. e, no. 37, PL 57, is a figure unlettered belonging to this number. — TRANS: LINN.S0c. Vor. XXVILTab. 5 4. DD: I " Trans. Linn. Soc. VoL. XXVI Tab A E $75 AME SEE \ TRANS. LINN.Soc.Voz XXVI Tab.56. Trans Linn Soc Vor. XXVILTab.5 7. THE TRANSACTIONS OF IHE LINNEAN SOCIETY LONDON. VOLUME XXVII. PART THE FOURTH. MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN LONDON: PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ; AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER- ROW. M.DCOC.LXXI. CONTENTS. PART IV.—1871. XVII. Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca, and Crustacea obtained during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Nassau’ in the years 1866-69. By RoBERT O. Cux- NINGHAM, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., ee 7 Natural m Queen's Ool- T Belfast . i i page 465 XVIII. Revision of the Genus Cassia. By GEORGE BENTHAM, Esq., F.R.S., P.L.S. 503 XIX. Contributions to the Natural History of the Passifloracee. By M. T. Masters, MD, PES, bs, ye... GS UY es 593 A. 466 ] XVII. Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca, and Crustacea obtained during the voyage of H. M. S. * Nassau’ in the years 1866-69. By ROBERT O. CUNNINGHAM, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History, Queen's Col- lege, Belfast. (Plates LVIII., LIX.) Read June 16th, 1870. SINCE my return to this country in the end of July 1869, I have been more or less oceupied in the examination of the collections made by me in the course of the three preceding years, and I now venture to lay before the Linnean Society a first instalment of my results, which, although for unavoidable reasons much more limited than I could have wished, are yet, I hope, not without a certain amount of value. My collection of Mammalia chiefly consisted of a series of human crania (including those of the aborigines of Peru, Chili, the Chonos archipelago, Patagonia, and Fuegia), of which the greater number are now in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, and of a few skins and skulls of quadrupeds obtained in Brazil, Patagonia, and the island of Chiloe. The Ornithological collection amounted to between one hundred and twenty and one hundred and thirty specimens, for the most part obtained in the Strait of Magellan and on the west coast of Patagonia, and now deposited in the University Museum at Cambridge, while the remaining Vertebrates, together with the entire collection of Invertebrata, were sent to the British Museum. The Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mollusca, and Crustacea I have carefully gone over within the last few months; and as I find that a certain number of the species are appa- rently altogether undescribed, and that many others are new to the national collection, 1 have drawn up the following brief account of them. I wish, at the outset of these re- marks, to express my deep sense of the obligations which I lie under to the gentlemen of the Zoological Department of the British Museum for the facilities which they have | afforded me in the examination of specimens and the consultation of books; and I may here state that my thanks are especially due to Dr. Günther for much valuable advice and assistance in the naming of the Vertebrata, and to Dr. Baird for various suggestions in connexion with the Mollusca. The collection was but a small one, as will be gathered from the sequel; but every naturalist who has had the opportunity of undertaking a long sea-voyage will appreciate the difficulties arising from confined space and a variety of other circumstances inseparable from life on board a small ship, and will therefore, I trust, make due allowance accordingly. REPTILES. I. AMPHISBANIANS. l. CEPHALOPELTIS SCUTIGERA, Hempr. A single specimen of this curious yorm-like species was dia at Rio de Janeiro in August 1867. VOL. XXVII. Eu 3Q 466 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, II. SAURIA. 2. CNEMIDOPHORUS LACERTINOIDES, Dum. et Bib. This beautiful lizard is very plentiful in the neighbourhood of Monte Video, but runs with such extreme swiftness as to render its capture a matter of great difficulty. My specimens, which are much larger than those collected by Mr. Darwin in the same locality, were killed with stones. When the animal is alive the ground-colour is a very vivid green, which soon fades in spirit. SCINCIDÆ. 3. EUPREPIS STANGERI, Gray. À specimen of this species was taken at St. Vincent, in the Cape-Verde Islands, in October 1866. . GECKOTIDA. 4. TARENTOLA DELALANDII, Dum. et Bib. Two specimens were taken at St. Vincent. This and the preceding species are, I believe, the only two Reptiles to be met with on the island. IGUANIDA. 5. LEIODERA CHILENSIS, Lesson. Common in the neighbourhood of Valparaiso, where it burrows in the sand with great agility. 6. LEIODERA GnAVENHORSTII, Gray. Common about Coquimbo, where Z. chilensis does not appear to be abundant. 7. LEIODERA GRACILIS, Bell. Taken at Coquimbo. 8. LEIOLÆMUS NIGRO-MACULATUS, Wiegm. Common at Coquimbo. 9. LEIOLÆMUS CYANOGASTER, Dum. et Bib. Common about San Carlos de Ancud, Chiloe, where it was the only Lizard observed. It varies much in colour, the ground-tint on the back of some individuals being brown, and in others green. The anterior part of the belly in most of the specimens was greenish blue, while the posterior was bright orange. 10. LEIOLEMUS PICTUS, Dum. et Bib. This elegant little species was taken at Lota in Araucania. One of the specimens was killed with the lash of a riding-whip. | 11. PryGODERUS PECTINATUS, Dum. et Bib. | This Lizard appears to extend furthest south of all the South-American species. Mr. FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 467 Darwin obtained it in Patagonia; and I met with many specimens of it in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan, alike on the coast of Patagonia and that of Tierra del Fuego. Nearly all the specimens were taken on open ground; but one occurred in à wood in the neighbourhood of the Chilian settlement of Punta Arenas or Sandy Point. 19. TARAGUIRA TORQUATA, Wied. This species is common about Rio Janeiro, but, like most of its tribe, not easy to capture. III. OPHIDIA. CORONELLIDÆ. 13. TACHYMENIS CHILENSIS, Schleg. One four-banded specimen of this species was taken at Talcahuano, the sea-port of Con- cepcion, and another, with only two bands, at Coquimbo. DRYADIDA. 14. Dromicus Pen, Dum. et Bib. Taken at Rio Janeiro. 15. Dromicus TEMMINcKII, Schleg. Taken on the coast of Luco Bay, in Araucania. | AMPHIBIA. 1. CvsTIG US OCELLATUS, Linn. Taken at Rio de Janeiro in November 1866. 2. CYSTIGNATHUS TÆNIATUS, Girard. A specimen of this species, previously obtained in the neighbourhood of Santiago, Chili, was taken in the neighbourhood of Ancud, Chiloe, in November 1868. 3. PLEURODEMA BIBRONIIL, Tschudi. Taken in numbers at Talcahuano, Chili. 4. CACOTUS, sp. _A single example of a Batrachian referred by Dr. Günther to this genus, but pro- nounced by him as in an unfit condition for being made the type of a distinct species, was taken on a tree at Huite, Chiloe. 5. NANNOPHRYNE VARIEGATA, Günther, g. et sp. n., Proc. Zool. Soc. June 1870. This pretty little Batrachian, regarded by Dr. Günther as the type of a new genus, was taken in three localities in the wooded region of the west coast of Patagonia, where the climate and vegetation are alike Fuegian. The localities were as follows :—Eden Har- bour, March, 1868; Port Grappler, December 1869; Puerto Bueno, December 1869. | 302 468 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 6. RHINODERMA DARWINIL, Dum. et Bib. A specimen of this curious little species was taken in a wood in the island of Quehuuy off the eoast of Chiloe. | 7. BUFO AGUA, Latr. Specimens were obtained on the Mount, Monte Video, in February 1866. à Buro ORNATUS, Spix. Taken at Rio de Janeiro in May 1869. 9. HYLODES LEPTOPUS, Bell. A specimen of this species, previously obtained by Mr. Darwin at Valdivia, was captured at Puerto Bueno, west coast of Patagonia, in December 1869. The occurrence of this Hylodes and of Nannophryne variegata in localities so much further south on the western side of the American continent than Batrachia have been hitherto procured, is a fact of considerable interest. 10. PHYLLOMEDUSA BICOLOR, Bodd. A specimen of this elegant little creature was taken at Rio de Janeiro in May 1869. The colour of the upper surface, at first bright green, changed to purple some time after the specimen had been consigned to spirits. 11. HYLA ALBO-MARGINATA, Spix. A specimen of this species was found perched on one of the large leaves of an Agave at Rio de Janeiro in July 1867. While it was alive the colour of the upper surface was bright emerald-green, and that of the under surface and feet pale yellow, the suckers being tinged with pale vermilion. 12. Hyta agrestis, Bell. I took several examples of this pretty little species, on the surface of rocks exposed to the full glare of the sun, on the Mount at Monte Video, in February 1869. The colours when the animal was alive were as follows :—Upper surface grass-green ; beneath yel- lowish white; back of the thigh with black and white spots. A white streak along the edge of the upper lip, and one along the outer side of the leg between the knee and ankle. | FISHES. | TRIGLIDA. 1. SEBASTES OCULATUS, Cuv. et Val. | _ A fine specimen of this species, previously known from Valparaiso, was taken on à line in Fortune Bay, on the west coast of Patagonia, in December 1868. The ground- colour when the fish was obtained was a vivid scarlet. | | ; sa FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 469 2. AGRIOPUS HISPIDUS, Jenyns. À specimen was dredged in April 1868, at Port Otway, Cape Tres Montes, where Mr. Darwin's specimen, the type of the species, was also procured. 9. PRIONOTUS PUNCTATUS, Cuv. et Val. A specimen was taken in Rio harbour, swimming close to the surface of the water, in September 1867. 4. AGONUS CHILOENSIS, Jenyns. A specimen was dredged at Port Otway, Cape Tres Montes, in April 1868. | | TRACHINIDÆ. 5. APHRITIS.GOBIO, Günth. This species, described by Dr. Günther in 1861, in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History” (ser. iii. vol. vii. p. 88), from a skin and an old stuffed specimen brought by that assiduous collector Captain P. P. King, from Port Famine, I met with severäl times in the Strait of Magellan and channels on the west coast of Patagonia. It has a most for- bidding and ferocious appearance when caught, opening its wide mouth and erecting its fins and orbital tentacles. The colours, when fresh, are as follows :—Above, dusky brown, sides paler, blotched with brown and orange-yellow. Under surface of head, breast, and belly orange-yellow. "Two points worth mentioning, and which were not observable in the specimens from which Dr. Günther drew up his description, are the existence, on the skin of the posterior part of each orbit, of a well-developed tentacle, more or less fringed at the extremity in different individuals, and of a row of branched cutaneous appendages attached to the under surface of the posterior margin of the scales on the sides below the lateral line, and resembling at first sight parasitic Lernæidæ. 6. ELEGINUS MACLOVINUS, Cuv. et Val. This fish was taken in considerable numbers, in the seine, at Punta Arenas, Port Famine, and Port Gallant, in the Strait of Magellan, and formed an agreeable variety to the monotonous diet of preserved meat to which we were subjected. 7. CHANICHTHYS ESOX, Günth. This species was described by Dr. Günther in the same paper with Aphritis gobio, from an old stuffed specimen also collected by Captain King at Port Famine. Several speci- mens were taken on fishing-lines by us at Port Grappler, on the west coast of Patagonia, and proved rather good eating. It was beautifully coloured when first taken, the sides being barred. with greyish black and fine iridescent purple. Several specimens of a Caligus, apparently undescribed, were found adheriug to the skin. These I propose naming Caligus chenichthyis. 8. NOTOTHENIA TESSELLATA, Rich. Specimens of this species, previously obtained from the Falkland Islands, were met with 470 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, at Punta Arenas, in the Strait of Magellan, and in Fortune Bay, on the west coast of Patagonia. : 9. NOTOTHENIA CORNUCOLA, Rich. This species, from which N. virgata does not appear to be truly separable, is very common in the Strait of Magellan and channels on the west coast of Patagonia ; and I also met with it at Chiloe. 10. NOTOTHENIA MACROCEPHALUS, Günth. | This species, readily distinguishable from all the other Notothenie, I only obtained in Fortune Bay, in the channels. There it appeared to be abundant, a good many speci- mens having been taken on fishing-lines. The colour of the back is a rich golden-brown, becoming golden-yellow on the sides and belly. The largest specimen taken was con- siderably upwards of a foot long. 11. HARPAGIFER BISPINIS, Forst. This odd-looking little fish is not uncommon in the Strait of Magellan and western channels. Many specimens were taken in Tilly Bay, Fuegia. SCLENIDA. 12. UMBRINA OPHICEPHALUS, Jenyns. This species is rather abundant on the Chilian coast. The small specimen preserved was obtained in Herradura Bay. | SCOMBRIDA. 13. ECHENEIS LINEATA, Menzies. A small specimen of this species was taken in the towing-net between the Cape Verdes . and Rio de Janeiro BLENNIDA. 14. BLENNIUS GENTILIS, Girard. A number of specimens apparently referable to this species, previously recorded from California, were taken on the screw of the ‘ Nassau,' at Rio de Janeiro, in August 1867. 15. BLENNIUS SORDIDUS, Benn. : A specimen of this species, founded on a Blenny from the Sandwich Islands, was obtained inthe Bay of Coquimbo. 16. CLINUS NUCHIPINNIS, Quoy et Gaim. . Many specimens of this species were observed at St. Vincent, darting actively about the rocky pools; and several were preserved. 17 TRIPTERYGIUM, sp. À minute specimen of a species of this genus was obtained in the dredge at Port Otway: Cape Tres Montes, in April 1868; but it does not admit of identification. FISHES, ETC. OF THE “NASSAU” VOYAGE. 471 TRACHYPTERIDA. 18. TRACHYPTERUS ALTIVELIS, Kner. A specimen of this species was taken, in the seine, at Luco Bay, Araucania. ATHERINIDA. 19. ATHERINICHTHYS LATICLAVIA, Cuv. et Val. This species, from which the 4. microlepidotus appears to be very doubtfully distinct, was frequently taken in the seine in the Strait of Magellan, at Punta Arenas, Port Famine, and Port Gallant, often occurring along with Æleginus maclovinus. It pos- sesses an extremely delicate flavour. 20. ATHERINICHTHYS ALBURNUS, Günth. Specimens of this species were taken at Punta Arenas. In common with some of the other species of the genus, it is generally met with where there is a considerable admix- ture of fresh with salt water. 21. ATHERINICHTHYS ARGENTINENSIS, Cuv. et Val. . Many specimens, I believe, referable to this species were taken in the seine at Mal- donado; and one was sent home, preserved in spirit; but I have not come across it at the British Museum. : GOBIESOCIDÆ. 22. GOBIESOX, sp. Many specimens of a small species of this genus, but in an immature condition, were taken, along with Blennius gentilis, on the screw of the * Nassau,' at Rio de Janeiro, in August 1867. CENTRISCIDÆ. 23. CENTRISCUS GRACILIS, Lowe. A small specimen of this species was taken in the towing-net, between Monte Video and the Strait of Magellan, in November 1867. LYCoDIDA. 24. LYCODES LATITANS, Jenyns. This species was not uncommonly met with in the Strait of Magellan and western channels, lurking under stones. It is difficult to catch, from its eel-like motions and the slipperiness of its scaleless skin. : MAYNEA, g. n. Body elongated, compressed. Skin with small spherical imbedded scales, with interspaces between them. Dorsal, caudal, and anal united. Ventrals absent. Jaws equally armed anteriorly with minute teeth placed rather far apart. A few minute teeth anteriorly on the vomer and anteriorly on the palatine bones. A row of large open pores along upper and lower jaws, and a few rather smaller ones on the cheeks. Six branchiostegals; gill-opening narrow, the gill-membranes being attached to the isthmus ; pseudo-branchie present. No pyloric appendages. 472 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 25. MAYNEA PATAGONICA, Sp. n. D.115. A. 85. Diameter of interorbital space a little less than that of orbit. Head less than + of the total length. Dorsal commencing a little in front of the base of the pectoral. Colour reddish purple, with minute white dots produced by the imbedded scales. Hab. The Otter Islands, in Smythe's Channel. This fish, which I have Dr. Günther's authority for regarding as the type of a new genus, I have named after my friend Captain R. C. Mayne, the head of the Magellan Survey, as a slight acknowledgment of the ready kindness which he ever displayed in - affording me opportunities for prosecuting my investigations during the three Jo in which I was associated with him. GADIDE. 26. ohne Gayt, Guich. 2.32] 86:24:37 (12). Eyes large, their long diameter nearly a third of the space between the orbits. Teeth in upper and lower jaws smaller and placed more widely apart than in M. vulgaris. Second dorsal deeply notched in the middle, the rays of the posterior third the largest. Anal deeply notched, appearing at first sight as if composed of two distinct fins. A good many specimens of this fish (which there seems little reason to doubt is the Merluccius Gayi, Guich., described at p. 328 of the second volume of the Zoologia, and figured in the Atlas Ictiol. lam. 8. fig. 2 of Gay’s Historia Fisica y politica de Chili) were taken, with fishing-lines, at the eastern entrance of the Strait of Magellan; and the above diagnostic description is drawn up from a small specimen which I preserved. The figure in the Atlas to Gay's History of Chili does not correctly represent the form of the dorsal and anal fins, there being no indication given of the marked manner in which they are cleft. It is probable that this was the ** Gadus" taken by Captain King off Cape Fairweather in 1826*, by Skyring in the Messier Channel in February 1830+, and by Fitzroy in Good-Success Bay in February 18331. PLEURONECTID X. 27. PLEURONECTES, sp. A very young specimen of a Pleuronectes, which possibly may be P. umbrosus, Girard, was taken in Coquimbo Bay. SILURIDA. 28. LORICARIA VETULA, Val. A good specimen of this species, taken in the River Plate, which previously did not . exist in the British-Museum collection, was given to me in August 1867. STOMIATIDÆ. 29. oros NIGER, Rich. A specimen of this species was depen in the towing-net, between St. Vino and Rio de Janeiro. — * Voyage of * Adventure” and * Beagle,' vol. i. p. 8. t Ibid. p. 335. + Op. cit. vol. ii. p. 225. FISHES, ETC. OF THE “NASSAU? VOYAGE. 473 SCOMBRESOCIDÆ. 30. EXOCETUS OBTUSIROSTRIS, Gthr. A specimen was obtained at St. Vincent, Cape-Verdes. CLUPEIDÆ. 31. CLUPEA NOTACANTHUS, Gthr. A small specimen was taken in Herradura Bay, Chili, SYNGNATHIDÆ, 32. SYNGNATHUS ACICULARIS, Jenyns. A specimen taken in the Bay of Coquimbo. 33. SYNGNATHUS (NEROPHIS) AQUOREUS, Linn. Specimens were taken in the towing-net to the north of the Azores; and many were seen swimming about on the surface of the water. 34. HIPPOCAMPUS GUTTULATUS, Cuv. A specimen of this species was taken at Rio de Janeiro in July 1867. SPINACIDE. 39. ACANTHIAS VULGARIS, Risso. Specimens of this species, the common “ dogfish” of the British seas, were taken in Falkland Sound and at Punta Arenas, Strait of Magellan, CARCHARIDÆ. 36. ZYGÆNA MALLEUS, Risso. A specimen of the common Hammer-headed Shark was captured at Madeira in September 1866. à CHIMÆRIDÆ, 37. CALLORHYNCHUS ANTARCTICUS, Lacépède. Taken at Chiloe and in the Bay of Arauco. RAJIDE, 98. PSAMMOBATIS RUDIS, Günther, g. et sp. n. A small Ray, described under the above name by Dr. Günther, in the eighth volume of his Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum, was taken at Punta Arenas, Strait of Magellan, in May 1867. MYXINIDA. 39. MYXINE AUSTRALIS, Jenyns. Many specimens of this species were taken in Falkland Sound and at Punta Arenas, Strait of Magellan. VOL. XXVIT. ; r IR 474 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, MOLLUSCA. CEPHALOPODA. OCTOPODIDJE. 1. OCTOPUS, sp. A species of this genus was observed at St. Vincent and the Cape-Verde Islands; but as the specimens then preserved are not now in good condition, I have judged it more prudent not to attach any specific name to them. The animal is evidently the same with that whose habits were described by Mr. Darwin at St. Jago, in the Cape- Verdes. The specimens met with at St. Vincent were of small size, of a dirty mottled grey colour, and exhibited great activity of movement, swimming about the rock-pools with great rapidity, tail foremost, and occasionally discharging the contents of the ink- bag, to screen themselves from observation, and, when placed on the surface of the rock, scrambling along on their arms with wonderful agility. 2. OCTOPUS MEGALOCYATHUS, Phil. (?). À species of Octopus which is not uncommon in the Strait of Magellan, and was the only Cephalopod which I encountered in that region, is, I believe, referable to the above species. A number of specimens were procured, most of them taken in the eastern part of the Strait; and a cluster of ova apparently belonging to the species were found on the beach at Punta Arenas. The animal attains a very considerable size; and many large mutilated specimens were met with, thrown up on the sandy beach at Punta Arenas after violent westerly gales. Like most other Cephalopods, the skin exhibits very remark- able changes of colour when the animal is alive. 3. Octopus FoNTANIANUS, D'Orb. I obtained two specimens of this species, which is, I believe, common on the coast of Chili, in a rock-pool in the Bay of Coquimbo, on August 17th, 1868. One of them was : discovered under a large stone which I had turned over in search of marine animals. Its colour, at first dirty greyish-white, changed almost instantaneously to a rich dark purplish red, as it swam off with great rapidity and the directness of an arrow, propelled by the rapid movements of its arms. TEUTHIDA. 4. LoLico Gaunt, D'Orb. Small specimens of this species were obtained in our seine at Luco Bay (Araucania) in November 1868, and at San Carlos de Ancud (Chiloe) in April 1868. 5. OMMASTREPHES, Sp. Large fragments of a species of the genus were found in the cesophagus and stomach of an albatros (Diomedea ezulans) caught near the southern extremity of the Chonos archipelago in March 1868. FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 475 i : SPIRULIDA. 6. SPIRULA, sp. . A fragment of a shell was taken in the towing-net, to the south of the Cape-Verdes, : in October 1866. GASTEROPODA. | MURICIDA. 7. MUREX LABROSUS, Gray. Specimens were dredged at Lota, in the Bay of Arauco, in November 1868. 8. MUREX BREVICULUS,.Sow. ? Dead shells, apparently referable to this species, were found at St. Vincent, in October 1866. 9. PISANIA ANTARCTICA, Reeve. This species is common in the Strait of Magellan, and was frequently obtained in the dredge at depths of from 12 to 15 fathoms. 10. PISANIA FUSCATA, Brug. Also common in the Strait of Magellan. 11. TRITON SCABER, King. Specimens of this species were dredged in Herradura Bay, coast of Chili. 12. TRITON CANCELLATUS, Lam. Many specimens of this species were obtained on one or two occasions at Punta Arenas, in the Strait of Magellan, cast up on the beach by strong easterly gales. ` 13. TRITON BRASILIANUS, Gould. This species is not uncommon on the rocks in the bay of Rio de Janeiro, a few feet below high-water mark. 14. CANCELLARIA (ADMETE) AUSTRALIS, Phil. Several specimens of this small Cancellaria were dredged in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. 15. CHORUS GIGANTEUS, Lam. This large and handsome shell was only obtained at Lota and Luco Bay in the Bay of Arauco. 16. CHORUS XANTHOSTOMA, Brod. Many specimens were dredged in the Bay of Coquimbo. 476 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 17. Fusus GEVERSIANUS, Pall. This species is one of the commonest mollusks in the Strait of Magellan, abounding from the eastern entrance to Port Famine. 'To the west of Port Famine it is not so abundant, being partially replaced by the following species. 1t also occurs at the Falk- land Islands. 18. Fusus LACINIATUS, Mart. This elegant species is abundant in the western part of the Strait, and also occurs in . the channels on the west coast of Patagonia. I never met with it to the east of Punta Arenas. It inhabits rather shallow water; and specimens were taken in Tilly Bay, Carlos III. Island, feeding on Mytilus chilensis. Like the common Purpura lapillus of our shores, the animal bores a small circular hole in the valve of the mussel, and then sucks out the soft parts of the body. 19. Fusus MURICIFORMIS, King. This small species is very common in the Strait of Magellan. 20. Fusus LIRATUS, Couth. Specimens of this species were procured at Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. 21. Fusus PHILIPPIANUS, D'Orb. This species was obtained in one or two localities on 2 Fuegian coast, in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. 22. Fusus (CHRYSODOMUS) ALTERNATUS, Phil. Specimens were dredged in Herradura Bay, in November 1868. BUccINIDA. 23. APOLLON Kriwair, D'Orb. Dead shells of this species were dredged in Sholl Bay, at the southern extremity of Smyth's Channel. 24. BULLIA SQUALIDA, King. Numbers of dead shells of this species were met with in Gregory Bay and other loca- lities in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan; but I never succeeded in obtaining live specimens. 25. Nassa Gays, Hien. Two rather distinet varieties of this species were obtained, one of an elongated form, at Port Otway (Cape Tres do and the other of the ordinary shape, in rock-pools in the Bay of Coquimbo. FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 477 26. CONCHOLEPAS PERUVIANA, Blainv. This curious species is abundant on the Chilian coast, adhering with great tenacity to the rocks in the Laminarian zone. It is regarded as a delicacy by the Chilians, by whom it is termed * Loco." I never met with live specimens to the south of Chiloe, but was a good deal puzzled by picking up two worn, dead shells close to Fuegian encampments in the channels on the west coast of Patagonia. One of these occurred at Port Grappler, opposite the south-east corner of Saumarez Island, and the other at Puerto Bueno, at _ the northern part of the Sarmiento Channel. I find it stated in the * Voyage of the Ad- venture and Beagle,’ vol. i. p. 167 (Captain Stokes's narrative), that at Port Santa Barbara, at the northern extremity of the Island de Campanha, situated outside Wel- lington Island, to the south of the Gulf of Peñas, “the shells ( Concholepas peruviana) used by the Magalhaenic tribes as drinking-cups were found adhering to the rocks in great numbers." This refers to one of the habits of the Fuegian Indians never observed by us during our sojourn in the Strait and channels, though we had frequent opportuni- ties of holding intercourse with them ; and it is the only reference to such a custom with which I am acquainted. Did the mollusk still exist in the Strait and channels, 1 think it is hardly conceivable that it should have escaped my observation, as I carefully ex- amined all the Fuegian encampments and wigwams which we came across ; but never, save in the two instances I have mentioned, did 1 meet with a fragment of the shell. It is possible that at one time the animal may have existed in these regions, and have been extirpated in consequence of being a favourite article of diet, and that the drinking-cups alluded to by Captain Stokes may have been heir-looms handed down through several generations. 27. MONOCEROS GLABRATUM, Lam. This species was met with plentifully at Lota, Bay of Arauco, and also at Chiloe. Dead specimens were also found in the Strait of Magellan. 28. MONOCEROS IMBRICATUM, Lam. This species was found at Columbine Cove, ties in the western channels of Patagonia. the Otter Islands, and various other locali- 29. PURPURA NERITOIDES, Lam. This species was found in abundance on the rocks at St. Vincent, Cape-Verdes. 30. PURPURA HÆMASTOMA, Lam. Fine specimens of this species were taken on the rocks at St Vincent and at Rio de Janeiro. 31. OLIVA PERUVIANA, Lam. abundant in the Bay of Coquimbo ; and many varieties of form and This species is very the var. coniformis, Phil. is not uncommon. I dredged colouring occur, among which 478 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, a great number of specimens, and found others burrowing in the sand at low-water mark. One animal, on being handled, discharged a pale yellowish fluid (like that secreted by Purpura lapillus), which changed after a time, on exposure to the air, to a beautiful purple tint which stained my fingers. CoNIDZ. 32. CONUS, sp. A live specimen of a small species of the genus was taken at St. Vincent. VOLUTIDA. 39. VOLUTA (SCAPHA) COLOCYNTHIS, Sw. I picked up a dead shell of this species on the sandy beach at Maldonado, on the north bank of the river Plate; and many live specimens were subsequently obtained by the officers of H. M. S. * Narcissus.’ 34. VOLUTA (SCAPHA) MAGELLANICA, Gm. This Volute occurs very plentifully in the Strait of Magellan; but I never Rer in dredging a live specimen, which greatly perplexed me for a time. I, however, found two live individuals at low-water mark, and subsequently obtained numbers on the beach at Sandy Point, after a severe easterly gale; and this led me to the conclusion that the species lives in the sand just below low-water mark. 35. VOLUTA (ScAPHA) Ferussac, Donovan. I met with the dead shells of this species in hundreds on the gravelly beaches at the eastern entrance of the Strait, but only once succeeded in procuring live specimens. These were found burrowing in the sand at low water at Cape Possession, on the Patagonian shore of the Strait. A few also were met with apparently feeding on the clusters of the Mytili attached to the rounded boulders on the beach. The foot of the animal is very large, and of a beautiful purple tint. Several of the specimens, which were kept tied up in a pocket-handkerchief for two days and a half, while I was detained on shore by a gale, were alive when 1 got on board. 36. MITRA, sp. : A small species of this genus was procured at St. Vincent. NATICIDE. 37. NATICA, sp. 38. NATICA, sp. Two species of this genus, one with a horny and the other with a del operculum, were dredged in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 479 TURRITELLIDA. 39. SCALARIA MAGELLANICA, Phil. A single specimen of this species was procured in the Strait. CERITHIIDA. 40. CERITHIUM PULLUM, Phil. Several specimens of a mollusk referable, I believe, to the above were dredged in the Strait. LITTORINIDÆ. | 41. LITTORINA STRIATA, King. This species was common in the rock-pools at St. Vincent. 42. LITTORINA FLAVA, Brod. Common on the rocks above high-water mark at Rio de Janeiro. 43. LITTORINA ZEBRA, Wood. This pretty little species was met with very plentifully on the rocks at high-water mark in Valparaiso and Coquimbo Bays. PALUDINIDE. ' 44. AMPULLARIA FASCIATA, Reeve. # I found a number of specimens of dead shells of this species floating in a marsh at Mal- donado, as well as some clusters of its beautiful pink eggs attached to growing reeds. TURBINIDÆ. 45. MARGARITA VIOLACEA, King. This pretty little species is very common alike in the eastern and western parts of the Strait of Magellan, and also in the channels. The Fuegians make necklaces of it by drilling holes through the shells and stringing them together with sinews. It is often to be found on Macrocystis. 46. MARGARITA CARULESCENS, King. This species, much larger than the former (I have met with specimens nearly an inch in diameter), is also very common in the Strait, and apparently also on the Patagonian coast north of the Strait, as I procured it at the mouth of the Gallegos river. 47. MARGARITA TÆNIATA, Sw. E I procured this species at the Falkland Islands, and also in the Strait, where, however, it does not appear to be nearly so common as the two former. 48. CHLOROSTOMA BICARINATUM, Pat. & Mich. A specimen of this species was dredged in Herradura Bay. 480 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 49. CHLOROSTOMA ATRUM, Less. This strong thick shell I procured abundantly on the rocks at Coquimbo, Lota, Luco Bay, and Port Otway. To the south of Port Otway I did not encounter it. 90. AMYXA NIGRA, Gray. This species I found common on the rocks at Lota and at Aneud, Chiloe. 51. OMPHALIUS VIRIDULUS, Gmel. Taken in rock-pools at St. Vincent. 52. LABEO PUNCTULATUS, Lam. This species was also taken at St. Vincent. IANTHINIDX. 53. IANTHINA FRAGILIS, Lam. Taken in the towing-net to the south of the Cape-Verdes. 54. IANTHINA GLOBOSA, Sw. Seen in numbers to the south of the Cape-Verdes. One fine specimen, taken in the towing-net, had two specimens of a live Cirriped, of the genus Lepas, attached to the shell. 55. IANTHINA EXIGUA, Lam. This species was taken in the towing-net on several occasions to tlie south of the river Plate. | FISSURELLIDJE. 56. FISSURELLA DARWINIL, Reeve. This species is not uncommon in the Strait of Magellan. 57. FISSURELLA EXQUISITA, Reeve. I obtained this species at the Falkland Islands and in the Strait. 98. FISSURELLA PICTA, Gm. This species occurs both at the Falkland Islands and in the Strait of Magellan, and attains a large size. Along with Patelle and Mytili, it forms a staple article of diet among the Fuegian Indians. | 59. FISSURELLA NIGRA, Less. : I founc this species in abundance on the rocks at Ancud (Chiloe) and at Coquimbo. 60. PUNCTURELLA FALKLANDICA, A. Adams. | Several specimens of this species were dredged in the eastern part of the Strait. .FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘ NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 481 CALYPTRAIDA. 61. CALYPTRAA COSTELLATA, Ph. I dredged numerous specimens of this species near the eastern entrance of the Strait. . 62. CREPIDULA DECIPIENS, Ph. I found many dead shells of this species on the beach at Philip Bay, in the eastern part of the Strait. 63. CREPIDULA DILATATA, Lam. This species is very common at Ancud (Chiloe), and varies extremely in form. 64. TROCHITA RADIANS, Lam. Many large dead shells of this species were found in a raised beach in Herradura Bay. 65. CRUCIBULUM FERRUGINEUM, Reeve. . Specimens were obtained on the rocks in Coquimbo Bay. PATELLIDE. 66. PATELLA MAGELLANICA, Gm. Extremely common in the Strait of Magellan and at the Falkland Islands. In some parts of the western channels I did not meet with it at all. 67. PATELLA ÆNEA, Mart. Common in the Strait of Magellan. 68. PATELLA VENOSA, Reeve. . This species was met with at Port Laguna, in the Chonos archipelago. 69. PATELLA CLYPEASTER, Less. Not uncommon on the rocks at Lota (Bay of Arauco). + 70. NACELLA CYMBULARIA, Lam. Very common in the Strait of Magellan and western channels, occurring on the kelp (Macrocystis pyrifera). 71. NACELLA VITREA, Ph. | Common in the Strait and channels, on the kelp. I am inclined to believe that it is merely a young stage of N. cymbularia. 72. TECTURA VARIABILIS, SOW. Specimens of this shell, which is very common on the coast of Chili, were collected in Coquimbo Bay and at Lota. | VOL. XXVII. 3s 482 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 13. TECTURA ZEBRINA, Less. This species was met with abundantly at Lota and Luco Bay. 74. SIPHONARIA VENOSA, Reeve. I found this specimen at St. Vincent. 15. SIPHONARIA MAGELLANICA, Ph. This species is very common in the Strait, abounding on the rounded stones on the beaches. CHITONIDA. 76. CHITON ACULEATUS, Linn. I procured some magnificent specimens of this species on the rocks at Coquimbo. It is almost invariably to be met with in very exposed situations, on rocks on which the surf breaks violently; so that to obtain it involves a considerable amount of danger and difficulty. 77. CHITON MAGNIFICUS, Desh. Fine specimens of this handsome species were met with at Coquimbo, generally in similar situations with the preceding, the difference being that the C. magnificus ap- peared to prefer clefts in the rocks. 78. CHITON GRANOSUS, Reeve. This species I found at Chiloe, and also in the channels on the west coast of Pata- gonia. It does not appear to extend as far south as the Strait of Magellan. 79. Curron Cuminent, Fremb. This beautiful Chiton was found at Coquimbo. 80. CHITON ELEGANS, Fremb. This species was also met with at Coquimbo. 81. CHITON CHILOENSIS, Sow. ` This species is very common at Chiloe. It appears to me to come very near C. elegans. 82. Carron BowEN11, King. I found a number of specimens of this species at Chiloe; but I do not remember observing it in the Strait of Magellan, where King appears to have procured it. 89. CHITON SETIGER, King. This is much the commonest Chiton in the Strait of Magellan and western channels, and sometimes attains a considerable size. 1 have met with specimens 3 inches long. In old individuals the sculpturing of the valves is frequently much obliterated, and the fasciculi of setze are often worn off. FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘ NASSAU VOYAGE. , 483 84. CHITON FASTIGIATUS, Gray. This beautiful species I met with chiefly in the western part of the Strait. Many fine specimens were obtained in Borja Bay in January 1869. 85. CHITON ATRATUS, Sow. This species I also encountered in the western part of the Strait. 86. CHITON ILLUMINATUS, Reeve? I met with several small specimens, probably referable to this species, in the eastern part of the Strait. PULMONIFERA. 87. HELIX Avpnovixir, D'Orb. ? A single live specimen of a large Helix, perhaps referable to the above species, was found at Island Harbour, in the Mexican Channel, on the 18th of April 1868, and despatched, along with the rest of my collections, in spirit, to the British Museum ; but I have not succeeded in lighting on it there, and therefore do not feel certain as to the species. 88. BULIMUS PAPYRACEUS, Mawe. Specimens of this species were obtained at Rio de Janeiro in November 1866. 89. BULIMUS AURIS-MURIS, Brug. This is a common species in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro. Many specimens were taken in August 1867, in the Botanical Gardens and about Tynca. 90. BuLIMUS ovatus, Müller. Two dead shells u to this species were found in the weeds on Tynca Peak in June 1869. 91. BULIMUS TAUNAISIL, Fér. Specimens of this species were procured at Rio in August 1867. 92. BULIMUS ROSACEUS, King. Young specimens of this species were obtained at Valparaiso in July 1868. 93. SUCCINEA, sp. | I met with this abundantly in the neighbourhood of Punta Arenas, and also obtained it at Port Gallant, 94. LIMNÆA. A species of this genus (perhaps the L. viatrix, which has been recorded from the Rio Negro) was taken in a small stream running into Oazy Harbour, in the eastern part of the Strait. 882 484 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 95. CHILINIA FLUCTUOSA, D'Orb. A species of Chilinia which, I believe, is the C. luctuosa was taken in numbers at Port Grappler, in the western channels. It occurred in brackish water, in some cases associated with living Balani. Many of the shells had the apex eroded. 96. PERONIA, sp. (Pl. LVIII. fig. 4: a, ventral; b, dorsal surface.) A single specimen of a naked mollusk, apparently belonging to this genus, and of which I give a sketch, was dredged at Sholl Bay, at the southern extremity of Smyth's Channel, in December 1868. The mantle was of a dirty yellow colour, marked with lines and blotches of light vandyke brown ; and its under surface around the foot was marked with light-coloured strive. The animal possessed the power of shortening and elongating the tentacles. At times it crawled along the sides of a glass, filled with sea-water, in which it was kept, on its large muscular foot, the shape of which underwent constant changes; and at others it floated on the surface of the water, with the foot uppermost. In the figure, taken after death, the foot is extended. Couthouy has described Peronia marginata from Fuegia; but as I have not seen his description, I do not know whether it is this species or not. TECTIBRANCHIATA. 97. APLYSIA DACTYLOMELA, Rang. Specimens of this species were taken at St. Vincent. Mr. Darwin mentions it in his account of his visit to St. Jago. 98. APLYSIA BRASILIANA, Rang. I found a specimen of this species on the rocks of the Island of Paqueta, in the har- bour of Rio de Janeiro, in September 1867. NUDIBRANCHIATA. 99. Doris, sp. Specimens of a large species, of a yellow colour, were procured at Ancud, Chiloe. 100. Doris, sp. (Pl. LVIII. fig. 6, dorsal surface.) A specimen of a species of this genus, of which I give a sketch, was obtained on a frond of Macrocystis, in Tuesday Bay, near the western entrance of the Strait of Magellan, in December 1868. "The surface of the mantle was minutely villous, and it was tinted with. delicate shades of greyish white and yellowish white. The branchial plumes were semi- transparent. Should this species prove to be undescribed, 1 would suggest that it be named Doris magellanica. 101. EoLis CAMPBELLI, n.s. (Pl. LVIII. fig.5: a, dorsal surface; 5, ventral surface.) - A beautiful Eolis, of which I have found no description, and of ‘which I give a sketch, . was obtained on a rock in Swallow Bay, on the north.east of Fuegia. It is certainly FISHES, ETC. OF THE ' NASSAU' VOYAGE. 485 distinct from the Æolidea patagonica, D'Orb. The mantle was of a beautiful pale rose-pink hue, slightly freckled with pale chocolate-brown. The foot was also pale rose-pink, having a pale bluish hyaline appearance at the edges. The branchial tufts were pale pink, with their central ramifications chocolate-brown. I dedicate this species to Dr. S. Campbell, R.N., late Surgeon of H. M. $. * Nassau,” to whom I was greatly indebted for much kind . assistance in the collecting and preserving of specimens. PTEROPODA. 102. PNEUMODERMON PERONIT, Cuv. A number of specimens of this species were taken, in the kis disk, between St. Vin- cent and Rio Janeiro in October 1866. 103. CLEODORA PYRAMIDATA, Linn. This species was taken, in the towing-net, between the river Plate and the Strait of Magellan in November 1867. 104. CuvrERIA COLUMELLA, Rang. Taken in the towing-net, along with Cleodora pyramidata, in November 1867. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. ; OSTREIDÆ. 105. OSTREA CHILENSIS, Ph. This species is very abundant in the Bay of San Carlos de Ancud (Chiloe). 106. PECTEN PURPURATUS, Lam. ~ Common in the Bay of Coquimbo. 107. PECTEN PATAGONICUS, King. This species is common in the Strait of Magellan. 108. PECTEN NATANS, Ph. This beautiful little species, the valves of which are so transparent that the body may be as clearly seen through them as though it was surrounded by an envelope of tale or mica, is very abundant on the growing fronds of the kelp (Macrocystis) in the Strait of Magellan, skipping actively about by opening and closing its valves. 109. Pecren Darwini, Reeve? Dead valves of a Pecten, probably referable to this species, were found at the Otter Islands in Smyth's Channel. 110. Lima premma, Ph. A few — of this elegant little species were dredged in the Strait of Magellan. 486 : DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, MYTILIDA. 111. Myrtus CHILENSIS, Hupe. This species is common in the Strait of Magellan, Chiloe, and Chili, and is one of the principal articles of diet of the Fuegians. Pearls are frequently to be met with in this species—a fact which did not escape the observation of some of the earlier navigators in the Strait. 112. MYTILUS MAGELLANICUS, Chemn. This species is common in the Strait of Magellan, as well as at the Falkland Islands. 113. Myris ovauıs, Lam. I obtained specimens of this species in the western channels. 114, MoDIOLARCA TRAPEZINA, Lam. This is one of the most abundant mollusks in the Strait of Magellan and western channels, being attached by a gelatinous byssus in myriads to the fronds of the Macro- cystis. "The shell varies greatly in colour, being sometimes of a pale-yellow tint, and at others dark olive, verging on black. ; ARCADE. 115. LEDA, sp. Many specimens of a small Leda were dredged at Port Tamar, in the western part of the Strait of Magellan. 116. YoLpra, sp. Specimens of a fine Yoldia were dredged at the Otter Islands in December 1868; and one was also obtained at Playa-Parda Cove in J anuary 1869; but I have not succeeded in finding them at the British Museum, though they are recorded in the register. UNIONIDA. 117. Unio CHILENSIS. _ Specimens of this species were obtained for me by Mr. Gray, the Navigating Lieu- tenant of the * Nassau,' àt Limache, not far from Valparaiso. Lucivma. 118. KELLIA BULLATA, Ph. Dredged in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. | CYPRINIDA. 119. AsTARTE LONGIROSTRIS, D'Orb. Common in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. 120. Carprra Tuovazsir, D'Orb. Dead valves of this species were dredged at Sholl Bay. FISHES, ETC. OF THE *NASSAU VOYAGE. 487 VENERIDA. 121. CHIONE EXALBIDA, Chemn. Dead valves of this species are very abundant on the sandy beach at Punta Arenas; but I found very few living species. 122. CHIONE ANTIQUA, King. This species was obtained at Ancud, Chiloe. 123. CHIONE COSTELLATA, Sow. Specimens were procured at Lota (Bay of Arauco). I think there is good reason to doubt whether this species is distinct from C. antiqua. 124. ANOMALOCARDIA MACRODON, Lam. I found specimens of this species at the island of Paqueta, Rio de Janeiro. MACTRIDA. 125. Macrra (MULINIA) EDULIS, King. - This species is common at Punta Arenas (Sandy Point), Port Famine, and other loca- lities in the Strait of Magellan. 126. MacrRA (MULINIA) EXALBIDA, Gray. Obtained at Sholl Bay. 127. LuTRARIA (DARINA) SOLENOIDES, King. Common at Punta Arenas, Port Famine, and numerous localities in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. TELLINIDA. 128. MESODESMA CHILENSIS, D'Orb. - This species is extremely abundant in the Bay of Coquimbo. ; SOLENIDE. 129. SOLEN GLADIOLUS, Ph. This species I met with at Lady Point and Port Famine. 130: SOLEN MACHA, Molina, Obtained in the Bay of Coquimbo. 131. Sozex Dowzzir, Lam. IND i d, Chiloe. Obtained at Ancu canas 132. SAXICAVA ANTARCTICA, Ph. Common in the Strait of Magellan. 488 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, PHOLADIDA. 133. PHOLAS CHILENSIS, Mol. Common at Ancud (Chiloe), and regarded as a delicacy by the Chilotes. BRACHIOPODA. 134. WALDHEIMIA VENOSA, Solander. This fine species occurs plentifully in Possession Bay and various other localities in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. Numbers of live specimens were dredged off Cape Possession, in about fifteen fathoms water, and preserved in spirit. The largest specimen procured, whieh is not much inferior in size to that described and figured by Mr. David- son in the * Annals and Magazine of Natural History" (ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 81), was dredged at Port Famine in January 1869. To the westward of Port Famine I have not met with it. The specimens of this species collected by me are by far the largest recent Brachio- poda in the British-Museum collection. 185. WALDHEIMIA DILATATA, Val. This species is also to be met with abundantly in the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. All the specimens obtained, which were in general associated with individuals of W. venosa, were of small size. 136. TEREBRATELLA MAGELLANICA, Chemn. This species is also common in the Strait of Magellan. I have dredged it from the eastern entrance as far west as Port Gallant. They are not unfrequently distorted in shape. TUNICATA. 137. CYNTHIA GREGARIA, Less. Cent. Zool. pl. lii. fig. 3; Voyage du Coquille, tom. ii. p. 435. | This species, discovered by Lesson at Port Lous, in the Falkland Islands, I met with in the Strait of Magellan, and also at Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands. 138. CYNTHIA VERRUCOSA, Less. Cent. Zool. I only met with this curious species at Stanley Harbour, Falkland Islands, among the masses of Macrocystis lying on the beach. 139. CYNTHIA MAGELLANICA, n.s. (Pl. LVIII. fig. 2.) This species, zich appears to be undescribed, I met with principally in Peckett Harbour, on y řatagonian Coast of the eastern part of the Strait of Magellan. The individuals uo ee in masses, and were in general of a globose form. The _ test is rather thin, ‚and of a greenish hue. The specimen dissected by me pre- ~ sented nothing specially interestin g in the form or arrangement of its organs. | . FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 489 140. CYNTHIA GIGANTEA, S. n. This species, of which I have likewise met with no description, is of very large size. It is of an oblong form, flattened from side to side. The test is very strong and cori- aceous, of a dirty brown colour. The oral and atrial apertures are irregularly plicated, situated on two very prominent mammiform papillæ. The base is generally incrusted with sand ; and in many cases the test bears a number of parasitic animals. The largest specimen obtained measured no less than 8 inches from base to apertures, and was between 4 and 5 inches broad. Attached to the test were a number of moderate-sized Boltenie and a variety of Polyzoa. 141. BOLTENIA LEGUMEN, Lesson. A species of Boltenia, common in the eastern part of the Strait, and also met with at the Falkland Islands, is, I believe, referable to the above species, obtained ‘sur les. rivages de la baie Francaise de la Soledad, une des Malouines." 142. PxvRA Morrx, Blainv. 3 I met with the only described species of this curious genus of social Tunicata both at Chiloe, where it is known under the name of * pinré,” and at Luco Bay (a subdivision of the Bay of Arauco), and preserved specimens from both localities, which were afterwards despatched to England. I regret, however, that I have not succeeded in finding them among my collections deposited at the British Museum, and that I am, in consequence, unable to furnish an exact description of the animal, which as yet appears to be prin- cipally known from Molina's account of it (* Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chili”). The individual animals (which are of considerable size, sometimes exceeding a couple of inches in length) lie in cells, in a firm matrix of cartilaginous consistence; and from the hurried inspection that 1 made of them at the time they were collected, I have little doubt that the genus belongs to the social, and not the compound section of attached Ascidians. - GOODSIRIA, g. n. (Ascid. Soc.). Mass elongate, lobed, rooted at the base, composed of very many minute flask-shaped animals, imbedded in cells in the circumference of a fibro-gelatinous matrix. Oral and atrial orifices of individuals in general distinct, situated on well-marked papillæ. Species uniea :— 143. G. COCCINEA. ; On what appears to me to be a new genus of social Tunicata, of which I met with numerous examples in the eastern portion of the Strait of Magellan, and also at Port Stanley, in the Falkland Islands, I have bestowed the above generic. ne in honour of the late Prof. Goodsir, to whom, conjointly with the late Prof. Edwad De”, science is indebted for valuable observations on this class of animals. E The animal mass presents a very remarkable appearance when fresh, reminding one in some measure of certain of the fleshier Aleyonoid polyps. It frequently attains a very VOL. XXVII. 3T / 490 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, considerable size, specimens above two feet in length having been found. The colour when recent is of a vivid scarlet, whence the specifie name, and the surface is papillate. I regret that at the time when the specimens were obtained, having much work on my hands, I had not sufficient leisure to undertake a minute investigation of the component animals, which are very small, seldom exceeding a line in length; and I have not suc- ceeded in making out the details of their structure after their three years' immersion in spirit. Their general arrangement and form, however, will be readily understood by a reference to the sketches which accompany this paper. (See Plate LVIII. fig. 3: a,a mass, is represented of the natural size; c shows a small portion of the surface, slightly magnified; b, a transverse section through one of the masses, of the natural size; d, a por- tion of the same, magnified; e, a single individual, still more magnified.) Numerous specimens are in the British Museum. 144. APLIDIUM PEDUNCULATUM, Quoy et Gaim. Many specimens of a pedunculated Tunicate found attached to the fronds of Macro- cystis are not, I think, distinct from the above species from Australia, described and figured by Quoy and Gaimard (Voyage de l' Astrolabe, Mollusques, tom. iii. p. 626; Atlas, pl. 92. figs. 18, 19). 145. APLIDIUM FUEGIENSE, n. S. Mass firm, flattened, disk-like, of a pale bluish-grey colour, marked with innumerable rather irregularly distributed slightly projecting points of a pale yellow colour (the individual animals). Several specimens of this Tunicate were dredged in the Strait of Magellan. The first was brought up on a fishing-line in Philip Bay, north-west of Fuegia, in December 1866. I have not been able, after much trouble expended in cutting sections of the mass, to make out the anatomy of the animals further than to satisfy myself that they belong uU the genus Aplidium. In fig. 1, Pl. LVIIL, a represents a portion of the surface of the natural size, b the same magnified, and c a vertical section magnified. 146. SYCOZOA SIGILLINOIDES, Lesson. This name was given by Lesson (in the ‘Voyage de la Coquille,’ Zoologie, tom. ii. p. 436) to a remarkable pelagic Tunicate allied to Pyrosoma, which was taken “ flottant, par un beau jour de calme en Décembre 1822, à trente lieues au sud de la Terre-des- Etats, par 53 degrés de latitude australe, dans le voisinage du Cap Horn." The animal is figured in the * Atlas, Mollusques, No. 13. fig. 5. I obtained specimens of it only on one occasion, in December 1866, between the river Plate and the Strait of Magellan; and these are now in the British Museum. I may add thatIhave met with no notice of Sycozoa, save in the * Voyage de la Coquille.’ FISHES, ETC. OF THE * NASSAU”? VOYAGE. 491 CRUSTACEA. DECAPODA. : BRACHYURA. 1. EURYPODIUS LATREILLIT, Edw. This species was taken abundantly in the dredge at the Tysson Islands, in Falkland Sound. 2. EURYPODIUS AvDOUINII, Edw. and Luc. Dredged at Port Otway, Cape Tres Montes. | 3. EURYPODIUS SEPTENTRIONALIS, Dana. This species is common in the Strait of Magellan from the eastern entrance as far as Sandy Point. I feel somewhat doubtful whether it is distinct from Æ. Audowinü, as. some of the points of distinction pointed out by Dana, e. g. the length of the hairs on the legs, are not to be depended on. 4. EURYPODIUS BREVIPES, Dana. This species, which, I think, is a good one, although the length of the joints of the limbs is certainly not a thoroughly reliable distinction, being subject to a very considerable amount of variation in different individuals, was dredged in Possession Bay. 5. EPIALTUS DENTATUS, Edw. This crab has a wide range on the coast of Chili. I obtained specimens at Ancud (Chiloe), Lota (Bay of Arauco), and Coquimbo. It is of a dull greenish colour when alive, and is very sluggish in its movements. It appears to be an inhabitant of shallow water, as I invariably found it under stones in the rock-pools at about half-tide. ` 6. CANCER EDWARDSII, Edw. This crab, which closely resembles our British species in general appearance, is common at Ancud (Chiloe), where it is largely eaten by the inhabitants. 7. XANTHO PLANUS, Edw. x - Common at Chiloe, and attains a considerable size. 8. XANTHO GAUDICHAUDII, Edw. I met with numerous examples of this pretty species at Ancud (Chiloe), in pools in the rocks at low tide. 9. PrLUMNOIDES PERLATUS, Edw. and Luc. This species is also common at Chiloe. 10. ERIPHIA GONAGRA, Fabr. This crab is abundant at Rio de Janeiro on rocks in shallow water. | 3T2 492 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 11. PIRIMELA DENTICULATA, Montagu. A specimen was obtained at St. Vincent, Cape-Verdes. 12. PLATYONYCHUS PURPUREUS, Dana. This large swimming-crab is common at Coquimbo and in Luco Bay; and I have reason to believe that it extends along the west coast of South America as far north as Panama. 13. LUPA SPINIMANA, Leach. This handsome species appears to be common at Rio de Janeiro, as it is frequently exposed for sale in the market. A fine specimen was taken on the rocks of a small island in the harbour in October 1866. 14. Lupa RUBRA, Lam. Several specimens of this crab were taken on the rocks of a small island in the harbour of Rio de Janeiro in August 1867. 15. LUPA CRIBRARIA, Lam. I found a number of specimens of this prettily marked species on the sandy beach of Five-fathom Bay, Rio de Janeiro, in the beginning of October 1867. 16. TRICHODACTYLUS QUADRATUS, Latr. This species is common in freshwater streams and damp places in their vicinity in the neighbourhood of Rio de Janeiro. On one occasion, in August 1867, on a rock at the side of a stream at Tijuca, I found a female with between fifty and sixty live young ones under the pleon in the ordinary situation of the ova, which renders it probable that in this species, as in the Land-crabs, the young undergo no metamorphosis. Dr. Von Martens is right in his conjecture in the * Zoological Record” for 1868, that the crab which Mr. Spence-Bate has named Uca Cunningham is only this well-known species. 17. TRICHODACTYLUS GRANARIUS, Nic. This crab (which, I think there is some reason to doubt, is not a true Trichodactylus) is common on the coast of South Chili. I generally met with it in situations where the sea-water was rendered brackish by small streams debouching into it. It was extremely common at Ancud (Chiloe); and I met with a single specimen at Port Laguna, to the north of the Darwin Channel, in the Chonos archipelago. 18. PINNOTHERES TRANSVERSALIS, Edw. and Luc. A single specimen of this remarkable species was taken on the sandy beach near Punta Arenas (Sandy Point), in the Strait of Magellan, after a severe gale, in June 1867. 19. HALICARCINUS PLANATUS (Fabr.), White. : This curious flat-backed crab is very common under stones on the beach at Punta : | nas and many other localities in the Strait of Magellan, where it was also dredged at - depths of from 12 to 15 fathoms. — ic E FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 493 20. OCYPODA RHOMBEA, Fabr. This crab is common on the sandy beach outside the harbour of Rio de Janeiro, but is exceedingly difficult to capture, on account of the speed with which it runs on the ap- proach of the enemy. On one occasion, when, I suppose, I must have seen thirty or forty individuals, I only succeeded in obtaining a single one, and that with the assistance of two friends. The animal is generally to be found resting on the sand, about ten yards above the edge of the water, and, on becoming aware, at a considerable distance, of the danger with which it is menaced, rushes down into the surf, where it is impossible to capture it. 21. SESARMA ANGUSTIPES, Dana. A specimen of this crab was taken at Rio de Janeiro in July 1867. 22. GONIOGRAPSUS INNOTATUS, Dana. Taken with the preceding, at Rio de Janeiro in July 1867. 23. CYRTOGRAPSUS ANGULATUS, Dana. A crab which I have little doubt in referring to this species is very plentiful in the rock-pools in the vicinity of Monte Video. Dana's specimen was taken at the mouth of the Rio Negro, the north-eastern boundary of Patagonia. 24. CYCLOGRAPSUS CINEREUS, Dana. This species was taken at Lota (Bay of Arauco). 25. GRAPSUS PLANIFRONS, Dana. This crab is not uncommon among the rocks at the entrance of the Bay of Coquimbo. It is very fierce, and difficult to dislodge from the clefts in which it is generally to be found ensconced. 26. PLANES MINUTUS, Fabr. This long-known species was taken with Scyllea pelagica and other animals on Sar- gassum, to the south of the Azores. 27. HEPATUS CHILIENSIS, Edw. This handsome crab is not uncommon in the Bay of Coquimbo, where a fine specimen was taken. 28. HEPATUS ANGUSTATUS, Fabr. | Many specimens of this species were found on the beach of Five-fathom Bay, Rio de Janeiro, in October 1867. 29. PLATYMERA GAUDICHAUDIT, Edw. Fine speeimens of this remarkable crab were obtained from fishermen in the Bay of Coquimbo in August 1868. : 494 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 30. ACANTHOCYCLUS GAYI, Edw. and Luc. This species was taken plentifully under stones in rock-pools at Lota, and resisted cap- ture most fiercely, giving the most savage nips with its great right or left hand. 31. BELLIA PICTA, Edw. l only obtained this species at Lota. The British-Museum specimens are labelled “Peru.” 32. PsEUDOCORYSTES ARMATUS, Edw. This appears to be not uncommon on the coast of Chili. I obtained specimens of it at Lota and in Herradura Bay. 33. PELTARION SPINULOSUM, White. This species is common in the neighbourhood of Punta Arenas, in the Strait of Ma- gellan, where it burrows in the sandy beaches; and I dredged it in various localities between Punta Arenas and the eastern entrance. | ANOMURA. 34. LiTHODEs ANTARCTICA, Homb. and J acq. This species, which attains a large size, is abundant in the Strait of Magellan, and appears to extend as far north as Chiloe, on the west coast of South America. The young individuals differ most strikingly from the old ones in the much greater spininess of the carapace. Old individuals much resemble L. arctica in their general appearance. Like that species, the L. antarctica is very sluggish in its movements, crawling slowly about over the stones or among the stems of the Macrocystis. A great number of young spe- cimens were seen in Borja Bay in J anuary 1867. 35. LITHODES VERRUCOSA, Dana. This species, which is perhaps not truly distinct from L. granulosa, Homb. and Jacq., is common in the eastern portion of the Strait of Magellan (I do not think I ever ob- served it to the west of Cape Negro); and we also met with it in great numbers at the Tyssen Islands, Falkland Sound. Like the L. antarctica it inhabits shallow water; and it is even more inactive than that species in its movements. 36. ALBUNEA, sp. Dead specimens of a species of this genus were met with in Herradura Bay, on the coast of Chili, in August 1867; but I have not found them among my collections at the. British Museum. 97. REMIPES SCUTELLATUS, Fabr. . À live specimen of this species was taken at St. Vincent, in the Cape-Verdes, in October 1866. It was found burrowing in the sand of the beach. FISHES, ETC. OF THE *NASSAU' VOYAGE. | 495 38. HIPPA EMERITA, Linn. Many specimens of this species were taken in Five-fathom Bay, Rio de Janeiro, in October 1867. 39. HIPPA TALPOIDES, Say. Common on the coast of Chili. Specimens were found at Ancud (Chiloe), Luco Bay and San Vicente, near Talcahuano. 40. PAGURUS FORCEPS, Edw. ? A Pagurus which I refer with some doubt to this species is very common in the Strait of Magellan and western channels. 41. BERNHARDUS OBESO-CARPUS, Dana. This species was obtained at Coquimbo. 42. PORCELLANA TUBERCULATA, Guérin. Common in the rock-pools at Coquimbo. 43. PORCELLANA VALIDA, Dana. Abundant at Ancud (Chiloe), and taken also at Lota. 44. PORCELLANA TUBERCULIFRONS, Edw. and Luc. Very common under stones in rock-pools at Coquimbo, and taken also at Chiloe. 45. PORCELLANA PATAGONICA, n. Sp. Length and breadth of carapace about „5; of an inch. Fronttrilobate ; the middle lobe much projecting and pointed; all three lobes minutely crenulated on the margin. Carpus not dilated in front or behind, with three prominent teeth nearly of equal size on the anterior margin, and a tooth at the outer side of the articulation with the hand. All the legs minutely granulated; the first pair slightly crested on the anterior margin. Carapace smooth on the centre, minutely granulate on the sides. This species, which appears to me to be undescribed, was dredged in the Strait of Magellan and at Port Otway. 46. /EGLEA LJEVIS, Lat. Specimens of this curious Crustacean, which had been collected in a freshwater stream in the neighbourhood of Valparaiso, were given to me by an officer of H. M. S. * Topaze,’ then on the Chilian station. MACRURA. 47. GALATHEA SUBRUGOSA (White), Dana. This species, which is figured in the unpublished plates of the Crustacea of the An- 496 |. DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, tarctic Expedition, as well as in Dana's magnificent work, is common in the Strait of Magellan and on the west coast of Patagonia. I obtained and preserved specimens from the Strait, the western channels, Port Otway, and Ancud. It is evidently distinct from the G. monodon of Milne-Edwards, from the coast of Chili—the spine on each side of the long central spine of the rostrum being of considerable length, whereas the lateral spines of G. monodon are described as ** petites épines trés-courtes."' 48. GRIMOTHEA GREGARIA (Fabr.), Leach. Obtained between the Falkland Islands and Strait of Magellan in 1867. Specimens were also given to me the following year, which had been collected by the officers of the ‘Narcissus’ at San Carlos, in Falkland Sound. Dana’s were taken in the south of Fuegia; and I find an excellent drawing of an individual, also captured in the south of Fuegia, among a collection of sketches made by Dr. Hooker when on the Antarctie expedition, and lent by him to me. A few specimens which I kept alive for some days in a glass of sea-water swam rapidly about E ii by means of rapid flexions and extensions of the tail. 49. CALLIANASSA UNCINATA, Edw. I found fragments of this species lying on the sandy beach of the island of Quehuy, off Chiloe, and was told by an English resident there that the species was not uncommon, burrowing in the sand. 50. CALLIANASSA GIGAS, Dana (?). An imperfect specimen of a Callianassa, which does not appear to me distinet from the above species obtained at Puget Sound, was picked up by me on the beach at San Carlos de Ancud, Chiloe, in April 1861. 51. BETÆUS SCABRO-DIGITUS, Dana. I found this species abundant in the rock-pools at Lota (Bay of Arauco), where it was diffieult to catch, owing to the activity of its movements. Their colour was dull green. - Dana's specimens were taken at Valparaiso. 52. BETAUS TRUNCATUS, Dana. This species I dredged at Puerto Bueno, west coast of Patagonia, on the 7th of December 1868. Dana's specimens were from Fuegia. 53. HIPPOLYTE GRAYT, n. sp. Of this species of Hippolyte, which appears to be undescribed, and of which I givea , Sketch (Pl, LTX. fig. 8), I only obtained a single imperfect specimen, from Port Otway. — — Rostrum shorter than the carapace, with two prominent teeth on its upper surface, and a third at its base, immediately above the eye. -On the middle line of the cara- pace, behind the eye, are three strong teeth. Beneath the eye a fine spine. Feet — : Dw and slender, the posterior ones denticulated on the under surface. a A *- FISHES, ETC. OF THE ‘NASSAU’ VOYAGE. 497 little more than an inch. Named in honour of Nav. Lieut. F. G. Gray, R.N., who was of material assistance to me in my dredging operations. 54. RHYNCHOCINETES TYPUS, Edw. I obtained many specimens of this fine Crustacean in rock-pools at Coquimbo at low tide. It is an exceedingly beautiful creature when alive, the body and legs being elegantly mottled and banded with various shades of red and brown. 55. PALAMON FORCEPS, Edw. This species is the prawn so largely sold in the market at Rio de Janeiro, in the har- bour of which it is taken. 56. PALÆMON CÆMENTARIUS, Pœppig. I procured five examples of this large species, termed “Camaron ” by the Chilians, and esteemed by them as a great delicacy, in freshwater marshes between the town of La Serena and the sea. In Gay's ‘Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile’ we are informed that it is to be found “en los embocadores de las riveras donde construyer de grandes cavidades que cubre con tierra,” STOMAPODA. 57. MACROMYSIS MAGELLANICA, Sp. n. General form that of M. gracilis, Dana (from Rio de Janeiro). Cephalic portion of carapace partially separated by a suture from the remainder. Rostrum as in M. gracilis. Segments of pleon about as long as broad, with the exception of the sixth, which is almost twice as long. Terminal segment of pleon deeply bilobate. Taken at the eastern entrance of the Strait of Magellan, January 1867. 58. PHYLLOSOMA, Sp. A very small species of this genus, which I consider more prudent to leave undeter- mined, was taken in the towing-net between the river Plate and the Strait of Magellan, in November 1867. | 59. ALIMA HYALINA, Leach. Taken in the towing-net to the south of the Cape-Verde Islands, 60. GONODACTYLUS STYLIFERUS, Edw. I obtained a specimen of this beautiful Crustacean in the Bay of Coquimbo, at the end of August 1868. j | AMPHIPODA. 61. ORCHESTOIDEA TUBERCULATA, Nic. | a Common on the sandy beach of San Carlos de Ancud, Chiloe, where it skips about after the manner of our common Sandhopper ( Talitrus locusta). VOL. XXVII. | ek. 498 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, 62. ALLORCHESTES PATAGONICUS, n. sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 14.) A single specimen of an Allorchestes, apparently undescribed, was taken by me in a freshwater stream in the neighbourhood of the Chilian settlement of Punta Arenas (Sandy Point), in the Strait of Magellan. Unfortunately it is considerably injured; so I abstain from describing it, and content myself with bestowing on it the above provisional name. 63. ATYLUS? BATEL. n. sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 9.) Cephalon not produced into a rostrum. Eyes oblique. A mesial dorsal carina. Last segment of pereion, and first four of pleon, produced into dentiform processes. Of this species, which appears to be new, and which I have named after Mr. Spence Bate, to whose kindness I am indebted for information as to sessile-eyed Crustacea, a single specimen from Possession Bay, Strait of Magellan, is in the collection. 64. ATYLUS HUXLEYANUS, Bate. Taken in the Strait of Magellan. 65. THEMISTO ANTARCTICA, Dana. Taken in numbers in the towing-net between the river Plate and the Strait of Ma- gellan, during a calm which succeeded a violent gale, in November 1867. : 66. IPHIMEDIA NORMANT, n. sp. (Pl LIX. fig. 7.) Cephalon produced into a sharp-pointed rostrum. First three segments of pleon having a sharp-pointed tooth on each lateral margin. Eyes subreniform. Superior and inferior antennæ of nearly equal length. Colour purplish. Length 4 lines. One specimen of this species, named in honour of the Rev. A. M. Norman, was dredged. off Elizabeth Island in February 1867. | 67. CAPRELLA DILATATA, Dana. Taken in numbers on the screw of H.M.S. * Nassau” in August 1867. ISOPODA. 68. SEROLIS ORBIGNIANA, Aud. et Edw. Very abundant in the neighbourhood of Punta Arenas, Strait of Magellan. 69. SEROLIS GAUDICHAUDII, Aud. et Edw. Dredged in the Bay of Arauco (Chili), in November 1868. 70. SEROLIS CONVEXA, n. sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 3.) Most nearly allied in form to 5S. planus, Dana. Body very convex, much more so _ than in any of the other species of the genus with which I am acquainted. A pro- minent carina along the mesial line. Two last segments of pereion distinctly nar- rower than those which precede them. Last segment of pleon more elongated than FISHES, ETC. OF THE *NASSAU? VOYAGE. 499 in S. planus, and possessing three well-marked ridges—a median, interrupted in the middle, and two lateral, each terminating in a sharp point. Eyes very prominent, and placed rather near each other. Two specimens taken on the north coast of Fuegia. 71. CASSIDINA EMARGINATA, Guérin. (Pl. LIX. fig. 4.) This species (described, but not figured, by Guérin in the ‘Icon. Règne Anim., from specimens taken at the Falkland Islands) 1 found plentifully on the fronds of growing Macrocystis, in the Strait of Magellan and channels on the west coast of Patagonia. Only a single unnamed specimen existed previously in the national collection. 72. SPHÆROMA LANCEOLATUM, White. Extremely common under stones and among the roots of Macrocystis in the Strait of Magellan and channels. Is this species truly distinct from S. gigas, Leach ? 73. OYMODOCEA DARWINII, n. sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 1: o, antenna; b, last joint of first leg.) Texture of body calcareous. Dorsal surface rough, with many minute granulations. First segment of pereion longer than the others. Fifth enlarged at either extremity, each of which bears a blunt spine. Last segment of pleon emarginate at the apex, and furnished with a strong short spine. External caudal lamella minute, narrow. A very few specimens of this species were dredged on the north coast of eastern Fuegia. 74. IDOTEA ANNULATA, Dana. Specimens of this species were taken in the towing-net between Rio de Janeiro and the river Plate, and between that river and the Strait of Magellan. 15. EDOTIA TUBERCULATA, Guérin. Taken in the eastern portion of the Strait of Magellan. 76. EDOTIA MAGELLANICA, n. sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 6; «a, one of the anterior legs.) Body much smaller than that of E. tuberculata, and broader proportionally. No dorsal tubercles. Length 7 lines. Taken off Cape Espiritu Santo, at the eastern entrance of the Strait of Magellan. 77. CYMOTHOA GAUDICHAUDII, Edw. Taken on a fish, in the Bay of Coquimbo, August 1868. 78. CERATOTHOA EXOCGTI, n. sp. (PL LIX, fig. 5.) Allied to C. linearis, Dana. Body long, linear. Head longer than broad, the front prominently projecting. Processes of next segment to head longer than in C. linearis. First segment of pereion distinctly exceeding the two following in length. Antennæ curved backwards along the sides of the head. Posterior segment of pleon 3v2 500 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE REPTILES, as in C. linearis. Three preceding segments shorter, and rather wider than in C. linearis. Taken in the mouth of a Flyingfish to the south of the Cape-Verdes. The specimen is an ovigerous female. 19. PTERELAS MAGNIFICUS, Dana. I obtained specimens of this handsome species on fish of various species at Fortune Bay (west coast of Patagonia), and at Dungeness (eastern entrance of Strait of Magellan). 80. CrROLANA HIRTIPES (?), Edw. An imperfect specimen of a Cirolana which, I think, is referable to the above species was taken on a fish at the Tyssen Islands, Falkland Sound. 81: NEROCILA FALKLANDICA, n. sp.’ (Pl. LIX. fig. 2.) Last two segments of pereion CRAT with acute points. "Three last epimerals acute. Pleon longer than broad. The first two segments laterally produced, and armed with acute points. The last segment somewhat triangular, emarginate at the tip. Caudal appendages aculeate; the outer are considerably the larger. Taken on a fish in Falkland Sound, by one of the officers of H.M.S. * Narcissus.’ ENTOMOSTRACA. 82. CYPRIDINA GIBBOSA, Dana. Taken in the towing-net between Monte Video and the Strait of Magellan, December 1866. SIPHONOSTOMA. 83. CALIGUS CHJENICHTHYIS, n. sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 15.) The general form of this species, apparently undescribed, will be better understood by the figures than by any description. The cephalic buckler is deeply horseshoe- shaped posteriorly. The two specimens figured are, 1 baliate, male (5) and female (a), and were taken on Chenichthys esox, in Port Grappler, west coast of Patagonia. 84. LERNÆA, sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 11 a, b.) The two Lerneans figured were taken on the gills of fish in the Strait of Magellan ; but as the species of this genus vary very much in form, I have thought it more prudent not to name the species. 85. LERNJEOCERA, sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 10.) The specimen figured was found attached to the eye of a fish Dia at the Otter Islands, west coast of Patagonia. 86. CHONDRACANTHUS, sp. (Pl. LIX. fig. 13. Two views of an individual, and a pot of one of the ovaries.) = FISHES, ETC. OF THE “NASSAU” VOYAGE. 501: A single specimen of a Chondracanthus closely resembling C. merlucii in general form was taken in the mouth of a Gadoid fish, at the eastern entrance of the Strait. 87. SpuyrIoN Kinet, sp. n. (Pl. LIX. fig. 12.) - Specimens of this singular Crustacean, which I have figured of the natural size, were taken on the gills of fish at the entrance of the river Gallegos (east coast of Patagonia), and at the eastern entrance of the Strait of Magellan. It differs from the species (S. levigatus) on which the genus was founded, which was described by Quoy and Gaimard in the voyage of the Uranie (Zoologie, p. 541; Atlas, pl. 86. fig. 10) under the name of * Chondracanthe lisse," in the greater width of the sucking-disk and of the body, as well as in various other points, which will be readily understood by a comparison of the figures of the S. levigatus and the S. Kingi, which I have thus named because I believe that Captain King was the first to obtain specimens of it, as he makes reference in his narrative to remarkable Lernæans taken on fish at the entrance of the river Gallegos. In the determination of this species 1 have to express my obligations to Dr. Baird, who suggested to me its true affinities, to Prof. Kólliker, of Wurzburg, who informed me of _ the existence of other specimens of it in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, and to - Prof. Flower for his kindness in showing me the specimens in question. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. Tas. LVIII. Fig. l. Aplidium fuegiense, n. sp. : a, portion of surface, natural size; b, the same, magnified ; d, a vertical section, magnified. Fig. 2. Cynthia magellanica, n. Sp., natural size. Fig. 3. Goodsiria coccinea, sp.n.: a, a mass, natural size; b, a transverse section through a mass, natural size, showing the arrangement of the individuals ; c, a portion of the surface, magnified; d, a portion of a transverse section, magnified; e, a single individual removed from its cell, more highly magnified. Peronia, sp.: a, ventral; b, dorsal surface. Eolis Campbellii, n. sp.: a, dorsal, and 5, ventral view, of the natural size. Doris magellanica, n. sp., natural size. Tas. LIX. Cymodocea Darwinii, n. sp. magnified; a, antenna; 4, last joint of first leg. Nerocila falklandica, n. sp., natural size; a, antenna, magnified. Serolis convexa, n. sp., natural size. Cassidina emarginata, Guérin, natural size. . 5. Ceratothoa exoceti, n. sp., natural size. , . 6. Idotea magellanica, n. sp., magnified; a, first leg, more highly magnified. ne» NUNES IT, K 502 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE “NASSAU? VOYAGE. Fig. 7. Iphimedia Normani, n. sp., magnified. Fig. 8. Hippolyte Grayi, n. sp., magnified. Fig. 9. Atylus Batei, n. sp., magnified. Fig. 10. Lerneocera, sp., magnified. Fig. 11. Lernea, sp., slightly magnified. Fig. 12. Sphyrion Kingi, n. sp., natural size; the line shows the length of the longest specimen; a, sucking-disk of the largest specimen, natural size. Fig. 13. Chondracanthus, sp., magnified. Fig. 14. Allorchestes patagonicus, n. sp., magnified, Fig. 15. Caligus chenichthyis, n. sp., magnified. Eu. TM da uu vo Trans Lis Soc Vor XXVII Tar. 58. y A eaÁ N WE | | E | TRANS.LINN. Soc VoL.XXVI. Tas. 59. | 503 ] XVIII. Revision of the Genus Cassia. By Guorcr BENTHAM, Esq., F.R.S., P.L.S. Read March 4th, 1969. (Plates LX.-LIII.) THE genus CAssIa has frequently been the subject of the special researches of mono- graphists. The medical importance of its principal products, Senna-leaves and Fistula- fruits, have rendered the investigation of the species from which the best supplies are obtained necessary on the part of pharmacologists. The great beauty of many of the trees and shrubs it includes is well appreciated, not only in tropical plantations and gardens, but also in those of Southern Europe, and, indeed, as far north as Paris, where a few species, chiefly, I believe, C. corymbosa and its allies, are amongst the most conspicuous of the autumn-flowering shrubs; and although we rarely see any in this country, yet it is probable that when our subtropical gardens become more general, Cassias will assume their appropriate places in them. — To botanists it presents an excellent instance of a large, widely distributed, much varied, but well-defined group. So natural, indeed, is the genus that, notwithstanding the great contrast in habit between the splendid arborescent Fistulas and some of the weedy herbaceous Prosospermas, or Chamæcristas, and although its prin- cipal characters are derived from the pod and the anthers, which both present more diversity than in any other Leguminous genus, yet there is hardly a species which has ever, by any tolerably fair botanist, been falsely or carelessly included in or rejected from the genus, except perhaps in the case of a few garden seedlings which had not yet flowered. . | One result, however, of the early attention given to the genus has been the large number of imperfectly described species, or, at any rate, of so-called species, which it is exceedingly difficult to identify. This circumstance, and the very large increase which the genus has recently received, obliged me, in working up the Brazilian species for Martius's great ‘Flora,’ to go through the whole genus with all the care I could bestow upon it. As a result of my investigations I beg to lay before the Society a systematic enumeration of the whole genus, observations on old species, and descriptions of new ones from the extra Brazilian regions of America or from Asia, with some general ob- servations on systematic arrangement and geographical distribution, referring for sys- tematic details of Brazilian species to the Cæsalpinieous volume of Martius's * Flora’ about to be sent to press, of African species to the second volume of Oliver's * Flora,” now far advanced, and of Australian species to the second volume of my * Flora Australiensis'*, * [It is now two years since this paper was read: I have since been enabled, during a visit I made in the autumn of 1869 to Paris, Geneva, and Munich, to verify a number of synonyms which had remained doubtful; and my account of the Brazilian Cæsalpinieæ being now at length published, and the greater part of the second volume of Oliver's “Flora ? being already in type, I have been able to refer to both these works throughout the systematie enumeration, which I have endeavoured to bring down to the present time. I have thought it right to leave the preliminary ob- servations precisely as they were read to the Society.—A pril 1871.] 504 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. . Linneeus, in the standard second edition of his * Species Plantarum ° (1762), enumerated 30 species, which, by the elimination of repetitions founded on imperfect materials, must be reduced to 25. From that time to the first decade of the present century many new species were added, and a still greater number of old ones redescribed under new names, chiefly from botanieal gardens in various parts of the world; and notwithstanding the general enumerations of Willdenow and Persoon, the whole genus had fallen into a state of the greatest confusion when Colladon took it up at the suggestion of De Candolle. That great master, who succeeded in forming so many botanists from among his pupils, always recommended to beginners the working out a special monograph as the best exercise, whether in systematic, physiological, or applied botany. Accordingly, M. Col- ladon, working under De Candolle's eye, and evidently with direct assistance from him, published in 1816, as his inaugural thesis for the degree of Doctor of Medicine, his * His- toire Médicale et Systématique des Casses, in 4to, with 20 plates. After devoting a eonsiderable space to the pharmaceutical products of the genus, the systematic portion contains an enumeration of all of the species then known, with diagnoses and descriptions, in as far as his materials allowed. But herbaria in those days were very scanty; and, owing either to the insufficiency of the characters given by various writers or to his having sometimes taken up species from rude drawings, out of 125 species that he enu- merates as more or less known, nearly one half have proved untenable. De Candolle himself, reworking up the genus for his * Prodromus’ nine years later, owing chiefly to the additions made by Humboldt and Bonpland, raised the number to 211 species enume- rated; but these, again, from the same causes must probably be reduced to about 110. After another period of twelve years the late Dr. Vogel in 1837, on the occasion of working up Sellow’s Brazilian Leguminosæ, found it necessary to revise the genus Cassia, which he did with that accuracy and ability which distinguished all his systematic labours, enumerating 278 species, out of which nearly 200 appear to be well established, a far larger proportion than is the case withany of his predecessors. During the thirty-two years which have now elapsed since the publication of his * Synopsis generis Cassie,” the only work on the subject deserving notice is Batka’s elaborate investigation of the few species forming the group of true Sennas. In this excellent memoir he has very effectually cleared up the confusion which had arisen from the vague and careless manne? in which the species had been noticed by the earlier and even by some more recent writers. In raising, however, these four species to the rank of a distinct genus, he appears to have been rather led away by a naturally exaggerated view of the importance of the characters he has elucidated in a group so long the object of his exclusive attention than by any general comparison with allied groups. In the meantime the examination of the rich stores accumulated in the Kew herba- rium, the study of many of the older types in the Linnzean and Banksian herbaria, the notes I had formerly taken at Paris and Geneva, and the collections lent to me from Munich and other parts of the Continent have given me the opportunity of clearing up à large number of the old doubtful Cassias, and of making no small an addition of now species chiefly from central Brazil, carrying the total number of known species, estim according to the views I have usually adopted, to 338, besides about a dozen published MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 505 ones about which I feel some doubt. This total number might be readily raised to at least 360, by adopting as species several which T have considered rather as marked varieties, or might perhaps equally well be reduced to 300, by uniting those which are not marked off by any definite limits. Of the general character and affinities of the genus I need say nothing; for the territory assigned to it in the system has long since been well fixed, and no ambiguous or con- necting species has hitherto come forward to disturb the frontier. The distribution of the numerous species into subordinate groups, however, has presented some difficulties. De Candolle's seven sections are mostly natural, but very unequal in value; and the cha- racters he gives, which he could only verify in a small number of species, will not stand the test of a closer investigation. Vogel’s seven sections, partly the same as, partly different from De Candolle's, are much more accurately defined, and some of them excellent; but the characters being taken sometimes from the anthers alone, sometimes from the pods or the seeds alone, some of his groups are too technical, of unequal value, or so far from natural, that, for instance, between the great sections of Chamefistula with 28 species, Chamesenna with 51, and Senna with 12 species, there are no less than 45 species well known by good flowering specimens, which he is obliged to leave as ambiguous between the three. Following up, however, the indications so well broached by Vogel, it appears to me that the genus may be divided into three large groups, so well defined in flower and fruit as to have a right to the designation of subgenera. These are :— 1. FISTULA, in which the three lower anthers, on long incurved filaments, open more or less from the top downwards on the inner face in longitudinal slits; four or more of the others, on shorter filaments, open by basal pores, one to three of the uppermost being usually smaller and indehiscent. The pod is long, cylindrical or slightly compressed, very hard, and usually, if not always, indehiscent ; the transverse septa between the seeds are very perfect, and the seeds flattened parallel to those septa, usually inclosed in a juicy or dry and pith-like pulp. The species of this subgenus are all trees or tall shrubs; the flowers large and showy, in racemes, produced usually, but not quite always, on the old wood ; and there are no petiolar glands. 2. SENNA, in which the perfect anthers (either seven only, the three upper ones being small and imperfect, or the whole ten) open in single or double terminal pores, or in terminal short slits, occasionally continued a short way down the sides. The pod opens along one or both sutures without elasticity, or in a few species remains indehiscent with a thin or soft pericarp. The seeds, varying much in the direction in which they lie in the pod, are always attached by filiform funicles. The habit and inflorescence are very varied. 3. LASIORHEGMA, in which the anthers, either ten or sometimes fewer by abortion, open in short terminal slits, occasionally continued down the sides as in a few species of Senna, but usually with a marked woolly line down the sutures. The pod opens elas- tically in two valves; and the funicle of the seed is reduced to a small adnate or triangular protuberance, never filiform. The habit and inflorescence of each of the three sections comprised in the subgenus is peculiar; but, in the case of two at least, corresponding - forms are to be found in the other subgenera, | VOL. XXVII. — 23x 506 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. These three great subgenera thus modified will, I believe, be found to be distinguished by positive characters in the fruit or in the flower, or in both, and so combined with habit and inflorescence that there can be no hesitation as to the subgenus into which any specimen, whether in flower only or in fruit only, should be placed ; nor have I met with a single species really intermediate between either, although in each subgenus there may be a subordinate group or species approaching to, without overstepping, the general boundary. | For the subdivision of these subgenera 1 have not in Fistula succeeded in tracing any natural groups intermediate between the subgenus and the species; in Senna 1 have adopted several sections and minor groups, either founded chiefly on the pod but not always recognizable in the flower, or characterized by the anthers without any distinctive pod, or by the seeds or glands, but none of them so clear and well defined as the sub- genera. Lasiorhegma, however, has three very good natural and well-marked sections, | Apoucouita, Absus, and Chamecrista, characterized chiefly by inflorescence. Such details on these and other groups as it may be worth entering into, will find their place in the following observations on their geographical distribution. On this subjeet of geographical distribution I am induced to enter into some detail, as Cassia seems to present, in this respect, a good example of analogous phenomena in the majority of large natural tropical genera common to the New and the Old World, such as Hibiscus, Crotalaria, Bauhinia, Mimosa (in the Linnean 'sense), Æugenioid Myriee, Hedyotis (in its broad sense), Psychotria, Solanum, &c.—phenomena which may be shortly summed up as a general diffusion of uniform primary types, with more or less of divergence into secondary types in different directions in different countries, the smaller groups becoming, generally speaking, more and more local, diverging in different direc- tions and with different combinations of characters in different countries, and the number of identical species over the whole range very few, beyond those which, as weeds of cultivation, are liable to frequent interchange by existing means of transport. I would premise, also, that in all considerations of geographical distribution of species or other groups, it seems necessary to consider, as an established fact, the great principle that natural affinity results from community of descent. The admission of a separate arbitrary creation of species, unmeaningly modified from an imaginary type, not only reduces the science to a dry statistical enumeration, but entails the preliminary exact determination of what is a species, which no one has as yet succeeded in giving ; whereas, in adopting the doctrine of descent, natural genera, sections, species, and varieties become superior and subordinate groups, similar in nature and differing only in degree. Under this aspect, when treating of the area occupied by a group, it matters little whether you call it a section, a species, or a variety, provided only you make yourself clearly intelligible as to what is the grade of subordination you have in view, and, follow- ing the terminology which you believe to be the most generally received, you keep to the same term for what you consider the same grade throughout the genus or order you are considering. Thus in speaking, for instance, of the Chilian Cassia Candolleana, Vog., _ Whether we follow Closs in breaking it up into three species, or - with Vogel regard it as a om E UES species, or, as suggested by some others, reduce it to a variety MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 507 only of the widely spread C. bicapsularis, its geographical and natural relations remain the same. 1 have, in the following enumeration, after much hesitation, elassed it as a variety ; but all that is thereby meant is, that, upon weighing all the evidence afforded by the materials at my disposal, it has appeared to me that its relationship to the other forms of C. bicapsularis is rather of that degree which botanists whose views I adopt call varie- ties than of the remoter degree which they term species. | Of the original seat or birthplace of the genus Cussia we have no evidence whatever, and I cannot even put forward a conjecture. The fossil Cassias mentioned by Heer and Saporta, even if any of them may with tolerable plausibility be referred to the genus, are far too recent to afford any clue. All that the consideration of the data at our command would suggest is, that at least the three great and well-defined types, Fistula, Senna, and Lasiorhegma were differentiated at a time when the configuration of land and water was very different from what it now is, and had been well fixed before the areas they occupied had become broken up by the intervention of apparently insurmountable obstacles; for ` all three of these great groups show the same combination of general characters in America, in Asia, in Africa, and in Australia. Going even a little further, we may ob- serve here and there a subordinate group, such as that of the Chamesenne Picte, bearing a close family resemblance in the New and the Old World, which seems to show a differ- entiation at an early period. Descending lower in the scale, if we observe any one organ similarly modified in several species in both hemispheres, the correlative changes in other organs are usually different in the two cases; and some groups, ranking almost as high as any of the subordinate sections, such as Psilorhegma and Xerocalya, are exclu- sively limited to one hemisphere, showing the probability of their formation since the interposition of impassable barriers. To illustrate these views I would pass in review the principal groups nearly in the order in which they are found in the detailed enumeration given below. Fistula comprises nineteen species, of which eight are American, five Asiatic, five Afriean, and one Australian, all retaining in each country those marked characters in flower and fruit which have induced several botanists to raise them to the rank of a genus; but each species confined to its own part of the world, and none of them forming natural combinations into intermediate groups, as if each species had been independently modified from the common stock without having passed through an intermediate stage of a smaller number of fixed species. It is true that the species of Fistula may be classed according to characters derived from foliage, bracts, or even from floral organs ; but such classification, as far as hitherto attempted, is purely artificial, the modification of one organ bearing no correlation to that of any other; and if some of these modifications of isolated organs are peculiar to one of the four continents, this may only show that cir- cumstances have acted in one case on one organ, in another on another. The large ovate leaves in few distant pairs of C. Fistula and others are chiefly characteristie of Asiatie and African species; and when they occur in American species ( C. Spruceana and C. Sagotiana) they are accompanied by a dilatation of the petiole never observed in Asia or in Africa. Numerous narrow tomentose leaflets are common in American species; and this divergence is accompanied in C. grandis by a marked difference + up pod and. — X 8 508 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. stamens; but in other species, such as Q. moschata and C. leiandra, with the same di- verging foliage, the pod retains nearly the ordinary Fistula shape. The Asiatic species perhaps the most distinct in foliage, C. javanica, has the smallest difference in the pod, consisting merely in the substance surrounding the seeds being dry and pithy instead of pulpy; and the most distinct pod among the African species, that of C. abbreviata, has nothing peculiar in its foliage. A remarkable thickening of the filament of the lower anthers is observable in one or two of the species of each of the four continents without any correlative character hitherto observed. | Of the subgenus Senna, we have above 160 species, of which about 120 are American and 40 in the Old World, besides a few, such as C. occidentalis and C. Tora, which are now ubiquitous weeds of tropical regions. They have been variously distributed, by De Candolle into four sections, by Vogel into five, of which one is again subdivided into four; but some of these are purely artificial, being founded on the fruit alone, and widely separating species which have evidently a near connexion. For the present purpose it has appeared better to arrange them into sixteen groups, believed to be more natural, although not always very well defined, and which, in the enumeration given below, 1 have collected into five more marked sections, adopting, with some modifica- tions the Chamefistula, Oncolobium, Prososperma, and Chamesenna of Vogel. Of these sixteen groups, ten, with about one hundred species, are American ; three, with twenty-eight species, belong exclusively to the Old World; one, the Bicapsulares, has six American and three African species, but the species of the two countries are sepa- rated by characters which may perhaps indicate a separate origin, and should form perhaps separate groups; whilst two only, the Floride with eight species and the Picte with fourteen, are common to the New and the Old World, without any common cha- _ racter separating the American from the Asiatic, African, or Australian species, although each species of each country is quite distinct, and further divergence into the nearest allied groups is in a different direction in the two hemispheres. There is but little of general interest to point out in the distribution of the American groups. Most of them and many of the species extend over a great part of tropical America, from Brazil to Mexico; many other species and some groups are more local: the Platycarpe are chiefly, but not exclusively, Chilian or Bolivian; the Molles mostly sub-Andine, from Mexico to Ecuador, or West-Indian; the two aphyllous species belong to extratropical South America, where there is a tendeney to the abortion of foliaceous expansions in a great variety of genera, analogous to that observable in the Australian scrub and in the Egypto-Arabian-deserts, the shrubs becoming more generally phyllo- dineous in Australia, spinescent in Africa, junceous in South America. In other respects these two aphyllous species appear to be an offset of the widely spread American group of Biflore. The group of Chamefistule Brachycarpe, a very natural one, characterized by the calyx and other points besides the pod, is Mexican and Texan, and therefore chiefly extratropical, with the addition of one species from extratropical South Brazil, without any intermediate Andine continuity—a circumstance frequently observed in other genera : a - and orders, where closely allied or even identical species are widely severed between California and the Argentine States, or still more so between the more temperate or MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 509 almost arctic zones at the two extremities of the great Andine range, giving evidence of an exceedingly remote common origin and wide extension, of a retention of identical characters through countless ages, and a total extinction in the intermediate space, which had become no longer so well suited to their unmodified constitution. There are two species, C. occidentalis and C. Tora, which I have already mentioned as exceedingly abundant in waste and cultivated places all round the tropics, although I have classed the sections they belong to, Oncolobium and Prososperma, as essentially American. ‘I do so because the fact of all the nearest allies of these species being exclu- sively American, the Asiatic and African stations by roadsides in gardens and other culti- vated places, and other circumstances already pointed out by Alph. de Candolle (Géo- graphie Botanique, 772) in regard to C. occidentalis show the probability of their com- paratively recent introduction from America, although not necessarily through human agency, and possibly even before the discovery of America by Europeans. There remains to be considered whether each of these two species has not a truly Asiatico-African representative, the C. Tora having been distinguished by most botanists from C. obtusifolia as well as C. Sophera from C. occidentalis, systematically as well as geographically. But the straight and curved pod of C. Tora and obtusifolia respectively occur in both hemi- spheres (though the straight one may be more common in Asia than in America), and sometimes on the same individual at different stages of maturity, or perhaps varying according to the degree in which maturity has been hastened or retarded by climatological conditions. As to C. Sophera, however, whether it be a distinet species or a variety of C. occidentalis, it certainly is much more abundant in Africa and Asia, and especially in Australia, than in America ; and though generally said to be growing with C. occidentalis, Roxburgh says that one form of it, his Senna purpurea, was raised from seeds received “from the mountainous parts of the coast." It may also be observed that it was early confounded by Forskohl and others with one of the true Sennas, and seeds may have been "sent out to the West Indies with those of C. angustifolia. I have seen specimens from various parts of Central America which are probably truly indigenous; but, generally speaking, C. occidentalis seems more disposed to pass into C. ligustrina in Central America, and into C. Sophera in the Old World. It remains therefore, with me at least, still a very doubtful question, 1st, whether C. Sophera is really any more than a compara- tively recent and uncertain variety of C. occidentalis, and, 2ndly, whether, if it be really a tolerably constant species of older date, it had or had not its origin in the Old World. In tropical and subtropical Eastern Australia it appears to have a still more definite aspect than in Asia or Africa, to diverge into forms not known elsewhere, and to have more the appearance of being indigenous, besides that the typical C. occidentalis has not yet been received from thence. The balance of evidence would perhaps lead one to con- jecture that Q. Sophera results from some offset of the group of American Oncolobia which had found its way into the Old World at a very early period, but yet not long enough isolated or not sufficiently modified in character to have lost the power of combining with C. occidentalis when brought into its contiguity. "If further observation should lead to the conclusion that C. Sophera is really a diver- 510 MR. G. BENTHAM—-REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. gence from the Oncolobium type originating in Australia or Asia*, and C. ligustrina a corresponding one of American origin, the two being connected by C. occidentalis, this would only be another instance of the diversity of divergence in distant countries, which has frequently been brought to my notice in working up the Australian flora. Of this I need only notice two examples, Pelargonium and „Nicotiana. Pelargonium is essen- tially a South-African genus; but one species (only one according to F. Mueller), P. aus- trale, has, probably at some far distant epoch, found its way into Australia, become there very abundant, and diverged into a great variety of forms, of which one only, and that not a common one, appears to be identical with one of the rarer varieties of the S. African P. grossularioides, a species which in S. Africa is also very variable, but there diverges from the form eommon to the two countries in a totally different direction, and with different combinations of characters from what is observed in Australia. So also in the case of the Australian representative of the S. American genus Nicotiana; N. suaveolens, Lehm., one of its numerous forms, has remained undistinguishable from the Chilian N. acuminata, Grah. (apparently one of the several varieties of JN. angustifolia, Ruiz & Pav.); whilst the great mass of them has diverged in one direction in Australia, in another in S. Ame- rica, so as to give a generally distinct character to each geographical type. There is one group, the Bicapsulares, or Chamefistulas with several pairs of leaflets and a cylindrical scarcely dehiscent or indehiscent pod, in which, as above mentioned, I have included six American and three African species ; but the group is perhaps, like the whole section Chamefistula, too artificial; and the American species may be more nearly allied to the strictly American Chamesenne Platycarpe, and the African ones on the one hand to some Asiatic or African Fistule, and on the other to the Asiatic Chame- senne Floride. I have said that two very natural groups, the Floride and the Picte (both Chame- senne), are, like the Fistule, really common to the two hemispheres. Like the Fistule also, the species are all perfectly distinct, but do not form geographical groups. The Floride have four American species, three Asiatic ones (of which one extends to Aus- tralia), and one confined to Australia. In America their nearest allies appear to be the strictly American Chamefistule Speciose, whilst in the Old World they are more con- nected with the African Chamefistule and, to a certain degree, with the Asiatic and African Plane. The Picte are very remarkable in their distribution: there are ten American, two African, and two Australian species, most of them very limited in their areas ; and although not distributable into groups, the two which are perhaps the nearest allied to each other are very widely dissevered, the tropical African C. didymobotrya and the tropical Australian C. venusta, a disseverance which calls to mind a similar one in such marked genera as “Adansonia and Erythrophleum, each with one tropical African and one Australian species. The common parent of the Picte must have been a con- temporary of the progenitor of the Fistule, although his descendants, more dainty * More probably in Australia than in Asia, if we consider the peculiar varieties it has formed in the one whilst it remains comparatively constant in the other, and if we also take into account other evidences of a more direct early connexion between the vegetation of tropical América and Australia than between that of tropical America and Eee cone 1871. - MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 511 perhaps in their requirements, may have either never spread into Asia, or not been able to maintain themselves there. From the Picte have evidently diverged the true Sennas, differing chiefly in the short- ness of the pod, with a few minor characters. The divergence arose probably since the first disseverence of the general area, as it exists only in the Old World, and is rather greater in the four African or Asiatic species than in the single Australian one. The last and most distinct group of the subgenus Senna is the section Psilorhegma, strictly limited to the Old World, and chiefly Australia, where it disports itself after the truly Australian fashion, the foliage varying from the ordinary flat membranous leaflets to rigid vertical or terete ones, or the whole leaf reduced to a phyllodium, the pods straight or variously twisted, and all with so little ‘regard to specific distinctness that, whilst T considered that I had gone as far as I fairly could in reducing the published species to a more normal standard, F. Müller is of opinion that six or seven of those I have adopted are really variable forms of a single one. "There is one in Cunningham's collection, C, gonioides, which I had overlooked when working up the ‘Flora Austra- liensis;” this carries the number of „species, as there proposed, to sixteen, one of which extends over a great part of tropical Asia. These, with one from the Eastern Archi- pelago, one from New Caledonià, and one from the Sandwich Islands, make a total of nineteen species. The section characterized chiefly by having the ten stamens all perfect, with the anthers approaching those of Lasiorhegma, and the pod and seeds of Chamesenna, passes into the latter section through the E. Indian C. auriculata and C. divaricata. The similarity of the fruit is indeed so great that the Indian species C. glauca has always been placed in Chamæsenna, even by Vogel, who, under the impres- sion that Psilorhegmas were all Australian, never examined the flowers. Miquel, how- ever, examined a specimen of Horsfield's, and published it as a new species of Psilo- rhegma ; but then he also retained the identical C. glauca in Chamesenna by the side of Er divaricata, Nees, which is also a Psilorhegma, although with almost precisely the aspect of the American C. biflora, a Chamesenna, and indeed approaching that species in the inequality of its anthers, which, however, being all perfect, places the plant, with its Asiatic countrymen, in Psilorhegma, and not with the American Chamesenne. The third great subgenus, Zasiorhegma, distinguished by its anthers as well as by the ` elastically dehiscent pod and exceedingly short funicle, has three very distinct sections, although the most prominent character of each is in the inflorescence. The first and most marked, Apoucouita, consists of only three South-American trees, two of which have but recently been discovered by Mr. Spruce. With the general characters of Lasiorhegma, but rather peculiar anthers, and the habit rather of Fistula, they suggest nothing further as to their origin or connexions. Absus, distinguished from Chamecrista chiefly by the inflorescence and perhaps by more regular flowers, has, when taken as a whole, a singular distribution. Seventy Ame- rican species, all shrubby or perennial and decandrous, are mostly very local, chiefly Brazilian, a few limited to Guiana or Columbia, and some of the few common ones extending to Central America and Mexico. None appear to cross the Southern Andes, and there is no trace of them in the Old World. The seventy-first species, on the other 512 MR. G. BENTHAM— REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. hand, is an annual, with small mostly pentandrous flowers, and is abundantly diffused over tropical Africa, Asia, and Australia, but as yet unheard of in America, excepting in a single locality in Jamaica, where it was rare, probably introduced, and from whence it has not spread. These circumstances might suggest a separate divergence from the Chamecristas ; and indeed Schrank proposed a genus Grimaldia, consisting of C. Absus and two or three Chamecriste, with small flowers and a few leaflets. But the affinity of C. Absus certainly appears closer with the American C. hispidula. The American Absi generally run perhaps more directly into Chamecrista, through C. ( Absus) coriacea and C. (Chamecrista) Burchellii. The last section, Chamecrista, with a large number of herbaceous or suffrutescent species, readily propagating by seed, and many of, them very abundant in individuals, is an exceedingly puzzling one to botanists. "The nicest shades by which the majority of forms pass into each other make it impossible to settle what is to be regarded as species with any satisfaction; and although I have reduced a considerable number of Vogel's, and adopted a few others which he had suppressed, I have not yet much confidence in the result, and in many instances his judgment may have been better than mine, although I have had an infinitely greater number of specimens before me on which to base my conclusions. I have thus enumerated fifty-two American and sixteen Old World species, only one of the latter being apparently identically represented in America, whilst the only American species extending into the Old World appears to be the N. American C. nictitans, which, if the small specimens in the Hookerian herbarium are correctly determined, is found also in N. China and the Himalayas. Two of the most distinct groups, Xerocalyx and the Coriaceæ, are exclusively Ame- rican ; so also are the.greater number of the species with few leaflets; but the great mass of forms allied to C. Chamecrista in the New World and to C. mimosoides in the Old show divergences in different directions with different correlations of characters which render it impossible to distribute them into geographical groups. Thus, venation of the leaflets being one of the most constant characters in the section, we have the nearly central costa of C. Chamecrista marking several American species, and the very excentric or almost marginal costa of C. mimosoides in several of the Old-World species; but in the case of two species, which at first sight, as well as on examination of the flowers, fruits, and all but the leaflets, appear identical, the American C. patellaria has always the venation of the Asiatic and African C. mimosoides, whilst the ‘Asiatic and African C. nigricans has the venation of the American C. Chamecrista. Although I have seen nothing from the Old World corresponding to the widely spread American C. Chamecrista or C. glandulosa, two of the numerous forms of the Asiatic and African C. mimosoides appear to be represented in America: one is the C. hecatophylla figured by Colladon, from one of the W. Indian islands, and afterwards correctly reduced by De Candolle himself to C. mimosoides, of which I have seen a single specimen amongst Appun’s Guiana plants; the other is the C. Æschynomene, DC., more common in tropical America than C. hecatophylla, but still apparently not abundant, which I am unable to distinguish. from : tho Asiatic C. Wallichiana, aa admitted to be a — pd i C. mimosoides. e MR. G. BENTHAM—-REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 513 As a general result, we may observe that the genus Cassia appears to have its great centre in tropical America, especially luxuriating in diversity of forms in the rocky ridges of Central Brazil, becoming more rare in the more temperate regions of North and South America, and unknown in the cooler Andine elevations—more sparingly domi- ciled in Australia and Africa, although still with a considerable degree of idiosyncrasy, but represented only by very few species in Asia, and that without any very special type, except, perhaps, that of the Plane (C. auriculata). Proceeding to the Enumeration of the species, 1 would refer for the generic character to Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 571; but for its subdivision the detailed examination of species has induced me to modify the sections as follows :— Subgenus vel Sectio I. EıstuLa. Staminum 3 inferiorum filamenta longa arcuata, antheræ rimis dehiscentes; superiorum 7 filamenta brevia, antherw poris basalibus de- hiscentes, v. summæ 1-3 imperfecte. Legumen longum, teres v. crasso-compressum, durum, indehiscens. Semina horizontalia, transversa. Species 1-20. Subgenus II. SENNA. Antheræ perfectæ 7 v. 10 apice poro simplici v. duplici, rarius rimis brevibus dehiscentes. Legumen teres v. compressum, sutura una v. utraque de- hiscente valvulis haud elasticis, v. rarius indehiscens. Seminum funiculus filiformis. Species 21—183. Sectio 2. CuamzristuLa. Legumen teres turgidum v. leviter compressum. Semina transversa, hori- zontalia. Folia interglandulosa v. eglandulosa. Species 21-64. Sectio 3. OncoLoBIUM.- Legumen inter illa € et Chamesenne varians. Semina trans- versa v. obliqua. Folia basiglandulosa. Species 65-75. y Sectio 4. Prososperma. Legumen subteres tetragonum v. articulato-compressum, sepius angustum. Semina longitudinalia. Folia interglandulosa. Species 76-89. Sectio 5. CHAMwJssENNA. Legumen compressum, sæpius planum. Semina transversa v. obliqua, verti- caliter compressa. Folia interglandulosa v. eglandulosa. Species 90-163. Sectio 6. Psırorueema. Antheræ perfecte 10 (in precedentibus 7). Legumen Chamesenne. Fo- liorum glandulæ variæ. Species 164-183. Subgenus III. LASIORHEGMA. Antheræ perfectæ 10 v. abortu pauciores, rimis bre- vibus terminalibus raro ad latera decurrentibus dehiscentes, suturis lateralibus sæpius villoso-barbatis. Legumen elastice bivalve. Seminum funiculus brevissimus. Species 184—338. Sectio 7. Apoucourra. Arbores. 184-186. Sectio 8. Asus. seepissime viscosi. Species 187-259. Sectio 9. Caamæcrisra. Herbæ fruticesve. Pedicelli solitarii v. pedunculo communi brevissimo sub- faseiculati, axillares v. supraaxillares. Species 260-338. Racemi breves e ramis annotinis vetustioribusve oriundi. Species Herbæ fruticesve. Racemi terminales interdumque etiam in axillis superioribus, Subgenus vel Sectio I. FisruLa, DC. Genus Bactyrilobium, Willd.; Cathartocarpus, Pers. Arbores v. rarius frutices elati. Glandulæ petiolares nulle. Racemi pluri- v. multi- flori e ramulis annotinis v. vetustioribus oriundi, v. ad basin innovationum axillares v. terminales simplicesque. Sepala obtusa. Stamina 3 inferiora filamentis elongatis arcuatis | VOL. XXVII. at. . 614 MR. G. BENTHAM— REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. basi sæpe biplicatis medio interdum nodoso-incrassatis, antheris ovatis oblongisve in- trorsum rimis 2 ab apice plus minus descendentibus dehiscentibus ; 4-6 intermedia fila- mentis multo brevioribus rectis filiformibus vel nonnullis incrassatis, antheris basi breviter bilobis ibidemque poris parvis dehiscentibus ; 3-1 summa minora, antheris sæpius cassis. Legumen elongatum, pendulum, teres v. crasso-compressiusculum, lignosum v. durum, sepissime indehiscens, maturum laminis transversis inter semina septatum, locellis sæpius pulpa repletis v. substantia cellulosa sicca farctis. Semina transversa, in locellis solitaria, funiculo filiformi affixa, septulis parallele compressa. Cotyledones plan, interdum obliquæ v. rarius subflexuosæ. < * Bractee minime longe ante anthesin caduce. t Foliola paucijuga, sepius ampla (excepta C. Kotschyana) glabriuscula, jugis distantibus. l. C. FrsTULA, Linn.! Spec. Pl. 540. Foliola 4-8-juga (vulgo 5-6-juga), petiolo tereti. Legumen teres, leve, 1-2-pedale.— Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 92. Bactyrilobium Fistula, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 440. | Cathartocarpus Fistula, Pers. Syn. i. 459. Cassia excelsa, H. B. et K. ! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 339. C. Bonplandiana, DC. Prod. ii. 490. Cathartocarpus excelsus, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Cassia rhombifolia, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 334. Cathartocarpus rhombifolius, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Cassia fistuloides, Collad. Hist. Cass. 87, t. 1. Cathartocarpus fistuloides, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 454. Hab. "Tropical Asia, frequently planted, but also truly indigenous; in tropical Africa cultivated or escaped from cultivation, and possibly indigenous; in America only where planted. This species, which, like most of its nearest allies, is described as a most beautiful tree when covered with its golden racemes, is much planted in tropical countries for ornament as well as for use. It appears, however, to have a very wide range as truly indigenous in the lower hills of East India and of the Indian archipelago. From Africa we have no evidence of its being otherwise than in a cultivated state; but it is there replaced by the C. Mannii, with more numerous leaflets and shorter racemes, and C. Sieberiana, with more developed and more or less persistent braets. From the West Indies, Central America, Columbia, and Brazil, specimens have been frequently sent; but, turning to the accounts given by resident botanists, they all speak of it as an introduced tree. 1 have also no hesitation in including amongst these introduced individuals of C. Fistula the C. fistuloides, Collad., described from Mogino and Sessé's rather rude drawing, copied into Colladon's memoir. It is evident that the so-called bipinnate leaf is a young branch with two leaves. I have myself seen specimens of C. Fistula with side branches bearing only two or three leaves, with the terminal bud so small as to be easily overlooked by a careless artist, and thus well representing the drawing in question. 2. C. Manni, Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 272. Foliola 6-10-juga, petiolo tereti. Ra- cemi 3—6-pollicares. Hab. Tropical Africa. 3. O. SPRUCEANA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 92. Foliola 3-5-juga, breviter — acuminata, petiolo supra late canaliculato. Sepala interiora 5-6 lin. longa. Legumen tereti-compressiusculum, suturis prominulis, 1-2-pedale, - e 4 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. ; 515 Hab. Tropical America: N. Brazil, Spruce, n. 2558. Arbor 30-pedalis, coma patula, ramulis foliisque novellis minute sericeo-puberulis, adultis glabratis. Foliola 3-5-juga sæpius 4-juga, longiuseule petiolulata, ovali-elliptica, breviter acuminata, basi angustata v. euneata, 3-5-pollicaria, tenuiter coriacea, supra nitida venulosa, subtus opaca venis primariis elevatis venulis minus conspieuis. Petiolus communis 6-10-pollicaris, supra late canaliculatus, eglandulosus. Stipulae minute, caducissimæ. Racemi ad basin innovationum axillares v. infra folia nati, laxi, 6-9-polli- cares. Bractew parvæ, ovato-orbiculares, obtuse, concavæ, longe ante anthesin caduce. Pedicelli 1-14- pollicares. Sepala ovata, obtusissima, 5-6 lin. longa. Petala lutea venis rubris, obovali-oblonga, sub- pollicaria, in unguem contracta. Stamina 3 longiora petalis subæquilonga, filamentis basi replicatis medio parum incrassatis, antheris utrinque obtusis dorso hirtellis ; staminum 5 intermediorum filamenta - 2 filiformia petalis paullo breviora, 3 crassa adhue breviora; stamina 2 superiora seu staminodia minima, filamentis basi dilatatis, antheris parvis cassis. Legumen 1-2-pedale, tereti-compressiusculum, glabrum, perfectum fere pollicem latum sepe tamen angustius, suturis utrinque prominulis. Semina pulpa nidu- lantia. Plate 60. C. Spruceana: fig. 1, five ofthe stamens, 1 long, 3 intermediate, and 1 short; figs. 2, 3, por- tions of the pod ; fig. 4, seed ; fig. 5, the same, transverse section. 4. C. SAGOTIANA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 93. Foliola 3-4-juga, obtusa, coriacea, petiolo supra late canaliculato. Sepala interiora circa 3 lin. longa. Hab. Tropical America: French Guiana, Sagot, n. 802. Very near C. Spruceana, but with more obtuse and coriaceous leaflets, less veined above and usually whitish underneath ; the flower smaller, the intermediate anthers with longer basal lobes, &c. The two species are distinguished from all other Fistulas by the broadly channelled common petioles of the leaves. 5. C. KorscHYANa, Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 271. Foliola 4-8-juga, obtusa, subtus innovationesque aureo- v. sericeo-tomentosa. Hab. Tropical Africa. 6. C. BnEwsrERI, F. Muell. ! in Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 282. Foliola 2-4-juga, glabra. Filamenta staminum longiorum medio nodoso-incrassata, in precedentibus undique fili- formia v. vix medio crassiora. Cathartocarpus Brewsteri, F. Muell. Fragm. i. 110. Hab. Tropical Australia. = ++ Foliola oblonga, subtus pubescentia, jugis numerosis approximatis. 7. C. GRANDIS, Linn. f. Suppl. 230. Anthere pilose. Ovarium tomentosum. Le- gumen lignosum, crassum, compressiusculum, transverse venoso-rugosum, 14-2-pedale, 13 poll. latum.— Fl. Bras. 93. Cathartocarpus grandis, Pers. Syn. i. 459. Cassia brasiliana, Lam. Dict. i. 649. — Cathartocarpus brasilianus, Jacq. Fragm, 59, t. 85. f. 3 (legumen). Cassia mollis, Vahl, Symb. iii. 57. | Bactyrilobium molle, Schrad. in Gótt. Gelehr. Anz. 1821, 713. : | Hab. Tropieal America: Central America, Ecuador, New Granada, Surinam, San Domingo, Jamaica, and perhaps North Brazil. De Candolle, Vogel, and most authors have adopted for this species Lamarck's name of C. brasiliana, which, however, was only published in the “Dictionnaire Botanique, in 1788, whilst Linnæus the younger's name, C. grandis, dates from 1782. Lamarck’s name, morcover, is wed er for E : E 516 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. although widely diffused over Central America, the West Indies, and a great portion of Columbia, it is as yet doubtful whether the species is really indigenous within the Brazilian limits. Grisebach, in his ‘Flora of the British West Indies,’ restores the original name. 8. C, LEIANDRA, Benth.! im Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 94, t. 30. Anthere glabree. Ovarium pubescens. Legumen subteres, 2-23-pedale, inter suturas leeve, ad semina in- signiter torulosum. C. moschata, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 75, non H., B. et K. Hab. Tropical America: on the Amazon, from the Rio Negro to Para. It appears from the notes of Spruce as well as of Siber (Count Hoffmannsegg’s collector) that this is the true Mari-mari of the Lower Amazon. It cannot, however, be the C. Marimari of Aublet, which, from his direct reference to Plumier, we must reduce to C. biflora. Excepting, however, C. Apoucouita, none of Aublet's Cassias can be positively identified ; for he only copies the diagnoses of other botanists, which do not always correspond with his plants, and his specimens in the Banksian herbarium are not in general authentically named. The one there referred to C. Marimari is C. multijuga, to which even Aublet could not well apply the diagnosis he gives. es ui cun 9. C. MOSCHATA, H., B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 358. Antherze glabræ. Ovarium glabrum. Legumen teres, leve. > C. moschata, Hanb.! in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiv. 162, t. 26. Cathartocarpus moschatus, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Hab. Tropical America: on the Magdalena and Orinoco and in British Guiana, Appun, n. 1804. ** Bractee conspicue usque ad anthesin persistentes v. rarius subdecidue. + Species Americane, foliolis angustis jugis approximatis. 10. C. FERRUGINEA, Schrad.! im DC. Prod. ii. A89. Foliola 10-20-juga, oblonga, supra puberula, subtus molliter pubescentia. Stipulæ angustæ. Petala vix 3-pollicaria. Filamenta staminum longiorum vix incrassata.—Fl. Bras. 94.. Bactyrilobium ferrugineum, Schrad.! in Gött. Gel. Anz. 1821, 713. Cathartocarpus ferrugineus, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. | E Cassia staminea, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 14. E C. javanica, Vell. Fl. Flum. 168, Ic. iv. t. 73, non Linn. C. brasiliana, Sald. de Gama, Descr. Madeiras Rio Jan. 43 cum ic., non Lam. Hab. Tropical America: Southern and Central Brazil. ll. C. rasruosa, Willd. ex Vog.! in Linnea, xi. 654. Foliola 10-20-juga, oblonga, supra nitida, subtus pallida vix puberula. Stipulæ latiuscule. Petala ultra pollicaria. Filamenta staminum majorum vix inerassata.— Fl. Bras. 95. | Hab. Tropical America: North Brazil, Para, and the Lower Amazon. . 12. Q LEPTOPHYLLA, Y 0g.! Syn. Cass. 13. Foliola 8-12-juga, ovato-lanceolata, acuti- uscula, pubescentia. Filamenta staminum majorum medio nodoso-incrassata.— 77. Bras. 96. t | Hab. Tropical America: South Brazil, Sello. : yo : | | TT Species Gerontogee foliolis amplis v. latis, rarius angustis. 18. O Srwerrana, DC.! Prod. ii. 489. Foliola 6-12-juga, ampla, obtusa v. breviter MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 517 acuminata, glabriuscula. Racemi elongati, laterales. Filamenta staminum majorum haud dilatata. Legumen 2-3-pedale, teres.— Oliv. ! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 272. Cathartocarpus Sieberianus and C. conspicuus, G. Don !, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Cassia psilocarpa, Welw. Apunt. Phyto-geogn. n. 40? C. javanica, Sieb. Pl. Seneg. exs. 5 . conspicua, Vog. Syn. Cass. 47. Hab. Tropical Africa. 14. C. AREREH, Del. Cent. Pl. Afr. 29. Foliola 6-12-juga, ampla, acute acuminata, glabriuscula. Racemi breves, laterales. Bracteæ lineari-subulate. Filamenta staminum majorum medio dilatata.— Oliv. ! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 270. Cathartocarpus Atteleh, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Hab. Tropical Africa. 15. C. Noposa, Hamilt.! in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. 336. Foliola 6-12-juga, ampla, breviter acuminata, glabriuscula. Racemi breves, laterales. Bracteæ lanceolato-subulatæ, Flores rosei. Filamenta staminum majorum medio nodoso-dilatata. : Hab. Tropical Asia. 16. C. ABBREVIATA, Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 271. Foliola 6-12-juga, ovata v. ovali- oblonga, obtusa, subtus pubescentia. Racemi laterales. Bracteæ anguste lanceolata. Petala eleganter venosa. Filamenta staminum majorum medio subdilatata. Legumen sericeo-velutinum. Hab. Tropical Africa. 17. C. JAVANICA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 542. Foliola ná ovata v. ovali-oblonga, obtusa, subtus pubescentia. Racemi laterales, pedicellis longis. Bracteæ basi dilatatæ. Petala avenia. Filamenta staminum majorum medio sepius dilatata. Legumen 1-2- pedale, cylindricum, glabrum, ad semina ssepius leviter torulosum, pulpa sicca. Cathartocarpus javanicus, Pers. Syn. i. 459. Cassia Bacillus, Gærtn. Fruct. ii. 313. Hab. Tropical Asia. 18. C. MEGALANTHA, Dene.! Herb. Tim. Descr. 136. Foliola 6-12-juga, ovali-oblonga, obtusa, subtus pubescentia. Racemi laterales. Stipulæ subreniformes. Bracteæ latis- Sime, membranacee. Hab. Timor. | 19. C. MARGINATA, Rozb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 338. Foliola 10-20-juga, ovata v. ovali-oblonga, (subpollicaria), pubescentia. Stipule parvæ v. caducæ. Racemi in ramulis hornotinis axillares. Flores inter minores, rosei, pedicellis brevibus. Bracteæ ovatæ, vix usque ad anthesin persistentes. Legumen 8-10-pollicare, pulpa spongiosa. Cathartocarpus marginatus, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Cassia Roxburghii, DC. ! Prod. ii. 489. _ Cathartocarpus Roxburghii, Loud. Hort. Brit. 167. Hab. Tropical Asia: Ceylon and the Indian peninsula. This species has sometimes been taken for C. javanica, of which it has nearly the foliage though with rather more numerous leaflets; but it is readily known by the axillary racemes and much smaller flowers on much shorter pedicels. The fruit, which I have not seen, is described as shorter and more slender. «+ 518 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 120. C. aENIGERA, Wall.! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5307. Foliola 10-20-juga, anguste oblonga (2-pollicaria), pubescenti-villosa. Stipule amplæ, reniformes. Flores ....? Legumen eylindricum, 1-2-pedale, leeve, glabrum. Hab. Tropical Asia: Taong Dong mountain in Burmah. Undique molliter pubescens. Foliola obliqua, parum inzequilatera, brevissime petiolulata, petiolo com- muni 8-10-pollicari. Stipule membranacex, lateraliter affixæ (semicordato-reniformes), 8-10 lin. longæ, apice breviter aristate. : The species is as yet very doubtful. The specimens are very indifferent, in leaf only, and resemble on the one hand C. megalantha in Fistula, on the other C. Timorensis in Chamesenna. The fruit is detached, but labelled by Dr. Wallich in the fruit-collection of the Linnean Society as that of C. renigera from Taong Dong, and is quite that of C. Fistula. Subgenus II. SENNA. Genus Senna, Roxb. EN Frutices, herbze v. rarius arbores, habitu vario. Glandulæ petiolares dum adsint plus minus elevatæ, conicæ subglobosæ oblongæ v. tenues stipitatæque. Racemi 2- multiflori ut plurimum ex axillis superioribus ramulorum hornotinorum, rarius ad nodos defoliatos ramorum vetustiorum oriundi, superiores v. fere omnes nonnunquam paniculam termi- nalem corymbosam v. pyramidatam efficientes, summi tamen decrescentes nec in race- mum terminalem simplicem abeuntes. Sepala obtusa vel rarius exteriora presertim acuta. Stamina perfecta nunc 7 v.rarius 6, 3 summis et interdum infimo ad stami- nodia reductis, nunc (in sect. Psilorhegmate) 10, æqualia v. sæpius inæqualia, 3 inferiora filamentis sepius longioribus antherisque majoribus; filamenta omnia sepius anthera breviora nune brevissima; antherz crasse, oblongo-lineares, subquadrate, apice nune truncatæ poro duplici dehiscentes, nunc sæpius plus minus rostratæ rostro 1-2-poroso, basi obtusæ v. breviter acuteque bilobæ; staminodia 3 summa filamentis brevibus antheris seepius in laminam simplicem v. bilobam dilatatis, infimum dum adsit staminibus per- fectis magis conforme nisi parvum anthera cassa. Legumen forma magnopere diversa, ad suturam interiorem v. utramque dehiscens valvulis tamen haud elasticis, v. rarius in- dehiscens, exocarpio tunc haud lignoso demum irregulariter resoluto. Semina transversa obliqua v. longitudinalia, funiculis filiformibus. In several species, especially amongst the Bacillares, Floride, and other larger Chamefistule and Cha- mesenne, the petals usually enlarge considerably after the flower first expands, but, in some mln appear to remain short and imperfectly coloured in some of the flowers, whilst they become fully developed in others of the same raceme, or in other specimens of the same species. Sectio 2. CHAMÆFISTULA. Frutiees, rarius arbores v. (in Brachycarpis) herbe. Folia interglandulosa, rarius eglandulosa. Stamina perfecta 7, staminodia 3. Legumen teres, turgidum v. leviter compressum, ad suturam superiorem rarius ad utramque suturam dehiscens, v. (in Bicap- sularibus) indehiscens. Semina transversa, septulis parallele compressa, sepe in | gemina, septo verticali plus minus perfecto interposito. This section is readily distinguished from Oncolobium by the want of the basal petiolar gland, from Prososperma by the direction of the seeds, which may be observed long before the pod is ripe. But, taken as a whole, —— der cer caer > and even MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 519 that is in some cases ambiguous. Each series in one section may, however, be generally distinguished from any one in the other by habit or other characters, so as to render the cases very few where the place of a flowering specimen may not be assigned without the pod. I have adopted from De Candolle and Vogel the names as well as the distinctive characters of Chame- fistula and Chamesenna, notwithstanding their defective composition. Misled, perhaps, by the Chame- buxus, sometimes called faux buis, it seems to have been imagined that yauai meant spurious instead of dwarf or prostrate. Series 1. Bacillares. Foliola sepius ampla, semper bijuga, glandula inter inferiora v. rarius inter utrumque par. Legumen ad suturam interiorem dehiscens. * Genuine. Anthere perfecte parum inequales, 3 inferiores evidentius rostrate. Petala infrapollicaria rarius subpollicaria. T Racemi breves, rarius elongati, axillares, summis paucis paniculatis. 21. C. TENUIFOLIA, Vog. ! Syn. Cass. 16. Molliter hirsuta. Foliola mediocria. Stipule setaceæ, caducissimæ. Racemi axillares, subterminalesque (?), laxe pauciflori. Legumen angustum, subteres, torulosum.— 77. Bras. 96. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro. 22. C. ACUTISEPALA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Oesalp. 97. Foliola ampla, glabri- uscula. Sepala lanceolata, acutissima, venosa (in sequentibus omnibus obtusa). Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Pr. Max. Neuwied. 23. C. MACROPHYLLA, Kunth ! Mim. 126, t. 38. Foliola ampla, membranacea, glabri- useula. - Sepala obtusa, venis prominulis costata (in sequentibus levia).—77. Bras. 97. Chamefistula macrophylla, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Hab. Tropical America: New Granada, N. Brazil. 24. C. SCANDENS, Ruiz et Pav. ! in G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 440. * Caulis alte scandens.” Foliola ampla, membranacea, acuminata, glabriuscula. Racemi quam in affinibus longiores laxiores. Hab. Tropical America: Guayaquil, Ruiz and Pavon, Foliola ovata v. ovali-elliptica, ultima 4-6-pollicaria, aristato-mucronata. Glandula conica inter infe- riora. Stipulæ setaceæ. Pedunculi in axillis inferioribus 3-5-pollicares, laxe et elongate racemosi. Bracteæ lineari-subulate. Pedicelli pollicares longioresque. Sepala ovata, 3-4 lin. longa. Petala duplo saltem longiora. Antherw omnes rectæ, brevissime lateque rostratz, 3 inferiores cæteris paullo longiores. Legumen haud suppetit. - ; 25. C. OBLIQUA, Ruiz et Pav. ! in G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Foliola ampla, membra- naceo-coriacea, acuminata, glabriuscula. Flores quam in affinibus majores, staminibus 3 inferioribus cæteris submajoribus (minus tamen quam in Speciosis eminentibus, et racemi omnes axillares videntur). Legumen in herb. Boissier breve, fere C. vimineæ, stylo insigniter apiculatum. Chamafistula obliqua et Chamefistula elegans, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia Peruviana, Vog. Syn. Cass. 40. Hab. Tropical America: Peru, Ruiz and Pavon. | Foliola ovata y. ovali-oblonga, acuminata, membranacea v. demum subcoriacea, ultima 3-4 poll. longa ; glandula inter inferiora angusta. Stipule minute, setaceæ. Pedunculi axillares, petiolo longiores brevio- 520 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. resve, apice breviter racemosi. Pedicelli 3-1-pollicares. Sepala anguste ovata, 3—4 lin. longa. Petala longiuscule unguiculata, 3 inferiora ¿ pollicaria, superiora paullo minora. Antheræ 3 cæteris paullo majores longiusque stipitate. There are several specimens in Herb. Mus. Brit., from which 1 have been unable to detect any cha- racter to distinguish Don's two supposed species. 26? C. INZQUILATERA, Balb. in DC. coe ii. 490 (ex char. ) Foliola ampla, acumi- nata, glaberrima. Legumen longum, cylindraceo , undique granuloso- scabrum (in affinibus ubi notum leve). Chamefistula inequilatera, G. Don, Gen. Syst. 11. 451. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, Santa Marta (Bertero), near Tovar, Fendler, n. 1850; Mexico, prov. Oaxaca, Liebmann. I do not feel certain as to having properly identified this species. The granular pod appears to distin- guish it from other glabrous-leaved axillary-flowering Bacillares ; but whether it is so or not in Bertero's original plant is not known. The specimen in De Candolle's herbarium is in flower only, and cannot in that state be distinguished from the true C. bacillaris. i 27. C. Ruızıana, Vog. Syn. Cass. 40. Foliola ampla, vix acuminata, glabriuscula. Flores quam in C. obliqua minores, antheris subæqualibus. Sepala obtusa, levia. Le- gumen leve. Chamefistula Ruiziana, G. Don !, Gen. Syst. 11. 451. Cassia macrophylla, Ruiz et Pav.! in herb. Lamb. nunc herb. Mus. Brit. Hab. Tropical America: Guayaquil, Ruiz and Pavon; Tarapoto, Matthews, no. 1921. Specimina pleraque inflorescentia excepta glabra. Foliola interdum semipedalia, quam in affinibus minus acuminata. Racemi axillares, breves, tenuissime tomentelli. Pedicelli breves. Sepala orbiculata, colorata, 2 lin. longa. 28., C. AFFINIS, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 98. Foliola ampla, obtusa v. vix acuminata, subtus pubescentia. Legumen subteres, utrinque aeutum, elongatum (8-10- pollicare). Cassia C. puberule affinis, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 13. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro and Minas Geraes. 29. C. BERLANDIERI, Benth. sp. nov. Foliola ampla, obtusa, subtus molliter pubes- centia. Legumen turgidum, sæpius incurvum, 4-5-pollicare. Hab. Tropical and subtropical America: Mexico near Mirador, Liebmann; near Tampico, Berlandier, n. 2294. Ramuli subteretes, flexuosi, petiolique pubescentes. Foliola petiolulata oblique ovali-elliptica v. ovata, obtusa, basi inæquilatera, ultima 4-5 poll. longa, supra sparse pilosa demum nitidula, subtus molliter pubescentia; glandula conica, inter inferiora; petiolus communis more affinium seta terminatus. Stipulæ lineari-falcatee, caducissimæ. Racemi axillares, pedunculati, petiolo communi multo breviores, floribus confertis. Pedicelli pollicares longioresque. Bracteæ parvæ, angustæ, caducæ. Sepala interiora fere 4 lin. longa, pubescentia, exteriora paullo minora. Petala pubescentia, semipollicaria v. paullo majora. An- theræ perfectæ 7, parum inzequales. Ovarium villosum. Legumen cylindraceo-turgidum sepius in- curvum, obtusiusculum, læve, 4-5 poll. longum, 6-7 lin. latum, suturis vix prominulis, tardius ae superiorem (interiorem) dehiscens. Semina crassiuscula. Liebmann's specimens itin: flower only, pl in fruit; but both appear to belong to the same species. — MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 521 80. C. DENSIFLORA, Mart. et Gal.! in Bull. Acad. Brux. xii.304. Foliola ampla, acuti- uscula, subtus molliter pubescentia. Flores parvuli. Legumen subteres, semipedale. Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, prov. Oaxaca, Galeotti, n. 3188, Liebmann, Jurgensen, n. 51. Ramuli subteretes, flexuosi, puberuli. Foliola oblique ovata v. ovato-lanceolata, insequilatera et sæpe subfalcata, terminalia 3-4-pollicaria, supra pilis brevibus conspersa, subtus molliter pubescentia, utrinque viridia; glandula oblonga v. conica inter inferiora. Stipulas caducissimas non vidi. Flores parvuli in racemis axillaribus petiolo sæpius longioribus conferti. Bracteæ angustæ, caducissimæ. Pedicelli 6-9 lin. longi, pubescentes. Sepala obtusa, pubescentia, 2-24 lin. longa. Petala vix duplo longiora, pubescentia. Antheræ perfecte 7, parum inæquales, acuminate. Ovarium hirsutum. Legumen leve, suturis haud prominentibus, 5-6 lin. diametro, sericeo-villosum ex Mart. et Gal, in speciminibus nostris glabratum, indehiscens ? v. tardius intus dehiscens ? Evidently nearly allied to C, oxyphylla, but with a more axillary inflorescence, much smaller flowers, and the anthers more evidently acuminate; the pod appears also to be quite different. I have not seen Galeotti's typical specimens, but believe Liebmann to be correct in his determination of those he gathered in the same locality. ++ Racemi in paniculam terminalem corymbosam v. oblongam basique foliatam dispositi, inferiores pauci interdum axillares. 31. C. OXYPHYLLA, Kunth! Mim. 129, t. 39. Foliola ampla, acute acuminata, subtus dense pubescentia, glandula inter inferiora, Stipule anguste. Legumen ante dehiscen- tiam tereti-compressúm. Ramuli sepius apice insigniter flexuosi, racemis nonnullis axil- laribus. Chamefistula oxyphylla, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii, 451. Cassia Hartwegi, Benth.! Pl. Hartw. 117. E fagifolia, Bertol. Fl. Guatem. 14, ex descr. Hab. Tropical America : Mexico, Liebmann; Central America, Columbia, Guayaquil. Although this species has been very well figured in flower by Kunth, I am induced to add here a re- presentation of a fruiting specimen, as those of the Kew Herbarium are admirably calculated to show the different stages of the pod of this and allied species, from its long, straight, Fistula-like form when unripe to the fully expanded follicle. Plate 61. Cassia oxyphylla : fig. 1, seed; fig. 2, the same, transverse section; fig. 3, embryo. 32. C. BACILLARIS, Linn. fil.! Suppl. 931. Foliola ampla, acuminata, glabra v. pube minuta rara conspersa, glandula inter inferiora. Stipule setacez. Flores ampli. Legu- men ante dehiscentiam teres, elongatum.— 77. Bras. 98, t SL. Mimosa nodosa, Linn.! Spec. Pl. 1498 (ad stirpem hortensem nondum florentem descripta). Acacia nodosa, Willd. Spec. Pl. iv. 1016. : Cassia fruticosa, Mill.! Diet. n. 10, Rel. Houst. t. 17; Vog. in Linnæa, xv. 67. Cathartocarpus bacillus, Pers. Syn. 1. 459. | | Chamefistula bacillaris, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia puberula, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 341. Chamefistula puberula, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia Fockeana, Miq.! in Linnza, xviii. 479. C. carthaginensis, Willd. herb. ex Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2. | Hab. Tropical America : N. Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, Central America, and some of the ... West-Indian islands, probably indigenous; sent also from Rio Janeiro and occasionally . . also in East-Indian and other collections, but evidently cultivated. 2 S c «0L. AVE, 32 522 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Plate 62, Cassia bacillaris : fig. 1, two of the stamens, one long and one intermediate; fig. 2, one of the staminodia; fig. 3, ovary ; fig. 4, pod; fig. 5, the same when commencing to open; fig. 6, portion of the ripe pod. This species has been placed by Vogel with two others, C. Humboldtiana, DC. (C. spectabilis, DC.), and C. sclerocarpa, Vog., in a distinct subsection, Xylolobium, with the fruit of Fistula, E legumine lignoso indehiscente," and the flowers and foliage of Chamefistula, a combination which 1 had never met with ; and although flowering specimens of C. bacillaris are common in herbaria, I could never procure the pod, for all the fruiting specimens I should otherwise have referred to it were totally at variance with the descriptions given. Upon further investigation it appeared that no botanist since the younger Linnæus had been more fortunate ; all modern descriptions and figures of the fruit had been either copied from Linnæus or taken from that of C. Fistula, to which Linnæus says it is precisely similar. His words are:— “ Legumen omnino C. Fistule “ut distingui nequeat, subcurvum, cylindricum, glaberrimum, acumine filiformi terminatum, longitudine pedale, interius isthmis interceptum, quod externe tamen non apparet," Linn. fil. Suppl. 231. In this description the word subcurvum already indicates a character not found in C. Fistula ; and having thus ascertained that this was the sole foundation for the character generally given, I turned to Dahlberg's original specimen described by Linnæus, which is in Sir J. Smith's herbarium at the Linnæan Society. I there find the pod unripe and longitudinally cut with a knife. In that state it is not unlike the unripe pod of a small Fistula; but I have thus been enabled to identify it with that of other fruiting specimens in the herbaria before me, especially those from Wullschnagel's Surinam col- lection in Martius's herbarium, and to trace the pod to perfect maturity, when it splits along the inner suture and opens out into a kind of follicle, as in other species of the present series. Of the three representations ofthe species usually cited, that of C. fruticosa, Mill., in * Reliquiæ Hous- tonianze, t. 17, appears to have been taken from a specimen of the true plant; but to get it into the small compass allowed, the artist has so altered the proportions, shortening the leaflets and pod and inereas- ing the curvature of the latter, as to make it unrecognizable. Vogel, who had at first followed others in re- ferring C. fruticosa, Mill., to C. bacillaris, on seeing the original specimen in the Banksian herbarium found an expanded fruit so different from that of C. Fistula that he restored C. fruticosa as a distinct species (Linnza, xv. 67), which must now, however, again be united with C. bacillaris. Jacquin's figure (Frag- menta, t. 85. f. 4) is only conjecturally referred by the author to C. bacillaris ; he received the pod with the one he figures of C. grandis from the W. Indies as having been brought there from the American continent, without foliage or any other indication of the species they belonged to. As the pod in question was exactly like that of C. Fistula, and as C. Fistula is not American, Jacquin naturally concluded, relying on Linnæus’s description, that this was C. bacillaris. It must, however, have been in fact either a culti- vated C. Fistula or some American species such as C. moschata, which really has a similar pod. The third figure quoted, that of Cathartocarpus bacillus, Bot. Reg. t, 881, is certainly not the true plant, but most probably C. affinis; as, however, no specimen was preserved or described, Lindley's description having been taken from that of Linnæus, it is now impossible to identify it. The figures I now give are taken from specimens carefully compared with the original one, which is fortunately sufficiently perfect in flower and fruit to preclude all further mistake. Specimens from Nicaragua, Œrsted, n. 45, from Yucatan and Tabasco, E. P. Johnson, n. 33, and from Chachapoyas in Peru, Matthews, n. 1591, evidently nearly allied to C. oxyphylla, but with broader leaves and numerous flowers in a dense terminal panicle, may be considered perhaps as a broad-leaved pubescent variety of C. bacillaris. "The two species, however distinct they usually are, are sometimes difficult to determine when the specimens are imperfect. Others from Schlim, Ocaña, n, 6, have the leaves nearly of C. rugosa, but the paniculate flowers of C. bacillaris and oxyphylla. 33. C. LATIFOLIA, G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 160. Foliola ampla, obtusiuscula, nitida, subglabra; glandula inter inferiora. Stipulæ late, foliaccæ. C. ornata, Bernh. v Haye Surin. exs. n. 1408. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 523 Hab. Tropical America: Surinam, Wullschnagel; Cayenne, Sagot, n. 1156; British Guiana, Schomburgk and others. Besides the general aspect and broad foliage, this species is readily distinguished from all its near allies by the large broad leafy stipules. 34. C. QUINQUANGULATA, Rich. in Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. 108. Ramuli angulati. Foliola ampla, acuminata, nitida, subtus minute fulvescentia; glandula tenuis inter utrumque par.—Fl. Bras. 99. C. medica, Vell. Fl. Flum. 166, Ic. iv. t. 62. Hab. Tropical America: Guiana and Brazil, also St. Christopher, Masson in herb. Banks. A specimen of Œrsted’s from the island of St. Thomas, n. 34, has the foliage, the two glands, the inflo- rescence and flowers of C. quinquangulata ; but the leaflets are quite glabrous on both sides, as in C. viminea. 35. C. VIMINEA, Linn. Amen. Acad. v. 397. Ramuli teretes. Foliola quam in præce- dentibus sæpius minora, quam in C. chrysocarpa acutiora, nitida, glabra v. vix minute puberula; glandula tenuis inter inferiora. Stipulæ angustæ, sepius caducæ. Bracteæ su- bulatæ. Panicula basi foliata. Legumen turgidulum, basi obtusissimum. Caulis sepius scandens.— 77. Bras. 100. C. melanocarpa, Berter. in DC.! Prod. ii. 491. Chamefistula melanocarpa, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia nitida, Rich. in Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. 108? ex char. C. fruticescens, Bert. in Spreng. Syst. ii. 335, ex char. Hab. Tropical America: Jamaica, Guiana, N. Brazil. The above-quoted C. nitida, Rich., has been conjecturally referred to C.. Apoucouita; but the inflorescence described by Richard is quite at variance with that of the latter species. The very short character given agrees well both with C. viminea and C. undulata; and of these two the former is the one most likely to have occurred in the collection described. 36. C. UNDULATA, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot.ii.76. Ramuli teretes. Foliola acumi- nata, nitida, glabra; glandula tenuis inter utrumque par. Stipulæ lanceolate. Bracteæ lanceolatæ. Legumen turgidulum, basi obtusissimum. Frutex erectus. Hab. Tropical America: Trinidad, Guiana, Panama, Sinclair, Fendler, n. 86. I have seen several Columbian and other specimens apparently allied to the three preceding species or to C. inequilatera, some perhaps distinct from either, but without sufficiently perfect flowers and fruit to determine. : The plant in herb. DC. from Cayenne, determined to be C. nitida, Rich., and C. Apoucouita, Aubl., is certainly C. undulata as to the flowering specimen, which is a good one; the loose pod in the same sheet is very different, and looks like that of C. bacillaris. 37. C. curysocar?a, Desv.! Journ. Bot. iii. (1814) 72. Caulis sepius scandens. Foliola quam in cæteris Bacillaribus minora, obtusa, subtus innovationes inflorescentiaque pube sepe aurea indute. Stipule angustæ. Panicula angusta, basi foliata. Legumen basi ob- tusissimum, sæpius breve.—Z7. Bras. 100. Cassia chrysotricha, Collad.! Hist. Cass. 99, t. 13. Cassia virgata, Rich. in Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. 108, ex char. Cassia chrysogyne, Miq. ! in Linnza, xviii, 581. 524 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Hab. Tropical America: Guiana and North Brazil; apparently also Cuba. Often confounded with C. angulata, Vog., which has much larger flowers and the lower stamens much longer than the others. The Cuban specimens have much smaller leaves than any of the others. ** Speciosæ. Antherarum perfectarum 3 inferiores ceteris conspicue longiores filamentisque longioribus fulte. Petala ultrapollicaria. Racemi in sequentibus in paniculam terminalem dispositi. C. obliqua, supra inter Bacillares ob inflo- rescentiam axillarem enumerata, quoad stamina petalaque quasi medium tenet inter Bacillares et Speciosas. + Foliola subtus v. utrinque. molliter pubescentia. 38. C. ANGULATA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 16. Foliola ovata v. ovali-oblonga, paris ultimi sæ- pius 1-2-pollicaria. Panicula angusta basi foliata, v. parva. Bracteæ ovate, persistentes. Legumen elongatum, basi vix obtusum.—-77. Bras. 101, t. 32. C. chrysotricha, Mart. ! Herb. Fl. Bras. 103. n. 128, non Collad. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro, Minas Geraes, and Rio Negro. 39. C. PUDIBUNDA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 102. Foliola oblonga, obtusissima, paris ultimi 1-2-pollicaria. Panicula lata, brevis. Bracteæ parva, caducissime. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia, Piauhy, and Minas Geraes. 40. C. SPECIOSA, Schrad.! in Gött. Gelehr. Anz. 1821, 718. Foliola obtusa v. acutius- cula, rarius acuminata, subcoriacea, venosa, paris ultimi pleraque 3-4-pollicaria, pari infimo medio petiolo inserto. Panicula ampla.— 77. Bras. 102. Chamefistula speciosa, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia micans, Nees! in Flora, 1821, 303 et 329. C. bijuga, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 17. C. nervosa, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 39 (varietas vix distinguenda). Hab. Tropical America: Brazil and Columbia. 41. C. rueosa, G. Don!, Gen. Syst. ii. 440. Foliola obtusa, coriacea, venoso-rugosa, paris ultimi pleraque 3-4-pollicaria, pari infimo prope basin petioli inserto. Panicula ampla.— 77. Bras. 103. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo, Minas Geraes, and Piauhy. .. + tt Foliola glabra v. subtus pube minuta conspersa. Panicula ampla. 42. C. HorruaNssoarr, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 104. Foliola pleraque ovata, acumi- nata, 3-5-pollicaria. Stipulæ lineares v. setaceæ. Sepala majora semipollicaria. Hab. Tropical America: North Brazil, on the Amazon, Rio Negro, and Rio Tocantin, and in Cayenne, Rothery, v. Rohr (Herb. Brit. Mus.), Havana, De la Ossa (Herb. DC.), and, apparently the same species, Tarapoto, Matthews, n. 1589. 43. C. MACRANTHERA, DO.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 99, t. 8. Foliola pleraque ovato- lanceolata, valde obliqua, acuminata, 3-5-pollicaria. Stipulæ lineares v. setaceæ. Sepala majora, +-pollicaria.— Fl. Bras. 104 Chamefistula prominens, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451, ex char. dato. Cassia multiflora, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 39. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro, Minas Geraes, and Bahia. - 44. C. SPLENDIDA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 17. Foliola oblonga, obtusa, ultima 2 rarius 3 poll. longa. cal e falcatæ. Planta glaberrima — Fl. Bras. 105, MR. G. BENTHAM-—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 525 C. monaden, Vell. Fl. Flum. 166, Ic. iv. t. 63 (ex Vog., forma foliolorum tamen potius C. macranthera). C. striata, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 89 (forma pilosula stipulis lineari-setaceis). Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo, Minas Geraes, Piauhy, and Bahia. Species Chamefistularum Bijugarum nón satis nota. 45. C. SCLEROCARPA, Vog. Syn. Cass. 15. Foliola oblonga, obtuse acuminata, ultra 4-pollicaria, supra nitida, subtus puberula. Stipulæ lineari-falcatæ, persistentes. Legu- men teres, utrinque attenuatum.— Fl. Bras. 106. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, near Bahia, Siber. I have not seen this species. Series 2. Corymbosæ. Foliolo 3- plurijuga glandula inter inferiora v. inter pleraque paria. Sepala sepius valde inequalia. Antherarum perfectarum 2 rarius 3 ceteris multo longiores. Legumen rectum v. leviter incurvum, indehiscens v. tardius dehiscens, sepius pluripollicare, in Bind cso demum submembranaceum, in Africanis longius duriusque. * Americane v. ex America in orbe vetere inquiline. The species of this group with obtuse leaflets seem to pass into the Chamesenne Platycarpe. With- out good fruit there is, indeed, no character to separate them ; and in some species even the fruit is some- what ambiguous. 46. C. BICAPSULARIS, Linn.! Spec. Pl. 538. Foliola 3-5-juga, oblique obovata v. late oblonga, obtusa, glabra v. subtus pilosa, glandula inter inferiora. Racemi axillares v. in paniculam corymbosam dispositi. Legumen teres v. turgidulum, seminibus 1-2-seriatis.— Fl. Bras. 106. Senna bicapsularis, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 342. Cassia limensis, Lam. Dict. 1. 643. Chinensis, Lam. Dict. i. 644, ex parte? (cfr. infra adnot. ad C. Sopheram). C. sennoides, Jacq. ! Ic. Rar. t. 170. C. pendula, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 440. Chamefistula pendula, G. Don, Gen. Syst. 11. 452. Cassia. glandulifera, Reinw. in Blume Cat. Hort. Bog. 68, ex Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. i. pars i. 92. à Reinwardtii, Hassk. Hort. Bog. in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. xiv. 58, ex Mag. i c. C. coluteoides, Collad. ! Hist. Cass. 102, t. 12. C. Alcaparillo, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 355. C. inflata, Spreng. ! Syst. ii. 336. Chamefistula inflata, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia Berterii, Colla, Hort. Ripul. 30, t. 24, ex Dc. (foliolis evidentius mucronatis). a Colle, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 442. C. dormiens, Vell. Fl. Flum. 167, Ie. iv. t. 67. C. crassisepala, Benth. ! in Linnza, xxii. 527. C. chrysoloma, Notar. Ind. Sem. Hort. Gen. 1840, ex Linnæa, xv. Litt. Ber. 92 (ex char.). Var. PUBESCENS, foliolis subtus densius piloso-pubescentibus. C. indecora, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 355. Chamefistula indecora, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. C. advena, Willd. Herb. ex Vog. Syn. Cass. 18. C. ovalifolia, Mart. et Gal. ! in Bull. Acad. Brux. xii. 305. Var. TENUFOLIA, foliolis amplioribus, membranaceis obtusissimis, floribus majoribus. 526 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Var. ?cHILENSsIS, foliolis ssepius minoribus rigidioribus, floribus minoribus, legumine angustiore. C. flexuosa, A. DC.! Not. 7, Pl. Rar. Hort. Gen. 34, t. 4, non Linn. C. Candolleana, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 42. C. frondosa, Hook. et Arn.! in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 210, non Ait. C. quebracho, Steud. 1833, ex ejusd. Nom. Bot. ed. 2. C. obtusa, Closs !, in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. ii. 235. C. emarginata, Closs !, in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. ii. 237. Hab. Tropical and subtropical South America, very common, extending from South Brazil to the W. Indies and Central America. Frequently sent also in collections from tropical Asia, but there only in cultivation. The var. pubescens occurs both in Columbia and Brazil, differing more or less from the common, more glabrous form. The West-Indian and Central-American specimens have generally the leaflets rounder and thinner than the southern ones. The var. Zenuifolia, with larger and thinner leaflets, has a very limited Brazilian range. The var. chilensis appears to be common in Chile, and being there tolerably constant, I have felt much hesitation ás to whether it should be regarded as a distinct species or not. The pod is sometimes scarcely above ¿ in. in diameter, with the seeds not crowded, alternate, and mostly solitary ` between each two transverse septa, without any longitudinal partitions; whilst in luxuriant, especially cultivated specimens of the typical C. bicapsularis, the pod is turgid, above 4 in. in diameter, and, the crowded seeds being in nearly opposite pairs, the septa separating them become so displaced as to assume the appearance of a transverse septum between each pair, with a vertical one between the two seeds of the pair; and when this is regularly continued throughout the pod, it has the appearance of being vertically divided by a continuous longitudinal septum, whence the specific name. This difference, if constant, together with that in the foliage, would fully have justified the maintenance of the two species; but I have seen so many specimens where the foliage is intermediate, or where the arrangement of the seed is irregular, that, unless more positive characters be detected by further observation, I feel unable to recog- nize them as sufficiently distinct. 47. C. CORYMBOSA, Lam. Dict.i. 644. Foliola 3-juga (rarius subinde 2-juga), oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata, obtusa v. acutiuscula, glabra; glandula inter inferiora v. omnia paria. Racemi axillares v. in paniculam corymbosam dispositi.—77. Bras. 107. C. corymbosa, Jacq. Fragm. t. 101. f. 1; Bot. Mag. t. 633. C. crassifolia, Ort. Dec. x. 122, ex DC. C. falcata, Dum. Cours. ex DC. et Hort. plur. non Linn. Chamefistula corymbosa, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Hab. Extratropical and subtropical South America: Buenos Ayres, Soati Brazil, and Bolivia. C. cubensis, Hoffmans. Verz. 209, ex DC. Prod. ii. 506, is probably some garden form of C. corymbosa or a ‚levigata, with an erroneous origin. It is not mentioned either by A. Richard or by Grisebach as a Cuban plant. Var. ? PLURIJUGA, foliolis ssepius 4-5-jugis, racemis omnibus in paniculam corymbosam dispositis. C. floribunda, Cav. ex Collad.! Hist. Cass. 88, t. 11, non Cav. Descr. E corymbosa, Ort. Dec. 124, ex Collad. I have seen no wild specimens corresponding with the original one from the garden of Madrid, figured by Colladon and preserved in herb. DC. Cavanilles’s description (Descr. 132) applies evidently to the common C. levigata, under which name was arcs in Germany the plant generally known at the MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 527 same time in Spanish gardens as C. floribunda ; whilst that sent to De Candolle has smaller, less acumi- nate leaflets, with glands only between the lowest pair, and more paniculate flowers. It may be only a garden sport. The plants usually known in gardens as C. floribunda or C. grandiflora belong generally to C. levigata. 48. C. HILARIANA, Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Oesalp. 108. Foliola sub-6-juga, oblongo- lanceolata, acuta, glabra; glandula inter inferiora. Racemi axillares v. in paniculam co- rymbosam dispositi. Hab. Tropical America : S. Brazil. I have not been able to reexamine this plant recently. I had described it from St. Hilaire's specimens many years ago; but when again at Paris, in 1869, St. Hilaire’s plants never having been put in order, I was unable to find those I had examined. 49. C. LAVIGATA, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 441. Foliola 3-4-juga, ovato-lanceolata lanceolatave acuminata, glabra ; glandula inter pleraque v. omnia paria. Racemi axil- lares v. summi in paniculam brevem dispositi.— Fl. Bras. 107; Collad.! Hist. Cass. t. 5. Chamefistula levigata, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia floribunda, Cav. Descr. 132, pro parte, non Collad. Chamefistula floribunda, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. C. corymbosa, Ort. Decad. 124, ex Cav. non Lam. C. grandiflora, Desf.! Cat. Hort. Par. 302. C. septentrionalis, Zucc. Cent. n. 69, ex Collad. Hist. Cass. 89. C. elegans, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 342. C. vernicosa, Closs in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. ii. 244, ex char. C. tropica, Vell. Fl. Flum. 166, Ic. iv. t. 64. C. Herbertiana, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1422 (ex ic. et deser.; specimina nulla exstant). Chamafistula Herbertiana, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Senna aurata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. 342, ex char. Cassia aurata, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 32; Vog. Syn. Cass. 17. C. quadrangularis, Zolling. in Miq. ! Fl. Ind. Bat. i. pars i. 97. C. hybrida, Ten. ! Cat. Hort. Neap. 80. Hab. Tropical and subtropical America, chiefly in waste and cultivated places— Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, Central America, Mexico, &c.; and also in similar situations in tropical Asia, Africa, and Australia, probably in most cases introduced. Like other common weeds of cultivation, this is a variable species, but always readily recognized by its acute or acuminate glabrous leaflets, with glands between all, or all but the terminal pair. The stipules figured by Vellozo are rarely seen, as they are usually exceedingly deciduous; but I have met with some specimens in which the upper ones at least persist at the time of flowering. Although now very common in Asia, I believe it to be really indigenous in America only. Roxburgh says that his Senna aurata is a native of the “countries and islands to the east of Bengal;” but I am not aware of any specimens having been seen from those countries of any species closely allied to, yet different from, C. levigata, and no specimens of the garden plant shortly characterized by Roxburgh have been preserved, his cha- racter at the same time perfectly agreeing with that of C. levigata. C. elegans and C. Herbertiana are both referred by Vogel to C. floribunda; but taking the latter name to apply to Colladon’s plant, it differs, as above stated, in having the gland only between the lowest pair of leaflets as well as in general aspect. The figure and description of C. Herbertiana appear to me to indicate only a large-flowered form of C. levigata. It is true that the plant is figured as slightly hairy, whilst C. levigata is usually quite glabrous; but so also is C. floribunda said to be. The plant in Lind- ley's herbarium representing C. Herbertiana is C. glauca, a very different species, as recognized by 528 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. | Lindley in his pencil correction. Some slightly hairy specimens from French gardens, representing very fairly the plate of C. Herbertiana, are said to be garden hybrids between C. levigata and C. tomentosa. ' Some of Zollinger's specimens, n. 1670, are accompanied by loose pods, described by. "Miquel, and which suggested to Zollinger the name of C. quadrangularis ; but they are so totally different from the pods of this or any other species of Cassia that I suspect they have been mismatched. A specimen under the name of C. quadrangularis, with a young attached pod, communicated by Miquel, is certainly C. levigata. 50. C. TOMENTOSA, Zinn. f. ! Suppl. 231. Foliola 6-8-juga, oblonga, obtusa, supra pube- rula, subtus ramulique molliter tomentosa; glandula inter pleraque v. omnia paria. Racemi in paniculam corymbosam dispositi. C. multiglandulosa, Jacq. Ic. Rar. Mt 4. E. lutescens, G. Don!, Gen. Syst. ii. 442. C. Wightiana, Grah.! in Wall. Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5329. C. albida, Ort. Dec. viii. 92, ex Collad. Hist. Cass. 104. Hab. Tropical America: valleys of the Andes, from Tucuman and Bolivia to Central America. Introduced into tropical Asia and tropical and southern Africa. ** Africanz, legumine sepius longiore duriore ei Fistularum nonnullarum similiore. 51. C. PETERSIANA, Bolle in Peters, Mossamb. Bot. 13. Foliola 6-10-juga, ovato- lanceolata, acuta v. acuminata. Stipule reniformes, persistentes. Racemi in paniculam terminalem dispositi.—Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 272. Hab. Tropical Africa, Madagascar. 52. C. GORATENSIS, Fresen. in Flora, 1839, 53. Foliola 6-8-juga, ovali-oblonga, obtu- sissima. Racemi in ramis annotinis laterales. Stipule subulate, deciduæ.— Oliw.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 273. C. singueana, Delile?, Cent. Pl. Afr. 28. Hab. Tropical Africa. 53. C. rerrexsis, Bolle in Peters, Mossamb. Bot. 14. Foliola 7-12-juga, oblonga, obtusa, mucronulata, pubescentia. Stipulæ deciduæ. Racemi axillares, glanduloso-pube- rule.—Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 273. Hab. Tropical Africa. C. Sabak, Delile, Cent. Pl. Afr. 28, described from specimens without flowers or fruit, may very possibly be one of the three preceding species. Series 3. Excelsæ. Foliola multijuga, petiolo eglanduloso. Anthere perfecta (1) inter se subequales, obtusissime. Staminodia biloba. Legumen elongatum, subeylindrieum, durum, indehiscens v. tardius ad suturam interiorem dehiscens. Bacemi inferiores axil- lares, superiores in paniculam brevem v. elongato-pyramidatam dispositi. The two species of this group, readily known by their stamens, have the habit, foliage, and inflorescence of the Chamesenne Paniculate, with a pod approaching in some measure to that of the Fistule. 54. C. uxcunsa, Schrad. ! in Gött. Gelehr. Anz. 1821, 717. Foliola 10-20-juga, ellip- tico-oblonga, pleraque obtusa. Legumen ad semina torulosum.— Fl. Bras. 109, t. 33. ; C. fastigiata, Nees!, in Flora, 1821, 303, 329. .. Chamefistula excelsa, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. C. multiflora, Scheele i in Linna, xvii. 837? (descr. in omnibus convenit exceptis glandulis). MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 529 Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo, Minas Geraes, Alagoas, Ceara, and Bahia. 55. C. SPECTABILIS, DOC. ! Cat. Hort. Monsp. 90. Foliola 8-15-juga, ovato-lanceolata, acuta. Legumen leve v. vix torulosum. C. spectabilis, Collad. ! Hist. Cass. t. 7. C. speciosa, H. B. et K. ! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 338, non Schrad. C. Humboldtiana, DC. Prod. ii. 489. Cathartocarpus Humboldtianus, Loud. Hort. Brit. 167. Cathartocarpus speciosus, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 453. Cassia Trinitatis, Reichb. in Sieb.! Pl. Trin. exs. n. 57; Vog. Syn. Cass. 46. Cathartocarpus Trinitatis, G. Don, Gen. Syst. 11. 453. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, W. Indies, Central America, and perhaps Guiana, Most of the specimens from Guiana, formerly referred to C. Trinitatis by myself and others, belong to C. lucens, which, with nearly the same foliage and inflorescence, has very different stamens and fruit. Series 4. Brachycarpæ. Foliola uni- plurijuga, glandula inter inferiora v. pleraque paria. Sepala angusta, subequalia. Anthere perfecte (T) inter se subequales. v. 2-3 inferiores longiores, vie rostrate. Legumen breve (3-2-pollicare), incurvum v. rarius rectum, turgidulum v. subteres, submembranaceum, demum. sepius bivalve. Racemi axil- lares sepe pauciflori, v. pluriflori in paniculam corymbosam dispositi. This group forms, as it were, the passage from Chamefistula to Oncolobium. C. Lindheimeriana and C. Mexicana have much of the aspect of C. Dombeyana, or some varieties of C. bicapsularis among the Chamefistule Corymbose, whilst their fruit approaches that of some Oncolobia ; they are, however, readily distinguished from the latter section by the want of the gland on the petiole below the leaflets, and from both by the narrow, nearly equal calyx-lobes. * Herbe rhizomate perenni. Foliola unijuga. 56. C. PUMILIO, A. Gray!, Pl. Lindh. in Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. 180. Foliola linearia, glabriuscula. Pedunculi 1-flori. Legumen inflato-globosum v. ovoideum, semipol- licare. Hab. Subtropical North America: West Texas and New Mexico. 57. C. RawERIANA, Scheele in Linnea, xxi 457. Foliola lanceolata, parce adpresse pilosula. Pedunculi 2-4-flori, ad apices ramorum subcorymbosi. Legumen subpollicare. Hab. Subtropieal North America: Texas. 58. C. BAUHINIOIDES, A. Gray !, Pl. Lindh. in Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. 180. Foliola obliqua, ovato-oblonga, obtusa, molliter villosa. Peduneuli axillares, subbiflori. Legumen subpollicare, hispidum. Hab. Subtropical North America: West Texas and New Mexico. 59. C. NANA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 110. Foliola obliqua, ovata, obtusa, mar- ginata, subtus pilosula. Pedunculi axillares, pauciflori. Legumen sesquipollicare, glabrum. Hab. Subtropical South America: South Brazil. : X* Prutices v. rarius herbe, elate. Folia bi- plurijuga. Mim. 132, t. 40. Tomentosa v. sericeo-villosa. Foliola 60. C. CROTALARIOIDES, Kunth!, vi ; 4 A VOL. XXVII. 530 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 3-4-juga (subinde 2-juga), ovali-oblonga. Racemi pluriflori, foliis sublongiores. Legumen subpollicare. Chamefistula trotalarioides, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia apiculata, Mart. et Gal.! in Bull. Acad. Brux. x. ii. 304. Hab. Mexico, Coulter, Galeotti, n. 3218, and others. 61. C. VoaELIANA, Schlecht. in Linnea, xii. 342. Caulis pilis longis patentibus hir- sutus. Foliola 3-4-juga, ovali-oblonga, sericeo-pilosa. Pedunculi pauciflori, ad apices ra- morum corymbosi. Flores quam in precedentibus majores. Legumen infrapollicare. Hab. Mexico, Coulter, Gregg, Galeotti, n. 3312. 62. C. LINDHEIMERIANA, Scheele in Linnea, xxi. 457. Herbacea, elata. Foliola 5-6- juga, oblique ovato-oblonga, obtusa v. acutiuscula, sericeo-villosa v. tomentosa; glandula inter pleraque v. omnia paria. Racemi laxe pluriflori, ad apices ramorum corymbosi. Legumen 1-2-pollicare. Hab. Subtropical North America: Texas and Mexico. 63. C. ARGENTEA, H. B. et K! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 358. Fruticosa. Foliola 3—4-juga, oblique ovato-oblonga, obtusa, sericeo-pubescentia, subtus argentea ; glandula inter par in- fimum. Racemi laxe pluriflori, ad apices ramorum corymbosi. Legumen gracile, 2-3- pollicare. Hab. Subtropical North America : Mexico. The specimens of this and C. Lindheimeriana closely resemble each other; but C, argentea is described as a much-branched shrub of 3 or 4 feet, whilst Lindheimer states his plant to have erect, simple, her- baceous stems of 4 to 6 feet from a perennial rootstock. C. argentea has, moreover, fewer leaflets, more silvery underneath, the glands only between the lowest pair, and the pod longer and more slender. 64. C. Mexicana, Jacq. Hort. Schenbr. ii. t. 203? Pubes ramorum et inflorescentiæ subviscidula. Foliola 4—7-juga, oblongo-elliptica v. ovalia, vix obliqua, obtusa v. mucro- nata, subtus sericeo-pubescentia. Racemi pluriflori, summi corymbosi. Legumen 2-pol- licare, areuatum. ; | C. fetidissima, Ruiz et Pav. ! in G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 441. Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, Parkinson, Liebmann; ‘ New Spain," Pavon ; S. Do- mingo, Bertero. Var. ? GRANDIFLORA, sepalis semipollicaribus. Hab. Mexico, between Vera Cruz and Orizaba, Fred. Müller; Alpatlahua, Liebmann. Sectio 3. ONCOLOBIUM. Herbæ suffrutices fruticesve. Folia basiglandulosa. Stamina perfecta 7; staminodia 3. Legumen subteres v. compressum, sæpe arcuatum, ad suturam utramque dehiscens (v. interdum vix dehiscens ?), breve v. elongatum, interdum ut in Prosospermis angustis- simum. Semina transversa v. obliqua, nune omnia v. in parte leguminis inferiore septis parallele compressa, nunc omnia v. in parte leguminis superiore valvis parallele com- pressa, v. omnia oblonga haud compressa. Cotyledones plane v. rarius oblique v. flexuosz. I have taken Vogel's name for this section, although I have differently circumscribed it, as in both cases the common C. occidentalis may be considered the original species. Vogel considered it a sub- division of Chamæfistula, *legumine membranaceo e compresso tumido," adding “semina superiora sepe vertiealia, inferiora semper horizontalia,” the latter character separating it from Chamesenna, the MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 531 former from the other subsections of Chamefistula. But now that the allied species are much better known, we find that this absolute reliance upon the pod and seeds would widely separate C. occidentalis from C. Sophera on the one hand, and from C. ligustrina and its allies on the other, which are so closely connected with it that Vogel himself, as well as many others, have doubted whether they may not be varieties ; whilst of the five species collected together by Vogel as forming the subsection, only two strictly belong to it; for one of the others, C. cana, which he had not seen, proves to belong to Prososperma, another, C. tomentosa, has often the pod quite like that of some varieties of C, bicapsularis, and the third, C. ruscifolia, appears to me to be a cultivated form of C. Sophera. It has appeared to me that a much more natural and better-defined group can be obtained by taking the basal gland on the petiole below the leaflets as the essential character distinguishing it from all others of the subgenus Senna, the pod having an intermediate character between those of Chamefistula and Chamesenna, passing in several species, especially in C. occidentalis itself, from the one to the other. The only species somewhat am- biguous as to the gland are C. oblongifolia, in which a single leaflet, or even a pair, are sometimes developed at the gland, and C. bahamensis in Chamasenna, where the lowest pair of leaflets is sometimes though rarely deficient, leaving the gland on the petiole as in Oncolobium. These two species are in other respects allied to each other, and connect the two sections. : * Foliola 4-9-juga, obtusa. 65. C. OBLONGIFOLIA, Vog./ Syn. Cass. 23. Frutex elatus. Foliola 7-9-juga (rarius 3—6- juga), oblonga, obtusa, glabra v. subtus ad costam barbata. Racemi ad apices ramorum subpaniculati. Legumen 3-4 poll. longum, 4 lin. latum.—77. Bras. 110. Hab. Tropical and subtropical South America: South Brazil, and prov. Rio Janeiro and Minas Geraes. 66. C. NEGLECTA, Vog.! in Linnea, x. 394. Frutex. Foliola 4—6-juga, oblonga v. ovalia, obtusa, subtus dense molliterque pubescentia. Racemi in axillis superioribus v. ad apices ramorum subcorymbosi. Legumen lineare.— 77. Bras. 111. Hab. Subtropical South America: South Brazil, Sello; Tucuman, Tweedie. 67. C. sutcata, DC./ Cat. Hort. Monsp. 90. Herba v. suffrutex foetens. Foliola 6-9- juga, ovali-oblonga, obtusa, subtus pubescentia. Racemi axillares, breves, pauciflori, summi conferti. Legumen longissimum (6-10 poll. longum vix 2 lin. latum).—77. Bras. 112. C. sulcata, Collad. ! Hist. Cass. t. 6. C. cernua, Balb.! Cat. Hort. Taur. 1813, 22. -Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo and Minas Geraes. ** Foliola 4-6-, rarius plurijuga, sepius acute acuminata (in C. Sophera ad x x x vergentia). 68. C. LEPTOCARPA, Benth./ in Linnea, xxii. 528. Herba v. suffrutex foetens. Foliola 5-7-juga, ovato-lanceolata, acute acuminata, glabra v. subtus pilosa. Racemi axillares, breves. Legumen longissimum (6-10 poll. longum, 1-13 lin. latum).— 77. Bras. 112. Var. HIRSUTA, ad C. hirsutam vergens sed legumine longo tenui distincta. Hab. Tropical America : Brazil, prov. Rio J aneiro and Minas Geraes, and a narrower- leaved form in Peru, Central America, and New Mexico, most, but not all, of the _ northern and western specimens belonging to the hirsute variety. ; The long linear pod of this and the preceding species are like those of several species of Prososperma ; but the transverse or oblique seeds, as well as the gland, are those of Oncolobium. Wright's New-Mexican specimens (n. 1032) are glabrous, and closely resemble those from Rio Janeiro. vee A 592 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 69. C. OCCIDENTALIS, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 539. Herba fœtens, sepe elata, annua (rarius perennis v. suffrutex ?). Foliola 4-6-juga, ovato-lanceolata v. lanceolata, acuta v. acu- minata, glabra, subciliata. Racemi axillares, breves, summi conferti. Legumen 3-5 poll. longum, 244 lin. latum, maturum crasso-compressum, late marginatum.— Fl. Bras. 112. C. occidentalis, Bot. Reg. t. 83; Vell. Fl. Flum. Ic. iv. t. 66. Senna occidentalis, Roxb. ! Fl. Ind. ii. 343. Cassia falcata, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 539. C. planisiliqua, Linn. Spec. Pl. 540, ex parte. C. longisiliqua, Linn. f. Suppl. 230; DC.! Prod. ii. 497. C. fetida, Pers. Syn. i. 457 (sub C. occidentale) ; Roxb.! herb. olim. C. geminiflora, Schrank, Hort. Monac. t. 26, fide DC. C. obliquifolia, Schrank. in Denkschr. Bot. Ges. Regensb. ii. 40, ex char. C. linearis, Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. i. 261. C. caroliniana, Walt. Fl. Carol. 134. C. ciliata, Raf. Fl. Ludov. ex Torr. et Gr. Hab. Tropical America, Asia, and Africa; very abundant in waste and cultivated places: probably of American origin, and not yet received from Australia. The foliage and inflorescence of this species are generally nearly those of C. levigata, except as to the gland, which is always below the lowest pair of leaflets, and usually very near the base of the petiole, not between the leaflets. The pod, when ripe and in a good state, is longer, narrower, more flattened and incurved than in C. Sophera, and, when young, very flat; it is then like those of C. ligustrina and C. Marylandica; but it thickens as it ripens, and the seeds, at least in the lower part of the pod, become more or less flattened and parallel with the transverse septa; in the upper part they are sometimes flattened in the contrary direction (parallel with the valves), as in C. ligustrina. But herbarium speci- mens are not unfrequent which, from their imperfect state, appear quite ambiguous between these species as to the fruit, and must be classed according to the still more uncertain characters of foliage and habit. C. planisiliqua, Linn., has been referred here in the * Botanical Register, followed by others, on the authority of a determination in the Banksian herbarium, whilst C. planisiliqua, Lam. Dict. i. 645, has been supposed to be a different plant, to which De Candolle gave the name of C. Plumieri, and which has been referred by Grisebach to C. glauca. The fact is that the Linnæan and the Lamarckian supposed species are identical, Lamarck having merely copied Linnzeus’s diagnosis, which applies to C. occidentalis, and translated Plumier's description, which Linnæus had copied, both referring to Plumier's plate, ed. Burm.t.77. What the latter represents it is impossible to determine, but certainly neither C. occidentalis nor C. glauca. The leaves are those of C. Fistula, the flowers quite unintelligible, the fruit more like that of the section Fistula than of any other, described as flat, whence the name, but figured as nearly terete, and filled with a series of unintelligihle circles, described as ossicles or seeds, but more likely to be the transverse septa of the Fistula section, as they overlap each other. The whole species must therefore be passed over as an inexplicable puzzle, founded on the diagnosis of one species, with the representation of another cooked up by an inaccurate artist, and encumbered by the description of the fruit of a third species. The plant representing C. planisiliqua in the Linnzan herbarium is C. siamea, which is cer- tainly not the one from which he took his diagnosis. | = 70. C. Sopxera, Linn. Spec. Pl. 542 (non herb. Linn.). Frutex (v. suffrutex ?). Foliola : 5-12-juga, ovato-lanceolata v. lanceolata, acuta v. acuminata, glabra, subciliata. Racemi - axillares, breves, summi conferti. Legumen 2-4 poll. longum, maturum turgidum y. sub- teres, late marginatum, nunc obscure tetragonum. Senna Sophera, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 347. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 533 Chamefistula Sophera, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia sopheroides, Collad. Hist. Cass. 133. C. Canca, Cav. Descr. 132, ex char. C. ruscifolia, Jacq. Ic. Rar. i. t. 71, ex icone. E . lanceolata, Forsk. Fl. Æg. Arab. ex parte; Bisch.! in Bot. Zeit. 1850, 897, t. 10, non aliorum. C. ligustrina, Forsk. ! in herb. Mus. Brit. Senna esculenta, Roxb. ! Fl. Ind. ii. 346. Cassia esculenta, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 31. €. @gyptiaca, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 442, ex char. et fide Vog. E robinioides, Willd. l. c. C. Barclayaua, Sweet. Fl. Austral. t. 32. G schinifolia, A. DC.! Not. 7; Pl. Rar. Hort. Gen. 35. C. atropurpurea, Span. in Linnæa, xv. 201, ex char. Var. TORULOSA, foliis fere C. occidentalis, legumine tereti subtoruloso. C. chinensis, Jacq. Coll. i. 64; Ic. Rar. t. 73 (forma hortensis, speciosa, racemis fere in paniculam terminalem confertis). Chamefistula chinensis, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia indica, Poir. Dict. Suppl. ii. 127. C. torosa, Cav. Descr. 131, ex char. C. torulosa, Poir. Dict. Suppl. ii. 126 (nomine Cavanillesco mutato). Chamefistula torosa, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Var. LIGUSTRINOIDES, inflorescentia magis corymbosa. C. coromandeliana, Jacq. Fragm. 67, t. 100, ex char. et ic. Chamafistula coromandeliana, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia frutescens, Mill. ! Dict. n. 2. C. patula, Ait. ! Hort. Kew. ed. 1. ii. 51. Var. PURPUREA, ramis (fide Roxb.) purpurascentibus, foliolis sepius minoribus, ramu- lorum interdum obtusis. Senna purpurea, Roxb, ! Fl. Ind. ii. 342. Senna Sophera, var pupurascens, Roxb. ! l. c. 347. Cassia purpurea, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 31. Hab. Tropical Asia, Africa, and Australia; more rare in tropical America, chiefly in Central America, the West-Indian Islands, and Columbia; in all continents most fre- quently only as cultivated or escaped from cultivation, with some evidence of being really indigenous in Australia, and more doubtfully so in Asia and America. I have in the former part of this paper alluded to the uncertainty which prevails as to the origin of this species and the degree of affinity which it bears to C. occidentalis, an uncertainty which there must always be great difficulty in clearing up. Almost the whole of the long list of supposed species enume- rated as synonyms have been described from garden specimens. The best observers describe C. Sophera as shrubby and C. occidentalis as annual; but from some collector's notes or gardener's observations it would appear that the former may flower the first year so as to appear annual, and that C. occidentalis, when large, may become more or less woody at the base. Roxburgh describes both his S. Sophera and S. purpurea as annual. The pod of the var. torulosa is described and figured with much more elevated transverse ridges than any I have seen. This appears to be a garden variety, with the foliage of C. occi- dentalis ; the only Chinese specimens I have scen are the true C. occidentalis with a flattened pod, which is a weed of waste places in S. China as in other parts of tropical Asia. ‘The var. ligustrinoides kas the 534 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. inflorescence nearly of C. ligustrina, but the pod (in the few specimens in which I have seen it ripe) of C. Sophera. To this form belong those American specimens which may possibly be indigenous. Among the numerous synonyms I have quoted, C. atroviridis, Span., has been referred by Miquel (Fl. Ind. Bat. i. parsi. 93) doubtfully to C. alata ; but Spanoghe's character is totally at variance with that species. C. egyptiaca and C. robinioides, Willd., had been referred by Vogel, who had seen the speci- mens, at first to C. ligustrina ; but he afterwards (Linnæa, xv. 69) transfers them to C. Sophera, which is much more in accordance with the characters given. C. chinensis, Jacq., may not really belong to any wild form of this species, but represents probably a luxuriant garden variety. C. chinensis, Lam. Dict. i. 644. (altered to C. grandiflora, in Pers. Syn. Pl. i. 457), referred to C. Sophera by Vogel, is made up of a de- scription drawn from a garden plant, which appears to me to refer rather to C. bicapsularis, with a reference to Rumphius's figure, iv. t. 33, which appears to represent C. glauca. C chinensis, Collad. Hist. Cass. t. 10, is more probably C. occidentalis. At any rate the name must be altogether suppressed as desig- nating only garden varieties. No Cassia is known from China, except the common Asiatic weeds C. Tora, C. occidentalis, C. mimosoides, &e. 71. C. PUBESCENS, Jacq. Fragm. 46, t. 57. Herba v. suffrutex foetens. Foliola 4-6-juga, ovato-lanceolata, acute acuminata, subtus pubescentia. Racemi corymbosi. Legumen quam in C. occidentali longius, angustius magisque arcuatum.— Fl. Bras. 113. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, near Rio Janeiro. Of this I have only seen very few specimens, said to be wild, in Martius's herbarium; but they agree so well with Jacquin's figure and description that I have very little doubt of their identity. The form and number of leaflets &c. are those of C. occidentalis and of C. hirsuta, the pod and indumentum are intermediate between those two species, the inflorescence different from both. 72. C. HIRSUTA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 540. Herba fœtens, undique hirsuta. Foliola 3-5- | juga, ovata v. ovato-lanceolata, acuta v. acute acuminata. Racemi axillares, breves, summi conferti. Legumen lineare, turgidum v. subteres (6—8 poll. longum, 2-3 lin. latum), hirsutum.— 77. Bras. 114, t. 34. C. venenifera, Rodsch, in G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 167, fide Griseb. ! C. caracasana, Jacq. Hort. Schoenbr. t. 270. & tomentosa, Wall.! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5304, non Linn. C. pubigera, Lag. Gen. et Sp. Pl. Nov. 14, ex char. Hab. Tropical America: in waste and cultivated places; common in many parts of Peru, but extends from Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico. *** Foliola 6-9-juga, acuta v. acutiuscula, glabra v. ciliata. 73. C. MARYLANDICA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 541. Foliola oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata. Racemi axillares, breves, subsessiles, multiflori, summi conferti. Flores flavi. Legumen lineare, planum (3-4 poll. longum, circa 3 lin. latum), glabrum v. pilosum.— Torr. et Gr. Fl. N. Amer. i. 395. C. reflexa, Salisb. Prod. 326. E acuminata, Munch, Meth. 273. Hab. Extratropical N. America : United States. The plant representing C. Sophera in the Linnæan herbarium may be a garden variety of C. marylandica. Salisbury’s and Mœnch’s synonyms are merely arbitrary changes of names, because they disapproved of the Linnzan one. .. TA. C. LIGUSTRINA; Linn.! Spec. Pl. 541. Foliola oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata. Racemi in paniculam corymbosam dispositi. Flores flavi quam in C. Marylandica majores. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 595 Legumen planum v. valvulis convexiusculis, glabrum, 3-4 poll. longum, circa 3 lin. latum. | C. ligustrina, Bot. Reg. t. 109; Bot. Mag. t. 1829. E Hab. Tropical and subtropical N. America: Cuba, Wright, n. 149 and 1190, Bahamas, and perhaps Jamaica. | The foliage of this species is often very nearly that of C. Sophera, but usually has the still more nu- merous leaflets of C. marylandica, of which it has very nearly the pod, but is readily known by the larger, more showy yellow flowers in a compact terminal corymbose panicle. It has been frequently misunder- stood, owing to an erroneous description of the fruit taken from the plate in the * Hortus Elthamensis ” representing the foliage and flowers of C. ligustrina, with a loose fruit copied from Plumier, but belonging to some other species (apparently C. angustifolia, Vahl). 75. O. STENOPHYLLA, Benth. Foliola angustissime linearia. Racemi corymbosi. C. decipiens, Griseb. ! Enum. Pl. Cub. 79, non Desv. Hab. Tropical America: Cuba, Wright, n. 1601. Frutex videtur glaberrimus, ramulis tenuibus. Foliola 6-10-juga, linearia, acuminata, 2-3 poll. longa, vix 1 lin. lata, jugis secus petiolum tenuem 4-6-pollicarem distantibus; glandula supra basin petioli nunc brevis crassaque, nune sæpius tenuis elongata. Racemi in axillis superioribus pedunculati, pauciflori, folis multo breviores. Flores fere C. occidentalis. Legumen 4-5 poll. longum, 3 lin. latum, rectum, junius compressum, demum turgidulum. Sectio 4. PROSOSPERMA. Herbæ, suffrutices fruticesve.. Folia interglandulosa. Stamina perfecta 6-7; staminodia 3. Legumen lineare, seepius tetragonum, rectum v. arcuatum, ad suturam utramque de- hiscens (rarius vix dehiscens ?). Semina longitudinalia, oblique quadrata, cotyledonibus latissimis, undulato-plicatis. | Series 1. Tore. Herbe suffruticesve. Pedunculi breves, 1-2-flori. Foliola 2-3-juga. 76. C. PENTAGONIA, Mill.! Dict. ed. 8. n. 18. Herba glabriuscula. Foliola pleraque 3-juga. Legumen utrinque acutum, alis 4 longitudinalibus herbaceis 1-2 lin. latis in- structum.— #7. Bras. 114, t. 34. . Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes, Central America. Miller's plate, t. 82, contains a figure of a detached fruit of this plant. The flowering specimen figured may be the same also, if we suppose it to be a little exaggerated as to foliage, and the inflorescence to be supplied by the artist's imagination. 77. C. Tora, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 538. Herba glabra v. adpresse pubescens. Foliola plera- que 3-juga. Legumen elongatum, angustum, tereti-tetragonum, arcuatum v. rectius- culum.—77. Bras. 115. Senna Tora, Roxb. ! Fl. Ind. ii. 340. Cassia obtusifolia, Linn. Spec. Pl. 539. C. Tagera, Lam. Dict. i. 643, Collad. aliique non Linn. C. humilis, Collad.! Hist. Cass. 96. C. gallinaria, Collad. 1. c. C. fetida, Salisb. Prod. 325. C. Tala, Desv.! Journ. Bot. iii. (1814) t. 73. C. Sunsub, Forsk. Fl. ZEq. Arab. 86. C. toroides, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 31. 536 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Senna toroides, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 341. Chamefistula contorta, G. Don !, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia contorta, Vog. Syn. Cass. 20. E candenatensis, Dennst. in Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2, ex ic. cit. Hab. Tropical and subtropical America, Asia, Africa, and Australia, generally common in cultivated and waste places, extending as far north as South Carolina, Bartram in herb. Mus. Brit. The American C. obtusifolia has been generally distinguished from the Asiatic C. Tora by the curved, not straight, pods; but both are common in Asia, and the pod is sometimes curved or straight on the same plant, depending apparently sometimes on the degree of maturity or upon circumstances of weather or soil during growth, although there may really be also a variety where it is more usually straight than curved. The precise shape of the gland and its presence at the lowest pair only or at both pairs of leaflets, by which attempts have been made to distinguish some of the proposed species, are always exceedingly variable. 78. C. PILIFERA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 23. Herbacea v. basi frutescens, caule longe pa- tentim piloso. Foliola2-juga. Legumen elongatum, angustum, tereti-tetragonum, rectum v. arcuatum.— Fl. Bras. 115. C. maritima, Willd. in Vog. Syn. Cass. 23. Hab. Tropical and subtropical America: Brazil from Montevideo to Bahia and Matto- erosso, Bolivia, Central America. 79. C. MUCRONIFERA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 116. Basi frutescens molliter tomen- toso-pubescens. Foliola 3-juga. Stipulæ persistentes. Flores ampli. Legumen C. Tore. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia and Minas Geraes. This has much the aspect of the pubescent form of C. leiophylla, but with a very different pod. Series 2. Confertæ. Frutices suffruticesve undique sericeo- v. stellato-tomentosi. Flores parvi in racemum brevem sessilem v. pedunculatum conferti. 80. C. SERICEA, Swartz, Fl. Ind. Occid. 124. Rufo- v. fulvo-sericea. Foliola 3-5-juga. Legumen lineari-tetragonum, suturis continuis, inter suturas transverse inter semina im- pressum.— 77. Bras. 146, t. 35. C. ornithopoides, Lam. Dict. i. 466. C. sensitiva, Jacq. Collect. ii. 362 ; Ic. Rar. t. 459. C. ciliata, Hoffm. Verz. ex char. in DC. Prod. ii. 493. C. uniflora, Mill.! Dict. n. 5, non Spreng. C. monantha, DC. Prod. ii. 506. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, W. Indies, Central America, Mexico. Miller's typical specimen of C. uniflora is not really single-flowered, but in most of the axils only one pod has been formed ; in one axil there are two pods, and there are the remains of the other flowers. 81. C. viLLosa, Mill. ! Dict. n. 4. Undique pilis stellatis tomentoso-villosa. Foliola 3-5-juga, acuminata. Legumen inter semina constrictum, articulatum, articulis mono- spermis ovalibus plano-compressis medio ad semen elevatis.— Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 1060. C. astroites, Cham. et Schlecht. in Linnza, v. 597. Chamafistula astroites, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 451. Cassia geniculata, Ruiz et Pav.! in G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 440. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 537 Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, prov. Oaxaca, Liebmann, Andrieux, n. 418, and others. The pod in this species, very unlike that of any other Cassia, might readily be taken at first sight for that of a Desmodium. Series 3. Laxifloræ. Frutices foliolis subtus v. utrinque sericeis tomentosis v. rarius subglabris. Flores ampli, racemis laxis. * Stipule setacee, persistentes v. caduce. 82. C. HYPOLEUCA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 117. Foliola 4-6-juga, supra glabra nitida, subtus cano-tomentosa. Legumen 4-pollicare, fere 2 lin. latum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 88. C. DYSOPHYLLA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 117. Foliola 3-5-juga, utrinque molliter sericea v. velutina. Legumen 4-6-pollicare, vix 2 lin. latum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz; British Guiana, Schomburgk. ** Stipule foliacee, oblique reniformes, persistentes. 84. C. VELUTINA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 24. Foliola 3-4-juga, late oblonga, supra sericeo- puberula, subtus rufo-tomentosa. Legumen semipedale, vix 2 lin. latum.—77. Bras. 118. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Piauhy and Mattogrosso. 85. C. CANA, Nees ! et Mart. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xii. 34. Foliola 4-6-juga, oblonga, supra nitida subglabra, subtus canescenti-tomentosa. Legumen 3-5-pollicare, vix 2 lin. latum.—7/. Bras. 118. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia and Minas Geraes. 86.? C. LoNGEGLANDULOSA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 119. Ramuli fusco-pilo- sissimi. Foliola 6—10-juga, oblonga, pilosula, glandulis elongatis. Legumen ignotum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, on the Amazon. A remarkable and very distinct species, of somewhat doubtful affinity, the fruit being as yet unknown. 87. C. APPENDICULATA, Vog. ! Syn. Cass. 24. Foliola 3-4-juga, obovata, obtusissima v. emarginata, supra glabra nitidula, subtus pubescentia. Legumen semipedale, angustum.— Fl. Bras. 119, t. 36. C. australis, Vell. Fl. Flum. 166, Ic. iv. t. 65, non Sims. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro. Series 4. Coriacew. Frutices glaberrimi, foliolis rigide coriaceis. Flores ampli, racemis paniculatis. Species legumine ignoto quoad affinitatem subincerte. | I have unfortunately seen no fruit of either of the two following very remarkable species. The very coriaceous glabrous foliage is that of some species of Absus; but the flowers are very different, and are nearest in structure to those of C. dysophylla and C. velutina, which induces me to refer them to Prososperma. 88. C. Gorrron1a, Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 120. Foliola bijuga, late ovata, 2-3-pollicaria. Stipulæ latissimæ, rigide foliaceæ, 1-2-pollicares. Hab. Tropical America: Central Brazil, Pohl. 89. C. GARDNERI, Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 120. Foliola bijuga, suborbiculata, pollicaria. Stipulæ nullæ v. minutæ caducissimæque. — Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia. VOL. XXVII. 538 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Seetio 5 . CHAMASENNA. Frutices, rarius arbores, v. in Brachycarpis Pictisque paucis herbs. Folia inter- glandulosa v. eglandulosa, rarius nulla (ad squamas minutas reducta). Stamina perfecta 7 (rarius 6 infimo minore imperfecto), staminodia 3. Legumen compressum, ad suturam utramque dehiscens; valvulæ nunc plan: marginibus incrassatis v. nerviformibus, nune convex: vix marginatæ, interdum medio ad semina elevate subcristate v. longitudinaliter alate. Semina transversa v. obliqua, valvulis parallele compressa, rarius oblongo-sub- teretia v. leviter septis parallele compressa. Like Chamefistula, Chamesenna as a whole is an artificial section, which, as a matter of convenience, I have adopted from De Candolle and Vogel with some slight modifications. "The following groups as between themselves appear to be more natural, although not always definitely characterized ; but the Platycarpe, for instance, pass into the Chamefistule Corymbose, and are often undistinguishable from them except by the pod, and the Floride Paniculate are represented in Chamefistula by the Excelse. There are, however, no Chamesennas corresponding to the Bacillares ; for, in the few cases where the leaflets are reduced to two pairs with a gland between the lowest as in C. multiflora or C. glaucescens, their shape and general habit are totally different from those of the Bacillares ; and in Chamesenna neither the Leptocarpe, Picte, or Brachycarpe, nor the Floride (except the Paniculate) are at all likely to be mistaken for Chamefistulas. A. Folia interglandulosa (glandula inter par infimum, rarius inter paria plurima v. omnia foliolorum), rarius nulla. Series 1. Pachycarpæ. Anthere erostres obtuse v. poro (simplici v. duplici) parum pro- minulo v. in cupulam sessilem expanso. Legumen nunc breve latumque, nunc longius et angustius, valvulis tunc. sepius convexiusculis marginibus latis v. parum prominulis, in perpaucis ei Rostratarum simile. Foliola pauci- v. rarius multijuga, obtusa v. acutius- cula, sepe crassiuscula. Stipule (excepta C. stipulari) lineares setacec v. caducissime. The species of this group are none of them Brazilian or Guianese; and some of them are extratropical. They extend along the western side of the Andine range, without ascending high into the mountains, from temperate Chili to Peru, reappearing in Central America and Mexico; and one species, C. baha- mensis, which connects the group with the Leptocarpe, is found in two distinct varieties, or perhaps species, in Florida and in the Bahamas. The group generally shows a pod less flattened than that of other Chamesennas, and often nearly that of Oncolobium; in some species, however, it is very flat but broad and short, with thin edges; very rarely, as in C. bahamensis, it seems to vary in the same species from the narrow flat pod with raised margins of C. : biflora to the shape more common in Pachy- carpe, with convex valves not bordered. Although, therefore, I have named the group after the pod, I have taken the most definite distinctive character from the anthers; there are a few species, indeed, in which the pod is unknown, and which are therefore only conjecturally placed in the group. * Foliola acuta, submembranacea. Species Chilenses. 90. C. STIPULACEA, Ait. ! Hort. Kew. ed. 1. ii. 52. Foliola 4-8-juga, ovato- v. oblongo- lanceolata, acuta, glabra v. pubescentia. Stipulæ foliaceæ. Legumen breve, latum, tenue. C. fetida, Ruiz et Pav. !, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 443. C. opaca, Grah. ex char. in Vog. Syn. Cass. 42. Hab. Extratropical South America: Chile, near Valparaiso. The broad stipules are those of the 4uriculate ; but the pod and the habit are quite different. I have been unable to find Graham’s description of C. opaca in the "Mdisinagh;Nos:Fbilosiphiesl Journal. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 539 Vogel has omitted to refer to the year; and I have looked through Graham's accounts of new and rare plants from the Edinburgh garden without success, 91. C. CRUIKSHANKSIT, Hook. et Arn.! in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 210. Folia C. stipulacee, sed stipulæ parvæ, angustee, caducæ. Legumen ignotum. Hab. Extratropical South America : Chile, near Valparaiso. À specimen from Bolivia, Bridges, in herb. Lindley, appears to be the same as C. Cruikshanksii, but with rather smaller flowers; they, however, are scarcely yet expanded. ** Foliola pauca v. plurima, crassiuscula, obtusa v. acutiuscula. Legumen latiusculum, sepius hiconvexum. Species Chilenses v. Peruviane. 92. C. HooxzERIANA, Gill.! in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 210. Foliola 8-12-juga, oblongo- lanceolata, crassiuscula, glabra. Bracteæ lineari-lanceolatæ, glabræ. Flores parvuli. Le- gumen rectum. Hab. Extratropical South America: Argentine prov. S. Luis. 93. C. CumixGrt, Hook. et Arn.! in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 211. Foliola 4-6-juga, anguste oblonga v. linearia, glabra. Racemi folio longiores. Bracteæ lineari-setaceæ. C. acuta, Meyen, Reise, 1376 ex deser. Vog. in Pl. Meyen. 40. Hab. Extratropical South America: Chile, near Coquimbo. 94. C. ARNOTTIANA, Gill.! in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 211. Foliola 4-6-juga, cuneato- obovata, glabra. Racemi folio longiores. Bracteæ oblongæ, obtuse, caducæ. Legumen biconvexum. C. andina, Philippi !, in Linnæa, xxviii. 685. -Hab. Extratropical South America: Chile and Buenos Ayres. 95. C. GLAUCESCENS, Benth., sp. nov. Foliola 2-juga, oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata. Racemi subcorymbosi. Legumen biconvexum. Hab. Extratropical South America: Chile, near Copiapo, Pearce. Frutex 1-3-pedalis, dense ramosus, glaber v. minute pubescens, ramis foliisque viridi-glaucescentibus Foliola 2-juga, oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata, mucronato-acuta v. obtusiuscula, crassiuscula, 6-9 lin. longa; glandula tenuis inter inferiora. Stipule desunt. Racemi in axillis supremis subcorymbosi, pluriflori. Sepala angusta, colorata, 3 lin. longa. Petala aurea, oblonga, 4-5 lin. longa. Filamenta antheræ 3 cxteris longiores, omnes erostres, superiores vix brevissime appendi- parum inequalia; Legumen glabrum, vix curvulum, acuminatum, culate; staminodiorum laminæ oblonge, obtuse. 2-21 poll. longum, 4-5 lin. latum, marginibus nerviformibus, valvulis membranaceis convexis. Semina transversa v. leviter obliqua, crassa, leviter valvulis parallele compressa. This species closely connects the Chamesenne Platycarpe with the Chamefisfule Brachycarpe. 96. C. AREQUIPENSIS, Moyen. in Vog. Syn. Cuss. 43, et Pl. Meyen. 41. Foliola 10- 12-juga (6-14-juga ex Vog.) oblonga, pilis appressis canescentia. Racemi folio longiores. Bracteæ angustæ, caducissimæ. Legumen biconvexum. Hab. Tropical America: Peru near Arequipa, Meyen, Pearce. 97. C. J. LATOPETIOLATA, Domb. ! in Vog. Syn. Cass. 29. Foliola 8-12-juga, oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata, glabra. Stipulæ falcatæ, lineares v. lanceolatæ, nunc latiusculæ acumi- nate, caducæ v. persistentes. Racemi corymbosi. Flores majusculi. Legumen longiuscule stipitatum, apice rotundatum, biconvexum, 3-5-pollicare, 4 B 2 540 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Hab. Tropical America: Andes of Peru, Dombey ; Bolivia, Mandon, n. 1506; and Ecuador, Jameson, n. 214. Var. Foliolis pollicaribus longioribusve, glandulis pad imet cS Hab. Peru, Pavon. 98. C. VERSICOLOR, Meyen in Vog. Syn. Cass. 29, et Pl. Meyen. 39. Foliola 8-15-juga, anguste oblonga v. oblongo-lanceolata, glabra. Stipulæ falcatæ, lineares, caducæ. Racemi corymbosi. Flores quam in C. latopetiolata minores. Legumen brevissime stipitatum, acutiusculum, marginatum, subplanum v. demum biconvexum. Hab. Tropical America: Andes of Bolivia, Meyen, D’Orbigny, Mandon, n. 751, Bridges, n. 10. : 99. C. BIROSTRIS, Domb. in Vog. Syn. Cass. 43. Foliola 8-14-juga, ex ovali oblonga, subtus pubescentia ; glandula inter inferiora. Stipulæ caducæ. Bracteæ acutee, subper- sistentes. Flores parvuli. Legumen latius quam in sequentibus, tenuius quam in præ- cedentibus. Hab. Tropical America: Peru and Bolivia, Pavon, Matthews, n. 477, Lechler, n. 1932; Chinchin (not Chile), Dombey. *** Foliola pauca v. plurima, quam in ** tenuiora sepiusque latiora et obtusiora. Legumen (ubi notum) quam in ** angustius, crassius tamen quam in Rostratis. Species 4 priores Peruviane v. Chilenses ; 4 pos- teriores Americe centralis v. borealis subtropice incole. (Legumen in C. birostri latiusculum. Foliola in C, bahamensis var. floridana sæpe crassiuscula.) 100. C. CONJUGATA, Ruiz et Pav.! MS. Foliola 1-2-juga, obovata, obtusa, glabra. Le- gumen latiusculum, planum. Hab. Tropical America: Peru, Ruiz and Pavon in herb. Lambert, now Brit. Mus.; Cobija, Gaudichaud. Frutex ramosissimus, glaber v. parce pubescens. Foliola 1-2-juga, brevissime petiolulata, oblique obovata v. oblonga, obtusissima, basi inæquilatera, 4-2 v. rarius 1 poll. longa, concoloria, preter costam subavenia, utrinque glabra v. subtus pilis brevibus conspersa; glandula tenuis v. stipitata, breviter conica inter inferiora. Petiolus l-l-pollicaris. Stipule minute, caducæ. Racemi in axillis superioribus laxe pauciflori, pedicellis 2-4 distantibus 3-8 lin. longis. Sepala valde insequalia, interiora orbiculata, 2-3 lin. longa, exteriora brevia, angusta. Petala venis intensius coloratis picta, majora vix semipollicaria. An- there apice cupuliferæ erostres, 2 majores longius stipitatæ. Legumen planum, membranaceum, 2-3 eos longum, 4-5 lin. latum, rectum v. interdum valde curvatum. 101. C. Maxpowr, Benth., sp. n. Glaberrima. Foliola 2—4-juga, oblonga v. ovali- oblonga, obtusa, subtus pallida; glandula tenuis inter omnia paria. Racemi paniculati. Flores quam in C. versicolori paullo majores. Legumen breviter stipitatum, ped membranaceum, glabrum, 3 poll. longum, 6 lin. latum. Hab. Tropical America: Bolivia near Sorata, prov. Larecaja, Mandon, n. 751 bis This has the glabrous foliage and the flowers of C. versicolor with the leaflets of C. aurantia (3-14 in. long), but with glands between all the pairs instead of between the lowest pair only, as in those two species and most of their allies. 102. C. coquimbessis, Vog. Syn. Cass. 27. Foliola 4—6-iuga, parois glabra e subtus pubeenda. Racemi meu. Bracteæ lneari-subulate. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 541 C. frondosa, 8, Hook. et Arn. ! in Hook. Bot. Misc. 210. C. flaccida, Closs ! in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. ii. 238. Hab. Extratropical S. America: Chile, Coquimbo, Cuming, C. Gay, Gaudichaud, and others; also apparently Quillota, Bertero, n. 896. 103. C. AURANTIA, Ruiz et Pav.! G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 441. Foliola 5-7-juga, ob- longa, obtusa, pubescentia. Racemi laxiflori, folio longiores. Bracteæ parvæ, caducæ. C. Dombeyana, Vog. ! Syn. Cass. 28. Hab. Tropical America : Peru or Bolivia. Frutex habitu fere C. bicapsularis, undique pube brevi molli, in pagina superiore foliolorum tamen tenuiore canescens. Foliola 5-7-juga, breviter petiolulata, oblique oblonga, obtusa, basi valde inzequilatera, nunc 1-14 poll. longa, nunc vix pollicaria; glandula tenuis inter infima. Stipule parvæ, setaceæ cadu- cissimæ. Pedunculi omnes axillares, supra medium laxe racemosi. Bracteæ parvæ, lineari-setaceæ, caducæ. Pedicelli j-1-pollicares. Sepala valde inæqualia, interiora orbiculata 3 lin. longa, exteriora brevia oblonga. Petala semipollicaria, venosa. Antheræ apice cupuliferæ, due circa 3 lin. longe fila- mentis longiusculis, quatuor breviores filamentis brevissimis. Dombey's specimen in herb. Lindl. has rather smaller leaflets than Pavon's, but appears to be the same plant. As suggested by Vogel, it has some general resemblance to C. mexicana ; but the calyx is very dif- ferent, the peduncles and racemes are also longer in proportion to the leaves. "The pod is unknown. 104. C. BAHAMENSIS, Mill. ! Dict. n. 9. Foliola 3-5-juga, latiuscula, oblonga, obtusa y. mucronato-aristulata, glabra v. pilosula; glandula nunc inter par infimum, nunc in petioli parte nuda. Racemi pauciflori, corymboso-paniculati. Legumen angustum. C. angustisiliqua, Shuttlew.! in Rug. Pl. Florid. exs. n. 197, non Lam. Hab. Subtropical N. America : Bahama Islands and Florida. Frutex glaberrimus v. pilis paucis adpressis conspersus. Foliola petiolulata, basi obliqua, 4-1-pollicaria, rigidule membranacea; glandula obtusa nonnunquam (pari infimo foliolorum abortiente?) infra foliola sita. Inflorescentia fere C. ligustrine, sed flores multo minores. Petala pallida, picta. Antheræ 2 longe stipitatæ, arcuate, 2-3 lin. longæ, suberostres, uniporosæ, 4 subsessiles, recte. Legumen fere C. biflore, 3-4 poll. longum, 11-2 lin. latum. ; The variable position of the gland, either between the leaflets of the lower pair or on the leafless lower portion of the petiole, is the same as in C. oblongifolia, only that in the latter case it is only very rarely between the leaflets, and the pod and arrangement of the seeds are those of Oncolobium ; whilst in C. bahamensis the gland is only rarely below the leaves and the pod is quite that of Chamesenna. Var. ? LATIFOLIA, foliolis 2-4-jugis, 2-13-pollicaribus late oblongis ovalibusve obtusis- simis vix mucronatis, racemis plurifloris, floribus majoribus, legumine 4—5 poll. longo ~ 3—4 lin. lato seepe incurvo. Hab. Bahamas, Swainson, also in herb. Mus. Brit. This may possibly prove a distinct species ; if so, it would assume the name of C. pallens, given to it by Dryander in herb. Banks. 105. C. Borrertana, Benth., sp. nov. Foliola 3-juga, obovali-oblonga, obtusa, glabri- uscula ; glandula inter infima. Racemi elongati, axillares, multiflori. Bractez lineares. Antherz 3 majores erostres. Legumen lineare, latiusculum. : Hab. Tropical or subtropical N. America: Mexico, on Mount Orizaba, Botteri, n. 784; - between San Blas and Tepic, Coulter; near San José del Oro, Karwinski. - Frutex videtur habitu C. bicapsulari subaffinis, ramulis pubescentibus. Foliola membranacea, 4-14- pollicaria. Stipule caducæ. Racemi foliis æquilongi v. longiores. Bractew parve, subpersistentes. 542 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Sepala circa 3 lin. longa. Petala semipollicaria, tenuiter venosa. Legumen 3-4 poll. longum, 3-4 lin. latum, planum, crassiusculum. Botteri's specimens have in some herbaria, under the same number, 784, one also of C. leiophylla, Vog. 106. C. SKINNERI, Benth., sp. n. Foliola 5-6-juga, anguste obovata v. cuneato-oblonga, subtus pubescentia. Pedunculi axillares, pauciflori. Petala maxima, subavenia, stipitata. . Hab. Guatemala, Skinner. Frutex ramulis petiolis inflorescentiaque pilis brevibus pubescentibus. Foliola obtusissima, ultima pol- lice longiora, infra medium valde angustata, basi insequilatera, brevissime petiolulata, inferiora decrescentia magis ovalia, omnia supra glabra, margine subtusque ad venas piloso-pubescentia; glandula tenuis inter paria 1-2 inferiora. Petioli communes vix 2-pollicares. Stipulæ lineari-setaceæ, elongate, subpersis- tentes. Pedunculi foliis breviores, apice confertim 2-5-flori. Bractez lineares. Pedicelli pollicares. Sepala interiora suborbiculata, 3-4 lin. longa, exteriora minora. Petala parum inæqualia, maxima fere 12-pollicaria, patentissima., Antherz 3 majores fere 5 lin. long, vix acuminate, pilis paucis consperse. Legumen (si rite huc relatum in herb. Lindl.) planum, vix dehiscens, 4 lin. latum. A well-marked species, with the foliage nearly of some varieties of C. bicapsularis, but with the large flowers almost of the Bacillares Speciose. The pods accompanying the specimens are not attached to them, but, from the peduncles &c., appear really to belong to them. They are broken so as not to tell their real length, but are quite those of the Chamesenne of some of the following groups. Series 2. Aphylle. Folio nulla v. ad squamulas minutas reducta. Pedunculi ad nodos solitarii v. gemini, sepissime biflori. Anthere vix rostrate. Legumen lineare, planum, marginatum. 107. C. APHYLLA, Cav. lc. vi. 41, t. 561. Glaberrima, aphylla. Rami tenues, apice sæpe spinescentes. | Hab. Extratropical S. America: Mendoza and Buenos Ayres. 108. C. CRASSIRAMEA, Benth. ! in Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 1063. Glaberrima, aphylla. Rami valde incrassati. : Hab. S. America: Andes of Salta, and dry hills, San Vicente, Pearce; Bolivia, prov. Tarija, Weddell. Series 3. Rostrate. Anthere staminum 2-3 inferiorum rostro cylindrico porifero ter- minate. Legumen sepius angustum, valvulis planis marginibus incrassato-nerviformibus. Foliola pauci- v. multijuga, membranacea, obtusa v. rarius acutiuscula. Stipule lineares setacee v. caducissime. | * Pedunculis solitariis geminisve bifloris v. rarius hinc inde subumbellatim 8—4-floris. 109. C. LEIOPHYLLA, Vog. ! Syn. Cass. 25. Glabra (in forma typica). Foliola 2-3-juga, obtusissima. Sepala interiora semipollicaria. Legumen 3-4-pollicare, 21-31 lin. latum, arcuatum, marginatum.— 7. Bras. 120. y Hab. Tropical America: Brazil. Var.? PUBESCENS. Undique molliter pubescens; cætera omnia forme glabræ Bra- siliensis. : . C. pumila, Mart. et Gal.! in Bull. Acad. Brux. x. pars ii. 307, non DC. Hab. Tropical America: Peru, near Tarapoto, Spruce, n. 4299; Central America, - Nicaragua, Œrsted; * New Spain," Pavon; near J alapa, Galeotti, n. 3312. | im "e The aspect, especially of the pubescent variety, is very nearly that of C. mucronifera, in Prososperma; MR. G. BENTHAM —REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 545 ' and the pod, more curved, with more oblique seeds than is usual in the Rostrate, and perhaps rather thicker, approaches that of Oncolobium; but the flowers are very nearly those of C. multiflora and C. biflora. | | F 110. C. MULTIFLORA, Mart. et Gal.! in Bull. Acad. Brus. x. pars ii. 307. Glabra. Foliola 2- rarius 3-juga. Sepala interiora ¿-pollicaria. Legumen angustum, continuum. Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, prov. Oaxaca, Liebmann, Andrieux, n. 416; Galeotti, n. 3145. This is very nearly allied to C. biflora; but the leaflets appear to be constantly in two or rarely three pairs only, and the larger prominent flowers give the specimens a different aspect. 11T. C. BIFLORA, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 540. Pubescens v. glabrata. Foliola 4-10-juga (ramulorum rarius 2-3-juga), latiuscula, glabra v. subtus pubescentia. Legumen an- ' gustum, continuum.—F!. Bras. 121. C. biflora, Bot. Mag. t. 810; Bot. Reg. t. 1310. C. galegifolia, Linn. ! Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1017. C. tenuissima, Linn. Spec. Pl. 541, ex char. et ex Vog. C. angustisiliqua, Lam. Dict. 1. 649, excl. ic. Plumieri. C. Marimari, Aubl. Pl. Gui. 382, ex ic. Plumieri citata, t. 78. f. 1. C: crista, Jacq.! Ic. Rar. i. 8, t. 74. C. frondosa, Ait.! Hort. Kew. ed. 1. ii. 53. C semperflorens, DC.! Cat. Hort. Monsp. 90. C. pallida, Vahl, Ecl. i. 12, ex descr. C. geminiflora, Moc. et Sess. in Collad. Hist. Cass. 103, t. 3, ex ic. et descr. C. acapulcensis, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 353. C. nemorosa, H. B. et K.! L c. C. venustula, H. B. et K.! I. c. 352. C. Berteriana, Balb. in DC.! Prod. ii. 496. C. oryadena, DC. ! Prod. ii. 495, excl. syn. Desv. et Mill. p fulgens, Macfad !, Fl. Jam. 1. 342. T. viphividea, Bertol. Fl. Guatemal. 15? ex descr. Var. ROSTRATA, glandula compressa latiuscula (in forma typica sepius tenuis, acuta et erectiuscula, variat tamen latior et obtusa). C. rostrata, Mart. ! Voigt in Syll. Pl. Nov. Soc. Ratisb. ii. 55; Verhandl. Preuss. Gartenb. Gesellsch. But C. aversiflora, Hook.! Bot. Mag. t. 2138 (floribus solito majoribus). Hab. Tropical America: Peru, Columbia, Central America, Mexico, and West Indies ; the variety rostrata almost confined to Brazil, and the only one there. : A specimen of C. biflora in the Linnean herbarium is marked *' galegifolia,” in Linnæus’s own hand- writing. "This name is, it is true, crossed out by Sir J. E. Smith; but the plant appears to be really the one Linnzus had in view. > C. angustisiliqua, Lam. Dict. i. 649, to which Vogel refers C. Berteriana, DC. Prod. ii. 496, from St. Domingo, would appear to be founded chiefly on one of the forms of C. biflora with many leaflets and short glands, several West-Indian specimens agreeing well with the descriptions given; but the figure of . Plumier's referred to, t. 78. f. 2, is quite different, and appears to me to be a rude representation of C. siamea, probably from some West-Indian botanic garden, whence several of Plumier's figures were evidently taken. Plumier, however, describes the pod as terete, although the lower pods of his figure ' 544 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. seem to represent the flat pods with thickened margins of Chamesenna. Perhaps Plumier may have transposed his memoranda, and should have described the pod of t. 77 as terete and that of t. 78. f. 9 as flat. In that case his descriptions would agree better with his drawings, and we should refer the former to C. Fistula, the latter to C. siamea, both of them in cultivation only in the West Indies. I should have hesitated to refer the Brazilian C. rostrata to C. biflora, the broad obtuse gland being very constant in the former, and the narrow erect gland very general i in the latter, but that I have met with several Central .American and West-Indian specimens in which the gland becomes dilated and obtuse, although, perhaps, not quite so much so as in the Brazilian ones. The species varies very much in the size and number of the flowers. ; The Asiatic C. divaricata, Nees, from the Indian archipelago, closely resembles in many respects the same var. rostrata of C. biflora, connecting it in some measure with C. glauca, next to which it is placed below in the section Psilorhegma; for the anthers, although very unequal, are all perfect. 112. C. POLYPHYLLA, Jacq. Coll. iv. 104, Ic. Rar. t. 460. Pubescens. Foliola 5-15- juga (sæpius 10-12-juga), parva, 2-3 lin. longa, margine ciliata, cæterum glabra v. subtus pilosula, foliis sæpius ad nodos fasciculatis. Cetera C. biflore. “Legumen semipedale.” C. marginata, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 444, ex Vog. Hab. Tropical America: Portorico, Pavon, and also perhaps some other West-Indian islands. Pavon's specimen from herb. Lambert, now in herb. Mus. Brit., answers precisely to Jacquin's figure. Two others in herb. Hook., one from Jamaica, Distin, the other from St. Domingo, Mackenzie, have not the leaves clustered, and the leaflets are rather larger, but much smaller and more numerous (8 to 12 pairs) than in C. biflora, to which Grisebach would refer them. These specimens seem to me to connect the two species, but to be nearer to C. polyphylla than to C. biflora. The pod is rather broad. 113. C. VICLEFOLIA, Benth., sp. n. Molliter pubescens. Foliola 5-7 juga, angusta, supra puberula, subtus molliter tomentosa. Legumen elongatum, inter semina articu- latim secedens. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, Fendler, n. 2230, 2231. Frutex ramulis petiolisque molliter rufo- v. canescenti-pubescentibus. Foliola oblonga, obtusiuscula, mucronata, basi obliqua, ultima pollicaria v. paullo longiora, inferiora decrescentia. Stipulæ subulatæ. Pedunculi ad nodos vetustos plerique biflori. Flores ampli C. multiflore. Sepala valde inæqualia, inte- riora orbiculata, 3-4 lin. longa. Petala majora pollicaria. Antheræ longiores tenuiter longeque rostratæ, 4 intermediæ paullo minores, rostro brevissimo inflexo. Legumen semipedale v. longius, 3-31 lin. latum, planum. The foliage is nearly that of C. incarnata, but more pubescent; the inflorescence that of C. biflora. The character derived from the articulation of the pod requires perhaps further confirmation. It appears to be constant in the few specimens I have seen of this species; but I have sometimes, though rarely, seen symptoms of it in other species allied to C. biflora. 114. C. FoLIOLOSA, Benth., sp. n. Foliola 20-30-juga, lineari-oblonga, conferta, glabra; glandula i inter inferiora. Hab. Guatemala, Skinner in herb. Lindley. Tota glaberrima v. pilis paucis parvis prsesertim in inflorescentia conspersa. Foliola obtusa, basi parum inæquilatera, sessilia, 4-6 lin. longa, crassiuscula, uninervia ; glandula longiuscula acuta inter par infimum. Petiolus communis subbipolliearis. Stipule rigidule setaceæ, subpersistentes. Pedunculi axillares biflori - versus apices ramorum conferti et flores omnino C. biflore. Antherz 3 inferiores majores, rostro tereti apice subdilatato, Legumen junius planum, pilis adpressis conspersum, perfectum, haud suppetit. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 545 This differs from all the biflorous Rostrate in its numerous small leaflets, which give it, at first sight, the aspect of some of the smaller-leaved states of C. multijuga; but they are still smaller and more com- pact, and the inflorescence and flowers are those of C. biflora. ** Flores in pedunculo plurimi racemosi v. conferti. T Foliola 6-12-juga, inflorescentia pube eglandulosa. 115. C. INCARNATA, Pav. ! in herb. Lamb. nunc Mus. Brit. Foliola 7-10-juga, anguste oblonga, obtusa, subtus puberula; glandula inter inferiora. Stipulæ falcatæ, lineares v. lanceolate, aristatæ, subpersistentes. Pedunculi apice confertim pluriflori. Legumen rectum. C. versicolor, Benth. ! Pl. Hartw. 128, non Meyen. Hab. Tropical America: Peru and Bolivia. Frutex 6-8-pedalis, pluribus notis C. biflore affinis, petiolis angustis et inflorescentia diversus. Ramuli petioli inflorescentiaque tenuiter puberula subcanescentia. Foliola breviter petiolulata, obtusa v. obtusi- uscula, 6-9 lin. longa, basi parum inzquilatera, utrinque concoloria, venis tenuibus. Pedunculi axillares, pollicares, 5-7-flori; bracteæ minute, caducæ; pedicelli subpollicares. Sepala tenuia, interiora orbicu- lata, 3-4 lin. diametro, exteriora dimidio minora. Petala majora 3-pollicaria. Antheræ majores tenuiter longeque rostrate. Legumen rectum, planum, marginatum, 3-4 poll. longum, 24 lin. latum. 116. C. ROBINIRFOLIA, Benth., sp.n. Foliola 6-10-juga, elliptico-oblonga, acuta, mol- liter pubescentia; glandulæ inter omnia v. pleraque paria. C. biflora, Griseb. ! Cat. Pl. Cub. 79, non Linn. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, Ocaña, Schlim, n. 2; Cuba, Wright, n. 2370. Frutex ramulis petiolisque brevissime tomentoso-pubescentibus. Foliola longiuscula, petiolulata, oblongo-elliptiea, acuta v. acutiuscula, mucronata, basi inæquilatera v. subzequalia, 1-2-pollicaria, inferiora decrescentia, supra venosa pube minuta conspersa, subtus pallida densius pubescentia. Petiolus com- munis 3-5-pollicaris. Glandule tenues, stipitatæ. Stipule setaceæ, incurvæ, longiuscule, caducæ. Pedunculi axillares, racemoso- 4-10-flori inferiores folio multo breviores, floribus paucis subconfertis, superiores floribus numerosioribus folia sæpe superant. Pedicelli subpollicares. Bracteæ minutæ, caducis- simæ, Sepala interiora orbiculata, 3 lin. longa, exteriora minora, angusta. Petala majora pollicaria. An- there 3 majores longe angusteque rostratæ. Staminodiorum laminæ late oblongæ. Legumen planum, marginatum, 3-5 poll. longum, 3-3} lin. latum. The Cuban specimens were referred by Grisebach to C. biflora, to which they certainly beat consider- able affinity ; but they appear to me to be sufficiently distinct in foliage and inflorescence to justify the establishing them as a distinct species. The Columbian specimens closely resemble the Cuban ones. — — 117. C. Rırpeun, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 122. Foliola 10-12-juga, oblonga, subglabra; glandule inter omnia paria. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 118. C. sprxEscENs, Hoffm. ex Vog. Syn. Cass. 27, et in Linnea, xi. 675. Folia spinis 2 stipularibus recurvis stipata; foliola 5-6-juga, ovata v. ovato-oblonga, acuta v. acuminata, glabra, subtus pallida, 1-3 poll. longa; glandule inter omnia paria. In- florescentia puberula. ; Hab. Tropical America : Brazil near Para, Hoffmannsegg in herb. Willd. E | I have not seen this species, which is evidently a very distinct one, remarkable for its spinescent stipules, the only other prickly species being the C. aculeata, in which, however, the aculei are numerous and scattered. In the latter species, also, the habit and characters are those of the Picte, whilst C. spi- VOL. XXVII. 4c j2:3/ 546 MR. G. BENTHAM— REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. nescens, from Vogel’s very full and satisfactory description, is evidently one of the Rostrate. Finding no specimens in any of the Brazilian collections I had before me in working up the genus for the * Flora Brasiliensis, I unfortunately overlooked it. tt Foliola 8-20-juga, inflorescentia glanduloso-pubescens. 119. C. TRACcHYPUS, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 122. Foliola 8-12-juga, obtusa, glabra, subtus pallida; glandule inter omnia v. pleraque paria. Inflorescentia glanduloso- pubescens, viscidula. Hab. Tropical: America : Brazil, prov. S. Paolo, Minas Geraes, Ceara, d Piauhy. 120. C. ACURUENSIS, benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 122. Foliola 10-20 juga, ob- longa, obtusa, subtus v. utrinque pubescentia ; glandulæ inter plurima v. fere omnia paria. Inflorescentia glanduloso-pubescens, viscidula. Hab. "Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia. ttt Foliola 18-60-juga, inflorescentie pubes eglandulosa. 121. C. MULTIJUGA, Rich. in Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. 108. Ramuli tomentoso- pubescentes glabrative. Foliola 18-40-juga, lineari-oblonga, semipollice longiora, glabra v. subtus pubescentia; glandula inter par infimum. Racemi ample panieulati.— 77. Bras. 132/ t. 37. C. calliantha, G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 169. C. Richardiana, Kunth !, Mim. 139, t. 42. C. Selloi, G. Don !, Gen. Syst. ii. 442. C. fulgens, Wall.! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5310. C. magnifica, Mart. ! herb., Fl. Bras. 106. n. 141. C^ semifalcata, Vell. Fl. Flum. 167; Ic. 4, t. 68. C. . amplifloray Steud. ! in Flora, 1843, 760. Var. LINDLEYANA, ramulis petiolis inflorescentiaque molliter fulvo-tomentosis. C. Lindleyana, Gardn. ! in Hook. Lond. Journ. ii. 341. Hab. Tropical America: from South Brazil, Tucuman, and Eastern Peru to Guiana, Columbia, and Central America; also Mexico and West Indies, but perhaps there cul- tivated only. 122. C. VERRUCOSA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 38. Tenuiter tomentella v. glabra. Foliola 30-60-juga, linearia, pleraque semipollice breviora. Cetera C. multijuge.— FI. Bras. 133. C. centijuga, Wawra in Flora, 1864, 248. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro and Bahia. - This may be a variety only of the common C. multijuga with more numerous leaflets, the C. centijuga of Wawra (if I am correct in referring to it Pecholt’s specimens in herb. Mart.) having sometimes more than 60 pairs. 123. C. Mouristana, Kunth!, Mim. 142, t.43. Ramuli pilis longis patentibus hirsutis- simi. Foliola 40-50-juga, linearia, subtus pubescentia; glandule inter omnia p Hab. Tropical America: Columbia. Series 4. Auriculatæ. Anthere suberostres. Legumen plamum, Tete. margi- natum. Foliola pauci- v. plurijuga. Stipule foliacee, semicordate v. oblique reniformes. * The threo species I bave hee collected have a very ifo t from that of the other intergl dular MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 547 Chamesennas. The American one has the habit of the shrubby Prosospermas, the Asiatic and African ones approach more to the Psilorhegmas ; and all have the pod of some species of the latter section. The stipules distinguish them from all other Chamesennas except C. stipularis, which might, indeed, be included in the present group, but that its general habit and affinities seem to be rather with the other Chilian species with which I have associated it. * Brasiliana, foliolis majusculis, 3-4-jugis. 124. C. RENIFORMIS, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 440. Pubescens. Foliola 3-4-juga. Stipulæ foliaceze, subreniformes, persistentes. Racemi subcorymboso-paniculati. Legumen lati- usculum.—J7. Bras. 124. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. ** Gerontogee, foliolis 8-14-jugis. 125. C, AURICULATA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 542. Foliola 8-12-juga, ovalia, obtusa, glabra v. subtus pubescentia. Stipulze foliaceæ, rotundato-semicordate. Senna auriculata, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 349. Hab. Tropical Asia: East-Indian peninsula. There is no specimen of this species in the Linnæan herbarium. 126. C. DeLAGOENSIS, Harv.! Fl. Cap. ii. 272. Foliola 8-14-juga, oblongo-lanceo- lata, acuta v. acuminata, glabra v. subtus puberula. Stipulæ foliaceæ, falcatæ, semi- cordatæ. | Hab. Subtropical South Africa: Delagoa Bay, Forbes. B. Eglandulosæ. Series 5. Floride. Folia eglandulosa. Racemi axillares v. in paniculam terminalem corymbosam v. amplam dispositi. Legumen sepius elongatum, planum, marginibus in- crassatis. E- ; T * Parvifoliæ, foliolis parvis pauci- v. multijugis. + Legumen elongatum, marginibus nerviformibus. 127. Q. WisLIZEN1, A. Gray !, Pl. Wright. i. 60 (Smiths. Contr. iii). Foliola 4-7-juga, obovata v. late oblonga, sub-3-linearia. Racemi axillares, pedunculati, pauciflori. Flores majusculi. Legumen planum, 3-4 poll. longum, 3-4 lin. latum, marginibus nerviformi- incrassatis. : Hab. Subtropical North America: New Mexico and West Texas. ++ Legumen brevius, latiusculum, suturis suturis membranaceo-alatis. 128. ©. GALEOTTIANA, Martens ! in Bull. Acad. Brux. x. 2 305. Foliola 4-7-juga, obovata, quam in C. polyantha minora et magis coriacea. Legumen idem. : Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, Galeotti, n. 3227, Liebmann. 129. C. POLYANTHA, Mog. et Sess. in Collad. ! Hist. Cass. 112, t. 2. Puboigent. Foliola 8-14-juga, oblonga, raro semipollicem longa. Flores parvuli, racemis corymboso-pani- culatis. C. Browniana, Kunth !, Mim. 135, t. 41. Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, prov. Oaxaca. 548 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. ** Molles. Foliola paucijuga, canescentia, subtus v. utrinque molliter pubescentia v. villosa. Legumen elongatum, planum, crassiusculum, valvulis coriaceis, marginibus crassis nec nerviformibus. 130. C. Lara, H. B. et K.! Noé. Gen. et Sp. vi. 340. Foliola 9—4-juga, ampla, acumi- nata, (3-5-pollicaria,) supra parce subtus molliter tomentosa. Cathartocarpus letus, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 454. Hab. 'Tropical America: near Guayaquil. We have no specimen of this species; but from a cursory glance at the one in the Humboldtian her- barium at Paris it appeared to me to be allied to, but distinct from, the two following, and remarkable for the size of the leaflets. 131. C. EMARGINATA, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 538. Foliola 3-5-juga, rarius hinc inde bijuga, lata, obtusissima, supra pubescentia, subtus molliter tomentosa. Racemi breves, axillares v. ad nodos defoliatos fasciculati. Bracteæ parvæ, caduce. C. arborescens, Mill.! Dict. n. 15. C. elliptica, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 356. C. canescens, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 357. C: grisea, A. Rich. Fl. Cub. i. 493, ex char. C. chrysophylla, A. Rich. Fl. Cub. i. 500, ex char. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, Central America, West Indies. This species varies much in the breadth of the leaves. The anthers are sometimes quite glabrous, sometimes sprinkled with rather rigid short hairs. 132. C. ATOMARIA, Linn. Mant. 68. Foliola 3—4- rarius 5-juga, ovata v. ovali-elliptiea, acutiuscula v. acuminata, (1-3 poll.,) molliter pubescentia. Inflorescentia flores et legu- mina C. emarginate. | C. nutans, Collad. Hist. Cass. 118, t. 4. C. mollissima, Humb. et Bonpl. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 440, ex descr. C. graveolens, Colla, Hort. Ripul. App. ii. 343? ex descr. (specimina descripta nondum floruerunt). Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, Central America, Guayaquil, Pavon. Very closely allied to C. emarginata, differing in the less obtuse, often acute or acuminate leaflets. Linnæus’s specimen is a young seedling in leaf only, but it appears to be the same plant as the one grown in the Montpellier and other Continental botanic gardens as C. atomaria. Var. GLABRATA, racemis longioribus multifloris, foliolis amplis obtusioribus. Hab. * New Spain," Pavon in herb. Boiss. 133. C. PERALTEANA, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 356. Foliola 4-juga, oblonga, obtusa, supra puberula, subtus canescenti- v. aureo-pubescentia. Racemi folia sequantes. Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, near Campeachy. 184. C. ANDRIEUXIL, Benth. in herb. DC. Foliola 3-4-juga, ovata v. obovato-oblonga, obtusa, mollia, supra velutina, subtus dense cano-tomentosa v. lanata. Racemi elongati, floribundi, bracteis persistentibus. Legumen longum, pubescens. Hab. Tropical America : Mexico, Andrieux, n. 414, Bates. Ramuli petioli inflorescentiaque dense mollissimeque pubescentes v. lanati. Foliola breviter petiolulata, crassa, mollissima, 3-1-pollicaria, petiolo communi (in ramulis floridis) 2-21-pollicari. Racemi peduncu- lati, conferti, nunc breves folia parum excedentes, nunc 4-5-pollicares dense floribundi. Flores majusculi. Bracteæ oblonge, acuminatæ, concavæ, diu persistentes, rufo-lanatæ. Pedicelli 3-1-pollicares. Sepala mem- MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 549 branacea, lanata, inæqualia, 3-5 lin. longa. Petala 6-9 lin. longa. Antheræ 7 parum inæquales, obtuse. Legumen villosum, rectum, planum, marginatum, subsemipedale, 4 lin. latum, valvulis membranaceis. 135. C. LIEBMANNI, Benth., sp.n. Foliola 6-10-juga, ovalia v. oblonga, obtusa, supra subvelutina, subtus canescenti-tomentosa v. villosa. Racemi laxi, foliis breviores. Bracteæ lanceolatæ, subpersistentes. Legumen pubescens. | Hab. Tropical America: Mexico, prov. Oaxaca, Liebmann. Ramuli petioli et inflorescentia molliter rufo-pubescentes. Folia 6-8 poll. longa; foliola 3-14 poll. longa, mollia, basi obliqua. Racemi pedunculati, pedicellis 4-2 poll. longis. Sepala crassiuscula, mollia, rufo-pubescentia, 22-3 lin. longa. Petala subduplo longiora. *** Paniculate. Foliola nunc ampla plurijuga, nunc oblonga multijuga. Racemi in paniculam amplam pyramidatam dispositi. T Americane. 136. C. SAPINDIFOLIA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 94. Foliola 4-6- (rarius 2-3-)juga, ovata v. ovali-oblonga, 3-5-pollicaria, glabra.— Fl. Bras. 124. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia. : 137. C. SYLVESTRIS, Vell. Fl. Flum. 169; Ic. iv.78. Foliola 7-8-juga, ovato-oblonga v. lanceolata, basi subcordata, 2-4-pollicaria, subtus ferrugineo- v. sordide tomentosa. Legu- men variat 4-8 poll. longum, 5-12 lin. latum.— 77. Bras. 126, t. 38. Hab. Tropical America : Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes, Goyaz, and Mattogrosso, Bolivia, Santa Anna, Chiquitos, D’ Orbigny. C. punctata, Scheele, in Linnza, xvii. 336 (non Vog.), may possibly be a form of C. sylvestris, too im- perfectly described for identification. 138. C. RACEMOSA, Mill. ! Dict. ed. 8, n. 19. Foliola 8-10-juga, oblongo- v. ovato- lanceolata, sæpius acuta, 2-4-pollicaria, glabra v. subtus minute puberula.—77. Bras. 126. C. lucens, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 46. C. trinitatis, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 77, non Reichb. C. floribunda, Griseb. Pl. Lechl. n. 2507, non Cav. Hab. Tropical America : North Brazil, British Guiana, Columbia, Peru, and perhaps introduced into Asiatie Gardens, a specimen from Siam, Schomburgk, n. 251, in ex- cellent flower and fruit, being undistinguishable from those American ones which have rather broad leaflets. | : 139. C. DOMINGENSIS, Spreng.! Neue Entd. iii. 55. Foliola 4-8-juga, ovato-lanceolata v. lanceolata, cuspidata, glabra, 14-2-pollicaria, cætera C. racemosæ nisi calyx glabrior et flores paullo minores. Legumen 2-3 poll. longum, 4-5 lin. latum. Hab. Tropical America: Hayti, Bertero, Swartz; Cuba, Wright, n. 150. This is very closely allied to C. racemosa, differing chiefly in the somewhat fewer leaflets and more glabrous calyx. "The fragmentary fruiting specimen in the Banksian herbarium which, on a hasty glance, Vogel referred to C. domingensis, evidently belongs to some Dalbergieous or Sophoreous shrub. ++ Gerontogee. 140. C. SIAMEA, Lam. Dict. i. 648. Foliola 6-10-juga, rarius plura, ovali-oblonga, obtusa, subcoriacea, glabra, sub-2-pollicaria. C. florida, Vahl, Symb. iii. 57. C. Sumatrana, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 31. — C. gigantea, Berter.! in DC. Prod. ii. 492. 550 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Senna sumatrana, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 347. Chamefistula gigantea, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 452. Cassia arborea, Macfad.!, Fl. Jam. i. 343. Hab. Tropical Asia: Eastern archipelago and East India, but in many places intro- duced. Introduced also into Tropical America. This has long been grown in gardens both in East India and in Jamaica and other American settlements. It appears to be truly indigenous in Ceylon, the Indian and Malayan peninsulas, the Eastern archipelago, and Siam, whence we have had specimens from Sir R. Schomburgk under the nos. 122 and 212. 141. C. MONTANA, Heyne! in Roth. Nov. Sp. PI. 214. Foliola 10-16-juga, anguste oblonga, obtusa, glabra, nune vix pollicaria, nunc 1-2-pollicaria. Stipule caducissime, parvee, rarius basi subdilatatee. C. setigera, DC.! Prod. ii. 499. Senna glauca, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 351. Hab. Tropical Asia: E. Indian peninsula. A specimen in fruit from Nossibé, off the coast of Madagascar, Boivin, in herb. Hook., is very much like this species, but with a much broader pod. 142. C. LAXIFLORA, Benth. ! Fl. Austral. ii. 283. Foliola 10-20-jugá, anguste oblonga, obtusa, molliter tomentoso-pubescentia, vix pollicaria. Bracteæ inconspicuæ. Hab. 'Tropical Australia. 143. C. TIMORENSIS, DC. ! Prod.ii.499. Foliola 10-20-juga, anguste oblonga, obtusa, subtus pubescentia, vix pollicaria. Stipulæ reniformes, caducæ v. rarius subpersistentes, interdum in panicula terminali ad basis racemorum bracteas simulantes. - C. palmata, Wall.! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5306. Hab. Tropical Australia, Ceylon, Burmah, Eastern Archipelago. Series 6. Picte. Folia eglandulosa v. rarius glandule minute parum conspicue inter . foliola. Racemi in summis axillis v. pseudo-terminales, ante anthesin bracteis latis mem- branaceis imbricatis sepius strobilacei, per anthesin elongandi. Petala venis intense colo- ratis picía. Legumen sepe latum, planum v. valvulis medio ad semina elevatis miens v. longitudinaliter alatis. * Subglabra, legumine alato. 144. C. ALATA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 541. Foliola 8-14-juga, ampla, obovata v. oblonga, obtusissima. Stipulæ obliquæ, acuminatæ, persistentes at parvæ. Bracteæ amplæ.— F1. Bras. 126; Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 275. C. bracteata, Linn. f. Suppl. 232. C. herpetica, Jacq. ! Obs. ii. 24, t. 45. f. 2 (ic. partis folii tantum). Senna alata, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 349. Hab. Tropical Asia, Africa, and America. ** Pubescentes, rarius subglabre, legumine exalato. 145. C. RETICULATA, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 443. Foliola 9-12-juga, oblonga, obtusa : y. mucronata. Stipulæ lanceolato-falcatæ, subpersistentes. Bracteæ pas Legumen _ transverse inter semina leviter elevatum.— F7. Bras. 127. C. strobilacea, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 347. een B. et K.! ! Le. 348. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 551 C. dumetorum, Bert.! in DC. Prod. ii. 499. Hab. Tropical America: N. Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, and Central America. 146. C. PISTACIAFOLIA, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 349. Fruticosa v. arborea. Foliola 6-12-juga (rarius 4-5-juga), oblonga, obtusa, 13—3-pollicaria, coriacea, glabra v. subtus pubescentia. Stipule caducissimæ. Racemi ad apices ramorum conferti, subpani- eulati pubescentes. Bracteæ 2-3 lin. longæ, caducæ v. obsoletæ. Legumen 2-3-pollicare, planissimum. Var. GLABRA. C. fraxinifolia, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 349. C. cuspidata, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 443, ex Vog. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, Humboldt and Bonpland; Antioquia, Triana. The leaflets appear to vary considerably on different branches, from few and large to numerous and small, quite glabrous or pubescent underneath, especially when young. 147. C. NOTABILIS, F. Muell.! Fragm. iii. 28. Villosæ. Foliola 9-15-juga, ovato-lanceo- lata v. oblonga, acuta v. infima obtusa cum mucrone. Stipulæ anguste, caducæ. Racemi longe pedunculati. Bracteæ lanceolatæ, caducze.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 284. Hab. Tropical Australia. : 148. C. VENUSTA,’ F. Muell.! Fragm.i. 165. Sequenti C. didymobotrye simillima, nec distinguenda nisi foliis majoribus, foliolis 1-2-pollicaribus, floribus per contra dimidio minoribus.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 284. Hab. Tropical Australia. 149. C. DIDYMOBOTRYA, Fresen. in Flora, 1839, 53. Foliola 7-15-juga, oblonga, 3-13 pol- licaria. Stipulæ cordato-ovatæ, aristatee, subpersistentes. Bracteæ ovatæ, caducissime. Legumen planum.— Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 276. Hab. Tropical Africa. 150. C. MARTIANA; Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 127. Foliola 15-20-juga, ob- longo-lanceolata, acuta v. obtusiuscula. Stipulæ foliaceæ, semicordate, persistentes. Bractez ample. Leguminis valvulæ ad semina singula convexa. | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia. *** Glaberrime, legumine exalato. 151. ©. ACULEATA; Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 128, t. 39. Aculei sparsi. Foliola 10-14-juga, oblonga, spinoso-mucronata. Stipuls cordato-ovatæ, 1-2-pollicares. Bracteæ ovate. Legumen planum. - Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Piauby and Goyaz. 152. C. Parapicryon, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 45. Herbacea v. suffruticosa. Foliola 4-8-juga. ampla, obovata v. late oblonga, obtusissima. Stipulæ cordato-ovatæ, infrapollicares. Bracteæ ovatæ v. ovato-oblonge.—Fl. Bras. IN — | Hab. Tropical America: South Brazil. 153. C. MAGNIFOLIA, F. Muell.! Fragm. i. 166. Foliola 4—8-juga, late ovata, obtusis- sima, coriacea. Stipule ovatæ, marginibus basi recurvis. Legumen planum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 283. Hab. Tropical Australia. 552 MR. G. BENTHAM —REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 154. O. PODOCARPA, Guill. et Perr.! Fl. Seneg. 259. Foliola 3-5-juga, ampla, ovalia obtusa, membranacea. Stipulæ parvæ, semiovales, reflexæ, caducæ. Bracteæ ovatæ. Legu- minis valvulæ ad semina singula transverse elevatee.—Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 276. C. Afzeliana, Vog.! in Linnæa, xv. 70. Hab. Tropical Africa. 155. C. NICARAGUENSIS, Benth., sp. n. Foliola 10-15-juga, oblonga, mucronato-acuta. Stipulæ reniformi-falcatæ, acuminate. Bracteæ ample. Leguminis valvule medio ad singula semina elevatæ. Hab. Tropical America, Mexico, and Central America, Seemann, Œrsted. Foliola quam in C. picta multo angustiora, subsessilia. Stipule maxime, seepe pollicares, semicordato- tæ. Bracteæ ¿-1-pollicares. Legumen 3-4 poll. longum, 6-8 lin. latum. reniformes, acutissime 156. C. Prarctt, Benth., sp. n. Foliola 6-8-juga, ovata v. ovali-oblonga, obtusa, aristato- mucronata. Stipulee caducissimæ. Bracteæ ovatæ. Antheræ majores basi longe aristato- sagittatee. Hab. Tropical America: Bolivia, La Bama, at an elevation of 9000-10000 feet, Pearce. Frutex 6-10-pedalis, undique glaberrimus. Foliola sessilia, basi semicordata, 14~3-pollicaria, rigida, venosa, lete virentia. Petiolus communis teres, eglandulosus. Racemi in axillis supremis subtermina- ‚lesque, elongati. Bracteæ ovatæ, acuminatæ, membranaceæ, coloratæ, 3—4 lin. longæ, caducissimæ. Pedi- celli semipollicares v. paullo longiores. Sepala petaloidea, interiora ¿-pollicaria. Petala venosa, calyce paullo longiora. Antheræ 2 majores 7-8 lin. longe, incurvæ, auriculis longis acutissimis basi sagittate, infima brevis sterilis auriculis divaricatis, 4 intermediæ 3 lin. longe, auriculis brevibus; staminodia 3 laminis deltoideis. Ovarium glabrum. Legumen haud suppetit. 157. C. pıora, G. Don!, Gen. Syst. ii. 444. Foliola 4-6-juga, ovali-elliptica, obtusa v. emarginata, membranacea. Stipulæ caducissimæ., Bracteæ ovatee. Leguminis valvulæ medio ad semina in lineam continuam longitudinalem elevate. C. applanata, N. J. Anders.! Galap. Veget. 254. Hab. Tropical America: Ecuador and Galapagos Islands. Series 7. Brachycarpæ. Folia eglandulosa. Racemi axillares, per anthesin elongandi. Bractee membranaceæ in racemo nascente alabastra occludentes ut in Pictis, per anthesin caduce. Legumen breve, latum, arcuatum, obliquum, v. rectum, planissimum v. valvulis medio ad semina elevatis subcristatis. Species omnes gerontogeæ. (Genus Senna, Batka.) The synonymy and distinctive characters of the species of this section have been most carefully and — accurately worked up by Wenzel Batka, of Prague, from whose * Monographie des Cassien Gruppe Senna,’ 1866, I have chiefly taken the following abstract, omitting several of the purely pharmaceutical syno- nyms, for the details of which I must refer to his work. 1 cannot, however, agree with him in raising the group to the rank of a genus: all the characters he gives pass so gradually into the usual Cassia characters through séveral species of the Pictæ group (little or not at all known to Batka) that Vogel and others of his predecessors, in admitting a section Senna, have included in it more or less of those connecting species ; and Vogel finally expressed his opinion that Senna must be given up as a section distinct from Chamesenna. ` 158. C. PLEUROCARPA, F. Muell.! Fragm.i. 223. Glabra. Foliola sub-5-juga, oblongo- —— linearia. Legumen rectum, valvulis medio ad semina singula cristatis.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii, 984. : | : ee Hab. Tropical and extratropical Western Australia. k " * $ Fw | VOL XXV. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 558 Although the pod in this species is straighter than in any of the African and Asiatic ones, yet it clearly forms one of the group. In Lindley's herbarium there is a specimen from Swan River, Mangles, with narrower leaflets and longer leaves and racemes than in any others, which appears to belong to this species; but the pod is not sufficiently advanced to determine it accurately. 159. C. ADENENSIS, Benth. Foliola 3-8-juga, ovata, glabra. Legumen stylo laterali, subfalcatum, planum, ecristatum. Senna Hookeriana, Batka!, Monogr. Senn. 37, 52, t. 5. Hab. Tropical Asia: Aden. 160. C. oBovara, Collad.! Hist. Cass. 92, t. 15. Foliola 3-7-juga, obovata, glabra. Legumen falcatum, valvulis medio ad semina singula cristatis.— Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr.ii.277. C. senna, Linn. Spec. Pl. 539, ex parte. C. ligustrina, Mill.! Dict. n. 12, et auct. nonnull. antiq. non Linn. C. porturegulensis, Bancr. Nat. Hist. Gui. ex Batka. C. Burmanni, Wall. in Madr. Journ. ex Batka. Senna obtusa, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 344. Cassia obtusa, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 31; Wight, Ic. t. 757. C. arachoides, Burch.! Trav. 1. 341. Senna obovata, Batka!, Monogr. Senn. 32, 46, t. 3, cum syn. plur. pharmacolog. Hab. Tropical and Southern Africa and Western Asia to the Indian peninsula ; fin | Asiatie specimens mostly with smaller flowers than the African ones. 161. C. HOLOSERICEA, Fresen. in Flora, 1839, 54. Foliola 5-8-juga, obovata ovata v. oblonga, pubescentia. Legumen planum, ecristatum, faleatum. C. pubescens, R. Br.! in Salt's Exped. App. 64 (nomen tantum) ; Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 278, non Jacq. C. Saltiana, Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2. C. cana, Wender. in Linnæa, xii. 22, non Nees. C. Schimperi, Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2; Bisch.in Bot. Zeit. 1850, 884. Senna ovalifolia, Batka!, Monogr. Senn. 35, 50, t. 4. Hab. Tropical Africa. | A specimen of this species is in the Copenhagen herbarium with Forskähl’s label “ Cassia Aschrek, from Moor;” but the short character he gives, Fl. Æg. Arab. 86, must be taken, partly at least, from some very different species. 162. C. ACUTIFOLIA, Delile, Fl. Aig. ii. 259, t. 27. Foliola 4-5-juga, acuta, puberula +. glabra. Legumen stylo laterali, subfaleatum, planum, 9-12 lin. latum.— Oliv.! Fl, Trop. Afr. ii . 218. Co senna B, Linn. Sp. Pl. 539. C. lanceolata, Collad.! Hist. Cass. 99, t. 15. C., et auct. plur. non Forsk. C. lenitiva, Bisch. in Bot. Zeit. 1850, 885, ex Batka. C. orientalis, Pers. Syn. Pl. 1. 457, pro parte ex Batka. Senna acutifolia, Batka!, Monogr. Senn. 27, 41, t. 1. Hab. Tropical Africa. 163. C. ANGUSTIFOLIA, Vahl, Symb. i. 29. Foliola 5-8-juga, acuta, glabra. Tora stylo sublaterali, rectiusculum, planum, 7-8 lin. latum.— Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. ii, 219. C. lanceolata, Royle !, Illustr. t. 37, et auct plur. non Forsk. C. ligustrinoides, Schrank in Denksch. Akad. Münch. vi. 179, ex Batka. C. decipiens, Desv.! Journ. Bot. iii. (1814) 73. 554 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. C. Ehrenbergii, Bisch. in Bot. Zeit. 1844, 51, ex Batka. C. medicinalis, Bisch. in Bot. Zeit. 1850, 887, ex Batka. Senna angustifolia, Batka !, Monogr. Senna, 30, 44, t. 2. Senna officinalis, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 346. Hab. Tropical Africa. Sectio 6. PSILORHEGMA. Stamina 10, omnia perfecta, filamentis brevibus; antheræ æquales v. inferiores paullo longiores, apice truncate v. in rostrum brevissimum contract, loculis primum poris oblongis seu rimis brevissimis terminalibus dehiscentibus, demum secus suturas laterales seepe plus minus hiantibus, Legumen et semina Chamesenne. Folia interglandulosa v. eglandulosa. Racemi axillares v. ad apices ramorum subcorymboso-conferti, pedicellis ad apicem peduneuli subumbellatim confertis. Species omnes gerontogeæ, imprimis Australasize. Series 1. Interglandulose. Glandule ovate oblonge v. tenues, inter foliolorum par infimum v. paria plurima v. omnia. * Pedunculi 2-8-flori. 164. C. LeProciaDa, Benth.! Fl. Austral. ii. 290. Glabra, glauca. Foliola 2-juga, obovata v. oblonga, obtusissima. Pedunculi brevissimi, pedicellis filiformibus. Legumen rectum, orbiculare v. oblongum. Hab. Tropical Australia, north coast. 165. C. GONIOIDES, A. Cunn.!; Benth. in Hook. Tc. Pl. xi. 48, t. 1061. Glabrav. pu- bescens. Foliola 2-3-juga, lanceolata v. ovato-lanceolata, acutissima. Pedunculi petiolo æquilongi. Legumen valde arcuatum. Hab. Tropical Australia: N.W. coast, 4. Cunningham (accidentally overlooked in Fl. Austral.). . 166. C. DIVARICATA, Nees! in Syll. Pl. Nov. Ratisb.i. 94. Foliola 8-12-juga, oblonga, obtusis; subtus pallida v. glauca. Floresampli. Antheræ insequales, majores subrostratæ. Legumen elongatum, angustum. C. adenantha, Zoll. et Mor.! Verz. 2. C. bifida, Zoll. in Nat. en Geneesk. Arch. iv. 68, ex Miq.! Fl. Ind. Bat. i. pars i. 98. Hab. Tropical Asia: Eastern archipelago. This species closely resembles in foliage and inflorescence the Brazilian C. biflora var. rostrata. "The gland is the same, but sometimes placed a little below the lowest pair of leaflets. The flowers are rather — longer ; and the stamens, though similar in shape and inequality, appear to be always all ten perfect, and the lateral ridges often split open. The pod is much longer. ** Pedunculi subumbellatim v. racemoso- pluri- v. multiflori. 167. C. DEPLANCHEI, Benth. sp.n. Foliola 2-3-juga, obovata v. ovalia, supra nitida, subtus pallida. Flores parvuli, subumbellati. Legumen latiusculum, reetum v. leviter incurvum.’ Hab. New Caledonia, Deplanche, n. 342. .. Very near C. Gaudichaudi ; but the leaflets are fewer, broader, more coriaceous, the racemes more umbel-like, the flowers fewer, and the common peduncle very short. The flowers and fruit are other- | wise the same in both. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 555 168. C. GAUDICHAUDI, Hook. et Arn. ! Bot. Beech. Voy. 81. Foliola 3-5-juga, ellip- tico-oblonga v. ovalia, obtusa, concoloria, glabra v. pubescentia. Flores parvuli, racemosi. Legumen latiusculum, rectum v. leviter incurvum. Hab. Sandwich Islands. This varies much in the breadth of the pod as well as in the foliage, glabrous or pubescent. 169. C. GLAUCA, Lam. Dict. i. 647. Foliola 4-10-juga, ovalia v. elliptico- v. obovali- oblonga, obtusa, supra glabra, subtus glauca, sepius puberula. Flores majusculi. Brac- tee acuminate. Legumen rectum, elongatum, latiusculum, costis transversis extus inter semina siccitate prominulis. C. surattensis, Burm. Fl. Ind. 97. C. arborescens, Vahl, Symb. iii. 56 (glandula inter par infimum). Senna arborescens, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 345. Cassia fastigiata, Vahl, Symb. iii. 57, ex descr. (glandulis inter omnia paria). C. speciosa, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 31. Senna speciosa, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 347. . Cassia suffruticosa, Koen. ! in Roth. Nov. Sp. Pl. 213; Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 285. C. enneaphylla, Koen. ex W. et Arn. Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. Or. 289. C. discolor, Desv.! Journ. Bot. in. (1814) 73. C. sulphurea, DC.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 84. C. Sieberi, Presl, ex ejusd. Bot. Bem. 64. C. Horsfieldii, Miq.! Fl. Ind. Bat. i. pars i. 99. C. acclinis, F. Muell.! Fragm. Phyt. Austral. iv. 13. Hab. Tropical Asia and Australia, and long since cultivated in gardens in the West Indies, as well as in tropical Asia. Although C. glauca and C. suffruticosa are usually considered distinct species, the former with leaves often twice as large as in the latter and much more glaucous underneath, I have been quite unable to distribute our numerous Indian specimens even into two distinct varieties. The Australian specimens belong chiefly to the suffruticosa type; they are much more variable than the Indian ones, but not in the direction of the large glauca type. The garden specimen representing C. glauca in herb. DC. Prod. is a form of C. levigata ; and, on the other hand, there are in herb. Hook. specimens of the true C. glauca, marked as from the woods of Tucuman and Cordova, Tweedie; but probably there is here some mistake. 170. C. rerusa, Soland.!; Vog. in Linnea, xv. 72. Undique molliter pubescens. Foliola 4-6-juga, obovata v. cuneata, ssepius emarginata. Flores mediocres. Bracteæ acuminate. Legumen rectum.—Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 285. Hab. Tropical Australia, N.E. coast. 171. C. AUSTRALIS, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 2676. Glabra v. laxe pubescens, Foliola 6-12- (ssepius 8-10-)juga, oblongo-lanceolata v. rarius linearia, obtusa v. acuta. Bracteæ parvæ, latee, obtuse. Legumen rectum v. arcuatum.— Benth. Fl. Austral, ii. 285; Bot, Reg. t. 1322. | C. umbellata, Reichb. Icon. Exot. t. 206. C. Schultesii, Colla, Hort. Ripul. App. ii. 344, et iii. t. 10. C. Barrenfieldii (serius in C. Fieldii mutata), Colla, Hort. Ripul. App. iv. 23, t. 11. C. coronilloides, A. Cunn. ! Benth. in. Mitch. Trop. Austral. 384. C. Fraseri, A. Cunn. ex Vog. | 4D 2 556 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Var. REVOLUTA, foliolis angustis acutis, margine revolutis. C. revoluta, F. Muell.! in Trans. Vict. Inst. 1852, 120. C. aciphylla, Benth.! in A. Gray, Bot. Amer. Expl. Exped. i. 465. Hab. Extratropical and subtropical E. Australia. 172. C. CHATELAINIANA, Gaud. in Freyc. Voy. 485, t. 111. Glabra. Foliola 3-5-juga, linearia, obtusa, Bracteæ ovatæ, obtusæ. Legumen rectum, latiusculum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 286. | Hab. Extratropical W. Australia. Series 2. Subverrucose. Glandule v. nulle v. obscure depresse adnateque. — 178. C. GLUTINOSA, DC.! Prod. ii. 495. Glutinosa, glabra. Foliola 4-5-juga, an- guste oblonga v. oblongo-linearia. Legumen rectum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 286. Hab. Tropical Australia, N. coast. Vogel distinguished a narrow-leaved state of this plant under the name of C. quadriflora. 174. C. PRUINOSA, F. Muell.! Fragm. iii. 48. Glauca, cæterum glabra. Foliola 3-5-juga, oblongo-elliptica. Stipulæ foliaceæ, semicordatæ. Legumen rectum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 286 Hab. Tropical and subtropical Australia: N.W. coast and Central Australia. 175. C. CIRCINATA, Benth.! in Mitch. Trop. Austral. 384. Glabra v. canescens. Folia phyllodinea, lineari-teretia, fere filiformia, foliolis nullis. Pedunculi 1-2-flori. Le- gumen valde arcuatum v. annulare.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 286. Hab. Tropical and subtropical E. and Central Australia. 176. C. PHYLLODINEA, R. Br. App. Sturt's Exped. 15. Incana v. subsericea. Folia phyllodinea, linearia, verticaliter compressa, foliolis nullis. Pedunculi pluriflori. Le- gumen rectum v. leviter ineurvum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 287. Hab. Extratropical Subcentral and Southern Australia. 177. C. EREMOPHILA (lapsu calami C. nemophila), A. Cunn. ! in Fog. Syn. Cass. 47. Glabra v. vix canescens. Foliola 1-2-juga, lineari-subteretia. Legumen rectum. Pedun- culi, ut et in 4 sequentibus, apice pluriflori.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 287. C. canaliculata, R. Br. in App. Sturt's Exped. 14. C. heteroloba, Lindl.! in Mitch. Three Exped. ii. 122. Var. PLATYPODA, petiolo verticaliter compresso. C. platypoda, R. Br. in App. Sturt's Exped. 15. Var. ZYGOPHYLLA, foliolis magis compressis. C. zygophylla, Benth.! in Mitch. Trop. Austr. 288. Hab. Extratropical and subtropical E. and Central Australia. 178. C. ARTEMISIOIDES, Gaudich. in DC. Prod. ii.495. Incana v. subsericea. Foliola — 3-6-juga, lineari-teretia, canaliculata. Legumen rectum, haud latum.—Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 288. C. teretifolia, Lindl. ! in Mitch. Three Exped. i. 289. C. teretiuscula, F. Muell. ! in Linnza, xxv. 389. Hab. Extratropical and subtropical Subcentral Australia. \ MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 557 179. C. STURTIL, R. Br. in App. Sturt's Exped. 14. Glabra, glauca v. canescens. Foliola 3-6-juga, lineari-lanceolata cuneata, elliptica v. fere obovata. Legumen rectum v. leviter curvulum, latiuseulum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 288. Hab. Extratropical and subtropical Subcentral Australia. 180. C. DESOLATA, F. Muell. ! in Linnea, xxv. 389. Junior canescens, demum glabres- cens. Foliola 1-3-juga, ovata, obovata v. late oblonga. Legumen C. Sturtii ?— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 289. | Hab. Tropical and extratropical Australia : N.W. coast, Central and Southern Aus- tralia. | 181. C. OLIGOPHYLLA, F. Muell. ! Fragm. iii. 49. Glabra v. minute pubescens. Foliola 1-2-juga, late obovata. Legumen rectum, latum, obtusissimum.— Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 289. Hab. Tropical Australia, N.W. coast. 182. C. OLIGOCLADA, F. Muell.! Fragm.ii.49. Molliter pubescens. Foliola 2-4-juga, elliptico-oblonga. Pedunculi 4-6-flori. Legumen breve arcuatum, pubescens.— Benth. Fl. Austral. 11. 289. Hab. Tropical Australia, N. and N.W. coast and in the northern interior. 183. C. LEPTOCLADA, Benth.! Fl. Austral. ii. 290. Glabra, glauca, ramis tenuibus. Foliola 2-juga, obovata v. oblonga. Glandulæ ovoideæ. Stipule minute. Pedunculi 2-flori. Hab. Tropical Australia, N. coast. Subgenus 111. LASIORHEGMA. Frutices, herbæ v. rarius arbores. Glandulæ petiolares dum adsint depressæ adnate, v. scutelliformes sessiles v. stipitatæ. Inflorescentia in sectionibus diversis diversa. Sta- mina 10, omnia perfecta v. rarius nonnulla deficientia v. ad staminodia difformia reducta ; filamenta brevia; antheræ lineari-oblongæ, subcompressæ, loculis vertice rimis brevibus oblongis apertis, rarius demum secus suturas laterales altius dehiscentibus. Legumen compressum, basi apiceque seepius obliquum, elastice bivalvatim dehiscens. Semina — transversa v. obliqua, valvulis parallele compressa, funiculis brevissimis adnatis triangu- laribusve, rarius brevissime linearibus. Cotyledones plane. Sectio 7. APOUCOUITA. Arbores fruticesve. Glandula depressæ, scutellatæ v. verruciformes nunc inter v. infra paria foliolorum inferiora v. omnia, nunc obscure v. deficientes. Racemi breves e ramis annotinis v. vetustioribus ad nodos defoliatos oriundi. Stamina 10, perfecta; antheræ secus suturas laterales plus minus dehiscentes. Leguminis valvulæ coriaceæ, dure. Species omnes Americanæ. 184. C. Aroucourra, Aubl. ! Pl. Gui. 379, t. 146. Foliola 2-6-juga, ovata v. ovali- elliptica, acuminata v. rarius obtusiuscula, vix coriacea, venis subdistantibus anastomo- santibus; glandulæ interjugales v. nulle.—Fl. Bras. 129, t. 40. 558 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. C. acuminata, Willd. Spec. Pl. ii. 517. C. nitida, Rich. in Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Par. 108, ex DC. sed char. potius C. vimineam indicat. C. ramiflora, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 48. C. adenopoda, Miq.! in Linnæa, xix. 436. C. ensiformis, Vell. Fl. Flum. 170; Ic. iv. t. 79. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil from Rio Janeiro to the northern frontier; French Guiana, Aublet. 185. C. HYMENEÆFOLIA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 130. Foliola 1-3-juga, falcato-ovata, acuminata, coriacea, subtus pallida, venis crebris er ; glandula infrajugali. Hab. Tropical America.: N. Brazil, on the Rio Uaupés. 186. C. ADIANTIFOLIA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 130. Foliola 20-30-juga, longa, obtusa, valde insequilatera, coriacea, subtus tomentosa; glandula infrajugali. Hab. Tropical America: Rio Uaupés, Spruce, n. 2437. Arbor pulchra, 20-pedalis, ramulis petiolis inflorescentiaque pube minuta ferruginea tomentellis. Folia ad apices ramorum conferta ; foliola obtusa, valde inæquilatera, 3-3 poll. longa, petiolo communi 4-6-pol- licari. Stipulas non vidi. Racemi ad nodos vetustos defoliatos laterales, sæpe fasciculati, breves, laxe pauciflori, pedunculo communi 3-1 poll., pedicellis 1-14 poll. longis. Sepala ovata, obtusiuscula, 1} lin. longa. Petala aurea, brevissime unguiculata, majora obovata 6—7 lin. longa, summum latius vix ultra 4lin.longum. Stamina 10, «equilonga, filamentis brevissimis, antheris crassis 21 lin. longis obtusis ab apice fere usque ad basin rimis lateralibus dehiscentibus. Legumen ab ovario paullo acutum ei C. ger couite simile; perfectum haud suppetit. Tab. 63. fig. 1, flower (the upper petal represented rather too long) ; fig.2, two of the stamens ; ; fig. 3, ovary (longitudinal section). Sectio 8. ABSUS. Frutices suffruticesve American; decandræ v. herbæ annus gerontogeæ pentandre. Glandulæ petiolares nullæ, v. rarius infra juga foliolorum depressæ v. adnatz. Racemi simplices y. ramosi, terminales v. simulque in axillis superioribus, inflorescentia uti interdum fere tota planta plus minus glutinosa v. viscosa. Bracteolæ 2 oppositæ v. alterne parv: versus apicem pedicelli seepissime adsunt, caducæ v. rarius persistentes. Sepala obtusa v. acuta. Petala seepius parum inæqualia, inferiora majora, summum intimum concaviusculum longiusque unguiculatum. Antheræ ad lineam suturalem late- ralem villis minutis albis barbellatæ. Leguminis valvulæ coriaceæ, dure v. tenues. Series 1. Absoidee. Foliola bijuga, membranacea, sepius juniora saltem subtus v. utrinque pubescentia (excepta C. barbata), pollice breviora v. viz longiora, petiolo (excepta C. Abso) eglanduloso. * Herba annua gerontogea, floribus parvis pentandris. | 187. C. Azsus, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 537. Foliola obovata. Racemi terminales v. opposi- tifolia.— Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 279; Jacq. f. Ecl. t. 53. l Senna Absus, Roxb. ! Fl. Ind. ii. 340. €. Thonningii, DC. ! Prod. ii. 500. C. coccinea, Wall. ! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5315. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 559 Grimaldia opifera, Schrank in Denkschr. Akad. Münch. 1808, 109, t. 3. Cassia exigua, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 31. Senna exigua, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. 339. Hab. Waste and cultivated places, tropical Africa, Asia, and Australia. ** Herbe perennes suffrutices fruticesve Americani, floribus decandris. T Foliola in petiolo communi breviter petiolulata. 188. C. HISPIDULA, Vahl, Ecl. iii. 10. Caules procumbentes v. divaricato-ramosi, viscoso-pubescentes et setoso-hispiduli v. rarius glabrati. Foliola obovata v. suborbicu- lata. Racemi terminales v. oppositifolii, laxiflori.— FI. Bras. 131, t. 35. C. hispida, Collad.! Hist. Cass. 118. C. lotoides, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 361. C. leiantha, Benth. ! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 78 (varietas caule inflorescentiaque glabratis). C. fagonioides, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 50 (varietas pubescens, foliolis floribusque minoribus). C. procumbens, Mill.! Dict. ed. 8. n. 20. C. tetraphylla, Collad. Hist. Cass. 130. Hab. Tropical America: common in North Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, and Central America. 189. C. PAUCIFLORA, H. D. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 360. Viscoso-pubescens, pro- cumbens adscendens v. suberecta. Foliola oblonga, obtusa v. acuta, sæpius parva. Racemi terminales, breves, pauciflori.—77. Bras. 131. C. camporum, Benth. ! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 79. C. punctulata, Hook. et Arn.! Bot. Beech. 420 (varietas major, foliolis longioribus acutis, floribus majoribus). Hab. Tropical America: common in Central America and Mexico, more rare in Brazil. 190. C. viscosa, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 360. Frutex erectus, viscoso-pu- bescens. Foliola obovata obcordata v. late cuneata. Racemi breves, pluriflori, axillares terminalesque.—77. Bras. 132. : C. cuneifolia, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 51, et in Linnæa, xi. 695. C. viscoso-pilosa, Steud.! in Flora, 1843, 760. : Hab. Tropical America: Central and North Brazil, Guiana, and Columbia. 191. C. sacoBINEa, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 132. Frutex erectus, sordide viscoso-pubescens. Foliola oblonga v. ovali-oblonga, glanduloso-mucronata, supra nitida, subtus pubescentia, $-3-pollicaria. Racemi terminales, breves, laxe pauciflori. Sepala mucronato-acuta. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia. 192. C. acosmIrOLIA, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 133. Frutex erectus, ramulis gracilibus subglabris. Foliola oblonga v. ovali-oblonga, supra nitidula, subtus pubescentia, subpol- licaria. Racemi terminales, breves, laxe pauciflori. : Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Bahia. 193. C. pARBATA, Nees et Mart.! in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xii. 82. Frutex erectus, ramulis pubescentibus hirtellisve. Foliola ovali-oblonga v. elliptica, supra glabra y. utrinque hir- 560 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. tella, 1-3-pollicaria. Racemi terminales, elongati, laxiflori, v. in axillis superioribus bre- viores.—Fl. Bras. 133. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Rio Janeiro, Minas Geraes, and Bahia. Tt Foliola in petiolo communi sessilia. 194. C. DESERTORUM, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 133. Frutex erectus, viscido-pubescens, partibus novellis cano-tomentosis pubescentibusque. Foliola obovata v. ovali-oblonga, demum glabrata. Racemi breves. Petala calyce subdimidio longiora. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz, Minas Geraes, Piauhy, and Bahia. Evidently a very variable species, but only known from unsatisfactory specimens. 195. C. BREVICALYX, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 134. Frutex erectus, ramulis viscido-pubescentibus. Foliola obovato-suborbicularia, glabra v. subtus pilosula. Racemi breves. Petala calyce subtriplo longiora. Hab, Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Piauhy. Remarkable for the broad obtuse sepals, much shorter in proportion to the petals than in any other Absus Series 2. Unijugæ. Foliola unijuga, rigidule membranacea v. coriacea, petiolo eglan- duloso. | * Ramuli viscoso-pubescentes, villosi v. glutinoso-setosi. T Foliola in caule sessilia, petiolo communi ad tuberculum vig prominulum reducto. 196. C. MONTICOLA, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 134. Foliola obovato-suborbiculata, basi semicordata. Racemi terminales, breves. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 197. C. ANDROMEDEA, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 135. Foliola cuneato-oblonga, niti- dula. Racemi terminales, breves, subcorymbosi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 198. C. GEMINATA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp.135. Foliola (C. viscose) cu- neato-obovata, viscido-pubescentia. Racemi in axillis superioribus laxiflori, paniculam elongatam foliosam efficientes. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. tt Foliola ad apicem petioli communis, 3-6 lin. longi. 199. C. SCABRA, Pohl! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 135. Foliola oblongo-elliptica, 4-5- pollicaria, supra scabra, subtus pubescentia. Racemi breves, in corymbum terminalem multiflorum conferti. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. 200. C. oprecta, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 136. Foliola suborbiculata, 14- 23-pollicaria, supra pubescentia, subtus tomentosa. Stipulæ foliaceæ, late subreniformes. Racemi breves, corymboso-conferti. Hab, Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. 201. C. ECHINOCARPA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 136. Foliola suborbiculata, | _Pollicaria, nigro-ciliata, glabra. Ramuli setosissimi. Stipule parve. Racemi terminales. — Hab, Tropical America: interior of Brazil. . ; MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 561 ** Ramuli et folia glaberrima ; foliola coriacea. T Petiolus communis 1—6 lin. longus. 202. C. cmsprtosa, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 136. Foliola lineari-cuneata, vix semipolliearia. Racemi terminales, breves, pauciflori. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. , 203. C. LAVRADIOIDES, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 137. Foliola obovato-cu- neata, 13-2-pollicaria. Racemi terminales, laxi. Hab. Tropical America: Central Brazil. 204. C. LINEARIFOLIA, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 446. Foliola linearia, acuminata, 2-3- pollicaria. Racemi terminales v. in axillis superioribus.—Z7. Bras. 137, Hab. Tropical America: Brazil. Tt Petiolus communis elongatus. 205. C. DENTATA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 49. Foliola faleato-lanceolata, 2-3-pollicaria, den- tata, petiolo longo gracili. Racemi paueiflori.—Fl. Bras. 137. Ha). Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 206. C. INCURVATA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 137. Foliola late falcato-ovata, sub-3-polliearia, integerrima, petiolo rigido. Racemi breves, in paniculam basi foliatam dispositi. Hab. "Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. 907. C. COTINIFOLIA, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 445. Foliola orbiculata, sub-2-pollicaria. Racemi simplices v. basi ramosi, multiflori.—7/. Bras. 138, t. 41. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. Series 3. Baseophylleæ. Foliola 1-8-juga, coriacea, glabra, petiolo communi glandula una pluribusve depressis adnatisque instructo. Racemi sepius breves. * Foliola in petiolo sessilia, 1-2-juga. 208. C. Branchen, Benth. ! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 78. Foliola unijuga, orbiculato- reniformia, petiolo subnullo in caule sessilia. Frutex diffusus, rigidus. Racemi breves, in corymbum terminalem conferti.— Fl. Bras. 138. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia and Minas Geraes. 209. C. VavrHIERI, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 138. Foliola 2-juga, ovato- -suborbicularia, petiolo subnullo in caule subsessilia. Rami stricti, erecti, foliosi. Racemi breves, confertiflori. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 210. C. Bracuystacnya, Benth. ! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 78. Foliola vel bijuga, jugi infimi cauli approximatis, vel unijuga ad apicem petioli jugo infimo deficiente, suborbicu- lata v. subreniformia, 2-11-pollicaria. Frutex. Racemi axillares, breves.—JZ7. Bras. 139. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia and Minas Geraes. 211. C. contacea, Bong. ! Benth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 78. Foliola wur a caule o E : VOL. XXVII. 562 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. distantia, oblongo-obovata, subpollicaria. Suffrutex procumbens. Racemi axillares v. sub- terminales, pauciflori.— 77. Bras. 139. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. This, perhaps, amongst the Adsi, is the one that comes the nearest to the Chamecristas, having nearly the foliage of C. Burchellii; and in the inflorescence the common peduncle is very short, with very long pedicels, but yet rather that of Absus than of Chamecrista. 212. C. CYTISOIDES, DC.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 116, t. 14. Foliola 3-4-juga, obovato- orbiculata, infra pollicaria, jugi infimi cauli approximata. Frutex. Racemi terminales, breves.— Fl. Bras. 139. C. venosa, Desv. Journ. Bot. iii. 72 (C. glabra, Collad. Hist. Cass. 131), ex Desv. in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 1. ix. 427. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil. ** Foliola petiolulata, 3-8-juga. : 213. C. POLYSTACHYA, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 77. Foliola 3-4-juga, ovata, 11-21-pollicaria, omnia a caule distantia. Frutex. Racemi terminales et in axillis supe- rioribus floribundi. -Hab. 'Tropical Ameriea: British Guiana. 214. C. CRENULATA, Benth.! im Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 80. Foliola 6-8-juga, ovata v. obovata, 1-13-pollicaria, omnia a caule distantia. Frutex. Racemi breves, in axillis sum- mis v. ad apices ramorum conferti.—77. Bras. 140. | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. - Series 4. Paniculate. Foliola 2-juga rarius 3-juga, coriacea, sepe ampla, petiolo eglanduloso. Racemi in paniculam amplam laxam aphyllam dispositi. 215. C. ORBICULATA, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 79. Ramuli glutinoso-scabri. Foliola suborbiculata, coriacea, 2-3-pollicaria, glabra. Sepala exteriora acutiuscula, pube- rula.— Fl. Bras. 140. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Pernambuco, Minas Geraes, and Goyaz. 216. C. CLAUSSENI, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 79. Ramuli glabri. Foliola late ovata, coriacea, 13-2-pollicaria, glabra. Sepala membranacea, obtusa, subglabra.— 7T. Bras. 140. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. 217. C. sETOSA, Vog. ! Syn. Cass. 51. Ramuli viscoso-pubescentes, in forma typica seto- . sissimi. Foliola ovato- v. elliptico-oblonga, coriacea, supra nitida, subtus rugoso-venosa et canescenti-tomentosa, 2-4-pollicaria.— #7. Bras. 141, t. 41. Var. DETONSA, setis nullis, cætera omnia forme typicæ. Var. ANGUSTA, foliolis angustioribus, foliorum inferiorum nine 3-jugis; csetera varietatis detonse. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo, Minas Geraes, and Goyaz; the two varieties both from Goyaz. . 218. C. MULTISETA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 141. Ramuli longe setosi, MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 563 ceterum glabriusculi. Foliola ovato-lanceolata, acuta, supra nitida, subtus canescenti- tomentella. Legumen setosum, inter setas glabratum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. (Racemi ample paniculati in Nigricantibus nonnullis plurijugis.) Series 5. Rigidulæ. Caules et folia glabra, setis nullis, rarius in C. densifoliæ varietate hirtella. Foliola 2-8-juga, rarissime 10-12-juga, coriacea, excepta ©. gracillima semi- pollicaria longioraque, petiolo eglanduloso. Racemi simplices v. abbreviati. * Foliola obovata cuneata ovata v. orbiculata, obtusa. | 219. C. CONFERTA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 142. Foliola bijuga, rarius 3-juga, cuneato-oblonga, tenuiter coriacea, }-14-pollicaria. Racemi breves, per anthesin subcorymbosi. l Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. 220. C. OCHNACEA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 51. Foliola 2-juga, rarissime 3-juga, obovali- elliptica, rigide coriacea, 1-14-pollicaria. Racemi elongati, per anthesin oblongi.— 77. Bras. 142. Hab. 'Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 291. C. RIGIDIFOLIA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 142. Foliola 2-4-juga, ovalia, rigida, 14-pollicaria. Racemi breves, ad axillas conferti y. subramosi, glabri. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 222. C. GRACILLIMA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 143. Foliola 2-4-juga, obo- vata, 3-4 lin. longa. Ramuli tenues, divaricati. Racemi breves, laxe pauciflori, glabri. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. 293. C. DECUMBENS, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 79. Foliola 2-5-juga, late obovata, }—3-pollicaria, præter costam subavenia. Racemi elongati, viscoso-pubescentes v. villosi.— 77. Bras. 143. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. 224. C. LUNDH, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 143. Foliola 5-7-juga, subcor- dato-orbicularia, 3-1-pollicaria, rigida, marginata, venosa. Racemi elongati, viscido- pubescentes. | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 995. C. NUMMULARLEFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 144. Foliola 6-12- juga, orbiculata, 4-3-pollicaria, immarginata, præter costam subavenia. Racemi elongati, viscido-puberuli. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 226. C. DENSIFOLIA, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 80. Foliola 5-8-juga, ovata v. orbiculata, venosissima, margine tenui. Racemi elongati, viscido-puberuli.— Fl. Bras. 144. Var. undique viscoso-hirtella. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz; hyba, Burchell. the viscid hirsute variety from Parana- 4 E 2 564 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. ** Foliola elliptica v. anguste oblonga, resinosa. 227. C. LENTISCIFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 144. Foliola 3-4-juga, sessilia, lineari-oblonga, obtusa, ¿-13-pollicaria. Racemi breves, subcorymbosi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. | 228. C. HEDYSAROIDES, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 52. Foliola 3-6-juga, petiolulata, elliptico- oblonga, utrinque obtusa, $-14-pollicaria. Racemi multiflori, vix elongati.— Fl. Bras. 145. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 229. C. PUNCTATA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 51. Foliola 2-4-juga, petiolulata, elliptico-oblonga v. oblanceolata, utrinque acuta, sub-li-polliearia. Racemi terminales, simplices v. ramosi.— 77. Bras. 145, | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo. 230. C. STRICTIFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 145. Folia conferta ; foliola 2-3-Juga, anguste linearia, obtusa, coriacea, plana, undique æquilata, 4-1-pollicaria, resi- nosa. Racemi terminales, breves, confertiflori. : Hab. Brazil: Rio Santa Anna. 231. C. ERICIFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 145. Ramuli pubescentes. Foliola 2-juga, lineari-teretia, 3-4 lin. longa, acuta, ericoidea. Racemi terminales, breves, confertiflori. Legumen setoso-hispidum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. Series 6. Lucidæ. Setose, ceterum glaberrime, nitidule. Foliola 2-6-juga, petiolo eglanduloso. Racemi simplices. 232. C. LOMATOPODA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 146. Foliola 2-juga, ovali- oblonga, obtusa, 13-2-pollicaria, coriacea, venosa, petiolo elevato-marginato. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz and Minas Geraes. 233. C. LAMPROSPERMA, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 146. Foliola 4-6-juga, ovali-oblonga, obtusa v. acutiuscula, membranacea, petiolo tereti. . Hab. Tropieal America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. Series 7. Microphylle. Glabre pubescentes v. setose. Foliola 6-multijuga, parva, raro semipollicem excedentia, petiolo eglanduloso. * Foliola coriacea, 6-12-juga. 234. C. CILIOLATA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 146. Ramuli viscoso-pube- scentes sæpeque breviter setosi, Foliola 6-12-juga, suborbiculata, ciliolata, preeter costam subavenia, glabra, 3-4 lin. longa. Racemi breves. Calyces obtusissimi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. 235. C. OLIGOSPERMA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 147. Ramuli viscoso-pubescentes. Foliola 6-12-juga, oblonga v. ovata, obtusissima, coriacea, viscoso-pubescentia v. glabra, 2-3 lin., rarius 5-6 lin. longa. Racemi breves. Calyces obtusissimi. _ Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. Some specimens of Burchell's from Cavalcante in Goyaz, n. 7556, appear to belong to this species, - MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. .. 565 although the leaves have twelve to thirty pairs of leaflets. They may possibly, however, be imperfectly flowering specimens of some form of C. filicifolia. 286. C. INCANA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 52. Ramuli hispidi et viscoso-tomentelli. Foliola 8-12-juga, ovata v. oblonga, obtusa v. acutiuscula, supra nitida, convexa, subtus incana, 3-6 lin. longa. : Racemi elongati.— Fl. Bras. 147. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, probably prov. S. Paolo. i 237. C. SECUNDA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 148. Ramuli longe setosi. Foliola 8—10-juga, ovata, semicordata, acuta, coriacea, marginata, glabra, 3-5-linearia. Ra- cemi breves. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. ** Foliola coriacea, 19—40-juga. 238. C. FILICIFOLIA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 148. Ramuli viscoso-pubescentes. Foliola 20-30-juga, ovata, acutiuscula, viscido-puberula, decrescentia, majora semipolli- caria. Racemi laxe subpaniculati, Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia and Minas Geraes. Some specimens of Burchell's from Minas Geraes, n. 5872, belong probably to this species, although with fewer leaflets. 239. C. Nzzsrawa, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 148. Ramuli viscoso-pubescentes v. demum glabrati. Foliola 12-20-juga, oblonga, obtusa, pubescentia v. glabrata, majora semipollicaria. Racemi breviusculi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Bahia. 240. C. POHLIANA, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. S0. Ramuli viscoso-pubescentes. Foliola 30—40-juga, oblonga, obtusa, decrescentia, pubescentia v. glabrata. Racemi elon- gandi.— Fl. Bras. 148, t. 42. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. 241. C. DECRESCENS, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 80. Glaberrima. Foliola 15-30- juga, ovato-lanceolata v. oblonga, acuta, decrescentia, majora 4-5-linearia. Racemi laxi- flori.— Fl. Bras. 149. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes or Goyaz. 399€. Foliola membranacea, 12-20-juga. 249. C. DALBERGLEFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 149. Ramuli viscoso- tomentosi hispidique. Foliola 15-20-juga, oblonga, obtusa, glabra, semipollicaria v. paullo longiora. Racemi floribundi, viscoso-tomentosi hispidique. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. ; 243. C. DEBILIS, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 53. Glabra, laxe ramosa. Foliola 12-20-juga, oblonga, obtusa. Racemi laxe pauciflori, graciles, glaberrimi.—Fl. Bras. 149. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo. 566 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Series 8. Nigricantes. Viscoso-pubescentes v. villose. Foliola 2-12-juga, semipollice longiora, petiolo eglanduloso. * Foliola acuta v. acuminata, 3-3-pollicaria. 244. C. ORINOCENSIS, Spruce!, Pl. Exs. n. 3249. Ramuli viscoso-puberuli setosique. Foliola 2-juga, ovata v. ovato-lanceolata, 2-3-pollicaria, rigida, ciliata, supra nitida, subtus ‘incana. Racemi breves, pauciflori.— 77. Bras. 150. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, on the Orinoco. 245. C. LONGICUSPIS, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 150. Ramuli viscido-pube- ruli et setoso-hispidi. Foliola bijuga, ovato-oblonga, longe acuminata, 2-3-pollicaria, mem- branacea, subtus pallida, pilis conspersa. Racemi breves, pauciflori. Bracteæ parvæ. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes or Goyaz. 246. C. PHYLLOSTACHYA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 150. Ramuli sordide viscido-pubescentes. Foliola 2-3-juga, ovato-lanceolata, 13-2-pollicaria, subtus pallida, pubescentia. Racemi pluriflori. Bracteæ foliaceæ, late lanceolatæ, persistentes. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 247. C. IramBana, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 151. Ramuli mollissime velutino-villosi. Foliola 3-4-juga, ovali-oblonga, 14-2-pollicaria, subtus pallida, molliter villosa. Racemi elongati, subpanieulati. Bracteæ minute. | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 248. C. MACHÆRIIFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 151. Ramuli viscido- tomentosi y. scabri. Foliola 4-5-juga, ovato-lanceolata, 1-14-pollicaria, pubescentia. Ra- cemi breves, pauciflori. Bracteæ minute. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 249. C. URSINA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 151. Ramuli dense viscoso-tomentosi setisque brevibus hispidi. Foliola 5-6-juga, ovato-oblonga, 1-2-pollicaria, inferiora obtusa, subtus dense villoso-tomentosa, subcanescentia. Racemi paniculati, setosi, vis- cosissimi. Hab, Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. ** Foliola obtusa, crassiuscula, 1—2-pollicaria. 250. C. EXSUDANS, Benth.! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 80. Ramuli viscoso-tomentosi, scabri. Foliola 2-5-juga, ovata v. late oblonga, 1-13-pollicaria, supra scaberrima, subtus canescenti-tomentosa. Racemi ramosi.— Fl. Bras. 152. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 251. C. AURIVILLA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 152. Ramuli tomentosi setisque basi plumosis hispidissimi. Foliola 6-8-juga, ovata v. late oblonga, subpollicaria, subtus canescentia. Racemi simplices, aureo-setosi v. villosi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 252. C. SOPHOROIDES, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 152. Ramuli tomentoso-pubescentes, subviseosi. Foliola 6-8-juga, ovata v. late oblonga, subpollicaria, utrinque sordide pu- bescentia, subtus pallidiora. Stipuke late, foliaceæ. Racemi simplices. | Hab. "Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia and Minas Geraes. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 567 253. C. FUSCESCENS, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 153. Ramuli tomentosi, viscoso-hirsuti, subsetosi. Foliola 4—5-juga, anguste oblonga, 1-14-pollicaria, supra sub- seabra, subtus eanescentia. Racemi breves, ramosi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 254. C. TEPHROSLEFOLIA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 153. Ramuli viscido- pubescentes villosive. Foliola 6-10-juga, oblonga, $-1-pollicaria, subtus subeanescentia. - Racemi breves, subramosi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 255. C. PANICULATA; Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 153. Ramuli subfloccoso- tomentosi. Foliola 8-12-juga, anguste oblonga, $-1-pollicaria, subtus cano-tomentosa. Racemi setosi, ample panieulati. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 256. C. Isrponza, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 154. Ramuli viscoso-tomentosi sæpeque setulosi. Foliola 8-15-juga, oblonga nunc angusta, 1-1-pollicaria, pubescentia, concoloria. Racemi elongati, simplices v. laxiores, subpaniculati. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz. ¥** Foliola membranacea, obtusa v. acutiuscula, subtus pallida v. concoloria, 4-1-pollicaria, 4-10-juga. (Species foliolis bijugis inter Absoideas querentur.) 257. C. pRACTEOLATA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 52. Foliola 5-8-juga, lanceolato-oblonga, tenuiter viscido-puberula, subtus pallida. Racemi laxi. Bracteæ latæ, membranaceæ.— Fl. Bras. 154. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 258. C. TRACHYCARPA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 52. Foliola 4-10-juga, ovato-oblonga, supra pilosula, subtus pallida. Racemi breves, multiflori. Bractese parvæ, setaceæ.—#1. Bras. 154. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. Mart.! Reis. Bras. i. 548. Foliola 4-12-juga, oblonga, utrinque 259. C. CATHARTICA, | e viscido-puberula. Racemi foliati, pauciflori, pedicellis nempe plerisque ad axillam folii pinnati solitariis unifloris.— Fl. Bras. 155, t. 42. C. aprica, Vell. Fl. Flum. 169; lc. iv. t. 70. C. hirsuta, Vell. Fl. Flum. 170; Ic. iv. t. 80. C. pachycalyæ, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 52. Hab. Tropical America : Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes, S. Paolo, and Rio Janeiro. Sectio 9. CHAMÆCRISTA. Herb» fruticesve glabri, pubescentes v. pilosi, nec viscosi. Pedicelli solitarii "e . pedunculo communi vix evoluto 2 4-ni, axillares supraaxillares y. in mediis internodiis oriundi. Antheræ sæpe inæquales, alternis minoribus v. deficientibus. © This section differs from Absus chiefly in inflorescence. 568 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Subsect. 1. Xerocalyx. Sepala rigidula, subscariosa, tenuiter striato-multinervia. * Foliola 1-juga. i 260. C. DIPHYLLA, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 537. Glabra, prostrata. Foliola obovata, rigidule membranacea, glandula parva, stipitata v. urceolata.— Fl. Bras. 156. C. diphylla, Cav. Ic. t. 600. Hab. Tropical America: from Brazil to Central America and Mexico. Linnæus having given the erroneous habitat “in India” for this plant, its identity has been doubted ; but his specimen clearly belongs to this species. 261. O. CULTRIFOLIA, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 363. Glabra v. apice pa- tentim pilosa. Foliola dimidiato-oblonga v. oblongo-linearia, sæpe Fats subcoriacea ; glandula scutellata v. urceolata.— Fl. Bras. 156. Hab. Tropical America : Solurobia an Central Brazil. ** Foliola 2-juga (species omnes viz inter se distincte). 262. C. LATISFIPULA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 156. Glabra v. superne pubescens. Foliola latiuscula, oblonga v. obovata, rectiuscula. Stipule ample, obtuse. Flores magni. Hab. Tropical ination Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. 263. C. DESVAUXIL, Collad. Hist. Cass.131. Glabra v. ramulis bifariam pubescentibus. Foliola obovali-oblonga, rectiuscula. Stipulæ acutee. Flores magni. Pedicelli longi- usculi v. rarius abbreviati. Legumen appresse pilosum, 5-6-plo longius quam latum.— Fl. Bras. 157. : C. tetraphylla, Desv. Journ. Bot. iii. (1814) 72, non Collad. C. pulchra, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 362. Var. MOLLISSIMA, mollissime pubescens, pedicellis longiusculis. Var. ? BREVIPES, pubescens v. glabrescens, pedicellis ut in C. drevipedi brevissimis, legu- mine C. Desvauxii. | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, and Columbia; the var. mollissima in $. Brazil, the var. brevipes in Brazil and Guiana. . 264. C. BREVIPES, DC.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 119, t. 9. Pubescens. Folia floresque C. Desvauxii. Pedicelli brevissimi. Legumen vix duplo longius quam latum, pilis longis aureis hirsutissimum. Hab. Tropical America : Panama, Seemann ; Costarica, (Ersted. 265. C. UNIFLORA, Spreng. Neu. Entd. i. 291. Glabra v. rarius tenuiter pubescens. Foliola obovato-oblonga, recta v. leviter incurva, in forma typica subsemipollicaria, rigi- dule membranacea. Stipule acute, longiuscule. Flores mediocres v. parvi. Legumen glabrum v. appresse pilosum.— FI. Bras. 157, t. 43. C. lanceolata, Pers. Syn. i. 456 (ex char.), non Forsk. T C. Persoonii, Collad. Hist. Cass. 119. Var. PARVIFOLIA, foliolis 2-6 lin. longis, sæpius quam in forma ce obtusioribus. — C. ramosa, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 55. | y C. savanensis, Miq.! in Linnza, xviii. 584. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. .569 Hab. Tropical America: Brazil and Guiana; both varieties very abundant and running closely into each other, the larger-leaved form at least extending into Columbia, and some forms closely connecting it with C. Desvauxii. 266. C. LANGSDORFFIL, Kunth in Vog.! Syn. Cass, 55. Glabra v. pubescens. Foliola lineari-oblonga. Stipule acutæ, persistentes. Flores mediocres v. majusculi. Legumen glabrum v. appresse pilosum.— Fl. Bras. 158. C. borbonioides, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 55 (forma foliolis paullo majoribus rigidioribus). Hab. Tropical America: Brazil from S. Paolo to the Rio Negro and on the Orinoco. Several forms of this species are noted in the * Flora Brasiliensis;' and to these many others might be added as more or less distinct varieties. 267. C. GRACILIS, Kunth!, Mim. 120, t. 36. Glabra, gracilis, ramulis subfiliformibus. Foliola oblonga, sæpe parva. Stipulæ parvee, acute, seepe decidusze.— 77. Bras. 159. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia and Central Brazil. Some specimens of Burchell’s from San Paolo, n. 4280, appear to connect this with C. Langsdorffii. 268. C. TECTA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 56. Undique molliter pubescens. Foliola oblonga, semipollice longiora. Stipulæ cordate, acutæ, foliolis sabæquilongæ, ramulos obtegentes.— Fl. Bras. 159. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and S. Paolo. 269. C. MALACOPHYLLA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 55. "Undique molliter pubescens. foliola oblonga, semipollice breviora. Stipulæ cordate, acute, foliolis subæquilongæ, ramulos obtegentes.— FV. Bras. 159. Hab. Tropical America: Central Brazil. 270. C. CURVIFOLIA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 55. Glabra v. pubescens. Foliola falcato-oblonga v. faleato-obovata, sæpius parva. Stipulæ cordatæ, acutæ, appressæ. Legumen glabrum v. appresse puberulum.— Fl. Bras. 160. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz, Minas Geraes, Bahia, Ceara, Para, and Rio Negro. The foliage varies from perfectly glabrous and shining to densely and softly pubescent. *** Foliola plurijuga. 271. C. CALYCIOIDES, DC.! Prod. ii. 503. Prostrata, patentim pilosa. Foliola 6-12- juga, dimidiato-linearia; glandula stipitata. Flores parvuli, pedicellis abbreviatis.— 77. Bras. 160, t. 43. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Goyaz, Piauhy, and Para, also Mexico, Ber- landier, n. 2036, Subsect. 2. Leiocalyx. Sepala membranacea, haud striata. Series 1. Subaphylle. Stipula cordate, cauli bifariam appresse, foliolis nisi ad basin caulis nullis. 272. C. BASIFOLIA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 560. Folia ad basin caulis interdum perpauca bifo- liolata, csetera omnia ad setulam minutam inter stipulas reducta. Stipulæ 4-8 lin. longs. Flores mediocres v. parvuli, pedicellis stipulis subeequilongis.— 77. Bras. 161, t. 44. Hab. "Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. VOL. XXVII. 4 F 570 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Series 2. Prostrate. Herbe prostrate, annue v. basi perennes sepe patentim pilose. Foliola wmi- plurijuga, membranacea. Glandule tenuiter stipitate v. nulle. Flores parvi v. mediocres, pedicellis filiformibus. 273. C. ROTUNDIFOLIA, Pers. Syn.i. 456. Foliola 1-juga, obovata, petiolo eglanduloso. Stipulæ cordate, cauli arcte appressee.— 77. Bras. 161. C. bifoliolata, DC.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 120, t. 9. C. pentandra, Raddi, Quar. Piant. Nuov. 20 (in Mem. Acad. Moden. xviii.). C. monophylla, Vell. Fl. Flum. 166; Ic. iv. t. 61. Var. BAUHINLEFOLIA. Stipulæ semipollicares longioresque, foliola usque ad 13 poll. longa, flores quam in forma typica majores, sepalis 3 lin. longis. C. bauhiniefolia, Kunth !, Mim. 123, t. 37. C. fabaginefolia, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 363. C. filipes, Benth. ! in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 81. Var. GRANDIFLORA. Stipulæ vix 3 lin. longi. Flores magni, sepalis 6 lin. longis. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, Central America, and Mexico; the var. bauhiniæfolia in Guiana and Columbia, the var. grandiflora in Brazil. 274. C. TAGERA, Linn.! Spec. Pl. 538, excl. syn. Foliola 3- rarius 2-juga, parva, obovata; glandula stipitata. Stipulee cordato-lanceolatæ, cauli appressæ, demum subhyalinæ. Le- gumen breve, 1-4-spermum.— 77. Bras. 162. C. ciliaris, Collad. ! Hist. Cass. 98. C. Kunthiana, Cham. et Schlecht.! in Linnza, v. 598. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, Central America, Mexico. The specimen in the Linnæan herbarium (answering to the character given) is certainly this species, although the habitat “in India" and the synonyms are erroneous. 275. C. PILOSA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 540. Annua. Foliola 3-5-juga, latiuscule oblonga, membranacea, 4-1-pollicaria, petiolo eglanduloso. Stipulæ lanceolate, basi oblique. C. emarginata, Mill.! Dict. n. 18, non Linn. C. Milleri, Collad. Hist. Cass. 132. Hab, Tropical America: Jamaica, Columbia, sea coast, Fendler. There is no specimen of this in Linnzeus’s herbarium. 276. C. sERPENS, Linn.! Spec. Pl. 541, non Vog. Foliola 5-7-juga, lineari-oblonga, membranacea, semipollice breviora; glandula tenuiter stipitata v. rarius nulla. Stipulæ lanceolato-subulatæ. Leguminis acumen rectiusculum.— Fl. Bras. 162. C. prostrata, Humb. et Bonpl. ! in Willd. Enum. 441. C. flexuosa, Mill. ! Dict. n. 16, non Linn. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, West Indies, Central America, Mexico. 277. C. TRICHOPODA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 163. Herbacea, prostrata, patentim pilosa. Foliola 8-25-juga, dimidiato-linearia, rigidule membranacea ; glandula tenuiter stipitata, Pedicelli calyce multo longiores. Stigma parvum. _ Hab, Tropical America: Brazil, prov. S. Paolo, Minas Geraes, and Goyaz; Caraccas, Birschell, 278. C. PUMILA, Lam. Dict, i. 651. Herbacea, prostrata, pubescens. Foliola 8-15- MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 571 juga, dimidiato-linearia; glandula tenuiter stipitata. Pedicelli calyce vix longiores bre- vioresve. Stigma stylo abbreviato peltatum.— Benth. Fl. Austr. ii. 290. C. prostrata, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 32. Senna prostrata, Roxb. ! Fl. Ind. ii. 359. Hab. Tropical Asia and Australia. 279. C. SUPPLEX, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 163. Annua, prostrata, patentim pilosa. Foliola 4-6-juga, parva, anguste oblonga; glandula parva, tenuiter stipitata. Stipulæ ob- lique cordatæ. Legumen brevi acumine inflexo uncinatum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia, Pernambuco, Piauhy, and Goyaz. (C. zambesica has also the long-stipitate gland of this group.) Series 3. Paucijugæ. Perennes v. fruticose, erecta v. diffuse. Foliola 3-7-juga, mem- branacea v. subcoriacea, costa excentrica pennivenia; glandule parve, breviter stipitate. 280. C. CORDISTIPULA, Mart.! Herb. Fl. Bras. 189. Suffrutex procumbens, piloso- pubescens. Foliola 5-7-juga, parva, lineari-oblonga, paucivenia. Stipulæ cordatæ, aris- tatæ. Flores mediocres v. majusculi. Leguminis acumen rectiusculum.—"M. Bras. 164. C. psammophila, Benth. in herb. Acad. Petrop. olim. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Mattogrosso, Riedel, Manso, 281. C. SCHLIMII, Benth., sp. n. Diffusa, pubescens v. hirsuta. Foliola 2—4-juga, obovato- cuneata, semipollice breviora, venis a costa divergentibus furcatis dichotomisve cum 2-3 uno latere a basi oriundis ; glandula urceolata, sessilis v. substipitata. Stipulæ e basi latius- cule cordata subulato-acuminate. Flores mediocres, pedicellis brevibus. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, near Ocaña, Schlim, n. 281. This has much the aspect of C. cordistipula ; but the leaflets are shorter and broader, and the venation is peculiar. 282. C. TENELLA, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. vi. 305. Caules e rhizomate lignoso, breves, tenelli foliaque glabra. Foliola 3-4-juga, obovato-cuneata, semipollice breviora, venis a costa divergentibus, paucis subreticulatis v. hine inde furcatis; glandula breviter stipitata. Stipulæ parvæ. Flores mediocres, pedicellis longiusculis. | Hab. Tropical America : near San Borja on the Orinoco, Humboldt and Bonpland. Allied to C. Schlimii, but quite glabrous, the veins of the leaflets less prominent and the stipules very small. C. foliosa, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 446, from Peru, Pavon, which I have not seen, may be the same as C. tenella, but is insufficiently described for identification. 283. C. GnANTII, Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 279. Glaberrima. Caules e rhizonate pe- renni, breves, diffusi v. ascendentes. Foliola 4-6-juga, latiuscule oblonga, obtusissima, membranacea. Flores mediocres, pedicellis subpollicaribus. - Hab. Tropical Africa. 284. C. Wrientu, À. Gray!, Pl. Wright. ii. 50 (Smiths. Contr. v.). Glaberrima. Caules e rhizomate perenni, breves, erectiusculi. Foliola 4-6-juga, anguste oblonga, obtusa, membranacea. Flores mediocres, pedicellis subpollicaribus. Hab. Subtropical North America: New Mexico. 285. C. TENUISEPALA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 164. porc Foliola F 572 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 3-4-juga, cuneato-oblonga, obtusa, glabra, rigidule membranacea. Flores majusculi, sepalis pallidis latis tenuibus. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Para, Piauhy, and Minas Geraes; Paraguay. 286. C. PASCUORUM, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 165. Herbacea, erecta. Foliola 4-8-juga, membranacea, utrinque molliter pubescentia. Flores magni. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Bahia. 287. C. GRAMMICA, Spreng. !' Neue Entd.iii. 55. Suffrutieulosa? Foliola 4-7-juga, parva, oblonga subcuneatave, subcoriacea, utrinque molliter pubescentia. Flores majusculi. C. lineata, var. brachyloba, Griseb.! Pl. Wright. Cub. in Mem. Amer. Acad. viii. 179. Hab. Tropical America: Cuba, also Central America, Œrsted. Foliola 3—6 lin. longa, fere C. lineatæ costa parum excentrica, venis tamen multo tenuioribus ad utrumque latus costee sat crebris, inferioribus lateris exterioris approximatis. Series 4. Coriaceæ. Frutices suffruticesve, rarius herbe perennes. Foliola coriacea, rigida v. crassiuscula, basi bi- plurinervia, costa subcentrali v. excentrica, utrinque penni- venia. Glandula depressa, scutellata v. urceolata, sessilis v. vix stipitata. * Foliola 1—4- rarius hinc inde 5—6-juga. | Stipule parve, anguste. 288. C. CHORIOPHYLLA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 56. Glaberrima. Foliola 1-juga, falcato- oblonga v. obovata, 1-2-pollicaria; glandula depressa. Flores Sas. — Fl. Bras. 165. C. gonoclada, Benth. in herb. Acad. Petrop. olim. Hab. Tropical America : Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. . 989. C. BuncneLLm, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 165. Glaberrima. Foliola 2-3-juga v. floralia 1-2-juga, late oblonga, obtusa, 1-2-pollicaria; glandula depressa. Flores majusculi. Hab. Tropical America : Brazil, prov. Goyaz. 290. C. MULTINERVIA, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 166. Glaberrima. Foliola 2-3-juga - v. floralia 1-juga, oblonga, mucronata, 3-1-pollicaria; glandula urceolata. Flores majusculi. - Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 291. C. LINEATA, Swartz, Fl. Ind. Occid. 726. Diffusa?, puberula. Foliola 2-4-juga, obovato-cuneata, venis a costa divergentibus simplicibus, semipollice breviora; glandula urceolata v. nulla. Flores mediocres. C. obcordata, Swartz ex Wikstr. ! in K. Vetensk. Akad. Handl. Stockh. 1825, 429. C. cuneata, Griseb. ! Cat. Pl. Cub. 80, non DC. Hab. Tropical America: Cuba, Jamaica, and other West-Indian islands. C. obcordata is referred by Grisebach to C. biflora, but whether or not on any other authority than Wikström’s expression * C. biflore affinis? does not appear. The description given is totally at variance with that species, and suggested an affinity to C. lineata, differing in the rather more numerous leaflets and the stipitate gland ; and subsequently I met with an original specimen from Wikstróm in herb. DC., which appeared to me to be only a slight variety of that species, which requires, however, further com- parison with allied species, through a better series of specimens than we possess. C. tenella and C. Schlimii come near to some of the smaller forms of C. lineata; but the veins of the leaflets are more or less branched, and their habit is that of C. cordistipula. C. polyadena, DC., to which Grisebach referred Wright's Cuban specimens, n. 2376, is also nearly allied, differing in the larger, more numerous leaflets, more erect habit, Sc MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 573 292. C. PACHYPHYLLA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 166. Fruticulus ramosissimus. Foliola 3-4-juga, lineari-oblonga v. anguste cuneata, semipollicem raro excedentia, glabra v. puberula; glandula urceolata. Flores mediocres v. majusculi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 293. C. TRAGACANTHOIDES, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 166, t. 45. Fruticulus ramo- sissimus, foliis confertis. Foliola 2-4-juga, lineari-oblonga v. subeuneata, semipollice bre- viora, utrinque cano-sericea. Flores majusculi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. ** Foliola 4-10-juga, rarius 3-juga. Stipule late, foliacee, striato-multinerves. Folia sepe disticha. 294. C. ANCEPS, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 166. Frutex glaber, ramulis anci- pitibus. Foliola 3-juga, ovali-oblonga, i-j-pollicaria. Stipule oblique cordato-ovatæ. Flores majusculi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 295. C. ROTUNDATA, Fog. ! Syn. Cass. 58. Frutex. Foliola 4-10-juga, late oblonga v. ovalia, obtusissima, in forma typica semipollicem haud excedentia. Stipule ovate v. orbi- culatæ, obtusissimæ. Flores majusculi.— 77. Bras. 167. Var. GRANDISTIPULA. Omnibus partibus major; stipulæ rotundatæ, 9-12 lin. diametro. C. grandistipula, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 58. Var. ANGUSTIFOLIA. Foliola angustius oblonga, stipulæ ovate. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes, the three varieties. . 296. C. Swarnsont, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 167. Frutex pubescens, forte elutinosus. Foliola 4-6-juga, oblonga, aristato-mucronata, $-1-pollicaria. Stipule late, semicordatæ, aristato-acuminate. Flores majusculi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil. 297. C. CINERASCENS, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 60. Fruticulus ramulis puberulis. Foliola 6-10-juga, oblonga, subsemipollicaria, glabra. Stipulæ late, oblique cordate, acute v. mu- cronatæ. Flores majusculi. Legumen junius pubescens, demum glabratum.— 77. Bras. 167. Hab: Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 298. C. DISTICHOCLADA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 168. Frutex ramulis dense pubes- centi-hirtis. Foliola 3-5-juga, oblonga, mucronato-acuta, 2-3 lin. longa, punctata, cilio- lata. Stipule oblique cordatz, acute. Flores majusculi. Legumen tenuiter pubescens. ` Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. X** Foliola 10-50-juga. Stipule late v. anguste lanceolate. 299. C. POTENTILLA, Mart.! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 168. Frutex ramulis molliter pubes- centibus. Foliola 10-20-juga, oblonga, mucronato-acuta, parva, decrescentia, puberula v. demum glabrata, tenuiter nervosa. Stipulz lato-lanceolatæ, persistentes. Flores majusculi. Legumen pubescens. . Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. — o o It is possible that this and C. distichoclada may prove to be varieties of C. cinerascens, differing chiefly in the number of leaflets, pubescence, and other minor characters. 574 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 300. C. GONOCLADA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 169. Suffrutex erectus, sub- glaber. Foliola 10-20-juga, faleato-oblonga, majora ¿-pollicaria, decrescentia. Stipulæ semicordatæ, lato-lanceolatæ, acute. Flores majusculi. : Hab. Tropical America: Brazil. 301. C. FLEXUOSA, Linn. Spec. Pl. 543. Suffruticosa v. perennis caule erecto rigido flexuoso, glabro v. pubescenti. Foliola 20-50-juga, dimidiato-linearia, parva, decrescentia, subglabra. Stipulæ semicordatæ, late lanceolatee, acute. Flores majusculi.— 77. Bras. 169; Breyn. Cent. t. 23 (opt.). C. arenaria, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. vi. 370. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, and southward to the Uruguay. 302. C. RORAIMÆ, Benth., sp. n. Fruticosa. Foliola 15-25-juga, lineari-falcata, acu- tissima, subsemipollicaria, decrescentia, nitida, subglabra. Stipulæ semilanceolate, ca- duce. Flores magni. Hab. British Guiana: Roraima, 4ppun, n. 1231; and probably in the same mountains, Rob. Schomburgk, 2nd coll. n. 582; Rich. Schomburgk, n. 840. - Frutex rigide ramosus, ramulis petiolisque pubescentibus. Foliola15-25 -juga, lineari-falcata, acutissima, rigida, basi obliqua, sub-5-nervia, glabra v. margine ciliata, supra nitida, subtus pallida, inferiora cujusve foli 4-6 lin. longa, superiora sæpius valde decrescentia. Petiolus communis 2-3-pollicaris. Glandula sessilis, scutellata v. urceolata. Stipulæ semilanceolatæ, striatæ, caducæ. Pedicelli semipollicares. Sepala acuminata, semipollicaria v. longiora, extus minute puberula. Petala pollicaria. Antheræ parum inæquales. Ovarium dense hirsutum. Legumen perfectum 2-pollicare v. longius, 3-31 lin. latum, hirtellum. 303. C. OLESIPHYLLA, Vog.! Syn. Cass. 68. Frutex ramulis sordide pubescentibus. Foliola 15-30-juga, linearia, parva, decrescentia, rigida, puberula v. glabrata. ds semilanceolate, rigidæ, persistentes. Flores majusculi.— 7. Bras. 169. C. rupicola, Benth. in herb. Acad. Petrop. olim. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. ¥*** Foliola 4-20-juga. Stipule parve v. anguste. 304. C. ARISTATA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 170. Frutex ramulis pubescen- tibus. Foliola 4-7-juga, late ovata, aristato-mucronata, subsemipollicaria, glabra v. pube- rula. Stipulee lanceolato-subulate. Flores majusculi. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil. 305. C. venuLosa, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 170. Frutex ramulis pubes- centi-hirtis. Foliola 6-8-juga, falcato-oblonga, acuta, subsemipollicaria, pubescentia. Stipule sublanceolato-lineares. Legumen longe pilosum. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. 306. C. DREPANOPHYLLA, Benth.! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 170. Suffrutex ? caule molliter pubescente. Foliola 15-20-juga, faleato-oblonga, acuta, 4-3-pollicaria, sæpe decrescentia, puberula. Flores majusculi. Hab. 'Tropieal America: Brazil, prov. Ceara and Bahia. 307. C. PARVISTIPULA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp.170. Suffrutex? glaberrimus. Foliola 8-12-juga, lineari-oblonga, obtusa; 4-8 lin. longa. Stipule parve. Flores mediocres. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 575 Series B. Subcoriaceæ. Perennes v. fruticose, erecte. Foliola 3-10-juga, obtusa, costa subcentrali pennivenia, sepius subcoriacea. Glandula sessilis v. rarius stipitata. Stipule anguste v. parve. 808. C. GREGGII, A. Gray !, Pl. Wright. i. 61 (Smiths. Contrib. i.) Frutex subglaber. . Foliola 3-5-juga, parva, oblonga, obtusa, coriacea, 3-5 lin. longa, costa subcentrali, venis reticulatis; glandula parva, breviter stipitata. Flores majusculi. Hab, Subtropical North America: South Texas. This species would be almost as well placed amongst the Coriacee near C. lineata, connecting the two series. 309. C. MUCRONATA, Spreng. Syst. ii. 341. Frutex ramulis pubescentibus, Foliola 3-4-juga, latiuscule oblonga, obtusa, glabra v. puberula, ¿-1-pollicaria, costa subcentrali tenuiter pennivenia; glandula urceolata. Flores majusculi.— 77. Bras. 171. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Maranham, 310. C. POLYADENA, DO. ! Pl. Rar. Jard. Gen. 2° Rapp. 12. Frutex ramulis pube- rulis, Folia 5-10-juga, oblonga, obtusa, subglabra, semipollicaria v. longiora, costa sub- centrali pennivenia; glandula depressa v. rarius substipitata, interjugales etiam sæpe adsunt. Legumina patentia. Hab. Tropical America: Jamaica, Guadeloupe, Bahamas. Nearly allied to C. virgata, but with much larger, fewer, and more coriaceous leaflets, which, however, are much more numerous than in C. lineata, which this species otherwise resembles. "There are three West-Indian forms in our herbaria—one with pubescent leaves and rather large sessile glands, another with glabrous leaves and small almost sessile and few glands, a third with similar glabrous leaves but the glands remarkably stipitate and rather numerous. 311. ? C. REPENS, Vog. Syn. Cass. 60. Suffrutex humilis, molliter pubescens v. glabratus. Foliola 4-10-juga, oblonga, obtusa, sæpius mucronata, subsemipollicaria, costa subcentrali pennivenia; glandula sessilis y. subsessilis. Legumina patentia.—Fl. Bras. 171. Hab. Tropical America : Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes. A specimen from the Andes of Popayan in herb. Hook. appears to be a variety of this species, which may possibly not be distinct from the following C. cuneata; but the specimens are as yet insufficient to determine the point. 312. C. CUNEATA, DO.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 121. Habitus et stipule C. repentis. Foliola 4-6-juga, oblongo-cuneata, semipollicaria, supra glabra, subtus pubescentia, costa subcentrali lineato-pennivenia, basi tamen a latere exteriore sæpius 1-2-nervia ; glandula subsessilis. Pedicelli 1-3-ni, semipollicares, pubescentes. Sepala acuminatissima. Hab. Tropical America? A single specimen of uncertain origin in herb. DC. 313. C. BRACHYPODA, Benth. ! in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 172. Herbacea v. suffruti- cosa, erecta, molliter pubescens v. hirsuta. Foliola 6-10-juga, oblonga, obtusa, 4-1-pol- licaria, costa subcentrali crebre pennivenia; glandula sessilis, depressa. Flores mediocres. Pedicelli brevissimi et legumina erecta, stricta, more C. patellarie et C. nigricantis. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes and Goyaz; Bolivia, prov. Chi- quitos, Weddell; Lamas, Peru, Spruce. This may possibly be reducible to C. vestita, seen, and accidentally omitted in Fl. Bras. It agrees with gland is said to be urceolate and shortly stipitate. Vog. Syn. Cass. 60, Linnza xi. 711, a species I have not C. brachypoda in every respect except that the 576 MR. G. BENTHAM— REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Series 6. Chamæcristæ vere. Herbe v. suffrutices. Foliola 8-20-juga (in O. mimosoide sepe ultra 30-juga), membranacea, costa subcentrali v. excentrica utrinque pennivenia v. rarius venulis latere angustiore subevanidis. Glandula sessilis vel stipitata. Stipule parce v. anguste. * Foliola obtusa v. acutiuscula, costa subcentrali v. parum excentrica. 314. C. CHamacrista, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 542. Herbacea. Glandula sessilis, depressa. Flores majusculi. C. triflora, Jacq. Hort. Scheenbr. t. 480, fide specim. in herb. DC. C. venosa, Castigl. ex DC. in Collad. Hist. Cass. 130. C. castiglionea, Collad. l. c. lapsu calami pro C. trifolia, Jacq. a C. Hornemanni, DC. Prod. ii. 507 (C. venosa, Hornem. Hort. Hafn. Suppl. 46), ex char. nimis brevi. C. pulchella, Salisb. Prod. 326. C. fasciculata, Mich. Fl. Bor.-Amer. i. 262. Var. BRASILIENSIS, Vog.! Mart. Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 172, t. 45. Caule robustiore, 1-3-pedali. | C. hypnotica, Vell. Fl. Flum. 169; Ic. iv. t. 75, ex icone. C. gemina, Vell. 1. c. ; Ic. t. 74 est forte forma floribus minoribus. - Hab. Subtropical and extratropical N. America, where it varies exceedingly in stature, indumentum, &c., as well as in the proportion of large and small anthers. The Brazilian variety appears common in South and Central Brazil and Eastern Bolivia. The original typical form appears to be annual; but some varieties are described by collectors as shrubby, at least at the base, and it is possible that characters might be found generally to separate as species the Brazilian from the North-American forms; but then it would be necessary to split up the North-American ones into several species. The specimens, for instance, from Texas, Lindheimer, 2nd coll. n. 232, have a very distinct habit. On the other hand, the whole of the group of the Chamecriste vere seem to pass so gradually one into the other, that the delimitation of species here given must be admitted to be very unsatisfactory. C. felipensis, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 368, with quite sessile glands, appears to be referable rather to C. Chamecrista than to C. glandulosa. 315. C. rLAvICOMA, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 366. Fruticosa, molliter aureo-pubescens. Glandula urceolata v. stipitata. Flores majusculi. Legumen vil- losum.—77. Bras. 173. C. stipulata, G. Don !, Gen. Syst. ii. 44. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia and Peru: 316. C. vIRGATA, Swartz !, Fl. Ind. Occid, ii, 728, Fruticosa, glabra v. adpresse pu- bescens. Glandula stipitata. Legumen glabrum. - À C. Chamecrista, Mill. ! herb., at non Dict. n. 17. C. glandulosa, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 3435; Benth. Pl. Hartw. 263, and others. C. Swartzii, Wikstr. in Stockh. Vetensk. Akad. Handl. 1825, 430, ex Griseb. Hab. 'Tropical America: West-Indian Islands. : .917. C. GLANDULOSA, Lina.! Spec. Pl. 542. Herbacea v. suffruticosa, pubescens v. glabrescens nec patentim pilosa. Glandula stipitata, Flores majusculi, longiuscule pedicellati. Legumen glabrum v. pube brevi conspersum.—Z7. Bras. 173. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 511 C. propinqua, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 369. C. erecta, Willd. herb. ex Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2. C. Otterbeinü, G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 169, ex descr. C. parvifolia, Wender. in Syll. Flor. Ratisb. i. 65, ex descr. C. Pavoniana, G. Don !, Gen. Syst. ii. 447. C. disadena, Steud.! in Flora, 1843, 760. C. ramosissima, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 367, videtur hujus potius quam C. flavicome var. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Columbia, Peru. 918. C. STENOCARPA, Vog. ! Syn. Cass. 68. Herbacea v. suffruticosa, patentim pilosa. Glandula stipitata. Flores mediocres, breviter pedicellati. Legumen glabrum v. pube brevi conspersum.— Fl. Bras. 173. | Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Columbia. 319. C. RIPARIA, H. B. et K.! Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 369. Herbacea v. suffruticosa, glabra v. tenuiter pubescens. Glandula stipitata. Flores mediocres, breviter pedicellati. Legumen pilis longiusculis conspersum.—Fl. Bras. 174. C. Parkeriana, DC. ! Prod. ii. 504. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, Peru, Central America, West-Indian Islands. The three preceding species ought probably to be united into one; but if C. stenocarpa be retained as ` distinct, C. riparia cannot well be referred to C. glandulosa. 320. C. NIGRICANS, Vahl, Symb. i. 30. Herbacea, molliter hirsuta. Glandula sessilis, depressa. Flores parvi, brevissime pedicellati. Legumina erecta, stricta, pilosa.— Oliv. ! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 280. C. micrantha, Guill.! et Perr. Fl. Seneg. 262. C. Arnottiana, Wight !, herb. propr. n. 2410. Hab. Tropical Africa and Asia. : - C. pilidens, Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2, is founded on the Abyssinian specimens, Schimper, n. 66, at first referred to the N. American C. nictitans, of which it has the aspect and small flowers, with only 4 or 5 stamens; but the gland is broad and sessile, and it may very possibly prove to be a reduced ; differing in being less hairy, with rather longer more slender pedicels, and only 4 variety of C. nigricans, cans usually is. We or 5 stamens. The specimens are few, much smaller and more slender than C. nigri have also two very similar specimens from Simla in herb. Hook., and one very near to them from N. China. 391. C. BREVIFOLIA, Lam. Dict. i. 651, fide herb. DC.! Pumila, diffusa, pilis paucis brevibus conspersa. Folia parva, foliolis confertis. Glandula parva, depressa. Flores mediocres, longiuscule pedicellati. Sepala obtusa. on pcdes Folia vix semipollicaria, foliolis 8-12-jugis approximatis 1-2 lin. longis oblongis obtusis coriaceis, costa subcentrali nunc duplicata, venis utringue perpaucis prominulis, Stipulæ e basi lanceolata v. patai setaceo-acuminatz. Pedicelli solitarii. Sepala glabra. Var. MINUTULA, Boj. !, longius pilosa, foliis tenuioribus, venis vix conspicuis. en Hab. Madagascar, in the lofty mountains of the province of Emirna, Bojer m herb. DC. | = VOL. XXVII. 578 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. ** Foliola angustiora, sepius acutiuscula v. mucronato-acuta, costa magis excentrica, margini superiori plus minus approximata, venis tamen sepius nonnullis obliquis interjectis. 322. C. NICTITANS, Linn. ! Spec. Pl. 543. Annua, erecta v. diffusa, ramosa, glabra v. pilosa. Glandula urceolata, sessilis v. breviter stipitata. Flores parvi, breviter pedicellati. Stamina 4-6, seepius 5, filamentis longiusculis (in sequentibus stamina ssepius 7-10 fila- mentis, abbreviatis). C. procumbens, Linn. Spec. Pl. 543, quoad plantam boreali-Americanam non Linn. herb. C. diffusa, DC.! in Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Genéve, ii. 130. Grimaldia assurgens et G. decumbens, Schrank, in Denkschr. Münch. Akad. 1808, 110, 111, y td Di Cassia smaragdina, Macfad. Fl. Jam. i. 347, ex Griseb. C. aspera, Muhlenb. in Ell. Bot. S. Car. and Georg. i. 474, ex Torr. et Gr. Hab. Subtropical N. America: Southern United States, Mexico, and perhaps also tro- pical America, W. Indies, Guiana, and Columbia. Although Linnæus gives “in Indiis as well as Virginia for the habitat of his C. procumbens, both his references belong to the N. American species, which is certainly not distinct from C. nictitans. 323. C. ZAMBESICA, Oliv. ! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 280. Herbacea (erecta ?), patentim pilosa. , Glandula tenuiter stipitata. Flores parvi, breviter pedicellati. Stamina 7-10. Legumen hirsutum. -Hab. 'Tropical Africa. This has the gland of the Prostrate; but the habit appears to be more that of the Chamecriste vere. 324. C. PROCUMBENS, Linn.! herb. et Spec. Pl. 548, ex paríe. Suffruticosa, pro- cumbens, pubescens. Glandula parva, sessilis v. breviter stipitata. Flores parvuli v. mediocres, breviter v. longiuscule pedicellati. Stamina 7-10. Legumen sparse pilosulum. C. pygmea, DC.! Prod. ii. 502. C. Chamecrista, Mill. ! Dict. n. 17. C. chamecristoides, Collad. Hist. Cass. 134. Hab. "Tropical America: Vera Cruz, Houston; Costarica, (Ersted; St. Domingo (DC. Vogel). : Caules e basi plus minus lignosa -prostrataque, apice adscendentes, semipedales ad pedales, uti folia pilis subappressis substrigosis pubescentes interdum cinerascentes. Foliola 8-20-juga, jugis confertis, dimidiato-oblonga, sublinearia, costa valde excentrica, venis uno latere 1-2 basilaribus paucisque a costa divergentibus, inter costam et marginem superiorem perpaucis obscurisve, in forma normali 14-3 lin. longa (folio toto sepe vix semipollicaria), rigidula, oblique acutiuscula. Stipule anguste v. latiuscule lan- ceolatze. Berlandier's n. 2427, from Texas; seems to be a rather larger variety, with larger stipules and flowers, and longer pedicels; Wright's n. 2380, from Cuba, has smaller leaflets, bordered by long cilia; but all belong probably to one species. The larger specimens sometimes resemble C. cinerea, but the venation of the leaflets is quite different. 3 325. C. PATELLARIA, DC.! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 195, t. 16. Herbacea (v. suffruti- cosa ?), erecta, molliter hirsuta. Glandula sessilis, depressa. Flores parvi; aggregati, bre- vissime pedicellati. Stamina 7-10. Legumina erecta, stricta, hirsuta.— 77. Bras. 174. ` Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Guiana, and Columbia. In its habit, indumentum, small flowers, and erect pods clustered in the axils, this species closely — E resembles the African C. nigricans; but the venation of the leaflets will be found quite different ; it is MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 579 almost that of C. mimosoides in C. patellaria, whilst in C. nigricans the midrib is nearly central as in C. Chamecrista. Var.? LONGIFOLIA, foliis 4-5-pollicaribus, foliolis 4-$-pollicaribus iis C. subtriflore subsimilibus. Glandula depressa C. patellariz. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, Bolivia, Peru, Columbia, Guiana, W. Indies, Mexico : the long-leaved variety in N. Brazil, Spruce. 326. C. PRATEXTA, Vog. Syn. Cass. 67. Herbacea, subglabra. Glandula sessilis, tur- binato-cupulata. Flores parvi, brevissime pedicellati. Anthers 7-10. Legumen glabrum, crassum, incuryum, suturis late marginatis fere alatis.— 77. Bras. 173. Hab. Tropical America: North Brazil, Spruce; Cayenne, Aublet; Guiana, Schom- burgk, 1st coll. n. 683; Trinidad, Crueger. This species, very remarkable for its fruit, appears to be scarce, although rather widely diffused ; for the few collectors who have gathered it have generally sent few or even single specimens, perhaps because, when in flower, it is readily confounded with other Chamecriste. 327. C. MIMOSOIDES, Linn. Spec. Pl. 543. Herbacea v. suffruticosa, pubescens v. glabra, erecta v. basi decumbens. Foliola numerosa, lineari-faleata v. lineari-oblonga. Glandula sessilis, depressa v. parum elevata. Flores parvi, mediocres v. rarius majusculi, breviter nune brevissime pedicellati. Antheræ 7-10 (v. rarius in floribus parvis 5-6). Legumina glabra v. pubescentia, sepius patentia.— 77. Bras. 175; Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 280; Benth. Fl. Austral. ii. 291. a. Forma typica. Foliola parva, numerosa, angustissima, petiolo sæpe inter juga mar- ginato. Flores parvi, nunc minimi. C. angustissima, Lam. Dict. i. 650. Senna dimidiata, S. sensitiva, et S. tenella, Roxb.! Fl. Ind. ii. 352, 353, 354. Cassia dimidiata, C. sensitiva, et C. tenella, Roxb.! Hort. Beng. 32. C. amena, Ham. ! in Wall. Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5321. C. Roxburghiana, Grah.! in Wall. Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5323 (floribus inter a et £ mediis). Chamecrista stricta, E. Mey.! Comm. Pl. Afr. Austr. 159. Cassia filipendula, Boj. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xxii. 399, t. 42, ex ic. et descr. (radicibus hinc inde nodoso-tuberosis). B. MYRIOPHYLLA. Foliola parva, numerosa, angustissima, petiolo marginato v. im- marginato. Flores mediocres, sæpius paullo longius pedicellati. C. microphylla, Willd. Spec. Pl. ii. 529, fide Vogelii. C. hecatophylla, DC. in Collad. Hist. Cass. 124, t. 18. C. myriophylla, Wall.! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5326. — Chamecrista plumosa, E. Mey.! Comm. Pl. Afr. Austr. 159. Cassia plumosa, Vog. Syn. Cass. 64. C. Telfairiana, Wall.! Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5324; s C. guineensis, G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 499 (foliolis mendo 4-jugis pro 40-jugis), 714. y. ZSCHYNOMENE, Foliola linearia, latiora tamen et minus rigida quam in forma typica. Planta glabra v. laxe pubescens. Flores mediocres v. parvuli, breviter pedi- C. eschynomene, DC. ! in Collad. Hist. Cass. 127, t. 17. Bot. Mag. t. 5874 (floribus adhuc majoribus). ex Vog. in Linnæa, xi. 462 580 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. C. Wallichiana, DC.! in Wall. Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5320. C. Leschenaultiana, DC.! in Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Genève, ii. 132. 8. AURICOMA. Caulis superne pube densa seepius aurea hirsutus. Cætera forme præ- cedentis. C. auricoma, Grah.! in Wall. Cat. Herb. Ind. n. 5322. Hab. Tropical Asia, Africa, and Australia, very abundantly, more rare in America. The typical form, with small narrow compact leaflets and very small flowers, is exceedingly abundant and variable all over the tropical regions of the Old World, where it passes into the larger-flowered var. B, of which a rather exaggerated form occurs rarely in tropical America, with as many as fifty pairs of leaflets, and is that figured by Colladon as C. hecatophylla, and of which I have seen specimens from British Guiana, Appun, n. 796. The var. eschynomene, with rather broader and less erowded leaf- lets, of which we have several specimens from the West Indies, Guiana, and North Brazil, distinguished . from C. glandulosa and its allies by the glands and venation of the leaves, seems to vary but little in that country; but a precisely corresponding East-Indian form, included in C. Wallichiana, passes there very gradually into the small-flowered typical C. mimosoides on the one hand, and on the other into the larger- flowered and more hairy varieties C. Telfairiana and C. auricoma. | . Some specimens of C. Kieinii, with the midrib less marginal, much resemble some varieties of C. mi- mosoides, but are readily known by the small stipitate gland. 928. C. comosa, Vog. Syn. Cass. 65. Herbacea ?, A erecta v. basi decum- bens. Foliola oblique v. subfalcato-oblonga, 2-3 lin. lata. Glandula magna, depressa. - Cætera C. mimosoidis. Chamæcrista comosa, E. Mey. Comm. Pl. Afr. 160. Hab. Extratropical South Africa: eastern districts towards Port Natal. I have only seen two or three detached specimens which appear referable to this species, of which 1 have not met with the type. The leaflets are very much broader than in any form known of C. mimo- soides, of which they have the venation. 329. C. SUBTRIFLORA, Mart. ! Fl. Bras. Cesalp. 176. Suffruticosa, undique laxe mol- literque pubescens. Foliola valde obliqua, lineari-oblonga. Glandula urceolata. Flores majusculi, breviter pedicellati. Legumina patentia, laxe hirsuta. Hab. Tropical America: Brazil, prov. Minas Geraes, Ceara, Piauhy, and Rio Negro. Very near some of the larger forms of C. mimosoides, but also with something of the habit of C. patel- laria, but with much larger flowers. 330. C. Kirxu, Oliv. ! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 281. Molliter villosa, Beo. grandiflora. Caetera fere C. mimosoidis var. auricome. Hab. Tropical Africa. I have some doubts whether this should be regarded as more than an extreme form of C. mimosoides. Welwitsch's fine specimens, with broad black sepals, appear as distinct as any Chamecrista ; but there are also two specimens from the more eastern districts of tropical Africa which are about intermediate between Welwitsch's and some Mauritius specimens of the large-flowered €. mimosoides named by Wallich C. Telfairiana. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 581 Series 7. Dimidiate. Suffrutices v. herbe procumbentes v. rarius frutices erecti. Foliola 8-20- rarius 20-30-juga, angusta, sepius acuta rigidulaque, costa margini superiori arcte approximata v. cum eo confluente, venis exterioribus valde obliquis. 331. C. CAPENSIS, Thunb. Fl. Cap. 318. Suffrutex humilis, pubescens v. glabrius- eulus. Foliola linearia, obtusiuscula. Glandula minima. Stipulæ anguste, striatæ. Flores majusculi, longiuscule pedicellati. Stamina 10. Chamecrista capensis, E. Mey.! in Linnæa, vii. 172. Hab. South Africa, Madagascar, and Mauritius. C. Burmanni, DC. Prod. ii. 502, very imperfectly described, is probably a form of this species. 332. O. FALCINELLA, Oliv.! Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 281. Suffrutex ? patentim pilosus. Foliola linearia, faleata, mucronato-acuta. Glandula parva. Stipulæ late, semicordate, falcatæ, striatæ. Flores mediocres, longe pedicellati. Stamina 10. Hab. Tropical Africa. 333. C. CONCINNA, Benth. ! Fl. Austral. ii. 991. Perennis v. suffruticosa, diffusa, pu- bescens. Foliola linearia, falcata, mucronato-acuta. Glandula parva, stipitata. Stipulæ minimee, patentes. Flores mediocres, longe pedicellati. Stamina 5. Hab. Tropical and Eastern subtropical Australia. 994. C. KLEINI1, W. et Arn.! Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. Or. 293. Perennis v. suffruti- cosa, diffusa, pubescens. Foliola oblongo-linearia, subfalcata, mucronata. Glandula sti- . pitata. Stipulæ semilanceolatæ, erectæ. Flores breviter v. rarius longiuscule pedicellati, Stamina 10. C. dimidiata, Klein, in Wall.! Cat. n. 5328. Hab. Tropical Asia. This species seems to vary with the midrib either close to the margin or at some distance from it, but very rarely with any lateral veins on the upper narrow side. 335. C. STRIGILLOSA, Benth. Suffruticosa, prostrata, pilis rigidulis subappressis pu- bens. Foliola 8-12-juga, lineari-falcata, acuta v. oblongo-linearia, venis pluribus a costa marginali divergentibus prominentibus. Glandula parva, subsessilis. Stipulæ angustæ, striatæ. Flores mediocres v. majusculi, longe pedicellati. Legumen vix 2 lin. latum. C. serpens, Griseb.! Cat. Pl. Cub. 80, non Linn. Hab. Tropical” America: Cuba, Linden, n. 1708, Wright, n. 147; St. Domingo, herd. Mus. Petrop. : Possibly a variety of C. cinerea, but a strongly marked one. 336. C. CINEREA, Cham. et Schlecht. ! in Linnea, v. 599. Suffruticosa, prostrata, pube strigosa cinerascens. Foliola 12-20-juga, lineari-falcata, acuta, costa marginali venisque paucis plerisque basilaribus elongatis. Glandula parva, subsessilis. Stipulæ anguste, striatee. Flores magni, breviter pedicellati. Legumen 23-3 lin. latum. i : Hab. Tropical America: Mexican sea-coast, Schiede and Deppe, Galeotti, n. 3408, Liebmann, Berlandier, n. 2479. ; 337. C. TRISTICULA, H. B. et K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 367. Suffrutex v. frutex erectus, ramulis villoso-pubescentibus. Foliola 15-25-juga, oblique v. subfalcato-linearia, acuta, costa marginali. Flores majusculi, longiuscule pedicellati. 582 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. C. flavicoma, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 171, non H. B. et K. C. rusa, Mart. et Gal. ! in Bull. Acad. Brux. x. 2. 306. Hab. Tropical America: Columbia, Central America, and Mexico. 338. C. PEDICELLARIS, DC.! Prod. ii. 504. Frutex ?, ramulis strigoso-pubescentibus. Foliola 15-20-juga, subfalcato-linearia, incurvo-mucronata, costa marginali, 3-4 lin. longa, superiora decrescentia. Glandula longiuscule stipitata. Flores mediocres, longiuscule pedicellati. Hab. Tropical America: St. Domingo, herb. DC. This may prove to be a variety of C. tristicula ; but it appears distinct. The following supposed species have been named only, or so imperfectly described as to make it impossible now to identify them, although there is very little doubt that they are all included under other names in the foregoing enumeration :— C. aurita, Collad. Hist. Cass. 131; C. macradena, Collad. l. c. 132 ; and C. tuberculata, Collad. /. c. 133, all from Brazil, probably common Rio Janeiro species, all named by Colladon on the sole authority of the very meagre diagnoses given in Vandelli, Fl. Lus. et Bras. specim. 26 (also in Reem. Script. 104). C. dispar, Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. 441; C. hirta, Willd. J. c. Suppl. 23; C. elegans, Voigt, in Syll. Fl. Ratisb. ii. 55; C. eglandulosa, Dum. Cours, ex DC. Prod. ii. 506 ; C. homophylla, Hoffmans. Verz. ex DC. Prod. ii. 506; C. glaucescens and C. papulosa, Hoffmans. 1. c. ex Steud, Nom. Bot. ; C. acisperma, Colla, Hort. Rip. App. ii. 343, are all garden plants very imperfectly described, mostly without having seen flowers or fruit, and now not to be recognized. : C. ornata, Klotzsch in Schomb. Reis. Gui. iii. (Vers. Faun. u. Fl. Brit. Gui.) 1104; C. Arowana, Schomb. l. c. 1206; C. Schomburgkii, C. leucoxylon, and C. annulata, Klotzsch, l.c. 1207, are names only, without quotation of numbers or any other means of identification, and, without doubt, included among the species above enumerated, as I had received from Sir Robert Schomburgk what he considered a complete set of his own and his brother's Guiana collections. C. australis, Reinw.; C. biglandulosa, Bertol., referred by Sprengel to C. patellaria; C. bonariensis, Hortul., referred by Colladon to C. corymbosa; C. purgans, Steud., named from Bertero's Chilian speci- mens, n. 148, are names only entered in Steudel’s * Nomenclator Botanicus.’ The following supposed species do not belong to the genus :— C. biflora, Mill.! Dict. n. 14, non Linn., altered to C. Houstoniana, Collad. Hist. Cass. 132, was founded on a small imperfect specimen of an Æschynomene. C. paramariboensis, Miq. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, xi. 15, from Surinam, described from fruiting specimens without having seen the flowers ( Mig. in Linnea, xviii. 584), is evidently Æschynomene sen- sitiva, L. C. disperma, Vell. Fl. Flum. 167, Ic. iv. t. 69,— Peltophorum Vogelianum, Benth. C. fluminensis, Vell. 1. c. 168, t. 72,— Dimorphandra exaltata, Schott. .C. parahyba, Vell. 1. c. t. 71 — Schizolobium excelsum, Vog. C. paratyensis, Vell. l, c. t. 70, is no Cassia; but the genus is uncertain. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 583 The following determinations of a few numbered | ORUIRONDBE more or less imoraliy distributed may be found useful :— multijuga, Rich. glauca, Lam. 666 C. oceidentalis, Linn. 747 . C. Tora, Zinn. 968 C. timorensis, DC. 5301 C. alata, Linn. 5302 C. Fistula, Zinn. 5303 C. auriculata, Linn. 5304 C. hirsuta, Linn. 5305 C. siamea, Lam. 5306 C. timorensis, DC. 5307 C. renigera, Wall. 5908 C. marginata, Roxb. 5309 C. javaniea, Zinn. C. C. 363 C. multijuga, Rich. 796 C. minosoides, Linn., var. 43 C. quinquangulata, Rich. 181 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 251 C. flexuosa, Linn. 253 C. patellaria, DC. 371 C. drepanophylla, Benth. 653 C. uniflora, Spr., var. 1038 C. uniflora, Spr., var 1207 C. stenocarpa, Vog 1397. C. uniflora, Spr., var -1504 C. Apoucouita, Aubl. 1559 C. biflora, Linn., var. 1597 C. verrucosa, Vog. 899 C. Tora, Linn 1013 C. Tora, Zinn. 1092 C. uniflora, Spr., var 1177 C. patellaria, DC. 1198 C. Tora, Linn. 1205 C. rotundifolia, Pers 1306 C. patellaria, DC. 1326 C. rotundifolia, Pers. C. oblongifolia, des Cuming's Philippine-Island Plants. 1028 1369 Astatic COLLECTIONS. C. nodosa, Ham. C. mimosoides, Linn. 1450 1805 Wallich’s Distribution of Indian Plants. 5312 C. glauca, Lam. C. bicapsularis, Zinn. C. Absus, Linn. C. Absus, Linn. C. Tora, Linn. C. Sophera, Linn., et C. occi- dentalis, Linn. C. angustifolia, Val. C. obovata, Collad. C. mimosoides, Linn. C. mimosoides, Linn. SourTH-AMERICAN COLLECTIONS. Appun: British Guiana. 1231 C. Roraimæ, Benth. C. glandulosa, Linn. Blanchet: Brazil. 1836 C. brachystachya, Benth. 1879 C. hispidula, Vahl. 1986 C. Tora, Linn. 2167 C. uniflora, Spr., var. 2168 C. uniflora, Spr. 2536 C. Langsdorffii, Kunth, var. 9549 C. Blancheti, Benth 2553 C. excelsa, Schra 9747 C. supplex, Mart 9845 C. cana, Nees 9851 C. acuruensis, Benth. 2890 C. Gardneri, Benth. Burchell: Brazil. 1610 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 2790 C. multijuga, Rich 9897 C. viminea, Linn 9914 C. affinis, Benth. 2920 C. bicapsularis, Linn 2976, 2 C. alata, Linn. |. 8125 °C. uniflora, Spr. 3813 C. multijuga, Rich. 3884 C. oda e Linn. 9 4362 C. occidentalis, Linn. C. fistula, Linn. C. mimosoides, Linn. C. mimosoides, Linn. C. mimosoides, Linn. C. mimosoides, Linn. C. mimosoides, Linn. C. tomentosa, Linn. C. montana, Heyne. C. nodosa, Hamilt. C. grandis, Linn. C. latifolia, Mey. C. cana, Nees. C. Tora, Linn. C. viscosa, H. B. et K. C. eurvifolia, Vog. C. splendida, Vog. C. excelsa, Schrad. C. barbata, Nees et Mart. C. speciosa, Schrad. C. suleata, DC. C. flexuosa, Linn. C. rotundifolia, Pers. C. Langsdorfii, Kunth, var.? C. flexuosa, Linn. C. patellaria, DC. C. multijuga, Rich. 4487, 2 C. trichopoda, Benth. 584 4490 C. 4532, 2 C. z u— oos Er ecocononores MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. sulcata, DC. multijuga, Rich. splendida, Vog. bicapsularis, Linn. occidentalis, Zinn. bicapsularis, Linn. sylvestris, Vell. ee Kunth, var. debilis, Vog. rotundifolia, Pers. Langsdorfii, Kunth, var. Langsdorfii, Kunth, var. Desvauxii, Collad. cinerascens, Vog. lomatopoda, Benth. viscosa, H. B. et K. filicifolia, Mart., var. ? 5875, 2 C. cathartica, Mart. 5889 C. Neesiana, Mart., var 5891 C. lomatopoda, Benth 5967 C. Clausseni, Benth 5970,2 C. viscosa, H. B. et K. 6019, 2 C. Clausseni, Benth. 6035 C. cathartica, Mart. 6045 C. dysophylla, Benth 6074 C. conferta, Benth. 6090 C. Pohliana, Benth. 6160 C. elata, Linn. 617 C. densifolia, Benth. 6237 C. multijuga, Rich., var. 6512 C. sylvestris, Vell. 6618 C. trichopoda, Benth. 6679 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 6686 C. brachypoda, Benth. 6696,2 C. trichopoda, Benth. 6755,3 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 6774 C. trichopoda, Benth. 6840 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 6867 C. Chamæcrista, Linn., var.? 6868 C. bicapsularis, Zinn. 6909 C. setosa, Vog., var. Burchell: Brazil (continued). 6929 C. pentagonia, Mill. 6930, 2 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 6931 C. Tora, Linn. 6939 C. mimosoides, Linn., var. 6943 C. setosa, Vog., var. 6949 C. Clausseni, Benth. 6995 C. hispidula, Vahl, var. 7024 C. Isidorea, Benth. 7062, 2 C. pentagonia, Mill. 7076,2 C. Clausseni, Benth. 7084 C. multijuga, Rich., var. 7122 C. setosa, Vog., var. 7195 C. multijuga, Rich. 7200, 2 C. flexuosa, Linn. 7286 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart. 7400 C. biflora, Linn., var. rostrata. 7492 C. bacillaris, Linn 7469 ©. nous, Benth. 7470 C. conferta, Benth. 7529 C. orbiculata, Benth. 7556 . C. oligosperma, Mart. 7582 C. Burchellii, Benth. 7588 C. setosa, Vog., var. 7690 C. curvifolia, Vog., var. 7692 C. gracillima, Benth. 7868 C. Neesiana, Mart., var. 7913 C. eurvifolia, Vog., var. 7933 C. hypoleuea, Mart. 8052 C. uniflora, Spr. 8055 C. basifolia, Vog. 8070 C. hispidula, Vahl. 8235 C. parvistipula, Benth. 8256 C. curvifolia, Vog., var. 8303 C. Tagera, Linn. 8414 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 8483,2 C. supplex, Mart. 8489 C. cultrifolia, H. B. et K. 8490 C. uniflora, ; 8523 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8527,2 C. uniflora Spr. 8548 C. Tagera, Linn. 8548, 2 C. supplex, Mart. 8549 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8551 C. flexuosa, Linn. 8552 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8554, 2 C. supplex, Mart. 8554, 3 C. uniflora, Spr. 8554, 4 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 8598, 2 C. cultrifolia, H. B. et K. 8624 C. sylvestris, Vell. 8626, 2 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8635, 2 C, cultrifolia, H. B. et K. 8645 C. diphylla, Zam. 8648 C. Tora, Zinn. 8654,2 C. supplex, Mart. 8660,2 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8664 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8679,2 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 8679,3 C. Tagera, Linn 8679, 11 C. trichopoda, Benth 8679, 14 C. supplex, Mart 8679, 16 C. trichopoda, Benth 8679, 17 C. cultrifolia, H. B. et K. 8679, 18 C. flexuosa, Linn 8679, 19 C. uniflora, Spr 8686,2 C. diphylla, Zam 8722,2 C. trichopoda, Benth 8740 C. sylvestris, Vell 8744,2 C. cultrifolia, H. B. et K. 8744,4 C. flexuosa, Linn 8747,2 C. trichopoda, Benth. 8749,4 C. Tora, Linn. 8768 C. dysophylla, Benth. 8774 C. brachypoda, Benth. 8925 C. mimosoides, Linn., var. 8943 C. Desvauxii, Collad. 8973 C. hispidula, Vahl, var 8986 C. Desvauxii, Col 9001 C. calycioides, DC. 9002 C. supplex, Mart. 9038 C. Desvauxii, Collad 9046 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart. 9079 C. Tora, Zinn. 9218 C. multijuga, Rich. 9290 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart 9342, 2 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart 9422 flexuosa, Linn. 9484,2 C. reticulata, Willd 9506,2 C. flexuosa, Linn. 9554 C. reticulata, Willd. 9572 C. chrysocarpa 9605 C. oi. tax, var. 9616 . C. Hoffmanseggii,Mart.,var 9649 C. fastuosa, Willd. 9661 C. diphylla, Lam. 9729 C. chrysocarpa, Desv. 9928 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart. 9932 C. a, Desv. 9996,2 C. quinquangularis, Rich. 10011,3 C. mimosoides, Linn., var. 10019,3 C. diphylla, Zam. 10022 C. flexuosa, Linn. 10063 C. Tora, Linn, 319 C. nictitans, Zinn.? 320 C. virgata, H. B. et K. 321 C. glandulosa, Zinn. 3216 C. Chamæcrista, Linn., var. 322 C. biflora, Linn. 324 C. occidentalis, Linn., var. 325 C. pilifera, Vog. 326 C. oxyphylla, H. B. et K. (cum leg. C. spectabilis). 327 C. oxyphylla, H. B. et K. 328 C. bicapsularis, Linn., var. 82 C. bacillaris, Linn. 85 C. occidentalis, Linn. 86 C. undulata, Benth. 26 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 149 C. Chamæcrista, Linn., var. 366 C. multijuga, Rich. 367 C. multijuga, Rich., var. 368 C. macranthera, Collad. 749 C. Chamæcrista, Linn., var. 888 C. uniflora, Spr., var. 967 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 988 C. uniflora, Spr., var. 989 C. flexuosa, Linn. 990 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart., var. 1282 C. brachystachya, Benth. 1288 C. excelsa, Schrad. 1568 C. chrysocarpa, Desv 1569 C. supplex, Mart. 1570 C. sericea, Sw. 1571 C. splendida, Vog. 1572 C. drepanophylla, Benth. 1573 C. subtriflora, Mart. 1574 C. curvifolia, Vog 1575 C. trachypus, Mart 1912 C. excelsa, Schrad. 1935 C. excelsa, Schrad. 1936 C. ferruginea, Schrad 2097 C. viscosa, H. B. et B 2119 C. trachypus, Mart. 2120 C. pudibunda, Mart 150 C. quinquangulata, Rich 327 C. chrysocarpa, 400 C. occidentalis, Lam. 436 C. Tora, Linn. 451 C. patellaria, DC. MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Fendler: Venezuela. 330 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 991 C. spectabilis, DC. 1850 C. een Balb.? 1851 C. patellaria, D 1852 C. biflora, Pisis 1853 C. patellaria, DC. 1854 C. serpens, Linn. 1855 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 1856 C. Tora, Linn. 1857 C. viminea, Linn. C. reticulata, Willd. Fendler: Panama. 87 C. bacillaris, Linn. 88 C. oxyphylla, H. B. et K. 90 C. bacillaris, Zinn. Gardner: Brazil. . hispidula, Vahl. : brevicalyx, Benth. . rugosa, a orale; Linn., var. . curvifolia, Vog. . aculeata, Benth. . orbieulata, Benth. , conferta, Benth. . ciliolata, Benth. setosa, Vog., var. 3683 C. basifolia, Vog. 3684 C. brachypoda, Benth. 3685 C. flexuosa, Linn. Hostmann: Surinam. 728 C. chrysocarpa, Desv. 808 C. uniflora, Spr., var. 829 C. multijuga, Rich. 834 C. grandis, Linn. 950 C. patellaria, DC. . Langsdorffii, Kunth, var. 1179 1185 dc dps xA o 3 C. pilosa, Linn. C. viciæfolia, Benth. viciæfolia, Benth. C. moschata, H. B.et K. C. emarginata, Linn. C. hirsuta, Linn. C. bacillaris, Linn. C C C a . bicapsularis, Linn., var. . Fistula, Zinn. 585 . macrophylla, H. B. et K. C. reticulata, Willd. pipes gia Benth. diphylla, ener Benth. parvistipula, Benth. speciosa, Schrad. pilifera, Vog. sylvestris, Vell. bicapsularis, Linn. dysophylla, Benth. curvifolia, Vog., var. densifolia, Benth. orbiculata, Benth. C. oblongifolia, Vog., var. C. diphylla, Lam. C. rotundifolia, Pers. C, flexuosa, Linn. C. hispidula, Vahl. C. hispidula, Vahl. C. glandulosa, Linn. C. viscosa, H. B. et K. 4H 586 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. Mandon: Bolivia. 750 C. tomentosa, Linn. 752 C. glandulosa, Zinn. 754 751 C. versicolor, Meyen. 753 C. levigata, Linn. 1506 751 bis. C. Mandoni, Benth. Martius: herb. Flore Brasiliensis. 128 C. angulata, Vog. 715 C. bicapsularis, Zinn., var., et 1073 129 C. bicapsularis, Linn C. Tora, Linn. 1074 141 C. multijuga, Rich 716 C. reniformis, Don. 1075 220 C. velutina, Vog. 718 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 1076 223 C. cordistipula, Mart. 720 C. stenocarpa, Vog. 1077 405 C. uniflora, Spr., var. 721 C. Apoucouita, Aubl. 1078 491 C. multijuga, Rich. 722 C. cathartica, Mart. 585 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 812 C. setosa, Vog. 1504 586 C. flexuosa, Linn. 1072 C. trachypus, Mart. Mathews: Peru. 739 C. arequipensis, Meyen. 1576 C. patellaria, DC. 1921 876 C. arequipensis, Meyen. 1589 C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart. 1925 917 C. glandulosa, Linn. 1590 C. occidentalis, Linn., var. 3276 918 C. glandulosa, Linn. 1591 C. bacillari, Zinn., aff. Regnell: Brazil. Corr. I. Corr. II. 59 C. Chamecrista, Linn., var. 74 C. Langsdorffii, Kunth. is. M 66 C. multijuga, Rich., var. 75 C. rugosa, Don. 476 67 C. multijuga, Rich., var. 76 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 477 68 C. bicapsularis, Linn. 77 C. ferruginea, Schrad. 481 69 C. sulcata, DC. 482 70 C. splendida, Vog 483 71 - C. speciosa, Schrad. 484 71 bis. C. speciosa, Schrad. 485 72 C. mucronifera, Mart, 486 74 C. cathartica, Mart. : 486* 75 C. trachysperma, Vog. 487 : 488 Sagot: Cayenne. 178 C. Tora, Linn. 181 C. chrysocarpa, Desv. _ 1006 179 C. hispidula, Vahl. . 182 C. quinquangulata, Rich. 1156 180 C. diphylla, Lina. — 802 C. Sagotiana, Benth. Schlim: Columbia (or Funcke and Schlim). 2 C.robiniæfolia, Benth. 186 C. Mutisiana, Humb. et Bonpl.. 374 6 C.oxyphylle, H. B. et K., aff. 281 C. Schlimii, Benth. 491 106 C. patellaria, DC. 291 C. bacillaris, Zinn. 941 174 C.patellaria, DC. 369 C. oxyphylla, H. B. et K. Rob. Schomburgk : Guiana, 1st collection. 21 C. diphylla, Linn. 190 C. uniflora, Spr., var., et C. 787 59 C. flexuosa, Linn. : Desvauxii, Collad., var. 64 C. hispidula, Vahl, var. 401 C. cultrifolia, H. B. et K. 840 . 84 C.latifolia, Mey. 522 C. multijuga, Rich. 843 86 C. undulata, Benth. 614 C. bacillaris, Zinn. 894 94 C. bacillaris, Linn. . . 621 C. polystachya, Benth. 176 C. stenocarpa, Vog. | .. 683 C.pretexta, Fog. | 895 186 Cn, HE B. et K. 720 C. glandulosa, Linn. ea C. Aa22522250 tros coerce hirs . . latopetiolata, Domb. sylvestris, Vell. rugosa, Don. speciosa, Schrad. ' uniflora, Spr. patellaria, DC, patellaria, DC., et brachypoda, Benth. Apoucouita, Aubl. Ruiziana, Vog. flavicoma, H. B. et K. bicapsularis, Linn., var. Corr. III. oblongifolia, Vog. alata, Linn. mucronifera, Mart. debilis, Vog. setosa, Vo sylvestris, Vell. rotundifolia, Pers. basifolia, Vog. latistipula, Vog. Desvauxii, Collad. trichopoda, Benth. flexuosa, Linn. alata, Linn. . latifolia, Mey. C. bicapsularis, Linn., var. C. flavicoma, H. B. et K. C. emarginata, Linn. C. rotundifolia, Pers., var. bauhiniæfolia. E | MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. 587 Robert and Richard Schomburgk : Guiana, 2nd collection. Rob. S. Rich. S. 49 multijuga, Rich. 898 — 607 C. glandulosa, Linn. 473 = 775 C. serpens, Linn. 441 = 689 C. patellaria, DC. 489 = 754 C. Tora, Linn. 446 C. parvistipula, Benth. 498 = 771 C. rotundifolia, Pers., 447 C. Desvauxii, Collad., var. bauhiniefolia, var. 514 = 811 C. polystachya, Benth. 454 = 725 C. hispidula, Vahl. a fastuosa, Willd. chrysocarpa, Desv. diphylla, Zinn. quinquangulata, Rich. flexuosa, Linn. curvifolia, Vog. leiandra, Benth. Desvauxii, Collad, racemosa, Mill, erg Desv. 2 BRL c a 'ericifolia, Benth, reniformis, Don. rugosa, Don. exsudans, Benth. cathartica, Mart. multijuga, Rich. ooonooco C. levigata, Linn. C. sylvestris, Vell. C. Desvauxii, Collad. C. Andrieuxii, Benth. C. multiflora, Mart. et Gal. C. occidentalis, Zinn. C. 'érotalatiodos, H. B. A, C. calycioides, DC. C. bauhinioides, A. Gr. C. bauhinioides, A. Gr. C. sericea, Sw.. C. procumbens, Linn., var. C. tristicula, H. B. et K. .C.Tagera, Linn. c. cepe H. B. et K. 18 C, emarginata, Linn. 51 C. densiflora, Mart. et Gal. 162 C. atomaria, Linn, S. C. dysophylla, Benth. Spruce: Brazil, Peru, and Ecuador. 1110 .C. Hoffmanseggii, Mart. 1272 C. viminea, Linn, . riparia, H. B. et K. . leiandra, Benth. : Hoffmanseggii, Mart. angulata, Vog. bicapsularis, Linn., var. multijuga, Rich. Apoucouita, Aubl. lei; . Spruceana, Benth. hymeneæfolia, Benth. 3003 ` C. Tagera, Linn. Vauthier: Brazil. C. mucronata, Spr. C. hedysaroides, Vog. -C. Tora, Zinn. C. cotinifolia, Don. . C. Vauthieri, Benth. Weir: South Brazil. 906 C. Langsdorfii, Kunth. 221 :C. multijuga, Rich. Rob. S. Rich. S, 528= 839 C. uniflora, Spr. 531— 836 C. serpens, Linn. 593— 890 C. uniflora, Spr. 582= 840 C. Roraimæ, Benth. 683-1053 C. multijuga, Rich. 881=1523 C. bacillari, Linn., aff. 3249 C. orinocensis, Benth. 3300 C. moschata, H. B. et K. C. serpens, Zinn. C. Langsdorfii, Kunth, var. C. Desvauxii, Collad. C..gracilis, H. B. et K. C. levigata, Linn., var. C. multijuga, Rich. hirsuta, Linn. leiophylla, Vog., var. tomentosa, Linn. bicapsularis, Linn. e bo bo bo oblongifolia, Vog. rotundata, Vog. Potentilla, Mart. anceps, Benth, conferta, Benth. pd A enana . cathartica, Mart. . incana, Vog. Mexican AND West-InDIAN COLLECTIONS. drieux : Mexico. 418 . C. villosa, Mill. 419 C. polyantha, Morc. et Sess. Berlandier: Mexico and West Texas. C. Lindheimeriana, Scheele. C. calycioides, DO. €. bauhinioides, A. Gr. C. bauhinioides, A. Gr. -C. Greggii, A. Gr. - Botteri: Orizaba. -C. patellaria, DC. C. Tagera, Linn. C. levigata, Linn. 1498 C. polyantha, Mog. et Sess. 420 C. polyantha, Mog. et Sess. 421 C. Galeottiana, Martens. 2293 C. emarginata, Zinn 2294 C. Berlandieri, Benth 2327 C.sericea, Sw. 2427 C. procumbens, Linn., var. 2479 C. procumbens, Linn., var. 783 C. hirsuta, Linn. 784 C. Botteriana, Benth., cum C. leiophylla, Vog. 724 C. oxyphylla, H. B. et K. 759 C. tristicula, H. B. et K. 555 — ab | 588 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. | | Wright: Cuba. \ 146 es grammica, Spr. 1601 C. stenophylla, Benth. 2374 C. rotundifolia, Pers. 147 C. strigillosa, Benth. 1602 C. chrysocarpa, Desv 2375 C.serpens, Linn. 148 C. sericea, Sw. (Griseb.). 2368 C. emarginata, Linn 2376 C. lineata, Sw. 149 C. ligustrina, Linn. 2369 C. glauca, Lam. 2377 C. lineata, Sw. 150 C. domingensis, Spr. 2370 C. robiniæfolia, Benth. 2378 C. flexuosa, Linn. 1190 C. ligustrina, Zinn. 2371 C. alata, Linn. (Griseb.). 2379 C. procumbens, Zinn. 1599 C. nictitans, Linn. ( Griseb. ) 2372 C. hispidula, Vahl. 2380 C. procumbens, Zinn. 1600 C. patellaria, DC. 2373 C. diphylla, Linn. INDEX OF SPECIES AND SYNONYMS. Acacia A Cassia Page | Cassia nodoa, WM aid 521 arequipensis, Mois... 539 br sevidus, Zetlh. iiiv recs LEDE inneren 517 brevifolia, Lam. 23, Bactyrilobium argentea, H. B. et K. ........ 530 brevipes, pu roo ahd, nen Beh ee. 516 anstata, BMA oi. 574 Brewsteri, F. Muell........... i ido 514 Arnotüana, G4] ............ 539 tano, Kunth. id sim p Échrad. a cS E Gl 515 | Arnottiana, Wight .......... 577 | Burchellü, Benz. ............ arowana, Schomb. .......... 582 Burmann, DO.: oa misioides, Gaudich. ...... 556 Burman, WAL abbreviata, Ov. .........:,. 517 o PA 553 spitosa, Bentik cios.» P US LAME sc 558 v, Muhlenb.......... s. 578 calhantha, Mey.. s.s. assats: acapulcensis, H. B. et K. ...... 543 astroites, Cham. et Schl. ...... 536 calycioides; DU: iiir ee Bosius, F. Mull. sire 555 atomaria, LAMM. ...,,,....,.:. 548 orum, Bonth.. 5... aciphylla, Benth. ............ 556 atropurpurea, Span. .......... 538 me Nees et Mart, ... 0s vss aci y ODA use on > 582 atroviridis, Span. ..,.,,.,..,. 534 a, Wender. .... ci esas oe acosmifolia, BN. 559 aurantia, R. et Pav. ...,...... 541 canaliculata, Roc aculeata, Beh. is: O. 551 aurata, Roxb. ......:.....i, 527 a, Cave vie LI I end acuminata, ING... 0.0.2.5. 558 auricoma, Grah., -i ao reet sas 580 ar a Dent... 2.5 acuruensis, Benth............. 546 auriculaia, Lamb... eck cea 547 Candolleana, Vog. ...........,. acuta, Meyen................ 539 irta, Conn reo Sees ot 582 wen HBBuE V... acutifolia, Delle ............ 553 aurivilla, Mart......... Ead. 566 capensis, Thunb. ............ acutisepala, Benth. .......... 519 USC, ME io 555 caracasana, TACO. eene enantha, Zoll. et Mor. ...... 554 australis, Reinw. ............ 582 caroliniana, "Walt Apo C DENEN E adenensis, Benth. ............ 553 NOR VIE ieee ee ss 537 carthaginensis, WINE +... adenopoda, Miq.............,. 558 aversifiora, Hook. ............ 543 castiglionea, Collad. .......... adiantifolia, Benth. .......... 558 bacillaris, Zaun. f............. 521 cathartica, Mart. ..... u... .+ advena, Willd. .............. 525 Bacillus, Gerth. Ll... 517 ve Bii iuo. rss tons egyptiaca, Willd. ............ 533 bahamensis, Mill. .... ed 541 cern Bis ar eschynomene, DU............. 579 barbata, Nees et Mart......... 559 E er ZU ne y SNR a eles oie 520 clayana, Sweet .......... 533 C hameccrista, ill. set hi dM 559 arrenfieldü, Colla .......... 555 chamecristoides, Collad. | Regie Br dann. ee ^o. 550 BasitoBa, Fog. c ein tt, 569 Chatelainiana, Gaudich. ...... NE AD ee eee 528 bauhiniefolia, Kunth ........ 570 chinensis, el EP ina = Alcaparillo, H. B.et K. ...... 525 | bauhinioides A. Gr. 11... 809 | en Tam US pr A ee 579 Berlandieri, Benth. .......... 520 Soin iles: Vog, ENA aa ampliflora, Steud............. 546 Berteriana, Balb. ............ 548 chrysocarpa, Desv. .......... anceps, Benth. ....,......... 573 Derters, Col WET 525 chrysogyne, Miq.........:..0 andina, Philippi -............ 539 bicapsularis, Linn. . .. . UP. 525 chrysoloma, Notar....... Perge: Andrieuxii, Benth, ,.......:. 548 bifida, LO ii: ei de 554 chrysophylla, A. Rich. ........ andromedea, Mart. .......... 560 biflora, „Le. iuo «caes usn 543 chrysotricha, Collad. .......... ta, Fuchs 524 biflora, Griseb. ...... Peer 545 sotricha, TRETEN angustifolia, Vahl. ........... 553 biflora, Mill. ........ SIC 589 ciharis, Collad. .......... ris angustisiligua, Lam. .......... 543 | bifoliolata, DC. ...... st À 570 | ciliata, Hoffm. ........ bos a angustisiliqua, Shuttlew. ...... 541 biglandulosa, Bertol........... 2 cata, Rale- + eo ae nanan angustissima, Lam. .......... 579 diga, Vos, use brins 524 ciliolata, Benth............. S an a, Kloten .....,.... 582 birostris, Domb. e. ¿nic rare 540 cinerascens, Fog. ........ ee eed luas LATTE TIENS RE 542 Blanchoti, Bonth tooo ho 561 cinerea, Cham. et Schl... Br a, Mart. et Gal. ...... 530 lensis, H. es 582 circinata, Benth. ....... eene poucouita, Vie ass 557 bana, DO. s ii. 514 Claussem, Beuth; iu. n ata, F0g. ,...,..,:. 097 borbonioides, Vog. ............ 569 occinea, Wi Ilse |. applanata, Aue oon 552 | Botteriana, Benth............. 541 Colle, Don ... .. gue c e a er s red „> A, h. «er. TE CR 575 coluteoides. rA llad JR Sec E^ h h 1 Benth. ss. 561 comosa, e uam E 550 art 550 | concinna, Zi | 589 M. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. á Cassi Page age 11 ee Peover Page | Cass .. 670 graveolens, Nm n 575 Cassia . 536 Faite, He d igen > sehe Te Yap iras 540 Laut bia m + a grisea, À RU s vidt. ion 579 uimbensis, doses 571 A es, de sua 596 ineensis, Don ............ 52] cordistipula, Maré. ....... ++ 561 | falcata, Dum. Cours... ... a artwegi, Benth. ......... 870 crm gea aes 7 falcata, so he ete rM 581 hecatophylla, gl are cie Ehe, Jacq, Be Eus en Mich PAS n a d saine 597 ande , ee 55 Fasciculata, Ep e 5 Fi Fre yea 550 boroniloides, A DUI: vers = fastigiata, Nees ..........., ERS petica, dd dus 556 corymbosa, Lam. .......... 596, 597 Len comte o PRI BOS ees 516 heteroloba, Lindl. ............ c soe a rea Ctm e ani E .. 876 | Hilariana, Benth, .......... … 534 cotinifolia, Don, ............. 80 Magis, Bra te NALE. er E UL IL coo Vx Les 549 HA nM. Vom 555 bu WHE ee 58 “ont ee Bath. r 2. 5d 595 Field, Colla............ 565 nb rea 559 ala, Benth. .......... 562 licifolia, Mart APA pena PA ne ee 559 crenulata, Benth. .…....... o see ce etin A HR, MAC. ra iH MN o9? s 9 9 o9 o3 o9 o9 o» 9 o9 +. + y e (us » Web. Ps VUE an i^. * € erisía, ws Ki nt th ss. 529 pen Linn. ss à 514 h 1 ricea y veris E" č crotalarioides, pa A 539 Fistu " 2x Dd ON f «m A ee 582 Cru ick shanksii , Hook. et Arn.. * 596 Jistuloides, vere PI ud som 541 homo hylla, poc E iem 539 bensin of 00 a eee Mh ui MM EO NN 576 deltritolia, EL Fe ee o 539 | flavicoma, H. = mg rage A 582 | Hi Mig. ee ue 555 Cumingii, Hook. et Arn. ...... 75 flavic B uer d a 574 Horsfieldii 1 llad datore 589 cun , DC: b ER A We E 579 fi exuosa, rio 4 d ee oe Ree : ue 526 rei DC : : : aloe 9 ata, (BDO e eee 9 > 080, ARAS 57 0 um geriet pr ea 35 cuneifolia, og... pre 7 EXLU0SA, ne UR xd oa 597 humil s Heh emere 527 eee aN eee “BSL | Sy ee: Collad. ides a 526 h enerfolia, Bed es : ay Wil fon 562 | j “u M Dh uo rr p Mipnoti lou; Vallet: eu: red MESE Didi - 3 bund Api E E Mart ME adu AN nu Obere, aah os J sedi Vell OU HIR Me 531 i €: Balb. Ur NE n pr dns vestes Hrs ages din : ES. PUDE decipiens, Desv. un... 505 | ick E TURA a. decipi Griseb. ee 565 Vesper Me Le BE 538 muse 1 ANR 95 Co reia denen a ee 563 Jetida, ‘lish, bd a RD 535 inc * H B.E I oi 52 decumbens, Benth. ......... fetida, S En z et Pay. .... 530 > i: Pie js ca A E 3 delagoensis, Harv. .......... 591 eee Pia eer ur indica, i jum ie 595 densiflora, Mart, et Gale... od crier naa o a int 571 i DON ee dde 567 densifolia, Benth. ......... NL foliosa, Don. N la se Mat. os ig oa — DI uus. diu a EH E n 551 acobinea, Benth. ............ 517 Deplanchei, poem doe d raxinifi Re apa . nick (anes os 7 desertorum, Mart.......... uc oe frondosa Hook et Ari 526, 541 dome, Bl ic us vxo ns desolata, F. re Here Dum eem Coma Vd. od ) Desvauxii, Collad............. 1 ee ses duc buit Des 523 Kikii D. Uber un idymobolyo, F Fresen...... : 578 J Aereos 8 06 vagis E Zle inii, Fou D Lui 515 nen J , CASUM SUD. ORS oon = dimidiata, Kom. 2 24.2281 579 fulgens, +. NI a 546 re o et Schl. .... 570 dimidiata, Roxb CN ds Lom oe le A ve 567 PURE À Vos sv lioe 527 ieu ee 577 vost sd Lila 4. see E ovigata, Wi ne 097 "Dese. Ard ATE rue Beo Mo oc 535 | lamprosperma, Mart. uv Oe E A E irem rs pilina , Collad............. 537 eg eR quer unie 533 Eu ee I Hel eas de ee anceolata, OT... .o....... 68 disperma, Vell. ......... 79. 1 Gardneri, 2 t Arn 555 Poll di re > daeh , da, Mi 0: ei 4 Gaudichaudi, Hook. z E a tap 576 ance yet vies LE ES divaricata, Nees ........ os BAL i wa E. ois 560 ngodor Kunth .........- 522 J dicione 549 emen, Mog. et Sess 543 latifolia, Mey en s, Spreng. .. eminiflora, ¿689 iui D. i ves hormis VAL x id eu = EM Hd Sc M ru 536 deri ho “a Domh ed M Po bp. ados „et Pav. ss. ete eae C dt 56 drepanophylla, Bendh. >... geni aes e ee nl Nonae E i = I oo E AM ici Simi iii acids P ig a 560 nue TOS ensure . oe andra, Ban Pines pe > ¿OE Bee 582 g Y 4» D v. d En cata 542 eglandulosa, Dum. Cours. . . a 553 er od SONDA uice do. 576 Miophylls, were 553 Ehrenberg, Bisch. +. 527 | , TN Giles lenitiva, Bisch. .......... M = Sg we tetes ide Pall. S. or uode e tiscifolia, Benth. .......... e VO. cid E T 548 en HE os 582 Ide Bulk AAA 7 g Asus el Hoffm. . leptoclada, 4 DO usos Eun PM iu dem 548 | : as rca 531 em na a i cia 5: i 2 ~ Cie. ps T ee toca: ay" re 554 ah ns fos | Pomelo Pau 20.00.00 572 | lep ERA se 516 emarginata, Mill. ........... gonoclada, Benth. ............ 572 | leptoclada, Benth...... i5. ded Kon............. gonoclada, ees VER CURE 528 camcn Mates ei nier Mec u 577 roratensis, E AR OE ALI 569 res n t pan m o gracilis, B th be ee ud des ] M RUN CM Ce . 664 t : ice Lap vids iid sordo Stine van 553 DRE Ra Le De eon rs, MIL i ca tebe 553 eri : ' eu 3 ee es 515 gust: Schrank ..... E E haer ath oen AREE Ms 573 | ligustrinoides, e E excelsa, Schrad........... a rn eng n amen forge ; MA MA i mails MS ais. 41 exigua, Roxb, een 550 | d re 590 MR. G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. assia Lindheimeriana, Scheele ...... Lindleyana, Gardn. .......... linearifolia; IM EN ux oa Bunih recessus *o^ 9 a on... n Nee rudis Guill. et Par. eis uuu microphylla, Willd. .......... Milleri, "Collad. iiss di rl 4 * 9 e» 6*5» «PA n e*t) A ere mucronata, ^ kd e b e Ro REEL mucronifera, Mart. .......... xd * oo» 9 * 9 ^» » à o» ^ * v» v * .**»5k 9995.94. | "ccs A re de Lon... ..poro.o RA à cil. alm z jua, A "Poo... ee : À TEET T assia Page oblongifolia, Vog. ............ 531 bbovaia, Coad. . su Ls 553 Biecth, Benth, is 560 A A A og. cos 526 ipe, Hox oues u 553 obtusifoha, Linn. ............ 535 occidentalis, Lónn............. 532 üchraesn, Fog. ... 2 1 sue 563 ülosiphylla, Vog., „iin does 574 oligoclada, F. Muell........... 557 ligophylla, F. Muel. ........ 557 oligosperma, Mart. .......... opaca, GNE. s.s nas 538 orbiculata, uo RUE Mir 562 riastalts, KORB, , uis cae 553 Dos. pri "xau. tu 566 MES iN ARES 522 nato, [is Begs. tas 582 ornithopoides, ROUE caves} ax 536 b NER De oe odds 577 et. aol, Mars EO. wi 525 EN 543 pida, BEN ds MR 521 pachycalyr, VOB. .......,.... 567 pachyphylla, Mart. .......... 573 Sade, VALL. 220. eese 543 pamata, Wall. isso sue 550 paniculata, Benth. ............ 567 papulosa, Hoffm. ............ 582 paradictyon, Vog: ............ 551 parahyba, Vell............... 82 paramariboensis, Miq. ........ 582 paratyensis, Vell. ............ 582 Furkerana, DU, iu aes 577 parvifolia, Wender .......... 877 tipla, Benih. as x 574 pascuorum, Mart............. patellaria, DICH, 2.22.20 578 meo Lui Ne a m DN AE. n Hos uu. 559 a Ha, D BE 577 ROC, HOUR, uiii succes: 552 poesias, DC. .. us cu 582 dus WA... suy 525 pentagonia, Mil. ............ 535 a BE ER 570 eralteana, H. B. d K......... Persoonn, Collad. ............ 568 MEL A A ET 519 Petersiana, Bolle ............ 528 phyllodinea, Br. ............ phyllostachya, Benth. Do coss 566 picta, Don ...... s vis leas 552 pihdens, Steud. ....,......... 577 piliers, Fog. nn nids 536 pilosa, Lamm. was ds. ou 570 pistaciæfolia, H. B. et K....... 551 planisiliqua, lin. dien us 532 poda, Br. suis. cus Poir DO P. Mus ss. 552 za, e ^ o nOD. Ax VE. 532 Lind oe co A 579 Polit, i Gui € Pu. iocos . 552 polyadena, DC Sue i qu s 515 yantha, Moc. et Sess. ...... 547 polyphylla, Jaeg.. 12... esses Lo in ed PA Le sosie egt it, Bano. à. x b. d riae dod ; Cas Page Dents a, F. Muel: ii 556 mel Bea 1 odas: 571 | pstlocarpa, Welw. ois abe 517 puberula, H. B. et K.........., 521 pubescens, Jacg. ............ 534. SCONE, EIE. o onei LEN 553 pubigera; Tag. > are 534 pudibunda, Mart. ............ 524 pulchella, Salisb. ,..,........ 576 pulchra, H. B. et K.. moños 568 MMA, Lam... aci aste 570 pumila, Mart. ot Gal? . coss 542 pumilio, A, Gr... isst. oben 529 purses d. d de les 564 o M 549 punctual, "Hook. et. AXI oise 559 ns, Ste nd. Gi. sect 582 purpurea, Roxb. sit u 533 WEN TELE 578 tr ules LO Vs ponte 527 Quebracho, Steud......:...... i uinquangulata, Rich. ........ 5 enden e ees des 549 ramiflora, Vog,... -4an as 558 ramosa, VOR: sr Vd. cave 568 ramosissima, H. B. et K....... 577 re BD ee 534 inwardtuü, Hassk. ..,....... 525 reniformis, DON ur edn 547 pea Wal. : desai men 518 eh. RS CT vin 575 retionlata, Wild e nicus 550 a, AA à nt viaa 555 er F. Muell. is vis 556 rhombifolia, Roxb. .......... 514 Richardiana, Kunth.......... 546 Riedelii, Benth. 4.7.4. 545 rigidifolia, Benth............. 563 paña, H. BA Beso. sale 577 robinissfolia, Bentl iow sss 545 robinioides, Willd. ......... 533 Roemeriana, Scheele .......... 529 im, Benth.: ica 574 rostrata, Mart... decile 543 rotundata, Fog. ...ommm..... 573 rotundifolia, Pers. iyan- pada 570 Roxburghiana, Grah. ........ 579 morburghe, DO. ... o 517 Xuposh, Don ¿es 524 Buiziana, Fog. un asc: 520 rupicola, Benth. ............ 574 , Mark, et Gal... ueno 582 Joka, Jacques 0.000 exe 533 Sabak, Delile... .. oases wane 528 Sagotiana, Benth. ............ 515 iana, 8 Wd. ap ete 553 sapindifolia, Fog, ............ 549 vanensis, BA iq. e malae n e rene 568 Meath; POM. iis sessi rte 560 scandens, R. et Pay. ........ 519 umperi, Steud. ............ 553 schinifoha, A. DC. .......... A Ib Joh ise cs vee er is. Schomburgkit, Klotzsch ...... 582 se batons, Colla ich unter ned sclerocarpa, Vog. ........... ee secunda, Benth...,,.......... 565 iy Don. ss ss ee 546 semifalcata, Vell. .......... .. 046 mé. P cs sal imas 543 e icti 553 es UN m = = ee D EN Mug pM quier ueR MR. Page CUELA. LANE eoe 570 Nun, Grseb.. he ccc 581 a DU. ins 550 BN A E ierra 562 cns M ui vs cure 549 BENE PINE a aee e err Een 555 a DU i... 516 singueana, Delile ............ 528 pube, Bem ,:.....4,.,: 542 ragdina, Macfad .......... 578 BUDDUIR, LANE. . 1.515050 532 sopheroides, Collad. .......... , 533 sophoroides, Mart. .......... 566 speciosa, Schrad. ............ 524 speciosa, H. B. et K........... 529 Bue, BGE: nee, 555 specs DC. si eis 529 spinescens, Zoffm. .......... 545 eee FE Idus 524 pruceana, Benth............. 514 ENS VOR. Lecce ser 516 stenocarpa, Vog. ............ 577 HU P ul 2.0.00 535 atipulaces, AW, .:............ 538 Na, DO u.s es ey 516 E Wl FOE oia eoo is 525 strictifolia, Benth............. 564 strigillosa, Benth, ............ 581 strobilacea, H. B. et K......... 550 OL. D e en 557 subtriflora, Mart. ............ 580 nd penton, ROBT, MN E 555 NUMINA DE. coa eno 531 Nune DU. ue sov. 555 sumatrana, Roxb............. 549 SAND, Folk. ¡Ir 535 puppies, Mart. seriis eii 571 rattensis, Burm......4....., 555 Swainsoni, Benth............. 573 EDS, WIER oi. oesi 576 beg PNE YI ens 549 NUN, DNE ic eee 570 Lagerda, bii u. eas 535 BEE ey ye ak a 535 Tarantan, H. B. et K. ........ 550 PE oo aac Ck ere 569 Telfawima, Wall .......... 579 nella, H. BALE. .......... 571 PNE NEM ooo ces cus. 579 NUUS Pod... is .,. 519 te pala, Benth. .......... 571 tenuissima, Linn. ............ 543 tephrosiæfolia, Benth. ........ 567 teretifolia, Lindl. ............ 556 teretu E Mo... 556 tetraphylla, Collad. .......... 559 tetraphylla, Desv. ............ 568 Inn, Bolle o o 528 NOS DO euer 558 timorensis, DO e sese. 550 tomentosa, Linn. f. .......... 528 tomentosa, Wall qi.. 534 SU MEE Seele lS S S 535 orada; ROD. -s 535 ch users rns 533 E uua dL A 533 trachycarpa, Vog............. 567 v. zygophylla, Benth.. . Cathartocarpus LINE ns... s.s». xiphoidea, Bert zambesica, Ol atha eae eee "ttt D s... s.s.s...» s., ..o...s sos. CRC CC | | | 02 | 9 8 ones. CR ......».... eo ooo...» eee ere eran ss. 6 à 4 6/2 6e 9$ e... ....»..s wa a CT A | roo... +. E ss CRC A ee DT RUN ss ss. à Uu Eo) RR RC titi eo be S b. ira ss. hs CCC eee eee t! a n ee E E Ta i, d ss... V ad knee VELLE. are e di a E a eU Ne vente e Ka ba dae BEL Re co cy ie ier ees back Ves bees Ce OO FAM , Pies p.e ues een bes ee cere beri tee cee ee .n....o......+> G. BENTHAM—REVISION OF THE GENUS CASSIA. amecrist Page plumosa, E. Mey. ............ 579 stricta, E. Mey... ido Has 579 Chamefistula deron, DOM... ut 54 536 aciers, DO... coto 521 chinensis, Don. 1... 00 046% 533 coorta, Donc. ss odi 536 coromandeliana, Don. ......... 533 corymbosa, Don... esis ess. 526 erotalarioides, Don .......... 530 slogane, DOB van ans Eus 519 COCA, Da RE us 528 fori RE C peers 527 p^ sem. DOM ic he. 550 erbertiana, Don ............ 527 Dr uda, Don ,,:.:..,.... 520 WOON, DOR ii se 525 INL Don A se ee 525 a rn Dòn... -ors doses 527 macrophylla, Don ............ 519 melanocarpa, Don ............ 523 Oo, A sas 519 ozyphylla, Don .............. 521, pendula, Don VU CU UE A REA 525 SOMME, DON eres 524 pulerua, DOO nee 521 Amos, Don «sie 520 Sophera; Don... 593 ` SOCIOS, DOS ar e 524 OU, Dob eee eae 533 assurgens, Schrank .......... 578 cumbens, Schrank .......... 578 opifera, Schrank ............ 559 Mi SANE, A roo ee 521 Hr SUE SN RC 558 aculifolia, Botka ............ 553 Gata, Hoe os is 040. 550 angustifolia, Batka .......... 554 arborescens, Roxb. .......... 555 ouais, OED. rousse 527 NE. Bot uoo. 547 bicapsularis, Roxb. .......... 525 dimidiata, Roxb. ............ 579 E A po exigua A en , glauca, Roxb........:......., 550 Hookeriana, Batka .......... 553 obocata, Batka iio.» +... 553 obtusa, BER... 553 icio, Roba. rias: 532 e, ROTD., -isisi 554 ovalifolia, Batka ............ 553 rom Rob. c.s. 571 purpurea, Roxb, ............ 533 sensitiva, Roxb............... 579 Sophera, Roxb. .............. 532 os, HO. A O 555 sumatrana, Roxb. ............ 550 E eee 579 SONO, DIA Lecce rmm 535 B REM. (oreet 536 á qa e | 4 ee a s & * se , a prd "REI jg A Rm NO ARE i RO Trans .Linn. Soc VoL XXVII Tas. 60. A A; Y B = E WA er a Gu T C INN. DO NS.L TE. ¿BRA Ber TIRER = UAR s AS ES gece m q fe o m a dn APT Trans Lin. Soc Voi. XXVII Tab .62. Traws. Linn. Soc VoL XXVII TAa .63. Q E © Ba 8 a n: 3 = O E y F XIX. Contributions to the Natural History of the: Passifloraceæ. By M. T. MASTERS, Esq., MD., F.R.S., L.S., fc. Read November 17th, 1870. (Plates LXIV. & LXV.) CoNTENTS. Organography. Movements of the reproductive organs &c. Germination. Affinities of the group, and mode of estimating the Development of the leaf, tendril, bracts, flower, . value of characters in general. &c. Remarks on the genera of Passifloracee. Teratology. Enumeration of the genera and species of the General remarks on the Morphology of the flower tribe Passifloree, Benth. et Hook. in Passiflora. Geographical Distribution. Minute Anatomy of the several organs. ; Select Bibliography. Fertilization of the flower. IN studying the species of the order Passifloracee with the view of describing those members of the group which are natives either of tropical America or of tropical Africa, I have necessarily passed in review the great majority of the hitherto described forms. The technical descriptions of these species will be found in a future part of the * Flora Brasiliensis’ (inaugurated by the late Von Martius, and continued under the superin- tendence of Dr. Eichler), and in the second volume of the ‘Flora of Tropical Africa ' (drawn up by my friend Professor Oliver)*. In this place I propose, with the permission of the Society, to place on record some remarks of a general character, which may serve to illustrate the natural history of the group. In order the better to illustrate the morphology and affinities of the group, I take the order Passifloracee as it stands in Bentham and Hooker's ‘Genera Plantarum”+, though, for reasons hereafter to be assigned, I should prefer to remove the tribes Modeccez, Achariee, and Papayacee from Passifloraceæ proper. | | My remarks have reference to the outward conformation, the internal structure, the mode of development, and the physiological history of certain selected representatives of the order in question. In commenting on the affinities of the group, 1 shall introduce some general considerations on the nature and value of the evidence upon which species, genera, orders, &c. are founded and arranged. 1 also subjoin a list of the species of Pas- sifloracec proper, together with some remarks on their geographical distribution. Owing to the kindness of my friends and fellow workers I have been enabled to examine all the specimens of the order Passifloraceæ belonging to the collections at Kew, the British Museum, to the herbaria of Munich, Berlin, and Paris, those contained in the herbaria of the late Von Martius, as well as in many collections of less magnitude. Moreover ~ = Both these works are passing through the press (May 1871). + VoL i. p. 808. . 594, DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. I have availed myself of every opportunity of examining fresh specimens that has pre- sented itself; and for this privilege I have specially to thank the Director and Curator of the Royal Gardens at Kew, as well as a large number of friends and correspondents who have from time to time furnished me with specimens for examination. ORGANOGRAPHY. Root.—The root offers few characters worthy of special comment, and, moreover, it is rarely or never seen in herbarium-specimens. It is probably very uniformly fibrous throughout the group, though in some cases, as in Passiflora quadrangularis* and Machadoa, it is said to be tuberous*. Whether these tubers are truly root-formations or subterranean forms of stem I have had no means of ascertaining. Stem.—We are so apt to consider a climbing-habit a necessary feature in all Passion- flowers, that it seems strange at first to find that at least half the genera of the order consist of erect herbs or shrubs destitute of tendrils. Even in the genus Passiflora itself certain of the species are trees with no indication of a climbing-habit. The minor cha- racters afforded by the form and superficial peculiarities of the stem and branches afford, in some instances, useful marks whereby to discriminate species. Leaves.—The leaves in this order are arranged alternately, and in $ order; they pre- sent great variations in form and size. Almost every conceiyable form of simple, lobed, and divided leaves may be met with; but true compound leaves are confined to the genus Deidamia, of which 1 have seen no representative. Some of the species of Passiflora are distinguished by the presence of leaves of very unusual form such as:—the trans- versely elliptical leaf of .P. coriacea, Juss.; the lunate leaves of P. lunata, Sm.; the wedge-shaped or semicircular leaves of P. Vespertilio L.; and the singular two-lobed leaf of P. perfoliata, resembling in some degree the head of a slug—the two diverging lobes representing the tentacles, the small intermediate process corresponding to the head of the ereature, whence Bory de St. Vincent's name of Cephaleima. Most of these peculiar forms are consequent upon the arrested growth of the central lobe, or on the disproportionate development of the two lateral ones. P. Berteriana has a much divided leaf, not unlike that of a T'halictrum ; other species have pedate leaves, like those of Helleborus or Arum Dracunculus. Some of the species of Passiflora exhibit leaves of various forms on the same plant at the same time—a cir- cumstance that has given rise to the establishment of several untenable species. The absence or presence of glands is a character of some importance in distinguishing species of Passiflora. When present they are almost always sessile, orbicular, and situated on the under surface, often in the angle between the divergent nerves; very fre- quently they are scattered irregularly over the lamina, as in the species “foliis ocellatis.” The nervation of the leaf is unicostate or palmicostate; in the latter case the number and size of the diverging costæ correspond to that of the lobes; if the latter are of about equal size, the nerves are equal likewise; if the central lobe is the largest, the cor- responding nerve has the preeminence over the lateral ones, while in the bilobed leaves, — where the central lobe is rudimentary or altogether wanting, the two lateral nerves are — ..* Young plants of P. quadrangularis do not show this form of root. ` s DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEÆ. 595 larger than the central one. Frequently the nerves project beyond the margin of the leaf in the form of a small mucro. | The variations in the colour of the leaf afford useful characters as well as add con- siderably to the beauty of the plant in special instances. The diversities in amount and quality of pubescence are of little value for specific purposes, though it may be inciden- tally remarked that stellate pubescence is very rare in the order, nor is it at all cus- tomary to meet with the very shaggy investment we sometimes find in other plants, though a covering of glandular hairs is characteristic of certain species, e. y. Passi- flora fetida. i Petiole.—The leaves of this order are usually stalked, the stalk itself generally present- ing one feature which, though not absolutely peculiar to the order, is nevertheless very characteristic of it—the presence of glands. These glands present sundry diversities: in some species they are sessile, in others they are stipitate, disposed with tolerable regu- larity or, in other instances, irregularly scattered; small in some species, in others they attain to considerable dimensions. That they are true glandular organs in some species is evident from their secretion and from their internal structure, while their morpho- logical nature is elucidated by a study of their development, and by various species of Tacsonia, in which the glands appear as so many miniature leaf-lobes emerging from either side of the petiole towards the upper surface. In some species the glands are represented by small thread-like processes, as in P. ligularis. The petiolar glands in their typical state are therefore laminar processes, strueturally adapted for the purpose of secretion. In other instances they do not appear to secrete and are then present in the form of small leaf-lobes or of thread-like processes. The study of their development shows not only that they are relatively larger in the juvenile stage, but that their functions are more actively carried on at that time than sub- sequently. "Too much stress must not be laid on their number or their position. Thus in P. edulis and other species the petiolar glands are at the very apex of the stalk in young leaves, while in adult ones they are nearly + of an inch below it. The number, too, is confessedly variable, even on the same plant. Stipules.—The existence of these organs is universal in the order. Varying much in size and external configuration, and to a less degree in internal structure, they often afford useful means of discrimination between one species and another. In some cases they are small linear threads, as insignificant in appearance as purposeless in action. In other cases they are large, and by their size and structure are enabled to fulfil the double purpose of protection to the young leaf and of respiration. In form they vary considerably in different species, and thus afford useful means of discrimination. What- ever form they assume, they are very generally more or less inequilateral, the obliquity resulting from the impeded development of that side of the stipule nearest to the stem, the larger portion of the stipule being always furthest away from the supporting axis. The venation of the stipules is either multicostate or unicostate ; in the former case the nerves always converge to the apex, in the latter instance the midrib frequently extends beyond the margin in the form of a mucro. In both the smaller veins break up into an intricate network. The difference in the venation points to a different morphological | 4 K 2 p 596 ' DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. nature; the multicostate stipules represent probably the sheath of the leaf, the unfeostate : stipules correspond to the laminar portions. Shoots.—In those instances where a leaf-bud and an inflorescence or tendril emerge from the same axil, will be found that the leaf-shoot arises from the axis in a line with, but above the tendril and flower-stalk. Inflorescence. Tendrils.—Speaking in general terms, the inflorescence may be called mixed. It pertains to the indefinite type as far as the axillary position of the main flower-stalk is concerned; but as regards the disposition and arrangement of the secon- dary flower-stalks the inflorescence is cymose or definite, as is obvious in the species with many-flowered inflorescence. The peculiarities of form, relative size, &c. of the flower-stalk afford occasionally useful points of distinction between one species and another*. ; The inflorescence of a new species of Barteria (B. fistulosa, Mast.) is so peculiar that it is necessary to allude to it in this place. In this plant the flowers are sessile, or on very short, scaly stalks, and densely packed in a single somewhat semilunar series in the axil of the leaf. The tendrils are classed with the inflorescence because it is obvious from their axillary position, structure, and specially their mode of development, that they are to be regarded as flowerless subdivisions of the peduncle. They are simple or branched; and in some cases, as in Modecca, they bear flowers. In Passiflora holosericea the main peduncle . sometimes terminates in a flowerless tendril, while the lower branches of the cyme bear flowers. Bracts.—The existence of three bracts on the flower-stalk below the flower, is almost constant throughout the order. They may be very small, or so large as entirely to con- ceal the flower. They may be entire or excessively divided, as in Passiflora, $ Dysosmia. Usually sessile, in P. picturata they are stalked. In most points they correspond to the stipules; but there are certain points with reference to them which call for notice, such as, for instance, their number (almost invariably three), their position (usually approxi- mate to each other, and not far removed from the base of the flower, so close, indeed, as to constitute an involucrum or epicalyx); but in some species, especially when the bracts are minute, they are comparatively widely separate from each other and from the base of the flower. Ä In Passiflora silvestris, and also in P. tetraden, the bracts are remarkable for their irregularity of size and their remoteness one from the other. In some cases the bracts remain ‘coherent.’ to a greater or less extent, the apparent cohesion being the result of imperfect separation. Of the three bracts the lowest is placed somewhat laterally as regards the main axis, but anteriorly as regards the tendril, and the remaining two antero-laterally.. The inferences to be derived from this arrangement will be stated hereafter. = Flower-tube.—This term is here used as one to the employment of which no morpho- logical. objection can be raised. By most writers it is described as the calyx-tube; but this term, I believe, conveys a wrong impression as to the real nature of the organ in aan ; he dune ‚Berner naturwiss. Mittheil June 1852. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE X. 597 question. Others might possibly object to the term “ receptacular tube,” a denomination which appears to the writer to be correct, from the conformation, structure, and mode of development, as well as from the consideration of the nature and number of the parts that are attached to, or rather which emerge from it. These are points which will receive further comment under other headings. Looked at as a means of discriminating species, the flower-tube presents valuable ‘characters.’ Its form, consistence, and size are all subject to variation in different species: thus it is flat and saucer-shaped, or bell- shaped, or tubular, or funnel-shaped, and so on; thin and membranous, or thick and fleshy; sometimes rounded at the base, in other species umbilicate, from the excessive growth of some portions as contrasted with others. The phrase so often made use of in describing these plants (tubus basi intrusus) must be taken conventionally, and, not literally. ‘Bes y Calyx-lobes. Sepals.—These are usually five in number, quincuncially imbricated in the bud, and so placed that two are anterior or nearly so in relation to the axis that bears them, two lateral, and one posterior. They are almost invariably vaginal in their venation (multicostate, convergent); but not unfrequently they present a trace of a petiole, in the shape of a small horn-like projection from the upper end of the dorsal surface, just below the apex. They are often thick in substance, except at the margins, which fre- quently retain the traces of the overlapping that occurs in the bud in their thinner . texture and petaloid coloration; thus the two sepals that are overlapped on both sides by the edges of the adjoining sepals have their margins thin and petaloid, while those sepals which are only overlapped on one edge have one thin margin only. Corolla.—' The petals are occasionally wanting, but more generally they are present, and originate, with the sepals, from the upper edge of the flower-tube, within and alternately with the calyx-lobes. In the bud they are quincuncially imbricated, one of the petals being completely external, one completely internal, and the remainder partly external, partly internal. "They are usually multicostate ; but in Paropsia each petal has a single costa. | The petals are usually equal in size and regular in form; but in a genus (Atheranthera) of which a description and illustrations will be found further on, and of which only male flowers exist in Dr. Welwitsch's collection of Angola plants, the five petals are unequal in size, quincuncially imbricated, the two innermost much larger and more concave than the rest. This inequality of size is probably not congenital, but manifests itself during development. As a consequence, some of the sepals are more widely separated one from another than the rest. e The calyx and corolla of Ceratiosicyos and Acharia require passing notice, as they have been differently described by different authors. In Ceratiosicyos the five sepals are spreading, linear, much shorter than the corolla, to the base of which they are adherent, The corolla is somewhat bell-shaped, and consists of five united petals. In Acharia there are four distinct, ovate, leafy sepals, free from adhesion to the corolla, which latter is bell-shaped and gamopetalous. If the female flower of Acharia be examined first, or to the exclusion of the male, which is rarer in herbaria, the presence of four small glands, opposite to the lobes of the inner bell-shaped part of the flower, is liable to lead the — : 598 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZ. observer to conclude that the bell-shaped organ is a calyx, the outer segments being in that case referable to bracts; but in the male flower, where the perianthial whorls have the same form as in the female flower, the fertile stamens are alternate with the lobes of the corolla, and the glands are opposite to them, showing that the glands are to be regarded as the representatives of a second row of stamens. In Ceratiosicyos there are five awl-shaped staminodes in the situation of the tubercles ot Acharia, the five fertile stamens being alternate with the petals. On the whole, then, the evidence is in favour of considering the outer envelope in these two genera a calyx, the inner a corolla, though the latter is gamopetalous, an exceptional feature in the order, but one shared by the male flowers of the Papayacee. A, L. de Jussieu, who was the first to propose the establishment of Passifloreæ as a separate order, held the opinion that true Passion-flowers (Passiflora) had no true petals, but rather a double calycine whorl, the inner segments of which are petaloid. He based his opinion on the circumstance that the sepals and petals are confounded at the base, that they wither together, and are not separated one from the other*. But this opinion is quite opposed to the analogy with other genera described since the time of Jussieu, and is also not in accordance with organogeny, which shows that the sepals are developed successively, while all five petals appear simultaneously after the production of the sepals. Nevertheless there are some species of Passiflora (tribe Cieca), in which the petals are constantly suppressed, as also in the genus Tryphostemma. Corona.— Under this general head is included all that series of rings, scales, or threads intervening between the petals and the stamens. From their almost universal presence in the species of the order, their variety of form, and the part they play in the physiolo- gical functions of the flower, considerable interest attaches to them. Sometimes there is but one ring ; at other times there are a great number, lining the whole of the interior of the flower-tube. The corona is met with in greatest complexity in some species of Passion-flower, and in the greatest simplicity in Malesherbie. It may therefore be of interest to trace the gradual advances in complexity in the various genera, beginning with those in which the structure is simplest, and passing on to those in which it is most - complex. In Malesherbie the corona exists as a thickened rim or, at most, as a series of tubercles projecting from the margin of the tube. In some species of Gynopleura there is a similar coronal rim, but of somewhat larger size, and partly deflexed. In Smeath- mannia the corona is but little more developed than it is in Malesherbie. In Paropsia the corona also consists of a single ring, emerging from the throat of the flower-tube (here very short), and divided into a number of ciliated laciniæ. In Crossostemma the corona consists of a single row of threads, encircling the base of the staminal tube. In Tacsonia the corona is for the most part twofold, consisting of an upper series of tubercles or threads emerging from the mouth of the tube, and of a lower membranous outgrowth projecting from near the base of the tube, and usually bent downwards and inwards. In Barteria the corona is also twofold, the two series being near together; the outermost is membranous, the inner one tubercular. In Zryphostemma and Basa. * Juss. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. vi. p. 100. omes aqu ucc se im -Hilaire in Mem. Mus. v. p. 304. P DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. | 599 nanthe the corona is similarly arranged in two rows: the outer one is in the form of a membranous tube or sheath, surmounted by lorig threads; the inner one is also mem- branous, but shorter and entire at the top. To the inner surface of this second corona the five stamens are congenitally adherent, or, more correctly speaking, not separate from it. In the genus Passiflora the form and arrangement of the rings of the corona vary in the different subgenera, and may, indeed, sometimes be used to distinguish species from each other. In Passiflora bilobata, Juss., the flower is described as destitute of corona, on which account it was made the type of a genus Astephananthes by Bory de St.-Vincent. Mr. Sowerby, in the second volume of the ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society” *, has given accurate figures and descriptions of the arrangement of the corona in several species of the genus. In Passiflora quadrangularis, in which the coronal filaments are . in greatest abundance, he describes the following series, going from above downwards, or from without inwards:—1, perfect rays, consisting of two or three rows of distinct threads; 2, imperfect rays, consisting of a variable number of short and, as it were, imperfect or rudimentary threads; 3, a membranous ring, the **false operculum ” found in P. quadrangularis, and in one or two other species only; 4, a membranous sheath called the * operculum," which shuts off the nectary proper from the upper part of the flower-tube, and below which is sometimes to be seen, 5, a thickened rim projecting from the side of the nectary, and partially dividing it into two compartments, an upper and a lower; lastly, at the base of the gynophore is often to be seen, 6, a shallow mem- branous or thickened cup. Such an arrangement as that just mentioned pertains especially, with certain variations in individual species, to the subgenus Granadilla. It may be remarked that the several rows are often closely approximate, so that almost the whole inner surface of the flower- tube is lined with these outgrowths. In the other subgenera the number and arrangement of the parts of the corona are different. Mr. Sowerby's divisions are strictly accurate in the case of the species men- tioned by him, and apply very well to a large number of other species also; but, from the difficulty in some instances of ascertaining the exactly corresponding rows in different species, it is simpler to employ such terms as outer or inner, faucial, median or basilar, according to their position—or filamentous or membranous, according to the nature of the outgrowths in question. In the subgenus Astrophea the corona consists of two or three rows of filaments spring- ing from the upper portion of the tube; of these the uppermost or outermost are con- siderably the longest, and are usually more or less dilated and sickle-shaped at the ex- tremity. The innermost corona, the “ operculum,” emerges from near the base of the tube, at some distance from the outer ring, and consists either of a membranous tube or of a row of short filaments; in the former case the membrane is often inflexed. In the subgenus Plectostemma, Mast., including the sections Cieca, Dysosmia, Poly- anthea, Distemma, and Decaloba of other writers, the flower-tube is usually short and saucer-shaped; the rings of the corona emerge from the mouth of the tube; the outer * Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. p. 19, t. 3, 4, 5. 600 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. f series are filamentous and widely spreading, while the inner row consists of a shallow folded membrane, the upper edge of which is often inflexed and crested or fimbriated. Within this is a small projecting rim, surrounding the base of the gynophore, and at some distance from it. In the subgenus Murucuia the membranous corona springs from the mouth or from the middle of the tube, and is either bent downwards or erect. Although considerable differences in the form, position, and number of the coronal series exist in the genus Passiflora, it will be seen, from what has been before stated,” that these characters are readily grouped under a few heads, such as :—the nature of the corona—filamentous, membranous, tubular, or annular ; its position—faucial, median, and basilar, with regard to the flower-tube and its form. "The form and position of the mem- . branous corona or operculum is particularly worthy of notice. In one division of the genus it is flat, in another crumpled and folded; in the latter case it invariably arises from the throat of the flower-tube, while in those cases where it is flat it may proceed . from the middle or from either extremity of the tube. It is important also to observe whether the membranous corona (the operculum of Sowerby) be erect or slightly inflexed, or whether it be decidedly deflexed. These points have been made by some writers the bases of distinct genera. I cannot, however, consider them of more than subgenerie importance; but, as will be seen in the remarks on the classification of the species of Passiflora, 1 attribute considerable importance to the short, crumpled, and often fringed corona, which characterizes a large proportion of the species *. The most complicated arrangement of the corona is that which oecurs in some species of Modecca ? e.g. M. tamnifolia (Pl. LXV. figs. 1-3). In this plant thére are two sets of staminodes—an outer series, of five distinct liguliform capitate segments placed opposite to the sepals (figs. 2, 3c), and an inner series, of five subulate antherless filaments con- nected together at the base and also placed in front of the sepals (figs. 2, 36). The corona is membranous, and springs from the tube of the flower at the same point as the petals. As seen in the mature flower, the corona is attached on either side of each petal, thus connecting these organs together, and sending processes inwards to each side of the inner staminodes, so as to form a series of closed pouches, enclosing the outer stami- nodes (figs. 2, 3f). The true nature of this extraordinary arrangement cannot be under- ` stood till fresh flowers have been examined in all stages of development. The illustra- tions on Plate LXV. show the arrangement of the corona and staminodes. The subulate inner staminodes are clearly the representatives of the perfect stamens in the male . flowers; but the nature of the outer staminodes is not so clear. They may be seen also in the male flowers of some species in the same situation (superposed to the sepals), and are sometimes spoken of as “ glands of the disk," a convenient expression, as involving no definite assertion as to their real morphological nature. Something like the curious pouches of this Modecca may be seen in some species of Butoca ; but these are simpler. Andrecium.—In the tribe Passifloreæ, as also in Malesherbie, the flowers are usually hermaphrodite. Passiflora tetrandra, however, a New-Zealand species, by some referred toa separate genus Tetrapathea, has unisexual flowers; and the same separation of the $ Tllustrations of most of the forms of the corona will be found in my ee of the American om sont in Von Martius and Kichler’s * Flora Brasiliensis’. Dk. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. 601 sexes characterizes the tribes Modeccee, Achariee, and Papayacee. When, by excep- tion, in these last-named groups the flowers are bisexual, the stamens are perigynous, and not hypogynous as in true Passion-flowers. The staminal whorl presents considerable diversities in different genera of the order. In the genus Passiflora itself the andræcium becomes complicated by apparent adhesion to, i. e. imperfect separation from, the gynophore. Taking the simplest case first, we have merely five stamens opposite to the sepals, inseparate to a slight extent at the base, and springing directly from the receptacle (hypogynous) Such a condition of things exists in the male flowers of Ophiocaulon and in the male flowers of Passiflora tetrandra, as well as in the hermaphrodite flowers of P. multiflora. Usually the stamens, like the pistil, are, after a time, raised above their original level _ by the formation of a stalk or gynophore. In Zryphostemma the stamens spring from the inner surface of the inner corona, and are not raised upon a gynophore. The stamens in this case are rather perigynous than hypogynous. In Crossostemma the stamens are apparently ten in number, five fertile and five sterile. The filaments form at the base a cup, from the edge of which proceed the five anther-bearing filaments and five teeth (representing the sterile stamens). JMachadoa has a similar arrangement. In Barteria there are very numerous stamens arising from the edge of a membranous tube also disconnected from the gynophore. Smeathmannia is chiefly remarkable, so far as its androeciam is concerned, for the great number of its stamens. Probably these are true * compound stamens;" but this cannot be stated with certainty till their mode of development is known. The filaments are generally flat and ribbon-like; but in Physena, Smeathmannia, Barteria, Basananthe, and some others they axe thread-like, Throughout the order the anthers are bilocular: in most eases the filament is attached to the back of the anther; but in some of the genera, and especially in the tribe Modecca, the anthers are basifixed. The anthers of Modecca are remarkable for their linear form, and for their prolonged connective, which forms a long, slender mucro above the anther- lobes. In Atheranthera, already referred to, the filaments are flat and ribbon-like, twisted . on themselves at the top, so that the dorsifixed anthers, which were originally introrse, become extrorse by the curvature of the filaments. The anthers appear to be one-celled, and provided with a muero continuous with the filament, and which may either represent an abortive half anther or stand in the place of the connective. In Passiflora and Tac- sonia the anthers are versatile, and completely change their position as the flower is matured. Originally pressed up against the ovary, against which their face is applied, they ultimately turn in the reverse direction, so as to open extrorsely by two longitudinal clefts. - This change in position is facilitated by the peculiar mode in which the filament is attached to the anther. The filament is flat, and traversed by a central nerve, which is prolonged beyond the rounded apex of the filament in such a way that the anther is attached by a fine thread only. $ Gymecium.—The most constant feature of the whole group is the possession of a superior or non-adherent one-celled ovary, with three or four parietal placentas, io which àre attached in two or four longitudinal rows a number of horizontal anatropal VOL. XXVII. 4L 602 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORAUu rz. ovules. In the beginning the ovary is sessile; but in most of the genera of the order it becomes, after a time, stalked by the gradual elongation of the central portion of the receptacle, which pushes up not only the pistil, but also the stamens, and has hence received the name of gynandrophore, or gynophore. In Passiflora multiflora the ovary is sessile. The minor peculiarities of the ovary do not call for special comment. The processes often met with in the lower part of the gynandrophore demand passing notice, inasmuch as they, in conjunction with one of the innermost rings of the corona (the operculum), frequently separate, as by a diaphragm, the true nectary, or honey- secreting surface of the flower-tube, from the upper portion. The species included in the section Granadilla of the genus Passiflora are the most remarkable for these processes of the gynandrophore, which there form a kind of pulley- like projection, into the groove of which fits the lowest ring of the corona. In other species, as in P. elliptica, the same purpose seems fulfilled by a spindle-shaped dilatation in, or below, the centre of the stalk of the pistil, and which is covered with fine hairs. The styles, usually three in number, project from the apex of the ovary; but in some of the Passiflora (sect. Astrophea) the ovary is somewhat cuboidal in outline, flattened at the top, and the styles project from the angles at the top of the ovary. In Malesherbie the styles project from the dorsal surface of the ovary at some distance from the summit, and thus recall the corniculus or horn-like projection from the backs of the sepals. The genus Barteria is remarkable for the connation of its styles, which thus form an undivided column surrounded by a large mushroom-shaped stigma. The stigmatic ends of the styles are usually large, more or less reniform or three-lobed. The fruit is usually more or less baccate, but is in some genera capsular and dehiscent by three valves. No special comment appears necessary, except to point attention to the curious manner in which the capsule opens in the Malesherbiæ. In this suborder the seed-vessel splits septicidally into three valves, each valve bearing a style or a rem- nant of that organ at some distance below the summit of the dorsal surface. Ultimately the valves split at the top along the dorsal sutures, the separation extending as far as the base of the style. The result is that in the mature fruit there are three valves, each valve cleft at the summit, and bearing the persistent style in the central notch. At the base of the fruit or of its stipes are the persistent, withered remnants of the flower. Ovules.—These are generally indefinite in number, horizontal, anatropal, and funicu- late, with two coats and a central nucleus. The funicle is transversely articulated above the middle; and from the joint proceeds, subsequently to fertilization, an arillus, which forms a pulpy investment growing from below upwards till it covers the seed. The ovules are generally arranged in four, rarely in two or six, vertical ranks along the placentas. | Seeds.—The seeds are usually ovoid, obcordate, or heart-shaped, enclosed within the pulpy aril just mentioned. The testa is hard and bony, often more or less pitted. In the centre is a horny albumen surrounding a straight embryo, with flat leafy cotyledons, and whose radicle points towards the hilum. te DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. 603 GERMINATION. _ A germinating embryo of Passiflora shows a conical radicle, a long cylindrical caulicle, a pair of opposite-stalked leafy cotyledons of oblong or suborbicular outline with three convergent primary ribs. The succeeding leaves are alternate, provided with stipules, and, in the species with lobed leaves, generally show indications of lobing from the first. ORGANOGENY. i Development of the leaf and tendril &e.—In a very early stage of the development of the leaf in Passiflora quadrangularis may be seen on the side of the axis two small tubercles, one next the axis, slightly depressed at the summit—and close to it on the distal side another, similar prominence, which speedily becomes marked out into two lateral and an intermediate central tubercle: the two lateral projections are the nascent stipules; the central one is the beginning of the leaf; while the depression in the centre of the tubercle next to the axis indicates the subsequent separation of the tendril and the flower-stalk (Plate LXIV. fig. 1) The tendril, therefore, is unquestionably, in the beginning, a portion of the flower-stalk, as, indeed, is evident in many cases in the adult condition. "The blade of the leaf, immediately subsequent to its initial stage, consists of a linear-oblong, blunt tubercle protruding from the axis by the side of the tendril (fig. 2); it speedily manifests a central groove on the side next to the tendril; this groove gra- dually extends (fig. 3) till the leaf assumes a conduplicate appearance. It is thus clear that the conduplieate arrangement is not, as the term would imply, the result of a folding process, but of a disproportionately rapid development of the margins or side portions of the leaf as contrasted with the central parts. It would appear as if the depression in this early stage of development had some reference to the tendril, which is partially concealed in the groove thus formed. In the palmately divided leaves of P. cerulea the central leaflet is the first to appear, followed by the stipules, which latter, however, speedily overtake the leaf. The side- lobes of the leaf follow next in order from above downwards, and then the glands on the petiole. The glands on the leaf-stalk in this species are late in their development, while in P. quadrangularis they are early, the lower pair appearing first (fig. 6). The notches on the margin of the leaf precede the formation of the veins. Vascular tissue in the form of spiral vessels first shows itself in the midrib, and, as Griffith long since remarked, is not extended from the vessels of the stem. Indeed this independent formation of vascular tissue seems to be the general rule in all cases. Development of the bracts.—The bracts in P. quadrangularis are three in number, and developed successively (fig. 7, a, b, c) The one first developed (fig. 7, a) is placed ante- riorly as regards the tendril (fig. 7, d)—that is to say, somewhat laterally as regards the main axis; the two others are lateral in relation to the tendril. The relative position of the several parts of the flower will be more fully spoken of under another section. Development of the flower.—In the earliest stage of development in a garden-variety of P. quadrangularis the flower consisted merely of a small subglobose tubercle (Plate LXIV. fig. 7, e) already encircled by the bracts. In the next stage examined by me e i 4 1 2 | d 604. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZ. three of the five sepals were already marked out (fig. 8). Ina bud still m eu all five sepals were observed surrounding a pentagonal disk (fig. 9); and it was further noticeable that the sheath or lower portion of the sepal was the part first protruded, and that the little corniculus on its dorsal surface near the apex was not formed till subse- quently. The corniculus appears to be the analogue of the petiole. Payer states that two sepals are anterior or superposed to the primary bract (i. e. sepals 1 and 3, numbered in the order of their development), two lateral (4 and 5), while sepal no 2 is posterior; but I have reason for doubting if this is the exact order in all cases, as will be subsequently explained. : In a flower-bud still more fully developed the sepals were larger, but retained their inequality of size. At the angles of the central pentagon were now to be seen five small tubercles, all of the same size and simultaneously developed ; these correspond to the five petals (fig. 10). These tubercles gradually exchange their globular form for an oblong flattened shape. In a bud in a moreadvanced state of development the sepals and petals had increased in size; and five staminal tubercles opposite to the sepals were visible, the central disk remaining as before, flat and pentagonal (fig. 11). Next in succession appear three small tubercles on the central disk; these represent the three styles or the upper portion of the carpels. "They are at first perfectly separate one from the other, and leave between them in the centre a slight depression (fig. 12). As growth goes on, the three tubercles lengthen from below upwards; originally separate at the apex, disunion ceases after a little while, so that the carpels are congenitally inseparate below ; while the upper edges, at first free, become confluent one with the other, so as ultimately to form a closed ovary, the styles remaining separate (fig. 13). Previously to the complete closure of the ovary, however, the ovules begin to make their appearance, as will be explained further on (fig. 16). At this stage the anthers are fully sketched out, and even the filaments have made their appearance (fig. 14). Shortly after this the formation of the flower-tube, from the dila- tation and gradual excavation of the thalamus below the sepals, becomes perceptible, and about the same time the corona also makes its appearance in the shape of a series of small tubercles protruding from the flower-tube immediately beneath the petals (fig. 15). The order of development of the succeeding rows of the corona seems, so far as I have ascertained, to be different in different species; thus, after the formation of the upper- most row of the corona in P. quadrangularis the median series or operculum is developed, and the intermediate rows subsequently.. The urceolus or basilar corona at the base of the stamens is developed before the column or gynandrophore begins to lengthen. This latter organ, the stalk of the stamens and of the pistil, is the last of the floral organs to appear (fig. 18). : | Ovules.—The ovules present themselves in the first instance as small conical papillæ projecting from the placenta (fig. 19); these speedily become invested, from below up- wards, by a cellular tube, the seeundine. As this tube grows, the primary nucleus becomes Curved. After a little time a second envelope, the primine, is formed, so that the fully formed ovule is anatropal and invested by two coatings (figs. 20, 21). The arillus which surrounds the ripe seeds is not fully developed till after the fertilization of the ovule; but DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. 605 even f before that process occurs a small projection from the funicle at the joint may be seen near the inverted apex of the ovule (fig. 22). This gradually enlarges after the fer- tilizátion of the ovule, so as to enclose the seed in a membranous sheath, at first open at thé top (figs. 23, 24), but ultimately closed (fig. 26). The pulpy matter intervening between the aril and the seed consists of large cells formed apparently from the inner surface of the aril. It will thus be seen that my observations, so far as they go, are in accordance in all material points with those of Griffith* and Payer + as regards the development of the parts of the flower, and with those of Planchon on the arillust. With Schleiden’s account of the development of the flower my observations agree in all points save the formation of the ovary. Schleiden$ describes and figures the commencement of the ovary in the form of a central depression or cavity in the axis, from the sides of which afterwards proceed the three tubercles which form the carpels. “ In the centre," says Schleiden, “the axis is conspicuous as the germen (cauligenum), with a cavity, but as yet no trace of a style (carpellary leaf);' and again, ‘ Three carpellary leaves are seen at the edges of the germen ;" and at p. 370, “In Passiflora the superior germen arises from a cup-shaped axis, at whose edges the carpels arise, which form styles and stigmas.” From this it will be seen that Schleiden evidently considered that the axis itself entered directly into the composition of the ovary. But, in all the buds of various species that I have examined with reference to this special point (and these have not been few), I have not been able to satisfy myself that any depression in the central disk of the flower takes place prior to the appearance of the three carpellary tubercles. In by far the great majority of cases the central disk remains in the form of a flattened or raised cushion-like mass until after the development of the three carpellary tubercles; and as these grow comparatively rapidly, while the central axis no longer developes, a central depression is very speedily produced. | But here arises a nice point. It has been previously stated that the carpels, originally separate, are afterwards seen to be united together at the base; and what we have now to determine is, whether this tubular portion at the base of the carpels is to be regarded as truly consisting of the inseparate bases of the carpels, or whether it is à process of the axis like the flower-tube. I do not think that organogeny per se is sufficient to decide this question ; but, as a matter of opinion, 1 should, if it be considered necessary to adhere uncompromisingly to the alleged distinctions between axis and leaf-organ, regard the tubular structure just alluded to as foliar rather than axial; while, if foliar, it is the sheath of the leaf to which it must be compared; and between the sheath of the leaf and an axial structure the difference is very small. As in so many similar instances, this question seems to be very much a question of words; for who shall tell where axis ends and foliar organ begins? Holding, as 1 do, that there is no absolute fundamental dif- ference between axial and foliar organs, and that those divergences which ultimately present themselves between the two sets of organs are secondary modifications or adap- * Griffith, Notulæ, Part i. 1847, tab. 2. + Payer, Organogénie, p. 396, t. 86, 87. + Planchon, Aun, Sc. Nat. 3 ser, vol. iii. 1845, p. 275. $ “Principles of Scientific Botany,’ Lankester’s Translation, p. 597, tab. 4 et 5. figs. 6-8. f | tations for the fulfilment of particular purposes, it seems to me a matter of very little consequence to determine in these transitional stages precisely where the line should be drawn between leaf-organ and axial organ. Summary.—Recapitulating the main facts which the study of development brings to light, and noting the inferences that may be drawn from these facts, I may state briefly that the development of the leaves in Passiflora is basipetal, while that of the sepals, petals, and stamens is basifugal. The carpels, on the other hand, are basipetal in their mode of development. In the mature flower the sepals and petals are imbricate in æstivation, although in the first instance both are valvate. It might be surmised that the imbrication of the sepals would result from the successive development of those organs; but the petals, which are equally imbricate in the bud, are developed simultaneously. The imbrication, then, of these organs is a secondary operation in point of time, and, however important as a means of discrimination for classificatory purposes, does not seem to have any special morpho- logical significance beyond ensuring economy of space. It has already been shown that the so-called * conduplicate ’ arrangement of the leaf is due to increased development at the margins as contrasted with the central portions of the leaf, The tube of the flower is an expansion of the receptacle formed after the foundations of the flower are laid. The corona also is a late formation, its constituent filaments or membranes emerging from the inner side of the flower-tube at a late period of the forma- tion of the flower, and being referable neither to the petals nor to the stamens. The corona, then, is an organ sui generis, developed, as it would seem, for the fulfilment of a special purpose, as will be hereafter shown. As to the nature of the corona, it is im- portant to quote here Griffith’s significant words*. Alluding to the conflicting opinions as to the morphological nature of this series of organs, and to the notions held by Lindley t, who considered the coronal filaments to be rather of petaloid than of staminal nature, because the normal metamorphosis of the flower is centripetal, Griffith remarks, **Ob- servation, which does not rely on making lucky conjectures, and which argues from things seen by the eye, not from things imagined (seen by the mind), proves that they are neither the one nor the other." The gynophore, as before stated, is a secondary production, formed by the elongation of the thalamus subsequent to the formation of the other portions of the flower. | The only other point in the development that it seems worth while again to allude to is the dichotomy of that axillary tubercle which ultimately forms on the one side a ten- dril, on the other a peduncle. The branching here, as might have been anticipated, is not due to the formation of a new growing point or bud, but to a dichotomy or subdivision of the primary tubercle. 606 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACER. TERATOLOGY. Several cases of deviation from the ordinary structure have come under my observation in certain species of Zacsonia and Passiflora. To some of these it may be interesting to refer. Ina flower of the garden hybrid x P. Belottii there were six sepals, six petals, six S eee E en T Veg. Kingdom, p. 333. | DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. 607 stamens, and a one-celled ovary with three styles. To what cause this augmentation was due, whether to an absolute development of six tubercles instead of five, or to a sub- division of one into two, I had no opportunity of ascertaining. A. transition from the verticillate to the spiral arrangement was seen in a flower of P. alata; or, rather, it may be said that the distance between the sepals was greater than it usually is. "Thus, of the five sepals two were smaller, and on a lower level than the remaining three. The petals of this flower were six in number, four free, two united the one to the other. Considering the successive manner in which the sepals are developed - under ordinary circumstances, it may be held that the unusual interspace between them was occasioned by an excess of develop tin the receptacle of the flower, which lengthened more than usual during the development of the sepals. On the other hand, the sepals themselves, from their smaller size, seem to have experienced an arrest of development. The sixth petal, from its position between two other petals, and in front of a sepal, may be considered the sole member of a second row of petals. In Passiflora Raddiana (kermesina of gardens) I have now frequently seen all the flowers on the plant presenting adventitious growths between the stamens and the ovary. The growths in question were like the filaments of the ordinary corona, and apparently emerged from the stalk of the ovary immediately above the spot whence the filaments separate from it, and as it were in the axils of the filaments, superposed to them in fact. In the Kew Museum is preserved a similar specimen from the same plant; but in this instance some of the adventitious filaments bear an anther. Have we here a tendency to manifest the same polyandrous condition that is found in Smeathmania &e? Karsten founded a new genus (Poggendorffia) upon a similar adventitious production of thread-like growths above the ordinary stamens*. | In a garden-variety of Passion-flower, x P. hybrida floribunda, 1 have met with the same malformation; and in other flowers of the same variety I have observed the con- nective of the anther to be prolonged into a crest as in Violacee. We can hardly lay much stress on an aecidental ease like this as an evidence of affinity between the two orders; nevertheless it at least adds to the acknowledged marks of relationship between the two. . To Mr. Miers I am indebted for a drawing of the fruit of Passiflora quadrangularis, wherein small flower-buds were found springing from the placentas intermixed with the seeds. These flowers were monstrous in character. A similar production of flowers within the fruit oceurs occasionally in Cruciferst, and has been also previously recorded in Passiflora. But the most remarkable deviation is that described in the Transactions of this Society by Mr. S. J. A. Salter, in which the ovules of a species of Passiflora were found to contain pollen 1. * Karsten, Flor. Columb. Spec. Select. i. t. 15. f. 29. + Masters, Vegetable Teratology, p. 137; Bernouilli, Bot. Zeit. 1869, p. 19, durchwachsene Frucht von Passiflora. + Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiv. 143, t. 24. See also * Vegetable Teratology, p. 185, f. 99 ; and Seemann's Journ. Bot. 1867, t. 72, for a similar instance in Rosa. 608 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEE. MORPHOLOGY OF PASSIFLORA. Having briefly adverted to the conformation of the flower in the several genera of the order and traced its mode of evolution in Passiflora, 1 am now in a position to offer some remarks on the morphology of Passiflora itself, taking that genus as the most complex one of the order. In a flower of the section Granadilla, where the bracts are well deve- loped and approximate to the flower, there are three bracts formed successively, five sepals also formed successively, five petals formed simultaneously, alternating with the sepals and with them raised upwards on the edge of a tube, which is not developed until the other parts of the flower are well developed, and which is therefore to be considered a tubular prolongation of the thalamus or receptacle. Alternating with the petals are five stamens, formed simultaneously and strictly hypogynous. "Three carpels constitute the - pistil, which is at first sessile, but which afterwards becomes raised by the elongation of the central portion of the receptacle; the latter in its upward course bears not only the pistil but the stamens also. The various rings of the corona are not developed till after the formation of the other parts of the flower; and the date of their evolution corresponds with that of the receptacular tube, thus preceding that of the gynophore. The three bracts in the unopened flower-bud are imbricated, one bract overlapping the other two. The sepals and petals are quincuncially imbricate, the stamens valvate and appressed against the pistil The three carpels are also valvate, so that they form a one-celled pistil with three parietal placentas. The position of the parts of the flower, in relation to the axis and to the floral leaf, in the axil of which the flower originates, remains to be considered ; and as I have been led from my observations to form slightly different conclusions on this matter from those of Payer and others, it becomes necessary to explain in what way my interpretation differs from that of other botanists, and to suggest the probable cause of the slight di- vergence of opinion. The flower-stalk of a Passion-flower is formed in the axil of a leaf; and it has already been seen that the tendril is merely a flowerless branch originating from the same growing point as the peduncle. Between the leaf, then, anteriorly and the main axis posteriorly is the flower-bud, enveloped in its three bracts; and by the side of the bud is the tendril. In the early stages of the flower-bud the two stipules belonging to the leaf are relatively very large. In point of time of development they are far in advance of the leaf; and they are placed, not anteriorly like the leaf or leaf-stalk of which they are integral portions, but laterally ; they are thus placed with their edges fore and aft, as regards the axis, and shut in the flower-bud and the tendril on the sides. In this early stage, then, the flower-bud and tendril are completely enclosed in a kind of case formed anteriorly by the leaf, laterally by the stipules, and posteriorly by the axis. Bearing in mind this arrangement of the parts in the axil of the leaf, the position of the bracts, sepals, Sic. with regard to the anterior or posterior part of the flower may be readily Payer and most authors state that the odd bract is anterior, the two others lateral, as regards the main axis. I believe this to bean error, and consider the bracts to be placed — laterally, as regards the axis—two on the side adjacent to the tendril (which fits into the — : DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEE. 609 interspace between them), and one on the other side. One of the bracts might more cor- rectly be described as antero-lateral rather than as strictly lateral; and its fellow on the same side is also slightly posterior as well as lateral. The sepals are, as above stated, formed successively and in quincuncial order. The relative position of the sepals may be understood by numbering them and arranging the numbers in the order in which the sepals are placed, thus:—1, 3, 5, 2, 4. From this it may be seen that the sepal (3) which is third in the order of development, is placed in the cycle between that which is first developed (1) and that which is last formed (5), and so on. Payer and most authors state that sepals 1 and 3 are placed in front of the bract, which they consider anterior—in other words, that there are two anterior or antero-lateral sepals (1 and 3), one posterior (2), while sepals 4 and 5 are lateral or postero- lateral. According to my observations, sepal No. 1 is placed a little to the side of one of the bracts, sepal 3 is nearly anterior, sepals 4 and 2 postero-lateral, and sepal 5 lateral and nearly opposite to 1. The position of the several parts of the flower is shown in the accompanying illustrations. — — À Áe— gene — ~a - - n m € € ———À Y zx os aedem an ooo CAD 26 0° Diagrams showing the arrangement of the parts of the flower : that to the left hand of the reader is after Payer; that to the right shows the arrangement as understood by the author: st are stipules, br bracts; the sepals are numbered 1-5, according to the order in which they are developed. The petals alternate with the sepals; then come the rows of the corona, and within them the stamens, erroneously represented in the left-hand figure as opposite to the petals instead of to the sepals. The double series in the pistilline whorl indicates the theoretical and the actual arrangement of the carpels; the theoretical arrangement is shown in the outer circle, the actual disposition is indicated by the central figure. The dotted outlines in the case of two bracts and two carpels indicate the position of the bracts and earpels assumed to be suppressed. The position of the tendril is shown at the side of each diagram. | m The five petals are formed simultaneously ; they alternate with the sepals, and are im- - 610 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. bricate in æstivation, as has already been stated; hence, although the imbrication of the sepals may well be attributed to their successive formation one after the other, the oldest outermost, the most recent innermost, the others intermediate, yet the imbrication of the petals cannot be attributed to a like cause, but to a process of accommodation by which one part grows over the edge of its neighbour, and thus occupies less room. The five stamens are formed simultaneously opposite to the sepals (though, by oversight, they are represented as opposite to the petals in the left-hand diagram). The three carpels are, in my opinion, placed opposite to the three bracts, alternating, or nearly so, with sepals 1 and 4, 2 and 5, and 5 and 3 respectively. This, however, is not the position . assigned to them by Payer, according to whom the three carpels alternate with the three bracts, and are placed opposite to the sepals 1, 8, 2. If Payer's version be true, the sepals, stamens, and carpels would all be superposed, as may be thus represented :— 3(5) Bracts. 5 Sepals. 5 Petals. 5 Stamens. 3(5) Carpels. and we should have an exception to the usual rule of alternation, only to be explained on an assumption not supported by any evidence, viz. that a second or inner row of stamens is entirely suppressed. If the explanation here given be correct, we have no violation of the law of alternation, thus: 3(5) Bracts. 5 Sepals. 5 Petals. 5 Stamens. 3(5) Carpels. The only deviation from the ordinary symmetry of a pentamerous flower would here consist in the absence of two bracts and of two carpels. According to Payer's usual nomenclature the first-formed bract would be the * bractée mére;" the other two, lateral bracts. Wydler, also, in a passage pointed out to me by Prof. Hichler, of Gratz, adopts this view, but calls the first-developed bract the bractea generatrix, and says it belongs to the tendril. The lateral bracts are regarded by Wydler as prophylla. In the opinion, then, of these writers, the first bract belongs to an axis of a different and prior generation to that supporting the lateral ones. It appears to me, however, that there is no warranty for such an opinion. The course of development, as well as the position of the bracts in the adult flower, is sufficient to show that in Passiflora the three bracts are formed in succession from the same axis. In those species in which the bracts are more numerous than three and scattered, they are disposed in one continuous spiral series, and there seems no valid reason in this | instance for dissociating the anterior or inferior one from the others. | | Theoretically, then, we are justified in assuming that the flower of Passiflora is pen- DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE X. 611 tamerous, with five bracts, five sepals, five petals, five stamens, and five carpels. The sepals and petals, at first hypogynous, become perigynous by the formation of the receptacular tube. The stamens are hypogynous in Passiflora and most of the genera of the order; the ovary, originally sessile, becomes, with the stamens, lifted up on a stalk by the elongation of the receptacle. The corona is an outgrowth from the sides of the receptacular tube, formed at a late period of the development of the flower, as already explained. | This view of the construction of the flower is theoretical only so far as regards the assumption of the potential existence and the relative position of two bracts and of two - earpels, the growth of which is, moreover, assumed to be suppressed. According to Payer's explanation of the structure of the flower, it is the two posterior bracts, those nearest to the axis, that are wanting, and two lateral, or rather postero-lateral carpels opposite sepals 4 and 5. In my view, however, the defective bracts are one posterior eorresponding to the interval between sepals 2 and 4, and one antero-lateral corre- sponding to the interval between sepals 3 and 5. "The missing carpels would occupy a corresponding position. I believe the discrepancy between the account given by Payer as to the relative posi- tion of the several floral organs and that which I am disposed to think, though not without some hesitation, is the more correct, arises from the circumstance that Payer considered the outer, larger bract to be at the anterior side of the flower, or opposite to the floral leaf. In reality, as has been before explained, the odd bract is lateral with regard to the main axis, though it is anterior as regards the peduncle on which it is placed, and therefore anterior to the tendril. This error, if error it be, of Payer's involves a dislocation from the real position amounting to two-fifths of the circumference of a circle. This displacement, taken in conjunction with the well-known faculty that organs have of occupying the spaces that would be filled by the now missing organs if no suppression had ensued, and thus of “closing up” the gaps, is amply sufficient to account for any discrepancy of opinion between myself and other observers. It would be mere speculation to discuss the question whether the original type of Passiflora had five bracts and five carpels. Indeed I should be disposed to refer the existing deficiency not so much to any inherited tendency to suppression as to an accom- modation process, if I so may term it, designed to obviate undue pressure and give more space. Inthis way the suppression of the posterior bract and the posterior carpel becomes specially significant, inasmuch as, from the comparatively unyielding nature of the axis opposite to whieh they would be placed, growth would be liable to be checked by the obstacle so afforded. MINUTE ANATOMY. The following observations are by no means complete; but they are perhaps sufficient to draw attention to the main features of the internal structure. Tuber.—The fusiform tuberous root or root-stock of Machadoa consists of a mass of cells filled with large ovoid starch-grains, very unequal in size. Through the mass are irregularly distributed large barred ducts. | 4 M 2 612 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. Stem.—In Passiflora quadrangularis and also in Barteria nigritiana, sections of the stem show the following tissues :—On the exterior is an epidermis of squarish cells desti- tute of chlorophyll, and thickened on the outer wall. Within the epidermis is a quan- tity of small-celled parenchyma filled with chlorophyll. The constituent cells of this cellular envelope vary in size according to the age of the stem. The liber-bundles con- sist of large fusiform, thick-walled, pitted wood-cells, arranged in masses which, when seen in section, have a kidney-shaped outline, the concavity being directed inwards towards the centre of the stem. “Within these liber-bundles is more parenchyma invest- ing the wood, which consists of ordinary wood-cells closely packed, and surrounding large pitted ducts and, towards the centre of the stem, spiral vessels. The middle of the branch is occupied with an abundance of pith, whose cells contain, at some seasons, starch-grains, and at all times conglomerate raphides. (See Plate LXV. fig. 6.) Tendrils.—These are in structure similar to the branches, consisting of an epidermis surrounding a celular envelope, in which are imbedded liber-cells arranged as in the branches. Within these is parenchyma with conglomerate raphides, and surrounding wood-cells, in which there are but few vessels. In the centre is the pith. Leaf.—The structure of the leaf in Passion-flowers presents, so far as I have seen, no features of special interest; and hence the subject may be passed over with a brief refer- ence to the epidermis and to the arrangement of the vascular bundles. The epidermis consists of flat cells with sinuous outline, between which are a great number of small oval stomata, bordered on each side by a semilunar guard-cell. In some of those species, the lower surface of whose leaves is studded over with ocel- late glands, the structure is as follows :—The ordinary epidermal cells are, in the species examined, less sinuous in their outline, and arranged concentrically around the circular gland. This latter is composed of a large number of very small hexagonal cells densely packed together, each cell being two or three times less in magnitude than the adjacent epidermal cells (Plate LXV. fig. 7). Petiole.—In transverse section the petiole of Passiflora quadrangularis is boat-shaped. In structure it consists of the usual epidermis surrounding parenchyma in which are plunged eight large vascular bundles, and sometimes others of smaller size interposed. The usual arrangement is as follows :—Six large bundles disposed in a ring around the central parenchyma, the largest bundle being uppermost. Each of the bundles has in transverse section a deltoidal outline, the apex of the triangle being directed inwards towards the centre, while the broad base, consisting of cellular tissue and cambium- cells, is directed towards the circumference. The remaining bundles oceupy each one of the upper corners of the leaf-stalk, and have their cambium-cells also directed towards the periphery, so that these wedge-like (in section) masses of woody tissue form a broken circle as in a branch, but are more interrupted (Plate LXV. fig. 8). Midrib.—A transverse section of the midrib, in the centre of its course, shows a similar structure to that just deseribed, but with only four woody bundles, placed one on either side, one at the top, and one at the bottom. The eambium-cells are external as in the petiole (Plate LXV. fig. 9). | Petiolar Lar —In neut alata these glands are EEE the concavity being DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. 613 directed upwards. When a section is made through such a gland, the following appear- ances are presented from above downwards. Two layers of cubical, thick-walled epi- dermal cells, ordinary parenchyma, spiral vessels, more parenchyma, and below a single layer of epidermal cells. Peduncle.—The structure of the peduncle is precisely similar to that of the tendril. At the upper part the woody bundles, which below form an incomplete ring, are approxi- mated so as to form a continuous vascular circle. As the vessels pass upwards into the flower-tube, the bundles are so arranged as to form on transverse section a pentagonal outline, a disposition maintained throughout the whole length of the gynophore, as far as the point where the stamens are given off. Coupling this fact with the manner in which the stamens and gynophore are respectively developed, as before explained, the inaccuracy of the statement made in some descriptive works, to the effect that the stamens are adherent to the gynophore, becomes obvious. Above the point of emergence of the stamens the vessels are arranged in such a manner as to form,.in transverse sec- tion, a triangular outline—a circumstance which, as it appears to me, militates against Schleiden's notion that theaxis in Passiflora has direct concern in the formation of the ovary. Flower-tube.—A longitudinal section of the receptacular tube of Passiflora alata shows, going from without inwards, an epidermis of thick-walled cubical cells, enclosing paren- chyma of large oblong cells containing a little chlorophyll. This parenchyma is tra- versed by bundles of spiral vessels, slender wood-cells, and vase proprie. The epidermis in the interior of the tube presents a different character according to its position; thus in the upper portion, above the median or membranous corona (operculum), it has the ordinary characteristics, while below, in the nectary proper, it consists of a number of raised papilliform cells, immediately beneath which run af intervals solitary and very small spiral vessels. Sepals.— The sepals on their lower or outer surface are covered by an epidermis, the cells of which are somewhat cuboidal, but sinuous in outline above, and thickened on their upper wall. They are interrupted here and there by oval stomata, bounded by two sausage-shaped guard-cells containing chlorophyll, a substance not met with in most of the other epidermal cells. The inner or upper epiderm of the sepals is of a similar cha- racter, and is likewise perforated by stomata. Some of these stomata are of an imper- feet character, in that the separation into two guard-cells does not take place. The form of the aperture remains unaffected; but it is bounded by a single cell instead of by two. According to Von Mohl, the stomata originate from the subdivision of a single cell, each of the subdivisions becoming a guard-cell. In the imperfect stoma above described there has been an arrest of development, as it were, and the sphincter of the stoma is formed of one cell instead of by a pair. Charles Morren*, who was the first to notice this condition of the stomata, mentions the existence in Passiflora quadrangularis of still more imperfect stomata on the calyx, consisting merely of one semilunar guard-cell, as if the fellow cell were suppressed. Morren states that he saw, in one case, an aperture, as of ; * Dodonæa, part ii. p. 18. 614 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. an ordinary stoma, between the side of this solitary sphincter-cell and the adjoining epidermal cell. I have not myself seen these half stomata, probably because my obser- vations have not been sufficiently extended. Beneath the outer epidermis are three or four rows of spheroidal cells containing chlorophyll. Within this (in P. alata) there is a quantity of loose spongy cellular tissue, consisting of irregularly branching cells, between whose subdivisions are left large spaces or lacune. These cells contain little or no chlorophyll. Traversing this tissue are numerous bundles of slender spiral vessels. The inner epidermis consists of flattened polygonal cells with oval stomata. Petals.—The outer or lower epidermis of the petals of P. alata consists of one layer of thickened, somewhat polygonal, seareely sinuous cells, beneath which are numerous globular cells closely packed, except towards the inner surface, where there are a few lacunæ. The spiral vessels are of the same character as in the sepals. The inner epi- dermis consists, in the basal portion, of flattened cells ; but above, where the petal becomes eoloured, papular cells make their appearance. The epidermis of the petals in the hybrid x P. ceruleo-racemosa consists also of sinuous cells, and this on both surfaces. It is perforated by few or no stomata. The colouring- matter is of a fluid nature, and is contained in the cells subjacent to the epidermis. Corona.—A section through one of the larger rays in P. alata showed several bundles of spiral vessels traversing a quantity of cellular tissue, the outermost cells of which were . filled with red colouring-matter. The epidermal cells are cuboidal in section, and either flat on the outer surface, or, in other cases, prolonged into conical points. There is pro- bably some relation between the presence of this form of cellular tissue and colouring- matter or other secretion, since it is sometimes present, sometimes absent, both from the surface of the petals and from the rays of the corona*. — With reference to the spiral vessels by which the rays of the corona are traversed, I may remark that, while in the case of the larger rays there are sometimes several bundles in each, in the smaller rays there is only a single vessel; but not one, however small, seems to be destitute of its vessel. It is worth remembering this, as some stress is laid in certain cases, e. g. in Orchids, on the number and disposition of the spiral vessels as indicative of so many distinct, or potentially distinct, organs. It would surely not be correct to assume, from the presence of two or more bundles of vessels in one thread of the corona of a Passion-flower, that such thread is really of composite nature. The annular rim which projects from the inner surface of the flower-tube below the * opereulum ” consists of a mass of globular cells, covered by a papular epidermis, and traversed by a solitary bundle of spiral vessels. In some of the cells may be seen con- glomerate raphides. Stamens.—The filaments present an epidermis of squarish thick-walled cells, destitute of stomata, enclosing cellular tissue of closely packed, oblong, cylindrical cells, enclosing cA opel bundle of fine n vessels. The disposition of the tissues in the excurrent po cR call attention to Mr. Tuffen West's remark in the Journal of Microscopical Science, 1859, p. 1, t. 1, as to ho efc of this vero-pile-ie suo in giving “air” ond a transparent fat to coloured surfaces DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. 615 thread to which the anther is attached has been briefly but correctly described by Morren. It consists of a mass of densely packed, very slender, elongated and rather thick-walled cells, like those of the filament, but smaller, and through the centre of which passes a compact bundle of fine spiral vessels (Plate LXV. fig. 10). "These vessels are directly continuous with those of the filament; and as they enter the connective of the anther they break up into numerous branches, destined for the supply of the anther- lobes. The connective, in the first instance, presents itself at the back of the anther, in the shape of two rounded fleshy lobes, with a central depression. These consist of globular, closely packed cells; the pollen-cavities are somewhat lateral, and leave between them in front a portion of untransformed tissue, with a straight edge. The structure of the anther- valves themselves I have not sufficiently examined. The fibrous cells are ovoid, and contain a much reticulated spiral fibre. | Pollen.—The pollen-cells of Passiflora and Tacsonia are beautiful microscopic objects. Their form is globose; and they are covered with a membrane which is raised into pro- jecting ridges disposed in a netted manner. The grains open by four valves. For a full account of their structure, on which I have no observations of my own to relate, I may refer to Schleiden's account*. Gynophore.—A transverse section of the gynophore below the lowest cup-like ring of the corona shows, going from the centre towards the circumference, an epidermis en- closing a parenchyma of spheroidal cells, then a ring of vascular tissue, within which is more cellular tissue, in which are plunged five bundles of vascular tissue which, on. transverse section, show a semilunar arrangement, the concavity being directed inwards. These bundles seem to alternate with the angles of a pentagonal mass of vascular tissue and elongated cells; quite in the centre is more cellular tissue. Above the cup-like corona the gynophore exhibits the same appearances. A transverse section above the stamens reveals an epidermis encircling cellular tissue, in which is a broken ring of vascular bundles and spiral vessels, within these more cellular tissue and another inter- rupted ring of vascular tissue enclosing the central parenchyma. Ovary.—A transverse section of the ovary shows the usual epidermis and parenchyma, through which latter run spiral vessels and long, thin-walled tubes. The spiral vessels ramify in all directions. Within these there is again parenchyma encircling six vascular bundles, three opposite to the placentas, three alternate with them, Each of the pla- centary bundles divides into a number of smaller fascicles, destined for the supply of the ovules, which, in Passiflora, are usually arranged in four rows on the placentas, so that the walls of the ovary contain a network of vascular tissue. In other cases there is only a double row of ovules to each placenta; indeed, as the fruit ripens, it often happens that two rows of ovules on each placenta become obliterated. The styles are traversed by spiral vessels, which do not form a ring. ; ; Stigma.—The stigmatic tissue consists of long, loosely packed cells, with conical ends overlying a mass of ordinary cellular tissue. Ovules. Seeds.—But little need be said in addition to what has been before stated respecting the development of the ovule. The arillus is at first a mere sheet of oblong * Principles of Scientific Botany (ed. Lankester), tab. 4, pp. 597, 598, and 356. 616 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE X. nucleated cells, from the inner surface of which a quantity of very large thin-walled nucleated cells are formed, constituting the pulp which invests the seed. The primine is also a mere sheet of cellular tissue, consisting of oblong, flattened, nucleated cells. The secundine is the layer which chiefly contributes to the thickness of the hard “ testa ” of the seed. In the young state it is thick and fleshy, presenting on the outside (in.P. alba) numerous pits, which form conical elevations on the inner surface. These funnel- like processes appear at first to be pervious at the apex (see Plate LXIV. fig. 28), so that direct communication exists between the outer and inner portions of the ovule; but ultimately the perforation becomes closed at the inner end. : The constituent cells of the secundine ultimately become thickened by the formation of secondary deposits within them, so that, as before said, the mass of the hard testa of the seed, which retains its pitted appearance, is derived from the secundine. FERTILIZATION OF THE FLOWER. My remarks on this subject apply solely to the genus Passiflora, and refer chiefly to the functions exercised by the corona. Late in its development, and complicated in its arrangement, the series of parts constituting the corona seem to have some special office to fulfil in connexion with the fertilization of the flower. In the first place I may refer to the comparative rarity with which some of the species ripen their fruit unless assisted by art; and not only this, but it has also been. observed that in some cases fruit is not formed idee the flower be impregnated with pollen of some other species! A summary of the evidence on this point is given by Mr. Darwin*, to whose remarks 1 would merely add that ripe fruit is often formed when perfect seeds are not. This is particularly observable in certain hybrid forms, such as x P. hybrida floribunda or X P. ceruleo-racemosa. * That the tendency in Passion-flowers is against self-fertilization and in favour of cross impregnation might, I think, be inferred from the arrangement of the parts of the flower, even if the fact were not known practically. * * Variation of Animals and Plants, ii. 137; Scott, * Journ. Linn. Soc.’ viii. (1864) p.197. It is, however, certain that many species will ripen perfect fruit and seeds after fertilization by their own pollen. Some species (e. g. P. alba) do this without artificial assistance ; and the common P. cerulea may be observed, in favourable seasons and localities, - bearing ripe fruit and seeds out of doors. Mr. Ridout, a practical gardener of much experience, furnishes me with the following note on this matter :—“ The extract from Mr. Darwin's * Variation of Animals and Plants under Do- mestication” is not in accordance with my own experience. . In one instance I have succeeded in fruiting P. racemosa, fertilized by its own pollen; the fruit swelled freely and evenly to the full size attained by that species; while, in the case of P. quadrangularis, for several years past I have been in the habit of setting, not a few fruit, but several dozens, entirely by its own pollen, and have at this time a plant of that species covering the roof of a small lean-to house, with upwards of 100 fruit on it, this being the third crop it has produced this year, the two former equalling the present in point of number. I impregnate them when there is a good number of flowers expanded at one time, after which the temperature of the house is allowed to rise from 5? to 10? for the remainder of the nr: ; and it has always proved a rare case for one to fail; in fact, they set with much greater certainty than ns. I know also that Mr. Mundell, of Hooley Hall, has been even more successful than myself; for he has annually excellent eroe of the Granadille, and fruit of P. edulis. Nor has his attention been confined to these alone; for three 'eautift ve nde Jen reet ak Qui ubi have already emanated from there." DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEÆ. . 617 In the young state the anthers are introrse and pressed up against the sides of the ovary and styles, the large stigmas of which project beyond the anthers. When the anthers become sufficiently matured to allow of the emission of the pollen, they undergo a change of position: the filaments spread more or less horizontally, and the anthers become extrorse; so that if the flower-stalk spread somewhat horizontally, as it does usually, or if it be erect, the pollen is likely to be shed on the corona, the styles at this stage being horizontal, with their stigmas quite out of reach of the pollen. In this. manner the corona is often found dusted over with pollen; and in Passiflora cincinnata, Mast., and in other species it often happens that the stamens are bent downwards to such an extent as to come into direct contact with the corona (Plate LXV. figs. 4, 5). The outermost rows of the corona, then, appear to attract insects, the smaller threads proceeding from the throat of the flower-tube catch the pollen, while the membranous or median corona (operculum) shuts off the upper portion of the flower from the nectar- secreting portion at the base. The peculiar pulley-like process of the stalk of the pistil in some Passion-flowers, and the substitutes for it in other species, have already been alluded to. In all cases the object seems to be to detain the insect in its passage to the nectar-secreting portions, and so to enable it the more surely to be dusted over with pollen. Now, when a Bee visits an expanded flower, it is easy to see how the insect favours cross fertilization. The insect alights on the rays of the corona; and if there be pollen on them, some of it must naturally adhere to the hairs on the insect’s back. Moreover, if the insect be large, or the stamens, with their now extrorse anthers, be bent down- wards, as they usually are at a late stage of the expansion of the flower, it is obvious that the back of the insect is very likely to come into contact (nay, does so, as I have fre- quently observed) and thus remove some of the pollen from them. In those cases where, from the pendulous position of the flower (P. quadrangularis, P. macrocarpa, &c.), the pollen cannot fall on the eorona, which is now placed above the anthers, the pollen is removed by Bees in the manner just indicated. When the pollen-carrying insects alight on the corona of another flower it may so happen that the stigmas of that flower are so placed as to render them liable to come into contact with the insect, and to remove from its hairy thorax the pollen-grains with which it is bestrewn. The styles, which are erect all the time the anthers are introrse and so placed as to be liable to ‘contaminate the stigmas, gradually assume a horizontal or even a deflexed position when the anthers are extrorse, or bent downwards, so as to render access of the pollen from them an improbable occurrence. All this may readily be seen by any one who watches a Humble-bee as he flies from flower to flower of any of our cultivated but it would seem probable, from the length of the gynophore, that in their native haunts the flowers of Tacsonias, for instance, are visited by some larger creatures than Bees. Indeed some travellers state that the honied flowers of the Tacsonias are very attractive to Humming-birds; and these elegant little creatures pro- bably act as the carriers of pollen from one flower to another. : In connexion with the uses of the corona, I may here mention that, according to the late Prof. Morren, the corona is the seat of the perfume of the flower in Passiflora VOL. XXVII. AN the operations of Passion-flowers ; 618 : DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. quadrangularis*—a fact which he considers proved by the anatomical structure of the eoronal threads, as also by the circumstance that if the processes in question be early removed the flowers remain scentless. In repeating this experiment, however, I have not been able to satisfy myself of the absolute correctness of this statement, though indeed it is one which would seem very likely to be correct. So far as I have observed, the chief seat of the perfume is in the , nectary itself. Professor Morren attributes to the conical, pimple-like cells of the epidermis of the eoronal filaments the formation of the odoriferous principle. "These peculiar cells are found on the surface of the petals and in the nectariferous portion of the tube of the flower. The plant, says the Belgian professor, relieves itself of its excess of carbonaceous material by means of these two secretions, the sugary fluid or nectar and the aromatic principle. That these peculiar papilliform cells, constituting what was called by Prof. Morren conenchyma, are often associated with secreting surfaces, there can be no doubt; but as they occur on the surface of petals of flowers destitute of perfume, we must await further evidence before we assume that in the Passion-flowers these cells really secrete the odorant principle. Movements of the Stamens, Styles, and Anthers.—The different positions assumed by the reproductive organs have been already referred to. I am not in a position to throw any light on the cause of these movements, of which, so far as I have seen, the minute anatomy offers no explanation. I can only surmise that the differences in position result, as they are known to do in other similar cases, from changes in the contracti- lity or turgescence and consequent tension of certain cells as contrasted with the flac- cidity of others. But this is a matter requiring much additional investigation. The peculiar movement of the anther from introrse to extrorse has been attributed by some to gravity merely. The broad filament ends above in a fine thread, which is con- tinuous with the anther below the centre of its dorsal surface. It was therefore assumed that on the expansion of the flower the superior weight of the upper portion of the anther, in conjunction with the fineness of the pivot on which it is poised, was suffi- cient to cause the anther to tilt overt. This explanation was combated by Morren, who adduced several reasons for rejecting this explanation, and considered that the fine point terminating the filament acts as a spring, which, under certain conditions, pulls the anther over. This explanation I believe to be correct, and in harmony with the singular structure of the organ in question and before alluded to. It would be interesting to compare, in a fresh state, the anatomical structure of the filament at its point of attachment to the anther in those genera, such as Modecca, where the anther is basifixed and introrse. Movements of the Tendrils, &c.—Under this head I need only refer to the valuable communication of Mr. Darwin, to whose observations 1 have nothing to addi. * Dodonæa, part ii. p. 21. - "t St.-Hilaire, © Leçons de Botanique, ou Morphologie Végétale,’ p. 439; Morren * Dodonza,’ part ii. p. 23. + Darwin, Journal of Linnean Society, vol. ix. p. 89. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ, 619 AFFINITIES OF THE GROUP. The Passifloraceæ have been variously allocated by different authors. A. L. de Jus- sieu placed them near Cucurbits and Loasads—a position also assigned to them by Linnæus, the elder De Candolle, Agardh, Bentham and Hooker, and others. St.-Hilaire grouped them near to Loasads. The balance of opinion, indeed, seems to be in this direc- tion. Du Petit Thouars placed them near Violacee, in which disposition he was followed : by Lindley, who included them in his Violal Alliance. Adanson and Lamarck ranged them near to Capparids, Salisbury to Samyds. Others have pointed out their relation to Bixads and Resedas. Brongniart grouped them between Saxifrages and Hamamelids. Agardh has even suggested a resemblance to Bignoniads (Cobæa), but one which seems very remote. Hence it will be seen that while some authors include the order among Perigynous Exogens, others rank it amongst the Hypogynous group, thereby laying greater stress on the one-celled ovary and parietal placentation, characters possessed for the most part by the orders above named, than on the superior or inferior condition of the ovary, or on the point of emergence of the sepals, petals, and stamens, even though these latter charac- . teristics form the landmarks by which the main subdivisions of Exogens are known. In estimating the affinities of Passifloracee (as of other groups), the characters upon which we found our estimate must be regarded from various points of view. 1. Numerical importance.—In the first place we have characters derived from the relative frequency of occurrence (in the orders under consideration) of a particular form or of a particular arrangement of organs. Such characters formed the basis of Adanson's system of classification*. They have the great advantage of being easily estimated ; nevertheless it has been well objected that they are of little value unless associated with other points, such as invariability, physiological importance, and the like. To some extent, however, such an association must, from the nature of things, be a necessary eoincidence. In illustration of my meaning, I will take those families which have been considered by various authorities to be more or less nearly related to Passifloraceæ, excluding those in which the relationship seems very remote, and taking no heed of the exceptional forms which occur. These families are sixteen in number. In the next place I will enumerate the most striking structural characters of Passifloracee, and will indicate, by means of numbers, the relative frequency of occurrence of these characters in the orders under consideration. Thus, suppose we take the most prominent characters, and those which are almost universally present in true Passifloraceæ, and disregard the few exceptional cases, it will be seen that Turnerads agree with Passion-flowers in the possession of twelve of those characters, and differ from them in the absence of the remaining four. Cucurbits have seven points in common with Passion-flowers, and nine points of difference, and so on. 'This numerical relation between the several orders may be more fully shown as follows :— * Adanson, Familles des Plantes. Paris, 1763. 620 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. TABLE 1. Characters, En Characters, ee Qne celod ovary ler eo ee ences 16 (all) Hypogynous stamens ................ 9 Faciotal plagonta A A 10 à Pergynees DORE. ra. 6 a o 14 DPI: o O PDAS SER 5 NEUE ODDO. da GT 15 Arillate seeds ....... o Mal We a 5 odo MEN LES qr 13 Climbing babit, x. an ion EP SSE 5 Be A 13 en N rco EE 4 nn RE Dos 10 O „ei ee 3 Flower-tube or perigynous calyx-lobes .. 9 Corona o ire ISI 3 These characters are arranged from above downward according to the relative fre- quency of their occurrence in the sixteen following orders :— TABLE 2. Number of charac- Number of charac- ters possessed by ters possesed by Names of orders. allied orders Names of orders. allied orders in common with in common with Passifloraces. Passifloracez. PREEDENM vaio eo a 16 (all) IO ou o Sas. oe en 9 Tamers S Sv USATI SES 12 Bisao 5 oor Sie ae 8 Rd 2 ee oe 12 TOREM LC A AGS. TUS 8 DIA 2. ISI Ludus 10 Eapayaco® oca rio sie on 8 BU URNA ne uv 10 nn 7. 8 mici A SS 9 VE i sro se i 7 ZEN PE s i X» ir 9 Cocu mitaa Slo Ge 7 TE o oi OS 9 Beine IIT 4 The orders in the foregoing enumeration are placed from above downwards according to the degree of their affinity with Passion-flowers, as estimated by the occurrence of the characters mentioned in Table 1, without reference to other points— Turneraceæ and Malesherbiaceæ having the greatest number of points in common with Passiflorads, Bignoniads and Cucurbits the fewest, and so on. = If, then, we wish to ascertain what orders are most closely allied to Passifloracee, and to seek the greatest number of points of resemblance, as we should do when a synthetical arrangement is desired, we have merely to ascertain which orders are at the top of the list (Table 2), and which are the characters most frequently present (Table 1). If our object be analytical, or, in other words, if our desire is to discover points of divergence, then the foregoing list (Table 1) must be read from below upwards ; for while thé uppermost characters are common to the large majority of the members of the series, the lower ones are those which are peeuliar, or nearly so, to Passion- flowers. But although, from a numerical point of view, the alliance between certain orders may seem to be close, yet it must of course be remembered that a merely numerical relation may be outweighed by considerations of greater moment. We have, then, to appraise the value of these characters ; and in so doing we avail ourselves of such points DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. 621 2. Relative invariability, a point on which deservedly much stress is laid, is to a great extent implied in the Table showing the relative frequency of occurrence of certain characters (Table 1)—but not wholly so; for instance, the number of petiolar glands and of rings of the corona is subject to variation even in the same species. It is a rare thing for them to be entirely absent; but it is common for them to be variable. Con- staney of occurrence and invariability of form or arrangement do not necessarily go together. Nevertheless, as a general rule, it may be stated that those characters placed high in the list on account of their frequent occurrence, are also those which are least liable to variation in individual plants, or even species. "Thus the one-celled ovary and the parietal placentation are not only characters of general occurrence, but they vary comparatively little in form in the individual members of a species. On the other hand, the corona and the petiolar glands, which are almost peculiar to Passifloracee, and which are therefore placed at the bottom of the list of characters, from the infrequency of their occurrence in other orders, are very liable to variation in individual plants. 3. Developmental characters.—A glance over the characters alluded to in the foregoing lists will suffice to show that some of them are * congenital," and others “acquired.” Of course there is only a difference of degree between congenital and acquired characters; . nevertheless the difference is an important one, and one readily recognized. The acquired characters are necessarily subsequent to the others in the time of their appearance; they belong, as it were, to another stage of growth. 1f the illustration may be permitted me, I would compare the congenital characters to the “carcass” of a house, the acquired ones to its fittings. The one set of characters are peculiar to, and perhaps different in, each individual, according to circumstances; the others (though also susceptible of modification) are common to all, or to a large number. Now, in the illustrations already given, it will be seen that those characters which are the most important in point of frequency of occur- rence are precisely those which are congenital. Again, it may be seen that those characters which are acquired, those which make their appearance later in the course of development, are those upon which stress is laid in distinguishing the lower groups, such as genera, sections, and species, one from Their use is in analysis chiefly, as that of the congenital characters is in another. synthesis. Moreover these acquired characters are taken from organs which, speaking generally, are those concerned in the carrying on the physiological actions peculiar or special to individual plants. But congenital characters are not merely of use synthe- tically, they may occasionally be used analytically, when they afford the means of dis- criminating, not only between large groups, but also between the members of the group itself. Thus the presence or absence of stipules affords congenital characters available for distinguishing both large and small aggregates from each other. At the same time the stipules are physiologically important as protectors to the young buds, or, in some cases, as secreting organs*. * From their frequent very large comparative size in the young bud it is fair to infer that their office is one of greater importance in that stage of development than it is subsequently, when the leaves are fully developed. | 622 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE A. The petiolar glands offer another instance of a congenital character serving for pur- poses of analysis—for distinguishing between small, as well as between large ageregates. These glands, too, seem to be more important in the young than in the adúlt condition of the leaf. A similar remark may be made concerning the albumen—a congenital character usually common to all the members of large groups, and serving to bind their members together, and to discriminate them from others. This, too, is a character of high physi- ological importance; and yet it is one which sometimes serves to separate closely allied forms from each other. Thus in the genus Sterculia, in Cassia, &c. there are some species with, and others without albumen. Congenital characters not only give us direct indications of existing affinities, but they are suggestive of the manner in which that affinity may have been brought about; in other words, they give a clue to the ancestry and parentage of existing forms. For instance, at a certain stage of development the flowers of a Passion-flower are almost precisely identical in the arrangement of their several parts with those of Turnera; so that we might either look upon Turnera as a Passion-flower arrested in its development, or upon a Passiflora as a Turnera of an exalted and more complicated type of organiza- tion. In so saying, I do not mean to assert dogmatically that existing Passifloras were evolved out of Turneras, or that Turneras are really degenerate Passifloras, I would merely infer that as both, at a certain stage of their existence, have the same arrange- ment of their floral organs, so they may have sprung, and probably did spring, from a common ancestor having a similar arrangement of parts. | The relative importance of congenital and of acquired characters in the sixteen orders previously mentioned is in a measure shown in the accompanying Table 3, in which TABLE 3. j a AE 3 n s e ls. s [25 |3. 2583 18 ls le | | g |, elsa Ir taxis i a © o Joa a SE D . g am | GS HEHIBIEBERIEREHEEEEEELEEEHEEEE BERE BEER EE) mA rs 019 glos 2. A 12 o 20 Az o |A Sle 5/8 oI 3 E ` ata Er E r EEE E OE Be se m e o os ‚Passifloracex esl Ee Ts oS a be STETS I N I KT SR O a D xik Turneraceæ AE A . . . . . x x . * . x e| o * . * * * x * . * Malesherbiaceze Mie fete te hai el Mie isle “Mi Mia tora tals Fete. Ta E C . * . * + . . . + * . . . * . * * * . * . + amydaceæ BER x . ES . a . X x . . . N . . E: LI x * x x * . . Violaces ......... * . * . * * . A . * * . . . * P * x * . 3t . . Droseraceæ biais * . . * * * . . . * ok . . . . . 1% x . x . . Homaliaceæ oes * . * . . 0 x x . EI E X . . . ac x x E . * . . | Loasacece . AA a A A A ad * . SE . . . > d * * x . * . . Bixaceæ ad * . . E E * . . . * * . . . * . * + x . - . . Pangiaceæ VANS * . . * * * . . . x ? . ? . * . + * * + * LE . Docs ined * . «| x ix |] . lo a T ow e LE. de *| * PLI ee E niaceg.,. . * + . * * . . . * * . . . * . * * * . %* . . | Capparidacee... : . . . * * . . . * * . . x x . * x . . . . . | Cucurbitaceæ ... * . . = . . xX x * LI a xX . . * x wie . . * X i _ | Bignoniaceæ . * . . * * . . * . . x . . * B * * . . * x sá twenty-three characters, some of which are found in all the orders in question, are DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. 623 enumerated. The * indicates congenital or primordial characters; the x those that are acquired or secondary. Of these twenty-three selected points of comparison Passion- flowers possess 16, 10 congenital, 6 acquired; Turnerads have 12 points of agreement with Passion-flowers, 8 congenital, 4 aequired, while they differ in 6, viz. in 2 congenital and 4 secondary characters. Samyds have 11 points (of the 23) in common with Passion- flowers, 7 primordial, 4 secondary; and 8 points of divergence, viz. 4 congenital and 4 acquired. This is more easily seen in the following Table 4+ :— TABLE 4. Points of Agreement. | Points of Disagreement, Congenital. | Acquired. E Congenital | Acquired. plat Passifloraceæ .......... 10 6 16 . . . Turherácete- o.an. 8 4 12 2 4 6 Malesherbiacex........ 8 4 12 2 2 4 Sauvagesiaceæ ........ 11 d 11 3 6 9 Samydaceæ .,...;::.., 7 4 il 1 4 8 REO pau uu e ES 11 . 11 3 6 9 Droserüom -rcir 9 . 9 5 6 11 Homaliaceæ .......... ei 4 11 3 6 9 JUNE en x 7 4 11 5 6 11 Bub... ib ii 10 . 10 4 6 10 PER a a 10 . 10 6 6 12 Papayaceæ .......... 10 1 11 8 7 15 Frankeniaceæ ........ 10 . 10 6 6 12 Capparidaceæ. . ...... 8 1 9 6 5 11 Cucurbitace®.......:.. 6 5 11 9 5 14 Bignoniaceæ .......... 8 2 10 9 6 15 ES * Congenital characters, then, are of cardinal importance in estimating affinity, from ES deir frequency of occurrence, and from their relative invariability. The physiological ber of the organs furnishing congenital characters is also necessarily great, as son the due fulfilment of their functions depend the life and reproduction of the plant. 4 manner in which those functions are fulfilled depends, as will be shown in the next po agräph, upon those organs which furnish special physiological characters. į In a case of doubt we should do well to lay greater stress (for purposes of synthesis) n the possession of these fundamental characters than on the cumulative force of number without reference to value, or on quality rather than on quantity. At the same time, as has ‘been already stated, congenital characters occasionally furnish good means of discrimina- | tion between small groups, though their value in this respect is to some extent dimi- nished by the greater tendency which, under such circumstances, the characters in ques- tion have to vary. 4. Special physiological characters.—These are attributes usually “acquired,” and not common to all plants, but only to certain genera and species. They are, of course, | t These Tables, like the preceding ones, must be taken as only approximately correct ; for it is not certain in all cases what is à congenital, what an acquired character. Moreover the characters assigned to any particular order are by no means absolute: for instance, some Passion-flowers are unisexual, though not entered as such in the Table. Exceptions, indeed, are here disregarded. 624 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. inseparably connected with the work done by those particular plants; hence their value is not only physiological, but also analytical, because they furnish good marks whereby io discriminate one species from another. In a purely morphological sense thése cha- racters may often appear trivial; but if they are associated with a difference in physio- logical function, it cannot be said that they are unimportant. Itis sufficient to mention, by way of illustration of this class of characters, all those diversified arrangements for favouring or preventing cross fertilization. Thus, in the case of the Passiflore, it has been shown that the arrangement of the series of threads and membranous rings constituting the corona is of great value in separating species, or subsections of the genus, one from another. These organs are “acquired,” they are formed late, and they have a special office in favouring cross fertilization, and in impeding or preventing self-impregnation. I call characters derived from such organs as these “ special physiological characters," not only because they are peculiar to certain plants, but also because their office is special. They are not essential organs (fertilization can and does take place without their aid); but they modify the action of the essential organs, and make them perform their office in a peculiar manner. The remarks that have been made on acquired characters apply then to those which are here termed special physiological. It is not requisite in this case to say any thing concerning characters dependent on teratological phenomena or on those founded on varying geographical distribution of species. It would occupy too much space to treat of these subjects at length in such a communication as this; but, by way of summing up, I may add that, in estimating the value to be attached to certain characters or points of distinction, it is necessary to con- sider the purpose for which they are required. If the object be syuthetical—if we are seeking points of resemblance, so as to group together a large number of forms into onc~ — or more large aggregates—we must, in the first instance, lay stress on the congenital characters, as serving to bind together the greatest numbers, and as being the most constant, the least variable, and the most physiologically important; then we must conf sider those dependent on frequency of occurrence and special physiological office, aft wards such others as may be available or forthcoming. If the purport of our inv E gation be analytical; if discrimination be our object, the special physiological characi 4) first demand attention, then those which have the merit of frequency and invariabilit, and lastly those that are congenital. It stands to reason that if a character be at once numerically important, congenital, and of high physiological value, it will be most valuable for synthetical purposes: for! instance, in the large group Parietales, including Exogens with parietal placentation, the 1 . presence of albumen is a very constant feature (except in Cueurbits); hence then, asa | character, albumen, in such a case, is numerically important, it is congenital, and physi- - ologically of high importance. It is hardly necessary to add that the systematist cannot always aet up to his own standard. Even the most experienced and sagacious botanists i are not unfrequently inconsistent, often must be so from defective evidence. Individual Cases have to be dealt with on their own merits, and consistency often has to give place to convenience or expediency. | | From what has been previously said, it would seem as if the proper position of Passi- | DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEE. 625 floracee were among Hypogynous rather than Perigynous Exogens, that the nearest allies are the Malesherbic (included in Passifloracee by Bentham and Hooker), the Turneracee, as already suggested by Dr. Seemann *, the Samydacee, the Bizacee, and the Violacee. With other groups the alliance is more remote, and especially in the case of Cucurbitacee, with which the alliance is more apparent than real ; or perhaps, as Agardh has suggested T, the two should be regarded as parallel or analogous series. The tribes Modeccee, Achariee, and Papayaceæ, included by Bentham and Hooker in Passifloracee, should either form a suborder or, preferably, a distinct order, intermediate between Passifloracee and Cucur- bitacee—a plan followed by Lindley}. Iam disposed to exclude them from Passifloracee proper by reason of their unisexual flowers, their perigynous stamens, the different attach- ment of the anthers, their want of corona, or, if present, its different nature, their usual lack of stipules, &c. REMARKS ON THE GENERA OF THE TRIBE PASSIFLOREZÆ. DILKEA, nov. gen. Under this name I propose the establishment of a new genus, the characters of which are hereinafter given. It differs from Passiflora and Tacsonia, to which otherwise it is closely allied, in the stamens being scarcely, if at all, removed from the base of the flower-tube, in the number of stamens and of styles (8 and 4 respectively), in the linear anthers, and the peculiar corona. In some respects it stands intermediate between Pas- siflora and Smeathmannia. : TACSONIA, This genus was; separated from Passiflora by Jussieu, and has been generally adopted by botanists, not without a suspicion, however, that it was too closely allied to Passiflora to be truly generically distinct. In truth there are a certain number of osculant forms * which have been ‘bandied about from one genus to the other to the great confusion of Mhe synonymy. By'relegating these intermediate forms (including the species generally X ferred to the sections Psilanthus and Distephana) to Passiflora, a much more compact 3 C ENS 1s formed, Ome distinct morphologically as well as in point of geographical distri- paljs 9D, at the sar time that Passiflora is by no means weakened as a genus. The tubin distinctive fe tures of Tacsonia, then, reside ix the elongated flower-tube (to which m^ manivata offers an exception), in the faucial corona, consisting of tubercles or very short threads (to which 7. pinnatistipula constitutes an exception), and in the short reflexed membranous corona nearly at the base of the flower-tube. True Tacsonie, as thus limited, have a peculiar facies not to be described in words, but one which is, in general, recognizable by the eye; and they are peculiar to the western side of the Andes, . extending in some cases to great heights. ; PASSIFLORA. De Candolle and others have proposed a great number of sections of this genus, and * Botany of the ‘Herald,’ p. 129. Turnerads differ, however, from Passiflorads in their fugacious, not persistent, petals, as remarked by Dr. Hooker, Gen. Pl, i. 806. + Agardh, Theoria Syst. Veg. p. 386, - VOL. XXVI. + Lindley, Veg, Kinzd. 322. 40 626 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. . have also adopted as distinct such genera as Disemma (potius Distemma *), Murucuia t, Tetrapathæa*, not to mention smaller subdivisions proposed by Bory de St. Vincent or Remer. It is not necessary to go into details on these points, the synonymy and refer- ences given in the subjoined lists being sufficient for the purpose. I retain Astrophea as proposed by De Candolle, but raise it to the rank of a sub- genus, and in it I include a small number of species mostly of erect habit (some even being trees), destitute of tendrils for the most part, with a many-flowered inflorescence, minute bracts, peculiar dilated coronal filaments, an oblong ovary somewhat flattened at the top, and from the angles of which proceed the three awl-shaped styles. To the species enumerated under this head by De Candolle I have added several which are more nearly allied to this group than to any others, though in some instances they differ some- what in habit. My second subgenus, Plectostemma, is so named from the circumstance that the membranous corona, instead of being flat, is almost universally folded into sharp folds, and frilled at the edge. Under this subgenus are included, as sections, Tetrapathea, Cieca, Dysosmia, Decaloba, Polyanthea, Distemma, to all of which, with the exception of Distemma, the same limits, though a lower rank, are assigned as by previous writers. I can find no valid reason for keeping up Distemma as distinct, inasmuch as in some cases the number of rings is more than two, while in those in which it is confined to that number it is not possible to separate the species from those included in Decaloba and Polyanthea. One or two of the Australasian species, indeed, have the corona flat, asin _ Murucuia ; but these are exceptional cases. | The subgenus Murucuia, which was regarded as a genus by Toxpnefort, De Candolle, and others, I prefer to retain in Passiflora, and to strengthen it by the transfer of the species included by De Candolle under Zacsonia, section Psilanthus. x Granadilla forms in every way a well-marked subdivision, whi^ I retain under the E same limitations as De Candolle, Bentham and Hooker, and oshe. with the exceptio Je that I include in it the species forming the section Tacsonividez of 'e Candolle. |. TRYPHOSTEMMA. a ES A genus founded by Harvey upon a single species, a native of Nul. I have ada. a second species, from Zanzibar, and am inclined to include Peyritsch’s genus Basan- anthe under the same heading; but it is perhaps better to wait for further eviüczce t before so doing, especially as the validity of Basananthe has been strengthened by the | | publication of Dr. Welwitsch, who further calls attention to the likeness of one of the | species described by him to a Viola, and of the other to a Sauvagesias. i * Labillard. Nov. Caled, 78, t. 79. DC. Prod. iii. 332. End. Gen. 5100. . . * Tournefort, Inst. 215. Juss. Gen. 398. DC. Prod. iii. 333. Endlicher, Gen. Pl. 5099. .. X Raoul in Ann. Se. Nat. III. ii. 122. ES. Welwitsch, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvii. p. 29.—* Basananthe litoralis habitu Sauvagesiam erectam simulat, dum B. nummularia habitum. Viole æmulat, adeoque genus hoc affinitatem inter Passifloreas et Violarieas, ab Endlichero liisque auctoribus, inprimis ex fructus structura indicatam, etiam habitu ambarum specierum indigitat." DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. 627 PAROPSIA is remarkable for containing species some of which are found in West Tropical Africa, others in Madagascar, and others in the Malayan peninsula and islands. BARTERIA. A genus peculiar in the consolidation of its styles. One species was previously described ; and I have added a second, whose singular inflorescence has been before alluded to. The remaining genera of the order I need not here further refer to; some, indeed, such as Deidamia, Thouars, Thompsonia, R. Br., Physena, Noronh., are almost wholly unknown to me, save from the descriptions in recognized text-books. To the genera constituting the tribes Modeccea, Acharieæ, and Papayacee of Bentham and Hooker I do not here make further allusion, because, for reasons before given, I consider them to form an order apart from true Passifloracee. Regarding the genera belonging to the iribe Malesherbieæ, viz. Malesherbia and Gynopleura, 1 have also nothing to add. ENUMERATION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF THE TRIBE Passifloree ; Benth. et Hook. fil. Gen. Pl. i. 808. In the following list I have given the names and synonyms of the species included in the tribe Passifloree. The American species are described in my Monograph of Ame- rican Passifloracee, included in Martius and Eichler's Flora Brasiliensis*. The African species are monographed in the second volume of Prof. Oliver's Flora of Tropical Africat. Of the new species coming from other countries, descriptions are hereto ap- pended, as also of two new genera of the order. I. DILKEA. Genus novum: | placentis parietalibus 4 serie duplici affixa. Stylus Flores regulares dichlamydei hermaphroditi 4— | filiformis elongatus superne in ramos 4 stigma- 8-meri. Floris tubus cylindratus coloratus. Sepala tosos divisus. Stigmata majuscula crassiuscula 4-5 oblonga integra subcoriacea. Petala 4—5 se- reniformia inclusa. Fructus globosus magnitu- palis conformia subæqualia tenuiora cum iis e fauce dine aurantii parvi extus coriaceus evalvis im Ar- tubi enata. Corona e medio tubi emergens basi bores vel frutices ecirrati? scandentes (“ Sipo” membranacea tubulata ad faucem in filamentorum Spruce). Rami teretes vel subangulati foliis de- series 3—4 divisa, filamentis exterioribus ligulifor- lapsis cicatricibus magnis instructi. Folia Sealants mibus planis petalis paulo brevioribus, filamentis alterna vel subopposita integra 1-costata. Petioli intermediis numerosis externis brevioribus tenuio- crassiusculi. Flores, ut videtur, in glomerulis sl ribus albidis curvatis, filis intimis setaceis. Sta- laribus sessilibus vel pedunculatis aggregatis. Pe- mina 8 hypogyna æqualia, filamenta gracilia erecta dunculi vel pedicelli floribus breviores basi bracteis ima basi monadelpha. Anthere ad filamenta parvis subulatis instructi. Flores rubri. dorso infra medium affixa erecta bilocularia, loculis Genus habitu, coronz indole, nec non staminum ; ad latera rima longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ova- stylorum carpellorumque numero ab affinibus di- rium stipitulatum ovoideum l-loculare. Ovula versum. De inflorescentia aliquantulum dubito. o anatropa funiculata horizontalia vel pendula ' In memoriam amici beati Caroli Wentworth + In the press, May 1871. * Now (May 1871) passing through the press. a 628 Dilke, Baronetti Angli, litterarum, artium, scien- tiarum, et precipue horticulture patroni munifici, indefessi, genus dicavi. 1. D. rerusa. Mast. in Mart. et Eichl. Flor. Brasil. (Passifl.) tab. 106. Foliis oblongis subspa- thulatis apice truncatis retusis vel subbilobis ; floris tubo quam sepala parum breviore. Habitat in sylvis densis Barre, in Brasiliæ prov. Rio Negro. Spruce, n. 1320*!; in sylvis ad Ega, prov. Rio Negro, Martius! 2. D. acuminata: Mast. loc. cit., foliis oblongo- lanceolatis abrupte longiusculeque acuminatis ; floris tubo quam sepala 5—6-plo breviore. Hab. in sylvis densis Barre et Panure, prov. Brasiliæ Rio Negro. Spruce, n. 1320?! II. TACSONIA, Juss. Gen. 398. DC. Prod. iii. 333 (pro parte); Benth. et Hook. fil. Gen. Pl. i. 810. Mast. in Mart. Flor. Bras. (Passifl.) 535 ubi species sunt descriptæ. Sectio 1. Euracsonia, DC. Bractee libere. (Sp. 1-12.) : $1. Folia simplicia, 1-nervia. 1. T. ADULTERINA, Juss. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. vi. 398.— Passiflora adulterina, Linn. fil. Suppl. 408. , Hab. Nov. Granata. 2. T. xANcEOLATA, Mast., sp. nov. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Peruvia (Mathews, 1252). 3. T. zanara, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. p. 392, t. 59. hi Hab. Nov. Granata. $ 2. Folia lobata, 3-5-nervia. 4. T. cracILENS, A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped. 1854, 639. Hab. Peru (Mathews, 915). 5. T. PINNATISTIPULA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 393. = Passiflora pinnatistipula, Cav. Ic. v. 16, t. 428. P. chilensis, Miers, Travels, ii. 522. , Poggendorffia rosea, Karsten, Linnea, xxviii. 438, et Plant. Columb. Spec. Sel. t. 15. p. 29. Var. pennipes, Smith in Rees, Cyclop. n. 48. Hab. Peruvia, Chili, Columbia. 6. Van Vorxemu, Hook. Bot. Mag. 5571.=P. antioquiensis, Karst. Flor. Columb. t. 71. Hab. Nov. Granata. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZ. 7. T. Jamesoni, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Quito (Jameson). 8. T. FLORIBUNDA, Mast. = Rathea floribunda, Karst. Flor. Columb. i. t. 38. | Hab. Nov. Granata. 9. T. TRIPARTITA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. t. 60. Hab. Peruvia (Pavon). 10. T. TRIFOLIATA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 393.= Passiflora trifoliata, Cav. Ic. v. 16, t. 497. Tac- sonia trigona, DC. Prod. iii. 334. Hab. Peruvia (Pavon, Gay, Matthews, 674,675 ; Lobb, 20). 11. T. micrADENA, DC. Prod. iii. 334. Hab. Peruvia. 12. T. Manoonı, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Bras. Hab. Bolivia (Mandon). Sectio 2. BRAcTEOGAMA, DC. Bractee basi conjunctim enate. (Sp. 13-25.) $ 1. Folia simplicia, 1-nervia. 18. T. rucosa, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Nov. Granata (Schlim, 301). $ 2. Folia lobata, 3-5-nervia. 14. T. AMPULLACEA, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Ecuador (Jameson); Nov. Granata (Lobb). 15. T. vRcEoLATA, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Columbia (Lobb, 121). 16. T. Marraewsrr, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Bras. Hab. Peruvia (Matthews). 17. T. manicata, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 393, t: 09. T. 9. Hab. in Andibus. 18. T. PEDUNCULARIS, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 395. — Passiflora peduncularis, Cav. Ic. v. 15, 426. Var. Dombeyana, DC. Prod. iii. 334. Hab. Peruvia (Matthews). 19. T. GLABERRIMA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 994. Var. cumbalensis = Tacsonia cumbalensis, Karst. Linnza, xxx. 161. Hab. in Andibus. 20. T. parvirozrA, DC. Prod. iii. 335. Hab. in Andibus. 21. T. anastomosans, DC. Prod. iii. 335. Hab. in Peruviæ montibus. 22. T. rouENTOsA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 394.— a DR. M. T. MASTERS ON Passiflora tomentosa, Lam. Dict. iii. 40, ex de- script. nec Cav. Hab. in Peruviæ montibus (Matthews). 23. T. BICORONATA, Mast., sp. n. Hab. in Nova Granata (Schlim, 418), an T. mixlæ potius varietas ? 24. T. mozzissiMA, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 144; Bot. Mag. t. 4187. Var. glabrescens. Hab. in Andibus. 25. T. mixta, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 394. — Pas- siflora Tacso, Cav. Diss. x. t. 277. P. longiflora, Lam. Dict. iii. 39. Subspecies TOMENTOSA, mihi. = Passiflora tomen- tosa, Cav. Diss. x. t. 275, 276, nec Lam. Tacs.. longiflora, Pers. Enchirid. ii. 223. Tacsonia mixta, var. 8, DC. Prod. iii. 334. Passiflora mixta, Linn. f. Suppl. 408? Var. speciosa, mihi, Mart. Flor. Bras. (Passiflor.) t. 198. f. 1.— Tacsonia speciosa, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 143! Subspecies qurTENSIS, mihi. = Tacsonia quitensis, Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 183; Bot. Mag. 5876. —— Var. eriantha, mihi.— Tacsonia eriantha, Benth. Plant. Hartweg. 183; Bot. Mag. 5750. T. serrata, Karsten, Linnæa, xxx. 160. Species excluse vel non satis note. T. bilobata, Spreng. = Passiflora bilobata, Juss. T. Buchanani, Lemaire. — P. vitifolia, H. B. K. T. canaliculata, Juss.— P. glandulosa, Cav., var. T. citrifolia, Juss.— P. citrifolia, Mast. T. Fockeana, Miquel. =P. glandulosa, Cav. T. glandulosa, Juss. P. glandulosa, Cav. T. ignea, Hort.— T. manicata, var. ? T. levis, Benth. = P. reflexiflora, Cav. T. Mansoi, Mart. =P. Mansoi, Mast. T pubescens, DC. = = P.quadriglandulosa,Rodschd. T en DC.=P. quadriglandulosa, Rodschd T. quadriglandulosa, DC.=P. quadriglandulosa, Rodschd. T. reflexiflora, Juss.=P. reflexiflora, Cav. T. Rohriana, DC. — P. glandulosa. T. sanguinea, DC., Hook. (nec Sm.). driglandulosa, Rodschd. = P. qua- THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. 629 T. sanguinea, Benth. nec DC.— P. vitifolia, H3 X. T. spinosa, Poepp. et Endl.— P. spinosa, Mast. T. splendens, Hort., mihi ignot. T. Stoupyana, DC.=P. quadriglandulosa, Rodschd. T. subcoriacea, Garcke. — P. glandulosa, Cav. T. viridiflora, Juss.— P. viridiflora, Cav. III. PASSIFLORA, Linn. Gen. n. 1021. DC. Prod. iii. 322 (pro parte) ; Benth. et Hook. fil. Gen. Pl. i. 810; Mast. in Mart. Flor. Brasil. (Passiflor. p. 542, ubi species omnes Ameri- canæ descripte sunt. Subgenus I. Asrgornza, DC. Prod. iii. Z. c. (pro parte). (Sp. 1-13.) "n CUMOSN 7 Sectiol. Inflore lata; arbores vel frutices plerumque ecirrate. — 1. P. ARBOREA, Spreng. Syst. iii. 42. =P. glauca, H. B. Pl. ZEquin. i. 76, t. 22. Hab. Nov. Granat., Venezuela, Peruvia (Spruce, n. 6144; Goudot, 1; Fendler, 2548, &c.). 9. P. EMARGINATA, H. B. Pl. Æquin. i. 79, t. 23. Hab. Nov. Granat. (Linden, 1409; Schlim, 585, 693, 1148) ; Venezuela (Fendler, 2548; Funck et Schlim, 1215). 3. P. ovaTa, Martin in DC. Prod. iii. 322. Hab. Nov. Granat. (Schlim, 285,1142); Guiana, (Sagot, 210). 4. P. cırrıroLıa, Mast. = Tacsonia citrifolia, Juss. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. vi. 392. Hab. Guiana Gallica (Sagot, 1287 Kc.) Sectio 2. Inflorescentia simplex. Frutices vel herbe perennes, erecta vel scandentes. 5. P. Mansor, Mast.=Tacs. Mansoi, Beibl. zur Flora, xxii. 7. Hab. Brasilia (Martius, 276; Gardner, 3194; Warming, 1167 ; Pohl, 8, fol. tomentosis). 6. P. canpipa, Mast.=Tacs. candida, Pœpp. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. p. 59, t. 180. Hab. Brasilia (Peppig, 2644). 7. P. cosrATA, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brazil (Spruce, 1670, 1676) ; Guiana (Ap- pun, 2173). Mart. 630 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE A. | 8. P. ELLIPTICA, Gardner in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot: i. 173. Hab. . Brazil (Gardner, 46, 3040; Burchell, 1838; St.-Hilaire, 135). 9. P. gzMaTOosTIGMA, Mart. mss. in herb. Hab. Brasilia (Martius Obs. 1136; Sello, 310, 1105; Pohl, 3498). 10. P. nmaMNrrOLIA, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Bras. Hab. Brazil (Sello, 2148, 2125). 11. P. PENTAGONA, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brazil (Martius, 1221; Weddell, 1216). Sectio 3. Inflorescentia spicata. Pedunculi aggregati. 12. P. spıcara, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brazil (Melina): 13. P. spinosa, Mast. = Tucsonia spinosa, Popp. et Endl. Nov. Gen. ii. 59, t. 181. Hab. Brazil (Spruce, 1394); Peruvia. Subgenus II. PrrcrosrEMMA, Mast. in Flor. Brasil. (Passifl.) 545. (Passiflore sectt. Cieca, Dysosmia, Decaloba, Po- lyanthea, Medusea, Disemma, Tetrapathea auc- torum.) Sectio 1. Terraparuzga. Flores dioici. (DC. Prod. iii. 323.) 14. P. rETRANDRA, Banks et Soland.= Tetra- pathea australis, Raoul, Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 3. ii. 123. Hab. Nov. Zelandia. Sectio 2. Creca. apetali. Flores plerumque ebracteati, (Sp. 15-26.) 15. P. ranxosa, Sm. in Rees, Cyclop. 28. Hab. Mexico. 16. P. eracruis, Jacq. Eclog. t. 168. Hab. Brazil (Pohl, 1228); Venezuela. 17. P. cogiacEA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 108, t. 39. f. 2.— P. difformis, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 136. P. clypeata, Sm. in Rees, Cyclop. n. 20. Hab. Mexico (Liebmann, nn. 3, 4, 5,6,7,8, 9); Panama, N. Granat. ; Venezuela, Peruvia ad Taro- poto (Spruce, 4213, 4522) ; ; ins. Antillan. : 18. P. BenrERIANA, Balb. ex DC. Prod. iii. 325. Hab. Ins. — (Wright, 2004). 19. P. tenurLoBA, Engelm. Phat. Lindheim. p. 192. Hab. Nov. Mexico (Wright, 117, 210). 20. P. Parrıcıı, Mast.=P. lunata, Popp. et Endl. N. Gen. et Sp. ii. 58, t. 178 (1830), nec Smith, nec Juss. Hab. Peruvia. 21. P. BILOBATA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 107, t. 37. — P. Contrajerva, Sm. in Rees, Cycl. n. 23. Hab. Mexico (Pavon) ; St. Domingo. 22. P. BAUBINIIFOLIA, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 132. Hab. Quito. 23. P. INAMENA, A. Gray, Pl. Wright. part ii. p- 59. Hab. Texas, Nov. Mexico (Wright). 24. P. CERATOSEPALA, Mast. = Ceratosepalum parviflorum, Œrsted, Fl. Cent. Am. t. 17, absque descript. | 25. P. suBERosa, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 226. = P. oliviformis, Flor. Flum. ix. t. 83. P. flezuosa, Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 174. P. pseudo-suberosa, Fisch. ex Walp. Rep. ii. 934. Var. a. minima. — P. Walkerie, Wight, Il. Ind. Bot. ii. 39. E Var. B. hirsuta.=P. hirsuta, Linn. Amen. i. 227. P. villosa, MacFadyen, Flor. Jam. ii. 151. P. puberula, Hook. fil. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 222. P. littoralis, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 138. ?P. hispidula, Knowles et Weste. Flor. Cab. iii. 126. ? P. nigra, Jacq. Obs. ii. 27, t. 46. f. 3. Subvar. argentea, Mast., foliis subtus argenteis. Var. y. angustifolia.= Pass.angustifolia, Swartz, Prod. 97. P. heterophylla, Jacq. Hort. Schoenb. ii. 181. P. longifolia, Lam. Enc. Méth. iii. 40. P. tridactylites, Hook. fil. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. Var. 5. pallida.— P. pallida, Linn. Amen. i. 218, excl.syn. P. Warei, Nutt. in Sillim. Journ. v. 297. ? P. Kegeliana, Garcke in Linnza, xxii. 60. Var. e. hederacea.=P. hederacea, Cav. Diss. x. 448. P. peltata, Cav. Diss. x. 447. P. Kohautiana, Presl. P. globosa, Flor. Flum. ix. t. 85. P. linea- riloba, Hook. fil. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 222. Hab. per tropicos late diffusa. Miro modo 631 P. hibiscifolia, DC. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEE. Trans. Hort. Soc. vii E Prod. iii. 331, nec Lam. variat, varietates autem formis transitoriis plu- ribus conjunctz sunt. 26. P. LAWSONIANA, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Bras. Hab. Brasilia austr. (F. Müller 179). Species dubie mihi incognite. P. Dicramo, DC. Prod. iii. 324. Hab. Mexico. P. rrisetosa, DC. Prod. iii. 324. Hab. Mexico. P. macuLara, Scan. Cat. Hort. Bot. Coll. Hort. Rip. p. 101, ex DC. Prod. iii. 324. Hab. Ins. Antill. P. LimBArA, Tenore, Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, (1840) xiii. 380. Patria incognita. Sectio 3. DysosMIA. Bractee approximate bi- tripinnatisecte, segmentis linearibus glanduloso-capitellatis. (Sp. 27-34.) 97. P. AcERIFOLIA, Schlecht. et Cham. Linnæa, v. 89.— Dysosmia acerifolia, Roem. Syn. ii. 151. Hab. Mexico (Liebmann, 72; Bourgeau, 3168, 3262); Venezuela (Fendler, 471; Moritz, 1719) ; Veraguas (Seemann, 1626); Nov. Granat. (Gou- dot). 98. P. cLATHRATA, Mast., sp. nov. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 3192; Lindberg, 6231, 3613; Warming, 1172; St. -Hilaire, 465, 2157; Sello, 2335 ; Claussen, 379). 29. P. LerIDOTA, Mast., sp. nov. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brasilia (Sello). 30. P. pecrinata, Griseb. W. Ind. Flor. 294. Hab. Ins. Antill. 31. P. LixBMaNNr, Mast. Hab. Mexico (Liebmann, n. 41). 39. P. virosa, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 87. Hab. Brasilia (Burchell, 3989, 4143, 4316; Gaudichaud, 989; Warming, 1168, 1174; Sello, 5079). 33.. P. retina, Linn. Amen. Acad. i. 288.— P. hirsuta, Lodd. Cab. t. 173 nec alior. P. polyaden, Flor. Flum. tom. ix. t. 92. Var. a. gossypiifolia. — P. gossypiifolia, Desv. in Ham. Prod. Flor. Ind. Occ. p. 28. P. fetida, Lodd. Cab. t. 725, nec Linn. P. obscura, Lindl. Var. f. hirsuta. =P. Baraquiniana, Lemaire, Ill. Hort. vii. t. 276 ex ic. Var. y. nigelliflora. — P. nigelliflora, Hook. Bot. Mag. 3635. Var. à. hastata.= P. hastata, Bertol. Flor. Gua- tim. 27. Var. e. ciliata, =P. ciliata, Ait. Hort. Kew. iii. 310. P. hibiscifolia, Lam. Enc. iii. 39, nec DC. ? P. hirsuta, Jacq. Eclog. 123. Subvar. quinqueloba, Griseb. Cat. Plant. Cub. Var. £. vitacea. Hab. per tropicos late diffusa. 94. P. Vellozii, Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1845, iv. p. 103.=P. fetida, Flor. Flum. ix. t. 86, fide Gardner. Hab. Brasilia (Gardner, 427; ? Gaudichaud, 1026; St.- Hilaire, 239). Sectio 4. DrcaLoBa, Endl. Gen. 926 (pro parte). Bractee parve, dissite, lineares. Flores petalis muniti. $ 1. Inflorescentia cymoso-paniculata. (Sp. 35—45.) (Polyanthea, DC. Prod. ii. 323; Medusea, Le- maire, Flore des Serres.) A. Folia simplicia, 1-nervia. 35. P. MULTIFLORA, Linn. DC. Prod. iii. 323. Hab. Ins. Antill. Cuba (Wright, 2598); Amer. Central. 36. P. xEPALENSsIS, Wall. Tent. Flor. Nep. 20, kd | Hab. Nepaul. 37. P. Horsrretpu, Blume, Rumphia, 170.— Disemma Horsfieldii, Miquel. Hab. Java; ins. Madura. 38. P. mozuccana, Bl. Bijdr. 938; Rumphia, 169. Hab. Ins. Terna Var. B. timorensis, Bl. Rumphia, l. c. 39. P. sumaTRANA, Blume, Rumphia, 170. Hab. Sumatra. 40. P. SENGAPOREANA, Wall. Cat. 1232. Hab. Singapore (haud vidi). 41. P. PENANGIANA, Wall. Cat. 1233. Hab. Penang (species mihi adhuc ignota ). 632 49. P. LrcvL1FOLIA, Mast., sp. nov. Foliis cori- aceis glabris loriformibus l-nerviis, apice emar- ginato-bilobis, basi in petiolum brevem apice bi- glandulosum angustatis; pedicellis axillaribus, geminis, petiolum 2-3-plo superantibus; floribus diametro expansis, 2-pollicaribus; floris tubo brevi; sepalis petalisque subæquilongis, oblongis ; coronæ faucialis filamentis biserialibus, filis exte- rioribus radiantibus petala æquantibus, filis interio- ribus 4-plo brevioribus capitellatis ; corona mem- branacea, præcedentibus approximata; gynandro- phoro petalis dimidio breviore; ovario ovoideo, glabro. Habitat in ins. Loong Kong, prope Hong Kong (Wright, N. Pacific Exped. 481 !). B. Folia lobata. 43. P. sEXFLORA, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. t. 37. f. 1. — P. floribunda, Lemaire, Flore des Serres, 1v. p. 3355; Walp. Ann. ii. 652. Hab. Ins. Antill. Cuba (Wright, 200) ; Mexico, (Jurgensen, 796, Eds Liebmann, 22, 23, 24, 25, 31, 38). 44. P. Lescuenaurtir, Hook. Ic. Plant. iv. 353. Hab. Ind. Or. 45. P. crrrirtora, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. t. 41. f. 2. ? — P. septenata, DC. Prod. iii. 323. Hab. Guiana Gallica. § 2. Inflorescentia simplex (Eudecaloba). (Sp. 46-101.) A. Folia simplicia vel obsolete lobata. 46. P. torta, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brasilia (Spruce, 911%; Ins. S. Trini- tatis. 47. P. auricuLaTa, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 131 (1817). — P. appendiculata, Mey. Esseq. 223 (1818). P. Rohrii, DC. Prod. iii. 326. P. cyatho- phora, Desv. in Ham. Prod. Ind. Occ. 48. Hab. Brasilia (Spruce, 2222, 2962), Am. Centr. Ins. Antill., Guiana, Venezuela &e. (Schomburgk, 287; Fendler, 122; Appun, 870; Sagot, 385; Spruce, 6142). 48. P. CINEREA, Pom. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 57, t. 177. Hab. Lin. 49. P. MICROPETALA, Mart. mss. in herb. Hab. Brazil . (Martius vss DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. 50. P. Pont, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil, Hab. Brasilia (Pohl, 2186; Weddell, 2896). 51. P.rruncaTa, Regel, Gart. Flora, viii. (1859) 356. Hab. Brasilia. B. Folia manifeste lobata. a. Folia oblonga. * Folia biloba. 52. P. aLNIFOLIA, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 136. — P. bogotensis, Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 184. Hab. Nov. Granat., Ecuador. + 58. ?P. cuneara, Willd. En. Hort. Berol. 696, ex DC. Prod. iii. 332. Hob. Venezuela (Moritz, 1898; Fendler, 483), Panama. 54. P. ıcrhyura, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brasilia (Gardner, 3191; Sello, 2129, 2149). 55. P. TUBEROSA, Jacq. Hort. Schônb. iv. 49, t. 496. = P. punctata, Lodd. Cab. 101, nec alior. Hab. Ins. Antill., Guiana Anglic. (Schomburgk, 642), Mexico (Hahn, 48, 41, 133). 56. P. rurcata, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Venezuela ( Fendler, 484). ** Folia apice triloba. 57. P. rricuspis, Mast., sp. n. in Flor. Brasil. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 1631; Burchell, 6988, 2; Weddell, 3025). 58. P. ROTUNDIFOLIA, Linn. DC. Prod. mi. 338, excl. var. et syn. Hab. Brazil (Martius, 1452, 1220; Warming, 1160', 1160°, 11603; Burchell, 5904; Sello, 212, 2128), Ins. Antillan. | 59. P. HOLOSERICEA, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 226. Hab. Mexico (ab omnibus collectoribus fere re- portata). 60. P. morus, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 137. Hab. Venezuela (Fendler, 478?), Nov. Granat. Var. INTEGRIFOLJA. Hab. Nov. Granat. (Goudot, n. 11). | 61. P. rusciNATA, Mast., sp. nov. in Flor. Brasil. Hab, Mexico (Liebmann, 19). 62. P. rrırascıara, Lemaire, Ill. Hort. t. 544. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. : 033 b. Folia semiorbicularia. * Folia biloba. 63. P. Axpznsoxr, DC. Prod. iii. 326. Hab. Ins. Antillan. 64. P. iNpxcona, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 134. Hab. Peruvia. 65. P. VESPERTILIO, Linn. Amen. Acad. i. t. 10. f. 11.— P. hemicycla, Meyer, Essequib. 225. P. su- rinamensis, Miquel, Linnæa, xviii. 363. P. gemi- niflora, DC. Prod. iii. 323. Hab. Brasilia (Burchell, 9885 ; Weddell, 3025 ; St.-Hilaire, 1955), Guiana Gallica (Hostmann, 1095 ; Sagot, 286), Guiana Anglica (Schomburgk, 38, (154), 664, 1095), Guiana Belgica (Wüll- schlegel, 214), Peruvia. 66. P. ruBRa, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 222, t. 10. f. 9.— P. capsularis, Lam. Enc. Méth. iii. 36, non Linn. P. triquetra, Lam. Enc. Méth. iii. Hab. Brasilia (Warming, 1161), Venezuela, Amer. Central, Ins. Antill., Peruvia, Mexico (Liebmann, 28), Ins. S. Trinit. (Sieber, 241). 67. P. carsuLaris, Linn. Sp. 234.— P. rubra, Lam. Enc. Méth. iii. 35, non Linn. P. piligera, Gardn. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. (1842)173. P.bilobata, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 78, nec Juss. P. pubescens, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. ii. 132. P. lunata, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 80. Hab. Brazil (St.-Hilaire, 18"s, 704, 716; Pohl, 3521; Gardner, 41; Peckott, 7; Burchell, 9061; Warming, 1159), Ecuador, Mexico (Liebmann, 29, 30), Nov. Granat. (Goudot, 2). 68. P. orsanensıs, Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. iv. p. 104.—? P. pertusa, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 79. ?P. obtusa, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 81. - Hab. Brasilia ¡Condichand, 629, 990; Gardner, 428 ; Sello, 2127). Var. marmorata, Mast. Hab. Brazil (St.-Hilaire, 661). 69. P. zunara, Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 612.— P. bi- flora, Lam. Enc. Méth. iii. 36. P. glabrata, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. ii. 135. , Hab. Mexico (Liebmann, 26, 27), Nov. Granat. (Goudot,2), Amer. Central, Chagres (Fendler,121 » Venezuela, Ins. Antill. VOL. XXVII. Var. costata, Mast. Hab. Guatemala. 70. P. sPATHULATA, Mast., sp. n. Hab. Mexico (Liebmann, 13? 14). 71. P. mexicana, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. p. 108, t. 38. F 2. Hab. Mexico. 72. P. soRULLENSIS, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 138. — P. Medusæa, Lemaire ex Bot. Mag. t. 4752. Hab. Mexico(Liebmann, 30; ? Ghiesbreght,301 ). ** Folia apice triloba. 73. P. Lossi, Mast., sp. nov. loc. cit. Hab. Columbia (Lobb). 74. P. nisrrpULA, Knowles et Westcott, Flor. Cab. iii. 126 (1840). Hab. Mexico. 75. P. ERYTHROPHYLLA, Mast. J. c. ? — P. TRISE- Tosa, DC. Prod. iii. 324. Hab. Mexico; Nov. Granat. (Goudot, 2). 76. P. rıLıres, Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 118. Hab. Guayaquil (Hartweg, 661), Mexico (Ga- leotti, 3656), Texas (Berlandier, 2265, 3046). 77. P.PENDULIFLORA, Bert. ex DC. Prod.iii. 326. Hab. Ins. Antill. 78. P. oßTUsıLoBA, Mast., sp. nov. loc. cit. Hab. Peruvia. 79. P. arrınıs, Engelm. in Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. 233. Hab. Texas (Lindheimer). 80. P. zurea, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 224, t. 10. f. 13. Hab. Amer. Septent. 81. P.sicvorpzs, Schlecht. et Cham. Linnæa, v. p. 89.— P. odora, Link et Otto, Ic. Pl. Rar. part i. p. 93, t. 47. Hab. Brazil (Sello, 3963), Mexico. 82. P. WarmixGrt, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brasilia (Warming, 1153; Sello, 3963). 83. P. sryonoines, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 140. — P. exsudans, Zucc. Abh. math.-phys. Class. der K. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. ii. 342. Hab. Mexico. 84. P. morıroLıa, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Tucuman (Tweedie, 1174). : 4 P 634. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. 85. P. KanwiNskrI, Mast., sp. n. Hab. Mexico (Karwinski, 178). Species Australasice et Oceanice. (Sp. 86-94.) 86. P. BRACHYSTEPHANA, F. Müll, Benth. Fl. Austr. ài. 312. Hab. Australia. : 87. P. HerBERTIANA, Ker, Bot. Reg. t. 737; Benth. Flor. Austral. iii. 311.— Disemma Her- bertiana, DC. Prod. iii. 333. Hab. Australia. Var. 8. Caleyana, DC. Prod. iii. 333. Hab. Australia. 88. P. CINNABARINA, Lindl. Gard. Chron. 1855, p. 724, c. ic. xylog.; Bot. Mag. t. 5911. Hab. Australia. 89. P. Bawxksr, Benth. Flor. Austr. iii. 312. — P. coccinea, Soland. in herb. Banks. coccinea, DC. Prod. iii. 332, Hab. Australia, 90. P. cLaBra, Wendl. Coll. Plant. i. (1805) t. 17.=P. adiantifolia, Ker, Bot. Reg. t. 233. Disemma adiantifolia, DC. Prod. iii. 333. Hab. Ins. Norfolk. 91. P. auranria, Forst. Prod. 326; Cav. Diss. x. 457.— Disemma aurantia, Labill. Sert. Caled. t. 79. Hab. Ins. Nov. Caledon. 92. P. Baverıana, Mast. = Disemma Baueriana, Endl. Prod. Fl. Norfolk. 193. Murucuia Baueri, Lindl. Coll. t. 36. Hab. Ins. Norfolk. 93. P. Bancrnavr, Mast.=Disemma Barclayi, Seemann, Flor. Vitiens. 96. Hab. Ins. Viti. 94. P. vitiensis, Mast. = Disemma vitiensis, Seem. Flor. Vitiens. 96. Hab. Ins, Viti. An hue D. "UE Seem. Fl. Viti. 96? Spe- cimen haud vidi Disemma C. Folia nes oblonga, vel ovalia, biloba, lobis latissime divaricatis, lobo intermedio minore non- | munque esp (Sp. 95-100.) | 95. P. Maxim ANA, Bory, Ann. Gén. ii. 149, t. 24 a.m. 1 Macs; — -—— Select. i. 13, t. 5. P. retusa, Hook. et Arnott, Bot. Mise. ii. 325. P. Vespertilio, Ker, Bot. Reg. t. 597, excl. syn. ; Lemaire, Ill. Hort. 1869, Misc. p. 1, nec Linn. Hab. Brazil (Spruce, 1629; Burchell, 4257; Tweedie, 179; Warming, 1158; Sello, 337, 368 ; St.-Hilaire, 2626). 96. P. misera, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 136. Hab. Nov. Granat. + 97. P. puncrara, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 10, 13. Hab. Brasilia (Sello, 642; Miers, 4456), Pe- ruvia, Ecuador. 98. P. Swarzir, Mast. = Pass. rotundifolia, Swz. Obs. Bot. 337. n. 16, non Linn. Hab. Ins. Antill. 99. P. microcarPA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brasilia (Sello, 2480, 2486). 100. P. ExoPERCULATA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. In Andibus Boliviensibus (Mandon, 611). Species hujus sectionis vel Ciecæ non satis cognita. 101. P. reRRUGINEA, Mast., sp. nov. loc. cit. Hab. Peruvia ad Tarapoto, ubi legit Spruce (4901). Subgenus III. Murucura. Sectio l. Corona membranacea ad faucem tubi sita, erecta vel deflexa (Eumurucuia). (Sp. 102-105.) 102. P. Murucura, Linn. Sp. Pl. ed 3, vol. ii. p. 1357. = Murucuia ocellata, Pers. Enchir. ii. 222. Passiflora orbiculata, Cav. Diss. x. 286. Murucuia orbiculata, Pers. Enchir. ii. 222. Hab. Ins. Antillan. 103. P. PERFOLIATA, Linn. Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 611. — P. cephaleima, Bory, Ann. Gén. ii. 152, t. 22. P. normalis, Linn. Amen. Acad. v. 408. Hab. in ins. Antillan. 104. P. oBLONGATA, Swarz, Fl. Ind. Occ. ii.1135. — P. elongata, Poiret, Enc. Méth. Suppl. ii. 839. Var. lyrifolia, Tussac ex Griseb. W. Ind. Flor. 295. Hab. Ins. Antill Cuba (Wright, 1655, 198°, 1615; Wullschlügel, 842). 105. P. ect Acad. i 1. see | Lx DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEZÆ. Var. Cavanillesii, Mast. — P. cuprea, Cav. Diss. x. t. 273. P. Cavanillesii, DC. Prod. iii. 323. Hab. Ins. Antill. Sectio 2. Corona membranacea e tubo versus basin enata, erecta vel deflexa. (Sp. 106-111.) (Tacsonie sect. Psilanthus, DC. pro parte.) * Flores apetali ($ Pentaria). 106. P. rancıroLıa, Desv. in Ham. Prod. Flor. Ind. Occ. ex DC. Prod. iii. 331. = P. regalis, Mac- fadyen, Flora of Jamaica, 151. Hab. Ins. Antill. 107. P. vırıvırLora, Cav. Ic. v. t. 424.— Tacs. viridiflora, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 389. Pass. tubi- flora, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 139. Hab. Mexico (Liebmann, 32, 37, 39). ** Flores dichlamydei ($ Decaria). 108. P. sicuspipata, Mast. = Tacs. cuneata, Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 183. Tacs. bicuspidata, Karst. Linnza, xxx. 160. Hab. In Nov. Granat. 109. P.TRINERVIA, Mast. = Tacs. trinervia, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 390, t. 58. ` Hab. Venezuela, Nov. Granat. (Linden, 1127; Holton, 707 ; Triana, 369). 110. P. saNcvINOLENTA, Mast. Gard. Chron. 1868, 1162. Hab. Peruvia (Lobb, 151). Species haud satis nota. 111. P. HETEROPHYLLA, Lam, Enc. Méth. iii. 41. Subgenus IV. GngaNaADiLLA, DC. (Anthactinia, Bory.) Sectio 1. Bractee conjunctim enate. (Sp. 112—117.) .$ 1. Folia simplicia. A. Stipule lineares. 112. P. Seemanni, Griseb. in Bonplandia, 1858, pif Hab. in America Centrali (Fendler, 120). 113. P. matirormis, Linn. (Willd.), Sp. PL iii. 608. =P. ornata, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 129. Hab. Brasilia, Nov. Granata (Goudot, l, 8; Linden, 1185; Hartweg, 1020), Venezuela, Ins. ul. Cuba (Wright, 199). 635 B. Stipule late ovate acute. T 114. P. LicuLARIS, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. p. 113, t. 40. — P. Lowei, Heer in Regel. Gart. Flor. 1852, p. 69, t. 14. ? P. serratistipula, DC. Prod. iii. 328. Hab. in Amer. Centr. (Goudot, 3; Mandon, 608), Mexico (Galeotti, 3668), Bolivia. $ 2. Folia lobata. 115. P. rrıLosa, Ruiz et Pav. ex DC. Prod. iii. 830. = Passiflora colubrina, Popp. et Endl. Nov. Gen. ii. 58 (1838). Hab. Peruvia (Spruce, 4052; Pöppig, 2171). 116. P. veLara, Mast., sp. nov. loc. cit. Hab. Venezuela (Fendler, 2329; coll. 2. 1879; Moritz, 1318). 117. P. serrata, Linn. Amen. Acad. i. 232, t. 10. f. 21. Var. digitata, DC. Prod. iii. 330. Hab. Brasilia, Peruvia, Guiana, Ins. Antill. Var. digitata, Brasilia (Burchell, 9963). Sectio 2. Bracteæ libere. (Sp. 118-180.) $ 1. Floris tubus limbo brevior, carnosulus. A. Caules ramique valde tetragoni ; folia simplicia. T 118. P. qUADRANGULARIS, Linn., DC. Prod. iii. 328. Hab. In hortis tropicis ubique culta, in Brasilia, ut videtur, spontanea (Burchell, 9489, 3180). 119. P. arara,-Aiton, Hort. Kew. iii. 306; Wendland, Coll. Plant. ii. t. 46 (1810).— P. tetra- dena, Vand. ex DC. Prod. iii. 331. ? P. pyriformis DC. Prod. iii. 331. Var. a. brasiliana. =P. brasiliana, Desf. Cat. Hort. Paris. ed. 3, p. 411. P. phenicea, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1603. P. maliformis, Flor. Flum. ix. t. 73. P. oviformis, Romer, Synops. Monogr. ii. 167. Var. B. latifolia.— P. latifolia, DC. Prod. iii. 328. Var. y. mauritiana.=P. mauritiana, Du Petit Thouars, Ann. Mus. vi. t. 65. P. mascarensis, Presl, Bemerk. 72. Hab. in Brasilia (Pohl, 920, 3108; Garduer, 4689 ; Warming, 1157; Gaudichaud, 1043; Lund, 1180; Sello, 2123; „St. -Hilaire, 287). 4P2 636 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. Var. a. Brasilia (Burchell, 3180). Var. B. Peruvia (Pavon). Var. y. Ins. Sancti Mauritii, et Bourbon. 120. P. macrocarpa, Mast. Gard. Chron. 1869, 1012. Hab.? Brasilia (Wallis), Peruvia (Spruce), Ve- nezuela, Nov. Granat. cult. B. Caules ramique teretes vel angulares, haud alati. a. Folia simplicia. 121. P. sAnrENsis, Klotsch? Linnea, xv. 293. Hab. Brazil. 122. P. rırarıa, Mart. MSS. Hab. Brazil (Martius, 3228; Spruce, 2191). 123. P. Mizrsit, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brazil (Burchell, 1378, 3919, 4300; Warming, 1166; St.-Hilaire, 225; Sello, 290; Weddell, 717). 124. P. eranputosa, Cav. Diss. x. t.281.= Tacs. glandulosa, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 391. T. Stoupy- ana, DC. Prod. ii. 335. T. Rohriana, DC. Prod. l.c. T. Fockeana, Miquel, Linnea, xviii. 364. T. subcoriacea, Garcke, Linnæa, xxii. 62. Hab. Brazil (Burchell, 9303), Guiana Angl. Belgic. et Gallic. ab omnib. collector. reportata. 125. P. varıoLara, Popp. et Endl. Nov. Gen. ii. 58, t. 179. Hab. Brazil (Spruce, 2868, 2247). 126. P. roNciPEs, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 111, t. 38. fi Hab. in Nov. Granat. et Guiana Britannica (Schomburgk, n. 279). 127. P. suBroTUNDA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 1632, 6030). 128. P. rıLızrouLıa, Cav. Diss, x. t. 285. Hab. in Peruvia (Pavon). 129. P. coronarA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. in Brazil (Sello, 5960). 130. P. (Ersreorı, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. in Costa Rica ((Ersted). 131. P. Jinex1, Wawra, Bot. Erbgeniss. der Reise d. Kais. von Mexico, &c., p. 59, tab. 8. Hab. Brazil (St. -Hilaire, 716; Glaziou, 3020 ; Ec 5900); oo | 132. P. axanrzis, Hook. Bot. Mag. 1406. Hab. -— 0,599). . 133. P. Mareinata, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brasil. merid. (Sello, 2126). 184. P. LaurrroLta, Linn. Sp. Pl. ii. 1356.= P. acuminata, DC. Prod. iu. 328. P. tinifolia, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 113, t. 41. f. 2. Hab. Brasilia (Burchell, 9504, 9988 ; Gardner, 1663; Spruce, 1172, 1394, 3390), Guiana Bel. gica (Hostmann, 541, 543), Guiana Gallica (Sagot, 281, 287; Splitzgerber, 2), Guiana An- glica, ins. Antillan. 135. P. SERRATIFOLIA, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i 815,010. f: 1. Hab. Mexico (Jurgensen, 934; Liebmann, 75; 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82; Linden, 894), in Guiana Belgica, Antill. &c. 136. P. xitwa, H. B. K: Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 180. =P. nympheoides, Karst. Linnea, xxx. 165. Hab. Brazil (Peppig, 2584,2893,2712 ; Spruce, 3472; Burchell, 9988 ; Pohl, 924), Guiana Belgica (Wullschlágel, 1475), Guiana Anglica (Schom- burgk 956), in Nov. Granat. 137. P. maLacoPHYLLA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brazil (Warming, 1178). 138. P. cuazumrrozra, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 112, t. 99, f. 1. — P. theobromifolia, DC. Prod. iii. 931. Hab. in Nov. Granat. 189. P. cocciNea, Aublet, Guiana, t. 324.= P. velutina, DC. Prod. iii. 327. P. fulgens, Mor- ren, Belgique Horticole, 1866, vol. xiii. p. 193. 140. P. mucronata, Lam. Enc. Méth. ii. 33 (1789). =P. albida, Ker, Bot. Reg.t.677. P. pal- lida, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 70. Hab. Brasilia (Gaudichaud, 1039; Tweedie, 1371; Burchell, 1542, 2906 ; Lund, 1182, 1187 ; Sello, 110, 214, 2147, 2124; Peckott, 354). - be olio bd ble 141. P. repara, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 233, t. x. f. 22, Hab. in Guiana Angl. (Schomburgk, 633), ins Antill. Cuba (Wright 2600). An huc P. helleborifolia, W allis (nomen tantum)? 142. P. rrısecra, Mast., sp. nov. loc. cit. Hab. in Bolivia (Pentland). 143. P. parmarisecra, Mast., sp. nov. bet o Hab. Tucuman (Tweedie, 1170). | DR. M. T. MASTERS ON 144. P. speciosa, Gardn. in Field. Sert. Plant. 1-17. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 426, 4691; Glaziou, . 1598; Weddell, 3395 ; Sello, 2132, 2150; St.-Hi- laire, 590; Warming, 1171, 1185 ; Claussen 379, 380; Pohl, 923). 145. P. quADRIGLANDULOSA, Rodschd. Obs. p. 77 (1796); Meyer, Primit. Flor. Essequib. (1818) p. 226.= Tacsonia sanguinea, DC. Prod. iii. 334. Tacs. quadriglandulosa, DC. Prod. iii. 335. Tacs. quadridentata, DC. l. c. Tacs. pubescens, DC. l.c. Passiflora guianensis, Miquel, Linnza, xvii. 751. Hab. Brazil (Spruce, 1789, 1616), Guiana, Ins. Sct. Trinitatis. 146. P. vrrrrozra, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 180.— P. sanguinea, Sm. in Rees, Cycl. P. pu- nicea, DC. Prod. ii. 329. Tacs. Buchanani, Le- maire, Ill. Hortic. t. 519. Pass. servitensis, Karst. Linnea, xxx. 163. An huc P. caracasana (Willd.), Spreng. Syst. Pl. iii. 40? et P. multiformis, Jacq. Fragm. 169, t. 67. f. 1? Var. minor, Mast. Var. involucrata, Mast. Hab. in Brasilia (Sello, 2150, 2132), in Nov. Gra- nat. (Linden, 1652; Goudot, 1844; Cuming, 1222), in Amer. Centr. (Fendler, 118; Seemann, 562). Var. minor. Hab. in Brasilia. Var. involucrata. Hab. in Brasilia. 147. P. recurva, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brasilia (Gardner, 2877). 148. P. MIDDLETONIANA, Paxt. Mag. Bot. ix. (1842) t. 51. Hab. 149. P. cixciNNATA, Mast. Gard. Chron. 1868, 966; Hook. Bot. Mag. 5737. Hab. Brasilia (Gardner, 1025, 1315,1630; Claus- sen, 382; St.-Hilaire, 753). 150. P. incarNata, Linn. Ameen. Acad. i. 230, t. 10. f. 19. ' Hab. Amer. Septent. 151. P. epvtis, Sims, Bot. Mag. 1989. =? P. cu- ? An forma hortensis ? —. meifolia, Cav. Diss. x. t. 292. P. incarnata, var. B, vs Bot. Reg. t. 152?. P. diaden, Flor. Flum. ix. THE PASSIFLORACEA. 637 1.90? P.rigidula, Jacq. Eclog. ii. t. 124? P. pal- lidiflora, Bertoloni, Sylloge Plant. hort. Bonon. 1827, p. 6. Var. a. verrucifera. =P. verrucifera, Lindl. Bot. Reg. xxvi. t. 52. Var. 6. Kerrii. =P. Kerrü, Spreng. Syst. Veg. 111. 39. Var. y. pomifera. =P. edulis, Flor. Flum.ix.t.89, haud Sims. ? P. serratifolia, Jacq. Obs. Bot. part ii. p. 26, t. 46. f. 2, non Linn. P. pomifera, Roemer, Synop. Monog. ii. 179. Var. à. rubricaulis. = P. rubricaulis, Jacq. Eclog. t. 169. Hab. Brasil. merid. T 152. P. mempranacea, Benth. Pl. Hartweg. 83. Hab. Guatemala (Hartweg). 153. P. arpa, Link et Otto, Ic. Pl. Rar. t. 33. Hab. Brasilia (Gardner, 4690), Mexico (Lieb- mann, 33, 34), Peruvia, Venezuela (Fendler, 2327). 154. P. meripensis, Karsten, Linnea, xxx. 165. Hab. Venezuela. 155. P. erirensis, Karsten, Linnza, xxx. 163. Hab. Venezuela. (Species mihi incognita.) 156. P. rTETRADEN, Vellozo, Flor. Flum. t. ix. 91.— P. sidefolia, Rœmer, Synops. Monog. ii. 173. Hab. Brasilia (Peckott, 588). 157. P. MoonzaNA, Hook. Bot. Mag. 3773 Hab. La Plata (Tweedie). 158. P. cornura, Mast., sp. nov. Hab. Brasilia (Burchell, 8537). 159. P. vıoLacza, Vellozo, Flor. Flam. (1827) ix. t. 84. Hab. Brazil (Pohl, 922, 60, 3464; Warming, 1152; Claussen, 378; St.- Hilaire, 1623,988; Sello, 1149, 2130; Guillemin, 834). 160. P. ameruystina, Mikan, Delect. Flor. et Faun. Bras. fasc. iv. c. ic. color. bona.— P. ony- china, Lindl. Bot. Reg. ser. nov. 1838, t. 21. Hab. Brazil (Sello, 709, 2131; Claussen, 33 ; Guillemin, 378, 384). 161. P. Garpneri, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 3193; Pohl, 2484). 162. P. sunvLATA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. (Species mihi incognita.) 638 Hab. Peruvia. An eadem ac P. subpeltata, Ortega? 163. P. PALLENS, Poepp.— P. stipulata, Benth. ex Griseb. Plant. Wright. Cubens. 2599, nec Au- blet. Hab. Cuba (Wright, 2599), Venezuela (Fendler, 3327). 164. P. rrLamentosa, Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 623. =var. 8, Bot. Reg. 584. P. palmata, Lodd. Bot. Cab. 97. Hab. Brasil. aust. (Gaudicahud, 1719). 165. P. Acrınıa, Hook. Bot. Mag. 4009. Hab. Brasil. aust. (Burchell, 2822). 166. P. prLosa, R. et P. ex DC. Prod. iii, 330. = P. menispermifolia, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 137. Hab. Peruvia. 167. P. aLauca, Aiton, Hort. Kew. (1789) iii. 308. Hab. Venezuela, Mexico, Guiana Belgica, Nov. Granat. 168. P. srrPULATA, Aublet, Pl. Guian. (1775) t. 825. . Hab.. Guiana. 169. P. AnExoPnYLLA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit, Hab. Mexico (Linden, 877; Galeotti, 5664; Hahn, 2437). - 170. P. Sprucer, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. in Ecuador, prope Guayaquil (Spruce, 6459). 171. P. cauraNULarA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brasil. aust. (Weddell, 1333). 172. P. Tucumanensıs, Hook. Bot. Mag. 3636. Hab. Brasil. merid. Tucuman (Tweedie, 181, 1173; Gibert, 43). 173. P. ErcnzzniaNa, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. Brasil. merid. (Sello, 358; Gaudichaud, 482). 174. P. prcrurara, Ker, Bot. Reg. t. 673. Hab. Brasil (Burchell, 9573), Guiana Belgica. 175. P. CARULEA, Linn. Amen. Acad. i. 231, t 10. £ 20. | _ Hab. Brasil. merid. (Sello, 149, 738, 2235), Uru- guay (St.-Hilaire, 2291). 176. P. CALCARATA, Mast., sp. n. Glabra, caule DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE X. tereti; foliis subrotundis trilobis glanduloso-ser- ratis subtus glaucis, petiolo lamina æquilongo medio biglanduloso ; stipulis magnis ovato-lanceo- latis; pedunculis petiolis brevioribus; bracteis stipuliformibus ; floribus late campanulatis; sepalis dorso sub apice longiuscule calcaratis, coronæ fau- cialis pluriserialis filamentis distinctis patentibus petala subæquantibus; corona membranacea e fauce tubi emergente basi tubulata margine bre- viter filamentosa ; ovario oblongo glabro. Hab. Ins. Madagascar (Bojer in herb. Kew.). Species insignis. $2. Floris tubus elongatus cylindratus, basi ventricosus. 177. P. REFLEXIFLORA, Cav. Ic. y. t. 425.— Tacs. reflexiflora, Juss. Ann. Mus. vi. 393. Tacs. levis, Benth. Bot. Sulph. 100. T. hastata, Ruiz et Pav. ? Hab. in Amer. central (Hartweg, 662), in Peruvia ad Tarapoto (Spruce, 3923). 178. P. seracea, DC. Prod. iii. 329. 2 P. Suru- ruca, Flor. Flum. ix. t. 88. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 47 ; Pohl, 920; Glaziou, 1538; Lund, 1183; St.-Hilaire, 403; Weddell, 583; Gaudichaud, 1034). 179. P. racemosa, Brotero, Trans. Linn. Soc. t. xii. p. 71, tab. 6.— P. princeps, Hort. Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 47; Warming, 1165; Glaziou, 3018; Weddell, 169, 191; Gaudichaud, 1032; Pohl, 921 et 291; St.-Hilaire, 181). 180. P. Ravpıana, DC. Prod. iii. 329.=P. - kermesina, Hort. ? P. dentata, Arrab. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 94. : Hab. Brazil (Gardner, 48; Blanchet, 3303; St.-Hilaire, 197 ; Burchell, 9901 ; Glaziou, 3018). Sectio 3. Bractee libere, foliacee. Corona mem- branacea, brevis, arcte longitudinaliter plicata, margine crispato. (Sp. 181-184.) (Habitus sect. Granadille ; corona Plectostem- . matis.) | T 181. P. Hanna, Fournier, Rev. Hortic. 1869, p. 430, c. tab. color. Hab. Mexico (Hahn). | l 182. P. runonezza, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et — DR. M. T. MASTERS ON Sp. ii. 184. — P. rotundifolia, Jacq. Obs. Bot. part ii. (1767), nec Linn. nec Swz. P. divari- cata, Griseb. Bonplandia, 1858, p. 7. P. rotundi- folia, B. Jacquinii, DC. Prod. iii. 326. Hab. in Amer. Central. (Fendler, 2330). 183. P. siLvestTris, Vellozo, Flor. Flum. ix. t. 74. Hab. Brazil (St.-Hilaire, 1689 !). 184. P. MEDITERRANEA, Vell. Flor. Flumin. ix. t 72. Hab. Brazil. Species ad Granadillam, ut videtur, pertinentes haud satis cognite. P. ELEGANS, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. in Brasilia meridionali (Fox, Bonplañd). P. ATOMARIA, Planchon MSS. in herb. Kew. Hab. in Nov. Granata (Triana). P. ARISTULATA, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. in Peruvia ad Tarapoto (Spruce, 3988). P. cyanea, Mast., sp. n. loc. cit. Hab. in Venezuela ad Topo, prov. Caraccas (Burchell; Fendler, coll. 2, n. 469). P. Ne1Lr, Regel, Flora (B. Z.), xxxii. (1849) p. 184. P. Garcker, Mast. (sp. innominat a cl. Garcke descript. in Linnza, xxii. 60. n. 49 (1849). P. ovarıs, Vell. Flor. Flum.ix.t. 75, icon tantum. P. raLLIDA, Lour. Coch. Chin. 644, ex DC. Prod. iii. 331. (An forte Malpighiacea quzedam ?) P. Hermanni, DC. Prod. iii. 332. P. arvensis, Vell. Flor. Flum. ix. t. 71. P. verrucuLosa, Weinmann, Syll. Pl. i. 228. Hab. Nov. Holl. P. ApENoropA, Fl. Mex. ined. ex DC. Prod. iii. 330. P. paruLa, Wendl.? nomen tantum. P. HoNDALA, Steudel? nomen tantum. IV. TRYPHOSTEMMA, Harv. Thes. Cap. t. 51. Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 811. 1. T. NarALENSE, Harv. Thes. Capens. t. 51. Hab. Natal. THE PASSIFLORACEE. 639 2. T. ZANZIBARICUM, Mast., sp. n. in Oliv. Flor. Trop. Afr. ii. 508. Hab. Zanguebar. V. BASANANTHE, Peyr. in Wawr. et Peyr. Sert. Benguel. 29. Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 812. 1. B. Lrrroratis, Peyr. Sert. Benguel.30; Mast. in Oliv. Flor. Trop. Afr. ii. 509. Hab. Benguella (Welwitsch). 2. B. NUMMULARIA, Welwitsch, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvii. p. 28, t. ix.; Mast. in Oliv. Flor. Trop. Afr. ii. 509. Hab. Angola (Welwitsch). Obs. Genus, ut videtur, a Tryphostemmate haud satis diversum. VI. PAROPSIA, Noronh. ex Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 812. 1. P. eviNEENsis, Oliv. Journ. Linn. Soc. viii. 161. Hab. Africa occid. trop., Old Calabar. 2. P. 6rEwIoIDEs, Welw. in herb.: Mast. in Oliv. Fl. Trop. Afr. ii. 505. Hab. Angola (Welwitsch). Habitu Smeathmannias refert; florum confor- matione autem ad Paropsias accedit. 3. P. eputis, Du Petit-Thouars ex DC. Prod. iii. 322. | Hab. Madagascar. (Non vidi.) 4. P. MALAYANA, Planch. in herb. "t diim Foliis angustis ellipticis, 1 floris tubo citopenglato ; ovario io globoso, Hab. Malacca (Griffith, 2514, pro parte; Main- gay, 662). 5. P. varecrrormis, Mast. Foliis oblongis, acu- minatis; floris tubo brevissimo ; ovario pyriformi. = Trichodia vareciformis, Griff. Notul. iv. 571. Hab. Malacca (Griffith, 2514, pro parte; Main- gay, 658, 663). VII. SMEATHMANNIA, Soland. ex R. Br. in Tuckey, Congo, 439. Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 812. Bulowia, Schum. et Thonn. Pl. Guin. ii. 21. 1. S. pusescens, R. Br., DC. Prod. iii. 322. Hab. Afric. trop. occident. 640 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEE. 2. S. LEVIGATA, R. Br., DC. Prod. ii. 322. Hab. Afric. trop. oecident. VIII. BARTERIA, Hook. fil. Journ. Linn. Soc. v. 14, t. 2. Benth. et Hook. 1. 812. 1. B. viGrITIANA, Hook. fil. loc. cit. Hab. Afric. trop. occid. 2. B. risrULOsA, Mast. in Oliv. Flor. Trop. Afne, n. DIE. Hab. Afric. trop. occid., Fernando Po. IX. CROSSOSTEMMA, Planch. in Hook. Niger Flora, 364. Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 813. 1. C. LAURIFOLIUM, Planch. /. c. Hab. Afric. trop. occid. X. DEIDAMIA, Thouars ex Benth. et Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 1. 811. Species 5, Madagascarienses, a me non visze. XI. THOMPSONIA, R. Br. ex Benth. et Hook. Gen. Pl. i. 811. Genus a me non visum, a cl. Brown nomine tantum indicatum. XII. ATHERANTHERA, genus novum, e tribu Modeecearum, Modecce affine. Flores dichlamydei, unisexuales, masculi hucus- que tantum recogniti. Sepala 5, æqualia, primo inter se æqualiter distantes, postea, ob petalorum inæqualitatem, sepala duo a reliquis sunt amota. Petala 5, imbricata, concava, demum inæqualia. Corona nulla. Stamina 10, quorum 5 sterilia, basi cohærentia, petalisque adnata. Filamenta plana, liguliformia, superne demum torta. An- there subglobosæ, uniloculares (connectivo in mucronem curvatum exeunte), primo introrsæ, postea, tortis filamentis, extrorse rimaque lon- Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Pollinis cellule sphæricæ. Pistilli rudimentum minutum.— Herba cirrata, late scandens. Folia alterna, petiolata, cordata, late ovato-acuta, repando-dentata. Petioli Stipule nulle. Flores paniculatim gitudinali unica dehiscentes. eglandulosi. dispositi. Genus hucusque floribus masculis recognitum sepalis, petalis, staminibusque, ab affinibus valde diversum. | Quoad habitum Modeccam refert. A. WzLwrrscuu, Mast. in Oliv. Flor. Trop. Afric. 11. 520. Hab. in dumetosis ad sylv. oras Mala de Pungo, Angola (Welwitsch !). Fig. 4. Fig. 5. 1, Flos masc. a latere visus. 2. Altero latere visus. 3. Flos arte explanatus, 4. Diagramma. 5. Stamina fertilia tria et staminodia duo monstrat, GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. . In the ‘ Flora Brasiliensis’ I have given a Table showing the distritos: of the species of Passifloree, so that a few general remarks are all that is necessary in this place. The i: em x 2 ro me | Africa; i but the bones are there pi few. On the other hand, a are almost wholly tropical in their distribution, which extends in America from : a bout lat. 40° N. to lat. 40° S. The largest number of distinct genera are to be found - DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. 641 American genera are few, but they comprise by far the larger number of the species. The Asiatie and Australasian species are not numerous, and their distribution is tropical or subtropical. The American species of Passiflora may roughly be distributed in the following manner, according to the regions they inhabit. United States. Two species are found in this region. One, P. lutea, is found in Penn- sylvania and southwards (Gray); it belongs to the Decaloba section. The other, P. mearnata, is nearly allied to the Brazilian P. edulis, which belongs to the subgenus Granadilla, and, being so far separate from the remainder of its allies of the same sub- genus, may be considered an outlier. Texas and New Mexico have a few distinct-looking species belonging to the sections Cieca and Decaloba. Mexico has several distinct and peculiar species belonging to the subgenera Cieca and Decaloba. Central America, from about lat. 15^ N. to lat. 8°, has a few species, mostly of Mexican type, and also a few Granadillas. P. quadrangularis, indeed, is found wild in the woods of Nicaragua. The West Indies have about thirty species, eleven of which are peculiar to the islands. The species of the section Murucuia are confined to this district. There are eight species - belonging to the section Decaloba, and as many to Granadilla; but none of the latter are peculiar. On the whole the West-Indian region, so far as Passion-flowers are concerned, is one of the most distinctly marked. EN The Galapagos Islands contain two or three distinct varieties, which, indeed, were considered to be species by Dr. Hooker. "They pass by so many shades into continental varieties of the protean P. suberosa, that, although noteworthy as local or insular forms, I cannot hold them to be specifically distinct. Venezuela and N.E. New Granada contain several species belonging to the sections Decaloba and Granadilla, Guiana and the Amazon district. So far as plants of this order are concerned, the regions above named may be taken together. Rich in species, many of them peculiar, this district is one of the most remarkable of the whole. Dilkea is peculiar to it, as also are two of the species of Passiflora belonging to the subgenus Astrophea, several Granadillas, and some Decalobas. Ciecas are scarce. True Tacsonias, in my sense of the word, are absent. Western Andes, including, in general terms, the western districts of New Granada, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chile. This region is the home of the Tacsonias, many of which grow at great heights on the mountains, No Tacsonias proper are found beyond this district. T. pinnatistipula occurs furthest to the south in Chile. In the lower equatorial regions a few species of Granadilla and Decaloba are found, and a few Ciecas. North-east Brazil is not rich in species; the majority are species of Granadilla. Central Brazil, including the east-coast regions, has a large number of species of Granadilla, but few peculiar species, VOL. XXVII. 4 Q 642 DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. South Brazil, as far south as the Rio Grande, also contains a large number of Grana- dillas, but few of which are peculiar to the district. The Argentine Provinces contain but few species ; but a large proportion are peculiar, those from Tucuman in particular. Asia. A few species of Passiflora are found in Central India, one in Nepal, a few in the Malayan peninsula, others in the Malayan islands; and one new species (see «nte, p. 632, n. 42), very interesting from its isolation, was found by Mr. C. Wright in a small island off Hong Kong*. These Asiatic species belong almost exclusively to the sub- section Polyanthea; and some of them were included in the so-called genus Distemma, which, however, for reasons previously stated, I cannot concur in retaining. P. Walkerie, a so-called species from Ceylon, I believe to be a form of P. minima, pro- bably introduced to Ceylon. P. nepalensis occurs as far north as Nepaul I have reason to believe that there are a few undescribed species in Cochin China; I infer this from a cursory glance at some species in the Paris herbarium, but which time did not allow me to examine, In addition to Passiflora, the genus Paropsia is represented in Malacca. as Oceanic species. Under this head I include species found in the Fiji Islands, New Caledonia, and Norfolk Island. These are for the most part peculiar species of Passiflora, belonging to the group Polyanthea, and forming, as it were, a transition from the Indian species just referred to to the next or Australian group, which comprises a small number of forms of the same general aspect as those just mentioned. West Tropical Africa. Here we have no truly wild Passiflora, but a number of di- stinct and peculiar paucitypic genera, such as Barteria, Smeathmannia, Crossostemma, and Paropsia in the north, and Basananthe, Atheranthera, and Machadoa in the south. Paropsia is remarkable for having species in Western Africa, Madagascar, and the Malay archipelago, Tryphostemma is peculiar to East Africa, unless, as I believe is the case, the western genus Basananthe forms a a of it, in which case the em has representatives on both sides of the continent. South Africa has the very peculiar genera Acharia, Ceratiosicyos, and Tryphostemma. Madagascar, so far as known at present, contains some peculiar genera, such as Dei- damia, Physena (of which we know little), a Paropsia, and a new species of Passiflora * Mr. Wright has favoured me with the following note referring to this species :—** Mr. Stimpon (the zoologist) and qe hired a Chinaman and his boat for a short excursion of two or three days among the islets of the coast eastward of Hong Kong. On one of the smallest which we examined, overgrown with rank grass, perhaps uninha- bited at some time of the year, and grazed upon by goats carried there for the sake of the grass, I found the Passiflora, to all appearance, indigenous. I had the i impression on my mind then that all the Passifloras were American; hence the vividness of my recollections about it. The name of the islet was written in accordance with the pronunciation of the boatman. It was a very small one, and would hardly appear in any thing like a gazetteer, and only on a chart of large scale, “ CHARLES WRIGHT. “P.S.—We know the queer mistakes made by travellers among peoples whose language they know but imperfectly or not at all, in the application of names or utterances to objects for which they were not intended. Hence some very odd trivial names have originated. Now it is quite possible that Dn paeis not the name of the island, een u | DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. 643 belonging to the section Granadilla (see ante, p. 638, n. 176)—a section, as we have seen, having its head quarters in Brazil. Bourbon and Mauritius contain a form of Passiflora alata, by some considered di- stinct—a view I cannot assent to. T should deem it most probable that the species in question has been introduced from America at some period or another, and undergone a slight modification in course of time. In this brief review of the principal phenomena of geographical distribution of Passi- Jlorea I have hitherto omitted to speak of other tribes than the Passifloreæ and also of such species as Passiflora quadrangularis, which is cultivated in most parts of the tropics for the sake of its fruits, but which is probably of Central-American origin. Jacquin speaks of it as in cultivation in the West Indies, but not as wild. In Nicaragua, how- ever, it appears to be truly wild, and perhaps in Brazil also. P. fetida, in one or other of its varieties, is widely distributed throughout the tropical and subtropical regions of the globe. Perhaps its large sticky involucre has had something to do with its diffusion, burr-fashion, over so wide an area. Its medicinal or esculent qualities seem hardly sufficiently important to account for its wide dispersion. P. fetida and its varieties occur wild in the West Indies and Brazil. .P. suberosa and some of its varieties (var. minima for example) are also widely dispersed, one can hardly guess how or why; for there seems no special facility in its organization to account for its wide diffusion, and the plant has no prominent ornamental or useful qualities. "The head quarters of this species are in the West Indies; but forms of it are very abundant in Brazil The Galapagos forms have been previously alluded to. P. edulis, a Brazilian species, is also cultivated in the warmer parts of the world, and is likely to establish itself as a quasi- spontaneous plant in suitable localities. It has been found in Australia, probably as an escape from gardens (?). SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY *. Piumier. Plantes d'Amérique, 1713. (Good figures of several species.) Feuizzée. Obs. Phys. Math. et Bot. vol. ii. 1714 (good figures). Martyn. Historia Plantarum rariorum. Londini, 1728, folio, tab. col. (pictore van Huysum). Linnzvus (Hartmann). Ameen. Acad. i. 212 (1745). Tournerort. Instit. Rar: Historia Plantarum, 1649. A. L. nz Jussieu. Gen. Plant. 397; Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. vi. (1805), p. 100 and p. 388. Lamarck. Encycl. Méth. iii. 40 (1789). CavaNILLEs. Decima Dissertatio Botanica de Passiflora, tab. 32 ornata, 1790 y figures). SowerBy. Linnean Transactions, ii. 19. HunmsoLpr et BowPLAND. Plante Æquinoctiales, vol. ii. 1808. Huwsozpr, BonpLaND, et Kuntu. Nov. Gen. et Sp. vol. ii. 1815. Sr.-HiLarrE (Auc.). Mém. Mus. v. 304 (1819), et ix. 190 (1822). + In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, only a few of the more important publications are here cited; others are referred to elsewhere, and especially in the enumeration of species. : 4Q2 644. DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACE E. Bory DE Sr.-ViNcENT. Sur les Granadilles ou Passionaires &c.; Ann. Gen. des Sc. Phys. 3 e tom. ii. (1819), p. 129, tab. xxii. Dr CanvoLze. Prodromus, iii. 321 (1827). VavcHER. Histoire physiologique des plantes d'Europe, vol. ii. 426 (nature of tendril, movements of stamens, &c.). SPAcH. Hist. Nat. des Véget. toms vi. 255. Ramer. Synopsis Monogr. fasc. ii. (1846). Payer. Organogénie Végétale, p. 396, t. 87. Parr et ENDLICHER. Nov. Gen. et Sp. (1835-45). Brume. Rumphia (1835), i. t. 51, 52. AGARDH. "Theoria Syst. Plant. (1858). Morren, Sur les fleurs de la Passion, Acad. Brux. 1842; pelouses, part ii. p. 5, 1843. Seemann. Botany of the Voyage of H.M.S. Herald, t. 27. ENDLICHER. Genera Plantarum, 924. LiwpLEY. Vegetable Kingdom, 332. BzwrHAM and Hooker. Genera Plantarum, 1. 807. Decaisne et Maour. Traité Général de Botanique, 274. To these references might be added many others relating to the history and legends associated with Passiflora edulis (Granadilla). A list of such references is given in Linnzeus’s paper in the *Amcenitates Academics” above cited; others are mentioned i in the dissertations of Cavanilles and of C. Morren above mentioned. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE LXIV. . Pass. ehrt To the left is the peduncular tubercle beginning to divide into flower-stalk (6) and tendril (a) ;.to the right is the foliar tubercle; c, the future leaf; d, stipule. The small line beneath the figure denotes the actual size; the x shows the position of the axis. . Early stage of leaf, a, and tendril, b. Upper surface of young leaf, showing the central groove. Early stage of leaf, peduncle, &e.: a, stipule already well nr b, leaf; c, tendril; d, peduncle with bracts. . Early stage of leaf, flower, &c.: a, leaf turned down, showing gland at the upper end of the incipient leaf-stalk ; 5, b, stipules; c, tendril; d, flower-stalk; e, e, e, bracts; f, flower-tubercle. . Leaf from 5, separated; seen from the side and more highly magnified; the lower pair of glands are the most advanced in development. Pass. alata : a, earliest stage of the flower; a, 6, c, bracts; d, tendril; e, floral tubercle. Flower further advanced, seen from the side; only three of the sepals are yet distinguishable. 9. Flower still further developed, seen from the side; the bracts have greatly increased in size, and are ae now nearly equal; the calyx has five sepals. 10. Flower in a still further stage of development, seen from the top, and a little flattened artificially ; diea au all y now So with their corniculus. Between the sepals are five petal- bol .>»>9% a Er | Se Xe DR. M. T. MASTERS ON THE PASSIFLORACEA. 645 1l. In addition to the parts shown in fig. 10, the 5 stamen-tubercles are here seen opposite the sepals. lla. Young anthers from 11. 12. Longitudinal section through a po of a flower further developed than 11, and ee the three carpellary tubercles. 13. Gynæcium from a flower more advanced than 12, The styles remain separate, but the bases of the carpels are inseparate. 14. One petal with the stamens, their filaments now obvious. 15. Portion of a flower more advanced than 14. At the base of the petal may be seen the corona just appearing, also the commencement of the receptacular tube and of the gynophore. 16. Section through the pistil of 15, enlarged, showing the origin of the ovules as little conical or sub- globular tubercles from the wall' of the pistil. 17. Portion of the same flower as 15, showing the corona, 18. All the parts of the flower are apparent in this section. 19. Pass.racemosa. Portion of the placenta from a young bud, showing the progressive development of the ovules. à 20. Separate ovules, showing nucleus, secundine and primine ; curvature taking place. 21. Top view of ovule. ! 22. Pass. alba. Ovule fully formed. At the apex of the funicle is a little expansion, which is the be- ginning of the arillus. 23, 24. Further stages in the development of the arillus. 25. Arillus laid open. 26. Pass. fetida. Ripe seed. 27. Pass. alba. Primine partially cut away to show the secundine marked with pits, 28. Fragment of an ovule showing at a the primine turned on one side; at b the inner surface of the secundine next the nucleus, and marked with conical projections corresponding to the pits on the outer surface; c, cut edge of the secundine. PLATE LXV. 1. Female flower of Modecca tamnifolia. A portion of the tube of the flower is removed to show the position of the staminodes (much enlarged). ; 2. Section lengthwise through the middle of the flower: a, gynophore; 5, inner staminode; c, outer staminode; d, petal; e, sepal ; f, corona. 3. Diagram showing the arrangement of the parts; the letters refer to the same organs as in the pre- re. 4. e ama Section through the flower, and intended to show the manner in which the stamens curve over and deposit the pollen among and upon the inner threads of the corona: a, bract; 5, sepal; c, petal; d, outer thick threads of the corona; e, stamen, beneath which are the inner fine threads of the corona; f, the honey-secreting portion of the flower-tube. 5. Top view of a portion of the flower of Passiflora cincinnata, showing the stamens bent down so as to come into contact with the inner threads of the corona. (Figures 1-5 drawn by Mr. Worthington Smith, F.L.S.) 6. Portion of the stem of Passiflora quadrangularis, magnified 200 diam. (see text). 7. Pass. punctata, Epidermis and gland of leaf (ocellum) , raphides, &c. (see text). 8. P. quadrangularis. Section of en. showing the arrangement of the vascular bundles, x 25 (see text). 9. Section across midrib, x 25 (sns text). 4 10. Section through thread-like tip of the filament, x 250, VOL. . xxvir ps ARR APTE pan e es NIE een ub 667 ej Bo: 220 A EE C) RR 9411588993 m OS rS EST CCP CAO TS OA RETO KO FAS IT IE Uo tres | RER + ros zs 2 (J SAP SO Y Q 5 : ACA "Jn. D Acanthias, 473. Acanthocyclus, 494. Acanthosicyos, 30. horrida, 31, t. 11 & 11 4. Achyrospermum —— 56. Adeniopsis, 4 Æglea, 495. Agaricus, On some species of, from Ceylon, 149. Agaricus (Amanita) hemibaphus, 149, t. 33. (Collybia) sparsibarbis, 151. (Lepiota) dolichaulus, 150. (Pholiota) mieromeres, 152. (Psalliota) spilocephalus, 152. (Volvaria) diplasius, 151, t. 33. ) Taylori, 151. ( ) terastius, 151, t. 34. Agelena proxima, 415, t. 54. Agonas, 469. Alectoria divergens, 320. X jubata, 320. ochroleuca, 320. - thulensis, 320. Alima, 497. Allorchestes patagonicus, 498, t. 59. Aloesia, 55. rosmarinifolia, 55, t. 19. . Alsodeia ilicifolia, 12, t. 2. Amphibia obtained during the voyage of the * Nassau,” 467. yxa, 480. Anomalocardia, AST. Aphritis, 469. Aplidium fuegiense, 490. pedunculatum, 490. “Aplysia, 484, > 4T 6. INDEX. Appendicularia, On the anatomy of, 299. Aristida prodigiosa, 80, t. 25. Arthonia pellæa, 180, t. 36. subilicina, 181, t. 36. subvenosa, 180, t. 36. Ascidium chonestomum, 171, t. 37. granulosum, 171, t. 37. pachystomum, 171, t. 37. pertusariæforme, 170, t. 36. punetulatum, 171, t. 36. thelotremoides, 170, t. 36. Ascolepis, 74. anthemifolia, 77, t. 24. Asteristion, 163. erumpens, 163, t. 36. Astronesthes, 472. Astrophea, 629. . Atheranthera, 640. Welwitschii, 640. Atherinichthys, 471. Atlanta, 275. Atlantoides, 275. Atylus ? Batei, 498, t. 59. Huxleyanus, 498. Bæomyces, 162. Barteria, 627, 640. Basananthe, 27, 639. litoralis, 28. nummularia, 28, t. 9. Beckia, 279. ERS oan 47. Bentham, G. Revision of the genus Cassia, 503, t. 60-63. Berkeley, M. J. and Broome, C. E. On some species of the genus Aga- ricus from Ceylon, 149, t. 33-34, | Calicium furfuraceum | | Caligus chænichthys, 500, t. 59. Bernhardus, 495. Betæus, 496. Birdwood, G. On the genus Bos- wellia, with descriptions and figures of three new species, 111, t. 29-32, Blennius, 470. | Boltenia, 489. Boswellia, On the genus, with de- scriptions and figures of three new Bhau-Dajiana, 144, t. 31. Carterii, 143, t. 29 & 30. Frereana, 146, t. 32. papyrifera, 145. thurifera, 146. Brady, H. B., Parker, W. K., and Jones, T. R. Monograph of the genus Polymorphina, 197; t. 39-42. British Spiders, 393. Broome, C. E. On some species of Agaricus from Ceylon, 149 Brunnichia africana, 61. Bullia, 476. Cacotus, 467. Cacoucia platyptera, 24. um, 309, Callianassa, 496. | Callorhynchus, 473. Calyptræa, 481. | Cambridge, O. P. Deptos of some British Spiders new to Science with a notice of others, of whick some are now for the first time re- corded as British species, oo t. 54-57. Cancellaria, 475. | Cancer, 491. | Caprella, 498. | Cardita, 486. _4R2 Cassia, Revision of the genus, 503. (For index of species and synonyms, see pp. 588-591.) Cephalopeltis, 465. Ceratothoa exoceti, 499, t. 59. Cerithium, 479. Cetraria aculeata, 321. Chondracanthus, 500, t. 59. Choreutes, 284, 285, t. 46. died, 311. Clinus, 470, Clubiona lutescens, 414. _ pallens, 413. phragmitis, 414. ; subtilis, 414. Clupea, 473. Cnemidophorus, 466. UM 166. cancellatum, 172: INDEX. Conus, 478, Cora, 157. Corallocarpus, 32. Welwitschii, 32, t. 12. Corynanthe, 37. panieulata, 37, t. 14. Crepidula, 481. Crossostemma, 640. Crucibulum, 481. Cunningham, R. O. Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, Mol- lusca, and Crustacea obtained du- ring the Voyage of H.M.S.‘ Nassau,’ in the years 1866-1869, 465, t. 58 & 59. Cuviera, 485. Cyclograpsus, 493. Cymodocea Darwinii, 499, t. 59. Cymothoa, 499. Cynthia, 488, 489. gigantea, 489. magellanica, 488, t. 58. Cypridina, 500. Cyrtograpsus, 493. Cystignathus, 467. Dactylina arctica, 323. obliqua, 250, t. 42. tuberosa, 249, t. 42. Diostea, 102. filifoha, 106. cries 107. magellanica, 484, t. 58. Dorstenia benguellensis, 71. vivipara, 70. Draparnaldia, Similarity between it and the Confervoid Filaments of Mosses, 153. . Drassus anglicus, 410, t. 54. electus, 413. Palliardii, 413. Drassus scintillans, 412, t. 54, Dromieus, 467. Dysosmia, 631. Echeneis, 470. . Edotia magellanica, 499, t. 59. tuberculata, 499, Eleginus, 469 Endococcus graphidicolus, 184, t. 37. Eolis Campbellii, 484, t. 5 Epéira prominens, 462, Youngii, 461. Ephebe pubescens, 309. Epialtus, 491. Ergatis uncinata, 414. Espadea, On the genus, 193. Espadea, 193. amoena, 193, t. 38, apiculata, 194. Eupachypodium, 43. Euprepis, 466. primulæflorum, 47. Exocoetus, 473. Faroa, 45. salutaris, 46, t. 17. Faurea, 62. discolor, 64. saligna, 65. speciosa, 63, t. 20. a, 275. Firolide, On the anatomy, physio- logy, and distribution of, 255. Firoloides, 275. Fishes obtained during the voyage of the Nassau, 468. ? Fusus, 476. Galathea, 495. Globulina, 209. as Gostzia elegans, 192. Goniograpsus, 493. Gonodactylus, 497. Goodsiria, 489. coccinea, 489, t. 58. Granadilla, 635. Graphis, 173-178. ceesio-radicans, 176, t. 36. dimorphodes, 176, t. 36. fisso-furcata, 177, t. 36. nematodes, 176, t. 37. nigro-glauca, 174, t. 36. simulans, 177, t. 37. subdividens, 177, t. 36. subinusta, 177, t. 37. submarcescens, 178, t. 36. Gyrostomum, 172. Halicarcinus, 492. Heterosicyos, 33. polymorpha, 34. stenoloba, 34. Hicks, J. B. On the similarity be- tween the genus Draparnaldia and the confervoid Filaments of Mosses, 153, t. 35. Hippa, 495. Hippocampus, 473. Hippolyte Grayi, 496, t. 59. Hydnora africana ß. longicollis, 66, t. 21. ibis 468. Hylodes, 468. Ianthina, 480. Idotia, 499. - Illigera pentaphylla, 26. . Iphimedia, 498. - Isolepis polyphylla, 80. ' Isotoma grisea, 278. Jones, T. R. Monograph of Poly- morphina, 197. Kellia, 486. . Kyllingea microcephala, 80. Labeo, 480. | Lecanora, 157, 166, 339-350. _ badio-atra, 955. geminata, 352. vernalis, 361. Leda, 486 Leighton, W. A. Notes on the Lichens of the island of St. Helena, 155, t. 35. ——. Lichens of Ceylon, collected by G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq., Ph.D., 161, t. 36, 37. On Spheria tartaricola, a new British Fungus, 159, t. 85. 66. ; Lepidocyrtus curvicollis, 277. a saccharina, 282 Leptogium, 155, 162, Lernæa, 500, t. 59, Lernæocera, 500, t. 59.. Lichens collected by Dr. Robert Brown in West Greenland, 305. Lichens of Ceylon, 161. Lichens of St. Helena, Notes. on, , 155, Lima, 485, Limnæa, 483. Linariopsis, 53. prostrata, 54, Lindsay, W. L. Observations on the Lichens collected by Dr. Robert Brown, M.A. &c., in West Green- land in 1867, 305, t. 48-52. Linyphia approximata, 424, t. 55. cingulipes, 428, t. 55. circumcincta, 423. confusa, 427, 462, t. 55. oblita, 432 Lipura maritima, 278. Littorina, 479. Loligo, 474. Loricaria, 472. Lubbock, J. Notes on the Thysa- nura, part 4, 277, t. 45 & 46. congener, 393, t 54. fabrilis, 398 Farrenii, 395, t. 54. | miniata, 398. monticola, 398. + Machadoa, 29. huillensis, 29, t. 10. Machilus polypoda, 281. Macromysis magellanica, 497. Mactra, 487. Margarita, 479. Masters, M. T. Contributions to the Natural History of the Passiflora- ce, 593, t. 64, 65. — A. 650 : Maynea, 471.. . patagonica, 472. Merluccius Gayi, 472. Mesodesma, 487. Miers, J. On the genera Geetzia and Espadea, 187, t. 38. On three new genera of Ver- benaceæ from Chile, 95, t. 26-28, Mitra, 478. Mivart, St. George. On the Verte- brate Skeleton, 369, t. 53. Modiolarca, 486. Mollusea of the "Voyage of. the ‘ Nassau,’ 474. Monoceros, 477. Monodora angolensis, 10, t. 1. Morus excelsa, 69, t. 33. Moss, E. L. On the anatomy of the genus Appendicularia, with the de- scription of a new form, 299, t. 47. Mosses, Confervoid Filaments of, 153. Murex, 475. Murucuia, 634. Mussænda splendida, 36, t. 13. Myrothamnus, 22. flabellifolia, 93, t. 8. Mytilus, 486. Myxine, 473. Nacella, 481. . Nannophryne, 467. Naregamia alata f. africana, 21. Nassa, 476. Nassau, Notes on the Reptiles, Amphibia, Fishes, &c. obtained during the voyage of the, 465. Natica, 478. Nephroma arcticum, 324. Nephromium, 163, Neriene aperta, 450. arundineti, 441. Nerocila falklandica, 500, t. 59." INDEX. Normandina viridis, 362. Notothenia, 469-70. Octolobus, 17. spectabilis, 18, t. 6. Octopus, 474. Ocypoda, 493. Oliva, 477. Ommastrephes, 474. Omphalius, 480. Oncoba Welwitschii, 13, t. 3. Opegrapha, 178. Orchesella cincta, 285, t. 45. melanocephala, 280. Orchestoidea, 497. Ostrea, 485. Oxygonum Acetosella, 60, Pachypodium, 42. Lealii, 43, t. 16. Paivaeusa, 20. dactylophylla, 21, t. 7. Palæmon, 497. Pannaria, 157, 165, 336. brunnea, 336. Papirius cursor, 281. Parker, W. K. Monograph of Poly- morphina, 197. Parmelia, 156, 164-5, 328-32. arctica, 331. encaustica, 332, fahlunensis, 331. Janata, 332. olivacea, 331. saxatilis, 328. stygia, 331. Paropsia, 627, 639. Passiflora, 625, 629, t. 64 & 65. calearata, 638. ligulifolia, 632. Passifloraceæ, Contributions to the Natural History of, 593. Passifloraceæ, Affinities of, 619. Anatomy of the several organs, 611. Bibliography of, 643. Development of leaf, tendril, bracts, flower, &e., 603. Enumeration of the genera and | species, 627. Fertilization of the flower, 616. Passifloracex. Genera, Remarks on, 625. Geographical distribution, 640. Germination of, 603. Morphology of the flower, 608. Movements of the reproductive organs, 618. Organogeny, 608. Organography, 594. Teratology, 606. Patella, 481. Pecten, 485. Peltigera, 163, 325-6. scabrosa, 326. Peronia, 484, t. 58. | Pertusaria, 166—7, 344. paradoxa, 344. Phelloderma, 100. cuneato-ovata, 101, t. 27, Philodromus prædatus, 409, t. 54. Pholas, 488 Phyllomedusa, 468. Phyllosoma, 497. - Physcia, 156, 165. cæsia, 332, pulverulenta, 332. stellaris 332. Pilostyles æthiopica, 07, t. 22, 491. Platygrapha, 178-80. aulaxerpeta, 179, t. 36. dendroides, 179, t. 36. fractuosa, 179, t. 36. galactina, 179, t. 37. gemmata, 179, t. 36. megistocarpa, 178, t. 36. melanostalazans, 180, t. 37. : stictoides, 180, t. 37. Platymeria, 493. Platyonychus, 492. Plectostemma, 630. Pleurodema, 467. Pleuronectes, 472. - | Pneumodermon, 485. Polygala Gomesiana, 14, t. 4. Polymorphina, Monograph of the genus, 197. Polymorphina, 206. e acuminata, 219, t. 39. Polymorphina anceps, 223, t. 39. australis, 239, t. 41. burdigalensis, 224, t. 39. communis, 224, t. 39. complanata, 230, t. 40. compressa, 227, t. 40. . concava, 236, t. 40. costata, 240, t. 41. cylindroides, 221, t. 39. frondiformis, 241, t. 41. fusiformis, 219, t. 39. gibba, 216, t. 39. granulosa, 238, t. 41. Gutta, 218, t. 39. hirsuta, 243, t. 42. Humboldtii, 236, t. 40. irregularis, 239, t. 41. lactea, 213, t. 39. myristiformis, 240, t. 41. nodosaria, 233, t. 40. oblonga, 222, t. 39. Orbignii, 244, t. 42. ornata, 242, t. 41. trigonula, 232, t. 40. tuberculata, 242, t. 41. variata, 237, t. 40. Prionotus, 469. Psammobatis, 473. relas, 500, Pterodiscus aurantiacus, 53. Pterygium zeylanense, 162, t. 36. Ramalina, 156, 163. Solorina crocea, 326. hæria INDEX. Rattray, A. On the anatomy, phy- siology, and distribution of the Firolidæ, 255, t. 43-4. | Reptiles obtained during the voyage of the Nassau, 465, Rhaphithamnus, 95, longiflorus, 98. Rhipsalis Cassyta, 35. Rhynchocinetes, 497. Ricasolia, 156, 164. Roccella, 155, 163, Salticus æquipes, 399, t. 54. affinitatus, 399. expers, 401, t. 54. flavipes, 403. histrionicus, 402, pratincola, 403. saltator, 401, t. 54. scenicus, 402. Saxicava, 487. aria, Schrebera, 38, alata, 41. B. tomentella, 42. golungensis, 40, t. 15. swietenloides, 39, 42. trichoclada, 41. Sebastes, 468. Seira, 279. Buskii, 280. domestica, 279. Serolis, 498. convexa, 498, t. 59. Sertum Angolense, 1. Sesamothamnus, 49. benguellensis, 50, t. 18. Sesamum angolense, 51. Smynthurus, Anatomy of, 288. Smynthurus aureus, 2 luteus, 281. Solen, 487. tartaricola, a new British Fungus, 159. 651 Sphæroma, 499. — 162. Sphyrion Kingi, 501, t. 59. Spiders, Descriptions of some new British species, 393. Spirula, 475. Squamaria chrysoleuca, 336. elegans, 338. saxicola, 337. Stereocaulon alpinum, 318. paschale, 163. Syngnathus, 473. Tachymenis, 467. Tacsonia, 625, 628. Tegenaria intricata, 416. Terebratella, 488 Thamnolia vermicularis, 319. Thelotrema, 167-70. albidiforme, 170, t. 36. disciforme, 170, t. 36. elachistoteron, 169. t. 36. exanthismocarpum, 169, t. 36. papillatum, 169, t. he 169, t. 36. Themisto, 4 Theridion ake 419, t. 55. coracinum, 422. familiare, 418, t. 55. instabile, 416, t. 55. melanogaster, 422. stictum, 420, t. 55. venustum, 422 Thomisus Creil, 406, t. 54. Thysanura, classification of, 294. Thysanura, Notes on the, 277. Tinnea, 57. bee bati, 58. eriocalyx, 59. Tomocerus, Muscular system of, 291. 652° . INDEX. Trachylia, 162. Usnea, 156, 163. Walckenaëra Trachypterus, 471. nudipalpis, 461. Trichodactylus, 492. | Vatica africana, 15, t. 5. permixta, 455, t. 57. e 470. Verbenaceæ from Chile, On three scabrosa, 453, t. 57. Triton, 475. new genera of, 95. Waldheimia, 488, Trochita, 481. Verrucaria, 182-4, Welwitsch, F. Sertum Angolense, s. Trypethelium, 184-5. Campsteriana, 343. Stirpium quarundam novarum vel schizostomum, 184, t. 37. emergens, 184, t. 37. minus cognitarum in itinere per Tryphostemma, 626, 639. tartaricola, 342, Angolam et Benguellam observa- Thwaitesii, 184, t. 37. tarum descriptio iconibus illus- Uloborus Walckenaërius, 415. Vertebrate Skeleton, On the, 369. trata, 1, t. 1-25. Umbilicaria anthracina, 335. Voluta, 478. West-Greenland Lichens, Observa- arctica, 333. tions on, 305. cylindriea, 333. Walckenaéra Beckii, 460, t. 57. hyperborea, 333. cirrifrons, 458, t. 57. Xantho, 491. pennsylvanica, 335. | cucullata, 461. Xylopia odoratissima, 19. spodochroa, 335. diceros, 455, t. 57. vellea, 165, 334. fortuita, 452, t. 57. Yoldia, 486. Umbrina, 470. ignobilis, 457, t. 57. Unio, 486. implana, 456, t. 57. Zygena, 473. Urceolaria, 166. Meadii, 450, t. 57. Zygophyllum orbiculatum, 19. [ 053 | DIRECTIONS PLACING THE PLATES THE TWENTY-SEVENTH VOLUME. Te Li. : to | Plants of Angola &c. . . . . me 4 4... * ^. MMEBMENE MN 25.) | 26.) o Chitian Verbenacete (Raphithamnus Se) . -o . 0... . 24 2 28. 29.) to e of Boswellia in v. uie en ie 32. ' 33. | & Aguda trom Ceylon a Le LS o I 94. J 35.- Draparnaldia, Lichen-spores, MC... 0... . 2.2 2. 2 u. 2.2.0.2. oro . En 36. | & U icha eu x» x à « v. A80 37. p 235. DOS AA . . à |. « 9 à «UE Vk. rs . 19 39.) to l Spedo Bomann 208 42.) 43.) E Anatomy LLO DAMM. || 0 o o o oae nenn 275 44. | | 45. © An er A’ 46. 47. Appendicularia furcata and A. acrocerca . | | Yon. XXV'T | Se > CING THE PLATES. EX 600. 0175. 0 a Oe O follow page DOR. N Benth., C. oxyphylla, Kunth, C. bacillaris, L., and C. adiantifolia, Benth. . 591